Skip to main content

Full text of "The family book of history;"

See other formats


■^^  .^^'^" 


^.  ^'^■ 


.  ..^^ 


"^^  v^' 


,,^V->5^-Vo^ 


'J-  > 


/v.  o?^' 


S''^^. 


iX' 


.^:^'  \ 


bo; 


v^- 


..\^  .*^'»*  '^b 


•^./.  ,\\^^ 


Sio. 


■'-'■^  .<^' 


%' 


,a\^  '^/^ 


.^^     '^- 


-;-   '/^^^S^ 


:^j 


>^..^^. 


x^^""-. 


.#  ."'"' 


-      '^0^        - 

^°'=- 

' 

•:•                  V      <!-  ^     "  A      X-                  o- 

%     /.^ ';;'.• '"^ 

"oo^ 

;  --^  V*' 

'  .^^ 


V  ,^^'' 
■.'b^  %, 


%.,^^       T; 


Li       »     ,-c^xv 


"bo^ 


^''c^. 


A 


~, 


,*^% 


c^^ 


\^ 


..^^' 


^V  ,     0    '^    <-    fl         <P 


^^^ 

v^^'   '^^. 


:.^. 


•^.^^<^r-£;r.   ^J^,y/^/- 


^^///T 


•^  '-J 


THE 


FAMILY  BOOK  OF  HISTORY 


COMPRISING 


A    CONCISE    VIEW 


OF    THE    MOST 


INTERESTING  AND  IMPORTANT  EVENTS 

IN    THE 

HISTORY  OF  ALL  THE  CIVILIZED 

NATIONS   OF   THE    EARTH. 

COMPILED  FROM  THE  MOST  AUTHENTIC  SOURCES, 
AND  ALPHABETICALLY  ARRANGED. 


BY  J.'  OLNEY,  A.  M. 

Author  of  a  Practical  System  of  Geography,  tk  History  of  the  United  States,  t^r.  J^c. 

AND  JOHN  Wt  barber, 

Author  vf  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts  Historical  Collections,  Elements  of  General  History,  ifC.  ^c. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
PUBLISHED    BY    G.    N.    LOOMIS 

NEW   HAVEN: 
DURRIE    AND    PECK. 


s 


HITCHCOCK   AND    STAFFORD,    FRI.NTKRH 


ENTERED    ACCORDING    TO    ACT    OF    CONGRESS,    IN    THE    YEAR    1839, 

BY  DURRIE   AND   PECK, 

IN    THE    clerk's    office    OF    THE    DISTRICT    COURT    OF    CONNECTICUT. 


3<? 


V3 


^9 


PREFACE.  C^  2^ 


History  has  been  defined  by  a  celebrated  writer  as  "  Philosophy  teaching  by 
example."  Its  value  to  mankind  is  now  so  obvious,  that  it  is  generally  regarded 
as  indispensable  to  the  enlightened  progress  of  human  society.  It  adds  to  our  own 
experience,  the  immense  treasure  of  the  experience  of  those  who  have  gone  before 
us  ;  some  of  whom,  probably,  have  been  placed  in  circumstances  similar  in  some 
respects  to  our  own.  The  great  lesson  apparent  on  the  page  of  History,  is,  that 
virtuous  principles  and  practices  are  the  chief  cause  of  the  happiness,  and  true 
glory  of  nations.  By  its  faithful  delineations,  vice  appears  odious,  when  stripped 
of  its  mask,  with  which  for  a  time  it  deceived  mankind.  It  is  a  truth  which  will 
apply  to  every  age,  that  there  is  a  difficulty  in  forming  an  impartial  estimate- of 
cotemporary  characters  and  events  :  but  when  time  has  calmed  the  turbulent  pas- 
sions of  the  moment,  the  intervening  mist  between  us  and  truth,  will  be  in  a 
measure  dispelled. 

To  an  American  citizen  some  knowledge  of  History  seems  almost  indispensable 
to  the  enlightened  performance  of  his  political  duties.  By  it  we  learn  to  profit  by 
the  successes  and  failures  of  others  ;  "  It  makes  us  acquainted  with  human  nature, 
and  enables  us  to  judge  how  men  will  act  in  given  circumstances,  and  to  trace  the 
connexion  between  cause  and  effect  in  human  affairs.  It  serves  to  free  the  mind 
from  many  narrow  and  hurtful  prejudices  ;  to  teach  us  how  to  admire  what  is 
praiseworthy,  wherever  it  may  be  found  ;  and  to  compare,  on  enlarged  and 
liberal  principles,  other  countries  with  our  own."  "  A  knowledge  of  history  has  a 
tendency  to  render  us  contented  with  our  condition  in  life,  by  the  views  which  it 
exhibits  of  the  instability  of  human  aflfairs.  It  teaches  us  that  the  highest  stations 
are  not  exempt  from  severe  trials,  that  riches  and  power  afford  no  assurance  of 
happiness  ;  and  that  the  greatest  sovereigns  have  not  unfrequently  been  more 
miserable  than  their  meanest  subjects." 

If  the  attention  of  the  mind,  especially  that  of  the  rising  generation,  can  be 
brought  to  take  an  interest  in  the  study  of  History,  a  point  of  very  great  importance 
is  gained.  The  human  mind  is  of  such  a  nature,  that  it  must  be,  of  necessity, 
occupied  in  the  pursuit  of  some  object ;  if  it  has  no  taste  for  those  subjects  which 
tend  to  elevate  man  in  the  scale  of  being,  it  will  seek  its  gratification  in  those 
pleasures  which  tend  to  degrade  and  brutalize.  History,  considered  merely  as  an 
amusement,  possesses  superior  advantages  over  novels  and  romances.  A  large 
proportion  of  these  performances  are  little  else  than  distorted  views  of  human  life, 


6  PREFACE. 

debilitating  the  mind  by  inflaming  the  imagination  ;  often  corrupting  the  heart, 
either  by  direct  moral  poison,  or  by  a  low  and  meager  standard  of  morality.  The 
study  of  genuine  History  opens  a  vast  field  for  the  attention  and  contemplation  of 
the  human  mind.  The  rise  and  fall  of  empires  ;  the  connexion  of  virtuous  princi- 
ples with  public  happiness  ;  the  varied  history  of  man  in  all  the  situations  he  has 
been  placed ;  the  causes  which  have  produced  his  degradation,  or  elevation,  all 
aflx)rd  interesting  subjects  for  study  and  contemplation  every  way  worthy  of  a 
being  destined  for  immortality. 

In  giving  the  history  of  the  various  countries,  care  has  been  taken  to  collect  the 
materials  from  the  most  authentic  and  approved  sources.  Great  use  has  been 
made  of  the  New  Edinburgh  Encyclopedia,  the  most  valuable  work  of  the  kind 
which  has  yet  appeared,  but  which  owing  to  its  nature  and  extent,  is  altogether  too 
expensive  and  unwieldy  for  general  circulation.  The  history  of  England,  Great 
Britain,  France,  and  some  other  countries,  is  mostly  taken  from  the  British  Cyclo- 
p(Bdia,  a  valuable  work  recently  published  in  London. 

In  some  instances,  historical  works  have  their  usefulness  impaired  by  the 
introduction  of  too  many  names,  dates,  and  other  dry  details,  the  multiplicity  of 
which  is  apt  to  confuse  the  mind  ;  in  some  measure,  an  attempt  has  been  made 
to  avoid  this  evil,  and  insert  those  facts  which  would  generally  be  retained  in  the 
mind. 

The  compilers  Avould  state,  that  they  do  not  consider  themselves  as  responsible 
for  eveiy  sentiment  introduced  into  this  work.  As  a  general  rule,  when  copying 
from  respectable  writers,  it  is  a  matter  of  justice  to  let  them  give  their  opinions  in 
their  own  words,  and  let  them  stand  for  what  they  are  worth.  It  is  no  mark  of 
wisdom  to  reject  truth  on  account  of  the  medium  through  which  it  passes.  In 
order  to  form  a  correct  judgment,  it  is  oftentimes  useful  to  know  the  opinions,  and 
hear  the  testimony  of  those  who  differ  from  us  in  their  religious  and  political 
sentiments. 


CONTENTS. 


Page 


Acre,  siege  of,  by  Bonaparte 

639 

Alfred  defeats  the  Danes, 

163 

Alexander  the  Great, 

426 

Algiers,          ...... 

21 

Alps  passed  by  Hannibal, 

94 

A^vn.  duke  of,  oppresses  the  Netherlands  . 

4S6 

.-i.raj,            .  (sec  Chili). 

Armada,  invincible        .... 

217 

Arabia, 

29 

Assassins,  empire  of     . 

658 

AssyuiA, 

45 

Athens,       ...... 

bO 

Austerlitz,  battle  of          .... 

304 

Austria 

51 

Babylon, 

62 

Bajazet,  defeated  by  Timur  .         .         632 

,637 

Bank  of  England  suspends  payment, 

384 

Bannockburn,  Scots  victory  at 

581 

Barbarossa,  king  of  Algiers, 

22 

Barcelona,  siege  of       ...         . 

598 

Becket,  archbishop,  murder  of 

176 

Belgium,  (see  Netherlands). 

Belgium,  revolution  in           ... 

498 

Beresina,  passage  by  the  French 

576 

Beziers,  stormmg  and  massacre  of     . 

235 

Birmah,       

71 

Birmans  defeated  by  the  British, 

74 

Boleyn,  Anne,  execution  of      .         .         . 

204 

Bonaparte,  Napoleon    .... 

299 

Bonaparte  crowned  emperor,     . 

310 

Boyne,  battle  of  the       . 

462 

Boridino,  battle  of        ...         . 

313 

Brazil,            ...... 

66 

Bruce,  Robert 

579 

Buccaneers, 

660 

Buckingham,  assassination  of  the  Duke  of 

344 

Buenos  Ayres,  British  attack  on 

80 

Buenos  Ayres,            .... 

75 

Calais,  siege  of        ....         . 

240 

Canada,                .         •    |    • 

Carnatic  war  in  India,       .... 

82 

450 

Carbonari  sect  excommunicated,   . 

477 

Caraccas  or  Venezuela,  History  of     . 

115 

Caroline,  queen,  trial  of         .         .         . 

400 

Carthage, 

85 

Celts, 

666 

Caesar,  assassination  of     . 

552 

Charles  I,  execution  of          .         .         . 

352 

Charles  II,  restored  by  general  Monk, 

357 

Charles  V,  resigns  his  dominions  . 

597 

Charles  XII,  of  Sweden,  killed,     . 

611 

Charles,  son  of  the  Pretender,  defeated     . 

375 

Charlemagne  crowned  emperor,     . 

230 

Page 

Charlotte  Corday  kills  Marat,  .         .         .  295 

Chili, 97 

China, 105 

Christians,  ancient,  persecution  of  the    .  561 
Cleopatria,  death  of          .         .         .         .141 

Colombia, 114 

Constantinople  taken  by  the  Turks,            .  638 

Crecy,  battle  of 187 

Cromwell,  Oliver 349 

Crusades, 669 

Curfew  bell,  origin  of       ...         .  170 

Licioiou  tlie  French  revolutionist,        .         .  287 

Danes  invade  England,          .         .         .  162 

Denmark,        ......  119 

Domesday-book,  origin  of      .         .         .  170 

Druids,  account  of    .         .         .         .         .  667 

Duels,  origin  of        ....         .  255 

Dublin  insurrection,  1803,     .         .         .  386 

Egypt, 131 

Egypt  invaded  by  the  French,       .         .  152 

England, 158 

Episcopacy  abolished  in  Scotland,           .  587 

Essex,  earl  of,  executed,            .          .         .  222 

Exmouth,  Lord,  attack  on  Algiers,         .  25 

France,  cause  of  the  revolution  in     .         .  276 

France, 223 

Franks, 673 

French  defeated  near  Poictiers,     .         .  244 

Gauls          ......  675 

Georgia  conquered  by  the  Persians,           .  515 

Germans,  ancient  account  of          .         .  329 

Germany, 329 

German  confederation,  notice  of  the       .  337 

Gibraltar,  siege  of,  in  1780        .          .         .  600 

GoTHs,         ......  679 

Granada,  conquered  by  the  Spaniards         .  594 

Great  Britain,      .....  338 

Greece, 404 

Greece,  ancient,  arts,  sciences,  &c,  of  .  408 

Greece  invaded  by  Xerxes,        .         .         .  412 

Gun  Powder  plot,         ....  340 

Hannibal  the  Carthagenian,       ...         .  93 

Hastings,  battle  of        .          .         .'        .  169 

Henry  VIII,  divorces  his  queen,       .         .  200 
Hindostan,  (see  India) 
Holland,  (see  Netherlands) 

Hunns, 683 

Henry  IV,  of  Germany,  deposed,      .         .  332 

India,          ......  441 

Inundation  in  Mexico,       ....  479 


CONTENTS. 


Insurrection  of  Jack  Cade,    . 
Insurrection  of  Wat  Tyler, 
Insurrection  of  Thomas  Wyatt, 
Ireland,  .... 

Irish  rebellion  in  1797, 
Ispahan,  dreadful  siege  of 
Italy,  .... 

Jenghis  Khan,  account  of 
Jews,  .... 

Joan  of  Arc,  the  Maid  of  Orleans 
Jugurtha,  the  usurper  of  Numidia 
Julian  the  apostate, 

Knox,  John,  the  Scotch  Reformer, 
Koran,  doctrines  of  the 
Kosciusko,  the  Polish  Patriot, 

Lamballe,  princess,  murder  of 
Leon,  kingdom  of,  in  Spain, 
Library  of  Alexandria, 
Leonidas  at  Thermopylae, 
Lodi,  battle  of      . 
Lombards,       .... 
Louis  XVI,  execution  of 
Luther,  Martin,  the  reformer,    . 

Magna  Charta,     . 
Mahmood,  example  of  justice, 
Mahomet,  the  Arabian  prophet, 
Mahomet,  death  of 
Mamelukes,  origin  of    . 
Mameluke  Beys  murdered 
Marat,  the  French  revolutionist, 
Maria  Theresa,  of  Austria 
Mary,  queen  of  Scots, 
Mary,  execution  of  . 
Massacre  of  St.  Bartholomews, 
Mauritians,  .... 
Mexico,       .... 
Mirabeau,  the  French  revolutionist 
Mississippi  scheme  in  France, 
Moore,  sir  John,  retreat  of 
Moors  defeat  the  Spaniards, 
Moors  driven  from  Spain, 
Morea,  revolution  in  the 
Moscow,  burning  of 
Murat,  execution  of      . 

Nadir  Shah,  tyrant  of  Persia,    . 

Naples,  {see  Italy) 

Netherlands 

Norway  conquered  by  the  Danes, 

Notables,  assembly  at  Paris,     . 

Numantine  war  in  Spain 

Orange,  Prince  of,  assassinated, 
Ostrogoths,  .... 


Parliament  dissolved  by  Cromwell, 
Paris,  revolution  in,  1830, 

Persia, 

Persians  defeated  at  Salamis,  . 
Peter  the  Great  of  Russia,  . 
Peter  the  Hermit,  . 


Page 
193 
189 
209 
456 
465 
511 
468 

623 

686 
247 
548 
559 

584 

35 

522 

289 

594 

38 

413 

692 
293 
335 

181 
507 

32 

37 
147 
155 
287 

57 
211 
216 
257 
700 
478 
281 
263 
391 

42 
595 
429 
574 
474 

513 

484 
124 
271 
591 

489 
702 

355 
324 
498 
415 
568 
670 


Poland,      .         .         .         .         . 
Polish  revolution  in  1830, 
Pompey,  death  of         .         .         . 
Portugal,       ..... 
Porto  Bello  taken  by  the  Buccaneers 
Portuguese  government,  removal  of  the 
Prussia,  {see  Austria  and  Germany) 
Punic  Wars,         .         .         .         .         . 


Quebec,  battle  of 


Regulus,  death  of,  at  Carthage 

Robespierre,  denounced  and  executed 

Rome,  ..... 

Rome  under  the  Consuls, 

Rome  under  the  Decemvirs, 

Roman  Commonwealth,  corruption  of 

Roman  Republic,  fall  of 

Rome  under  the  Emperor«!,  -rt 

Russia 


Saladin,  the  sultan  of  Egypt, 
Siragussa,  defence  of,  in  1808 
Saxons  subdue  the  Britons, 
Scotland,       .  .         .  , 

Scotland,  reformation  in 
Scotland,  rebellion  in,  1715, 
Sesostris  king  of  Egypt, 
Sobieski  of  Poland  . 
South  Sea  Company,    . 
Spain,     .... 
Strafford,  trial  for  treason, 
Struensee,  count,  execution  of 
Superstition  in  France, 
Sweden, 
Swedes  defeated  at  Pultowa, 
Switzerland, 


Tamerlane  or  Timur  crowned  emperor, 
Tartary,        ..... 
Tell,  William,  of  Switzerland^      . 
Troy,  taking  of        ...         . 
Tilsit,  treaty  of  ". 
Turkey,  ..... 


Vandals,     .         .         .         •         . 
Venezuela,  or  Caraccas, 

Venice, 

Virginia,  the  Roman  maiden,  death  of 


Wagram,  battle  of  . 
Wahabees,  sect  in  Arabia, 
Wallace,  William    . 
Wales,  conquest  of 
Waterloo,  battle  of  . 
Wolsey,  Cardinal     . 


Ximenes,  Cardinal,  regent  of  Spain 
Zuinglius,  the  Swiss  reformer, 


Page 
517 
524 
550 
529 
664 


85 

91 

298 
538 
541 
543 
548 
550 
'553 
564 

144 
604 
161 
578 
583 
371 
132 
519 
373 
590 


242 
608 
610 
612 

624 
622 
613 
406 
309 
635 


Unigenitus,  a  bull  against  the  Jansenists  264 

United  Irishmen,  association  of  .         .  464 

United  States,  .         .         •         .  643 

Utrecht,  treaty  of 369 


711 
115 
653 
544 

312 

44 

579 

181 

317,  491 

.     200 


595 
619 


THE 


FAMILY    BOOK    OF    HISTORY. 


ABYSSINIA, 


In  regard  to  all  ancient  nations  which 
had  no  immediate  intercourse  with  the 
Hebrews,  the  Greeks,  or  the  Romans, 
the  historical  notices  are  extremely  ob- 
scure, or  altogether  fabulous.  On  this 
account,  we  remain  in  comparative  igno- 
rance of  every  thing  which  respects  the 
origin  and  settlement  of  the  kingdom 
whose  annals  we  are  now  about  to  trace. 
Abyssinia  was  known  among  the  Jews 
by  the  name  of  Cush,  or  Ethiopia  ;  an 
appellation  which  applied  likewise  to  the 
Peninsula  of  Arabia,  or  to  the  region  adja- 
cent to  Egypt  on  the  coast  of  the  Red 
sea,  as  well  as  to  the  country  watered 
by  the  Araxes.  The  Abyssinians  them- 
selves although  perfectly  ignorant  of  the 
time  and  circumstances  which  marked 
the  settlement  of  their  ancestors,  have 
insisted  upon  connecting  their  original 
faith,  their  civil  polity,  as  well  as  the 
pedigree  of  their  royal  house,  with  the 
visit  of  the  Queen  of  Sheba  to  King 
Solomon  at  Jerusalem.  They  tell  us 
that  Makeda,  their  queen  having  heard 
from  Tameran,  an  Ethiopian  merchant, 
of  the  surprising  opulence  and  wisdom 
of  Solomon,  she  resolved  to  ascertain  in 
person  the  truth  of  his  report.  Though 
she  had  been  a  pagan  before  imdertaking 
this  journey,  she  was  so  struck  with  the 
grandeur  of  the  Jewish  monarch,  and  the 
extensive  knowledge  he  displayed,  that 
she  immediately  became  a  convert  to  the 
true  religion.  It  is  added  that  on  return- 
ing to  her  own  country  she  had  a  son, 


to  whom  she  gave  the  name  of  Menilek, 
another  self.  Some  years  after,  Menilek 
was  sent  to  his  father's  court,  where  he 
was  carefully  instructed  in  the  learning 
and  institutions  of  the  Jews,  and  crowned 
king  of  Ethiopia,  in  the  temple  of  Jeru- 
salem, receiving  from  Solomon  at  his  in- 
auguration, the  name  of  David.  After 
remaining  for  some  time  in  Judea,  he 
was  accompanied  to  Ethiopia  by  many 
Israelites  of  distinction,  and  particularly 
by  twelve  doctors  of  the  law,  chosen 
from  the  twelve  tribes,  among  whom  was 
Azariah  the  son  of  Zadok,  the  high  priest. 
These  introduced  into  Abyssinia  the  re- 
ligion of  Moses,  and  framed  after  Jewish 
models  the  civil  and  sacred  institutions 
of  the  country.  Mr.  Bruce  supposes, 
with  great  probability,  that  this  princess 
was  queen  of  the  territory  named  Saba 
or  Azab  ;  an  opinion  which  coincides 
more  exactly  than  any  other  with  the 
description  which  our  Saviour  has  given 
of  her,  "as  queen  of  the  south,  coming 
from  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  earth." 
She  enjoyed  the  sovereignty  for  forty 
years,  and  before  her  death,  she  bound 
her  subjects  by  three  remarkable  laws  : 
1st,  that  the  crown  should  be  hereditary 
in  the  family  of  Solomon :  2dly,  that,  after 
her,  no  woman  should  be  allowed  to  in- 
herit the  crown,  or  to  reign  as  queen,  but 
that  it  should  descend  to  the  heirs-male, 
however  distant,  to  the  exclusion  of  all  fe- 
male heirs,  however  near;  and  that  these 
two  articles  should  be  considered  as  the 
2 


10 


ABYSSINIA. 


fundamental  and  unalterable  laws  of  the 
kingdom :  Lastly,  she  enacted,  that  the 
heirs-male  of  the  royal  family  should  be 
imprisoned  on  a  high  mountain,  where 
they  were  to  continue  till  death,  or  till 
the  course  of  succession  should  call  them 
to  the  throne. 

Having  established  these  regulations 
in  a  manner  not  to  be  revoked,  Makeda 
died  in  the  986th  year  before  the  birth 
of  Christ,  leaving  her  son  Menilek  to  suc- 
ceed her,  whose  descendants,  if  we  may 
believe  the  Abyssinian  annals,  have  ever 
since  continued  to  occupy  the  throne. 
In  the  reign  of  Menilek,  the  empire  was 
invaded  by  Shishak,  king  of  Egypt,  who 
plundered  the  temple  of  Jerusalem,  under 
Rehoboam.  A  rich  temple,  which  had 
been  erected  at  Saba,  the  capital  of  the 
Ethiopian  empire,  underwent  a  similar 
fate  :  and  it  was  probably  on  this  occa- 
sion that  Menilek  removed  the  seat  of 
government  to  Tigre.  Many  circumstan- 
ces concur  to  prove,  that  Shishak  was  no 
other  than  the  celebrated  Sesostris,  and 
was  the  first  Egyptian  monarch  who  had 
made  conquests  in  Ethiopia.  Scripture 
indirectly  ascribes  to  Shishak  the  sove- 
reignty of  this  country  ;  and  Herodotus 
explicitly  asserts,  that  Sesostris  was  mas- 
ter of  Ethiopia  ;  though  neither  in  sacred 
nor  profane  history  is  it  elsewhere  rela- 
ted, that  this  empire  was  ever  subject  to 
any  other  Egyptian. 

From  the  death  of  Shishak  till  the 
days  of  Cyrus  the  Great,  there  is  a  chasm 
in  the  history  of  Abyssinia  which  can 
only  be  filled  up  by  theory  and  conjecture. 
That  conquerer  is  said  ^to  have  subdued 
Ethiopia  ;  but  the  inhabitants  having  re- 
volted after  his  death,  Cambyscs,  his  suc- 
cessor attempted  in  vain  to  reduce  them 
to  submission.  Before  he  undertook  this 
expedition,  he  sent  ambassadors  to  the 
king  of  the  Macrobii,  under  pretence  of 
soliciting  his  alliance,  though  in  reality 
he  only  wished  to  ascertain  the  strength 
of  the  country.  The  Ethiopian  monarch, 
aware  of  his  design,  disdained  the  rich 
presents  which  Cambyses  had  sent  him  ; 
reproached  the  ambassadors  with  the  in- 
justice and  ambition  of  their  sovereign, 
and  delivered  to  them  a  bow,  with  these 
remarkable  words  :  "  Carry  this  bow  to 
your  master,  and  till  he  can  find  a  man 


able  to  bend  it,  let  him  not  talk  to  us  of 
submission."  This  resolute  answer  so 
exasperated  Cambyses,  that  he  instantly  j 
began  his  march,  without  taking  time 
even  to  procure  the  necessary  provisions 
for  his  army.  A  famine  of  consequence 
ensued  among  them,  which  at  last  became 
so  dreadful,  that  the  soldiers  were  com- 
pelled to  devour  one  another  :  and  Cam- 
byses finding  himself  in  imminent  danger, 
marched  back  his  army  with  prodigious 
loss. 

In  the  reign  of  Augustus,  when  the 
Roman  forces  were  drawn  out  of  Egypt, 
for  the  purpose  of  invading  Arabia,  Can- 
dace,  queen  of  Meroe,  took  advantage  of 
their  absence,  to  make  an  irruption  into 
the  province  of  Thebasis.  As  she  met 
with  no  force  to  oppose  her,  she  pro- 
ceeded, for  some  time,  with  great  suc- 
cess :  but  being  at  length  apprised  that 
Petronius,  governor  of  Egypt,  was  hasten- 
ing towards  her  with  a  powerful  army, 
she  retired  with  precipitation  into  her 
own  dominions.  Petronius  overtook  her  at 
Pselcha,  where,  with  not  more  than  one- 
third  of  the  number  of  men  which  com- 
posed the  Ethiopian  army,  he  gained  an 
easy  victory  over  those  undisciplined  sav- 
ages, who  were  armed  only  with  poles, 
hatchets,  or  bludgeons.  He  reduced  the 
most  important  fortresses  in  the  country  ; 
but  notwithstanding  his  success,  was 
obliged,  soon  after,  to  withdraw  his  sol- 
diers, who  were  unable  to  sustain  the 
excessive  heat  of  the  climate.  Candace 
afterwards  sent  ambassadors  to  Rome, 
who  gratified  Augustus  with  such  mag- 
nificent presents,  that  he  was  induced  to 
grant  their  queen  a  peace  on  terms  of  her 
own  proposing.  The  Romans,  from  that 
time,  accounted  themselves  masters  of 
Ethiopia ;  and  Augustus  was  congratu- 
lated on  having  completed  the  conquest 
of  Africa,  by  reducing  a  country  till  that 
time  unknown.  The  conquest,  however, 
was  merely  nominal,  for  Meroe  continu- 
ed under  the  government  of  its  wonted 
sovereign.  Queens,  who  were  distin- 
guished by  the  general  title  of  Candace, 
as  the  Roman  emperors  by  that  of  Caesar, 
had  reigned  in  that  country  for  many 
generations  ;  and  we  learn,  from  the  story 
of  the  Ethiopian  eunuch,  in  the  eighth 
chapter  of  the  Acts,  that  it  still  continued, 


ABYSSINIA. 


11 


in  the  reign  of  Tiberius,  to  be  governed 
by  a  princess  of  the  same  name. 

During  the  reign  of  Abreha  and  'Atzbe- 
ha,  translated  by  Mr.  Bruce,  Abraham  the 
blessed,  who  ascended  the  throne  about 
327  years  after  the  Christian  era,  Mero- 
pius,  a  philosopher  of  Tyre,  by  nation 
and  religion  a  Greek,  set  sail  for  India 
from  a  port  on  the  Red  sea,  taking  along 
with  him  Frumentius  and  CEdesius,  two 
young  men  on  whom  he  had  bestowed  a 
very  liberal  education.  Their  vessel  was 
cast  away  on  the  rocks  of  the  Abyssinian 
coast,  and  Meropius  was  slain  by  the 
barbarous  natives,  while  acting  bravely 
in  his  own  defence.  The  youths  were 
conveyed  to  Axum,  then  the  capital  of 
the  kingdom  and  the  residence  of  the 
court,  where  they  soon  displayed  the 
superiority  of  a  cultivated  mind.  The 
Abyssinians  regarded  them  as  prodigies  : 
CEdesius  was  set  over  the  king's  house- 
hold and  wardrobe,  an  office  which  has 
always  been  held  by  a  stranger ;  and 
Frumentius  was  intrusted  by  the  Iteghe, 
or  queen  dowager,  with  the  charge  of  the 
young  prince's  education,  to  which  he 
devoted  himself  with  the  most  faithful  as- 
siduity. Having  imbued  the  mind  of  his 
pupil  with  all  the  learning  of  the  times, 
he  inspired  him  with  a  love  and  venera- 
tion for  the  Christian  religion. 

After  this  he  visited  Athanasius,  who 
had  been  recently  elected  Patriarch  of 
Alexandria,  related  to  him  the  progress 
he  had  made  towards  the  conversion  of 
the  young  monarch,  and  the  sanguine 
hopes  which  he  entertained  of  seeing-  the 
Christian  religion  established  in  Ethi- 
opia. Athanasius,  delighted  with  the 
prospect  of  such  an  accession  of  prose- 
lytes, consecrated  Frumentius  bishop  or 
abunaof  Axuma;  who,  returning  imme- 
diately to  enter  on  his  new  office,  found 
his  royal  pupil  completely  disposed  to 
favor  his  pious  design.  He  made  an 
open  avowal  of  the  Christian  faith ;  his 
example  was  followed  by  the  greater  part 
of  his  subjects  ;  and,  amidst  the  numerous 
heresies  which  then  prevailed  in  the 
East,  the  church  of  Ethiopia  remained 
uncontaminated,  so  long  as  it  was  super- 
intended by  its  first  bishop  and  apostle. 

It  is' said,  that  after  the  death  of  Abre- 
ha, the  court,  and  principal   people  of 


Abyssinia,  relapsed  into  idolatry,  which 
continued  to  prevail  till  the  year  521, 
when  they  were  again  converted  by  their 
king  Adad,  or  Aidog.  That  monarch  was 
engaged  in  war  with  the  Homerites,  or 
Sabasans,  in  Arabia  Felix,  and,  having 
defeated  their  armies,  and  subverted  their 
kingdom,  he  embraced  the  Christian  re- 
ligion, in  token  of  gratitude  to  its  author, 
to  whom  he  ascribed  his  success. 

When  Mahomet  promulgated  his  pre- 
tended revelation,  the  Ethiopian  gov- 
ernor of  Yemen  became  a  convert  to  his 
doctrines  ;  but  there  seems  to  be  no  truth 
in  the  story  so  eagerly  propagated  by 
the  Arabian  historians,  that  the  king  of 
Abyssinia  himself  embraced  the  new  re- 
ligion. From  this  time  the  Abyssinians 
lost  all  the  power  which  they  had  for- 
merly enjoyed  in  Arabia.  The  governors 
were  expelled  by  Mahomet  and  his  suc- 
cessors, and,  taking  refuge  in  Africa  with 
great  numbers  of  their  subjects,  estab- 
lished there  the  kingdoms  of  Adel,  Wy- 
po,  Mara,  Tarshish,  Hadea,  Aussa,  and 
several  others,  which  soon  rose  to  im- 
portance for  power  and  opulence. 

The  successors  of  Mahomet,  in  the 
progress  of  their  victories,  had  expelled 
the  Jews  by  violence  or  oppression  from 
their  dominions  in  Palestine,  Arabia,  and 
Egypt.  Abyssinia,  unsubdued  by  these 
fierce  enthusiasts,  afforded  an  asylum  to 
the  fugitives,  the  more  inviting,  as  their 
countrymen  had  already  a  powerful  es- 
tablishment in  that  empire.  There  was 
one  Jewish  family  which  had  always  pre- 
served on  the  mountain  of  Samen  an  inde- 
pendent sovereignty,  and  the  royal  resi- 
dence was  on  the  summitof  a  high  pointed 
cliiT,  called  from  that  circumstance,  the 
Jew's  Rock.  Several  other  rugged  and 
inaccessible  mountains  were  occupied  by 
that  people  as  natural  fortresses  ;  and 
their  strength  was  so  much  increased  by 
the  numbers  of  their  countrymen  who  fled 
before  the  conquering  Mahometans,  that 
they  began  to  meditate  a  revolution  in 
Abyssinia,  in  favour  of  their  own  religion. 
Many  circumstances  concurred  to  facili- 
tate their  desig-n.  The  Abyssinians,  dis- 
tracted by  various  heresies  were  more 
inclined  to  embrace  any  other  religion, 
than  to  yield  one  disputed  point  to  their 
Christian  adversaries  ;  the  country,  de- 


12 


ABYSSINIA. 


solated  by  pestilence  and  war,  suffered, 
moreover,  all  the  multiplied  evils  which 
usually  prevail  under  the  government  of 
a  minor  ;  and  Judith,  the  daughter  of  the 
Jewish  king,  a  woman  of  unbounded  am- 
bition, and  of  singular  talents  for  intrigue, 
had  lately  been  married  to  the  governor 
of  Bugna,  a  small  district  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Lasta,  both  which  countries 
were  strongly  prejudiced  in  favor  of  Ju- 
daism. This  artful  and  aspiring  woman 
had  formed  so  powerful  a  faction,  that 
she  resolved  to  usurp  the  throne  of  Abys- 
sinia, and  to  extirpate  the  family  of  Solo- 
mon, who  had  continued,  since  the  days 
of  Makeda,  to  reign  in  uninterrupted  suc- 
cession. With  this  design  she  surprised 
the  almost  inaccessible  mountain  of  Da- 
mo,  where  the  royal  princes  were  at  that 
time  confined,  and  massacred  every  one 
of  them,  with  the  exception  of  an  infant, 
who  was  conveyed  by  the  nobles  of  Am- 
hara  into  the  loyal  province  of  Shoa  ;  and 
thus  the  line  of  Solomon  was  preserved, 
and,  at  length,  after  an  interval  of  some 
ages,  restored.  Judith  immediately  took 
possession  of  the  throne,  and  removed 
the  seat  of  government  to  Lasta  ;  where, 
after  enjoying  supreme  power  in  her 
own  person,  not  less  than  forty  years, 
she  transmitted  it  to  her  descendants,  who 
continued  to  rule  over  the  greater  part  of 
Abyssinia  about  the  space  of  three  cen- 
turies. But  as  they  were  not  of  the  line 
of  Solomon,  and,  of  consequence,  were 
accounted  usurpers,  the  history  of  none 
of  them  is  recorded  in  the  annals  of  the 
nation,  excepting  that  of  Lalibala,  who 
was  revered  as  a  saint,  and  who  reigned 
with  great  splendor,  about  the  beginning 
of  the  thirteenth  century. 

At  that  time,  the  Saracens,  having  con- 
quered Egypt,  persecuted  the  Christians 
in  that  country  with  great  rigor,  and 
particularly  the  masons  and  hewers  of 
stone,  whom  they  detested  as  the  pro- 
moters of  idolatry,  by  the  ornaments 
with  which  they  embellished  their  works. 
Lalibala  opened  an  asylum  for  those 
Egyptians,  of  whom  prodigious  numbers 
resorted  to  his  dominions  ;  and  resolved 
to  render  them  useful  to  the  country  from 
which  they  received  protection.  He  had 
long  admired  the  caverns  of  the  ancient 
Troglodytes ;  and  the  first  work  in  which 


he  employed  the  Egyptians,  was  to  hew 
churches,  after  these  specimens,  out  of 
the  rocks  of  his  native  country  Lasta. 
These  churches  still  remain  entire,  hav- 
ing large  columns  formed  out  of  the  solid 
adamant,  with  every  species  of  ornament 
that  can  be  executed  in  buildings  above 
ground. 

From  the  time  of  lialibala,  little  is 
known  respecting  the  affairs  of  the  coun- 
try, imtil  A.  D.  1255,  when  Icon  Amlac, 
of  the  line  of  Solomon,  was  restored  to 
the  throne.  The  events  that  occurred 
during  his,  and  the  five  subsequent  reigns, 
are  entirely  xmknown  to  us  :  and  indeed, 
we  have  no  account  of  the  transactions 
of  the  empire  till  the  days  of  Amda  Sion, 
who  began  his  reig-n  in  the  year  1312. 
He  Avas  the  son  of  Wedem  Araad,  who 
was  the  youngest  brother  of  Icon  Amlac, 
Amda  Sion  was  his  inauguration  name, 
by  which  he  is  generally  known  ;  his 
Christian  name  was  Guebra  Mascal. 
The  first  actions  of  his  reign  were  dis- 
graceful to  humanity,  and  very  different 
from  the  character  which  he  ever  after- 
wards maintained.  Not  content  with 
living  publicly  with  his  father's  concu- 
bine, he  soon  after  committed  incest  with 
his  two  sisters.  Honorius,  a  monk,  who 
was  afterwards  canonized  for  his  sanc- 
tity, first  exhorted  him  to  repentance,  and 
then  publicly  excommunicated  him  for 
these  infamous  crimes.  The  refractory 
monarch,  instead  of  sinking  under  this 
sentence,  ordered  Honorius  to  be  whip- 
ped through  the  streets  of  his  capital. 
That  very  night  the  town  was  reduced  to 
ashes  by  fire,  arising,  through  the  just 
vengeance  of  Heaven,  from  the  blood  of 
the  outraged  saint.  Such,  at  least,  was 
the  account  which  the  clergy  gave  of 
this  catastrophe  ;  but  the  king,  convin- 
ced that  they  themselves  were  the  incen- 
diaries, banished  them  into  those  pro- 
vinces, of  which  the  inhabitants  were 
chiefly  Pagans  or  Jews,  where  they 
were  extremely  successful  in  propaga- 
ting the  Christian  religion. 

The  licentious  conduct  of  Amda  Sion 
had  produced,  in  the  neighboring  na- 
tions, such  a  contempt  for  his  govern- 
ment, that,  while  he  himself  was  em- 
broiled with  Honorius  and  the  monks, 
one  of  his  factors,  who  had  been  charged 


ABYSSINIA. 


13 


with  his  commercial  interests,  was  rob- 
bed and  assassinated  by  the  Moors,  in  the 
province  of  Ifat.  Impatient  to  revenge 
this  outrage,  he  suddenly  assembled  his 
troops,  and  ordered  them  to  rendezvous 
at  Shugura,  upon  the  frontiers  ;  while, 
attended  by  only  seven  horsemen,  he  fell 
upon  the  nearest  Mahometan  settlements, 
putting  all  he  met  with  to  the  sword. 
He  then  placed  himself  at  the  head  of 
his  army,  and  desolated  the  whole  coun- 
try, carrying  off  a  prodigious  booty. 

The  Moors  astonished  by  the  unex- 
pected activity  of  this  monarch,  whom 
they  had  despised  as  an  effeminate  vo- 
luptuary, assembled  in  great  numbers  to 
oppose  him ;  and  hearing  that  he  was 
left  with  scarcely  a  sufficient  number  of 
soldiers  to  guard  the  camp,  they  resolved 
to  attack  him  before  break  of  day,  ima- 
gining that  he  could  not  possibly  make 
any  effectual  resistance.  Fortunately 
two  detachments  of  his  army  had  joined 
him  the  night  before :  these  he  drew  up 
in  battle  array,  and,  when  the  Moors 
presented  themselves,  he  attacked  them 
with  resistless  fury,  slew  their  general 
with  his  own  hand,  and  animating  his 
troops  by  his  example,  obtained  a  deci- 
sive victory.  He  then  commanded  his 
soldiers  to  build  huts  for  themselves,  and 
to  sow  the  adjacent  lands,  as  if  he  in- 
tended to  continue  during  the  rainy  sea- 
son in  the  enemy's  country.  Terrified 
at  the  prospect  of  being  totally  extir- 
pated, the  Moors  readily  submitted  to 
the  tribute  which  he  imposed  ;  and  the 
king,  already  admired  for  his  valor, 
conciliated  still  further  the  affections  of 
his  subjects,  by  distributing  among  them 
his  own  share  of  the  plunder.  Even  the 
priests,  whom  he  had  so  much  offended, 
now  extolled  his  munificence  to  the 
churches,  and  his  zeal  against  the  ene- 
mies of  the  cross. 

Scarcely  had  the  Abyssinians  returned 
to  their  own  country,  when  the  Moors 
prepared  for  another  revolt.  Amda  Sion 
having  completely  succeeded  in  quelling 
the  rebels,  was  preparing  to  return  with 
his  victorious  forces,  when  he  was  in- 
formed that  the  kings  of  Adel  and  Mara 
had  resolved  to  give  him  battle.  Exas- 
perated by  this  intelligence,  he  prepared 
to  pursue  his  enemies  with  the  most  sig- 


nal vengence.  To  give  greater  solemni- 
ty to  his  resolution,  he  assembled  the 
principal  officers  of  his  army,  and,  sur- 
rounded by  his  soldiers,  pronounced  be- 
fore a  monk  of  noted  sanctity,  and  array- 
ed in  his  sacerdotal  habit,  a  long  invective 
against  the  Mahometans  ;  recounted  the 
unprovoked  injuries  which,  at  the  insti- 
gation of  the  kings  of  Adel  and  Mara, 
they  had  committed  against  him ;  enu- 
merated the  atrocities  of  which  they  had 
been  guilty  ;  disclaimed  all  avaricious 
motives  in  undertaking  the  war,  declar- 
ing that  he  would  appropriate  no  part  of 
the  spoil  which  was  stained  with  the 
blood  of  his  subjects,  more  valuable  to 
him  than  all  the  riches  of  Adel ;  and 
concluded  with  swearing  on  the  holy 
eucharist,  that,  though  but  twenty  of  his 
army  should  join  him,  he  would  not  turn 
his  back  upon  Adel  or  Mara,  till  he  had 
either  forced  them  to  submit  as  tributa- 
ries, or  had  utterly  extirpated  them,  and 
annihilated  their  religion.  The  soldiers 
were  fired  by  his  enthusiasm ;  and,  to 
show  themselves  as  disinterested  as  their 
sovereign,  took  lighted  torches  in  their 
hands,  and  set  fire  to  all  the  rich  spoil 
which  they  had  acquired  in  the  province 
of  Fatigar.  Having  thus  satisfied  their 
consciences  that  they  were  the  true  sol- 
diers of  Christ,  they  set  out  on  their 
march,  thirsting,  not  for  the  wealth,  but 
the  blood  of  the  infidels. 

Their  ardent  impetuosity  was  checked 
by  the  obstacles  to  which  their  own  su- 
perstition gave  rise.  The  Abyssinians 
believe,  that  the  world  is  possessed, 
during  the  night,  by  certain  genii  un- 
friendly to  mankind,  disturbed  by  the 
slightest  motion,  and  implacable  in  their 
revenge.  To  such  a  degree  does  the 
dread  of  these  spirits  prevail,  that  an 
Abyssinian  will  not  venture,  at  night, 
even  to  throw  a  little  water  out  of  a 
basin,  lest  it  should  violate  the  dignity 
of  some  vindictive  elf.  The  Moors 
deride  these  superstitious  fears,  and  fre- 
quently turn  them  to  their  own  advantage. 
Protected  by  a  verse  of  the  Koran,  sewed 
up  in  leather,  and  worn  round  their  neck 
or  arms,  they  bid  defiance  to  the  power 
of  the  most  malignant  genii,  and  engage 
without  scruple  in  any  nocturnal  enter- 
prise.    In  their  wars  with  the  Abyssin- 


14 


ABYSSINIA. 


ians,  night  is  their  favorite  season  of 
attack  ;  and,  in  the  present  campaign, 
they  resolved  to  avoid  a  pitched  battle, 
and  to  harrass  the  king's  army  in  the 
dark.  The  troops  of  Amda  Sion,  though 
they  had  always  the  advantage,  were 
soon  wearied  out  by  these  nightly  skir- 
mishes ;  and,  on  the  commencement  of 
the  rainy  season,  insisted  on  being  al- 
lowed to  return.  A  prince  of  such  a 
martial  disposition,  naturally  resented  a 
proposal  which  betrayed  their  deficiency 
in  steadiness  and  discipline.  He  there- 
fore desired  his  officers  to  acquaint  them, 
that,  if  they  were  afraid  of  rains,  he 
would  conduct  them  to  Adel,  where  there 
were  none  ;  and  that,  for  his  own  part, 
he  had  resolved  not  to  quit  the  field, 
while  there  was  one  village  in  his  do- 
minions that  did  not  acknowledge  him 
as  sovereign.  On  hearing  this  remon- 
strance, the  army  again  set  forward  ; 
but,  being  still  harrassed  by  the  nightly 
attacks  of  the  Moors,  the  spirit  of  mutiny 
began  once  more  to  prevail.  The  elo- 
quence of  the  king  brought  them  back 
to  a  sense  of  their  duty  ;  but  immediatelj'' 
afterwards  he  was  seized  with  a  violent 
fever,  which  seemed  to  threaten  his  life. 
While,  in  consequence  of  his  illness, 
the  soldiers  expected  every  moment  an 
order  to  return,  they  accidentally  receiv- 
ed intelligence  that  an  army  of  40,000 
Moors  was  advancing  towards  them, 
and  was  then  at  no  great  distance  from 
the  camp.  The  king,  though  now  free 
from  fever,  was  so  excessively  feeble, 
that  he  fainted  while  his  servant  was 
employed  in  putting  on  his  armour.  His 
resolution,  however,  vv^as  unalterable  ; 
and,  after  recovering  from  his  swoon,  he 
addressed  his  soldiers  in  a  speech  full  of 
enthusiasm,  exhorting  them  to  confide  in 
the  righteousness  of  their  cause,  and  in 
the  continuance  of  that  favor  which  they 
had  hitherto  experienced  from  heaven. 
Animated  by  this  address,  his  soldiers 
were  now  only  solicitous,  that,  in  his 
present  feeble  state,  he  should  not  ex- 
pose his  person  in  battle  ;  and  he  pro- 
mised to  comply  with  their  request.  But 
the  whole  army  was  soon  thrown  into 
consternation,  by  a  report  that  the  Moors 
had  poisoned  the  wells,  and  enchanted 
all  the  streams  in   front  of  the  camp. 


Though  a  priest  of  great  sanctity  was 
employed  to  disenchant  the  waters,  and 
a  river  was  consecrated  by  the  name  of 
Jordan,  the  soldiers  not  only  refused  to 
advance,  but  resolved  immediately  to  re- 
turn home.  The  king  rode  through  the 
ranks  in  the  most  violent  agitation,  and 
conjured  them  to  remember  their  former 
valor,  and  the  solemn  oaths  by  which 
they  had  repeatedly  bound  themselves  to 
remain  true  to  the  cause  of  their  sove- 
reign and  their  religion.  Finding  that 
his  arguments  produced  no  effect,  he 
begged  that  those  who  were  unwilling  to 
fight,  would  only  stand  in  their  places  as 
spectators  of  the  bravery  of  their  com- 
rades. He  then  ordered  the  master  of 
the  horse,  with  only  five  of  the  others,  to 
attack  the  left  wing  of  the  enemy  ;  while 
he  himself,  with  a  small  party  of  his 
servants,  made  a  furious  onset  on  the 
right.  His  valor  was  crowned  with  suc- 
cess. Weak  as  he  then  was,  he  slew 
with  his  own  hand  the  two  leaders  of  the 
right  wing  ;  his  son,  who  fought  on  the 
left,  despatched  another  officer  of  rank  ; 
and  the  soldiers,  ashamed  of  their  con- 
duct, and  alarmed  for  the  safety  of  their 
valiant  monarch,  rushed  furiously  to  his 
rescue.  The  centre  and  left  wing  of  the 
enemy  was  entirely  defeated ;  the  right 
wing,  consisting  chiefly  of  Arabians,  re- 
treated in  a  body  ;  but,  ignorant  of  the 
country,  entered  a  deep  valley,  surround- 
ed by  perpendicular  rocks,  which  were 
thickly  covered  with  wood.  Amda  Sion, 
perceiving  their  situation,  attacked  them 
with  a  few  of  his  troops  in  front,  while 
others  rolled  great  stones  upon  them  from 
the  top  of  the  rocks  ;  and  thus,  being 
unable  either  to  resist  or  escape,  they  all 
perished  to  a  man.  Another  division  of 
the  army  was  sent,  under  the  command 
of  the  master  of  the  horse,  in  pursuit  of 
the  rest  of  the  Moors.  They  found  these 
unhappy  people,  exhausted  by  the  fa- 
tigues of  the  combat  and  of  flight,  lying 
by  the  side  of  a  water,  which  they  lapped 
like  dogs ;  and,  in  this  helpless  situation, 
they  were  slaughtered  without  resistance 
by  the  relentless  conquerors.  Wearied 
at  length  with  murder,  they  made  pri- 
soners of  the  few  who  survived.  Among 
these  were  Salek  king  of  Mara,  and  his 
queen  ;  the  former  of  whom  was  hanged 


ABYSSINIA. 


15 


Battle  between  the  Abyssinians  and  the  Moors. 


by  the  order  of  Amda  Sion,  the  latter 
hewn  to  pieces  by  the  soldiers,  and  her 
body  given  to  the  dogs. 

Pursuing  his  advantages,  the  Abys- 
sinian monarch  advanced  still  further 
into  the  Mahometan  territories,  till  he 
reached  the  dominions  of  the  king  of 
Adel.  That  prince,  rendered  desperate 
by  the  devastation  of  his  country,  and  the 
prospects  of  its  total  ruin,  resolved  to 
make  one  last  effort  for  its  preservation. 
He  therefore  took  the  field  against  the 
Abyssinians,  but  conducted  himself  with 
less  prudence  than  his  own  situation  and 
the  character  of  his  adversary  required. 
Victory  again  declared  in  favor  of  Amda 
Sion  ;  the  king  of  Adel  fell  in  the  en- 
gagement ,  and  his  troops,  dispersed  in 
all  directions,  were  intercepted  by  de- 
tachments of  the  Abyssinian  army,  which 
had  been  placed  in  ambush  to  prevent 
their  escape. 

During  the  remainder  of  the  campaign, 
the  Abyssinians  were  engaged  in  de- 
stroying the  towns  and  villages,  and  lay- 
ing waste  the  country  of  the  Mahometans ; 
exercising  against  these  unhappy  people 
every  species  of  cruelty,  on  pretence  of 
retaliating    their    injuries    against    the 


Christians.  Weary  at  length  of  con- 
quest and  bloodshed,  the  king  returned 
in  triumph  to  Tegulut,  where  he  died  a 
natural  death,  after  a  reign  of  thirty 
years  ;  during  which,  though  almost  con- 
stantly engaged  in  war,  he  never  sustain- 
ed a  defeat. 

Theodoras,  who  occupied  the  throne 
from  the  year  1409  to  1412,  was  so  re- 
vered by  his  subjects,  for  the  sanctity  of 
his  character,  that  it  is  still  a  prevailing 
opinion  in  Abyssinia,  that  he  is  to  rise 
again  from  the  grave,  and  reign  in  his 
ancient  kingdom  for  a  thousand  years  ; 
during  which  period  the  arms  of  the 
warrior  are  to  be  hung  up  in  the  hall, 
and  joy  and  peace  are  universally  to 
prevail. 

Nothing  important  occurs  in  the  his- 
tory of  Abyssinia,  from  the  death  of 
Theodoras  in  1412,  till  Zara  Jacob  as- 
cended the  throne  in  1434.  The  par- 
tiality of  his  historians  has  represented 
this  monarch  as  another  Solomon,  an 
exact  model  of  what  a  sovereign  should 
be.  He  was  remarkable  for  his  curiosity 
with  regard  to  the  politics,  manners,  and 
religion  of  other  countries  ;  and,  by  his 
desire,  an  embassy,  consisting  of  priests 


16 


ABYSSINIA. 


from  the  Abyssinian  convent  of  Jerusa- 
lem, was  sent  to  the  council  of  Florence. 
The  Roman  pontiff,  pleased  with  an 
event  which  seemed  to  promise  the  in- 
troduction of  his  spiritual  sovereignty 
into  the  most  important  kingdom  of  Afri- 
ca, ordered  a  painting  to  be  taken  of  the 
embassy,  which  is  still  to  be  seen  in  the 
Vatican.  A  convent  was  obtained  for 
the  Abyssinians  at  Rome,  which,  though 
still  preserved,  is  seldom  visited  Ijy  those 
to  whom  it  is  appropriated.  A  party  was 
henceforth  formed  in  Abyssinia  in  favor 
of  the  church  of  Rome  ;  and  during  this 
reign,  those  religious  disputes  began, 
which  rendered  the  name  of  Franks,  or 
Frangi,  so  odious  and  dangerous. 

This  perfect  sovereign,  this  model  for 
future  princes,  was  the  first  who  intro- 
duced religious  persecution  into  his  do- 
minions. The  established  religion  was 
that  of  the  Greek  church ;  but  it  was 
corrupted,  in  many  places,  by  Mahome- 
tan, and  even  Pagan  superstitions.  Some 
families,  accused  of  worshipping  the  cow 
and  the  serpent,  were  dragged  before  this 
zealous  monarch,  who  immediately  sen- 
tenced them  to  death.  Their  execution 
was  followed  by  a  proclamation,  that 
whoever  did  not  wear  on  his  right  hand 
an  amulet,  with  this  inscription,  "  1  re- 
nounce the  devil  for  Christ  our  Lord," 
should  forfeit  his  property,  and  be  liable, 
besides,  to  corporeal  punishment.  This 
persecution,  which  soon  became  general 
throughout  the  kingdom,  was  committed 
to  Amda  Sion,  the  Arab  Saat,  a  person 
whose  affected  austerity  had  procured 
him  the  confidence  of  the  king,  by  whom 
he  was  so  highly  distinguished,  that, 
when  he  appeared  abroad,  he  was  at- 
tended by  a  number  of  soldiers  with 
drums,  trumpets,  and  other  ensigns  of 
military  dignity.  The  cruelty  of  this 
odious  inquisitor  was  severely  repri- 
manded in  a  public  assembly,  by  certain 
priests  from  Jerusalem  ;  the  persecution 
was  suppressed,  and  the  king  now  turned 
his  thoughts  from  religion  to  the  civil 
improvement  of  his  dominions. 

About  this  time  the  Portuguese  were 
extending  their  discoveries  along  the 
coast  of  Africa,  and  had  already  formed 
the  project  of  opening  a  passage  to  India 
by  doubling  the  Cape.     A  plan  was  like- 


wise concerted  for  penetrating  through 
the  interior  of  the  African  continent,  that, 
if  the  former  project  should  fail,  the 
merchandise  of  the  East  Indies  might 
be  conveyed  to  Portugal  by  land.  The 
success  of  such  a  scheme  was  rendered 
probable  by  the  report  of  some  monks, 
who  had  been  seen  at  Jerusalem  and 
Alexandria,  the  subjects,  as  they  said, 
of  a  Christian  prince  in  Africa,  whose 
dominions  extended  from  the  eastern  to 
the  western  ocean.  Of  the  truth  of  their 
reports,  the  Portuguese  navigators  had 
been  so  strongly  assured  by  Bemoy,  a 
king  of  the  Jaloffs,  that  Henry,  the  scien- 
tific and  enterprising  prince  under  whose 
auspices  these  plans  of  discovery  were 
conducted,  resolved  to  send  ambassadors 
to  this  unknown  sovereign.  Peter  de 
Covillan,  and  Alphonso  de  Paiva,  were 
appointed  to  this  important  embassy,  with 
directions  to  explore  the  sources  of  the 
Indian  trade,  and  the  principal  markets 
for  spices  ;  and,  above  all,  to  ascertain 
the  possibility  of  reaching  the  East  Indies 
by  sailing  round  the  southern  extremity 
of  Africa.  Thus  instructed,  they  pro- 
ceeded to  Alexandria,  thence  to  Cairo, 
next  to  Suez,  and  afterM'ards  to  Aden,  a 
rich  commercial  town  beyond  the  Straits 
of  Babelmandel.  They  sailed  from  this 
city  in  separate  directions  ;  Covillan  for 
India,  and  De  Paiva  for  Suakem.  De 
Paiva  soon  lost  his  life  ;  but  Covillan, 
after  visiting  Calicut  and  Goa,  recrossed 
the  Indian  ocean,  inspected  the  mines  of 
Sofala,  and  returned  by  Aden  to  Cairo, 
where  he  heard  of  the  death  of  his  com- 
panion. At  Cairo  he  was  met  by  two 
Jews  with  letters  from  the  king  of  Abys- 
sinia ;  one  of  whom  he  sent  back  with 
letters  to  that  monarch  in  return,  and, 
with  the  other,  proceeded  to  the  island 
of  Ormus,  in  the  Persian  gulf.  Here 
the  Jew  left  him  ;  and  Covillan  returned 
to  Aden,  whence  he  passed  into  the 
Abyssinian  dominions. 

On  his  arrival  in  that  country,  he  was 
kindly  received  by  Alexander  the  reign- 
ing prince,  and  exalted  to  the  most 
honorable  ,  offices  in  the  state  ;  though, 
according  to  Abyssinian  policy,  he  was 
never  allowed  to  return  to  Europe.  He 
found  means,  however,  to  convey,  from 
time  to  time,  important   intelligence  to 


ABYSSINIA. 


17 


the  king  of  Portugal.  He  described  the 
several  ports  in  India  which  he  had 
seen  ;  the  disposition  of  the  princes ; 
the  situation  and  riches  of  the  mines  of 
Sofala.  He  exhorted  the  king  to  pursue, 
with  unremitting  diligence,  the  discovery 
of  the  passage  round  Africa ;  declaring, 
that  the  Cape  was  well  known  in  India, 
and  that  the  voyage  was  attended  with 
little  danger.  To  these  descriptions  he 
added  a  chart  or  map,  which  he  had  re- 
ceived from  a  Moor  in  India,  and  in 
which  the  Cape,  and  the  cities  round  the 
coast,  were  accurately  represented. 

The  reign  of  Alexander  was  disturbed 
by  frequent  rebellions,  and  he  fell  a  vic- 
tim to  the  perfidy  of  his  minister.  Naad, 
his  younger  brother,  was  then  called  to 
the  throne.  After  reigning  thirteen  years, 
he  was  succeeded  by  his  son  David  III. 
Maffudi,  prince  of  Arar,  having  recov- 
ered from  a  defeat  which  he  had  suffered 
from  Naad,  and  increased  his  power  by 
alliances  with  the  Turks  in  Arabia,  had 
renewed  his  annual  incursions  into  Abys- 
sinia with  greater  success  than  before. 
In  return  for  the  multitude  of  slaves 
which  he  had  sent  to  Mecca,  he  was 
made  sheyhk  of  Zeyla,  which  may  be 
considered  the  key  to  the  Abyssinian 
dominions  ;  and  the  king  of  Adel  had 
been  induced,  by  his  success,  to  enter 
into  a  league  with  him  against  that  em- 
pire, which  he  had  always  regarded  with 
a  very  unfriendly  eye.  Accordingly, 
they  invaded  Abyssinia  with  their  united 
forces,  and  committed  such  devastation 
as  spread  terror  through  the  whole  coun- 
try. To  revenge  these  injuries,  David, 
then,  a  youth  of  sixteen,  levied  a  power- 
ful army,  by  a  judicious  disposition  of 
which,  he  hemmed  in  the  Moors  among 
some  narrow  defiles,  where  they  could 
not  hazard  an  engagement  without  cer- 
!  tain  destruction.  To  add  to  their  con- 
,  sternation,  Maffudi  came  to  the  king  of 

I         Adel,  and  assured  him  that  his  time  was 
'         now  come  ;  that  he   had  been  warned 
long  before,  by  a  prophecy,  that  if  in  this 
year,  1516,  he  should  encounter  the  king 
of  Abyssinia  in  person,  he  should  cer- 
I  tainly  die.     He  therefore  advised  him  to 

I         to  retreat  as  speedily  as  possible,  over 
■         the  least  difficult  part  of  the  mountain, 
I         before  the  battle  should  commence.  The 
3 


Adelian,  already  dismayed  by  the  situa- 
tion of  his  army  Avillingly  followed  his 
advice  ;  and  Maffudi,  as  soon  as  he  sup- 
posed his  ally  beyond  the  reach  of  danger, 
sent  a  message  to  the  Abyssinian  camp, 
challenging  any  man  of  quality  to  fight 
him  in  single  combat,  on  condition  that 
the  party  of  the  victorious  champion 
should  be  accounted  conquerors,  and  that 
both  armies  should  immediately  separate 
without  further  bloodshed.  A  monk, 
named  Gabriel  Andreas,  instantly  ac- 
cepted the  challenge ;  and,  when  the 
combatants  met,  Maffudi  received  from 
his  antagonist  such  a  violent  stroke  with 
a  two-handled  sword,  as  almost  severed 
his  body  in  two.  Andreas  cut  off  his 
head ;  and,  throwing  it  at  the  king's  feet, 
exclaimed,  "  There  is  the  GoUah  of  the 
Infidels  !"  Notwithstanding  the  terms 
stipulated  before  the  combat,  a  general 
engagement  ensued,  in  which  the  Moors 
were  completely  discomfited. 

On  the  same  day  (in  the  month  of 
July,  1516)  Zeyla  was  taken,  and  its 
town  burnt  by  the  Portuguese  fleet,  under 
Lopes  Suarez  de  Alberguiera.  On 
board  this  fleet  was  Matthew,  the  Abys- 
sinian ambassador,  who  was  accompanied 
by  Edward  Galvan,  ambassador,  from 
the  court  of  Lisbon  to  the  king  of  Abys- 
sinia. The  latter  died  soon  after,  and 
Don  Roderigo  de  Lima  was  appointed 
in  his  place.  Nothing  of  importance  was 
accomplished  by  this  mission.  Instead 
of  having  an  interview  with  the  king, 
he  was  not  allowed  to  reside  within 
three  miles  of  his  royal  presence  ;  and  it 
was  not  till  three  years  afterwards  that 
he  obtained  leave  to  depart.  After  that 
long  interval,  David  determined  to  send 
an  embassy  to  Portugal,  and  dismissed 
Roderigo  with  an  Abyssinian  monk, 
named  Zaga  Zaab,  whom  he  appointed 
his  own  ambassador. 

Meanwhile,  the  Mahometans  were 
alarmed  by  this  long  intercourse  between 
two  such  distant  nations,  to  both  of  which 
they  were  equally  inimical.  An  alliance 
was  formed  between  the  king  of  Adel 
and  the  Turks  in  Arabia ;  and  the  Ade- 
lians,  thus  reinforced,  and  being  trained 
by  their  new  allies  to  the  use  of  fire- 
arms, then  unknown  to  the  Abyssinians, 
defeated  David   in    every    engagement, 


18 


ABYSSINIA. 


and  hunted  him,  like  a  wild  beast,  from 
place  to  place.  Mahomet,  surnamed 
Gragne,  or  left-handed,  who  commanded 
the  Turkish  army,  sent  a  message  to  the 
king,  exhorting  him  to  desist  from  fight- 
ing against  God,  to  make  peace  while  it 
was  yet  in  his  power,  and  to  give  him 
his  daughter  in  marriage,  otherwise  he 
would  reduce  his  kindom  to  such  a  state 
as  to  be  capable  of  producing  nothing  but 
grass.  The  spirited  monarch,  yet  un- 
subdued by  his  misfortunes,  would  listen 
to  no  terms  proposed  by  an  infidel  and  a 
blasphemer.  Frequent  encounters  suc- 
ceeded, in  which  David  was  constantly 
worsted  ;  in  one  engagement  his  eldest 
son  was  killed  ;  in  another  his  youngest 
Avas  taken  prisoner ;  and  he  himself, 
destitute  and  forlorn,  was  forced  to  wan- 
der about  on  foot,  skulking  among  the 
bushes  on  the  mountains.  Struck  with 
admiration  of  his  heroism,  and  with  com- 
passion for  his  misfortunes,  many  of  his 
veteran  soldiers  sought  him  out  in  his 
retreat,  and  with  these  he  gained  some 
slight  advantages,  which  served  to  revive 
the  spirits  of  laimself  and  his  followers. 
But  his  enemies  were  too  powerful  to  be 
resisted  with  any  probability  of  final  suc- 
cess, and  the  king,  in  this  hopeless  situ- 
ation, began  to  turn  his  thoughts  seriously 
towards  Portugal. 

John  Bermudes,  one  of  Roderigo's  at- 
tendants, who  had  been  detained  in  Abys- 
sinia, was  chosen  as  ambassador  to  his 
native  monarch.  On  his  arrival  at  I^is- 
bon,  Bermudes  ordered  Zaga  Zaab  to  be 
put  in  irons  for  neglecting  the  interests  of 
his  master  ;  and  represented  so  strongly 
the  distresses  of  the  Abyssinians,  that 
he  soon  obtained  an  order  for  400  mus- 
keteers to  be  sent  to  their  relief.  These 
after  a  delay  of  many  months,  arrived  at 
the  port  of  Masuah,  under  the  command 
of  Don  Stephen  de  Gama.  In  the  mean- 
time, a  new  monarch  had  ascended  the 
throne  of  that  kingdom.  During  the  wars 
which  David  carried  on  with  the  Moors, 
a  Mahometan  chief,  named  Vizir  Mugdid, 
had  attacked  the  rock  of  Geshen,  the 
state  prison  of  the  royal  family,  and,  as- 
cending it  without  opposition,  put  all  the 
princes  to  the  sword.  The  heart  of  this 
heroic  monarch  could  not  stand  this  dis- 
aster, and   he  died  in   the  same  year, 


1540.  His  son  Claudius,  who  succeed- 
ed him,  though  then  only  18  years  of 
age,  possessed  all  the  great  qualities 
necessary  in  the  dreadful  exigencies  of 
his  kingdom  ;  and,  before  the  arrival  of 
the  Portuguese,  had  already  made  con- 
siderable progress  against  his  enemies. 
He  frustrated  a  league  which  they  had 
formed  against  him  in  the  beginning  of 
his  reign  ;  obliged  them  to  desist  from 
pillage  ;  defeated  them  in  a  general  en- 
gagement ;  and,  having  intelligence  of  a 
design  formed  against  his  life  by  one  of 
his  own  governors,  decoyed  the  traitor 
into  an  ambush,  and  slew  the  greater 
part  of  his  army. 

Such  was  the  situation  of  affairs  when 
Don  Stephen  de  Gama  came  to  the  as- 
sistance of  the  Abyssinians.  The  num- 
ber of  men  whom  the  king  of  Portugal 
had  allotted  to  his  service,  amounted  to 
400  ;  but  the  officers  were  men  of  the 
first  rank,  by  whose  retinue  the  army 
was  considerably  increased.  A  general 
ardor  for  this  enterprise  prevailed  in  the 
fleet ;  and  the  bay  where  they  were  moor- 
ed has  received  from  the  murmurs  of 
those  who  were  detained  on  board,  the 
name  of  Bahia  dos  Agravados — the  Bay 
of  the  Injured. 

This  small  but  gallant  army  set  out 
without  delay  under  the  command  of 
Don  Christopher  de  Gama,  youngest  bro- 
ther of  the  admiral.  They  were  met  on 
their  march  by  the  qvieen,  attended  by 
her  two  sisters,  and  many  others  of  both 
sexes  ;  and,  after  a  mutual  exchange  of 
civilities,  the  queen  returned,  escorted 
by  100  musketeers,  whom  the  general 
had  appointed  as  her  guard.  After  march- 
ing eight  days  through  a  very  rugged 
country,  Don  Christopher  received  from 
Gragne  a  very  insulting  defiance,  which 
he  returned  in  a  similar  tone.  A  battle 
was  fought,  in  which  the  Moor,  though 
greatly  superior  in  horse,  got  such  a  con- 
vincing specimen  of  Portuguese  valor, 
that  he  did  not  choose,  on  that  occasion, 
to  venture  a  second  engagement. 

The  Portuguese,  owing  to  the  advanc- 
ed state  of  the  season,  had  now  retired 
into  winter  quarters  ;  while  Gragne,  hav- 
ing received  powerful  reinforcements  to 
his  army,  wished  to  bring  them  to  action 
before  they  should  be  joined  by  the  king. 


ABYSSINIA. 


19 


Hurried  away  by  his  natural  impetuosity, 
Don  Christopher  resolved,  in  opposition 
to  the  remonstrances  of  his  most  skilful 
officers,  to  venture  an  engagement,  though 
at  prodigious  disadvantage.  The  supe- 
riority of  the  Portuguese,  however,  was 
still  so  great,  that  they  seemed  likely  to 
obtain  the  victory,  till  their  general,  rash- 
ly exposing  himself,  was  wounded  in  the 
arm  by  a  musket  ball.  Confusion  and 
defeat  ensued ;  and  the  barbarians,  ob- 
taining possession  of  the  camp,  began  to 
violate  the  women,  who  had  all  retired 
into  the  general's  tent.  On  this,  an 
Abyssinian  lady,  who  had  married  one 
of  the  Portuguese,  set  fire  to  some  bar- 
rels of  gimpowder  which  stood  in  the 
tent,  and  thus  perished  with  the  ravishers. 

Don  Christopher,  disdaining  to  fly, 
was  forced  into  a  litter,  and  carried  oft' 
the  field.  At  the  approach  of  night,  he 
entered  a  cave  to  have  his  wound  dress- 
ed, but  obstinately  refused  to  proceed 
further.  Betrayed  by  a  woman  whom 
he  loved,  he  was  seized  next  day  by  a 
party  of  the  enemy,  and  carried  in  tri- 
umph to  Gragne,  who  after  many  mutual 
insults,  struck  of  his  head,  which  was 
sent  to  Constantinople,  while  his  body 
was  cut  to  pieces,  and  dispersed  through 
Abyssinia. 

The  cruelty  of  this  barbarian  proved 
more  detrimental  to  his  cause,  than  if  he 
had  been  completely  defeated.  The 
Portuguese,  exasperated  by  the  loss  of 
their  general,  were  ready  to  undergo  any 
danger  to  revenge  his  death  ;  while  the 
Turks,  irritated  by  an  action  which  de- 
prived them  of  Don  Christopher's  ransom, 
abandoned  their  leader,  and  returned  to 
their  own  country.  Gragne,  thus  desert- 
ed, was  easily  defeated  by  Claudius ; 
and  in  a  subsequent  battle,  fought  on  the 
10th  of  February,  1543,  his  army  was 
routed,  and  he  himself  slain  by  a  Portu- 
guese, named  Peter  Lyon,  who  had  been 
Don  Christopher's  valet  de  chambre. 
Gragnt^'s  wife  and  son,  with  Nur,  the 
son  of  Mugdid,  who  destroyed  the  royal 
family,  fell  into  the  hands  of  Claudius  ; 
and  happy  had  it  been  for  that  monarch 
if  he  had  immediately  ordered  them  to 
execution. 

Relieved  from  all  fear  of  external 
enemies,  the  attention  of  Claudius  was 


now  occupied  by  affairs  of  religion. 
Bermudes,  a  turbulent  bigot,  insisted 
that  the  king  should  embrace  the  doc- 
trines of  the  Roman  church,  and  estabhsh 
that  religion  throughout  his  dominions. 
Claudius  rejected  with  indignation  such 
an  insolent  request,  and  a  violent  alter- 
cation ensued  between  the  Abuna  and 
the  sovereign.  After  a  struggle  of  seve- 
ral years,  he  succeeded  in  ridding  him- 
self of  this  turbulent  ecclesiastic.  From 
that  time  few  events  of  any  importance 
occurred,  till  1538,  when  the  king  was 
occupied  in  appointing  his  successor  to 
his  throne.  He  had  no  son,  and  his 
younger  brother  had  been  taken  by  the 
Moors,  during  his  father's  reign,  and  im- 
prisoned on  a  high  mountain  in  Adel. 
His  ransom  appeared  difficult,  and  would 
perhaps  have  been  found  impossible,  had 
not  a  son  of  the  famous  Gragne  been  at 
the  same  time  a  prisoner  in  Abyssinia ; 
by  releasing  whom,  and  paying  besides 
four  thousand  ounces  of  gold,  Claudius  at 
length  procured  the  restoration  of  his 
brother. 

Nur,  the  son  of  Mugdid,  had  become 
passionately  enamoured  of  the  widow  of 
Gragne  ;  but  she  refused  to  give  him  her 
hand,  till  he  should  present  her  with  the 
head  of  Claudius,  the  murderer  of  her 
former  husband.  The  lover  willingly 
undertook  the  task,  and  challenged  the 
Abyssiiuan  monarch  while  marching  to- 
wards Adel.  Claudius  was  not  of  a  dis- 
position to  decline  the  combat,  though  it 
had  been  prophesied  that  he  should  die 
in  this  campaign.  His  soldiers,  more 
alarmed  by  the  prediction,  abandoned 
their  monarch  in  the  commencement  of 
the  battle  ;  while,  attended  by  only  18 
Portuguese  and  20  horsemen  of  Abys- 
sinia, he  fought  with  the  most  heroic 
bravery,  till  at  last  he  fell,  completely 
covered  with  wounds.  His  head  was 
cut  off,  and  brought  by  Nur  to  his  mis- 
tress, who  hung  it  up  on  a  tree  before 
her  door,  where  it  remained  for  three 
years. 

After  this  fatal  engagement,  which 
took  place  on  the  22d  of  March,  1559, 
Menas  ascended  the  throne  without  op- 
position. During  the  greater  part  of  his 
reign  he  was  engaged  in  war  with  his 
own  subjects,  who   were    instigated   to 


20 


ABYSSINIA. 


rebellion  by  the  popish  missionaries.  The 
insolence  of  these  ecclesiastics  at  last 
provoked  the  king  to  banish  them  to  a 
barren  and  solitary  mountain,  including 
in  their  sentence  all  the  rest  of  the  Euro- 
peans ;  an  insult  which  they  resented  so 
highly,  that  they  immediately  went  over 
to  the  rebels.  Their  united  forces  were 
defeated  by  Menas,  but  the  victory  was 
by  no  means  so  decisive  as  to  put  an  end 
to  the  rebellion. 

After  a  turbulent  reign  of  four  years, 
Menas  was  succeeded  by  his  son,  Sertza 
Denghel,  a  boy  of  12  years  of  age.  This 
prince  was  engaged  in  almost  perpetual 
conflicts  with  the  Galla,*  the  Falasha,! 
and  the  Moors,  in  which  he  was  gene- 
rally victorious.  During  his  reign  the  Ro- 
man Catholics  were  vmmolested,  though 
such  a  strong  prejudice  had  been  excited 
against  them  in  the  minds  both  of  the 
king  and  his  subjects,  that  they  never 
ventured  to  appear  at  court,  nor  were 
permitted  to  serve  in  the  army.  His  last 
expedition  was  against  some  rebels  who 
had  begun  to  excite  commotions  in  the 
province  of  Damot.  A  priest,  revered  for 
his  sanctity  and  skill  in  divination,  had 
warned  him,  in  A'ain,  not  to  proceed  in 
this  enterprise  ;  and,  when  he  found  the 
warlike  monarch  obstinate  in  his  purpose, 
he  only  requested  him  not  to  eat  of  the 
fish  of  a  certain  river  :  this  advice  also 
was  despised  ;  and  Sertza  Denghel  died 
in  consequence  of  eating  these  fish, 
which  were  of  a  poisonous  quality. 

After  a  violent  dispute  about  the  right 
of  succession,  the  infant  Jacob  was  ele- 
vated to  the  throne,  but  was  soon  after 
deposed  and  Za  Denghel  invested  with 
the  sovereign  power.  Few  events  of 
importance  occurred  till  the  reign  of 
Focilidas,  when  the  Roman  Catholics 
were  expelled,  and  every  hope  of  esta- 
blishing that  religion  in  the  empire,  ef- 
fectually removed.  From  that  time  the 
history  of  Abyssinia  is  confined  to  a 
narrative  of  insurrections  and  petty  wars, 
till  1729,  when  Yasous  II,  ascended  the 
throne. 


*  Galla,  a  warlike  mountain  people,  in  the 
southern  and  western  parts  of  Abyssinia. 

t  Falasha,  that  is,  exiles, — an  independent  go- 
vernment of  Jews,  in  the  western  part  of  Abys- 


Soon  after  this,  he  invaded  the  king- 
dom of  Sennaar,  without  the  least  provo- 
cation, and  allowed  his  soldiers  to  exer- 
cise the  most  dreadful  cruelties.  He  had 
not  long  returned  from  this  ruinous  ex- 
pedition, when  he  was  obliged  again  to 
take  the  field  against  Suhul  Michael, 
governor  of  Tigre.  The  rebel,  unable 
to  cope  with  his  sovereign  in  open  war, 
fled  to  a  high  mountain  for  refuge  ;  but 
all  his  posts  being  taken  by  storm,  ex- 
cepting one,  which  must  likewise  have 
been  carried  by  the  royal  army,  he  re- 
quested a  capitulation  ;  consigned  into 
the  hands  of  Yasous  a  great  quantity  of 
treasure  ;  and  descended  with  a  stone 
upon  his  head,  (indicating  that  he  had 
been  guilty  of  a  capital  crime,)  to  submit 
to  the  clemency  of  the  king.  A  promise 
was  reluctantly  extorted  from  Yasous  to 
spare  his  life  ;  but,  as  soon  as  the  rebel 
appeared  in  his  presence,  his  indignation 
returned,  and,  retracting  his  promise,  he 
ordered  him  to  be  carried  out  and  execu- 
ted at  his  tent  door.  At  the  intercession 
of  all  his  officers,  the  king  again  pardoned 
him ;  but  with  these  remarkable  words, 
that  he  M'ashed  his  hands  of  all  the  blood 
which  should  be  shed  by  Michael,  before 
he  effected  the  destruction  of  his  coimtry, 
which  he  had  long  been  meditating.  Mi- 
chael, after  continuing  sometime  in  pri- 
son, was  restored  to  his  government  of 
Tigre  ;  and,  by  his  dutiful  behavior,  so 
gained  upon  the  king,  that  he  was  made 
governor  of  Enderta  and  Sire,  as  well 
as  of  Tigre,  thus  becoming  master  of  one 
half  of  Abyssinia.  But  this  increase  of 
power  did  not  tempt  him  to  any  new  re- 
bellion during  the  reign  of  Yasous,  who 
died  in  June,  1753,  in  the  twenty-fourth 
year  of  his  reign. 

Joas  the  successor  of  Yasous,  was  as- 
sassinated at  the  instigation  of  Michael, 
who  by  his  intrigues  became  master  of 
Abyssinia ;  he  placed  on  the  throne 
Hannes,  brother  to  the  late  king  BacuflTa, 
an  old  man,  Avho  had  spent  all  his  days 
on  the  mountains  of  Wechne,  and  was 
of  course  totally  unacquainted  with  politi- 
cal aftairs.  Hannes  had  been  maimed 
by  the  loss  of  one  hand,  to  prevent  him 
from  aspiring  to  the  throne  ;  for,  by  the 
law  of  Abyssinia,  the  king  must  be  free 
from   every  personal   defect.     Michael 


ALGIERS. 


21 


laughed  at  this  objection  ;  but,  on  finding 
him  totally  averse  to  business,  he  carried 
him  off  by  poison,  and  made  his  son, 
Tecla  Haimanout,  his  successor  on  the 
throne.  He  now  marched  against  Fasil 
without  delay,  and  defeated  him  after  an 
obstinate  engagement.  Woosheka  was 
taken  prisoner,  and  that  unhappy  man 
was  flayed  alive,  and  his  skin  was  form- 
ed into  a  bottle. 

From  that  time  to  the  present,  war  and 
bloodshed  have  almost  constantly  pre- 
vailed ;  and  the  history  is  made  up  of 
insurrections,  and  petty  wars,  either 
against  the  general  government,  or  among 
the  subordinate  chiefs  themselves.  In 
June,  1818,  Itsa  Yoas  was  proclaimed 
king.  Soon  after  this  event,  Subegadis, 
an  enterprising  chieftain,  made  an  attempt 


to  raise  himself  to  supreme  power  ;  and 
the  last  accounts  obtained  from  Abys- 
sinia, left  him  preparing  for  a  march  to 
Gondar,  to  establish  his  power  in  that 
quarter.  It  is  more  than  probable  that 
he  accomplished  his  purpose,  and  placed 
himself  on  the  imperial  throne. 

Such  is  a  sketch  of  the  history  of 
Abyssinia,  a  country  sunk  in  the  lowest 
state  of  barbarity,  and  afflicted — even 
without  the  hope  of  improvement — with 
all  the  calamities  which  result  from  an 
ill  constituted  government.  Yet  Abys- 
sinia, in  extent,  in  situation,  and  natural 
advantages,  is  the  most  important  country 
in  Africa  ;  and  from  this  kingdom,  more 
conveniently  than  from  any  other  quarter, 
might  the  blessings  of  civilization  be  dif- 
fused through  that  unfortunate  continent. 


ALGIERS. 


After  the  fall  of  Carthage,  B.  C.  144, 
the  greater  part  of  northern  Africa  came 
under  the  dominion  of  the  Romans,  and 
continued  under  their  power  till  about, 
A.  D.  428.  The  Vandals  and  after  them 
the  Mahometan  Arabs  were  the  succes- 
sive conquerors  and  possessors.  The 
tribes  of  the  last  mentioned  people  divi- 
ded the  country  between  themselves, 
and  formed  different  petty  states,  among 
which  there  were  some  free  and  inde- 
pendent cities.  By  this  means  the  king- 
dom of  Algiers  was  partitioned  into  four 
sovereignties ;  Tenez,  Algiers  Proper, 
Bugeya,  and  Tremuen.  The  princes 
assumed  the  title  of  kings  ;  and  continued 
for  some  centuries  in  mutual  peace  and 
amity  with  one  another.  But  at  length 
they  began  to  disagree  among  themselves, 
and  the  king  of  Tenez  made  himself 
master  of  Bugeya  and  Tremuen.  Al- 
giers Proper  in  the  mean  time  had  be- 
come a  place  of  considerable  celebrity, 
by  the  asylum  it  afforded  to  the  Moors, 
who  had  been  expelled  out  of  the  mari- 
time provinces  of  Spain.  These  exiles, 
rendered  desperate  by  their  expulsion, 
and  being  well  acquainted  with  the  Span- 
ish coast,  issued  from  this  retreat,  and 


endeavored  to  compensate  the  losses  they 
had  sustained,  by  piracy  at  sea,  and  by 
predatory  incursions  on  shore. 

To  suppress  these  ravages,  Ferdinand 
the  fifth,  king  of  Arragon,  A.  D.  1505, 
sent  a  powerful  fleet  and  army  under  the 
command  of  the  Count  of  Navarre,  who 
made  an  irruption  into  Africa,  took  the 
important  city  of  Oran,  and  laid  siege  to 
Algiers,  which  was  the  principal  haunt 
of  these  pirates.  In  this  difiiculty  the 
Algerines  invited  to  their  assistance  Se- 
lim  Eutemy,  a  warlike  Arabian  prince, 
that  possessed  the  neighboring  territory, 
and  put  themselves  under  his  protection 
and  government.  But,  notwithstanding 
his  efforts,  the  Spaniards  carried  on  the 
siege  with  vigor,  and  at  length  Algiers 
was  compelled  to  capitulate,  and  to  be- 
come tributary  to  Spain  ;  nor  could  Selim 
prevent  them  from  erecting  a  strong  fort 
on  a  small  island  opposite  to  the  city, 
which  they  supplied  with  a  garrison  and 
a  numerous  train  of  artillery. 

The  Algerines  were  obliged  to  submit 
to  this  galling  yoke  till  the  death  of  Fer- 
dinand ;  of  which  event  they  were  no 
sooner  apprised,  than  they  determined  to 
make  every  effort  for   regaining   their 


22 


ALGIERS. 


liberty.  With  the  consent  and  advice  of 
Eutemy,  they  sent  a  deputation  to  the 
famous  corsair  Barbarossa,  who  had  ren- 
dered himseh'  formidable  at  sea  from  the 
age  of  thirteen  ;  requesting  him  to  come 
and  deliver  them  from  the  Spanish  yoke, 
and  promising  a  gratuity  equal  to  his  ser- 
vices. Barbarossa,  highly  gratified  by 
this  invitation,  which  offered  him  a  fixed 
residence  with  a  good  port,  of  both  of 
which  he  was  then  destitute,  readily  ac- 
cepted the  proposal.  He  arrived,  there- 
fore, with  his  brother  Hairadin  ;  but  did 
not  communicate  his  real  design  to  the 
Algerines,  and  appeared  only  in  quality 
of  auxiliary  and  ally. 

On  his  arrival  in  the  neighborhood 
of  Algiers,  all  the  people  of  the  city, 
with  prince  Eutemy  at  their  head,  went 
out  to  meet  this  illustrious  warrior,  whom 
they  considered  as  their  deliverer,  and 
conducted  him  into  that  metropolis,  with 
the  greatest  splendor,  and  amidst  the  ac- 
clamations of  the  populace.  lie  was  re- 
ceived with  every  mark  of  distinction, 
and  all  ranks  were  anxious  to  provide  ac- 
commodations for  his  troops.  He  him- 
self was  lodged  in  one  of  the  most  splen- 
did apartments  in  the  palace  of  the  Ara- 
bian prince ;  whilst  his  forces  were  treat- 
ed with  such  uncommon  generosity,  that 
he  began  to  procure  the  necessary  infor- 
mation, and  to  concert  measures  for  exe- 
cuting the  treacherous  design  of  enslav- 
ing the  Algerines  and  of  making  himself 
king  of  Algiers.  He  communicated  his 
plan  to  the  chief  officers  of  his  council, 
from  whom  he  exacted  a  solemn  oath  of 
secrecy,  and  who  applauded  his  intention, 
and  promised  to  assist  him  with  all  their 
abilities. 

In  the  meantime,  the  better  to  deceive 
the  Algerines,  he  caused  a  battery  to  be 
erected  opposite  to  the  Spanish  fortress, 
which  he  bombarded  for  a  month  without 
producing  any  A'isible  effect.  On  this 
occasion,  however,  he  acted  with  such 
despotic  authority  as  never  to  consult 
the  Arabian  prince  relative  to  any  mea- 
sures he  intended  to  pursue;  and  the 
soldiers  conducted  themselves  with  such 
insolence  and  brutality,  that  the  natives 
no  longer  doubted  of  his  designs,  but 
complained  loudly  of  his  perfidy  and 
breach  of  faith.    Barbarossa,  fearing  that 


they  might  endeavor  to  counteract  his 
intentions,  resolved  to  put  Eutemy  to 
death,  and  to  have  himself  instantly  pro- 
claimed by  his  troops,  king  of  Algiers. 

Being  lodged  in  the  prince's  palace,  he 
had  an  opportunity  of  concerting  proper 
measures  for  the  destruction  of  the  Ara- 
bian chief.  Having  observed  that  Eute- 
my was  accustomed  to  repair  to  the  bath 
every  day  at  noon  before  prayers,  Bar- 
barossa surprised  him  there  in  a  naked 
and  defenceless  condition,  and  having 
strangled  him  with  a  napkin,  immediately 
withdrew,  without  being  observed  by  any 
person.  He  soon  after  returned,  accom- 
panied by  a  considerable  retinue,  as  if 
for  the  purpose  of  bathing ;  and  expressed 
equal  surprise  and  affliction,  on  seeing 
the  murdered  prince.  Though  the  inha- 
bitants suspected  Barbarossa  as  the  cause 
of  this  tragical  occurrence,  they  had  been 
so  cruelly  treated  by  the  soldiers,  that 
they  dared  not  complain  of  the  outrage. 
On  the  contrary,  fearing  that  the  slaugh- 
ter would  be  universal,  many  of  the  na- 
tives abandoned  their  city  and  country, 
and  sought  an  asylum  in  the  neighboring 
states  ;  whilst  others  shut  themselves  up 
in  their  houses,  and  left  the  Turks  in 
possession  of  all  their  property.  This 
desertion  and  dispirited  conduct  opened 
an  easy  access  to  the  vacant  throne, 
which  Barbarossa  ascended  at  the  re- 
quest of  his  followers,  without  experien- 
cing the  least  opposition  from  the  Alge- 
rines. He  was  accordingly  proclaimed 
in  the  city  with  great  splendor  ;  and  rode 
through  the  streets  on  horseback,  attend- 
ed by  his  Turks  and  Moors,  who  cried, 
"  Long  live  Barbarossa,  the  invincible 
king  of  Algiers,  chosen  by  God  to  deliver 
the  people  from  the  oppression  of  the 
Christians,  and  to  devote  all  those  to  de- 
struction that  shall  oppose  or  disobey 
him,  their  lawful  sovereign." 

The  tyrant  was  then  accompanied  to 
the  palace,  where,  seated  under  a  stately 
canopy,  he  received  the  congratulations 
of  the  Turks  ;  and  dispersed  his  troops 
through  every  part  of  the  city,  to  invite 
the  Algerines  to  come  and  swear  alle- 
giance to  their  new  monarch,  with  assu- 
rances that  those  who  complied  should 
be  treated  with  particular  regard,  and 
entitled  to  the  favor  of  the  king.   Accord- 


ALGIERS. 


23 


ingly,  many  did  obeisance  to  him  as  their 
sovereign,  signed  the  instrument  of  his 
coronation,  and  were  dismissed  with  to- 
kens of  esteem.  Barbarossa,  however, 
reigned  rather  by  the  terror  he  inspired, 
than  by  the  affection  and  regard  of  the 
people.  He  suffered  his  ambition  and 
avarice  to  hurry  him  beyond  the  bounds 
of  prudence  ;  a  circumstance  that  nearly 
proved  fatal  to  his  interest.  The  Alge- 
rines  became  exasperated  by  his  cruelty, 
and  the  insolence  and  brutality  of  his 
soldiers.  By  his  rapacious  exactions  he 
alienated  the  affections  of  the  warlike 
Arabs,  whose  esteem  he  had  been  at 
great  pains  to  conciliate  ;  and  he  dis- 
banded a  great  part  of  his  Moorish  troops, 
who  returned  in  discontent  to  the  pro- 
vince from  whence  they  had  been  prin- 
cipally raised. 

The  Algerine  chieftains,  apprised  of 
these  circumstances,  found  means  to  send 
deputies  to  the  Arabians,  to  exhort  them 
to  abolish  the  Turkish  tyranny,  to  re- 
venge the  murder  of  their  Prince  Eu- 
temy,  and  to  restore  his  son  to  the  throne 
and  dominions  of  his  father.  They  also 
carried  on  a  secret  correspondence  with 
the  Spanish  governor,  and  it  was  agreed 
to  assassinate  Barbarossa  and  the  Turks, 
and  to  put  themselves  under  the  protec- 
tion and  government  of  Spain.  The  day 
was  appointed  for  executing  this  im- 
portant project,  when  it  was  resolved 
that  the  Algerines  should  bring  their 
fruits  and  herbs  to  the  market  as  usual, 
and  conceal  arms  under  their  gowns. 
But  the  persons  engaged  in  this  design 
were  too  numerous  to  prevent  its  being 
divulged  to  Barbarossa,  who  was  ex- 
tremely vigilant  and  attentive,  and  soon 
discovered  the  whole  matter.  Most  of 
the  Algerine  chiefs,  Avho  had  been  con- 
cerned in  the  conspiracy,  were  put  to 
death,  and  their  estates  confiscated,  and 
the  rest  had  a  heavy  fine  imposed  on 
them.  This  punishment  so  terrified  the 
natives,  that  they  never  afterwards  at- 
tempted any  thing  against  him  or  his 
successors. 

But  though  Barbarossa  was  thus  freed 
from  domestic,  he  was  assailed  by  fo- 
reign enemies.  The  Spaniards  sent 
against  Algiers  a  numerous  and  power- 
ful fleet,  with  ten  thousand  land  forces 


on  board,  intended  to  expel  the  Turks 
out  of  the  city,  and  to  restore  the  son  of 
Eutemy  to  the  throne  of  his  father.  This 
armament,  however,  had  no  sooner  ar- 
rived in  sight  of  the  place  of  its  destina- 
tion, than  it  was  attacked  by  a  storm,  and 
driven  against  the  rocks,  and  almost 
every  soul  on  board  perished.  This  dis- 
aster tended  to  confirm  Barbarossa  in 
his  usurpation,  and  contributed  to  in- 
crease his  pride  and  insolence  to  such  a 
degree,  that  he  became  more  cruel  and 
oppressive  towards  the  inhabitants  of 
both  the  city  and  country.  Several  tribes 
of  Arabians  were  so  much  alarmed  at 
his  exorbitant  power  and  tyrannical  con- 
duct, that  they  entered  into  an  alliance 
with  the  king  of  Tenez,  who  marched  a 
body  of  forces  into  the  dominions  of  Al- 
giers. This  numerous  army,  however, 
was  totally  defeated  by  Barbarossa,  who 
pursued  the  fugitive  and  unfortunate 
prince  to  the  very  gates  of  his  capital, 
of  which  he  made  himself  master,  and 
obliged  the  inhabitants  to  acknowledge 
him  as  their  sovereign. 

Not  long  after,  he  conquered  the  king- 
dom of  Tremuen ;  but  the  Spaniards 
uniting  with  the  Arabs  in  reinstating  the 
prince  on  his  throne,  Barbarossa  was  at- 
tacked by  a  numerous  and  powerful  army ; 
and  though  the  Turks  fought  with  great 
valor  and  intrepidity,  they  were  defeated 
by  the  enemy,  and  all  cut  to  pieces. 

Thus  fell  Barbarossa  in  the  forty-fourth 
year  of  his  age,  1517.  He  raised  his 
kingdom  to  a  degree  of  splendor  which 
it  had  never  before  known,  and  caused 
himself  to  be  acknowledged  as  sove- 
reign of  Algiers  by  many  foreign  as 
well  as  neighboring  nations.  His  troops 
were  principally  composed  of  Turkish 
soldiers  ;  and  it  was  chiefly  under  the 
banners  of  the  crescent  that  he  had  dis- 
tinguished himself  in  his  maritime  ex- 
ploits. He  preserved  his  independence  ; 
but,  at  the  same  time,  kept  up  an  intimate 
connection  with  the  Porte  ;  whither  he 
sent  presents,  and  from  whence  he  ob- 
tained recruits.  In  short,  he  gave  to  the 
kingdom  of  Algiers  almost  the  whole  of 
that  power  and  extent  which  it  possesses 
at  present. 

Barbarossa  was  succeeded  by  his 
brother  Hairadin,  who,  having  held  the 


24 


ALGIERS. 


reins  of  government  about  two  years, 
dreaded  an  immediate  and  universal  in- 
surrection among  the  people.  The  more 
eflectually,  therefore,  to  secure  himself 
in  the  kingdom,  he  applied  to  Selim  the 
first,  emperor  of  Constantinople,  and 
offered  to  submit  himself  and  his  do- 
minions to  that  prince,  and  to  pay  him 
an  annual  ti-ibute,  provided  the  grand 
seignior  would  assist  him  with  a  suf- 
ficient number  of  forces  for  maintaining 
him  in  his  station.  Selim,  who  by  the 
conquest  of  Egypt  had  abolished  the 
usurpation  of  the  Mamelukes,  was  highly 
pleased  with  the  proposal,  received  Hai- 
radin  under  his  protection,  and  appointed 
him  bashaw  or  viceroy  over  the  kingdom 
of  Algiers.  In  a  little  time,  also,  he  sent 
a  body  of  ten  thousand  janisaries,  that 
enabled  Hairadin  to  become  absolute 
master  both  of  the  Arabs  and  Moors,  who 
were  obliged  to  submit  to  the  most  abject 
slavery,  without  daring  to  utter  the  least 
complaint  against  his  government.  He 
increased  daily  in  power  and  wealth  by 
the  number  of  his  corsairs,  and  their 
successful  depredations  at  sea.  .  The 
Porte  also  sent  him  every  year  a  con- 
stant supply  of  recruits,  with  money  for 
the  payment  of  his  troops ;  and,  in  a 
little  time,  Algiers  became  a  formidable 
kingdom. 

In  this  manner  was  this  state  reduced 
under  the  dominion  of  the  Turkish  em- 
pire ;  but  we  have  already  had  occasion 
to  observe,  that  in  the  course  of  time,  the 
authority  of  the  Ottoman  court  declined 
in  that  kingdom.  Its  influence  was  first 
greatly  contracted  in  regard  to  the  no- 
mination of  the  dey  ;  and,  at  length,  was 
left  only  in  the  possession  of  honoring 
him  with  a  patent,  which  it  could  not 
refuse.  The  grand  seignior  constantly 
kept  a  pacha,  who  was  considered  as 
the  successor  of  Barbarossa  and  his  de- 
scendants ;  but,  at  length,  the  oflice  of 
pacha  entirely  disappeared,  being  eclipsed 
by  that  of  dey.  At  present,  Algiers  is 
a  power  absolutely  sovereign  and  inde- 
pendent, and  is  rather  allied  than  subject 
to  the  Turks.  It  keeps  up  with  the 
grand  seignior  a  connexion  only  of  de- 
cency and  respect,  founded  on  an  iden- 
tity of  religion. 

Since  the  foundation  of  this  Idngdom 


by  the  two  Barbarossas,  the  events  which 
have  occurred  in  Algiers  are  nothing 
else  than  the  jealousies  and  intrigues  of 
the  principal  men,  in  order  to  ruin  and 
supplant  one  another  ;  consisting  of  acts 
of  cruelty,  depositions,  and  other  ca-  ' 
tastrophes  of  a  similar  nature.  If  we 
should  attempt  to  delineate  a  picture  of 
them,  an  uninterrupted  series  of  the  most 
horrid  acts  of  tyranny  and  brutality  would 
be  exhibited  to  view.  Nothing  would 
be  seen  but  massacres  among  the  rich 
and  powerful ;  wretchedness  and  op- 
pression among  the  poor  ;  with  instances 
innumerable  of  the  most  inhuman  ven- 
geance and  cruelty  against  the  relatives 
and  partisans  of  the  princes  assassinated. 
Confiscations,  imprisonment,  and  per- 
secution, are  extremely  frequent ;  and 
often,  at  the  end  of  a  month, and  even  of 
a  week,  the  reigning  prince  has  suffered 
a  fate  similar  to  that  of  his  predecessor, 
and  exchanged  his  throne  for  a  prison  or 
a  grave  ;  insomuch  that  a  new  revolution 
has  often  brought  back  the  same  scenes 
of  madness  and  cruelty.  Such,  added 
to  the  piratical  expeditions  at  sea,  would 
form  the  principal  part  of  the  history  of 
each  prince's  reign. 

With  respect  to  these  expeditions,  all 
Europe  and  the  world  may  rest  assured, 
that  these  pirates  will  never  cease  their 
depredations,  so  long  as  they  are  per- 
mitted to  exist.  To  the  injury  and  dis- 
grace of  all  christian  powers,  they  suf- 
fered them  to  establish  themselves  and 
to  become  emboldened  by  success,  and 
now  find  them  formidable  to  all  European 
nations,  who  are  compelled  to  purchase 
an  exemption  from  their  ravages,  and  are, 
in  effect,  tributary  to  this  piratical  state. 
These  acts  of  violence  are  now  become 
natural  to  them.  It  was  not  without 
truth,  that  one  of  the  deys  humorously 
said :  "  The  Algerines  are  robbers,  and 
I  am  their  captain-general."  Those, 
therefore,  who  navigate  the  seas,  must 
expect  to  be  exposed  to  their  attacks.  If 
they  be  reproached  for  this  shameful  pi- 
racy, they  only  answer  by  the  following 
proverb  :  "  They  vi^ho  are  afraid  of  the 
sparrows  ought  never  to  sow." 

Since  the  commencement  of  the  pre- 
sent century,  the  United  States  of  Ame- 
rica have  led  the  way  in  humbling  the 


ALGIERS. 


25 


piratical  states  of  Barbary.  Soon  after  the 
ratification  of  peace  with  Great  Britain, 
in  February,  1815,  Congress,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  hostile  conduct  of  the  Re- 
gency of  Algiers,  declared  war  against 
that  power.  A  squadron  was  immediately 
sent  out  under  the  command  of  Com. 
Decatur,  (who  had  formerly  highly  dis- 
tinguished himself  in  the  Tripolitan  war,) 
consisting  of  three  frigates,  two  sloops  of 
war,  and  four  schooners.  With  this  force 
Com.  Decatur  sailed  from  New- York, 
May  20th,  1815,  and  arrived  in  the  bay 
of  Gibraltar  in  twenty-five  days.  On  the 
17lh  of  June,  off  Cape  de  Gatt,  he  cap- 
tured the  Algerine  frigate  Mazouda,  after 
a  nmning  fight  of  twenty-five  minutes. 
After  the  second  broadside,  the  Algerines 
ran  below.  In  this  affair  the  famous  Al- 
gerine Admiral,  or  Rais,  Hammida,  who 
had  long  been  the  terror  of  this  sea,  was 
cut  in  two  by  a  cannon  shot.  On  the 
19th  of  June,  off  Cape  Palos,  the  squadron 
captured  an  Algerine  brig  of  twenty-two 
guns.  From  Cape  Palos  the  American 
squadron  proceeded  to  Algiers,  where  it 
arrived  on  the  28th  of  June.  Decatur 
immediately  despatched  a  letter  from  the 
President  of  the  United  States  to  the 
Dey,  in  order  to  afford  him  a  fair  op- 
portunity for  negotiation.  The  Captain  of 
the  port  was  immediately  sent  to  the 
squadron  on  receipt  of  this  letter,  ac- 
companied by  the  Swedish  Consul ;  and 
Com.  Decatur,  who,  with  Mr.  Shaler, 
had  been  empowered  to  negotiate  a  treaty, 
proposed  a  basis,  on  which  alone  he 
would  consent  to  enter  into  a  treaty. 
This  was  the  absolute  and  unqualified 
relinquishment  of  any  demand  of  Tribute, 
on  the  part  of  the  regency.  To  this  the 
captain  demurred.  But  being  informed 
of  the  capture  of  the  frigate  and  brig,  and 
the  death  of  Hammida,  he  was  unnerved, 
and  agreed  to  negotiate  on  the  proposed 
basis.  The  model  of  the  treaty  was  sent 
to  the  Dey,  who  signed  it.  The  prin- 
cipal articles  in  this  treaty  were,  that  no 
tribute,  under  any  circumstances  what- 
ever, should  be  required  by  Algiers  from 
the  United  States  of  America ;  that  all 
Americans  in  slavery  should  be  given 
up  without  ransom  ;  that  compensation 
should  be  made  for  American  vessels  or 
property,  seized  or  detained  at  Algiers  ; 


that  the  persons  and  property  of  Ame- 
ricans, found  on  board  of  an  enemy's 
vessel,  should  be  sacred ;  vessels  of 
either  party  putting  into  port  should  be 
supplied  at  market  price  ;  that  if  a  ves- 
sel of  either  party  should  be  cast  on 
shore,  she  should  not  be  plundered,  &c. 
The  rights  of  American  citizens  on  the 
ocean,  and  the  land,  were  generally  fully 
provided  for,  in  every  instance ;  and  it 
was  particularly  stipulated,  that  all  citizens 
of  the  United  Stales,  taken  in  war,  should 
be  treated  as  prisoners  of  war  are  treated 
by  other  nations  ;  held  subject  to  an  ex- 
change without  ransom.  After  conclu- 
ding his  treaty,  so  highly  honorable  and 
advantageous  to  our  country,  the  com- 
missioners gave  up  the  frigate  and  brig, 
which  had  been  captured,  to  their  former 
owners. 

After  this.  Com.  Decatur  visited  Tunis 
and  Tripoli,  and  demanded  and  obtained 
compensation  for  the  injuries  done  Ame- 
rican citizens  by  those  powers. 

In  consequence  of  the  massacre  in 
Bona  of  persons  under  the  protection  of 
the  British  flag,  Lord  Exmouth  was  sent 
with  a  squadron  to  Algiers,  to  demand 
reparation.  He  was  joined  at  Gibraltar 
by  a  Dutch  squadron  of  five  frigates  and 
a  corvette,  under  the  command  of  Vice- 
Admiral  Von  Capellan.  The  following 
account  is  given  by  an  oflicer  engaged  in 
the  expedition : 

"  On  Sunday,  the  25th  of  August,  the 
expedition  had  a  fine  breeze,  and  made 
great  progress  with  a  flowing  sheet  ;  di- 
vine service  was  performed,  and  on  that 
occasion,  when  offering  up  prayers  to 
the  Almighty,  by  many  for  the  last  time, 
at  public  worship,  feelings  of  the  most 
satisfactory  nature  originated,  which  can 
never  be  forgotten  by  those  who  felt 
them  ;  they  gave  a  cool  confidence  when 
going  into  action,  which  the  stranger  to 
religious  sentiments  can  never  possess. 

"  The  coast  of  Africa  was  seen  on 
Monday,  and  as  the  day  dawned  on 
Tuesday,  the  27th,  Algiers  appeared 
about  ten  miles  off.  The  morning  was 
beautifully  fine,  with  a  haze  which  fore- 
told the  coming  heat :  as  the  morning 
advanced,  the  breeze  failed  us,  but  at 
nine  o'clock  we  had  neared  the  town  to 
within  about  five  miles  ;  the  long  line  of 
4 


ALGIERS. 


batteries  were  distinctly  seen,  with  the 
red  flag  flying  in  all  directions,  and  the 
masts  of  the  shipping  showing  above  the 
walls  of  the  mole.  The  Severn,  with  a 
flag  of  truce  flying,  was  detached  with  the 
terms  of  the  Prince  Regent,  and  this  was 
a  most  anxious  period,  for  we  were  in 
the  dark  as  to  the  feelings  of  the  Dey, 
whether  the  off*ered  terms  were  such  as 
he  could  consistently  accept,  or  that  left 
him  no  alternative  but  resistance.  Du- 
ring this  state  of  suspense,  our  people 
were  as  usual  exercised  at  the  guns,  the 
boats  hoisted  out,  and  prepared  for  ser- 
vice by  signal,  and  at  noon  we  were 
ready  for  action. 

"The  ship's  company  were  piped  to 
dinner,  and  at  one  o'clock  the  captain  and 
officers  sat  down  to  theirs  in  the  gun- 
room, the  principal  dish  of  which  was  a 
substantial  sea  pie  ;  wine  was  pledged 
in  a  bumper  to  a  successful  attack,  and  a 
general  expression  of  hope  for  an  unsuc- 
cessful negotiation.  At  this  time,  the 
officer  of  the  watch  reported  to  the  cap- 
tain, that  the  admiral  had  made  the  gen- 
eral telegraph,  '  Are  you  ready  V  Che- 
tham  immediately  directed  that  our  an- 
swer '  ready'  should  be  shown,  and  at 
the  same  moment  the  like  signal  was 
flying  at  the  mast-heads  of  the  entire 
squadron.  The  mess  now  broke  up,  each 
individual  of  it  quietly  making  arrange- 
ments with  the  other  in  the  event  of  ac- 
cident, and  we  had  scarcely  reached  the 
deck,  when  the  signal  to  '  bear  up'  was 
out,  the  commander-in-chief  leading  the 
way,  with  a  fine  steady  breeze  blowing 
on  the  land.  We  ran  in  on  the  admiral's 
larboard-beam,  keeping  within  two  ca- 
bles' length  of  him  ;  the  long  guns  were 
loaded  with  round  and  grape,  the  car- 
ronades  with  grape  only :  our  sail  was 
reduced  to  the  topsails  and  top-gallant 
sails,  the  mainsail  furled,  and  the  boats 
dropped  astern  in  tow.  The  ships  were 
now  steering  to  their  appointed  stations, 
and  the  gun-boats  showing  their  eager- 
ness, by  a  crowd  of  sail,  to  get  alongside 
the  batteries.  As  we  drew  towards  the 
shore,  the  Algerines  were  observed  load- 
ing their  guns,  and  a  vast  number  of  spec- 
tators were  assembled  on  the  beach,  idly 
gazing  at  the  approach  of  the  squadron, 
seemingly  quite  unconscious  of  what  was 


about  to  happen.  Far  different  were  ap- 
pearances at  the  mouth  of  the  mole  as  it 
opened ;  the  row-boats,  fully  manned, 
were  lying  on  their  oars,  quite  prepared 
for  the  attack,  and  we  fully  expected 
they  would  attempt  to  board  should  an 
opportunity  oflfer  ;  each  boat  had  a  flag 
hanging  over  her  stern.  A  frigate  was 
moored  across  the  mouth  of  the  mole, 
and  a  small  brig  was  at  anchor  outside 
of  her. 

"  At  fifteen  minutes  before  three  P.  M. 
the  Queen  Charlotte  came  to  an  anchor 
by  the  stern,  at  the  distance  of  sixty  yards 
from  the  beach,  and,  as  was  ascertained 
by  measurement,  ninety  yards  from  the 
muzzles  of  the  guns  of  the  mole  bat- 
teries, unmolested,  and  with  all  the  qui- 
etude of  a  friendly  harbor ;  her  flag 
flew  at  the  main,  and  the  colors  at  the 
peak ;  her  starboard  broadside  flanked 
the  whole  range  of  batteries  from  the 
mole  head  to  the  lighthouse  ;  her  topsail 
yards  (as  were  those  of  the  whole  squad- 
ron) remained  aloft,  to  be  more  secure 
from  fire,  and  the  sails  brought  snugly  to 
the  yards  by  headlines  preAdously  fitted ; 
the  "top-gallant  sails  and  small  sails  only 
were  furled,  so  that  we  had  no  man  un- 
necessarily exposed  aloft. 

"  The  Leander,  following  the  motions 
of  the  Admiral,  was  brought  up  with  two 
anchors  by  the  stern,  let  go  on  his  lar- 
board beam,  veered  away,  until  she  ob- 
tained a  position  nearly  ahead  of  him, 
then  let  go  an  anchor  under  foot,  open 
by  this  to  a  battery  on  the  starboard  side 
at  the  bottom  of  the  mole,  and  to  the 
fish-market  battery  on  the  larboard  side. 
At  this  moment  Lord  Exmouth  was  seen 
waving  his  hat  on  the  poop  to  the  idlers 
on  the  beach  to  get  out  of  the  way,  then 
a  loud  cheer  was  heard,  and  the  whole 
of  the  Queen  Charlotte's  tremendous 
broadside  was  thrown  into  the  batteries 
abreast  of  her;  this  measure  was  promptly 
taken,  as  the  smoke  of  a  gam  was  ob- 
served to  issue  from  some  part  of  the 
enemy's  work,  so  that  the  sound  of  the 
British  guns  was  heard  almost  in  the 
same  instant  Avith  that  to  which  the  smoke 
belonged.  The  cheers  of  the  Queen 
Charlotte  were  loudly  echoed  by  those 
of  the  Leander,  and  the  contents  of  her 
starboard  broadside  as  quickly  followed, 


ALGIERS. 


27 


Bombardment  of  Algiers. 


carrying  destruction  into  the  groups  of 
row-boats ;  as  the  smoke  opened,  the 
fragments  of  boats  were  seen  floating, 
their  crews  swimming  and  scrambling,  as 
many  as  escaped  the  shot,  to  the  shore  ; 
another  broadside  annihilated  them.  The 
enemy  was  not  slack  in  returning  this 
warm  salute,  for  almost  before  the  shot 
escaped  from  our  guns,  a  man  standing 
on  the  forecastle  bits,  hauling  on  the  top- 
sail buntlines,  received  a  musket  bullet 
in  his  left  arm,  which  broke  the  bone, 
and  commenced  the  labors  in  the  cock- 
pit. The  action  became  general  as  soon 
as  the  ships  had  occupied  their  positions, 
and  we  were  engaged  with  the  batteries 
on  either  side  ;  so  close  were  we,  that 
the  enemy  were  distinctly  seen  loading 
their  giuis  al)Ove  us.  After  a  few  broad- 
sides, we  brought  our  starboard  broadside 
to  bear  on  the  fish-market,  and  our  lar- 
board side  then  looked  to  seaward.  The 
rocket-boats  were  now  throwing  rockets 
over  our  ships  into  the  mole,  the  effects 
of  which  were  occasionally  seen  on  oin- 
larboard  bow.  The  Dutch  flag  Avas  to 
be  seen  flying  at  the  fore  of  the  Dutch 
Admiral,  Avho,  with  his  squadron,  were 
engaging  the  batteries  to  the  eastward 
of  the  mole.     The  fresh  breeze  which 


brought  us  in  was.  gradually  driven  away 
by  the  cannonade,  and  the  smoke  of  our 
guns  so  hung  about  us,  that  we  were 
obliged  to  wait  until  it  cleared  ;  for  the 
men  took  deliberate  and  certain  aims, 
training  their  guns  until  they  were  fully 
satisfied  of  their  precision.  But  our  en- 
emies gave  us  no  reason  to  suppose  that 
they  were  idle  ;  so  great  was  the  havoc 
which  they  made  amongst  us,  that  the 
surgeon  in  his  report  stated,  that  sixty- 
five  men  Avere  brought  to  him  Avounded 
after  the  first  and  second  broadsides. 

''  About  four  o'clock,  a  boat,  with  an 
officer,  came  Avith  orders  from  the  Ad- 
miral to  cease  firing,  as  an  attempt  to 
destroy  the  Algerine  frigates  was  about 
to  be  made.  Accordingly,  three  boats 
pushed  into  the  mole,  running  the  gantlet 
in  gallant  style  ;  they  boarded  the  outer- 
most frigate,  Avhich  was  found  deserted 
by  her  crew,  and  in  a  iew  minutes  she 
was  in  a  blaze  ;  in  doing  this  the  boats' 
crcAV  suflered  severely.  The  smoke  of 
our  last  broadside  had  scarcely  left  us, 
when  the  Algerines  renewed  their  fire 
of  musketry  upon  our  decks  ;  fortunately 
the  men  Avere  lying  down  by  the  guns, 
and  the  ofliicers  alone  were  marks  for 
them ;  but  one  midshipman  was  their  only 


28 


ALGIERS. 


victim  at  this  time.  The  masts  began 
to  suffer  in  all  parts,  splinters  were  falling 
from  them,  and  shreds  of  canvass  from 
the  sails  came  down  upon  us  in  great 
quantities  ;  bow-lines,  and  other  running 
gear,  suffered  equally  ;  the  shrouds,  fore 
and  aft,  got  cut  up  so  quickly,  that  the 
rigging  men  attempted  in  vain  to  knot 
them,  and  were  at  last  forced  to  leave 
the  rigging  to  its  fate. 

"  When  the  boats  returned,  we  recom- 
menced our  fire  with  renewed  vigor ; 
occasionally  a  flag-staff  was  knocked 
down,  a  fact  which  was  always  an- 
nounced with  a  cheer,  each  captain  of  a 
gun  believing  himself  to  be  the  faithful 
marksman.  The  Algcrine  squadron  now 
began,  as  it  were,  to  follow  the  motions 
of  the  outer  frigate ;  the  rockets  had 
taken  efiect,  and  they  all  burned  merrily 
together. 

"  Through  the  intervals  of  smoke,  the 
sad  devastation  in  the  enemy's  works 
Avas  made  visible  ;  the  whole  of  the  mole 
head,  near  the  Queen  Charlotte,  was  a 
ruin,  and  the  gams  were  consequently 
silenced  ;  but  we  were  not  so  fortunate 
with  the  fish-market ;  the  guns  there  still 
annoyed  us,  and  ours  seemed  to  make  no 
impression.  A  battery  in  the  upper  an- 
gle of  the  town  was  also  untouched,  and 
we  were  so  much  under  it,  that  the  shot 
actually  came  through  our  decks,  without 
touching  the  bulwarks,  and  we  could  not 
elevate  our  guns  sufficiently  to  check 
them. 

"  As  the  sun  was  setting  behind  the 
town,  the  whole  of  the  shipping  in  the 
mole  were  in  flames  ;  their  cables,  burned 
through,  left  them  at  the  mercy  of  every 
breeze  ;  the  outermost  frigate  threatened 
the  Queen  Charlotte  with  a  similar  fate, 
but  a  breeze  sent  her  clear  on  towards 
the  Leander ;  a  most  intense  heat  came 
from  her,  and  we  expected  every  moment 
to  be  in  contact ;  the  flames  were  burn- 
ing with  great  power  at  the  mast  heads, 
and  the  loose  fire  was  flying  about  in 
such  away  that  there  seemed  little  chance 
of  our  escaping,  but  we  checked  her  pro- 
gress towards  us,  by  firing  into  her,  and 
in  the  act  of  hauling  out,  we  were  re- 
joiced to  see  a  welcome  Seabreeze  alter 
the  direction  of  the  flames  aloft,  the  same 
Seabreeze    soon  reached  her  hull,  and 


we  had  the  satisfaction  in  a  few  minutes 
to  see  her  touch  the  shore  to  which  she 
belonged. 

"  When  the  Algerines  saw  us  retiring, 
they  returned  to  the  guns  which  they 
had  previously  abandoned,  and  again 
commenced  a  fire  on  the  boats,  which 
made  the  water  literally  in  a  foam  ;  this 
fire  was  returned  by  our  quarter  guns, 
but  with  very  little  effect.  As  we  left  the 
land,  the  breeze  increased,  the  Severn 
cast  off  her  tow,  and  our  boats  returned 
on  board  ;  at  25  minutes  past  eleven  we 
fired  our  last  gam,  and  the  cannonade 
was  succeeded  by  a  storm  of  thunder 
and  lightning. 

"  Soon  after  daylight  we  mustered  at 
our  quarters,  and  found  that  16  officers 
and  men  were  killed,  and  120  wounded  ; 
the  three  lower  masts  badly  wounded  ; 
every  spar  wounded,  except  the  spanker- 
boom  ;  shrouds  cut  in  all  parts,  leaving 
the  masts  unsupported,  which  would 
have  fallen  had  there  been  the  least 
motion  ;  the  running  gear  entirely  cut  to 
pieces  ;  the  boats  all  shot  through  ;  the 
bulwarks  riddled  with  grape  and  mus- 
ketry ;  96  round-shot  in  the  starboard 
side,  some  of  them  between  wind  and 
water  ;  the  guns  were  all  uninjured  to 
any  extent,  and  remained,  the  only  part 
of  the  Leander,  efficient. 

"  At  nine  o'clock,  Capt.  Mitchell  came 
on  board  from  Lord  Exmouth,  to  thank 
Capt.  Chetham  for  the  position  taken  up 
by  the  Leander,  and  for  the  able  support 
she  had  given  him  throughout  the  day. 

"  The  town  had  a  very  different  ap- 
pearance this  morning  to  that  which  it 
presented  the  day  before.  Instead  of 
clean  white  walls,  decorated  with  flags, 
and  a  mole  well  filled  with  shipping, 
there  was  but  the  ruins  of  a  town  ;  a  few 
houses  in  the  upper  part  remained  un- 
touched, but  lower  down  it  was  one  un- 
distingaiishable  mass  ;  smoke  rising  from 
the  fragments  of  the  ships  destroyed  was 
seen  in  many  directions,  and  the  wrecks 
of  boats  and  larger  vessels  were  drifting 
about  unclaimed  by  either  party. 

"  The  ship's  company  were  again  at 
work,  clearing  decks,  unbending  sails, 
and  making  every  preparation  to  renew 
the  action  ;  but  at  noon  we  had  the  sa- 
tisfaction to  hear  that  the  Dey  had  ac- 


ARABIA. 


29 


cepted  the  terms  which  were  offered  him 
the  day  before  ;  at  the  same  time  that 
this  information  was  conveyed  to  the 
squadron,  a  general  order  was  issued  to 
offer  up  "  public  thanksgiving  to  Al- 
mighty God  for  the  signal  victory  ob- 
tained by  the  arms  of  England. 

In    1830    difficulties    having   arisen 
between   the  French   and   Algerines,  a 


French  army  consisting  of  37,577  in- 
fantry and  4000  horse,  embarked  at  Tou- 
lon, and  the  fleet  consisting  of  97  vessels, 
of  which  1 1  were  ships  of  the  line  and 
24  frigates,  set  sail  with  the  army,  which 
landed  near  Algiers,  on  the  14th  of  June, 
under  the  command  of  Coimt  Bourmont. 
Algiers  was  taken  July  5th,  and  the 
French  still  hold  possession  of  the  city. 


ARABIA. 


Little  is  known  of  the  ancient  history 
of  Arabia.  The  partial  information  which 
we  receive  respecting  the  early  transac- 
tions of  its  inhabitants,  is  derived  chiefly 
from  their  own  historians,  whose  disa- 
greement in  many  important  points,  ren- 
ders their  authenticity  very  questionable. 
Indeed,  until  the  time  of  Mahomet,*  their 
history  seems  to  be  completely  im^olved 
in  obscurity. 

From  its  proximity  to  the  original 
station  assigned  to  man  by  his  Creator, 
Arabia  must  have  been  peopled  at  a  very 
early  period  of  the  world.  We  are  told, 
that  soon  after  the  deluge,  the  descen- 
dants of  Shem,  the  son  of  Noah,  leaving 
the  banks  of  the  Euphrates  and  the 
Tigris,  and  proceeding  along  the  western 
coasts  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  in  the  course 
of  time  founded  several  small  kingdoms 
in  the  southern  parts  of  this  peninsula. 

The  oriental  historians  also  deduce  the 
origin  of  the  Arabs  from  Kahtan,  or  Jok- 
tan,  a  descendant  of  Shem;  and  Ishmael, 
the  son  of  Abraham  and  Hagar.  The 
posterity  of  the  former  they  denominate, 
al  Arab  ol  Ariba,  "  the  genuine  Arabs  ;" 
but  the  Ishmaelites  they  call,  al  Arab  ol 
Mostareba,  ^^insititious  Arabs;"  because 
the  Ishmaelites  settled  in  Arabia  many 
centuries  after  the  Beni-Joktan  had  pos- 
session of  that  country,  and,  consequently, 
must  have  been  considered  as  strangers, 
until  they  had  become  naturalized  by  in- 
intermarrying  with  the  original  inhabi- 


*  Mahomet.     This  name  is  usually  written  by 
late  writers,  Mohammed. 


Kahtan,  the  father  of  the  Arabians,  was 
succeeded  by  Yarab  in  the  government 
of  Yemen ;  and  Jorham,  another  of  his 
sons,  founded  the  kingdom  of  Hedjas. 
But  to  follow  the  transactions  and  revo- 
lutions of  these  kingdoms,  from  their  first 
institution  to  their  extinction,  would  in- 
volve us  in  a  labyrinth  of  darkness,  and 
lead  us  into  discussions  incompatible 
with  the  limits  of  this  work.  A  few  of 
the  most  prominent  occurrences,  however, 
that  mark  their  history,  may  not  only  be 
interesting,  but  may  serve  to  illustrate 
some  of  the  peculiar  manners  of  the 
people  ;  and  enable  us  to  trace  the  pro- 
gress of  science  and  civilization  in  the 
early  ages  of  the  world. 

Saba,  the  fourth  king  of  Yemen,  de- 
ploring the  distresses  to  which  his  sub- 
jects were  exposed  by  the  repeated 
droughts  of  this  parched  country,  built 
a  stupendous  mound  between  two  hills, 
for  receiving  and  preserving  the  waters 
which  descended  from  the  mountains. 
This  building  stood,  like  a  mountain, 
above  the  city  of  Mareb,  or  Saba  ;  and 
was  composed  of  such  strong  and  solid 
materials,  that  many  of  the  inhabitants 
built  their  houses  upon  the  top  of  it. 
The  water  was  carried  by  aqueducts 
into  the  city,  and  distributed  among  the 
inhabitants.  But  a  more  important  and 
political  purpose,  it  would  seem,  was 
intended  by  this  capacious  reservoir. 
Saba  was  a  great  warrior,  and  had  sub- 
dued in  battle  many  of  the  neighboring 
tribes.  By  making  himself  master  of 
the  water,  he  ensured  their  submission ; 
as  he  cotild  at  pleasure  greatly  distress 


30 


ARABIA. 


them  by  cutting  off  all  communication 
with  it.  This  prince  is  also  said  to  have 
been  the  first  who  introduced  into  Arabia 
the  worship  of  the  heavenly  luminaries ; 
whence,  he  received  the  surname  of  Abd. 
Shems,  i.  e.  "  Servant  of  the  Sun  " 

Saba  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Ham- 
yar,  who  gave  his  name  to  the  kingdom 
ofHamyar;  and  whose  descendants  were 
called  Hamyarites,  the  same  with  the  | 
Homerites  of  Ptolemy  and  other  Greek 
authors.  After  Ilamyar,  we  have  a  se- 
ries of  twenty  princes  of  the  same  family; 
but  of  whom  nothing  remarkable  is  re- 
corded. The  last  of  these  was  succeeded 
by  Amran,  of  the  posterity  of  CaJdan,  the 
brother  of  Hamyar,  to  whose  family  the 
throne  of  Hamyar  was  now  translated, 
and  whose  descendants  contirmed  to  sway 
the  sceptre,  in  an  uninterrupted  succes- 
sion, till  about  forty-four  years  before 
Mahomet.  It  was  during  the  reigns  of 
some  of  these  monarchs,  that  the  famous 
reservoir  of  Saba  was  broken  down  by  a 
mighty  flood,  which  swept  away  the 
whole  city,  with  the  neighboring  towns. 
This  terrible  inundation  is  styled,  in  the 
Koran,  "  the  inundation  of  Al  Arem," 
and  is  supposed  to  have  happened  about 
the  time  of  Alexander  the  Great.  The 
destruction  occasioned  by  the  flood  was 
so  dreadful,  that  no  less  than  eight  tribes 
were  compelled  to  abandon  their  habita- 
tions, and  seek  for  other  settlements  ; 
and  it  became  a  proverbial  saying  among 
the  Arabs,  to  express  a  total  dispersion, 
that  "  they  were  scattered  like  Saba." 

The  last  prince  of  the  Hamyaritic  line, 
who  reigned  in  regular  succession,  was 
the  impious  Yusof,  surnamed  Dhu  No- 
was,  from  his  flowing  curls.  He  was  a 
bigotted  Jew,  and  treated  his  Christian 
subjects  with  the  greatest  barbarity. 
Elesbaan,  king  of  Abyssinia,  having  de- 
clared war  against  him,  for  massacring 
certain  Christian  merchants,  overthrew 
him  in  battle,  stripped  him  of  his  domin- 
ions, and  placed  a  Chi'istian  prince  upon 
the  throne  of  Hamyar.  But  Dhu  Nowas, 
upon  the  death  of  this  prince,  found 
means  of  again  seizing  upon  the  crown ; 
and  began  his  reign  with  a  violent  per- 
secution of  the  Christians.  He  exercised 
upon  them  the  most  exquisite  tortures, 
and  caused  such  as  would  not  renounce 


their  faith,  to  be  thrown  into  a  fiery  pit, 
whence  he  received  the  appellation  of 
"the  lord  of  the  ph."  To  revenge  such 
inhuman  cruelty,  the  patriarch  of  Alex- 
andria besought  the  king  of  Abyssinia 
again  to  undertake  the  Christian  cause. 
Elesbaan  crossing  the  straits  of  Babel- 
mandel,  with  an  army  of  120,000  men, 
completely  routed  the  forces  of  Dhu 
Nowas,  who,  being  closely  pursued,  was 
reduced  to  such  extremities,  that  he 
forced  his  horse  into  the  sea,  and  lost  at 
once  his  kingdom  and  his  life,  in  the 
524th  year  of  the  Christian  sera.  After 
the  death  of  Dhu  Nowas,  the  Christian 
religion  was  established  at  Yemen,  and 
an  Abyssinian  viceroy  continued  to  wield 
the  sceptre  of  Hamyar,  nearly  seventy- 
two  years,  when  Seif,  the  son  of  Dhu 
Yazan,  of  the  royal  family  of  Ham- 
yar, with  the  assistance  of  Chosroes, 
idng  of  Persia,  expelled  the  Abyssinians 
from  Yemen,  and  recovered  the  kingdom 
of  his  ancestors.  The  reign,  however, 
of  this  prince  was  but  of  short  duration, 
as  he  fell  a  victim  to  the  vengeance  of 
the  Abyssinians.  His  successors  were 
appointed  by  the  king  of  Persia,  till  Bad- 
han,  the  last  of  them,  submitted  to  the 
authority  and  doctrines  of  Mahomet. 

The  posterity  of  Jorham  occupied  the 
throne  of  Hedjas,  till  the  accession  of 
Kidar,  the  son  of  Ishmael,  who,  accord- 
ing to  some  authors,  had  the  crown  re- 
signed to  him,  by  his  uncles,  the  Jor- 
hamites.  After  the  inundation  of  Al 
Arem,  the  tribe  of  Khozaatook  refuge  in 
Hedjas,  and  settled  in  the  valley  of 
Marri,  near  Mecca.  Expelling  the  Ish- 
maelites,  soon  after,  they  seized  upon 
the  gover^mient,  and  assumed  to  them- 
selves the  guardianship  of  the  Caaba,* 
or  round  tower.     The  profound  venera- 

*  The  temple,  called  the  Caaba,  or  house  of 
God,  was  held  in  the  highest  veneration  by  the 
Arabs;  "for  it  was  built,"  say  they,  "on  the 
spot  where  Adam  pitched  his  tent  when  driven 
from  Paradise  ;  and  contained  the  black  stone  ou 
which  Jacob  reposed  his  head  when  he  saw  the 
vision  of  the  angels  descending  and  ascending  on 
the  ladder  that  reached  to  heaven."  It  is  said 
this  stone  was  brought  by  the  angel  Gabriel,  and 
to  have  been  originally  of  a  dazzling  whiteness. 
It  is  generally  supposed  to  be  a  meteoric  stone. 
The  grand  ceremony  through  which  the  pilgrims 
pass,  is  that  of  going  seven  times  round  the 
Caaba,  kissing  each  time  the  sacred  stone. 


ARABIA. 


31 


tion  in  which  this  temple  was  held  by 
the  Arabs,  rendered  it  a  situation  of  great 
honor  and  authority. 

After  many  ages,  Kosa,  the  chief  of 
the  Koreish,  subdued  the  Khozaites  and 
obtained  possession  of  the  Caaba;  and 
notwithstanding  the  powerful  attempts 
that  were  made  by  the  latter  to  repossess 
themselves  of  this  important  temple,  it 
remained  in  the  power  of  the  Koreish  till 
the  time  of  Mahomet. 

The  war  of  the  Elephant,  a  memorable 
aera  in  Arabian  history,  is  said  to  have 
happened  when  Abdel  Motalleb,  the 
grandfather  of  Mahomet,  was  guardian 
of  the  Caaba.  This  temple  had  stood 
for  about  fourteen  centuries,  and  was 
held  in  the  highest  veneration.  The 
multitude  of  strangers,  who  resorted  to 
this  sacred  place,  from  the  surrounding 
nations,  suggested  the  idea  of  rendering 
it  the  emporium  of  trade  between  India 
and  Africa.  Yemen  was,  at  that  time, 
in  the  possession  of  the  Abyssinians ; 
and  Abraha,  the  viceroy  in  that  country, 
to  divert  the  trade  into  a  channel  more 
convenient  for  his  own  dominions,  built 
a  large  temple  near  the  Indian  Ocean,  on 
which  he  bestowed  all  the  privileges 
enjoyed  by  the  temple  of  Mecca.  The 
Koreish,  alarmed  at  the  prospect  of  hav- 
ing their  city  deserted,  hastened  to  Ye- 
men, entered  the  temple  of  Abraha  by 
night,  and  after  burning  as  much  of  it  as 
could  be  consumed,  polluted  the  rest  with 
every  mark  of  indignity.  To  revenge 
this  insult,  Abraha  marched  against  Mecca 
with  a  mighty  army,  determined  to  take 
vengeance  upon  the  sacrilegious  offend- 
ers, and  level  the  rival  temple  with  the 
dust.  The  Meccans,  terrified  at  the 
strange  appearance  of  the  elephants,  to 
which  they  were  unaccustomed,  retired 
from  the  city,  and  entrenched  themselves 
on  the  neighboring  mountains.  Abraha 
having  pillaged  the  surrounding  country, 
advanced  to  the  destruction  of  the  holy 
city.  A  treaty  being  proposed,  Abdel 
Motalleb  presented  himself  before  Abra- 
ha, and  boldly  demanded  the  restitution 
of  his  cattle ;  "  and  why,"  said  the  Abys- 
sinian, "do  you  not  rather  implore  the 
preservation  of  your  Caaba  ?"  "  The 
cattle  are  my  own,"  replied  the  prince  of 
the  Koreish,  "the  Caaba  belongs  to  the 


gods,  and  they  will  protect  their  house 
irom  sacrilege  and  injustice."  Abraha, 
astonished  at  the  intrepidity  of  the  Ara- 
bian chief,  ordered  his  cattle  to  be  re- 
stored. Disease,  want  of  provisions,  and 
the  determined  valor  of  the  Koreish,  soon 
after  compelled  him  to  abandon  the  en- 
terprise, and  return  with  his  debilitated 
army  to  Yemen.  The  retreat  of  the 
Abyssinians  is  attributed  in  the  Koran, 
chap,  cv,  to  the  extraordinary  interpo- 
sition of  the  Deity  in  favor  of  the  Caaba; 
and,  upon  this  event,  the  prophet  of 
Islam  has  founded  one  of  the  most  in- 
credible of  his  extravagant  absurdities. 

The  same  year  is  remarkable  for  the 
birth  of  Mahomet,  the  legislator  and 
apostle  of  the  Arabs.  He  was  bom  at 
Mecca,  about  two  months  after  the  dis- 
comfiture of  the  Abyssinians,  569.  His 
father,  Abdallah,  died  wlule  he  was  a 
child.  As  he  left  little  property,  Ma- 
homet was  educated  first  by  his  grand- 
father, Abdel  Motalleb,  and  after  his 
death  by  his  eldest  uncle,  Abu  Taleb. 
This  uncle,  a  merchant,  destined  Ma- 
homet for  the  same  employment,  and 
was  accompanied  by  him  on  a  commer- 
cial journey  to  Syria.  On  this  occasion, 
he  visited  a  Nestorian  monastery,  where 
he  was  especially  distinguished  by  one 
of  the  monks,  and  received  impressions 
which  perhaps  contributed  to  give  the 
tone  to  his  subsequent  character.  The 
Mahometan  writers  are  very  prolix  in 
their  descriptions  of  the  wonderful  quali- 
ties of  mind  and  body,  for  which  their 
prophet  was  eminent  from  his  youth ;  he 
shared,  however,  the  general  ignorance 
of  his  countrymen.  Being  sufficiently 
instructed  in  mercantile  affairs,  Mahomet 
was  recommended  by  his  uncle  to  Ca- 
diga,  a  rich  and  noble  widow  of  Mecca, 
as  her  factor.  In  this  capacity  he  con- 
tinued till  he  was  twenty-five  years  of 
age,  when  Cadiga  rewarded  his  integrity 
and  serA'ices  with  her  hand  and  fortune. 
Being  thus  raised  from  poverty  to  af- 
fluence,he  was  enabled  to  live  as  became 
the  nephew  of  the  guardian  of  the  Caaba; 
and  to  vie  in  splendor  with  the  richest  in 
Mecca.  Though  nothing  is  recorded  of 
him  till  he  was  forty  years  of  age,  it  is 
probable  that  he  still  continued  in  the 
occupation  of  a  merchant. 


32 


ARABIA, 


At  this  period  Christianity  had  been 
converted,  by  endless  controversies  and 
contentions,  into  a  heap  of  abstruse  nice- 
lies  and  intricate  distinctions.  The  wor- 
ship of  saints  and  images,  with  the  most 
scandalous  and  superstitious  ceremonies, 
had  led  to  the  destruction  of  public  mor- 
als, and  that  purity  of  doctrine  which  the 
gospel  inculcates.  A  general  depravity 
of  manners  prevailed,  both  among  the 
priests  and  the  people.  The  contests 
for  the  popedom  were  carried  on  with  all 
the  virulence  and  animosity  which  party 
spirit  or  interest  could  excite.  They 
sometimes  even  proceeded  to  open  vio- 
lence and  murder;  and  the  episcopal 
seat  was  often  filled  by  the  slaves  of 
debauchery  and  intemperance.  Harmo- 
ny, love,  and  charity,  the  mild  virtues  of 
the  religion  of  Jesus,  had  given  place  to 
strife,  hatred,  and  malice. 

During  this  period  of  anarchy  and 
confusion,  so  favorable  to  the  designs  of 
an  imposter,  Mahomet  first  began  to 
broach  his  opinions.  Though  illiterate, 
he  was  endowed  with  great  natural  parts 
— subtle,  enterprising,  and  ambitious. 
His  mind  was  enlarged  by  travelling  ; 
and,  in  his  journies  to  the  neighboring 
nations,  he  became  acquainted  with  the 
different  religious  controversies  which 
then  agitated  the  world.  The  infinite 
altercations  which  these  controversies 
occasioned,  and  the  hatred  and  rancor 
with  which  the  different  opinions  were 
contested,  no  doubt  gave  him  the  first 
idea  of  a  reformation.  In  order,  there- 
fore, to  conciliate  all  parties,  and  to  make 
his  opinions  acceptable  to  every  descrip- 
tion of  religionists,  he  assumed,  as  the 
foundation  of  his  system,  those  points 
concerning  which  most  of  them  were 
agreed;  and  in  his  other  doctrines  and 
institutions,  he  addressed  himself  to  the 
passions  and  prejudices  of  his  country- 
men. The  first  grand  article  of  his  faith 
is,  the  unity  of  the  divine  nature,  which, 
he  maintained,  had  been  violated  by  the 
Christians  in  their  doctrine  of  the  Trinity; 
and  by  the  Jews,  whom  he  accused  in 
the  Koran  of  taking  Ezra  for  the  son  of 
God.  The  second  article  is,  that  he 
himself,  the  last  and  greatest  of  the  pro- 
phets, was  commissioned  by  Heaven,  to 
reduce  religion  to  its  original  purity,  as 


it  was  professed  by  the  ancient  patriarchs 
and  prophets. 

Whether  Mahomet  had  long  meditated 
the  scheme  of  introducing  a  new  religion 
among  his  countrymen,  or  whether  it 
had  occurred  to  him  in  a  fit  of  enthusiasm, 
when  advanced  in  life,  cannot  be  ascer- 
tained. He  seems  to  have  had,  from 
his  youth,  a  propensity  to  religious  con- 
templation. For  he  was  every  year  ac- 
customed, in  the  month  of  Ramadan,  to 
retire  to  a  cave  near  Mecca,  and  dwell 
there  in  solitude.  His  retirement  pre- 
pared him  for  the  austere  duties  of  his 
office.  It  was  in  this  residence  that  he 
first  disclosed  to  Cadiga  the  secret  of  his 
divine  mission,  repeating  to  her  the  lan- 
guage of  the  angel  Gabriel,  who,  by  the 
appointment  of  heaven,  had  constituted 
him  the  apostle  of  God.  The  conversion 
of  his  wife  was  succeeded  by  that  of  his 
cousin  and  pupil,  the  illustrious  A  li,  and 
the  faithful  Zeid,  (his  servant  and  slave, 
to  whom  he  gave  his  freedom,  a  rule 
which  is  strictly  observed  by  his  follow- 
ers.) The  next  proselyte  to  Islam  was 
Abu  Bekr,  a  man  of  considerable  au- 
thority among  the  Korcish,  and  whose 
influence  soon  gained  over  five  of  the 
principal  inhabitants  of  Mecca,  to  enter 
into  the  sentiments  and  views  of  the 
prophet.  Unwilling,  as  yet,  to  expose 
his  design  to  the  prejudices  and  derision 
of  the  public,  three  years  were  spent  in 
the  painful  exercise  of  private  exhorta- 
tion and  reproof;  and  in  that  time,  no 
more  than  fourteen  proselytes  could  be 
numbered  among  his  numerous  friends 
and  relatives  in  the  crowded  city  of 
Mecca.  Though  few  in  number,  he  was 
however  induced,  by  the  power  and  con- 
sequence of  his  followers,  to  risk  the 
publication  of  his  mission.  For  this  pur- 
pose he  invited  the  descendants  of  Abdel 
Motalleb  to  a  simple  entertainment,  (a 
lamb,  it  is  said,  and  a  bowl- of  milk,)  and 
there  disclosed  to  him  his  opinions  and 
intentions.  "Kinsmen,"  said  the  pro- 
phet, "  I  offer  you,  and  I  alone  can  offer 
you,  the  most  precious,  of  gifts — happi- 
ness in  this  life,  and  in  that  which  is  to 
come.  God  hath  commanded  me  to  call 
you  to  his  service.  Who,  therefore, 
among  you  will  assist  me  herein  ?  Who 
will  be  my  brother  and  my  vizier  ?"     The 


ARABIA. 


33 


assembly  were  struck  dumb  with  aston- 
ishment, and  none  deigned  to  give  him 
an  answer,  till  the  impatient  Ali,  a  j'outh 
of  fourteen,  rose  up  and  declared,  that  he 
was  the  man.  "I,  O  prophet,  will  be 
thy  vizier.  Whoever  dares  to  oppose 
thee,  I  will  beat  out  his  teeth,  tear  out 
his  eyes,  cut  ofl'  his  legs,  and  rip  up  his 
belly."  Mahomet  embraced  the  intrepid 
youth  with  every  demonstration  of  aflec- 
tion ;  and  exhorted  all  who  were  present 
to  respect  and  obey  him  as  his  deputy. 
The  astonishment  of  the  company  was 
now  changed  into  contempt  at  the  pre- 
sumption of  the  orphan  son  of  Abdallah ; 
and  they  ironically  desired  x\bu  Taleb 
to  pay  obedience  to  his  own  son.  Not 
discouraged  by  this  repulse,  Mahomet 
zealously  persevered  in  his  intention. 
In  private  and  in  public,  he  exhorted  his 
countrymen  to  forsake  the  idolatrous  wor- 
ship of  their  fathers.  On  solemn  festivals, 
and  on  the  days  of  pilgrimage,  he  took 
his  station  in  the  court  of  the  Caaba,  and 
undauntedly  preached  the  belief  and  wor- 
ship of  one  God.  He  upbraided  the  pil- 
grims with  the  perverseness  of  their 
superstition,  and  reminded  them  of  the 
pimishment  inflicted  upon  the  idolatrous 
tribes  of  Adand  Thamud,  whom  the 
wrath  of  the  Almighty  had  swept  from 
the  face  of  the  earth. 

In  his  private  admonitions  the  prophet 
was  surrounded  by  his  little  congregation, 
who  revered  him  as  the  messenger  of 
heaven.  To  these  he  delivered  in  small 
portions  the  revealed  wisdom  of  the 
Deity,  and  taught  them  to  repeat  the 
confession  of  their  faith.  "  There  is  but 
one  God,  and  Mahomet  is  his  prophet." 
After  the  appearance  of  the  Koran,  his 
votaries  daily  increased,  and  his  cause 
was  greatly  strengthened  by  the  conver- 
sion of  his  uncle,  the  brave  Hamza,  and 
the  resolute  Omar,  whose  fierce  opposi- 
tion had  once  endangered  the  life  of  the 
prophet.  The  voice  of  reason  and  per- 
suasion was,  as  yet,  the  only  weapon 
which  Mahomet  used  in  the  propagation 
of  his  religion ;  and  though  he  prosecuted 
his  design  with  the  zeal  and  enthusiasm 
of  a  fanatic,  yet  he  still  asserted  the 
rights  of  conscience,  and  deprecated 
compulsion  or  religious  violence.  But, 
under  the  pretence  of  religion,  the  flame 
5 


of  a  violent  persecution  was  lighted  up 
by  the  Koreish  against  the  followers  of 
Islam.  Mahomet  was  unable  to  defend 
himself  against  their  united  attacks,  and 
fled  for  refuge  to  Taycf,  a  city  about  60 
miles  east  of  Mecca,  where  he  expected 
a  cordial  reception  from  his  uncle,  Al 
Abbas.  But  the  chiefs  of  the  tribe  of 
Thakif,  who  inhabited  that  city,  received 
both  him  and  his  opinions  with  coldness 
and  contempt,  which  induced  him  to 
shorten  his  exile.  Upon  his  return  to 
Mecca,  he  again  began  to  preach  with 
great  vehemence  against  idolatry,  parti- 
cularly against  the  worship  of  Al  Lata 
and  Al  Uzza.  His  engaging  person,  and 
commanding  eloquence,  attracted  the  at- 
tention of  the  pilgrims;  and  many  of  them 
heard  and  embraced  the  religion  of  Islam. 

Mahomet  had  all  along  persuaded  his 
followers,  that  he  received  his  commis- 
sion and  institutions  in  visions,  through 
the  ministry  of  the  angel  Gabriel.  But 
now  he  determined  to  try  the  utmost 
stretch  of  their  faith,  and  by  a  stroke  of 
policy  the  most  refined,  to  raise  himself 
for  the  future  above  the  fear  of  detection. 
He  published  an  account  of  his  night 
journey  to  heaven,  (Koran,  p.  53,)  a  fic- 
tion the  most  extravagant,  but  one  of  the 
most  artful  of  the  prophet's  contrivances. 
In  it,  he  pretends  to  have  conversed  face 
to  face  with  the  Almighty;  and  to  have  re- 
received  a  revelation  of  many  hidden  mys- 
teries, full  instructions  respecting  his  fu- 
ture conduct,  and  rules  to  he  observed  by 
his  followers.  The  gross  and  palpable  ab- 
surdities which  this  relation  contains,  had 
nearly  ruined  the  cause  of  Islam.  But 
Abu  Bekr  vouched  for  the  veracity  of  the 
prophet,  and  declared,  that  he  firmly  be- 
lieved whatever  Mahomet  affirmed  to  be 
true.  This  fidelity  of  Abu  Bekr  procured 
for  him  the  title  of  the  Faithful  Witness, 
and  was  of  such  signal  service  to  the 
cause  of  the  impostor,  that,  after  the  recep- 
tion of  such  a  monstrous  falsehood,  he 
coidd  make  his  disciples  swallow  what- 
ever he  pleased  to  offer  them. 

His  opinions  now  began  to  spread 
among  the  Arabian  tribes;  the  spiritual 
food  of  the  Koran  was  diffused  among 
his  votaries;  and  every  one  read  with 
rapture  of  the  luxurious  dainties,  the 
costly  garments,  and  the  black-eyed  vir- 


34 


ARABIA. 


gins  of  paradise,  reserved  for  the  eternal 
enjoyment  of  the  faithful  believers.  The 
inhabitants  of  Medina  received  with  joy 
a  disciple  of  Islam,  and  75  proselytes, 
comprehending  some  of  the  noblest  citi- 
zens, repaired  to  Mecca,  to  swear  alle- 
giance to  their  prophet.  Mahomet  held 
an  interview  with  them  on  mount  Akaba. 
They  offered  their  protection  to  him  and 
his  disciples,  and  entered  into  an  alliance 
offensive  and  defensive,  in  which  they 
pledged  their  fidelity  to  the  prophet,  and 
swore  enmity  against  every  tribe  who 
should  dare  to  oppose  the  establishment 
of  Islam.  Mahomet,  on  his  side,  swore 
to  be  faithful  to  them,  and  promised  the 
joys  of  paradise  as  a  recompense  for 
shedding  their  blood  in  his  defence. 
Twelve  of  these  he  chose  to  be  his 
apostles  in  the  city  of  Medina,  whom  he 
detained  awhile  at  Mecca,  instructing 
them  in  his  new  religion,  and  then  sent 
them  back  to  propagate  it  among  their 
fellow-citizens.  "  Ye  are  invested,"  said 
the  prophet  at  their  departure,  "with  the 
same  power  and  authority  as  the  apostles 
of  Isa  (Jesus)  were,  and  I  am  the  great 
apostle  of  all  my  people."  To  this  they 
replied,  "  It  is  undoubtedly  so."  Ma- 
homet having,  by  this  league,  provided 
for  his  followers  a  retreat  from  the  per- 
secutions of  their  enemies,  directed  them 
to  repair  to  Medina,  where  he  assured 
them  of  safetjrand  protection,  and  whither 
he  himself  would  soon  repair.  But  the 
Koreish  observing,  with  jealousy,  the 
growing  influence  and  authority  of  the 
impostor  were  alarmed  at  this  new  alli- 
ance. While  it  excited  their  envy  it 
inflamed  their  rage ;  and  they  saw,  in  its 
consequence,  the  prophet,  in  his  retreat, 
svirrounded  by  his  followers,  screened 
from  their  wrath,  and  defying  their  ven- 
geance. They,  therefore,  determined  to 
prevent  his  escape.  A  counsel  was  con- 
vened by  Abu  Sophian,  a  zealous  votary 
of  the  idols,  when,  after  various  expe- 
dients had  been  offered  and  rejected,  they 
at  last  came  to  the  resolution  of  striking 
at  the  root  of  this  mischief,  by  putting 
the  impostor  to  death.  Mahomet  fled 
with  a  friend  towards  Mecca,  and  took 
refuge  in  the  cave  of  Thur,  about  an 
hour's  journey  from  Mecca,  where  pro- 
visions had  been  previously  conveyed  by 


the  servant  of  Abu  Bekr.  Here  they  lay 
concealed  for  three  days,  to  elude  the 
search  of  their  enemies,  from  whom  they 
only  escaped  by  a  miracle.  A  party  of 
the  Koreish  had  been  detached  to  re- 
connoitre the  mouth  of  the  cave.  They 
found  it  covered  Avith  a  spider's  web, 
and,  at  the  entrance,  a  pigeon's  nest  with 
two  eggs,  from  which  they  concluded 
that  the  place  was  solitary  and  inviolate. 
The  appearance  of  Mahomet  at  Mecca 
dispelled  the  doubts  and  fears  which  had 
been  entertained  for  his  safety.  His  for- 
tunate escape  was  ascribed  to  the  inter- 
posing care  of  the  Almighty;  and  his 
flight  has  fixed  the  memorable  aera  of  the 
Hegira.  Five  hundred  believers  advan- 
ced to  meet  their  apostle.  He  was 
hailed  with  the  acclamations  of  piety 
and  attachment;  and  conducted  to  his 
habitation  amidst  the  shouts  and  rejoic- 
ings of  his  grateful  and  obedient  disciples. 
In  three  days  he  was  joined  by  Ali,  on 
whom,  for  his  eminent  services,  he  be- 
stowed his  daughter  Fatima  in  marriage, 
whom  he  considered  as  the  most  perfect 
of  women.  He  himself,  about  this  time, 
married  Agesha,  the  daughter  of  Abu 
Bekr. 

Medina  was  at  that  time  distinguished 
as  the  city  of  the  book;  and  was  inhabi- 
ted chiefly  by  Jews  and  Christians,  who 
had  introduced  into  it  a  taste  for  litera- 
ture and  science.  But  their  continual 
feuds  greatly  aided  the  designs  of  the 
impostor.  The  Christians  had  embraced 
the  heresy  of  Arius,  and  finding  the  doc- 
trines of  Mahomet  correspond  in  some 
measure  with  their  own,  they  gave  a  cor- 
dial reception  both  to  the  prophet  and 
the  religion  of  Islam.  To  this  friendly 
disposition  may  be  attributed  the  great 
kindness  which  Mahomet  showed  to  this 
sect  in  preference  to  the  Jews,  whom, 
on  account  of  their  first  opposition  to  his 
religion,  he  persecuted  with  implacable 
hatred  as  long  as  he  lived. 

In  a  short  time  the  whole  city  of  Me- 
dina was  at  the  disposal  of  the  prophet, 
and  his  first  care  was  to  unite  his  fol- 
lowers in  the  bonds  of  love  and  devotion. 
The  Ansars  and  the  Mohajerins,  the 
auxiliaries  of  Medina,  and  the  fugitives 
of  Mecca,  he  coupled  with  the  rights  and 
obligations  of  brethren ;  and  the  princi- 


ARABIA. 


35 


pie  maxim  of  the  fraternity  was,  "  that 
they  should  cordially  love,  and  mutually 
defend  each  other  to  the  utmost  of  their 
power."  Mahomet  now  saw  himself  at 
the  head  of  a  powerful  band,  who  were 
eager  to  sacrifice  their  lives  in  his  ser- 
vice ;  and,  with  this  favorable  change  of 
circumstances,  he  determined  to  alter  his 
plan  of  operations.  A  revelation  from 
heaven  was  produced,  to  show  that  the 
propagation  of  his  religion  now  demanded 
more  vigorous  measures,  and  that,  as  the 
idolaters  would  not  listen  to  his  mild  ad- 
monitions and  gentle  reproofs,  but  despi- 
sed and  rejected  his  offers,  he  was 
commanded  to  convert  them  by  the 
sword.  He  assumed  the  regal  and  sa- 
cerdotal office,  promulgated  laws,  and 
decided  the  differences  of  his  followers. 
A  mosque  was  dedicated  to  the  service 
of  Islam,  and,  at  the  weekly  assembly, 
Mahomet  himself  mounted  on  a  pulpit  of 
rough  timber,  inculcated  upon  his  dis- 
ciples the  ties  of  piety  and  devotion. 

Mahomet  having  established  his  au- 
thority in  Medina,  began  to  act  upon  the 
offensive,  and  to  make  reprisals  upon  the 
Koreish.  His  whole  soul  was  bent  on 
vengeance  for  the  insults  and  injuries  he 
had  suffered.  A  spy  informed  him,  that 
a  wealthy  caravan,  of  1000  camels,  had 
entered  Hedjas,  on  its  way  to  Mecca,  and 
was  protected  by  a  guard  of  only  40  Ko- 
reish, under  the  command  of  Abu  Sophian. 
Mahomet  resolved  to  intercept  it,  but  Abu 
Sophian  having  received  intelligence  of 
his  intention,  despatched  a  courier  to 
Mecca,  to  demand  immediate  reinforce- 
ments, and  Abie  Jahl,  with  850  foot  and 
100  horse,  was  commanded  to  hasten  by 
forced  marches  to  his  assistance.  Three 
hundred  and  thirteen  believers  waited 
the  commands  of  the  prophet,  and  the 
white  banner  was  unfurled  before  them 
by  the  brave  Hamza.  With  these  Ma- 
homet advanced  into  the  plain  of  Beder, 
to  wait  the  approach  of  the  enemy.  The 
Koreish  soon  appearing  on  the  heights, 
the  prophet  consulted  with  his  compan- 
ions whether  they  shovdd  attack  the  car- 
avan or  the  reinforcements.  The  inter- 
ested Moslems  thirsted  for  the  riches  of 
their  enemies,  but  Mahomet  sacrificed  his 
avarice  to  glory  and  revenge.  Ali,  Ham- 
za   and  Obeidah,  challenged  to  single 


combat  an  equal  number  of  the  Koreish. 
The  challenge  was  accepted,  and  the 
Moslems  were  victorious.  Mahomet  tak- 
ing advantage  of  this  lucky  circumstance, 
encouraged  his  followers,  and,  as  he  led 
them  on  to  the  charge,  he  threw  a  hand- 
ful of  dust  towards  the  enemy,  crying, 
"  Let  their  faces  be  covered  with  confu- 
sion." The  Koreish  gave  way,  and  fled 
before  the  bravery  of  the  Moslems.  Their 
general,  with  seventy  of  their  companions, 
was  left  dead  on  the  field  of  battle,  and 
an  equal  number  of  prisoners  graced  the 
first  triumph  of  the  believers.  During 
the  engagement  Abu  Sophian  retreated 
with  the  caravan,  and  conducted  the 
greatest  part  of  it  in  safety  to  Mecca. 
At  this  disappointment  the  Moslems  were 
greatly  chagrined,  but  the  spoils  of  the 
field  compensated  in  some  degree  for  its 
escape. 

The  victory  of  Beder  was  gained  on  the 
2d  year  of  the  Hegira,  623,  and  was  of 
the  utmost  consequence  to  the  cause  of 
Islam.  The  disproportion  of  numbers 
established  the  confidence  and  unanimity 
of  its  disciples.  They  were  led  to  be- 
lieve that  1 000  angels  combatted  on  their 
side  ;  and  they  formed  the  presumptuous 
expectation  that  the  assistance  of  heaven 
would  be  for  ever  afterwards  vouchsafed 
to  the  faithful.  The  tenets  and  promises 
of  the  Koran  raised  their  courage  and 
confirmed  their  hopes.  It  inculcated  the 
doctrine  of  absolute  predestination  ;  that 
the  hour  of  man's  death  is  unalterably 
fixed,  and  that  the  warrior  is  equally  safe 
amidst  the  darts  of  his  enemies,  and  under 
the  roof  of  his  friend.  The  joys  of  par- 
adise were  pointed  out  as  the  immediate 
rewards  of  the  faithful  martyrs;  and  to 
die  in  the  propagation  of  the  faith,  was 
looked  upon  as  the  most  pleasing  sacri- 
fice in  the  sight  of  God.  "A  drop  of 
blood  shed  in  the  cause  of  religion,  a 
night  spent  in  arms,  is  of  more  avail  than 
two  months  of  fasting  and  prayer :  Who- 
ever falls  in  battle,  his  sins  are  forgiven ; 
at  the  day  of  judgment  his  wounds  shall 
be  resplendent  as  vermilion,  and  odori- 
ferous as  musk ;  and  the  loss  of  his 
limbs  shall  be  supplied  with  the  wings 
of  angels  and  cherubims."  The  Mos- 
lems, encouraged  by  these  imaginary 
prospects,   were   neither   dismayed    by 


36 


ARABIA 


numbers,  nor  appalled  by  dangers.  They 
advanced  to  battle  with  a  fearless  confi- 
dence, and  eagerly  sought  for  death  as 
their  greatest  glory.  The  infidels  trem- 
bled at  their  approach,  and  shrunk  from 
an  enemy  that  courted  destruction. 

Upon  Mahomet's  return  to  Medina,  he 
made  several  excursions  into  the  neigh- 
boring country,  and  carried  on  a  kind  of 
predatory  warfare  with  tribes  of  the  de- 
sert. The  following  year  he  expelled 
the  Jews  from  Medina,  and  divided  their 
goods  among  his  disciples.  The  roving 
Arabs,  allured  by  the  hope  of  plunder, 
now  flocked  to  his  standard,  and  1000 
warriors  drew  their  swords  at  the  com- 
mand of  the  apostle. 

A  truce  of  ten  years  was  concluded, 
in  the  6th  year  of  the  Hegira,  between 
Mahomet  and  the  Koreish.  The  Mos- 
lems were  admitted  as  pilgrims,  to  visit 
the  holy  temple  of  Mecca.  Three  days 
were  allowed  them  to  perform  the  so- 
lemn ceremony.  Seven  times  the  apos- 
tle, accompanied  by  his  disciples,  en- 
compassed the  Caaba  ;  seven  times  they 
kissed  the  black  stone  ;  and  after  a  sa- 
crifice of  70  camels,  they  shaved  their 
heads,  according  to  custom  and  departed. 
The  idolaters  were  awed  by  the  holy 
fervor  of  the  prophet ;  and  three  of  their 
bravest  warriors,  Caled,  Amru,  and  0th- 
man  Ebn  Telha,  embraced  the  religion 
of  Islam. 

Two  years  after,  629,  Avas  fought  the 
famous  battle  of  Muta.  Mahomet  des- 
patched an  army  of  3000  chosen  war- 
riors, to  revenge  the  death  of  his  ambas- 
sador, who  had  been  assassinated  on  his 
way  to  Borra,  by  a  governor  of  the  em- 
peror Heraclius.  The  command  was 
entrusted  to  the  faithful  Zeid  ;  and  such 
was  the  discipline  and  enthusiasm  of  the 
believers,  that  the  noblest  chiefs  served 
without  reluctance  under  the  freedman 
of  the  apostle.  The  emperor's  forces, 
consisting  of  Greeks  and  auxiliary  Arabs, 
amounted  to  1 00,000  men.  The  two  ar- 
mies met  at  Muta.  In  the  beginning  of 
the  action  the  Moslems  were  repulsed, 
and  three  generals  successively  fell  in 
the  foremost  ranks.  Consternation  seiz- 
ing upon  the  believers,  they  turned  their 
backs  and  fled.  But  the  undaunted  Caled, 
rallying  the  fugitives,  returned  with  the 


bravest  of  them  to  the  charge.  His  sword 
devoured  the  fainting  Christians,  whose 
superior  numbers  fell  before  his  fury. 
The  Moslems  pressing  on,  broke  through 
their  ranks,  and  routed  them  with  great 
slaughter.  Caled  returned  with  his  vic- 
torious army,  laden  with  the  spoils  of  the 
Christian  camp ;  and  as  he  approached 
the  prophet,  he  received  the  glorious  title 
of  the  Sword  of  God. 

Soon  after  this  period,  ambassadors 
poured  in  from  all  quarters  of  Arabia,  to 
make  submission,  in  the  name  of  their 
diflerent  tribes  to  the  prophet  of  Islam. 
Their  number  is  compared,  in  the  Ara- 
bian proverb,  to  the  dates  that  fall  from 
the  maturity  of  a  palm-tree  ;  and  the 
ninth  of  the  Hegira  is  styled  the  year  of 
embassies.  Mahomet  received  them  with 
great  civility,  and  treated  them  with 
kindness  and  affection.  A  contribution 
of  alms,  for  the  service  of  religion,  was 
imposed  upon  every  believer,  and  the 
opprobrious  name  of  tribute  was  abolish- 
ed among  the  Moslems.  The  weaker 
tribes  were  overawed  by  the  power,  and 
feared  the  resentment  of  the  prophet,  and 
in  a  short  time  the  whole  peninsula 
yielded  to  the  religion  and  sceptre  of 
Mahomet.  The  Christians  alone  were 
exempted  from  conforming  to  the  laws 
of  the  Koran  ;  upon  paying  tribute,  they 
were  granted  the  security  of  their  per- 
sons and  property,  and  the  free  exercise 
of  their  religion. 

Mahomet's  attention  was  now  directed 
to  the  hostile  preparations  of  the  Roman 
emperor.  War  was  solemnly  proclaim- 
ed against  Heraclius,  and  an  army  of 
30,000  men  was  marched  to  the  borders 
of  Syria.  The  Moslems,in  this  expedition, 
suffered  all  the  extremities  of  hunger  and 
thirst,  and  were  exposed  to  the  scorch- 
ing heats  and  pestilential  winds  of  the 
desert ;  but  the  shady  fountains  and  palm- 
trees  of  Tabor,  soon  made  them  forget 
the  fatigues  of  their  march.  The  Greeks 
were  terrified,  and  retired  at  their  ap- 
proach, and  Mahomet  declared  himself 
satisfied  with  the  peaceful  intentions  of 
the  emperor  of  the  East.  Upon  his  re- 
turn to  Medina,  he  made  great  prepara- 
tions for  performing  the  pilgrimage  of 
valediction.  On  this  occasion  114,000 
believers  composed  the  train  of  the  apos- 


ARABIA. 


37 


tie  ;  and  the  rites  and  ceremonies  which 
he  observed  in  this  his  last  and  most  so- 
lemn pilgrimage,  were  intended  as  a 
model  for  the  celebration  of  this  great 
solemnity,  to  the  Moslems  of  all  suc- 
ceeding ages.  The  prophet  did  not  long 
survive  the  journey.  About  two  months 
after  his  return,  he  was  seized  with  vio- 
lent pains,  the  effects,  it  is  supposed,  of 
poison,  which  had  been  administered  to 
him  at  Chaibar,  by  the  revenge  of  a  Jew- 
ish female.  The  poison  had  been  com- 
municated to  a  shoulder  of  mutton,  of 
which  the  prophet  was  particularly  fond, 
for  the  purpose,  it  is  said,  of  trying  his 
prophetic  knowledge  ;  and  one  of  his 
companions,  Avho  had  eaten  more  hearti- 
ly of  it,  expired  on  the  spot.  For  three 
years  his  health  had  visibly  declined,  and 
he  often  complained  of  the  bit  he  had 
eaten  at  Chaibar.  His  pains  were  some- 
times so  excruciating,  that  he  cried  out 
in  agony,  "  Oh !  none  of  the  prophets 
ever  suffered  such  torments  as  I  now 
feel ;  but  the  greater  my  present  affliction 
is,  the  more  glorious  will  be  my  future 
reward  !"  Till  the  third  day  before  his 
death,  he  regularly  officiated  in  the  mosque 
at  public  prayers  ;  and,  when  confined 
to  his  apartment,  he  edified  his  friends 
by  religious  instruction,  and  moderated 
their  lamentations  by  pointing  out  to 
them  his  prospect  of  future  glory.  Worn 
out  at  length  with  the  violence  of  his 
malady,  he  breathed  his  expiring  accents 
on  the  bosom  of  his  beloved  Ayesha,  in 
the  63d  year  of  his  age,  and  the  eleventh 
of  the  Hegira,  632. 

The  news  of  the  prophet's  death  had 
no  sooner  been  made  public,  than  his 
habitation  was  surrounded  by  his  faithful 
adherents  ;  who,  in  the  mingled  accents 
of  confidence  and  grief,  loudly  exclaimed, 
"  How  can  our  apostle  be  dead  ?  Our 
intercessor,  our  mediator,  has  not  en- 
tirely left  us  ;  he  is  taken  up  to  heaven, 
as  was  Isa ;  therefore,  he  shall  not  be 
buried."  The  stern  Omar,  with  his 
drawn  sword,  seconded  their  exclama- 
tions. "  The  apostle  of  God  is  not  dead, 
but  only  gone  for  a  season,  as  Moses,  the 
son  of  Amram,  was  gone  from  the  people 
of  Israel  for  forty  days,  and  then  re- 
turned to  them  again.  But  the  calm  ex- 
postulations of  the  venerable  Abu  Bekr 


appeased  the  clamorous  sorrow  of  the 
multitude,  and  restored  reason  to  the 
mournful  disciples  of  Islam :  "  Do  you 
worship  Mahomet  or  the  God  of  Maho- 
met ?  If  the  latter,  he  is  immortal,  and 
liveth  forever  ;  but  if  the  former,  you  are 
in  a  manifest  error,  as  he  is  certainly 
dead."  This  assertion  he  confirmed  by 
several  quotations  from  the  Koran,  which 
satisfied  Omar  and  calmed  the  tumult  of 
the  people.  After  a  violent  contention, 
Abu  Bekr  was  appointed  Caliph,  or  suc- 
cessor, and  the  moderation  which  he 
displayed,  tended  to  reconcile  the  dis- 
cordant opinions  that  prevailed. 

A  general  revolt,  with  which  Arabia 
was  threatened  upon  the  death  of  Maho- 
met, was  soon  quelled  by  the  sanguinary 
Caled,  whose  severity  in  this  enterprise 
drew  down  upon  him  the  anger  of  Abu 
Bekr.  But  the  intercession  of  Omar, 
and  his  eminent  services  in  the  field, 
restored  him  again  to  the  favor  of  his 
master. 

The  new  caliph,  freed  from  the  ap- 
prehensions of  domestic  insurrection, 
now  directed  his  arms  against  the  em- 
peror Heraclius  ;  and  seemed  determined 
to  carry  into  execution  the  sanguinary 
commands  of  his  prophet.  "  To  wage 
eternal  war  against  the  enemies  of  their 
faith."  The  Koran,  the  tribute,  or  the 
sword,  were  the  only  alternatives  held 
out  to  the  opposing  nations  ;  and  few 
were  able  to  resist  the  ferocious  courage 
and  religious  zeal  of  the  faithful. 

Abu  Bekr  had  no  sooner  established 
tranquillity  in  Arabia,  than  he  despatched 
circular  letters  to  the  IMahometan  chiefs, 
acquainting  them,  that  he  intended  to 
take  Syria  out  of  the  hands  of  the  infi- 
dels ;  at  the  same  time,  reminding  them, 
that  to  fight  for  the  true  religion  was  an 
act  of  obedience  to  God.  In  a  short 
time,  Medina  was  surrounded  with  the 
tents  of  the  believers,  who  were  eager 
to  prove  their  attachment  to  their  reli- 
gion, and  to  their  master.  Abu  Bekr, 
having  reviewed  his  troops,  put  up  a  fer- 
vent prayer  for  their  success  ;  and  ac- 
companied them  a  part  of  their  journey 
on  foot.  His  instructions  to  the  chiefs 
of  the  expedition,  at  their  departure,  de- 
serves to  be  recorded  as  an  instance  of 
the  humanity  and  prudence  of  the  faith- 


38 


ARABIA. 


fill  friend  of  the  prophet  "  You  fight," 
said  the  venerable  cahph,  "  in  the  ser- 
vice of  God,  and  for  the  propagation  of 
our  faith.  Treat  your  soldiers  as  breth- 
ren, and  encourage  them  to  attack  the 
infidels  with  bravery  and  resolution ; 
but  stain  not  your  victories  with  the 
blood  of  the  aged,  of  women,  or  of  chil- 
dren. Destroy  not  the  fruits  of  the 
earth,  nor  slay  the  cattle,  unless  what 
is  necessary  for  your  own  subsistence. 
Let  your  oaths  be  sacred  and  inviolate, 
llespect  the  persons  of  the  servants  of 
God,  and  profane  not  their  holy  temples. 
But  cleave  the  skulls  of  those  vile  mem- 
bers of  the  synagogue  of  Satan,  who 
shave  their  crowns,  and  give  them  no 
quarter,  unless  they  pay  tribute,  or  em- 
brace the  profession  of  Islam." 

Abu  Bekr  died  the  day  his  standard 
was  planted  upon  the  walls  of  Damas- 
cus, 634.  He  was  succeeded  by  Omar, 
who  was  no  sooner  seated  on  the  throne, 
than  he  prepared  to  prosecute  with  vigor 
the  war  which  his  predecessor  had  so 
successfully  begun.  Abu  Obeidah  was 
appointed  to  command  the  Syrian  army 
instead  of  Caled,  whose  cruel  and  un- 
tractable  temper  had  rendered  him  ob- 
noxious to  the  caliph.  Caled  submitted, 
to  his  disgrace  with  dig-nity  ;  and  swore, 
that,  though  he  had  the  utmost  aversion 
for  Omar,  yet  he  would  obey  him  as  the 
lawful  successor  of  the  prophet.  The 
principal  fortresses  of  Syria  soon  yielded 
to  the  Moslem  arms  ;  and  the  emperor 
Heraclius  trembled  for  the  safety  of  his 
eastern  possessions.  An  army  of  240,000 
men  was  sent  to  stop  the  cruel  ravages 
of  the  ruthless  Arabs,  and  to  drive  them 
from  his  dominions.  The  Moslem  army, 
reinforced  by  8000  believers,  repaired  to 
Vermouth,  to  wait  the  approach  of  the 
enemy ;  and,  Abu  Obeidah,  confiding  in 
Caled's  tried  courage  and  superior  skill 
in  military  affairs,  resigned  to  him  the 
chief  command.  Three  times  the  Mos- 
lems were  repulsed  ;  but,  rallied  by  the 
women,  they  again  returned  to  the 
charge.  Caled  flew  along  the  lines, 
encouraging  his  soldiers.  He  assured 
them  that  paradise  was  under  the  shadow 
of  their  swords,  and  that  the  devil  and 
hell-fire  was  behind  them.  The  numbers 
of  the  Christians  withstood,  for  a  time, 


the  obstinate  fury  of  the  Moslems  ;  but 
were  at  length  compelled  to  retreat  with 
precipitation,  leaving  150,000  killed,  and 
40,000  prisoners.  This  bloody  encoun- 
ter determined  the  fate  of  Palestine  and 
Syria.  Jerusalem  opened  her  gates  to 
the  conquerors  ;  and  Aleppo,  the  strong- 
est fortress  in  Syria,  was  forced,  after  an 
obstinate  resistance  to  receive  a  Moslem 
garrison. 

The  fertile  kingdom  of  Egypt  now  at- 
tracted the  avarice,  or  the  ambition,  of 
Amru  the  lieutenant  of  Omar.  With  an 
army  of  only  4000  Arabs,  he  left  the 
province  of  Palestine  and  hastened  in 
search  of  new  conquests.  After  a  siege 
of  14  months,  the  standard  of  Omar  was 
raised  on  the  walls  of  Alexandria,  in  the 
20th  year  of  the  Hegira,  641.  Amru 
describes,  in  his  letter  to  the  caliph,  the 
riches  and  magnificence  of  the  capital 
of  Egypt.  "  1  have  taken  the  great  city 
of  the  west.  It  contains  4000  palaces, 
4000  baths,  400  royal  circi,  or  places 
of  amusement ;  12,000  gardeners,  and 
40,000  tributary  Jews."  The  request  of 
John,  the  grammarian,  and  the  fanatical 
answer  of  Omar,  are  well  known  in  the 
history  of  literature.  Amru,  at  the  desire 
of  John,  begged  of  the  caliph,  the  philo- 
sophical books  in  the  Alexandrian  li- 
brary, *  as  a  present  to  the  Greeks.  "  If 
the  books  you  mention,"  returned  Omar, 
"  agree  with  the  book  of  God,  they  are 
superfluous  ;  if  they  are  repugnant  to  the 


*The  royal  library  of  Ale.xandria  contained 
700,000  volumes.  About  400,000  of  these 
were  kept  in  a  splendid  edifice  belonging  to  the 
academy  and  museum.  The  rest  amounting  to 
nearly  300,000  volumes  were  in  the  Serapion, 
the  temple  of  Jupiter  Serapis.  The  former  were 
burned  during  the  siege  of  Alexandria  by  Julius 
Caesar,  but  were  afterwards  replaced  by  the  li- 
brary of  Pergamus,  which  Antony  presented  to 
Cleopatra.  The  latter  in  the  Serapion,  were 
preserved  to  the  time  of  Theodosius  the  Great. 
He  caused  all  the  heathen  temples  throughout 
the  Roman  empire  to  be  destroyed, — and  even 
the  splendid  temple  of  Jupiter  Serapis  was  not 
spared.  A  crowd  of  fanatic  Christians,  headed 
by  their  archbishop,  Theodosius,  stormed  and  de- 
stroyed this  temple  in  391.  At  that  time  the 
library  in  it,  was  partly  burned,  partly  dispersed  ; 
and  the  historian  Orosius,  towards  the  close  of 
the  4th  century,  saw  only  the  empty  shelves. 
Christian  barbarians,  and  not  x\rabs  as  is  usually 
asserted,  were  the  cause  of  this  irreparable  loss  to 
science.   Encyclopccdia  Americanus. 


ARABIA. 


39 


doctrines  and  tenets  of  that  book,  they 
are  pernicious,  and  ought  to  be  destroy- 
ed." The  sentence  was  rigorously  ex- 
ecuted, and  these  precious  volumes  sup- 
plied the  4000  baths  of  the  city  with 
fuel  for  six  months.  The  conquest  of 
Egypt  proved  of  great  advantage  to  the 
Moslems.  Independent  of  the  4,300,000 
pieces  of  gold,  which  the  tributaries 
annually  brought  into  the  treasury  of  the 
caliph,  the  abundant  fertility  of  this  coun- 
try supplied  the  dearths  of  Arabia ;  and 
a  train  of  camels,  laden  with  corn  and 
provisions,  covered  the  long  road  from 
Memphis  to  Medina. 

The  arms  of  Omar  were  no  less  suc- 
cessful in  Persia  than  in  Egypt.  The 
Persians  made  a  final  stand,  for  their  re- 
ligion and  liberties,  at  Nenavend ;  and 
this  decisive  battle,  which  ended  in  their 
defeat,  is  styled  b)?^  the  Arabs,  the  victory 
of  victories.  Armenia  and  Mesopotamia 
had  also  yielded  to  the  authority  of  the 
caliph.  But  while  his  arms  were  subju- 
gating the  finest  provinces  of  the  East, 
Omar  fell  by  the  hand  of  an  assassin, 
when  performing  his  morning  devotions 
in  the  mosque  at  Medina 

From  the  conquest  of  Egypt  the  con- 
tinent of  Africa  opened  a  wide  field  for 
the  religion  and  courage  of  the  Moslems. 
An  army  of  40,000  believers  was  en- 
trusted to  Abdallah,  by  Othman  the  suc- 
cessor of  Omar,  to  penetrate  into  that 
country,  and  to  receive  the  conversion  or 
the  tribute  of  its  natives.  The  deserts 
of  Barca  retarded  not  the  march  of  their 
patient  and  hardy  camels.  The  fortifi- 
cations of  Tripoli  and  Sufetula  fell  be- 
fore the  persevering  bravery  of  the  Arabs ; 
and  the  barbarians  on  all  sides  implored 
mercy  and  protection  of  the  conquerors. 
Abdallah,  however,  was  prevented  from 
prosecuting  his  conquests.  The  pro- 
gress of  an  epidemical  disease  thinned 
his  army,  and  compelled  him  to  return, 
after  a  successful  campaign  of  15  months, 
to  the  confines  of  Egypt. 

Discontent  now  began  to  show  itself 
in  the  empire  ;  and  the  feeble  adminis- 
tration of  Othman  was  unable  to  curb  the 
haughty  spirits  of  the  Moslem  chiefs,  who 
were  elated  with  power  and  flushed  with 
victory  He  was  killed  in  an  insurrec- 
tion in  665. 


From  a  life  of  retirement  and  prayer,  Ali 
was  invited,  by  the  voice  of  the  people, 
to  the  throne  of  Arabia.  He  declined, 
however,  a  sceptre  which  had  been  so 
long,  and  so  imjustly  withheld  from  him, 
and  declared,  that  he  had  now  rather 
obey  than  command.  But  the  good  of 
his  country  overcame  his  reluctance  ; 
and  a  tumultuous  soldiery  compelled  him 
to  accept  of  a  throne  and  a  mighty  em- 
pire. His  inauguration  was  attended  by 
the  Arabian  chiefs,  many  of  whom  con- 
cealed their  disaffection  under  the  mask 
of  a  ready  obedience.  They  had  tasted 
the  sweets  of  independence  and  revenge  ; 
and  as  the  accession  of  Ali  had  blasted 
their  schemes  and  expectations,  they 
offered  him  the  fawning  tribute  of  their 
lips,  while  their  hearts  were  bent  on  his 
destruction.  The  widow  of  the  prophet 
bore  an  implacable  hatred  against  the 
husband  and  the  family  of  Fatima.  She 
provoked  the  Meccans  to  revenge  the 
murder  of  the  caliph,  and  represented 
the  innocent  Ali  as  an  assassin  and  an 
usurper.  Telha  Ebn  Obeid  Allah,  and 
Zobier  Ebn  Al  Awam,  two  of  her  ac- 
complices in  that  horrid  transaction,  sup- 
ported her  in  her  iniquitous  designs. 
Escaping  from  Mecca,  they  planted  their 
standard  of  rebellion  in  the  province  of 
Assyria  ;  and  the  artful  Ayesha  pretend- 
ed that  her  only  object  was  to  revenge 
the  death  of  Othman.  Ali  marched  a 
loyal  band  of  20,000  Arabs  to  Bassora, 
which  had  submitted  to  the  regicides. 
On  his  march  he  Avas  joined  by  800  va- 
liant Cufans,  to  whom  he  expressed  his 
unwillingness  to  shed  the  blood  of  the 
Moslems.  "  Ye  men  of  Cufa,  who  have 
always  distingiiished  yourselves  by  your 
bravery,  and  have  dispersed  the  forces  of 
the  kings  of  Persia,  I  have  desired  your 
interposition,  to  bring  about  a  reconcilia- 
tion with  my  brethren  of  Bassora.  No- 
thing shall  be  wanting  on  my  part  as  1 
shall  always  prefer  the  sweets  of  peace, 
to  the  miseries  and  desolations  of  war." 
Finding,  however,  that  all  attempts  at  an 
accommodation  were  fruitless,  he  left  the 
dispute  to  the  decision  of  the  sword  ;  and 
charged  Ayesha  and  her  associates  with 
the  Moslem  blood  which  should  be  shed 
in  that  Avar.  Ali  encountered  the  rebel 
army  under  the  walls  of  Bassora.     Aye- 


40 


ARABIA, 


,_  T] 

s 

^ 

^C/'I^^-^^^^''Wr.^^^^^^^^^ 

^M^^^^^^^™r     — -jz!ir^^  ~ 

^K 

TAe  ca.li'ph.  AH  engaging  the  SyriuTis. 


sha  took  her  station  in  the  hottest  of  the 
fight.  Seventy  men  of  the  Banu  Daba, 
who  held  the  bridle  of  her  camel,  were 
successively  slain ;  and  the  litter  in 
which  she  sat  was  so  stuck  with  javelins 
and  arrows,  as  to  resemble  the  quills  of 
a  porcupine.  After  an  obstinate  resist- 
ance, the  rebels  were  completely  defeat- 
ed ;  Telha,  and  Zobeir  fell  in  the  en- 
gagement, and  Aye  sha  was  taken  priso- 
ner. All  then  marched  his  victorious 
troops  against  a  more  powerful  rival, 
Moawiyah,  the  prefect  of  Syria,  who, 
from  a  pretended  declaration  of  0th- 
man's  in  his  favor,  had  assumed  the 
thle  of  caliph.  Moawiyah  was  the  son 
of  Abu  Sophian,  and  chief  of  the  family 
of  Ommiyah,  of  whom  the  late  caliph 
was  also  a  descendant.  Sixty  thousand 
Syrians  rallied  under  the  bloody  shirt  of 
his  murdered  kinsman ;  and  his  cause 
was  strengthened  by  the  attachment  of 
Amru,  the  conqueror  of  Egypt,  to  whom, 
for  his  services,  he  promised  the  govern- 
ment of  that  country.  The  rival  caliphs 
met  on  the  plains  of  Seffien.  Three 
months  were  spent  in  fruitless  negotia- 
tions, and  bloody  skirmishes,  in  which 
twenty-six  of  the  heroes  of  Beder  were 


numbered  among  the  slain.  All  at  last 
proposed  to  decide  their  claim  to  the  ca- 
liphate, and  to  spare  the  blood  of  his 
countrymen,  by  single  combat.  Amru 
seconded  the  proposal,  and  urged  his 
colleague  to  accept  the  challenge  ;  but 
the  trembling  Moawiah  refused  to  stake 
his  life  on  such  unequal  odds,  and  shrunk 
from  the  invincible  arm  of  his  generous 
rival.  Upon  this  refusal  a  general  action 
ensued.  The  ponderous  sword  of  All 
carried  destruction  and  dismay  through 
the  ranks  of  the  Syrians.  Every  time 
he  smote  a  rebel,  he  shouted  Allah  Ac- 
bar,  "  God  is  victorious  ;"  and  four  hun- 
dred times  the  hero  was  heard  to  repeat, 
during  the  engagement,  that  dreadful  ex- 
clamation. The  Syi-ians  were  driven 
back  upon  their  camp ;  and  Moawiyah 
meditated  a  shameful  flight,  when  a 
stratagem  of  Amru  saved  his  army  from 
defeat,  and  checked  the  fury  of  the  con- 
querors. Amru  ordered  his  soldiers  to 
advance,  with  the  Koran  fixed  upon  the 
points  of  their  lances,  and  to  exclaim, 
"  This  is  the  book  of  God  between  us 
and  you,  which  ought  to  decide  all  differ- 
ences, and  which  forbids  the  effusion  of 
Moslem  blood.     The  troops  of  Ali  Avere 


ARABIA, 


41 


awed  by  the  solemn  appeal.  They  threw 
down  their  arms  ;  and  the  Charejites,  or 
enthusiasts,  threatened  to  abandon  him, 
unless  he  immediately  sounded  a  retreat. 
Thus,  in  the  moment  of  victory,  was  the 
prize  snatched  from  the  grasp  of  Ali,  by 
an  insidious  adversary ;  and  he  himself 
compelled,  by  the  fanaticism  of  his  troops, 
to  submit  to  a  disgraceful  truce.  Over- 
come with  sorrow  and  indignation,  he 
retired  to  Cufa  ;  and  those  very  soldiers 
who  betrayed  him  at  Seffein,  deserted  his 
standard,  and  chose  a  leader  of  their 
own.  While  Ali  was  reducing  these  re- 
bels to  obedience,  his  rival  had  subdued 
Egypt,  and  reduced  Persia,  while  his 
forces  had  penetrated  into  the  province 
of  Hedjas,  and  filled  the  holy  city  with 
terror  and  alarm. 

After  the  death  of  Ali,  who  was  mor- 
tally wounded  by  an  assassin,  Hassan 
succeeded  to  the  throne  of  Medina.  He 
inherited  the  piety,  but  not  the  martial 
genius,  of  his  father  ;  and  his  excessive 
mildness  of  disposition  rendered  him  in- 
caple  of  disputing  the  empire  with  the 
prince  of  Damascus.  Having  reigned 
six  months,  he  resigned  the  government 
to  Moawiyah. 

Moawiyah  being  now  securely  seated 
upon  the  throne  of  Arabia,  transferred 
the  seat  of  empire  from  Medina  to  Da- 
mascus, whither  he  wished  also  to  con- 
vey the  pulpit  and  walking-stick  of  the 
prophet.  But  an  eclipse  of  the  sun 
happening  just  as  they  were  laying  their 
hands  upon  these  sacred  relics,  the  trem- 
bling Moslems,  dreading  the  divine  dis- 
pleasure, refused  to  obey  the  sacrilegious 
command  of  their  sovereign. 

The  caliph  having  reduced  the  restless 
Charejites,  sent  a  powerful  army  under 
his  son  Yezid,  to  besiege  the  capital  of 
the  Roman  empire.  The  troops  were 
animated  by  the  tradition  of  their  pro- 
phet, "That  the  sins  of  the  first  army 
which  should  take  the  city  of  Caesar 
were  forgiven."  They  braved  the  fa- 
tigues and  dangers  of  a  long  and  labori- 
ous march  ;  yet,  notwithstanding  their 
zeal,  they  returned  to  Syria,  without  per- 
forming any  services  of  importance.  The 
consequences  of  this  expedition  were 
most  disgracefid  to  the  Moslems.  A 
truce  of  thirty  years  was  concluded  with 
6 


the  emperor  ;  in  which  the  Arabs  were 
allowed  to  retain  the  provinces  they  had 
seized,  upon  paying  an  annual  tribute  of 
3000  pounds  weight  of  gold,  fifty  slaves, 
and  as  many  choice  horses.  Their  arms, 
however,  were  more  successful  in  Tar- 
tary  and  Africa. 

Saad,  the  governor  of  Chorasan,  cross- 
ed the  Amu,  (the  Oxus  of  the  ancients,) 
and  took  Samarcand,  the  capital  of  the 
(Jsbeck  Tartars. 

With  10,000  Arabs,  Akbar  over-ran 
Numidia,  and  founded  the  city  of  Cai- 
roan,  which,  in  after  ages,  became  the 
seat  of  learning  and  of  empire.  He 
fearlessly  traversed  the  deserts  of  Mau- 
ritania, and  penetrated  to  the  shores  of 
the  Atlantic  ocean.  The  intrepid  war- 
rior plunged  his  horse  into  the  tide,  and 
lamented,  like  the  son  of  Philip,  the 
boundary  of  his  conquests.  "  Great 
God,  were  I  not  stopped  by  this  sea,  I 
would  still  go  on  to  the  unknown  king- 
doms of  the  west,  preaching  the  unity 
of  thy  holy  name,  and  extirpating  the 
rebellious  nations  who  refuse  to  worship 
thee."  The  valor  of  Akbar  was  unable 
to  preserve  the  fruits  of  his  triumphs.  A 
general  revolt  exposed  him  to  the  fury 
of  the  faithless  Africans.  The  victori- 
ous Moslems  Avere  surrounded  and  slain, 
and  Akbar  fell,  fighting  valiantly,  amidst 
the  dead  bodies  of  his  followers.  His 
successor,  Zuheir,  avenged  the  death  of 
his  countrymen,  but  was  also  overthrown 
by  the  Greeks  before  the  walls  of  Car- 
thage. 

After  this  period  the  empire  was  torn 
by  intestine  quarrels,  and  the  blood  and 
treasures  of  the  country  were  wasted, 
to  minister  to  the  ambition  and  jealous- 
ies of  its  rulers.  A  long  and  bloody 
warfare  was  maintained  by  the  contend- 
ing caliphs  ;  and  it  was  not  till  the  73d 
year  of  the  Hegira,  692,  when  Abdal- 
malek  found  himself  without  a  competi- 
tor, that  internal  peace  was  restored  to 
the  distracted  empire.  The  Moslem 
arms,  which  had  long  been  stained  with 
the  blood  of  their  countrymen,  were  now 
directed  to  distant  conquests.  The 
southern  shores  of  the  Mediterranean 
were  still  in  possession  of  the  Christ- 
ians, and  the  blood  of  Akbar  and  Zuheir 
called  aloud  for  vengeance.     An  army 


42 


ARABIA. 


of  40,000  Arabs  was  entrusted  to  Has- 
san, the  governor  of  Egypt.  The  capi- 
tal of  Africa  was  alternately  won  and 
lost  by  the  Moslems,  till  the  battle  of 
Utica  was  decided  in  favor  of  Hassan, 
when  Carthage  was  demolished  and  de- 
livered to  the  flames.  The  barbarous 
Moors  of  the  interior  provinces  resist- 
ed for  a  time  the  power  and  the  religion 
of  the  Arabs.  Under  their  queen,  Cahi- 
na,  they  issued  from  their  savage  de- 
serts, and  Hassan  Avas  compelled  to  re- 
tire from  certain  defeat,  to  the  confines 
of  Egypt.  After  an  absence  of  five 
years,  he  returned  with  reinforcements 
to  the  reconquest  of  Numidia.  The 
wandering  Moors  were  dispersed,  and 
their  queen  Cahina  slain  in  the  first  en- 
gagement. But  while  the  Moslems  were 
thus  ravaging  Africa,  the  Caliph  Abdal- 
malek  died  at  Damascus  in  the  85th  year 
of  the  Hegira,  704.  He  left  an  exten- 
sive empire  to  his  son  Al  Walid,  who 
prosecuted  with  vigor  the  ambitious  de- 
signs of  his  father.  His  troops  penetra- 
ted on  the  east  to  the  banks  of  the  Gan- 
ges, and  on  the  west  to  the  pillars  of 
Hercules.  His  general,  Musa,  having 
finally  conquered  and  tranquillized  the 
Africans,  who  submitted  to  the  religion 
and  the  language  of  the  Koran,  was 
commanded  to  annex  to  the  throne  of 
the  caliph  the  unknown  kingdoms  of  the 
west.  But  his  career  was  stopt  by  the 
walls  of  Ceuta.  Count  Julian,  the  go- 
vernor, bravely  repelled  his  assaults, 
and  the  Saracen  was  forced  to  retire  in 
perplexity  and  disgrace.  Internal  dis- 
cord, however,  soon  relieved  him  from 
his  embarassment,  and  offered  Spain  as 
an  easy  conquest  to  his  arms.  Impelled 
by  private  revenge,  Count  Julian  betray- 
ed his  trust,  and  introduced  the  Saracens 
into  the  heart  of  his  country.  Tarik, 
the  lieutenant  of  Musa,  encountered  the 
king  of  the  Goths  on  the  plains  of  Xeres. 
This  unworthy  successor  of  Alaric  was 
lolling  in  gold  and  purple,  on  a  car  of 
ivory,  drawn  by  two  white  mules.  He 
encouraged  his  troops  by  representing 
to  them  the  superiority  of  their  num- 
bers, and  the  bravery  of  their  ancestors, 
who  overturned  the  Roman  empire.  The 
Saracens,  on  the  other  hand,  were  re- 
minded of  their  past  conquests,  and  of 


the  impossibility  of  their  escaping  by 
flight.  "  Follow  your  general,"  cried 
Tarik,  "  I  am  determined  either  to  lose 
my  life,  or  to  trample  on  the  prostrate 
king  of  the  Romans."  The  Spaniards 
were  scattered  and  destroyed.  Their 
king,  Roderigo,  in  his  flight,  perished  in 
the  waters  of  the  Guadalquiver,  "  the 
deserved  fate  of  those  kings,"  says  an 
Arab  historian,  "  who  withdraw  them- 
selves from  the  field  of  battle."  Tarik 
advanced  to  the  reduction  of  Toledo ; 
over-ran  with  his  victorious  troops  the 
kingdoms  of  Castile  and  Leon,  passed 
the  mountains  of  Asturias,  and  was  stopt 
only  by  the  waves  of  the  Bay  of  Biscay. 
Musa  having  received  intelligence  of 
the  good  fortune  of  his  lieutenant,  re- 
pined at  his  success,  and  hastened,  with 
10,000  Arabs,  and  8000  African  Mos- 
lems, to  share  the  laurels  and  riches  of 
the  brave  Tarik.  He  reduced  the  strong 
fortifications  of  Seville  and  Merida ; 
proceeded  along  the  northern  shores  of 
the  Mediterranean  to  the  capitals  of  Ca- 
talonia and  Arragon,  and  subjected  the 
whole  kingdom  to  conversion  or  tribute. 
Still  unsated  with  conquest,  he  was  pre- 
paring a  mighty  armament  to  cross  the 
Pyrenees,  and  to  plant  the  standard  of 
Mahomet  on  the  walls  of  the  ancient 
capital  of  the  Romans,  when  the  com- 
mand of  his  sovereign  recalled  him  to 
Damascus,  to  answer  the  secret  accusa- 
tions of  his  enemies.  While  on  his 
journey  home,  Soliman,  upon  the  death 
of  his  brother  Al  Walid,  had  ascended 
the  Moslem  throne.  Musa  was  recei- 
ved with  coldness.  His  services  were 
forgotten.  His  real  or  pretended  crimes 
were  punished  with  poverty  and  exile, 
and  his  immense  wealth,  the  plunder  of 
the  Christian  temples,  swelled  the  trea- 
sures of  the  caliph.  Soliman,  and  also' 
his  successor  Omar,  were  poisoned  at 
the  instigation  of  his  brother  Yezid,  the 
governor  of  Persia,  who  assumed  the 
sceptre  of  Arabia,  but  enjoyed  his  ill-ac- 
quired dignity  only  four  years.  He  was 
succeeded  by  his  brother  Hashem  in  the 
105th  year  of  the  Hegira,  724.  The 
Saracens,  who,  in  the  former  reign,  had 
penetrated  into  Gascony,  and  taken  the 
city  of  Thoulouse,  now  extended  their 
ravages  as  far  as  Tours,  and  rendered 


ARABIA. 


43 


that  city  a  scene  of  blood  and  confusion, 
reducing  to  ashes  its  churches  and  pa- 
laces, and  laying  waste  the  surrounding 
country  with  fire  and  sword.  Charles 
Martel,  the  general  of  the  Franks,  hear- 
ing of  these  unprovoked  devastations, 
marched  against  them  with  a  powerful 
army,  determined  to  punish  the  haughty 
marauders.  After  an  obstinate  engage- 
ment of  seven  days,  he  routed  them 
with  dreadful  slaughter ;  stripped  them 
of  their  baggage  and  plunder,  and  com- 
pelled them  to  retire  to  the  Spanish 
frontiers,  with  the  loss  of  their  general, 
and  375,000  men.  The  caliph's  arms, 
however,  were  more  successful  in  the 
east.  The  Turks  were  driven  from 
Aderhijan  and  Armenia,  and  confined 
within  the  Caspian  gates. 

The  reigns  of  the  sensual  and  cruel 
Al  Walid  II,  of  his  murderer  Yezid, 
and  of  the  imbecile  Ibrahim,  afford  no 
events  worthy  of  record.  The  last  of 
these  was  deposed,  and  succeeded  by 
Merwaii,  the  governor  of  Mesopotamia, 
whose  usurpation  occasioned  new  com- 
motions in  the  empire.  The  inhabitants 
of  Hems  and  Damascus  refused  to  ac- 
knowledge his  authority,  and  Soliman 
Ebn  Hesham  was  proclaimed  caliph  by 
the  people  of  Bassora.  These  were  no 
sooner  reduced  to  obedience,  than  the 
Cufans  declared  their  attachment  to  the 
house  of  Al  Abbas,  the  uncle  of  the  pro- 
phet, and  swore  allegiance  to  Al  Safah, 
as  the  representative  of  that  family. 
The  new  caliph  immediately  dispatched, 
against  Merwan,  his  uncle  Abdallah, 
who,  coming  up  with  him  near  Tubar, 
completely  defeated  him.  Merwan,  fly- 
ing into  Egypt,  was  there  slain,  which 
entirely  abolished  the  Ommiyan  dynasty 
in  Arabia. 

Al  Saffah  being  now  sole  master  of 
the  Moslem  throne,  resolved  to  extin- 
guish the  partizans  of  the  rival  house  of 
Ommiyah,  who  still  made  considerable 
resistance  both  during  this  and  the  suc- 
ceeding reign,  until  Abdalrahman,  after 
the  entire  ruin  of  his  family  in  Asia,  fled 
into  Spain ;  and  being  there  acknow- 
ledged as  the  lawful  commander  of  the 
faithful,  founded  an  independent  mo- 
narchy, which  the  eastern  caliphs  were 
never  able  to  overthrow. 


Al  Saffah  died  of  the  small-pox,  in 
the  33d  year  of  his  age,  and  the  136th 
of  the  Hegira,  754.  He  was  succeeded 
by  his  brother  Al  Mansor, — a  name 
which  every  lover  of  literature  will  men- 
tion with  gratitude  and  respect.  To 
him  Europe  is  indebted  for  the  first 
dawnings  of  science,  which  broke  upon 
the  darkness  of  the  age,  and  for  the  pre- 
servation of  many  valuable  works  of  an- 
tiquity. In  the  fourth  year  of  his  reign, 
the  empire  was  threatened  with  new 
commotions.  He  was  so  disgusted  that 
he  determined  to  remove  the  seat  of  em- 
pire from  Damascus.  He  built  the  city 
of  Bagdad  upon  the  banks  of  the  Tigris, 
764,  whither  he  transferred  his  court, 
and  this  city  continued  to  be  the  resi- 
dence of  the  Mahometan  caliphs,  till  its 
destruction  by  Holagou,  grand-son  of 
Zinghis  Khan,  1258. 

The  most  brilliant  era  of  Arabian  mag- 
nificence, was  the  reign  of  Haroun-Al- 
Raschid  who  ascended  the  throne  in  786, 
and  rendered  Bagdad  illustrious  for  the 
arts  and  sciences,  to  which  he  gave  eve- 
ry encouragement.  After  his  death,  in 
809,  the  Arabian  empire  became  a  prey 
to  intestine  dissensions.  Many  chiefs 
of  the  interior  provinces  rose  in  arms  to 
assert  their  independence,  and  withdrew 
themselves  from  the  civil  jurisdiction  of 
the  caliph,  respecting  him  only  as  the 
head  of  their  religion  ;  and  even  during 
the  reign  of  Al  Mansor,  the  Arabs  of  Al 
Thalabiya  and  Maad  made  several  pre- 
datory irruptions  into  Assyria  and  Meso- 
potamia. 

In  the  278th  year  of  the  Hegira,  the 
Karmatians,  a  new  sect  of  religionists, 
appeared  in  Arabia.  They  bore  an  in- 
veterate malice  against  the  Mahometans, 
and  occasioned  great  disturbance  in  the 
empire.  They  took  Bassora  and  Ahraat, 
committed  dreadful  devastations  and 
outrages  in  Arabia  and  Syria,  and  even 
carried  their  ravages  to  the  walls  of  Da- 
mascus. During  half  a  century  this  sect 
continued  their  depredations,  increasing 
in  power  and  numbers,  till  at  length  they 
established  a  considerable  principality 
in  the  heart  of  Arabia,  to  the  chiefs  of 
which  the  caliphs  were  obliged  to  pay 
an  annual  tribute,  that  the  pilgrimage  to 
Mecca  might  be  regularly  performed. 


44 


ARABIA, 


After  the  abolition  of  the  caliphate  by 
the  Tartars,  1258,  the  Arabs  shook  off 
all  subjection  to  its  destroyers,  and  resu- 
med their  original  government  of  inde- 
pendent chiefs. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  16th  century, 
the  Turks  invaded  this  peninsula,  and 
seized  all  the  considerable  towns  upon 
the  Arabic  gulf.  Some  years  after,  they 
subdued  Yemen,  penetrated  into  the 
highland  districts,  and  rendered  almost 
the  whole  of  Arabia  a  province  of  the 
Ottoman  empire.  This  conquest,  the 
Turks  maintained  for  more  than  a  cen- 
tury. They  were,  however,  continually 
harassed  by  the  independent  princes  and 
Shiecks  of  the  mountains,  who,  under 
Khassem  Abu  Mahomed,  at  last  compel- 
led them  to  evacuate  Yemen,  and  retire 
from  all  the  fortresses  on  the  Red  Sea. 
The  services  of  Khassem  obtained  for 
him  the  dignity  of  a  sovereign  prince. 
He  assumed  the  title  of  Sejid,  and 
reigned  nine  years  over  the  kingdom  of 
Yemen.  His  son  Metwokkel  Allah, 
upon  his  accession  to  the  throne,  took 
the  title  of  Imam,  or  "  prince  of  the 
faithful,"  which  still  continues  to  distin- 
guish the  monarchs  of  Sana.  This 
prince  is  revered  by  the  Arabs  as  a  saint, 
an  honor  which  he  acquired  by  his  fru- 
gality and  temperance.  So  sparing  was 
he  of  the  public  revenue,  that  he  refused 
to  be  supported  at  the  expense  of  his 
subjects,  and  earned  his  livelihood  by 
his  own  labor,  as  a  maker  of  caps.  He 
lived  to  promote  the  happiness  of  his 
people,  not  to  dissipate  their  substance 
in  useless  projects  of  ambition  or  mag- 
nificence. The  petty  quarrels  in  which 
his  successors  were  engaged  with  the 
neighboring  chiefs,  and  their  disputes 
about  the  succession  to  the  throne,  de- 
serve not  to  be  commemorated  in  histo- 
ry. The  Arabs  still  remain  an  indepen- 
dent nation;  and,  in  spite  of  the  efforts 
of  the  Greeks,  Romans,  Persians,  and 
Turks,  they  have  maintained  their  cus- 
toms and  manners  pure  and  inviolable 
from  the  remotest  ages. 

About  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  the  Wahabees,  a  new  sect  made 
their  appearance  in  Arabia.  The  found- 
er of  this  sect  was  Sheik  Mohammed, 
son  of  Abdel  Wahab.     He  was  bora  in 


1729,  in  Ajen  in  the  district  of  Al  Ared. 
After  studying  the  sciences  in  Arabia, 
he  travelled  through  Persia,  and  resided 
for  some  time  at  Bassora,  Bagdad,  and 
Damascus.  Having  returned  to  his  na- 
tive country,  he  proclaimed  himself  the 
reformer  of  its  religion.  He  taught  at 
first  in  Ajen,  and  soon  made  proselytes 
of  the  inhabitants  of  Al  Ared.  Claiming 
divine  inspiration,  he  taught  the  exist- 
ence of  one  God,  the  Author  of  the 
world,  the  Rewarder  of  the  good,  and 
the  Punisher  of  the  had; — but  he  re- 
jected all  the  stories  contained  in  the 
Koran,  especially  those  concerning  Ma- 
homet, whom  he  considered  merely  a 
man  beloved  of  God,  but  branded  the 
worship  of  him  as  a  crime  directly  op- 
posed to  the  true  adoration  of  the  divini- 
ty. He  reprobated  the  worship  of  saints, 
the  use  of  ardent  spirits,  and  intoxica- 
ting drugs  ;  and  prohibited  the  wealth 
and  splendor  which  are  found  in  the 
mosques  of  the  Mahometans.  All  who 
should  oppose  this  new  doctrine  were 
to  be  destroyed  by  fire  and  sword. 

Mohammed  first  converted  to  his  new 
doctrines,  Ebn-Sehud,  sovereign  of  De- 
rayeh  and  Lahsa,  whom  he  proclaimed 
prince  [emir)  and  protector  of  this  new 
sect,  and  at  the  same  time  declared  him- 
self high  priest, — thus  separating  the 
spiritual  and  secular  authorities,  which 
were  afterwards  hereditary  in  the  fami- 
lies of  Ebn-Sehud  and  Sheik  Moham- 
med. The  principal  seat  of  the  Waha- 
bees was  the  city  of  Derayeh,  in  the 
province  of  Nedsjed  and  Jamama,  250 
miles  west  of  Bassora.  As  the  votaries 
of  the  new  faith,  were  all  inspired  with 
the  highest  enthusiasm,  prepared  for  all 
trials,  indefatigable,  brave,  cruel,*  their 
dominion  spread  with  wonderful  rapidi- 
ty, and  in  a  short  time  embraced  twenty- 
six  Arab  tribes,  all  filled  with  hatred  of 
Mahometanism,  and  taught  to  delight  in 
plundering  the  treasures  of  the  mosques. 
Abd-Elaziz,  Sehud's  son  and  successor, 
could  bring  into  the  field  120,000  ca- 
valry. 

The  disorders  which  prevailed  in  all 
parts  of  the  dominions  of  the   Porte,  in- 

*  The  use  of  tobacco  and  coffee,  as  well  as 
silk  clothing,  was  forbidden  bv  their  law.  Their 
watchword  was  conversion  or  death. 


ASSYRIA. 


45 


eluding  the  Arabian  countries  under  its 
protection,  was  especially  favorable  to 
the  enterprises  of  the  Wahabees,  who 
from  their  seat  between  the  Persian  gulf 
and  the  Red  sea,  had  reached  several 
parts  of  Asiatic  Turkey,  before  the 
slightest  measures  were  taken  to  put 
a  stop  to  their  devastations  and  con- 
versions. In  1801,  the  pacha  of  Bag- 
dad sent  an  army  against  them,  but 
by  large  presents  the  Wahabees  bribed 
the  generals  of  it  to  retreat,  and  then 
took  and  destroyed  the  town  of  Iman 
Hussein,  and  after  acquiring  much  plun- 
der, fled  back  to  their  deserts.  On  this 
occasion,  they  pillaged  the  mosque  of 
Ali,  which  was  highly  venerated  by  the 
Persians.  Soon  after  they  took  the  holy 
city  of  Mecca,  without  resistance,  mur- 
dered many  sheiks  and  Mohammedans, 
destroyed  all  the  sacred  monuments,  and 
carried  oft'  immense  treasures.  Sehud 
next  attempted  in  vain  the  conquest  of 
Jidda  and  Medina,  after  which  he  re- 
turned to  Derayeh,  where,  meanwhile 
his  father  had  been  murdered  in  1803  by 
a  Persian.  Sehud  was  now  prince  of 
the  Wahabees,  and  Hussein  the  blind, 
high  priest. 

In  1806,  the  Wahabees  appeared  more 
numerous  than  ever.  They  plundered 
the  caravans  of  pilgrims  going  to  the 
holy  sepulchre, — got  possession  of  the 
Mahmel* — and  conquered  Mecca,  Medi- 
na, and  even  Jidda,  marking  their  path 
by   bloodshed    and   conversions.       The 


*  Mahmel,  a  splendid  box  in  which  the  Grand 
Seignior  sends  every  year  the  presents  destined 
for  the  tomb  of  Mahomet. 


fear  of  the  Wahabees  spread  throughout 
the  East.  Several  expeditions  were  un- 
dertaken against  them  by  the  Turks. 
The  pacha  of  Acre  defeated  Jussuff"  Pa- 
cha of  Bagdad,  and  in  1811,  Mohammed 
Ali,  viceroy  of  Egypt  made  preparation 
for  their  entire  annihilation.  He  con- 
quered Yamba  and  Nahala,  and  as  the 
fruits  of  three  victories,  sent  three  sacks 
of  Wahabees'  ears  to  Constantinople. 
Mecca  and  Medina  were  soon  afterward 
taken.  The  solemn  delivery  of  the  keys 
of  these  regained  cities,  was  celebrated 
with  great  rejoicing  throughout  the  Otto- 
man empire.  In  1814,  Sehudll,  their 
sovereign  died,  and  quarrels  arose  on 
the  subject  of  succession,  and  they  suf- 
fered several  defeats.  Mohammed  Ali, 
in  the  beginning  of  1815,  obtained  a  de- 
cisive victory  over  them  at  Bassila,  near 
the  city  of  Tarabe.  Ibraim,  his  son, 
finally  succeeded  in  1818,  in  inflicting  a 
total  defeat  on  the  Wahabees  under  their 
sovereign  Abdallah  Ben  Sund,  and  in 
blocking  them  up  in  their  fortified  camp 
four  days'  march  from  their  capital  De- 
rayeh. The  camp  was  stormed,  80  pieces 
of  artillery  taken,  and  20,000  soldiers 
put  to  death,  and  Abdallah  himself  made 
prisoner.  He  was  sent  to  Constantino- 
ple in  chains,  and  on  the  17th  Dec.  1818, 
was  beheaded  with  his  fellow  prisoners. 
Ibraim  soon  after  destroyed  their  princi- 
pal seat;  and  the  inhabitants  after  the 
loss  of  their  property  were  dispersed. 
Detached  bands  of  Wahabees  are  still 
said  to  wander  through  the  desert,  and 
according  to  late  accounts  the  sect  is  very 
numerous  in  Arabia. 


ASSYRIA, 


Assyria  was  a  kingdom  in  Asia  that 
derived  its  name  from  Ashur,  the  second 
son  of  Shem,  and  the  grandson  of  Noah, 
who,  either  in  obedience  to  the  command, 
or  dreading  the  tyranny  of  Nimrov,  mi- 
grated from  the  land  of  Shinar,  and  took 
possession  of  that  region. 

Amidst  the  variety  of  opinions  which 
have  been  embraced,  it  is  impossible  to 
fix  the  precise  period  when  the  migra- 
tion of  Ashur  took  place.     We  cannot, 


however,  be  far  from  the  truth,  if  we 
make  that  event  cotemporary  with  the 
dispersion  of  Babel,  2247  years  before 
Christ,  or  at  least,  a  few  years  after- 
wards. Short  time  however,  was  Ashur 
permitted  to  enjoy  his  new  possessions. 
The  ambition  of  Nimrod,  a  man  who,  by 
exercising  the  skill  and  courage  of  his 
followers  against  the  beasts  of  the  field, 
trained  them  to  tyrannize  over  their 
brethren,  in  all  probability  excited  him 


46 


ASSYRIA. 


to  subjugate  the  colony  of  Ashur  ;  and 
his  prudence  and  valor,  seconded  by  the 
arms  of  his  daring  veterans,  enabled  him 
to  accomplish  his  design.  The  sacred 
historian  informs  us,  that  after  he  had 
founded  his  kingdom  at  Babylon,  he  con- 
ducted his  forces  from  that  land  into  As- 
syria, and  built  Nineveh,  to  be  the  capital 
of  that  country.  It  is  probable,  however, 
that  he  did  not  retain  the  Assyrian 
sceptre  in  his  own  hand,  but  contenting 
himself  with  his  Babylonian  dominions, 
he  delivered  the  kingdom  into  the  hands 
of  his  son  Ninus,  in  honor  of  whom  the 
city  was  built,  and  from  whose  name  it 
was  called.  Ninus  seems  to  have  in- 
herited the  ambition  and  martial  talents 
of  his  father.  Not  satisfied  with  the 
kingdom  which  he  had  thus  received,  he 
is  said  to  have  entered  into  a  confederacy 
with  Ariacus,  who  then  governed  Arabia, 
and,  at  the  head  of  their  united  forces, 
overran  the  kingdom  of  Babylon ;  carried 
into  captivity  its  monarch,  whom,  with 
his  children,  he  afterwards  slew  ;  in- 
vaded Armenia,  whose  king  Barzanes, 
by  immense  presents  and  an  inglorious 
submission,  was  allowed  to  retain  the 
nominal  sovereignty  of  his  country  ;  di- 
rected his  ambition  against  Pharnus, 
king  of  Media,  whom  at  the  head  of  a 
mighty  army,  he  conquered,  and  after- 
wards, with  his  wife  and  seven  children, 
crucified  ;  and  having  filled  the  vacant 
throne  with  one  of  his  dependents,  ex- 
tended his  conquests  over  the  other  pro- 
vinces of  Asia,  all  which,  except  Bactria 
and  India,  he  subdued  during  seventeen 
years  of  uninterrupted  warfare.  Return- 
ing home,  he  is  said  to  have  enlarged 
and  adorned  Nineveh  with  many  mag- 
nificent buildings  ;  but  still  indignant  at 
the  Bactrians,  who  had  formerly  resisted 
his  arms,  at  the  head  of  1,700,000  foot, 
2 1 0,000  horse,  and  10,600  armed  chariots, 
he  overran  all  the  country,  in  which, 
however,  he  once  suffered  a  severe  de- 
feat by  the  skill  and  valor  of  Oxyartes 
their  king,  and  laid  siege  to  Bactria,  the 
capital  of  the  kingdom.  His  power, 
perhaps,  would  have  been  unable  to  con- 
quer the  strong  fortifications  of  the  city, 
and  the  warlike  virtue  of  its  garrison, 
had  not  his  courage  been  excited  by  the 
beauty,  and  his  power  directed  by  the 


wisdom  of  Semiramis.  This  lady,  of 
whose  birth  and  education  many  fabulous 
stories  are  narrated,  was  born  at  Ascalon, 
and  being  married  to  Menon,  one  of  the 
king's  officers,  she  accompanied  her  hus- 
band in  this  expedition,  and  her  martial 
genius  overcame  the  diffidence  of  her 
own  sex  and  the  contempt  of  ours. 
By  her  direction  the  siege  was  con- 
ducted, the  citadel  was  stormed,  and  the 
Bactrians  conquered.  The  heart  and 
the  hand  of  the  king  were  the  reward  of 
her  conduct,  after  Menon,  stung  with 
jealousy,  and  dreading  the  power  of  his 
rival,  had  fallen  by  his  own  hand.  Re- 
turning to  his  capital,  Ninus  had  a  son 
by  Semiramis,  called  Ninyas,  whom,  at 
his  death,  which  happened  soon  after,  he 
left  to  the  guardianship  of  his  mother. 

Semiramis  appointed  regent,  employed 
the  first  period  of  her  administration  in 
adding  to  the  splendor  of  her  capital. 
Lakes  were  dug,  palaces  were  built,  tem- 
ples were  consecrated,  and  walls  were 
raised ;  and  the  city  seemed  to  owe  its 
magnificence  to  her  alone.  When  she 
had  finished  these  monuments  of  her 
power  and  grandeur,  and  visited  the  pro- 
vinces of  her  empire,  she  formed  the  de- 
sign of  signalizing  her  reign  by  martial 
achievements.  For  this  purpose  she 
pushed  her  conquests  over  a  great  part 
of  Ethiopia  ;  and  not  satisfied  with  that 
success,  she  collected  all  the  forces  of 
her  empire  at  Bactria,  and,  at  the  head 
of  a  mighty  army,  directed  her  march  to 
India.  As  the  strength  of  Stabrobates, 
king  of  India,  consisted  chiefly  in  the 
number  of  his  elephants,  she  endeavored 
to  supply  the  want  of  them  by  camels, 
artfully  dressed  to  resemble  them  in  form 
and  magnitude,  and  confiding  in  her 
stratagem  and  power,  she  invaded  the 
territories  of  her  enemies.  Her  success 
at  first  equalled  her  expectations ;  her 
fleet  triumphed  over  that  of  her  enemies, 
in  an  obstinate  and  bloody  battle  upon 
the  Indus.  Her  army  gained  equal  glory, 
by  taking  the  cities  and  islands  of  that 
river,  making  100,000  captives,  and  dri- 
ving before  her  the  army  of  Stabrobates. 
His  flight,  however,  was  more  the  effect 
of  policy  than  fear.  He  thus  decoyed 
Semiramis  over  the  river,  and  led  her 
into  the  heart  of  his  kingdom.  No  sooner 


ASSYRIA, 


47 


was  the  ground  proper  for  his  designs, 
than  Stabrobates  commanded  his  army 
to  stop,  and  immediately  attacked  the 
front  of  his  enemies.  His  cavalry,  how- 
ever, were  at  first  thrown  into  disorder  by 
the  unexpected  appearance  of  the  coun- 
terfeit elephants,  which  were  placed  in 
front  of  the  Assyrians,  and  communi- 
cating their  fears  to  the  rest  of  the  army, 
a  general  rout  would  have  been  the  con- 
sequence, had  not  Stabrobates,  with  sin- 
gular intrepidity,  burst  upon  the  left  wing 
of  his  enemies,  where  Semiramis  com- 
manded in  person,  and,  after  wounding 
her  with  his  own  hand,  forced  her  to  fly, 
and  to  lament  the  destruction  of  her 
mighty  army.  Returning  home  in  dis- 
grace, a  conspiracy  was  formed  against 
her  by  her  own  son  ;  but  when  she  was 
upon  the  point  of  falling  a  sacrifice,  either 
to  his  ambition  or  justice,  she  discovered 
the  plot,  and  proved  that  she  was  not  un- 
worthy of  the  throne,  by  forgiving  her 
son,  and  resigning  into  his  hands,  after  a 
reign  of  forty  years,  that  sceptre  which 
he  coveted. 

Ninyas  inherited  the  dominions,  but  not 
the  martial  virtues  of  his  parents.  Averse 
to  war,  he  wasted  his  time  in  indolence 
and  pleasure,  and  shutting  himself  up  in 
his  palace  with  eunuchs  and  concubines, 
he  was  equally  negligent  of  his  people's 
happiness  and  his  own  fame.  But  con- 
vinced that  effeminate  pleasures  could 
only  be  enjoyed  in  peace,  and  that  peace 
could  only  be  secured  by  a  readiness  for 
war,  he  raised  an  army  from  all  the  pro- 
vinces of  his  empire,  which  being  trained 
under  proper  officers,  continued  at  Nine- 
veh and  the  adjacent  country  during  a 
year,  at  the  expiration  of  which  they  re- 
turned home,  and  their  place  was  sup- 
plied by  a  similar  conscription.  As  he 
lived  without  glory,  it  is  probable  he  died 
without  being  lamented  ;  but  his  example 
seems  to  have  had  powerful  influence 
over  his  successors,  who,  for  thirty  gen- 
erations, slumbered  in  luxury,  and  did 
not  leave  behind  them  the  remembrance 
of  one  action  to  transmit  their  names  to 
posterity. 

At  the  end  of  this  inglorious  period, 
which  continued  at  least  1200  years,  Sar- 
danapalus  assumed  the  government ;  but 
not  to  vindicate  the  honor  of  his  country. 


nor  confiiTn  the  basis  of  his  throne.  When 
we  are  told  that  he  laid  aside  the  dress 
appropriated  to  his  sex,  we  may  easily 
believe  that  he  did  not  retain  one  virtuous 
or  manly  principle.  Imitating  the  voice 
and  manners  of  the  most  abandoned  of 
women,  he  sunk  into  the  lowest  depth  of 
debauchery,  and  offered  every  outrage  to 
reason  and  nature.  The  moment  a  king 
descends  from  the  dignity  of  his  cha- 
racter, he  is  ready  to  be  tumbled  from 
the  dignity  of  his  throne.  Arbaces,  a 
man  brave,  just  and  prudent,  was  gov- 
ernor of  Media,  and,  indignant  that  a  pow- 
erful kingdom  should  be  subject  to  the 
will  of  such  a  monster  as  Sardanapalus, 
formed  the  design  of  freeing  his  country 
from  inglorious  servitude.  Belesis,  like- 
wise, viceroy  of  Babylon,  whose  coim- 
sels,  from  his  exercising  the  office  of 
priest  and  astrologer,  were  supported  by 
the  authority  of  heaven,  perceiving  a  spi- 
rit of  ambition  in  Arbaces,  confirmed  his 
resolution,  and  assured  him,  that,  by  the 
appointment  of  the  gods,  he  was  to 
ascend  the  throne.  In  this  manner  a 
conspiracy  was  formed  and  the  standard 
of  rebellion  was  raised.  Sardanapalus, 
roused  by  danger,  called  forth  the  latent 
energies  of  his  mind,  and  drawing  to- 
gether liis  forces,  he  triumphed  over  the 
conspirators  in  three  pitched  battles. 
Belesis,  brave,  sanguine  and  persevering, 
found  his  influence  scarcely  sufficient  to 
confirm  the  wavering  mind  of  Arbaces. 
His  exhortations  were,  however,  once 
more  listened  to,  and  the  augmentation 
which  the  rebel  army  received,  in  a  few 
days,  of  the  whole  power  of  the  Bactrians, 
realized  the  hopes  which  he  had  raised. 
Twice  was  the  army  of  Sardanapalus 
routed  :  He,  with  the  remainder,  was 
besieged  in  Nineveh  ;  and,  at  the  end 
of  two  years,  the  Tigris,  by  throwing 
down  twenty  stadia  (2^  miles)  of  the  wall, 
fulfilled  an  ancient  prophecy,  that  the 
city  should  never  be  taken  till  the  river 
became  its  enemy.  This  event  extin- 
guished the  last  hope  which  Sardanap- 
alus had  formed  ;  retiring  into  the  heart 
of  his  palace,  where  he  had  collected 
his  treasures,  his  eunuchs,  and  his  con- 
cubines, he  set  fire  to  the  splendid  pile, 
and  was  consumed  in  its  ruins.  The 
conspirators  levelled   the  city  with  the 


48 


ASSYRIA. 


ground,  and  subverted  the  Assyrian  em- 
pire, which  had  subsisted,  according  to 
Ctesias,  1400  years. 

The  ancient  empire  of  AssjTia,  if  it 
ever  existed,  being  overturned  in  this 
manner,  three  kingdoms  are  said  to  have 
arisen  out  of  its  ruius.  Aabaces  as- 
cended the  throne  of  Media ;  Belesis 
was  rewarded  with  the  kingdom  of  Ba- 
bylon ;  and  Pul  was  acknowledged  as 
monarch  of  Assyria.  Without  vouching 
for  the  truth  of  this  division,  we  have  no 
hesitation  in  asserting,  that  what  remains 
of  the  Assyrian  history  is  entitled  to  be- 
lief. Though  dpubts  may  be  entertained 
with  respect  to  the  manner  in  which  Pul 
acquired  the  sceptre,  yet  we  are  certain 
that  it  was  in  his  hand  about  771  years 
before  Christ.  It  is  probable  that  he  en- 
tered into  an  alliance  with  the  Syrians, 
or  reduced  them  to  submission,  as  he 
must  have  marched  through  their  coun- 
try to  invade  Israel,  which  he  did  under 
the  usurpation  of  Menahem.  Menahem 
was  allowed  to  retain  the  nominal  sove- 
reignty of  Israel,  by  yielding  to  the  inva- 
der 1000  talents  of  silver,  and  the  inde- 
pendency of  his  kingdom.  Pul  return- 
ed to  his  own  country,  after  extending 
his  fame,  and  his  dominions,  by  the  sub- 
mission of  several  nations  upon  his  march. 
It  has  been  said,  but  without  any  certain 
foundation,  that  Jonah  was  sent  to  preach 
repentance  to  Nineveh  under  his  reign. 
Having  given  the  sovereignty  of  Babylon 
to  liis  youngest  son  Nabonassar,  he  died, 
and  left  his  Assyrian  dominions  to  his 
elder  son  Tiglath-pileser. 

Tiglath-pileser  not  only  succeeded  to 
his  throne,  but  to  his  designs.  He  in- 
vaded the  kingdom  of  Israel  under  the 
reign  of  Pekah,  overran  its  northern  pro- 
vinces, and  carried  captive  to  Assyria, 
the  tribes  of  Naphtali  aud  Zebulon,  with 
part  of  the  descendants  of  Manasseh, 
Reuben,  and  Gad.  Pekah  afterwards 
joined  in  alliance  with  Rezin,  king  of 
Syria,  and,  at  the  head  of  the  confede- 
rate army,  invaded  the  territories  of  Ahaz, 
king  of  Judah.  Ahaz,  dreading  the  power 
of  his  enemies,  pillaged  the  temple  of  its 
gold  and  silver,  which,  with  the  treasure 
of  his  palace  he  sent  to  purchase  the  aid 
of  Tiglath-pileser.  Induced  by  the  pre- 
sents and  submission  of  Ahaz,  the  Assy- 


rian king  invaded  the  dominions  of  Rezin, 
took  Damascus,  carried  its  inhabitants  to 
Kir,  slew  the  vanquished  monarch,  and, 
fulfilling  the  predictions  of  Isaiah  and 
Amos,  put  an  end  to  that  ancient  king- 
dom. But  in  the  midst  of  his  victorious 
career  he  died,  and  was  succeeded  by 
Shalmaneser,  his  son. 

Shalmaneser  prosecuted  the  war  which 
his  father  had  begun,  invaded  the  terri- 
tories of  Hoshea  king  of  Israel,  reduced 
Samaria,  and  imposed  an  annual  tribute 
upon  that  kingdom.  Hoshea,  however, 
soon  aspired  at  his  former  independence, 
and,  for  this  purpose,  entered  into  an  al- 
liance with  Sacabus,  an  Ethiopian,  who 
in  scripture  is  called  So,  and  who  had 
made  himself  master  of  Egypt.  A  re- 
fusal to  pay  the  annual  tribute  was  looked 
upon  as  a  declaration  of  war.  Shalma- 
neser, with  a  powerful  army  advanced  to 
punish  his  presumption,  and,  having  con- 
quered all  the  country,  besieged  the  king 
in  Samaria.  The  valor  of  its  inhabitants 
defended  the  city  for  three  years  ;  but 
the  power  and  perseverance  of  the  As- 
syrians at  last  prevailed.  Samaria  was 
taken  ;  Hoshea  was  thrown  into  chains 
and  into  prison  ;  the  inhabitants  were 
transported  to  Media  ;  their  place  was 
supplied  by  a  colony  from  Babylon  ;  and 
the  kingdom  of  Israel,  and  of  the  ten 
tribes,  which  had  existed  about  250  years 
after  its  separation  from  Judah,  may  now 
be  said  to  be  brought  to  an  end.  The 
fate  of  Hoshea  did  not  intimidate  Heze- 
kiah,  king  of  Judah.  No  sooner  did  he 
ascend  the  throne,  than  he  refused  to  pay 
the  tribute  which  his  father  Ahaz  had 
paid,  and  set  at  defiance  the  Assyrian 
power.  The  time  for  asserting  the  in- 
dependence of  his  country  was  chosen 
with  the  most  consummate  wisdom.  Shal- 
maneser was  then  engaged  in  war  with 
Elulaeus  king  of  Tyre.  Several  Phoeni- 
cian cities  which  had  belonged  to  the 
Tyrians  having  revolted,  submitted  to 
Shalmaneser,  and  claimed  his  protection. 
But  the  Tyrian  fleet  joined  battle  with 
the  combined  squadrons  of  Assyria  and 
Phoenicia,  gained  a  complete  victory, 
and  convinced  Shalmaneser  that  it  was 
vain  to  contend  with  his  enemies  by  sea. 
Turning  therefore  the  siege  of  Tyre, 
which  he  had  begun,  into  a  blockade,  he 


ASSYRIA. 


49 


retired  into  his  own  dominions  ;  and 
though  the  city  was  reduced  to  the  great- 
est difficulties,  yet  at  the  end  of  five 
years  it  was  delivered  from  impending 
ruin  by  the  death  of  Shalmaneser. 

His  son  Sennacherib,  who  in  scrip- 
ture is  also  called  Sargon,  succeeded 
him,  and  resolved  to  punish  Hezekiah 
for  the  insult  which  he  had  oflered  to 
his  father's  authority.  For  this  purpose, 
with  a  mighty  army,  he  invaded  the  land 
of  Judah,  besieged  Lachish,  and  threat- 
ened, after  the  reduction  of  that  city, 
to  invest  Jerusalem  itself.  Hezekiah, 
dreading  his  power,  sent  him  a  submis- 
sive embassy  ;  and  by  paying  300  talents 
of  silver  and  30  talents  of  gold,  purchased 
an  insidious  and  an  inglorious  peace.  No 
sooner  had  Sennacherib  received  the 
money,  than,  disdaining  his  oaths  and 
engagements,  he  prosecuted  the  war  with 
as  much  vigor  as  if  no  treaty  had  been 
made,  and  sent  three  of  his  generals,  and 
a  powerful  army,  to  besiege  Jerusalem. 
But  being  informed  that  Tirhakah,  king 
of  Ethiopia,  joined  by  the  power  of 
Egypt,  was  advancing  to  assist  Hezekiah, 
he  marched  to  meet  the  approaching  en- 
emies, defeated  them  in  battle,  ravaged 
their  country,  and  returned  with  the  spoil 
to  finish  the  siege  of  Jerusalem,  Whilst 
the  distress  and  piety  of  Hezekiah  im- 
plored the  assistance  of  God,  the  inso- 
lence and  blasphemy  of  Sennacherib 
drew  down  his  vengeance ;  and,  in  ful- 
filment of  Isaiah's  prophecy,  the  sacred 
historian  informs  us,  that  the  angel  of  the 
Almighty  slew  in  one  night  185,000  of 
the  Assyrian  army.  Overwhelmed  with 
this  destruction,  he  returned  into  his  own 
dominions  ;  and  enraged  with  shame  and 
disappointment,  not  only  Avith  the  ruin  of 
his  army,  but  also  with  the  defection  of 
Media,  which  seems  to  have  thrown  off 
his  yoke  at  this  favorable  time,  he  ex- 
ercised the  greatest  cruelty  to  his  own 
subjects,  but  especially  to  the  Israelites, 
who  had  been  carried  captive  into  that 
country.  His  tyranny  roused  the  indig- 
nation of  his  own  family ;  and,  as  the 
prophet  had  foretold,  two  of  his  sons, 
Adrammelech  and  Sharazer,  slew  him 
while  he  was  at  his  devotions  in  the 
temple  of  his  god  Nisroch,  and  Esar-had- 
don,  his  third  son,  reigned  in  his  stead. 
7 


When  this  prmce  ascended  the  throne, 
the  kingdom  of  Assyria  was  greatly 
weakened  by  the  unsuccessful  wars  and 
tyranny  of  his  father.  Though  he  ap- 
pears to  have  been  brave,  fortunate,  and 
ambitious,  yet,  that  his  kingdom  might 
recover  strength,  he  wisely  for  some  time 
remained  in  peace.  When  vigor  was 
thus  restored  to  his  dominions,  the  kin- 
dred race  of  Babylonian  kings  became 
extinct,  and  during  an  interregnum  of  eight 
years,  that  kingdom  was  distracted  with 
internal  divisions.  Esar-haddon  improv- 
ed that  favorable  opportunity,  and  either 
by  power  or  policy,  annexed  the  king- 
dom of  Babylon  to  his  own  dominions. 
Powerful  by  this  union,  he  marched 
against  the  kingdoms  of  Israel  and  Syria, 
which  had  been  almost  annihilated  by 
Shalmaneser,  transplanted  the  remainder 
of  their  inhabitants  into  Assyria,  and  ex- 
tinguished their  names  from  amongst  na- 
tions. He  then  reduced  the  kingdom  of 
Judah  to  become  tributary,  took  Manas- 
seh  prisoner,  and  sent  him  in  chains  to 
Babylon.  From  Judah  he  marched  to 
the  invasion  of  Egypt  and  Ethiopia ; 
subdued  these  nations ;  and  having  ex- 
tended the  boundaries  and  the  fame  of 
the  Assyrian  empire,  after  a  reign  of  39 
years,  died,  and  left  his  dominions  to  his 
son  Saosduchinus. 

Saosduchinus  appears  to  have  been  a 
mild,  a  generous  and  a  peaceful  prince. 
Prideaux,  Rollin,  &c,  writers  of  great 
respectability,  imagine,  that  he  was  the 
Nabuchodonosor  mentioned  in  the  book 
of  Judith ;  but  their  opinion  seems  to 
have  no  foundation.  All  the  actions 
therefore  which  have  been  ascribed  to 
him  imder  that  name  belong  to  his  suc- 
cessor, to  whose  time  and  circumstances 
only  they  can  be  reconciled.  It  is  pro- 
bable, however,  that  the  generosity  of  his 
nature  restored  Manasseh  to  his  king- 
dom, and  allowed  Egypt  to  enjoy  that 
liberty  which  it  had  recovered,  and  was 
resoh^ed  to  defend  by  arms.  After  a  reign 
of  twenty  years  he  died,  and  was  suc- 
ceeded by  his  son  Chyniladon. 

Chyniladon,  the  Nabuchodonosor  men- 
tioned in  the  book  of  Judith,  was  an  ac- 
tive and  warlike  prince.  In  order  to 
subdue  Media,  which  had  lately  asserted 
its    independence,    he     summoned    the 


50 


ATHENS. 


whole  power  of  his  dominions.  All  the 
eastern  nations,  who  belonged  to  him, 
crowded  to  his  standard ;  but  the  Per- 
sians and  the  nations  on  the  west  from 
Cilicia  to  the  confines  of  Ethiopia,  re- 
jected his  commands  with  disdain.  Un- 
dismayed at  this  revolt,  he  marched  to 
the  invasion  of  Media,  joined  battle  with 
Arphaxad,  who  governed  that  country, 
on  the  plains  of  Ragau,  gained  a  complete 
Adctory,  pursued  and  slew  the  vanquished 
monarch,  stormed  and  pillaged  Ecbatane, 
the  capital  of  that  empire,  and  returned 
in  triumph  to  Nineveh.  No  sooner  were 
the  rejoicings  for  this  victory  over,  than 
he  resolved  to  punish  the  nations  who 
had  refused  to  assist  him.  For  this  pur- 
pose he  sent  Holofernes,  general  of  his 
army,  to  destroy  by  fire  and  sword  who- 
ever should  oppose  him.  The  command, 
dictated  by  revenge,  was  executed  by 
cruelty;  and  the  march  of  Holofernes 
through  Mesopotamia,  Cilicia  and  Syria, 
was  marked  with  desolation.  The  brave 
inhabitants  of  Bethulia  first  dared  to  op- 
pose his  progress.  Fired  with  indigna- 
tion, he  invested  the  city,  cut  off  every 
supply  of  water,  and  reduced  the  place 
to  the  utmost  distress.  The  beauty  and 
courage  of  Judith,  if  we  believe  the  book 
which  bears  her  name,  saved  her  city 
and  country  from  inevitable  destruction. 
Venturing  to  approach  the  hostile  camp, 
she  soon  insinuated  herself  into  the  tent 
and  affections  of  Holofernes ;  and  in  the 
dead  of  night,  when  her  watchful  eye 
beheld  him  buried  in  sleep  and  wine,  se- 
vered his  head  from  his  body  with  his 
own  sword,  and  escaped  to  her  friends. 
The  death  of  the  leader  struck  his  army 
with  consternation  ;  and  in  their  sudden 


flight,  they  lost  their  baggage,  and  were 
pursued  with  great  slaughter.  Chynila- 
don  seems  not  to  have  long  survived  the 
destruction  of  his  army,  and  his  throne 
was  filled  by  Sarac. 

Sarac,  who,  if  the  supposition  of  Sir 
Isaac  Newton  be  well  founded,  was  the 
real  Sardanapalus,  upon  his  accession  to 
the  throne,  committed  the  government  of 
Chaldea  to  Nabopallasar  who  appears 
from  his  name  to  have  been  an  Assyrian, 
and  was  perhaps  a  descendant  of  Nabo- 
nassar  king  of  Babylon,  formerly  men- 
tioned. The  weakness  and  effeminacy 
of  Sarac  appears  to  have  excited  con- 
tempt, and  the  kingdom  of  Babylon 
roused  the  ambition  of  Nabopallasar,  who 
immediately  rebelling  against  his  sove- 
seign,  seized  the  throne,  and  maintained 
the  independence  of  that  kingdom.  In 
order  to  establish  his  authority,  he  en- 
tered into  an  alliance  with  Cyaxeres, 
king  of  Media,  and  confirmed  that  alli- 
ance by  the  marriage  of  his  son  Nebu- 
chadnezzar with  Amyte,  the  daughter  of 
Astyages,  son  of  that  monarch.  The 
union  of  their  forces,  and  the  invasion  of 
Assyria  immediately  followed.  Sarac 
was  either  afraid  to  meet  the  confede- 
rates in  the  field  ;  or,  if  he  did,  was  soon 
driven  within  the  walls  of  his  capital. 
The  Assyrian  monarch  waited  not  the 
issue  of  the  siege,  but,  yielding  to  des- 
pair when  he  saw  the  city  invested,  set 
fire  to  his  palace,  and  perished  in  its 
ruins.  The  Babylonians  and  the  Modes 
took  and  destroyed  the  city  ;  and  accord- 
ing to  the  predictions  of  Isaiah,  Nahum 
and  Zephaniah,  subverted  the  Assyrian 
empire,  which,  from  the  days  of  Pul,  had 
existed  about  150  years. 


ATHENS. 


Athens,  the  celebrated  city  of  Attica, 
was,  as  history  informs  us,  founded 
about  1556  years  before  the  Christian 
era  by  Cecrops  and  an  Egyptian  colony. 
It  was,  as  history  informs  us,  at  first  go- 
verned by  seventeen  kings,  the  last  of 
whom  was  Codrus.  The  history  of  the 
first  twelve  of  these  monarchs  is  mostly 
fabulous.      After  the   death  of  Codrus, 


the  state  was  governed  by  thirteen  per- 
petual, and  317  years  after,  by  seven  de- 
cennial, and  lastly  B.  C.  684,  after  an 
anarchy  of  three  years,  by  annual  ma- 
gistrates called  Archons.  The  Atheni- 
ans thought  themselves  the  most  ancient 
nation  of  Greece,  and  supposed  them- 
selves the  original  inhabitants  of  Attica. 
{See  Greece.) 


AUSTRIA. 


51 


AUSTRIA. 


Of  the  early  history  of  Austria  we 
know  but  little.  The  Romans  vanquished 
the  Noricons  A.  D.  33,  and  gained  pos- 
session of  their  country  and  the  Danube. 
These  they  held  until  the  irruptions  of 
the  northern  barbarians  in  the  5th  and 
6th  centuries.  Subsequently  the  coun- 
try was  held  by  the  Lombards,  Wendi, 
and  Avars.  In  791,  Charlemagne  con- 
quered the  Avars,  and  united  the  territo- 
ry with.  Germany,  under  the  name  of 
Avaria,  or  Eastern  Marchia,  or  Austria. 
Many  colonists,  particularly  from  Bava- 
ria, were  sent  by  Charlemagne  into  the 
new  province,  and  a  margrave  was  ap- 
pointed to  administer  the  government. 
The  archbishop  of  Salzburg  was  at  the 
head  of  ecclesiastical  aflairs.  After  its 
separation  from  Verdun,  in  843,  Avaria 
formed  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  Ger- 
man empire. 

On  the  invasion  of  Germany  by  the 
Hungarians,  in  900,  Avaria  fell  into  their 
hands,  and  was  held  by  them  till  955, 
when  the  emperor  Otho  I,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  victory  of  Augsburg,  re- 
united a  great  part  of  this  province  to  the 
empire.  By  the  power  and  address  of 
its  margraves  the  whole  country  was 
joined  again  with  Germany,  and,  in  1043, 
under  the  emperor  Henry  HI,  and  the 
margrave  Albert  I,  (the  Victorious),  its 
limits  were  extended  to  the  Leytha. 

From  982  to  1156,  the  niargraviate  of 
Austria  was  hereditary  in  the  family  of 
the  counts  of  Babenburg  (Bamberg) ;  the 
succession,  however,  was  not  regulated 
by  primogeniture,  but  by  the  will  of  the 
emperor.  In  ancient  documents,  men- 
tion is  made  of  the  estates  of  Austria  in 
the  year  1099.  After  Henry  the  Proud 
(duke  of  Bavaria  and  Saxony)  was  put 
under  the  ban  of  the  empire,  Leopold  V, 
margrave  of  Austria,  received  the  duchy 
of  Bavaria,  in  1138,  from  the  emperor 
Conrad.  But  when  the  margrave  Henry, 
son  of  Leopold,  under  the  title  of  Ja-so- 
mir-Gott  (Yes-so-me-God)  had  again 
ceded  it,  in  11 56,  to  Henry  the  Lion,  the 
boundaries  of  Austria  were  extended  so 
as  to  include  the  territory  above  the  Ens, 


and  the  whole  was  created  a  duchy  with 
certain  privileges.  Under  this  duke  the 
court  resided  at  Vienna.  Duke  Leopold 
VI,  the  son  of  Henry,  received  the 
duchy  of  Styria,  in  1 1 92,  as  a  fief  from 
the  emperor  Henry  VI,  it  having  been 
added  to  the  empire  by  Otho  I,  in  955, 
by  his  victory  over  the  Hungarians.  It 
was  this  prince  who  imprisoned  Richard 
Coeur  de  Lion,  king  of  England,  on  his 
return  from  Palestine  or  the  Holy  Land, 
1192.  Duke  Leopold  VII,  the  youngest 
son  of  the  former,  erected  a  palace  within 
the  city  of  Vienna,  which  is  still  occu- 
pied by  the  Austrian  monarchs,  under 
the  name  of  the  old  castle. 

Leopold  VII,  called  the  Glorious,  es- 
tablished the  hospital  of  the  Holy  Cross, 
made  Vienna,  which  had  adopted  a  mu- 
nicipal constitution  in  1198,  a  staple- 
town,  and  granted  30,000  marks  of  sil- 
ver for  the  promotion  of  trade  and  com- 
merce. In  1229,  he  purchased  a  part 
of  Carniola,  from  the  ecclesiastical  prin- 
cipality of  Freisingen,  for  1650  marks, 
and  left  the  country  in  a  flourishing  con- 
dition to  the  youngest  of  his  three  sons, 
Frederic  II,  surnamed  the  Warrior.  In 
1236,  this  prince  was  put  under  the  ban 
of  the  empire,  on  account  of  his  joining 
the  alliance  of  the  cities  of  Lombardy 
against  the  emperor  Frederick  II  ;  and 
Otho,  Duke  of  Bavaria,  seized  upon  his 
territory  above  the  Ens  as  far  as  Lintz. 
The  rest  of  the  country  was  granted,  as 
a  fief,  by  the  emperor,  to  a  margrave, 
and  Vienna  became  an  imperial  city. 
During  the  emperor's  campaign  in  Italy, 
Duke  Frederic  recovered  the  principal 
part  of  his  lands,  and  his  rights  were 
confirmed  by  the  emperor,  at  Verona, 
1245.  The  rights  of  Vienna,  as  an  im- 
perial city,  were  abolished,  and  Frederic 
was  to  be  called  king,  as  sovereign  of 
Austria  and  Styria ;  but  all  his  expecta- 
tations  of  empire  were  disappointed  by 
his  death  in  the  battle  of  Leytha,  against 
Bela  IV,  king  of  Hungary,  July  15, 1246, 
in  the  thirty-fifth  year  of  his  age.  Thus 
the  male  line  of  the  house  of  Bamberg 
became  extinct.     The  period  from  1246 


52 


AUSTRIA. 


to  1282  is  styled  the  Austrian  interreg- 
num. The  emperor  Frederick  II,  decla- 
red Austria  and  Styria  a  vacant  fief,  the 
hereditary  property  of  the  German  em- 
perors, and  sent  a  governor  to  Vienna, 
the  privileges  of  which,  as  an  imperial 
city,  were  once  more  renewed.  But  the 
female  relations  of  the  deceased  Duke 
Frederic,  his  sister  Margaret  (widow  of 
the  emperor  Henry  VI,)  and  his  niece 
Gertrude,  by  the  persuasion  of  pope  In- 
nocent IV,  in  1248,  laid  claim  to  the  in- 
heritance of  their  brother.  The  mar- 
grave Hermann,  with  the  aid  of  the  pope 
and  a  strong  party,  made  himself  master 
of  Vienna,  and  of  several  Austrian  cities. 
In  Styria,  he  was  opposed  by  the  go- 
vernor, Meinhard,  count  of  Gorz.  But 
Hermann  died  in  1250,  and  his  son  Fre- 
deric, who  was  afterwards  beheaded, 
in  1268,  at  Naples  with  Conradin  of 
Suabia,  was  then  only  a  year  old.  The 
whole  country  was  distracted  by  various 
parties,  and  the  emperor  Conrad  IV,  was 
prevented,  by  disputes  with  his  neigh- 
bors, from  turning  his  attention  to  Aus- 
tria. 

In  1251  the  states  of  Austria  and  Sty- 
ria determined  to  appoint  one  of  the  sons 
of  the  second  sister  of  Frederic  the 
Warrior,  Constantia  (widow  of  the  mar- 
grave Henry  the  Illustrious,)  to  the  of- 
fice of  duke.  Their  deputies  were  on 
the  way  to  Misnia,  when  they  were  per- 
suaded by  king  Wenceslaus,  on  their 
entrance  into  Prague,  to  declare  his  son 
Ottocar  duke  of  Austria  and  Styria,  who 
made  every  eflbrt  to  support  his  appoint- 
ment, by  arms,  money,  and  especially  by 
his  marriage  with  the  empress-widow, 
Margaret.  Ottocar  wrested  Styria  from 
Bela,  king  of  Hungary,  by  his  victory 
of  July,  1260,  in  the  Marchfield  ;  and, 
in  1262,  forced  the  emperor  Richard  to 
invest  him  with  both  duchies.  Soon  af- 
ter, by  the  will  of  his  uncle  Ulrich, 
the  last  duke  of  Carinthia  and  Friuli, 
(who  died  1269,)  Ottocar  became  master 
of  Carinthia,  a  part  of  Carniola  connect- 
ed with  it,  the  kingdom  of  Istria,  and  a 
part  of  Friuli.  But  his  arrogance  soon 
caused  his  fall.  In  1272,  he  refused  to 
acknowledge  count  Rodolph  of  Haps- 
burg  emperor,  and  was  obliged  to  defend 
himself  against  his  arms.     After  an  un- 


successful war,  he  was  forced  to  cede  all 
his  Austrian  possessions,  in  Nov.  1276. 
In  1277,  he  attempted  to  recover  these 
territories,  but,  in  the  battle  of  the  March- 
field,  Aug.  26,  1278,  he  was  slain,  and 
his  son  Wenceslaus  was  obliged  to  re- 
nounce all  claim  to  them,  in  order  to  pre- 
serve his  hereditary  estates. 

The  emperor  Rodolph  remained  three 
years  in  Vienna,  and  then  appointed  his 
eldest  son  governor.  But,  having  suc- 
ceeded in  gaining  the  consent  of  the 
electors  of  Saxony  and  Brandenburgh,  of 
the  three  ecclesiastical  electors,  and  of  the 
count-palatine  of  the  Rhine,  he  granted 
the  duchies  of  Austria  and  Styria,  with 
the  province  of  Carinthia,  to  his  two 
sons,  Albert  and  Rodolph,  Dec.  27,  1282. 
Albert  and  Rodolph  transferred  Carin- 
thia to  Meinhard,  count  of  Tyrol,  father- 
in-law  to  Albert.  In  1283,  they  conclu- 
ded a  treaty,  by  which  Albert  was  made 
sole  possessor  of  Austria,  Styria  and 
Carniola.  Vienna,  having  again  re- 
nounced its  privileges  as  an  imperial 
city,  was  made  the  residence  of  the 
court,  and  the  successors  of  Rodolph, 
from  this  time,  assumed  Austria  as  the 
family  title.  The  introduction  of  the 
Hapsburg  dynasty  was  the  foundation  of 
the  future  greatness  of  Austria. 

The  despotic  Albert  was  assailed  by 
Hungary  and  Bavaria,  But  he  soon 
quelled  by  force  this  revolt,  which  his 
avarice  and  severity  had  excited.  This 
success  increased  his  presumption  and 
ambition.  He  inherited  only  the  militaiy 
qualities  of  his  father  ;  but  was  anxious 
to  succeed  him  in  all  his  dignities,  and 
without  waiting  for  the  decision  of  the 
Diet,  seized  the  insignia  of  the  empire. 
This  act  of  violence  induced  the  electors 
to  choose  Adolphus  of  Nassau  emperor. 
The  disturbances  which  had  broken  out 
against  him  in  Switzerland,  and  a  disease 
which  had  deprived  him  of  an  eye,  made 
him  more  humble.  He  delivered  up  the 
insignia,  and  took  the  oath  of  allegiance 
to  the  new  emperor,  Adolphus,  how- 
ever, after  a  reign  of  six  years,  lost  the 
regard  of  all  the  princes  of  the  empire. 
Albert  endeavored  to  avail  himself  of  this 
change  of  feeling,  and  succeeded  so  far 
by  assumed  mildness  in  deceiving  the 
princes,  that  they  chose  him  emperor, 


AUSTRIA. 


53 


after  deposing  Adolphus  at  the  Diet  in 
1298.  Adolphus,  however,  would  not  re- 
sign his  high  dignity, — and  force  was 
found  necessary  to  remove  him.  The 
rivals  met  with  their  armies  near  Gell- 
heim,  between  Worms  and  Spire.  Al- 
bert enticed  Adolphus  by  a  feigned  re- 
treat to  follow  him  with  his  cavalry  only. 
The  leaders  engaged  hand  to  hand, — and 
Adolphus  exclaimed  to  his  adversary, 
"thou  shalt  at  once  lose  thy  crown  and 
thy  life.  "  Heaven  will  decide,"  replied 
Albert,  striking  him  with  his  lance  in  the 
face,  Adolphus  fell  from  his  horse,  and 
was  despatched  by  the  companions  of  his 
antagonist.  In  1308,  an  insurrection, 
broke  out  in  Switzerland  in  consequence 
of  the  unjust  and  oppressive  measures  of 
the  Austrian  rulers.   See  Stoitzerland. 

Albert  had  not  only  foreseen  this  con- 
sequence of  his  oppression,  but  desired 
it,  in  order  to  have  a  pretence  for  sub- 
jecting Switzerland  entirely  to  himself. 
A  new  act  of  injustice,  however,  put  an 
end  to  his  ambition  and  his  life.  Suabia 
was  the  inheritance  of  John,  the  son  of 
his  younger  brother,  Rodolph.  John  had 
repeatedly  asserted  his  right  to  it,  but  in 
vain.  When  Albert  set  out  for  Switzer- 
land, John  renewed  his  demand,  which 
was  contemptuously  rejected  by  Albert, 
who  scoffingly  offered  him  a  garland  of 
flowers,  saying, — "  This  becomes  your 
age ;  leave  the  cares  of  government  to 
me."  John  in  revenge  conspired  with 
his  governor,  Walter  of  Eschembach,  and 
three  friends  against  the  life  of  Albert. 
The  conspirators  improved  the  moment 
when  the  emperor  on  his  way  to  Rhein- 
felden,  was  separated  from  his  train  by 
the  river  Reuss,  and  assassinated  him. 
Albert  breathed  his  last.  May  1st  1308, 
in  the  arms  of  a  poor  woman  who  was 
sitting  by  the  road. 

The  inheritance  of  John  now  fell  to 
the  five  sons  of  the  murdered  Albert — 
Frederic,  surnamed  the  Fair,  Leopold, 
Henry,  Albert,  and  Otho.  They  were 
forced  to  purchase  of  the  emperor  Henry, 
VH,  the  investiture  of  their  paternal  es- 
tates, consisting  in  1308,  of  26,572  square 
miles,  for  20,000  marks  of  silver.  Un- 
der their  father,  in  1301,  the  margraviate 
of  Suabia  was  added  to  the  territories  of 
Austria,  and  the  contest  with    Bavaria 


ended  in  the  cession  of  Neuberg.  On 
the  contrary,  the  attempt  of  Duke  Leo- 
pold, in  1315,  to  recover  the  forest-towns 
of  Switzerland,  which  had  been  lost 
under  Albert,  was  frustrated  by  the  valor 
of  the  troops  of  the  Swiss  confederacy 
in  the  battle  of  Mogarten.  In  1314,  his 
brother  Frederic,  chosen  emperor  of 
Germany  by  the  electors,  was  conquered 
by  his  rival,  the  emperor  Louis  (of  Ba- 
varia,) in  1322,  at  Muhldorf,  and  was  his 
prisoner,  for  two  years  and  a  half,  in  the 
castle  of  Trausnitz.  The  dispute  with 
the  house  of  Luxemburg,  in  Bohemia,  and 
with  pope  John  XXII,  induced  the  em- 
peror, in  1325,  to  liberate  his  captive. 
Upon  this  the  latter  renounced  all  share 
in  the  government,  and  pledged  himself 
to  surrender  all  the  imperial  domains 
which  were  still  in  the  possession  of 
Austria. 

But  Leopold  considered  the  agreement 
derogatory  to  his  dignity,  and  continued 
the  war  against  Louis.  Frederic,  there- 
fore, again  surrendered  himself  a  priso- 
ner in  Munich.  Moved  by  his  faithful 
adherence  to  his  word,  Louis  concluded 
a  friendly  compact  with  Frederic,  and 
made  preparations  for  their  common  gov- 
ernment, Sept.  7,  1325.  These  prepa- 
rations, however,  were  never  carried  into 
execution ;  for  the  agreement  had  been 
concluded  without  the  consent  of  the 
electors. 

Leopold  died  in  1326,  and  Henry  of 
Austria  in  1327 ;  Frederic  also  died 
without  children,  Jan.  13,  1330,  after 
which  his  brothers,  Albert  II,  and  Otho, 
came  to  a  reconciliation  with  the  empe- 
ror Louis.  After  the  death  of  their  uncle, 
Henry,  margrave  of  Tyrol  and  duke  of 
Carinthia  (the  father  of  Margaret  Maul- 
tash,)  they  persuaded  the  emperor  to 
grant  them  the  investiture  of  Tyrol  and 
Carinthia,  in  May,  1335;  they  ceded 
Tyrol,  however,  to  John,  king  of  Bohe- 
mia, by  the  treaty  of  Oct.  9, 1356,  in  be- 
half of  his  son  John  Henrj'^,  or  rather  of 
his  wife,  Margaret  Maultash. 

In  1344,  after  the  death  of  Otho  and 
his  sons,  Albert  II,  called  the  Wise, 
united  all  his  Austrian  territories,  which 
by  his  marriage  with  the  daughter  of  the 
last  Count  of  Pfirt  had  been  augmented 
by  the  estates  of  her  father  in  1324,  and 


54 


AUSTRIA. 


by  the  Kyburg  estates  in  Burgundy,  in 
1326. 

Of  the  four  sons  of  Albert  II,  Rodolf  11 
completed  the  chvirch  of  St.  Stephan's, 
and  died  at  Milan,  in  1365,  without 
children,  a  short  time  after  his  younger 
brother,  Frederic.  In  1379,  the  two 
surviving  brothers  divided  the  kingdom, 
so  that  Albert  III  became  entire  mas- 
ter of  Austria,  and  gave  the  other  ter- 
ritories to  his  brother  Leopold  III,  the 
Pious.  Leopold  had  made  repeated  at- 
tempts to  gain  the  Hapsburg  possessions 
in  Switzerland.  He  was  killed  July  9, 
1386,  on  the  field  of  Sempach,  where  he 
lost  the  battle  in  consequence  of  the  va- 
lor of  Winkelried,  and  Albert  adminis- 
tered the  government  of  the  estates  of 
his  brother's  minor  sons.  Margaret 
Maultash  ceded  Tyrol  to  him  on  the  death 
of  Meinhard,  her  only  son,  who  was  mar- 
ried to  the  sister  of  Albert.  She  retained 
nothing  but  a  few  castles  and  6000  marks 
of  gold.  She  also  renounced  her  claims 
to  Bavaria,  in  consideration  of  receiving 
Scharding  and  three  Tyrolese  cities, 
Kitzbuhl,  Ballenberg  and  Kuffstein,  and 
116,000  florins  of  gold. 

In  1365,  Leopold  III  had  bought  the 
claims  of  the  count  of  Feldkirch  for 
36,000  florins  ;  for  55,000  florins  Austria 
received  Brisgau  from  the  count  of  Furs- 
tenberg,  with  the  cities  of  Neuberg,  Old 
Brisach,  Centzingen,  and  Billingen.  The 
remainder  of  Carniola  and  the  Windisch 
Mark,  after  the  death  of  the  last  count  of 
Gorz,  were  purchased,  together  with  the 
county  of  Pludentz,  from  the  earl  of  Wer- 
denberg,  and  the  possessions  of  the  count 
of  Hohenberg,  for  66,000  florins  ;  and 
the  city  of  Trieste  was  acquired,  in  1380, 
by  aiding  in  the  war  between  Hungary 
and  Venice.  Moreover,  the  two  govern- 
ments of  Upper  and  Lower  Suabia  were 
pledged  for  40,000  florins  by  the  king  of 
Rome,  Wenceslaus,  to  Duke  Leopold. 
The  Austrian  and  Styrian  lines,  founded 
by  Albert  III,  and  Leopold  III,  his 
brother,  continued  for  78  years. 

In  1395,  when  Albert  III  died,  his 
only  son,  Albert  IV,  was  in  Palestine. 
On  his  return,  he  determined  to  take  ven- 
geance on  Procopius,  margrave  of  Mo- 
ravia, for  his  hostile  conduct ;  but  he  was 
poisoned,  in  1404,  at  Znaym.    His  young 


son  and  successor,  Albert  V,  was  de- 
clared of  age  in  1410  ;  and  being  the 
son-in-law  of  the  emperor  Sigismund,  he 
united  the  crowns  of  Hungary  and  Bo- 
hemia in  1437,  and  connected  them  with 
that  of  Germany  in  1438.  But  in  the 
following  year  the  young  prince  died. 
His  posthumous  son,  Ladislaus,  was  the 
last  of  the  Austrian  line  of  Albert,  and  its 
possessions  devolved  on  the  Styrian  line, 
1457.  From  this  time  the  house  of  Aus- 
tria has  furnished  an  unbroken  succes- 
sion of  German  emperors.  Hungary  and 
Bohemia  were  lost  for  a  time  by  the 
death  of  Albert  V,  and,  after  the  unhappy 
contests  with  the  Swiss,  under  Frederic 
III,  the  remains  of  the  Hapsburg  estates 
in  Switzerland.  But  several  territories 
were  gained  ;  and  to  increase  the  rising 
splendor  of  the  family,  the  emperor  con- 
ferred upon  the  country  the  rank  of  arch- 
duchy. The  dispute  which  broke  out 
between  Frederic  and  his  brothers,  Al- 
bert and  Sigismund,  relating  to  the  divi- 
sion of  their  paternal  inheritance,  ended 
with  the  death  of  Albert,  in  December, 
1464.  In  the  course  of  the  troubles 
which  resulted  from  this  quarrel,  the 
emperor  was  besieged  in  the  citadel  of 
Vienna  by  the  citizens,  who  favored  the 
cause  of  the  murdered  prince.  Sigis- 
mund now  succeeded  to  his  portion  of  the 
estate  of  Ladislaus,  and  Frederic  became 
sole  ruler  of  all  Austria.  His  son  Max- 
imilian, by  his  marriage  with  Mary,  the 
surviving  daughter  of  Charles  the  Bold, 
united  the  Netherlands  to  the  Austrian 
dominions.  But  it  cost  Maximilian  much 
anxiety  and  toil  to  maintain  his  power 
in  this  new  province,  which  he  adminis- 
tered as  the  guardian  of  his  son,  Philip. 
His  confinement  at  Bruges,  in  1489,  re- 
sulted in  an  agreement  which  was  deci- 
dedly for  his  advantage  ;  but  he  lost  at 
the  same  time,  the  duchy  of  Guelders. 
After  the  death  of  his  father,  which  hap- 
pened Aug.  19,  1493,  he  was  made  em- 
peror of  Germany,  and  transferred  to  his 
son  Philip  the  government  of  the  Nether- 
lands. 

Maximilian  I  added  to  his  paternal  in- 
heritance all  Tyrol,  and  several  other 
territories,  particularly  some  belonging  to 
Bavaria.  He  also  acquired  for  his  family 
new  claims  to  Hungary  and   Bohemia. 


1 


AUSTRIA. 


55 


During  his  reign,  Vienna  became  the 
great  metropolis  of  the  arts  and  sciences 
in  the  German  empire.  The  marriage 
of  his  son  Philip  to  Joanna  of  Spain, 
raised  the  house  of  Hapsburg  to  the 
throne  of  Spain  and  the  Indies.  But 
Philip  died  in  1506,  13  years  before  his 
father,  and  the  death  of  Maximilian, 
which  happened  Jan.  12,  1519,  was  fol- 
lowed by  the  union  of  Spain  and  Austria : 
his  grandson  (the  eldest  son  of  Philip,) 
Charles  I,  king  of  Spain,  was  elected 
emperor  of  Germany.  In  the  treaty  of 
Worms,  April  28,  1521,  and  of  Ghent, 
May  7,  1540,  he  ceded  to  his  brother 
Ferdinand  all  his  hereditary  estates  in 
Germany,  and  retained  for  himself  the 
kingdom  of  the  Netherlands.  The  house 
of  Austria  was  now  proprietor  of  a  tract 
of  country  in  Europe  comprising  360,230 
square  miles.  The  emperor,  Charles  V, 
immediately  increased  the  number  of 
provinces  in  the  Netherlands  to  17,  and 
confirmed  their  union  with  the  German 
states,  which  had  been  concluded  by  his 
grandfather,  under  the  title  of  the  circle 
of  Burgundy.  In  1526,  Austria  was  re- 
cognised as  a  Eiu-opean  monarchy. 

Ferdinand  I,  by  his  marriage  with 
Anna,  the  sister  of  Louis  II,  king  of  Hun- 
gary, who  was  killed  in  1526,  in  the  bat- 
tle of  Mohacs,  acquired  the  kingdoms  of 
Hungary  and  Bohemia,  with  Moravia, 
Silesia,  and  Lusatia,  the  appendages  of 
Bohemia.  Bohemia  rejoiced  to  hail 
Ferdinand  its  king.  Notwithstanding  the 
divided  opinion  of  the  nobles,  and  the 
rising  fortune  of  his  adversary  John  von 
Zapolya,  (see  Hungary,)  he  was  raised 
to  the  throne  of  Hungary,  Nov.  5,  1526, 
by  the  Hungarian  diet,  and  was  crowned 
Nov.  5,  1527.  But  Zapolya  resorted  for 
assistance  to  the  sultan  Soliman  II,  who 
appeared,  in  1529,  at  the  gates  of  Vienna. 
The  capital  was  rescued  from  nun  solely 
by  the  prudent  measures  of  the  Count  of 
Salm,  general  of  the  Austrian  army,  and 
the  imperial  forces  compelled  Soliman  to 
retreat.  In  1535,  a  treaty  was  made,  by 
which  John  von  Zapolya  was  allowed  to 
retain  the  royal  title  and  half  of  Hungarj^, 
and  his  posterity  were  to  be  entitled  to 
nothing  but  Transylvania,  But  after  the 
death  of  John,  new  disputes  arose,  in 
which  Soliman  was  again  involved,  and 


Ferdinand  maintained  the  possession  of 
Lower  Hungary  only  by  paying  the  war- 
like sultan  the  sum  of  30,000  ducats  an- 
nually. 

This  took  place  in  1562.  Ferdinand 
was  equally  unsuccessful  in  the  duchy 
of  Wurtemberg.  This  province  had  been 
taken  from  the  restless  Duke  Ulrich  by 
the  Suabian  confederacy,  and  sold  to  the 
emperor  Charles  V  ;  and  when  his  es- 
tates were  divided,  it  fell  to  Ferdinand. 
Philip,  landgrave  of  Hesse,  the  friend  of 
duke  Ulrich,  took  advantage  of  the  op- 
portunity offered  him  by  the  embarrass- 
ment of  Ferdinand  in  the  Hungarian  war, 
and  with  the  aid  of  France,  he  conquered 
Wurtemberg ;  but  France  ceded  it  again 
to  Ulrich  in  the  treaty  of  Caden,  in  Bo- 
hemia, concluded  June  29lh,  1534,  on 
condition  that  the  province  should  still  be 
a  fief  of  Austria,  and  after  the  extinction 
of  the  male  line  of  the  duke,  that  it  should 
revert  to  that  country.  The  remaining 
half  of  Bregentz,  the  county  of  Thengen, 
the  city  of  Constance,  were  insufficient 
wholly  to  compensate  these  losses;  never- 
theless, the  territory  of  the  German  line 
of  the  house  of  Austria  was  estimated  at 
114,468  square  miles. 

Ferdinand  received  the  imperial  crown 
in  1556,  when  his  brother  Charles  laid 
by  the  sceptre  for  a  cowl.  He  died  July 
25,  1564,  with  the  fame  of  an  able  prince, 
leaving  three  sons  and  ten  daughters. 
According  to  the  directions  given  in  his 
will,  the  three  brothers  divided  the  patri- 
mony, so  that  Maximilian  11,  the  eldest 
son,  who  succeeded  liis  father  as  empe- 
ror, obtained  Austria,  Hungary  and  Bo- 
hemia ;  Ferdinand,  the  second  son,  re- 
ceived Tyrol  and  Upper  Austria  ;  and 
Charles,  the  third,  became  master  of 
StjTia,  Carinthia,  Carniola  and  Gorz. 
But,  in  1595,  after  the  death  of  the  arch- 
duke Ferdinand,  the  husband  of  Philip- 
pine Wesler,  the  fair  maid  of  Augsburg, 
his  sons  Andrew  (cardinal  and  bishop  of 
Constance  and  Briexen,  and  governor  of 
the  Netherlands  for  Spain,)  and  Charles 
(margrave  of  Burgau,)  were  declared  in- 
competent to  succeed  their  father,  and 
his  possessions  reverted  to  his  relations. 
In  Hungary,  the  emperor  Maximilian 
met  with  far  better  fortune  than  his  father 
had  done.     The  death  of  SoUman,  at  Si- 


56 


AUSTRIA. 


geth,  in  1566,  was  followed  by  a  peace, 
and,  in  1572,  Maximilian  crowned  his 
eldest  son,  Rodolf,  king  of  Hungary :  he 
was  afterwards  crowned  king  of  Bohe- 
mia, and  elected  king  of  Rome.  In  his 
attempts  to  add  the  Polish  crown  to  his 
Austrian  dominions,  he  was  equally  un- 
successful with  his  fourth  son,  Maxi- 
milian, who,  engaged  in  a  similar  enter- 
prise after  the  decease  of  Stephen  Ba- 
thori,  in  1587 

Maximilian  died  Oct.  12,  1576,  and 
Rodolf,  the  eldest  of  his  five  sons,  suc- 
ceeded to  the  imperial  throne.  The 
most  remarkable  events  by  which  his 
reign  is  distinguished,  are,  the  war 
against  Turkey  and  Transylvania,  the 
persecution  of  the  Protestants,  who  were 
all  driven  from  his  dominions,  and  the 
circumstances  which  obliged  him  to  cede 
Hungary,  in  1608,  and  Bohemia  and  his 
hereditary  estates  in  Austria,  in  1611,  to 
his  brother  Matthias.  From  this  time 
we  may  date  the  successful  exertions  of 
the  Austrian  sovereigns  to  put  down  the 
restless  spirit  of  the  nation,  and  to  keep 
the  people  in  a  state  of  abject  submission. 
Mathias,  who  succeeded  Maximilian  on 
the  imperial  throne,  concluded  a  peace 
for  twenty  years  with  the  Turks  ;  but  he 
was  disturbed  by  the  Bohemians,  who 
took  up  arms  in  defence  of  their  religious 
rights.  Mathias  died  March  20,  1619, 
before  the  negotiations  for  a  compromise 
were  completed.*  The  Bohemians  re- 
fused to  acknowledge  his  successor, 
Ferdinand,  and  chose  Frederic  V,  the 
head  of  the  Protestant  League,  and  elec- 
tor of  the  palatinate  for  their  king.  After 
the  battle  of  Prague,  1620,  Bohemia  sub- 
mitted to  the  authority  of  Ferdinand.  He 
immediately  applied  himself  to  eradicate 
Protestantism  out  of  Bohemia  Proper  and 
Moravia.  At  the  same  time  he  deprived 
Bohemia  of  the  right  of  choosing  her 
king,  and  of  her  other  privileges.  He 
erected  a  Catholic  court  of  Reform,  and 
thus  led  to  the  emigration  of  thousands 
of  the  inhabitants. 

The  house  of  Hapsburg  has  presented 
an  example,  which  stands  alone  in  his- 
tory, of  the  manner  in  which  violence 

*  Ferdinand  his  successor,  began  the  thirty 
years'  war  against  the  Protestants,  and  carried  I 
it  on  during  the  remainder  of  hia  life.  | 


and  tyranny  can  check  the  progress  of 
civilization ;  and  Bohemia,  the  land  of 
Huss,  the  land  where  religious  freedom 
has  been  defended  with  such  heroic  zeal, 
is  now  greatly  inferior  in  cultivation  to 
every  other  country  of  western  Europe. 
The  Austrian  states,  also,  favoring,  in 
general,  the  Protestant  religion,  were 
compelled  by  Ferdinand  to  swear  alle- 
giance to  him,  and  Lutheranism  was 
strictly  forbidden  in  all  the  Austrian  do- 
minions. The  province  of  Hungary, 
which  revolted  under  Bethlen  Gabor, 
prince  of  Transylvania,  was,  after  a  long 
struggle,  subdued.  This  religious  war 
dispeopled,  impoverished  and  paralyzed 
the  energies  of  the  most  fertile  provinces 
of  the  house  of  Austria. 

During  the  reigii  of  Ferdinand  HI,  the 
successor  of  Ferdinand,  (1637-57,)  Aus- 
tria was  continually  the  theatre  of  war. 
In  the  midst  of  these  troubles,  Ferdinand 
ceded  Lusatia  to  Saxony  at  the  peace  of 
Prague,  concluded  in  1 635  ;  and,  when 
the  war  was  ended,  he  ceded  Alsace  to 
France,  at  the  peace  of  Westphalia,  in 
1648.  The  emperor  Leopold  I,  son  and 
successor  of  Ferdinand  III,  was  victori- 
ous through  the  talents  of  his  minister 
Eugene,  in  two  wars  with  Turkey  ;  and 
Vienna  was  delivered  by  John  Sobieski, 
(and  the  Germans,)  from  the  attacks  of 
Kara  Mustapha,  in  1683.  In  1687,  he 
changed  Hungary  into  a  hereditary  king- 
dom, and  joined  to  it  the  territory  of 
Transylvania,  which  had  been  governed 
by  distinct  princes.  Moreover,  by  the 
peace  of  Carlowitz,  concluded  in  1699, 
he  restored  to  Hungary  the  country  lying 
between  the  Danube  and  the  Theiss.  It 
was  now  the  chief  aim  of  Leopold  to  se- 
cure to  Charles,  his  second  son,  the  in- 
heritance of  the  Spanish  monarchy,  then 
in  the  hands  of  Charles  II,  king  of  Spain, 
who  had  no  children  to  succeed  him  ;  but 
his  own  indecision,  and  the  artful  policy 
of  France,  induced  Charles  II,  to  appoint 
the  grandson  of  Louis  XIV,  his  successor. 
Thus  began  the  war  of  the  Spanish  suc- 
cession, in  1701.  Leopold  died  May  5, 
1705,  before  it  was  terminated.  The 
emperor,  Joseph  I,  his  successor,  and 
eldest  son,  continued  the  war,  but  died 
without  children,  April  17,  1711.  His 
brother   Charles,  the   destined  king  of 


AUSTRIA. 


57 


Spain,  immediately  hastened  from  Bar- 
celona to  his  hereditary  states,  to  take 
upon  him  the  administration  of  the  gov- 
ernment. He  was  elected  emperor,  Dec. 
24,  of  the  same  year  ;  but  was  obliged  to 
accede  to  the  peace  of  Utrecht,  conclu- 
ded by  his  allies,  at  Rastadt  and  Baden, 
in  1714.  By  this  treaty,  Austria  received 
the  Netherlands,  Milan,  Mantua,  Naples 
and  Sardinia. 

In  1720,  Sicily  was  given  to  Austria 
in  exchange  for  Sardinia.  The  duchy  of 
Mantua,  occupied  by  Joseph  in  1708, 
was  now  made  an  Austrian  lief,  because 
it  had  formed  an  alliance  with  France, 
prejudicial  to  the  interests  of  Germany. 
This  monarchy  now  embraced  191,621 
square  miles,  and  nearly  twenty-nine  mil- 
lion inhabitants.  Its  annual  income  was 
betAveen  thirteen  and  fourteen  million 
florins,  and  its  army  consisted  of  130,000 
men;*but  its  power  was  weakened  by 
new  wars  with  Spain  and  France.  In 
the  peace  concluded  at  Vienna,  1735  and 
1738,  Charles  VI  was  forced  to  cede 
Naples  and  Sicily  to  Don  Carlos,  the  in- 
fant of  Spain,  and  to  the  king  of  Sardi- 
nia a  part  of  Milan,  for  which  he  receiv- 
ed only  Parma  and  Placenza.  In  the 
next  year,  by  the  peace  of  Belgrade,  he 
lost  nearly  all  the  fruits  of  Eugene's  vic- 
tories, even  the  province  of  Temeswar  ; 
for  he  was  obliged  to  transfer  to  the 
Porte,  Belgrade,  Servia,  and  all  the  pos- 
sessions of  Austria  in  Wallachia,  Orsova 
and  Bosnia.  All  this  Charles  VI  wil- 
lingly acceded  to,  in  order  to  secure  the 
succession  to  his  daughter  Maria  The- 
resa, by  the  Pragmatic  Sanction.  This 
law  of  inheritance  was  passed  1713 — 
1719,  and  acknowledged,  one  after  ano- 
ther, by  all  the  European  powers. 

By  the  death  of  Charles  VI,  Oct.  20, 
1740,  the  male  line  of  the  Austrian  house 
of  Hapsburg  became  extinct ;  and  Maria 
Theresa  having  married  Stephen,  duke 
of  Lorraine,  ascended  the  Austrian 
throne.  On  every  side  her  claims  were 
disputed,  and  rival  claims  set  up.  A  vio- 
lent war  began,  in  which  she  had  no  pro- 
tector but  England.  Frederic  II,  of 
Prussia,  subdued  Silesia ;  the  elector  of 
Bavaria  was  crowned  in  Lintz  and 
Prague,  and,  in  1742,  chosen  emperor, 
under  the  name  of  Charles  VII.     Hun- 


gary alone  supported  the  heroic  and 
beautiful  queen.  But,  at  the  peace  of 
Breslau,  concluded  June  4,  1742,  she 
was  obliged  to  cede  to  Prussia,  Silesia 
and  Glatz,  with  the  exception  of  Teschen, 
Jagerndorf,  and  Troppau.  Frederic  II, 
by  assisting  the  party  of  Charles  VII, 
soon  renewed  the  war.  But  Charles 
died,  January  20,  1745,  and  the  husband 
of  Theresa  was  crowned  emperor  of 
Germany,  under  the  title  of  Francis  I. 
A  second  treaty  of  peace,  concluded 
December  25,  1745,  confirmed  to  Fred- 
eric the  possession  of  Silesia.  By  the 
peace  of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  October  18, 
1748,  Austria  was  obhged  to  cede  the 
duchies  of  Parma,  Placenza  and  Guas- 
taila,  to  Philip,  infant  of  Spain,  and  sev- 
eral districts  of  Milan  to  Sardinia.  The 
Austrian  monarchy  was  now  firmly  es- 
tablished ;  and  it  was  the  first  wish  of 
Maria  Theresa  to  recover  Silesia.  With 
this  object  in  view,  she  formed  an  al- 
liance with  France,  Russia,  Saxony  and 
Sweden.  This  was  the  origin  of  the 
seven  years'  war ;  but,  by  the  peace  of 
Hubertsberg,  1763,  Prussia  retained  Si- 
lesia, and  Austria  had  sacrificed  her 
blood  and  treasures  in  vain.  The  first 
paper  money  was  now  issued  in  Austria, 
called  state  obligations,  and  the  emperor 
Francis  erected  a  bank  to  exchange  them. 
After  his  death,  Aug.  18,  1765,  Joseph 
II,  his  eldest  son,  was  appointed  col- 
league with  his  mother  in  the  govern- 
ment of  his  hereditary  states,  and  elected 
emperor  of  Germany. 

To  prevent  the  extinction  of  the  male 
line  of  her  family,  Maria  Theresa  now 
established  two  collateral  hues ;  the  house 
of  Tuscany,  in  her  second  son,  Peter 
Leopold  ;  and  the  house  of  Este,  in  the 
person  of  the  archduke  Ferdinand.  For 
these  separations,  Maria  Theresa  indem- 
nified the  country  by  the  confiscation  of 
several  cities,  formerly  pledged  to  Poland 
by  Hungary,  without  paying  the  sum  for 
which  they  stood  pledged  ;  by  obtaining 
Galicia  and  Lodomira  in  the  first  profli- 
gate division  of  the  Idngdom  of  Poland,  in 
1772  ;  and  by  the  capture  of  Bukowina, 
which  was  ceded  by  the  Porte,  in  1777. 
In  the  peace  of  Teschen,  May  13,  1779, 
Austria  received  Innvierstel,  and  the  va- 
cant county  of  Hohenembs,  in  Suabia, 
8 


58 


AUSTRIA. 


the  county  of  Falkenstein,  and  the  Sua- 
bian  territories  of  Tettnang  and  Argen ; 
and  thus,  at  the  death  of  the  empress, 
Nov. 28, 1780,  Austria  contained  234,684 
square  miles  ;  it  had  lost  16,366  square 
miles,  and  gained  34,301.  The  popula- 
tion was  estimated  at  24,000,000  ;  but 
the  public  debt,  also,  had  increased  to 
160,000,000  florins. 

The  administration  of  the  empress  was 
distinguished  by  the  most  useful  institu- 
tions of  government,  agriculture,  trade  and 
commerce,  the  education  of  the  people, 
the  promotion  of  the  arts  and  sciences, 
and  of  religion.  The  foreign  relations  of 
the  kingdom,  also,  even  those  with  the 
Roman  court,  were  happily  conducted  by 
the  talents  of  her  minister,  Kaunitz.  Her 
successor,  Joseph  II,  was  active  and 
restless  ;  impartial,  but  two  often  rash 
and  violent.  While  a  colleague  with  his 
mother  in  the  government,  he  diminished 
the  expenses  of  the  state,  and  introduced 
a  new  system  in  the  payment  of  pensions 
and  of  officers.  But,  after  the  death  of  his 
mother,  all  his  activity  and  talent  as  a 
sovereign  was  fully  developed.  As  se- 
vere to  the  military  as  to  the  civil  offi- 
cers, he  adhered,  however,  to  liberal 
principles.  The  censorship  of  the  press 
was  reformed  ;  the  Protestants  received 
full  toleration,  and  the  rights  of  citizens; 
the  Jews  were  treated  with  kindness  ; 
900  convents  and  religious  establish- 
ments were  abolished,  and  even  the  visit 
of  Pius  VI  made  no  alteration  in  Jo- 
seph's system  of  reformation.  The  sys- 
tem of  education  he  subjected  to  revision 
and  improvement ;  and  he  encouraged 
manufactures  by  heavy  duties  on  foreign 
goods.  But  his  zeal  excited  the  opposi- 
tion of  the  enemies  of  improvement.  The 
Low  Countries  revolted,  and  his  vexation 
probably  led  him  to  attempt  the  exchange 
of  the  Netherlands,  under  the  title  of  the 
kingdom  of  Austrasia,  for  the  palatinate 
of  Bavaria,  under  an  elector.  But  the 
project  was  frustrated  by  the  constancy 
and  firmness  of  the  Duke  of  Deux-Ponts, 
and  by  the  German  league,  concluded  by 
Frederic  II.  Joseph  was  equally  unsuc- 
cessful in  the  war  of  1788  against  the 
Porte.  His  exertions  in  the  field  de- 
stroyed his  health ;  and  grief  at  the  re- 
bellious   disposition   of   his  ^hereditary 


states  accelerated  his  death,  which  hap- 
pened Feb.  20,  1790. 

Joseph  II  was  succeeded  by  his  eldest 
brother,  Leopold  II,  formerly  grand  duke 
of  Tuscany.  By  his  moderation  and 
firmness,  he  quelled  the  turbulent  spirit 
of  the  Netherlands,  and  restored  tran- 
quillity to  Hungary.  The  treaty  of 
Reichenbach,    with     Prussia,   July    27, 

1790,  and  the  treaty  of  Sistova,  Aug.  4, 

1791,  led  to  a  peace  with  the  Porte. 
The  unhappy  fate  of  his  sister  and  her 
husband,  Louis  XVI,  of  France,  induced 
him  to  form  an  alliance  with  Prussia  ; 
but  he  died  March  1,  1792,  before  the 
revolutionary  war  broke  out.  Soon  after 
the  accession  of  his  son,  Francis  II,  to 
the  throne,  and  before  the  14th  of  July, 

1792,  when  he  was  elected  emperor  of 
Germany,  France  declared  war  against 
him  as  king  of  Hungary  and  Bohemia. 
The  limits  of  this  work  will  not  permit 
us  to  give  a  sketch  of  the  several  cam- 
paigns or  of  the  principal  battles  that 
were  fought.  In  May,  1796,  Buonaparte 
gained  a  celebrated  victory  at  Lodi  (a 
large  town  in  Austrian  Italy,)  over  the 
Austrians  under  Beaulieu.  Buonaparte, 
in  his  negotiations  with  the  court  of  Tu- 
rin, had  insisted  on  having  Valenza,  on 
Avhich  was  a  bridge  over  the  Po.  He 
had  done  so  in  order  to  deceive  Beau- 
lieu  into  the  belief  that  he  intended  to 
pass  there.  The  Austrian  was  caught 
in  the  snare  ;  posted  his  army  at  the 
confluence  of  the  two  rivers,  and  pre- 
pared to  dispute  the  passage.  Instead, 
however,  of  their  crossing  both  streams 
in  following  a  straight  line  upon  Milan, 
a  circuit  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Po 
would  bring  the  French  to  Piacenza, 
farther  down  the  stream  than  where  the 
Tesin  meets  it.  By  crossing  there,  in 
lieu  of  Valenza,  the  latter  stream  was 
altogether  avoided,  and  Beaulieu's  re- 
treat threatened  to  be  cut  ofl".  Buona- 
parte, to  efiect  this,  undertook  a  forced 
march  of  thirty-six  hours  to  Piacenza, 
which  he  reached  on  the  7th  of  May. 
With  the  aid  of  what  boats  he  could 
seize,  a  bridge  was  thrown  over  the  Po, 
and  the  army  passed  on  the  9th.  He  did 
not  hesitate  to  attack  the  nearest  Aus- 
trian division,  which  was  routed,  and  fled 
to  Pizziliitone  on  the  Adda.     No  river  or 


AUSTRIA. 


69 


Buonaparte  crossing  the  bridge  at  Lodi. 


line  of  defence  now  intervened  betwixt 
the  French  and  Milan.  Beaulieu,  anti- 
cipated and  foiled  in  hi.s  project  of  de- 
fending the  bridge  of  Valenza  on  the  Po, 
hurried  to  place  himself  behind  the  Adda, 
the  next  river  eastward  of  Milan.  The 
French  general  instantly  resolved  to 
force  this  line  of  defence  ere  the  Aus- 
trians  had  time  to  strengthen  it.  Until 
this  was  achieved,  he  deferred  taking 
possession  of  Milan.  Pizzihitone,  the 
nearest  town  that  contained  a  bridge  over 
the  Adda,  was  too  well  garrisoned  and 
defended.  Buonaparte  pressed  on  to  the 
next  bridge,  tracing  upwards  the  course 
of  the  river.     This  was  at  Lodi. 

Beaulieu  had  made  good  his  retreat 
thus  far.  Half  of  his  army,  however,  he 
had  been  obliged  to  send  by  a  circuitous 
direction,  in  order  to  throw  a  garrison 
into  the  castle  of  Milan.  This  half  the 
French  general  hoped  to  intercept,  if  he 
could  succeed  in  routing  the  remainder, 
about  12,000  men,  which  Beaulieu  kept 
with  himself  at  Lodi.  To  drive  the  ad- 
vanced guard  of  this  body  from  Lodi  and 
beyond  the  Adda,  was  an  easy  task.  But 
to  dispossess  them  of  the  bridge  was  an 
attempt  so  rash,  that  the  Austrians  con- 


sidered it  impossible.  Otherwise  they 
would  have  destroyed  the  bridge,  or  at 
least  an  arch  of  it.  But  it  was  now  too 
late  for  this,  as  the  French  cannon  were 
instantly  ordered  to  play  upon  it.  Beau- 
lieu, on  his  side  of  the  bridge,  raked  it 
with  thirty  cannon.  On  either  side  the 
shower  of  grape-shot  was  dreadful  ;  but 
the  French  were  covered  by  the  walls 
and  houses  of  Lodi,  whilst  the  Austrians 
were  exposed.  Their  general,  in  conse- 
quence, drew  them  out  of  reach  of  the 
shot;  thus  trusting  the  defence  of  the 
bridge  to  the  formidable  battery  alone. 
Seeing  this,  Buonaparte  formed  his 
stoutest  grenadiers  in  column,  and  pre- 
pared to  cross,  whilst  the  cavalry  men- 
aced to  pass  by  a  ford  at  no  great  dis- 
tance. At  a  word  the  column  rushed  on 
the  bridge.  Its  front  was  shattered, 
almost  ere  it  was  formed,  by  the  shower 
of  shot.  It  even  hesitated,  till  the  gene- 
rals placed  themselves  at  its  head,  and 
cheered  it  on  ;  whilst  the  light  troops, 
dropping  down  the  wooden  buttresses  of 
the  bridge,  passed  underneath  to  distract 
the  enemy.  The  first  fire  of  the  battery 
was  the  chief  obstacle ;  that  withstood,  the 
French  rushed  on  the  Austrian  guns,  and 


60 


AUSTRIA. 


bayoneted  the  cannoneers.  The  caval- 
ry followed,  and  had  time  to  form  and 
charge  ere  the  main  line  of  the  tardy 
Austrians  could  come  up.  These  with- 
stood the  assault  but  for  a  few  minutes. 
They  gave  way  and  fled,  leaving  behind 
their  artillery,  colors,  and  some  thousand 
prisoners.  Thus  was  completed  the  rout 
of  Beaulieu,  the  shattered  remains  of 
whose  army  retired  towards  the  Tyrol 
and  the  provinces  of  Venice. 

In  the  first  articles  of  peace,  dated  at 
Campo-Formio,  Oct.  17,  1797,  Austria 
lost  Lombardy  and  the  Netherlands,  and 
received,  as  a  compensation,  the  largest 
part  of  the  Venitian  territory  :  two  years 
previous,  in  1795,  in  the  third  division 
of  Poland,  the  Austrian  dominions  had 
been  enlarged  by  the  addition  of  West 
Gallicia.  In  the  beginning  of  the  year 
1799,  the  emperor  Francis,  in  alliance 
with  Russia,  renewed  the  war  with 
France.  But  Napoleon  extorted  the 
peace  of  Luneville,  Feb.  9,  1801,  and 
Francis  acceded  to  it,  without  the  con- 
sent of  England.  By  the  conditions  of 
the  treaty,  he  was  to  cede  the  county  of 
Falkenstein,  and  the  Frickthal.  Ferdi- 
nand, grand  duke  of  Tuscany,  at  the 
same  time,  renounced  his  claim  to  this 
province,  and  received,  in  return  for  it, 
Salzburg  and  Berchtesgaden,  with  a  part 
of  the  territory  of  Passau,  and  was  after- 
wards made  master  of  the  largest  part  of 
Eichstadt,  and  honored  with  the  title  of 
elector.  Austria  obtained  the  Tyrolese 
archbishoprics  Trent  and  Brixen,  and, 
notwithstanding  its  cessions  of  territory 
to  France,  had  gained,  including  its  ac- 
quisitions in  Poland,  9580  square  miles  : 
this  made  the  whole  extent  253,771 
square  miles.  The  public  debt  had  also 
increased  to  1220  million  florins. 

Aug.  11,1 804,  Francis  declared  him- 
self hereditary  emperor  of  Austria,  and 
imited  all  his  estates  under  the  name  of 
the  empire  of  Austria.  Immediately  after 
this  important  act,  he  took  up  arms  once 
more,  with  his  allies,  Russia  and  Great 
Britain,  against  the  government  of  France. 
The  war  of  1 805  was  terminated  by  the 
peace  of  Presburg  (Dec.  26,  1805.)  By 
the  conditions  of  this  treaty,  Francis  was 
obliged  to  cede  to  France  the  remaining 
provinces  of  Italy ;  to  the  king  of  Bava- 


ria, Burgau,  Eichstadt,  a  part  of  Passau, 
all  Tyrol,  Vorarlberg,  Hohenembs,  Ro- 
thenfels,  Tettnang,  Argen  and  Lindau ; 
to  the  king  of  Wurtemberg,  the  five  towns 
lying  on  the  Danube,  the  county  of  Ho- 
henberg,  the  landgraviate  of  Nellenburg, 
Altdorf,  and  a  part  of  Brisgau  ;  and  to  the 
gTand  duke  of  Baden,  the  remainder  of 
Brisgau,  Ortenau,  Constance  and  the 
commandery  of  Meinau.  He  received, 
in  return,  Salzburg  and  Berchtesgaden  ; 
the  elector  of  Salzburg  was  compensated 
by  the  province  of  Wurzburg ;  and  the 
dignity  of  grand  master  of  the  Teutonic 
order  was  made  hereditary  in  the  house 
of  Austria. 

Thus  ended  a  war  which  cost  the  Aus- 
trian monarchy,  besides  the  territories 
just  enumerated,  90  million  florins,  which 
were  carried  away  by  the  French  from 
Vienna,  and  800  millions  for  the  other 
expenses  of  the  war ;  of  which  Francis 
paid  a  large  proportion  from  his  private 
purse.  After  the  formation  of  the  con- 
federation of  the  Rhine  (July  12,  1806,) 
Francis  was  forced  to  resign  his  digTiity 
as  emperor  of  Germany  (Aug.  6,  1806,) 
which  had  been  in  his  family  more  than 
500  years.  This  was  one  of  the  most 
important  consequences  of  the  war.  He 
now  assumed  the  title  of  Francis  I,  em- 
peror of  Austria,  and  resolved,  in  1809, 
on  a  new  war  with  France,  aided  only 
by  Great  Britain,  who  did  little  more  than 
furnish  some  pecuniary  assistance,  and 
make  a  tardy  attack  on  Walcheren.  Aus- 
tria fought  courageously,  but  in  vain. 
The  peace  of  Vienna  (October  14, 1809,) 
cost  the  monarchy  42,380  square  miles 
of  territory,  3,500,000  subjects,  and  more 
than  1 1  million  florins  of  revenue.  The 
public  debt  was  also  increased  to  1200 
million  florins,  and  all  the  paper  money 
in  circulation  was  estimated  at  950  mil- 
lions. Napoleon,  after  tearing  from  the 
Austrian  monarchy  its  fairest  provinces, 
the  duchy  of  Salzburg,  with  Berchtesga- 
den, Innviertel,Western  Hausruckviertel, 
Carniola  and  Gorz,  Trieste,  the  circle  of 
Villach,  a  large  part  of  Croatia,  Istria, 
Rsezuns  in  the  Grisons,  the  Bohemian 
territories  in  Saxony,  all  West  Galicia, 
the  circle  of  Zamoski  in  East  Galicia, 
Cracow,  with  half  the  salt-works  of  Wie- 
liezka,  the  circle  of  Tarnopol,  and  many 


AUSTRIA, 


61 


other  provinces  which  were  given  to 
Russia, — formed  a  personal  connexion 
with  the  ancient  family  of  Hapsburg,  by 
his  marriage  with  Marie  Louise,  daugh- 
ter of  the  emperor  of  Austria,  and,  March 
14,  1812,  concluded  an  alliance  with 
the  emperor  Francis  against  Russia. 
But  the  emperor  of  France  was  repulsed 
on  his  invasion  of  this  country  ;  Prussia 
rose  up  against  him  ;  the  congress  of 
Prague  met  and  separated  again  without 
accomplishing  any  thing ;  and  Francis, 
August  10,  1813,  declared  war  against 
France,  and  formed  an  alliance,  Septem- 
ber 9,  1813,  at  Teplitz,  with  England, 
Russia,  Prussia  and  Sweden,  against  his 
son-in-law. 

In  the  battle  of  Leipzic,  the  Austrian 
troops  took  an  honorable  part.  The 
firmness  with  which  the  emperor  signed 
the  act  of  proscription  against  his  son, 
and  fixed  the  fate  of  his  daughter  and 
her  infant,  excited  general  respect.  He 
signed  the  same  act  against  Napoleon 
a  second  time,  when  he  returned  from 
Elba.  He  also  opposed  Murat  in  Italy. 
Yet  the  Austrian  cabinet  endeavored  to 
provide  for  young  Napoleon  in  the  set- 
tlement of  the  aftairs  of  France.  By 
the  peace  of  Paris,  1814,  Austria  gained 
the  portion  of  Italy  which  now  forms 
the  Lombardo-Venitian  kingdom,  and 
recovered,  together  with  Dalmatia,  the 
hereditary  territories  which  it  had  been 
obliged  to  cede.  The  former  grand 
duke  of  Wurzburg,  on  the  contrary,  ce- 
ded his  territory  to  Bavaria,  and  again 
took  possession  of  Tuscany. 

In  the  new  system  of  Europe,  es- 
tablished at  the  congress  of  Vienna, 
which  met  in  1815,  and  by  the  treaty 
concluded  with  Bavaria,  of  Munich 
(April  14,  1816,)  the  Austrian  monarchy 
not  only  gained  more  than  4238  square 
miles  of  territory,  but  was  also  essen- 
tially improved  in  compactness  ;  and  its 
commercial  importance  was  increased 
by  the  accession  of  Dalmatia  and  Ve- 
nice. The  influence  of  this  power 
among  the  states  of  Europe,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  congress  of  Vienna,  as 
the  first  member  of  the  great  qxxadruple 
alliance  (changed,  by  the  congress  of 
Aix-la-Chapelle,  1818,  to  a  quintuple 
alliance,)  and  as  the  head  of  the  German 


confederation,  has  been  continually  in- 
creasing since  the  congress  at  Aix-la- 
Chapelle,  as  is  evident  to  those  who 
feel  an  interest  in  the  history  of  the 
age.  Of  the  foreign  affairs  of  the  gov- 
ernment, which  have  been  conducted 
by  the  Prince  von  Metternich,  the  most 
important  is  the  connection  of  Austria 
with  the  German  confederation.  The 
Imperial  cabinet  overruled  the  delibera- 
tions of  the  German  confederates  at 
Frankfort,  through  its  minister,  Count 
Buol-Schauenstein  (who  was  succeeded 
in  1823,  by  the  Baron  of  Munch-Bel- 
linghausen,)  so  that  all  the  degrees  made 
in  the  congress  of  Carlsbad,  in  August, 
1819,  relating  to  a  general  censorship 
of  literary  institutions,  the  suppression 
of  liberal  opinions  and  writings,  and 
of  secret  societies,  were  unanimously 
adopted  and  published,  September  20, 
1819,  renewed  in  1824,  and  also  in 
1831.  A  congress  was  held  in  Vienna, 
November  25,  1819,  composed  of  all 
the  ministers  of  the  German  confede- 
rates, to  draw  up  a  constitution  for  the 
confederated  states.  It  was  signed  at 
Vienna,  May  15,  1820;  and  June  8,  of 
the  same  year,  it  was  acknowledged  at 
Frankfort  as  the  universal  law  of  the 
German  confederation.  The  ideas  of 
the  Austrian  Cabinet  in  regard  to  the 
political  condition  of  Germany,  were 
made  known  to  the  public  by  the  re- 
markable Lett  re  C07ifidentielle  de  S.  A. 
le  Prince  de  Metternich  d  M.  Ic  Baron 
de  Berstetf,  premier  ministre  du  grand 
duche  de  Baden,  June,  1820.  The  uni- 
ted influence  of  Austria  and  Prussia, 
in  the  military  committee  of  the  confede- 
ration, laid  the  foundation  of  the  German 
military  system,  and  regulated  the  num- 
bers and  distribution  of  the  army  of 
the  confederacy,  and  the  occupation 
and  command  of  the  fortresses  of  the 
empire. 

Saxony  and  Bavaria  formed  a  closer 
connexion  with  the  house  of  Austria, 
by  a  family  union,  in  1819,  and  1824. 
November  4,  1824,  the  second  Impe- 
rial prince,  the  Archduke  Francis,  (born 
1802,)  was  married  to  Sophia,  princess 
of  Bavaria,  half-sister  of  the  empress  of 
Austria. 

The  harmony  which  existed  between 


62 


BABYLON. 


the  three  founders  of  the  Holy  Alliance, 
led  to  the  establishment  of  the  princi- 
ples of  legitimacy  ;  and  every  one  knows 
the  important  consequences  of  this  union, 
in  the  maintenance  of  principles   con- 


trary to  the  spirit  of  the  age,  and  the 
law  of  nations  ;  as  in  the  law  rela- 
ting to  the  armed  interference,  Austria 
executed  the  decrees  of  the  congress  as 
far  as  related  to  Naples  and  Piedmont. 


BABYLON 


The  empire  of  Babylon,  may  be  con- 
sidered as  the  first  great  monarchy  of 
which  any  records  are  to  be  found  in  his- 
tory. It  appears  to  have  been  founded  a 
short  time  after  the  flood  ;  and  (according 
to  the  astronomical  tables  sent  by  Alex- 
ander to  Aristotle)  about  2234  years  be- 
fore Christ.  Of  this  first  Babylonian 
kingdom  there  is  very  little  to  be  known, 
except  what  is  related  in  sacred  scrip- 
ture;  that,  about  2000  years  B.  C,  it 
consisted,  under  Nimrod,  of  four  cities. 
Babel,  Erech,  Accad,  and  Calneh;  that, 
about  100  years  afterwards,  it  was  en- 
larged by  Ashur,  who  built  several  other 
cities,  and  particularly  the  first  Nineveh, 
on  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Tigris,  300 
miles  above  Babylon ;  and  that  it  con- 
tinued till  the  year  B.  C.  1230,  when  Ni- 
nus,  having  overrun  the  greater  part  of 
Asia,  founded  a  second  Nineveh,  between 
the  rivers  Tigris  and  Euphrates,  about 
50  miles  from  Babylon,  and  thus  estab- 
lished what  is  called  the  Assyrian  mon- 
archy. But  what  is  generally  understood 
by  the  Babylonian  empire,  began  about 
606  years  before  Christ,  when  Belesis, 
or  Nebopolassar,  hereditary  satrap  of 
Babylon,  revolted  against  the  Assyrian 
monarch  Sardanapalus  ;  and  having  de- 
stroyed that  prince  and  his  capital  Nin- 
eveh, transferred  the  seat  of  power  to  his 
own  city.  Thus  there  may  be  said  to 
have  been  two  distinct  kingdoms  in  Ba- 
bylon; one  preceding,  and  the  other  fol- 
lowing, the  Assyrian  empire.  Or,  rather, 
more  properly  speaking,  there  were  three 
great  eras  of  the  same  monarchy  in  the 
country  of  Assyria.  The  first  of  these 
commences  with  Nimrod,  in  the  year 
B.  C.  2000,  when  Babylon  was  the  seat 
of  power  ;  the  second  with  Ninus,  in  the 
year  1230,  when  Nineveh  became  the 


metropolis  of  the  empire ;  and  the  third 
with  Belesis,  in  the  year  606,  when  Ba- 
bylon once  more  beheld  the  sovereigns  of 
the  East  residing  in  her  palaces.  This 
subject  indeed  is  beset  with  inextricable 
difficulties,  and  involved  in  impenetrable 
darkness  ;  but  the  above  statement,  which 
is  founded  upon  the  observation  of  the 
learned  and  ingenious  Dr  Gillies,  in  his 
History  of  the  World,  (vol.  i,  p.  50 — 130,) 
seems  much  more  simple  in  itself,  as 
well  as  more  consistent  with  history, 
than  either  the  common  account,  which 
makes  the  Assyrian  monarchy  almost 
coeval,  but  altogether  unconnected  with 
the  first  kingdom  in  Babylon  ;  or  that  of 
Sir  Isaac  Newton,  who  dates  its  origin  so 
late  as  the  year  B.  C.  770. 

Leaving  our  readers  to  decide  this 
point  for  themselves,  we  proceed  to  the 
proper  subject  of  this  article,  namely,  to 
give  a  short  sketch  of  the  second  Baby- 
lonian empire,  established  by  Belesis,  or 
Nebopolassar,  upon  the  ruins  of  the  As- 
syrian monarchy,  about  606  years  B.  C. 

Nebopolassar,  or,  as  he  is  also  called, 
Nebuchadnezzar,  continued  in  close 
alliance  with  Cyaxares  the  Mede,  by 
whose  assistance  he  had  acquired  the 
sovereignty,  and  by  whose  friendship  he 
became  so  powerful  as  to  excite  the  ap- 
prehensions of  the  neighboring  princes. 

While  he  was  employed  in  resisting 
the  Scythians,  who  had  made  themselves 
masters  of  Upper  Asia,  Necho,  king  of 
Egypt,  invaded  his  dominions  in  the 
south,  reduced  the  city  Carehemish,  or 
Circesium,  and  encouraged  the  Syrians 
in  that  quarter  to  revolt.  Nebopolassar, 
being  now  well  advanced  in  years,  sent 
his  son  Nebuchadnezzar,  whom  he  had 
associated  with  himself  in  the  empire,  to 
reduce  those   countries  to  their  former 


BABYLON. 


63 


subjection.  The  young  prince  defeated 
.  the  army  of  Necho  near  the  Euphrates, 
retook  the  city  of  Carehemish,  and  quell- 
ed the  insurgents  in  Syria  :  entered  Ju- 
dea,  and  took  possession  of  Jerusalem  ; 
restored  Jehoiakim  to  his  throne,  but 
carried  to  Babylon  great  numbers  of  the 
principal  Jews,  with  the  treasures  of  the 
palace,  and  part  of  the  sacred  vessels  in 
the  temple.  In  the  mean  time  Nebopo- 
lassar  died,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son 
upon  his  return  from  his  expedition. 

Nebuchadnezzar  II,  called  also  La- 
BYNETUs,  occupied  himself,  during  the 
first  years  of  his  reign,  in  enlarging  and 
embellishing  his  capital;  and  during  this 
period  occurred  those  events  which  are 
related  in  the  book  of  Daniel,  chap.  ii. 
His  tranquillity  was  interrupted  by  the 
revolt  of  Jehoiakim  in  Judea,  who  was 
soon  reduced  by  the  Babylonian  gene- 
rals ;  but  Jechonias  his  son,  having  also  at- 
tempted to  shake  off  the  Assyrian  yoke, 
Nebuchadnezzar  went  in  person  to  the 
seigeof  Jerusalem;  and  having  made  him- 
self master  of  the  city, he  carried  to  Baby- 
lon all  its  treasures  and  sacred  utensils, 
leaving  the  government  to  Zedekiah,  the 
uncle  of  Jechonias.  Recalled  in  a  short 
time  to  Judea  by  the  revolt  of  Zedekiah, 
he  defeated  the  Egyptians,  who  had 
come  to  the  assistance  of  the  Jews,  took 
Jerusalem  by  storm,  after  a  twelvemonth's 
siege,  gave  it  up  to  pillage  and  slaugh- 
ter, put  out  the  eyes  of  the  king,  and  car- 
ried him  away  captive.  Upon  his  return 
to  Babylon  he  erected  a  golden  statue  in 
the  plain  of  Dura,  sixty  cubits  in  height, 
and  commanded  all  his  subjects  to  wor- 
ship it  as  a  divinity.  {Dan.  chap,  iii.) 
About  three  years  after  this  event,  he 
again  led  his  forces  against  the  western 
nations,  made  himself  master  of  Tyre 
after  a  siege  of  13  years,  overran  the 
whole  country  of  Egypt,  returned  to  adorn 
his  capital  with  the  booty  which  he  had 
acquired ;  and,havingsufferedthe  punish- 
ment of  his  pride,  as  related  in  Daniel, 
chap,  iv,  he  died  in  the  44th  year  of  his 
reign. 

Evil-Merodach,  who  succeeded  his 
father  Nebuchadnezzar,  is  described  as  a 
weak  and  licentious  prince,  and  was  mur- 
dered by  his  own  relatives,  after  having 
reigned  little  more  than  two  years. 


Nerigi.issar,  the  husband  of  Evil- 
Merodach's  sister,  and  one  of  the  chief 
conspirators,  reigned  in  his  stead.  Imme- 
diately after  his  accession,  he  began  to 
make  preparations  for  resisting  the  grow- 
ing power  of  the  Medes  and  Persians. 
After  spending  three  years  in  forming  al- 
liances, and  collecting  troops,  he  march- 
ed to  meet  his  opponents  Cyaxares  and 
Cyrus  ;  and,  in  a  bloody  engagement 
with  the  latter,  was  defeated  and  slain. 

Laborosoarchod,  his  son,  succeeded 
to  the  throne.  By  his  cruelty  and  oppres- 
sion, he  provoked  several  of  his  govern- 
ors to  raise  the  standard  of  rebellion,  and 
to  call  in  the  aid  of  Cyrus.  Marching 
to  suppress  these  commotions,  he  was 
met  by  the  Persian  prince,  defeated  with 
great  loss,  and  pursued  to  the  very  walls 
of  his  metropolis.  After  Cyrus  had  re- 
tired with  his  army,  the  Babylonian  mon- 
arch indulged  his  vicious  propensities  to 
such  excess,  that  his  own  subjects,  una- 
ble any  longer  to  endure  his  tyrannical 
conduct,  conspired  against  his  life,  and 
put  him  to  death,  in  the  ninth  month  of 
his  reign.     He  was  succeeded  by 

Nabonadius,  who  is  called  also  La- 
BYNETUs,  and  who  is  the  same  with 
Belshazzar  mentioned  in  sacred  scrip- 
ture. He  was  the  son  of  Evil-Merodach, 
by  his  queen  Nitocris  ;  and  was  the 
grandson  of  the  great  Nebuchadnezzar. 
His  mother  Nitocris,  who  was  a  woman 
of  extraordinary  talents,  took  upon  her- 
self the  management  of  public  affairs  ; 
and  while  her  son  was  pursuing  his  plea- 
sures, she  made  every  exertion  to  pre- 
serve the  tottering  empire.  She  com- 
pleted many  of  the  works  which  Nebu- 
chadnezzar had  begun  ;  and,  when  Cyrus 
renewed  his  attacks  upon  the  frontier 
towns,  she  employed  the  utmost  activity 
in  constructing  new  fortifications  for  the 
defence  of  the  capital.  Belshazzar  at 
length,  in  the  fifth  year  of  his  reign,  re- 
paired in  person  to  the  court  of  Croesus, 
king  of  Lydia,  carrying  with  him  an  im- 
mense treasure  ;  and  with  the  aid  of  that 
prince,  as  well  as  by  the  influence  of  liis 
wealth,  framed  a  very  formidable  con- 
federacy against  Cyrus.  Having  liired  a 
numerous  army  of  Egj-ptians,  Greeks, 
and  other  nations  in  Lesser  Asia,  he  ap- 
pointed Croesus   to   the  command,  and 


64 


BABYLON. 


directed  him  to  make  an  incursion  into 
Media.  These  auxiliaries  having  been 
completely  routed,  Croesus  taken  and 
dethroned,  and  Cyrus  again  advancing  to 
Babylon,  Belshazzar  attempted  to  make 
head  against  him  in  the  field,  but  w^as 
soon  put  to  flight,  and  closely  blockaded 
in  his  capital.  After  a  siege  of  two  years, 
the  city  was  taken,  as  has  been  related 
in  the  preceding  article ;  Belshazzar  w^as 
slain  in  the  assault  upon  his  palace  ;  and 
with  him  terminated  the  empire  of  the 
Babylonians,  about  538  years  before 
Christ. 

Many  of  the  statements  recorded  in 
ancient  authors,  respecting  the  wonders 
of  Babylon,  are  unquestionably  greatly 
exaggerated  ;  but,  after  every  abatement 
that  can  fairly  be  made,  this  city  is  un- 
derstood to  have  comprehended  a  regular 
square,  48  miles  in  circuit.  For  the 
space  of  26  years  after  the  death  of  Ne- 
buchadnezzar, it  continued  to  retain  its 
glory  ;  and  was  at  once  the  seat  of  an 
imperial  court,  the  station  of  a  numerous 
garrison,  and  the  scene  of  a  most  exten- 
sive commerce.  It  was  at  length  invest- 
ed, about  540  years  before  Christ,  by  the 
victorious  armies  of  Cyrus  the  Great. 
Crowded  with  troops  for  their  defence, 
surrounded  with  such  lofty  w^^s,  and 
furnished  with  provisions  for  20  years, 
the  citizens  of  Babylon  derided  the  efforts 
of  their  besieger,  and  boasted  of  their 
impregnable  situation.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  conqueror  of  Asia,  determined 
to  subdue  his  oidy  remaining  rival  in  the 
empire  of  the  eastern  world,  left  no  ex- 
pedient untried  for  the  reduction  of  the 
city.  By  means  of  the  palm  trees,  which 
abounded  in  that  coimtry,  he  erected  a 
number  of  towers  higher  than  the  walls ; 
and  made  many  desperate  attempts  to 
carry  the  place  by  assault.  He  next 
drew  a  line  of  circumvallation  around  the 
city  ;  divided  his  army  into  12  parts  ; 
appointed  each  of  these  to  guard  the 
trenches  for  a  month ;  and  resolved  to 
starve  his  enemy  to  a  surrender.  After 
spending  two  years  in  this  blockade,  he 
was  presented  with  an  opportunity  of 
effecting  his  purpose  by  stratagem.  Hav- 
ing learned  that  a  great  festival  was  to 
be  celebrated  in  the  city,  and  that  it  was 
customary  with  the  Babylonians,  on  that 


occasion,  to  spend  the  night  in  drunk- 
enness and  debauchery ;  he  posted  a 
part  of  his  troops  close  by  the  spot  where 
the  river  Euphrates  entered  the  city,  and 
another  at  the  place  where  it  went  out, 
with  orders  to  march  along  the  channel, 
whenever  they  should  find  it  fordable. 
He  then  detached  a  third  party  to  open 
the  head  of  the  canal,  which  led  to  the 
great  lake  already  described  ;  and,  at  the 
same  time,  to  admit  the  river  into  the 
trenches,  which  he  had  drawn  around 
the  city.  By  these  means  the  river  was 
so  completely  drained  by  midnight,  that 
his  troops  easily  found  their  way  along 
its  bed  ;  and  the  gates,  which  used  to 
shut  up  the  passages  from  its  banks, 
having  been  left  open  in  consequence  of 
the  general  disorder,  they  encountered 
no  obstacle  whatever  in  their  progress. 
Having  thus  penetrated  into  the  heart  of 
the  city,  and  met,  according  to  agreement, 
at  the  gates  of  the  palace,  they  easily 
overpowered  the  guards  ;  cut  to  pieces 
all  who  opposed  them ;  slew  the  king 
Belshazzar,  while  attempting  to  make 
resistance  ;  and  received  the  submission 
of  the  whole  city  within  a  few  hours. 
From  this  period  Babylon  ceased  to  be 
the  metropolis  of  a  kingdom ;  and  its 
grandeur  very  rapidly  decayed.  Its  citi- 
zens were  very  impatient  under  the  Per- 
sian yoke  ;  and  their  pride  was  particu- 
larly provoked  by  the  removal  of  the 
imperial  seat  to  Susa.  Taking  advantage 
of  the  disorders  of  Persia,  in  consequence 
of  the  sudden  death  of  Cambyses,  and  of 
the  massacre  of  the  Magians,  they  con- 
tinued, during  the  space  of  four  years,  to 
make  secret  preparations  for  a  revolt. 
At  length,  in  the  fifth  year  of  Darius  Hy- 
staspes,  about  518  years  before  Christ, 
they  openly  raised  the  standard  of  rebel- 
lion ;  and  thus  drew  upon  themselves  the 
whole  force  of  the  Persian  empire.  De- 
termined upon  a  desperate  defence,  and 
desirous  to  make  their  provisions  last  as 
long  as  possible,  they  adopted  the  bar- 
barous resolution  of  destroying  all  such 
persons  in  the  city  as  could  be  of  no 
service  during  the  siege.  Having  sacri- 
ficed the  lives  of  their  friends,  and  reso- 
lutely regardless  of  their  own,  they  re- 
sisted successfully  all  the  strength  and 
stratagems  of  the  Persians,  for  the  space 


BABYLON. 


65 


of  18  months  ;  and  fell  at  length  into  the 
hands  of  Darius  by  the  following  extra- 
ordinary instance  of  fortitude  in  one  of 
his  officers.  Zopyrus,  one  of  the  prin- 
cipal noblemen  in  the  Persian  court, 
appeared  in  the  presence  of  his  prince, 
covered  with  blood,  deprived  of  his  nose 
and  ears,  torn  with  stripes,  and  woimded 
in  various  parts  of  his  body  ;  unfolded 
to  the  astonished  monarch  his  design  of 
deserting  to  the  enemy,  and  arranged  his 
future  plan  of  operations.  Approaching 
the  walls  of  the  city,  he  was  carried  be- 
fore the  governor,  detailed  the  cruel 
treatment  which  he  professed  to  have 
received  from  Darius  ;  offered  his  ser- 
vices to  the  Babylonians,  who  were  Avell 
acquainted  with  his  rank  and  abilities  ; 
acquired  their  confidence  by  several  suc- 
cessful sallies  ;  obtained  at  length  the 
chief  command  of  their  forces,  and  thus 
easily  found  means  to  betray  the  city  to 
his  master.  As  soon  as  Darius  was  in 
possession  of  Babylon,  he  ordered  its 
hundred  gates  and  its  impregnable  walls 
to  be  demolished ;  put  to  death  3000  of 
those  who  had  been  principally  concern- 
ed in  the  revolt  ;  and  sent  50,000  women 
from  different  parts  of  his  empire,  to  sup- 
ply the  place  of  those  who  had  been  so 
cruelly  destroyed  at  the  commencement 
of  the  siege.  In  the  year  B.  C.  478, 
Xerxes,  the  successor  of  Darius,  return- 
ing from  his  inglorious  invasion  of  Greece, 
passed  through  the  city  of  Babylon  ;  and, 
partly  from  hatred  of  the  Sabian  worship, 
partly  with  a  view  to  recruit  his  treasure, 
plundered  the  temple  of  Belus  of  its  im- 
mense wealth,  and  then  laid  its  lofty 
tower  in  ruins.  In  this  state  it  continu- 
ed till  the  year  B.  C.  324,  when  Alex- 
ander the  Great  made  an  attempt  to 
rebuild  this  sacred  edifice,  and  to  restore 
its  former  magnificence.  But,  though  he 
employed  about  10,000  men  in  this  work 
for  the  space  of  two  months,  his  sudden 
death  put  an  end  to  the  undertaking  be- 
fore the  ground  was  cleared  of  its  rubbish. 
This  mighty  city  declined  very  rapidly 
under  the  successors  of  Alexander  ;  and, 
in  the  year  294,  A.  C,  was  almost  ex- 


hausted of  its  inhabitants  by  Seleucus 
Nicator,  who  built  in  its  neighborhood 
the  city  of  Seleucia,  or  New  Babylon. 
It  suff'ered  greatly  from  the  neglect  and 
violence  of  the  Parthian  princes  before 
the  Christian  era  ;  and  every  succeeding 
writer  bears  testimony  to  its  increasing 
desolation.  Diodorus  Sicuhis,  B.  C.  44; 
Strabo,  B.  C.  30;  Pliny,  A.  D.  66;  Pau- 
sanias,  A.  D.  150;  Maximus  Tyrius,  and 
Constantino  the  Great,  as  recorded  by 
Eusebius, — all  concur  in  describing  its 
ruined  condition ;  and  Jerome  at  length 
informs  us,  that,  about  the  end  of  the  4th 
century  its  walls  were  employed  by  the 
Persian  princes  as  an  enclosure  for  wild 
beasts,  preserved  there  for  the  pleasures 
of  the  chase.  It  was  visited  about  the 
end  of  the  12th  century  by  Benjamin  of 
Tudela,  in  Navarre,  who  observed  only  a 
few  ruins  of  Nebuchadnezzar's  palace 
remaining,  but  so  full  of  serpents  and 
other  venomous  reptiles,  that  it  was  dan- 
gerous to  inspect  them  nearly.  A  simi- 
lar account  is  given  by  other  travellers  ; 
by  Texeira,  a  Portuguese  ;  by  Rauwolf, 
a  German  traveller,  in  1574  ;  by  Petrus 
Vallensis  in  1616;  by  Tavernier,  and 
by  Hanway  ;  but  so  very  slight  are  the 
vestiges  now  to  be  found  of  ancient  Ba- 
bylon, that  it  is  diflicult  to  ascertain 
exactly  the  spot  on  which  it  once  stood, 
so  completely  has  been  fulfilled  the  pre- 
diction of  Isaiah  : — "  Babylon,  the  glory 
of  kingdoms,  the  beauty  of  the  Chaldees 
excellency,  shall  be  as  when  God  over- 
threw Sodom  and  Gomorrah.  It  shall 
never  be  inhabited,  neither  shall  it  be 
dwelt  in  from  generation  to  generation  ; 
neither  shall  the  Arabian  pitch  tent  there. 
But  wild  beasts  of  the  desert  shall  lie 
there,  and  their  houses  shall  be  full  of 
doleful  creatures  ;  and  owls  shall  dwell 
there,  and  satyrs  shall  dance  there  :  and 
the  wild  beasts  of  the  islands  shall  cry 
in  their  desolate  houses,  and  dragons  in 
their  pleasant  palaces."  The  striking 
accomplishment  of  scripture  prophecies, 
in  the  conquest,  decline,  and  desolation 
of  Babylon,  is  very  fidly  illustrated  in 
RoUin's  Ancient  History. 
9 


66 


BRAZIL, 


BRAZIL. 


Brazil  was  discovered  by  Pedro  Alva- 
rez Cabral.  Emanuel,  king  of  Portugal, 
had  equipped  a  squadron  for  a  voyage  to 
the  East  Indies,  under  the  command  of 
Cabral.  The  admiral  quilting  Lisbon, 
March  9,  1500,  fell  in  accidentally,  April 
24,  with  the  continent  of  South  America, 
which  he  at  first  supposed  to  be  a  large 
island  on  the  coast  of  Africa.  In  this 
conjecture  he  was  soon  undeceived,  when 
the  natives  came  in  sight.  Having  dis- 
covered a  good  harbour,  he  anchored  his 
vessels,  and  called  the  bay  Ptierto  Se- 
guro.  On  the  next  day  he  landed  with 
a  body  of  troops,  and  having  erected  the 
cross,  took  possession  of  the  country  in 
the  name  of  his  sovereign,  and  called  it 
Santa  Cruz ;  but  the  name  was  after- 
wards altered  by  king  Emanuel  to  that  of 
Brazil,  from  the  red-wood  which  the 
country  produces. 

The  Portuguese  entertained,  for  some 
time,  no  very  favorable  opinion  of  the 
country,  not  having  been  able  to  find  either 
gold  or  silver;  and,  accordingly,  they 
sent  thither  none  but  convicts,  and 
wom.en  of  abandoned  character.  Two 
ships  were  annually  sent  from  Portugal, 
to  carry  to  the  new  world  the  refuse  of 
the  human  race,  and  to  receive  from 
thence  cargoes  of  parrots  and  dye-woods. 
Ginger  was  afterwards  added,  but  in  a 
short  time  prohibited,  lest  the  cultivation 
of  it  might  interfere  with  the  sale  of  the 
same  article  from  India.  In  1548,  the 
Jews  of  Portugal,  being  banished  to  Bra- 
zil, procured  sugar  canes  from  Madeira, 
and  began  the  cultivation  of  that  article. 
The  court  of  Lisbon  began  to  perceive 
that  a  colony  might  be  beneficial  without 
producing  gold  or  silver,  and  sent  over  a 
governor  to  regulate  and  superintend  it. 
This  was  Thomas  de  Souza,  a  wise  and 
able  man.  De  Souza  found  it  very  diffi- 
cult to  succeed  in  inducing  the  natives 
to  fix  on  settled  habitations,  and  to  sub- 
mit to  the  Portuguese  government.  Dis- 
satisfaction ensued,  which  at  length  ter- 
minated in  war.  De  Souza  did  not  bring 
with  him  a  sufficient  number  of  men  to 
conclude  hostilities  speedily.     By  build- 


ing St.  Salvador,  in  1549,  at  the  bay  of 
All  Saints,  he  established  a  central  and 
rallying  point  for  the  colony  ;  but  the 
great  object  of  reducing  the  Indians  to 
submission  was  effected  by  the  Jesuits, 
who  gained  their  affections  by  presents 
and  acts  of  kindness. 

The  increasing  prosperity  of  Brazil, 
which  became  visible  to  Europe  at  the 
beginning  of  the  17th  century,  excited 
the  envy  of  the  French,  Spaniards  and 
Dutch,  successively.  The  latter,  how- 
ever, were  the  principal  enemies  with 
whom  the  Portuguese  had  to  contend  for 
the  dominion  of  Brazil.  Their  admiral, 
Willekens,  in  1624,  took  possession  of 
the  country  in  the  name  of  the  United 
Provinces.  Having  plundered  the  peo- 
ple of  St.  Salvador,  he  returned  to  Europe, 
leaving  a  strong  garrison.  The  Spaniards 
next  sent  out  a  formidable  fleet,  laid 
siege  to  St.  Salvador,  and  compelled  the 
Dutch  to  surrender.  When  the  affairs 
of  the  Dutch  assumed  a  more  favorable 
aspect  at  home,  they  despatched  admiral 
Henry  Lonk,  in  the  beginning  of  1630, 
to  attempt  the  entire  conquest  of  the 
country.  He  succeeded  in  reducing 
Pernambuco,  and  on  his  return  to  Eu- 
rope, left  behind  him  troops  which  re- 
duced in  1633,  1634  and  1635,  the  pro- 
vinces of  Temeraca,  Paraiba  and  Rio 
Grande.  These,  as  well  as  Pernam- 
buco, furnished  yearly  a  large  quantity  of 
sugar,  a  great  deal  of  wood  for  dyeing, 
and  other  commodities.  The  Dutch  now 
determined  to  conquer  all  Brazil,  and  in- 
trusted Maurice  of  Nassau  with  the 
direction  of  the  enterprise.  This  distin- 
quished  officer  reached  the  place  of  his 
destination  in  the  beginning  of  1637,  and 
subjected  Seara,  Seregippe,  and  the 
greater  part  of  Bahia.  Seven  of  the  fif- 
teen provinces  which  composed  the 
colony  had  already  submitted  to  them, 
when  they  were  suddenly  checked  by 
the  revolution,  which  removed  Philip  IV 
from  the  throne  of  Portugal,  and  gave  to 
the  Portuguese  independence,  and  a  na- 
tive sovereign.  The  Dutch  then,  as 
enemies  of  the  Spaniards,  became  friends 


BRAZIL. 


67 


to  the  Portuguese,  and  the  latter  con- 
firmed the  title  of  the  Dutch  to  the  seven 
provinces,  of  which  they  were  in  posses- 
sion. This  division  gave  rise  to  the 
name  of  the  Brazils,  in  place  of  the  for- 
mer appellation. 

The  Dutch  government  soon  began  to 
oppress  the  Portuguese  colonists,  who, 
after  an  obstinate  contest,  drove  them  out 
of  several  of  the  provinces.  Finding 
they  were  not  able  to  retain  possession 
of  the  country,  the  Dutch  ceded  all  their 
interest  to  the  Portuguese  for  a  pecuniary 
compensation.  The  dominion  of  Portugal 
was  now  extended  over  all  Brazil,  which, 
during  the  18th  century,  remained  in  the 
peaceful  possession  of  the  Portuguese. 

The  value  of  Brazil  to  Portugal  was 
on  the  increase  from  the  discovery  of  the 
gold  mines,  in  1698,  and  the  discovery 
of  the  diamond  mines,  in  1782.  Up  to 
the  year  1810,  Brazil  had  sent  to  Portu- 
gal 14,280  cwt.  of  gold,  and  2001  pounds 
of  diamonds,  which  foreign  countries, 
and  especially  Great  Britain,  at  last  suc- 
ceeded in  purchasing,  at  the  Lisbon  mar- 
ket. Rio  Janeiro  now  became  the  mart 
for  the  proceeds  of  the  Brazilian  mines 
and  native  productions.  But  the  admin- 
istration was  any  thing  but  adapted  to 
promote  the  prosperity  of  the  country. 
The  attention  of  the  government  was 
turned,  almost  exclusively,  to  the  gold 
washings,  and  to  the  working  of  the  dia- 
mond mines  ;  and  the  policy  of  the  ad- 
ministration consisted  in  the  exaction  of 
taxes  and  duties,  which  were  collected 
from  the  fortified  ports,  to  which  the 
trade  was  solely  confined.  Foreigners 
were  excluded,  or  jealously  watched,  and 
trade  was  paralysed  by  numerous  re- 
strictions. In  the  interior,  the  lands  sit- 
uated on  the  great  rivers,  after  being 
surveyed,  were  frequently  presented,  af- 
ter the  year  1641,  by  the  kings  of  the 
house  of  Braganza,  to  the  younger  sons 
of  the  Portuguese  nobility,  whom  the 
system  of  entails  excluded  from  the  pros- 
pect of  inheritance.  These  grantees 
enlisted  adventurers,  purchased  Negro 
slaves  by  thousands,  and  subjected  the 
original  inhabitants,  or  drove  them  from 
their  districts,  and  ruled  their  dominions 
with  almost  unlimited  sway.  The  mis- 
sions of  the  Jesuits  also  received  similar 


donations  from  the  kings.  They  orga- 
nised a  ferocious  militia  from  the  con- 
verted savages  and  their  descendants, 
and  bore  the  sword  and  cross  farther 
and  farther  into  the  interior.  Equally 
independent  with  the  secular  lords  of  the 
soil,  they  united  the  converted  savages 
into  villages  and  parishes  along  the  rivers. 
The  celebrated  Jesuit  Vieyra  introdu- 
ced the  cultivation  of  spices,  in  which 
Holland  alone  had  hitherto  traded.  As 
these  Brazilian  proprietors  defrayed,  from 
their  own  means,  the  above-mentioned  in- 
demnification made  to  the  Dutch, the  Por- 
tuguese government,  in  return,  confirmed 
and  enlarged  all  the  privileges  of  the  an- 
cient planters,  extending  them  to  the 
present  and  future  possessions  of  these 
noble  families.  But,  in  the  end,  the  gov- 
ernment multiplied  its  own  monopolies, 
and  assumed  prerogatives  interfering 
with  the  interests  of  the  ancient  and  rich 
landlords.  Even  from  1808  to  1821,  as 
long  as  the  court  resided  in  Rio  Janeiro, 
the  Portuguese  by  birth  continued  to 
have  the  preference,  in  the  high  offices 
of  state,  before  the  chief  native  famihes  ; 
and  the  system  of  taxing  the  productions 
of  Brazil,  and  the  importation  of  articles 
needed  by  the  Brazilian  nobility  for 
themselves  and  slaves,  was  even  extend- 
ed. The  government  finally  placed  ob- 
stacles in  the  way  of  increasing  the  num- 
ber of  the  latter,  which  the  rich  landlords 
deemed  indispensable  for  the  establish- 
ment of  new  plantations.  The  vassals, 
moreover,  always  had  a  stumbling-block 
in  their  way  in  the  fiscal  prerogative  of 
the  court,  that  the  land  which  the  vassal 
called  his  own,  but  which  he  had  hith- 
erto neglected  to  search  for  gold  or  for 
diamonds,  in  case  of  any  future  discov- 
ery of  such  treasures,  should  become 
the  property  of  the  crown,  or,  at  least, 
the  object  of  high  taxation.  In  the 
grants  of  the  ancient  plantations,  the 
crown  had  not  indeed  provided  for  such 
a  contingency,  and  had  reserved  no  such 
rights.  Even  the  humanity  of  the  gov- 
ernment, in  attempting  to  ameliorate  by 
laws  the  condition  of  the  slaves,  was  a 
subject  of  offence,  because  it  appeared 
to  the  lords  to  be  an  injury  to  their  legal 
property  to  proceed  in  such  a  matter 
without  their  consent. 


68 


BRAZIL. 


The  removal  of  the  Portuguese  govern- 
ment to  Brazil,  January  19,  1808,  when 
the  royal  family  landed  in  Bahia, (whence 
it  transferred  its  residence  to  Rio  Ja- 
neiro in  March,  till  the  departure  of  king 
John  VI  to  Lisbon,  April  26,  1821,) 
was  the  commencement  of  the  prosperity 
of  Brazil.  As  early  as  January  28,  1 808, 
all  the  ports  were  opened  for  the  uncon- 
ditional extrance  of  friendly  and  neutral 
vessels,  and  for  the  exportation  of  Bra- 
zilian productions,  under  certain  duties, 
with  the  sole  exception  of  Brazil  wood. 
Brazil  now  entered,  also,  into  an  imme- 
diate connexion  with  Germany,  which 
had  an  equally  beneficial  influence  on  its 
agriculture,  intellectual  improvement  and 
commerce.  The  treaty  of  alliance  and 
commerce  concluded  -with  England  at 
Rio  Janeiro,  February  19,  1810,  per- 
mitted the  British  even  to  build  and 
repair  vessels  of  war  in  the  harbors  of 
Brazil ;  and  the  then  prince-regent  of 
Portugal  promised  never  to  introduce  the 
inquisition  into  Brazil,  and  to  co-operate 
in  earnest  to  effect  the  abolition  of  the 
slave-trade,  excepting  such  as  was  car- 
ried on  in  the  Portuguese  possessions  in 
Africa. 

The  decree  of  November  18,  1814, 
next  allowed  all  nations  free  intercourse 
with  Brazil.  In  1815,  the  prince-regent 
promised  Brazil  independence  and  equal 
privileges  with  Portugal.  December  1 6, 
1815,  he  made  it  a  monarchy.  Finally, 
by  the  marriage  of  the  ex-emperor,  Don 
Pedro,  with  the  archduchess  Leopoldine, 
daughter  of  Francis  I,  of  Austria,  No- 
vember 6,  1817,  Germany  was  in  various 
ways  brought  into  contact  with  Brazil. 

After  the  conclusion  of  the  congress 
of  Vienna,  Spain  refused  to  cede  Oliven- 
za  to  Portugal  ;  on  which  account  the 
Banda  Oriental,  with  its  capital,  Monte 
Video,  an  important  portion  of  the  Span- 
ish province  of  Buenos  Ayres,  was  taken 
possession  of  by  Brazil,  and  maintained 
with  effect  against  the  claims  of  the  re- 
public of  Buenos  Ayres,  after  it  had 
attained  independence. 

An  insurrection  in  Pernambuco,  in 
April,  1817,  where  a  party  raised  the 
republican  standard,  was  suppressed  by 
the  Portuguese  troops  stationed  in  Brazil. 
But  when  the  revolution  broke  out  in 


Portugal,  August,  1820,  having  for  its 
object  the  establishment  of  a  constitution, 
the  Portuguese  troops  in  Brazil  also  ob- 
tained a  constitution  in  behalf  of  the 
latter  country.  Don  Pedro,  the  then 
crown-prince,  proclaimed  the  acceptation 
of  the  Portuguese  constitution  in  the 
name  of  himself  and  father,  February  2G, 
1821.  King  John  VI  now  commanded 
the  choice  of  deputies  (March  7th)  to 
meet  with  the  cortes  assembled  in  Lis- 
bon, and  was  desirous  to  embark  wdth 
them  for  that  city.  But  the  bank  being 
unable  to  make  the  necessary  advances 
of  money,  a  bloody  insurrection  ensued. 
The  king  therefore  changed  the  bank 
into  a  national  bank,  and,  to  defray  the 
sums  loaned,  appropriated  to  it  the  charge 
of  the  diamond  mines,  and  the  regulation 
of  the  trade  in  diamonds. 

The  king  soon  after  (April  21  and  22) 
saw  himself  compelled  to  order  the  mili- 
tary to  disperse  the  assembly  of  electors, 
who  demanded  the  adoption  of  the  Span- 
ish constitution.  On  the  other  hand,  he 
repeated  the  ratification  of  the  (then  in- 
complete) Portuguese  constitution,  and, 
April  22,  appointed  his  son  Don  Pedro 
prince-regent  of  Brazil.  He  now  era- 
barked  for  Portugal,  April  26.  But,  as 
the  Portuguese  cortes  were  not  willing 
to  grant  the  entire  equality  of  civil  and 
political  relations  demanded  by  the  Bra- 
zilians, and,  without  waiting  for  the  arrival 
of  the  Brazilian  deputation,  had  framed 
the  articles  of  the  constitution  which  re- 
lated to  Brazil,  and  subsequently  rejected 
the  additional  articles  proposed  by  the 
Brazilian  deputies,  and,  finally,  had  ex- 
pressly declared,  that  Brazil  was  to  be 
divided  into  governments,  and  ruled  by 
the  ministry  of  state  at  Lisbon,  and  the 
prince-regent  was  to  be  recalled  to  Por- 
tugal,— such  violent  convulsions  were 
excited  at  Rio  Janeiro,  and  various  parts 
of  Brazil,  December,  1821,  that  it  was 
explicitly  declared  to  the  prince-regent, 
that  his  departure  would  be  the  signal 
/or  establishing  an  independent  republic. 
The  prince,  therefore,  resolved  to  remain 
in  Brazil,  and  gave  a  public  explanation 
of  his  reasons,  January  9,  1822,  to  his 
father,  to  the  cortes  in  Portugal,  and  to 
the  people  of  Brazil.  The  Portuguese 
troops  were  removed  from  Brazil.     The 


BRAZIL. 


69 


prince-regent  assumed,  May  13,  1822, 
the  title  of  perpetual  defender  of  Brazil, 
and,  in  June,  convened  a  national  assem- 
bly, composed  of  one  hundred  deputies, 
to  frame  a  separate  constitution  for  the 
country.  The  cortes  in  Lisbon,  on  the 
other  hand,  declared  this  constitution 
void,  September  19,  1822,  and  demand- 
ed the  return  of  the  prince-regent  to 
Europe,  on  pain  of  forfeiting  his  right 
to  the  throne.  Meanwhile,  the  national 
assembly  of  Brazil  had  declared  the  se- 
paration of  that  country  from  Portugal, 
August  1,  1822,  and,  October  12,  ap- 
pointed Don  Pedro  the  constitutional 
emperor  of  Brazil.  The  new  emperor 
retained,  at  the  same  time,  the  title  of 
perpetual  defender  of  Brazil. 

Soon  after  the  establishment  of  the 
empire,  began  the  struggle  with  the  re- 
publican party.  In  this  party  were  many 
freemasons. 

The  ministers  succeeded  in  causing 
secret  societies  to  be  prohibited,  by 
which  means  they  gained  a  pretence  for 
imprisoning  many  whose  sentiments  were 
republican.  This  augmented  the  public 
dissatisfaction,  and,  when  the  emperor, 
having  been  severely  injured  by  a  fall 
from  a  horse,  did  not  appear  in  public  for 
a  month,  the  enemies  of  the  ministers 
became  more  bold  in  their  outcries,  and 
even  sent  threatening  representations  to 
the  emperor.  Meanwhile,  the  royal 
power  had  been  restored  in  Lisbon  in 
May,  1 823  ;  but  the  Brazilians  demand- 
ed the  more  loudly  a  free  constitution 
and  a  separation  from  Portugal.  The 
emperor,  therefore,  refused  to  receive 
the  envoy  of  the  king  his  father,  the 
count  de  Rio  Mayor,  September  6,  1823, 
because  he  could  not  give  assurance  of 
the  acknowledgement  of  the  indepen- 
dence of  Brazil.  At  the  same  time,  the 
congress  authorised  a  loan  of  2,500,000/. 
in  London,  which  has  subsequently  been 
increased  about  700,000/.  (Seventy-live 
per  cent,  only  was  paid  in  specie,  and 
six  per  cent,  interest !)  The  constitution 
of  August  10,  1823,  which  the  national 
assembly  had  accepted  with  some  alter- 
ations, was  finally  laid  before  the  em- 
peror, but,  in  consequence  of  a  revolution 
which  suddenly  ensued,  not  accepted, 
because  it  resembled  the  Spanish  and 


Portuguese  constitutions,  and  restricted 
too  much  the  authority  of  the  sovereign. 

The  provinces,  also,  were  the  theatre 
of  many  turbulent  scenes.  In  Pernam- 
buco,  the  violent  dissolution  of  the  con- 
gress gave  rise  to  much  dissatisfaction, 
and  it  was  difficult  to  appease  the  hatred 
of  the  Brazilians  against  the  Portuguese. 
A  second  national  assembly  was  finally 
convened  at  the  end  of  November,  1823, 
and  the  emperor  caused  a  constitution, 
drawn  up  by  his  council  of  state,  to  be 
laid  before  the  cabildo  (the  municipality) 
of  the  capital,  December  1 1, 1823,  which 
collected  the  votes  of  the  citizens  re- 
specting it  in  writing.  As  all  assented 
to  this  constitution,  the  oath  was  admin- 
istered January  9,  1824.  The  same 
course  was  pursued  in  the  provinces  : 
but  here  many  citizens  voted  against  the 
constitution ;  among  others,  the  president, 
Man.  de  Carvalho  Paes  d'Andrade  of 
Pernambuco.  March  25,  1824,  the  oath 
to  observe  the  constitution  was  also  taken 
by  the  emperor  and  empress.  In  its 
fundamental  principles,  this  constitution 
coincided  with  those  previously  projected. 
The  four  branches  of  civil  authority — the 
legislative,  the  mediative,  the  executive 
and  the  judicial — were  to  be  administered 
by  the  representatives  of  the  people. 
The  government  to  be  monarchical,  hered- 
itary, constitutional,  and  representative. 

The  president,  Man.  de  Carvalho  Paes 
d'Andrade,  recalled  by  the  emperor,  at- 
tempted to  unite  the  northern  provinces 
into  one  republic,  called  the  Unio7i  of  the 
Equator.  But,  as  soon  as  the  emperor 
had  no  longer  cause  to  fear  an  attack 
from  Portugal,  his  forces  invaded  Per- 
nambuco, in  August,  by  land  and  sea, 
under  the  command  of  lord  Cochrane  and 
general  Lima.  Carvalho  and  Barros, 
with  a  portion  of  the  inhabitants,  made 
an  obstinate  resistance  ;  but,  on  the  17th 
of  September,  1824,  the  city  was  taken 
by  assault.  Carvalho  had  fled  to  an 
English  ship  of  war  ;  the  others  into  the 
interior  of  the  country.  In  the  following 
year,  the  emperor  sent  general  Brandt 
and  the  chev.  de  Carneiro  to  London,  to 
negotiate  there,  with  the  Portuguese 
minister,  the  marquis  de  Villareal,  re- 
specting the  independence  of  Brazil. 

Similar  negotiations   afterwards  took 


70 


BRAZIL. 


place  in  Lisbon,  through  the  British  en- 
voy extraordinary,  Sir  Charles  Stuart, 
who  finally  concluded,  at  Rio  Janeiro, 
with  the  Brazilian  minister  of  foreign 
affairs,  Luis  Jose  de  Carvalho  e  Mello, 
a  treaty  between  Brazil  and  Portugal, 
August  29,  1825.  About  this  time,  the 
government  of  the  United  Provinces  of 
the  Plata  urged  the  restoration  of  the 
Banda  Oriental,  which  Brazil  had  held 
in  possession  since  1816.  The  empe- 
ror, therefore,  declared  war  against  Bue- 
nos Ayres,  December  10,  1825,  and 
caused  the  mouth  of  the  La  Plata  to  be 
blockaded  by  his  vessels  of  war.  But 
the  people  of  Ci.splatino,  with  the  natives 
of  Monte  Video,  had  already  taken  up 
arms,  for  the  sake  of  a  union  with  the 
United  Provinces  of  the  Plata.  The  in- 
surgents took  Maldonado.  General  Le- 
cor,  (viscount  de  Laguna,)  however, 
maintained  himself  in  Monte  Video.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  republic  of  the  Plata 
formally  received  the  Banda  Oriental 
into  its  confederacy,  and,  at  the  close  of 
the  year  1825,  Brazil  possessed  but  two 
points  in  the  Banda  Oriental — Monte 
Video  and  the  colony  del  San  Sagra- 
mento. 

A  question  of  much  importance  now 
arose,  whether  the  emperor  don  Pedro 
should  succeed  his  father,  king  John  VI, 
in  the  kingdom  of  Portugal.  The  king 
died  March  10,  1826,  having  appointed 
his  daughter,  the  infanta  Isabella  Maria, 
provisional  regent.  According  to  the 
constitution  of  Brazil,  don  Pedro  could 
not  leave  the  country  without  the  consent 
of  the  general  assembly.  He  therefore 
entered  upon  the  government  of  Portu- 
gal, and  gave  this  kingdom  a  represen- 
tative constitution,  but  renounced  the 
crown  of  Portugal  in  his  own  person  by 
the  act  of  abdication  of  May  2,  1 826, 
and  resigned  his  right  to  his  daughter 
donna  Maria  da  Gloria,  princess  of  Beira, 
born  in  1819,  who  was  to  marry  her 
uncle  don  Miguel,  born  in  1802  ;  mean- 
while, the  emperor  confirmed  the  present 
regent  of  Portugal.     Soon  after.  May  8, 


he  opened  the  second  constitutional  as- 
sembly of  Brazil  at  Rio  Janeiro.  He 
had  previously,  April  16,  1826,  founded 
the  new  Brazilian  order  of  Pedro  I.  The 
war  with  Buenos  Ayres  was  continued 
in  the  Banda  Oriental  with  little  vigor, 
and  with  little  prospect  of  advantage  to 
either  party,  but  with  a  ruinous  charge 
upon  the  finances  of  both.  A  negotiation 
for  peace  was  at  length  opened,  under 
the  mediation  of  Great  Britain,  which 
terminated  in  the  execution  of  a  treaty, 
August  27,  1828.  In  April,  1830,  the 
nation  had  become  divided  into  the  con- 
stitutionalists or  republicans,  who  were 
Brazilians, — and  the  absolutists,  or  those 
in  favor  of  an  absolute  government,  who 
were  Portuguese.  An  attempt,  which 
was  made  to  induce  the  troops  to  declare 
the  emperor  absolute,  failed,  and  he  now, 
in  appearance,  embraced  the  republican 
party.  In  March,  1831,  while  on  a  tour 
in  the  mining  districts,  Pedro  made  use 
of  language  which  offended  and  alarmed 
the  liberal  party,  and  on  his  return  to 
Rio  Janeiro,  there  were  manifestations 
of  popular  excitement,  in  which  the  troops 
joined.  The  rigor  which  he  used  on 
this  occasion,  and  his  subsequent  vacil- 
lation of  conduct,  served  at  once  to  thin 
his  own  ranks,  and  to  increase  the  dis- 
affection ;  and  revolutionary  movements 
were  soon  perceptible.  Disturbances 
began,  April  3,  and  continued  for  several 
days.  Many  persons  were  killed  in  the 
attempts  to  suppress  them,  and  when,  on 
the  7th,  a  change  of  ministry  was  an- 
nounced, the  people  assembled  to  demand 
the  reinstatement  of  the  old  ministers  ; 
the  troops  joined  in  the  insurrection,  and 
the  next  morning  the  emperor  abdicated 
in  favor  of  his  infant  son,  don  Pedro  II, 
and  embarked  on  board  an  English  ship 
of  war  for  Europe.  The  deputies  ap- 
pointed a  regency,  and  the  new  emperor 
was  proclaimed.  He  is  much  beloved 
by  the  Brazilians,  because  he  was  born 
in  the  country  ;  and  since  that  event  the 
government  has  continued  in  a  tranquil 
state.     See  Portugal. 


BIRMAH. 


71 


BIRMAH. 


The  Birman  empire  comprehends  the 
kingdoms  of  Ava,  Pegu,  Arracan,  and  the 
adjacent  states  on  the  North.  It  is 
bounded  on  the  north  by  Thibet,  Assam, 
and  China  ;  on  the  west,  it  is  separated 
from  the  British  possessions  by  a  chain 
of  high  mountains  and  the  river  Naaf. 
In  the  16th  century,  the  Birmans  in 
Ava  made  themselves  independent  of 
Pe^;  but,  in  1741,  they  were  subju- 
gated anew  by  this  state.  Alompra,  one 
of  their  leaders,  however,  with  about  ]  00 
faithful  adherents,  almost  immediately 
summoned  the  people  again  to  arms,  and 
in  1753,  conquered  the  city  of  Ava.  De- 
feat and  victory  succeeded  alternately, 
till  Alompra,  in  1757,  conquered  the  city 
of  Pegu.  This  celebrated  monarch  died 
in  1761,  at  the  age  of  50  years.  He  la- 
bored to  make  his  subjects  happy  by 
promoting  agriculture,  by  restricting  the 
arbitrary  exercise  of  power  on  the  part 
of  his  officers,  and  improving  the  public 
morals. 

Every  act  of  the  magistrates,  in  the 
Birman  empire,  was  required  to  be  pub- 
lic, and  every  decree  to  be  made  known  : 
even  commercial  treaties,  and  all  rela- 
tions estabUshed  with  foreign  countries, 
were  registered  among  the  laws  of  the 
state,  and  open  to  the  inspection  of  every 
one.  Namdogee,  his  eldest  son  and  suc- 
cessor, who  died  in  1764,  inheriting  his 
father's  spirit,  adopted  from  other  nations 
whatever  was  of  general  utility  to  his 
own,  and  was  anxious  to  do  away  abuses. 
Both  father  and  son  attended  particularly 
to  the  administration  of  the  East  India 
company.  Shambuan,  the  emperor's 
brother,  became  regent,  as  guardian  for 
his  nephew  Mornien  ;  but  he  usurped 
the  throne  himself,  and  conquered  Siam. 
In  1771,  however,  this  province  recov- 
vered  its  independence,  while  the  princi- 
pal part  of  the  Birman  forces  were  en- 
gaged in  a  war  with  China.  In  this 
war  they  were  victorious,  and  compelled 
the  Chinese,  whom  they  took  prisoners, 
to  intermarry  with  the  Birman  females, 
and  to  remain  in  their  territory. 

Fortune    continued    to    attend    this 


prince  ;  and,  in  1776,  he  left  his  empire, 
much  enlarged,  to  his  son  Chengenza. 
This  prince  lived  in  the  unrestrained  in- 
dulgence of  every  appetite,  till,  in  1782, 
he  was  dethroned  and  put  to  death.  In 
consequence  of  this  revolution,  Shem- 
buan  Menderagan,  the  fourth  son  of 
Alompra,  ascended  the  throne.  He  or- 
dered his  nephew  Mornien,  who  was  a 
state  prisoner,  to  be  drowned,  and,  in 
1783,  subdued  the  kingdom  of  Arracan. 
He  then  engaged  in  a  war  with  Siam, 
which  continued  till  1793,  and  finally 
compelled  it  to  submission  on  certain 
conditions.  About  this  period,  some 
highway  robbers  fled  from  the  Birman 
empire,  and  took  refuge  in  the  territory 
of  the  East  India  company.  Shembuan 
demanded  that  they  should  be  delivered 
up.  His  demands  were  not  immediately 
complied  with,  and  he  marched,  with  a 
strong  force,  into  the  offending  country. 
At  the  same  time,  he  carried  on  a  friendly 
negotiation  with  the  government  in  Cal- 
cutta, Avhich  resulted  in  the  surrender  of 
the  criminals,  and  the  conclusion  of  a 
treaty  of  amity  and  commerce  between 
the  two  governments,  which  agreed  to 
afford  each  other  mutual  aid,  in  case  of 
an  invasion  from  China.  It  was  negoti- 
ated by  captain  Symes.  Shembuan  was 
succeeded,  in  1819,  by  his  grandson. 
The  last  victory  of  the  Birmans  was  in 
1822,  over  the  northern  mountainous 
province  of  Assam,  at  the  source  of  the 
Burrampooter.  The  party  driven  from 
Assam,  together  with  the  Birman  rebels, 
fled  to  the  British  territories,  whence 
they  intended  to  invade  Birmah.  The 
British  government  forthwith  disarmed 
the  insurgents,  but  refused  to  deliver  them 
up  or  to  drive  them  from  the  island  of 
Shapin-i,  which  they  had  occupied.  The 
court  at  Ummerapoora,  therefore,  attempt- 
ed to  set  the  Mahrattas  and  all  Hindostan 
in  arms  against  the  English. 

At  length,  the  monarch  with  the  golden 
feet  (one  of  the  titles  of  the  sovereign  of 
Birmah)  demanded  of  the  government  at 
Calcutta  the  cession  of  northern  Bengal, 
as  being  a  part  of  Ava ;  and,  in  January, 


72 


BIRMAH. 


1824,  the  Birman  forces  marched  into 
Kadschar,  which  had  deposed  its  rulers, 
and  put  itself  under  British  protection. 
Lord  Amherst,  as  governor-general  of 
the  British  East  Indies,  now  declared 
war  against  Birmah,  and  general  Archi- 
bald Campbell  prosecuted  it  so  success- 
fully, that,  after  the  victory  at  Prome 
(Dec.  1-3,  1825,)  he  obliged  the  mon- 
arch to  conclude  a  very  unequal  peace 
at  Panlanagh,  Dec.  31,  1825.  As  the 
treaty  was  not  ratified,  on  the  part  of  Boa, 
the  Birman  emperor,  by  the  time  speci- 
fied, (Jan.  18,  1826,)  Campbell  renewed 
the  war  on  the  19th,  and  stormed  the  for- 
tress cf  Murmun.  Feb.  24,  the  peace 
was  ratified,  and  the  war  concluded.  The 
king  ceded  to  the  company  the  provinces 
of  Arracan,  Merguy,  Tavoy  and  Yea,  and 
paid  them  a  sum  amounting  to  rather 
more  than  1,000,000/.  sterling.  Assam 
was  made  once  more  independent,  and 
rajahs  were  appointed  by  the  company 
to  govern  the  northern  provinces  of  Mun- 
nipore,  Assam,  Kadschar  and  Yeahung. 
The  important  city  of  Rangoon  was  de- 
clared a  free  port.  Thus  all  the  western 
coast  of  the  Birman  empire  was  ceded 
to  the  East  India  company,  and  the  most 
powerful  of  the  East  Indian  states  was 
divided  and  weakened. 

The  following  circumstantial  accounts, 
relating  to  the  foregoing  events,  are  taken 
from  a  "Narrative  of  the  Burmese  War," 
by  major  Snodgrass,  an  ofiicer  engaged 

"  The  moving  masses,  which  had  so 
very  lately  attracted  our  anxious  attention 
had  sunk  into  the  ground ;  and,  to  any 
one  who  had  not  witnessed  the  whole 
scene,  the  existence  of  these  subterra- 
nean legions  would  not  have  been  credit- 
ed :  the  occasional  movement  of  a  chief, 
with  his  gilt  chittah  (umbrella,)  from 
place  to  place,  superintending  the  progress 
of  their  labor,  was  the  only  thing  that 
now  attracted  notice.  By  a  distant  ob- 
server, the  hills,  covered  with  mounds 
of  earth,  would  have  been  taken  for  any 
thing  rather  than  the  approaches  of  an  at- 
tacking army  ;  but  to  us,  who  had  watch- 
ed the  whole  strange  proceeding,  it 
seemed  the  work  of  magic  or  enchant- 
ment. 

"  In  the  afternoon,  his  Majesty's  thir- 
teenth regiment  and  the  eighteenth  Ma- 


dras Native  Infantry,  under  major  Sale, 
were  ordered  to  move  rapidly  forward 
upon  the  busily-employed  and  too-confi- 
dent enemy  ;  and,  as  was  suspected,  they 
were  found  wholly  unprepared  for  such 
a  visit,  or  for  our  actii^g  in  any  way 
against  such  numerous  opponents,  on  the 
offensive.  They  had  scarcely  perceived 
the  approach  of  our  troops  before  they 
were  upon  them,  and  the  fire  Avhich  they 
at  last  commenced  proved  wholly  inade- 
quate to  checking  their  advance.  Hav- 
ing forced  a  passage  through  their  in- 
trenchments,  and  taken  the  enemy  in  the 
flank,  the  British  detachment  drove  the 
Avhole  line  from  their  cover  with  consid- 
erable loss ;  and  having  destroyed  as 
many  of  their  arms  and  tools  as  they 
could  find,  retired  unmolested  before  the 
numerous  bodies  which  were  now  form- 
ing on  every  side  around  them. 

"The  trenches  Avere  found  to  be  a  suc- 
cession of  holes,  capable  of  containing 
two  men  each,  and  excavated,  so  as  to 
afford  shelter,  both  from  the  weather  and 
the  fire  of  an  enemy  ;  even  a  shell  light- 
ing in  the  trench  could  at  most  but  kill 
two  men.  As  it  is  not  the  Burmese  sys- 
tem to  relieve  their  troops  in  making 
these  approaches,  each  hole  contained  a 
sufficient  supply  of  rice,  water,  and  even 
fuel  for  its  inmates  ;  and  under  this  ex- 
cavated bank,  a  bed  of  straw  or  brush- 
wood was  prepared,  in  which  one  man 
could  sleep  while  his  comrade  watched. 
When  one  line  of  trench  is  completed, 
its  occupiers,  taking  the  advantage  of  the 
night,  push  forward  to  where  the  second 
line  is  to  be  opened,  their  place  being 
immediately  taken  up  by  fresh  troops 
from  the  rear,  and  so  on  progressively, — 
the  number  of  trenches  occupied  varying 
according  to  the  force  of  the  besiegers, 
to  the  plans  of  the  general,  or  to  the  na- 
ture of  the  ground.  The  Burmese,  in 
the  course  of  the  evening,  reoccupied 
their  trenches,  and  recommenced  their . 
labors,  as  if  nothing  had  occurred  ;  their 
commander,  however,  took  the  precaution 
of  bringing  forward  a  strong  corps  of  re- 
serve to  the  verge  of  the  forest,  from 
which  his  left  wing  had  issued,  to  pro- 
tect it  from  any  future  interruption  in  its 
operations." 

The  Burmese  have  mreat  faith  in  as- 


BIRMAH. 


73 


trology,  and  it  appears  that  a  considerable 
corps  of  bigots  or  impostors  accompany 
their  army.  The  Invulnerables  form 
another  and  singular  portion  of  their 
troops :  these  men,  excited  by  opium,  and 
emboldened  by  superstition,  show  a  mark- 
ed contempt  of  danger  ;  some  of  them 
exhibited  a  war-dance  of  defiance,  upon 
the  most  exposed  parts  of  the  defences, 
even  during  the  heat  of  the  action.  To 
this  corps  was  confided  the  dangerous 
task  of  driving  our  troops  from  their  post 
in  the  great  temple  near  Rangoon. 

"  At  midnight,  on  the  30th,  the  attempt 
was  accordingly  made ;  the  Invulnerables, 
armed  with  swords  and  muskets,  rushing 
in  a  compact  body  from  the  jungle  under 
the  Pagoda ;  a  small  piquet,  thrown  out 
in  our  front,  retiring  in  slow  and  steady 
order,  skirmishing  with  the  head  of  the 
advancing  column,  until  it  reached  the 
stairs  leading  up  to  the  Pagoda,  at  the 
summit  of  which  the  troops  were  drawn 
out,  silently  awaiting  the  approach  of  the 
Invulnerables,  whose  numbers  in  the 
darkness  of  the  night  (the  moon  having 
set  previous  to  the  commencement  of  the 
attack)  could  only  be  guessed  at,  by  the 
noise  and  clamor  of  their  threats  and  im- 
precations upon  the  impious  strangers,  if 
they  did  not  immediately  evacuate  the 
sacred  temple,  as,  guided  by  a  few  glim- 
mering lanterns  in  their  front,  they  bold- 
ly and  rapidly  advanced  in  a  dense  mul- 
titude along  the  narrow  pathway  leading 
to  the  northern  gateway.  At  length  vivid 
flashes,  followed  by  the  cannon's  thun- 
dering peals,  broke  from  the  silent  ram- 
parts of  the  British  post,  stilling  the  tu- 
mult of  the  advancing  mass,  while  show- 
ers of  grape  and  successive  volleys  of 
musketry  fell  with  dreadful  havoc  among 
their  crowded  ranks,  against  which  the 
imaginary  shield  of  self-deceit  and  impo- 
sition was  found  of  no  avail,  leaving  the 
unfortunate  Invulnerables  scarcely  a 
chance  between  destruction  and  inglori- 
ous flight.  Nor  did  they  hesitate  long 
upon  the  alternative  ;  a  few  devoted  en- 
thusiasts may  have  despised  to  fly,  but 
as  they  all  belonged  to  the  same  high 
favored  caste,  and  had  brought  none  of 
their  less-favored  countrymen  to  witness 
their  disgrace,  the  great  body  of  them 
soon  sought  for  safety  in  the  jungle, 
10 


where  they,  no  doubt,  invented  a  plausi- 
ble account  of  their  night's  adventure, 
which,  however  efljectual  it  may  have 
proved  in  saving  their  credit,  had  also 
the  good  eflect  to  us  of  preventing  them 
in  future  from  volunteering  upon  such 
desperate  services,  and  contributed,  in 
some  degree,  to  protect  the  troops  from 
being  so  frequently  deprived  of  their 
night's  rest." 

From  this  epoch,  the  Burmese  leaders, 
convinced  of  the  hopelessness  of  coping 
with  the  invaders  in  the  field,  reverted 
for  some  time  to  their  much  more  formi- 
dable system,  of  fortifying  themselves  in 
the  most  inaccessible  parts  of  the  forest, 
straitening  the  quarters  of  the  British,  and 
harassing  our  worn  out  troops  by  desul- 
tory skirmishes  and  nightly  inroads.  It 
was  once  more  necessary  to  force  them 
to  a  general  encounter  ;  and  on  the  8th 
of  July,  in  the  most  inclement  part  of 
the  rainy  season.  Sir  Archibald  Campbell 
moved  out  to  attack  their  stockaded  camp 
at  Kummeroot  on  the  river,  five  miles 
from  the  town,  by  land  and  water.  Ten 
stockades  were  carried  by  escalade ; 
with  the  captiure  of  thirty  pieces  of  cannon, 
and  with  a  loss  to  the  Burmese  of  their 
chief  commander  and  eight  hundred 
killed,  while  all  the  surrounding  jungles 
were  filled  with  their  miserable  wounded 
and  dying. 

"  The  corps  of  Maha  Nemiow  had  for 
some  days  remained  stationary  within  a 
morning's  walk  of  Prome,  assiduously 
occupied  in  strengthening  their  hidden 
position  in  the  jimgles  of  Simbike  and 
Kyalaz,  on  the  Nawiue  river,  maintaining 
so  close  and  vigilant  a  watch,  and  con- 
ducting matters  with  so  much  secrecy, 
as  to  prevent  us  from  gaining  the  slight- 
est information  either  as  to  the  extent  or 
nature  of  their  defences,  or  the  intention  of 
their  leader,  when  finished.  Eight  thou- 
sand men  of  his  corps  d'armee  were 
Shans,  who  had  not  yet  come  in  contact 
with  our  troops,  and  were  expected  to 
fight  with  more  spirit  and  resolution  than 
those  who  had  a  more  intimate  acquaint- 
ance with  their  enemy.     In  addition  to 

numerous  list  of  Chobwas  and  petty 
princes,  these  levies  were  accompanied 
by  three  young  and  handsome  women  of 
high  rank,  who  were  believed,  by  their 


74 


BIRMAH. 


superstitious  countrymen,  to  be  endowed 
not  only  with  the  gift  of  prophecy  and 
foreknowledge,  but  to  possess  the  mira- 
culous power  of  turning  aside  the  balls  of 
the  English,  rendering  them  wholly  in- 
nocent and  harmless.  These  Amazons, 
dressed  in  warlike  costumes,  rode  con- 
stantly among  the  troops,  inspiring  them 
with  courage  and  ardent  wishes  for  an 
early  meeting  with  their  foe,  as  yet  only 
known  to  them  by  the  deceitful  accounts 
of  their  Burmese  masters. 

"  On  the  30th  of  November  arrange- 
ments were  made  for  attacking  the  ene- 
my on  the  following  morning,  beginning 
with  the  left,  and  taking  the  three  corps 
d'armee  rapidly  in  detail,  which  their 
insulated  situation  aftbrded  every  facility 
for  doing.  Commodore  Sir  James  Bris- 
bane, with  the  flotilla,  was  to  commence 
a  cannonade  upon  the  enemy's  post,  upon 
both  banks  of  the  Irravvaddy,  at  daylight, 
and  a  body  of  Native  infantry  was  at  the 
same  time  to  advance  along  the  margin 
of  the  river,  upon  the  Kee  Whongee's 
position  at  Napadee,  and  to  drive  in  his 
advanced  posts  upon  the  main  body, 
drawing  the  enemy's  whole  attention  to 
his  right  and  centre,  while  the  columns 
were  marching  out  for  the  real  attack 
upon  the  left,  at  Simbike.  Leaving  four 
regiments  of  Native  infantry  in  garrison, 
at  daylight,  on  the  morning  of  the  1st  of 
December,  the  rest  of  the  force  was  as- 
sembled, and  formed  in  two  columns  of 
attack  at  a  short  distance  in  front  of 
Prome.  One,  under  brigadier-general 
Cotton,  marched  by  the  straight  road 
leading  to  Simbike,  while  the  other,  ac- 
companied by  the  commander  of  the 
forces,  crossed  the  Nawine  river,  moving 
along  its  right  bank,  for  the  purpose  of 
attacking  the  enemy  in  the  rear,  and  cut- 
ting off  his  retreat  upon  the  Kee  Whon- 
gee's division.  The  columns  had  scarce- 
ly moved  off,  when  a  furious  cannonade 
upon  our  left  announced  the  commence- 
ment of  operations  on  the  river,  and  so 
completely  deceived  the  enemy,  that  we 
found  the  piquets  of  his  left  withdrawn, 
and  the  position  at  Simbike  exposed  to  a 
sudden  aud  unexpected  attack.  Briga- 
dier-general Cotton's  column  first  reach- 
ed the  enemy's  line,  consisting  of  a  suc- 
cession of  stockades  erected  across  an 


open  space  in  the  centre  of  the  jungle, 
where  the  villages  of  Simbike  and  Kya- 
laz  had  stood,  having  the  Nawine  river 
in  the  rear,  a  thick  wood  on  either  flank, 
and  assailable  only  by  the  open  space  in 
front,  defended  by  cross  fires  from  the 
zigzaging  formation  of  the  works.  The 
brigadier-general,  having  quickly  made 
his  dispositions,  the  troops,  consisting  of 
His  Majesty's  forty-first  in  front,  and  the 
flank  companies  of  His  Majesty's  Royal 
and  eighty-ninth  regiments,  with  the 
eighteenth  Madras  Native  infantry  in  the 
flank,  moved  forward  with  their  usual  in- 
trepidity. The  Shans,  encouraged  by  the 
presence  of  their  veteran  commander, 
who,  unable  to  walk,  was  carried  from 
point  to  point,  in  a  handsomely  gilded 
litter,  and  cheered  by  the  example  and 
earnest  exhortations  to  fight  bravely,  of 
the  fearless  Amazons,  offered  a  brave 
resistance  to  the  assailants  ;  but  no  soon- 
er was  a  lodgment  made  in  the  interior 
of  their  crowded  works,  than  confusion 
ensued,  and  they  were  unable  longer  to 
contend  with,  or  check  the  progress  of 
the  rapidly  increasing  line  which  formed 
upon  their  ramparts,  and  from  whose  de- 
structive volleys  there  was  no  escaping  : 
the  strongly  built  enclosures,  of  their 
own  construction,  every  where  prevent- 
ing flight,  the  dead  and  dying  blocked 
up  the  few  and  narrow  outlets  from  the 
work.  Horses  and  men  ran  in  wild  con- 
fusion from  side  to  side,  trying  to  avoid 
the  fatal  fire ;  groups  were  employed  in 
breaking  down,  and  trying  to  force  a 
passage  through  the  defences  ;  while  the 
brave,  who  disdained  to  fly,  still  offered 
a  feeble  and  ineflectual  opposition  to  the 
advancing  troops.  The  grey  headed 
Chobwas  of  the  Shans,  in  particxdar, 
showed  a  noble  example  to  their  men, 
sword  in  hand,  singly  maintaining  the 
unequal  contest ;  nor  could  signs  or  ges- 
tures of  good  treatment  induce  them  to 
forbearance.  Attacking  all  who  offered 
to  approach  them  with  humane  or  friend- 
ly feelings,  they  only  sought  the  death 
which  too  many  of  them  found.  Maha 
Nemiow  himself  fell  while  bravely  urg- 
ing his  men  to  stand  their  ground  ;  and 
his  faithful  attendants,  being  likewise 
killed  by  the  promiscuous  fire  while  in 
tlie  act  of  carrying  him  off,  his  body,  with 


BUENOS   AYRES. 


75 


his  sword,  Whongee's  chain,  and  other 
insignia  of  office,  were  found  among  the 
dead.  One  of  the  fair  Amazons  also  re- 
ceived a  fatal  bullet  in  the  breast ;  but  the 
moment  she  was  seen,  and  her  sex  was 
recognised,  the  soldiers  bore  her  from  the 
scene  of  death  to  a  cottage  in  the  rear, 
where  she  soon  expired. 

"  While  this  was  passing  in  the  inte- 
rior of  the  stockades,  Sir  Archibald  Camp- 
bell's column,  pushing  rapidly  forward  to 
their  rear,  met  the  defeated  and  panic- 
struck  fugitives  in  the  act  of  emerging 
from  the  jungle  and  crossing  the  Nawine 


river.  The  horse-artillery  was  instantly 
unlimbered,  and  opened  a  heavy  fire  upon 
the  crowded  fort.  Another  of  the  Shan 
ladies  was  here  observed  flying  on  horse- 
back with  the  defeated  remnant  of  her 
people  ;  but  before  she  could  gain  the 
opposite  bank  of  the  river,  where  a  friend- 
ly forest  promised  safety  and  protection, 
a  shrapnel  exploded  above  her  head,  and 
she  fell  from  her  horse  into  the  water ; 
but  whether  killed,  or  only  frightened, 
could  not  be  ascertained,  as  she  was 
immediately  borne  off  by  her  attend- 
ants," 


BUENOS    AYRES 


The  accidental  discovery  of  Brazil  by 
the  Portuguese  admiral,  Cabral,  on  his 
way  to  the  East  Indies,  in  1500,  was 
the  first  circumstance  which  led  to  the 
exploration  of  the  South  American  con- 
tinent. In  the  following  year,  Americus 
Vespucius  coasted  along  its  eastern  shore 
as  far  as  the  52d  degree  of  south  lati- 
tude ;  but  was  compelled,  by  the  cold- 
ness and  tempestuousness  of  the  weather, 
to  return  to  Portugal,  without  making 
any  discovery  of  importance.  In  1516, 
Juan  Dias  de  Solis,  grand  pilot  of  Cas- 
tile, who  had  been  entrusted,  by  the 
court  of  Spain,  with  an  expedition,  con- 
sisting of  three  vessels,  for  continuing 
the  discovery  of  Brazil,  first  entered  the 
Rio  de  la  Plata,  to  which  he  gave  his 
own  name.  Fearful,  however,  of  ven- 
turing far  up  the  river  with  his  squadron, 
on  account  of  the  difficulty  and  danger  of 
the  navigation,  he  sailed  along  its  north- 
ern coast  in  his  long-boat ;  and  discov- 
ering some  savages  on  the  beach,  who, 
by  their  gestures  and  signs,  seemed  to 
invite  him  on  shore,  he  imprudently  land- 
ed with  a  few  men,  and  without  taking 
any  precautions  for  his  safety.  He  and 
his  followers  were  immediately  massa- 
cred and  devoured  by  the  Indians,  with- 
in sight  of  their  companions,  who  re- 
mained in  the  boat,  but  who  were  unable 
to  afford  them  any  assistance.  The  ex- 
pedition returned  to  Spain,  and  this  dis- 


covery was  for  some  years  neglected  or 
forgotten. 

The  first  attempt  of  the  Portuguese  to 
explore  the  interior  of  this  continent, 
was  equally  unfortunate.  The  reports 
of  the  immense  riches  which  the  Span- 
iards had  gained  in  Peru,  had  reached 
the  ears,  and  excited  the  avarice,  of  the 
governor  of  Brazil.  He  dispatched  Al- 
exis de  Garcia,  and  four  others,  to  pene- 
trate the  country  by  an  overland  journey. 
Garcia  was  assassinated  by  the  natives. 

These  disasters  prevented,  for  a  lime, 
any  similar  attempts  at  conquest  in  this 
quarter,  until  1526,  when  Sebastian  Ca- 
bot, grand  pilot  of  Castile,  who  had  been 
dispatched  by  the  emperor  Charles  V, 
upon  a  voyage  of  circumnavigation  by 
the  Straits  of  Magellan,  anchored  in  the 
La  Plata,  then  called  Rio  de  Solis,  near 
the  islands  of  San  Gabriel.  Having  re- 
ceived the  most  flattering  description  of 
the  riches  and  beauty  of  the  country 
from  some  Spaniards  whom  he  found  in 
the  port  of  Patos,  and  who  had  deserted 
from  the  army  of  Solis,  he  determined  to 
relinquish  the  original  object  of  the  ex- 
pedition, and  to  accomplish  farther  dis- 
coveries upon  the  Paraguay.  After  an 
unsuccessful  attempt  of  one  of  his  cap- 
tains to  explore  the  river  Uraguay,  which 
he  took  for  the  true  Rio  de  Solis,  he  pro- 
ceeded up  the  Parana,  and  built  a  small 
fort  at  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Tercero. 


76 


BUENOS    AYRES. 


This  fort  he  garrisoned  with  sixty  sol- 
diers, and  called  it  Santi  Espiritu,  or  the 
Fort  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  He  then  fol- 
lowed the  course  of  the  river  as  high  as 
27^  degrees  of  latitude,  where  he  met 
with  some  Indians,  who  wore  in  their 
ears  small  pieces  of  gold  and  silver. 
These  they  exchanged  with  the  Span- 
iards for  some  European  trifles,  but  could 
give  them  no  information  where  these 
metals  were  to  be  found,  except  that  they 
had  received  them  from  some  of  the 
tribes  upon  the  Parag-uay.  Cabot  im- 
mediately ascended  that  river,  but  a  party 
of  his  men  being  cut  off  by  the  natives, 
who  had  deluded  them  on  shore,  with 
the  promise  of  showing  them  their  riches, 
he  returned  to  Santi  Espiritu.  Satisfied 
that  the  pieces  of  gold  and  silver  which 
he  had  obtained  from  the  Indians  on  the 
Parana,  were  the  produce  of  the  mines 
in  the  neighborhood,  he  gave  to  the  river 
the  name  of  Rio  de  la  Plata,  or  River  of 
Silver ;  and  dispatched  Ferdinand  Cal- 
deron  to  Spain,  to  inform  the  emperor  of 
his  discoveries  and  operations.  The 
emperor  was  so  delighted  with  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  pieces  of  silver,  Avhich 
were  the  first  that  had  been  brought  from 
America  to  Spain,  that  he  not  only  ap- 
proved of  Cabot's  deviation  from  his 
original  instructions,  and  of  all  that  he 
had  hitherto  done,  but  he  ordered  a  great 
armament  to  be  fitted  out  for  accomplish- 
ing the  complete  conquest  of  the  country. 
Six  years,  however,  elapsed  before  this 
armament  was  ready  for  sea;  and,  dur- 
ing that  time,  the  fort  of  Santi  Espiritu 
had  been  destroyed,  and  the  country  en- 
tirely evacuated  by  the  Spaniards. 

Such  was  the  situation  of  affairs  in 
Paraguay  when  the  Spanish  armament 
arrived  in  1535,  under  the  command  of 
Don  Pedro  de  Mendoza,  who  was  ap- 
pointed governor  and  captain-general  of 
all  the  countries  that  might  be  discovered 
as  far  as  the  South  Sea.  This  arma- 
ment consisted  of  fourteen  vessels,  car- 
rying 72  horses,  2500  Spaniards,  and 
150  Germans,  Flemings  or  Saxons.  The 
first  care  of  Mendoza  was  to  select  a 
convenient  station  for  a  new  settlement, 
and  having  fixed  upon  a  spot  on  the 
south  bank  of  the  river,  he  there  founded 
the  city  of  Buenos  Ayres,  on  the  2d  of 


February,  1535.  The  natives,  who  at 
first  brought  provisions,  and  seemed  well 
disposed  towards  the  Spaniards,  soon 
showed  a  determined  hostility  to  the  set- 
tlers. They  cut  off  their  foraging  par- 
ties, intercepted  their  provisions,  and 
massacred  every  European  whom  they 
found  straggling  in  the  country.  They 
even  attacked  the  city,  killed  thirty  Span- 
iards, and  burnt  almost  all  the  houses. 
This  opposition,  added  to  the  ravages  of 
famine  and  disease,  which  had  begun  to 
rage  in  the  colony,  determined  the  gov- 
ernor to  look  out  for  a  more  eligible  sit- 
uation for  an  establishment,  and  for  that 
purpose  proceeded  up  the  river.  Having 
rebuilt  the  fort  of  Santi  Espiritu,  under 
the  name  of  Buena-Esperanza,  he  des- 
patched his  lieutenant  Ayolas,  with  three 
barks  well  manned,  to  continue  the  voy- 
age ;  and  required  him,  if  he  did  not  re- 
turn within  four  months,  to  transmit  an 
account  of  his  operations  and  discoveries. 
Mendoza  soon  after  became  dangerously 
ill,  and  naming  Ayolas  his  successor  in 
the  government,  embarked  for  Spain,  but 
died  on  his  passage.  Ayolas  pushed  up 
the  river,  and  treated  amicably  with  all 
the  natives  whom  he  met  upon  his  voy- 
age, until  he  came  to  the  25th  deg-ree  of 
latitude,  where  the  Indians  declined  all 
kind  of  intercourse  with  the  Spaniards. 
He  immediately  landed  his  forces,  and 
fought  the  Indians  in  the  valley  of  Guar- 
nipitan.  They  were  defeated  with  great 
slaughter,  and  an  immediate  peace  was 
the  consequence,  when  the  Indians  not 
only  supplied  him  with  provisions,  but 
also  brought  seven  young  females  for 
Ayolas,  and  two  for  each  of  his  soldiers. 
Here  Ayolas  built  a  small  fort,  which  he 
called  Assumption,  from  the  day  on 
which  the  battle  was  fought,  being  the 
15th  of  August,  1536.  Proceeding  upon 
his  voyage,  he  landed  at  Puerto  de  Can- 
delaria,  in  latitude  21°  5',  where,  being 
assured  by  the  Guarinis  Indians,  that 
there  were  several  nations  to  the  west- 
ward who  possessed  a  great  deal  of 
gold  and  silver,  he  resolved  to  go  in  quest 
of  them ;  and  leaving  his  brigantines  un- 
der the  command  of  Irala,  with  orders  to 
wait  six  months  for  his  return,  he  pene- 
trated by  Chaco  and  the  province  of 
Chiquitos  as  far  as  Peru,  and  returned 


BUENOS   AYRES, 


77 


to  Candelaria  loaded  with  treasure.  Ira- 
la,  however,  had  departed  before  the  ap- 
pointed time  ;  and  Ayolas,  attempting  to 
form  a  settlement  among  the  Payaguas, 
was  surprised  and  killed,  along  with  all 
his  followers. 

While  the  progress  of  discovery  was 
thus  interrupted  on  the  Paraguay,  the 
colonies  on  the  La  Plata  were  suffering 
all  the  horrors  of  famine.  Galan,  the 
governor  of  Buenos  Ayres,  had  exposed 
himself,  by  his  severity  and  oppression, 
to  the  universal  detestation  of  the  inhab- 
itants ;  and  his  arbitrary  and  perfidious 
conduct  towards  the  Indians  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Buena  Esperanza  awakened 
all  the  ancient  animosity  of  the  Timbuez, 
who  drove  the  Spaniards  from  that  set- 
tlement. During  these  melancholy  oc- 
currences, three  vessels  arrived  from 
Spain  with  reinforcements  under  the 
command  of  Alphonso  Calrera,  who  also 
brought  out  a  commission  from  the  em- 
peror, appointing  Ayolas  governor  and 
captain-general  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata. 
In  case  of  his  death,  however,  and  no 
successor  being  chosen  by  the  chiefs  of 
the  expedition,  he  was  enjoined,  by  an 
imperial  CeduUa,  to  assemble  them  for 
the  election  of  a  new  governor.  For  this 
purpose  they  met  at  Assumption  in  the 
month  of  August,  1538,  when  the  choice 
fell  unanimously  upon  Irala.  At  this 
meeting  it  was  also  resolved  to  abandon 
Buenos  Ayres,  and  to  concentrate  all 
their  forces  at  Assumption,  which  had 
already  begun  to  assume  the  appearance 
of  a  city.  But  of  three  thousand  Euro- 
peans who  had  entered  the  La  Plata, 
scarcely  six  hundred  remained  to  com- 
pose the  population  of  Assumption. — 
These,  however,  were  soon  afterwards 
reinforced,  by  the  arrival  of  four  hundred 
Spaniards,  under  the  command  of  Don 
Alvarez,  who  had  been  sent  out  by  the 
emperor  to  take  upon  him  the  govern- 
ment of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  in  case  of 
the  death  of  Ayolas.  Irala  submitted 
with  a  good  grace,  but  set  himself  secret- 
ly to  foment  divisions  among  the  officers 
of  the  garrison,  and  to  procure  the  remo- 
val of  his  rival.  The  first  steps  of  the 
new  governor  were  to  secure  the  friend- 
ship of  the  neighboring  Indians ;  and  by 
his  mild  and  prudent  conduct,  he  not  only 


gained  their  affections,  but  converted 
many  of  them  to  the  Christian  faith  ;  and 
by  firm  and  decisive  measures  he  repres- 
sed the  insolence  of  those  more  fierce 
and  savage  tribes,  who  were  constantly 
committing  hostilities  against  the  Span- 
iards. Farther  discoveries  were  also 
prosecuted  on  the  Paraguay.  Irala,  with 
ninety  Spaniards,  had  advanced  towards 
the  sources  of  that  river,  and  anchored  at 
the  mouth  of  the  lake  Xarayes,  in  lati- 
tude 17°  57',  which  he  called  Puerto  de 
los  Reyes.  Proceeding  west  by  land, 
he  fell  in  with  several  nations,  among 
whom  he  found  a  great  deal  of  wrought 
gold  and  silver;  but  he  was  unable  to 
discover  whence  they  obtained  it. 

As  soon  as  Alvarez  was  made  ac- 
quainted with  this  circumstance,  he  re- 
solved upon  undertaking  a  similar  ex- 
pedition in  person,  and  of  opening  a  way 
into  Peru.  Leaving  Los  Reyes  with 
300  Spaniards,  and  provisions  for  twen- 
ty days,  he  directed  his  course  westward 
through  a  woody  country,  sometimes  so 
impenetrable,  that  he  was  obliged  to  cut 
a  passage  for  his  troops.  On  the  sixth 
day  he  reached  the  banks  of  a  river, 
whose  waters  were  very  warm  and  trans- 
parent. Here  several  nations  sent  dep- 
uties to  him  with  compliments  and  pro- 
visions, while  others  attempted  to  oppose 
his  passage.  Proceeding  on,  he  is  said 
to  have  come  to  a  large  town,  consisting 
of  8000  houses  or  huts,  in  the  centre  of 
which  stood  a  wooden  tower,  containing 
a  monstrous  serpent,  which  was  deified 
by  the  Indians.  The  capture  of  this 
town,  and  the  destruction  of  its  divinity, 
terminated  the  expedition  ;  for  he  was 
compelled  to  return  by  the  murmurings 
of  his  troops,  who  refused  to  accompany 
him  farther. 

The  moderation  and  upright  conduct 
of  Alvarez  towards  the  Indians,  and  his 
determined  firmness  in  resisting  the  ava- 
rice and  tyranny  of  his  countrymen,  had 
increased  the  partizans  of  Irala,  who  now 
resolved  upon  his  removal.  He  was 
seized  on  the  26th  of  April,  1541,  and 
afterwards  sent  prisoner  to  Spain,  ac- 
companied with  many  grievous  accusa- 
tions, which,  however,  were  never  sub- 
stantiated. But  it  was  not  until  after 
eight  years  delay,  that  he  was  fully  ac- 


78 


BUENOS   AYRES. 


quitted,  and  rewarded  with  a  pension  of 
2000  gold  crowns,  and  a  seat  in  the 
council  of  the  Indians,  and  in  the  royal 
audience  of  SeA'ille. 

The  humane  and  temperate  proceed- 
ings of  Alvarez  were  soon  forgotten  un- 
der the  usurpation  of  Irala.  The  Indian 
villages  became  scenes  of  pillage  and 
oppression,  which  produced  frequent  re- 
volts; and  even  the  Spanish  colonists 
themselves  were  not  free  from  the  rapa- 
city of  his  soldiery.  Tyrannical  and  sus- 
picious, he  was  continually  surrounded 
with  spies  ;  and  imprisonment  or  death 
was  inflicted  upon  all,  who  were  sus- 
pected of  convej'ing  intelligence  of  his 
conduct,  either  to  Spain,  or  the  viceroy 
of  Peru.  His  measures,  however,  though 
often  severe,  were  executed  with  firm- 
ness and  decision,  and  tended  greatly  to 
the  extension  of  the  Spanish  power  in 
America. 

In  1547,  the  city  of  Assumption  was 
erected  into  a  bishopric  by  Pope  Paul 
III  ;  but  it  was  not  until  1554,  that  the 
bishop  Francis  Pedro  de  la  Torre  arrived 
with  his  retinue  in  Paraguay.  He  was 
accompanied  by  three  vessels  full  of 
men,  arms,  and  ammunition,  under  the 
command  of  Martin  de  Urua,  who  brought 
out  a  commission  from  the  emperor,  con- 
tinuing Irala  in  his  government ;  and  also 
various  orders  and  regulations  respect- 
ing the  encomiejidas  and  personal  services 
of  the  Indians.  The  number  of  Indians, 
already  reduced  or  converted,  were  in- 
sufficient to  supply  all  the  Spaniards 
who  laid  claim  to  their  services;  new 
settlement  were  consequently  resolved 
upon,  and  detachments  were  sent  out  to 
discover  proper  situations  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  encomiendas,  and  to  reduce 
the  natives  under  their  power.  With 
this  view,  Ciudad  Real  was  founded  in 
the  province  of  Guayra,  in  1 557,  when 
40,000  Indians  were  trained  to  habits  of 
industry;  and  a  few  years  after,  the  en- 
comienda  of  Santa  Cruz  de  la  Sierra  vvas 
established  in  Los  Chiquitos,  compre- 
hending nearly  60,000  inhabitants.  Of 
this  system,  however,  Irala  did  not  live 
long  to  promote  the  eftects ;  but  being 
seized  with  a  fever,  he  died  at  Assump- 
tion in  1557,  after  nominating  his  son- 
in-law,  Don  Gonzalez  de  Mendoza,  lieu- 


tenant-general and  commander  of  the  pro 
vince,  until  the  emperor's  pleasure  should 
be  known.  Mendoza  survived  liis  ex- 
altation scarcely  a  year  ;  and  his  death 
was  succeeded  by  rebellious  and  civil 
dissensions  throughout  the  province. — 
The  Spanish  chiefs,  ambitious  of  wealth, 
and  impatient  of  control,  and  far  remov- 
ed from  the  authority  of  the  parent  state, 
often  disputed  for  pre-eminence.  One 
governor  refused  to  acknowledge  the  su- 
premacy of  another,  and  frequently  re- 
tained, or  seized  by  violence  or  fraud, 
dignities  to  which  a  successor  had  been 
appointed.  But  amidst  the  fierceness 
of  contention,  the  India'ns  found  no  relief 
from  their  intolerable  bondage.  Expos- 
ed to  the  arbitrary  exactions  and  capri- 
cious cruelty  of  their  task-masters,  they 
were  fast  hastening  to  extinction ;  and 
had  not  some  farther  regulations  been 
adopted  by  the  Spanish  court,  its  pos- 
sessions in  this  country  would  soon  have 
been  converted  into  an  uninhabited  de- 
sert. The  preservation  and  increase  of 
the  Indian  population,  however,  was 
chiefly  owing  to  the  labors  of  the  Jesuits, 
who  by  their  mildness  and  humanity,  not 
only  reduced  them  under  the  dominion 
of  the  cross,  but  established  a  political 
government  amongst  them,  of  which 
promises  and  persuasion  were  the  prin- 
cipal engines  of  authority. 

In  1609,  Father  Torrez,  the  provincial 
of  the  Jesuits,  received  full  power  from 
the  governor  of  Paraguay,  which  was 
sanctioned  by  the  bishop,  to  collect  their 
newly  converted  Indians  into  townships, 
which  were  to  be  independent  of  all  the 
other  Spanish  establishments  ;  to  civilize 
and  to  instruct  them  ;  and  to  oppose,  in 
the  king's  name,  all  who  should  endeavor 
to  subject  them  to  personal  service. — 
They  were  only  to  acknowledge  the  sove- 
reignty of  the  king  of  Spain,  of  whom 
they  were  to  be  considered  as  the  im- 
mediate vassals.  This  power  was  af- 
terwards confirmed  by  Philip  HI,  and 
his  successors;  and  such  were  the  zeal 
and  labors  of  the  Jesuits,  that,  in  the 
course  of  20  years,  they  had  established 
21  reductions  upon  the  Parana  and  the 
Uraguay. 

The  Spaniards  had  extended  their 
power  over   the   vast  plains  which  lie 


BUENOS  AYRES. 


79 


between  the  Paraguay  and  the  ChiUan 
Cordillera.  Los  Charcas,  after  an  ob- 
stinate and  vigorous  resistance,  had  sub- 
mitted to  Gonzalez  Pizarro,  soon  after 
the  subjugation  of  Peru  ;  and  Tucuman 
had  also  been  subdued,  and  settled  by 
the  conquerors  of  that  country.  The  re- 
establishment  of  Buenos  Ayres  had  been 
resolved  upon  by  the  governor  of  Para- 
guay, and  carried  into  execution  in 
1580, — the  want  of  a  proper  harbor  at 
the  mouth  of  the  La  Plata  rendering  that 
undertaking  absolutely  necessary.  This 
city  was  at  first  exceedingly  annoyed  by 
the  adjacent  Indians,  and  remained  long- 
in  a  state  of  poverty.  It,  however, 
emerged  by  degrees  into  distinction,  and 
rose  to  be  the  capital  of  the  viceroyalty. 
A  new  province,  distinct  from  that  of 
Paraguay,  had  also  been  established 
about  1620,  under  the  name  of  Rio  de  la 
Plata,  now  Buenos  Ayres,  of  which  Don 
Diego  Gongora  was  appointed  governor. 

Nothing  of  much  importance  occurred 
in  the  history  of  this  country  till  1679, 
when  the  Portuguese  attempted  a  settle- 
ment on  the  north  bank  of  the  Rio  de  la 
Plata.  This  settlement  gave  rise  to 
many  disputes  between  Portugal  and 
Spain,  till  it  was  ceded  to  the  Spaniards 
in  1778. 

The  increasing  prosperity  of  the  Je- 
suits about  1730,  began  to  attract  the  at- 
tention of  the  Spanish  government.  Be- 
sides their  settlements  upon  the  Parana 
and  the  Uraguay,  they  had  established 
reductions  among  the  Chiquitos  and  the 
Moxos  ;  and  also  several  of  the  Pampas 
Indians  had  been  united  in  a  reduction 
called  Conception,  a  little  south-east  of 
Buenos  Ayres.  The  number  and  strength 
of  these  establishments  rendered  them 
objects  of  considerable  apprehension  to 
the  .Spanish  colonists,  who,  imagining 
that  they  beheld  them  advancing  with  a 
decided  step  to  independent  empire, 
were  alarmed  at  the  stability  and  impor- 
tance which  they  had  acquired.  They 
were  also  exasperated  at  the  subduction 
of  so  many  tribes  of  Indians,  Avho,  they 
asserted,  belonged  to  them  by  right  of 
conquest,  and  ought  to  have  been  divided 
in  encomiendas.  Repeated  attempts 
were  consequently  made  to  ruin  the 
Jesuits  at  the  court  of  Madrid.     They 


were  loaded  with  accusations  and  asper- 
sions, and  were  solemnly  charged  with 
alienating  the  Indians  from  the  crown  of 
Spain.  But  many  of  these  imputations 
having  been  found  to  be  either  ground- 
less or  exaggerated,  they  were  confirmed 
by  a  royal  decree,  in  1745,  in  all  their 
rights  and  immunities.  The  revolt  of 
the  Guarinis,  however,  which  soon  fol- 
lowed, greatly  diminished  the  power  of 
the  Jesuits. 

The  expulsion  of  their  order  from 
Spain,  in  1767,  was  immediately  follow- 
ed by  the  subversion  of  their  empire  in 
America.  Their  missions  were  con- 
verted into  regular  Spanish  settlements, 
called  Presidencies  ;  and  they  were  suc- 
ceeded in  their  spiritual  labors  by  the 
the  monks  of  St.  Francis,  St.  Dominic, 
and  the  order  of  Mercy.  We  may  form 
some  estimate  of  the  prosperity  of  these 
reductions,  from  the  number  of  cattle 
which  they  possessed  at  the  time  of 
their  annexation  to  the  government  of 
Paraguay,  viz ;  769,353  horned  cattle, 
94,983  horses,  and  221,537  sheep. 
•  The  difficulties  attending  the  direction 
of  such  an  extensive  viceroyalty  as  that 
of  Peru,  determined  the  Spanish  court  to 
disjoin  the  provinces  of  Buenos  Ayres, 
Paraguay,  Tucuman,  Los  Charcas,  and 
Cuyo,  from  that  government,  and  to 
erect  them  into  a  separate  viceroyalty, 
with  Buenos  Ayres  for  its  capital.  This 
arrangement  was  soon  found  to  be  most 
conducive  to  the  prosperity  of  the  coun- 
try, as  well  as  to  the  advantage  of  the 
parent  state  ;  for,  except  some  partial 
insurrections  among  the  Indians  of  Los 
Charcas,  and  the  Guarinis  presidencies, 
nothing  of  importance  occurred  to  dis- 
turb the  tranquility  of  the  colonists  until 
1806,  when  a  British  squadron  appeared 
in  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata. 

This  expedition,  under  the  command 
of  Major  General  Beresford  and  Sir 
Home  Popham,  anchored  off  Point  de 
Quilmes,  about  twelve  miles  from  Bue- 
nos Ayres,  on  the  25th  of  June,  1806. 
The  debarkation  of  the  troops  was  efiect- 
ed  in  the  course  of  the  afternoon  and 
night,  without  the  least  opposition  from 
the  enemy,  who,  though  stationed  at  the 
village  of  Reduction,  only  about  two 
miles  from   the  beach,  remained   quiet 


80 


BUENOS   AYRES. 


spectators  of  their  operations.  After  a 
feeble  resistance  on  the  following  day, 
they  fled  with  precipitation,  leaving  be- 
hind them  four  field  pieces,  and  one  tum- 
bril ;  and,  taking  up  a  new  position  on 
the  Rio  Chuelo,  nearly  three  miles  from 
the  city,  attempted  to  oppose  the  pas- 
sage of  the  British  troops.  A  few  dis- 
charges of  artillery,  however,  and  the 
determined  appearance  of  the  army, 
soon  compelled  them  to  disperse,  when 
General  Beresford  entered  the  capital 
without  opposition.  The  conquest  of 
this  important  settlement  was  thus  effect- 
ed with  a  very  trifling  loss,  and  the  cap- 
tors were  rewarded  with  a  rich  booty  in 
specie  and  colonial  produce.  Short 
lived,  however,  was  the  triumph  of  the 
English;  for  no  sooner  did  the  Span- 
iards discover  the  inconsiderable  force 
which  had  possession  of  their  capital, 
than  they  immediately  determined  upon 
its  recovery,  and,  before  reinforcements 
should  arrive  from  England,  to  expel 
from  their  country  these  daring  intru- 
ders. A  thousand  regular  troops  from 
Monte  Video,  under  the  command  of 
Colonel  Liniers,  supported  by  an  armed 
mob,  amounting  to  nearly  20,000  men, 
marched  against  the  city.  But  the  Brit- 
ish troops,  consisting  of  only  1300  men, 
received  them  with  such  cool  and  deter- 
mined resistance,  that  they  were  at  first 
repulsed  and  thrown  into  confusion.  By 
repeated  attacks,  however,  they  prevail- 
ed. The  British  were  at  last  overpow- 
ered, and  obliged  to  surrender,  on  the 
12th  of  August,  with  the  loss  of  1 14  men 
killed  and  wounded.  Scarcely  was  the 
re-capture  accomplished,  when  succours 
arrived  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ; 
with  which  Sir  Home  Popham,  after 
having  made  an  abortive  attempt  upon 
Monte  Video,  took  possession  of  Mal- 
donado,  a  strong  position  at  the  mouth 
of  the  La  Plata. 

The  people  of  England  were  so  de- 
lighted with  the  intelligence  of  their  new 
conquest,  and  so  buoyed  up  with  the 
prospect  of  a  free  and  ready  market  for 
their  manufactures,  that  the  ministry,  in 
compliance  with  the  public  feeling,  but 
contrary  to  their  own  better  judgment, 
resolved  to  retain  a  possession  which 
had  been  acquired  without  either  their 


consent  or  approbation.  Sir  Samuel 
Achmuty  was  consequently  dispatched 
with  a  strong  reinforcement ;  but,  before 
his  arrival,  Buenos  Ayres  had  been  lost. 
He,  however,  took  Monte  Video  by- 
storm,  and  then  sent  a  small  detachment 
under  Colonel  Pack,  to  occupy  Colonia 
del  Sacramento,  which  lies  on  the  north 
side  of  the  river,  opposite  to  Buenos 
Ayres. 

The  English  general  waited  now  only 
for  farther  succours  to  proceed  against 
the  Spanish  capital.  The  Spaniards,  in 
the  mean  time,  however,  had  made  every 
preparation  for  defence.  Their  ancient 
animosity  against  the  English,  which 
had  been  excited  by  the  ravages  of 
Drake,  of  Cavendish,  and  of  the  Bucca- 
neers, was  now  revived ;  and  they  de- 
termined upon  a  stout  and  resolute  op- 
position. Every  avenue  to  the  city  was 
barricaded  with  bullock's  hides,  placed 
from  fifteen  to  twenty  feet  thick,  against 
which  it  would  be  in  vain  to  fire.  Many 
of  the  houses  which  had  parapet  walls, 
were  planted  with  small  artillery ;  and 
every  citizen  that  could  carry  arms  had 
his  appointed  station.  Conspiracies 
were  also  forming  in  the  very  heart  of 
the  British  troops.  The  Spanish  inhab- 
itants of  Monte  Video  had  secreted  arms 
and  ammunition  in  their  houses,  with  the 
intention  of  rising  upon  their  conquerors  ; 
and  a  Spanish  gentleman  and  his  servant 
were  executed,  for  endeavoring  to  entice 
some  of  the  9th  light  dragoons  to  join 
the  Spanish  army. 

General  Whitelocke  arrived  at  Monte 
Video  on  the  10th  of  May,  1807,  to  take 
the  chief  command  of  the  British  force  ; 
and,  on  the  15th  of  June,  was  joined  by 
General  Craufurd,  with  the  expedition 
which  had  been  destined  against  Chili, 
but  which  the  British  government,  upon 
receiving  intelligence  of  the  recapture 
of  Buenos  Ayres,  had  commanded  to  re- 
pair to  the  Rio  de  la  Plata.  With  this 
united  force  of  8000  men,  consisting  of 
some  of  the  finest  troops  in  the  British 
service.  General  Whitelocke  sailed  from 
Monte  Video  on  the  21st  of  June,  and, 
haAdng  landed  on  the  28th  in  the  bay 
of  Barragan,  proceeded  against  Buenos 
Ayres.  After  a  tedious  march  of  above 
thirty  miles,  through  a  coimtry  intersect. 


BUENOS   AYRES. 


81 


ed  by  swamps  and  deep  muddy  rivulets, 
during  which  the  army  were  exposed  to 
incredible  hardships  and  privations,  being 
obliged  to  leave  their  artillery  and  bag- 
gage behind,  and  to  fight  with  several 
detachments  of  the  enemy,  which  en- 
deavored to  oppose  their  advance,  they 
reached  the  environs  of  the  city.  Here 
the  English  commander,  having  fonned 
his  troops  into  a  line,  extending  along 
the  suburbs,  from  the  convent  of  Reco 
leta  on  the  left,  to  nearly  the  Residencia 
on  the  right,  issued  his  orders  concern 
mg  the  plan  of  attack,  which  he  propos' 
ed  should  be  pursued  on  the  following 
day.  Two  six  pounders,  covered  by  the 
carabineers  under  Lieutenant  Colonel 
Kingston,  and  three  troops  of  dragoons, 
were  ordered  along  the  central  street ; 
Sir  Samuel  Auchmuty  was  directed  to 
penetrate  with  his  brigade  the  streets  on 
the  left,  and  with  the  38th  regiment  to 
take  possession  of  the  Plaza  de  Toros 
and  the  adjacent  strong  grounds ;  and 
General  Craufurd  was  to  proceed  down 
the  streets  on  the  right,  and  with  the 
42d  regiment  to  take  possession  of  the 
Residencia.  Each  column,  preceded 
by  two  corporals  armed  with  crows,  for 
the  purpose  of  breaking  open  the  doors 
of  the  houses,  was  ordered  to  advance 
until  it  reached  the  last  square  of  houses 
next  the  river  La  Plata,  of  which  it  was 
to  possess  itself,  and  forming  on  the  flat 
roofs,  there  to  wait  for  turther  orders. 
No  firing  was  to  be  permitted,  until  the 
troops  had  reached  their  points  of  des- 
tination, and  formed ;  and  a  cannonade 
in  the  centre  was  to  be  the  signal  for 
the  whole  to  come  forward. 

According  to  this  arrangement,  the 
army  moved  forwards  on  the  morning  of 
the  5th  of  July ;  but  this  extraordinary 
mode  of  attack  was  met,  on  the  part  of 
the  Spaniards,  by  a  most  vigorous  and 
efficacious  resistance.  Some  of  the 
streets  were  intersected  by  deep  ditches, 
planted  with  cannon,  wliich  poured 
showers  of  grape  on  the  advancing  col- 
umns ;  and  a  heavy  and  continued  fire 
of  musketry  from  the  roofs  and  windows 
of  the  houses,  assailed  the  British  troops 
at  every  step  of  their  progress.  The 
left  division,  under  General  Auchmuty, 
by  the  most  spirited  and  successfiU  gal- 
11 


lantry,  had  gained  the  Plaza  de  Toros, 
and  taken  32  pieces  of  cannon,  600  pris- 
oners, and  an  immense  quantity  of  am- 
munition, with  the  loss,  however,  of 
the  whole  of  the  88th  regiment,  which 
had  been  overpowered  and  taken  pris- 
oners. The  centre  division  had  scarce- 
ly entered  the  street,  when  they  were  ar- 
rested by  a  destructive  and  superior  fire, 
and  took  up  a  position  in  front  of  the 
enemy,  a  little  in  advance  of  what  it  held 
in  the  morning.  A  small  part  only  of 
the  right  division  reached  the  Residen- 
cia; the  rest,  under  General  Craufurd, 
having  taken  refuge  in  the  convent  of  the 
Dominicans,  after  a  vigorous  and  pro- 
tracted resistance,  were  at  last  compelled 
to  surrender  at  four  in  the  afternoon. 
What  human  intrepidity  could  accom- 
plish, was  performed  by  the  British  troops 
in  this  unequal  conflict;  but  what  was 
most  galling  to  brave  men  in  the  midst 
of  danger,  they  were  doomed  to  suffer, 
without  a  possibility  of  retaliating  upon 
their  enemies.  Their  bayonets  could 
not  reach  their  distant  and  often  unseen 
opponents,  whose  destructive  fire  issued 
from  the  windows  and  roofs  of  the  houses, 
the  doors  of  which  were  so  strongly  barri- 
caded, that  it  was  almost  impossible  to 
force  them.  "  The  nature  of  the  fire," 
says  the  commander  of  the  expedition,  in 
his  public  despatches,  "  to  which  the 
troops  were  exposed,  was  violent  in  the 
extreme  ;  grape-shot  at  the  corners  of  all 
the  streets,  musketry,  hand-grenades, 
bricks  and  stones  from  the  tops  of  all  the 
houses ;  every  householder  with  his  ne- 
groes defended  his  dwelling,  each  of 
which  was  in  itself  a  fortress  ;  and  it  is 
not  perhaps  too  much  to  say,  that  the 
whole  male  popvdation  of  Buenos  Ayres 
was  employed  in  its  defence."  The  dis- 
asters of  this  day,  which  amounted  to  the 
loss  of  nearly  a  third  of  the  British  army 
in  killed,  wounded  and  prisoners,  without 
having  gained  any  material  advantage — 
and  the  consideration  that  these  prisoners 
were  in  the  hands  of  an  exasperated  pop- 
ulace, whose  animosity  to  their  invaders 
no  power  could  restrain,  if  offensive  mea- 
sures were  persisted  in — induced  the 
English  commander  to  agree  to  an  armi- 
stice proposed  by  General  Liniers,  on 
the  morning  of  the  6th.     This  armistice 


82 


CANADA. 


issued  in  a  convention,  by  which  it  was 
engaged,  that  the  British  should  evacu- 
ate the  La  Plata  in  two  months  ;  and 
that  all  the  prisoners  on  both  sides,  cap- 
tured in  South  America  since  the  com- 
mencement of  the  war,  should  be  restor- 
ed. The  Spaniards  were  now,  for  a 
time,  freed  from  foreign  hostility,  for 
which  they  considered  themselves  as  in- 
debted to  the  incapacity  and  presumptuous 
temerity  of  the  English  leader  ;  and  those 
bright  prospects  of  wealth  which  the 
British  merchants  had  been  led  to  in- 
dulge, from  the  expectation  of  a  ready 
market  for  their  manufactures,  and  which 
had  induced  them  to  enter  into  the  most 
hazardous  speculations,  to  the  amount,  it 
is  said,  of  three  millions  sterling,  were 
dissipated  for  ever.  So  great,  indeed, 
was  the  antipathy  of  the  Spaniards  to  the 


British,  that  though  greatly  in  want  of 
their  merchandise,  and  knowing  that  this 
visit  to  South  America  would  perhaps  be 
their  last,  yet  they  could  not  be  prevailed 
upon  to  purchase  a  single  article. 

Upon  the  breaking  out  of  the  Spanish 
revolution  in  1808,  the  inhabitants  of 
Buenos  Ayres,  refused  to  acknowledge 
Joseph  Bonaparte  as  their  rightful  sove- 
reign, and  a  junto  was  appointed  to  ad- 
minister the  affairs  of  the  government 
until  Ferdinand  VJ.I  should  be  restored 
to  his  throne.  {See Spain.)  A  general 
disposition  soon  began  to  prevail  through- 
out the  provinces  in  favor  of  throwing 
off  their  allegiance  to  the  mother  coun- 
try, and  in  1816,  they  declared  them- 
selves independent,  under  the  title  of 
"  The  United  Provinces  of  South  Ame- 


CANADA. 


Canada  is  an  extensive  tract  of  coun- 
try in  North  America.  It  is  divided  into 
two  provinces,  called  Upper  and  Lower 
Canada. 

The  French  appear  to  have  availed 
themselves  of  the  information  derived 
from  Cabot's  voyage  to  North  America, 
before  any  other  nation.  We  hear  of 
their  fishing  for  cod  on  the  banks  of  New- 
foundland very  early  in  the  sixteenth 
century.  About  1506,  a  Frenchman, 
named  Denys,  is  said  to  have  drawn  a 
map  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and, 
two  years  afterwards,  Aubert,  a  master 
of  a  vessel  belonging  to  Dieppe,  carried 
over  to  France  some  of  the  natives  of 
Canada.  Several  years,  however,  pass- 
ed away  before  public  attention  was 
again  turned  to  it.  In  1524,  Francis  I 
sent  four  ships,  under  Verazani,  a  Flor- 
entine, to  prosecute  discoveries  in  this 
country.  The  particulars  of  his  first  ex- 
pedition are  not  known.  He  returned  to 
France,  and,  the  next  year,  undertook  a 
second,  which  appears  to  have  produced 
no  beneficial  result.  On  a  third  voyage, 
he  and  all  his  company  perished.  In 
April,  1534,  James  Cartier,  of  St.  Maloes, 
sailed,  by  commission  from  the  king,  with 


two  small  ships  and  122  men,  and  May 
1 0,  came  in  sight  of  Newfoundland  ;  but 
the  earth  was  covered  with  snow,  and 
great  quantities  of  ice  were  about  the 
shore.  Having  sailed  to  the  fifty-first 
degree  of  latitude,  in  the  vain  hope  of 
passing  to  China,  he  returned  to  France 
without  making  a  settlement.  In  the 
following  year  he  sailed  a  second  time 
from  France,  with  three  ships,  proceeded 
up  the  St.  Lawrence  300  leagues,  to  a 
great  and  swift  fall  ;  built  a  fort,  and 
wintered  in  the  country. 

The  French  Avere  well  received  by 
the  natives,  but  were  soon  infected  with 
the  scurvy,  of  which  disease  twenty-five 
of  their  number  died.  The  next  spring, 
Cartier  returned,  with  the  remains  of  his 
crew,  to  France.  Between  1540  and 
1 549,  a  nobleman  of  Picardy,  de  la  Roque, 
lord  of  Roberval,made  an  attempt  to  found 
a  colony  in  Canada,  but  perished,  on  his 
second  voyage,  with  a  great  number  of 
adventurers.  At  last,  Henry  IV  ap- 
pointed the  marquis  de  la  Roche  lieuten- 
ant-general of  Canada  and  the  neighbor- 
ing countries.  In  1598,  he  landed  on 
the  isle  of  Sable,  which  he  absurdly  im- 
agined to  be   a  suitable  place  for  the 


CANADA. 


83 


establishment  of  a  colony,  though  it  was 
without  any  port,  and  produced  no  other 
crop  than  briers.  Here  he  left  about 
forty  malefactors,  the  gleanings  of  the 
French  jails.  After  cruising  for  some 
time  on  the  coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  with 
out  being  able  to  relieve  these  unfortunate 
settlers,  he  returned  to  France.  H 
colony  must  have  perished,  had  not  a 
French  ship  been  wrecked  on  the  island, 
from  which  a  few  sheep  were  driven 
ashore.  With  the  boards  of  the  ship 
they  erected  huts,  and,  while  the  sheep 
lasted,  they  lived  upon  them,  feeding  af- 
terwards upon  fish.  Their  clothes  wear- 
ing out,  they  made  garments  of  seal-skins, 
and  in  this  miserable  condition  spent 
seven  years,  when  Henry  IV  ordered 
them  to  be  brought  home  to  France,  and, 
on  seeing  their  miserable  appearance, 
was  so  much  moved,  that  he  forgave 
them  their  offences,  and  presented  each 
with  fifty  crowns  to  begin  the  world  anew. 

In  1600,  M.  Chauvin,  a  commander  in 
the  French  navy,  made  a  voyage  to 
Canada,  from  which  he  returned-  with  a 
profitable  cargo  of  fiurs.  The  public  now 
began  to  turn  more  attention  to  this  coun- 
try. An  armament  was  equipped,  and 
the  command  given  to  Pontgran.  He 
sailed  in  1603.  In  1608,  the  city  of 
Quebec  was  founded,  and  from  this  pe- 
riod the  establishment  of  a  permanent 
French  colony  commenced. 

The  settlement  was,  for  many  years, 
in  a  feeble  condition,  and  was  often  in 
danger  of  being  totally  exterminated  by 
the  Indians.  The  French,  however,  con- 
cluded a  treaty  of  peace  with  them,  and 
finally,  by  their  address,  obtained  entire 
control  over  them,  to  the  great  inconve- 
nience of  the  neighboring  English  settle- 
ments. In  1628,  a  company  of  French 
merchants  obtained  a  patent  for  the  ex- 
clusive trade  with  Canada.  The  next 
year,  an  English  expedition,  under  Sir 
David  Keith,  took  possession  of  Quebec  ; 
but  it  was  surrendered  again  to  the  French, 
by  the  treaty  of  St.  Germains.  In  1663, 
the  charter  of  the  company  of  merchants 
was  taken  away,  and  new  privileges  were 
granted,  for  forty  years,  to  the  West  In- 
dia Company.  From  this  period,  Cana- 
da appears  to  have  remained  in  a  state 
of  tranquillity  until  1690,  when  a  bold  at- 


tempt was  made  by  the  people  of  New 
England  to  reduce  it  to  subjection  to  the 
crown  of  England.  An  armament  was 
equipped  for  this  service,  and  the  com- 
mand given  to  Sir  William  Phipps.  The 
effective  men,  to  the  number  of  between 
1200  and  1300,  landed  a  little  below  the 
town  of  Quebec,  and  were  fired  on  from 
the  woods  by  the  French  and  Indians. 
Having  found  the  place  too  strong  for 
them,  they  re-embarked  with  precipita- 
tion, and  returned  to  Boston.  The  at- 
tempt was  renewed,  1711,  by  a  powerful 
force  of  British  veteran  troops,  assisted 
by  about  4,000  provincials  and  Indians. 
Such  were  the  difficulties  and  losses, 
however,  experienced  in  passing  up  the 
river,  that  the  design  was  abandoned  by 
the  British  officers,  to  the  great  mortifi- 
cation of  the  provincial  troops.  Canada 
continued  in  the  occupation  of  the  French, 
without  any  further  molestation,  until  the 
breaking  out  of  the  war  between  France 
and  England,  in  1756.  Great  prepara- 
tions were  then  made,  on  both  sides,  for 
attack  and  defence. 

In  1759,  the  British  Government  form- 
ed the  project  of  attempting  the  conquest 
of  Canada  by  three  different  but  simulta- 
neous attacks.  One  division  of  the  army 
was  to  ascend  the  St.  Lawrence,  and 
lay  siege  to  Quebec.  The  central  and 
main  body  was  to  be  conducted  against 
Ticonderoga  and  Crown  Point.  The 
third  was  to  proceed  against  Niagara, 
and,  after  the  reduction  of  that  place,  to 
descend  the  St.  Lawrence  to  Montreal. 
The  division  which  ascended  the  St. 
Lawrence  was  commanded  by  general 
Wolfe,  and  was  defeated  in  its  first  oper- 
ations by  the  French.  The  English, how- 
ever, finally  obtained  possession  of  Que- 
bec, after  a  gallant  resistance  on  the  part 
of  the  French,  Avhose  brave  commander, 
Montcalm,  had  been  killed  in  the  action. 
The  English  general,  Wolfe,  was  also 
killed. 

The  British  army,  amounting  to  8,000 
men,  landed  in  June,  on  the  island  of 
Orleans,  below  Quebec.  The  city  of 
Quebec  stands  on  a  rock,  at  the  con- 
fluence of  Charles  and  Iroquois  rivers ; 
it  is  naturally  a  place  of  great  strength, 
and  was  well  fortified  and  defended  by  a 
force  of  10,000  men,  under  the  command 


84 


CANADA. 


mM 

IL     # 

^M 

^^M^ 

mm 

^^Sffl 

Death  of  Gen.  Wolf  at  Quebec. 


of  general  Montcalm.  Gen.  Wolfe  had 
to  contend  with  immense  difficulties,  and, 
after  having  failed  in  several  attempts  to 
reduce  the  city,  he  conceived  the  bold 
project  of  ascending  with  his  troops,  a 
steep,  craggy  cliff  of  from  150  to  200 
feet,  by  which  he  would  reach  the  plains 
of  Abraham,  south  and  west  of  the  city. 
This  almost  incredible  enterprise  was 
effected  in  the  night,  and  by  day  light, 
(Sept.  13,)  the  army  was  formed,  and 
ready  to  meet  the  enemy. 

"To  Montcalm,  the  intelligence  that 
the  English  were  occupying  the  heights 
of  Abraham,  was  most  surprising.  The 
impossibility  of  ascending  the  precipice, 
he  considered  certain,  and  therefore  had 
taken  no  measures  to  fortify  its  line. 
But  no  sooner  was  he  informed  of  the 
position  of  the  English  army,  than  he 
perceived  a  battle  no  longer  to  be  avoid- 
ed, and  prepared  to  fight.  Between  nine 
and  ten  o'clock,  the  two  armies,  about 
equal  in  numbers,  met  face  to  face. 

"The  battle  now  commenced.  Inat- 
tentive to  the  fire  of  a  body  of  Canadians 
and  Indians,  1500  of  whom  Montcalm 
had  stationed  in  the  corn-fields  and  bush- 
es, Wolfe  directed  his  troops  to  reserve 
their  fire  for  the  main  body  of  the  French, 


now  rapidly  advancing.  On  their  ap- 
proach within  40  yards,  the  English 
opened  their  fire,  and  the  destruction  be- 
came immense. 

"  The  French  fought  bravely,  but  their 
ranks  became  disordered,  and  notwith- 
standing the  repeated  efforts  of  their  ofli- 
cers  to  form  them  and  renew  the  attack, 
they  were  so  successfully  pushed  by  the 
British  bayonet,  and  hewn  down  by  the 
Highland  broadsword,  that  their  discom- 
fiture was  complete. 

"  During  the  action,  Montcalm  was  on 
the  French  left,  and  Wolfe  on  the  Eng- 
lish right,  and  here  they  both  fell,  in  the 
critical  moment  that  decided  the  victory. 
Early  in  the  battle,  Wolfe  received  a  ball 
in  the  wrist,  but  binding  his  handkerchief 
around  it,  he  continued  to  encourage  his 
men.  Shortly  after  another  ball  pene- 
trated his  groin  ;  but  this  wound  although 
much  more  severe,  he  concealed,  and 
continued  to  urge  on  the  contest,  till  a 
third  bullet  pierced  his  breast.  He  was 
now  obliged,  though  reluctant,  to  be  car- 
ried to  the  rear  of  the  line. 

"  Gen.  Monckton  succeeded  to  the 
command,  but  was  immediately  wounded 
and  conveyed  away.  In  this  critical 
state  of  the  action  the  command  devolv- 


CARTHAGE. 


85 


ed  on  Gen.  Townsend.  Gen.  Montcalm, 
fighting  in  the  front  of  his  battalion,  re- 
ceived a  mortal  wound  about  the  same 
time,  and  General  Jennezergus,  his  se- 
cond in  command,  fell  near  his  side. 

"Wolfe  died  in  the  field,  before  the 
battle  was  ended ;  but  he  lived  long  enough 
to  know  that  the  victory  was  his.  While 
leaning  on  the  shoulder  of  a  lieutenant, 
who  kneeled  to  support  him,  he  was  seiz- 
ed with  the  agonies  of  death  ;  at  this  mo- 
ment was  heard  the  distant  sound,  '  They 
fiy — they  fly.'  The  hero  raised  his 
drooping  head,  and  eagerly  asked,  '  Who 
fly.'  Being  told  that  it  was  the  French 
— '  Then,'  he  replied,  '  I  die  happy,' 
and  expired. 

"This  death,"  says  Professor  Silliman, 
"has  furnished  a  grand  and  pathetic  sub- 
ject for  the  painter,  the  poet  and  the  his- 
torian, and  undoubtedly,  (considered  as 
a  specimen  of  mere  military  glory,)  it  is 
one  of  the  most  sublime  that  the  annals 
of  war  afford, 

"  Montcalm  was  every  way  worthy  of 
being  the  competitor  of  Wolfe.  In  tal- 
ents— in  military  skill — in  personal  cour- 
age, he  was  not  his  inferior.  Nor  was  his 
death  much  less  sublime.     He  lived  to 


be  carried  to  the  city,  where  his  last 
moments  were  employed  in  writing  with 
his  own  hand,  a  letter  to  the  English 
General,  recommending  the  French  pris- 
oners to  his  care  and  humanity.  When 
informed  that  his  wound  was  mortal,  he 
replied,  'I  shall  not  then  live  to  see  the 
surrender  of  Quebec' " 

In  1775,  Canada  was  invaded  by  a 
body  of  provincial  troops,  under  General 
Montgomery.  Montreal  was  taken,  and 
a  gallant  but  unsuccessful  attempt  was 
made  on  Quebec,  in  which  the  brave 
Montgomery  was  killed.  No  other  at- 
tempt Avas  made  on  this  province  during 
the  revolutionary  war.  We  have  few 
records  of  Canadian  history  from  this 
period  until  the  late  war  between  this 
country  and  the  United  States.  Upper 
Canada  then  became  the  theatre  of  a 
sanguinary  contest.  The  American  troops 
were  unable,  however,  to  make  any  per- 
manent conquests,  and  the  province  has 
since  remained  subject  to  Great  Britain. 
In  1825,  the  restrictions  upon  its  com- 
merce, under  which  it  had  labored,  with 
the  other  colonies  of  Great  Britain,  were 
principally  removed,  and  its  trade  has 
since  greatly  increased. 


CARTHAGE 


The  materials  we  possess  for  compiling 
a  history  of  the  Carthaginians,  bear  no 
proportion  to  the  importance  of  the  sub- 
ject. Every  page  of  ancient  history  con- 
tains some  reference  to  this  remarkable 
people,  some  circumstance  with  which 
they  were  directly  or  indirectly  concern- 
ed ;  yet  are  we  almost  wholly  ignorant 
of  their  internal  polity,  and  of  all  the  se- 
cret springs  which  gave  energy  to  their 
exertions.  We  find  them  bearing  a  part 
in  the  most  important  transactions  of  the 
civilized  states,  pushing  their  maritime 
discoveries  and  their  system  of  coloni- 
zation into  the  remotest  regions,  and  at 
last  striving  with  Rome  herself  for  the 
mastery  of  the  world.  Yet  of  their  re- 
sources we  know  scarcely  any  thing, 
except  from  analogy  and  conjecture  ;  and 
of  the  events  of  their  domestic  history, 


our  accounts  are  meager  and  unsatisfac- 
tory. The  information  we  possess  is 
for  the  most  part  derived  from  the  casual 
notices  of  the  Greek  and  Roman  histo- 
rians, few  of  whom  had  the  opportunity, 
some,  as  it  appears,  not  even  the  inclina- 
tion, to  give  fidelity  and  accuracy  to  their 
narratives.  It  is  our  business,  therefore, 
to  put  together  the  fragments  which  lie 
scattered  throughout  the  ancient  histo- 
rians ;  from  these  something  like  a  con- 
tinuous narrative  maybe  formed  ;  though 
still  we  must  content  ourselves  with  a 
partial  and  imperfect  knowledge  of  many 
important  points. 

According  to  Procopius,  the  whole  dis- 
trict of  Africa,  from  Egj^pt  to  the  pillars 
of  Hercules,  was  first  peopled  by  the 
tribes  that  fled  before  Joshua  from  the 
countries  of  Canaan ;  and  it   seems  un- 


86 


CARTHAGE. 


questionable,  that  the  system  of  coloni- 
zation which  had  been  begun  by  the 
great  Phoenician  cities,  received  a  very 
powerful  impulse  from  the  revolution 
which  that  conquest  produced ;  an  im- 
pulse which  was  feh,  not  only  on  the 
northern  shore  of  Africa,  but  throughout 
all  the  countries  of  Europe. 

According  to  the  most  probable  ac- 
counts, Carthage  was  founded  B.  C.  869, 
by  Elissa  or  Dido,  who  as  Justin  informs 
us,  quitted  Tyre  at  the  head  of  a  nu- 
merous colony,  to  avoid  the  oppression 
of  her  brother  Pygmalion.  After  touch- 
ing at  Cyprus,  where  she  obtained  an  ad- 
dition to  her  numbers,  she  proceeded  to 
the  African  coast.  A  Phoenician  settle- 
ment had  been  previously  established  at 
Utica,  by  which  they  were  gladly  receiv- 
ed ;  the  natives,  too,  welcomed  their  ar- 
rival, being  eager  to  avail  themselves  of 
the  commercial  advantages  which  the 
arrival  of  the  strangers  held  out.  A  ne- 
gotiation was  speedily  entered  upon  for 
an  allotment  of  land  ; — the  artifice  which 
Dido  is  said  to  have  practised  in  obtain- 
ing the  allotment  is  well  known.  She 
covenanted  for  as  much  land  as  the  hide 
of  an  ox  would  enclose,  [quantum  loci  bo- 
vis  tergo  circumdare  potuerint,)  then  cut- 
ting the  hide  into  shreds,  she  claimed  as 
much  as  she  could  surround  with  them. 
The  site  of  the  infant  colony  was  well 
chosen.  A  bold  projection  of  the  African 
coast  marks  almost  exactly  the  central 
point  of  the  southern  shore  of  the  Medi- 
terranean. A  noble  bay,  formed  by  the 
promontories  of  Juno  and  Apollo,  supplies 
all  the  advantages  of  a  sheltered  and  ca- 
pacious roadstead.  At  the  bottom  of  this 
bay  stretches  a  peninsula,  about  45  miles 
in  circmnference,  connected  with  the 
mainland  by  an  isthmus  of  the  breadth  of 
little  more  than  three  miles.  Upon  this 
isthmus.  Dido  laid  the  foundation  of  her 
new  town. 

By  her  wise  regulations  and  salutary 
laws,  the  infant  colony  rapidly  increased 
in  numbers,  and  the  city  flourished  to  such 
an  extent  that  Jarbas,  a  native  prince,  was 
induced  to  make  himself  master  of  it. 
He  desired  that  ten  of  the  most  noble 
Carthaginians  should  be  sent  to  him  as 
ambassadors  ;  to  these  he  proposed  him- 
self as  the  suiter  of  Dido,  and  having 


induced  them  by  threats  and  promises  to 
enter  into  his  views,  he  dismissed  them. 
By  an  artifice  they  procured  from  Dido  a 
promise  to  comply  with  their  wishes  ; 
but  she,  to  avoid  the  fulfilment  of  the  con- 
tract, and  the  imputation  of  slighting  the 
memory  of  her  first  husband,  Sichaeus, 
devoted  herself  to  a  voluntary  death. 

How  long  the  monarchial  form  of  gov- 
ernment continued  at  Carthage,  we  have 
no  means  of  ascertaining,  nor  are  we  ac- 
quainted with  any  of  the  circumstances 
which  befel  the  infant  state.  There  is 
a  chasm  in  the  histor)'^  of  the  Carthagi- 
nians, of  no  less  than  three  hundred 
years.  Their  progress  in  this  interval 
could  not  have  been  slow ;  for  from  the 
first  notice  we  have  of  their  existence  as 
a  people  in  the  ancient  historians,  we 
find  them  in  alliance  with  the  Tuscans, 
bringing  forward  a  fleet  of  120  sail,  and 
combating  with  the  Phocaeans,  who  had 
settled  in  the  island  of  Corsica,  in  their 
progress  from  Asia  to  the  southern  shores 
of  France. 

After  this  period,  the  Carthaginians 
entered  into  an  alliance  with  the  Per- 
sians under  Xerxes,  in  which  it  was 
stipulated  that  the  Carthaginians  should 
invade  Sicily,  while  Xerxes  should  at- 
tack Greece;  the  Carthaginians  and 
Persians,  however,  suffered  a  terrible 
defeat. 

When  the  Carthaginians  began  to  look 
abroad  after  this  overthrow,  their  atten- 
tion was  again  attracted  towards  Sicily. 
A  dispute  between  the  cities  of  Egista 
and  Selinus  supplied  them  with  a  pretext. 
Hannibal,  the  grandson  of  Hamilcar,  who 
was  at  this  time  one  of  the  Sufletes,  or 
chief  magistrates,  had  ascendency  in 
their  commonwealth,  and  under  his  com- 
mand they  again  hazarded  all  their  force, 
upon  the  chances  of  a  Sicilian  campaign. 
He  landed  B.  C.  409,  near  the  promon- 
tory of  Lilybaeum  and  advanced  to  Seli- 
nus, which,  after  a  idgorous  resistance, 
he  took  by  assault.  He  appears  to  have 
treated  this  city  with  an  excess  of  bar- 
barity, which  even  Carthaginian  ferocity 
does  not  prepare  us  to  expect.  Sixteen 
thousand  of  the  inhabitants  were  put  to 
the  sword,  5,000  were  carried  away  cap- 
tives, and  the  miserable  remainder  es- 
caped to  Agrigentum.      The  city  itself 


CARTHAGE. 


87 


was  utterly  destroyed.  Himera  was  his 
next  object,  not  only  from  its  importance, 
and  from  its  unvarying  animosity  to  the 
Carthaginians,  but  as  it  was  the  scene  of 
his  grandfather's  overthrow,  he  was  eager 
to  subdue  it.  The  citizens  made  a  most 
desperate  but  ineflectual  resistance.  Di- 
odorus  has  given  minute  details  of  this 
siege,  which  are  highly  curious,  as  they 
aflbrd  information  of  the  state  of  military 
science  at  this  period.  The  city  expe- 
rienced the  same  fate  as  Selinus  ;  and 
Hannibal,  leaving  a  small  body  of  troops 
to  assist  the  confederates,  before  the  con- 
clusion of  the  year  returned  to  Carthage, 
where  he  was  received  with  the  most 
distinguished  honor. 

The  Carthaginians  were  so  elated  with 
their  recent  success,  that  they  seriously 
meditated  the  conquest  of  the  whole 
island  of  Sicily.  They  made  the  great- 
est preparatiori  for  this  renewed  attack  ; 
and  having  joined  Hamilcar,  the  son  of 
Hanno,  in  commission  with  Hannibal, 
who,  from  his  age  and  infirmities,  was 
unequal  to  the  various  duties  of  the  chief 
command,  the  expedition  set  forth. 

For  a  long  time,  the  Carthaginians 
through  many  successes  and  reverses, 
attempted  the  entire  conquest  of  Sicily. 
At  one  time  the  Syracusians  applied  to 
Corinth,  who  supplied  them  with  a  body 
of  troops  under  the  celebrated  Timoleon, 
who  completely  overthrew  the  Carthagi- 
nian army  B.  C.  340. 

In  the  year  B.  C.  309,  they  invaded 
Sicily.  All  the  principal  places  yielded 
to  their  arms,  and  Agathocles  the  sove- 
reign, in  despair,  shut  himself  up  in 
Syracuse.  The  Carthaginians  invested 
the  place  with  their  whole  force  ;  when 
Agathocles,findinghimself  deprived  of  all 
resources,  and  on  the  point  of  falling  into 
the  enemies'  hands,  adopted  the  spirit- 
ed and  almost  incredible  determination  of 
carrying  the  war  at  once  into  Africa.  The 
mouth  of  the  harbor  was  closely  blocka- 
ded by  the  Carthaginian  fleet,  yet  Aga- 
thocles watched  his  opportunity  so  art- 
fully, and  availed  himself  of  circumstan- 
ces so  adroitly,  that  he  managed  to  elude 
their  vigilance,  and  sailed  straight  for 
Africa.  The  Carthaginian  admiral  was 
not  slow  in  the  pursuit,  but  did  not  come 
up  with  the  Syracusan  fleet  till  they  were 


in  sight  of  the  African  coast.  A  partial 
engagement  ensued,  but  Agathocles  was 
not  to  be  diverted  from  his  main  object ; 
he  made  good  his  landing,  and  then,  un- 
der pretence  of  fulfilling  a  vow  he  had 
made  to  Ceres  and  Proserpine,  he  set 
fire  to  his  ships. 

The  consternation  at  Carthage,  when 
the  news  of  this  descent  of  Agathocles 
arrived,  was  excessive.  The  flower  of 
their  army  was  in  Sicily  ;  their  city  was 
wholly  unprepared  for  defence,  and  the 
country,  which  had  now  for  a  long  period 
been  exempt  from  the  calamities  of  war, 
was  filled  with  dismay  and  confusion. 
Agathocles  advanced  to  Tunis,  and  rav- 
aged the  Avhole  neighborhood  of  Car- 
thage. In  this  conjuncture,  Hanno  and 
Bomilcar  were  appointed  to  command 
the  forces,  which  had  been  hastily 
brought  together ;  and  eager  to  check 
the  tyrant's  destructive  ravages,  they' in- 
stantly took  the  field.  They  advanced 
with  no  small  confidence,  for  their  army 
consisted  of  40,000,  while  that  of  Aga- 
thocles did  not  amount  to  14,000  men. 
This  confidence  was  their  destruction  ; 
they  were  routed.  Hanno  Avas  slain, 
and  Bomilcar,  with  difficulty  drew  off  the 
shattered  remains  of  his  army.  Diodo- 
rus  attributes  this  discomfiture  in  a  great 
degree  to  the  treachery  of  Bomilcar,  who 
covertly  aimed  at  the  sovereign  authori- 
ty, and  who  wished  to  convert  this  inva- 
sion of  Agathocles  into  an  instrument  for 
effecting  his  design. 

The  citizens  of  Carthage  were  ex- 
tremely disheartened  by  the  result  of  this 
engagement,  as  they  persuaded  them- 
selves that  the  tutelar  deities  of  their 
country  must  have  taken  part  against 
them.  To  appease  these  offended  dei- 
ties, they  resolved  to  renew  their  offer- 
ings to  the  Tyrian  Hercules  ;  and  as  they 
had  failed  in  the  exact  performances  of 
the  sacrifices  to  Saturn,  they  made  iiorri- 
ble  atonement,  by  selecting  two  hundred 
infants  of  the  noblest  famihes  for  immo- 
lation ;  and  more  than  three  hundred 
persons  of  both  sexes  voluntarily  offered 
themselves  victims  to  their  bloody  idols. 

They  then  dispatched  messengers  to 
Hamilcar,  who  commanded  in  Sicily,  re- 
quiring him  to  come  to  the  relief  of  his 
country ;  he  does  not,  however,  seem  to 


88 


CARTHAGE. 


have  been  aware  of  the  extreme  urgency 
of  the  case,  as  he  contented  himself  with 
dispatching  5,000  men.  By  pressing  the 
siege  of  Syracuse,  he  thought  to  draw 
Agathocles  from  his  purpose  ;  but  in  an 
attempt  to  surprise  it  by  night,  he  was 
slain,  and  his  troops  completely  discom- 
fited. 

In  the  meantime  Agathocles  had  made 
himself  master  of  all  the  open  country, 
and  Carthage  itself  must  have  fallen,  had 
it  not  been  for  a  mutiny  which  broke  out 
in  the  invader's  camp. 

We  have  now  reached  that  period  when 
Rome  and  Carthage,  which  had  for  some 
time  menaced  each  other  from  a  distance, 
came  actually  in  contact ;  when  the  great 
question,  whether  the  seat  of  universal 
empire  should  be  fixed  in  Africa  or  in 
Europe  was  decided.  Before  we  enter 
into  the  detail  of  circumstances  which 
gave  rise  to  the  first  Punic  or  Carthagi- 
nian war,  it  will  be  expedient  to  take  a 
short  survey  of  the  actual  state  of  Car- 
thage, the  extent  of  her  dominion,  and  the 
nature  of  her  influence. 

The  limits  of  the  Carthaginian  domin- 
ions in  Africa  had  been  progressively 
advanced,  till  they  extended  from  the 
western  borders  of  Cyrenaica  to  the  Pil- 
lars of  Hercules,  or  straits  of  Gibraltar  ; 
but  at  this  distance  of  time,  and  with  our 
scanty  means  of  information,  it  is  impos- 
sible to  trace  the  various  stages  of  this 
progression.  The  period  in  which  the 
Carthaginians  first  settled  in  Spain  is  in- 
volved in  great  obscurity  ;  but  as  Diodo- 
rus  intimates  that  the  mines  of  Spain 
were  the  great  nerve  of  the  Carthaginian 
power,  by  which  they  were  enabl'id  to 
fit  out  such  wonderful  fleets,  and  bring 
such  formidable  armies  into  the  field,  we 
may  conclude  that  they  had  established 
themselves  in  that  country  at  a  very  ear- 
ly period,  previously  to  the  reigns  not 
only  of  Darius  and  Xerxes,  but  also  of 
Cyrus  himself. 

Justin  states,  that  they  were,  in  the 
first  instance,  led  to  intermeddle  in  the 
affairs  of  Spain,  with  a  view  of  assisting 
that  sister  colony  which  the  Phcenicians 
had  established  at  Gades,  now  Cadiz. 
The  assistance  afforded  by  them  was  ef- 
fectual in  defending  it  against  the  attacks 
of  the  neighboring  people  ;  but  not  con- 


tent with  this,  they  managed  to  obtain 
possession  of  the  colony  itself,  and  of 
the  whole  province  in  which  it  was  sit- 
uated. This  event  probably  took  place 
about  the  middle  of  the  second  century, 
after  the  foundation  of  Carthage ;  for 
Diodorus  distinctly  states,  that  at  this 
time  a  colony  was  established  in  the  island 
of  Ebusus,  now  Ivica,  and  in  all  like- 
lihood the  whole  of  the  Balearic  islands 
were  colonized  at  the  same  time.  Now, 
it  seems  reasonable  to  suppose,  that  the 
advance  of  the  Carthaginian  colonization 
was  progessive,  and  therefore  that  the 
settlement  at  Cadiz  would  be  subsequent 
to  that  at  Ebusus  ;  hence,  we  may  per- 
haps be  allowed  to  infer,  that  the  Car- 
thaginians made  their  first  descent  into 
Spain  about  160  years  after  the  building 
of  their  city.  Nevertheless,  it  appears, 
from  the  accounts  of  Livy  and  Polybius, 
that  the  greatest  part  of  Spain  remained 
unsubdued  till  the  wars  of  Hamilcar,  As- 
drubal,  and  Hannibal. 

In  Sardinia,  their  settlements  were  al- 
most coeval  with  their  existence  as  a 
people  ;  the  whole  island  appears  to 
have  been  in  subjection  to  them  at  the 
period  of  their  first  treaty  with  the  Ro- 
mans. 

Corsica,  too,  was  occupied  by  them 
from  very  ancient  times  :  they  probably 
succeeded  immediately  to  that  colony 
which  the  Phocaeans  were  compelled  to 
abandon.  Herodotus  mentions  the  Cor- 
sicans  among  those  nations  which  were 
united  to  form  that  vast  armament  with 
which  the  Carthaginians  invaded  Sicily 
in  the  days  of  Gelon. 

The  small  islands  of  Melita  and  Gau- 
los,  now  Malta  and  Goza,  were  likewise 
in  subjection  to  the  Carthaginians.  Ac- 
cording to  Diodorus,  these  islands  were 
first  peopled,  either  from  Carthage  or 
Phcenicia. 

This  rapid  survey  may  suffice  to  give 
us  some  idea  of  the  actual  extent  of  the 
Carthaginian  influence.  The  Romans, 
on  the  other  side,  had  now  begun  to  feel 
their  strength,  and  were  considerably 
elated  by  their  recent  success  against 
Pyrrhus.  That  experienced  commander 
foresaw  the  collision  which  was  about 
to  take  place  between  these  powerful  ri- 
vals, and  is  said,  upon  leaving  Sicily,  to 


CARTHAGE. 


89 


have  pointed  out  that  island  as  the  sub- 
ject and  the  first  scene  of  the  contest. 

Notwithstanding  the  Carthaginians  had 
been  thus  successful  in  dislodging  the 
Epirots  from  Sicily,  they  had  still  two 
powerful  enemies  to  contend  with,  the 
Syracusans  and  the  Mamertines.  The 
former  had  recently  appointed  Hiero  for 
their  leader,  who  is  imiformly  represent- 
ed by  the  ancient  historians  as  a  consum- 
mate hero,  and  most  amiable  prince  :  un- 
der his  command  the  Syracusan  forces 
obtained  several  considerable  advantages 
over  the  Carthaginians. 

The  Mamertines  were  originally  a 
body  of  Campanian  mercenaries,  which 
Agathocles  had  retained  in  his  service. 
They  were  afterwards  involved  in  a  dis- 
pute with  the  citizens  of  Syracuse,  as  to 
their  right  of  giving  votes  in  the  election 
of  magistrates ;  the  consequence  of  which 
was,  an  agreement  that  the  Campanians 
should  evacuate  Sicily  within  a  limited 
time.  Under  pretence  of  embarking  for 
their  native  country,  they  retired  to  Mes- 
sina, of  which  town  they  took  possession 
by  treachery,  expelling  or  assassinating 
all  the  inhabitants,  and  assuming  to  them- 
selves the  name  of  Mamertini,  a  word 
which,  in  the  ancient  language  of  south- 
ern Italy,  is  used  to  signify  a  warlike 
people. 

In  this  horrid  action  they  soon  found 
imitators.  Some  Roman  troops,  to  the 
number  of  about  4,000,  had  been  posted 
at  Rhegium,  during  the  late  wars  in  Italy, 
under  the  command  of  one  Decius,  a 
Campanian.  These,  assisted  by  the  Ma- 
mertines, murdered  the  citizens,  and 
seized  their  property ;  but  they  were 
speedily  punished  by  the  Romans  with 
exemplary  vigor.  The  Mamertines,  on 
their  side,  were  closely  pressed  by  Hiero, 
who  was  eager  to  retaliate  upon  them 
the  injuries  they  had  committed.  They 
were  at  length  reduced  to  such  distress, 
that  they  resolved  to  surrender  them- 
selves to  the  first  power  that  could  afford 
them  protection  ;  but  being  divided  in 
their  choice,  one  party  made  an  ofter  of 
submission  to  the  Carthaginians,  another 
to  the  Romans.  The  latter  scrupled  to 
avow  themselves  the  protectors  of  a  crime 
which  they  had  so  lately  punished  ;  but 
while  they  hesitated,  the  Carthaginians, 
12 


availing  themselves  of  the  delay,  and  of 
the  neighborhood  of  their  own  military 
stations,  got  the  start  of  their  rivals,  and 
were  received  into  Messina.  This  unex- 
pected advantage,  gained  by  a  power  of 
which  they  had  so  much  reason  to  be 
jealous,  roused  the  Romans  :  they  in- 
stantly sent  orders  to  the  consvd  Appius 
Claudius,  who  had  charge  of  the  forces 
in  the  neighborhood  of  Rhegium,  to  assem- 
ble all  the  shipping  which  could  be  found 
on  the  coast,  from  Tarentum  to  Naples, 
and  to  pass  with  his  army  into  Sicily. 
As  soon  as  his  fleet  appeared,  the  party 
in  the  city  which  had  favored  the  admis- 
sion of  the  Romans,  took  arms,  and  forced 
the  Carthaginians  to  evacuate  the  place. 

Thus  conmienced  the  first  Punic  war. 
The  first  object  of  either  party  was  no 
more  than  to  command  the  passage  of 
the  straits,  by  securing  the  possession  of 
Messina  ;  but  their  views  were  gradually 
extended,  and  the  contest  quickly  as- 
sumed its  real  form,  a  struggle  for  the 
sovereignty  of  the  whole  island  and  the 
dominion  of  the  seas. 

The  Romans  perceiving  that,  notwith- 
standing their  success  by  land,  their 
coasts  of  Italy  still  continued  open  to  the 
depredations  of  the  Carthaginian  fleets, 
resolved  at  once  to  equip  a  fleet  which 
might  enable  them  to  cope  with  their  foe, 
even  on  his  own  peculiar  element.  This 
attempt,  so  bold  in  its  conception,  and  so 
important  in  its  ultimate  consequences, 
induced  Polybius,  as  he  himself  states, 
to  write  the  history  of  this  war,  "  in  order 
that  the  circumstances  which  attended 
the  first  formation  of  the  Roman  marine 
might  never  be  forgotten."  A  Carthagi- 
nian vessel,  which  had  been  accidentally 
stranded  at  Messina,  served  them  for  a 
model,  and  within  the  short  period  of 
sixty  days,  they  had  fitted  out,  and  man- 
ned for  sea,  100  galleys  of  five  benches 
of  oars  and  twenty  triremes.  These  ves- 
sels were  extremely  rude,  both  in  their 
materials  and  construction,  yet  the  labor 
of  building  them  must  have  been  im- 
mense, as  a  quinquereme  was  capable  of 
carrying  300  rowers  and  200  fighting 
men. 

While  the  galleys  were  building,  the 
Romans  exercised  their  rowers  on  benches 
erected  on  the  beach.     And  in  order  to 


90 


CARTHAGE. 


counterbalance  the  advantage  which  the 
Carthaginians  were  likely  to  derive  from 
their  superior  seamanship,  they  invented, 
(or  rather  in  the  opinion  of  some  writers, 
improved,)  the  machine  called  the  corvus 
by  which  they  were  enabled  to  grapple 
and  bind  the  vessels  together,  so  as  to 
give  to  their  soldiers  full  scope  for  the 
exertion  of  their  bodily  strength  and  ac- 
tivity. 

In  the  first  rencounter  of  the  hostile 
fleets,  the  Carthaginians  were,  as  it  might 
be  expected,  successful ;  but  in  a  subse- 
quent engagement,  they  met  with  a  se- 
vere check,  and  their  admiral,  Hannibal, 
having  lost  the  greater  part  of  his  ships, 
with  difficulty  made  his  escape.  The 
command  of  the  Roman  fleet  had  now  de- 
volved upon  the  consul  Duilius,  to  whom 
is  attributed  the  invention  of  the  corvus. 
He  engaged  the  Carthaginian  fleet  with- 
out delay,  and  by  the  help  of  his  new 
engine,  succeeded  in  giving  them  a  com- 
plete overthrow,  B.  C.  260.  The  loss  of 
the  Carthaginians  is  variously  related ; 
Hannibal,  having  been  obliged  to  aban- 
don his  own  vessel  to  the  enemy,  re- 
turned to  Carthage,  where  he  obtained 
reinforcements  for  his  shattered  fleet. 
Putting  to  sea  again,  he  steered  for  the 
coast  of  Sardinia,  where  he  was  surprised 
by  the  Romans  Avhile  at  anchor,  who  car- 
ried off  some  of  his  ships,  and  took  great 
numbers  of  his  men  prisoners  ;  this  so 
incensed  the  rest,  that  they  seized  their 
admiral  and  crucified  him.  The  alTairs 
of  the  Carthaginians  in  Sicily  had,  in  this 
interval,  assumed  a  more  favorable  as- 
pect. Hamilcar,  their  commander,  avail- 
ing himself  of  a  dispute  which  had  oc- 
curred between  the  Roman  legions  and 
their  auxiliaries,  surprised  their  camp, 
put  4,000  to  the  sword,  and  dispersed  the 
rest.  Notwithstanding  this  disaster,  the 
terror  of  the  Roman  arms  was  still  sus- 
tained by  the  vigilance  and  bravery  of 
the  consul  Florus,  while  his  colleague 
Cornelius  Scipio,  made  a  descent  on 
Corsica,  and  menaced  the  coasts  of  Sar- 
dinia. Several  engagements,  both  by 
land  and  sea,  ensued,  with  various  results, 
but  for  the  most  part  to  the  advantage  of 
the  Romans,  who  were  thus,  by  degrees, 
encouraged  to  prepare  for  an  invasion  of 
Africa  itself,  as  the  only  means  by  which 


they  could  oblige  the  enemy  to  evacuate 
Sicily.  In  the  ninth  year  of  the  war, 
the  consuls  Manlius,  Dulso  and  Attilius 
Regidus,  with  the  fleet  under  their  com- 
mand, consisting  of  350  galleys  of  difler- 
ent  sizes,  held  their  rendezvous  at  Mes- 
sina. Having  taken  their  land  forces  on 
board,  they  proceeded  along  the  coast. 
The  Carthaginian  fleet,  which,  as  to  the 
number  of  vessels,  was  about  equal,  was 
lying  at  Lilybaeum,  under  the  comand  of 
Hanno  and  Hamilcar.  The  hostile  squad- 
rons met  near  Heraclea  Minoa.  The 
Roman  commanders  drew  up  their  fleet  in 
the  form  of  a  wedge,  the  Carthaginians 
were  in  line.  The  consuls  observing 
that  this  line  was  weak  towards  the  cen- 
tre, caused  it  to  be  vigorously  attacked 
in  that  part.  A  most  obstinate  conflict 
ensued,  which  terminated  in  favor  of  the 
Romans,  who  lost  in  the  action  only  24 
galleys,  whilst  the  Carthaginians  had  30 
sunk  and  63  taken.  After  the  battle, 
Hamilcar  sent  Hanno  to  make  proposals 
of  peace  to  the  consuls,  which  being  re- 
jected, the  war  continued  to  rage  with  as 
much  fierceness  as  ever ;  and  the  con- 
suls soon  after  setting  sail  for  Africa, 
landed  without  opposition  near  Clupia ; 
or  as  Polybius  calls  it,  Aspis.  Nothing 
could  exceed  the  terror  and  astonish- 
ment which  the  news  of  the  Roman  in- 
vasion caused  at  Carthage.  These  were, 
however,  in  some  degree  diminished  by 
the  intelligence  that,  contented  with  rav- 
aging the  whole  country  almost  to  the 
very  gates  of  the  capital,  one  of  the  con- 
suls had  returned  to  Rome  with  the  best 
part  of  the  troops,  leaving  the  manage- 
ment of  the  war  to  his  colleague  Regulus, 
with  only  40  ships,  15,000  foot,  and  500 
horse.  Hamilcar  was  recalled  from  Si- 
cily, and  was  joined  with  Asdrubal  and 
Bostar,  in  the  command  of  the  army. 
Regulus  having  spent  the  winter  at  Cly- 
pea,  hearing  that  the  Carthaginian  army 
was  in  motion,  advanced  with  his  forces, 
and  encamped  upon  the  Bagrada  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Carthage.  Here  he  is 
said  to  have  met  with  that  monstrous  ser- 
pent, of  which  several  ancient  writers 
make  mention :  the  descriptions  are  pro- 
bably hyperbolical,  yet  it  is  impossible 
to  refuse  all  credit  to  a  story  for  which 
there  are  so  many  authorities. 


CARTHAGE. 


91 


The  Carthaginian  generals  advanced 
to  give  him  battle,  but  most  unwisely 
took  up  a  position  in  ground  that  was  un- 
fit for  the  operations  of  elephants  or 
horse,  in  which  the  great  part  of  their 
strength  consisted.  Regulus  profited  by 
this  mistake,  attacked  them  in  the  night, 
and  entirely  defeated  them.  This  vic- 
tory was  productive  of  the  most  import- 
ant consequences ;  Utica  opened  its  gates, 
Tunis  was  forced  to  submit,  and  nothing 
now  remained  but  to  lay  siege  to  Car- 
thage itself 

To  complete  the  misfortunes  of  the 
Carthaginians,  their  territory  was,  at  this 
time,  invaded  by  the  Numidians,  who 
committed  the  most  dreadful  ravages. 
The  Roman  consul,  elated  by  his  good 
fortune,  and  desirous  to  terminate  the 
war  before  the  arrival  of  a  successor, 
offered  to  treat  with  the  vanquished,  but 
on  terms  so  extravagant,  that  they  were 
at  once  rejected  by  the  senate. 

At  this  conjuncture,  a  Carthaginian 
officer  who  had  been  sent  to  Greece  to 
levy  soldiers,  returned  with  a  body  of 
mercenaries,  amongst  whom  was  one 
Xantippus,  a  Spartan,  who  had  some  re- 
putation for  military  science.  To  him 
the  command  of  the  remaining  forces 
was  entrusted  ;  and  he  succeeded  in  in- 
fusing into  them  some  knowledge  of  the 
Grecian  tactics,  and  an  unbounded  confi- 
dence in  his  own  skill  and  experience. 
Regulus  was  little  prepared  for  this 
change  ;  when  he  saw  the  Carthaginian 
army  again  advancing,  flushed  with  the 
hope  of  new  victories,  he  at  once  led  his 
men  to  the  attack,  and  ventured  even  to 
cross  the  river  which  separated  the  two 
armies.  This  rashness  led  to  the  entire 
destruction  of  his  army.  Xantippus  pro- 
fited to  the  utmost  of  his  antagonist's  mis- 
conduct, and  only  two  thousand  of  the 
Romans  escaped  from  the  field.  Regu- 
lus himself  was  taken  prisoner.  The 
Carthaginians  treated  all  their  captives 
with  great  humanity,  except  the  general. 
The  story  of  his  sufferings  and  constancy 
is  well  known.  *     Xantippus,  to  whose 


*  Regulus  was  sent  with  ambassadors  from 
Carthage  to  Rome,  to  negotiate  a  treaty  of  peace, 
under  the  most  solemn  oath  to  return  as  a  pris- 
oner, should  the  negotiation  fail.  The  proposals 
were  rejected  by  the  Roman  senate  at  the  urgent 


conduct  the  whole  of  this  success  must 
be  attributed,  withdrew  from  Carthage 
immediately  afterwards.  "  Wisely  and 
prudently,"  says  Polybius,  "  as  the  splen- 
dor of  his  action  must  have  excited  a  de- 
gree of  jealousy  and  envy  sufficient  to 
overwhelm  even  a  citizen ;  how  much 
more  a  stranger  and  a  foreigner." 

The  Romans  sent  out  a  strong  squad- 
ron to  bring  oft'  the  remains  of  the  defeat- 
ed army,  but  in  the  passage  to  Sicily  on 
their  return,  they  met  with  a  dreadful 
tempest,  in  which  they  lost  almost  their 
whole  fleet.  This,  and  several  subse- 
quent calamities,  so  greatly  dispirited 
them,  that  they  determined  for  a  season 
to  lay  aside  all  naval  operations.  The 
Carthaginians  were  thus  left  masters  of 
the  sea.  The  theatre  of  war  was  now 
again  removed  to  Sicily,  where  it  raged 
with  imabated  violence.  The  affairs  of 
the  Carthaginians  were  in  a  state  of 
progressive  deterioration,  till  the  appoint- 
ment of  Hamilcar,  surnamed  Barcas,  to 
the  chief  command.  His  valor  and  enter- 
prise restored  for  a  short  time  the  droop- 
ing fortunes  of  his  country,  but  in  the  end 
he  was  obliged  to  yield.  The  Romans 
had  soon  become  sensible  of  the  absolute 
necessity  they  were  under  of  restoring 
their  ships ;  and  they  did  so  with  a  res- 
olution and  vigor  which  enabled  them 
once  more  to  prevail  over  the  superior 
skill  and  address  of  their  enemy.  Ano- 
ther defeat  at  sea  compelled  Hamilcar  to 
seek  for  peace,  B.  C.  242.  It  was  grant- 
ed, but  upon  conditions  so  harsh,  and 
dictated  by  the  Romans  with  so  much 
insolence,  that  Hamilcar  from  that  mo- 
ment conceived  an  invincible  aversion  to 
the  Roman  name.  He  concluded  peace, 
only  that  he  might  give  his  country  time 
to  breathe,  and  that  they  might  after- 
desire  of  Regulus  himself,  and  he  returned  to 
Carthage.  Nothing  could  equal  the  fury  and  dis- 
appointment of  the  Carthaginians  when  they 
learned  from  their  ambassadors,  that  instead  of 
hastening  a  peace,  he  had  given  his  opinion  for 
continuing  the  war.  They  accordingly  prepared 
to  punish  his  conduct  with  the  most  studied  tor- 
tures. His  eyelids  were  cut  off,  and  after  several 
days,  he  was  put  into  a  barrel  stuck  full  of  nails  that 
pointed  inwards  ;  and  in  this  painful  condition  he 
remained  until  he  died.  It  may  be  proper  to  ob- 
serve, that  he  bore  all  his  sufferings  with  patient 
silence,  and  died  as  heroically  as  he  had  lived. 


95t 


CARTHAGE, 


wards  be  able  to  chastise  the  insolence 
to  which  they  were  at  present  compelled 
to  submit.  The  terms  of  peace  were 
these :  That  the  Carthaginians  should 
evacuate  Sicily ;  that  they  should  not,  for 
the  future,  make  war  on  Hiero  king  of 
Syracuse,  or  any  of  his  allies;  that  they 
should  release  all  Roman  captives  with- 
out ransom  ;  and  within  twenty  years, 
pay  to  the  Romans  a  sum  of  three  thou- 
sand Euboic  talents.  *  The  people  of 
Rome  refused  to  ratify  this  treaty,  till 
they  had  sent  ten  commissioners  into 
Sicily  to  examine  into  the  actual  state  of 
affairs.  By  these,  some  additional  arti- 
cles were  added  of  inferior  importance, 
but  still  of  harsher  tendency.  The  rati- 
fications were  then  interchanged,  and 
Asdrubal  retired  to  Lilybseum,  where  he 
resigned  to  Cisco  the  care  of  transporting 
the  troops  to  Africa. 

Thus  after  twenty  three  years'  continu- 
ance, ended  the  first  Punic  war  ;  leaving 
the  contending  parlies  weakened,  indeed, 
but  not  dispirited ; — with  their  resources 
exhausted,  but  their  mutual  animosity  in- 
creased and  exasperated  beyond  measure. 
The  excellent  Polybius,  in  a  recapitula- 
tion of  the  most  remarkable  circumstan- 
ces of  the  contest,  gives  the  preference 
to  the  Roman  soldiers  above  the  Cartha- 
ginian ;  but  at  the  same  time  he  allows, 
that  Hamilcar  Barcas  proved  himself, 
both  in  bravery  and  conduct,  the  greatest 
captain  of  the  age. 

Carthage  had  no  sooner  relieved  itself 
from  the  pressure  of  this  bloody  and  ex- 
pensive war,  than  it  found  itself  involved 
in  another,  which  had  very  nearly  proved 
fatal.  The  mercenary  troops,  when  they 
returned  to  Africa,  found  that  the  public 
treasury  was  too  much  exlaausted  to  dis- 
charge their  arrears  of  pay.  They  quick- 
ly became  clamorous,  and  committed  the 
gi-eatest  disorders  in  the  city  and  other 
places. 

Carthage  was  now  reduced  to  a  state 
of  the  utmost  distress  ;  the  tributary 
states  of  Africa  joined  themselves  to  the 
mutineers ;  and  thus  she  saw  herself 
siu-rounded  on  all  sides  by  active  and  ir- 
ritated enemies,  and  deprived,  at  the 
same  time,  of  all  her  resources  and  ac- 


About  $2,500,000. 


customed  means  of  defence.  Notwith- 
standing these  adverse  circumstances, 
she  did  not  despond.  All  citizens  capa- 
ble of  bearing  arms  were  mustered,  new 
levies  were  made  wherever  soldiers  could 
be  procured,  and  the  fleet  was  refitted 
with  all  expedition.  The  command  of 
the  forces  waB  given  to  Hanno,  who  at 
first  gained  some  slight  advantages  ;  but 
was  soon  after  surprised  in  his  camp,  and 
even  suffered  the  mercenaries  to  possess 
themselves,  without  opposition,  of  the 
isthmus  which  connected  the  city  with  the 
main  land  of  Africa.  To  remedy  these 
disasters,  Hamilcar  Barcas  was  once 
more  called  to  the  head  of  affairs.  He 
marched  against  the  enemy  with  about 
10,000  men,  horse  and  foot,  which  were 
all  the  troops  the  Carthaginians  could 
at  that  time  assemble  for  their  defence. 
He  was  however,  successfid,  and  the 
Carthaginians  retained  Africa  in  sub- 
jection. 

Hamilcar,  by  the  happy  conclusion  of 
the  Libyan  war,  had  restored  tranquillity 
to  his  country ;  but  he  found  that  she 
would  be  still  unable  to  cope  with  her 
haughty  rival.  He  determined,  there- 
fore, to  undertake  the  entire  conquest  of 
Spain,  in  the  hope  that  it  would  supply 
to  the  Carthaginians  both  a  school  of 
military  discipline  and  a  magazine  of 
warlike  stores,  whenever  they  should 
renew  the  contest  with  Rome.  Hamil- 
car did  not  attempt  to  disguise  his  hatred 
to  the  Roman  name  ;  he  publicly  avow- 
ed the  motives  of  his  expedition,  and  took 
with  him  Hannibal  his  son,  and  Hasdru- 
bal  his  son-in-law,  having  inspired  them 
both  with  an  implacable  aversion  against 
those  whom  he  considered  as  the  de- 
stroyers of  his  country's  grandeur.  Nine 
years  he  fought  in  Spain,  subjecting 
either  by  force  or  by  persuasion,  the 
greatest  part  of  the  country  to  the  Car- 
thaginian power,  and  at  last  fell  glorious- 
ly in  the  field  of  battle  at  the  head  of 
his  troops.  The  army  elected  Hasdru- 
bal  to  succeed  him,  which  appointment 
was  confirmed  by  the  senate  of  Carthage. 
He  conducted  himself  with  great  pru- 
dence ;  and  to  secure  the  acquisitions  of 
his  predecessor,  built  a  city,  which  was 
afterwards  called  New  Carthage,  B.  C. 
227.     The  Romans  viewed  the  progress 


CARTHAGE, 


93 


of  the  Carthaginian  arms  in  Spain  with 
considerable  jealousy.  For  the  present, 
however,  they  contented  themselves  with 
concluding  a  treaty,  the  articles  of  which 
were,  1st,  That  the  Carthaginians  should 
not  pass  the  Iberus.  2d,  That  the  Sa- 
guntum,  with  the  neighboring  Greek  col- 
onies which  had  implored  the  protection 
of  Rome,  should  enjoy  their  ancient  rights 
and  privileges.  Hasdrubal  still  pushed 
on  his  conquests,  though  he  was  cautious 
not  to  pass  these  limits.  Having  man- 
aged the  Carthaginian  affairs  in  Spain  for 
eight  years,  he  was  at  last  assassinated 
by  a  Gaul,  whose  master  he  had  put  to 
death.  Hasdrubal  three  years  before  had 
written  to  Carthage,  to  desire  that  Han- 
nibal, then  twenty-two  years  of  age, 
might  be  sent  out  to  him.  This  was  op- 
posed by  Hanno,  who  represented  that  it 
would  give  undue  weight  to  the  Barcine 
party.  The  objection  was  overruled,  and 
the  young  soldier  was  suffered  to  depart. 
He  quickly  drew  upon  himself  the  atten- 
tion of  the  whole  army,  who  were  eager 
to  hail  the  opening  virtues  of  the  son  of 
Hamilcar.  Even  Livy  himself  seems, 
in  speaking  of  Hannibal,  to  lay  aside  his 
animosities  as  a  Roman,  and  to  dwell 
with  delight  on  the  various  qualities  of 
this  extraordinary  man.  "  Never,"  says 
he,  "  was  there  a  disposition  better  qual- 
ified even  for  the  most  opposite  things, 
whether  for  obedience  or  for  command. 
Boldly  adventurous  in  undertaking  dan- 
gers, he  displayed  eminent  skill  and 
presence  of  mind  when  engaged  in  them. 
No  labors  could  exhaust  his  body  or  de- 
press his  spirits.  He  was  capable  alike 
of  enduring  heat  and  cold,  and  in  his 
food  consulted  only  the  demands  of  na- 
ture, not  the  suggestions  of  appetite.  No 
stated  hours  were  allotted  by  him  for 
sleep  or  study,  either  by  night  or  day.  It 
was  only  the  time  unoccupied  by  busi- 
ness that  he  gave  up  to  repose,  courting 
it  neither  by  silence  nor  the  softness  of  j 
his  bed.  On  the  contrary,  he  was  often 
seen  lying  on  the  ground,  amidst  the  sen- 
tinels and  guards.  He  was  distinguished 
from  his  equals  by  no  superiority  of  dress, 
but  his  arms  and  his  horses  were  always 
conspicuous.  In  the  performance  of  mil- 
itary duties,  whether  of  cavalry  or  infantry, 
he  was  ever  foremost ;  the  first  in  entering 


the  combat,  he  was  the  last  to  quit  the 
field." 

Such  was  the  man,  who  now,  by  the 
unanimous  voice  of  the  army,  was  called 
to  conduct  the  affairs  of  the  Carthagini- 
ans in  Spain.  He  was  in  his  twenty- 
sixth  year,  full  of  confidence  and  hope. 
From  the  first  moment  of  his  appoint- 
ment, he  conducted  himself  as  though 
Italy  had  been  the  province  allotted  to 
him.  After  several  successful  enterprises 
against  the  natives  of  Spain,  which  served 
both  to  secure  his  previous  conquests  and 
to  augment  his  resources  ;  then  having 
with  singular  address,  furnished  himself 
with  all  things  necessary  for  the  impor- 
tant enterprise,  without  affording  to  the 
Romans  a  pretext  for  declaring  war,  he 
on  a  sudden  laid  siege  to  Saguntum  ;  and 
thus,  by  the  infraction  of  Hasdrubal's 
treaty,  struck  the  first  blow  in  this  event- 
ful war,  B.  C.  219.  The  train  for  this 
tremendous  explosion  had  been  laid  long 
before.  Polybius  mentions  thrge  causes, 
which  more  immediately  led  to  the  sec- 
ond Punic  war ;  the  fraudulent  and  ty- 
rannical conduct  of  the  Romans  with  res- 
pect to  Sardinia;  the  jealousy  which  was 
entertained  of  witnessing  the  progress  of 
the  Carthaginian  arms  in  Spain  ;  and, 
lastly,  that  bitter  hatred  to  the  Roman 
name  and  nation,  which  Hamilcar  had 
bequeathed  to  his  son  Hannibal,  and 
which  was  in  both,  the  predominant  feel- 
ing influencing  the  whole  conduct  of  their 
lives. 

Hannibal  opened  the  siege  of  Sagun- 
tum with  an  army  consisting  of  120,000 
foot,  and  20,000  horse.  The  defence  is 
one  of  the  most  memorable  in  history. 
The  limits  of  this  work  do  not  allow  us 
to  enter  into  the  minute  details  which 
Livy  and  Polybius  supply.  We  must  be 
content  with  stating,  that,  after  a  contest 
of  eight  months  continuance,  almost  un- 
paralleled for  its  fierceness  and  obstinacy, 
the  city  was  razed,  and  its  inhabitants 
without  distinction  of  age  or  sex,  put  to 
the  sword,  or  sold  for  slaves. 

Hannibal  had  probably  long  devised 
the  invasion  of  Italy,  and  had  convinced 
himselfofthe  practicability  of  the  attempt. 
War  being  now  declared,  he  made  his 
dispositions  for  the  safety  of  Spain  and 
Africa,  and  collected  his  troops  for  that 


94 


CARTHAGE. 


great  undertaking,  the  conduct  of  which 
had  procured  for  him  a  reputation  supe- 
rior to  all  other  military  commanders,  He 
had  well  weighed  the  difficulties  of  the 
enterprise,  the  various  dangers  of  the 
march,  and  the  uncertainty  of  procuring 
supplies.  To  these  were  opposed,  the 
advantages  which  would  accrue  from  car- 
rying the  war  into  the  heart  of  the  en- 
emy's country  ;  the  assistance  he  might 
expect,  if  he  could  once  reach  Italy  in 
force,  from  those  states  which  were  ac- 
tually in  rebellion  against  the  Roman  au- 
thority, or  bore  to  it  only  a  feigned  and 
uncertain  allegiance.  Let  us  not,  there- 
fore, magnify  the  courage  of  this  cele- 
brated warrior  at  the  expense  of  his  judg- 
ment, nor  suffer  the  xmwarrantable  rash- 
ness of  inexperience  to  shelter  itself  be- 
hind the  great  name  of  Hannibal. 

In  his  march  to  the  Iberus,  he  experi- 
enced no  interruption  Thence  to  the 
Pyrenees  he  was  obliged  to  force  his 
way ;  and  apprehending  some  inconve- 
nience from  the  leaving  an  hostile  peo- 
ple in  his  rear,  he  stationed  his  brother 
Hanno,  with  10,000  foot  and  1,000  horse, 
to  observe  their  motions,  and  secure  the 
passes  of  the  mountains.  During  the 
passage  of  the  Pyrenees,  a  considerable 
body  of  the  Spanish  allies  deserted.  Lest 
this  example  should  prove  contagious,  he 
gave  out  that  they  had  fallen  back  by  his 
express  order,  and  that  he  meant  to  spare 
a  few  more  troops  of  the  same  nation. 
By  these  separations,  his  numbers  were  re- 
duced from  90,000  to  50,000  foot;  he  had 
likewise  9,000  horse  and  37  elephants. 

After  entering  Gaul,  his  march  was  for 
some  time  hindered  by  the  jealousy  of 
the  natives ;  but  upon  his  convincing 
them  he  had  no  object  in  view  besides  a 
mere  passage  through  their  territories, 
he  was  suffered  to  proceed  without  mo- 
lestation. The  river  Rhone  presented 
the  first  serious  obstacle.  As  the  Gauls 
who  inhabited  the  country  contiguous  to 
it,  seemed  resolved  to  oppose  his  pas- 
sage, he  contrived  to  disperse  their 
forces  by  a  stratagem  ;  but  a  new  diffi- 
cidty  occurred,  he  had  no  means  of  waft- 
ing the  elephants  over  this  broad  and 
rapid  current.  The  difficulty  was  at  last 
obviated,  by  the  construction  of  a  sort  of 
flying  bridge,  by  means  of  which  they 


were    all  transported  in  perfect  safety. 
[Livy.  Polyb.  ut  supra.) 

Hannibal  crossed  the  Rhone  at  Lauri- 
ol,  in  Dauphiny.  Hence  he  marched  up 
the  left  bank  of  the  river,  towards  the 
midland  parts  of  Gaul ;  not  because  this 
was  the  direct  road  to  the  Alps,  but  be- 
cause he  thought  the  further  he  advanced 
from  the  sea  the  less  likely  he  was  to 
meet  the  Romans.  Nor  was  he  mis- 
taken ;  for  at  that  very  time  he  reached 
the  banks  of  the  Rhone,  Scipio,  (the 
father  of  Africanus,)  landed  at  the  mouth 
of  it,  and  a  rencounter  actually  took 
place  between  some  detachments  of  cav- 
alry from  the  two  armies.  Brancus,  a 
prince  of  the  AUobroges,  having  offered 
to  become  his  guide,  he  advanced  to- 
wards the  Alps,  following  the  course  of 
the  Rhone.  Turning  to  the  right,  he 
passed  through  the  country  of  the  Tri- 
castini ;  from  the  grand  angle  of  the 
Rhone  at  Lyons,  to  the  deep  indent 
which  it  forms  at  St.  Genis.  Here  he 
entered  Savoy,  ranging  along  the  limits 
of  the  Vocontian  dominions,  from  this  in- 
dent to  the  Sier.  Hence  he  passed 
through  the  country  of  the  Tricorrii  to 
Geneva,  without  impediment,  crossing 
the  Arve  (Druentia)  in  his  march.  From 
Geneva  he  proceeded  to  Martigny.  Here 
the  hills  have  an  opening  to  the  south 
80  paces  in  width,  which,  in  the  days  of 
Hannibal,  formed  the  only  channel  of 
communication  between  Gaul  and  Italy. 
The  Seduni  had  occupied  this  pass  ;  but 
Hannibal,  in  the  night,  seized  the  heights 
which  commanded  it,  and  obtained  pos- 
session of  their  chief  city,  now  St.  Bran- 
chiere.  Here  the  Salassi  met  him  in  a 
friendly  manner,  and  offered  to  conduct 
him  to  Italy  by  a  better  road  than  that  he 
was  pursuing.  Under  their  guidance,  he 
turned  to  the  right  into  the  Val  de  Bag- 
nes,  where,  in  passing  a  defile,  the  Sa- 
lassi fell  upon  him  unawares.  The  steadi- 
ness of  his  troops  saved  him  from  this 
imminent  danger.  His  infantry  got  pos- 
session of  a  white  rock,  (that  on  which  ■ 
the  village  of  Lultier  now  stands,)  from  j 
whence  they  resisted  all  the  assaults  of 
the  enemy.  Bewildered  by  this  treach- 
ery, he  wandered  through  the  Alps  for 
some  days,  and  at  last  reached  the  regu- 
lar road  only  seven  miles  from  the  point 


CARTHAGE. 


95 


HanmhaVs  army  passing  the  Alps. 


at  whicli  he  had  quitted  it.  It  is  uncertain 
by  what  pass  he  at  last  actually  reached 
Italy.  LiA'y  does  not  give  any  positive 
opinion.  Many  circumstances  conspire  to 
prove,thatitmust  have  been  by  the  Mons 
Penivms,  (Great  St.  Bernard.)  Hence 
he  descended  to  St.  Remy,  having  excited 
the  ardor  of  his  troops,  by  pointing  out 
to  them  the  rich  vales  of  Italy,  and  the 
site  of  Rome  itself.  At  this  point  the 
road,  which  was  before  steep,  had,  by  a 
recent  subsidence  of  the  earth,  been  ren- 
dered precipitous.  The  chasm  extended 
across  the  road  to  the  distance  of  a  thou- 
sand feet.  It  was  an  even  wall  of  stone, 
such  that  even  a  man  on  foot  could  not 
descend  it  without  difficulty.  Hannibal 
endeavored  to  find  a  path  by  which  he 
might  avoid  this  ravine,  but  his  horses, 
elephants  and  baggage,  sunk  in  the  snow, 
and  he  found  it  impossible  to  proceed. 
They  rested  on  the  bare  ground  for  the 
night.  The  next  morning,  the  Cartha- 
ginians employed  themselves  in  felling  a 
number  of  large  trees,  and  raised  a  vast 
pile  of  fuel  on  the  crags.  The  trees  be- 
ing of  a  resinous  nature  soon  flamed,  and 
the  rocks  appeared  glowing  beneath 
them ;  they  then  applied  vinegar  to  soften 
them,  and  finally  opened  a  path  through 


the  burning  rocks  with  their  pick-axes. 
This  account  has  been  derided  by  many 
historians  as  an  incredible  fiction,  yet 
if  stripped  of  the  marvellous  circumstan- 
ces which  have  been  added  to  it  by  some 
writers,  it  contains  nothing  improbable, 
nothing  which  could  not  have  been 
efiected  by  the  ingenuity  and  indefatiga- 
ble labor  of  such  a  leader,  and  such  an 
army. 

The  events  of  this  war  are  so  involved 
with  the  affairs  of  Rome,  or  rather  they 
form  so  completely  an  integral  part  of 
the  Roman  history,  that  we  must  refer 
the  reader  for  its  details  to  that  article. 
The  domestic  history  of  Carthage  during 
this  eventful  period,  though  it  offers  but 
few  circumstances  Avorthy  of  observation, 
conveys  a  most  important  lesson. 

In  all  governments  which  are  in  any 
degree  popular,  there  must  be  two  par- 
ties in  the  state.  Those  who  conduct 
public  affairs,  must  expect  to  have  their 
measures  scrutinized  and  thwarted  by  all 
who  are  desirous  either  of  diminishing 
their  influence,  or  succeeding  to  the  pos- 
session of  their  power.  In  Carthage, 
a  party  such  as  this,  (which  in  modem 
times  we  have  taught  ourselves  to  call 
"  the  opposition,")  was  regularly  organ- 


96 


CARTHAGE. 


ized,  and  its  exertions  were  systematic 
and  incessant.  The  avowed  leader  of 
this  party  was  that  Hanno,  whose  inca- 
pacity and  misconduct  we  have  more 
than  once  had  occasion  to  notice.  His 
constant  object  was  to  undermine  and 
destroy  the  influence  which  Hannibal, 
by  his  talents,  success,  and  family  con- 
nections, possessed  in  the  state.  So 
violent  was  his  animosity  against  the 
Barcine  party,  that  he  appears  to  have 
disregarded  all  the  real  interests  of  his 
country,  so  long  as  he  could  cripple  their 
exertions,  and  mar  the  execution  of  their 
designs.  The  peculiar  fault  of  the  Car- 
thaginian constitution,  as  we  have  noticed 
in  the  outset,  was,  that  in  all  cases 
which  produced  a  difference  of  opinion, 
and,  on  this  account  would  deserve 
graver  and  more  mature  deliberation,  it 
lost  its  representative  character,  and  an 
appeal  was  directly  made  to  the  blind- 
ness and  party  zeal,  the  narrow^  concep- 
tions, and  infuriated  prejudices  of  the 
populace.  Hanno  did  not  lose  sight  of 
the  power  which  this  singular  anomaly  in 
the  constitution  afforded  him.  He  avail- 
ed himself  of  it  on  every  occasion,  and  it 
enabled  him  to  work  the  destruction  of 
his  political  opponents  ;  but  his  country 
fell  with  him.  The  power  of  Carthage 
was  annihilated  on  the  plains  of  Zama  ; 
and  the  short  remainder  of  its  history 
contains  nothing  but  a  detail  of  insolent 
aggressions  on  the  part  of  its  victorious 
rival.  These  were  met  by  the  Cartha- 
ginians on  their  side  by  the  most  unwor- 
thy concessions.  They  gave  up  their 
general ;  they  submitted  to  endure  the 
most  unwarrantable  interposition  of  their 
affairs  ;  in  short,  they  drank  the  cup  of 
humiliation  to  its  very  dregs,  in  the  hope 
of  protracting  their  existence.  But  the 
hope  was  vain;  the  haughty  spirit  of  the 
Roman  people  could  not  endure,  that  a 
city,  which  had  for  a  long  time  resisted 
the  progress  of  their  arms,  and  even 
made  them  tremble  in  the  Capitol,  should 
continue  to  exist ;  and  the  military  skill 
of  Scipio  iEmilianus  was  called  upon  to 
effect  that  destruction,  which  the  savage 
ambition  of  the  elder  Cato  had  resolved 
upon.  It  was  necessary  for  the  aggran 
dizement  of  their  city,  that  Carthage 
should  be  destroyed,  and  they  cared  little 


what  means  were  used  to  accomplish  its 
destruction.  This  event  took  place  in 
the  year  of  Rome  608,  about  146  years 
before  the  commencement  of  the  Chris- 
tian era. 

Such  was  the  fate  of  Carthage.  Its 
decay  and  final  destruction  ought  to  be 
attributed  to  the  intrigues  and  miscon- 
duct of  its  factious  citizens,  rather  than 
to  the  actual  power  of  its  rival,  however 
formidable  it  might  appear.  The  treasure 
carried  off  by  iEmilianus,  even  after  the 
city  had  been  delivered  up  to  the  soldiers 
to  be  plundered,  was  immense.  The 
destruction  was  complete  ;  and  the  sen- 
ate issued  a  decree,  enjoining,  that  it 
should  never  again  be  inhabited,  and  de- 
nouncing the  most  dreadful  imprecations 
against  those  who  should  attempt  to  re- 
build any  part  of  it. 

Notwithstanding  the  denunciations  of 
the  senate  against  all  who  should  attempt 
to  rebuild  Carthage,  they  were  induced 
in  a  very  short  period  themselves  to  sanc- 
tion the  undertaking.  Twenty-four  years 
after  the  victory  of  ^milianus,  B.  C. 
142,  the  sedition  of  Tiberius  Gracchus 
began  to  be  formidable  to  the  patricians, 
since  he  was  supported  by  the  great 
body  of  the  people,  in  his  endeavors  to 
pass  an  Agrarian  law.  Gracchus  finding 
himself  unable  to  accomplish  his  purpose, 
was  probably  not  unwilling  to  accept  the 
offer  made  him  by  the  senate,  of  becom- 
ing the  leader  of  6,000  citizens  to  the 
site  of  Carthage,  for  the  purpose  of  its 
restoration.  Gracchus  was  terrified  by 
prodigies  from  proceeding  in  his  purpose. 
It  seems  probable,  however,  that  a  few 
buildings  began  to  spring  up  among  the 
ruins  ;  and  we  have  reason  to  conclude 
that,  from  this  time  for  many  centuries, 
they  increased  in  number,  beauty  and 
convenience.  Compared  with  its  former 
glory,  the  city  was  long  considered  as  in 
ruins.  When  Marius  took  refuge  there, 
outcast  and  deserted,  he  is  said  to  have 
dwelt  in  a  hovel  amidst  the  ruins  of  Car- 
thage ;  and  Sulpicius,  addressing  Cicero, 
speaks  of  it  as  razed  to  the  foundation. 
Julius  Caesar,  too,  when  in  Egypt,  in 
consequence  of  a  dream,  in  which  he 
beheld  a  numerous  army  weeping,  deter- 
mined to  rebuild  Corinth  and  Carthage. 
His  death  prevented  the  execution  of  his 


CHILI. 


97 


purpose.  Augustus,  finding  a  record  of  his 
intention  among  his  papers,  piously  ful- 
filled it,  and  sent  3,000  Romans  thither, 
who  were  joined  by  the  inhabitants  of 
the  neighboring  country.  These  estab- 
lished a  colony  adjacent  to  the  ancient 
city,  but  not  upon  the  very  spot,  lest  they 
should  be  obnoxious  to  the  curse  invoked 
by  the  seriate.  Such  at  least  is  the 
account  of  Appian  ;  yet  Strabo  speaks  of 
Carthage  as  the  second  city  in  the  Ro- 
man empire  for  wealth  and  power,  and 
he  wrote  in  the  reign  of  Tiberius.  This 
time  is  scarcely  sufficient  for  so  great  an 
advance  to  be  made  towards  its  former 
magnificence.    Perhaps,  we  shall  form  a 


just  notion  of  the  fact,  if  we  conceive, 
that  Appian  has  lessened,  and  Strabo 
has  exaggerated,  its  importance.  Pliny 
mentions  it  as  a  very  considerable  colony ; 
and  it  was  soon  after  the  commencement 
of  the  Christian  era,  regarded  as  the  me- 
tropolis of  Africa. 

The  precise  period  of  the  introduction 
of  Christianity  we  are  unable  to  ascer- 
tain, but  it  is  evident  that  it  should  be 
fixed  very  early.  For  in  the  middle  of 
the  second  century,  arose  Tertullian,  the 
first  Latin  father  of  the  church  with 
whose  writings  we  are  acquainted,  and 
he  speaks,  as  of  a  notorious  fact,  of  the 
wide  extent  of  Christianity  in  Africa. 


CHILI. 


Little  is  known  respecting  the  histo- 
ry of  Chili,  until  its  invasion  by  the  Span- 
iards under  Diego  Almagro,  A.  D.   1535. 

These  brave  but  unprincipled  adven- 
turers had  already  conquered  Mexico, 
and  overrun,  with  incredible  success,  the 
whole  kingdom  of  Peru.  Still,  however, 
unsatisfied,  their  avarice  and  their  ambi- 
tion were  yet  farther  allured,  by  the  rich 
mines  and  the  beautiful  plains  of  Chili. 
Almagro  left  Cusco  with  570  Spaniards, 
and  15,000  Peruvian  auxiliaries.  Disre- 
garding all  the  remonstrances  of  his  con- 
federates, he  preferred  passing  the  Cor- 
dilleras, to  the  other  more  distant,  but,  at 
that  season,  less  dangerous  entrance,  by 
the  desert  of  Atacama.  Unfortunately, 
however,  winter  had  already  commenced 
when  they  reached  the  Cordillera  Neva- 
da, and,  in  the  course  of  their  passage, 
the  snow  fell  in  such  abundance,  and  the 
cold  became  so  intense  and  overpower- 
ing, that  not  less  than  10,000  Peruvians, 
with  150  Spaniards,  perished  in  the 
march  ;  the  rest  were  happily  extricated 
by  the  activity  of  their  leader.  Almagro 
with  a  few  horse  having  reached  the 
plain,  procured  assistance  and  provisions 
for  his  exhausted  soldiers. 

They  were  received  in  Copiapo  with 
the  most  benevolent  hospitality,  and,  in 
a  short  time,  were  completely  recovered 
13 


of  their  fatigues.  The  northern  provin- 
ces had  been  subdued,  and  were  still 
tributary  to  the  Peruvians  ;  and  here  the 
Spaniards  were  unexpectedly  gratified  by 
the  distribution  of  500,000  ducats,  which 
Paulu,  the  Peruvian  leader,  well  ac- 
quainted with  the  views  and  disposition 
of  his  associates,  had  exacted  from  the 
inhabitants,  and  presented  to  Almagro. 
This  present  gave  a  strong  impression 
of  the  riches  of  Chili,  and  animated  the 
soldiers  in  the  prosecution  of  their  enter- 
prise. 

Before  leaving  Copiapo,  they  were 
joined  by  reinforcements  from  Peru  ; 
and,  in  their  progress  southwards,  were 
every  where  treated  by  the  natives  with 
liberality  and  respect.  They  were  even 
regarded  as  beings  of  a  higher  nature, 
more  allied  to  divinity  than  to  the  com- 
mon race  of  mortals.  This  convenient 
persuasion  was  as  industriously  propaga- 
ted as  it  was  credulously  believed.  But 
we  must  here  notice  an  occurrence, 
which  served  in  no  small  degree,  to  un- 
deceive the  deluded  inhabitants,  and  to 
develope,  in  its  true  light,  the  character 
of  their  new  friends.  Two  stragglers 
from  the  Spanish  army  being  put  to 
death,  and  we  may  suppose  not  without 
suflicient  grounds  for  the  severity,  by  the 
people  of  Guasco,  Almagro  instantly  pro- 


98 


CHILI. 


ceeded  to  take  a  cruel  vengeance  on  the 
offenders.  He  arrested  the  Ulmen  or 
governor  of  the  guiUy  district,  his  brother, 
and  twenty  more  of  the  principal  inhabi- 
tants ;  all  these,  together  with  an  usur- 
per of  Copiapo,  Avhom  he  had  lately 
deposed,  were  at  his  command,  without 
even  the  formality  of  justice,  committed 
at  once  to  the  flames.  This  conduct  of 
Almagro  did  not  pass  without  censure  ; 
even  his  own  Spaniards  were  displeased, 
and  openly  reprobated  the  barbarity  of 
their  leader.  Familiar  as  they  had  long 
been  with  robbery  and  slaughter,  some 
were  still  found  among  them,  who  had 
not  utterly  renounced  all  the  sympathies 
of  humanity. 

Almagro  now  entered  the  country  of 
the  Promaucians.  That  gallant  people 
had  on  a  former  occasion  successfully 
resisted  all  the  efforts  of  Peru.  At  the 
first  appearance  of  the  Spaniards,  they 
stood  amazed  and  confounded.  The 
Spanish  horses  were  the  first  they  had 
ever  beheld  ;  but  still  more  wonderful 
were  the  mysterious  weapons  which  these 
strangers  brought  along  with  them.  They 
were  surprised,  but  not  intimidated  ;  and 
both  armies  drew  up  for  battle,  on  the  .shore 
of  the  Rio  Claro.  The  Peruvians,  whom 
Almagro  had  posted  in  front,  were  soon 
broken  and  routed,  and  fell  back  with 
terror  on  the  Spanish  line.  The  Span- 
iards themselves  were  able  with  difficulty 
to  sustain  the  furious  attack ;  they  were 
not  a  little  astonished  at  the  resolute  va- 
lor and  fearless  impetuosity  of  their  new 
assailants.  The  struggle  was  obstinate, 
bloody,  and  doubful,  and  night  alone  put 
an  end  to  it.  The  Promaucians,  how- 
ever, remained  in  sight  of  their  formida- 
ble enemy,  with  a  determination  to  renew 
the  fight  next  morning.  The  Spaniards 
kept  the  field,  and  claimed  the  victory  ; 
but  a  victory  of  such  perilous  achieve- 
ment they  had  neither  expected  nor  de- 
sired, and  they  were  now  fully  persuaded 
of  what  indeed  the  Peruvians  had  before 
warned  them,  that  the  country  of  this 
people  was  not  to  be  won  by  the  force 
of  prejudice  alone,  but  by  arms  and  valor, 
fatigue  and  bloodshed. 

It  is  seldom  that  men  have  resolution 
patiently  to  undergo  toil  and  danger  in 
the  attainment  of  an  object,  when  their 


anticipations  had  prepared  them  for  nei- 
ther. So  it  happened  with  the  Spaniards ; 
they  resolved  unanimously  to  abandon 
the  enterprise.  Some  of  them,  indeed, 
expressed  a  desire  to  remain  in  the  coun- 
try, and  form  a  settlement  in  the  northern 
provinces,  where  the  natives  were  of  a 
milder  and  less  warlike  disposition.  At 
the  request,  however,  of  their  leader,  they 
unanimously  returned  with  him  to  Cusco, 
in  order  to  support  him  in  his  pretensions 
to  that  city.  Cusco  was  included  in  the 
grant  of  territory,  which  had  lately  been 
conferred  upon  Almagro  by  the  court  of 
Spain  ;  but  his  rival  Pizarro,  in  whose 
power  it  then  was,  could  not  be  persua- 
ded to  abandon  so  rich  a  possession. 
Almagro  fell  in  the  contest,  and  his  sol- 
diers were  scattered  over  Peru. 

Notwithstanding  the  failure  of  the  last 
expedition  to  Chili,  an  object  so  tempting 
was  not  thus  to  be  relinquished.  Pizar- 
ro, now  sole  master  of  Peru,  was  con- 
vinced of  its  importance,  and  resolved 
upon  another  attempt.  For  this  purpose, 
he  commissioned  his  own  quarter-master 
Pedro  de  Valdivia,  to  the  exclusion  of 
de  Hoz  and  Carmargo,  who  had  been 
nominated  by  the  court  of  Spain.  Val- 
divia had  served  in  Italy,  was  possessed 
of  courage,  prudence,  and  activity,  and, 
as  an  officer,  was  accounted  one  of  the 
ablest  among  the  Spanish  adventurers. 
Before  leaving  Peru,  he  provided  him- 
self with  all  the  requisites  of  a  colony, 
and  having  crossed  the  Cordilleras  in 
summer,  entered  Chili  without  loss,  at 
the  head  of  2,000  Spaniards,  with  a  large 
body  of  Peruvians. 

Almagro  had  been  well  received  in 
these  northern  provinces,  chiefly  through 
the  influence  and  authority  of  his  Peru- 
vian confederates.  The  inhabitants,  how- 
ever, no  longer  considered  themselves  as 
subject  to  Peru,  which  they  now  under- 
stood to  be  itself  a  conquered  kingdom  ; 
and  they  were  likewise  better  acquainted 
with  the  Spanish  character.  It  was  no 
longer  veiled  under  the  impious  and  im- 
posing title  of  divinity.  The  period  of 
delusion  had  passed  away,  and  these 
iniquitous  invaders  stood  naked  and  ex- 
posed in  all  their  startling  deformity. 
The  natives  were  every  where  in  arms 
to  repel  the  intrusion ;   and  had  their 


CHILI. 


99 


power  equalled  the  animosity  with  which 
it  was  exerted,  they  must  have  succeeded 
in  the  end  ;  but  their  weapons  and  their 
discipline  were  alike  incompetent.  Their 
most  powerful  efforts  were  weak,  desul- 
tory, and  ineffectual,  and  at  best,  served 
rather  to  harass  than  destroy.  Unguided 
and  tumultuous,  they  made  but  little  im- 
pression on  the  steady  valor  of  their  more 
skilful  opponents  ;  and  the  Spaniards, 
though  frequently  interrupted,  continued 
their  march,  and  penetrated  into  the  coun- 
try, as  far  as  the  river  Mapocho.  It  was 
in  this  rich  and  beautiful  province,  that 
Valdivia  i-esolved,  if  possible,  to  effect  a 
settlement.  He  laid  the  foundation  of  St. 
Jago,  and  immediately  erected  a  strong 
citadel  for  its  protection.  It  was  not  long 
before  this  cautious  measure  proved  the 
safety  of  the  colonists.  The  Spaniards 
were  resolved  to  effect  in  Chili  what  they 
had  so  cruelly  accomplished  in  Mexico 
and  Peru  ;  they  had  determined  to  make 
its  free  inhabitants  the  instruments  of 
their  avarice,  and,  in  this  manner,  to  sub- 
ject them  to  the  most  degrading  servi- 
tude. The  Mapochinians,  therefore,  in 
whose  territory  they  had  now  settled, 
and  who  seem  at  first  to  have  given  but 
little  disturbance  to  their  operations, 
quickly  began  to  feel  the  weight  of  op- 
pression, and,  at  the  same  time,  to  exhibit 
rather  unequivocal  symptoms  of  uneasi- 
ness. Upon  the  first  appearance  of  dis- 
affection, Valdivia  seized  and  imprisoned 
their  chiefs ;  but  the  spirit  of  freedom 
was  not  thus  to  be  suppressed,  and  such 
insulting  severity  had  the  effect  only  of 
exciting  a  more  implacable  hostility. 
Seizing  an  occasion  of  Valdivia's  ab- 
sence, they  effected  a  general  insurrec- 
tion, assaulted  the  town,  repulsed  its  de- 
fenders, and  demolished  the  half-raised 
buildings.  The  Spaniards  were  now  shut 
up  in  their  fortress  ;  but  the  enemy  fell 
in  thousands  around  it,  and  the  trenches 
were  soon  crowded  with  their  dead.  At 
length  the  Mapochinians,  after  a  day  of 
gallant  exertion,  found  themselves  com- 
pelled to  retire,  both  for  the  purpose  of 
refreshment,  and  of  recruiting  their  ex- 
hausted numbers.  In  the  mean  time, 
Valdivia,  secretly  apprized  of  these  pro- 
ceedings, returned  in  haste  to  his  friends, 
joined  them  with  sixty  horse,  engaged 


the  enemy,  at  the  moment  they  were  pre- 
paring for  a  fresh  assault,  and,  after  a 
furious  conflict,  defeated  and  pursued 
them  with  overwhelming  slaughter.  The 
loss  of  a  battle  was  a  misfortune  less 
severe  to  the  Mapochinians,  than  the 
murder  of  their  chiefs.  This  had  been 
effected,  during  the  assault,  by  the  cruel 
intrepidity  of  Inez  Saurez,  a  Spanish 
female,  who  fearing  lest,  in  the  general 
confusion,  they  might  regain  their  liber- 
ty, and  animate  their  countymen,  dashed 
out  their  brains  with  a  hatchet.  The 
spirit,  however,  of  this  enduring  people, 
seemed  to  rise  with  their  misfortunes. 
Henceforth  they  renounced  every  thought 
of  accommodation  with  their  oppressors. 
They  continued  for  the  space  of  six 
years  with  resolute  but  unavailing  perse- 
verance, constantly  harassing,  but  una- 
ble to  expel  the  enemy  ;  till  at  length  a 
feeble  remnant,  wasted  by  the  unequal 
contest,  and  nobly  preferring  freedom  to 
their  country,  they  destroyed  their  crops, 
and  took  refuge  in  the  mountains. 

After  the  defeat  and  death  of  Pizarro, 
Valdivia  returned  to  Chili,  followed  by  a 
crowd  of  adventurers.  Before,  however, 
resuming  offensive  operations,  he  distri- 
buted the  conquered  provinces  among  his 
adherents  ;  and  in  this  manner  effectually 
secured  their  fidelity,  while  he  inspired 
them  with  a  more  permanent  interest,  in 
the  country  for  which  they  contended. 
He  now  penetrated  southwards,  without 
almost  any  opposition,  to  the  bay  of  Pen- 
co  ;  and,  according  to  his  usual  policy, 
took  possession  of  the  country,  by  the 
establishment  of  a  new  colony,  and  the 
foundatian  of  another  city.  To  this  city- 
he  gave  the  name  of  Conception  ;  it 
stands  on  a  fruitful  soil,  and  has  a  fine 
commercial  situation. 

From  this  period  we  may  date  the 
commencement  of  a  more  combined,  a 
more  vigorous,  and  a  more  successful 
resistance  than  the  Spaniards  had  yet 
experienced.  A  field  of  more  hazardous 
contention  was  now  opened  to  them, — 
a  field  in  which  they  were  not  unfre- 
quently  to  feel  the  impotence  and  the 
pressure  of  an  unrighteous  cause.  They 
were  now  to  encounter,  not  the  timid 
slaves  of  luxury  and  prejudice,  but  a 
nation  of  indignant   heroes,   roused   to 


100 


CHILI. 


exertion  in  defence  of  their  liberty  and 
possessions,  who  held  in  defiance  their 
boasted  superiority,  and  set  at  naught 
even  "  the  thundering  arms  of  Europe." 
This  new  power  was  the  Araucanians, 
a  name  bestowed  indiscriminately  upon 
several  distinct,  though  confederate  tribes ; 
they  occupy  that  portion  of  ChiU  which 
extends  between  the  rivers  Biobio  and  j 
Calacalla.  Regarding  with  indignation 
the  insolence,  the  rapacity,  and  the  grow- 
ing power  of  these  formidable  strangers, 
and  perceiving  that  the  next  blow  must 
inevitably  fall  upon  themselves,  the  Arau- 
canians resolved  to  send  immediate  re- 
lief to  their  neighbors  of  Penco.  For 
this  purpose,  Aillavalu,  their  Toqui  or 
dictator,  crossed  the  Biobio,  and  at  the 
head  of  4,000  men,  gave  battle  to  the 
Spaniards.  After  the  first  discharge  of 
musketry,  the  Chilese,  by  a  bold  and 
dexterous  movement,  pouring  at  once  up- 
on the  whole  Spanish  line,  brought  it  to 
close  fight,  while  at  the  same  time  the 
Spaniards,  having  instantly  assumed  the 
form  of  a  square,  firmly  maintained  their 
ground.  The  conflict  was  severe  and 
bloody,  and  for  several  hours  was  bravely 
supported  on  both  sides.  At  length,  Val- 
divia  being  dismounted,  confusion  began 
to  show  itself  among  his  troops  ;  when 
Aillavalu,  eager  to  seize  the  momentary 
advantage,  by  a  rash  but  gallant  impetu- 
osity, fell  in  the  front  of  battle.  His 
soldiers  instantly  began  to  retreat,  main- 
taining, however,  so  much  appearance 
of  intrepidity  and  order,  that  the  Span- 
iards dared  not  pursue.  After  the  battle, 
Valdivia  testified  his  amazement  at  the 
skill,  the  valor,  and  the  discipline  of  his 
new  opponents.  He  had  often  encoun- 
tered all  the  ten-ors  of  European  warfare, 
but  never  before  this  engagement  had  his 
life  been  put  to  such  imminent  hazard. 
The  boldest  of  his  soldiers  dreaded  the 
return  of  so  daring  an  enemy  ;  and,  to 
prepare  for  the  worst,  a  strong  fortifica- 
tion was  immediately  erected  near  the 
town. 

In  the  mean  time,  the  Araucanians 
were  again  advancing  with  a  more  nu- 
merous army  than  before,  but  under  the 
auspices  of  a  very  difi'crent  leader.  Lyn- 
coyan,  the  new  Toqui,  possessed  neither 
the  skill  nor  the  courage  of  his  predeces- 


sor. His  strength  and  his  stature  were 
enormous,  and  it  would  seem  that  a  re- 
gard to  these,  more  than  to  his  mental 
abilities,  had  exalted  him  to  the  vacant 
dignity.  He  was  defeated  by  the  Span- 
iards, who  traversed  the  country  almost 
without  resistance,  and  erected  three 
strong  forts  in  the  tliree  most  warlike 
provinces. 

Prosperity  thus  shone  upon  the  tri- 
umphant Spaniards,  but  a  fatal  storm 
was  already  gathering  among  the  enemy. 
Submission  was  equally  intolerable  and 
repugnant  to  the  haughty  spirit  of  the 
Araucanians,  and  it  required  but  little 
persuasion  to  excite  them  to  more  vigor- 
ous measures.  By  the  exertions  of  Colo- 
colo,  an  aged  Ulmen,  the  chiefs  were 
assembled,  Lyncoyan  deposed,  and  after 
a  violent  altercation  about  the  supremacy, 
the  choice  of  a  new  Toqui  was  unani- 
mously submitted  to  the  prudent  Colo- 
colo.  He  immediately  directed  their 
notice  to  Caupolican,  of  a  genius  at  once 
enterprising  and  cautious,  but  whose 
modesty  had  hitherto  prevented  his  ap- 
pearing as  a  candidate.  A  shout  of  en- 
thusiastic applause  proclaimed  his  elec- 
tion ;  and  scarcely  had  he  assumed  the 
badge  of  authority,  when  he  had  to  repress 
the  fiery  zeal  of  his  countrymen,  who  de- 
manded instantly  to  march  in  quest  of  the 
enemy.  After  sufficient  preparation,  he 
led  them  against  the  forts  of  Arauco  and 
Tucapel,  both  of  which,  after  a  short 
siege,  he  forced  the  Spaniards  to  evacu- 
ate ;  and  on  the  ruins  of  the  latter,  waited 
the  approach  of  Valdivia,  who  was  in 
vain  hastening  to  its  relief.  The  two 
armies  soon  met,  and  the  first  onset  proved 
auspicious  to  the  Araucanians.  The  en- 
emy's left  wing,  pushing  forward  to  meet 
their  attack,  was  surrounded  and  cut  in 
pieces.  A  second  detachment  fell  in  the 
same  manner.  As  the  conflict,  however, 
became  general,  the  tide  of  success  was 
for  a  while  balanced,  and  began  at  length 
to  flow  heavily  against  the  Araucanians. 
The  Spanish  artillery  penetrated,  with 
dreadful  effect,  their  compact  and  crowd- 
ed battalions.  Twice  had  they  been  re- 
pulsed in  disorder,  when  a  third  discom- 
fiture completed  the  confusion,  and  baffled 
all  the  efforts  of  Caupolican  to  renew  the 
combat.     At  this  critical   moment,  the 


CHILI. 


101 


famous  Lautaro,  a  young  Araucanian,  the 
captive  and  page  of  Valdivia,  seized  with 
a  patriotic  enthusiasm,  darted  from  the 
hostile  ranks,  upbraided,  ralhed,  and  at 
length  brought  his  indignant  countrymen 
with  such  fury  to  the  charge,  that  the 
first  encounter  proved  completely  deci- 
sive ;  and  with  such  fatal  promptitude  did 
he  pursue  the  advantage,  that,  excepting 
their  general  who  was  made  prisoner,  not 
a  single  Spaniard  escaped  the  slaughter  ; 
only  two  Promaucians  reached  Concep- 
tion wdth  intelligence  of  the  battle.  Val- 
divia condescended  to  ask  his  life  of  the 
conqueror,  promising  to  quit  Chili  with 
all  his  countrymen  ;  and  Caupolican, 
influenced,  as  well  by  his  own  generous 
temper,  as  by  the  intercession  of  Lautaro, 
showed  an  inclination  to  spare  him.  An 
old  Ulmen,  however,  more  prudent  than 
humane,  exclaiming  against  the  folly  of 
trusting  to  the  oaths  and  the  promises  of 
an  ambitious  adversary,  and  furious  at 
the  thoughts  of  his  escape,  secretly  ap- 
proached the  prisoner,  and  dashed  out 
his  brains  with  a  blow  of  his  club.  A 
severe  punishment  would  have  quickly 
followed  this  precipitate  conduct,  but  for 
the  obstinate  interposition  of  the  Arauca- 
nian officers. 

This  important  victory  produced  the 
evacuation  of  Puren,  and  the  abandon- 
ment of  Villarica,  and  the  city  of  the 
Frontiers.  It  was  celebrated  by  the 
Araucanians  during  three  successive  days, 
whilst  the  heads  of  their  fallen  enemies 
were  suspended  with  savage  exultation, 
around  the  place  of  festivity.  Lautaro, 
who,  at  the  early  age  of  sixteen,  had  thus 
gloriously  achieved  the  salvation  of  his 
country,  was  created  lieutenant-general- 
extraordinary,  and  entrusted  with  the 
command  of  a  separate  army  ;  and  Cau- 
polican laid  siege  to  Imperial  and  Valdi- 
via, the  only  places  of  strength  in  Arauca- 
nia  that  now  remained  to  the  Spaniards. 

About  this  period,  the  small-pox,  that 
pestilence  to  the  New  World,  which  a 
few  years  before  had  appeared  in  the 
northern  provinces,  was  now  for  the  first 
time  introduced  into  Araucania,  during  a 
predatory  excursion  from  the  town  of 
Valdivia,  by  the  Spaniards.  Its  effects 
were  awfully  destructive.  One  district, 
in  particular,  was  almost  completely  de- 


populated. Of  twelve  thousand  persons, 
not  more  than  a  hundred  survived  its  rav- 
ages. 

While  Caupolican  resumed  the  sieges 
of  Imperial  and  Valdivia,  his  active  lieu- 
tenant, at  the  head  of  six  hundred  chosen 
companions,  undertook  to  employ  the 
enemy  in  another  quarter.  He  con- 
ceived the  bold  design,  by  attacking  St. 
Jago  itself,  to  strike  a  blow  at  the  centre 
of  their  power  in  Chili.  Immediately 
he  began  his  march,  and  penetrated  to 
the  river  Maule  without  offering  the  least 
violence  to  the  natives  ;  but  the  moment 
he  entered  the  Promaucian  territory,  he 
gave  a  loose  to  his  indignation,  and  with 
more  justice  than  policy,  took  a  dreadful 
vengeance  upon  these  traitorous  apos- 
tates, whom  by  conciliating,  he  might 
have  recalled,  perhaps,  from  their  hated 
allegiance.  He  then  fortified  himself  in 
their  territory,  in  place  of  marching  di- 
rectly upon  St.  Jago  ;  a  delay  which 
proved  fatal  to  the  success  of  the  enter- 
prise. The  inhabitants  were  quickly  in- 
formed of  his  approach  ;  but,  lying  at 
the  distance  of  three  hundred  miles  from 
Araucania,  they  at  first  only  ridiculed  the 
information,  and  could  scarcely  credit  the 
possibility  of  so  daring  an  attempt,  till  it 
was  fully  ascertained  to  them,  by  the 
surprise  and  defeat  of  one  of  their  detach- 
ments. Villagran,  being  unable  himself, 
from  indisposition,  to  head  the  forces,"" 
gave  the  command  to  his  son  Pedro,  with 
instructions  to  march  directly  against  the 
enemy.  Pedro  attempted  in  vain  to  force 
the  Araucanian  encampment,  and  was 
repeatedly  discomfited.  A  bold  stratagem 
of  Lautaro's  had  nearly  overwhelmed  his 
whole  army,  by  turning  upon  it  during 
the  night,  a  branch  of  the  river  Mataquito. 
Having  escaped  this  disaster,  he  soon 
afterwards  laid  down  the  command  to  his 
father,  who  found  himself  in  a  condition 
to  resume  it.  Villigran  had  now  been 
taught  respect  for  his  adversary  ;  and 
dreading  the  consequence  of  a  pitched 
engagement,  resolved  if  possible  to  take 
him  by  svirprise.  Conducted  by  a  secret 
path,  he  reached  at  day-break  the  Arau- 
canian camp.  At  the  first  alarm,  Lauta- 
ro, who  had  just  retired  from  the  fatigues 
of  a  night's  watch,  was  in  a  moment  at 
the  head  of  his  troops  ;  and,  at  the  same 


102 


CHILI. 


instant,  was  seen  to  drop,  pierced  to  the 
heart  by  one  of  the  enemy's  darts.  The 
exulting  Spaniards  pressed  furiously  up- 
on his  dispirited  soldiers,  the  meanest  of 
whom  would  have  willingly  exchanged 
fates  with  his  beloved  commander,  and 
cared  not  to  survive  him.  But  the  tri- 
umph was  dearly  purchased.  Not  a  man 
of  that  chosen  band  would  submit  to  yield 
himself  a  prisoner.  They  spurned  at 
the  offered  mercy  ;  and  after  a  long  and 
bloody  resistance,  the  few  that  still  re- 
mained, despairing  to  find  death,  while 
they  continued  to  deal  it  so  profusely 
around  them,  thi-ew  themselves  on  the 
spears  of  the  admiring  and  reluctant 
enemy. 

The  extravagant  rejoicings  which  the 
Spaniards  manifested  on  this  occasion, 
and  which  were  continued  for  three  days 
in  succession,  throughout  all  the  settle- 
ments in  Chili,  sufficiently  testified  the 
importance  attached  to  the  victory.  No- 
thing could  better  celebrate  the  merits  of 
the  young  hero,  in  whose  destruction 
they  so  exultingly  triumphed,  and  which 
they  regarded  as  itself  a  full  equivalent 
for  all  their  disasters.  Like  Marcellus 
of  Rome,  he  was  the  sword  of  Araucania. 
His  powerful  genius  supplied  the  want 
of  experience  ;  and  during  his  short  and 
brilliant  career,  success  never  forsook 
him.  The  beauty  of  his  person  was 
equal  to  the  energy  of  his  mind.  His 
memory  is  still  fondly  cherished,  and  he 
is  still  the  boast  of  his  country,  as  he  was 
formerly  its  glory  and  protection. 

The  Spaniards  under  Don  Garcia,  and 
others,  were  for  a  long  period  engaged 
in  bloody  warfare  with  the  Araucanians. 
The  bravery  of  this  heroic  people  was 
oftentimes  more  than  a  match  for  the 
Spaniards,  who  were  never  able  efl'ec- 
tually  to  subdue  them. 

In  the  year  1612,  in  consequence  of 
the  complaints  of  Luis  Valdivia,  a  Jesuit 
missionary,  who  zealously  represented 
to  the  king  the  impracticability  of  propa- 
gating religion  amid  the  tumult  of  arms, 
great  exertions  were  made,  on  the  part 
of  Spain,  to  accomplish  a  treaty.  Philip 
HI,  a  bigoted  though  devout  monarch, 
issued  commands  for  a  suspension  of 
hostilities,  and  commissioned  Valdivia 
with  full  powers  to  negotiate  a  peace. 


Aillavalu,  suspicious  of  the  enemy,  paid 
little  regard  to  their  professions.  But 
his  successor  Ancanamon,  after  minute 
inquiries,  entered  sincerely  into  proposals 
for  an  accommodation.  The  conditions 
proposed  were  these,  "  That  the  Biobio 
should  serve  as  a  barrier  to  both  nations, 
so  that  neither  should  be  permitted  to 
pass  it  with  an  army  ;  that  all  deserters, 
in  future,  should  be  mutually  returned  ; 
and  that  the  missionaries  should  be  per- 
mitted to  preach  the  doctrines  of  Chris- 
tianity in  the  Araucanian  territories." 
After  the  execution  of  the  required  pre- 
liminaries, and  when  the  treaty  was  on 
the  point  of  being  finally  concluded,  the 
whole  proceedings  were  completely  over- 
turned by  the  obstinate  bigotry,  or  the 
interested  opposition  of  the  Spanish  offi- 
cers. One  of  the  Toqui's  wives,  a  Span- 
ish lady,  whose  detention  in  that  capacity 
had  been  compulsory,  seizing  the  occasion 
of  her  husband's  absence,  fled  to  the  gov- 
ernor with  two  small  children.  Ancana- 
mon vainly  demanded  their  restoration  ; 
his  claim  was  rejected  by  a  majority  of 
officers.  He  then  claimed  his  two  infant 
daughters,  for  whom  he  bore  the  fondest 
attachment ;  but  of  these  also  the  eldest 
was  denied  him,  on  the  plea  that  she 
had  been  converted  to  Christianity,  and 
might  be  in  danger,  in  a  pagan  country, 
of  receding  from  the  faith.  In  the  mean 
time  the  Ulmen  of  Illicula  had,  from  mo- 
tives of  gratitude  to  Valdivia,  engaged  to 
facilitate  the  negotiation,  and  at  the  same 
time  received  some  missionaries  into  his 
province.  The  exasperated  Toqui,  who 
had  now  abandoned  all  desire  of  peace, 
no  sooner  was  informed  of  this  proceed- 
ing, than  he  hastened  with  a  party  of  two 
hundred  horse  to  lUicura,  and  immedi- 
ately slew  the  missionaries  with  their 
protector.  All  attempts  to  revive  the 
negotiation  were  fruitless. 

Thus  frivolously  was  rekindled  a  war, 
which,  in  its  course,  had  already  drained 
Araucania  of  its  bravest  inhabitants,  and 
drenched  its  fields  with  the  best  blood  of 
the  enemy.  Ancanamon  poured  out  his 
indignant  vengeance  on  the  Spanish  pro- 
vinces, and  some  severe  engagements 
followed.  But  the  levity  of  the  Span- 
iards received  its  full  measure  of  retribu- 
tion, during  the  dictatorships  of  Lientur 


CHILI, 


103 


and  Putapichion.  The  ardent  genius 
and  enterprising  spirit  of  Lientur  carried 
eA'ery  thing  before  him.  His  expeditions 
were  a  succession  of  triumphs  to  his 
country,  and  of  discomfiture  and  humilia- 
tion to  the  Spaniards.  He  retired  with 
glory  in  his  old  age,  regarded  even  by 
his  enemies  as  the  darling  of  fortune. 
He  was  succeeded  by  Putapichion,  a 
leader  possessed  of  talents  scarcely  infe- 
rior, though  less  uniformly  triumphant, 
but  whose  laurels  were  shamefully  pol- 
luted, by  reviving,  happily  but  in  one 
instance,  the  cruel  ceremony  of  the  pru- 
loncon,  or  dance  of  the  dead  ;  a  festival 
in  which  a  captive  was  sacrificed  to  the 
manes  of  the  soldiers  slain  in  battle.  He 
fell  gloriously,  in  a  bloody  engagement 
with  the  Spanish  governor  Don  Francis- 
co Laso,  and  in  the  moment  of  success  ; 
but  his  soldiers,  intent  only  to  remove 
the  body  of  their  leader,  permitted  the 
enemy  to  rally  his  dismayed  battalions, 
and  lost  a  victory  which  their  valor  had 
in  part  achieved.  The  death  of  Putapi- 
chion threw  a  superiority  on  the  side  of 
the  Spaniards.  His  successors  in  the 
Toquiate,  with  equal  ardor  to  annoy  the 
enemy,  were  deficient  in  those  qualities, 
which  could  alone  secure  its  accomplish- 
ment. Their  efforts,  though  not  always 
ineffectual,  seem  in  general  to  have  been 
the  result  rather  of  temerity  than  of  skill. 
They  have  the  just  praise,  however,  of 
having  been  sincere  in  the  great  cause 
of  their  country,  and  their  sincerity  was 
sealed  with  their  blood.  In  the  course 
of  a  A^ery  few  years  Araucania  was  de- 
prived of  five  successive  Toquis,  and, 
during  that  period,  was  frequently  expo- 
sed to  severe  ravages  from  the  governor. 

The  Spanish  settlements  were  again 
threatened  by  the  Dutch  and  English. 
The  first  arrived  upon  the  coast  in  1638, 
when  a  storm  frustrated  their  enterprise, 
by  the  dispersion  of  their  little  squadron. 
Some  years  after,  the  English  fleet,  on 
its  way  to  Chili,  under  Sir  John  Norbor- 
ough,  was  lost  in  the  straits  of  Magellan. 

Laso,  like  some  of  his  predecessors, 
had  engaged  his  promise  to  terminate 
the  war  with  the  Araucanians,  but  not- 
withstanding his  utmost  endeavors,  and 
the  vigorous  ability  with  which  these 
were  exerted,  they  still  obstinately  main- 


tained their  freedom  ;  and  he  was  at 
length  reduced  to  the  necessity  of  solicit- 
ing reinforcements.  Instead  of  these, 
however,  the  court  of  Spain  sent  out  the 
Marquis  de  Baydes  to  displace  him  from 
the  command.  De  Baydes,  immediately 
on  assuming  the  government,  (1643,) 
opened  a  conference  with  Toqui  Linco- 
pichion  ;  and  the  tAvo  chiefs,  entertaining 
similar  views,  a  peace  was  concluded  on 
the  6th  of  January,  the  following  year, 
upon  the  terms  proposed  to  Ancanamon, 
but  with  this  further  requisition,  that  the 
Araucanians  should  not  permit  the  land- 
ing of  any  strangers  upon  their  coast, 
nor  furnish  supplies  to  any  foreign  nation 
whatever.  This  prudent  stipulation  pro- 
ved shortly  of  the  highest  importance  to 
the  Spaniards. 

In  1643,  the  Dutch,  after  the  reduction 
of  Brazil,  renewed  their  attempts  upon 
Chili  ;  but  this  their  last  effort,  though 
apparently  more  formidable  and  better 
concerted,  was  not  more  successful  than 
the  two  former.  They  possessed  them- 
selves of  the  deserted  harbor  of  Valdivia; 
and  the  Araucanians  were  in  vain  soli- 
cited with  the  most  pressing  invitations 
to  break  with  their  ancient  enemy.  Not 
only,  however,  did  they  remain  faithful 
to  their  engagement,  but  readily  united 
with  a  Spanish  army  to  expel  the  strangers. 
Upon  intelligence  of  their  approach,  the 
Dutch,  greatly  oppressed  for  want  of 
provisions,  found  themselves  once  more 
compelled  to  abandon  the  enterprise. 

In  1655,  hostilities  were  excited  afresh 
during  the  government  of  Don  Antonio 
Acugna  ;  but  from  Avhat  cause,  or  which 
party  was  the  aggressor,  we  are  not  in- 
formed. The  Toqui  Clentaru,  in  his  first 
enterprise,  had  the  glory  of  annihilating 
a  Spanish  army.  He  then  cleared  the 
country  of  some  remaining  fortresses, 
crossed  the  Biobio,  and  after  defeating 
the  governor,  overturned  the  forts  of  St. 
Christopher  and  the  Eustacia  del  Rey, 
and  burned  the  city  of  Chilian.  Don 
Francisco  Meneses  brought  the  war  to  a 
termination  in  1665,  by  a  peace  which 
lasted  forty-eight  years.  During  this 
period  little  occurred  deserving  particu- 
lar notice.  A  slight  rebellion  took  place 
among  the  inhabitants  of  Chiloe  ;  which, 
however,  was  quickly  suppressed  by  the 


104 


CHILI. 


prudent  exertions  of  Don  Pedro  Molina. 
During  the  war  of  succession  in  1707, 
the  external  commerce  of  Chili  fell  into 
the  hands  of  Frenchmen,  and  remained 
wholly  under  their  management  till  1717. 
Many  of  them  settled  in  the  country,  and 
have  left  numerous  descendants. 

The  war  of  1723  menaced  the  Span- 
iards in  its  commencement  with  total  ex- 
pulsion from  Chili.  It  appears  to  have 
been  excited  by  some  encroachments  on 
their  part,  and  by  the  insolent  aggres- 
sions of  those  persons  styled  Captains 
vf  the  Friends,  (Spanish  officers  placed 
in  Chili  for  the  ostensible  purpose  of 
protecting  missionaries).  The  assump- 
tion of  powers  which  did  not  originally 
belong  to  them  was  deeply  resented,  and 
soon  stirred  to  a  flame  the  watchful  jeal- 
ousy of  the  Araucanians.  Villumilla  was 
elected  Toqui  in  1722.  His  first  aim 
was  to  engage  the  co-operation  of  all  the 
Chilians,  that  by  one  sudden  and  over- 
whelming eftbrt  he  might  sweep  the 
Spaniards  from  every  province  of  the 
country.  But  though  his  measures  to 
this  effect  were  taken  with  vigor,  secrecy, 
and  precision,  its  accomplishment  was 
entirely  frustrated,  by  the  inaction  of  the 
conquered  Chilians.  The  long  and  rigid 
despotism  which  had  been  exercised 
over  them  with  such  barbarity  by  the 
Spaniards,  had  not  only  repressed  the 
population,  once  numerous  and  flourish- 
ing, but  reduced  it  to  a  spiritless  remnant. 
The  small  number,  therefore,  and  the 
broken  spirit  of  these  injured  and  degra- 
ded beings,  should  perhaps  exculpate 
them  from  the  charge  of  cowardice.  On 
the  day  appointed,  the  signal  fires  served 
only  to  remind  them  of  ancient  freedom, 
without  exciting  a  single  effort  to  regain 
it.  Villumilla,  thus  disappointed  of  ex- 
tensive co-operation,  though  he  was  not 
deterred  from  attacking  the  enemy,  ac- 
complished nothing  of  importance.  He 
succeeded  in  taking  several  fortresses  ; 
but  the  governor,  Don  Gabriel  Cano,  who 
had  entered  Araucania  with  an  army  of 
5,000  men,  not  choosing  to  attack  him, 
the  war  was  reduced  to  skirmishes,  and 
soon  afterwards  terminated  by  the  peace 
of  Negrete. 

The  interval  of  tranquillity  was  occu- 
pied by  a  succession  of  governors,  in 


forming  new  establishments,  and  peo- 
pling them  with  great  numbers  of  their 
countrymen,  at  that  time  scattered  over 
the  provinces.  An  attempt  to  extend  the 
same  policy,  with  very  different  views, 
to  Araucania,  produced  a  rupture  with 
that  vigilant  people,  who,  regarding  cities 
as  the  emblems  of  servitude,  and  with 
extreme  aversion,  could  not  be  persuaded 
to  adopt  a  measure  which  might  one  day 
prove  instumental  in  subverting  their  lib- 
erties. The  subsequent  war,  however, 
of  which  we  have  no  particular  account, 
compelled  the  Spaniards  to  forbear  even 
such  indirect  methods  of  reducing  a  war- 
like nation,  resolved  to  remain  independ- 
ent, or  to  perish  with  its  freedom.  The 
peace  which  followed  in  1773,  was  a 
confirmation  of  the  treaties  of  Quillin  and 
Negrete.  During  the  negotiations  which, 
at  the  desire  of  the  Toqui  Curignancu, 
were  held  in  St.  Jago,  a  demand,  rather 
unexpected,  was  made  from  the  same 
authority.  It  was  required,  that  hence- 
forth the  Auraucanians  should  be  permit- 
ted to  keep  a  minister  resident  in  that 
city.  This,  also,  notwithstanding  the 
opposition  of  his  officers,  the  governor 
thought  proper  to  concede,  and  every 
obstacle  being  removed,  the  terms  were 
adjusted  and  ratified  on  the  bases  of  the 
preceding  treaties. 

Since  their  last  expulsion  from  Arau- 
cania, the  Spaniards  have  prudently  ab- 
stained from  any  further  attempts  to  re- 
gain their  possessions  in  that  warlike 
province  ;  the  preservation  of  which  had 
already  been  attended  with  so  nmch  haz- 
ard and  bloodshed.  In  1792  the  colony 
was  in  a  flourishing  state  under  Don 
Ambrosio  Higgins,  a  native  of  Ireland, 
who  increased  the  number  of  its  cities, 
extended  its  commerce  and  fisheries, 
encouraged  its  agriculture,  and  by  the 
whole  of  his  able  and  useful  administra- 
tion became  the  object  of  universal  regard. 

Up  to  the  breaking  out  of  the  South 
American  war  of  independence.  Chili 
was  one  of  the  most  productive  of  the 
Spanish  provinces  in  the  new  world, 
but  they  readily  succeeded  in  throwing 
off'  the  yoke. 

In  1814,  Chili  was  invaded  by  a  royal- 
ist army  from  Peru,  imder  the  command 
of  general  Osorio  ;  and  the  defeat  of  the 


CHINA. 


105 


patriots  at  Rancagxia,  compelled  the 
leading  individuals  to  cross  the  Andes, 
and  seek  refuge  in  Buenos  Ayres,  leav- 
ing their  country  in  possession  of  the 
Spaniards.  In  1817,  the  patriots  obtain- 
ed succors  from  Buenos  Ayres,  com- 
manded by  general  San  Martin,  and  re- 
entered Chili  at  the  head  of  a  powerful 
body  of  troops,  which  defeated  the  Span- 
iards at  Chacabuco,  and  again  at  Maypu, 
April  5,  1817,  and  thus  permanently  se- 
cured the  independence  of  the  country. 
By  the  intrigues  of  San  Martin,  the  three 
Carreras  and  their  friend  Rodriguez,  the 
most  patriotic  men  of  Chili,  were  shame- 
fully murdered,  and  Don  Bernardo  O'Hig- 
gins  was  placed  at  the  head  of  the  gov- 
ernment, with  the  title  of  supreme  direc- 
tor. Meanwhile  San  Martin,  with  the 
liberating  army,  and  aided  by  a  Chilian 
fleet  under  Lord  Cochrane,  invaded  Peru 
in  return,  and  gave  it  a  temporary  inde- 
pendence. O'Higgins  continued  to  ad- 
minister the  government,  until  Jan.  23, 
]  823,  when  he  was  compelled  to  resign 
the  supreme  authority,  owing  chiefly  to 
the  dissatisfaction  of  the  people  with  his 
financial  measures.  He  was  succeeded 
by  general  Ramon  Freire,  the  latter  be- 
ing appointed  supreme  director.  In  Jan- 
uary,  1826,  the   archipelago  of  Chiloe, 


which  had  remained  to  that  time  in  the 
hands  of  the  Spaniards,  surrendered  to 
the  government  of  Chili.  But  disturb- 
ances have  existed  among  the  Arauca- 
nians,  on  the  southern  frontier,  down  to 
the  present  time,  occasioning  more  or 
less  inconvenience  to  the  Chilians.  In 
other  respects.  Chili  has  been  wholly 
unmolested  by  foreign  enemies,  unless  an 
attempt  of  the  exile  O'Higgins  upon  Chi- 
loe, in  1826,  can  be  considered  such. 
But  the  unsettled  state  of  the  government, 
and  the  mal-administration  of  its  affairs, 
have  impeded  the  prosperity  of  the  country. 
In  July,  1826,  the  director  Freire  re- 
signed his  office,  and  admiral  Manual 
Blanco  was  appointed  in  his  place.  In 
May,  1827,  the  form  of  the  government 
was  changed,  and,  Blanco  having  resign- 
ed, Freire  was  again  called  to  the  head 
of  affairs  as  president,  but  refused  to  be 
qualified  ;  and  the  administration  of  the 
government  devolved  upon  Don  Francis- 
co A.  Pinto,  the  vice-president.  Three 
attempts  have  been  made  to  effect  a  solid 
organization  of  the  government  by  means 
of  a  permanent  constitution.  One  con- 
stituent congress  assembled  in  1823, 
another  in  1824,  and  a  third  in  1826  ; 
but  neither  of  them  fully  accomplished 
the  object  of  their  meeting. 


CHINA, 


The  early  history  of  China,  besides 
being  derived  from  such  uncertain  sources, 
is  so  extremely  limited,  as  scarcely  to 
deserve  the  name.  Of  the  immense  col- 
lection, known  in  China  by  the  name  of 
the  twenty-one  historians,  which  consists 
of  about  500  volumes,  the  first  14  volumes 
comprehend  the  whole  historical  me- 
moirs, from  the  reign  of  Yao  to  the  year 
200  before  Christ ;  and  seven  of  these 
14  contain  only  genealogical  tables.  An 
abridgment  of  Chinese  history  of  high 
authority,  named  Tong-kienkang-mo,  as 
examined  by  M.  De  Guignes,  presents 
the  following  proportions.  Of  56  volumes, 
the  half  of  the  second,  namely  75  pages, 
and  the  whole  of  the  third,  namely  111 
14 


pages,  loaded  with  notes  larger  than  the 
text,  and  consisting  chiefly  of  long  moral 
discourses  from  the  Shoo-king,  comprises 
the  history  of  the  empire,  from  the  reign 
of  Yao  to  the  commencement  of  the  third 
dynasty,  a  period  of  about  1236  years. 
The  history  of  the  third  and  fourth  dy- 
nasties, reaching  to  the  year  before  Christ 
207,  occupies  nine  volumes  ;  and  the  re- 
maining 44  contain  the  history,  from  207 
before  the  Christian  era  to  the  year  of 
Christ  1368. 

Such  is  the  general  character  of  the 
early  Chinese  history  ;  not,  as  has  been 
pretended,  consisting  of  regular  annals, 
ascending  without  interruption  3000 
years  before  Christ,  written  by  contem- 


106 


CHINA. 


porary  authors,  full  of  circumstantial  de- 
tails, and  founded  upon  the  most  exact 
astronomical  observations  ;  but,  on  the 
contrary,  extremely  limited  and  ill  con- 
nected ;  destitute  of  events,  and  full  of 
contradictions ;  resting  upon  the  most 
questionable  authorities,  and  often  upon 
mere  conjecture  ;  drawn  up  by  authors, 
who  lived  far  posterior  to  the  times  which 
they  describe,  and  who  are  frequently 
divided  into  the  most  opposite  opinions 
and  contradictory  accounts. 

Prior  to  any  of  the  first  emperors, 
several  chiefs  are  named  in  the  Chinese 
annals,  who  first  attempted  to  civilize 
the  savage  natives  of  the  country ;  but 
Fo-hee  is  universally  considered  as  the 
first,  who  possessed  the  title  and  autho- 
rity of  a  sovereign  in  China.  The  com- 
mencement of  his  reign  is  fixed  by  some 
of  the  Chinese  historians  as  high  as  the 
year  3300  before  Christ ;  but  the  whole 
of  his  history,  and  of  his  successors 
down  to  Yao,  is  entirely  fabulous,  was 
written  after  the  birth  of  Christ,  and  is 
disbelieved  by  the  greater  part  of  the 
Chinese  themselves.  There  is  nothing 
known  with  certainty  with  regard  to  the 
origin  of  Yao,  or  the  state  of  the  empire 
before  his  time.  There  are  very  various 
calculations,  also,  respecting  the  com- 
mencement of  his  reign,  which  is  placed 
by  some  in  the  year  2000,  and  by  others 
in  the  year  24 1 1  before  Christ. 

The  limits  of  this  work  will  not  allow 
of  giving  an  account  of  the  various  dy- 
nasties which  have  ruled  the  Chinese 
Empire.  It  is  perhaps  sufficient  to  say, 
that  they,  like  other  nations,  have  passed 
through  bloody  revolutions.  Having  suf- 
fered much  from  the  inroads  of  the 
northern  Tartars,  the  Chinese  built  a 
wall  upwards  of  1200  miles  in  length 
from  east  to  west ;  this  astonishing  work 
is  still  in  existence.  This  wall  secured 
the  peace  of  China  for  several  centuries  ; 
but  the  Tartars  after  repeated  assaults, 
succeeded  in  breaking  over  the  wall,  and 
in  subduing  the  empire  in  1635,  and  a 
Tartar  dynasty  is  now  on  the  throne. 

It  was  owing  chiefly  to  the  wise  policy 
and  humane  conduct  of  A-ma-van,  the 
xmcle  and  guardian  of  the  young  Tartar 
prince,  that  the  Chinese  were  so  easily 
subdued,  and  so   completely  reconciled 


to  the  authority  of  the  new  dynasty, 
Shee-tsong  faithfully  adhered  to  the  sys- 
tem which  his  uncle  had  adopted  in 
governing  the  empire.  He  ascribed  his 
great  success,  not  to  the  number  or  valor 
of  his  troops,  but  to  the  will  and  favor  of 
heaven  ;  a  sentiment  exactly  coinciding 
with  the  Chinese  creed,  and  furnishing 
them  with  an  excuse,  which  they  plead  to 
this  day,  for  submitting  to  a  foreign  yoke. 
Instead  of  shutting  himself  up  in  his 
palace,  according  to  the  custom  of  the 
Chinese  emperors,  he  began  his  reign 
with  showing  himself  much  in  public, 
and  giving  his  subjects  free  access  to  his 
presence.  He  gained  their  attachment, 
above  all  things,  by  the  respect  which 
he  paid  to  their  whole  system  of  gov- 
ernment, laws,  and  customs.  Nothing 
was  changed,  that  could  be  regarded  as 
of  any  importance  ;  but,  on  the  contrary, 
the  conquerors  conformed  almost  in  every 
respect,  to  the  manners  of  the  vanquished; 
married  into  Chinese  families,  studied 
the  Chinese  language,  adopted  the  Chi- 
nese dress,  and  mixed  completely  with 
the  common  mass.  The  ablest  Chinese 
were  appointed  to  the  civil  departments, 
in  preference  to  Tartars  ;  the  supersti- 
tions of  the  country  were  upheld  and  en- 
couraged ;  and  the  people  were  scarcely 
sensible  of  any  change  having  taken 
place  in  the  administration  of  public  af- 
fairs. The  army  alone  was  reserved 
for  the  Tartars  ;  and  is  still  chiefly 
composed  of  the  countrymen  of  the  em- 
peror. 

Shee-tsong  greatly  patronised  men  of 
learning ;  and  showed  extraordinary 
favor  particularly  to  the  persons  employ- 
ed in  the  Jesuit  mission  to  China.  Adam 
Schaal  was  made  president  of  the  tri- 
bunal of  mathematics,  and  intrusted  with 
the  reformation  of  the  calendar,  an  ofiice 
which  had  been  held  by  the  Mahomme- 
dans  nearly  300  years.  This  eminent 
Jesuit  was  honored  by  the  emperor  with 
the  appellation  of  Ma-fa,  "  my  father," 
and  enjoyed  the  special  privilege  of  pre- 
senting his  petitions  into  his  own  hands, 
without  subjecting  them  to  the  examina- 
tion of  the  usual  tribunals.  About  eight 
years  after  Shee-tsong  had  taken  the 
reins  of  government  into  his  own  hands, 
the  renowned  sea-captain  Tching-tching- 


CHINA. 


107 


long,  or  Coxinga,  again  appeared  upon 
the  coast  of  China  with  his  numerous 
fleet,  and  at  length  laid  siege  to  the  city 
of  Nan-kin  ;  but  his  army,  having  de- 
voted themselves  to  feasting  and  amuse- 
ments for  three  days,  in  celebration  of 
his  birth-day,  the  besieged  embraced  the 
opportunity  to  make  an  attack  upon  his 
camp  at  midnight,  while  the  soldiers 
were  oppressed  with  wine  and  sleep,  and 
drove  them  to  their  ships  with  great 
slaughter.  Enraged  by  this  defeat,  he 
pursued  the  Tartar  fleet,  destroyed  a 
number  of  vessels,  took  4,000  prisoners, 
and  after  having  barbarously  cut  ofl'  their 
noses  and  ears,  he  sent  them  all  ashore, 
where  they  were  still  more  barbarously 
put  to  death  by  their  own  government, 
as  a  punishment  for  having  yielded  to  a 
rebel,  but,  in  reality,  as  a  means  of  con- 
cealing the  disgrace  of  the  discomfiture. 
Coxinga,  after  this  victory,  directed  his 
course  to  attack  the  island  of  Formosa, 
which  was  chiefly  occupied  by  Dutch 
traders;  and,  after  a  blockade  of  four 
months,  compelled  them  to  surrender 
from  want  of  provisions.  The  Dutch, 
however,  were  permitted  to  carry  oflT 
their  property  ;  and  the  part  of  the  island, 
which  had  been  occupied  by  the  Chi- 
nese, was  formed  by  the  pirate  chief  into 
a  small  kingdom. 

The  emperor  Shee-tsong,  about  the 
17th  year  of  his  reign,  while  he  was 
only  24  years  of  age,  died  of  grief  on 
account  of  the  loss  of  one  of  his  queens, 
after  having  made  an  attempt  to  deprive 
himself  of  life.  While  he  was  upon  his 
death-bed,  he  called  four  of  his  chief 
mandarins  into  his  presence,  and  charged 
himself  before  them  with  various  faults 
during  his  government,  with  ingratitude 
to  his  most  faithful  minister,  neglect  of 
the  counsels  of  his  mother,  affection  to 
the  eunuchs,  extravagance  in  vain  curi- 
osities, and  inordinate  attachment  to  the 
late  queen.  He  next  appointed  them 
guardians  of  his  youngest  son  Kang-hee, 
whom  he  declared  his  successor,  and 
who  was  then  only  eight  years  of  age. 
Then,  calling  for  his  imperial  robe,  he 
covered  himself  with  it  in  his  bed,  and 
instantly  expired. 

The  guardians  of  the  young  monarch 
devoted  themselves  to  the  welfare  of  the 


empire.  They  began  their  administra- 
tion with  wisely  expelling  all  the  eunuchs 
from  the  palace,  except  about  1 ,000,  who 
were  reserved  for  performing  the  lowest 
offices.  They  next  published  an  edict, 
requiring  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  sea 
coast  to  withdraw  three  leagues  from  the 
sea,  and  all  maritime  commerce  to  be 
abandoned;  which  impaired,  indeed,  as 
they  are  supposed  to  have  intended,  the 
power  of  Coxinga,  but  which  also  com- 
pletely ruined  an  immense  multitude  of 
Chinese  families,  who  subsisted  by  fish- 
ing. They  next  issued  a  severe  edict 
against  the  Christians,  who  were  soon 
after  compelled  to  leave  the  empire,  as 
will  afterwards  be  more  particularly  re- 
lated. Oo-san-hoey,  who  had  invited  the 
Tartars  into  China,  and  who  had  received 
from  Shee-tsong  a  district  in  Shen-see, 
with  the  dignity  of  king,  is  represented 
by  the  Chinese  historians,  as  having 
soon  repented  his  error  in  calling  the 
Tartars  to  his  aid,  saying,  that  "  he  had 
sent  for  lions  to  drive  away  dogs."  In 
the  r2th  year  of  the  emperor  Kang-hee, 
he  openly  raised  the  standard  of  rebel- 
lion, made  himself  master  of  several 
western  provinces,  and  exercised  the 
prerogatives  of  the  emperor.  At  the 
same  time  two  of  the  southern  princes 
declared  war  against  the  Tartar  govern- 
ment, and  were  joined  by  Tching-tching- 
may,  the  son  of  Coxinga,  and  now  king 
of  Formosa.  But  these  insurgents  soon 
quarrelled  with  each  other,  and  made 
their  submission  to  Kang-hee ;  while 
Oo-san-hoey,  after  sustaining  several 
successive  defeats,  sunk  under  the  load 
of  years,  the  fatigues  of  war,  and  the 
pressure  of  grief  and  disappointment. 
His  son  Hong-hoa,  nevertheless,  sup- 
ported his  father's  views,  and  assumed 
the  title  of  emperor ;  but  was  soon  re- 
duced to  such  extremities  by  the  Tartar 
generals,  that,  to  avoid  falling  into  their 
power,  he  put  himself  to  death.  About 
this  time,  a  dreadful  earthquake  was  ex- 
perienced in  the  northern  parts  of  the 
empire,  and  at  Pekin  alone,  300,000  per- 
sons are  said  to  have  been  buried  in  the 
ruins  of  their  habitations.  Kang-hee, 
who,  even  in  his  youth,  had  discovered 
the  greatest  talents  for  governing,  as 
soon  as  the  different  insurgents  had  beea 


108 


CHINA. 


completely  suppressed,  made  a  visit  to 
his  native  dominions  in  Eastern  Tartary, 
accompanied  by  his  family,  his  court, 
and  an  army,  it  is  said,  of  70,000  men. 
He  made  a  similar  visit,  during  the  fol- 
low^ing  year,  to  Western  Tartary ;  and 
continued  annually  to  repeat  these  expe- 
ditions, under  the  pretence  of  hunting, 
but  in  reality  for  the  purpose  of  keeping 
his  troops  in  exercise,  of  displaying  the 
grandeur  of  his  court,  and  of  awing  the 
vassal  princes,  who  were  required  to 
join  him  in  his  progress. 

By  the  assistance  of  two  of  the  mis- 
sionaries. Father  Gerbillon  and  Pereira, 
the  boundaries  between  the  Russian  and 
Chinese  dominions  were  amicably  de- 
fined in  the  year  1689.  In  1693,  the 
emperor  was  restored  by  the  medicines 
of  the  missionaries  from  a  dangerous  at- 
tack of  fever ;  and  in  gratitude  for  their 
services  in  this  instance,  as  well  as 
through  the  influence  of  Gerbillon  and 
Pereira,  who  instructed  him  in  the  Euro- 
pean sciences,  he  extended  a  greater  de- 
gree of  toleration  to  the  Christian  religion, 
and  conferred  several  important  privi- 
leges upon  the  Jesuit  residents  in  Pekin. 
In  the  year  1707,  the  emperor  employed 
these  learned  missionaries  to  make  a  map 
and  survey  of  the  empire  ;  a  work  which 
they  accomplished  with  great  labor  in 
little  more  than  ten  years,  and  which 
does  honor  both  to  the  prince  who  plan- 
ned, and  to  the  persons  who  executed 
the  vast  undertaking.  In  1722,  the  em- 
peror Kang-hee,  after  having  established 
his  empire  in  profound  peace,  and  done 
more  for  its  improvement  than  any  sover- 
eign who  had  ever  filled  the  throne,  died 
suddenly  in  the  69th  year  of  his  age,  and 
the  60th  of  his  reign.  He  was  a  prince 
of  a  truly  enlarged  mind,  and  possessed 
of  many  estimable  qualities ;  indefatigable 
in  his  application  to  public  affairs  ;  cau- 
tious and  discerning  in  the  choice  of  his 
ministers  ;  singidarly  frugal  in  his  per- 
sonal expenditure,  but  munificent  and  af- 
fectionate towards  his  people  ;  an  anxious 
promoter  of  peace,  both  in  his  own  do- 
minions and  among  neighboring  nations  ; 
friendly  to  the  arts  and  sciences,  which 
he  cultivated  himself  with  distinguished 
success  ;  addicted  to  an  active  mode  of 
life,  and  skilled  in  the  military  exercises 


of  his  nation ;  uniting  in  his  personal 
character  the  most  manly  corporeal  and 
mental  endowments,  and  in  his  political 
administration,  the  tenderness  of  a  pa- 
rent with  the  firmness  of  a  prince. 

He  was  succeeded  by  his  fourth  son, 
whom  he  had  nominated  to  the  throne, 
and  who  assumed  at  his  accession  the 
name  of  Young-tching,  which  signifies 
"  perpetual  peace."  The  new  emperor, 
entering  upon  his  function  in  the  prime 
of  life,  applied  himself  with  the  utmost 
assiduity  to  the  discharge  of  his  weighty 
duties.  He  is  said  to  have  employed 
whole  days  and  nights,  without  interrup- 
tion, in  framing  useful  laws  and  regula- 
tions ;  and  to  have  been  particularly 
attentive  to  receive  and  answer  the  nu- 
merous memorials  presented  for  his  in- 
spection. The  most  eflectual  way  to 
gain  his  favor  was  to  propose  some 
scheme,  which  tended  to  advance  the 
public  good,  or  to  provide  relief  for  his 
subjects  in  times  of  calamity.  Except 
his  thirteenth  brother,  he  had  no  confi- 
dents in  his  measures ;  but  governed 
wholly  of  himself,  and  with  the  most  ab- 
solute authority.  He  is  said  to  have 
been  endowed  with  great  wit  and  elo- 
quence, but  to  have  been  less  addicted 
to  scientific  pursuits  than  his  father.  He 
began  his  administration  with  issuing  the 
most  severe  edicts  against  the  Christians, 
whom,  at  length,  he  utterly  proscribed 
and  banished  from  his  dominions  ;  and, 
notwithstanding  the  excuses  which  may 
be  alleged  for  this  measure,  from  the 
misconduct  of  the  missionaries,  it  is  im- 
possible to  vindicate  the  cruel  persecu- 
tions which  he  instituted  against  the 
native  converts,  and  in  Avhich  so  many 
of  the  noblest  families  were  miserably 
destroyed. 

In  the  year  1731,  another  destructive 
earthquake  was  experienced  in  the 
northern  provinces,  in  consequence  of 
which  100,000  persons  were  said  to 
have  perished  in  Pekin,  and  a  still  greater 
number  in  the  neighboring  country.  The 
emperor  was  residing  at  the  time  in 
one  of  his  pleasure  houses,  about  two 
leagues  distant  from  the  metropolis,  and 
was  sailing  in  his  barge  upon  the  canal 
in  his  gardens,  when  the  shocks  com- 
menced.    His  palace  was  instantly  re- 


CHINA. 


109 


duced  to  a  heap  of  ruins,  and  the  em- 
peror, who  had  fallen  on  his  knees  at  the 
sight,  afterwards  published  an  edict  in 
the  usual  style,  ascribing  the  calamity 
to  the  wrath  of  heaven  against  himself, 
for  his  offences  and  want  of  care  in 
governing  the  people  ;  commanded  an 
estimate  to  be  made  of  the  losses  which 
had  been  sustained ;  and  issued  large 
sums  for  the  relief  of  the  sufferers. 

Yong-tching  died  in  the  year  1736, 
after  a  reign  of  thirteen  years,  and  was 
succeeded  by  his  son  Kien-long,  who 
ascended  the  throne  without  opposition, 
though  he  had  not  been  regularly  declared 
by  the  late  emperor  as  his  successor. 
He  had  hitherto  devoted  himself  entirely 
to  literary  pursuits,  and  was  little  ac- 
quainted, at  the  time  of  his  accession, 
with  public  affairs  ;  but  his  mild  and 
benevolent  character  speedily  attached 
to  him  the  affections  and  applause  of 
his  people.  In  1746,  new  decrees  were 
issued  against  the  missionaries,  a  few 
of  whom,  however,  were  still  permitted 
to  reside  at  Pekin,  on  account  of  their 
services  in  matters  of  science.  In  1753, 
an  insurrection  was  excited  among  the 
Eleuth  Tartars,  by  a  powerful  prince 
named  Amoursana ;  but  the  approach  of 
a  Chinese  army  compelled  him  to  take 
refuge  in  the  deserts  of  Siberia,  where 
he  died  a  few  years  afterwards.  Kien- 
long  sent  a  message  to  the  Russians,  re- 
quiring the  dead  body  of  Amoursana  to 
be  delivered  up  to  him,  that  it  might  be 
subjected  to  the  customary  penalties,  for 
the  intimidation  of  others ;  but  the  Rus- 
sians, while  they  showed  the  body  of  the 
prince  to  the  Chinese  commissioners,  in 
order  to  satisfy  them  of  his  decease,  re- 
fused to  commit  it  into  their  hands,  as 
their  laws,  it  appears,  prohibit  any  ex- 
posure to  indignity  of  the  remains  of  un- 
fortunate persons,  who  may  take  refuge 
in  their  dominions.  In  the  year  1770, 
about  50,000  families  of  the  Tourgouth 
Tartars,  in  the  Russian  territories,  mi- 
grated to  the  frontiers  of  China,  and  were 
afterwards  followed  by  an  additional 
number,  which  made  the  whole  amount 
to  nearly  half  a  million  of  souls.  The 
Chinese  monarch  was  so  much  gratified 
by  the  accession  of  so  many  new  sub- 
jects, and  by  the  testimony  of  approbation 


Avhich  it  afforded  of  his  government,  that 
he  caused  a  monument  of  stone  to  be 
erected  in  commemoration  of  the  event, 
with  an  inscription  in  four  different  lan- 
guages. In  the  year  1782,  the  emperor 
showed  his  vigilance  over  the  administra- 
tion of  public  affairs,  and  his  regard  for 
the  welfare  of  his  sucjects,  by  punishing 
a  great  number  of  persons  of  the  highest 
rank,  who  had  been  found  guilty  of  em- 
bezzling the  revenues,  and  oppressing 
the  people,  while  he  diminished  the 
amount  of  taxes  upon  the  lower  classes 
of  the  community,  and  promoted  the 
learned  men  throughout  the  empire  ac- 
cording to  their  merit.  In  the  year  fol- 
lowing, the  tranquillity  of  the  empire 
was  interrupted  by  a  dissension  among 
some  tributary  Mahometan  tribes  on  the 
western  frontiers  ;  and  the  more  turbulent 
families,  to  the  number  of  10,000,  having 
been  punished  by  the  Chinese  governor 
with  banishment  to  a  more  distant  resi- 
dence, they  excited  the  tribes,  among 
whom  they  had  retired,  to  throw  off  the 
yoke  of  the  Chinese  emperor,  and  ex- 
tended the  spirit  of  revolt  to  the  confines 
of  Bucharia.  Having  secretly  secured 
adherents  among  the  people,  where  they 
had  formerly  resided,  and  procured  a 
considerable  quantity  of  military  stores, 
they  placed  themselves  under  the  com- 
mand of  a  rebel  chief,  who  had  formerly 
experienced  the  emperor's  clemency, 
and  erected  a  strong  fort  in  a  situation 
that  was  deemed  inaccessible.  Their 
commander  was  defeated  at  the  head  of 
10,000  men,  and  taken  prisoner  by  the 
Chinese,  before  the  Mahometans  had 
collected  their  forces.  But  the  chiefs 
who  came  to  their  assistance,  to  the 
number  of  the  different  tribes,  having 
found  themselves,  when  united,  not  less 
than  100,000  fighting  men,  immediately 
commenced  offensive  operations.  The 
Chinese  governor  injudiciously  sent  out 
small  detachments,  which  were  succes- 
sively cut  to  pieces  ;  and  the  insurgents, 
losing  no  time  in  the  attack  of  fortified 
places,  penetrated  into  the  midst  of  the 
empire,  destroying  every  thing  in  their 
progress  with  fire  and  sword,  seizing 
upon  the  public  magazines  and  treasures, 
and  sacrificing  the  governors  who  ven- 
i  tured   to   oppose    them.      A   numerous 


110 


CHINA. 


army  however,  was  speedily  marched 
against  them,  under  the  command  of  the 
prime  minister ;  and  they  were  com- 
pelled to  retreat  to  their  strong-hold, 
which  was  protected  by  a  considerable 
river  and  lake  in  the  front,  and  in  the 
rear  by  a  very  steep  and  lofty  mountain. 
While  they  imagined  themselves  secure 
in  this  retreat,  the  Chinese  commander 
caused  the  course  of  the  river  to  be  turn- 
ed by  his  numerous  workmen,  and  his 
troops  to  advance  to  surround  the  lake. 
The  insurgents,  being  thus  at  once  de- 
prived of  their  strongest  protection,  and 
regular  supply  of  water,  were  reduced  to 
the  greatest  extremities.  After  enduring 
the  torments  of  thirst  for  the  space  of 
three  days,  they  adopted  the  desperate 
resolution  of  putting  to  death  the  useless 
persons  among  them,  and  of  cutting  their 
way  through  the  Chinese  army.  They 
were  completely  overwhelmed  in  the  dar- 
ing attempt,  their  fortress  taken  by  storm, 
and  the  whole  of  its  defenders  put  to  the 
sword,  except  a  few  of  the  leaders,  who 
were  afterwards  executed  at  Pekin.  This 
victory  was  followed  by  an  order  from 
the  emperor  to  exterminate  the  whole 
nation,  excepting  those  who  were  under 
fifteen  years  of  age,  who  were  to  be  dis- 
tributed as  slaves  among  the  Mahometan 
tribes,  that  had  remained  faithful  to  the 
emperor.  This  barbarous  decree  was 
rigorously  carried  into  effect,  and  a  tract 
of  country,  above  100  leagues  square,  con- 
taining 1,000  towns  and  villages,  was 
converted  into  an  empty  desert. 

In  the  year  1788,  while  the  emperor, 
though  now  at  the  age  of  78,  was  en- 
gaged in  his  usual  recreation  of  hunting 
in  the  deserts  of  Tartary,  a  sudden  inun- 
dation descended  from  the  mountains,  and 
flooded  the  whole  adjacent  country.  It 
was  with  difficulty  that  Kien-long  gained 
a  small  elevation,  where  he  passed  a 
whole  day  without  food,  till  a  slender 
bridge  was  thrown  across  the  hollow,  by 
which  he  succeeded  in  saving  himself, 
though  a  great  number  of  his  attendants 
were  swept  away  by  the  torrents. 

In  the  year  1793,  a  splendid  embassy, 
under  Lord  Macartney,  a  nobleman  of 
distinguished  talents  and  accomplish- 
ments, was  sent  by  the  king  of  Great 
Britain  to  the  emperor  of  Cliina,  with  a 


view  to  establish  a  more  direct  inter- 
course with  that  immense  empire,  and  to 
secure  more  extensive  commercial  privi- 
leges for  the  British  nation.  The  em- 
bassy was  received  by  the  Chinese  gov- 
ernment with  every  mark  of  respect ;  but 
completely  failed  in  attaining  the  desired 
object.  This  want  of  success  has  been 
ascribed  to  various  causes  ;  to  an  impru- 
dent assertion  in  an  English  journal  on 
the  subject,  which  found  its  way  to  Chi- 
na, and  awakened  the  suspicion  of  its  ru- 
lers ;  to  the  refusal  of  Lord  Macartney 
to  observe  the  established  ceremony  of 
prostration  before  the  Chinese  emperor  ; 
to  the  dread  of  Jacobin  principles,  which 
had  already  been  introduced  into  China, 
and  which  augmented  the  aversion  of  the 
government  to  all  European  settlers  ;  and 
to  an  oversight  of  the  British  ambassa- 
dor, in  not  having  treated,  in  the  first  in- 
stance, with  the  Hotchong-tang,  or  prime 
minister  of  China,  whose  influence  is  un- 
derstood to  be  greater  than  that  of  the 
emperor  himself.  But,  while  each  of 
these  causes  may  be  allowed  to  have 
had  its  weight,  the  true  reason  is  unques- 
tionably of  a  more  general  nature  ;  and 
must  be  sought  in  the  spirit  of  the  Chi- 
nese people,  proud,  contemptuous,  and 
suspicious,  towards  the  inhabitants  of 
every  other  country.  This  was  suffi- 
ciently demonstrated  in  the  fate  of  the 
Dutch  embassy,  which  entered  China 
with  similar  views  in  the  following  year. 
Though  they  carefully  attended  to  every 
circumstance,  which  they  supposed  their 
predecessors  to  have  overlooked,  and 
meanly  complied  with  the  most  humili- 
ating requisition  on  the  part  of  the  Chi- 
nese, they  were  neither  treated  with  so 
much  respect  as  the  English,  nor  were 
they,  in  the  smallest  degree,  more  suc- 
cessful in  their  object.  All  that  they  ob- 
tained was  a  sight  of  the  emperor,  a  few 
trifling  presents  from  his  hand,  and  an 
exemption  of  the  ship,  which  conveyed 
their  ambassador,  from  the  payment  of 
any  duties  upon  its  cargo. 

In  the  year  1796,  the  Emperor  Kien- 
long,  according  to  a  resolution  which  he 
had  long  entertained,  abdicated  the  throne 
in  favor  of  his  son,  after  a  reign  of  60 
I  years,  and  died  in  the  year  1799,  at  the 
I  age  of  89  years,  with  the  character  of 


CHINA. 


Ill 


an  enlightened,  humane,  pacific,  and  pru- 
dent prince.  He  was  succeeded,  accord- 
ing to  his  own  appointment,  by  his  sev- 
enteenth son,  Kia-king,  who  had  then 
attained  the  age  of  40  years ;  but  of 
whose  reign  and  character,  from  the 
want  of  intelUgence  from  China,  we  can 
present  only  a  few  detached  circumstan- 
ces. Immediately  after  the  death  of  the 
old  emperor,  the  prime  minister,  from  some 
cause  which  is  not  known,  was  brought 
into  disgrace,  and  compelled  to  become 
his  own  executioner.  By  accoimts  re- 
ceived from  Canton,  in  the  beginning  of 
the  year  1 802,  it  is  known  that  a  strong 
and  well-disciplined  body  of  Tartars  had 
made  an  incursion  into  China  in  the  year 
1800  ;  an  invasion  which  excited  univer- 
sal terror,  especially  as  it  was  connected 
with  serious  internal  commotions.  Sev- 
eral districts  were  in  arms  at  the  same 
moment ;  but  the  imperial  troops,  by  a 
prompt  movement,  brought  the  insurgents 
to  action  before  they  could  be  joined  by 
the  Tartars,  and  routed  them  with  im- 
mense slaughter.  One  of  those  severe 
droughts,  which  are  so  frequent  in  Chi- 
na, had  prevailed  about  the  same  time  in 
the  eastern  districts  ;  and  the  natives  had 
been  reduced  to  the  necessity  of  aban- 
doning large  tracts  of  country  in  quest 
of  food,  while  the  most  benevolent  ex- 
ertions on  the  part  of  the  emperor  had 
not  been  able  to  impart  much  relief.  The 
Chinese  government,  it  was  also  learned 
by  the  same  intelligence,  having  discov- 
ered, that  the  greatest  evils  result  from 
the  abuse  of  opium,  entirely  prohibited 
the  importation  of  that  article  into  the 
empire. 

In  1804,  intelligence  was  received  in 
Europe,  that  another  serious  rebellion 
had  broken  out  in  the  western  provinces 
in  China,  and  had  even  extended  to  that 
of  Canton,  where  a  descendant  of  the 
former  imperial  family  had  appeared  at 
the  head  of  40,000  men,  who  were  all 
animated  by  a  prophecy  current  in  the 
country,  that  the  present  Tartar  dynasty 
was  to  be  overturned  in  the  course  of 
that  year.  The  emperor  had  issued  an 
edict,  permitting  the  Roman  Catholic 
missionaries  to  reside  in  any  part  of  his 
dominions,  within  20  miles  of  his  court ; 
and  some  thousands  of  children,  with  a 


few  adults,  had  been  baptized.  In  1805, 
they  are  said  to  have  had  not  less  than 
64  Christian  seminaries  of  education, 
chiefly  in  the  province  of  Se-tchuen  ;  but, 
in  1806,  Christianity  was  again  proscrib- 
ed ;  a  Catholic  missionary  in  Pekin  was 
condemned  to  perpetual  imprisonment ;  a 
number  of  civil  and  military  ofiicers  were 
subjected  to  punishment,  for  permitting 
or  aiding  the  labors  of  the  missionaries  ; 
all  the  native  converts  were  sent  into 
banishment  or  slavery,  and  their  books, 
papers,  and  printing  blocks  publicly  burn- 
ed. The  truths  of  revelation,  however, 
had  been  taught  in  numerous  churches  ; 
and  are  supposed  to  have  made  impres- 
sions upon  the  minds  of  the  natives,  which 
even  the  persecutions,  to  Avhich  they  have 
been  exposed,  will  not  speedily  efface. 
About  the  same  time,  .Sir  George  Staun- 
ton succeeded,  with  the  assistance  of  Mr. 
Pearson,  surgeon  to  the  British  factory 
at  Canton,  in  establishing  the  practice  of 
vaccination  in  that  populous  city.  The 
virus  was  obtained  from  Manilla,  through 
the  medium  of  the  Spaniards.  Mr.  Pear- 
son wrote  a  concise  treatise  on  the  dis- 
covery and  mode  of  operation,  with  fig- 
ures of  the  vaccine  pustule  ;  of  the  arm, 
with  the  proper  place  of  puncture  ;  of  the 
lances  charged  with  the  matter,  &c. 
This  treatise,  the  fa-st  English  work  pub- 
lished in  China,  was  translated  by  Sir  G. 
Staunton,  into  the  langiiage  of  the  coun- 
try, and  was  gratuitously  distributed  at 
the  expense  of  the  East  India  Company, 
with  the  assistance  of  a  Chinese  surgeon. 
So  far  have  the  Chinese  overcome  their 
prejudices  against  European  customs  in 
this  instance,  that  a  general  inoculation 
for  the  cow-pox  took  place  in  Canton,  and 
a  large  subscription  was  raised  by  the  na- 
tives, for  establishing  an  institution  in  that 
city,  by  means  of  which  the  matter  may 
be  disseminated  into  every  province  of 
the  empire. 

In  the  month  of  October,  1806,  a  se- 
rious misunderstanding  was  occasioned 
between  the  Chinese  government  and  the 
British  factory  at  Canton  ;  which  origin- 
ated in  a  scuffle  on  board  an  East  India 
ship,  between  a  native  of  the  country  and 
one  of  the  crew,  in  Avhich  the  former  re- 
ceived a  blow  from  a  handspike,  which 
afterwards  occasioned  his  death.     The 


112 


CHINA. 


Chinese  government  demanded  that  the 
Englishman  should  be  given  up  for  capi- 
tal punishment,  or  at  least  another  of  the 
same  nation  in  his  place,  according  to  the 
laws  of  their  country.  But  the  offender 
had  absconded,  and  all  the  British  sailors 
denied  any  knowledge  either  of  the  deed 
itself,  or  of  the  person  who  had  been  the 
perpetrator.  This  answer,  however,  did 
not  satisfy  the  Chinese  ;  and  all  the  Bri- 
tish subjects  were  ordered  to  go  on  board 
their  ships,  and  to  quit  Canton  without 
delay. 

But  the  English  commanders,  having 
expostulated  strongly  upon  the  injus- 
tice of  these  measures,  and  supported 
their  representations  with  some  valuable 
donations  to  the  relations  of  the  deceas- 
ed, the  matter  was  at  length  amicably  ad- 
justed, and  the  usual  intercourse  again 
restored.  In  all  the  transactions,  which 
occurred  during  this  season  of  partial  hos- 
tility, a  Portuguese  priest,  named  Father 
Rodrigo,  who  acted  as  interpreter  to  Ad- 
miral Drury,  bore  a  very  active  and  promi- 
nent part.  This  person,  possessed  of 
great  courage  and  enterprise,  had,  previ- 
ous to  this  event,  succeeded  in  making 
his  way,  under  the  disguise  of  a  Tartar, 
to  the  city  of  Pekin  ;  and,  after  residing 
a  considerable  time  in  that  capital  with- 
out being  discovered,  returned  in  safety 
to  Macao.  This  clandestine  visit  after- 
wards becoming  known  to  the  govern- 
ment at  Canton,  the  Chinese  mandarins 
expressed  the  strongest  indignation,  on 
account  of  the  imposition  and  insult 
which  had  been  practised  upon  them  ; 
and  their  resentment  against  the  offender 
was  rendered  doubly  inveterate,  by  his 
zealous  interference  in  support  of  the 
British  interests,  especially  by  his  spirit- 
ed conduct  upon  the  occasion  of  Admiral 
Drury's  visit  to  Canton  with  the  armed 
boats  of  his  fleet.  When  the  Chinese 
opened  a  fire  from  their  fort  and  war 
boats  upon  the  Admiral's  barge,  Rodrigo 
stood  erect  upon  the  stern  sheets,  and, 
taking  his  cowl  in  hand,  cheered  with 
three  loud  hazzas  ;  intending,  as  the  Chi- 
nese alleged,  and  as  was  probably  the 
truth,  to  incite  the  seamen  to  an  imme- 
diate attack.  The  Chinese  silently  re- 
marked his  hostile  demeanor  towards 
them  in  the  whole  course  of  the  dispute, 


and  determined  to  seize  the  first  oppor- 
tunity of  inflicting  vengeance.  As  soon, 
therefore,  as  the  British  ships  and  troops 
had  taken  their  departure,  the  Father  was 
treacherously  enticed  beyond  the  Portu- 
guese boundaries,  and  carried  prisoner  to 
Canton,  where  the  Chinese,  glorying  in 
the  possession  of  their  captive,  unequivo- 
cally evinced  their  determination  to  make 
him  atone,  with  his  life,  for  the  insults 
which  he  had  offered  to  the  dignity  of 
their  empire.  The  Portuguese  govern- 
ment, however,  at  Macao,  feeling  the  ne- 
cessity of  protecting  their  subjects,  and 
perceiving  that  nothing  but  an  appeal  to 
force  could  effect  the  liberation  of  Rod- 
rigo, commanded  a  ship  of  war  and  an 
armed  brig  to  be  moored,  as  close  as  the 
water  would  admit,  to  the  two  neighbor- 
ing Chinese  forts  ;  and,  at  the  same  time, 
marched  their  troops  out  of  Macao,  to 
invest  the  fortresses  on  the  land  side. 
Mr.  Roberts,  also,  the  senior  British  su- 
percargo, issued  orders  to  all  the  com- 
pany's ships  to  suspend  their  intercourse 
with  the  shore,  and  to  prepare  for  such 
offensive  measures  as  might  appear  requi- 
site. These  arrangements  having  been 
made,  the  Father  was  demanded  in  due 
form,  with  an  explicit  declaration,  that 
unless  he  was  delivered  up  without  inju- 
ry, and  without  delay,  the  Chinese  forts 
should  instantly  be  assaulted,  and  every 
man  in  the  garrisons  made  responsible, 
with  his  life,  for  the  safety  of  Rodrigo. 
The  Chinese  officers,  whose  unreasona- 
ble caprices  require  to  be  occasionally 
met  with  proper  firmness,  perceiving  the 
determination  of  the  Portuguese  to  carry 
their  threats  into  execution,  prudently  ac- 
quiesced in  the  demand,  and  Rodrigo  was 
triumphantly  restored  to  his  freedom  and 
friends. 

It  is  asserted,  that,  notwithstanding 
the  restoration  of  our  commercial  inter- 
course at  Canton,  the  principal  manda- 
rins of  that  place  have  conceived  a  root- 
ed prejudice  against  the  British,  which 
may  not  easily  be  removed  ;  that  they  at- 
tribute every  misfortune  which  befalls 
any  of  their  people  in  their  transactions 
with  us,  to  a  systematic  intention  on  our 
part  to  do  them  an  injury  ;  and  that,  upon 
the  slightest  pretext  being  afforded  for 
complaint,  they  represent  the  matter  to 


CHINA. 


113 


their  superior  tribunals  in  the  most  ex- 
aggerated form. 

Five  emperors  of  the  Tartar  race  in 
succession,  and  all  of  them  men  of  good 
understanding  and  vigorous  minds,  have 
now  continued,  without  interruption,  to 
rule  over  the  Chinese  empire  ;  and  have 
thus,  it  may  be  supposed,  completely  es- 
tablished their  family  in  the  supreme 
power.  Recent  occurrences,  however, 
begin  to  indicate  a  more  unsettled  state 
of  things  in  that  country,  and  at  least  to 
show,  that  the  administration  of  so  vast 
an  empire  is  becoming  daily  a  more  dif- 
ficult task.  The  Tartars,  increasing  in 
security,  have  become  less  attentive  to 
conciUate  the  Chinese  ;  and  all  the  high 
offices  are  filled  with  the  countrymen  of 
the  sovereign.  It  is  suspected,  that  the 
government  entertain  a  design  of  intro- 
ducing the  Man-tchoo  language  into  gen- 
eral use,  instead  of  the  Chinese,  as  great 
attention  has  been  paid  to  its  improve- 
ment, and  as  all  the  children,  one  of  whose 
parents  is  of  Tartar  descent,  have  been 
expressly  required  to  be  instructed  du- 
ring their  infancy,  and  to  pass  their  pub- 
lic examinations,  in  the  Man-tchoo  tongue. 
The  Emperor  of  China,  like  all  oriental 
princes,  shows  no  tendency  to  become 
indigenous  to  his  adopted  soil,  but  con- 
tinues invariably  attached  to  his  native 
caste,  and  systematically  favors  his  coun- 
trymen in  every  possible  instance.  The 
Tartars  in  China,  it  has  been  asserted 
by  an  eye-witness,  thus  continue,  from 
prince  to  peasant,  to  preserve  their  na- 
tive character  distinct,  and  to  hold  the 
subjugated  Chinese  in  the  utmost  con- 
tempt. These,  on  the  other  hand,  are 
represented  as  daily  becoming  more  dis- 
satisfied with  the  imperious  manners  of 
their  conquerors,  whom  they  heartily 
hate,  while  they  are  obliged  to  submit  to 
their  sway. 

A  kind  of  piratical  republic  has  been 
gradually  forming  upon  the  coasts,  which, 
since  the  year  1805,  has  become  ex- 
tremely powerful.  The  number  of  the 
rebel  vessels  has  been  stated,  by  recent 
accounts,  as  not  less  than  4,000 ;  of  which 
the  largest  are  about  200  tons  burden, 
carrying  from  200  to  300  men,  and  from 
12  to  20  guns  ;  while  the  smallest  are 
about  30  tons,  with  50  or  60  men.  In 
15 


the  beginning  of  the  year  1810,  they 
even  attempted  to  blockade  the  port  of 
Canton  ;  and  though  they  have  not  yet 
penetrated  into  the  interior  of  the  coun- 
try, they  are  said  to  have  numerous  par- 
tisans in  every  quarter. 

During  the  last  forty-five  years,  there 
has  existed  in  China,  particularly  in  the 
southern  and  western  provinces,  a  kind 
of  sect  or  association  of  disaffected  per- 
sons, who  furnish  the  rebels  with  all  ne- 
cessary intelligence.  This  association 
is  named  Thian-thee-ohe,  which  signifies 
"heaven  and  earth  united  ;"  and  its  mem- 
bers are  extremely  numerous.  They 
know  each  other  by  private  signs,  such 
as  the  manner  in  which  a  cup  of  tea,  or 
a  pipe  of  tobacco,  is  offered  and  accept- 
ed. In  the  form  of  initiation,  the  new 
member  is  placed  between  two  naked 
sabres,  which  are  crossed  over  his  head  ; 
and,  in  this  position,  he  solemnly  swears 
rather  to  perish  than  betray  the  secrets 
of  the  society.  A  few  drops  of  blood  are 
then  drawn  from  him,  and  from  the  per- 
son who  administers  the  oath,  which  are 
mingled  in  a  cup  of  tea,  of  which  both 
parties  partake.  The  great  principles  of 
this  body  are,  the  equality  of  all  men, 
and  the  obligation  of  the  rich  to  commu- 
nicate of  their  abundance  to  the  poor. 
In  the  year  1804,  not  less  than  nine  pro- 
vinces of  the  empire  were  disturbed  by 
the  machinations  of  these  levellers  ;  and 
their  numbers  daily  increased  to  such  a 
degree,  that  many  of  the  more  wealthy 
natives  had  become  members  of  the  as- 
sociation, and  surrendered  a  part  of  their 
property  to  preserve  the  rest.  Those 
who  resisted  their  influence,  and  refused 
to  make  such  a  compromise,  were  often 
secretly  seized,  and  kept  as  prisoners, 
and  even  threatened  with  death,  imless 
their  friends  should  procure  their  release, 
by  depositing  a  sum  of  money  in  a  place 
appointed.  A  sect  of  a  similar  descrip- 
tion exists  in  the  northern  provinces,  un- 
der the  name  of  Pelin-Kias,  which  sig- 
nifies "  enemies  of  foreign  religion  ;" 
and  which  is  founded  upon  discontent 
with  the  existing  government,  and  dis- 
like of  a  foreign  dynasty.  These  asso- 
ciations obtain  numerous  partisans  among 
the  lower  classes,  who  are  often  render- 
ed desperate  by  their  extreme  indigence  ; 


114 


COLOMBIA 


and,  in  some  districts,  their  members  have 
abandoned  themselves  to  the  most  daring 
excesses,  and  even  to  open  revolt.  The 
government  have  made  great  exertions  to 
suppress  these  seditions ;  and  it  is  said, 
that  not  less  than  4,000  persons  had  been 
capitally  punished,  within  a  very  short 
period,  on  account  of  these  practices.  In 
1798,  one  of  their  chiefs  was  proscribed 
by  public  proclamation,  and  a  price  of 
10,000  piastres  set  upon  his  head;  but 
he  took  refuge  in  the  island  of  Java, 
where  his  principles  have  made  great 
progress  among  the  Chinese  residents  ; 
but  whom  the  dread  of  the  European  au- 
thorities has  hitherto  restrained  from 
committing  the  excesses,  to  which  their 
system  has  often  given  rise  in  China. 
By  a  recent  edict  of  the  Chinese  govern- 


ment, all  who  were  detected  as  members 
of  the  Thian-thee-ohe  association,  were 
condemned  to  have  the  tendons  of  the 
right  foot  cut  across,  and  to  have  the  left 
cheek  marked  with  a  red-hot  iron  ;  but, 
if  farther  convicted  of  having  been  en- 
gaged in  any  disturbance,  they  were  sen- 
tenced to  be  capitally  punished,  by  being 
beheaded.  The  people,  however,  in  gen- 
eral, as  long  as  they  can  easily  procure 
their  portion  of  rice,  and  a  few  savory 
sauces,  are  in  no  temper  for  a  revolt 
against  their  government ;  and  hence,  it 
is  the  principal  care  of  the  latter  to  pro- 
vide magazines  throughout  the  empire,  to 
serve  as  a  supply  in  seasons  of  scarcity  or 
famine.  In  1820,  Kia-King  was  succeed- 
ed by  his  second  son,  Tara-Kwang,  who 
occupies  the  throne  at  the  present  time. 


COLOMBIA. 


The  republic  of  Colombia  is  of  very 
recent  origin,  although  the  history  of  the 
three  states,  by  the  union  of  which  it  has 
been  formed,  is  coeval  with  the  era  of 
Columbus.  Previously  to  the  period  of 
the  revolution,  they  were  known  by  the 
names  of  the  Viceroyalty  of  New  Gren- 
ada, the  Captain-generalship  of  Caraccas, 
and  the  Presidency  of  Quito.  Of  their 
annals  prior  to  the  union,  a  brief  sketch 
will  here  be  given. 

Quito.  The  provinces  of  Quito  hav- 
ing formed  a  component  part  of  the  Peru- 
vian empire  at  the  time  of  the  Spanish 
conquest,  continued  to  depend  directly 
on  the  government  of  Peru  until  Septem- 
ber, 1564,  when  they  were  erected  into 
a  separate  presidency.  In  1717,  the 
government  was  suppressed,  and  the 
country  incorporated  into  the  viceroyalty 
of  New  Grenada.  In  1722,  it  was  again 
separated,  and  remained  so  until  it  be- 
came a  part  of  Colombia.  The  revolu- 
tion commenced,  Aug.  10, 1809,  when  the 
president.  Count  Ruiz  de  Castilla,  was 
deposed,  and  a  junta  soberana  appointed 
to  administer  the  government.  He  was 
reinstated  the  November  following,  and 
a  second  revolution  took  place  in  Septem- 


ber, 1810.  But,  in  a  few  months  after- 
wards, the  Spaniards,  under  Montes,  re- 
gained Quito,  and  continued  to  hold  the 
presidency  vmtil  May,  1822,  when  the 
victory  of  Pichincha,  gained  by  general 
Sucre,  put  an  end  to  their  power. 

New  Grenada.  The  coasts  of  New 
Grenada,  which  border  on  the  Caribbean 
sea,  were  first  visited  by  Columbus,  du- 
ring his  fourth  voyage.  Ojeda  and  Amer- 
igo Vespucci  followed  Columbus  in  ex- 
ploring parts  of  the  coast,  and  Vespucci 
gave  the  first  regular  description  of  the 
people  who  inhabited  its  shores.  In  the 
year  1508,  Ojeda  and  Nicuessa  obtained 
extensive  grants  in  this  and  the  adjoining 
country.  Ojeda  had  the  country  from 
cape  de  la  Vela  to  the  gidf  of  Darien, 
which  was  to  be  styled  New  Andalusia  ; 
and  Nicuessa  was  appointed  to  govern 
from  the  gulf  of  Darien  to  cape  Gracias 
a  Dios ;  the  territory  included  within 
these  points,  to  be  named  Golden  Cas- 
tile. The  province  of  Terra  Firma  in- 
cluding both  the  grants  of  Nicuessa  and 
Ojeda,  was  given,  by  a  subsequent  char- 
ter, in  1514,  to  Pedro  Arias  de  Avila. 

Under  the  orders  of  Avila,  the  western 
coast  of  Panama,  Veragua  and  Darien, 


COLOMBIA. 


115 


was  explored  as  far  north  as  cape  Blanco, 
and  the  town  of  Panama  was  founded. 
In  1536  Sebastian  de  Benalcazar,  one  of 
the  officers  who  accompanied  Pizarro  in 
the  expedition  to  Peru,  effected  the  con- 
quest and  colonization  of  the  southern  in- 
ternal provinces  of  New  Grenada  ;  whilst 
Gonzalo  Ximenes  de  Quesada,  who  had 
been  sent  by  Lugo,  the  admiral  of  the  Ca- 
naries, overran  the  nothern  districts  from 
Santa  Martha.  They  met  with  considera- 
ble opposition  from  the  natives,  but  finally 
succeeded  in  reducing  the  country,  and 
the  whole  was  formed  into  one  govern- 
ment, and  put  under  a  captain-general, 
appointed  in  1 547  ;  to  check  whose  pow- 
er the  royal  audience  was  established,  of 
which  he  was,  however,  made  president. 
In  the  year  1718  New  Grenada  was 
formed  into  a  viceroyalty.  This  form  of 
government  continued  until  1724,  when 
the  captain-generalship  was  restored ;  but, 
in  1 740,  the  viceroyalty  was  re-establish- 
ed. Under  this  system,  the  evils  of 
which  were  of  a  very  grievous  nature, 
the  inhabitants  of  New  Grenada  contin- 
ued until  the  invasion  of  Spain  by  the 
French.  The  desire  of  independence 
had  long  been  prevalent ;  but  it  was  not 
until  1810,  that  it  began  to  be  publicly 
avowed.  The  juntos  then  chosen  were 
composed  of  persons  generally  favorable 
to  independence.  A  congress  from  the 
different  provinces  or  departments  of  the 
viceroyalty  soon  afterwards  assembled, 
and,  in  1811,  a  formal  declaration  of  in- 
dependence was  made.  The  country 
has,  since  that  period,  passed  through 
many  vicissitudes  of  fortune.  The  cause 
of  freedom  and  that  of  the  royalists  have 
been  alternately  triumphant,  and  many 
frightful  scenes  of  rapine  and  bloodshed 
have  occurred.  In  1816,  a  decisive 
action  was  fought  between  the  indepen- 
dents and  a  Spanish  army  under  Morillo, 
which  ended  in  the  total  defeat  of  the 
former,  and  the  dispersion  of  the  con- 
gress. After  remaining  under  the  do- 
minion of  the  royalists  for  three  years, 
Grenada  was  again  emancipated  by  the 
army  of  Bolivar,  who  entered  Santa  Fe 
in  August,  1819.  In  December,  1819, 
a  union  was  effected  with  Venezuela 
into  one  republic. 

Caraccas,  or  Venezuela.     The  coast  of 


this  country  was  originally  discovered 
by  Columbus,  in  1498,  during  his  third 
voyage.  Several  attempts  being  made  to 
colonize,  the  Spanish  government  came 
to  the  determination  of  settling  the  coun- 
try under  its  own  direction.  These  ex- 
peditions were  managed  by  priests,  and 
generally  ill  conducted  ;  and  it  was  found 
necessary  to  subdue  the  inhabitants  by 
force.  When  this  was  partially  effected, 
and  the  Spanish  settlers  were  placed  in 
some  security,  the  proprietorship  was 
sold,  by  Charles  V,  to  the  Weltsers,  a 
German  mercantile  company.  Under 
their  management,  the  Spaniards  and  the 
natives  sufiered  the  most  grievous  tyran- 
ny. The  abuses  of  their  administration 
becoming  at  last  intolerable  they  were 
dispossessed,  in  1550,  and  a  supreme 
governor,  with  the  title  of  captain-gene- 
ral, was  appointed.  From  this  period 
until  the  year  1806,  Caraccas  remained  in 
quiet  subjection  to  the  mother  country. 
In  1806,  a  gallant  but  unfortunate  attempt 
was  made  to  liberate  her  from  the  yoke. 
General  Miranda,  a  native  of  Caraccas, 
formed  for  this  purpose  an  expedition, 
partly  at  St.  Domingo  and  partly  at  New 
York.  A  landing  was  effected  on  the 
coast,  but  the  force  proved  wholly  inad- 
equate to  the  designed  object.  Many 
were  taken  prisoners  by  the  Spanish  au- 
thorities, and  several  suffered  death.  The 
defeat  was  decisive,  and  gave  an  eU'ec- 
tual  blow,  for  the  time,  to  the  project  of 
independence. 

In  1810,  however,  Spain  being  overrun 
by  the  French  troops,  the  opportunity 
was  seized  by  the  principal  inhabitants  to 
establish  a  freer  form  of  government. 
For  this  purpose,  a  junto  suprema,  or 
congress,  was  convened  in  Caraccas,  con- 
sisting of  deputies  from  all  the  provinces 
composing  the  former  captain-generalship, 
with  the  exception  of  Maracaibo.  At 
first  they  published  their  acts  in  the  name 
Ferdinand  VII  ;  but  the  captain-general 
and  the  members  of  the  audiencia  were 
deposed  and  imprisoned,  and  the  new 
government  received  the  title  of  the  Con- 
federation of  Venezuela.  The  most  vio- 
lent and  impolitic  measures  were  now 
adopted  by  the  regency  and  cortes  of 
Spain  towards  the  people  of  this  district. 
The  congress,  finding  the  voice  of  the 


116 


DENMARK. 


people  decided  in  favor  of  independence, 
issued  a  proclamation,  on  the  5th  of  July, 

1811,  formally  declaring  it.  A  liberal 
constitution  was  established,  and  affairs 
wore  a  favorable  aspect  for  the  cause  of 
freedom,  imtil   the    fatal    earthquake   of 

1812,  which,  operating  on  the  supersti- 
tion of  the  people,  led  to  a  gieat  change 
in  the  public  opinion.  Monteverde,  a 
royalist  general,  taking  advantage  of  the 
situation  of  affairs,  marched  against 
Caraccas,  and,  after  defeating  general 
Miranda,  compelled  the  province  to  sub- 
mit. 

In  1813,  Venezuela  was  again  eman- 
cipated by  Bolivar,  who  was  sent  with 
an  army  by  the  confederation  of  Grenada. 
In  1814,  he  was,  in  his  turn,  defeated  by 
Bovera,  and  compelled  to  evacuate  Car- 
accas. In  1816,  he  again  returned  with  a 
large  body  of  troops,  and  was  again  de- 
feated. Undismayed  by  reverses,  he  land- 
ed again,  in  December  of  the  same  year, 
convened  a  general  congress,  and  defeat- 
ed the  royalists  in  March,  1817,  with 


great  loss.  In  the  month  following,  how- 
ever, Barcelona  was  taken  by  the  Span- 
ish troops.  The  contest  was  maintained 
for  some  time  afterwards  with  various 
success.  Bolivar  was  invested  by  the 
congress  with  ample  powers,  the  situa- 
tion of  the  republic  requiring  the  energy 
of  a  dictator.  On  the  17th  of  December, 
1819,  a  union  between  the  republics  of 
Grenada  and  Venezuela  was  solemnly 
decreed,  in  conformity  with  the  report  of 
a  select  committee  of  deputies  from  each 
state.  This  confederation  received  the 
title  of  the  Republic  of  Colombia,  and  the 
installation  of  the  general  congress  took 
place  in  the  city  of  Rosario  of  Cucuta. 
This  occurred  in  May,  1821  ;  and  since 
that  time  the  states  have  been  rapidly  ac- 
quiring stability  and  political  importance. 
The  helm  of  government  has,  however, 
generally  been  guided  by  military  leaders, 
so  that  the  interests  of  commerce  have 
been  neglected,  but  many  new  channels 
of  trade  have  lately  been  opened  for  the 
industry  of  the  people. 


DENMARK. 


The  oldest  inhabitants  of  Denmark 
were  Germans,  who  gained  their  support 
from  the  sea.  The  Cimbri,  who  derived 
their  origin  from  them,  dwelt  in  the  pen- 
insula of  Jutland,  the  Chersonesus  Cim- 
brica  of  the  Romans.  They  first  struck 
terror  into  the  Romans  by  their  incursion, 
with  the  Teutones,  into  the  rich  prov- 
inces of  Gaul.  After  this,  led  by  the 
mysterious  Odin,  the  Goths  broke  into 
Scandinavia,  and  appointed  chiefs  from 
their  own  nation  over  Denmark,  Nor- 
way, and  Sweden.  Skiold  is  said  to 
have  been  the  first  ruler  of  Denmark. 
His  history,  however,  and  that  of  his 
posterity,  is  involved  in  fable.  All  we 
know  with  certainty  is,  that  Denmark 
was  divided,  at  this  time,  into  many  small 
states,  that  the  inhabitants  gained  their 
subsistence  by  piracy,  and  spread  terror 
through  every  sea,  and  along  every  coast, 
to  which  they  came.  When  the  power 
of  the  Romans   began  to  decline,  the 


Danes,  and  Northmen,  as  they  were  call- 
ed, became  conspicuous  in  the  South  by 
their  incursions  upon  the  shores  which 
were  formerly  protected  by  the  guard- 
ships  of  the  Romans.  They  landed  in 
England,  A.  D.  832,  and  partially  estab- 
lished themselves  in  the  island.  Under 
RoUo,  in  911,  they  made  a  descent  on 
the  French  coasts  in  Normandy,  occu- 
pied the  Faroe  isles,  the  Orcades,  the 
Shetland  isles,  Iceland,  and  a  part  of 
Ireland,  and  thence  proceeded  to  Spain, 
Italy  and  Sicily.  Wherever  they  came, 
they  spread  terror  by  their  valor,  ferocity, 
and  rapacity.  These  expeditions  made 
little  change  in  their  national  govern- 
ment :  it  still  continued  a  federative  sys- 
tem of  many  clans  or  tribes,  each  of  which 
had  its  own  head,  and  all  were  united 
under  one  sovereign.  When  the  Ger- 
man kings  of  the  Carlovingian  race  at- 
tempted to  interfere  with  their  domestic 
I  afiairs,  the  tribes  entered  into  a  closer 


DENMARK. 


117 


union,  and  the  Norwegians  and  Danes 
ultimately  formed  two  separate  states. 

Gorm  the  Old,  first  subdued  Jutland, 
in  863,  and  united  all  the  small  Danish 
states  under  his  sceptre  till  920.  His 
grandson  Sweyn,  a  warlike  prince,  sub- 
dued a  part  of  Norway  in  1000,  and  Eng- 
land in  1014.  His  son  Canute,  in  1017, 
not  only  completed  the  conquest  of 
England,  but  also  subdued  a  part  of 
Scotland,  and,  in  1030,  all  Norway. 
Under  him  the  power  of  Denmark  reach- 
ed its  highest  pitch.  Political  motives 
led  him  to  embrace  the  Christian  reli- 
gion, and  to  introduce  it  into  Denmark  ; 
upon  which  a  great  change  took  place  in 
the  character  of  the  people.  Canute  died 
in  1036,  and  left  a  powerful  kingdom  to 
his  successors,  who,  in  1040,  lost  Eng- 
land, and,  in  1047,  Norway.  The  Dan- 
ish kingdom  was,  after  this,  very  much 
weakened  by  intestine  broils.  Sweyn 
Magnus  Estritson  ascended  the  throne  in 
1047,  and  established  a  new  dynasty; 
but  the  feudal  system,  introduced  by  the 
wars  of  Sweyn  and  Canute,  robbed  the 
kingdom  of  all  its  strength  under  this  dy- 
nasty, which  furnished  not  a  single  wor- 
thy monarch  except  the  great  Waldemar, 
left  the  princes  dependent  on  the  choice 
of  the  bishops  and  nobility,  plunged  the 
peasants  into  bondage,  caused  the  decay 
of  agriculture,  and  abandoned  commerce 
to  the  Hanse  towns  of  Germany.  Whh 
Waldemar  HI,  in  1376,  the  male  line  of 
the  family  of  Estritson  became  extinct. 
His  politic  daughter  Margaret,  after  the 
death  of  her  son  Olave  IV,  A.  D.  1387, 
took  the  helm  of  the  Danish  government, 
ascended  the  throne  of  Sweden  and  Nor- 
way, and  in  1397,  she  convoked  the 
states  of  the  three  kingdoms  at  Calmar, 
where  the  law,  called  the  union  of  Cal- 
mar, was  passed.  As  this  law  was  the 
cause  of  a  long  war  between  Denmark 
and  Sweden,  it  will  be  proper  to  notice 
its  principal  clauses.  The  grand  and 
leading  proposition  laid  down  in  this 
law,  was,  that  the  union  of  the  three 
kingdoms  under  one  monarch,  should  be 
a  fundamental  and  irrevocable  law.  In 
order,  however,  to  secure  to  each  king- 
dom its  peculiar  rights  and  privileges,  it 
was  expressly  declared,  that  "  the  sov- 
ereign should   govern  the  kingdom  of 


Denmark  according  to  the  laws  and  cus- 
toms of  Denmark  ;  and  those  of  Sweden 
and  Norway  according  to  their  respect- 
ive laws  and  customs."  "  If  any  person 
is  justly  banished  from  one  of  the  king- 
doms, he  shall  be  equally  so  from  the  two 
others  ;  and  no  person  shall  assist  or  de- 
fend him  ;  but,  wherever  he  shall  be  fol- 
lowed and  cited,  they  shall  proceed  to 
judgment  against  him,  according  to  law." 
"  If  our  lord  the  king  shall  enter  into  any 
agreement  or  treaty  with  any  foreign 
power,  in  which  of  the  kingdoms  soever 
he  shall  then  reside,  he,  and  the  senate 
who  are  then  with  him,  or  some  deputies 
from  each  kingdom,  shall  have  the  pow- 
er to  contract,  in  the  name  of  the  three 
kingdoms,  every  thing  which  shall  be 
judged  the  most  honorable  and  advanta- 
geous for  the  king  and  the  three  king- 
doms." It  was  likewise  ordained,  that 
if  any  sovereign  had  more  than  one  son, 
one  only  should  be  declared  and  elected 
king  of  the  three  kingdoms,  and  the 
others  should  hold  fiefs  ;  and  if  the  king 
should  die  without  any  children,  then 
the  senators  and  the  states-deputies  of 
the  three  kingdoms,  in  concert,  should 
elect  him  whom  they  believed  before 
God  most  worthy  and  most  capable. 
Such  are  the  principal  articles  of  the  fa- 
mous union  of  Calmar  ;  by  accomplish- 
ing which,  as  well  as  by  the  whole  of 
her  political  conduct,  Margaret  has  ob- 
tained from  posterity  the  appellation  of 
the  "  Semiramis  of  the  North."  This 
great  princess  died  suddenly  in  1412, 
and  left  Eric  in  peaceable  possession  of 
the  three  northern  crowns. 

Soon  after  his  accession  to  the  throne, 
he  was  engaged  in  a  war  with  the  Count 
of  Holstein,  and  with  the  Hanse  Towns. 
Not  being  a  sovereign  of  much  talent  or 
enterprise,  he  was  totally  unable  to  carry 
on  these  wars,  and  attend  to  the  affairs 
of  Sweden  at  the  same  time.  The 
Swedes  soon  manifested  symptoms  of 
discontent ;  they  justly  regarded  them- 
selves as  inferior,  in  the  treatment  they 
received  from  the  king,  to  his  Danish 
and  Norwegian  subjects.  Their  disaf- 
fection and  discontent  were  soon  evident 
to  all  but  Eric,  whose  inattention  or  ob- 
stinacy were  such,  that  he  could  not  be 
persuaded  to   adopt  such  measures  as 


118 


DENMARK. 


would  have  ensured  the  tranquillity  of 
Sweden.  The  Swedes  were  still  far- 
ther exasperated  by  the  taxes  he  levied 
on  them,  in  order  to  prosecute  his  war 
with  the  Hanse  Towns.  In  this  war 
they  conceived  themselves  to  have  no 
interest  or  concern  ;  and  therefore  they 
thought,  they  should  not  be  taxed  to  sup- 
port it.  They  had  still  another  source 
of  discontent ;  Eric  had  appointed  Dan- 
ish or  German  governors  to  nearly  all 
the  provinces  and  fortresses  of  Sweden. 
This  of  itself  gave  them  umbrage,  and 
was  expressly  contrary  to  the  spirit  of 
the  union  of  Calmar.  These  foreign 
governors  oppressed  and  tyrannized  over 
the  people ;  and,  when  complaints  against 
them  were  laid  before  the  king,  he  treat- 
ed them  with  neglect  or  contempt.  Af- 
ter patiently  enduring  their  grievances 
for  some  time,  the  Swedes  broke  out  in- 
to open  rebellion.  Eric  was  now  seri- 
ously alarmed,  and,  having  made  peace 
with  the  Hanse  Towns,  he  requested 
their  intercession  with  his  rebellious  sub- 
jects ;  this  they  granted,  on  condition  that 
a  diet,  composed  of  the  deputies  of  the 
three  Estates,  should  be  held  at  Calmar. 
The  diet  was  accordingly  held  on  the 
27th  of  July,  1436,  when  the  Swedes 
agreed  solemnly  to  renew  the  union  ;  the 
king,  on  his  part,  binding  himself  to  re- 
spect their  privileges,  and  not  to  entrust 
any  of  their  strong  places  in  future  to  the 
care  of  foreigners.  Eric,  however,  was 
either  not  sincere,  or  he  had  not  talents 
sufficient  to  perceive  and  follow  his  real 
interests  ;  for  soon  after  the  renewal  of 
the  vmion,  he  exercised  a  most  tyrannical 
sway,  not  only  over  Sweden,  but  even 
over  the  Danes  and  Norwegians.  This 
conduct  united  them  all  against  him ; 
and  he  soon  was  compelled  by  the 
Danes  to  surrender  the  crown.  During 
the  reign  of  this  sovereign,  the  famous 
fortress  of  Elsinore  was  built.  The  prin- 
cipal object  in  erecting  it  was  to  check 
the  commercial  and  maritime  power  of 
the  Hanse  Towns,  with  whom  Eric  was 
then  at  war.  These  towns  soon  felt  the 
restrictions  which  this  fortress,  command- 
ing the  passage  of  the  Sound,  laid  on 
their  commerce  ;  and,  in  revenge,  they 
ravaged  the  coasts  of  Denmark  and  Nor- 
way.    When  peace,  however,  was  con- 


cluded, they  agreed  to  pay  the  tribute 
which  Eric  fixed  for  the  passage  of  the 
Sound. 

The  Danes,  having  compelled  Eric  to 
abandon  the  throne,  elected  Christopher 
of  Batavia,  his  sister's  son,  to  be  their 
king.  After  he  had  taken  possession  of 
the  crowns  of  Denmark  and  of  Norway, 
he  directed  his  attention  and  his  schemes 
towards  Sweden.  The  Swedes,  at  first, 
appeared  unwilling  to  elect  him  ;  but  at 
last,  partly  by  intrigues,  and  partly  by  the 
privileges  granted  or  extended  to  them, 
they  chose  Christopher  king.  He  was 
crowned  at  Copenhagen,  which  city  he 
made  the  royal  residence,  and  the  capital 
of  Denmark,  instead  of  Roschild,  which 
had  previously  enjoyed  those  privileges. 
The  first  object  with  this  sovereign,  after 
he  was  securely  seated  on  the  throne  of 
the  three  kingdoms,  was  to  revise  the 
laws  of  Denmark  ;  many  of  them  had 
become  obsolete,  inapplicable,  or  insuffi- 
cient ;  into  others  many  abuses  had  crept, 
either  in  their  interpretation  or  adminis- 
tration ;  and  the  changed  state  and  cir- 
cumstances of  the  kingdom  and  of  the 
times,  required  some  new  enactments. 
The  plan  he  followed  was  that  of  Valde- 
mar  the  Second  ;  and,  having  directed 
his  deliberate  and  impartial  attention  to 
the  subject,  he  formed  a  code,  distin- 
guished for  its  wisdom,  as  well  as  for  its 
leniency.  In  1448,  after  a  reign  of  seven 
years  over  Denmark  and  Norway,  and 
six  years  over  Sweden,  during  the  whole 
of  which  he  had  proved  himself  a  good 
sovereign,  Christopher  died. 

Immediately  on  this  event,  the  Senate 
of  Denmark  invited  the  states  of  the  two 
other  kingdoms  to  comply  with  the  act 
of  union,  by  proceeding  in  concert  to  the 
election  of  a  new  king.  This,  however, 
the  Swedes  absolutely  refused  to  do,  elect- 
ing Charles  Canutson,  their  own  coun- 
tryman, and  the  avowed  enemy  of  Den- 
mark, to  be  their  sovereign.  The  Danes, 
irritated  and  surprised  at  this  conduct, 
assembled  a  diet  at  Roschild,  and  chose 
Christian  of  Oldenberg  as  their  sovereign. 
This  Christian  was  the  founder  of  the 
royal  Danish  family,  which  has  ever  since 
kept  possession  of  the  throne,  and  from 
which,  in  modern  times,  Russia,  Sweden 
and  Oldenberg,  have  received  their  rulers. 


DENMARK, 


119 


According  to  the  union  of  Calmar,  a 
diet,  composed  of  the  diets  of  the  three 
kingdoms,  ought  to  have  chosen  the  sov- 
ereign, and  drawn  up  the  articles  of  capi- 
tulation for  him  to  sign  ;  but,  under  the 
present  circumstances,  it  w^as  found  ne- 
cessary to  leave  the  election  to  a  small 
number  of  deputies,  most  of  whom  were 
senators.  The  Senate,  from  this  period, 
arrogated  to  themselves  the  right  of  choos- 
ing the  sovereign,  and  only  occasionally 
consulted  the  states  out  of  form. 

But  Sweden  could  not  remain  long 
quiet  and  contented  ;  the  clergy  and  the 
nobles,  in  particidar,  were  dissatisfied. 
A  rebellion  broke  out,  and  the  archbishop 
of  Upsal  threw  off  his  robes  and  put  him- 
self at  the  head  of  a  large  army.  Chris- 
tian, in  this  embarrassing  predicament, 
was  as  much  indebted  to  his  character 
for  moderation  and  good  intentions  as  to 
his  arms  ;  and  at  last,  he  succeeded  in 
bringing  over  the  archbishop  and  most 
of  the  clergy  to  his  interests.  As,  how- 
ever, the  nobility  still  held  out  against 
him,  and  tilled  the  kingdom  with  dissen- 
sions and  turbulence.  Christian,  in  a  great 
measure,  withdrew  his  attempts  to  subdue 
them,  and  employed  his  entire  attention 
in  the  improvement  of  his  other  domin- 
ions. A  favorite  object  with  him  was 
the  establishment  of  a  iiniversity  at  Co- 
penhagen ;  before  that,  all  the  nobility 
and  people  of  consequence  in  Denmark 
were  accustomed  to  send  their  sons,  at  a 
great  expense,  to  be  educated  at  Cologne 
or  Paris ;  in  prosecuting  his  scheme, 
however,  he  met  with  opposition  from  a 
quarter  from  which  he  did  not  anticipate 
it.  The  clergy  were  either  indifferent  or 
averse  to  the  establishment  of  the  propo- 
sed university ;  difficulties  and  delays  con- 
sequently occurred,  and  before  Christian 
could  complete  this  and  other  plans  for 
the  benefit  and  improvement  of  his  king- 
dom, he  died  in  the  year  1481,  and  in 
the  55th  year  of  his  age.  Almost  all  the 
contemporary  liistorians  concur  in  repre- 
senting him  as  a  prince  of  great  modera- 
tion, humanity  and  liberality  ;  he  never 
permitted  his  resentment  or  passion  to 
hurry  him  beyond  the  bounds  of  justice  ; 
it  was  a  favorite  saying  of  his,  that  a  king 
who  would  be  great  and  reign  well,  ought  to 
be  more  compassionate  than  another  man. 


He  was  succeeded  by  his  son  John, 
whose  power  in  Denmark  was,  if  possi- 
ble, more  hmited  than  that  of  his  father. 
In  Norway,  too,  his  authority  was  still 
more  circumscribed.  In  1490,  he  con- 
cluded a  treaty  of  commerce  with  Henry 
VII  of  England,  by  which  their  subjects 
obtained  full  liberty  of  traffic  with  each 
other.  The  English  also  bound  them- 
selves to  pay  the  duties  of  the  Sound  ;  and 
were  permitted  to  have  consuls  in  the 
principal  maritime  towns  of  Denmark 
and  Norway.  Several  rebellions  broke 
out  during  Iiis  reign,  and  it  Avas  not  till 
1512,  that  he  was  acknowledged  king  of 
Sweden.  He  died  in  1513.  His  son 
Christian  II,  ascended  the  throne,  a  cruel, 
tyrannical,  but  courageous  prince.  In 
1514,  he  convoked  the  assembly  at  Cal- 
mar. Deputies  from  Sweden  were  pre- 
sent on  the  occasion ;  but  they  had  not 
power  to  choose  Christian  king  of  Swe- 
den ;  and  by  their  representations  on  their 
return  to  their  own  country,  induced  the 
states  of  Sweden  to  declare  openly  against 
this  prince,  and  to  elect  an  administrator 
to  hold  the  reigns  of  government.  Chris- 
tian, at  first,  did  not  attempt  to  reduce  the 
Swedes,  but  contented  himself  with  aug- 
menting his  power  in  Denmark ;  in  effect- 
ing this,  he  was,  however,  opposed  by 
the  clergy  and  nobility,  whom  his  natu- 
ral disposition  led  him  rather  to  oppose 
and  oppress,  than  -to  conciliate  ;  so  that 
at  the  very  time  that  he  Avas  at  war  with 
the  Hanseatic  towns,  he  found  the  great 
majority  of  his  clergy  and  nobles  at  vari- 
ance with  him,  and  only  Avaiting  for  a  fa- 
vorable opportunity  to  break  out  in  open 
rebellion.  Thus  deprived,  in  a  great 
measure,  of  the  good  will  and  support  of 
his  subjects,  he  resolved  to  strengthen 
and  protect  himself  by  other  methods ; 
and,  with  this  intention  and  hope,  he  mar- 
ried the  sister  of  the  Emperor  Charles  V. 
He  also  perceived  that  commerce  had  in- 
troduced into  Denmark  a  new  order  of 
men,  whom,  by  encouraging  their  trade, 
and  promoting  their  interests,  he  might 
possibly  unite  to  himself  in  his  opposition 
to  the  nobles  and  clergy  ;  he  accordingly 
gave  many  privileges  to  the  merchants, 
and  freed  them  from  many  vexatious  im- 
positions. Before  his  time,  they  were 
obliged  to  send  all  their  merchandise  to 


120 


DENMARK. 


the  Hanse  Towns,  at  a  very  great  ex- 
pense, and  to  permit  the  magistrates  of 
those  towns  who  were  for  the  most  part 
merchants,  and  therefore  interested  per- 
sons, to  put  a  price  upon  their  goods ;  the 
obvious  and  natural  consequence  was,  that 
the  Danish  merchants  were  frequently 
obliged  to  sell  their  goods  to  a  great  dis- 
advantage. In  order  to  prevent  these 
vexations.  Christian  issued  orders  that 
all  the  Danish  merchants  should  send 
their  goods  to  Copenhagen  ;  and  as  they 
might  be  under  apprehensions  of  his  ra- 
pacity, he  placed  in  the  hands  of  the 
magistrates  a  very  large  sum  of  money. 
To  induce  foreign  merchants  to  settle  in 
Copenhagen,  he  granted  them  particular 
protection,  and  the  most  extensive  privi- 
leges. While  he  acted  with  this  wise 
policy  towards  all  engaged  in  trade,  to- 
Avards  the  clergy,  nobles,  and  the  mass  of 
the  people,  his  conduct  was  tja-annical  and 
oppressive ;  the  revenue  which  an  in- 
creased commerce  gave  him  was  princi- 
pally expended  in  supporting  a  large  num- 
ber of  regular  troops  ;  thus  imitating  the 
other  sovereigns  of  Europe,  who,  about  this 
time,  first  began  to  keep  a  standing  army. 
With  the  assistance  of  these  troops,  he 
began  to  exercise  his  power  with  the 
greatest  rigor,  and  to  meditate  the  accom- 
plishment of  essential  changes  in  the  con- 
stitution, by  the  most  violent  and  arbitrary 
means.  At  first  the  clergy  and  nobility 
were  silent  and  inactive,  through  surprise 
and  astonishment ;  and  the  king,  thinking 
that  they  were  intimidated,  proceeded  in 
his  plans  with  still  greater  rapidity  and 
boldness.  Without  the  consent  of  the 
senate,  and  in  direct  opposition  to  the  ca- 
pitulations that  had  been  signed  by  his 
predecessors  and  himself,  he  laid  on  new 
and  oppressive  taxes  ;  and  in  order  to 
strike  terror,  and  silence  the  murmurs  of 
the  people,  he  ordered  a  gallows  to  be 
erected  in  the  most  public  place  in  every 
town.  In  short,  every  action  which  he 
performed  had  for  its  object  the  breaking 
down  the  power  of  the  clergy  and  nobles, 
and  tyrannizing  over  the  people  ;  he  still 
retained  his  mistress,  and  his  profligate 
favorites,  whom  he  consulted  in  all  his 
schemes,  to  the  utter  neglect  of  the  sen- 
ate. Christian  had  been  particularly 
blamed  for  his  conduct  to  the  nobility  and 


lergy ;  but  had  he  been  moderate  and 
just  to  the  people  at  large,  his  conduct  to 
those  classes  might  have  been  excused  ; 
indeed  it  was  almost  called  for  by  the 
circumstances  of  the  times.  The  great- 
est part  of  the  lands  had  fallen  into  the 
possession  of  the  nobles,  who  were  thus 
enabled  to  oppress  the  common  people  ; 
while  they  had  nearly  in  an  equal  degree 
touched  on  the  prerogatives  of  the  crown. 
Christian,  therefore,  seems  to  have  had 
no  alternative  ;  he  must  either  have  sub- 
mitted to  have  been  the  slave  of  his  no- 
bles, or  have  acted  as  he  did,  and  reduced 
their  power  ;  he  is,  however,  blameable, 
in  that  his  measures  M-ere  so  oppressive 
and  violent,  and  that  his  object  was  not 
to  benefit  the  people,  but  himself. 

He  perhaps  would  have  found  more  dif- 
ficulty in  curbing  the  pride  and  reducing 
the  power  of  the  clergy,  had  not  the  doc- 
trines of  Luther  begun  to  extend  them- 
selves about  this  time.  Of  these  Christian 
availed  himself ;  and  had  he  managed  the 
opportunity  with  less  violence  and  with 
more  caution  and  prudence,  he  might  have 
completely  annihilated  the  powers  and 
privileges  of  the  clergy  ;  but  the  natural 
impetuosity  of  his  disposition  prevailed, 
and  he  incensed  without  materially  hum- 
bling them.  In  the  mean  time,  the  affairs 
of  Sweden  were  in  the  utmost  confusion  ; 
the  administrator,  who  had  been  just 
elected,  was  opposed  by  the  clergy,  with 
the  archbishop  of  Upsal  at  their  head, 
who  formed  a  party  to  elect  Christian 
king  of  Sweden.  On  the  receipt  of  this 
unexpected  and  welcome  intelligence, 
the  king  marched  a  body  of  troops  to  Scho- 
nen,  under  the  command  of  Crumpen,  an 
officer  of  great  merit  and  experience.  Al- 
though it  was  the  depth  of  winter,  such 
was  the  impatience  of  Christian,  that  he 
ordered  Crumpen  to  enter  West  Goth- 
land, and  to  endeavor  to  bring  the  enemy 
to  battle.  The  administrator  had  not  been 
idle  ;  but  having  collected  a  numerous 
army,  he  marched  to  meet  the  Danes. 
Three  battles  were  fought ;  the  first  de- 
cided nothing,  in  the  second  the  adminis- 
trator was  wounded,  and  in  the  third  the 
Swedes  were  completely  defeated,  the 
administrator  dying  soon  after  of  his 
wounds.  This  success  enabled  Crumpen 
to  march  into  the  heart  of  the  kingdom ; 


DENMARK. 


121 


and  in  the  beginning  of  the  following 
year,  1520,  Christian,  having  arrived  in 
Sweden,  and  Stockholm  being  reduced, 
he  was  formally  proclaimed  king.  During 
his  absence  from  Denmark,  the  discon- 
tented there  flattered  themselves  with  the 
hopes,  that  they  should  be  able  to  organ- 
ize such  a  force,  as  would  enable  them 
successfully  to  oppose  him ;  but  when 
he  returned  the  conqueror  of  Sweden, 
they  became  silent  and  submissive. 

Christian  soon  discovered  to  the  Swedes 
that  he  meant  to  treat  them  as  subjects 
of  a  conquered  country.  It  had  always 
been  customary  at  the  coronation  of  their 
kings,  for  the  new  monarch  to  make  a 
certain  number  of  knights ;  Christian  com- 
plied Avith  this  custom  in  so  far  as  to  cre- 
ate the  usual  number,  but  they  were  all 
Danes  and  other  foreigners  ;  not  a  single 
Swede  did  he  advance  to  that  honor ; 
and,  that  his  motives  might  not  be  mis- 
understood, he  publicly  declared,  that 
henceforward  he  would  not  show  any 
mark  of  honor  to  a  Swede,  "because  he 
owed  that  crown  to  his  arms  and  not  to 
their  free-will."  This  was  only  the  be- 
gining  of  his  arbitrary  and  tyrannical  con- 
duct to  this  nation.  Being  embarrassed 
in  his  finances,  and  despairing  of  raising 
money  with  the  consent  of  the  senate,  he 
formed  a  plan  to  massacre  all  the  mem- 
bers of  it.  This  plan  is  said  to  have  been 
suggested  to  him  by  his  mistress  ;  it  was 
communicated  to  the  archbishop  of  Up- 
sal,  and  received  his  sanction.  The  sen- 
ate and  the  states  of  Sweden  were  ac- 
cused of  heresy,  and  were  taken  into  cus- 
tody on  this  accusation ;  but  even  the 
forms  and  delay  of  a  mock  trial  were  too 
slow  for  Christian's  vindictive  temper. 
He  ordered  the  victims  to  be  marched  out 
in  the  middle  of  the  day,  surrounded  by 
soldiers.  Among  the  first  was  Eric  Va- 
sa,  father  of  the  celebrated  Gustavus 
Vasa.  At  the  place  of  execution,  70  sen- 
ators, lords  and  bishops  were  executed  ; 
even  then  the  cruelty  of  Christian  was 
not  glutted  with  blood.  Being  informed 
that  several  of  those  whom  he  had  mark- 
ed out  could  not  be  found,  he  ordered  the 
soldiers  to  massacre  all  the  people  of 
rank  whom  they  met  in  the  streets,  and 
to  search  the  houses  for  them.  A  simi- 
lar massacre  took  place  in  the  provinces 
16 


on  all  who  were  obnoxious  to  Christian, 
or  had  espoused  the  party  of  the  adminis- 
trator. But  the  day  of  retribution  was  at 
hand.  Gustavus,  son  of  Eric  Vasa,  roused 
the  peasantry  of  the  Swedish  provinces, 
especially  those  of  Dalecarha,  to  attempt 
the  restoration  of  their  country's  liberty 
and  independence.  In  vain  did  Theo- 
dore the  king's  viceroy  oppose  Gustavus; 
he  was  compelled  to  return  to  Stockholm, 
which  city,  in  the  year  1522,  was  invest- 
ed by  the  Swedish  hero.  To  raise  the 
siege.  Christian  sent  a  powerful  fleet  and 
army  under  Norby,  who  at  first  gained 
some  advantages  over  the  Dalecarlians, 
but  was  soon  afterwards  compelled  to  re- 
embark,  having  thrown  supplies  of  men, 
stores,  and  provisions  into  the  city.  Gus- 
tavus, however,  made  little  real  progress 
in  reducing  it  for  want  of  a  fleet.  He 
therefore  entered  into  a  treaty  with  the 
inhabitants  of  Lubeck,  who  supplied  him 
with  a  squadron.  Stockholm  was  now 
reduced  to  such  extremity,  that  Norby 
resolved  to  make  another  attempt  to  re- 
lieve it ;  he  accordingly  appeared  before 
it  with  a  large  fleet,  and  attacked  the 
auxiliary  squadron  of  GustaAiis.  A  storm 
put  an  end  to  the  contest,  and  Norby 
taking  shelter  in  a  creek,  his  fleet  was 
there  fixed  by  a  sudden  frost,  and  thus 
exposed  to  the  attacks  of  the  enemy.  In 
this  situation,  Gustavus  resolved  to  at- 
tempt its  destruction,  but  meeting  with  a 
formidable  resistance,  the  Lubeckers  re- 
treated in  the  very  middle  of  the  battle. 
The  ice  was  soon  after  dissolved,  and 
Norby  took  advantage  of  this  favorable 
circumstance  to  effect  his  escape. 

Denmark  in  the  meantime,  was  a  scene 
of  the  utmost  confusion,  and  the  province 
of  Jutland  was  in  a  state  of  open  revolt. 
A  general  diet  was  held  at  Wyburg,  by 
which  Christian  was  formally  deposed, 
and  a  particular  decree  passed,  stating 
the  reasons  for  this  proceeding.  As  soon 
as  the  king  was  informed  of  his  deposi- 
tion, he  set  out  for  Kolding,  a  town  situ- 
ated on  the  frontiers  of  Holstien  and  Jut- 
land. Copenhagen,  the  islands  of  the 
Baltic  and  Norway,  were  still  in  his 
power ;  but  as  he  was  conscious  that  he 
held  them  by  a  frail  and  imcertain  tenure, 
and  that  from  them  he  could  not  expect 
to  draw  the  means  of  quashing  the  rebel- 


122 


DENMARK. 


lion  in  the  other  parts  of  his  dominions, 
he  formed  the  resohition  of  abdicating  the 
throne.  Before  he  put  this  resohition 
into  practice,  however,  he  went  to  Ring- 
stadt,  where  there  happened  to  be  a  great 
fair ;  here  he  harangued  the  populace 
with  such  effect,  that  they  took  a  fresh 
oath  of  allegiance,  and  offered  to  assist 
him  against  all  his  enemies  ;  but  he  was 
now  grown  distrustful,  and  being  appre- 
hensive that  if  he  delayed  any  longer, 
he  should  not  be  able  to  escape  from 
Denmark,  he  resolved  on  immediate 
flight,  and  retired  with  his  family  into  the 
Low  Countries. 

The  character  of  this  prince  has  been 
already  sketched,  and  indeed  it  is  suffi- 
ciently apparent  from  the  whole  tenor  of 
his  political  life  ;  yet  cruel  and  tyranni- 
cal as  it  undoubtedly  was,  many  of  his 
measures  displayed  considerable  wisdom 
and  a  sense  of  justice.  In  the  year  1 52 1 , 
he  published  a  code  of  laws,  which  great- 
ly limited  the  power  of  the  nobility  over 
their  vassals,  and  retrenched  several 
branches  of  their  revenues.  By  this  code 
they  were  expressly  forbidden  to  sell 
their  vassals  as  slaves.  The  article 
which  relates  to  this  traffic  exhibits  a 
dreadful  picture  of  the  state  of  the  peas- 
antry at  that  time.  "  The  wicked  and 
impious  practice,  which  is  followed  in 
Zealand,  Falster,  Laaland,  and  other 
parts  of  Denmark,  of  selling  the  poor 
farmers,  and  of  making  a  traffic  of  Chris- 
tians, shall  be  abolished  for  ever  ;  and 
when  the  proprietors  of  lands  shall  use 
their  vassals  with  injustice,  the  latter 
shall  be  permitted  to  leave  the  lands  of 
the  former,  and  to  settle  themselves  on 
other  lands,  as  is  the  custom  among  the 
farmers  in  Scania,  Jutland  and  Funen." 
In  the  same  year  he  published  a  code  of 
ecclesiastical  laws,  in  which  it  is  de- 
clared that  a  bishop  shall  not  have  more 
than  14  persons  in  his  train  when  he  is 
on  a  journey,  and  an  archbishop  not  more 
than  20.  Before  the  passing  of  this  law, 
these  prelates  were  generally  accompan- 
ied with  100  knights  and  other  attend- 
ants, who  treated  the  common  people 
with  great  indignity,  cruelty  and  oppres- 
sion. Another  law  which  he  passed 
shall  be  noticed,  because  it  not  only 
throws  great  light  on  the  customs  and  the 


state  of  society  in  Denmark  at  this  era, 
but  also  exhibits  the  character  of  Chris- 
tian to  great  advantage.  By  this  law, 
the  practice  of  robbing  and  plundering 
ships  which  had  been  wrecked,  was  for- 
bidden. It  was  expressly  ordered,  that 
all  the  king's  officers  should  assist  the 
seamen  to  the  utmost  of  their  power,  in 
saving  the  ships  and  cargo  ;  if  they  re- 
fused, they  were  liable  to  be  hanged,  and 
to  have  their  goods  confiscated  ;  if  all 
the  seamen  were  drowned,  the  country- 
men were  obliged  to  keep  the  effects 
saved  from  the  wreck,  for  a  year  and  a 
day  ;  and  if  within  that  period  the  owner 
claimed  them,  they  were  to  be  given  up 
to  him  upon  his  paying  salvage  ;  if  they 
were  not  claimed  within  a  year  and  a 
day,  they  were  to  be  divided,  and  two 
thirds  were  to  be  the  property  of  the 
king,  and  the  other  third  the  property  of 
the  curate  of  the  parish.  Even  the  wa- 
ges of  those  who  might  be  employed  in 
saving  the  effects  was  fixed  by  law  ;  and 
if  the  owner  of  the  ship  was  forced  to  sell 
any  part  of  the  cargo  in  order  to  pay 
these  men,  the  king's  officer  was  obliged 
to  render  to  him  faithfully  all  the  money 
that  might  arise  from  such  sales  ;  if  he 
did  him  injustice,  he  was  liable  to  suffer 
death. 

This  law  was  particularly  disagreea- 
ble to  the  Danes,  especially  the  nobility 
and  clergy.  Before  it  was  passed,  many 
of  them  made  a  considerable  revenue  by 
plundering  ship-wrecked  vessels.  The 
Bishops  of  Borghum  in  Jutland  frequent- 
ly employed  300  men  on  the  sea  coasts, 
when  there  was  any  appearance  of  a  tem- 
pest which  might  drive  ships  ashore,  in 
order  to  compel  the  seamen  to  suffer  their 
goods  to  be  plundered  without  making  any 
resistance,  or  if  they  made  resistance,  to 
massacre  them.  "  Herman  Grice,  one 
of  the  senators,  having  represented  to  the 
king  the  wrong  which  he  did  himself  by 
this  law,  as  he  would  lose  thereby  a  con- 
siderable revenue  from  Jutland  alone,  be- 
sides what  he  would  lose  in  the  other  prov- 
inces," Christian  returned  him  the  follow- 
ing answer.  "I  would  rather  lose  all 
the  revenues  of  which  you  speak,  than 
suffer  those  unhappy  people  to  be  so 
unjustly  treated."  One  of  the  bishops 
likew^ise  complained  to   the  king  of  the 


DENMARK. 


123 


wrong  which  he  had  done  him  in  particu- 
lar by  this  law,  and  demanded  permis- 
sion to  follow  the  ancient  customs  of  the 
country  with  regard  to  this  matter  ;  to 
which  Christian  answered,  that  his  in- 
tention was  not  to  make  any  change  in 
those  customs,  except  in  such  as  he  found 
to  be  contrary  to  the  divine  laws  ;  where- 
upon this  conscientious  prelate  replied, 
by  asking,  "  How  the  ancient  customs  of 
the  kingdom,  respecting  shipwrecks,  were 
contrary  to  the  divine  laws  ?"  To  which 
the  king  again  replied,  "  Thou  shalt  not 
kill,  thou  shalt  not  steal." 

As  soon  as  the  flight  of  Christian  was 
known,  Denmark  and  Norway  elevated 
his  uncle,  Frederick  I,  duke  of  Holstein, 
to  the  throne.  Under  this  prince,  the 
aristocracy  gained  the  entire  superiority 
— bondage  was  established  by  law, — 
the  reformation  was  introduced, — and  in 
1522,  Norway,  was  united  with  Denmark. 
Frederick  died  in  1533,  leaving  two  sons, 
Clu-istian  and  John  ;  the  latter  had  been 
brought  up  in  the  Catholic  religion  ;  the 
former  was  a  Protestant.  The  bishops, 
who  had  repented  of  their  opposition  to 
Christian  II,  when  they  perceived  that 
Frederick  favored  the  reformed  religion, 
were  desirous  that  John  shoidd  suc- 
ceed his  father.  As  soon  as  Frederick's 
death  was  known,  the  senate  convoked 
the  deputies  of  the  different  orders  of 
the  states  at  Copenhagen.  The  bishops 
opened  the  debate,  by  inveighing,  with 
great  zeal  and  warmth,  on  the  subject 
of  religion  ;  and  when  they  found  that 
the  lay  senators  did  not  coincide  with 
their  opinions,  they  demanded  that  the 
decree  of  the  diet  of  Odensee,  which  had 
given  the  nobles  such  extensive  power 
over  their  farmers,  should  be  annulled. 
The  nobility  were  alarmed,  and  endea- 
vored to  sooth  the  clergj',  but  the  latter 
feeling  their  weight  in  the  assembly,  car- 
ried their  point  so  far,  that  the  tenths  were 
restored  to  them.  The  next  subject  dis- 
cussed, related  to  the  choice  of  a  successor 
to  Frederick  ;  the  Catholic  and  ecclesias- 
tic senators  declared  for  John  ;  the  lay 
and  Protestant  senators  for  Christian ;  de- 
bates ran  high,  till  at  last  it  was  proposed 
that  the  states  of  Norway  should  be  invi- 
ted to  send  their  deputies.  Although 
these  were  all  Roman  Catholics,  yet  the 


proposition  was  so  fair,  that  the  Protest- 
ant senators  could  not  object  to  it.  The 
bishops  considering  the  election  of  John 
as  now  secure,  began  to  persecute  the 
reformists,  and  to  harass  the  people  with 
heavy  taxes.  The  friends  of  Christian 
II,  considering  this  a  favorable  opportu- 
nity to  endeavor  to  reinstate  him,  made 
an  attempt  to  that  effect;  but  this  attempt, 
though  at  first  successful,  ended  in  the 
election  of  Christian  III  ;  for  the  bish- 
ops, alarmed  at  the  endeavors  to  re- 
instate Christian  II,  and  perceiving  that 
their  former  conduct  had  incurred  the 
indignation  of  the  nation  at  large,  con- 
sented to  the  election  of  Christian  III, 
on  the  condition  that  the  privileges 
and  rights  of  the  senate  and  states 
should  be  confirmed,  and  that  he  should 
not  be  the  enemy  of  their  religion.  The 
rights  of  all  classes,  except  those  of  the 
farmers,  were  amply  secured  by  the  ca- 
pitulation which  Christian  signed,  when 
he  ascended  the  throne  ;  but  the  farmers 
were,  if  possible,  in  a  still  worse  and 
more  oppressed  condition  than  they  had 
ever  been  before. 

Christian  found  the  state  of  public  af- 
fairs such  as  required  the  display  and 
exercise  of  considerable  energy  and  ac- 
tivity, united  to  moderation  and  forbear- 
ance. The  differences  on  religious  sub- 
jects still  existed.  The  army  that  had 
been  sent  to  reinstate  Christian  II,  Avas 
still  in  possession  of  some  part  of  the 
Danish  dominions,  and  had  been  joined 
by  all  the  discontented.  The  province 
of  Fioni  demanded  his  first  and  princi- 
pal attention.  The  Count  of  Oldenberg, 
who  was  at  the  head  of  the  invading 
army,  had  reduced  nearly  the  whole  of  it, 
and  though  it  was  restored  by  a  victory 
which  Christian  gained  over  this  general, 
yet  no  sooner  did  the  king  leave  it  to 
prosecute  the  war  in  other  parts,  than  the 
Count  returned,  and  being  assisted  by  the 
whole  body  of  farmers,  again  subdued 
the  whole  province,  and  made  them  take 
a  new  oath  of  fidehty  to  Christian  II. 
In  this  situation  of  aflairs.  Christian  III, 
had  recourse  to  the  King  of  Sweden, 
who  coming  himself  at  the  head  of  a 
large  force,  turned  the  fortune  of  war 
in  favor  of  his  ally.  The  troops  of  the 
Count  of  Oldenberg   were  soon  driven 


124 


DENMARK, 


out  of  Jutland,  and  afterwards  out  of 
Fioni,  by  Christian's  army  ;  while  Gus- 
taviis  reconquered  Scania.  The  Count 
was  now  obliged  to  act  on  the  defensive, 
and  to  retire  into  Zealand,  where  he  shut 
liimself  up  in  Copenhagen.  The  siege 
of  this  place  was  immediately  underta- 
ken. It  made  a  long  and  obstinate  de- 
fence, but  at  last  it  was  reduced,  and 
the  Count  of  Oldcnberg  was  taken  pris- 
oner. 

As  soon  as  Christian  III,  was  firmly 
seated  on  the  throne,  he  turned  his 
attention  to  the  state  of  religion  ;  and 
resolved  to  carry  into  execution  a  plan 
which  had  been  communicatad  to  him  by 
Gustavus,  for  reducing  the  power  of  the 
clergy.  He  accordingly  assembled  the 
senate  with  great  secrecy,  and  they  im- 
mediately came  to  the  resolution  to  annex 
all  the  church-lands,  towns,  fortresses, 
and  villages,  to  the  crown,  and  to  abolish 
for  ever  the  temporal  power  of  the  clergy. 
All  the  bishops  in  the  different  parts  of 
the  kingdom  were  arrested  about  the 
same  time  ;  and  that  the  nation  might 
not  be  alarmed  by  this  extraordinary 
measure,  the  king  convoked  the  states 
at  Copenhagen  ;  the  nobility  were  order- 
ed to  be  there  in  person,  and  the  commons 
by  their  deputies,  but  the  clergy  were 
not  summoned  to  attend.  After  a  strong 
speech  from  the  king  against  the  rapacity 
of  the  clergy,  the  senate  confirmed  the 
decree  of  the  diet,  and  the  power  and 
privileges  of  the  clergy  were  declared  to 
be  annihilated  for  ever.  The  senate  next 
settled  the  succession  in  the  person  of 
Duke  Frederick,  the  king's  eldest  son. 
In  return  for  these  concessions,  the  king 
confirmed  the  nobility  in  all  their  rights, 
particularly  in  what  they  called  the  right 
of  life  and  death  over  their  vassals,  and 
of  punishing  them  in  what  manner  they 
thought  proper.  Thus  was  the  power 
of  the  clergy  for  ever  destroyed  in  Den- 
mark ;  but  the  conclusion  which  the  no- 
bles drew  from  this,  that  their  own  author- 
ity and  power  would  be  so  much  the  more 
augmented,  was  soon  proved  to  be  erro- 
neous :  for  as  a  great  part  of  the  crown 
lands  had  fallen  into  the  hands  of  the 
clergy,  these  lands  being  again  annexed 
to  the  crown,  the  royal  authority  was 
considerably  increased.    The  oppression 


of  the  farmers  still  continued,  and  the 
nobles  displayed  a  restless  and  increas- 
ing desire  to  prevent  them  from  ever  rising 
in  the  state  ;  for  the  senate  passed  a  law, 
forbidding  any  person,  either  ecclesiastic 
or  secular,  who  was  not  noble,  to  buy 
any  freehold  lands  in  the  kingdom,  or  to 
endeavor  to  acquire  such  lands  by  any 
other  title. 

Norway  was  still  unwilling  to  acknow- 
ledge Christian ;  the  Catholic  religion  kept 
its  ground  there  longer  and  more  firmly 
than  it  did  in  Denmark.  The  states  of 
the  former  kingdom  being  assembled  at 
Drontheim,  in  the  beginning  of  the  year 
1536,  Christian  sent  notice  to  them  that 
he  was  king  of  Denmark,  and  demanded, 
by  virtue  of  the  union  of  the  two  king- 
doms, to  be  elected  their  king  also  ;  but 
the  clergy  representing  this  demand  as 
haughty,  and  the  presage  of  a  tyrannical 
government,  the  people  rose  in  a  tumul- 
tuous manner,  massacred  several  of  the 
king's  friends,  and  compelled  the  rest  to 
quit  the  kingdom.  Christian  on  this  re- 
solved to  have  recourse  to  the  most  de- 
cisive measures.  He  accordingly  march- 
ed an  army  into  Norway,  and  before  the 
end  of  the  year,  the  whole  kingdom  wac 
reduced  to  a  state  of  obedience  and  tran- 
quillity. The  Danish  nobility  persuaded 
the  king  to  take  advantage  of  the  subju- 
gation of  Norway,  to  strip  this  kingdom 
of  its  independence ;  and  a  decree  was 
accordingly  passed,  stating,  that  as  the 
kingdom  of  Norway  had  declined  in  its 
power  and  resources,  so  as  to  be  no  lon- 
ger capable  of  supporting  a  king  ;  and  as 
the  greatest  part  of  its  senators  had  shown 
themselves  enemies  to  the  crown  of  Den 
mark ;  therefore,  the  said  kingdom  of  Nor- 
way shall  be,  and  for  ever  remain  sub-, 
jected  to  the  crown  of  Denmark  ;  so  that 
in  future  it  shall  no  more  be  a  kingdom 
apart,  nor  shall  it  any  more  be  so  called, 
but  shall  be  a  part  of  the  kingdom  of 
Denmark.  It  was,  however,  stipulated, 
that  in  case  Norway  should  be  engaged 
in  war,  the  senate  and  the  estates  of  Den- 
mark should  assist  them.  This  decree 
was  carried  into  immediate  and  full  exe- 
cution. The  senate  of  Norway  was  sup- 
pressed, the  states  no  longer  had  any  in- 
fluence in  the  elections,  and  the  Danish 
nobility  were  appointed  to  most  of  the 


DENMARK. 


125 


places  of  confidence  and  emolument  in 
that  kingdom. 

Christian  II  died  in  1558,  and  was 
succeeded  by  Frederick  II.  The  Danish 
monarchs  having  gradually  increased  the 
duties  of  the  Sound,  and  laving  fre- 
quently exacted  them  with  unnecessary 
strictness  and  rigor,  the  English,  Dutch, 
Lubeckers,  and  Hanse  Towns,  remon- 
strated against  them  entirely,  in  the  year 
1583;  but  their  remonstrances  were  in 
vain,  and  they  were  under  the  necessity 
of  submitting  to  the  mode  and  extent  of 
these  exactions.  Towards  the  conclu- 
sion of  Frederick's  reign,  Denmark  be- 
gan to  rise  in  importance  among  the  Eu- 
ropean powers.  An  embassy  came  from 
Elizabeth,  Queen  of  England,  with  the 
order  of  the  garter  for  the  Danish  sover- 
eign;  and  in  1588,  a  treaty  of  marriage 
was  proposed  between  a  Princess  of  Den- 
mark and  James  VI,  King  of  Scotland. 
Soon  after  this,  Frederick  died,  in  the 
54th  year  of  his  age,  and  in  the  29th  of 
his  reign. 

Christian  IV  was  only  eleven  years 
old  when  his  father  died.  In  1621,  a 
treaty  of  alliance  was  concluded  between 
the  Kings  of  England,  Denmark,  and 
Sweden,  several  of  the  princes  of  the 
empire,  and  Holland.  The  object  of 
this  treaty  was  to  support  the  Elector 
Palatine,  in  whose  favor,  in  1623,  Chris- 
tian took  up  arms,  and  was  appointed 
head  of  the  league,  and  commander  of 
the  forces  of  Lower  Saxony.  He  was, 
however,  not  equal  in  military  talents  or 
experience  to  the  Imperial  general, 
Count  Tilly,  by  whom  he  was  completely 
defeated  near  Rottenburgh,  in  1626.  He 
died  in  the  month  of  February,  1648,  at 
the  age  of  71,  and  in  the  60th  year  of  his 
reign,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son 
Frederick. 

The  state  of  Denmark  at  this  period 
required  a  monarch  of  great  talents ; 
firmness,  economy,  and  moderation,  were 
absolutely  requisite ;  the  army  of  Den- 
mark had  been  nearly  annihilated  by  the 
wars  in  the  last  reign ;  her  marine  was 
in  a  condition  little  better  than  the  army  ; 
there  was  scarcely  any  money  in  the 
treasury ;  the  nobles  were  exempted 
from  the  payment  of  taxes  ;  and  the  peo- 
ple were  so  poor,  or  so   discontented, 


that  to  levy  the  necessary  taxes  on  them 
would  have  been  impracticable,  and  the 
attempt  excessively  dangerous.  The 
states  of  Norway  seemed  disposed  to 
throw  off  their  dependence  on  Denmark, 
and  assume  a  republican  form  of  govern- 
ment ;  and  Sweden  was  evidently  pre- 
paring to  take  advantage  of  the  reduced 
and  humble  condition  of  her  rival. 

In  1655,  the  jealousies  between  Swe- 
den and  Denmark  increased.  Charles 
Gustavns  was  now  on  the  throne  of  the 
latter  kingdom,  a  monarch  in  the  prime 
of  life,  of  great  and  aspiring  ambition, 
and  of  considerable  enterprise  and  tal- 
ents. The  Swedish  king  having  ob- 
tained a  number  of  successes  in  the  wars 
against  the  Danes,  turned  his  plans  to- 
wards the  reduction  of  Copenhagen  by 
famine  ;  but  while  part  of  his  fleet  was 
cruising  for  the  Dutch  squadron,  supplies 
of  provisions  were  introduced  into  Copen- 
hagen. Part  of  this  city  is  built  upon 
the  isle  of  Amak,  which  is  peopled  by 
the  descendants  of  a  colony  from  East 
Friesland,  to  whom  the  island  was  given 
by  Christian  II,  at  the  request  of  his 
queen,  the  sister  of  Charles  V,  for  the 
purpose  of  supplying  her  with  vegeta- 
bles, cheese,  and  butter.  It  is  entirely 
laid  out  in  gardens  and  pastures,  and  the 
produce  brought  to  the  market  of  Copen- 
hagen. This  island  Charles  resolved  to 
get  possession  of,  if  he  possibly  could, 
and  he  accordingly  made  a  sudden  de- 
scent upon  it  at  the  head  of  a  large  body 
of  forces  ;  he  was  opposed  by  Frederick, 
who  sallied  out  of  Copenhagen,  broke 
through  the  .Swedish  lines,  threw  them 
into  confusion,  and  obliged  Charles  to 
throw  himself  into  a  boat,  and  regain  his 
fleet.  The  next  day  the  Dutch  fleet  that 
had  been  sent  to  the  assistance  of  their 
allies  entered  the  Sound.  Charles  im- 
mediately ordered  his  fleet  to  oppose 
their  advance  to  Copenhagen,  and  a  most 
dreadful  battle  was  the  consequence, 
which  terminated  in  the  Swedes  draw- 
ing off",  under  the  protection  of  the  can- 
non of  Lanskroon,  and  in  the  Dutch  ad- 
miral succeeding  in  his  purpose  of  land- 
ing a  large  supply  of  provisions  and 
ammunition,  as  well  as  a  considerable 
reinforcement  of  men  at  Copenhagen. 
The  Swedish  monarch,  disappointed  at 


126 


DENMARK. 


the  issue  of  this  battle,  was  soon  after- 
wards alarmed  by  the  advance  of  the 
elector  of  Brandenburg  and  the  other 
allies  of  Frederick  into  Holstein,  where 
they  gained  several  advantages.  The 
militia  of  Norway  also  invaded  Dron- 
theim,  which,  by  the  last  treaty,  had 
been  ceded  to  Sweden ;  and  the  people 
of  this  province  still  retaining  their  par- 
tiality for  their  native  sovereign,  it  was 
soon  reduced.  However,  neither  the  ad- 
vance and  success  of  the  Danish  allies, 
nor  the  conquest  of  Drontheim,  turned 
Charles  aside  from  his  designs  against 
Copenhagen;  and  in  1659,  having  con- 
cluded a  peace  with  the  Czar,  he  deter- 
mined to  make  a  vigorous  and  general 
effort  to  gain  this  city,  before  the  frost 
should  enable  the  elector  of  Brandenburg 
to  pass  over  on  the  ice  to  Zealand.  On 
the  10th  of  February,  his  measures  be- 
ing taken,  and  his  preparations  complete, 
he  commanded  the  city  to  be  stormed. 
In  order  to  conceal  the  march  of  his 
troops  on  the  snow,  he  ordered  them  to 
put  shirts  over  their  clothes,  and  they 
were  thus  enabled  to  come  so  near  the 
besieged,  as  to  touch  them  with  their 
arms  before  they  were  perceived.  Three 
attacks  were  made,  but  they  were  all  un- 
successful :  the  first  was  led  on  by  Stein- 
boch,  but  his  troops  having  lost  all  their 
officers,  became  daunted  and  fled ;  the 
second  attack,  led  on  by  Colonel  Smidt, 
had  nearly  succeeded  on  the  side  of  the 
isle  Amak,  when  the  Colonel  was  slain 
and  his  troops  repulsed ;  Bannier,  one 
of  the  most  celebrated  of  the  Swedish 
generals,  commanded  the  third  attack, 
but  he  was  taken  prisoner,  and  his  divi- 
sion totally  defeated. 

Within  a  very  few  months  after  peace 
was  concluded,  Frederick  effected  a  com- 
plete change  in  the  constitution  of  the 
government  of  Denmark.  By  his  con- 
duct during  the  war,  he  had  raised  him- 
self very  much  in  the  opinion  of  all 
classes  of  his  subjects,  for  his  firmness 
and  his  attachment  to  the  interests  of  his 
country.  But  he  was  particularly  dear 
to  the  common  people  ;  he  had  placed 
himself,  in  many  instances,  as  a  barrier 
between  them  and  the  insolent  oppres- 
sion of  the  nobles.  The  circumstances 
of  the  times,  too,  had  rendered  the  no- 


bility less  formidable  and  powerful.  Com- 
merce had  begun  to  produce  its  usual 
effects  in  Denmark  as  well  as  in  other 
countries ;  it  had  rendered  power  and 
wealth  more  equal,  by  introducing  new 
wants  and  desires  among  the  privileged 
classes,  and  the  ability  to  gratify  them 
among  those  who  hitherto  had  not  been 
privileged,  it  brought  them  nearer  to  a 
level.  Before,  however,  Frederick  could 
take  advantage  of  this  state  of  things,  it 
was  necessary  to  investigate  the  condi- 
tion of  the  kingdom  ;  and  it  was  found 
truly  deplorable.  The  army  had  not 
been  paid  for  a  considerable  length  of 
time,  consequently  there  was  much  dis- 
satisfaction among  the  soldiers  ;  scarcely 
any  of  the  ships  of  war  were  fit  to  put  to 
sea  ;  and  the  public  treasure  was  nearly 
exhausted  by  the  avarice  and  extrava- 
gance of  the  nobility.  To  consider  and 
remedy  these  evils,  an  assembly  of  the 
states  was  convoked  on  the  8th  of  Sep- 
tember, 1660.  Notwithstanding  the  real 
power  of  the  nobility  was  much  curtailed, 
they  were  disposed  to  be  as  presuming 
and  overbearing  as  formerly  ;  but  the 
citizens  of  the  great  towns  now  began  to 
feel  their  weight  and  importance  in  the 
state,  and  particularly  those  of  Copen- 
hagen, to  whom,  as  a  reward  for  their 
patriotic  and  gallant  behavior  during  the 
siege,  several  of  the  rights  of  nobility  had 
been  granted. 

Frederick,  aware  of  all  these  circum- 
stances, determined,  during  the  sitting  of 
this  assembly,  to  reduce  the  power  of 
the  nobles,  and  to  extend  his  own  power 
on  the  ruin  of  theirs.  In  this  plan  he 
was  most  zealously  and  successfully 
assisted  by  the  queen,  a  woman  not  only 
of  great  fortitude,  but  of  uncommon  tal- 
ents. She  brought  over  to  the  king's 
party  and  interest,  the  field-marshal  and 
some  other  noblemen  ;  but  she  principally 
depended  on  the  exertions  and  intrigues 
of  the  bishop  of  Zealand,  the  burgomaster 
of  Copenhagen,  Gabel  a  German,  the 
king's  private  secretary,  and  also  secre- 
tary to  the  privy  council,  and  Lenthe, 
who  was  likewise  a  German. 

From  the  year  1660  till  1670,  when 
Frederick  died,  he  was  almost  occu- 
pied with  the  internal  affairs  of  Den- 
mark ;  he  re-established  the  finances  on 


DENMARK. 


127 


an  equitable  and  productive  footing ;  gave 
encouragement  to  trade  and  commerce  ; 
and  in  a  more  especial  manner  promoted 
agriculture.  In  the  midst  of  these  wise 
and  benevolent  plans,  he  was  carried  off 
by  a  disorder,  which  he  is  supposed  to 
have  contracted  during  the  siege  of  Co- 
penhagen. 

He  was  succeeded  by  Christian,  his 
oldest  son,  who  assisted  by  the  Elector 
of  Brandenberg  and  the  Dutch,  was  en- 
gaged in  warfare  M'ith  the  Swedes,  for  a 
considerable  part  of  his  reign.  He  died 
in  1699. 

Christian  was  succeeded  by  Frederick 
IV.  This  prince  was  tempted,  by  the 
extreme  youth  of  Charles  XII,  King  of 
Sweden,  to  commence  hostilities  against 
that  monarch  ;  but  as  he  had  no  direct 
ground  for  a  war  with  Sweden,  he  re- 
newed his  claims  to  Holstein,  the  duke 
of  which  had  married  the  sister  of 
Charles  XII.  Accordingly,  he  invaded 
this  province,  and  laid  siege  to  Toningen. 
Charles  lost  no  time  in  assisting  his  rela- 
tion ;  he  sent  8,000  men  into  Holstein,  and, 
at  the  same  time,  he  himself,  at  the  head  of 
20,000  men,  landed  in  Zealand,  and  laid 
siege  to  Copenhagen.  The  inhabitants, 
in  the  absence  of  their  sovereign,  sent  de- 
puties to  Charles,  to  request  that  he  would 
not  bombard  the  tOAvn  ;  to  this  request  he 
gave  his  consent,  on  condition  that  they 
paid  him  immediately  about  je80,000, 
and  brought  regidarly  to  his  camp  all 
kinds  of  provisions,  for  which,  however, 
he  engaged  to  pay  punctually.  As  soon 
as  Frederick  learned  that  his  capital  was 
in  such  imminent  danger,  he  published 
an  edict,  in  which  he  promised  freedom 
to  all  those  in  every  part  of  his  domin- 
ions that  should  take  up  arms  against  the 
Swedes.  Charles,  upon  this,  informed 
his  Danish  majesty,  that  he  only  made 
war  to  oblige  him  to  make  peace  ;  and 
that  he  must  resolve  to  do  justice  to  the 
duke  of  Holstein,  or  to  see  Copenhagen 
destroyed  and  his  kingdom  laid  waste  by 
fire  and  sword.  Frederick  eagerly  ac- 
cepted the  conditions,  and  the  peace  of 
Travendahl  was  concluded,  by  which 
the  full  right  and  sovereignty  was  con- 
firmed to  the  duke  of  Holstein.  His  Dan- 
ish majesty  agreed  to  pay  him  260,000 
crowns  ;    and  liberty  was  given  to  the 


chapter  of  Lubeck,  to  elect,  as  their 
bishop,  a  prince  of  Holstein. 

Christian  Frederick,  better  known  un- 
der the  appellation  of  Christian  VI,  suc- 
ceeded his  father,  Frederick  IV.  During 
nearly  the  whole  of  his  reign,  Denmark 
enjoyed  a  state  of  profound  peace  ;  and 
Christian  took  advantage  of  this  circum- 
stance to  improve  his  territories  and 
benefit  his  subjects  ;  hence  no  sovereign 
is  a  greater  favorite  with  the  Danish 
people.  He  died  in  1746,  after  a  happy 
and  prosperous  reign  of  sixteen  years, 
and  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Fred- 
erick V. 

In  1743,  Frederick  had  married  Lou- 
isa, daughter  of  George  II,  of  England. 
He  was  very  fortunate  in  two  of  his 
ministers.  Count  Bcmstofl',  and  Coimt 
Schimmellman,  both  noblemen  of  very 
superior  talents  and  information,  and 
anxious  to  employ  them  for  the  benefit  of 
their  sovereign  and  his  subjects.  Under 
their  guidance,  Frederick  applied  himself 
to  carry  on  the  plans  which  his  father  had 
begun,  and  by  the  assistance  of  the  latter 
nobleman,  more  particularly,  the  finances 
of  Denmark  were  completely  restored  to 
order,  and  the  taxes  were  rendered  lucra- 
tive, without  being  burdensome  or  oppres- 
sive to  the  people. 

The  commencement  of  the  reign  of 
his  son  Christian  VII,  Avas  auspicious ; 
all  the  peasants  on  the  crown  lands,  who 
hitherto  had  been  in  a  state  of  the  most 
abject  vassalage,  were  emancipated  by 
the  first  edict  which  he  issued.  The 
negotiation  with  Russia  respecting  Hol- 
stein was  resumed,  but  it  could  not  be 
finall)^  adjusted,  till  Paul  Petrowitz,  who 
was  heir  to  the  German  possessions  of 
Peter,  attained  his  majority.  This  event 
did  not  happen  till  the  year  1773,  when 
a  treaty  was  signed,  by  which  the  coun- 
ties of  Oldenburgh  and  Delmenhorst 
were  ceded  to  the  grand  duke  of  Russia, 
and  the  king  of  Denmark,  as  a  compen- 
sation, was  put  in  possession  of  the  whole 
of  Holstein. 

Frederick  V,  after  the  death  of  his 
first  wife,  by  whom  he  had  Christian  VII, 
married  a  daughter  of  the  duke  of  Bruns- 
wick Wolfenbuttle ;  this  princess  was 
of  an  ambitious  disposition,  and  was  not 
restrained  by  any  sense  of  justice,  ox 


128 


DENMARK. 


feeling  of  moderation,  from  pursuing  those 
measures  to  which  her  ambition  prompted 
her.  She  had  by  her  husband  a  son 
named  Frederick,  and  her  most  anxious 
wish  was  to  place  him  on  the  throne, 
after  the  demise  of  Christian  ;  but  Chris- 
tian had  married  Matilda,  the  youngest 
sister  to  George  III,  and  as  issue  was 
likely  to  proceed  from  the  marriage,  the 
Queen-dowager  was  afraid  that  her  fa- 
vorite scheme  would  be  defeated.  She, 
therefore,  in  the  beginning  of  January, 
1772,  formed,  along  with  her  son,  a 
strong  party  at  Copenhagen,  who  com- 
menced their  intrigues,  by  endeavoring 
to  create  dislike  and  mistrust  between 
the  king  and  queen.  Their  first  plan 
seems  to  have  been  to  infuse  into  the 
mind  of  the  queen  a  disgust  of  her  con- 
sort ;  and,  for  this  purpose,  the  king,  who 
was  a  man  of  a  very  weak  mind,  was 
surrounded  by  persons  who  kept  him  in 
a  constant  stale  of  debauchery,  and  Avho 
took  care  that  the  queen  should  be  per- 
fectly acquainted  with  his  behavior.  Ma- 
tilda, however,  either  suspecting  their 
designs,  or  hidifferent  about  the  manner 
in  which  the  king  conducted  himself, 
paid  no  attention  to  their  representations. 
The  queen-dowager  perceiving  that  the 
scheme  they  had  hitherto  pursued  would 
not  answer,  determined  to  excite  the  sus- 
picion and  jealousy  of  the  king  against 
his  spouse  ;  and  the  unguarded  behavior 
of  Matilda  unfortunately  aflbrded  her  the 
opportunity  she  wished  for.  She  mani- 
fested an  improper  partiality  for  Count 
Struensee.  This  nobleman  had  been 
originally  a  German  physician,  who, 
having  ingratiated  himself  into  the  favor 
of  Frederick,  had  been  raised  to  the  digni- 
ty of  a  count,  and  appointed  his  prime 
minister.  He  had  neither  talent,  strength 
of  mind,  nor  prudence  sufficient  to  con- 
duct himself  properly  in  his  new  situa- 
tion, but  alarmed  and  disgusted  the  old 
nobility,  by  the  unnecessary  and  inju- 
dicious reforms  which  he  attempted  to 
introduce.  To  this  unpopular  and  weak 
man,  Matilda  discovered  an  eA-ident  par- 
tiality ;  and  on  this  circumstance  the 
queen-dowager  built  her  plans.  The 
lung  was  persuaded  that  his  consort,  in 
conjimction  with  Struensee  and  his  friend 
count  Brandt,  had  formed  a  design  to  set 


him  aside,  on  the  pretext  of  incapacity, 
and  of  course,  according  to  the  royal 
law  of  1660,  to  declare  the  queen-con- 
sort regent  during  the  minority  of  his 
successor ;  they  suggested  to  him  the 
absolute  necessity  of  immediately  signing 
an  order  for  confining  the  queen  and  her 
associates  in  separate  prisons  ;  but  they 
met  with  much  opposition  and  reluctance. 
It  was,  therefore,  advisable  to  conduct 
this  part  of  the  business  with  more  cau- 
tion, and  to  wait  for  a  favorable  opportu- 
nity of  still  farther  exciting  the  suspicion 
and  jealousy  of  the  king  against  his  con- 
sort and  Struensee.  This  opportunity 
oflered  itself  on  the  16th  of  January. 
On  the  evening  of  that  day,  a  masked 
ball  was  given  at  court,  from  which  Ma- 
tilda, after  having  danced  the  greatest 
part  of  the  night  with  Struensee,  retired 
about  two  o'clock  in  the  morning.  The 
queen-dowager  and  prince  Frederick,  who 
had  undertaken  to  surprise  the  king  and 
make  him  sign  the  order,  entered  his 
apartment  soon  after  Matilda  had  left  the 
ball  room,  waked  his  majesty  out  of  his 
sleep,  and  told  him  that  his  consort,  and 
the  counts  Struensee  and  Brandt,  were 
at  that  very  moment  drawing  up  the  act 
of  renunciation,  which  they  would  com- 
pel him  to  sign  ;  and  that  if  he  wished 
to  save  himself,  he  must  give  instant 
orders  for  their  arrest.  Frederick  still 
hesitated,  till  they  actually  threatened 
him  into  compliance.  The  queen-con- 
sort was  innnediatcly  taken  out  of  bed, 
and  with  her  infant  princess  conveyedjto 
the  castle  of  Cronenberg,  while  counts 
Struensee  and  Brandt  were  confined  in 
separate  dungeons,  and  treated  with  the 
utmost  severity  An  extraordinary  com- 
mission was  appointed  to  try  the  supposed 
criminals.  The  queen  was  accused  of  a 
criminal  conversation  with  Struensee ; 
and  this  nobleman  was  accused  of  hav- 
ing abused  his  authority,  and  of  having 
applied  a  great  part  of  the  public  money 
to  his  private  emolument ;  but  no  wit- 
nesses were  found  to  substantiate  either 
of  these  charges,  or  the  more  heinous 
charge  of  having  had  designs  to  deprive 
the  king  of  his  authority.  The  queen- 
dowager,  however,  resolved  to  proceed  ; 
and  though,  by  the  laws  of  Denmark,  the 
torture  was  forbidden  to  be  used  for  the 


DENMARK. 


129 


purpose  of  extorting  confession,  yet  Stru- 
ensee  was  threatened  with  it,  unless  he 
confessed  every  tiling  that  was  demanded 
of  him  respecting  the  queen.  The  fear 
of  the  rack  produced  from  him  the  con- 
fession which  the  queen-dowager  want- 
ed ;  he  acknowledged  that  he  had  been 
intimate  with  the  queen.  Struensee  and 
his  friend  Brandt,  after  having  been  un- 
der examination  nearly  two  mouths,  at 
last  received  sentence.  The  sentence  of 
the  former  states,  that  he  had  confessed 
himself  guilty  of  a  crime,  which  compre- 
hended the  crime  of  treason  in  the  high- 
est degree  ;  and  that  he  had  defrauded 
the  king,  and  applied  the  public  money 
to  his  own  use.  The  last  accusation 
they  had  not  been  able  to  substantiate  by 
witnesses,  nor  had  Struensee  acknow- 
ledged its  truth ;  but  by  obtaining  pos- 
session of  his  private  papers,  it  appeared 
that  he  had  made  a  charge  of  .120,000 
rix  dollars  for  an  article  of  expense,  which 
could  not  amount  to  20,000  rix  dollars. 
When  Struensee  was  examined  on  this 
head,  he  acknowledged  that  the  papers 
were  in  his  hand-writing,  but  that  this 
charge,  as  well  as  several  others,  had 
been  falsified  by  some  other  person.  The 
sentence  of  Brandt  accused  him  of  hav- 
ing given  the  king  a  blow,  and  otherwise 
ill  treating  him.  They  were  both  con- 
demned to  be  beheaded,  after  having 
their  right  hands  cut  off;  the  sentence 
was  carried  into  execution  on  the  28th 
of  April,  1772.  The  English  coiu-t  in- 
terfered in  behalf  of  the  queen-consort ; 
and  she  was  liberated  from  her  confine- 
ment, and  permitted  to  spend  the  re- 
mainder of  her  life  at  Zell,  in  Hanover. 
The  queen-dowager  having  thus  accom- 
plished part  of  her  object,  by  means, 
however,  which  excited  great  indigna- 
tion, placed  about  the  king  count  Guld- 
berg,  one  of  her  associates.  In  order  to 
draw  off  the  public  thoughts  from  the  re- 
cent transactions,  this  minister  passed 
several  laws  much  in  favor  of  the  great 
body  of  the  people,  particularly  one  law 
which  gave  to  the  natives  of  Denmark 
very  special  privileges,  and  which  was 
declared  to  be  a  fundamental  law  of  the 
kingdom. 

In  1780,  Denmark,  persuaded  or  in- 
timidated   by   the    empress    Catharine, 


joined  the  armed  neutrality  of  the  North. 
f>om  this  time  till  the  year  1784,  no- 
thing remarkable  happened ;  the  king's 
imbecility  of  inind  grew  every  day  more 
apparent,  and  intrigues  were  set  on  foot 
to  take  advantage  of  it.  The  kino-  of 
Prussia,  who  was  nearly  related  to  the 
queen-dowager,  by  her  means,  gained  an 
almost  absolute  sway  in  the  cabinet  of 
Denmark ;  the  only  minister  who  op- 
posed his  views  was  count  BernstotT, 
and  he  was  soon  dismissed  from  his  em- 
ployments, and  obliged  to  retire  into 
Germany.  But  in  order  still  farther  to 
strengthen  his  party,  it  was  necessary 
to  keep  the  prince  royal  out  of  the  privy 
council.  By  the  laws  of  Denmark,  he 
could  not  be  sworn  in  a  member  till  he 
had  taken  the  sacrament,  and  he  could 
not  take  the  sacrament  till  he  had  under- 
gone a  public  examination ;  this  the 
ruling  party  contrived  to  put  off,  under 
the  pretext  that  he  was  not  yet  sufficient- 
ly instructed  in  religion.  As  soon,  how- 
ever, as  he  arrived  at  the  age  of  16,  they 
were  obliged  to  consent  to  his  admission 
into  the  privy  council ;  and  the  first  step 
he  took  was  to  advise  the  king  to  dismiss 
his  ministers,  and  to  reinstate  count 
Bernstoff.  The  other  party  endeavored 
to  intimidate  him ;  but  he  was  resolute, 
and  carried  his  point.  A  new  council 
was  formed ;  and  as  they  apprehended 
that  the  queen-dowager  might  again  take 
advantage  of  the  king's  imbecility,  they 
passed  an  order,  that  no  instrument  signed 
by  him  should  be  valid,  unless  it  were 
countersigned  by  the  prince.  One  of 
the  first  acts  of  his  administration  ren- 
dered him  extremely  popular ;  he  com- 
pletely emancipated  all  the  peasants  on 
the  estates  of  the  crown,  Avith  so  much 
prudent  and  cautious  preparation,  that  no 
evil  consequences  resulted  from  this 
change  in  their  condition.  His  example 
was  followed  by  some  of  the  nobility,  but 
by  no  means  to  the  extent  that  he  wished 
or  expected.  The  slave  trade  was  also 
abolished,  principally  by  the  advice  and 
exertion  of  count  Schimmellman,  who 
himself  possessed  large  estates  in  the 
West  Indies. 

For  a  considerable  time  after  the  com- 
mencement  of  the    French   revolution, 
Denmark  remained  tranquil,  wisely  re- 
17 


130 


DENMARK. 


fusing  to  engage  in  the  wars  produced  by 
that  event.  At  length  in  1801,  the  mad- 
ness of  the  emperor  Paul  obliged  her  to 
accede  to  the  confederacy  against  Great 
Britain,  formed  by  Russia  and  Sweden. 
In  consequence  of  this.  Great  Britain 
sent  a  formidable  fleet  into  the  Baltic. 

The  defeat  of  the  Danes,  and  the  death 
of  Paul,  dissolved  the  confederacy  ;  aad 
the  Danish  possessions  in  the  East  and 
West  Indies,  which  the  British  had  cap- 
tured, were  restored.  When  the  war 
between  Britain  and  France  recom- 
menced in  1803,  Denmark  resolved,  if 
possible,  to  adhere  strictly  to  her  system 
of  neutrality ;  but  it  was  soon  apparent 
that  tlie  success  of  the  latter  power  in 
Germany  would  place  her  in  a  perilous 
situation,  or  compel  her  to  take  an  active 
part  in  the  contest.  But  she  escaped  till 
the  year  1807,  when  the  peace  of  Tilsit 
convinced  the  British  cabinet,  that  Den- 
mark, even  if  she  were  well  disposed  to 
resist  the  importunities  of  France  to  unite 
herself  against  England,  was  no  longer 
capable  of  acting  as  an  independent 
power. 

At  length  in  1807,  this  state  was  in- 
cluded in  Napoleon's  continental  policy. 
A  French  army  stood  on  the  borders  of 
Denmark,  Russia  had  adopted  the  con- 
tinental system  at  the  the  peace  of  Tilsit, 
and  England  thought  it  her  duty  to  pre- 
vent the  accession  of  Denmark  to  this 
alliance. 

A  fleet  of  twenty-three  ships  of  the 
line  was  sent  up  the  Sound,  August  3d, 
which  demanded  of  Denmark  a  defen- 
sive alliance,  or  the  surrender  of  her  fleet, 
as  a  pledge  of  her  neutrality.  Both  were 
denied.  Upon  this,  a  British  army  land- 
ed, consisting  of  25,000  men,  under  lord 
Cathcart ;  and,  after  an  imsuccessful  re- 
sistance on  the  part  of  the  Danes,  Avho 
were  unprepared  for  such  an  attack,  Co- 
penhagen Avas  surrounded,  Aug.  17.  As 
the  government  repeatedly  refused  to 
yield  to  the  British  demands,  the  capital 
was  bombarded  for  three  days,  and  400 
houses  laid  in  ashes,  in  the  ruins  of  which 
1300  of  the  inhabitants  perished.  Sep- 
tember 7th,  Copenhagen  capitulated,  and 
the  whole  fleet,  completely  equipped,  and, 
including  eighteen  ships  of  the  line,  fif- 
teen frigates,  &c.  was  delivered  up  to 


the  British,  and  carried  off"  in  triumph. 
The  crews,  who  had  fought  on  those 
days  with  distinguished  bravery,  were 
made  prisoners  of  war.  Great  Britain 
now  offered  the  crown-prince  neutrality 
or  an  alliance.  If  he  accepted  the  first, 
the  Danish  fleet  was  to  be  restored  in 
three  years  after  the  general  peace,  and 
the  island  of  Heligoland  was  to  be  ceded 
to  the  British  crown.  The  crown-prince, 
however,  rejected  all  proposals,  declared 
war  against  Great  Britain  in  October, 
1807,  and  entered  into  a  treaty  with  Na- 
poleon, at  Fontainbleau,  October  31. 
Upon  this,  Bernadotte  occupied  the  Dan- 
ish islands  with  30,000  men,  in  order  to 
land  in  Sweden,  against  which  Denmark 
had  declared  war  in  April,  1808.  This 
plan  was  defeated  by  the  war  with  Aus- 
tria, in  1809,  and  the  hostilities  against 
Sweden  in  Norway  ceased  the  same 
year.  The  demand  made  by  the  court 
of  Stockholm,  in  1813,  of  a  transfer  of 
Norway  to  Sweden,  was  followed  by  a 
new  war  with  this  crown,  and  a  new  al- 
Uance  with  Napoleon,  July  13, 1813.  On 
this  account,  after  the  battle  of  Leipsic, 
the  northern  powers,  who  were  united 
against  France,  occupied  Holstein  and 
Sleswick.  Gluckstadt  and  other  fortica- 
tions  were  captured,  and  the  Danish 
troops  driven  beyond  Flensburg.  Den- 
mark now  concluded  a  peace  with  Eng- 
land and  Sweden,  Jan.  14,  1814,  at  Kiel. 
She  also  entered  into  an  alliance  against 
France,  and  contributed  a  body  of  troops 
to  the  allied  forces.  She  was  obliged  to 
cede  Heligoland  to  Great  Britain  (receiv- 
ing in  exchange  several  West  India 
islands,)  and  Norway  to  Sweden,  (for 
which  she  was  compensated  by  Swedish 
Pomerania  and  Rugen.)  A  peace  was 
concluded  with  Russia  in  February,  1814. 
Jan.  14,  1815,  Denmark  ceded  Swedish 
Pomerania  and  Rugen  to  Prussia,  and 
received  for  them  Lauenburg  and  a  pe- 
cuniary compensation.  June  8,  1815, 
the  king  entered  into  the  German  confed- 
eracy with  Holstein  and  Lauenburg,  and 
received  in  it  the  tenth  place,  and  three 
votes  in  the  general  assembly  (the  ple- 
num ;)  after  Avhich,  by  the  appointment 
of  a  decemviral  commission,  preliminary 
measures  were  taken  to  introduce  a  rep- 
resentative government  into  Holstein. 


EGYPT. 


131 


EGYPT, 


Among  all  the  ancient  nations  which 
have  been  distinguished  in  history,  there 
is  none  more  worthy  of  our  notice  than 
the  kingdom  of  Egypt.  If  not  the  birth- 
place, it  was  the  early  protector  of  the 
sciences  ;  and  cherished  every  species 
of  knowledge,  which  was  known  or  cul- 
tivated in  remote  times.  It  was  the  prin- 
cipal source  from  which  the  Grecians 
derived  their  information ;  and,  after  all 
its  windings  and  enlargements,  we  may 
still  trace  the  stream  of  our  knowledge 
to  the  banks  of  the  Nile.  Every  ancient 
nation  lays  claim  to  a  higher  origin  than 
legitimate  history  can  sanction  ;  and 
Egypt  extends  its  claims  to  a  fabulous 
period. 

Menes  is  the  first  king  of  Egypt  Avho 
is  presented  to  our  notice ;  but  the  cir- 
cumstances of  his  reign  distinctly  imply, 
that  the  age  in  which  he  lived  was  an 
advanced  period  of  the  Egyptian  history. 
The  arrangements  which  he  made  did 
not  belong  to  rude  times  ;  the  wealth  and 
the  luxury  of  his  court,  were  far  removed 
from  the  savage  state,  and  the  magnifi- 
cence which  he  introduced  into  the  ser- 
vices of  religion,  manifest  an  improve- 
ment in  the  arts,  and  a  progress  in  the 
splendor  of  society.  Sir  Isaac  Newton 
ascribes  to  him  the  building  of  Memphis, 
wliich  was  not  founded,  or  at  least  not 
famous,  in  the  time  of  Homer ;  for  it  was 
Thebes,  and  not  Memphis,  which  he 
celebrated  as  the  glory  of  Egypt.  Nor- 
den  supposes  that  the  latter  was  adorned 
from  the  ruins  of  the  former ;  but  even 
if  this  be  true,  it  would  not  imply  that 
Memphis  was  unbuilt  till  Thebes  was  in 
ruins.  It  will  only  show,  that,  as  the  an- 
cient capital  was  deserted,  the  new  city 
was  adorned  with  some  works  of  art, 
which  had  been  admired  in  the  city  of 
Thebes. 

Osymandias  is  the  next  Egyptian  king 
whose  history  has  assumed  any  probable 
shape  ;  and  yet  the  narrative  of  his  reign 
is  doubtful  and  imperfect.  While  he  was 
upon  the  throne,  the  city  of  Thebes  was 
still  in  its  glory,  and  some  of  its  most 
remarkable  ornaments  are  attributed  to 


this  prince.  His  palace  was  an  edifice 
of  exquisite  workmanship ;  and  in  the 
maimer  of  those  times,  it  was  of  vast  ex- 
tent. In  front  there  was  a  court  of  an 
immense  size ;  adjoining  this  space  there 
was  a  portico  of  400  feet  long,  the  roof 
of  which  was  supported  by  animal  fig- 
ures of  fifteen  cubits  high.  This  portico 
led  into  another  court  similar  to  the  first, 
but  more  superb.  Here,  among  other 
ornaments,  were  three  statues  of  vast 
size,  which  is  alone  sufficient  to  show 
the  antiquity  of  Osymandias'  reign. 

In  the  infancy  of  science,  every  thing 
is  vast ;  and  to  command  admiration 
among  the  uncultivated,  immensity  is 
better  calculated  than  beauty,  deep  de- 
sign, or  elegance  of  workmanship.  These 
statues  are  said  to  have  represented  Osy- 
mandias and  some  of  his  family ;  but 
this  is  of  little  importance  to  the  history 
of  those  times,  which  leads  us  to  approxi- 
mate the  period  of  society  in  which  Osy- 
mandias lived,  by  the  state  of  literature 
and  science  which  belong  to  the  period 
of  his  reign.  Sculpture  and  the  art  of 
building  had  evidently  arrived  at  con- 
siderable improvements.  For  the  style 
of  architecture,  as  well  as  the  art  of  the 
statuary,  which  the  ruins  of  Thebes  have 
disclosed,  have  justly  commanded  the 
admiration  of  the  curious  and  discerning. 
There  were  other  courts,  and  other  por- 
ticoes, together  with  piazzas,  halls,  and 
galleries,  which  excelled  in  workmanship 
as  well  as  in  extent.  There  the  chisel 
had  sculptured,  with  wonderful  art,  the 
triumphs  of  the  king,  the  sacrifices  which 
he  offered,  the  administration  of  justice 
in  the  courts  of  law,  and  many  other  em- 
blems of  his  transactions  and  reign.  But 
his  tomb  has  been  celebrated  above  all 
other  buildings  at  Thebes ;  and  it  has 
been  chiefly  remarkable  for  the  emblems 
of  astronomy  which  it  bore.  It  was  en- 
compassed with  a  golden  circle  of  365 
cubits  in  circumference,  to  represent  the 
number  of  days  which  were  then  inclu- 
ded in  the  year,  and  shows  that  the  solar 
year  was  not  then  distinctly  understood. 
Here  the  rising  and  the  setting  of  the 


132 


EGYPT. 


stars  Avere  represented  to  A'iew  ;  various 
parts  of  the  ceiling  in  the  pubUc  build- 
ings of  Osymandias  were  painted  bhie 
and  bespangled  with  stars,  to  exhibit  an 
idea  of  the  firmament ;  and  a  hall  was 
stored  with  the  most  valuable  writings  of 
those  times,  and  was  significantly  de- 
nominated the  dispensary  of  the  mind. 
From  the  whole  it  appears,  that  the  reign 
of  Osjnnandias,  though  remote  and  not 
accurately  defined,  was  in  a  period  of 
considerable  improvement. 

His  lineal  descendants  are  said  to  have 
reigned  in  Egypt  during  the  course  of 
eight  generations  ;  but  their  transactions, 
and  even  their  names,  are  not  distinctly 
known.  Uchoreus  was  the  last  of  that 
race  ;  and  in  his  time  the  city  of  Mem- 
phis appears  to  have  become  the  success- 
ful rival  of  the  ancient  and  venerable  city 
Thebes.  It  is  indeed  added,  that  he 
transferred  the  abode  of  the  Eg}''ptian 
kings  from  Thebes  to  Memphis. 

Passing  by  other  sovereigns,  who  arc 
rather  alluded  to  than  specified  in  the 
conjectural  parts  of  this  history,  we  shall 
take  notice  of  Maoris,  who  would  proba- 
bly have  beei»  left  in  the  same  obscurity 
as  many  other  ancient  kings  of  Egypt 
have  been,  had  not  the  lake  which  beai-s 
his  name  preserved  his  memory.  That 
work  of  stupendous  labor  may  be  con- 
sidered as  a  remnant  of  those  mighty 
works  which  Moeris  did  to  aggrandize 
his  kingdom.  He  adorned  the  temple  of 
Vulcan  at  Memphis,  and  must  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  the  author  of  many 
important  improvements,  which  have  been 
lost  in  the  lapse  of  time,  and  forgotten 
among  the  changes  of  early  and  obscure 
events.  He  was  the  330lh  king  from 
Menes  ;  and  the  immediate  predecessor 
of  Sesoslris,  whose  history  is  now  to 
claim  our  attention. 

Sesostris  is  known  by  various  other 
names,  according  to  the  variety  which 
diftVrent  languages  and  other  circum- 
stances are  calculated  to  produce,  such 
as  Sesonchis,  Sesoosis,  and  Sesothis. 
He  has  also  been  supposed  to  be  the  Se- 
sac  or  Shishak,  who  took  Jerusalem  in 
the  reign  of  Rehoboam ;  while  others 
have  supposed  that  he  was  the  Pharaoh 
who  reigned  in  Egypt,  and  who  was 
drowned  in  the  lied  Sea,  when  pursuing 


the  Israelites  to  bring  them  back  ;  but 
these  are  conjectures  and  not  historical 
facts — they  may  amuse,  but  they  cannot 
instruct.  Under  the  pretext  of  a  dream, 
his  father  adopted  measures  Avliich,  in 
his  view,  were  calculated  to  furnish  his 
son  with  certain  means  of  conquest  and 
power.  Exercising  the  influence  which 
he  seems  to  have  possessed,  he  collect- 
ed a  number  of  youths  of  the  same  age 
with  his  son,  and  trained  them  up  to- 
gether at  his  own  expense,  that  they 
might  be  attached  to  the  person  of  Se- 
sostris ;  and  that,  by  being  trained  up  in 
a  hardy  and  active  manner,  they  might 
be  able  to  brave  dangers,  and  be  the 
means  of  honor  and  aggrandizement  to 
his  son. 

Having  made  successful  inroads  into 
Arabia,  and  being  led  to  put  confidence 
in  his  own  resources  and  skill,  Sesostris 
returned  into  Eg}'pt,  and  devised  meas- 
ures for  such  campaigns  and  conquests 
as  have  perpetuated  his  fame.  Being 
resolved  to  take  the  field  in  person,  and 
having  the  prospect  of  being  a  long  time 
absent  from  his  kingdom,  he  adopted  pru- 
dential means  for  preserving  tranquillity 
while  he  was  abroad.  By  promises  and 
salutary  arrangements,  he  attached  the 
army  to  his  interest ;  and  he  provided 
carefully  for  the  internal  peace  of  the 
state.  He  divided  the  empire  into  36 
provinces,  and  having  appointed  a  gov- 
ernor to  each,  he  constituted  his  brother 
regent  of  the  kingdom,  with  supreme 
power  till  he  himself  should  return.  He 
fitted  out  two  fleets,  one  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean, and  the  other  in  the  Red  Sea. 
With  the  former  he  conquered  the  islands 
of  Cyprus,  together  Avith  several  islands 
of  the  Cyclades,  and  the  whole  coast  of 
Phoenicia  ;  and  with  the  latter  he  scour- 
ed the  Red  Sea,  and  entered  the  Indian 
ocean. 

His  army  was  in  great  force.  It  con- 
sisted of  600,000  foot,  24,000  horse,  and 
27,000  chariots.  The  1,700  youths  Avho 
had  been  trained  up  along  with  him  from 
his  infancy,  and  accustomed  to  toil  and 
]  military  exercise,  Avere  Avell  fitted  to  have 
i  the  chief  places  of  trust  in  that  mighty 
j  army,  both  from  their  attachment  to  their  , 
I  sovereign,  and  their  military  ardor.  With 
:  this  numerous  host,  he  overran  the  Ethi- 


EGYPT. 


133 


opians,  and  traversed  Africa,  till  he  reach- 
ed the  shores  of  the  Atlantic.  Being  en- 
couraged by  success,  he  penetrated  Asia, 
and  crossed  the  Ganges.  Returning  in- 
to Europe,  he  invaded  Scythia  as  well 
as  Thrace  ;  but,  according  to  some  his- 
torians, these  warlike  people  resisted  his 
invasion,  and  after  he  had  made  several 
conquests,  compelled  them  to  retire.  A 
colony  of  Egyptians  was  planted  by  him 
in  Colchis,  or  a  part  of  his  army  settled 
there  of  their  own  accord ;  and  pillars 
recording  his  triumphs  have  been  found 
in  various  parts  of  the  world. 

He  appears  to  have  aimed  at  universal 
conquest ;  but  though  his  movements 
were  rapid,  and  his  successes  great,  yet 
he  was  forced  to  return  to  Egypt,  and 
abandon  the  kingdoms  he  had  acquired. 
There  is  a  certain  compass,  beyond 
which  the  powers  of  man  cannot  pre- 
vail ;  and  it  was  never  intended  b}'  na- 
ture, that  one  man  should  lord  it  over  the 
whole  earth.  There  are  limits  to  the 
powers  of  the  mind,  and  there  are  Iioun- 
daries  among  the  empires  and  kingdoms 
of  the  earth,  which  it  is  cruel  and  unjust 
to  pass.  While  Sesostris  was  employed 
with  conquest  abroad,  his  brother  was 
perverting  his  authority  at  home,  and  sub- 
verting the  power  and  honor  of  the  king. 
Being  informed  of  these  transactions, 
Sesostris  hastened  his  return  to  Egypt ; 
and  having  resumed  the  reins  of  his  king- 
dom, overthrew  the  proceedings  of  his 
brother,  tranquillized  the  country,  and 
completely  re-established  his  own  power. 
It  is  said  in  honor  of  his  humanity,  that 
he  saved  the  life  of  his  rebel  brother, 
who,  it  has  been  asserted,  lied  into 
Greece,  and  was  the  Danaus  of  that 
country,  whose  story  seems  to  be  partly 
true,  and  partly  fabulous. 

From  this  time  forward,  Sesostris  aban- 
doned a  life  of  warfare,  and  employed  his 
leisure  as  well  as  his  riches  in  adorning 
his  kingdom,  and  improving  the  condition 
of  his  people.  He  provided  for  the  re- 
pose of  the  soldiers,  who  had  been  his 
companions  in  arms  ;  and  he  enriched 
the  temples  of  the  gods,  whom  the  peo- 
ple worshipped.  He  fortified  the  king- 
dom in  the  most  commodious  parts  ;  im- 
proved the  state  of  Lower  Egypt  or  the 
Delta,  and  in  general  meliorated  the  state 


of  the  kingdom.  He  either  divided  the 
people  into  casts,  or  rendered  the  division 
more  complete,  which  appears  to  have 
been  a  favorable  arrangement  in  those 
times  and  circumstances,  though  it  has 
created  a  host  of  prejudices  unfavorable 
to  successive  improvements.  It  is  re- 
corded to  the  disgrace  of  Sesostris,  not 
only  that  he  retained  the  kings  captive 
whom  he  had  taken  in  war  ;  but  also,  that 
he  took  a  cruel  pleasure  in  exposing  their 
fallen  state  to  public  observation,  making 
them  feel,  in  a  most  sensible  manner,  the 
degradations  of  their  captive  condition. 
In  the  midst  of  these  severities,  one  of 
his  captive  sovereigns  reminded  him,  by 
the  emblem  of  a  wheel  turning  rapidly 
upside  down,  that  fortune  was  capricious, 
and  that  he  who  sat  upon  the  throne  might 
soon,  like  him,  be  ranked  amongst  slaves. 
The  remark  did  not  fail  of  its  naturel  im- 
pression ;  and  from  that  time  the  captive 
princes  were  set  free.  So  true  is  it,  that 
health  is  followed  by  sickness,  and  pros- 
perity by  pain,  that  Sesostris  lost  his 
sight,  and  sinking  into  despair,  he  put  a 
period  to  his  own  life. 

The  first  king  who  is  mentioned  in  the 
Egyptian  history,  after  the  preceding 
sovereign,  is  Gnephactus,  who  is  of  no 
celebrity  in  the  annals  of  his  country. 

Sethon  is  the  next  king  of  Egypt,  who 
lays  claim  to  our  consideration.  He  was 
a  person  of  the  sacerdotal  order,  and  be- 
longed to  the  temple  of  Vulcan.  He  had 
no  warlike  dispositions,  nor  was  he  at  all 
habituated  to  the  use  of  arms.  Till  this 
period  the  soldiery  had  been  cherished, 
and  were  a  conspicuous  body  of  men  in 
Egypt  ;  and,  therefore,  being  neglected 
by  Sethon,  they  were  dispersed,  and  hos- 
tile to  hi«  interests.  The  kings  of  As- 
syria being  at  this  time  bold  and  success- 
ful warriors,  and  fmding  Eg\'pt  in  a  feeble 
and  unprotected  state,  they  entered  that 
country  in  a  hostile  maimer,  and  filled 
the  nation  with  alarm.  The  soldiers 
being  scattered  and  disgusted,  Sethon's 
army  consisted  only  of  raw  and  undisci- 
plined troops,  who  were  unable  to  meet  a 
host  of  victorious  invaders.  Sennacherib, 
king  of  Assyria,  with  a  numerous  army, 
entered  Egypt,  and  committed  great  de- 
vastations. 

In  this  threateninsr  and  dangerous  situ- 


134 


EGYPT. 


ation,  when  ruin  was  apparently  ready 
to  burst  upon  the  head  of  the  Egyptian 
king,  a  host  of  rats  in  one  night  gnawed 
the  bow-strings  and  shield-straps  of  the 
Assyrian  army  ;  and  being  thus  deprived 
of  their  weapons  of  warfare,  they  fled 
before  the  Eg}'ptians  with  great  slaugh- 
ter. A  story  somewhat  alike  to  this 
Egyptian  representation,  is  handed  down 
to  us  in  the  history  of  Palestine,  where 
185,000  men  of  Sennacherib's  army  were 
found  dead  by  some  sudden  disaster. 
The  better  authenticated  Jewish  liistory 
would  lead  us  to  suppose,  that  the  story 
is  the  same,  but  misapprehended  and  dis- 
guised in  the  obscurer  annals  of  Egypt. 
The  Babylonish  Talmud  supposes,  that 
tliis  sudden  destruction  was  brought  upon 
the  Assyrians  by  the  effects  of  lightning  ; 
while  others  are  of  the  opinion,  that  the 
disaster  was  occasioned  by  the  sumiel  or 
hot  wind  of  the  desert,  which  is  known 
to  be  so  destructive  and  so  sudden  in  its 
effects ;  and  this  idea  seems  to  corres- 
pond with  the  language  of  our  sacred 
books.  "  Behold,  I  will  send  a  blast 
upon"  Sennacherib,  and  he  "  shall  return 
to  his  own  land."  But  to  whatever  cause 
we  ascribe  the  destruction  of  Sennache- 
rib's army,  it  was  equally  the  work  of 
God ;  for  all  the  parts  and  elements  of 
nature  minister  to  his  will. 

Soon  after  this,  the  government  was 
entrusted  to  twelve  princes,  who  appear 
to  have  entered  upon  their  high  office, 
with  every  resolution  of  concord  and  pub- 
lic spirit ;  but,  like  all  common  alliances, 
the  harmonious  union  was  soon  dissolved. 

Psammeticus,  one  of  the  twelve,  was 
soon  raised  to  the  sovereign  power, 
B.  C.  679,  and  his  colleagues  were  over- 
thrown. The  story  runs  of  an  oracle 
having  asserted,  that  if  any  of  the  twelve 
governors  should  offer  a  sacred  libation 
in  a  brazen  helmet,  that  person  should 
ascend  to  the  sovereign  power.  The 
story  adds,  that  upon  a  festival  of  Vulcan, 
when  all  the  twelve  governors  were  to 
offer  libations  to  the  god,  eleven  vessels 
through  mistake  were  only  provided,  upon 
which  Psammeticus  presented  his  liba- 
tion with  his  own  helmet  of  brass.  The 
prediction  of  the  oracle  was  remembered  ; 
and  Psammeticus  claimed  the  sovereign 
power. 


If  the  story  of  the  helmet  be  not  a  fic- 
tion, it  was  probably  contrived  beforehand 
by  the  friends  of  Psammeticus,  to  be  a 
signal  for  the  powerful  rising  and  de- 
claration in  his  favor,  as  the  destined 
sovereign  of  Egypt. 

But  he  seems  to  have  acquired  the 
aid  of  foreign  power  to  place  or  establish 
him  upon  his  throne  ;  and  his  reign  was 
distinguished  by  an  intercourse  and  friend- 
ship with  Greece.  The  soldiers  of  Egypt, 
who  are  said  to  have  retired  in  disgust 
into  Ethiopia,  were  probably  the  adhe- 
rents of  the  eleven  governors  whom 
Psammeticus  had  deprived  of  their  pow- 
er, and  the  remaining  supporters  of  the 
surreptitious  kings,  who  had  reigned  be- 
tween them  and  his  father  Nechus.  The 
restoration  of  the  legitimate  family  ap- 
pears to  have  been  the  means  of  remov- 
ing the  factious  and  discontented  from 
the  bounds  of  the  kingdom.  Psammeti- 
cus, in  order  to  be  more  secure  from  the 
dangers  of  intestine  commotions,  retired 
to  a  residence  near  Bubastis,  on  the  Pe- 
lusian  branch  of  the  Nile  ;  and,  by  culti- 
vating commerce,  he  enriched  the  nation. 

His  son  Nechus  succeeded  him  on 
the  throne,  who  was  called  in  Scripture, 
Pharaoh  Necho.  He  prosecuted  with 
vigor  the  system  of  navigation,  which 
some  of  his  predecessors  had  begun;  and, 
by  the  assistance  of  Phoenician  sailors, 
he  not  only  investigated  the  coasts  of 
the  Mediterranean,  but,  fitting  out  a  fleet 
in  the  Red  Sea,  passed  through  the 
Straits  of  Babelmandel,  doubled  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  and  returned  to  Egypt 
through  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar.  Owing 
to  inexperience  in  naval  affairs,  this 
voyage,  which  could  now  be  performed 
in  three  months,  cost  the  Egyptians  as 
many  years. 

His  expeditions  by  land  were  no  less 
enterprising  and  grand.  He  made  war 
upon  the  Medes  and  Babylonians,  who, 
according  to  Josephus,  had  jointly  over- 
thrown the  Assyrian  throne. 

Besides  his  enterprising  by  sea  and 
land,  Nechus  attended  to  the  improve- 
ment of  his  kingdom  ;  and,  among  other 
undertakings,  he  attempted  to  join  the 
Red  Sea  and  the  Nile,  by  means  of  a 
broad  and  deep  canal.  The  enterprise 
failed  ;  and  owing,  we  may  presume,  to 


EGYPT. 


135 


inexperience,  muclx  money  was  uselessly- 
expended,  and  12,000  men  were  lost. 
After  having  reigned  for  sixteen  years, 
this  active  prince  terminated  his  career 
about  600  years  before  the  birth  of 
Christ ;  and  was  succeeded  by  Psammis, 
who  only  reigned  six  years,  and  left  no- 
thing of  consequence  for  the  historian  to 
record. 

Amasis,  who  was  called  unexpectedly, 
and  without  any  pretensions,  to  the 
throne,  began  his  reign  by  attempting  to 
improve  the  moral  condition  of  the  coun- 
try. He  appears  to  have  lived  freely,  as 
well  as  sometimes  riotously,  while  he 
filled  an  inferior  station  ;  and  he  was 
sometimes  devoted  to  excess,  even  after 
he  had  ascended  the  throne  ;  but  he  was 
nevertheless  aware  how  important  it  is 
for  good  order,  that  the  habits  of  society 
should  be  sober.  To  attain  this  end,  he 
required  every  inhabitant  of  Egypt  once 
a  year  to  inform  the  government  by  what 
means  he  obtained  his  living.  But  while 
he  was  endeavoring  to  establish  order  at 
home,  preparations  were  making  abroad 
to  invade  Egypt,  and  overthrow  its  gov- 
ernment. The  Persian  king  was  making 
vast  movements,  in  order  to  enter  that 
coimtry,  and  get  possession  of  its  do- 
minions. 

Wc  cannot  ascertain  the  reasons  of 
this  projected  invasion  in  the  court  of 
Persia  ;  for  while  no  well  authenticated 
records  remain,  we  cannot  speak  Avith 
certainty  from  traditionary  tales.  It 
might  be  ambition,  and  it  might  be  re- 
venge, or  a  mixture  of  passions  and 
motives,  which  incidents  and  unknown 
events  might  bring  into  action.  The 
story  runs,  that  instead  of  permitting  his 
daughter  to  be  numbered  amongst  the 
women  of  the  king  of  Persia,  he  had  sent 
Nitetis,  the  daughter  of  A  pries,  the  for- 
mer Iving.  This  affront  and  double 
dealing  being  discovered  at  the  Persian 
court,  Cambyses  made  war  upon  Egypt. 
Several  circumstances  occurred  to  render 
the  invasion  of  Cambyses  successful ;  and 
of  these  occurrences,  Amasis  himself, 
appears  to  have  had  a  share.  Phanes, 
a  Grecian  general  of  considerable  note, 
Avho  was  engaged  in  the  service  of  the 
Egyptian  king,  fled  to  the  court  of  Per- 
sia, and  assisted  Cambyses  to  conduct 


his  operations  against  the  interest  and 
power  of  his  former  master.  Polycrates, 
the  successful  sovereign  of  Samos,  was 
formerly  the  ally  of  Amasis  ;  but  the 
king  of  Egypt  seems  imprudently  to  have 
forfeited  his  favor,  and  he  also  joined 
with  the  Persian  king.  While  these  pre- 
parations and  adverse  circumstances  were 
going  on,  the  king  of  Egypt  died,  and 
escaped  from  the  disasters  which  fell 
immediately  upon  his  devoted  country. 
In  the  year  525,  before  the  birth  of 
Christ,  Psammenitus,  the  son  of  Amasis, 
succeeded  to  the  kingdom  ;  and  he  was 
scarcely  invested  with  the  powers  of 
royalty,  when  Cambyses  approached  the 
frontiers  of  Egypt.  The  new  king  pre- 
pared for  defence,  and  the  king  of  Persia 
laid  siege  to  Pelusium.  Taking  advan- 
tage of  the  Egyptian  superstition,  the 
invaders  placed  in  the  front  of  their 
army  a  variety  of  dogs,  cats,  and  other 
animals,  which  were  held  sacred  by  the 
besieged  ;  and  the  Egyptians  not  daring 
to  injure  the  sacred  animals,  the  Persians 
entered  Pelusium  without  resistance. 

Scarcely  had  Cambyses  taken  posses- 
sion of  the  city,  when  the  army  of  Psam- 
menitus drew  nigh ;  and  the  Greeks, 
who  were  in  the  service  of  the  Egyptian 
king,  to  revenge  the  defection  of  Phanes, 
their  countryman  and  former  general, 
brought  forth  his  children  into  the  camp, 
and  put  them  to  death  before  the  eyes  of 
their  father.  Then,  in  conformity  to  the 
Grecian  manner,  they  tasted  of  the  blood 
mixed  with  wine,  in  token  of  execration. 
Enraged  at  this  scene  of  horror,  the  Per- 
sians put  the  Egyptian  soldiers  to  flight, 
and  chased  them  with  great  slaughter  to 
the  very  gates  of  Memphis.  Having 
sent  a  vessel  up  the  Nile  towards  Mem- 
phis, with  a  demand  to  surrender  the 
city,  the  messenger  and  the  crew  were 
assaulted  and  torn  to  pieces.  Memphis 
was  soon  after  taken  ;  the  adjoining 
countries  to  the  Avest  of  Egypt  readily 
submitted  to  the  conqueror  ;  and  now 
Cambyses,  in  his  turn,  did  more  than  fill 
up  the  measure  of  retaliation  upon  the 
king  of  Eg)-pt  and  his  devoted  subjects. 
Placed  in  a  particular  situation  in  the 
suburbs  of  Memphis,  Psammenitus  was 
forced  to  behold  the  misery,  the  degra- 
dation, and  even  the  death  of  some  of  his 


136 


EGYPT. 


family,  and  many  of  his  nobles.  The 
grief  was  too  great  to  permit  the  feelings 
of  the  king  to  be  otherwise  expressed 
than  by  oppressive  silence,  till  last  of  all, 
an  intimate  companion,  old  and  infnm, 
was  presented  before  him,  begging  his 
bread ;  and  then  the  afflicted  monarch 
burst  into  tears. 

In  his  madness  for  conquest,  Camby- 
ses  despatched  an  army  of  50,000  men 
from  Thebes  in  Upper  Egypt,  to  seize 
upon  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Amnion  in  the 
deserts  of  Africa ;  but  after  suffering 
every  hardship,  and  losing  nearly  the  one 
half  of  his  army,  he  wreaked  the  ven- 
geance which  should  have  been  directed 
towards  his  own  folly,  upon  the  afflicted 
and  despairing  Egyptians.  He  reached 
Memphis  at  the  time  of  a  high  festival, 
and,  with  that  jealous  violence  which 
belongs  to  tyranny,  he  was  transported 
with  rage,  and  would  not  be  convinced, 
that  the  public  rejoicings  were  not  occa- 
sioned by  his  disappointment  and  defeat. 
Under  this  persuasion,  he  scourged  the 
priests,  put  the  magistrates  to  death,  and, 
with  his  own  hand,  slew  the  god  Apis, 
whose  festival  the  Egyptians  were  ob- 
serving. But  a  period  was  soon  put  to 
his  cruelty  and  his  life  ;  for  having  re- 
turned to  Persia  to  quell  an  insurrection 
in  his  own  kingdom,  he  appears  to  have 
been  assassinated  ;  or,  as  the  incident  is 
generally  related,  he  was  mortally  wound- 
ed by  his  own  sword,  from  which  the 
scabbard  had  dropped,  as  he  was  eager- 
ly mounting  his  horse.  Thus  died  Cam- 
b)'ses,  an  object  of  hatred  to  his  subjects, 
and  a  detested  tyrant  to  the  Egyptians. 

Egypt  remained  subject  to  Persia  un- 
til the  time  of  Alexander  the  Great.  In 
returning  from  Persia,  he  passed  as  a 
conqueror  through  Syria,  took  Sidon, 
and  compelled  Tyre  to  surrender.  Con- 
tinuing his  march,  he  was  received  in 
Egypt  rather  as  a  friend  than  a  conquer- 
or ;  but  his  vanity  led  him  to  the  temple 
of  Jupiter  Amnion,  Avhere  he  was  de- 
clared to  be  the  son  of  that  deity.  When 
he  returned  into  Eg}^pt,  he  founded  the 
city  of  Alexandria,  as  a  good  commercial 
station,  and  connected  it  by  canals  with 
the  river  Nile.  On  the  eve  of  his  de- 
parture, he  invested  Doloaspes,  a  native 
Egyptian,   with   the    sovereign    power, 


and  he  carried  along  with  him,  the  af- 
fections and  the  regret  of  the  Egj'ptian 
people. 

After  the  death  of  Alexander,  B.  C. 
323,  Perdiccas,  who  had  been  a  favorite 
of  Alexander,  assumed  the  regency,  trust- 
ing to  his  address  and  influence  for  the 
establishment  of  his  power.  But  this 
step  raised  violent  commotions  among 
the  generals  of  Alexander ;  and  after  a 
battle  which  was  fought  in  Phrygia,  the 
empire  of  Alexander  was  divided  into 
separate  portions.  Ptolemy  Lagus,  who 
was  afterwards  denominated  Soter,  was 
entrusted  with  the  government  of  Egypt. 

It  was  in  the  year  3C8  that  Ptolemy 
took  upon  him  the  sovereign  authority  in 
Egypt ;  and  though  he  was  not  till  after- 
wards honored  with  the  name  of  king, 
yet  he  was  under  no  control,  and  he  ex- 
ercised his  power  for  the  good  of  the 
state.  Having  added  Palestine,  Syria,  ^ 
and  Phoenicia  to  his  new  dominions,  he 
proceeded  to  acquire  Cyprus,  which 
abounded  with  wood,  for  the  building  of 
ships  ;  but  he  was  interrupted  in  these 
proceedings  by  the  invasion  of  Antigonus, 
whose  capital  was  Babylon,  and  whose 
possessions  were  immense.  He  made  a 
successful  inroad  into  the  dominions  of 
Ptolemy ;  and  Gaza,  Joppa,  and  Tyre, 
were  subdued.  After  various  struggles, 
and  interchanging  successes  between  An- 
tigonus and  Ptolemy,  the  former  was 
slain  in  battle,  and  his  son  Demetrius, 
after  various  reverses,  was  taken  a  pris- 
oner of  war,  and  retained  a  captive  till 
he  died.  Ptolemy  Soter  was  of  a  litera- 
ry character,  as  well  as  a  skillful  and 
intrepid  general.  He  wrote  the  life  of 
Alexander  the  Great,  which  was  lost 
amid  the  ravages  of  time  ;  but  from  com- 
ments and  observations  which  remain,  it 
appears  to  have  been  elegant  and  much 
esteemed. 

His  taste  for  literature,  and  his  love 
of  science,  appeared  in  the  exertions 
which  he  made  to  promote  knowledge 
and  inquiry.  He  founded  a  college  or 
museum,  which  became  the  abode  of 
learned  men ;  and  he  formed  a  library,  to 
assist  the  cultivation  of  science.  Among 
the  men  of  leaniing  who  flocked  to  Alex- 
andria upon  the  invitation  of  Ptolemy, 
was  Demetrius  Phalerius,  the  Athenian. 


EGYPT. 


137 


He  was  a  wise  and  a  favorite  governor 
in  that  city ;  but  upon  Athens  being  taken 
by  Antigonus,  the  people  received  the 
conqueror  with  extravagant  demonstra- 
tions of  joy,  and  they  banished  Deme- 
trius with  threatenings  of  death.  In  this 
situation  he  fled  to  the  court  of  Ptolemy, 
deeply  afflicted  with  the  changeable  tem- 
per, the  ungrateful  and  hasty  proceedings 
of  the  populace,  when  the  government  is 
invested  in  their  hands.  The  accom- 
plished Demetrius  took  charge  of  Ptole- 
my's library,  and  assisted  his  royal  mas- 
ter in  literary  arrangements. 

The  mimificence  of  Ptolemy  was  mani- 
fest in  the  splendid  buildings  of  the  mu- 
seum, as  well  as  in  the  magnificent 
temple  which  he  reared  for  Serapis  in 
Alexandria,  and  in  the  watch-tower  of 
Pharos,  which  he  constructed  for  the 
commercial  interests  of  the  country.  In 
the  mean  time,  Ptolemy  Soter  was  far 
advanced  in  years  ;  and,  by  the  influence 
of  his  favorite  wife  Berenice,  her  son 
Philadelphus  was  nominated  his  succes- 
sor, to  the  prejudice  of  Ceraunus  his 
eldest  son. 

Ptolemy  Philadelphus  obtained  full 
possession  of  the  throne,  upon  the  de- 
mise of  his  father  ;  and  his  accession 
was  celebrated  with  uncommon  splendor. 
At  this  time  the  empire  of  Asia  was  en- 
gaged in  war,  by  Seleucus  and  Lysi- 
machus,  the  only  surviving  generals  of 
Alexander  the  Great.  Ceraunus,  the  el- 
der and  disappointed  brother  of  Ptolemy 
Philadelphus,  had  left  Egypt,  either  from 
choice  or  necessity ;  and  he  took  an  ac- 
tive part  in  the  wars  which  were  sub- 
sisting between  Seleucus  and  Lysima- 
chus.  By  his  artifice,  the  ruin  of  Lysi- 
machus  was  accomplished ;  and  he  put 
Seleucus  to  death  with  his  own  hand. 
Having  perpetrated  these  deeds,  and 
being  supported  by  a  multitude  of  adhe- 
rents, he  obtained  the  throne  of  Macedo- 
nia ;  but  just  retribution  soon  overtook 
him,  for  he  was  slain  in  battle,  and  his 
dead  body  was  treated  with  indignity. 

During  the  reign  of  Philadelphus,  the 
Romans  attracted  the  public  notice,  in 
their  disputes  with  the  city  of  Tarentum  ; 
and  the  king  of  Egypt  solicited  their 
friendship.  Hence  a  close  alliance  was 
formed  between  the  courts  of  Rome  and 
18 


Alexandria.  Ptolemy  Philadelphus  at- 
tempted to  assist  the  Greeks,  when  they 
were  invaded  by  the  Macedonians  ;  but 
the  assistance  he  granted  was  unsuc- 
cessful, and  his  aff'airs  at  home  assumed 
a  gloomy  aspect.  His  brother  Magas, 
who  was  governor  of  Lybia  and  Syrene, 
took  advantage  of  his  perplexing  condi- 
tion, and,  by  the  assistance  of  his  father- 
in-law  Antiochus  Soter,  king  of  Upper 
Syria,  he  attempted  to  wrest  the  kingdom 
of  Egypt  from  the  hands  of  Ptolemy  Phi- 
ladelphus. During  these  preparations, 
and  while  the  king  of  Egypt  was  em- 
ployed abroad,  there  was  a  revolt  in  the 
bosom  of  his  kingdom  by  4,000  Gauls 
whom  he  had  employed  in  his  service  ; 
but  overcoming  all  these  difliculties,  he 
finally  established  his  throne.  From 
fear,  or  a  sense  of  duty,  his  brother  Ma- 
gas was  desirous  of  being  at  peace  with 
Ptolemy ;  and,  as  a  bond  of  union,  pro- 
posed that  his  daughter  Berenice  should 
be  united  in  marriage  to  Ptolemy,  the 
son  of  Philadelphus,  that  the  possessions 
of  both  brothers  should  at  length  centre 
in  one  family.  This  proposal  was  car- 
ried into  effect ;  but  in  the  mean  time 
Magas  died,  and  did  not  see  the  marriage 
solemnized.  This  settlement  was  op- 
posed by  Apania,  the  mother  of  the  young 
princess  ;  and  she  stirred  up  Antiochus 
Soter  to  declare  war  upon  Egypt.  But 
the  threatening  storm  passed  away,  and 
Ptolemy  Philadelphus  was  left  at  peace. 

This  sovereign  of  Egj'pt  built  many 
cities,  and  erected  various  temples.  He 
had  even  a  share  in  constructing  the 
celebrated  Pharos  of  Alexandria  ;  for 
that  watch-tower  was  built  in  the  latter 
end  of  the  former  reign,  when  he  was 
united  with  his  father  in  the  kingdom. 
He  finished  the  canal  from  Suez  to  the 
Nile,  and  watered  the  deserts  of  Lybia 
by  reservoirs  and  ductile  streams.  The 
comt  of  Philadelphus  might  be  called 
the  seat  of  learning  and  politeness  ;  for 
strangers  and  the  unfortunate  were  re- 
ceived with  courtesy,  learning  flourished, 
and  books  were  increased. 

Ptolemy  HI  raised  the  kingdom  of 
Egypt  to  a  very  commanding  height  of 
power ;  for,  besides  his  immense  influ- 
ence by  land,  he  was  powerful  at  sea, 
and  had  extended  his  conquests  to  the 


138 


EGYPT. 


straits  of  Babelmandel.  His  assistance 
was  requested  by  the  members  of  the 
Achaean  league ;  but  Arratus  having  form- 
ed a  connection  with  Antigonus  of  Ma- 
cedon,  Ptolemy  was  ofiended,  and  lent 
his  aid  to  Cleomenes,  king  of  Sparta. 
But  his  new  ally  being  defeated  and 
overthrown  in  the  battle  of  Sellasia,  fled 
into  Egypt,  and  received  protection. 
Amid  the  spoils  which  Ptolemy  acqui- 
red in  his  Eastern  conquests,  besides 
immense  sums  of  gold  and  silver,  he  re- 
covered a  prodigious  number  of  statues, 
gold  and  silver  shrines  and  images,  which 
Cambyses  had  carried  away  from  the 
temples  and  palaces  of  Egypt.  These 
valuable  and  revered  relics,  Ptolemy  re- 
turned to  their  proper  places  ;  and  hence 
he  was  styled  Euergetes,  or  the  Bene- 
factor. While  Ptolemy  Euergetes  was 
absent  on  these  expeditions,  his  affec- 
tionate Queen  Berenice  was  alarmed  for 
his  safety ;  and  vowed,  if  he  should  be 
restored  to  her  wishes,  she  would  conse- 
crate her  hair  in  the  temple  of  Zephyri- 
um.  Ptolemy  returned,  and  the  sacrifice 
was  made  ;  but,  by  some  accident,  the 
consecrated  hair  was  lost.  The  king  was 
ofiended,  and  the  priests  were  in  danger  ; 
for  the  female  hair  was  the  chief  orna- 
ment of  the  Egyptian  as  well  as  the 
Eastern  ladies  ;  and  the  sacrifice  had  ac- 
quired an  additional  value,  because  it  was 
consecrated  as  a  momunent  of  Berenice's 
aftection  for  her  lord.  But  the  supersti- 
tion of  the  times,  and  the  address  of 
Conon,  the  celebrated  mathematician  of 
Samos,  delivered  the  priesthood  from 
their  fear.  In  those  days,  heroes  were 
deified,  and  sometimes  had  a  place  as- 
signed them  in  the  starry  heavens  ;  but 
Conon's  fancy  took  a  wilder  flight,  and 
aftirmed,  that  the  consecrated  hair  of 
Berenice  had  been  translated  to  the  fir- 
mament, and  composed  the  seven  stars 
in  the  tail  of  Leo. 

In  the  former  reign,  the  Romans  had 
renewed  their  friendship  at  the  Eg^^ptian 
court ;  and  the  adherents  of  young  Ptole- 
my, a  descendant  of  Ptolemy  III,  on  this 
occasion,  applied  to  Rome  for  assistance 
and  direction.  This  was  the  more  ne- 
cessary, because  the  infancy  of  Ptolemy 
required  protection ;  and  because  Antio- 
chus  and  Philip  of  Macedon  had  deter- 


mined, in  the  feeble  state  of  the  Egyptian 
government,  to  dismember  that  empire, 
and  divide  it  amongst  themselves.  The 
aid  of  the  Roman  government  was  given 
with  readiness  and  eflect.  An  ambassa- 
dor was  sent  from  Rome  to  each  of  the 
confederated  hostile  kings,  and  M.  ^Emi- 
lius  Lepidus  hastened  to  Alexandria  to 
manage  the  aflairs  of  the  Egyptian  court. 
Having  placed  them  in  a  state  of  proper 
direction,  he  returned  to  Rome,  and  set 
the  prudent  Aristomenes  at  the  head  of 
the  Egyptian  government. 

From  this  period  to  that  of  the  Roman 
civil  wars,  the  history  of  Egypt  contains 
but  little  else  than  a  narration  of  the 
struggles  of  the  competitors  for  the 
throne,  some  of  whom  were  monsters  of 
cruelty.  At  the  period  of  the  civil  wars, 
Ptolemy  Dionysius  was  the  legal  suc- 
cessor to  the  throne  of  Egypt  ;  but  being 
too  young  for  managing  the  afi'airs  of 
state,  he,  and  the  other  children  of  the 
late  king,  were  under  the  superintendence 
of  the  Roman  senate,  and  the  government 
of  Egypt  was  also  conducted  by  them. 
But  as  soon  as  the  young  prince  was 
thought  to  be  capable  of  managing  the 
state,  he  was  admitted  to  the  throne  ;  and 
he  associated  with  him,  in  the  govern- 
ment, his  sister  Cleopatra.  But  their 
friendship  and  union  were  of  short  con- 
tinuance ;  and  each  having  their  parti- 
sans, a  civil  war  ensued.  During  the 
occurrence  of  these  events,  the  aflfairs. 
of  Rome  had  suffered  wide  and  impor- 
tant changes.  A  civil  war  had  broken 
out,  headed  on  the  one  side  by  Pompey, 
and  on  the  other  by  Julius  Caesar.  In  the 
memorable  battle  of  Pharsalia,  B.  C.  48, 
Csesar  was  victorious,  and  Pompey  was 
put  to  flight. 

In  terror  of  pursuit,  and  without  pro- 
tection, he  directed  his  course  to  Egypt, 
where  he  hoped  for  a  ready  and  welcome 
reception ;  because  through  his  influence 
and  schemes,  Ptolemy  Auletes,  the  late 
king,  had  been  restored  to  his  kingdom  ; 
but  he  was  betrayed  and  put  to  death. 
The  counsellors  of  the  young  king  were 
either  afraid  of  giving  offence  to  Caesar, 
or  they  were  suspicious  that  Pompey, 
even  in  his  fallen  state,  might  regain 
some  of  that  influence  which  he  formerly 
possessed  in  Egypt ;  and  either  lessen 


EGYPT. 


139 


their  power  with  Ptolemy  Dionysius,  or 
espouse  the  cause  of  Cleopatra,  who 
was  now  driven  from  the  kingdom ;  and 
therefore,  without  any  justice  or  feeling, 
Pompey  was  beheaded  as  he  landed  on 
the  shore. 

Immediately  after  the  victory  of  Phar- 
saha,  Caisar  pursued  Pompey  ;  and  with 
a  chosen  band  of  soldiers,  landed  at 
Alexandria.  There  he  found  his  enemy 
had  been  put  to  death,  and  being  pre- 
sented with  his  head,  he  was  much  af- 
flicted ;  and,  instead  of  being  gratified, 
as  the  assassins  supposed,  he  wept  at  the 
sight,  and  commanded  the  remains  of 
Pompey  to  be  honored. 

The  kingdom  of  Egypt,  which  had 
long  been  agitated  by  intestine  divisions, 
was  now  in  a  complete  state  of  turbu- 
lence and  misrule.  Cleopatra,  with  some 
of  her  adherents,  had  fled  into  Syria,  and 
Ptolemy  had  assembled  an  army  between 
Pelusium  and  Mount  Cassius,  in  order 
to  oppose  Cleopatra,  who  was  returning 
to  Egypt  with  an  armed  force.  On  the 
frontiers,  every  thing  was  warlike  ;  in 
the  interior,  all  was  confusion.  In  the 
capacity  of  guardian  to  the  children  of 
Ptolemy  Auletes,  Caesar  being  then  in- 
vested with  the  supreme  authority  of 
Rome,  commanded  a  statement  to  be 
laid  before  him  of  the  diff'erences  which 
continued  to  agitate  the  kingdom,  that  he 
might  pass  sentence  thereon,  and  com- 
pel the  parties  to  abide  by  his  decision. 
The  power  of  Cssar  was  too  great  to 
have  his  will  opposed  ;  and  therefore 
advocates  for  each  side  were  chosen,  and 
every  arrangement  made  to  have  the  mat- 
ters in  dispute  brought  to  an  issue.  But 
Cleopatra,  being  anxious  for  the  success 
of  her  own  claims,  and  aware  what  in- 
fluence her  presence  and  personal  charms 
might  have  upon  Caesar,  set  out  from  Phoe- 
nicia, and  arriving  in  the  bay  of  Alexan- 
dria, was  secretly  conveyed  into  the  pre- 
sence of  Caesar. 

Ptolemy  having  discovered  his  sister's 
arrival,  was  frantic  with  rage  at  her  ac- 
cess to  the  arbiter  of  his  destiny,  and  the 
whole  city  was  in  commotion.  To  avert 
the  storm  which  was  gathering,  and  re- 
store the  people  to  confidence,  Caesar 
passed  a  decree,  that  Ptolemy  Dionysius 
and   his  sister  Cleopatra   should   reign 


jointly  upon  the  throne.  And  further  to 
conciliate  the  affections  of  the  people, 
he  restored  the  Island  of  Cyprus,  and 
submitted  its  government  to  the  younger 
son  and  daughter  of  the  late  king.  But 
the  friends  of  Ptolemy  were  suspicious 
of  Cleopatra's  power,  especially  as  she 
was  obviously  the  favorite  of  Caesar, 
and  could  support  her  interests  by  the 
power  of  Rome.  At  the  instigation  of 
Photinus,  Achillas,  the  commander-in- 
chief,  filled  the  city  of  Alexandria  with 
troops,  and  attempted  to  block  up  the  har- 
bor, that  he  might  thereby  cut  off"  the 
Roman  supplies.  The  attempt  was  frus- 
trated by  burning  the  Eg^'ptian  ships  ; 
but  the  flames  reached  a  part  of  the  city, 
which  was  called  Bruchium,  and  its 
noble  library  was  destroyed.  Photinus, 
the  fomenter  of  these  evils,  was  put  to 
death  ;  but  Ganymedes,  his  associate,  a 
deep  designing  man,  continued  to  main- 
tain the  strife,  and  combat  the  Romans. 

On  various  occasions,  Caesar  was  in 
imminent  danger,  and  upon  a  time  while 
he  was  hastening  from  the  Mole  of  the 
Pharos,  the  boat  in  which  he  was  pass- 
ing sunk  by  an  over-pressure  of  soldiers, 
who  fled  from  pursuit.  But  Caesar  swam 
to  a  neighborhig  vessel,  and  his  life  was 
preserved.  Upon  a  promise  of  peace,  the 
king  of  Egypt  was  liberated  from  that 
bondage  into  which  Caesar  had  thrown 
him,  while  he  had  drawn  the  sword 
against  him  and  Cleopatra.  But  all  his 
promises  were  soon  violated  ;  and  the 
war  acquired  new  strength  from  the  pre- 
sence of  the  king.  But  the  Roman  dis- 
cipline and  address  overcame  the  num- 
bers, as  well  as  the  rancor  of  the  Eg}-p- 
tians  ;  and  Ptolemy  himself  perished 
while  crossing  a  branch  of  the  Nile. 

A  fair  opportunity  now  occurred  of 
Cleopatra  obtaining  the  sovereign  power  ; 
but  Caesar,  attending  to  the  prejudices 
of  her  people,  joined  with  her  in  the  gov- 
ernment her  younger  and  only  surviving 
brother,  who  had  been  formerly  appointed 
to  the  government  of  Cyprus.  But  this 
nomination  was  a  mere  show  of  limiting 
the  power  of  Cleopatra  ;  for  the  young 
prince  was  but  in  the  eleventh  year  of 
his  age  ;  and,  according  to  the  accursed 
maxims  of  those  times,  he  was  soon  put 
to  death  by  treachery  and  poison.     His 


HO 


EGYPT. 


younger  sister  Arsinoe  was  sent  to  Rome,  \ 
that  she  might  acquire  no  partisans,  nor 
be  the  means  of  any  disorders  in  Egypt.  I 

Hitherto,  Caesar  had  continued  in , 
Egypt,  with  the  professed  intention  of 
settling  its  aftairs  ;  but  his  remaining  at 
Alexandria  after  Cleopatra  was  seated 
firmly  upon  the  throne,  clearly  betrayed 
an  illicit  and  degrading  attachment  to  the 
queen.  In  various  parts  of  the  Roman 
dominions,  the  power  of  Caesar  was 
threatened  ;  but  he  could  not  be  induced 
to  leave  Cleopatra,  till  his  fortune  seemed 
to  be  upon  the  verge  of  despair.  Then  his 
usual  activity  returned,  and  from  place  to 
place  he  carried  victory  and  triumphs. 
Having  suppressed  the  insurrections  in 
Syria,  he  hastened  to  Africa,  and  over- 
threw the  partisans  of  Cato,  and  the  king 
of  Numidia,  in  the  celebrated  battle  of 
Thapsus.  Then,  having  conquered  the 
remainder  of  Pompey's  party  in  Spain, 
he  returned  to  Rome,  and  enjoyed  for  a 
while  the  fruit  of  his  triumphs.  But  still 
his  aflections  centered  in  Cleopatra  ;  and, 
it  is  said,  that  he  had  taken  some  steps  to 
remove  an  obstacle,  which  the  Roman 
law  placed  in  his  way,  for  making  her 
his  wife.  But  soon  after  this,  he  was 
murdered  in  the  senate-house  by  a  band 
of  conspirators,  headed  by  Cassius  and 
Brutus,  B.  C.  44. 

A  scene  of  confusion  now  ensued  at 
Rome,  and  it  was  difficult  to  say  what 
hardships  were  to  be  endured,  or  what 
form  of  government  was  then  to  be  adopt- 
ed. Antony,  Lepidus,  and  Octavius,  Avho 
had  assumed  the  name  of  Octavianus, 
formed  a  coalition,  with  the  professed  in- 
tention of  avenging  Caesar's  death ;  but 
chiefly  with  the  view  of  aspiring  sepa- 
rately to  the  sovereign  power.  Conse- 
quently, the  triumvirate  was  soon  broken, 
and  Lepidus  falling  into  neglect,  Antony 
and  Octavianus  strove  for  the  mastery. 
But  Antony  was  peculiarly  conspicuous 
at  the  battle  of  Pliilippi,  where  the  cause 
of  the  republicans  was  lost,  with  the  lives 
of  Brutus  and  Cassius. 

Victorious  and  i'uU  of  hope,  Antony  de- 
parted to  Syria  ;  and  viewing  himself  as 
the  master  of  Rome,  he  travelled  into  Sy- 
ria, which,  with  the  other  provinces  of 
the  East,  was  committed  to  his  govern- 
ment ;  and  having  arrived  at  Tarsus,  he 


commanded  Cleopatra  to  leave  Egypt, 
and  appear  before  him. 

Though  the  kingdom  of  the  Ptolemies 
had  lately  been  secured  to  her  by  the  in- 
terest of  Rome,  yet  it  is  obvious,  that  she 
did  not  obey  the  commands  of  Antony  to 
acknowledge  his  authority,  but  perhaps  to 
pay  respect  to  the  avenger  of  Caesar  ;  and 
who  knows,  but  the  licentiousness  of 
Cleopatra  might  induce  her  to  expect  an- 
other admirer  in  the  Roman  hero  1  The 
meeting  of  Antony  and  Cleopatra  was 
splendid  beyond  example  ;  they  indulged 
in  costly  presents,  and  their  feastings  were 
numerous  and  extravagant.  At  her  soli- 
citation, and  to  remove  every  fear  of  a 
rival,  her  sister  Arsinoe  was  put  to  death. 
Like  Cajsar,  Antony  was  lost  amidst  the 
fascinating  manners  of  Cleopatra  ;  and  he 
divorced  his  wife  Octavia,  the  most  vir- 
tuous of  women,  to  remove  the  jealousy, 
and  enjoy  the  favors  of  the  abandoned 
Cleopatra.  Having  subdued  his  enemies 
in  the  East,  he  returned  towards  Rome 
to  oppose  the  growing  power  of  Octavia- 
nus, which  his  own  misconduct  had  tend- 
ed to  enlarge. 

Had  Antony  marched  directly  to  Rome, 
the  power  of  Octavianus  might  have  been 
overthrown ;  but  being  enervated  with 
effeminate  pleasures,  he  listened  to  the 
voice  of  Cleopatra  rather  than  the  coun- 
sels of  his  wiser  friends  ;  and  having  haz- 
arded a  naval  battle  near  Actium,  his  fleet 
was  vanquished,  and  he  fled  first  to  Ly- 
bia,  and  then  to  Alexandria.  But  he  was 
not  to  be  consoled  by  the  presence  of 
Cleopatra,  and  the  consciousness  of  her 
own  errors  disquieted  the  mind  of  that 
ambitious  woman.  She  fled  from  the 
presence  of  Antony,  and  retired  to  a  se- 
pulchral monument  near  the  tombs  of  her 
fathers.  Previous  to  this,  Octavianus  had 
followed  up  his  triumphs  over  Antony, 
and  was  then  victorious  in  the  city  of 
Alexandria.  Believing  a  report  that  Cle- 
opatra had  put  an  end  to  her  life,  and  see- 
ing himself  upon  the  point  of  falling  into 
the  hands  of  his  rival  and  inveterate  foe, 
Antony  fell  upon  his  sword.  But  not 
having  instantly  expired,  and  finding  that 
Cleopatra  was  still  in  life,  he  was  con- 
veyed to  her  retreat,  and  after  an  affect- 
ing farewell,  immediatel)''  expired. 

Cleopatra  could  no  longer  escape  the 


EGYPT 


Death  of  Cleopatra. 


power  of  Octaviaims,  and  she  attempted 
to  win  his  heart,  and  gain  her  Uberty  ;  but 
her  attempt  was  ineflectual ;  and  though 
she  was  treated  with  many  marks  of  ap- 
parent respect,  yet  she  was  still  detained 
a  prisoner,  and  she  had  good  reason  to 
believe  that  the  Roman  conqueror  intend- 
ed her  to  complete  his  triumphs  at  Rome. 
She  determined  to  escape  this  ignominy 
by  a  voluntary  death.  Maintaining  an 
appearance  of  confidence  and  good  spir- 
its, she  ordered  a  splendid  feast  to  be 
prepared,  desired  her  attendants  to  leave 
her,  and  put  an  asp,  which  a  faithful  ser- 
vant had  brought  her,  concealed  hi  a 
basket  of  flowers,  on  her  arm,  the  bite 
of  which  caused  her  death  almost  imme- 
diately, B.  C.  30. 

Thus  died  Cleopatra,  who,  to  the  beau- 
ty and  gracefulness  of  her  person,  added 
the  charms  of  wit,  extensive  knowledge, 
and  aflable  manners.  She  was  the  pa- 
tron of  letters,  and  added  a  valuable  col- 
lection to  the  hbraries  of  Alexandria. 
She  Avas  licentious  and  vain  ;  but  she 
was  born  in  the  midst  of  a  dissipated 
court,  and  placed  in  circumstances  pecu- 
liarly seductive. 

By  the  death  of  Cleopatra,  the  dynasty 
of  the  Ptolemies  was  finished  after  it  had 


lasted  about  294  years,  and  Egypt  was 
converted  into  a  province  of  Rome.  That 
the  people  of  that  country  might  continue 
united  to  the  Roman  government,  none 
of  the  noblemen  were  allowed  to  have  in- 
tercourse with  the  Egypti.-in  people.  The 
kingdom  of  the  Ptolemies  was  to  be  sub- 
ject to  a  governor ;  and  that  office  was 
conferred  upon  Cornelius  Gallus,  whowas 
a  person  of  equestrian  rank.  And  further 
to  restrain  the  ambitious  views  of  Eg}''pt, 
it  was  not  allowed  to  be  under  the  direc- 
tion of  a  proprzetor,  as  the  more  favored 
provinces  were  ;  but  the  government  was 
under  a  prefect,  nor  had  he  the  power  of 
life  and  death,  nor  the  command  of  pub- 
lic money. 

When  the  Christian  system  was  de- 
clared to  be  the  religion  of  the  Roman 
empire,  a  scene  of  confusion  and  violence 
ensued  in  Egypt.  The  heathen  temples 
were  destroyed,  and  some  of  the  indecent 
and  lewd  emblems  were  exposed  to  pub- 
lic view.  The  multitude  in  general,  ad- 
hering to  the  idol  worship  of  their  fathers, 
threw  themselves  into  an  attitude  of  de- 
fence, and,  posting  themselves  in  the 
temple  of  Serapis,  which  was  a  strong 
and  massy  building,  they  made  a  stout 
and  long  resistance.     But  the  royal  man- 


142 


EGYPT. 


(late  for  destroying  the  heathen  temples 
arrived  ;  the  friends  of  idolatry  were  over- 
powered, and  the  god  Serapis  himself 
shivered  into  pieces.  (See  Arabia,  Note, 
p.  30.)  But  the  human  mind  is  ever  apt 
to  run  into  extremes ;  and,  now  that  the 
church  had  acquired  considerable  influ- 
ence in  Egj^pt  and  with  the  pope,  a  per- 
son soon  appeared  in  the  sec  of  Alexan- 
dria, who  abused  his  power,  and  degraded 
his  character. 

It  was  Cyril,  the  bishop  of  Alexandria, 
and  vicar  of  the  Roman  pontiff,  who,  by 
haughty  and  overbearing  conduct,  created 
for  himself  a  host  of  enemies.  In  the 
exercise  of  his  power,  he  encroached  up- 
on the  authority  of  the  civil  magistrate  ; 
and  Orestes,  the  prefect  of  Egypt,  was 
assailed  and  abused  by  the  adherents  of 
Cyril.  But  there  was  a  darker  shade  to 
be  added  to  the  character  of  the  aspiring 
and  violent  bishop,  ilj'patia,  the  daugh- 
.ter  of  Theon,  a  celebrated  master  in  the 
school  of  Alexandria,  was  no  less  famous 
for  learning  and  elegant  accomplishments, 
than  she  was  for  beauty  and  virtuous  qual- 
ities ;  yet  she  had  oflended  Cyril,  and  her 
life  was  the  forfeit.  She  was  the  friend 
of  Orestes,  the  Roman  prefect,  and  being 
unjustly  accused  of  cherishing  the  irrita- 
tion between  him  and  Cyril,  she  was  at- 
tacked by  the  multitude  in  the  streets  of 
Alexandria,  and  cruelly  put  to  death.  But 
the  ambition  of  Cyril  was  as  violent  in 
public  life  as  in  private,  and  his  intem- 
perate dispute  with  Nestorius,  the  bishop 
of  Constantinople,  remains  against  him 
in  the  annals  of  the  church. 

The  western  empire  of  Rome  haA'ing 
already  fallen,  by  the  intrusion  of  the 
Huns  and  Goths,  the  Vandals,  and  other 
warlike  and  uncultivated  nations,  the  east- 
em  empire,  of  which  Constantinople  was 
the  head,  was  also  fallen  into  decay,  and 
the  queen  of  Persia  overran  different  parts 
of  the  Roman  dominions.  She  likewise 
obtained  possession  of  the  principal  towns 
and  parts  of  Egypt.  But  her  triumphs 
here  were  of  short  duration,  and  Persia 
itself  was  soon  added  to  the  dominions  of 
the  Mahometan  conquerors. 

Omar  succeeded  to  the  empire  of  Ma- 
homet, and  in  his  reign  Egypt  was  sub- 
dued by  the  arms  of  the  caliph.  Amru 
Benelas  marched  his  troops  into  Egypt, 


and,  after  much  resistance,  got  possession 
of  Memphis.  Mocawcas,  the  prefect  of 
Egypt,  was  hostile  to  the  religious  tenets 
of  Constantinople  ;  and  when  the  Per- 
sians were  besieging  that  capital,  he  had 
revolted  from  his  allegiance.  For  these 
reasons,  Mocawcas  supported  the  inter- 
ests of  the  Mahometan  invaders,  and,  after 
many  eflbrts  and  various  changes  of  for- 
tune, the  city  of  Alexandria  surrendered 
to  the  Saracens.  The  town  was  exposed 
to  plunder,  but  at  length  the  people  were 
admitted  into  the  protection  of  the  con- 
querors ;  and  if  they  did  not  become  Ma- 
hometans, they  were  to  pay  a  certain  ratio 
or  tribute. 

Amru,  the  conqueror,  was  also  consti- 
tuted the  governor  of  Egypt ;  and  having 
added  to  its  boundaries,  he  likewise  re- 
gulated its  internal  affairs,  and  command- 
ed a  canal  to  be  opened  between  the  Nile 
and  the  Red  Sea.  When  Othman  was 
raised  to  the  caliphate,  Amru  was  removed 
from  the  government  of  Egypt ;  but  his 
successor,  Abdallah  Bensaid,  was  not  ac- 
ceptable to  the  people  of  that  province. 
He  renewed  the  conquest  of  Africa,  and 
was  successful  in  his  views  ;  but  the  suc- 
cess was  owing  to  the  bravery  of  Zobeir, 
and  not  to  the  courage  or  conduct  of  Ab- 
dallah. But  being  afterwards  unfortunate, 
he  was  removed  from  the  government  of 
Egypt,  and  Amru  restored  to  his  former 
station.  But  this  salutary  change  was  not 
of  much  avail,  and  the  improvident  con- 
duct of  Othman  was  hurtful  to  his  domin- 
ions, as  well  as  fatal  to  himself.  In  the 
subsequent  caliphate,  Egy^pt  was  involved 
in  the  civil  wars,  which  were  occasioned 
by  the  competitors  for  the  dominions  of 
Mahomet ;  and  Egypt  was  not  composed 
nor  set  at  peace  till  Amru  was  again  in- 
vested with  the  government  of  the  coun- 
try, with  the  most  ample  and  almost  in- 
dependent powers. 

During  the  contentions  which  ensued, 
Egypt  threw  off  the  yoke  of  the  Saracens ; 
but  was  again  reduced  to  submission  when 
Merwan,  the  son  of  Hakem,  was  raised  to 
the  throne.  In  the  caliphate  of  Walid, 
Corrah  Bensharik  was  invested  with  the 
government  of  Egypt ;  but  he  was  licen- 
tious in  his  manners,  and  outraged  the 
feelings  and  the  decency  of  the  Christian 
adherents.     But  while  he  was  degrading 


EGYPT. 


143 


himself  by  every  species  of  folly  and  vice, 
Mura,  the  lieutenant  of  the  caliph's  ar- 
mies, was  traversing  Africa  in  triumph, 
and  had  reached  the  fortress  of  Ceuta,  or 
Pillar  of  Hercules,  on  the  African  side. 
Count  Julian,  the  Gothic  commander  of 
this  fortress,  not  only  surrendered  it  to 
Mura,  but  offered  to  conduct  him  into  the 
bosom  of  Spain. 

It  was  jealousy  and  resentment  among 
the  Gothic  chiefs,  which  occasioned  this 
offer  to  the  Arabian  warrior ;  for  Roder- 
ick, the  usurper,  but  reigning  king  of 
Spain,  had  many  enemies  in  his  domin- 
ions, and  he  had  stirred  up  the  vengeance 
of  Julian,  by  his  infamous  conduct  to  the 
daughter  of  that  chief.  Musa  hesitated, 
for  he  was  fearful  of  a  snare  ;  but  one  of 
his  confidential  generals  was  willing  to 
make  an  experiment  ;  and  having  sailed 
from  Ceuta,  and  landed  at  Calpe,  the 
other  Pillar  of  Hercules,  the  Saracen 
army  pitched  their  first  camp  where  the 
impregnable  works  of  Gibraltar  are 
erected.  The  expedition  was  success- 
Ad,  and  Musa  being  jealous  of  Tarik  or 
Tarif,  his  general,  set  sail  for  Spain,  and 
completed  the  conquests  which  his  fore- 
runner had  begun.  If  he  treated  his  suc- 
cessful general  with  unbecoming  severity, 
Musa,  in  his  turn,  was  degraded  by  the 
caliph,  and  died  under  the  pressure  of 
infirmities  and  sorrow.  These  things 
happened  in  the  beginning  of  the  eighth 
century,  and  the  Saracens  obtained  the 
chief  possessions  and  management  of 
Spain,  into  which  they  introduced  the 
literature  of  the  East. 

For  a  considerable  period  of  years,  the 
affairs  of  Egypt  are  scarcely  mentioned  ; 
for  the  public  mind  and  the  national 
records  were  employed  with  animosity 
and  violence  about  the  succession  to  the 
caliphate.  Formerly  the  family  of  Ali, 
the  immediate  descendants  of  Mahom- 
et, had  been  overpowered,  in  attempt- 
ing to  assert  their  right  to  the  throne  ; 
and  the  house  of  Ommiak,  by  power  and 
good  fortune,  were  raised  to  the  sovereign 
power.  The  Ommiades  being  in  their 
turn  overthrown  by  the  Abbassides  or 
descendants  of  Abbas,  the  uncle  of  the 
prophet  retired  into  Spain,  and  established 
their  dynasty  on  the  throne  of  Cordova. 
But  the  family  of  Ommiah  having  many 


adherents  in  Syria,  and  some  being  also 
attached  to  the  descendants  of  Ali,  Al- 
mansur,  the  second  caliph,  founded  a  new 
capital  on  the  western  banks  of  the 
Tigris,  and  that  city  was  Bagdad,  famous 
in  the  annals  of  Eastern  history. 

Haroim  Alrashid  succeeded  to  the 
caliphate,  and  in  his  reigrx  the  affairs  of 
Egypt  come  again  into  view.  Alrashid 
was  a  prince  of  great  fame,  and  he  is 
well  known  as  the  hero  of  the  Arabian 
tales,  called  the  Arabian  Nights'  Enter- 
tainments ;  but  in  the  great  variety  of  his 
vast  engagements,  Egypt,  as  a  distant 
province,  attracted  little  of  his  attention, 
though  he  visited  many  of  his  dominions, 
sometimes  in  disguise,  and  sometimes 
openly.  The  disorders  of  that  country, 
and  other  distant  possessions,  called  for 
his  interposition ;  and  he  invested  Ibra- 
him, the  son  of  Aglab,  with  the  powers 
of  governor  and  lieutenant  over  his  domi- 
nions in  Africa  upon  the  shores  of  the 
Mediterranean  ;  and  Ibrahim  found  means 
to  render  himself  independent.  Thus 
he  established  the  dynasty  of  the  Agla- 
bites,  the  seat  of  whose  government  was 
at  Cairwan. 

During  the  reigii  of  Alrashid,  there 
was  nothing  remarkable  in  the  state  of 
Egypt,  excepting  a  general  feebleness 
of  the  government,  which  happened,  as 
we  have  already  observed,  in  all  the  re- 
mote provinces  ;  but  in  the  reign  of  his 
successor  Almansur,  the  Ommiades  of 
Spain  attempted  to  regain  the  possession 
of  Egypt.  But  the  caliph  of  Bagdad 
invested  Abdallah  Bertaher  with  a  high 
commission  for  repelUng  the  invaders, 
and  restoring  Egypt  to  order.  Yet  the 
Ommiades  were  scarcely  dispersed,  when 
the  Greeks  of  Constantinople  arrived  in 
Eg}^pt  with  a  numerous  fleet.  Alarmed 
by  this  powerful  armament,  Ahmed  Ben 
Tholan,  a  Turkish  commander,  was  sent 
into  Egypt  to  defend  the  country,  and 
reduce  the  inhabitants  to  order.  When 
he  had  settled  the  disturbances  in  that 
country,  he  led  a  powerfvd  army  into  the 
East,  and  reduced  under  his  own  power 
several  cities  and  provinces  of  the  caliph. 
His  son  and  successor  enlarged  his 
dominions  from  the  falling  empire  of  the 
caliph  of  Bagdad,  until  he  returned  to 
Egypt  in  possession  of  dominions  which 


144 


EGYPT. 


extended  from  the  streams  of  the  Eu- 
phrates to  the  confines  of  Nubia.  But 
the  power  of  the  Tholonides  was  not  of 
long  duration,  and  Egypt  again  was 
added  to  the  empire  of  Bagdad. 

The  Aglabites,  in  Africa,  ceased  to 
reign,  and  a  dynasty  succeeded,  whose 
princes  were  denominated  Fatimites ; 
because  they  professed  themselves  the 
descendants  of  Fatima,  the  wife  of  Ali, 
and  daughter  of  the  prophet.  This  new 
race  of  princes  aspired  to  the  dominions 
which  the  Aglabites  possessed  in  Egypt. 

Upon  the  death  of  Aladid,  A.  D.  1171, 
the  last  of  the  dynasty  of  the  Fatimites, 
the  caliph  of  Egypt,  Saladin,  being  in  pos- 
session of  the  chief  power  in  his  charac- 
ter of  vizier,  seized  upon  all  the  wealth 
of  the  late  prince,  which  was  various  and 
valuable.  He  threw  his  whole  family 
into  confinement,  and  adopted  every 
measure  which  his  wisdom  could  devise, 
for  establishing,  in  his  own  person,  the 
supreme  authority  of  the  state.  He  main- 
tained a  show  of  obedience  to  Nureddin, 
the  prince  of  Damascus,  but  was  secretly 
determined  to  acquire  an  independent 
rule  in  Egypt.  This  intention,  though 
disguised,  could  not  be  concealed  from 
the  powerful  and  discerning  Nureddin  ; 
and,  while  he  seemed  satisfied  with  the 
conduct  of  Saladin,  he  was  raising  a  nu- 
merous army  to  resist  and  overthrow  his 
power  ;  but,  in  the  mean  time,  he  was 
seized  with  a  sudden  illness,  and  died  at 
Damascus. 

But  the  death  of  this  prince  did  not 
deliver  Saladin  from  danger  ;  for  Nured- 
din's  successor  was  both  able  and  willing 
to  give  him  just  cause  of  alarm.  In 
these  circumstances,  Saladin  wished  to 
secure  a  retreat,  and  for  this  purpose,  he 
sent  his  brother  Malec  Turanshah  into 
the  kingdom  of  Nubia ;  but  finding  it 
desolate  and  barren,  he  returned  to  Grand 
Cairo,  and  thence  he  was  despatched 
with  a  numerous  army  into  Arabia  Felix. 
There  he  was  successful,  and  reduced  a 
considerable  part  of  that  country  under 
the  subjection  of  the  Egyptian  vizier. 
Saladin  having  enlarged  his  dominions, 
and  confiding  in  the  means  which  he  had 
devised  for  becoming  master  of  Egypt, 
was  determined  to  assume  a  name  suita- 
ble to  his  views.     Not  being  a  descend- 


I  ant  of  Mahomet,  he  could  not  be  de- 
'  nominated  caliph,  which  implied  the  sa- 
[  cerdotal  as  well  as  the  kingly  office.  On 
this  account  he  chose  the  name  of  sultan, 
and  left  the  office  of  pontiff,  who  had  the 
charge  of  religious  affairs,  to  be  filled  up 
by  a  descendant  of  the  prophet. 

Though  Saladin  was  acknowledged  as 
the  sultan  of  Egypt  by  many  of  the  neigh- 
boring states,  and  even  received  the  sanc- 
tion of  the  caliph  of  Bagdad,  which  gave 
him  a  name  and  influence  among  the 
followers  of  Mahomet,  yet  he  was  not 
secure  from  intestine  commotions.  The 
friends  and  adherents  of  the  Fatimite 
caliphs  raised  a  rebellion  in  the  kingdom, 
and  a  pretender  to  the  throne  collected 
an  army  of  100,000  men.  These,  how- 
ever, were  soon  defeated  by  the  power 
and  address  of  Saladin ;  but  no  sooner 
was  he  freed  from  this  alarm,  than  he 
was  threatened  by  the  soldiers  of  the 
Crusades.  William  II,  king  of  Sicily, 
had  engaged  in  the  Christian  wars,  and 
laid  siege  to  Alexandria  both  by  sea  and 
land  ;  but  the  enterprising  spirit  of  Sal- 
adin frustrated  his  views.  With  a  ra- 
pidity of  movement  which  was  peculiar 
to  the  energetic  mind  of  the  Egj'ptian 
sultan,  he  marched  to  the  relief  of  Alex- 
andria ;  and  the  Crusaders,  with  a  sudden 
panic,  fled  from  the  siege,  leaving  their 
stores,  baggage  and  engines. 

At  this  time  the  government  of  Damas- 
cus was  under  a  regency;  for  Malec  Al- 
saleh  was  under  age,  and  the  govern- 
ment of  affairs  in  his  minority  was  not 
acceptable  to  the  people.  Amidst  these 
discontents,  Saladin  was  requested  to  ac- 
cept the  sovereign  power  of  Syria.  Hav- 
ing arrived  at  Damascus,  he  found  little 
difficulty  in  becoming  master  of  the 
country ;  but  he  professed  to  assume  the 
government  in  the  name  and  for  the  in- 
terest of  the  young  prince.  Having  set- 
tled the  affairs  of  Damascus,  he  marched 
with  a  successful  army  through  various 
parts  of  the  country,  while  his  growing 
prosperity  excited  suspicions  ;  and  the 
ministers  of  Malec,  the  prince  of  Damas- 
cus, entering  into  a  combination  with 
some  of  the  neighboring  powers,  sought 
an  opportunity  to  check  the  career  and 
disappoint  the  designs  of  Saladin.  A 
battle  ensued  ;  but  the  Syrian  forces,  to- 


EGYPT. 


145 


gether  with  all  their  allies,  were  defeat- 
ed, and  the  sultan  of  Egypt  was  left 
master  of  Syria. 

Saladin  returned  from  his  Eastern  con- 
quests, and  began  to  aggrandize  and  for- 
tify the  city  of  Grand  Cairo.  He  en- 
couraged the  schools  and  literature  of  the 
country  ;  but  was  drawn  away  from  the 
pursuits  of  elegance  and  domestic  im- 
pi'overaents,  to  the  din  of  arms  and  the 
ravages  of  war.  Having  obtained  pos- 
session of  Syria,  he  was  anxious  to  ac- 
quire Palestine  ;  and  therefore,  he  led  a 
numerous  host  against  the  armies  of  the 
Crusade  who  had  assem'led  for  the  de- 
fence of  the  Holy  Land.  But  there  he 
met  with  the  most  obstinate  resistance  ; 
multitudes  of  his  army  perished  in  the 
field  of  battle  ;  and  when  he  was  forced 
to  return  towards  Egypt,  a  still  greater 
number  died  in  the  desert,  from  hunger, 
thirst  and  disease  ;  yet  still  the  views  of 
Saladin  were  toward  Syria  and  the  East. 
At  the  commencement  of  this  campaign, 
his  army  was  defeated  both  at  Aleppo 
and  Mossul ;  and  in  the  mean  time  the 
Christians  of  the  Crusade  had  assembled 
a  fleet  in  the  Red  Sea,  which  threatened 
the  cities  of  Mecca  and  Medina ;  but 
Abubeker,  Saladin's  viceroy  in  Egypt, 
fitted  out  a  fleet  under  the  command  of 
the  brave  and  experienced  Lulu,  which 
deleated  the  European  expedition,  and 
gave  fresh  vigor  to  the  exertions  of  Sala- 
din. In  the  spirit  of  conquest,  he  enter- 
ed the  provinces  of  the  East ;  and  to 
trace  his  progress,  would  be  to  follow 
him  like  lightning  from  field  to  siege,  and 
from  siege  to  battle. 

Having  run  a  triumphant  course  through 
Syria,  he  entered  Palestine  with  victory 
and  terror.  Having  obtained  possession 
of  Aleppo  and  Mossul,  he  aimed  a  blow 
at  the  Holy  Land.  For  the  space  of  three 
years,  Saladin  continued  to  gain  advan- 
tages over  the  armies  of  the  Crusade. 
Various  places  of  strength  having  fallen, 
Tiberius  was  at  length  taken,  and  Lusig- 
nan,  king  of  Jerusalem,  was  desirous  of 
meeting  Saladin  in  the  field  The  ar- 
mies met  on  the  banks  of  the  Jordan,  and 
victory  was  declared  in  fiivor  of  Saladin. 
The  king  himself  was  taken  prisoner,  as 
well  as  Arnold,  lord  of  Carac.  The  king 
of  Jerusalem  was  treated  with  respect, 
19 


but  Arnold  was  put  to  death  by  Saladin's 
own  hand,  because  he  had  inflicted  many 
miseries  on  the  followers  of  Mahomet, 
Ptolemais,  Neapolis,  Ceesarea,  and  other 
cities,  fell  into  the  power  of  Saladin. 
Finding  nothing  to  oppose  his  course,  he 
marched  directly  towards  Jerusalem,  and 
besieged  the  city  A.  D.  11 87.  The  garri- 
son was  numerous,  and  made  a  desperate 
defence  ;  but  after  Saladin  had  made  a 
breach  in  the  walls,  and  was  on  the  point 
of  entering  the  town,  the  commander  of- 
fered to  capitulate. 

But  Saladin  refused  to  accept  of  the 
terms,  and  vowed  that  he  would  sack  and 
destroy  the  city.  His  cruel  threatenings 
roused  the  spirit  of  the  Christians,  and  a 
herald  declared,  that  they  would  first  put 
5,000  musselmen  prisoners  to  death ;  and, 
that  no  European  might  be  exposed  to 
their  revenge,  they  would  also  destroy 
their  wives  and  children.  That  no  booty 
might  be  found,  they  would  destroy  every 
thing  valuable  in  the  city;  and,  having 
leveled  the  rock  which  the  Mahomet- 
ans held  sacred,  they  would  sally  out  in 
a  body  upon  the  besiegers  ;  and  if  they 
were  not  victorious,  their  destruction 
should  be  accomj)lished  by  an  unexam- 
pled expense  of  blood  and  misery.  This 
desperate  resolution  moved  Saladin  to 
more  reasonable  terms  ;  and  the  garrison, 
as  well  as  the  citizens,  were  spared  by 
paying  a  stipulated  sum  of  money. 

In  this  enfeebled  state  of  the  Chris- 
tian armies,  a  third  Crusade  was  deter- 
mined on  in  Europe  ;  and  the  emperor 
of  Germany,  together  with  Philip  II,  of 
France,  and  Richard  I,  of  England,  hav- 
ing arrived  in  Palestine,  encamped  be- 
fore the  city  of  Acca  or  Ptolemais,  whilst 
many  European  ships  rode  in  the  harbor. 
In  this  city,  Saladin  had  assembled  a  nu- 
merous army  ;  and  tlie  powers  of  Europe 
were  combined  to  defeat  him.  Richard 
I,  of  England,  was  of  great  courage,  and 
therefore  was  surnamed  Coeur  de  Lion ; 
and  his  skill  in  war,  added  to  his  prowess, 
had  rendered  him  the  most  famous  gene- 
ral of  the  age.  If  there  had  been  as 
much  harmony  as  there  was  power  among 
the  diff'erent  armies  of  the  Crusade,  the 
city  of  Ptolemais  must  soon  have  fallen  ; 
but,  after  all  the  distractions  in  the  views 
and  councils  of  the  allies,  Saladin  was 


146 


EGYPT. 


compelled  to  capitulate,  A.  D.  1191.  The 
garrison  were  allowed  to  march  out  with 
the  honors  of  war  ;  but  a  sum  of  money 
was  to  be  paid  to  the  besiegers. 

The  sultan  of  Egypt  refused  to  pay 
the  ransom  ;  and  historians  tells  us,  that 
3,000  prisoners  answered  for  it  with 
their  lives.  The  siege  was  extremely 
bloody  ;  and  it  is  not  supposed  that  fewer 
than  300,000  persons  on  either  side  were 
cut  off  during  ihe  conflict ;  and  the  flower 
of  Europe,  as  well  as  Egypt,  Asia,  and 
Syria,  perished  in  the  combats.  Ptole- 
mais,  or  Acca,  became  the  residence  of 
the  hospitalers  of  St.  John,  and,  since 
that  period,  the  town  has  been  denomi- 
nated St.  John  d'Acre. 

Of  all  the  European  potentates,  the 
king  of  England  only  remained ;  and,  hav- 
ing laid  siege  to  Ashkelon,  he  took  pos- 
session of  that  city.  Upon  this  event, 
Saladin  hastened  to  Jerusalem ;  and 
Richard  followed  him  to  the  holy  city. 
The  king  of  England  held  it  in  close 
siege  ;  but  when  the  hour  arrived  that 
the  city  was  to  be  delivered  up,  the  be- 
sieging army  retreated,  and  the  enter- 
prise was  abandoned.  The  cause  of  this 
sudden  and  extraordinary  conduct  has 
never  been  well  explained  ;  and  different 
authors  have  presented  different  views  of 
the  subject.  It  may  justly  be  supposed 
to  have  been  involuntary  on  the  part  of 
Richard  ;  for  his  courage  has  never  been 
questioned  ;  and  the  value  which  he  set 
upon  his  honor  could  not  permit  him  to 
tarnish  it  by  unworthiness  of  conduct. 
The  retreat  of  the  army,  it  is  said,  over- 
whelmed him  with  grief;  and  the  mis- 
fortune was  probably  occasioned  by  the 
discord  and  jealousy  of  the  combined 
army.  The  duke  of  Burgundy,  who  was 
left  in  Palestine  by  the  king  of  France, 
with  10,000  soldiers,  is  said  to  have  been 
as  jealous  as  his  master  of  the  fame  and 
valor  of  the  English  king ;  but,  even  in 
his  retreat,  Richard  was  formidable.  He 
concluded  a  truce  with  Saladin  for  three 
years  and  upwards  ;  various  places  of 
strength  were  dismantled ;  the  whole 
sea-coast  from  Jaffa  to  Tyre  was  surren- 
dered to  the  Christians ;  and  the  pilgrims 
of  Europe,  travelling  to  Jerusalem,  were 
to  be  under  the  protection  of  the  power- 
ful Saladin.     But  scarcely  had  the  king 


of  England  returned  to  his  coimtry,  when 
the  health  of  Saladin  began  to  decline  ; 
and  he  finished  his  life  about  the  55th 
year  of  his  age,  and  after  he  had  reigned 
"in  Egypt  24  years,  A.  D.  1193. 

Alaziz,  the  second  son  of  Saladin,  was 
appointed  to  the  government  of  Egypt  ; 
but,  not  being  contented  with  the  portion 
of  his  father's  dominions  assigned  to  him, 
he  made  successful  inroads  into  Syria ; 
but  died  suddenly  in  the  midst  of  his  tri- 
umphs. Upon  his  death,  several  import- 
ant changes  took  place  with  respect  to 
the  affairs  of  Egypt  and  Syria  ;  but  no- 
thing worthy  of  notice  till  the  reign  of 
Alcamel. 

When  this  prince  was  raised  to  the 
throne,  he  was  well  received  by  the 
Egyptians ;  but  he  found  the  state  of 
public  affairs  full  of  disorder,  and  at- 
tended with  danger.  The  Mahometans 
and  the  Christians  were  plotting  each 
other's  destruction ;  and  the  Christians 
were  at  variance  among  themselves.  In 
this  state  of  internal  disquietude,  the  sol- 
diers of  the  fifth  Crusade  landed  in  Egypt 
and  laid  siege  to  Damietta.  The  united 
forces  of  Egypt  and  Damascus  could  not 
overcome  the  European  army ;  but  Al- 
camel offered  such  terms  of  accommoda- 
tion as  were  acceptable  to  all  the  chiefs 
of  the  Crusade,  except  D'Albano,  the 
Pope's  legate. 

Such  influence  had  the  see  of  Rome 
then  acquired,  that  his  single  voice  pre- 
vented the  negotiation.  The  siege  was 
continued,  and  the  town  of  Damietta  fell. 
Elated  with  this  success,  they  pushed 
into  the  interior  of  the  country  ;  but  were 
vanquished  by  the  Egyptians,  and  were 
compelled  to  sue  for  mercy.  The  sultan 
of  Egypt  became  powerful  in  Syria,  as 
well  as  at  home  ;  and,  when  Frederick 
II,  of  Germany,  found  it  necessary  to  re- 
turn to  Europe,  he  entered  into  a  league 
with  Alcamel,  which  was  wise  and  pro- 
fitable for  both. 

Alcamel  died  at  Damascus,  and  Ala- 
del,  one  of  his  sons,  was  raised  to  the 
throne ;  but  Nojmoddin,his  eldest  brother, 
laid  claim  to  the  kingdom.  A  bloody 
contest  would  probably  have  ensued ;  but, 
in  the  mean  time,  Aladel  died  or  disap- 
I  peared  ;  and  his  brother  Nojmoddin  was 
I  peaceably  proclaimed  sultan.     He,  too, 


EGYPT. 


147 


acquired  influence  with  the  most  power- 
ful party  of  the  Crusades  ;  for  Richard, 
the  earl  of  Cornwall,  perceiving  that  the 
sultan  of  Egypt  was  more  powerful  than 
the  Syrian  lords  of  Carac  and  Damascus, 
entered  into  an  alliance  with  Nojmoddin, 
and  renewed  the  treaty  which  Freder- 
ick of  Germany  had  made  with  Alcame 
his  predecessor.  By  this  covenant,  the 
Christians  were  protected,  and  the  views 
of  Nojmoddin  encouraged,  in  opposition 
to  his  Syrian  rivals. 

In  this  settled  state  of  afiairs,  Nojmod- 
din passed  into  Syria,  and,  with  the  help 
of  some  uncultivated  tribes,  determined  to 
overpower  his  Eastern  enemies.  That 
part  of  the  Crusading  armies  which  was 
favorable  to  the  lords  of  Syria,  joined 
them  in  opposing  the  sultan  of  Egj^ot ;  but 
Nojmoddin  overthrew  them  with  great 
slaughter.  In  the  mean  time,  a  host  of 
warriors  from  Europe  arrived  in  the  port 
of  Damietta,  with  Louis  IX,  of  France, 
as  their  leader.  In  the  absence  of  the 
sultan,  and  when  the  nation  was  unpre- 
pared for  this  unexpected  attack,  the 
armies  of  the  Crusade  entered  Damietta. 
The  news  of  this  event  was  quickly  car- 
ried into  Syria ;  and  Nojmoddin  having 
raised  the  siege  of  Emessa,  hastened  to 
Egypt  to  protect  his  kingdom  ;  but  he 
died  by  the  way,  and  left  a  vacancy  in 
the  government,  when  a  vigorous  admin- 
istration was  peculiarly  wanted. 

The  country  received  a  seasonable 
relief  by  the  address  of  Shajir  Aldor,  the 
favorite  female  of  the  late  sultan.  Pre- 
tending that  Nojmoddin  was  indisposed 
on  his  journey,  the  principal  lords  of  the 
country  Averc  induced  to  swear  allegiance 
to  his  only  son  Turan  Shaw.  The  veil 
was  then  taken  off,  and  the  young  prince 
was  proclaimed  sultan,  upon  his  arrival 
from  Damascus  with  a  numerous  army. 

The  European  soldiers  had  by  this 
time  penetrated  far  into  the  country  ;  but 
they  paid  dearly  for  their  rashness  ;  and 
Louis  himself  was  taken  prisoner.  Tu- 
ran Shaw  had  the  name  of  sultan,  but 
none  of  its  powers  ;  for  Shajir  Aldor,  and 
her  adherents  about  the  court,  directed 
in  reality  the  afflvirs  of  state.  The  young 
sultan  was  sensible  of  his  situation,  and 
determined  to  assert  his  proper  rights. 
Being  strictly  watched,  Shajir  Aldor  was 


aware  of  his  intention,  and  he  was  vio- 
lently put  to  death. 

The  young  prince  having  been  assas- 
sinated, Shajir  Aldor  was  declared  to  be 
sovereign  of  the  country.  She  was  pray- 
ed for  in  the  mosques,  and  her  name  was 
impressed  on  the  coins.  This  active 
and  designing  woman  was  raised  to  the 
throne  by  the  power  and  influence  of  the 
Mamelukes.* 

During  the  short  and  turbvdent  reigns 
between  Bibars  and  Naser  Mahomet, 
and  while  the  sultan  Calib,  was  on  the 
throne  of  Egj^pt,  the  city  of  St.  Jolin 
d'Acre  was  taken  from  the  Christians. 
The  attack  was  violent,  and  the  defence 
brave  ;  but  the  Mussulmans  obtained  pos- 
session of  Acre,  and  the  whole  land  of 
Palestine,  1291,  after  much  treasure 
had  been  spent,  and  innumerable  lives 
lost  in  the  wars  and  victories  of  the  Cru- 
sades. Soon  afterwards,  the  Knights 
Templars  departed  into  Europe  ;  but 
those  of  St.  John  formed  a  settlement  in 
the  island  of  Rhodes.  From  this  situ- 
ation, they  made  frequent  inroads  into 
Eg\'pt  ;  for  although  the  knights  were 
comparatively  weak,  yet  the  distracted 
situation  of  Egj^t  permitted  them  to  retire 
from  the  coast,  without  the  severe  ven- 
geance which  they  might  have  inflicted  ; 
but,  indeed,  Egypt  was  in  the  utmost 
state  of  distraction  ;  and  a  revolution  in 
the  government  could  not  be  avoided. 
If  the  Ayubite  dynasty  was  superseded 


*  It  was  the  heroic  Saladin,  who  first  conceived 
the  idea  of  establishing  the  troops,  since  so  cele- 
brated, called  Mamelukes.  Having  ravaged  the 
countries  of  Georgia  and  Circassia,  and  taken 
many  prisoners,  the  sultan  was  so  struck  with 
the  extreme  beauty  of  the  captives,  that  he  sug- 
gested to  his  officers  the  expediency  of  forming 
a  band  of  soldiers  to  consist  entirely  of  them. 
But  this  plan  was  not  carried  fully  into  effect  till 
A.  D.  1230,  when  Malek  Salah,  then  sultan  of 
Egypt,  purchased  12,000  of  these  young  men,  of 
Gengis  Khan,  who  had  overrun  their  country  and 
carried  them  into  captivity.  The  sultan  of  Egypt, 
had  them  trained  to  military  exercises,  and  con- 
stituted them  his  body-guard.  A  finer  corps  per- 
haps never  existed,  but  like  the  praetorian  band 
of  Rome,  they  gave  laws  to  their  masters.  Un- 
der the  successor  of  Malek  Salah,  they  interfered 
in  the  affairs  of  government,  assassinated  the 
sultan,  Turan  Shah,  and  in  1254,  appointed  Ibegh, 
one  of  their  own  number,  sultan  of  Egypt.  The 
dominion  of  the  Mamelukes  in  Egypt  continued 
263  years. 


148 


EGYPT. 


by  the  Baharite  Mamelukes,  who  sur- 
rounded their  throne,  the  Baharite  suUans 
were  also  supplanted  by  the  Circassian 
slaves,  who  had  been  cherished  at  court, 
and  permitted  to  acquire  uncontrolable 
power.  The  sultan  Hagi,  who  was  but 
a  child,  was  deposed  by  the  influence  of 
a  Circassian  chief ;  and  the  Baharite  dy- 
nasty was  terminated  in  Egj'pt,  after  it 
had  existed  about  128  years. 

The  Circassian  slaves,  M'hose  chiefs 
had  in  their  turn  become  masters  of 
Egypt,  were  called  Borgites,  because,  in 
the  capacity  of  soldiers,  they  had  been 
dispersed  through  the  diflerent  fortresses 
of  the  country,  to  keep  in  check  the  peo- 
ple who  had  long  been  in  want  of  subor- 
dination ;  and  these  fortresses  were  call- 
ed Borges.  Barcok,  was  the  first  of 
this  dynasty  on  the  throne  of  Egypt ; 
but  so  powerful  were  the  adherents  of 
the  dethroned  family,  that  Hagi  was  soon 
restored  to  the  kingdom.  But  his  re- 
newed power  was  of  short  duration ;  for 
Barcok  suddenly  recovered  his  situation, 
and  the  Borgite  dynasty  was  established. 
Scarcely  had  he  overcome  the  internal 
enemies  of  his  kingdom,  when  he  was 
threatened  by  a  formidable  power  from 
without.  Tamerlane  the  Great,  who  had 
formed  the  new  empire  of  the  Moguls, 
and  denominated  the  Cham  of  Tartary, 
was  desirous  of  adding  Syria  to  his  do- 
minions ;  and  the  sultan  of  Egj^pt  march- 
ed an  army  to  meet  him  at  Damascus. 
At  the  approach  of  Barcok,  Tamerlane 
retired  ;  and,  directing  his  course  towards 
India,  his  arms  were  attended  with  great 
success. 

In  the  mean  time,  Bajazet,  at  the  head 
of  the  Ottoman  armies,  and  the  rival  of 
Tamerlane,  was  spreading  terror  upon 
both  sides  of  the  Hellespont,  and  had 
carried  his  arms  to  the  very  gates  of  Con- 
stantinople. Indeed,  he  was  determined 
to  take  possession  of  that  city,  and  estab- 
lish his  government  upon  the  ruins  of 
the  Roman  empire.  For  this  reason,  he 
solicited  the  friendship  of  the  Eg^'ptian 
sultan,  and  the  blessing  of  the  caliph, 
who  was  then  residing  at  Grand  Cairo, 
without  any  civil  authority,  but  only  as 
iman  of  the  Mahometan  faith. 

About  this  time,  Barcok  died  ;  and 
his  sou  Pharage,  surnamed  Abulsaadat, 


reig-ned  in  his  stead.  When  this  prince 
obtained  the  government,  he  was  but  ten 
years  of  age  ;  and  the  affairs  of  the  king- 
dom were  managed  by  a  regent.  In 
these  circumstances,  the  national  com- 
motions were  continued  ;  and  his  Syrian 
dominions  rose  in  rebellion.  But  Abid- 
saadat,  under  the  influence  of  his  native 
vigor,  took  the  reins  of  government  in  his 
own  hand,  recovered  the  provinces  which 
had  rebelled,  and  put  his  whole  kingdom 
into  a  state  of  order  and  obedience.  In 
this  situation  of  aflairs,  Tamerlane  re- 
turned from  India,  and  found  that  his 
rival  had  been  extending  his  power,  and 
was  more  formidable  than  ever. 

These  ambitious  and  terrible  warriors 
were  determined  on  each  other's  destruc- 
tion. Bajazet  laid  claim  to  the  assistance 
of  Egypt,  because  he  had  entered  into 
a  former  alliance  with  the  sultan  ;  but  he 
did  not  receive  the  expected  support,  be- 
cause he  had  not  been  faithful  to  the 
terms  of  agi-eement ;  and  we  may  add, 
that  the  power  of  Tamerlane  was  another 
reason  with  the  sultan  of  Egypt,  for 
withholding  aid  from  his  rival  Bajazet. 
These  two  powerful  chiefs  met  once  and 
again  in  the  field  of  battle,  when  Bajazet 
was  finally  overthrown,  and  taken  pris- 
oner. Having  overcome  his  rival,  the 
ambition  of  Tamerlane  was  more  un- 
bounded than  ever.  He  intended  to  rav- 
age the  south  of  Europe,  cross  into  Africa 
by  the  straits  of  Gibraltar,  and  continue 
his  course  through  Egypt  and  Syria,  till 
he  arrived  at  the  seat  of  his  government 
in  the  East.  But  there  was  one  power 
of  which  he  stood  in  awe,  and  which 
prevented  the  project  which  his  ambition 
had  laid.  The  knights  of  St.  John,  now 
established  at  Rhodes,  and  enriched  by 
the  spoils  of  the  forfeited  Templars,  were 
formidable  to  the  neighboring  powers, 
and  maintained  a  mighty  preponderance 
in  the  scale  of  nations.  Though  small 
in  numbers,  their  strength  was  great, 
their  fame  extensive,  and  their  courage 
well  tried. 

In  these  circumstances,  it  was  not  ex- 
pedient to  attack  the  knights  directly  in 
the  island  of  Rhodes ;  but  he  laid  siege 
to  Smyrna,  and  reduced  it  to  ashes.  He 
was  drawn  away,  however,  from  any 
further  attempts  upon  the  power  and  in- 


EGYPT. 


149 


terests  of  that  religious  order,  by  dangers 
which  were  threatening  him  in  the  East. 
A  powerful  prince,  whom  Tamerlane  had 
subdued  in  his  Indian  expeditions,  ap- 
peared again  with  renewed  strength,  and 
was  laying  waste  the  kingdom  of  Persia. 
Thither  he  directed  his  course,  but  his 
power  was  much  diminished  through  a 
long  succession  of  obstinate  engage- 
ments ;  and,  having  met  his  enemy  in 
greater  power  than  was  expected,  they 
entered  into  terms  with  mutual  agree- 
ment ;  and  Tamerlane,  having  withdrawn 
from  public  life,  retired  to  Samarcand, 
and  there,  in  a  few  years,  ended  an  ac- 
tive and  victorious  life.  In  the  mean 
time,  the  distractions  of  Egypt  still  con- 
tinued ;  and  the  sultan  Pharage  Abul- 
saadat,  being  weary  with  continual  broils 
and  confusion,  retired  from  the  dangers 
of  public  life,  and  surrendered  the  throne 
to  his  brother  Abdolaziz,  but  to  assume 
it  again. 

This  happened  in  the  year  1405  ;  and 
there  was  little  more  than  a  rapid  suc- 
cession of  feeble  monarchs,  till  the  year 
1517,  when  the  Borgite  dynasty  was 
overthrown  ;  and  the  kingdom  of  Egypt 
was  converted  into  a  province  of  the 
Turkish  empire. 

Soliman  I  succeeded  his  father  Selim  ; 
and  he  not  only  began  his  reign  by  crush- 
ing rebellion  in  the  provinces,  and  adding 
dominions  to  his  empire,  but  his  name 
was  terrible  among  the  nations.  He  was 
the  competitor  of  Charles  V,  and  over- 
threw the  power  of  the  knights  in  the 
island  of  Rhodes.  But  even  in  his  time 
the  factions  in  Egypt  were  not  at  rest ; 
and  in  the  more  feeble  reigns  of  his  suc- 
cessors upon  the  throne,  the  Ottoman 
power  in  that  country  was  much  impaired, 
and  the  form  of  government  at  last 
changed.  The  beys,  who  superintended 
the  24  departments  in  Egypt,  collected 
the  revenues  of  their  respective  districts  ; 
and  by  that  means  acquired  an  influence 
which  was  not  intended.  The  heads  of 
the  seven  military  corps  and  the  pacha 
became  avaricious,  and  courted  the  favor 
of  the  beys,  who  could  enforce  the  pay- 
ment of  tribute  with  severity,  or  remit  it 
in  part,  according  to  their  pleasure. 

By  indulging  the  members  of  the 
regency,  the   beys  increased   in  power 


till  they  obtained  the  complete  disposal 
of  public  affairs.  Every  bey  had  origin- 
ally a  few  Mamelukes  or  slaves  at  his 
command,  for  enabling  him  to  make  his 
authority  respected  in  the  province  where 
he  resided  ;  but  as  the  power  of  the  beys 
was  enlarged,  they  increased  their  attend- 
ants, and  in  proportion  to  their  number 
of  slaves,  so  was  their  strength.  When 
a  vacancy  occurred  in  the  government  of 
the  provinces,  the  most  powerful  bey  had 
his  favorite  Mameluke  appointed  to  the 
office.  This  election  increased  his  author- 
ity ;  and,  by  pursuing  a  similar  course, 
the  most  active  and  povverful  beys  ac- 
quired a  continually  increasing  influence 
in  the  government,  and  their  Mamelukes 
became  the  only  efficient  soldiers  in  the  " 
state. 

The  members  of  the  divan  having  be- 
come subservient  to  the  pleasure  of  the 
beys,  the  beys  got  possession  of  every 
important  office,  with  the  exception  of  the 
viceroy's  appointment.  But  in  their 
career  of  dissipation,  the  pacha  of  Egj^pt 
also  became  subject  to  the  Mameluke 
beys.  The  sheik  Albelled,  or  governor 
of  Grand  Cairo,  was  chosen  from  amongst 
the  beys,  but  he  was  approved  or  rejected 
by  the  pacha.  The  Sheik  Albelled  was 
the  constitutional  organ  through  which 
complaints  were  made  to  the  Grand 
Seignior,  when  the  pacha  violated  the 
rights  of  the  community ;  but  to  remove 
him  from  his  office  could  only  be  done 
by  the  sultan  himself.  But  in  process 
of  time,  when  the  divan  fell  under  the 
control  of  the  beys,  they  dismissed  them 
at  pleasure  ;  and  when  a  new  one  was 
appointed,  if  they  discovered  by  their 
spies,  that  he  was  entrusted  with  any 
mandate  inconsistent  with  their  views 
or  authority,  they  never  suffered  him  to 
approach  Grand  Cairo,  but  intimated  at 
Constantinople,  that  another  pacha  must 
be  chosen. 

In  these  circumstances  of  the  Egyptian 
government,  an  active  youth  among  the 
slaves  who  were  brought  from  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Mount  Caucasus,  grew  up  to 
great  influence  and  fame  in  the  house  of 
his  master  Ibrahim,  who  was  a  caya  of 
the  Janizaries.  Like  other  Mamelukes, 
this  young  slave  became  a  Mussulman, 
and  received  the  name  of  Ali.     Having 


150 


EGYPT. 


gone  through  different  offices  in  the  house 
and  service  of  his  master,  he  was  raised 
to  the  olfice  and  rank  of  a  bey.  Upon 
the  death  of  Ibrahim,  to  whom  he  owed 
his  power  and  elevation,  considerable 
commotions  existed ;  and  in  the  year 
1763,  Ali  Bey  obtained  the  office  of 
Sheik  Albelled,  by  which  he  was  in- 
vested with  the  chief  authority  of  the 
state. 

In  the  stniggle  for  power,  Ali  Bey  was 
more  than  once  obliged  to  flee  from 
Egj^pt,  and  seek  refuge  in  Palestine  or 
Syria.  He  became  obnoxious  to  the 
Turkish  divan,  and  the  Grand  Seignior 
sought  his  destruction.  But  in  the  year 
1768,  the  court  of  Constantinople  pro- 
claimed war  against  the  Emperor  of 
Russia;  and  while  the  Ottomans  were 
employed  in  defending  their  provinces 
against  the  northern  invasions,  Ali  Bey 
was  not  only  active  in  reducing  Egypt 
to  obedience,  but  he  sent  an  army  into 
Arabia  Felix,  for  purposes  of  conquest 
and  aggrandizement.  The  troops  of  Ali, 
under  the  conduct  of  Mahomet  Bey, 
were  successful  against  the  Turkish  gar- 
risons ;  and  they  took  possession  of 
Gaza,  Ramla,  and  Shechem,  or  Naplus. 
They  even  reached  Jerusalem,  and  hav- 
ing arrived  at  St.  John  d'Acre,  they 
formed  a  junction  with  the  troops  of  the 
celebrated  Sheik  Daher.  The  forces  of 
Ali  entered  Damascus.  But  after  tarry- 
ing a  few  days,  his  general  Mahomet 
hastened  to  Grand  Cairo,  and  compelled 
his  master  Ali  Bey  to  take  refuge  in 
Palestine,  where  his  arms  were  attended 
with  success,  being  supported  by  the 
Sheik  Daher. 

Osman  had  been  constituted  pacha  of 
Damascus,  and  invested  with  extraordi- 
nary powers  by  the  divan  of  Constanti- 
nople, that  he  might  oppose  and  subdue 
the  Sheik  of  Acre.  Ali  Bey  and  the 
Sheik  Daher  being  equally  hostile  to  the 
Ottoman  power,  entered  into  a  treaty  to 
support  each  other  in  their  views  and 
pursuits.  The  Egyptian  Bey  had  at- 
tempted to  secure  the  assistance  of  Rus- 
sia, by  negotiating  with  Count  Alexis 
Orlow,  the  commander-in-chief  of  the 
Russian  forces  in  the  Archipelago ;  but 
the  negotiations  had  been  attended  with 
little  success,  until  a  Russian  transport, 


,  under  British  colors,  commanded  by 
Captain  Brown,  appeared  off  Jaffa,  and 
assisted  the  forces  of  Daher  and  Ali 
Bey  to  get  possession  of  that  town  and 
fort.  By  these  and  other  means,  Daher 
obtained  considerable  power. 

But  though  the  Sheik  Daher  and  Ali 
Bey  had  been  so  far  cordial  in  their  co- 
operations, yet  their  interests  might  soon 
interfere,  and  their  friendship  be  dis- 
solved. This  might  be  a  sufficient  rea- 
son of  itself  for  Ali  Bey  to  go  in  quest 
of  possessions  which  were  likely  to  be 
more  permanent  ;  and  both  his  interest 
and  inclination  led  him  towards  Egj^pt, 
where  he  had  once  been  in  power.  But 
his  former  general,  and  now  competitor, 
Mahomet  Bey,  was  still  in  great  power, 
and  met  him  with  a  numerous  army,  in 
the  desert  which  lies  between  Gaza  and 
Egypt.  The  armies  engaged,  and  Ali 
Bey  being  wounded,  was  taken  prisoner. 
His  rival  Mahomet  seemed  to  receive 
him  with  great  respect.  For  at  the  first 
interview,  even  in  his  fallen  state,  his 
former  authority  might  have  some  re- 
maining impressions,  even  upon  the  mind 
of  the  revolted  general ;  but  upon  the 
third  day  the  unfortunate  Ali  died,  and 
not  without  suspicions  that  his  death  was 
occasioned  by  undue  means. 

By  the  death  of  this  powerful  chief, 
Mahomet  Bey  was  left  without  a  rival 
in  the  kingdom  of  Egypt ;  but  in  the 
fluctuating  state  of  public  affairs,  he  was 
aware  that  competitors  might  soon  arise, 
and  he  was  well  assured  that  the  divan 
of  Constantinople  would  endeavor  to  re- 
cover their  power  in  Egypt,  as  soon  as 
they  could  withdraw  their  forces  from 
the  wars  in  which  they  were  engaged 
with  the  Empress  of  Russia.  For  some 
time  past,  no  pacha  had  been  admitted  in 
Egypt  from  the  court  of  Constantinople, 
nor  any  tribute  remitted  to  the  Grand 
Seignior.  But  Mahomet  Bey,  though 
hostile  to  the  power  of  Constantinople, 
made  extraordinary  professions  of  friend- 
ship, and  transmitted  to  the  Grand  Seig- 
nior a  large  sum  of  money.  Both  parties 
dissembled  ;  the  reigning  Bey  of  Egypt 
intended  to  manifest  his  independence  as 
soon  as  circumstances  Avould  allow,  and 
the  court  of  Constantinople  were  deter- 
mined to  take  the  first  opportunity  of  re- 


EGYPT. 


151 


ducing  Egypt  to  obedience ;  but  in  the 
mean  time,  they  made  a  show  of  attach- 
ment to  Mahomet,  and  raised  him  from 
the  office  of  Sheik  Albelled  to  that  of 
pacha,  or  viceroy  of  the  SubUme  Porte. 

To  ingratiate  himself  still  more  at  the 
court  of  Constantinople,  he  marched  an 
army  into  the  East,  under  the  pretext  of 
subduing  the  Sheik  Daher,  who  was  in- 
imical to  the  Ottoman  authority,  but  in 
reality  to  obtain  such  conquests  in  the 
East,  as  would  render  him  formidable  to 
the  power  of  the  Grand  Seignior.  Hav- 
ing gone  in  person  to  Syria,  his  army 
was  attended  with  success  ;  but  he  was 
seized  with  a  fever,  and  died  on  the  sec- 
ond day  of  the  disease. 

When  Mahomet's  death  was  an- 
nounced in  Egypt,  the  country  was  in 
commotion,  but  the  principal  competitors 
for  power  were  the  beys  Ibrahim  and 
Murad.  After  various  attempts  to  ob- 
tain the  ascendency,  it  was  at  length 
agreed  that  the  powers  of  the  state  should 
be  held  in  common  by  the  two  contend- 
ing chiefs.  Ibrahim  was  to  continue  in 
the  office  of  Sheik  Albelled,  and  Murad 
was  raised  to  the  situation  of  Deflerdar, 
or  accountant-general.  About  this  time, 
peace  was  concluded  between  the  courts 
of  St.  Petersburg  and  Constantinople, 
and,  as  might  have  been  expected,  the 
Grand  Seignior  was  determined  to  restore 
his  power  in  the  province  of  Egypt. 

By  the  active  and  prudent  services  of 
Prince  Potemkin,  the  Empress  of  Russia 
had  obtained  from  the  Grand  Seignior  a 
vast  extent  of  territory,  which  included 
the  Crimea,  together  with  the  provinces 
of  Circassia,  Georgia,  and  other  districts. 
The  fleets  of  St.  Petersburg  were  per- 
mitted by  treaty  to  traverse  the  Black 
Sea ;  and  as  all  these  circumstances 
weakened  the  Ottoman  government,  it 
was  the  more  necessary  to  recover 
Egypt,  with  its  resources  and  tribute. 

A  fleet  belonging  to  the  Grand  Seignior 
arrived  at  Alexandria  in  the  month  of 
May,  and  landed  an  army  of  25,000  men. 
The  forces  of  Ibrahim  and  Murad  Bey 
were  drawn  out  to  oppose  their  progress, 
and  the  armies  met  between  Rosetta  and 
Grand  Cairo.  The  dexterity  of  the 
Mamelukes,  who  always  fight  on  horse- 
back, threw  the  Ottoman  army  frequently 


into  confusion  ;  but  the  skill  and  perse- 
verance of  Hassan  Pacha  finally  tri- 
umphed over  the  irregular  though  intrepid 
warfare  of  the  Mamelukes.  Ibrahim  and 
Murad  Bey  withdrew  by  treaty  into  Up- 
per Eg^'pt.  Hassan  returned  to  Con- 
stantinople, and  Beker  was  sent  into 
Egypt  with  the  honorable  distinction  of 
a  pacha  of  three  tails.  Notwithstanding 
his  power,  he  was  but  ill  received,  and 
found  it  impossible  to  collect  the  tribute, 
or  preserve  the  country  in  order.  But 
these  irregidarities  soon  gave  place  to 
designs  and  achievements  of  greater 
moment.  The  French  directed  an  ex- 
pedition against  the  province  of  Egypt, 
which  was  followed  by  warlike  exer- 
tions, both  of  Great  Britain  and  Con- 
stantinople. 

By  the  two  campaigns  of  1796  and 
1797,  Bonaparte  had  compelled  the  con- 
tinental powers  of  Europe  to  make  peace 
with  France — a  result  ardently  desired 
by  the  French,  to  allow  their  country 
time  to  recover  from  the  deep  wounds 
which  she  had  suficred  during  the  con- 
\Tjlsions  of  the  revolution,  and  from  the 
worthless  administration  that  had  pre- 
ceded it.  The  next  object  was  to  force 
England  also  to  a  peace,  and  Bonaparte 
was  appointed  commander-in-chief  of  the 
army  destined  for  the  invasion  of  this 
country.  In  February-,  1798,  he  visited 
in  person  the  coasts  of  the  British  Chan- 
nel, and  all  Europe  was  expecting  the 
commencement  of  the  expedition,  when, 
in  May  of  the  same  year,  the  general 
appeared  as  commander-in-chief  at  Tou- 
lon, where  an  expedition  had  been  fitting 
out,  of  the  destination  of  which  the  pub- 
lic knew  nothing — a  circumstance  liighly 
remarkable,  as  so  many  persons,  both 
military  and  civil,  were  acquainted  with 
it.  It  was  the  expedition  to  Egypt.  It 
also  appears,  from  a  letter  written  by  Bo- 
naparte to  the  minister  Talleyrand,  dated 
Passeriano,  September  13, 1797,  that  one 
of  the  main  objects  of  this  great  under- 
taking was  to  put  the  French  in  posses- 
sion of  part  of  the  East  India  trade,  by 
the  conquest  of  Egypt — a  plan  by  no 
means  chimerical.  It  was  intended  to 
establish  French  colonies  on  the  Nile, 
ind  thus  to  recompense  the  republic  for 


152 


EGYPT. 


gar  islands,  and  to  open  a  channel  for 
the  French  manufactures  into  Africa, 
Arabia,  and  Syria,  where  they  might  be 
exchanged  for  commodities  wanted  in 
France.  Napoleon's  views  were,  in  fact, 
similar  to  those  which,  it  is  said,  have 
lately  led  the  French  to  undertake  the 
conquest  and  colonization  of  Algiers — 
an  object  which  seems  to  be  generally 
applauded.  It  seems,  also,  to  have  been 
intended  to  make  Eg}'pt  a  military  posi- 
tion, from  which  a  French  army  could 
march  into  India,  raise  the  Mahrattahs 
against  the  English,  and  injure  the  power 
of  the  latter  there. 

The  directory  probably  encouraged  the 
enterprise  with  the  further  object  of  get- 
ting rid  of  a  general  whose  victories  and 
rapidly  increasing  popularity  it  feared. 
It  has,  indeed,  been  said,  that  he  was,  at 
first,  decidedly  opposed  to  the  plan  ;  but 
this  is  very  improbable.  March  5,  Bo- 
naparte received  the  decree  of  the  direc- 
tory, relative  to  the  expedition  against 
Egypt.  He  had  full  power  to  conduct 
the  business  as  he  saw  fit.  The  minis- 
ters in  all  the  departments  were  ordered 
to  give  him  whatever  assistance  he  should 
require  ;  and  he  had  full  powers  to  act 
according  to  his  discretion  in  Egypt,  to 
return  whenever  he  saw  fit,  and  to  ap- 
point his  successor.  Napoleon  now  col- 
lected all  the  information  necessary  for 
his  own  direction ;  engaged  some  of  the 
most  distinguished  savans  and  artists  of 
France  to  accompany  him,  drew  up  ques- 
tions and  problems  to  be  resolved  in 
Egypt,  and  informed  himself  accurately 
respecting  the  commercial  connections 
which  it  was  proposed  to  establish.  In 
fact,  he  seems  to  have  always  viewed 
this  expedition  in  the  double  light  of  a 
military  and  a  scientific  enterprise.  The 
beginning  of  his  proclamation,  before 
landing  in  Egypt,  is  remarkable  :  "  Bo- 
naparte, member  of  the  national  institute 
of  France,  and  general  in  chief  of  the 
army  of  Egypt."  Bonaparte  was  to  leave 
Paris  in  April,  for  the  purpose  of  embark- 
ing ;  but  despatches  from  Rastadt,  and 
from  Bernadotte,  the  French  ambassador 
at  Vienna,  made  a  new  rupture  with  x\us- 
tria  probable. 

Bonaparte,  however,  left  Paris,  May  3, 
and  went  on  board  of  the  Orient  the  19th. 


The  fleet  set  sail  the  same  day,  command- 
ed by  admiral  Brueyes.  Bonaparte's  pro- 
clamation issued  before  sailing,  and  sev- 
eral others,  either  prove  how  much  he 
himself  was  animated  by  the  military 
fame  of  ancient  Rome,  or  that  he  thought 
it  the  strongest  stimulus  to  the  French 
soldiers.  Reports  had  been  carefully 
spread  to  divert  the  attention  of  the  Eng- 
lish to  other  points ;  and  lord  St.  Vincent 
sent  rear-admiral  Nelson,  with  only  three 
vessels  of  the  line,  four  frigates  and  one 
corvette,  to  watch  the  Gulf  of  Lyons,  and 
to  prevent  the  French  from  leaving  it. 
But  Nelson  arrived  too  late.  He  also 
sufl^ered  severely  from  a  gale,  so  that  the 
French  fleet  was  not  molested.  Bona- 
parte had  an  assurance  from  the  directo- 
ry, that  the  minister  of  foreign  affairs 
should  go  to  Constantinople,  still  retain- 
ing his  office,  for  the  purpose  of  negoti- 
ating with  the  Porte,  and  preventing  it 
interfering  in  favor  of  the  Mamelukes. 
Talleyrand,  however,  never  went.  This 
omission,  and  the  defeat  at  Aboukir, 
proved  fatal  to  the  expedition.  About 
2,000  savans,  artists,  physicians,  sur- 
geons, mechanics  and  laborers  of  all  de- 
scriptions, accompanied  the  army.  The 
flower  of  the  troops  was  that  Italian  ar- 
my whose  valor  had  effected  the  peace 
of  Campo-Formio.  The  principal  offi- 
cers were  Berthier,  Dessaix,  Regnier, 
Menou,  Kleber,  Dumas,  Cafiarelli,  Mu- 
rat,  Junot,  Marmont,  Belliard,  Davoust, 
Lannes,  Duroc,  Louis  Bonaparte,  Eu- 
gene Beauharnois,  and  others.  June  9, 
the  armament  appeared  before  Malta. 
Bonaparte  solicited  of  baron  von  Hom- 
pesch,  the  grand  master,  permission  to 
procure  a  supply  of  fresh  water  from  the 
island.  His  refusal  aflbrded  a  pretext 
for  the  conquest  of  the  island,  which  had 
been  long  contemplated.  The  next  morn- 
ing, the  French  landed,  and  by  the  even- 
ing, notwithstanding  a  brisk  cannonade, 
were  masters  of  the  island,  which  was 
officially  surrendered  at  midnight,  with 
all  its  fortresses. 

The  victors  left  a  garrison  of  4,000 
men,  and,  on  the  19th,  sailed  for  Alex- 
andria. July  1 ,  the  minarets  of  Alexan- 
dria were  seen,  and  Bonaparte  issued  an 
order  on  board  the  fleet,  in  which  he  ex- 
horted his  army  to  endure  with  patience 


EGYPT. 


153 


the  difficulties  before  them,  to  respect  the 
religion  of  Mahomet,  and  the  customs  of 
the  Egyptians,  not  to  plunder,  but  to  imi- 
tate the  Roman  legions  in  protecting  all 
religions.  Nelson  had  been  here  a  short 
time  before  in  search  of  the  French. 
The  apprehension  that  he  might  soon 
return,  induced  the  general  to  hasten  the 
disembarkation  of  the  troops.  This  was 
accomplished  without  interruption,  July 
2,  at  Marabout,  an  anchorage  to  the  east 
of  Alexandria,  notwithstanding  the  wind 
and  waves  were  unfavorable.  The  French 
army  marched,  without  cannons  or  horses, 
towards  Alexandria.  Bonaparte  was  hifh- 
self  on  foot.  Some  Arabs  attacked  the 
French ;  general  Kleber  was  severely 
wounded.  On  the  5th,  Alexandria  Avas 
taken  and  immediately  fortified.  Iloset- 
ta  was  taken  at  the  same  time  by  general 
Marmont,  and,  July  6,  the  whole  fleet 
was  moored  in  the  roads  before  Aboukir. 
Garrisons  were  left  in  Alexandria,  (where 
Kleber  was  made  governor,)  Rosetta  and 
Aboukir,  and  the  army,  now  30,000  strong, 
marched  in  five  divisions  towards  Cairo, 
the  capital  of  Egypt.  Not  far  from  it, 
near  the  p}Tamids  of  Gizeh,  a  decisive 
battle  was  fought.  Murad  Bey  had  en- 
camped himself  there,  with  about  20,000 
Mameluke  infantry,  several  thousand 
Mameluke  cavalry,  and  forty  pieces  of 
cannon.  The  well-directed  fire  of  the 
French,  and  the  resolution  with  which 
they  used  their  bayonets,  frustrated  all 
the  attacks  of  the  Mamelukes,  who  fled 
to  the  contiguous  deserts,  as  soon  as  the 
camp  and  village  of  Embabey  were  taken 
by  storm.  All  the  cannon  and  400  cam- 
els fell  into  the  hands  of  the  French ; 
3,000  of  the  enemy  lay  dead  on  the  field  ; 
tlie  French  lost  few  men  in  comparison. 
This  happened  on  the  23rd,  and  Bona- 
parte entered  Cairo  on  the  24th  ;  for  Ibra- 
him Bey,  who  was  to  cover  it,  after  the 
unfortunate  issue  of  the  battle  of  the  py- 
ramids, was  driven  by  Dessaix  over  the 
deserts  to  Upper  Egypt. 

Napoleon  established  a  government 
here,  consisting  of  seven  members,  sum- 
moned the  sheiks,  moUahs  and  shirefls, 
who  promised  to  acknowledge  the  French 
republic,  and,  on  his  side,  pledged  him- 
self to  respect  the  Mahometan  religion, 
and  the  property  of  the  inhabitants.  Ju- 
20 


ly  25,  general  Bonaparte  left  Cairo  to 
pursue  the  Mamelidces,  and,  after  many 
combats  with  them,  returned  to  the  capi- 
tal, leaving  Regnier  as  commandant  of 
the  province  of  Charquich.  On  his  re- 
turn to  Cairo,  an  aidecamp  of  Kleber 
brought  him  the  news  of  the  defeat  of 
the  French  fleet  at  Aboukir  by  Nelson. 
It  was  stated  in  the  French  accounts  of 
this  splendid  victory  by  the  British  na- 
val force,  that  the  defeat  was  in  part  ow- 
ing to  the  negligence  of  admiral  Brueyes 
and  vice-admiral  Villeneuve,  who  were 
said  to  have  acted  against  the  express 
orders  of  general  Bonaparte,  who  had 
directed  them  to  enter  the  harbor  of  Alex- 
andria, or  to  sail  for  Corfu,  before  he  left 
the  shore  to  penetrate  into  the  country. 
Bourienne,  however,  in  his  Memoires,  as- 
serts that  Bonaparte  never  gave  such  or- 
ders. Bonaparte  thus  saw  his  communica- 
tion Avith  France  threatened,  and  himself 
exposed  to  the  greatest  of  all  enemies, 
want.  Exasperated  by  the  transformation 
of  so  important  a  dependency  as  Eg}'pt 
into  a  French  province,  the  Porte  declared 
war  against  France,  September  2,  1798, 
and  menaced  an  attack  from  the  side  of 
Asia.  The  inhabitants  of  Cairo  rebelled. 
Many  of  the  French,  especially  the  iaua/j.?, 
artists  and  merchants,  were  murdered  ; 
but,  after  a  bloody  conflict  in  the  city,  Sep- 
tember 23,  and  25,  the  insurgents,  who 
had  fled  to  the  principal  mosque,  were 
comj)elled  to  surrender  unconditionally. 
After  the  restoration  of  quiet,  Bona- 
parte, having  organized  a  system  of  gov- 
ernment for  Egypt  on  French  princi- 
ples, marched,  February  27,  1799,  with 
about  18,000  men,  from  Cairo  to  Syria, 
took  the  fort  El-Arish,  in  the  desert,  then 
Jafla,  and,  having  conquered  the  inhabi- 
tants of  Naplous,  at  Zeta,  procured  there 
a  supply  of  provisions,  which  he  greatly 
needed,  in  order  to  be  able  to  undertake 
the  siege  of  St.  Jean  d'Acre,  and  was 
again  victorious  at  Jafet.  In  the  mean 
while,  the  English  naval  force,  which 
had  appeared  before  St.  Jean  d'Acre  imder 
sir  Sidney  Smith,  had  succeeded  in  re- 
enforcing  the  Turkish  garrison  of  this 
place  with  several  hundred  men,  as  well 
as  artillery,  and  ammunition.  This  en- 
abled the  Turks  to  repel  several  assaults, 
and,  notwithstanding  the  most  violent  fire 


154 


EGYPT. 


from  the  French  batteries,  to  sustain  the 
attack  so  long,  that  Bonaparte  was  obliged 
to  raise  the  siege. 

May  21,  the  French  commenced  their 
retreat,  and  after  a  fatiguing  march  of 
twenty-six  days,  arrived  at  Cairo.  A 
Turkish  fleet  soon  after  landed  18,000 
men  at  Aboukir,  who  took  the  fort  there. 
Bonaparte  quickly  led  his  best  troops 
thither,  stationed  himself  near  the  foun- 
tain between  Alexandria  and  Aboukir, 
and  offered  battle  to  the  Turks,  July  25. 
Mustapha  Pacha,  with  all  his  retinue  and 
artillery,  was  taken ;  2,000  Turks  per- 
ished in  the  waves  or  in  battle,  and  the 
remainder  of  the  army,  which  had  thrown 
itself  into  the  fort  of  Aboukir,  was  com- 
pelled to  surrender  unconditionally,  Au- 
gust 2.  By  this  victory,  Bonaparte's 
power  in  Egypt  was  again  confirmed. 
At  this  period,  the  French  had  experi- 
enced considerable  reverses  in  Europe. 
The  battle  of  the  Trebia  had  been  lost,  the 
French  had  evacuated  the  Genoese  ter- 
ritory, Massena,  in  Switzerland,  was  in 
great  danger.  Bonaparte  saw  the  danger 
of  his  countr}%  and  the  loss  of  his  con- 
quests in  Italy,  and  resolved  to  return, 
having  from  the  beginning  permission  to 
do  so  whenever  he  chose.  The  order 
which  gave  the  command  to  Kleber  was 
dated  August  22,  1799,  and  contained 
wise  directions  respecting  the  army  and 
country.  By  the  time  his  departure  was 
known  to  the  army,  Bonaparte's  frigate 
had  weighed  anchor.  August  23,  he  left 
Aboukir  in  the  Muiron,  a  Venetian  vessel, 
commanded  by  rear-admiral  Gantheaume. 

The  situation  of  the  troops  under  Kle- 
ber's  command  became  more  critical  eve- 
ry day.  General  Verdier  repelled  a  new 
disembarkation  of  the  Turks,  in  Novem- 
ber, 1 799 ;  but,  for  an  army  that  could 
not  be  recruited,  the  smallest  loss  was 
serious.  The  advices  from  Europe  were 
not  encouraging  ;  and,  at  this  juncture, 
Kleber,  having  been  informed  that  the 
grand  vizier  was  marching  from  Syria  to 
Egypt,  with  a  large  army,  concluded, 
January  24,  1800,  the  treaty  of  El-Arish, 
with  the  vizier  and  sir  Sidney  Smith. 
By  this  treaty  it  was  provided,  that  a 
truce  should  he  granted  to  the  French 
for  three  months  till  the  ratification  of  the 
treaty,  when  they  should  evacuate  Egypt. 


But  the  letter  of  Kleber  to  the  directory, 
in  which  he  set  fortli  the  miserable  state 
of  the^army,  and  urged  the  ratification  of 
the  treaty,  fell  into  the  hands  of  admiral 
Keith,  .ind  was  sent  to  England.  It  was 
now  demanded  that  the  Avhole  French 
army  should  be  made  prisoners  of  war. 
Kleber  immediately  resumed  his  arms, 
and  defeated  the  vizier  at  Heliopolis,  ex- 
acted a  tax  for  the  payment  of  his  sol- 
diers, foiTued  new  regiments  of  the  Copts 
and  Greeks,  gave  security  to  the  coasts, 
and  founded  magazines.  In  the  midst  of 
his  untiring  activity,  he  was  murdered  in 
Cairo  by  a  Turkish  fanatic,  June  14,  and 
the  command  devolved  on  Abdallah  Me- 
nou.  Meantime  the  British  government 
had  resolved  to  wrest  Egypt  from  the 
French.  March  1,  an  English  fleet  ar- 
rived before  Alexanaria,  and  on  the  1 3th, 
the  disembarcation  was  accomplished  at 
Aboukir.  The  French,  about  4,000  men 
strong,  gave  battle  on  the  next  day,  but 
were  forced  to  retire.  On  the  21st,  Me- 
nou  commenced  an  attack  with  10,000 
men,  was  beaten,  and  threw  himself  into 
Alexandria.  But  general  Abercrombie 
was  mortally  wounded,  and  died  on  the 
28th  ;  Hutchinson  succeeded  him  in  the 
command. 

On  the  28th,  re-enforcements  were 
brought  by  a  Turkish  fleet,  and  the  viz- 
ier was  now  approaching  from  Syria. 
On  the  19th  of  April,  Rosetta  surrender- 
ed to  the  combined  forces  of  the  English 
and  Turks.  A  French  corps  of  4,000 
men  was  defeated  at  Ramanieh  by  800 
English,  and  6,000  Turks.  Five  thou- 
sand French  were  obliged  to  retreat,  at 
Elmenayer,  May  16,  by  the  vizier,  who 
was  pressing  forward  to  Cairo,  with 
20,000  men ;  and  the  whole  French 
army  was  now  blocked  up  in  Cairo  and 
Alexandria.  June  20,  the  siege  of  Cairo 
was  formally  commenced.  There  were 
but  7,000  men  to  defend  the  city  against 
40,000.  It  capitulated,  June  27,  to  the 
English  and  'Furks,  on  condition  that 
general  Belliard  and  his  troops  should 
evacuate  the  city  and  country,  should  be 
transported  to  France  at  the  expense  of 
England,  and  that  the  native  Egyptians 
should  be  permitted  to  accompany  him. 
August  17,  they  embarked  at  Rosetta, 
and   arrived   at  Toulon   in   September, 


EGYPT. 


155 


Assassination  of  general  Kleber. 


1801,  about  13,600,  in  number,  of  whom 
hardly  4,000  were  armed.  General  Me- 
nou  still  remained  in  Alexandria.  Ad- 
miral Gantheaume  had  sailed,  before 
Belliard's  arrival,  with  several  ships  of 
the  line,  and  from  3,000  to  4,000  troops, 
from  France,  and  arrived  before  Alexan- 
dria, but  was  compelled  to  hasten  back 
to  Toulon,  with  a  loss  of  four  corvettes. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  English  army  re- 
ceived 5,000  fresh  troops  from  England, 
and  now  attacked  Alexandria.  They 
were  already  masters  of  castle  Marabout, 
when  Menou  requested  a  truce  ;  to  which 
he  was  impelled  by  a  want  of  provisions, 
and  a  new  re-enforcement  which  had 
joined  the  British,  consisting  of  6,000 
men  under  General  Baird,  from  the  East 
Indies.  Menou  capitulated  September  2. 
Alexandria,  with  all  the  artillery  and  am- 
munition, six  French  ships  of  war,  and 
many  merchantmen,  together  with  all  the 
Arabian  manuscripts,  all  the  maps  of 
Egypt,  and  other  collections  made  for 
the  French  republic,  were  given  up. 
The  French  army  was  transported,  with 
its  arms  and  baggage,  to  a  French  har- 
bor, which  they  reached  at  the  end  of 
November.  The  garrison  of  Alexandria 
comprised  above  8,000  soldiers,  and  1307 


marines.  Three  years  and  six  months 
had  elapsed  since  its  first  embarkation  at 
Toulon.  Four  weeks  after  the  French 
evacuated  Egypt,  the  preliminaries  of 
peace  were  signed  at  London. 

Soon  after  the  French  left  Egypt,  the 
beys  were  collected  at  Cairo,  and  Ibra- 
him was  reinstated  in  his  office.  Osman 
Tambour]  being  chosen  as  his  colleague. 
The  Turkish  government  had  co-opera- 
ted with  England  to  drive  out  the  French ; 
but  their  views  with  respect  to  the  Mam- 
elukes were  quite  different,  as  it  was  the 
policy  of  the  Porte  to  depress  that  formi- 
dable body,  whilst  the  English  wished  to 
conciliate  them ;  and  the  latter  being 
most  powerful,  the  Mamelukes  were  al- 
ready beginning  to  recover  their  former 
independence — when  Hassan,  the  capi- 
tan-pacha  of  the  Ottomans,  resolved  to 
efl'ect  by  artifice  what  he  found  he  had 
no  chance  of  doing  in  an  undisguised 
manner.  He  accordingly  invited  all  the 
principal  beys  to  his  camp  at  Aboukir, 
where  he  entertained  them  very  sumptu- 
ously ;  but  detaining  them  till  they  began 
to  grow  impatient,  they  complained  to 
general  Hutchinson,  that  they  were  pre- 
vented from  departing  ;  when  that  officer, 
relying  on  the  honesty  of  the  pacha's  in- 


156 


EGYPT. 


tentions,  persuaded  them  to  remain.  In  a 
few  days,  Hassan  gave  a  grand  entertain- 
ment, and  invited  the  beys  to  embark  in 
some  pleasure  boats,  to  enjoy  a  sail  on  the 
lake  Aboukir.  They  had  scarcely  done  so, 
however,  when  a  small  boat  was  seen  pur- 
suing them  ;  on  which  the  pacha  lay  to. 
The  boat  approached,  and  he  went  on  board 
under  pretence  of  receiving,  with  due 
respect,  despatches  of  great  importance 
from  Constantinople.  The  skiff  instant- 
ly fell  back  ;  some  large  vessels  appeared 
filled  with  armed  men ;  and  the  next  in- 
stant discharges  of  artillery  were  levelled 
against  the  unfortunate  beys.  The  rage 
of  the  xVIamehikes,  at  this  abominable 
treachery,  was  beyond  description  ;  coop- 
ed up  like  lions  in  a  den,  they  had  no 
hope  of  escaping  the  fate  destined  for 
them  ;  and  their  bravery  was  useless,  for 
their  enemies  were  too  far  distant  for 
their  swords  to  be  of  any  avail.  Some 
leaped  overboard,  and  died  swearing  and 
gnashing  their  teeth  ;  whilst  others  tore 
their  turbans  from  their  heads,  and  threw 
themselves  on  the  bottom  of  the  boats  in 
an  agony  of  despair.  A  few  reached  the 
shore,  and  were  compelled  to  swear  upon 
the  Koran  that  they  would  not  seek  the 
protection  of  the  English.  It  wa.s  im- 
possible, however,  to  bury  such  an  act 
of  base  perfidy  in  oblivion,  and  equally 
impossible  that  British  feelings  should 
not  be  disgusted  with  it.  The  English, 
consequently,  compelled  the  Turks  to  re- 
lease their  prisoners,  and  to  bury  the 
bodies  of  the  butchered  chiefs  with  all 
the  honors  of  war. 

Mahmoud  Cusrouf  was  chosen  to  suc- 
ceed the  faithless  Hassan  as  pacha  of 
Cairo.  Osman,  the  Mameluke  cliief, 
submitted  to  his  authority  ;  but  the  other 
beys  refusing  to  follow  his  example,  and 
flying  into  the  Said,  Mohammed  Ah,  since 
so  celebrated,  was  appointed  general  of 
the  Turks,  and  joined  Osman  Bey  against 
them,  Osman  and  Mohammed  entered 
into  negotiations  with  the  beys,  and  offer- 
ed them  all  the  land  from  Esnah  to  Up- 
per Egypt  ;  but  they  being  dissatisfied 
with  this  proposal,  Mahmoud  sent  fresh 
troops,  under  Youssef  Bey,  to  reduce 
them  to  obedience  ;  when  Osman,  un- 
willing to  fight  against  the  corps  of  which 
he  had  so  long  been  a  member,  retired 


into  the  desert.  This  happened  about  the 
period  when  colonel  Sebastiani  arrived 
in  Eg}'pt,  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  into 
efiect  that  part  of  the  treaty  of  Amiens 
which  related  to  the  evacuation  of  Alex- 
andria ;  and  shortly  afterwards  the  Turk- 
ish forces  were  defeated  ;  the  leaders, 
Youssef  and  Mohammed  Ali,  each  ac- 
cusing the  other  of  treachery.  The  pacha 
favored  the  former  ;  and  Mohammed  in 
revenge  demanded,  resolutely,  a  lage  sum 
of  money  which  was  due  to  the  army. 
Mahmoud  sent  to  him  to  try  to  negotiate 
the  business  secretly  ;  but  Mohammed 
who  suspected  stratagem,  refused  to  leave 
his  soldiers.  The  pacha  became  alarm- 
ed, and  invited  Tahir  pacha,  an  Albanian 
chief,  to  his  assistance  ;  but  his  troops 
also  soon  became  clamorous  for  their 
pay  ;  and,  when  the  pacha  assured  them 
of  his  total  inability  to  satisfy  their  de- 
mands, they  seized  his  palace,  and  forced 
him,  with  his  wife  and  family,  to  fly  to 
Mansurah.  At  first,  Tahir  used  his  vic- 
tory with  moderation,  and  appeared  anx- 
ious to  conciliate  all  parties  ;  but  becom- 
ing eager  for  wealth,  the  populace,  en- 
raged at  his  exactions,  rose  and  murdered 
him,  after  a  reign  of  only  twenty-two 
days.  Whilst  Taliir's  Albanian  soldiers 
were  contending  with  the  Turkish  guard 
for  the  possession  of  Grand  Cairo,  Ibra- 
him returned  from  Syria,  and  Osman 
from  his  retreat  in  the  mountains ;  and, 
uniting  their  Mamelukes  with  the  Turks 
under  Mohammed  Ali,  they  seized  the 
city.  The  Sublime  Porte  was  now  roused, 
and  sent  an  officer  to  re-establish  the 
Turkish  authority.  He,  however,  thought 
more  of  aggrandizing  himself  than  of  sub- 
duing the  Mamelukes,  and  was  wholly 
unable  to  resist  the  force  Mohammed 
brought  against  him.  He  was  taken 
prisoner  and  put  to  death. 

Mohammed's  power  had  now  become 
too  firmly  fixed  to  be  shaken  ;  yet  he  did 
not  assume  the  government  till  the  Porte 
attempted  to  banish  him  to  Jedda,  where- 
upon he  declared  himstilf  pacha  of  Egypt ; 
and  his  authority  was  soon  after  confirm- 
ed by  the  sultan.  A  massacre  of  the 
Mamelukes  followed  ;  and  Mohammed, 
to  replenish  his  finances,  made  his  min- 
isters disgorge  their  ill-gotten  wealth,  in- 
stead of  oppressing  the  people  ;  giving 


EGYPT. 


157 


them,  at  the  same  thne,  a  gentle  hint, 
that  whenever  he  found  his  tax-gatherers 
getting  rich,  he  shoukl  not  only  take  their 
money,  bnt  their  heads  also.  After  seve- 
ral minor  struggles,  in  which  he  was 
always  successful,  he  prepared  to  attack 
the  Wahabees,  a  powerful  nation  in  Ara- 
bia ;  but  as  the  Mamelukes  still  continued 
formidable,  he  did  not  dare  to  leave  Egypt 
till  he  had  destroyed  them  ;  and  for  this 
an  opportunity  soon  ofl'ered.  The  grand 
seignior  sent  his  kisler  aga  to  Cairo,  in 
1 807,  to  invest  Tousson,  the  son  of  Mo- 
hannned,  with  the  dignity  of  pacha  of  two 
tails  ;  and  the  Mamelukes  being  invited 
to  assist  at  the  ceremony,  came  with 
their  bey  at  their  head,  to  otfer  their  con- 
gratulations to  Mohanuned,  in  his  citadel. 
In  returning,  the  procession  had  to  pass 
along  a  passage  cut  in  a  rock  :  Moham- 
med's troops  moved  first,  followed  by  the 
Mamelukes  ;  but  as  soon  as  the  Turks 
had  passed,  the  gates  were  closed  at  both 
ends,  and  the  Mamelukes,  thus  enclosed 
in  a  kind  of  trap,  were  fired  on  by  the 
pacha's  soldiers  frorrfthe  top  of  the  rocks. 
At  the  same  moment  a  general  massacre 
of  them  was  ordered  tliroughout  Egypt ; 
their  property  was  universally  destroyed ; 
and  above  500  of  their  houses,  in  Grand 
Cairo  alone,  were  levelled  with  the  ground. 
Some  beys,  however,  escaped,  and,  in  the 
dress  of  M'omen  or  slaves,  lied  to  Upper 
Egypt.  Shortly  after,  the  few  remains 
of  their  body  rallied  at  Dongola,  in  Nu- 
bia, where  they  fortified  the  city,  and 
raised  a  small  army  of  negroes  to  defend 
it ;  Osman  IJey,  their  chief,  swearing 
that  he  would  neither  cut  his  hair  nor 
shave  his  beard,  till  they  were  again  mas- 
ters of  Cairo.  The  aged  Ibrahim,  who 
was  still  living,  protested  strongly  against 
the  slaughter  of  the  corps  to  which  he 
had  himself  once  belonged  ;  but  it  was 
in  vain  ;  Mohammed's  will  was  law,  and 
he  su tiered  no  one  to  dictate  to  him  with 
impunity. 

The  campaign  against  the  Wahabees 
was  brilliant  in  the  extreme  ;  and  Mo- 
hammed returning  to  Egypt,  after  a  long 
series  of  victories,  loaded  with  fame  and 
treasures,  immediately  directed  his  at- 
tention to  the  conquest  of  Nubia  and  Se- 
naar.  Tousson  having  died  in  Lower 
Eg}'pt,  the  command  of  the  army  was 


intrusted  to  the  pacha's  second  son  Ish- 
mael  ;  who,  in  the  autumn  of  1810, 
passed  the  cataracts  of  the  Nile,  seized 
Dongola,  and  annihilated  the  remaining 
^lamehdves.  He  next  attacked  and  sub- 
dued a  bold  and  independent  race  of 
Arabs  ;  and  proceeded  to  Berber,  which 
likewise  fell  before  the  power  of  his 
arms  :  he  also  conquered  the  city  of 
Shendy  ;  and  reached  the  Bahr-el-Abiad, 
above  its  confluence  with  the  Nile.  Se- 
naar  and  Kordofan,  in  like  manner,  j-ield- 
ed  to  the  arms  of  the  victorious  Eg\-p- 
tians ;  anil  they  would  have  invaded 
Darfoor,  had  not  their  attention  been  re- 
called to  the  north  by  the  insurrection  of 
the  Greeks  in  the  Morea.  On  his  re- 
turn, Ishmael  was  waylaid  by  the  chief 
of  Shendy,  and  murdered,  with  all  his  at- 
tendants, excepting  his  physician,  whom 
they  spared,  that  they  might  torture  him 
by  pulling  out  his  teeth  before  they  put 
him  to  death. 

Since  that  time,  Mohammed  Ali  has 
taken  an  active  part  in  the  operations  of 
the  Turks  ;  and  now  by  his  victories  over 
the  armies  of  the  Sublime  Porte  may  be 
considered  as  completely  independent. 
Mohanuned  Pacha  is  particiUarly  atten- 
tive to  the  public  security ;  he  takes, 
therefore,  all  Franks  under  his  immediate 
protection,  and  permits  no  abuse  of  the 
Greeks.  After  his  successful  campaign 
in  the  Morea,  in  1825,  he  caused  all  the 
Christian  population  to  be  transplanted 
to  the  countries  on  the  Nile.  He  is  now 
attempting  to  introduce  a  quarentine  sys- 
tem to  guard  against  the  plague,  and  also 
promotes  vaccination. 

The  pacha  has  done  much  for  the  com- 
merce and  industry,  as  well  as  for  the 
civilization,  of  Egypt,  and  he  has  now 
completed  the  canal  of  Alexandria,  called 
by  him,  in  honor  of  the  sultan,  Mahmu- 
die  canal  ;  a  vast  undertaking.  It  was 
commenced  Jan.  8,  1819,  under  the  su- 
perintendence of  six  European  engineers, 
with  about  100,000  laborers  ;  and  their 
number,  though  more  than  7,000  men 
died  of  contagious  diseases,  was  gradual- 
ly increased  to  290,000,  each  of  whom 
received  about  lOd.  sterling  per  diem. 
The  canal  extends  from  Saone,  on  the 
Nile,  to  Pompey's  pillar,  and  is  forty- 
seven  miles  and  a  half  long,  ninety  feet 


158 


ENGLAND. 


wide,  and  eighteen  feet  deep.  This  is 
the  first  essay  towards  the  execution  of 
his  plan  of  restoring  the  ancient  com- 
merce of  Alexandria  with  Arabia  and  the 
Indies.  Within  a  short  time  he  has  es- 
tablished a  line  of  telegraphs,  a  printing- 
press  at  Boulac  near  Cairo,  a  military 


school,  and  a  higher  institution  for  edu- 
cation, principally  to  form  dragomans, 
(i.e.  interpreters,)  and  other  public  offi- 
cers. The  teachers  consist  of  French 
and  Italian  officers.  In  1826,  he  sent 
several  young  Egyptians  to  France  to  re- 
ceive a  European  education. 


ENGLAND 


The  early  history  of  Britain  is  so 
itivolved  in  the  fictions  and  superstitious 
prejudices  of  the  monkish  chroniclers, 
that  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  furnish  any 
connected  view  of  the  government  and 
political  character  of  the  people  :  indeed, 
Britain  was  but  very  little  known  to  the 
rest  of  the  world  before  the  time  of  the 
Romans. 

Julius  Ca;sar  having  subdued  most  of 
the  nations  of  Gaul,  on  the  opposite  side 
oi"  the  Channel,  began,  about  B.C.  56,  to 
think  of  extending  his  conquests  by  the 
reduction  of  Britain.  The  motive  as- 
cribed to  him  by  Suetonius  for  this  expe- 
dition, was  a  desire  of  enriching  himself 
by  the  British  pearls,  then  much  esteem- 
ed. The  pretence,  however,  to  justify 
his  invasion  was,  that  the  Britons  had 
assisted  the  Gauls  during  liis  wars  with 
them. 

Caesar's  first  expedition  was  \mder- 
taken  at  the  close  of  the  summer,  (he 
landed  August  26,)  and  he  stated  that  he 
only  purposed  viewing  the  island,  that 
he  might  acquire  a  knowledge  of  the 
manners  and  customs  of  the  natives, 
preparatory  to  their  permanent  conquest. 
Having  marched  all  his  forces  into  the 
country  of  the  Morini,  in  Gaul,  from 
whence  was  the  shortest  passage  into 
Britain  ;  he  ordered  the  vessels  that  lay 
in  the  neighboring  ports,  and  a  fleet 
which  he  had  built  the  year  before,  to 
attend  him.  The  Britons,  alarmed  at 
his  preparations,  sent  ambassadors  with 
ofTers  of  submission  ;  but  Caesar,  though 
he  received  them  with  great  kindness, 
did  not  abandon  his  intended  scheme. 
He  only  waited  till  the  return  of  Caius 
Volusenus,  whom  he  had  sent  out  with  a 


single  galley  to  make  discoveries  on  the 
coast.  His  force  consisted  of  two  legions 
embarked  on  board  eighty  transports ; 
and  he  appointed  eighteen  more,  which 
lay  wind-bound  about  eight  miles  ofl",  to 
convey  over  the  cavalry  ;  but  these  last 
orders  were  too  slowly  executed,  which 
occasioned  some  difiiculty  in  his  landing. 
The  British  chiefs  at  this  time,  although 
they  had  endeavored  to  conciliate,  were 
far  from  being  disposed  to  submit  to  him. 
As  soon  as  they  perceived  Caesar's  fleet 
approaching,  a  number  of  foot  soldiers 
and  chariots  were  despatched  to  oppose 
his  landing,  while  a  considerable  body 
of  cavalry  hastened  after.  The  Romans 
were  chiefly,  however,  embarrassed  in 
their  attempt  to  land  by  the  size  of  their 
ships  ;  and  the  soldiers  were  obliged  to 
leap  into  the  sea  completely  armed  for 
the  combat.  Caesar  perceivnig  this,  and 
in  order  to  drive  the  Britons  from  the 
water  side,  who  annoyed  his  troops 
with  their  slings  and  arrows,  directed 
his  galleys  to  advance  with  their  broad- 
sides towards  the  shore.  The  Britons, 
surprised  by  the  size  and  evolutions  of 
a  species  of  shipping  with  which  they 
were  not  previously  acquainted,  began 
to  give  ground.  The  battle,  however, 
continued  for  some  time  greatly  to  the 
disadvantage  of  the  Romans ;  till  at  last 
Caesar,  observing  the  distress  of  his 
men,  caused  several  of  his  boats  to  be 
manned,  and  sent  them  to  the  assistance 
of  those  who  were  most  exposed.  The 
Roman  legions  now  soon  overcame  the 
undisciplined  native  force,  and  made 
good  their  landing ;  but  were  unable  to 
pursue  the  enemy  for  want  of  cavalry. 
The  Britons,  on  the  other  hand,  were  so 


ENGLAND. 


159 


disheartened  with  their  bad  success  that 
they  immediately  sent  ambassadors  to 
sue  for  peace.  This  was  granted,  on 
condition  of  their  delivering  a  certain 
number  of  hostages  for  their  fidelity. 
Part  of  these  they  brought  immediately, 
and  promised  to  return  in  a  few  days 
with  the  rest,  who  they  said  lived  at 
some  distance.  But,  in  the  mean  time, 
the  eighteen  transports  which  carried 
Caesar's  cavalry  being  driven  back  by  a 
storm,  and  the  fleet  greatly  damaged,  the 
Britons  broke  their  engagement,  and  fell 
unexpectedly  on  the  seventh  legion, 
while  busied  in  foraging.  Cajsar  has- 
tened to  their  assistance  with  two  cohorts, 
and  at  last  repulsed  the  enemy.  This, 
however,  proved  only  a  temporary  ad- 
vantage, for  the  Britons,  thinking  it  would 
be  possible  to  cut  ofl'  all  the  Romans  at 
once,  drew  together  a  great  body  of  horse 
and  foot,  which  boldly  advanced  to  the 
Roman  intrenchments.  Caesar  came  out 
to  meet  them,  and  the  Britons  were  once 
more  put  to  flight  with  great  slaughter. 
Having  burned  several  towns  and  vil- 
lages, the  victors  returned  to  the  camp, 
whither  they  were  soon  followed  by 
deputies  from  the  natives,  to  whom  the 
Roman  commander,  being  in  want  of 
horse,  and  afraid  lest  another  storm 
should  destroy  the  remainder  of  his  fleet, 
granted  peace,  on  condition  of  their  send- 
ing him  into  Gaul  double  the  number  of 
hostages  which  they  had  promised. 

In  the  following  spring,  Britain  was 
again  visited  by  the  Roman  conqueror, 
who  brought  with  him  a  fleet  of  eight 
hundred  vessels  ;  and  on  this  second  in- 
vasion, the  British  cheftains  came  down 
into  the  woods  near  the  coast,  and  there 
watched  every  opportunity  to  annoy  his 
army.  They  were  at  first  encouraged 
by  the  Roman  Emperor  having  lost  forty 
vessels  which  were  wrecked  during  the 
violence  of  a  storm  ;  but  having  received 
a  check  from  the  disciplined  Roman  sol- 
diers, many  of  the  chiefs  retired  to  their 
mountains,  having  first  invited  Cassibela, 
king  of  the  Cassii,  to  undertake  their  de- 
fence ;  and  it  is  very  possible,  as  he  had 
acquired  great  skill  and  judgment  by  his 
previous  wars,  that  he  might  have  been 
victorious  in  his  country's  cause,  but  for 
the  treachery  of  the  native  princes,  some 


of  whom  conspired  to  betray  him.  He 
was  compelled  to  sue  for  peace,  and  that 
campaign  ended  in  the  Britons  consent- 
ing to  furnish  an  annual  tribute  to  Rome, 
and  Ceesar  again  quitted  the  island,  and 
wintered  in  Gaul. 

During  the  succeeding  ninety-seven 
years  Britain  retained  its  independence  ; 
but  the  Emperor  Claudius  invaded  it  in 
person,  A.  D.  43,  and,  at  his  departure, 
he  divided  the  command  of  the  Roman 
legions  between  Vespasian  and  the  legate 
Plautius.  The  latter  fought  thirty  bat- 
tles before  he  could  subdue  the  natives 
of  Belgffi  and  the  Isle  of  Wight ;  and  the 
former  was  opposed  during  five  years  by 
Caractacus,  who  gave  the  enemy  battle 
on  the  lofty  hill,  Caer-Caradoc.  Such 
was  the  courageous  valor  of  the  British 
on  that  occasion,  that,  at  the  approach  of 
the  Romans,  they  pledged  themselves  by 
oath  to  conquer  or  die.  The  Romans, 
however,  mounted  the  hill,  and  having 
driven  the  Silures  from  its  summit,  took 
the  wife  and  daughters  of  Caractacus 
prisoners.  His  brothers  surrendered, 
and  the  king  himself  was  delivered  up 
to  Ostorius,  by  his  step-mother,  Cartis- 
mandua. 

Caractacus,  after  braving  the  power 
of  Rome  during  nine  years,  was  sent  a 
prisoner  to  the  imperial  city,  through 
which  he  passed  to  grace  the  triumph  of 
Claudius  ;  but  his  misfortunes  in  no  shape 
dismayed  the  spirit  of  the  British  war- 
rior, who  simply  expressed  his  surprise 
that  men,  who  possessed  such  riches  at 
home,  should  have  found  it  worth  their 
while  to  fight  for  the  wretched  hovels  of 
Britain.  Caractacus  afterwards  was 
restored  to  liberty,  but  hostilities  con- 
tinued ;  and  after  several  battles,  in  which 
the  Romans  generally  gained  the  advan- 
tage, their  general,  Suetonius  Paulinus, 
resolved  on  the  reduction  of  the  Isle  of 
Anglesey,  which  hitherto  had  been  the 
secure  retreat  of  the  Dniids,  to  whose 
influence  the  Romans  attributed  the  per- 
seA'^ering  resistance  of  the  Britons. 

At  this  period  Prasatagus,  king  of  the 
Iceni,  died.  He  had  seconded  the  views 
of  the  Roman  conqueror,  and  the  better 
to  secure  his  property,  had  made  the  em- 
peror joint  heir  with  his  own  daughters ; 
but  Roman  avarice  not  being  easily  satis- 


160 


ENGLAND. 


Queen  Buadicea  attacking  the  Romans. 


fied,  the  whole  succession  was  imme- 
diately seized  in  the  emperor's  name  ; 
the  widow,  Boadicea,  ventured  to  re- 
monstrate, for  which  she  was  scourged 
as  a  slave,  and  her  daughters  violated. 
The  history  of  her  wrongs  led  her  coun- 
trymen to  feel  their  own,  and  excited  a 
general  spirit  of  revenge,  so  that  they 
willingly  followed  her  to  battle.  The 
contest  was  long  and  fiercely  maintained, 
but  the  Romans  were  at  last  victorious, 
and  Boadicea  ended  her  misfortunes  by 
a  voluntary  death. 

The  celebrated  Julius  Agricola  was 
appointed  to  the  command  of  Britain,  A. 
D.  78,  and  his  arrival  was  signalized  by 
a  victory  over  the  Ordovices  and  the  con- 
quest of  Anglesey.  After  these  successes, 
he  employed  himself  most  studiously  in 
reconciling  the  Britons  to  the  Roman 
yoke.  In  tliis  he  met  with  such  success, 
through  his  wise  and  equitable  conduct, 
that  the  Britons,  barbarous  as  they  were, 
began  to  prefer  a  life  of  security  and 
peace,  to  the  state  of  wild  independence 
which  they  had  formerly  enjoyed,  and 
which  continually  exposed  them  to  the 
tumults  and  calamities  of  war.  The  suc- 
ceeding campaigns  of  Agricola  were  at- 
tended with  equal  success  ;  he  not  only 
subdued   the  different   tribes   inhabiting 


England,  but  carried  the  Roman  arms 
almost  to  the  extremity  of  Scotland.  He 
also  caused  his  fleet  to  sail  round  the 
island,  and  discovered  the  Orcades,  or 
Orkney  islands.  His  expedition  occu- 
pied about  six  years,  and  was  completed 
A.  D.  84. 

Had  this  commander  been  continued 
in  Britain,  it  is  probable  that  both  Eng- 
land and  Scotland  would  have  been  per- 
manently subdued;  but  he  was  recalled 
by  Domitian  in  the  year  85,  and  we  arc 
then  almost  totally  in  the  dark  about  the 
British  aflairs  till  the  reign  of  the  em- 
peror Adrian.  During  this  interval,  the 
Caledonians  had  taken  arms,  and  not 
only  refused  subjection  to  ihe  Roman 
power,  but  also  ravaged  the  territories 
of  the  Britons  who  continued  faithful  to 
them.  Adrian,  for  what  reason  is  not 
well  known,  abandoned  to  them  the 
whole  tract  lying  between  the  Tyne  and 
the  Forth.  At  the  same  time,  in  order 
to  restrain  them  from  making  incursions 
into  the  Roman  territories,  he  built  a 
wall  eighty  miles  in  length,  from  the 
river  Eden  in  Cumberland  to  the  Tyne 
in  Northumberland.  He  was  succeeded 
by  Antoninus  Pius,  in  whose  reign  the 
Brigantes  revolted  ;  and  the  Caledonians, 
having  in  several   places   broken  down 


ENGLAND, 


161 


the  wall  built  by  Adrian,  began  anew  to 
ravage  the  Roman  territories.  Against 
them  the  emperor  sent  Lollius  Urbiciis, 
who  reduced  the  Brigantes  ;  and  having 
defeated  the  northern  nations,  confined 
them  within  narrower  bounds  by  a  new 
wall,  extending  probably  between  the 
friths  of  Forth  and  Clyde.  From  the 
lime  of  Antoninus  to  that  of  Severus,  the 
Roman  dominions  in  Britain  continued  to 
be  much  infested  by  the  inroads  of  the 
northern  nations. 

About  the  year  360,  the  Picts  and 
Scots,  the  former  adventurers  from  Ire- 
land, the  latter  the  northern  tribes  to 
whom  we  have  already  alluded,  united 
in  making  incursions,  and  even  broke 
down  the  wall  Avhich  Severus  had  built 
to  protect  the  Britons.  Since  the  Roman 
legions  had  been  withdrawn  from  the 
island  to  defend  their  continental  territo- 
ries, several  ambitious  pretenders  had 
assumed  the  purple  ;  but  each  had  en- 
joyed for  a  short  time  only  the  power  of 
usurpation  ;  and  the  native  Britons,  find- 
ing they  were  continually  exposed  to  the 
inroads  of  their  enemies,  determined  to 
reject  an  authority  which  was  become 
too  weak  to  afford  them  protection  : 
they,  therefore,  deposed  the  Roman 
magistrates,  and  proclaimed  their  own 
independence. 

We  are  informed  that,  on  the  extinc- 
tion of  the  imperial  authority,  the  pro- 
vinces were  divided  among  a  multitude 
of  petty  chieftains,  whose  ambition,  wars, 
and  vices,  inflicted  more  extensive  inju- 
ries than  the  incursions  of  foreign  ene- 
mies. To  these  miseries  succeeded  the 
dreadful  scourges  of  pestilence  and  fa- 
mine ;  district  after  district,  became  the 
scene  of  devastation,  till  their  common 
danger  warned  them  to  seek  other  assis- 
tance, and  a  Saxon  squadron  being  then 
cruising  in  the  channel,  in  quest  of  ad- 
ventures, the  two  commanders,  "  Hengist 
and  Horsa,  eagerly  accepted  the  over- 
tures of  the  British  prince,  Vortigern,  to 
aid  in  fighting  his  battles,  and  to  depend 
for  their  reward  on  his  gratitude." 

During  the  Roman  power  in  Britain, 
Christianity  was  introduced,  it  is  believed, 
as  early  as  the  age  of  the  apostles.  In 
A.  D.  597,  Pope  Gregory  sent  Augustus, 
and  forty  other  monks,  to  instruct  the 
21 


inhabitants  in  the  Christian  religion ; 
from  this  period,  it  gradually  gained  the 
ascendency  till  the  seventh  century,  when 
it  became  the  religion  of  all  the  inhabi- 
tants. Previous  to  this,  the  people  were 
pagans,  their  religious  system  was  term- 
ed Druidism  ;  their  priests  were  called 
Druids,  and  they  occasionally  required 
human  beings  to  be  sacrificed. 

Having  embarked,  about  1,600  men  on 
board  three  vessels,  the  two  brothers  ar- 
rived in  the  Isle  of  Thanet,  in  A.  D,  449. 
They  were  received  by  the  inhabitants 
with  the  greatest  demonstration  of  joy  ; 
the  isle  in  which  they  had  landed  was 
immediately  appointed  for  their  habita- 
tion, and  a  league  was  concluded,  in  vir- 
tue of  which  the  Saxons  were  to  defend 
the  provincial  Britons  against  all  foreign 
enemies  ;  and  the  provincials  were  to 
allow  the  Saxons  pay  and  maintenance, 
besides  the  place  allotted  them  for  their 
abode.  Soon  after  their  arrival,  king 
Vortigern  led  them  against  the  northern 
nations,  who  had  lately  broken  into  the 
kingdom,  and  advanced  as  far  as  Stam- 
ford, in  Lincolnshire.  Here  a  battle  was 
fought,  in  which  the  Scots  and  Picts 
were  utterly  defeated.  Vortigern  was 
so  highly  pleased  with  his  new  allies, 
that  he  bestowed  large  possessions  upon 
Hengist  and  Horsa.  It  is  said  that,  even 
at  this  time,  Hengist  obseving  the  inhab- 
itants to  be  quite  enervated  with  luxury, 
entertained  hopes  of  conquering  part  of 
Britain.  He,  therefore,  with  Vortigern's 
consent,  invited  over  more  of  his  coun- 
trymen, informing  them  of  the  fruitfulness 
of  the  country,'  the  effeminacy  of  the 
inhabitants,  and  how  easily  a  conquest 
might  be  effected.  The  Saxons  readily 
complied,  and  in  452,  as  many  more  ar- 
rived in  seventeen  vessels,  as,  with  those 
already  in  Britain,  made  up  5,000  men. 

The  Saxons  by  their  victories,  and 
having  their  numbers  augvnnented  by 
numerous  adventurers  from  Germany, 
became  powerful.  Difficulties  having 
arisen  between  them  and  the  Britons, 
they  turned  their  arms  against  them,  and 
for  a  long  period  many  bloody  conflicts 
occurred. 

After  a  violent  contest  of  near  two 
centuries,  the  Saxons  entirely  subdued 
the  Britons  whom  they  had  come  to  de- 


162 


ENGLAND. 


fend,  and  eventually  erected  the  seven 
independent  kingdoms  of  the  Saxon  Hep- 
tarchy. Of  these,  Northuinbria,  Mercia, 
and  Wessex,  were  the  most  distinguished. 
The  race  of  Northumbrian  kings,  in  their 
rapid  succession,  present  a  continued 
scene  of  perfidy,  treason,  and  murder. 
Within  the  lapse  of  a  century,  fourteen 
kings  assumed  the  sceptre,  of  whom 
seven  were  slain  ;  six  were  driven  from 
the  throne  by  their  rebellious  subjects  ; 
and  only  one  died  in  the  possession  of 
the  royal  dignity  ;  and,  finally,  the  Danes 
extinguished  the  Northumbrian  dynasty, 
by  the  slaughter  of  Ella  and  Osbriht,  in 
the  year  867. 

The  Danes  were  a  hardy  race  from  the 
shores  of  the  Baltic,  who  despised  the 
tranquil  enjoyments  of  peace,  and  prefer- 
red the  acquisitions  of  rapine.  Their 
maritime  shuation  procured  for  their 
chieftains  the  title  of  sea-kings.  Till  the 
eighth  century,  this  people  confined  their 
depredations  to  the  northern  seas,  but  the 
report  of  wealth  in  the  south  incited  them 
to  more  important  expeditions. 

During  the  eighth  century,  this  race 
of  pirates  made  three  attempts  to  land 
in  Britain,  which  created  no  serious 
cause  of  alarm  ;  but  in  832,  they  effected 
their  purpose  in  the  Isle  of  Sheppy,  and 
three  years  after  appeared  on  the  coast 
of  Cornwall,  were  they  succeeded  in  se- 
ducing the  Britons  from  their  allegiance. 

During  the  reign  of  Ethelbert,  one  of 
the  kings  of  Wessex,  Radnor  Lodbrog, 
a  famed  sea-king,  attempted  the  invasion 
of  England,  and  was  slain  by  the  hand 
of  Ella,  a  Northumbrian.  The  sons  of 
Lodbrog  arrived  from  Denmark,  with 
their  relatives  and  friends,  to  avenge  the 
death  of  their  father.  The  number  of 
this  formidable  armament  amounted  to 
20,000.  Ethelred  had  only  ascended 
the  throne  of  Wessex  a  few  months  when 
the  Danes,  under  the  command  of  Inguar 
and  Ubba,  the  sons  of  Radnor,  landed  in 
East  Anglia.  Devastation  and  murder 
every  where  followed  the  steps  of  the 
victorious  Danes  ;  they  burnt  the  rich 
monasteries  of  Bardsey  and  Croyland, 
and  then  proceeded  to  destroy  Medes- 
hamstede,  at  which  place  Ubba  slaugh- 
tered, with  his  own  hand,  the  abbot  and 
eighty-four  monks.     The  Saxon  princes 


saw  the  progress  of  the  Danish  arms 
without  making  any  effectual  efforts  to 
restrain  their  rapacity  ;  but  Ethelred, 
with  his  brother  Alfred,  gave  the  enemy 
battle  near  Reading.  A  solitary  thorn- 
tree  long  after  marked  the  spot  where  the 
Danes  were  defeated. 

Another  desperate  engagement  took 
place  at  Morton,  in  Berkshire,  where,  it 
is  believed,  the  Danes  remained  in  pos- 
session of  the  field.  Ethelred,  who  had 
been  wounded,  survived  only  a  few  days, 
and  was  buried  at  Wimborne.  The  in- 
vaders returned  to  Reading,  to  divide  the 
spoil,  and  to  rejoice  over  their  victory. 

We  come  now  to  one  of  the  brightest 
periods  of  English  history,  and  it  is  grati- 
fying for  the  chronicler  to  pass  from 
scenes  of  barbaric  ignorance  and  military 
tyranny,  to  the  annals  of  a  period  when 
laws  Avere  formed  for  the  protection  of 
the  serf,  no  less  than  for  that  of  his  des- 
potic ruler.  When  the  unanimous  voice 
of  the  West  Saxons  called  Alfred  to  the 
throne,  in  871,  he  refused  the  royal  hon- 
ors ofi'ered  to  him  ;  alleging  his  own  in- 
capacity, and  the  increasing  num!:»er  of 
the  Danes.  But  his  objections  being 
overruled,  the  archbishop  of  Canterbury 
fixed  the  crown  upon  his  head. 

Alfred,  after  having  in  vain  attempted 
to  expel  the  Danes,  was  forsaken  by 
his  subjects,  who  could  no  longer  be 
roused  by  the  most  ardent  exhortations. 
Some  fled  to  Wales  or  to  transmarine 
regions  ;  and  the  rest  endeavored,  by  the 
most  abject  submission,  to  mitigate  the 
fury  of  these  ferocious  invaders. 

There  is  a  very  characteristic  anecdote 
told  of  the  fallen  fortunes  of  the  monarch 
at  this  period.  Destitute  of  troops,  Alfred, 
submitting  to  necessity,  dismiss.^d  his  at- 
tendants, and,  disguising  his  person  in 
the  garb  of  a  peasant,  took  refuge  for  a 
time  in  the  cottage  of  a  neat-herd.  Here, 
intent  on  higher  objects,  he  attended  not 
to  the  toasting  of  some  cakes  which  his 
hostess,  ignorant  of  his  rank,  had  one  day 
committed  to  his  care  ;  and,  having  suf- 
fered them  to  be  burned,  he  received  an 
apparently  just  reprimand  for  the  neglect 
of  that  wluch  was  so  hospitably  shared 
with  him.  He  is  said  to  have  afterwards, 
in  his  prosperity,  persuaded  this  herds- 
man, named  Denulf,  to  cultivate  letters, 


ENGLAND. 


163 


Alfred  disguised  as  a  spy. 


and  to  have  promoted  him  to  the  church 
till  he  became  bishop  of  Winchester. 

Assuming  the  disguise  of  a  harper,  he 
had  the  boldness  to  enter  the  Danish 
camp,  in  which  he  was  entertained  sev- 
eral days,  and  introduced  to  Guthrum  the 
chief  commander.  Satisfied  of  his  ene- 
my's unguarded  state,  he,  by  his  emissa- 
ries in  every  direction,  summoned  liis 
nobles  and  their  followers  to  Brixton  near 
Selwood  Forest.  These  having  experi- 
enced still  deeper  affliction  in  peace  from 
the  brutal  tyranny  of  their  conquerors, 
than  they  had  before  from  the  violence 
of  hostility,  assembled  with  alacrity  on 
the  appointed  day,  and  with  shouts  of 
joy  recognised  their  heroic  monarch, 
whom  they  had  long  considered  as  dead. 
Leading  them  to  Eddington,  where  the 
Danes  were  encamped,  without  a  mo- 
ment's loss,  he  made  a  well  directed  and 
furious  attack.  Unprepared,  and  aston- 
ished at  the  sudden  sight  of  an  English 
army,  with  Alfred  at  its  head,  the  Danes 
were  with  appalling  havoc  put  to  flight. 
Besieged  in  a  fortified  camp,  where  they 
had  taken  refuge,  they  surrendered  at 
discretion  from  want  of  provisions.  Al- 
fred, obeying  the  dictates  of  wisdom  and 
humanity,  instead  of  consigning  them  to 


the  sword,  admitted  Guthrum  and  his 
followers  as  allies,  or  feudal  subjects,  on 
their  consenting  to  become  Christians  ; 
to  occupy,  as  settlers,  the  desolated  lands 
of  the  Northumbrians  and  East-Angles  ; 
and  to  co-operate  with  the  English  in 
preventing  the  ravages  of  other  Scandi- 
navians. Some  smaller  parties  of  these 
invaders,  dispersed  in  Mercia,  were,  un- 
der the  denomination  of  Fiveburghers, 
distributed,  as  citizens,  in  the  five  cities 
of  Derby,  Leicester,  Stamford,  Lincoln, 
and  Nottingham.  Others,  inveterate  in 
their  depredatory  habits,  departed  from 
the  country,  and  engaged  elsewhere  in 
piratical  expeditions,  chiefly  under  a  cele- 
brated leader  named  Hastings. 

When  these  fierce  invaders  were  thus 
expelled  or  subdued,  the  talents  of  Alfred 
were  strenuously  exerted  in  arrange- 
ments for  the  external  defence  and  inter- 
nal police  of  his  kingdom,  which  had 
been  reduced  by  the  Danes  to  the  most 
wild  and  deplorable  state  of  disorder. 

The  military  arrangements  of  Alfred, 
though  the  most  efficacious  which  the 
debilitated  condition  of  the  country  ad- 
mitted, were  soon  put  to  a  severe  and 
decisive  trial  by  a  great  armament  of 
Danes,  in  893.     From  the  French  terri- 


164 


ENGLAND. 


tories,  Hastings  returned  to  the  English 
coast  with  a  fleet  of  three  hundred  and 
thirty  vessels,  which  probably  carried 
above  twenty  thousand  combatants.  He 
was,  however,  most  signally  defeated. 

As  Guthrum,  and  others  of  their  lead- 
ers attached  to  the  English  monarch, 
were  dead,  the  Danes  of  the  Northum- 
brian and  East-Anglian  territories,  yield- 
ing to  the  impulse  of  a  renovated  spirit  of 
plunder,  when  opportunity  seemed  given, 
collected  a  fleet,  and,  sailing  to  the  south- 
ern coast,  suddeidy  invested  the  city  of 
Exeter.  Alfred,  however,  made  a  rapid 
march  to  this  quarter,  surprised  the  be- 
siegers, routed,  and  drove  them  to  their 
ships.  But  in  his  absence  the  Danes  at 
Bamflete,  leaving  their  wives,  children, 
and  booty,  in  their  fortified  camp  under 
a  strong  guard,  directed  their  course  to- 
wards the  interior  of  the  country  with  the 
most  wasteful  devastation.  On  this  in- 
telligence reaching  London,  the  king's 
troops  made  an  unexpected  and  success- 
ful attack  on  the  Danish  camp,  where 
they  secured  much  plunder  and  many 
prisoners,  among  whom  were  the  wife 
and  two  sons  of  Hastings.  Alfred,  how- 
ever, restored  the  prisoners  to  the  Danish 
commander,  in  the  vain  hope  of  prevail- 
ing on  him  to  depart  from  England.  The 
banded  robbers,  still  hoping  to  make  a 
conquest,  continued  to  alarm  the  country 
for  above  two  years,  effecting  a  retreat 
by  furious  eflbrts  from  place  to  place. 
Hastings,  Avho  had  been  above  thirty 
years  incessantly  engaged  in  predatory 
war,  and  appears  to  be  one  of  the  ablest 
commanders  recorded  in  history,  is  said 
to  have  at  length  withdrawn  himself  to 
France,  and  to  have  spent  the  rest  of  his 
life  in  privacy,  on  a  small  domain  given 
him  by  the  French  monarch.  The  rem- 
nant of  the  hostile  Danes  in  England  be- 
took themselves  to  sea  under  Sigefert,  a 
Northumbrian,  who  had  constructed  ves- 
sels of  an  extraordinary  height,  length, 
and  swiftness.  These  were  soon  sur- 
passed in  force  and  celerity,  and  totally 
defeated,  by  ships  of  Alfred's  contrivance, 
who  hanged  the  crews  of  twenty  barks, 
condemned  at  Winchester,  as  the  com- 
mon enemies  of  mankind.  The  North- 
umbrian and  East-Anglian  Danes,  who, 
after  their  overthrow  at  Exeter,  had  also 


been  foiled  in  their  attempts  elsewhere, 
renewed  their  submissions  ;  and  the  few, 
who  refused  to  become  peaceable  sub- 
jects, were  obliged  to  abandon  the  Eng- 
lish territories. 

After  his  final  success  against  the 
Danes  in  897,  Alfred,  immolested  during 
the  remaining  four  years  of  his  reign, 
had  abundance  of  leisure  to  renew  his 
application  to  the  institutions  of  civil  gov- 
ernment, and  the  general  improvement 
of  his  people.  These  institutions,  al- 
ready in  part  established  by  ancient  cus- 
tom, he  new  modelled,  extended,  and  con- 
firmed by  provisions  for  the  strict  execu- 
tion of  justice. 

His  eflbrts  were  extended  to  the  pro- 
motion of  all  the  useful  arts,  particularly 
those  of  navigation  and  commerce,  and 
he  employed  the  ablest  navigators  to 
make  voyages  of  discovery.  Wulfstan, 
an  English  mariner,  explored  the  Baltic 
to  the  mouth  of  the  river  Vistula.  Oh- 
there,  a  Norwegian,  doubling  the  North 
Cape,  discovered  the  White  Sea  and  the 
river  Dwina.  The  journals  of  these  two 
voyages  are  still  extant.  Sighelm,  an 
English  priest,  sent  as  his  envoy  to  the 
Christians  of  the  Island  of  St.  Thomas,  re- 
turned with  a  cargo  of  spices  and  jewels. 

Edward,  the  elder,  succeeded  Alfred  to 
the  throne  of  England.  The  military 
genius  this  prince  possessed  was  no 
doubt  inherited  from  his  father,  and  it 
enabled  him  not  only  constantly  to  main- 
tain a  superiority  over  the  Danes,  but 
also  to  subdue  the  internal  commotions 
with  which  he  was  constantly  assailed 
at  home.  In  his  various  operations  he 
was  powerfully  seconded  by  his  sister 
Ethelfleda,  queen  of  the  Mercians.  On 
the  death  of  this  heroine,  in  the  year 
920,  Mercia,  taken  under  Edward's  im- 
mediate government,  from  that  time 
ceased  to  be  a  separate  kingdom. 

Athelstan  having  been  educated  under 
the  eye  of  his  aunt  Ethelfleda,  was  in- 
sured the  favor  of  the  Mercians.  He 
was  crowned  at  Kingston,  by  Athelm, 
archbishop  of  Canterbury,  in  925.  All 
the  counties  which  had  been  originally 
conquered  and  colonized  by  the  several 
Saxon  tribes,  united  under  the  authority 
of  this  monarch,  so  that  he  really  merit- 
ed the  title  of  "  king  of  England." 


ENGLAND. 


165 


Dunstan  forcing  king 

The  reign  of  Edmund  lasted  only  six 
years.  He  died  by  the  hand  of  Leof,  a 
noted  outlaw,  whilst  celebrating  the  feast 
of  St.  Augustine.  This  king  left  two 
sons,  Edwy  and  Edgar  ;  but  the  eldest 
being  only  nine  years  of  age,  Edred,  the 
only  remaining  son  of  king  Edward,  was 
chosen  to  represent  him. 

Edred  was  much  influenced  by  his 
ministers — the  chancellor  Turketul,  and 
Dunstan,  abbot  of  Glastonbury.  Turke- 
tul was  a  clergyman  of  royal  descent, 
and  the  grandson  of  Alfred  ;  he  was  hon- 
ored with  the  approbation  of  Edred,  and 
the  applause  of  the  people,  and  he  held 
the  first  place  in  the  royal  councils.  He 
revived  the  monastery  of  Croyland,  which 
had  been  destroyed  by  the  Danes,  and 
embraced  a  monastic  life.  Dunstan  had 
been  introduced  by  his  relatiA'es,  Athelm, 
archbishop  of  Canterbury,  and  Elphege, 
bishop  of  Winchester,  to  the  court  of  king 
Athelstan ;  and  afterwards  caused  the 
chancellor  Turketul  to  recommend  him 
to  king  Edmund,  who  bestowed  upon 
Dunstan,  Glastonbury  and  its  possessions. 
Over  Edred,  who  made  him  the  director 
of  his  conscience,  Dunstan  appears  to 
have  exercised  the  most  despotic  con- 
trol.    The  reign  of  Edred  was  prosper- 


Edwy  from  his  queen. 

ous,  but  short ;  frequent  attacks  of  illness 
enfeebled  his  frame,  and  he  died  in  954. 
Edwy  was  not  more  than  sixteen  years 
of  age  when  he  ascended  the  throne. 
Beautiful  in  person,  of  an  amiable  dispo- 
sition, and  of  promising  virtue,  he  was, 
notwithstanding,  odious  to  Dunstan,  who 
was  conscious  of  having  abused  the  late 
king's  imbecility  to  the  total  impoverish- 
ment of  the  crown,  and  who  also  may 
have  dreaded  a  discernment  and  vigor 
of  mind  in  the  young  monarch  incompati- 
ble with  his  designs  of  ecclesiastical 
domination.  As  if  determined  at  once 
to  enter  into  a  trial  of  strength  with  his 
sovereign,  this  audacious  monk,  on  the 
very  day  of  the  coronation,  made  a  vio- 
lent attack  on  the  young  king.  Disliking 
the  riot  and  intemperance  to  which  the 
English  were  addicted,  or  allured  by  con- 
nubial affection,  Edwy,  without  sufficient- 
ly attending  to  the  prevailing  habits  of  his 
subjects,  retired  alter  dinner  to  his  queen's 
apartment,  leaving  his  nobles  and  prelates 
drinking  in  the  gi-eat  hall.  It  may  be 
proper  to  state  that  Elgiva,  the  queen, 
was  his  relative  within  the  degrees  pre- 
scribed by  the  canons,  and  as  such  was 
not  by  the  monks  allowed  to  be  his  wife. 
Dunstan,  accompanied  by   Cynesius,  a 


166 


ENGLAND. 


bishop,  forced  his  way  into  the  apart- 
ment where  Edwy  was  sitting  with  El- 
giva  and  her  mother,  outraged  the  ladies 
with  the  most  opprobrious  language,  and 
violently  dragged  the  monarch  back  into 
the  hall. 

Enraged  by  such  brutality,  the  king 
called  Dunstan  to  account  for  his  abuse 
of  the  public  treasure,  drove  him  into 
exile,  and,  expelling  the  new  monks  he 
had  created,  restored  the  rightful  owners 
to  their  monasteries.  But  the  partisans 
of  the  ambitious  churchman,  who  were 
zealously  active,  formed  a  conspiracy, 
which  completely  overmatched  all  the 
force  collected  by  the  youthful  monarch. 
Odo,  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  a  fero- 
cious bigot,  who  was  of  Danish  race,  and 
had  himself  been  a  soldier,  forced  the 
palace  with  a  body  of  armed  men,  seized 
Elgiva,  against  whom  he  had  pronounced 
a  sentence  of  divorce,  branded  her  face 
with  a  hot  iron  to  destroy  her  beauty,  and 
banished  her  into  Ireland.  This  prin- 
cess, on  recovering  her  health,  returned 
to  England,  but  was  intercepted  at  Glou- 
cester by  lier  monkish  foes,  who  added 
to  their  previous  atrocities  by  cutting  the 
tendons  of  her  legs,  and  left  her  to  ex- 
pire in  the  most  excruciating  agony. 
Edwy,  who  determinately  opposed  the 
monks,  was  excommunicated,  and  dis- 
possessed of  all  his  dominions  except 
Wessex,  by  the  victorious  faction,  who 
placed  Edgar  his  brother,  a  boy  of  thir- 
teen, at  their  head.  Dunstan  returned  in 
triumph  ;  and  Edwy  died  in  959,  but 
whether  in  consequence  of  a  broken 
heart,  or  the  stroke  of  an  assassin,  is 
matter  of  some  dispute. 

Edgar,  on  commencing  his  reign,  ap- 
pears to  have  made  a  tacit  compromise 
with  Dunstan  and  his  monks,  allowing 
them  to  govern  as  they  pleased,  and  was 
in  return  indulged  in  the  gratification 
of  the  most  licentious  desires.  By  his 
monkish  historians  he  is  represented  as 
a  mighty  conqueror,  statesman,  and  even 
saint.  But  historical  facts  are  totally 
wanting  to  support  the  first  part  of  this 
character,  and  are  copiously  furnished  to 
overthrow  the  last. 

Edward  the  Martyr  was  in  his  thir- 
teenth year  when  his  father  Edgar  died. 
But  his  accession  to  the  throne  met  with 


violent  opposition  from  his  mother-in- 
law,  Elfrida,  who  wished  that  her  own 
son  should  reign  in  his  stead  ;  but  Dun- 
stan, who  was  always  bold  and  decisive 
in  his  measures,  assembled  his  followers, 
and  without  further  delay,  placed  the 
crown  on  the  head  of  Edward.  The 
exertions  of  Elfrida,  however,  were  not 
lessened  by  this  circumstance,  for  she 
planned,  and  successfully  executed,  the 
murder  of  the  king.  As  Edward  was 
hunting  near  Corfe  Castle,  in  Dorsetshire, 
the  residence  of  the  queen,  he  rode, 
without  suspicion,  to  the  entrance  gate, 
to  pay  his  respects  to  the  queen,  and 
having  requested  a  draught  of  wine,  at 
the  moment  he  raised  the  cup  to  his  lips 
he  received  a  wound  in  the  back.  Put- 
ting spurs  to  his  horse,  he  galloped  away 
at  full  speed,  but  fell  from  the  animal, 
and  was  dragged  at  the  stirrup  till  he 
expired. 

Tliis  reign  was  most  disastrous.  Hea- 
ven seemed  to  conspire  with  man  in  the 
severity  of  its  visitation  ;  famine  and 
disease  afflicted  the  human  species, 
whilst  a  contagious  disorder  among  the 
cattle  added  to  the  horrors  of  invasion, 
which  the  northern  pirates  practised  on 
different  parts  of  the  coast.  Such  were 
the  ravages  made  by  the  invaders,  that 
Ethelred,  in  1001,  paid  them  twenty- 
four  thousand  pounds  to  retire  from  his 
kingdom.  This,  and  repeated  sums  given 
for  the  same  purpose,  procured  only  a 
temporary  suspension  of  misery.  After 
the  death  of  Edgar,  the  administration 
of  justice  had  been  only  feebly  enforced, 
and  at  this  period,  it  was  entirely  sus- 
pended. The  absence  of  legal  punish- 
ments, and  a  long  continued  state  of 
warfare,  left  men's  passions  free  from 
restraint,  and  individuals  sought  to  in- 
demnify themselves  for  their  own  losses 
by  the  spoliation  of  their  neighbors 
Relations  are  said  to  have  sold  their 
relatives,  and  parents  their  children,  as 
slaves.  Wherever  money  was  known 
to  exist,  it  was  required  by  the  king's 
officers,  and  to  that  period  may  be  refer- 
red the  origin  of  direct  and  annual  tax- 
ation. The  impost,  called  "  Danegelt," 
was  established  at  that  time,  and  became 
an  annual  land-tax  of  twelve  pence  per 
hide. 


ENGLAND. 


167 


In  the  year  1002,  Ethelred  espoused 
as  his  second  wife,  Emma,  a  Norman 
princess,  and  the  rejoicings  had  scarcely 
finished  before  the  king  ordered  a  gen- 
eral massacre  of  the  Danes  to  take  place, 
which  command  was  executed  through- 
out every  county,  with  every  additional 
insult  which  national  enmity  could  sug- 
gest. Ethelred  expected  by  his  union 
with  Emma,  to  have  found  a  powerfid 
support  against  the  Danes  in  her  brother 
Richard,  duke  of  Normandy ;  but  the 
king's  neglect  of  the  queen,  and  his  in- 
fidelity, had  lost  him  her  affection.  The 
nobility  were  divided  by  the  influence 
of  faction,  and  treason  and  murder  were 
the  results.  The  king  was  entirely  un- 
equal to  the  duties  of  government,  and 
the  people  continued  to  be  the  sport  of  a 
vindictive  and  revengeful  enemy,  until 
Sweyn,  having  exhausted  the  spirit  of 
retaliation  on  the  murderer  of  his  coun- 
trymen, consented  to  terms  of  peace,  on 
receiving  36,000/.  of  silver. 

After  Sweyn's  departure,  he  secretly 
permitted  Thurchil  to  continue  the  same 
work  of  devastation.  The  first  year  he 
ravaged  the  southern  provinces ;  in  the 
second,  he  penetrated  through  East 
Anglia  into  the  fens,  which  had  hitherto 
afforded  a  retreat  to  the  natives  ;  and  the 
third  year,  he  besieged  the  city  of  Can- 
terbury. Treachery  favored  the  surren- 
der, and  the  Danes  numbered  800  cap- 
tives, whilst  8,000  inhabitants  perished 
in  the  flames.  On  that  occasion,  Elphege, 
the  archbishop,  venerable  for  his  age 
and  virtues,  was  bound  and  dragged  to 
behold  the  fate  of  his  cathedral ;  in  which 
were  collected  the  monks  and  the  clergy, 
the  women  and  the  children.  The  pile 
was  set  on  fire,  and  as  the  melting  lead 
and  falling  timbers  compelled  them  to 
quit  their  retreat,  they  were  massacred 
before  the  eyes  of  the  primate,  who  was 
reserved  some  weeks  in  the  hope  of  re- 
ceiving a  ransom  of  3000/.  ;  but  the  old 
man  refused  to  ask  his  friends  or  the 
clergy  to  pay  the  sum.  He  Avas  inhu- 
manly murdered  whilst  laboring  to  im- 
press his  captors  with  a  reverence  for 
the  doctrine  of  Christianity.  After  rav- 
aging thirteen  counties,  Thurchil  sold  his 
services  to  Ethelred  in  1012,  for  the 
sum  of  40,000/. ;  which,  when  Swevn 


heard,  he  was  jealous  of  the  chieftain's 
compromise  with  the  English,  and  de- 
clared his  intention  to  conquer  England. 
Hoping  thereby  to  inspire  the  islanders 
with  a  terror  of  his  name,  he  issued  or- 
ders to  his  followers  "  to  ravage  the 
open  countiy,  pillage  the  churches,  burn 
the  towns,  and  put  every  male  to  the 
sword ;"  which  instructions  were  ob- 
served, except  where  the  inhabitants  ap- 
peased the  invaders  by  prayers  and  hos- 
tages. Ethelred,  after  some  unsuccess- 
ful attempts  to  defend  London,  fled  in 
despair,  and  having  abandoned  the  crown 
to  his  competitor,  remained  concealed  in 
the  Isle  of  Wight,  until  a  messenger 
from  his  queen  brought  him  the  offer  of 
an  asylum  in  Normandy.  Sweyn,  how- 
ever, died  the  following  month,  leaving 
the  crown  to  his  eldest  son,  who  landed, 
in  1016,  at  Sandvvitch,  then  the  most  cel- 
ebrated haven  in  Britain,  accompanied 
by  Thurchil.  When  they  arrived,  Eth- 
elred was  confined  by  illness  at  Cosham, 
in  Wiltshire,  from  Avhence  he  Avas  re- 
moved to  London,  Avhere  he  lingered 
through  the  Avinter,  and  died  on  the  23rd 
of  April,  at  the  moment  the  invaders  were 
preparing  to  besiege  him  in  his  capital. 
By  his  first  wife  he  had  three  sons,  Ed- 
mund, Edwy,  and  Athelstan  ;  and  by  his 
second,  he  left  two,  Edward   and  Alfred. 

Edmund,  surnamed  Ironside,  the  eldest 
son  of  Ethelred,  succeeded  to  the  throne 
at  a  period  of  the  most  imminent  danger 
to  the  liberties  of  his  country.  The  fe- 
rocious character  of  the  invading  army 
was  too  Avell  knoAvn  for  either  him  or  his 
people  to  expect  mercy  at  their  hands  in 
the  event  of  their  expedition  proving  suc- 
cessful ;  and  yet  their  very  ferocity  pre- 
A'ented  the  people  from  bravely  second- 
ing their  sovereign  in  his  attempts  at  de- 
fence. Edmund  was  a  man  of  great 
courage  as  Avell  as  bodily  strength,  and 
in  the  latter  respect  excelled  almost  any 
of  his  subjects. 

He  possessed  abilities  sufficient  to 
have  saved  his  country  from  ruin,  had  he 
come  sooner  to  the  throne  ;  but  it  Avas 
now  too  late.  He  bravely  opposed  the 
Danes,  however,  notwithstanding  every 
disadvantage  ;  till  at  last  the  nobility  of 
both  nations  obliged  their  kings  to  come 
to  a  compromise,   and  divide  the  king- 


168 


ENGLAND. 


dom  between  them  by  treaty.  Canute 
reserved  to  himself  Mercia,  East  An- 
gUa,  and  Northumberland,  which  he  had 
entirely  subdued.  The  southern  parts 
were  left  to  Edmund.  This  prince  sur- 
vided  the  treaty  oidy  about  a  month  ;  be- 
ing murdered  at  Oxford  by  two  of  his 
chamberlains. 

After  the  death  of  Edmund  nothing 
was  left  for  the  English  but  submission 
to  Canute. 

Though  Canute  had,  previous  to  his 
accession  to  the  throne,  received  bap- 
tism, he  knew  little  of  the  Christian  doc- 
trine ;  but  no  sooner  was  he  seated  on 
the  English  throne,  than  the  ferocity  of 
his  disposition  yielded  to  the  precepts  of 
religion  ;  and  the  sanguinary  sea-king 
was  insensibly  moulded  into  a  just  and 
beneficent  monarch.  He  placed  the  two 
nations  on  an  equality,  and  admitted  them 
alike  to  offices  of  trust  and  emolument. 
He  prohibited  the  custom  of  sending 
Christians  for  sale  into  foreign  countries  ; 
and,  in  his  frequent  visits  to  Denmark, 
he  took  with  him  pious  and  learned  mis- 
sionaries to  civilize  and  instruct  his 
countrymen. 

Of  Canute,  historians  speak  highly,  as 
regarding  his  piety,  and  his  equitable 
system  of  government.  He  revised  sev- 
eral old  laws,  and  formed  many  new 
ones,  all  of  which  tended  to  the  public 
welfare.  In  1030,  Canute  went  to  Rome, 
and  on  his  return,  paid  a  visit  to  Denmark. 

By  the  marriage  settlement  between 
Canute  and  his  queen  Emma,  the  crown 
of  England  should  have  descended  to 
their  son  Hardicanute,  but  as  he  was  ab- 
sent at  the  time  of  his  father's  death,  the 
ambition  of  his  half  brother  Harold, 
caused  him  to  aspire  to  the  throne  ;  and, 
being  generally  supported  by  the  nobility, 
he  took  possession  of  it  in  the  place  of 
Hardicanute. 

The  early  part  of  this  king's  short 
reign  was  marked  bj''  many  acts  of  cruelty 
and  injustice.  Having  first  induced  Al- 
fred, the  youngest  son  of  Ethelred,  to 
visit  England,  he  caused  the  adherents 
of  the  prince  who  accompanied  him  to 
Guildford  to  be  assassinated,  and  then 
murdered  the  unsuspecting  Alfred.  Af- 
ter a  reign  of  four  years  he  died,  in  1039, 
and  was  buried  at  Westminster. 


Hardicanute  was  with  his  mother  Em- 
ma, (who  had  accepted  an  asylum  at 
Bruges  from  Baldwin  of  Flanders,)  when 
a  messenger  arrived  with  intelligence  of 
the  death  of  Harold,  and  who  was  fol- 
lowed by  a  deputation  of  English  and 
Danish  thanes,  requesting  Hardicanute 
to  ascend  the  throne  of  his  father.  On 
his  arrival  in  London,  his  feelings  urged 
him  to  an  act  of  impotent  revenge  ;  he 
ordered  the  tomb  of  his  predecessor  to 
be  opened,  the  body  to  be  decapitated, 
and  the  head  and  trunk  to  be  thrown  into 
the  Thames.  The  command  was  obeyed; 
but  the  head  and  trunk  were  both  recov- 
ered by  some  fishermen,  who  deposited 
them  in  the  cemetery  of  St.  Clements, 
London,  the  buiying  place  of  the  Danes. 

The  reign  of  this  prince  was  short  and 
popular,  the  strength  of  his  constitution, 
from  which  he  derived  the  name  of  Hardy, 
was  entirely  overpowered  by  habitual  in- 
temperance, and  he  suddenly  expired  at 
Lambeth,  in  the  second  year  of  his  reign, 
at  the  bridal  of  a  noble  Dane.  The  death 
of  Hardicanute  severed  the  crown  of 
Denmark  from  that  of  England,  and  the 
Saxon  Edward  was  placed  on  the  throne. 

Before  the  body  of  the  departed  king 
was  laid  in  the  grave,  Edward  ascended 
the  throne.  This  prince  was  about  forty 
years  of  age  when  he  commenced  his 
reign,  and  appears  to  have  aimed  only  at 
improving  the  condition  of  his  people : 
all  historians  agree  in  his  being  rather  a 
good  than  a  great  man. 

The  only  foreign  war  maintained  by 
this  prince  was  one  against  Macbeth,  the 
usurper  and  murderer  of  Duncan,  king  of 
Scotland  ;  and  ihe  victory  of  Laufanan, 
in  Aberdeenshire,  by  the  fall  of  Macbeth, 
secured  the  crown  on  the  head  of  the 
rightful  heir. 

King  Edward  wished,  according  to  the 
fashion  of  those  times,  to  visit  Rome, 
but  his  desig-n  being  opposed  by  his 
council,  he  sent  his  nephew  and  ixame- 
sake,  the  exiled  son  of  his  brother  Ed- 
mund, and  who,  in  the  Saxon  line,  was 
the  rightful  heir  to  the  throne.  The 
prince  arrived  in  London,  and  kept  at  a 
distance  from  the  king,  and  in  a  few  days  j 
he  died  suddenly,  not  without  suspicion  j 
being  attached  to  Harold,  who  was  now 
resident  in  England  ;  and  between  whom 


ENGLAND. 


169 


Death  of  king  Harold  at  the  battle  of  Hastings. 


and  the  throne  there  stood  only  one  indi- 
vidual, namely,  Edgar,  son  of  the  lately 
deceased  prince  Edward.  By  an  acci- 
dental occurrence,  some  time  before  this 
event,  Harold  fell  into  the  hands  of  earl 
Guy,  who  surrendered  him  to  William 
who  was  then  in  Normandy;  and  he 
found  himself  so  completely  a  prisoner  as 
to  be  induced  to  do  homage  for  his  lands 
and  honors  to  William,  as  the  apparent 
successor  of  Edward.  Harold  returned 
to  London  only  five  weeks  before  the 
death  of  Edward,  which  took  place  on  the 
5th  of  January,  1066. 

In  consequence  of  a  report  that  Ed- 
ward had  appointed  Harold  to  be  his 
successor,  the  latter  was  proclaimed 
king,  and  was  crowned  by  Aldred,  the 
archbishop  of  York  ;  while  to  Edgar, 
who  was  the  last  male  descendant  of  the 
race  of  Cedric,  was  given  the  earldom 
of  Oxford. 

On  learning  the  death  of  Edward,  and 
accession  of  Harold,  William  duke  of 
Normandy  determined  to  enforce  his 
claim  to  the  crow-n  of  England.  Prepa- 
rations were  made  on  both  sides,  and 
Harold  was  waiting  with  confidence  the 
approach  of  his  enemy,  when  his  pro- 
jects were  disconcerted  by  the  arrival  of 
32 


a  fleet  of  Norwegians,  under  the  com- 
mand of  Hardrada  their  king.  An  obsti- 
nate battle  was  fought  near  York,  in 
which  the  Norwegians  were  defeated  and 
Hardrada  slain.  Harold  w^as  at  York, 
when  the  news  of  the  descent  of  the  Nor- 
mans was  announced  to  him. 

William  effected  his  landing  on  the 
29th  of  September,  1066,  with  an  army 
composed  of  warriors  from  every  prov- 
ince of  France.  Harold  marched  his 
army  to  Scnlac,  an  eminence  near  Has- 
tings ;  where,  on  the  opposite  hill,  he 
found  William  employed  in  marshalling 
his  host.  Each  army  spent  the  night  in 
its  camp ;  the  English  in  revelry  and 
mirth,  the  Normans  in  fasting  and  prayer. 
The  battle  began  at  nine  o'clock  on  the 
morning  of  the  14th  of  October,  1066. 
The  Normans  advancing  in  three  lines 
raised  the  national  shout  of  "  God  is  our 
help!"  which  was  as  loudly  answered  by 
the  adverse  cry  of  "  Christ's  rood !  the 
holy  rood  !"  from  the  English,  who  rushed 
forward  in  two  lines,  principally  com- 
posed of  infantry.  The  battle  seemed 
for  some  time  in  favor  of  the  English, 
and  a  report  spread  that  W^illiam  had 
fallen  ;  but  the  duke,  with  his  helmet  in 
his  hand,  galloped  along  the  line  exclaim- 


170 


ENGLAND. 


ing,  "I  am  still  alive,  and  with  the  help 
of  God  I  still  shall  conquer."  Long  and 
desperate  was  the  contest  of  that  day ; 
the  ground  was  strewed  with  the  slain, 
and  yet  the  ardor  of  the  surviving  comba- 
tants seemed  unabated  ;  when,  a  little 
before  sunset,  an  arrow,  shot  at  random, 
entered  Harold's  eye.  He  instantly  fell, 
and  the  knowledge  of  his  fall  relaxed  the 
efforts  of  the  English  ;  they  wavered,  and 
fled  in  great  confusion,  closely  pursued 
by  the  Normans  ;  who,  by  the  order  of 
William,  gave  no  quarter.  On  the  side 
of  the  victors  sixty  thousand  men  had 
been  engaged,  and  more  than  one-fourth 
were  left  on  the  field.  The  numbers  of 
the  vanquished,  and  the  amount  of  their 
loss,  is  unknown.  The  king's  mother 
begged,  as  a  boon,  the  body  of  her  son, 
offering  as  a  ransom  its  weight  in  gold  ; 
but  William  ordered  the  corpse  of  the 
fallen  monarch  to  be  buried  on  the  beach, 
adding  sarcastically,  "  He  guarded  the 
coast  while  he  was  alive,  let  him  continue 
to  guard  it  after  death."  By  stealth,  how- 
ever, or  by  purchase,  the  royal  remains 
of  Harold  were  removed,  and  deposited 
in  the  church  of  Waltham,  which  Har- 
old had  founded  before  he  ascended  the 
throne. 

William  had  vainly  expected  on  his  re- 
turn to  Hastings  after  the  battle,  that  the 
British  crown  would  have  been  offered  to 
him :  a  few  days,  however,  dissipated 
the  illusion.  London  was  put  in  a  state 
of  defence  by  its  citizens,  and  it  required 
great  exertions  to  subdue  the  English  to 
his  yoke  ;  they  were,  however,  ultimately 
compelled  to  submit.  The  castle  of  Do- 
ver yielded,  and  the  inhabitants  of  Kent 
gave  hostages  as  security  for  their  obe- 
dience. Soon  after  a  deputation  arrived, 
consisting  of  the  nobility,  the  clergy,  and 
the  principal  citizens  of  London,  who,  in 
the  name  of  their  fellows,  swore  alle- 
giance to  the  Conqueror,  gave  hostages, 
and  made  him  an  offer  of  the  crown.  He 
affected  not  to  accept  it  until  his  Norman 
barons  had  ratified  the  proposal  with 
their  applause  ;  and  then  he  appointed  the 
festival  of  Christmas  for  his  coronation. 
It  accordingly  took  place  in  Westminster 
Abbey,  on  the  25th  of  December,  1066. 

All  the  first  measures  of  the  Conquer- 
or's reign  tended  to  allay  former  animosi- 


ties, and  to  win  the  affections  of  his  new 
subjects ;  all  his  commands  seemed  to 
be  dictated  by  justice  and  moderation, 
with  a  due  regard  to  ancient  laws  and 
customs.  The  monarch  was  easy  of  ac- 
cess, and  listened  graciously  to  the  com- 
plaints of  those  who  approached  him. 
From  this  period  the  term  "bastard," 
which  hitherto  had  distinguished  Wil- 
liam, was  dropped ;  and  he  received  the 
name  of  "  Conqueror." 

To  increase  his  revenue,  he  erected  a 
court  of  exchequer,  wherein  the  accounts 
of  all  the  officers'  collectors  were  passed, 
and  all  delays  and  defaults  in  payment 
were  cognizable.  All  fines  and  forfeit- 
ures, by  which  nearly  all  crimes  were 
commuted  for,  added  greatly  to  the  royal 
income  ;  and,  as  a  further  stretch  of  des- 
potism, William  introduced  a  regulation, 
formerly  established  in  his  continental 
dominions,  to  prevent  nocturnal  riots  and 
conflagrations,  by  which  the  common 
people,  on  pain  of  death,  were  obliged  to 
extinguish  their  fires  and  candles  on  the 
ringing  of  a  bell,  which,  from  the  purpose 
intended,  had  derived  the  appellation  of 
couvrefeu,  corrupted  by  the  English  into 
curfew. 

In  the  year  1 080,  a  book  of  judgment 
was  begun  by  order  of  the  king,  who  ap- 
pointed commissioners  to  make  a  survey 
of  the  kingdom,  and  who  completed  their 
work  in  two  volumes,  in  1086.  It  was 
called  Domesday-book,  "b-3cause,"  as 
Carte  states,  "every  man  was  to  receive 
his  doom,  or  be  judged  by  it  in  case  any 
dispute  about  the  value,  tenure,  payment, 
or  services  of  his  lands,  should  arise  upon 
the  collection  of  the  king's  ordinary  reve- 
nue, or  raising  extraordinary  taxes."  This 
valuable  record,  having  served  ever  since 
for  a  decisive  evidence  in  such  disputes, 
is  lodged  in  the  office  of  the  chamberlains 
of  the  exchequer. 

William  died  at  Rouen,  September  10, 
1087,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Wil- 
liam II,  surnamed  Rufus,  on  account  of 
his  red  hair.  To  gain  the  national  con- 
sent, William  hastened  from  Normandy 
to  England,  seized  the  principal  fortresses 
on  the  southern  coast,  and  the  royal  treas- 
ure at  Winchester,  by  the  influence  of 
which,  and  of  the  primate,  to  whom  he  is 
said  to  have  made  the   most  solemn  en- 


ENGLAND. 


171 


gagements  to  govern  with  justice  and 
mercy,  he  so  far  prevailed  as  to  be  crown- 
ed at  Westminster,  September,  1087,  in 
an  assembly  of  the  chief  barons  and  pre- 
lates, and  to  be  acknowledged  as  their 
sovereign  by  all  the  other  vassals  of  the 
crown,  in  their  oaths  of  allegiance  before 
the  end  of  that  year. 

The  royal  treasure  seized  at  Winches- 
ter, beside  jewels,  gold,  plate,  and  other 
articles,  consisted  of  sixty  thousand 
pounds  of  coined  silver,  which  may  be 
estimated  as  equal  to  at  least  a  million 
sterling  at  the  present  time. 

Notwithstanding  the  influence  of  this 
treasure,  which  William  spared  not  in  the 
application,  and  the  oaths  of  allegiance 
recently  sworn,  a  conspiracy  was  formed 
in  1088,  by  the  barons,  for  the  dethrone- 
ment of  the  new  monarch,  and  the  eleva- 
tion of  his  brother  Robert  to  his  place. 

During  the  period  that  AVilliam  was 
engaged  in  making  war  on  his  brother 
Robert  in  1091,  Malcolm,  king  of  Scot- 
land, took  the  opportunity  of  his  absence 
from  England,  to  gratify  the  rapacity  of 
his  followers  with  the  spoil  of  the  north- 
em  counties.  This  outrage  William  am- 
ply revenged.  Malcolm  did  him  homage, 
and  received  from  him  the  manors  and 
the  pension  which  he  had  enjoyed  under 
the  Conqueror.  But  William,  on  his  re- 
turn from  Normandy,  visited  Carlisle,  from 
which  he  expelled  the  lord  of  the  district, 
and  peopled  the  city  with  a  colony  of 
Englishmen  from  the  south.  Whether 
this  settlement  was  considered  to  be  an 
act  of  invasion  by  Malcolm,  is  uncertain ; 
but  a  new  quarrel  was  created  between 
the  nations,  and  on  the  1 3th  of  November, 
1093,  Malcolm  received  his  death  by  the 
sword  of  Morel,  Mowbray's  steward. 
His  queen,  Margaret,  survived  him  only 
four  days  ;  on  which  occasion  the  Athel- 
ing  Edgar  was  placed  on  the  throne,  and 
restored  the  children  of  his  sister  Marga- 
ret to  their  former   honors. 

Ever  since  Harold  had  effected  the 
reduction  of  Wales,  the  natives  acknow- 
ledged themselves  the  vassals  of  Eng- 
land ;  but  their  ancient  hostility  was  not 
extinguished,  and,  in  the  year  1094,  the 
natives  of  every  district  in  Wales  were 
in  arms.  Their  momitainous  country 
bade  defiance  to  the  heavy  cavalry  of  the 


Normans,  and  the  best  William  could 
effect,  was  to  adopt  his  father's  policy, 
and  draw  a  chain  of  castles  round  the 
country,  to  stop  their  further  incursions. 

In  the  following  summer,  messengers 
arrived  to  William,  at  a  time  when  he 
was  hunting  in  the  New  Forest,  with  in- 
telligence that  his  former  enemy  Helie 
had  defeated  the  Normans,  and  was  lay- 
ing siege  to  Mans ;  upon  which  he  pro- 
ceeded with  such  speed  to  that  place  that 
Helie  had  scarcely  time  to  save  himself 
by  flight.  The  king  ravaged  the  lands 
of  his  enemies,  and  then  returned  to  Eng- 
land, where  he  found  Robert  de  Mow- 
bray at  the  head  of  a  rebellious  party. 
This  nobleman  was  the  most  powerful  of 
the  Anglo-Saxon  barons ;  he  inherited 
from  his  uncle,  the  bishop  of  Constance, 
280  manors  ;  and  was  moreover  allied,  by 
blood,  or  affinity,  to  all  the  first  families 
in  England.  He  was  joined  in  the  rebel- 
lion by  many  northern  earls,  but  was  at 
length  compelled  to  surrender,  and  lived 
thirty  years  a  prisoner  in  the  castle  of 
Windsor. 

In  1 100,  the  duke  of  Guienne  wishing 
to  join  the  Crusade  to  the  Holy  Land, 
applied  to  William  to  advance  him  mo- 
ney on  his  province,  to  w^hich  the  latter 
readily  agreed,  and  was  about  to  pay  the 
money  and  acquire  possession  of  the  ter- 
ritories, when  an  accident  terminated  his 
life.  He  was  hunting  in  the  New  Fo- 
rest, and  had  alighted  from  his  horse  after 
a  short  chase,  when  a  stag  suddenly  start- 
ing up  near  him,  a  French  gentleman, 
named  Walter  Tyrrel,  let  fly  an  arrow  at  the 
animal,  which  glancing  from  a  tree,  en- 
tered the  king's  breast  and  pierced  him 
to  the  heart.  Tyrrel  immediately  fled, 
and  the  king's  body  was  found  by  the 
country  people  and  interred  without  cer- 
emony at  Winchester. 

On  the  death  of  William  II,  Henry, 
the  youngest  son  of  the  Conqueror,  has- 
tened to  Winchester,  seized  the  royal 
treasure  in  spite  of  the  resistance  of  the 
keeper,  and  proceeded  direct  to  London, 
where  he  was  proclaimed  king  by  the 
great  council  of  state,  and  was  crowned 
on  the  following  Simday  at  Westminster 
Abbey  as  Henry  I. 

Duke  Robert,  the  rightful  heir  of  Eng 
land,  both  by  primogeniture  and  his  treaty 


172 


ENGLAND. 


with  Rufus,  had  delayed  so  long  his  re- 
turn from  the  Crusade,  in  which  he  had 
acquired  the  highest  reputation  by  his 
valor  and  generosity,  that  he  lost  the  op- 
portunity of  entering  into  the  possession 
of  this  kingdom,  which  he  otherwise 
might  have  accomplished  without  oppo- 
sition. Arriving  in  France  about  a  month 
after  William's  decease,  he  obtained  un- 
opposed possession  of  the  Norman  duchy, 
and  made  vigorous  preparations  to  en- 
force his  claim  to  the  English  crown 
with  the  troops  of  Normandy,  aided  by 
most  of  the  Normans  in  England,  who 
revolted  from  Henry,  probably  through 
the  influence  of  those  great  barons,  who, 
having  estates  in  both  countries,  may 
have  wished  a  perpetual  union  of  the 
kingdom  and  duchy. 

When  Henry  returned  to  England  from 
Normandy,  after  defeating  Duke  Robert, 
he  was  requested  by  Stephen,  a  Norman 
mariner,  to  allow  him  the  honor  of  con- 
veying him  in  his  vessel,  "  the  White 
Ship,"  to  England,  saying,  he  had  car- 
ried his  father  when  he  went  to  the  con- 
quest of  England.  Henry  made  answer, 
that  he  had  selected  a  vessel  for  him- 
self, but  he  would  intrust  his  son  and 
treasures  to  the  White  Ship.  Accord- 
ingly the  young  prince,  who  was  in  his 
eighteenth  year,  with  Richard  and  Ade- 
la,  natural  children  of  the  king,  and  a 
number  of  noble  ladies  and  knights,  set 
sail  at  sunset ;  but  in  consequence  of 
the  revelling  and  feasting  which  had  pre- 
viously taken  place  on  the  deck,  the  di- 
rection of  the  vessel  was  neglected,  and 
she  struck  against  a  rock  called  the  Cat- 
terage.  Fitz-Stephen  immediately  low- 
ered the  prince  into  a. boat,  ordering  it 
to  row  back  to  land  ;  but  the  shrieks  of 
Adela  moved  the  generous  youth  to  re- 
turn to  her  assistance,  and,  in  a  short 
time  the  ship  went  down,  carrying  with 
her  three  hundred  persons  to  the  deep. 
A  nobleman,  Geoffrey  L'Aigle,  and  Ber- 
trand,  a  butcher  of  Rouen,  were  alone 
saved  by  clinging  to  the  topmast  ;  but 
only  one,  the  last  named,  lived  to  recite 
the  tale,  as  it  was  on  a  November  night, 
and  the  nobleman  perished  from  extreme 
cold.  From  that  day  king  Henry  was 
never  seen  to  smile.  The  prince  had 
married,   six  months  before  his   death, 


!  Matilda,  the  daughter  of  Fulk  of  An- 
jou,  and  she  was  left  a  widow  at  the 
age  of  twelve  years.  She  remained 
some  time  with  the  king,  who  behaved 
towards  her  with  the  affection  of  a  pa- 
rent ;  .she  then  returned  to  her  father, 
and  ten  years  afterwards  took  the  veil, 
in  the  convent  of  Fontevraud. 

Henry  while  hunting  near  St.  Denis 
le  Froment,  in  Normandy,  was  seized 
with  an  acute  fever,  of  which  he  died  on 
the  seventh  day.  His  bowels  were  there 
taken  out,  and  deposited  in  the  church  of 
St.  Mary,  at  Rouen,  which  had  been 
foiuided  by  his  mother.  His  body  hav- 
ing been  embalmed,  was  conveyed  to 
England,  and  interred  in  the  abbey  of 
Reading,  which  he  had  founded  and  rich- 
ly endowed. 

Henry  preserved,  throughout  his  reign, 
a  great  regard  for  the  administration  of 
justice  ;  and  the  severity  with  which  he 
punished  flagrant  crimes,  caused  his  sub- 
jects to  believe  he  was  "  the  lion  of  jus- 
tice" described  in  the  prophecies  of  Mer- 
lin. In  1 125,  the  king  found  it  necessa- 
ry to  punish  the  coiners,  who  abused  the 
licence  they  received  from  the  royal  trea- 
sury, to  enrich  themselves.  Another 
grievance  redressed  by  Henry  was  the 
royal  claim  of  purveyance.  Whenever 
the  king  moved  from  place  to  place,  he 
was  attended  by  a  number  of  prelates, 
barons,  and  officers,  each  of  whom  was 
followed  by  a  long  train  of  dependants, 
who  were  accustomed  to  enter,  without 
cermony,  the  houses  of  the  farmers  and 
husbandmen  to  live  at  free  quarters, 
and,  in  the  insolence  of  superiority,  to 
sell,  burn,  or  waste,  what  they  could  not 
consume.  A  commission  of  judges  was 
appointed  to  examine  the  attendants  of 
the  court  and  the  most  culpable  of 
them  were  punished  with  the  loss  of  an 
eye,  a  hand,  or  a  foot.  It  appears  from 
ancient  writers  that  the  punishment  of 
mutilation  was  thought  more  useful  than 
that  of  death.  The  sight  of  the  latter 
was  confined  to  few,  and  the  impression 
was  soon  obliterated ;  but  the  culprit 
who  suffered  mutilation  carried  about 
with  him  the  evidence  of  his  punish- 
ment, and  admonished  all  who  saw  him 
of  the  consequence  of  violating  the  laws. 
He  relieved  the  tenents  of  the  crown  of 


ENGLAND 


173 


the  oppression  exercised  by  the  caprice 
of  the  royal  officers,  who  collected  the 
rents  in  kind,  by  ordering  a  new  survey 
to  be  made  of  the  royal  demesnes,  and 
an  equitable  rent  to  be  paid  in  money. 
In  short,  it  appears,  that  w^here  the 
king's  own  interests  were  not  concerned, 
he  showed  no  reluctance  to  punish  the 
exactions  and  rapacity  of  others. 

The  intervening  space  between  the 
death  of  Henry  I,  and  the  arrival  of  his 
daughter  Matilda  in  England,  was  one 
of  rapine  and  confusion — it  being  a  re- 
ceived opinion,  that  there  could  be  no 
violation  of  the  king's  peace  until  the 
new  king  had  ascended  the  throne  and 
received  the  homage  of  his  subjects.  In 
consequence  of  this  doctrine,  the  great- 
est outrages  were  committed.  The  vio- 
lence of  the  people  was  chiefly  directed 
to  the  destruction  of  the  royal  forests, 
which  Henry's  passion  for  the  chase  had 
led  him  to  protect  with  the  most  vexa- 
tious tyranny.  While  that  monarch  lived, 
the  whole  country  was  covered  with 
beasts  of  chase  ;  he  had  forbidden  the  ba- 
rons to  hunt  on  their  own  estates  with- 
out his  permission.  "  You  might,"  writes 
a  contemporary,  "  have  seen  them  wan- 
dering in  herds  of  a  thousand  together ; 
within  a  few  days  after  his  death,  you 
could  not  discover  two  heads  of  deer  in 
a  whole  forest." 

Before  Matilda  could  arrive  to  claim 
tlie  crown,  which  had  been  left  her  by 
her  father,  Stephen  availed  himself  of 
the  interest  of  his  brother,  the  bishop  of 
Winchester,  to  seize  it  for  himself.  These 
young  men  stood  in  the  relationship  of 
nephews  to  the  deceased  king  ;  their  mo- 
ther, Adela,  who  married  the  Count  de 
Blois,  being  sister  to  Henry  I.  Stephen 
had  himself  sworn  allegiance  to  Henry's 
daughter,  Matilda,  but  to  do  away  with 
any  difficulty  on  that  head,  his  steward, 
Hugh  Bigod,  swore  that  the  late  king, 
on  his  death  bed,  had  disinherited  his 
daughter,  and  left  the  crown  to  his  ne- 
phew Stephen,  whose  affability  and  be- 
nevolence had  gained  the  love  of  all, 
and  the  people  were  inclined  to  favor 
his  pretensions.  The  citizens  of  Lon- 
don proclaimed  him  king,  and  he  was 
crowned  on  the  22d  December,  1135, 
before  the  prelates  and  barons  had  assem- 


bled to  signify  their  acquiescence.  He 
had  long  been  the  most  popular  nobleman 
in  England  ;  the  high  bom  he  won  by 
courtesy,  the  low  by  mixing  in  their 
sports  and  pastimes,  and  he  was  beloved 
by  all ;  so  that,  in  a  short  time,  they  who 
at  first  were  inclined  to  demur  had  joined 
the  torrent,  and  the  succession  of  Ste- 
phen was  admitted  by  the  whole  nation. 

In  the  meajitime  Matilda  landed  in  Eng- 
land with  her  brother  the  earl  of  Glou- 
cester, and  being  joined  by  several  pow- 
erful barons,  a  civil  war  ensued,  which 
proved  the  most  calamitous  in  the  Eng- 
lish annals.  Stephen  performed  his 
part  with  vigor  and  courage,  but  being 
taken  prisoner  in  the  battle  of  Lincoln, 
in  M41,  his  party  was  broken  up,  and 
Matilda  was  acknowledged  queen.  Ow- 
ing to  her  haughty  conduct,  an  insur- 
rection was  excited  against  her  govern- 
ment. The  earl  of  Gloucester  was  soon 
after  taken  prisoner  and  exchanged  for 
Stephen,  and  Matilda  was  induced  to  re- 
tire into  Normandy  ;  and  the  contest  was 
carried  on  by  her  son  Henry  Plantage- 
net.  An  armistice,  however,  took  place, 
in  1153,  and  it  was  agreed  that  Stephen 
should  reign  during  his  life,  and  that  Hen- 
ry should  succeed  him.  Soon  after  this 
pacification,  Stephen  died  at  Canterbury, 
on  the  25th  of  October,  1154,  and  was 
buried  in  the  convent  which  he  himself 
had  founded  at  Feversham. 

The  lower  classes,  and  especially  the 
agriculturalists  appear  to  have  suffered  the 
severest  distress  during  the  reign  of  Ste- 
phen. The  situation  of  two  competitors 
for  the  throne,  subjected  the  inhabitants 
to  the  caprices  and  cruelties  of  their  dif- 
ferent adherents  ;  when  one  party  in- 
flicted an  injury,  the  other  hastened  to 
retaliate ;  and  both  gloried  in  the  com- 
mission of  barbarities  which  would  have 
disgraced  their  pagan  forefathers. 

Henry  being  in  Normandy  at  the  time  of 
Stephen's  death,  a  continuance  of  stormy 
weather  detained  him  at  Barfleur,  and 
delayed  his  arrival  in  England  for  more 
than  six  weeks.  On  the  19th  of  Decem- 
ber, 1154,  Henry  was  crowned  with 
his  queen,  at  Westminster,  and  from 
that  period  the  principal  object  of  his  ad- 
ministration seemed  to  be  to  repair  the 
evils  which  civil  war  had  occasioned  du- 


174 


ENGLAND. 


ring  the  preceding  reign.  The  same 
month  which  witnessed  the  coronation 
of  Henry,  was  signalized  by  the  succes- 
sion of  Nicholas  Breakspear  to  the  throne 
of  the  Vatican.  This  prelate  is  the  on- 
ly Englishman  who  ever  sat  in  the  chair 
of  St.  Peter.  The  English  felt  proud  of 
this  elevation  of  their  countryman,  and 
an  embassy  was  sent  by  Henry  to  con- 
gratulate pope  Adrian,  the  name  assumed 
by  the  new  pontilf. 

Many  of  the  useful  measures  adopted 
by  Henry  have  been  attributed  to  the  ad- 
vice of  Thomas  a  Becket,  who,  on  Ro- 
ger de  Pont  being  promoted  to  the  see 
of  York,  was  made  archdeacon  of  Canter- 
bury ;  but  the  jealousy  entertained  by  the 
prelate  of  York  of  Becket's  abilities  "ren- 
dered him  a  great  enemy.  Becket's  abili- 
ties soon  gained  him  the  notice  and  friend- 
ship of  Henrj',  who  appointed  him  his 
chancellor,  made  him  tutor  to  his  son, 
and  conferred  on  him  many  other  sub- 
stantial proofs  of  the  royal  favor  ;  such 
as  the  wardenship  of  the  tower  of  Lon- 
don, the  custody  of  the  castle  of  Berk- 
hamstead,  and  the  honor  of  Eye,  with 
the  services  of  one  hundred  and  forty 
knights.  The  splendor  of  his  course 
more  than  equalled  the  rapidity  of  his 
rise  to  favor  ;  his  table  was  open  to  eve- 
ry person  who  had  business  at  court. 
Lingard  states,  that  "  it  often  happen- 
ed that  the  number  of  uninvited  guests 
could  not  be  accommodated  at  table  ; 
and  then  Becket,  that  they  might  not 
soil  their  garments  when  they  sate  on 
the  floor,  was  careful  to  have  it  daily 
covered  with  fresh  straw."  Nor  did  the 
chancellor  act  only  as  a  councillor  to  the 
king,  for  he  served,  as  occasion  required, 
the  oflice  of  a  negotiator  or  a  warrior. 

When  Theobald  died,  in  1161,  all  eyes 
were  turned  towards  Becket  as  the  fu- 
ture archbishop  of  Canterbury.  Henry, 
however,  was  in  no  hurry  to  part  with  the 
episcopal  revenue,  and  kept  his  intention 
locked  up  within  his  own  breast  for  thir- 
teen months,  and  then  told  his  chancel- 
lor to  prepare  himself  for  the  dignity. 
Becket  accepted  it ;  he  was  ordained 
priest,  and  the  next  day  was  consecrated 
by  Henry  of  Winchester,  in  the  presence 
of  the  king  and  his  courtiers. 

From  the  period  of  Becket's  promotion 


to  the  see  of  Canterbury,  he  renounced 
his  luxurious  habits,  and  practised  a  dai- 
ly course  of  secret  mortifications.  In 
lieu  of  the  train  of  knights  and  noblemen 
who  formerly  waited  on  him,  he  selected 
a  few  companions  from  the  most  exempla- 
ry and  learned  of  the  clergy ;  his  diet 
was  abstemious ;  his  charities  were  abun- 
dant ;  his  time  was  divided  into  certain 
portions,  alotted  to  prayer  and  study,  and 
the  episcopal  functions. 

Amidst  many  discordant  statements,  it 
is  difficult  to  fix  on  the  original  cause  of 
dissension  between  the  king  and  his 
archbishop,  but  that  which  brought  them 
into  immediate  collision  was  a  controver- 
sy respecting  the  jurisdiction  of  the  ec- 
clesiastical courts. 

A  man  in  holy  orders  had  debauched 
the  daughter  of  a  gentleman  in  Worces- 
tershire, and  then  murdered  the  father  to 
prevent  the  effects  of  his  resentment. 
The  atrociousness  of  the  crime  produ- 
ced a  spirit  of  indignation  among  the 
people  ;  and  the  king  insisted  that  the 
assassin  should  be  tried  by  the  civil  ma- 
gistrate. Becket  opposed  this,  alleg- 
ing the  privileges  of  the  church.  This 
produced  a  warm  contest  between  the 
king  and  archbishop,  and  the  latter  se- 
cretly left  the  kingdom  and  repaired  to 
the  pope  at  Sens.  Several  fruitless  at- 
tempts were  made  towards  an  accommo- 
dation between  the  king  and  Becket ; 
but  at  length  the  mutual  aim  of  both 
made  a  reconciliation  necessary.  But  no- 
thing could  exceed  the  insolence  with 
which  Becket  conducted  himself  upon 
his  first  landing  in  England.  Instead  of 
retiring  quietly  to  his  diocese  with  that 
modesty  which  became  a  man  just  par- 
doned by  his  king,  he  made  a  progress 
through  Kent,  in  all  the  splendor  and 
magnificence  of  a  sovereign  pontift'.  As 
he  approached  Southwark,  the  clergy, 
the  laity,  men  of  all  ranks  and  ages, 
came  forth  to  meet  him,  and  celebrated 
his  triumphal  entry  with  hymns  of  joy. 
Thus  confident  of  the  voice  and  hearts 
of  the  people,  he  began  to  launch  forth 
his  thunders  against  those  who  had  been 
his  former  opposers.  The  archbishop 
of  York,  who  had  crowned  Henry's  eld- 
est son  in  his  absence,  was  the  first 
against  whom  he  denounced  sentence  of 


ENGLAND. 


175 


Assassination  of  archbishop  Bccktt. 


suspension.  The  bishops  of  London  and 
SaUsbury,  he  actually  excommunicated. 
One  man  he  exconmiunicated  for  hav- 
ing spoken  against  him ;  and  another 
for  having  cut  off  the  tail  of  one  of  his 
horses.  Henry  was  in  Normandy,  while 
the  primate  was  thus  triumphantly  para- 
ding through  the  kingdom  ;  and  it  was 
not  without  the  utmost  indignation  that 
he  received  information  of  his  turbulent 
insolence.  When  the  suspended  and 
excommunicated  prelates  arrived  with 
their  complaints,  his  anger  knew  no 
bounds.  "  What  an  unhappy  prince  am  1," 
said  the  king, "  who  have  not  about  me  one 
man  of  spirit  enough  to  rid  me  of  a  sin- 
gle insolent  prelate,  whom  I  have  raised 
from  the  lowest  station  to  be  the  plague 
of  my  life,  and  the  continual  disturber 
of  my  government." 

Upon  hearing  which,  four  knights  who 
were  present,  Reginald  Fitzurse,  William 
Tracy,  Hugh  de  Moreville,  and  Richard 
Brito,  considering  that  passionate  expres- 
sion to  be  a  royal  licence,  secretly  pro- 
ceeded to  Saltvvood  to  arrange  their  oper- 
ations ;  and  each  bound  himself  by  oath 
to  carry  off  or  murder  Becket.  For  this 
purpose  they  proceeded  to  the  primate's 
house,  abruptly  entered   his   apartment, 


and  began  by  intimidating  him.  Pre- 
tending to  have  received  their  commission 
from  the  king,  they  ordered  him  to  ab- 
solve the  excommunicated  prelates.  He 
replied,  that  he  was  willing  to  do  so, 
(with  the  exception  of  the  archbishop  of 
York,  whose  case  was  reserved  for  the 
consideration  of  the  Pope,)  on  condition 
that  they  previously  took  the  accustomed 
oath  of  submitting  to  the  determination 
of  the  church.  When  the  primate  had 
entered  his  cathedral,  during  the  hour  of 
vespers,  the  same  laiights  with  twelve 
companions,  in  complete  armor,  entered  ; 
and  Hugh  de  Moreville  asked,  "  Where 
is  the  traitor  ?"  To  this  no  answer  was 
made  ;  upon  which  Fitzurse  asked, 
"  Where  is  the  archbishop  ?"  and  Becket 
replied,  "  Here  I  am,  the  archbishop, 
but  no  traitor.  Reginald,  I  have  granted 
thee  many  favors  ;  what  is  thy  object 
now  ?  If  you  seek  my  life,  I  command 
you,  in  the  name  of  God,  not  to  touch 
one  of  my  people."  He  was  then  told 
he  must  instantly  absolve  the  bishops  ; 
he  answered,  "  Till  they  offer  satisfac- 
tion, I  will  not."  "  Then  die  !"  exclaim- 
ed the  aasassin,  aiming  a  blow  at  his 
head,  Avhich  bore  away  his  cap,  and 
wounded  him  on  the  crown.    The  bishop 


176 


ENGLAND. 


joined  his  hands,  and  boAved  his  head, 
saying,  "  In  the  name  of  Christ,  and  for 
the  defence  of  his  church,  I  am  ready  to 
die."  A  second  stroke  threw  him  on  his 
knees  ;  and  a  third  laid  him  on  the  floor, 
at  the  foot  of  St.  Bennet's  ahar.  Thus, 
on  the  29th  of  December,  1170,  at  the 
age  of  fifty-three,  perished  this  extraor- 
dinary man,  a  martyr  to  what  he  deemed 
his  duty,  the  preservation  of  the  privileges 
and  immunities  of  the  church. 

When  the  news  of  Becket's  death 
reached  Normandy,  the  king  was  so 
strongly  aflected,  as  to  decline  company 
and  food  for  several  days.  He  knew 
not,  says  a  contemporary  of  that  period, 
how  to  behave  to  the  murderers.  To 
punish  them  for  that  they  had  understood 
he  wished  them  to  do,  seemed  imgener- 
ous  ;  to  spare  them  was  to  confirm  the 
general  suspicion,  that  he  had  ordered 
the  murder.  He  therefore  left  them  to 
the  judgment  of  the  spiritual  courts.  In 
consequence,  the  guilty  knights  travelled 
to  Rome,  and  were  enjoined  by  Alexan- 
der to  make  a  pilgrimage  to  Jerusalem, 
where  some,  if  not  all  of  them,  died. 

The  king,  to  avoid  the  immediate  con- 
sequences which  he  had  so  much  reason 
to  fear  from  the  anger  of  Alexander,  di- 
verted the  attention  of  his  subjects  by  an 
expedition  to  Ireland.  In  battle,  the  Irish 
are  said  to  have  measured  the  valor  of 
their  combatants  by  their  contempt  for 
artificial  assistance  ;  and  when  they  saw 
the  English  knights  cased  in  iron,  pro- 
nounced them  to  be  void  of  real  courage. 

On  the  12th  November,  1170,  Henry 
arrived  in  Dublin,  where  a  wooden  pal- 
ace had  been  erected  for  his  reception, 
as  he  chose  rather  to  allure,  than  to  com- 
pel, submission.  This  conduct  obtained 
him  a  nominal  homage  from  all  but  the 
princes  of  Ulster  ;  they  refused  to  visit 
the  king,  or  to  acknowledge  his  authority. 
However,  in  1 175,  a  treaty  of  "  final  con- 
cord" was  concluded,  by  which  it  was  j 
decreed  that  Roderick,  king  of  Con-  j 
naught,  should  govern,  under  the  English  : 
crown,  as  long  as  he  performed  the  ser- 1 
vices  to  which  he  was  bound,  and  Rod-  , 
erick  surrendered  one  of  his  sons  as  a  j 
hostage  to  Henry  for  his  fidelity.  j 

Soon  after  this,  Henry  was  disturbed  j 
by  quarrels  in  his  own  family,  and  which  j 


probably  originated  in  his  own  domestic 
conduct.  Henry  had  for  several  years  de- 
serted his  consort  for  a  succession  of  mis- 
tresses ;  particularly  Rosamond,  daugh- 
ter of  Walter  Clifford,  usually  denomina- 
ted "  Fair  Rosamond."  Though,  in  their 
early  years,  he  had  indulged  his  children 
to  excess,  that  affection,  as  they  grew  up, 
gradually  changed  into  the  tyranny  of  a 
despotic  and  jealous  sovereign.  His 
queen,  Eleanor,  who  knew  herself  to  be 
an  object  of  indifference  to  the  king,  en- 
couraged and  fomented  the  discontent  of 
her  sons.  Prince  Henry,  who  had  mar- 
ried Margaret,  the  daughter  of  Louis,  fled 
to  his  father-in-law  at  Chartres.  Rich- 
ard and  Geoffry  followed  the  steps  of 
their  brother,  and  the  queen  also  ab- 
sconded. In  this  dilemma,  the  oflended 
monarch  had  recourse  to  the  bishops  of 
Normandy,  who,  in  an  admonitory  letter, 
advised  the  queen's  return  to  her  hus- 
band ;  but  she  persevered  in  her  refusal, 
and  having  put  on  male  attire,  was  se- 
cured by  the  friends  of  her  husband,  and 
confined  by  him  during  the  remainder  of 
her  life. 

Henry  after  many  domestic  troubles, 
died  near  Tours,  to  which  place  he  had 
repaired,  in  order  to  adjust  a  peace  with 
the  French  king,  and  was  succeeded  by 
his  son  Richard. 

Although  Richard  showed  some  marks 
of  regret  for  the  loss  of  his  father,  he 
evidently  thirsted  too  much  for  the  exer- 
cise of  real  power  and  independent  do- 
minion, to  feel  much  sorrow,  when  the 
death  of  his  predecessor  gave  him  the 
sovereignity  of  England.  He  remained 
a  short  time  on  the  continent,  to  take  for- 
mal possession  of  his  foreign  territories, 
and  to  settle  the  differences  between  the 
crowns  of  fVance  and  England.  In  the 
meantime,  he  sent  immediate  orders  for 
the  liberation  of  his  mother  Eleanor, 
whom  he  appointed  regent  of  the  king- 
dom, until  his  arrival  in  this  country. 
On  the  13th  of  August,  1189,  he  landed 
at  Portsmouth  ;  the  chief  of  the  nobility 
met  their  sovereign  at  Winchester,  and 
on  the  3rd  of  September,  he  was  crown- 
ed with  great  pomp  and  magnificence  at 
Westminster.  The  day  was,  however, 
disgraced  by  an  inhuman  massacre  of 
the  Jews,  who  at  this  period  were,  in 


ENGLAND. 


177 


every  Christian  country,  the  principal  if 
not  the  sole,  bankers.  Their  profits  were 
enormous  ;  and,  as  there  was  no  law 
in  existence  to  regulate  the  interest  of 
money,  their  demands  rose  in  proportion 
to  the  wants  of  the  borrowers.  They 
liad  been  protected  under  the  late  reign 
by  Henry ;  but  as  Philip,  the  French 
king,  had  banished  them  from  France, 
they  feared  that  similar  measures  might 
be  adopted  by  Richard  ;  to  obviate  which, 
the  Jews  had  hastened  from  every  coun- 
try to  London,  with  valuable  presents  to 
the  king.  Richard  had  issued  a  procla- 
mation, forbidding  all  Jews  to  enter  the 
church  during  the  coronation  service,  or 
to  come  into  the  place  while  his  majesty 
should  be  at  dinner ;  but  some  of  these 
unfortunate  people  had  mixed  with  the 
crowd  at  the  coronation,  and  entered  the 
palace.  Their  appearance  there  excited 
popular  auger,  and  a  report  having  been 
spread  that  the  king  had  given  a  general 
permission  to  his  subjects  to  kill  them, 
every  Jew  who  had  the  temerity  to  ap- 
pear in  the  street  was  murdered,  and 
every  house  belonging  to  that  people  was 
set  on  fire.  It  was  in  vain  that  Richard 
despatched  the  justiciary  with  several 
knights  to  disperse  the  rioters  ;  the  work 
of  murder  continued  till  the  next  morn- 
ing. It  was  equally  vain  that,  by  pro- 
clamation, he  took  the  Jews  under  his 
protection  ;  the  example  of  the  capital 
was  followed  in  all  the  principal  towns 
in  England ;  they  were  every  where  plun- 
dered and  murdered. 

After  the  fatal  battle  of  Tiberias,  Acre, 
Sidon,  Ascalon,  and  Jerusalem  succes- 
sively fell  into  the  hands  of  the  sultan 
Saladin.  Tyre  alone  remained  in  the 
possession  of  the  Christians  ;  and  if  the 
struggle  was  still  faintly  maintained,  it 
was  owing  to  the  exertions  of  thousands 
from  Europe,  whose  misguided  zeal  led 
them  annually  to  perish  under  the  walls 
of  Acre.  The  considerations  of  danger 
that  would  have  deterred  a  more  prudent 
monarch  sensed  only  to  excite  the  ambi- 
tion of  Richard.  He  had  taken  the  cross 
during  the  reigTi  of  his  father  ;  and  now 
an  expedition  to  the  Holy  Land  offered 
such  attractions  to  his  adventurous  spirit, 
that  he  spent  the  four  months  he  passed 
in  England  in  preparing  for  the  Crusades, 
23 


and  chiefly  in  raising  money  on  terms 
that  were  dishonorable  to  himself  and  in- 
jurious to  his  successors.  The  demesne 
lands  and  the  offices  belonging  to  the 
crown  were  exposed  to  public  sale  ;  he 
received  bribes  from  Geoffry,  the  natural 
son  of  Henry,  who,  according  to  the  wish 
of  his  father,  was  now  archbishop  of 
York  ;  also  from  the  bishop  of  Durham, 
and  the  king  of  Scotland,  to  whom  he 
resigned  the  right  of  superiority  over  the 
crown  of  that  country,  which  had  been 
acquired  by  Henry. 

The  kings  of  England  and  France, 
having  engaged  to  make  the  pilgrimage 
to  the  Holy  Land  together,  an  army  of 
more  than  a  hundred  thousand  men,  in 
the  double  character  of  warriors  and  pil- 
grims, assembled,  to  march  under  their 
banners. 

Previous  to  Richard's  departure  from 
England,  he  added  to  his  mother's  dower 
the  lands  that  had  been  settled  on  Ma- 
tilda, queen  of  the  first  Henry,  and  Alice, 
the  relict  of  Stephen  ;  and  in  order  to 
attach  his  brother  John  to  his  interests, 
he  gave  him  about  one-third  of  his  king- 
dom. On  the  23rd  of  September,  in  the 
year  11 90,  both  the  kings  had  reached  the 
port  of  Messina  in  safety.  Philip  occu- 
pied a  royal  palace  within  the  walls,  and 
the  English  prince  had  a  house  in  the 
suburbs,  which  was  surrounded  with 
vineyards. 

Richard  was  profuse  in  the  disposal  of 
money ;  at  Christmas,  he  invited  to  his 
table  every  gentleman  of  the  two  armies, 
and  gave  to  each,  after  dinner,  a  present 
proportionate  to  his  rank.  The  queen 
dowager  having  arrived  Avith  Berengaria, 
daughter  of  the  king  of  Navarre,  to  be 
the  consort  of  Richard,  she  was  anointed 
and  crowned  on  her  bridal  day  by  the 
bishop  of  Evreux. 

Richard's  conduct  displeased  the  allies, 
who  were  waiting  his  presence  at  Acre, 
which  place  ha^-ing  endured  a  siege  of 
more  than  two  years  under  the  direction 
of  Saladin,  surrendered  to  the  valor  of 
the  Crusaders  on  the  10th  of  June  1191, 
a  few  days  after  the  arrival  of  Richard, 
who,  though  laboring  under  the  weakness 
of  an  intermittent  fever,  was  carried,  in 
the  intervals  between  the  fits,  to  the 
trenches,  and  superintended  the  opera- 


178 


ENGLAND. 


Battle  between  Richard  and  Saladin. 


tions  of  his  army.  After  numerous  pro- 
posals, made  and  rejected  by  each  party, 
a  negotiation  took  place,  in  which  it  was 
agreed  that  Saladin  should  surrender  the 
city,  and  that  the  Turks,  as  a  ransom  for 
their  lives,  should  restore  the  holy  cross, 
and  set  at  liberty  1500  captives.  The 
term  of  forty  days  was  assigned  for  the 
performance  of  the  conditions,  and  some 
thousands  of  hostages  were  detained  by 
the  Christians. 

The  nations  of  Christendom  received 
intelligence  of  this  conquest  as  a  prelude 
to  the  deUvery  of  Jerusalem  ;  but  the 
general  joy  was  damped  on  learning  that 
the  king  of  France  was  about  to  return 
home.  In  justification  of  this  step,  it  was 
stated  that  his  health  was  deeply  impaired 
by  sickness,  but,  in  fact,  the  two  kings 
had  never  cordially  co-operated  togeth- 
er ;  and  the  temper  of  Richard  was  so 
irritable,  that  all  were  obliged  to  submit 
to  liis  caprice,  or  come  to  open  hostilities  ; 
so  that  the  friends  of  Philip  contended 
he  would  advance  the  cause  of  the  Cru- 
sade by  Avithdrawing  from  the  army.  He 
therefore  quilted  Acre,  and  left  10,000  of 
liis  followers  under  the  command  of  his 
vassal,  the  duke  of  Burgundy.    The  forty 


days  had  nearly  expired  which  had  been 
fixed  for  the  performance  of  the  treaty 
between  Saladin  and  Richard,  when  the 
former  refused,  under  diflerent  pretexts, 
to  perform  his  part  of  it,  and  king  Rich- 
ard declared  that  the  hostages  should  pay 
the  foreit  of  his  perfidy  with  their  lives. 
In  these  wars  neither  party  had  been 
sparing  of  the  blood  of  their  captives  ; 
on  that  occasion  the  hostages  were  led 
to  the  summit  of  a  hill,  and  2,700  infidels 
were  butchered  ;  and  at  the  same  time 
almost  an  equal  number,  that  had  fallen 
to  the  lot  of  the  king  of  France,  were 
massacred  on  the  walls  of  Acre,  by  the 
duke  of  Burginidy.  After  this  bloody 
deed,  Richard  conducted  his  army,  now 
reduced  to  30,000  men,  from  Acre  to 
Jaffa,  near  which  place  he  obtained  a 
complete  victory  over  Saladin. 

A  want  of  union  in  opinion  had  hith- 
erto operated  against  the  success  of  the 
Crusaders  ;  as  personal  interests  or  na- 
tional jealousy  continually  threw  some 
obstacle  in  the  way  of  general  co-opera- 
tion. But  in  the  following  siunmer  all 
seemed  unanimous,  and  demanded,  with 
one  voice,  to  march  against  Jerusalem, 
and  Richard  returned  for  that  purpose  to 


ENGLAND. 


179 


Bethany.  Then  with  Jerusalem  before 
his  eyes,  he  recommended  the  selection 
of  twenty  counsellors,  who  should  decide 
upon  oath  whether  it  were  better  to  be- 
siege that  capital,  or  Cairo,  the  capital 
of  Egypt,  from  whence  Saladin  drew  his 
supplies.  To  the  astonishment  of  all, 
they  preferred  the  latter  ;  so  that  the  king 
led  them  back  to  Acre,  notwithstanding 
the  remonstrances  of  his  followers.  The 
duke  of  Burgimdy  composed  a  song,  in 
which  he  severely  censured  this  conduct 
in  the  British  king  ;  and  the  latter,  in  re- 
venge, wrote  a  satire  on  the  personal 
vices  of  his  opponent.  On  the  retreat  of 
the  Christians,  Saladin  poured  his  army 
into  the  town  of  Jaffa,  upon  which  Rich- 
ard hastened  to  its  succor,  and,  by  per- 
forming prodigies  of  valor,  succeeded  in 
raising  the  siege.  His  exertions,  how- 
ever, brought  on  a  fever,  and  he  conde- 
scended to  ask  for  an  armistice,  which 
was  agreed  upon  for  three  years.  At  this 
treaty  Saladin  insisted  on  the  destruction 
of  Ascalon  ;  and,  in  return,  he  granted  to 
the  pilgrims  free  access  to  the  holy  sepul- 
chre. Thus  ended  a  Crusade  which  had 
cost  Europe  the  lives  of  more  than  200,000 
of  her  bravest  warriors,  which  had  drain- 
ed the  nobles  of  their  long  hoarded  wealth, 
and  shown  to  the  high-minded  chivalry 
of  France  and  England  that  a  handful  of 
"  infidels"  could  resist  the  united  attacks 
of  pope,  kings,  and  people.  The  worst 
enemy  of  the  Crusaders  might  certainly 
be  traced  to  their  own  internal  dissen- 
sions. They  could  neither  agree  while 
marching  together  in  armies  with  a  view 
to  conquest,  nor  yet  unite  their  conquests 
imder  one  government  after  they  had  made 
them.  The  states  they  did  form,  instead 
of  assisting,  made  war  upon  each  other, 
and  latterly  even  on  the  Greek  emperors, 
and  thus  became  an  easy  prey  to  the 
common  enemy.  The  invading  armies 
were  dissolute  in  their  habits,  and  their 
licentiousness  was  viewed  with  abhor- 
rence by  their  abstemious  and  intellectual 
opponents. 

Previous  to  his  return  to  Europe, 
Richard,  on  taking  a  last  view  of  the 
shores  of  Asia,  on  the  9th  of  October, 
1193,  is  said  to  have  exclaimed,  "  Most 
holy  land,  I  commend  thee  to  the  care 
of  the  Almighty  !     May  he  grant  me  life 


to  return  and  rescue  thee  from  the  yoke 
of  the  infidels  ! " 

Whilst  these  things  were  passing 
abroad,  Richard's  English  subjects  were 
suffering  from  the  rapacity  of  his  minis- 
ters, and  the  ambitious  views  of  his  broth- 
er John.  At  his  departure  for  Pales- 
tine, the  king  had  entrusted  the  reins  of 
government  to  William  de  Longchamp, 
a  Norman  of  obscure  birth,  on  whom  the 
most  costly  preferments  were  bestowed. 
He  was  first  made  chancellor,  then  bishop 
of  Ely,  afterwards,  grand  justiciary,  and, 
lastly,  papal  legate  in  England  and  Scot- 
land; which  placed  him  during  the  king's 
absence,  at  the  head  of  the  church  and  the 
state.  This  twofold  authority  he  exer- 
cised in  the  most  despotic  manner. 

England  was  in  a  state  of  civil  dis- 
sension, when  the  news  arrived  of  Rich- 
ard having  set  out  on  his  return  from 
Acre,  and  a  general  impatience  prevailed 
to  behold  this  champion  of  the  cross. 
After  repeated  disappointments,  all  Eu- 
rope was  electrified  at  learning  that  Henry 
VI,  of  Germany,  had  purchased  the  royal 
captive  from  Leopold  of  Austria,  for  the 
sum  of  60,000/.,  and  that  he  was  con- 
fined in  one  of  the  castles  of  the  Tyrol. 
Whilst  his  English  subjects  were  using 
every  exertion  to  procure  the  liberty  of 
their  sovereign,  John  repaired  to  Paris, 
and  leagued  with  Philip,  king  of  France, 
in  the  invasion  of  Normandy.  Several 
fortresses  yielded  ;  but  Rouen  was  saved 
by  the  exertions  of  the  earl  of  Essex. 

Longchamp,  who  still  remained  in  ex- 
ile, was  the  first  to  discover  the  retreat  of 
his  royal  master.  By  repeated  solicita- 
tions he  obtained  permission  to  conduct 
the  king  to  the  diet  at  Hagenau,  where 
he  answered  the  accusations  alleged 
against  him,  in  so  manly  and  persuasive 
a  manner,  that  the  cold-liearted  emperor 
ordered  his  chains  to  be  struck  off;  show- 
ed him  the  respect  due  to  a  crowned  head ; 
and  consented  to  treat  about  the  amount 
of  his  ransom. 

The  negotiations  for  procuring  the 
king's  liberty  occupied  four  months.  At 
the  end  of  that  time  one  hundred  and 
fifty  thousand  marks  was  fixed  upon  as 
the  price  to  be  paid  ;  the  other  conditions 
were  that  Richard  should  restore  Isaac, 
the  late  emperor  of  Cyprus,  to  his  liberty, 


180 


ENGLAND. 


but  not  to  his  dominions  ;  and  to  deliver 
Isaac's  captive  daughter  to  her  uncle,  the 
duke  of  Austria.  Henry,  in  return,  pro- 
mised to  set  the  king  at  liberty  on  receipt 
of  the  money ;  to  aid  him  against  all  his 
enemies  ;  and  to  invest  him  with  the  feu- 
dal sovereignty  of  Provence.  Richard, 
with  a  view  to  bind  the  emperor  more 
firmly  to  his  interest,  adopted  the  strange 
expedient  advised  by  his  mother,  which 
was,  by  the  delivery  of  the  cap  from  his 
head  to  resigir  the  crown  into  the  hand 
of  the  emperor,  who  restored  it  to  him 
again  to  be  held  as  a  lief  of  the  empire 
with  the  obligation  of  a  yearly  payment 
of  five  thousand  pounds.  But  John  and 
the  French  king  offered  a  more  tempting 
bait  to  keep  Richard  in  captivity.  This, 
however,  the  German  princes  and  barons, 
who  were  security  for  Richard's  freedom, 
would  not  agree  to.  The  money  was 
raised  by  a  tax  upon  the  people  ;  and  such 
was  the  poverty  of  the  nation,  or  the 
peculation  of  the  agents  employed,  that 
a  second,  and  even  a  third  collection  was 
obliged  to  be  levied  on  the  impoverished 
and  murmuring  inhabitants. 

Richard  ultimately  perished  in  a  quar- 
rel with  the  viscount  of  Limoges,  in 
Normandy,  with  -whom  the  king  was  dis- 
satisfied, because  the  baron  refused  to 
give  to  him  the  whole  of  a  treasure  found 
on  his  estate  of  Vidomar.  As  Richard 
was  going  round  the  walls  with  one  of 
his  officers,  on  the  26th  of  March,  1199, 
he  was  wounded  in  the  shoulder  by  an 
archer  named  Gourdon.  An  imskilful 
surgeon  drew  out  the  head  of  the  arrow, 
but  mortification  ensued.  On  learning 
his  danger,  Richard  ordered  the  man  to 
be  brought  into  his  presence,  and  asked 
him,  "  VVhat  injury  did  I  ever  do  to  thee, 
that  thou  shouldst  kill  me  ?"  The  soldier 
replied,  "My  father  and  two  brothers 
fell  by  your  sword ;  and  you  intended  to 
have  hanged  me.  You  may  now  satiate 
your  revenge.  I  should  cheerfully  suffer 
all  the  torments  that  can  be  inflicted, 
were  I  but  sure  of  having  delivered  the 
world  of  a  tyrant,  who  has  drenched  it 
with  blood  and  carnage."  This  spirited 
answer  struck  Richard  with  remorse,  and 
he  ordered  Gourdon  to  be  set  at  liberty, 
with  one  hundied  shillings  to  take  him 
home. 


As  soon  as  Richard's  death  was  known, 
John  was  crowned  as  his  successor  to 
the  throne  of  England.  According  to 
the  right  of  hereditary  succession,  the 
crown  should  have  descended  to  Arthur, 
duke  of  Britany,  who  was  the  son  of 
John's  brother,  GeofTry. 

One  of  the  first  acts  of  John's  sove- 
reignty was  to  obtain  a  divorce,  (on  the 
usual  plea  of  consanguinity,)  from  his 
wife,  Hadwisa,  whom  he  had  married 
twelve  years  before,  and  to  form  another 
matrimonial  connection.  With  this  intent 
he  sent  ambassadors  to  Lisbon,  to  de- 
mand the  princess  of  Portugal ;  but  be- 
fore he  could  receive  an  answer,  having 
accidentally  seen  Isabella,  daughter  to 
Aymor,  count  of  Angouleme,  he  was 
captivated  with  her  beauty.  She  had 
been  publicly  promised  and  privately 
espoused  to  Hugh,  count  of  La  Marche  ; 
but  the  glitter  of  a  crown  seduced  the 
faith  of  both  father  and  daughter;  and 
John  conducted  Isabella  as  liis  bride  to 
England.  The  count  La  Marche  appeal- 
ed to  the  justice  of  Philip  of  France  ; 
and  the  latter,  glad  of  an  excuse  to  hmn- 
ble  his  powerful  rival,  entered  the  field 
against  John.  The  consequence  of  this 
war  was,  that  John  lost  the  best  portion 
of  his  possessions  in  France.  During 
that  contest,  however,  he  took  his  nephew, 
Arthur,  who  had  previously  been  allowed 
to  reside  with  the  French  king,  prisoner, 
and  confined  him  in  a  dungeon  of  the 
castle  of  Rouen,  from  which  place  he 
suddenly  disappeared  a  few  weeks  after. 
The  silence  observed  by  his  imcle  re- 
specting the  circumstance  was  considered 
a  proof  that  the  young  prince  was  mur- 
dered ;  report  attributed  the  manner  of 
his  death  to  the  dagger  of  John,  and  he 
whispers  of  suspicion  were  soon  convert- 
ed into  a  general  belief  of  the  king's 
guilt.  The  Bretons  swore  to  be  revenged 
on  the  murderer  of  Arthur,  and  pro- 
ceeded to  settle  the  succession  to  the 
dukedom,  which  was  claimed  for  Alice, 
daughter  of  Constantia,  and  Guy  de 
Thouars,  Avhom  she  had  married  after  the 
death  of  her  first  husband,  GeofTry.  Phi- 
lip summoned  John  to  prove  his  innocence 
before  the  French  peers  ;  John  refusing, 
he  soon  after,  with  the  Bretons,  entered 
his  dominions,  and  the  king  returned  to 


ENGLAND. 


181 


England,  leaving  the  direction  of  a  pow- 
erful army  to  his  general,  the  earl  of 
Pembroke.  Such,  however,  was  the 
success  of  Philip,  that  Normandy  was 
soon  re-annexed  to  the  French  crown, 
after  a  separation  of  292  years. 

John  next  engaged  in  a  contest  with 
the  Roman  pontiff.  It  originated  in  an 
exclusive  right,  claimed  by  the  monks  of 
Christ  church,  and  founded  on  ancient 
custom,  to  elect  their  prelates  ;  and  this 
they  exercised  on  the  demise  of  arch- 
bishop Hubert,  when  the  junior  part  of 
the  monks  assembled  clandestinely  in  the 
night,  and  placed  Reginald,  their  sub- 
prior,  on  the  archiepiscopal  throne,  with- 
out, as  was  usual  on  all  former  occasions, 
applying  for  the  royal  license. 

Soon  after  John  became  involved  in  a 
contest  with  the  Pope,  in  which  he  was 
obliged  to  submit  to  great  humiliations, 
and  in  1215,  he  was  compelled  by  his 
subjects  to  give  them  the  "  Magna  Char- 
ta," — the  charter  of  their  liberties.  This 
charter  was  afterwards  extended  and 
confirmed  by  several  kings.  John,  how- 
ever, had  no  intentions  of  adhering  to  its 
provisions  ;  but  as  soon  as  he  could  col- 
lect a  sufficient  force,  he  renewed  the 
war  against  his  subjects,  and  died  in  the 
midst  of  civil  broils  in  1216. 

John  was  succeeded  by  his  son,  Henry 
HI,  who  had  only  just  completed  his 
tenth  year.  He  had  a  long,  but  through 
his  own  weakness,  an  vmquiet  reign. 
Under  him,  in  1265,  was  established 
the  lower  house  of  parliament,  or  house 
of  commons.  He  died  in  1272,  and 
was  succeeded  by  his  son,  Edward 
I,  who  was  Avise  and  brave,  and  one 
of  the  most  distinguished  in  the  line 
of  English  kings.  At  the  time  of 
his  father's  death  he  was  in  Palestine, 
and  nearly  two  years  elapsed  before  he 
reached  England.  He  was  crowned  in 
Westminster  Abbey,  August  19,  1273. 
Soon  after  this  event,  Llewellyn,  prince 
of  Wales,  having  refused  to  swear  fealty 
as  a  vassal  to  the  throne  of  England, 
Edward  advanced  with  his  fleet  across 
the  Dee,  and  cut  off  the  communication 
between  Snowden  and  the  sea.  The 
Welsh  suffered  so  much  from  famine,  that 
lilewellyn  was  compelled  to  surrender 
on  the  conditions  prescribed  by  the  con- 


queror, but  which  Edward  afterwards 
rendered  easy,  by  the  terms  of  friendship 
which  he  extended  to  the  chieftain,  and 
to  his  brother  David.  Shortly  after  this 
event,  Llewellyn  married  Eleanor  de 
Montfort,  daughter  of  the  late  earl  of 
Leicester,  and  who  was  then  the  king's 
prisoner.  To  David  he  was  a  liberal 
protector ;  yet  a  very  short  period  sufficed 
to  convince  Edward  that  his  bounty  had 
been  bestowed  on  a  faithless  and  un- 
worthy object.  The  Welsh  had  imbi- 
bed, from  their  ancestry,  an  antipa- 
thy towards  the  English.  They  beheld 
with  grief  the  gradual  extinction  of  their 
national  usages,  the  distribution  of  the 
cantreds  into  hundreds  and  shires,  and 
the  introduction  of  English  laws  and 
English  judicatures.  David,  with  all  his 
obligations  to  Edward,  felt  dissatisfied ; 
even  Llewellyn  had,  or  pretended  to  have, 
causes  of  complaint,  and  lent  a  willing 
ear  to  the  inflammatory  suggestions  of 
his  brother,  who  headed  the  rebellious 
party. 

The  Welsh  poured  from  their  moun- 
tains into  the  marshes,  and  laid  the  coun- 
try waste  with  fire  and  sword.  But  the 
struggle  was  of  short  duration,  as  the 
Welsh  leader  was  killed  by  an  English 
knight,  and  his  head  sent  to  London. 

The  independence  of  Wales  expired 
with  Llewellyn  ;  but  the  better  to  secure 
the  permanency  of  his  conquest,  Edward 
spent  the  following  year  in  Wales,  dur- 
ing which  period  his  son  Edward  was 
born  at  Caernarvon.  From  the  final 
pacification  of  Wales  to  the  commence- 
ment of  the  troubles  in  Scotland,  was  an 
interim  of  four  years  ;  and  much  of  that 
period  was  spent  by  the  monarch  in 
settling  disputes  between  the  kings  of 
France,  Aragon,  and  Sicily  ;  all  of  whom 
were  consigned  within  a  few  months  to 
the  tranquillity  of  the  grave.  The  French 
regency  invited  Edward  to  assume  the 
office  of  mediator  ;  but  while  he  was  en- 
gaged in  the  concerns  of  foreign  states, 
the  people  of  England  complained  that 
he  neglected  the  interests  of  his  own 
kingdom. 

The  refusal  of  a  supply  by  the  parlia- 
ment admonished  liim  to  return  ;  and  he 
soon  found  in  the  unfortunate  situation 
of  Scotland,  ample  field  for  the  exercise 


182 


ENGLAND. 


of  his  policy  and  liis  ambition.  Ed- 
ward's sister,  Margaret,  had  married 
Alexander,  king  of  Scotland,  by  whom  she 
had  two  sons,  who  both  died,  and  one 
daughter,  married  to  Eric,  King  of  Nor- 
way, the  latter  had  also  a  daughter  Mar- 
garet ;  and  now,  by  the  death  of  the 
infant  princess,  the  posterity  of  the  three 
last  Scottish  kings  had  become  extinct ; 
and  the  crown  of  Scotland  was  claimed 
by  thirteen  competitors. 

Some  of  the  leading  Scottish  barons 
invited  Edward  to  take  the  place  of  arbi- 
trator, and  his  ambition  led  him  to  main- 
tain his  claim  to  the  appointment,  as  a 
right  inherent  in  his  own  crown,  because, 
he  said,  being  the  superior  lord,  the  kings 
of  Scotland  reigned  but  as  his  vassals. 
In  consequence  of  this  acceptance,  the 
king  summoned  the  barons,  prelates,  and 
commons  of  Scotland  to  meet  him  at 
Norham,  on  the  borders  of  the  two  king- 
doms ;  in  the  church  of  which  place, 
Brabancon,  the  English  justiciary,  an- 
nounced Edward's  arrival  for  the  purpose 
of  settling  the  right  of  succession  to  the 
crown.  The  true  heir  was  to  be  found 
in  the  descendants  of  David,  earl  of 
Huntingdon,  brother  to  king  William,  and 
from  the  eldest  daughter  of  whom  had 
sprung  John  Baliol,  lord  of  Galloway. 
'I'o  him  the  crown  was  adjudged,  for 
which  he  did  fealty  to  king  Edward,  as 
sovereign  lord  of  the  realm  of  Scotland. 
Baliol  soon  felt  the  consequence  of  this 
disgraceful  vassalage,  as  every  suiter  who 
was  dissatisfied  with  the  king's  decision, 
appealed  to  Edward  as  his  superior  lord ; 
and  in  the  first  year  of  his  reign,  he  was 
served  with  four  citations  to  answer  in 
the  court  of  England :  in  every  other 
respect  the  conduct  of  Edward  towards 
Baliol  Avas  generous  and  honorable.  But 
Baliol  was  soon  involved  in  an  endless 
quarrel  with  a  powerful  adversary,  Mac- 
duft",  the  son  of  Malcolm,  earl  of  Fife, 
which,  with  the  frequency  of  appeals, 
that  he  refused  to  answer,  alTorded  a 
pretence  for  dissatisfaction ;  a  succession 
of  difficulties  divided  the  general  inter- 
ests of  the  Scottish  people,  and  a  war  was 
the  result,  which  deprived  Baliol  of  the 
crown. 

Baliol  was  deposed  by  the  English 
king,  and  removed  to  the  Tower  of  Lon- 


don, which  was  assigned  him  as  a  resi- 
dence by  Edward.  After  three  years  the 
royal  captive  was  allowed  to  retire  into 
Normandy,  Boniface,  the  pontiff,  having 
become  responsible  for  his  future  good 
conduct,  which  we  have  cause  to  think 
was  never  infringed  upon,  as  no  further 
mention  is  made  of  Baliol  until  his  death, 
in  1 305.  After  that  event,  Edward  made 
a  tour  through  Scotland,  and  found  every 
sword  sheathed,  and  every  knee  ready  to 
bend  to  him  as  their  lord ;  but  the  mon- 
arch had  learned  that  oaths,  extorted  from 
a  conquered  people,  impose  but  a  feeble 
restraint  on  the  spirit  of  independence. 
No  sooner  had  the  king  settled  the  gov- 
ernment of  Scotland,  than  William  Wal- 
lace rekindled  the  flame  of  Scottish  pa- 
triotism. He  was  soon  joined  by  a  large 
body  of  troops,  headed  by  sir  William 
Douglas  ;  they  were  at  first  successful, 
but  were  at  length  defeated  at  the  battle 
of  Falkirk.  Wallace  escaped  into  the 
woods,  but  after  the  fortress  of  Stirling 
had  surrendered  to  Edward,  he  was  taken 
and  brought  to  London,  where  he  was 
tried  and  basely  executed  as  a  traitor. 

Towards  the  close  of  the  king's  reign, 
Comyn,  one  of  the  claimants  to  the  Scot- 
tish throne,  was  slain  by  the  hand  of  his 
rival,  Bruce.  Edward  immediately  sent 
orders  to  his  lieutenant,  Aymar  de  Val- 
ence, to  chastise  the  presumption  of 
Bruce  ;  and  all  the  young  nobility  of  Eng- 
land were  summoned  to  receive,  in  com- 
pany with  prince  Edward,  the  honor  of 
knighthood,  previous  to  accompanying 
that  prince  on  an  expedition  to  Scotland. 
The  king  knighted  his  son  within  the  pal- 
ace ;  and  the  prince  conferred  a  similar 
honor  in  the  abbey  church  on  his  two  hun- 
dred and  seventy  champions.  The  king 
vowed  before  God  that  he  would  avenge 
the  death  of  Comyn,  and  besought  the  peo- 
ple, in  the  event  of  his  death,  during  the 
expedition,  to  keep  his  body  unburied, 
till  they  had  enabled  his  son  to  fulfil 
his  vow.  His  son  then  swore  he  would 
not  sleep  two  nights  in  the  same  place, 
until  he  had  entered  Scotland  to  execute 
his  father's  commands.  His  example 
was  applauded  and  foUow^ed.  The  next 
morning,  the  prince,  with  his  knights' 
companions,  departed  for  the  borders. 
The  king  followed  by  easy  journeys,  but 


ENGLAND. 


183 


was  obliged  from  weakness  to  remain  in 
the  neighborhood  of  Carlisle,  where  his 
military  tenants  joined  him. 

In  the  mean  time  Bruce  had  assmiied 
the  title  of  king,  and  was  crowned  at 
Scone  without  opposition.  But  after  a 
series  of  disasters,  he  was  obliged  to  take 
shelter  in  Ireland.  At  the  end  of  winter 
the  exiles  issued  from  their  retreat. 
Bruce,  who  soon  collected  a  large  num- 
ber of  followers,  in  one  instance  defeated 
the  English  army,  which  proved  such  a 
source  of  vexation  to  Edward  that  he  de- 
termined to  advance  into  Scotland ;  but 
the  exertion  of  mounting  his  horse  threw 
him  back  into  his  former  state  of  weak- 
ness, and  having  proceeded  only  six 
miles  in  four  days,  he  expired  at  Burgh, 
on  the  Sands,  on  the  7th  of  July,  1307, 
in  the  sixty-ninth  year  of  his  age,  and  the 
thirly-tifth  of  his  reign. 

This  king's  reign  is  mainly  distin- 
guished by  the  subjugation  of  Wales, 
which  at  his  death  was  firmly  united  to 
the  English  crown.  Edward  was  twice 
married,  and  had  seventeen  children. 

Edward  II,  surnamed  of  Caernarvon, 
from  the  place  of  his  birth,  was  the  first 
royal  prince  who  bore  the  title  of  Prince 
of  Wales.  Besides  the  many  advantages 
bequeathed  him  by  his  noble  father,  he 
was  much  beloved  by  the  English  peo- 
ple, who  hoped  for  great  prosperity  un- 
der his  government.  But  they  entertain- 
ed a  better  opinion  of  the  young  king 
than  he  deserved ;  as  an  unfortunate  at- 
tachment to  Piers  Gaveston  was  produc- 
tive of  the  most  fatal  results.  Whatever 
portion  he  inherited  of  the  disposition  of 
his  father  was  obliterated  by  the  trifling 
manners  and  example  of  his  companion, 
with  whom  he  joined  in  the  pursuit  of 
dissipation  and  pleasure.  His  royal  pa- 
rent having,  by  frequent  admonition,  and 
occasional  punishment,  vainly  tried  to  in- 
stil into  his  mind  the  love  of  worthy  ob- 
jects, had  banished  Gaveston  from  the 
kingdom  ;  and  when  he  did  so,  required 
from  him  a  solemn  promise  that  he  would 
never  return  without  the  royal  consent. 
He  however  was  recalled,  but  he  was 
the  source  of  many  troubles  till  he  was 
beheaded. 

Being  at  peace  with  his  own  subjects, 
Edward  thought  this  a  favorable  time  to 


go  to  Scotland ;  for,  while  he  had  been 
contending  for  a  favorite,  he  had  contrived 
to  lose  a  crown.  Bruce  had  made  slow, 
but  constant  progress  in  obtaining  the  in- 
dependence of  his  country,  and  the  cele- 
brated battle  of  Bannockburn,  ended  in 
the  defeat  of  the  English  army. 

Soon  after  this  victory,  Bruce  endeav- 
ored to  enter  into  a  treaty  with  the  Eng- 
lish monarch,  but  as  Edward  denied  to 
him  the  title  of  king,  the  negotiation 
was  soon  at  an  end,  and  Bruce  turned  his 
arms  towards  Ireland,  which  had  long 
presented  a  state  of  dissension  and  war- 
fare. Accordingly,  Edward  Bruce,  broth- 
er to  the  king  of  Scotland,  landed  at  Car- 
rickfergus  with  an  army  of  six -thousand 
men,  all  bent  upon  emancipating  the  na- 
tives from  the  yoke  of  their  English  op- 
pressors ;  and  his  first  victories  gave  him 
such  powerful  influence  with  the  inhabi- 
tants, that  they  unanimously  crowned 
him  as  their  king.  His  inactivity,  how- 
ever, caused  the  destruction  of  the  differ- 
ent septs  who  had  joined  him ;  and,  al- 
though assisted  by  the  presence  of  his 
brother  Robert,  king  ofi  Scotland,  such 
numbers  of  the  army  perished  through 
want,  fatigue,  and  the  inclemency  of  tlxe 
weather,  that  Robert  Bruce  soon  became 
dissatisfied  with  his  Irish  expedition,  and 
hastened  back  to  his  native  dominions. 

During  the  continuance  of  the  war  in 
Ireland,  the  English  had  sufiered  the 
miseries  of  pestilence  and  famine.  A 
deficiency  in  the  harvest  of  1314  created 
general  alarm  ;  so  that  it  became  difficult 
to  obtain  a  supply  of  bread  even  for  the 
royal  table  ;  and  this  calamity  increased 
to  such  an  alarming  height,  that  the  poor 
were  reduced  to  feed  on  roots,  horses, 
dogs,  and  the  most  loathsome  animals. 
The  want  of  nourishment,  and  the  insa- 
lubrity of  the  food,  produced  dysenteries 
and  other  epidemic  disorders  among  the 
people  ;  and  the  king,  at  the  suggestion 
of  the  citizens  of  London,  suspended  the 
breweries,  as  a  measure,  "  without  which, 
not  only  the  indigent,  but  the  middle 
classes  must  inevitably  have  perished 
through  want  of  food."  During  this  pe- 
riod of  unexampled  distress,  the  Scotch, 
taking  advantage  of  the  calamitous  sea- 
son, poured  down  in  great  numbers  upon 
the  English  borders.     The  dissensions 


184 


ENGLAND. 


between  the  king  and  the  barons  frus- 
trated the  means  of  resistance,  which 
might  otherwise  have  been  offered,  and 
the  northern  counties  were  ravaged  with 
impunity;  until,  at  length,  a  truce  for  two 
years  was  concluded  through  the  inter- 
ference of  pope  John. 

The  hostilities  between  England  and 
Scotland  were  now  concluded  by  a  truce 
of  thirteen  years,  and  queen  Isabella,  un- 
der the  pretence  of  effecting  a  reconcilia- 
tion between  her  royal  consort  and  her 
brother,  Charles  le  Bel,  took  a  journey  to 
France,  and  contrived  to  get  her  son  Ed- 
ward there  also,  a  boy  of  twelve  years  of 
age.  Whilst  there,  the  queen  was  joined  by 
Mortimer,  with  whom  she  lived  on  terms 
of  great  intimacy.  Charles  had  succeeded 
his  brother  Philip  to  the  throne  of  France, 
and  had  latterly  formed  several  frivolous 
pretexts  to  quarrel  with  the  king  of  Eng- 
land. It  had  been  artfully  suggested  to 
the  papal  envoys,  employed  by  the  pon- 
tiff to  restore  peace  between  the  two 
kings,  that  Charles  might  be  induced  to 
grant  to  the  solicitations  of  a  sister  what 
he  would  withhold  from  an  indifferent 
negotiator.  Edward  fell  into  the  snare, 
and  Isabella  proceeded  with  a  splendid 
retinue  to  France.  Months  passed  away, 
and  neither  mother  nor  son  appeared  in- 
clined to  revisit  England. 

Isabella,  at  length,  appeared  at  the 
head  of  the  insurgents  at  Orewell,  in  Suf- 
folk. In  a  council  purposely  summoned 
on  the  occasion,  several  instances  were 
detailed  of  the  king's  brutal  conduct  to- 
wards his  queen;  and  it  was  declared 
she  could  not  return  to  her  consort  with- 
out being  in  evident  danger  of  her  life. 
Under  this  and  similar  pretexts,  the  queen, 
aided  by  Mortimer,  and  the  remnant  of 
the  Lancastrian  faction,  worked  upon  the 
credulity  of  the  people,  the  great  bulk  of 
whom,  now  struggling  with  the  effects  of 
disease  and  famine,  were  in  a  fit  state  for 
revolution.  When  Isabella  approached 
the  capital,  Edward  found  it  requisite  for 
his  safety  to  seek  concealment,  and  re- 
tired with  a  small  retinue  to  the  marches 
of  Wales,  where  lay  the  estates  of  Hugh 
Spencer.  At  Bristol,  it  was  ascertained 
that  the  king  had  taken  shipping  for  Lun- 
dy,  a  small  isle  in  the  mouth  of  the  Bris- 
tol Channel,  which  had  been  previously 


fortified  and  stored  with  provisions.  A 
proclamation  was  immediately  made,  sum- 
moning him  to  return  and  resume  the 
government.  The  barons  and  prelates 
assumed  the  power  of  parliament,  and  re- 
solved, that  by  the  king's  absence  the 
realm  had  been  left  without  a  ruler,  and 
they  declared  the  young  prince  guardian 
of  the  kingdom,  in  the  name,  and  by  the 
right,  of  his  father. 

The  king  having  landed  at  Swansea, 
M^as  conducted  to  the  strong  fortress  of 
Kenilworth,  where  he  was  treated  as  a 
prisoner.  A  deputation  came,  who  used 
promises  and  threats  to  induce  him  tore- 
sign  the  crown,  which  it  appears  he  ac- 
ceded to,  and  his  son  Edward,  who  was 
in  his  fourteenth  year,  was  declared  king. 
The  custody  of  his  person  was  given  to 
sir  John  de  Maltravers,  who,  to  conceal 
the  place  of  his  residence,  successively 
transferred  the  royal  prisoner  from  Ken- 
ilworth to  Corfe,  Bristol,  and  Berkeley 
castles  ;  and,  by  severity,  endeavored  to 
deprive  him  of  his  reason,  or  to  shorten 
his  life.  From  the  period  of  his  son's 
coronation,  the  deposed  monarch  suffered 
every  indignity  which  the  malice  of  his 
keepers  could  invent.  During  the  illness 
of  lord  Berkeley,  who  had  been  joined 
with  sir  John  Maltravers  in  the  guardian- 
ship of  the  unfortunate  king,  he  was  mur- 
dered at  Corfe  castle,  by  the  introduction 
of  a  red-hot  iron  into  his  bowels,  and  the 
corpse  was  privately  buried  in  the  abbey 
church  of  St.  Peter,  at  Gloucester. 

The  part  acted  by  Isabella  in  this  tra- 
gedy is,  however,  much  more  atrocious 
than  that  of  any  other  queen  in  the  annals 
of  our  country.  It  has  been  proved  that 
she  left  England  with  the  most  friendly 
professions,  and  that  she  was  actually 
cognizant  of  the  murder  of  her  husband, 
which  she  might  have  prevented  by  the 
slightest  effort  with  her  party. 

Edward,  the  son  of  the  preceding  mon- 
arch, commenced  his  reign  in  1327.  At 
first  the  whole  power  of  the  government 
was.  usurped  by  Isabella.  The  Scots 
now  taking  advantage  of  the  unsettled 
state  of  the  political  horizon  in  this  part 
of  the  island,  crossed  the  Tees,  and  be- 
gan to  ravage  Durham.  Bruce  now'  col- 
lected an  army  of  20,000  men,  which 
principally  consisted  of  cavalry,  and  by 


ENGLAND. 


185 


the  rapidity  of  his  movements,  eluded  the 
vigilance  of  the  English  forces,  which 
were  headed  by  the  youthful  Edward, 
who,  by  proclamation,  promised  the  honor 
of  knighthood  and  an  annuity  of  1 00/,  for 
life  to  the  first  who  should  bring  him  in- 
telligence of  the  Scots.  Thomas  de  Roke- 
by  gave  the  required  information ;  but  the 
English  were  completely  foiled  in  this 
campaign.  In  the  ensuing  spring,  peace 
was  concluded  between  the  two  nations. 
Edward  resigned,  by  a  solemn  treaty, 
every  claim  of  superiority  over  Scotland, 
and  consented  that  the  dominions  of 
Bruce,  his  friend  and  ally,  should  form  a 
kingdom  distinct  from  that  of  England, 
without  subjection,  right  of  service,  claim, 
or  demand  whatsoever.  It  was  also  agreed 
that  Jane,  the  sister  of  the  English  king, 
should  marry  David,  the  eldest  son  of 
Bruce  ;  and  that  the  sum  of  30,000  marks 
should  be  paid  to  Edward,  as  a  compen- 
sation for  the  damages  inflicted  by  the 
Scottish  army  in  the  last  invasion ;  which 
sum,  on  the  marriage  of  her  daughter  at 
Berwick,  Isabella  divided  between  her- 
self and  Mortimer. 

The  arrogance  of  this  man  now  ex- 
ceeded all  bounds.  He  assumed  the  re- 
gal authority  in  coimcil,  and  filled  the 
court  with  Ms  dependents,  maintaining  a 
guard  of  180  knights  for  his  own  secu- 
rity. Such  conduct  excited  the  jealousy 
of  the  gi-eat  barons ;  his  scandalous  fa- 
miliarity with  Isabella,  the  murder  of  the 
late  king,  and  the  public  disapprobation 
of  the  recent  peace  with  Scotland,  con- 
curred to  embolden  the  enemies  of  Mor- 
timer, and  associations  were  formed  to 
remove  him  from  the  court.  As  the  dis- 
content of  the  nation  increased,  many 
strange  reports  were  circulated  and  be- 
lieved. Among  others  it  was  asserted, 
that  the  late  king  was  still  living  in  Covfe 
castle,  under  the  custody  of  sir  John 
Deverel.  The  earl  of  Kent  was  sur- 
rounded by  the  agents  of  Mortimer,  who, 
under  the  guise  of  friendship,  drew  him 
into  a  snare  which  cost  him  his  life.  He, 
with  the  archbishop  of  York  and  bishop 
of  London,  was  arrested  on  the  charge  of 
having  conspired  to  depose  the  young 
king,  and  replace  his  father  on  the  throne. 

At  eighteen  years  of  age,  Edward  had 
a  son  by  his  wife  Philippa,  and  the  king, 
24 


feeling  the  degraded  situation  in  which 
he  was  placed  by  his  mother,  consulted 
with  lord  Montacute,  and,  acting  under 
the  advice  of  that  nobleman,  he  resolved 
to  assume  the  regal  authority  ;  and  a 
plan  was  arranged  to  arrest  Mortimer 
during  the  session  of  the  parliament  at 
Nottingham.  For  this  purpose,  Monta- 
cute gained  the  confidence  of  sir  William 
Eland,  governor  of  the  castle,  in  which 
the  royal  party  resided  during  the  session, 
as  every  precaution  was  taken  for  Morti- 
mer's security.  Through  a  subterraneous 
passage,  leading  from  the  west  side  of  the 
rock  to  the  castle,  the  king's  friends  were 
introduced  ;  and  having  seized  Mortimer, 
he  was  brought  before  the  parliament  to 
answer  to  the  following  charges  : — That 
he  had  fomented  the  dissensions  between 
the  late  king  and  his  queen ; — that  he 
had  illegally  assumed  that  power  which, 
by  law,  was  vested  in  the  king's  council 
alone  ; — that  of  his  own  authority  he  had 
removed  the  late  king  from  Kenilworth 
to  Berkeley,  wliere  he  caused  him  to  be 
put  to  death  ; — that  by  his  agents  he  had 
caused  the  earl  of  Kent  to  believe  his 
brother  was  alive,  and  then  procured  the 
earl's  death  on  pretence  of  treason  ; — and 
that  he  had  embezzled  the  royal  treasures, 
&c.  The  peers  retired  with  the  bill  of 
impeachment,  and  after  some  delibera- 
tion, declared  all  the  charges  to  be  noto- 
riously true  ;  they  therefore  condemned 
Mortimer  "to  be  drawn  and  hanged  as 
a  traitor  and  enemy  of  the  king  and 
kingdom." 

The  attention  of  Edward  was  now 
drawn  to  the  affairs  of  the  Scottish  bor- 
der, and  he  induced  the  English  parlia- 
ment to  give  its  approbation  to  a  renewal 
of  the  war.  The  English  were  victorious 
at  the  battle  of  Halidon  Hill,  when  sir 
Archibald  Douglas,  the  regent  of  Scot- 
land, with  six  earls,  and  many  barons, 
fell  on  the  field  of  battle  ;  and  Baliol  was 
seated  on  the  throne  of  Scotland.  In  a 
short  period,  however,  the  cause  of  inde- 
pendence again  triumphed ;  though,  as 
long  as  Baliol  was  supported  by  the  king 
of  England,  he  rose  victorious  from  every 
disaster  ;  but  from  the  moment  that  Ed- 
ward determined  to  claim  the  crown  of 
France,  the  war  with  Scotland  was  suf- 
fered to  languish,  and  fortress  after  for- 


186 


ENGLAND. 


Naval  battle  of 

tress  surrendered  to  David,  the  son  of 
Robert  Bruce.  It  had  been  the  policy 
of  the  French  crown  to  support  the  Scot- 
tish kings  against  the  power  of  England. 
Edward  beheld  this  conduct  with  dis- 
pleasure, and  his  enmity  was  strengthen- 
ed by  the  advice  of  Robert  of  Artois. 
Having  obtained  the  aid  of  several  conti- 
nental princes  and  sovereigns,  the  Eng- 
lish monarch  sailed  with  a  numerous 
fleet  from  Orwell  to  Antwerp.  To  de- 
fray the  expenses  of  this  expedition,  Ed- 
ward had  recourse  to  subsidies,  tallages, 
and  forced  loans  ;  he  pledged  his  jewels 
and  his  crown,  and  seized  for  his  present 
use,  the  tin  and  wool  of  the  year.  The 
allies  who  had  promised  their  assistance 
to  Edward  were  unwilling  to  come  into 
the  field ;  and  for  twelve  months  he  did 
nothing  more  than  ravage  the  country  in 
his  march,  and  burn  many  villages,  and 
exercise  all  the  annoyances  to  the  gov- 
ernment, and  cruelty  to  the  inhabitants, 
which  the  practice  of  war  had  rendered 
usual  on  similar  occasions.  In  vain  did 
pope  Benedict  XII,  represent  to  Edward 
that  his  ambition  and  the  interested  views 
of  his  allies,  were  leading  him  into  diffi- 
culties and  disgrace.  Although  the  king 
had  disbanded  his  armv,  and  had  involved 


Sluys  in  1340. 

himself  in  debt  to  the  amount  of  300,0007, 
he  persisted  in  his  purpose,  and  set  forth 
his  claim  to  the  French  crown  in  two 
proclamations,  issued  at  Ghent,  in  which 
he  assumed  the  title  of  king  of  France, 
and  quartered  in  his  arms  the  French 
lilies  with  the  English  lions. 

Leaving  his  queen  at  Ghent,  as  a  hos- 
tage for  his  speedy  return,  Edward  re- 
visited England,  and  obtained  from  his 
parliament  an  imprecedented  supply. 
This  time  Edward  sailed  with  a  gallant 
fleet  from  Orwell,  and  obtained  so  com- 
plete a  victory  over  Philip,  who  had  as- 
sembled, with  the  aid  of  the  Genoese 
and  Normans,  a  powerful  fleet  in  the  har- 
bor of  Sluys,  that  the  French  ministers 
were  fearful  of  informing  their  monarch 
of  the  disaster.  His  buffoon  first  hinted 
it  to  him  by  calling  the  English  cowards  ; 
and  when  the  king  asked  the  reason,  he 
replied,  that  they  had  not  the  courage  to 
leap  into  the  sea  like  the  French  and 
Normans. 

After  a  fruitless  attempt  to  gain  the 
earldom  of  Flanders  for  his  son,  Edward 
collected  a  numerous  force,  consisting 
solely  of  his  own  subjects,  and  sailed  to 
the  coast  of  Normandy  ;  which  province 
was  so  defenceless,  that,  while  the  fleet 


ENGLAND. 


187 


burnt  the  vessels  in  the  different  harbors, 
the  army  pillaged  the  country,  set  fire  to 
the  villages,  and  collected  prisoners.  Ed- 
ward's object  was  to  cross  the  Seine,  and 
lay  siege  to  the  town  of  Calais.  This 
was  rendered  so  difficult  on  account  of 
the  bridges  having  been  purposely  des- 
troyed, that  a  crossing  could  only  be  ef- 
fected by  stratagem,  which  he  at  length 
accomplished  over  the  Seine  and  the 
Somme ;  and  having  got  possession  of 
Crotoi,  he  issued  his  orders  to  make  the 
necessary  preparations  in  the  event  of  a 
battle,  as  the  French  army  was  then  at 
Abbeville.  The  spot  on  which  Edward 
determined  to  receive  the  enemy,  was  an 
eminence  which  rose  on  a  gentle  ascent 
a  little  behind  the  village  of  Crecy. 

On  the  morning  of  the  26th  of  August, 
1346,  Edward  drew  up  his  army  in  three 
lines  on  a  gentle  slope,  with  a  wood  be- 
hind, where  he  placed  baggage  and 
horses.  His  cavaliers  were  to  fight  on 
foot ;  as,  from  the  smallness  of  the  Eng- 
lish numbers,  "one  eighth  of  the  French," 
says  Froisart,  but  at  most  one  third, — it 
was  requisite  they  should  keep  together 
and  fight  on  the  defensive.  Edward, 
after  riding  through  the  ranks  and  exhort- 
ing his  soldiers,  cheerfully  commanded 
them  to  sit  down,  to  take  ample  refresh- 
ment, and  in  repose  await  the  enemy. 
Philip  in  the  mean  time  was  leading 
forth  his  numerous  host  from  Abbe- 
ville :  it  was  an  army  lately  gathered, 
obeying  many  chiefs,  some  Genoese, 
some  Germans  ;  undisciplined,  weak, 
and  disorderly,  from  its  very  numbers. 
From  Abbeville  to  Crecy  was  a  march 
of  three  or  four  leagues.  The  hour  was 
late,  and  the  French  were  tired  ere  they 
approached  the  English  line.  Philip 
was  advised  to  halt  and  await  the  follow- 
ing day :  he  gave  orders  for  so  doing ; 
but  such  was  the  rivalry  of  the  chiefs, 
that  each  would  have  his  banner  next  the 
enemy,  and  in  the  disorder  they  approach- 
ed too  near  the  English  to  retreat  or  de- 
fer the  action.  The  choleric  Philip,  too, 
when  he  saw  the  English  array,  and  its 
small  extent,  became  anxious  to  annihi- 
late his  enemies.  He  ordered  the  Geno- 
ese cross-bowmen  to  begin  the  action ; 
they  were  reluctant,  and  pleaded  fatigue. 
*'  Kill  the  lazy  ribalds !"  said  the  count 


d'Alen<jon ;  and  the  Genoese  were  com- 
pelled to  attack  :  they  did  so  with  a  loud 
clamor,  which  was  increased  by  a  storm 
of  rain  and  thunder,  and  by  an  immense 
flock  of  crows  which  hovered  over  the 
armies,  and  was  regarded  as  an  evil  pre- 
sage. The  English  archers  advanced 
each  one  step  in  silence,  and  by  one 
volley  slaughtered  and  discomfited  the 
Genoese.  The  French  knights,  enraged, 
drew  their  swords  on  the  unfortunate 
auxiUaries,  and  cut  their  way  through  to 
arrive  at  the  enemy.  They  encountered 
the  first  line  of  the  English  imder  the 
prince  of  Wales  ;  and  here  was  the  heat 
of  the  battle.  Edward  was  sent  to  for 
aid  ;  but  he,  who  saw  the  strife  and  knew 
the  mettle  of  his  men,  refused.  "Let 
my  son  win  his  spurs !"  said  the  monarch ; 
and  bravely  did  young  Edward,  after- 
wards the  Black  Prince,  earn  these  sym- 
bols of  knighthood.  The  French  were 
beaten,  despite  their  immense  numbers  ; 
and  as  darkness  soon  came  on  to  increase 
the  confusion  and  render  it  impossible  to 
recognise  knight  or  noble,  the  slaughter 
was  great.  Eleven  princes  fell  in  the 
field  ;  also  nearly  a  hundred  nobles  bear- 
ing banners,  twelve  hundred  chevaliers, 
and  thirty  thousand  soldiers.  Amongst 
them  were  the  kings  of  Bohemia,  and 
Majorca,  the  dukes  of  Lorraine  and  Bour- 
bon, the  counts  of  Flanders  and  Alenqon. 
Godfrey  of  Harcourt,  who  was  in  Ed- 
wards army,  saw  his  brother,  the  count  of 
Harcourt,  and  his  two  sons,  perish  in  the 
opposite  ranks.  Philip  was  compelled 
to  take  flight.  Such  was  the  battle  of 
Crecy,  re*narkable  for  the  noble  blood 
shed  in  it,  and  for  the  brief  space  in  which 
it  was  decided.  Though  the  defeat  was 
owing  in  a  great  measure  to  the  want  of 
discipline  and  ill  assortment  of  Philip's 
army,  the  chief  cause  in  this,  as  in  other 
instances,  was  the  contempt  of  the  French 
princes  and  nobles  for  the  present  levies 
and  infantry,  to  which  they  evidently  pre- 
ferred the  rabble  of  foreign  mercenaries. 
The  day  after  the  action  large  bodies  of 
the  militia  of  neighboring  municipalities 
arrived,  and  were  slaughtered  by  the  Eng- 
lish. Edward,  on  the  contrary,  reUed 
upon  his  country's  yeomen,  and  compell- 
ed his  knights  to  dismount  and  fight  on 
foot  with  them. 


ENGLAND. 


We  may  now  follow  Edward  to  the 
siege  of  Calais,  which  is  one  of  the  most 
memorable  features  of  the  campaign. 
Edward  was  determined  to  reduce  the 
town  by  famine.  John  de  Vienne,  the 
governor,  upon  seeing  a  town  of  huts  rise 
around  him,  perceived  the  design  of  the 
king,  and  turned  out  of  the  place  every 
individual  who,  upon  inquiry,  did  not  pos- 
sess a  sufficient  supply  of  provisions  for 
several  months.  Philip  did  not  neglect 
to  employ  every  means  in  his  power  to 
relieve  so  important  a  fortress.  Taking 
with  him  the  Oriflamme,  the  sacred  stand- 
ard of  France, he  encamped  at  Whilsand, 
with  150,000  men  ;  but  finding  the  roads 
rendered  impassable  by  the  fortifications 
of  the  besiegers,  he  proposed  a  peace, 
which  was  rejected  ;  he  then  challenged 
Edward  to  a  general  battle,  which  the 
latter  accepted  ;  but  the  French  monarch, 
fearful  of  defeat,  retired  on  the  eve  of  the 
day  which  had  been  arranged  for  the 
combat. 

In  vain  did  the  governor  solicit  for  a 
capitulation ;  Edward  insisted  that  he 
should  surrender  at  discretion.  This  in- 
telligence brought  despair  to  the  inhabi- 
tants, as  they  knew  the  king  had  express- 
ed a  resolution  to  punish  them  for  their 
obstinacy  and  resistance.  They  met  in 
the  market-place  to  consult  together, 
when  the  noble  generosity  of  Eustace  de 
St.  Pierre  induced  him  to  offer  his  life 
for  the  sake  of  his  fellow  townsmen ; 
five  others  imitated  his  example ;  and 
they  proceeded  barefooted  and  barehead- 
ed, with  halters  in  their  hands,  to  the 
English  camp,  where  Edward  received 
them  Avith  great  severity,  but  granted 
their  lives  to  the  tears  and  entreaties  of 
his  queen  Philippa.  Thus  was  Calais 
severed  from  the  French  crown,  after  a 
siege  of  twelve  months.  {See  France.) 

Early  in  the  year  1356,  the  prince  of 
Wales,  who  commanded  the  English  army 
in  the  French  provinces,  and  who,  from 
the  color  of  his  armor,  was  styled  the 
"Black  Prince,"  left  Bordeaux  with  a 
small  army,  and  overran  the  fertile  prov- 
inces of  Querc,  Limousin,  Auvergne  and 
Berri.  The  harvest  was  trodden  under 
foot ;  the  cattle  were  slaughtered ;  the 
wines  and  provisions  which  the  army 
coidd  not  consume  were  destroyed  ;  the 


farm-houses,  villages  and  towns,  were 
reduced  to  ashes  ;  and  every  captive, 
able  to  pay  his  ransom,  was  conducted 
to  Bordeaux.  Elated  with  success,  the 
young  prince  was  unconscious  of  his  dan- 
ger in  penetrating  so  far  into  the  country, 
and  found,  on  arriving  at  Maupertuis,  they 
were  within  five  miles  of  the  enemy. 
The  two  armies  met  near  Poitiers,  and 
such  was  the  extraordinary  valor  of  the 
English,  that  the  whole  chivalry  of  France 
was  defeated  by  a  handful  of  our  coun- 
trymen ;  and  John  became  the  captive  of 
prince  Edward. 

On  the  death  of  theBlack  Prince,  which 
happened  in  1376,  the  king  began  to  feel 
the  most  fatal  symptoms  of  decay,  and 
retired  to  his  palace  at  Eltham.  Here 
he  was  entirely  abandoned  by  his  nobles, 
and  left  to  the  mercy  of  Alice  Perrers,  a 
very  beautiful  mistress,  who  had  long  re- 
sided there.  This  bad  woman  after  hav- 
ing plundered  the  dying  monarch  of  all 
that  was  valuable,  even  to  the  ring  on  his 
finger,  left  him  in  his  last  agony.  The 
ordinary  servants  of  the  king  were  simi- 
larly engaged,  and  all  that  the  power  and 
wealth  of  the  regal  state  could  procure 
for  his  last  moments,  was  the  attendance 
of  one  poor  priest,  who  was  passing  the 
palace  at  the  time  of  the  tumultuous 
scramble. 

Richard  II,  ascended  the  throne  of 
England,  July  13,  1377  ;  he  was  the 
grandson  of  Edward  III,  and  inherited 
the  kingdom  in  the  right  of  his  father,  the 
late  prince  of  Wales,  usually  called  the 
Black  Prince.  As  he  was  but  eleven 
years  of  age  when  he  commenced  his 
reign,  the  government  was  vested  in  the 
hands  of  his  three  imcles,  the  dukes  of 
York,  Lancaster,  and  Gloucester.  The 
very  opposite  dispositions  of  these  noble- 
men it  was  thought  would  counteract  the 
designs  of  each  other.  Lancaster  was 
neither  popular  nor  enterprising,  York 
was  indolent  and  weak,  and  Gloucester 
was  turbulent,  popular  and  ambitious. 

At  this  period,  a  spirit  of  independence 
was  awakened  in  the  minds  of  the  peo- 
ple, which  may  be  ascribed  to  a  variety 
of  causes  First,  to  the  progressive  im- 
provement of  society ;  secondly,  to  the 
heavy  pressure  of  taxation  ;  and,  above 
all,   to  the  many   and  lasting  wars   by 


ENGLAND. 


189 


wliich  Europe  had  so  long  been  con- 
vulsed. The  faint  dawning  of  the  arts 
and  sciences,  which  now  began  to  revive, 
encouraged  the  people  to  hope  for  better 
fortune,  and  to  feel  the  weight  of  those 
chains  with  which  the  laws,  enacted  by 
the  nobility  and  gentry,  had  so  long  and 
so  severely  galled  them.  Their  discon- 
tent was  greatly  increased  by  the  repre- 
sentation of  John  Ball,  an  itinerant 
preacher,  who  inculcated  the  doctrine  of 
perfect  equality,  that  mankind  were  all 
derived  from  one  common  stock,  and 
that  every  one  of  them  had  an  equal  right 
to  liberty  and  a  share  of  the  goods  of  na- 
ture, of  which  they  had  been  deprived 
by  the  ambition  of  their  tyrannical  ruler. 
Wat  Tyler,  a  blacksmith,  was  the  first 
who  excited  the  people  to  take  up  arms. 
The  immediate  cause  was  the  insolent 
behavior  of  one  of  the  collectors  of  the 
poll-tax  to  Tyler's  daughter,  which  the 
enraged  father  resented  by  knocking  out 
the  ruffian's  brains  with  his  hammer. 

The  bystanders  applauded  the  action, 
and  exclaimed  that  it  was  high  time  for 
the  people  to  take  vengeance  on  their  ty- 
rants, and  to  vindicate  their  rights.  The 
whole  country  immediately  took  arms, 
and  the  insurgents  soon  amounted  to 
more  than  100,000  men.  They  advan- 
ced to  Blackheath,  where  they  sent  a 
message  to  the  king,  who  had  taken 
shelter  in  the  Tower,  desiring  a  confer- 
ence with  him.  The  king  was  desirous 
of  complying  with  their  demands,  but 
was  intimidated  by  their  behavior.  In 
the  mean  time  they  entered  the  city,  burn- 
ing and  plundering  the  houses  of  such 
as  were  obnoxious  to  the  people.  Their 
animosity  was  particularly  levelled  against 
the  lawyers,  to  whom  they  showed  no 
mercy.  The  king  at  last,  knowing  that 
the  Tower  was  notable  to  resist  their  as- 
saults, went  out  among  them,  and  desired 
to  know  their  demands.  To  this  they 
made  a  very  humble  remonstrance  ;  re- 
quiring a  general  pardon,  the  abolition  of 
slavery,  freedom  of  commerce  in  the 
market  towns,  and  a  fixed  rent  instead  of 
those  services  required  by  the  tenure 
of  villenage.  The  king  granted  all  these 
requests,  and  charters  were  made  out  by 
which  the  grant  was  ratified.  In  the 
mean   time,   however,  another  body  of 


these  insurgents  had  broken  into  the 
Tower,  and  slain  the  Chancellor,  the  pri- 
mate, and  the  treasurer,  with  some  offi- 
cers of  distinction.  They  then  divided 
themselves  into  bodies,  and  took  up  their 
quarters  in  diflferent  parts  of  the  city. 
At  the  head  of  one  of  these  was  Wat 
Tyler,  who  led  his  men  into  Smithfield, 
where  he  was  met  by  the  king,  who  in- 
vited him  to  a  conference  under  pretence 
of  hearing  and  redressing  his  grievances. 
Tyler  ordered  his  companions  to  retire 
till  he  should  give  them  a  signal,  and 
boldly  rode  up  to  the  king  in  the  midst  of 
his  retinue.  His  demands  were,  that  all 
slaves  should  be  set  free  ;  that  all  com- 
monages should  be  open  to  the  poor  as 
well  as  to  the  rich  ;  and  that  a  general 
pardon  should  be  passed  for  the  late  out- 
rages. Whilst  he  was  making  these  de- 
mands, William  Walworth,  lord  Mayor 
of  London,  without  considering  the  dan- 
ger to  which  he  exposed  his  majesty, 
stunned  Tyler  with  a  blow  of  his  mace  ; 
and  one  of  the  king's  knights,  riding  up, 
despatched  him  with  his  sword.  The 
mutineers  seeing  their  leader  fall,  pre- 
pared themselves  to  take  revenge.  Their 
bows  were  already  bent  for  execution, 
when  Richard,  though  not  yet  sixteen 
years  of  age,  rode  up  to  the  rebels,  and 
with  admirable  presence  of  mind,  cried 
out,  "  What,  my  people,  Avill  you  kill  your 
king  ?  Be  not  concerned  for  the  loss  of 
your  leader.  I  myself  will  now  be  your 
general.  Follow  me  into  the  field,  and 
you  shall  have  whatever  you  desire." 
The  multitude  immediately  desisted,  and 
followed  the  king  into  the  fields,  where 
he  gxanted  them  the  same  charters  that 
he  had  before  granted  to  their  compan- 
ions. These  charters,  however,  were 
soon  after  revoked,  and  the  people  redu- 
ced to  their  former  degraded  state  of  vas- 
salage. 

In  1389,  the  Idng,  at  an  extraordinary 
council  of  the  nobility  assembled  after 
Easter,  to  the  astonishment  of  all  pres- 
ent, desired  to  know  his  age.  Being 
told  that  he  was  turned  of  twenty-two, 
he  alleged  that  it  was  then  time  for  him 
to  govern  without  help,  and  that  there 
was  no  reason  why  he  should  be  de- 
prived of  those  rights  which  the  meanest 
of  his  subjects  enjoyed.     The  lords  an- 


190 


ENGLAND. 


swered  in  some  confusion,  that  he  had 
certainly  an  undisputed  right  to  take  upon 
himself  the  government  of  the  kingdom. 
"  Yes,"  replied  the  king,  "  1  have  longbeen 
under  the  government  of  tutors,  and  I  will 
now  first  show  my  right  to  power  by  their 
removal."  He  then  ordered  Thomas 
Anmdel,  whom  the  commissioners  had 
lately  appointed  chancellor,  to  give  up 
the  seals,  which  he  next  day  delivered 
to  William  of  Wickham,  bishop  of  Win- 
chester. He  next  removed  the  duke  of 
Gloucester,  the  earl  of  Warwick,  and 
other  lords  of  the  opposition,  from  the 
council  ;  and  all  the  great  officers  of  the 
household,  as  well  as  the  judges,  were 
changed. 

These  and  other  acts  raised  a  power- 
ful party  against  him.  While  absent  in 
Ireland,  the  Didte  of  Lancaster  Avhom  he 
had  banished,  embarked  at  Nantz ;  and 
with  a  retinue  of  only  sixty  persons,  in 
three  small  vessels,  landed  at  Ravenspur, 
in  Yorkshire.  The  earl  of  Northumljer- 
land,  together  with  Henry  Percy  his 
son,  who  was  usually  called  Hotspur,  im- 
mediately joined  him  with  their  forces  ; 
and  the  people  flocked  to  him  in  such 
numbers,  that  in  a  few  days  his  army 
amounted  to  60,000  men. 

Richard,  in  the  mean  time,  continued 
in  perfect  security  in  Ireland  for  some 
time.  Contrary  winds,  for  tliree  succes- 
sive weeks,  prevented,  his  receiving  any 
news  of  the  rebellion  which  was  begim 
in  his  native  dominions.  He  landed 
therefore  at  Milford  Haven  without  sus- 
picion, attended  by  a  body  of  20,000 
men,  but  immediately  found  himself  op- 
posed by  a  power  which  he  could  by  no 
means  resist.  His  army  gradually  de- 
serted him,  till  at  last  he  was  obliged  to 
acquaint  the  duke,  that  he  would  submit 
to  whatever  terms  he  pleased  to  pre- 
scribe. The  duke  did  not  think  proper 
to  enter  into  any  treaty  with  the  king, 
but  carried  him  to  London,  where  he 
was  confined  a  close  prisoner  in  the 
Tower,  formally  deposed  by  parliament, 
or  rather  by  the  duke  of  Lancaster,  and 
at  last  put  to  death. 

The  new  king  assumed  the  name  of 
Henry  IV,  and  all  things  having  been 
arranged  for  his  coronation,  a  proclama- 
tion was  issued  in  the  following  words  : 


"  In  the  name  of  Fadher,  Son,  and 
Holy  Ghost,  I,  Henry  of  Lancaster, 
challenge  this  rewme  of  Ynglonde,  and 
the  croun,  with  all  the  membres  and  the 
appurtenances  ;  als  that  I  am  descenditby 
right  line  of  the  blode,  coming  fro  the 
glide  King  Henry  therde,  and  throge 
that  right  that  God  of  his  grace  hath 
sent  me,  with  help  of  kyn,  and  of  my 
frendes  to  recover  it ;  the  which  rewme 
was  in  pojmt  to  be  ondone  by  defaut  of 
governance,  and  ondoying  of  the  gude 
laws."  His  eldest  son,  Henr}%  then  in 
his  thirteenth  year,  was  created  duke  of 
Cornwall,  prince  of  Wales,  and  earl  of 
Chester.  His  son  Thomas,  only  eleven 
years  old,  high  steward,  constituting 
Thomas  Percy,  earl  of  Worcester,  his 
lieutenant.  He  was  crowned  with  great 
solemnity,  and  with  the  usual  ceremonies, 
with  this  addition,  that  the  sword  he 
wore  when  he  landed  at  Ravenspur, 
was  borne  naked  in  his  left  hand  by  the 
earl  of  Northumberland. 

Henry  commenced  his  reign  by  an 
expedition  to  Scotland,  and  it  afforded 
the  king  an  occasion  for  exhibiting  a 
moderation  unknown  in  the  annals  of 
Scottish  warfare.  From  humanity,  or 
policy,  he  labored  to  mitigate  the  horrors 
of  invasion,  by  granting  his  protection  to 
all  who  asked  it ;  and  the  royal  banner 
invariably  served  to  protect  the  inhabi- 
tants from  the  violence  and  rapacity  of 
the  soldiers.  Meanwhile  the  war  raged 
on  the  borders  of  the  two  realms.  The 
Scottish  earl  of  March  had  done  homage 
to  Henry,  and  directed  the  inroads  of  the 
Percies  into  Scotland ;  and  the  earl  of 
Douglas  had  retaliated  by  making  similar 
incursions  into  Northumberland.  On 
Hol}^TOod-day  was  fought  a  decisive  bat- 
tle. The  Scots,  headed  by  Douglas,  oc- 
cupied the  hill  of  Holmedon,  on  the  bor- 
ders of  Northumberland;  the  English, 
led  by  the  duke  of  Northumberland,  his 
son  Henry  Percy,  sumamed  Hotspur, 
and  the  earl  of  March,  were  on  the  oppo- 
site eminence.  Douglas,  with  the  flower 
of  the  Scottish  nobility,  was  made  pris- 
oner ;  and  the  English  won  a  complete 
victory  by  the  archers  alone,  the  English 
men  at  arms  not  having  occasion  to  draw 
the  sword.  The  next  year  was  signal- 
ized by  the  rebellion  of  the  Percies  ;  the 


ENGLAND. 


191 


very  party,  whose  exertions  had  fixed 
Henrj'  on  the  throne,  now  wished  to  dis- 
place him.  In  this  they  Avere  assisted 
by  the  Welsh  cliieftain,  Owen  Glendoiu:; 
but  Henry  intercepted  the  progress  of 
the  insingents  by  appearing  with  his 
army  in  Shrewsbmy,  just  as  the  enemy 
came  in  sight  of  its  walls.  The  conspi- 
racy was  ended  by  the  battle  of  Shrews- 
bury, which  was  one  of  the  most  obsti- 
nate and  bloody  recorded  in  history.  In 
numbers  the  two  armies  were  nearly 
equal.  The  king  made  proposals  of 
peace,  which  were  rejected,  and  the  air 
resounded  with  the  adverse  shouts  of 
"  St.  George,"  and  "  Esperance  Percy.'" 
Hotspur  was  slain,  and  his  father,  the 
duke  of  Northumberland,  surrendered 
afterwards  to  Henry  at  York,  where  he 
was  left  in  honorable  custody  to  plead 
his  cause  in  the  next  parliament ;  when 
the  lords  sentenced  him  to  pay  a  line  at 
the  king's  pleasure ;  but,  on  the  earl 
swearing  feahy  to  Henry  and  to  the 
king's  sons,  he  obtained  a  full  remission 
of  all  fines  and  penahies. 

An  insurrection  having  been  attempted 
in  favor  of  the  young  earl  of  March,  the 
good  archbishop  Scroop,  who  was  an 
enthusiastic  defender  of  his  claim  to  the 
throne,  suffered  as  a  traitor,  and  acquired 
among  the  people  the  reput-ation  of  a 
mart\-r.  Henry,  aware  that  the  trial 
and  punishment  of  an  archbishop  would 
have  been  attended  with  great  ditficullies, 
appointed  sir  William  Fultlirop  judge  on 
that  occasion.  Sir  William,  without  any 
form  of  trial,  pronounced  sentence  of 
death,  which  was  instantly  put  in  execu- 
tion. The  act  so  enraged  the  pope,  that 
he  published  a  sentence  of  excomnnmi- 
cation  against  all  who  were  concerned 
in  the  death  of  the  archbishop  Scroop  ; 
but  Henr}-  so  far  satisfied  his  successor, 
Clement  VII,  that  he  removed  the  in- 
terdict. After  many  unsuccessfid  at- 
tempts on  the  part  of  the  insurgents,  the 
earl  of  Northumberland,  who,  though  he 
had  been  restored  to  his  estates,  had 
been  deprived  of  the  offices  of  constable 
and  warden  of  the  marches,  and  had 
again  joined  the  rebellious  party,  fell  in 
a  contest  on  Bramham  Moor.  But  there 
yet  remained  one  who  had  defied  the 
power  of  Henry  during  the  whole  of  his 


reign.  This  was  Owen,  commonly  call- 
ed Glendour,  who  traced  his  descent 
from  the  last  of  the  native  princes  of 
Wales.  His  small  property  lay  conti- 
guous to  that  of  the  lord  Grey  de  Ruthen, 
and  the  latter,  despising  the  weakness  of 
the  Welshman,  added  a  portion  of  it  to 
his  own.  Glendour  presented  a  petition 
to  parliament,  which  was  contumeliously 
rejected  through  the  influence  of  his  op- 
ponent. He  therefore  seized  the  first 
opportimity  of  the  king's  absence  in  Scot- 
land to  do  himself  justice  by  force  of 
arms.  Henry  resented  the  attempt  as  an 
insult  to  his  aiuhority.  Owen  Avas  de- 
clared an  outlaw  by  the  English  govern- 
ment, and  he  declared  iiimself  the  right- 
ful sovereign  of  Wales.  Adventurers 
from  every  quarter  of  the  kingdom  en- 
listed imder  his  standard,  and  Glendour 
indidged  the  hope  of  restoring  the  inde- 
pendence of  his  countr\-.  Thrice  did 
Henry  lead  a  powerful  army  into  Wales, 
and  thrice  he  was  bafik-d  by  the  poUcy 
and  braver}-  of  Glendour.  These  failures 
increased  the  power  of  the  chieftain ; 
France  assisted  him  with  troops,  but 
Henry  committed  the  conduct  of  the  war 
to  his  eldest  son,  who,  by  his  activity 
and  perseverance^  gradually  subdued 
Wales  ;  though  Glendoiu"  himself  never 
submitted,  as  he  contrived  to  spin  out  the 
contest  among  the  wilds  of  Snowden,  till 
long  after  the  accession  of  the  next  mon- 
arch. The  contest  between  the  prince 
of  Wales  and  Glendour  forms  the  subject 
of  the  most  interesting  of  Shakspeare's 
historical  dramas. 

A  series  of  epileptic  fits  was  the  fore- 
runner of  the  king's  death.     His  last  fit 
seized  him  while  he   was  pra\-ing  in  St. 
Edward's    chapel  at  Westminster.     He 
was  carried  into  the  abbot's  chamber,  and 
quietly  expired  on  the   20th  of  March, 
1413,  in  the  fourteenth  year  of  liis  reign. 
As  soon  as  the  death  of  Henr}'  IV  was 
knoAA-n,  his  son  Henry  was  called  to  the 
;  throne  by  the   mianimous  vote  of  parlia- 
i  ment,  under  the  title  of  Henr}-  V. 
j      Henry,  having  determined   to  revive 
j  the  claim  of  the  English  croAvn  to  the 
French  dominions,   embarked  at  South- 
!  amptou,  and  entered  the  mouth  of  the 
I  Seine  with  a  fleet  of  1 ,500  sail,  canying 
6,000  men  at  arms,  and  24,000  archers. 


192 


ENGLAND. 


He  landed  at  Harfleur,  took  the  place  by 
storm,  and  wished  to  march  through  Pi- 
cardy  to  Calais,  in  order  to  fix  his  winter 
quarters  in  its  neighborhood.  With  a 
powerful  force,  the  Dauphin  advanced 
against  him.  The  numerical  superiority 
of  the  French  was  great,  and  the  confi- 
dence of  the  leaders  and  the  nobles  such, 
that  they  refused  the  profTcred  aid  of  the 
Duke  of  Burgundy  and  the  city  of  Paris. 
Henry  V,  retreated  to  the  Somme.  The 
French  followed  to  harass  his  retreat, 
and  to  defend  the  passage  from  Abbe- 
ville to  St.  Quentin,  which  he  gained 
only  through  the  inattention  of  the  enemy. 
The  English,  however,  being  destitute 
of  every  thing,  and  reduced  by  sickness, 
Henry  asked  for  peace  on  disadvan- 
tageous terms.  The  French  refused  his 
proposals,  and  succeeded  in  throwing 
themselves  between  Calais  and  the  Eng- 
lish. The  latter  consisted  of  2,000  men 
at  arms,  and  12,000  archers,  and  were 
ranged  in  order  of  battle  between  two 
hills,  with  the  archers  on  the  wings. 
Stakes,  of  which  every  man  carried  one, 
were  fixed  in  front  of  them.  The  French, 
commanded  by  the  Constable  d'Albret, 
numbered  100,000  troops,  of  whom  8,000 
were  men  at  arms.  They  arranged  them- 
selves in  two  divisions,  with  the  men  at 
arms,  of  whom  2,000  were  mounted,  in 
front.  The  English  first  put  themselves 
in  motion.  The  French  horse  instantly 
hastened  to  meet  them,  but  were  received 
with  such  a  shower  of  arrows  by  the 
archers,  that  they  fell  back  on  the  second 
division,  and  threw  it  into  confusion. 
The  light-armed  archers  seized  their 
clubs  and  battle-axes,  and  broke  into  the 
ranks  of  the  knights  on  foot,  who  could 
not  move  on  account  of  their  heavy  coats 
of  mail,  and  the  closeness  of  their  array. 
The  English  horse  flew  to  assist  the 
archers ;  the  first  French  division  re- 
treated ;  the  second  could  not  sustain 
the  charge  of  the  victors  ;  and  the  whole 
French  army  was  soon  entirely  scattered. 
The  victory  was  complete.  Henry 
thought  that  the  French  would  rally  and 
renew  the  battle ;  and,  being  alarmed 
also  by  the  report  that  a  party  of  peasants 
in  arms  were  plundering  Ids  baggage,  he 
ordered  all  the  prisoners  to  be  massacred. 
The   command    was    already  executed 


when  he  discovered  the  gi-oundlessness  ] 

of  his  fear.  The  victorious  army,  how- 
ever, in  the  pursuit  of  the  flying  enemy, 
took  14,000  prisoners  more.  Ten  thou- 
sand Frenchmen  lay  dead  on  the  battle- 
field ;  among  them  was  the  Constable, 
with  six  dukes  and  princes  ;  five  princes,  j 

among  whom  were  the  Dukes  of  Orleans  | 

and  Burboun,  were  taken  prisoners.  The 
English  lost  1600  men  killed,  among  them 
the  Duke  of  York,  Henry's  uncle,  whom  ^ 

the  Duke  d'Alen9on  slew  at  his  side, 
while  pressing  towards  the  king.  He 
had  already  dashed  the  crown  from 
Henry's  head,  and  lifted  his  hand  for  a 
more  effectual  blow,  when  the  king's  at- 
tendants surrounded  him,  and  he  fell  I 
covered  with  wounds.  After  the  battle,  | 
the  English  continued  their  march  to 
Calais. 

But  the  insurrection  of  the  Lollards, 
or  followers  of  WickliflTe,  headed  by  Sir 
John  Oldcastle,  called  the  king  from  his 
French  conquests  to  a  nearer  attempt  on  ! 

his  English  throne.     The  Lollards  were  | 

joined  by  the  duke  of  Albany,  but  were 
ultimately  defeated,  and  Oldcastle  exe- 
cuted. In  the  spring,  Henry  resumed 
his  victorious  career  ;  and  the  whole  of 
Lower  Normandy  was  reduced  by  his 
arms.  France  was  divided  into  two  sep- 
arate governments  ;  the  queen,  with  the 
duke  of  Burgundy,  having  possession  of 
the  king's  person,  exercised  the  royal 
authority  in  Paris  ;  while  the  opposite  fac- 
tion proclaimed  the  young  Dauphin  regent 
of  the  kingdom.  Proposals  from  both  par- 
ties were  made  to  Henry,  buthe  dismissed 
tlie  negotiators,  saying,  that  "  Charles  from 
his  infirmity,  and  the  duke  from  his  inferior 
rank  as  a  vassal,  were  equally  incapable 
of  disposing  of  the  territories  belonging 
to  the  French  crown."  Henry  proceed- 
ed with  the  war,  and  laid  siege  to  Rouen, 
the  capital  of  Upper  Normandy.  The 
natural  and  artificial  strength  of  the  place, 
with  the  number  and  courage  of  the  gar- 
rison, rendered  it  unlikely  that  Rouen, 
could  be  reduced  by  force,  though  it 
might  be  starved  into  submission.  The 
latter  mode  was  adopted,  and  Guy  de 
Boutellier  had  the  command  of  its  de- 
fence ;  the  siege  lasted  for  six  months, 
but  during  the  last  ten  weeks  of  that 
time,  the  inhabitants  had  no  other  means 


ENGLAND. 


193 


of  subsistence  than  reptiles  and  weeds. 
It  was  calculated  that  50,000  fell  victims 
to  famine  and  disease. 

The  despair  of  the  garrison  at  length 
subdued  the  obstinacy  of  the  governor  ; 
Rouen  surrendered,  the  other  fortresses 
followed  the  example  of  the  capital,  and 
the  Normans  submitted  to  wear  the  red 
cross,  the  distinguishing  badge  of  the 
English  nation.  Henry  having  reduced 
Meaux,  undertook  the  siege  of  Cosne,but 
on  account  of  sickness  was  obliged  to  re- 
sign the  command.  lie  ex])ired,  Au- 
gust 31 ,  1422,  and  his  body  was  removed 
to  England  ;  he  was  interred  in  West- 
minster Abbey,  near  the  tomb  of  Ed- 
ward the  Confessor. 

On  the  death  of  Henry  V  being  an- 
nounced, the  parliament  assembled  to 
make  the  necessary  arrangement  for  the 
government  during  the  minority  of  his 
infant  son,  in  whose  name,  under  the  ti- 
tle of  Henry  VI,  the  different  summon- 
ses were  issued.  The  duke  of  Bedford 
took  the  title  of  "  protector  of  the  realm 
and  church  of  England,"  and  the  duke  of 
Gloucester  was  temporarily  invested  with 
the  dignity  during  the  absence  of  his 
brother.  The  care  of  the  young  prince 
was  committed  to  his  great  uncle,  Henry 
Beaufort,  bishop  of  Winchester.  The 
lords  next  day  proceeded  to  name  the 
chancellor,  treasurer  and  keeper  of  the 
privy  seal,  and  sixteen  members  of  the 
council,  and  these  appointments  were 
ratified  by  the  commons. 

The  English  at  this  period  were  in 
possession  of  almost  the  whole  of  the 
kingdom  of  France;  and  the  youthful 
Henry  was  solemnly  invested  with  the 
regal  power  by  legates  from  Paris  ;  so 
that  Charles  VII  succeeded  but  to  a 
nominal  kingdom.  With  all  these  great 
advantages  however,  the  English  daily 
lost  ground,  and  in  the  year  1450  were 
totally  expelled. 

In  the  year  1450,  Richard,  duke  of 
York,  first  preferred  his  claims  to  the 
crown.  All  the  males  of  the  house  of 
Mortimer  were  extinct  ;  but  Anne,  the 
sister  of  the  last  earl  of  March,  hav- 
ing married  the  earl  of  Cambridge, 
who  had  been  beheaded  for  treason  in 
the  region  of  Henry  V,  had  transmitted 
her  latent,  but  not  yet  forgotten  claim, 
25 


to  her  son  Richard.  This  prince  de- 
scended by  his  mother  from  Philippa, 
only  daughter  of  the  duke  of  Clarence, 
second  son  of  Edward  III,  stood  plainly 
in  the  order  of  succession  before  the 
king  ;  who  derived  his  descent  from  the 
duke  of  Lancaster,  third  son  of  that 
monarch.  The  duke  was  a  man  of  cour- 
age and  abilities,  as  Avell  as  some  ambi- 
tion ;  and  he  thought  the  weakness  and 
unpopularity  of  the  present  reign  afforded 
a  favorable  opportunity  to  assert  his  title. 
The  ensign  of  Richard  was  a  white  rose, 
that  of  Henry  a  red  one  ;  and  this  gave 
the  names  to  the  two  powerful  factions, 
who  in  after  years  deluged  the  kingdom 
in  blood. 

The  complaints  against  Henry's  gov- 
ernment were  heightened  by  an  insurrec- 
tion headed  by  an  illiterate  man  named 
Cade.  He  had  been  obliged  to  fly  over 
into  France  for  his  crimes  ;  but,  on  his 
return,  seeing  the  people  prepared  for 
violent  measures,  he  assumed  the  name 
of  Mortimer  ;  and,  at  the  head  of  20,000 
Kentish  men,  advanced  towards  Black- 
heath.  The  king  sent  a  message  to  de- 
mand the  cause  of  their  rising  in  arms. 
Cade,  in  the  name  of  the  community, 
answered,  "  That  their  only  aim  was  to 
punish  evil  ministers,  and  to  procure  a 
redress  of  grievances  for  the  people." 
On  this  a  body  of  15,000  troops  were 
levied  ;  and  Henry  marched  with  them 
in  person  against  Cade,  who  retired  on 
his  approach.  Cade  and  the  rebels, 
being  pursued  by  a  part  of  the  king's 
troops,  remained  in  ambush,  and  cut  to 
pieces  a  detachment  which  had  been 
sent  in  pursuit. 

Soon  after  the  citizens  of  London 
opened  their  gates  to  the  victor ;  and 
Cade,  for  some  time,  maintained  great 
order  and  regularity  among  his  followers. 
He  led  them  out  into  the  fields  in  the 
night  time,  and  published  several  edicts 
against  plunder  and  violence  of  any  kind. 
He  was  not,  however,  long  able  to  keep 
his  followers  in  subjection.  He  behead- 
ed the  treasurer.  Lord  Say,  without  any 
trial ;  and  soon  after,  his  troops  commit- 
ting some  irregularities,  the  citizens  re- 
solved to  shut  their  gates  against  him. 
Cade  endeavoring  to  force  his  way,  a  bat 
tie  ensued,  which  lasted  all  day,  and  was 


194 


ENGLAND. 


only  ended  by  the  approach  of  night. 
The  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  and  the 
chancellor,  who  had  taken  refuge  in  the 
Tower,  being  informed  of  the  situation 
of  affairs,  drew  up,  during  the  night,  an 
act  of  amnesty,  which  was  privately  dis- 
persed among  the  rebels.  This  had 
such  an  effect,  that  in  the  morning  Cade 
found  himself  abandoned  by  his  follow- 
ers ;  and,  retreating  to  Rochester,  was 
obliged  to  fly  alone  into  the  woods.  A 
price  being  set  on  his  head  by  proclama- 
tion, he  was  discovered  and  killed  by  a 
soldier,  named  Eden,  who  in  recompense 
for  this  service,  was  made  governor  of 
Dover  castle. 

The  court  now  began  to  entertain  sus- 
picions that  the  insurrection  of  Cade  did 
not  occur  merely  in  consequence  of  his 
own  machinations  and  ambition,  but  that 
he  had  been  instigated  by  the  duke  of 
York,  who  pretended  to  have  a  right 
to  the  crown.  As  he  was  about  this 
time  expected  to  return  from  Ireland,  and 
a  report  took  place  that  he  was  now 
to  assert  his  supposed  right  by  force  of 
arms,  orders  were  issued  in  the  king's 
name  to  deny  him  entrance  into  Eng- 
land. This  was  prevented  by  his  ap- 
pearing with  no  more  than  his  ordinary 
attendants  ;  but  though  he  thus  escaped 
the  danger  for  the  present,  he  saw  the 
necessity  of  instantly  proceeding  in  sup- 
port of  his  claim. 

Encouraged  by  a  disagreement  be- 
tween Henry  and  his  parliament,  the 
duke  of  York  raised  an  army  of  10,000 
men,  with  which  he  marched  towards 
London,  demanding  a  reformation  in  mat- 
ters of  government,  and  the  removal  of 
the  duke  of  Somerset.  This  first  enter- 
prise, however,  proved  unsuccessful  ; 
the  gates  of  the  city  were  shut  against 
them,  and  he  was  pursued  by  the  king 
at  the  head  of  a  superior  army.  On  this 
he  retired  into  Kent ;  and  as  there  were 
a  number  of  his  friends  in  the  army  of 
the  king,  a  conference  took  place,  in 
which  Richard  still  insisted  upon  the 
removal  of  the  duke  of  Somerset,  and 
his  submitting  to  be  tried  in  parliament. 
This  request  was  in  appearance  com- 
plied with,  and  Somerset  arrested :  the 
duke  of  York  was  then  persuaded  to 
wait  upon  the  king  in  his  royal  paviUon  ; 


but,  on  repeating  his  charge  against  the 
duke,  he  was  surprised  to  see  the  latter 
come  out  from  behind  the  ciu-tain,  and 
offer  to  maintain  his  innocence.  Rich- 
ard perceiving  that  he  had  not  suflficient 
interest  to  niin  his  adversary,  pretended 
to  be  satisfied,  and  retired  to  his  seat  at 
Wigmore,  in  Wales  ;  and,  during  the 
time  he  resided  there,  a  better  opportu- 
nity was  given  him  of  accomplishing  his 
designs  than  he  could  have  hoped  for. 
The  king  fell  into  a  kind  of  lethargic 
disorder,  which  increased  his  natural  im- 
becility to  such  a  degree,  that  he  could 
no  longer  retain  even  the  shadow  of  roy- 
alty. Richard  was  now  appointed  pro- 
tector, with  power  to  hold  parliaments 
at  pleasure ;  with  which  high  ofhce  he 
was  no  sooner  invested,  than  he  turned 
out  all  the  Lancastrian  party  from  their 
offices,  and  sent  the  duke  of  Somerset 
to  the  Tower ;  but  on  the  recovery  of 
the  king,  he  himself  was  dismissed  from 
his  employment,  the  duke  of  Somerset 
released,  and  the  administration  once 
more  put  into  his  hands.  On  this,  the 
duke  of  York  levied  an  army,  merely,  as 
he  pretended,  to  enforce  the  reformation 
of  government,  and  the  removal  of  the 
duke  of  Somerset.  Thus  Henry,  though 
sore  against  his  will,  was  obliged  to  face 
him  in  the  field.  A  battle  ensued  at  St. 
Alban's,  in  which  the  royalists  were  de- 
feated, and  the  duke  of  Somerset,  the 
chief  partisan  of  their  cause,  killed  in 
the  action.  The  king  himself  was  wovmd- 
ed,  and  took  shelter  in  a  cottage  near 
the  field  of  battle  ;  where  he  was  taken 
prisoner,  but  was  afterwards  treated  with 
great  respect  and  kindness  by  the  duke 
of  York. 

Henry,  though  he  was  now  only  a  pris- 
oner, seemed  well  pleased  with  his  situ- 
ation ;  but  his  queen,  a  woman  of  bold 
and  masculine  spirit,  could  not  bear  to 
have  only  the  appearance  of  authority, 
while  others  enjoyed  all  the  real  power. 
She  therefore  excited  the  king  once  more 
to  assert  his  right  by  force  of  arms,  and 
the  duke  of  York  was  obliged  to  retire 
from  court.  A  negotiation  for  peace 
was  at  first  set  on  foot,  but  the  mutual 
distrusts  of  both  parties  soon  broke  it 
off.  The  armies  met  at  Bloreheath,  on 
the  border.s  of  Staffordshire,  on  the  23rd 


ENGLAND. 


195 


of  September,  1459,  and  the  Yorkists  at 
first  gained  some  advantages  ;  but  when 
a  more  general  engagement  was  about  to 
ensue,  a  body  of  veterans,  who  served 
under  the  duke  of  York,  deserted  to  the 
king  ;  and  this  so  intimidated  the  duke's 
party,  that  they  separated  the  next  day 
without  striking  a  blow.  The  duke  of 
York  fled  to  Ireland ;  and  the  earl  of 
Warwick,  one  of  his  ablest  and  best  sup- 
porters, escaped  to  Calais,  with  the  gov- 
ernment of  which  he  had  been  intrust- 
ed during  the  late  protectorship. 

The  York  party,  though  thus  in  ap- 
pearance suppressed,  only  waited  a  fa- 
vorable opportunity  of  retrieving  their  af- 
fairs. Nor  was  this  opportunity  long 
wanting.  Warwick  having  met  with  some 
successes  at  sea,  landed  in  Kent ;  and 
being  there  joined  by  some  other  barons, 
marched  up  to  London  amidst  the  accla- 
mations of  the  people.  The  city  imme- 
diately opened  its  gates  to  him,  and  he 
soon  found  himself  in  a  condition  to  face 
the  royal  army.  An  engagement  ensued 
at  Northampton  on  the  10th  of  July, 
1460,  in  which  the  royalists  were  en- 
tirely defeated,  and  the  king  again  taken 
prisoner.  The  duke  of  York  then  open- 
ly laid  claim  to  the  crown  ;  and  on  this 
occasion  the  first  instance  of  a  spirit  of  na- 
tional liberty  is  said  to  have  appeared  in 
the  house  of  lords.  The  cause  of  Henry 
and  the  duke  of  York  was  solemnly  de- 
bated ;  and  the  latter,  though  a  conqueror, 
did  not  absolutely  gain  his  cause.  It 
was  determined  that  Henry  should  pos- 
sess the  throne  during  his  life  ;  and  that 
the  duke  of  York  should  be  appointed 
his  successor,  to  the  utter  exclusion  of 
the  prince  of  Wales,  who  was  then  a 
child. 

The  royal  party  now  seemed  destitute 
of  every  resource,  the  queen,  however, 
fled  into  Wales,  where  she  endeavored 
to  raise  another  army.  The  northern 
barons,  provoked  at  the  southern  ones 
for  settling  the  government  and  .succes- 
sion to  the  crown  without  their  consent, 
soon  furnished  her  with  an  army  of  20,000 
men.  Another  battle  was  fought  near 
Wakefield  Green,  on  the  24th  of  Decem- 
ber, 1460.  The  Yorkists  were  defeated, 
and  the  duke  himself  was  killed  in  the 
action.     His  head  was  afterwards  cut 


off"  by  the  queen's  orders,  and  fixed  on 
one  of  the  gates  of  York,  with  a  paper 
crown,  in  derision  of  his  pretended  title. 
His  son,  the  earl  of  Rutland,  a  youth  of 
seventeen,  was  taken  prisoner,  and  killed 
by  lord  Clifford,  in  revenge  for  his  fath- 
er's death,  who  had  fallen  in  the  bat- 
tle of  St.  Alban's. 

After  this  victory,  Margaret  marched 
towards  London,  in  order  to  set  the  king 
at  liberty  ;  but  the  earl  of  Warwick,  who 
now  put  himself  at  the  head  of  the  York- 
ists, led  about  the  captive  king,  in  order 
to  give  a  sanction  to  his  proceedings. 
He  engaged  the  queen's  forces  at  St. 
Alban's  ;  but  through  the  treachery  of 
lord  Lovelace,  who  deserted  during  the 
heat  of  the  engagement  with  a  consider- 
able body  of  forces,  Warwick  was  de- 
feated, and  the  king  fell  once  more  into 
the  hands  of  his  own  party. 

The  submission  of  the  city  of  London 
seemed  now  to  be  the  only  thing  want- 
ing to  complete  the  queen's  success  ; 
but  Warwick  had  secured  it  in  his  inter- 
ests, and  the  citizens  refused  to  open 
their  gates  to  the  queen.  In  the  mean 
time,  young  Edward,  eldest  son  of  the 
late  duke  of  York,  put  himself  at  the 
head  of  his  father's  party.  He  was  now 
in  the  bloom  of  youth,  remarkable  for 
the  beauty  of  his  person  and  his  bravery, 
and  was  a  great  favorite  of  the  people. 
He  defeated  Jasper  Tudor,  earl  of  Pem- 
broke, at  Mortimer's  Cross,  in  Hereford- 
shire. The  earl  himself  was  taken  pris- 
oner, and  immediately  beheaded  by  Ed- 
ward's order.  After  this,  he  advanced 
to  London  ;  and  being  joined  by  the  re- 
mainder of  Warwick's  army,  he  soon 
obliged  Margaret  to  retire,  entered  the 
city  amidst  the  acclamations  of  the  peo- 
ple, and  was  crowned  under  the  title  of 
Edward  IV,  on  the  5th  of  March,  1461. 

Notwithstanding  all  her  misfortunes, 
however,  Margaret  still  continued  un- 
daunted. She  retired  to  the  north,  where 
she  was  soon  joined  by  such  numbers, 
that  her  army  amounted  to  60,000  men. 
She  was  opposed  by  young  Edward  and 
Warwick  at  the  head  of  40,000 ;  and 
both  armies  met  near  Towton  in  the 
county  of  York,  on  the  29th  of  March, 
1461.  A  bloody  battle  ensued,  in  which 
the  queen's  army  was  totally  defeated  ; 


196 


ENGLAND. 


and  as  Edward,  prompted  by  his  natural 
cruelty,  had  ordered  no  quarter  to  be  giv- 
en, 40,000  of  the  Lancastrians  were 
slain  in  the  field  or  in  the  pursuit.  Ed- 
ward is  said  to  have  gained  this  victory 
by  means  of  a  violent  storm  of  snow, 
which  blew  full  in  the  face  of  the 
queen's  army,  and  so  blinded  them  that 
they  could  scarce  make  any  use  of  their 
arms.  After  this  disaster,  the  queen  fled 
to  Scotland  with  her  husband  and  son  ; 
and  notwithstanding  all  the  misfortunes 
she  had  met  with,  resolved  once  more  to 
enter  England  at  the  head  of  5,000  men, 
granted  her  by  the  king  of  France.  But 
even  here  she  was  attended  by  her  usual 
bad  fortune.  Her  little  fleet  was  dis- 
persed by  a  tempest,  and  she  herself  es- 
caped with  the  utmost  difficulty,  by  en- 
tering the  mouth  of  the  Tweed.  Soon 
after,  a  defeat,  which  her  few  forces  sus- 
tained at  Hexham,  seemed  to  render  her 
cause  entirely  desperate  ;  and  the  cruel- 
ties practised  upon  all  her  adlierents,  ren- 
dered it  ver}-  dangerous  to  befriend  her. 
By  these  repeated  misfortunes  the 
house  of  Lancaster  was  so  eflfectually 
ruined,  that  Margaret  was  obliged  to  sep- 
arate from  her  husband.  The  king  was 
still  protected  by  some  of  his  friends,  who 
conveyed  him  to  Lancashire,  where  he 
remained  in  safety  for  a  twelvemonth  ; 
but  being  at  last  discovered,  he  was 
thrown  into  the  Tower  and  kept  a  close 
prisoner.  The  queen  fled  with  her  son 
to  a  forest,  where  she  was  attacked  by 
robbers,  who  stripped  her  of  her  rings 
and  jewels,  treating  her  otherwise  Avith 
the  utmost  indignity.  A  quarrel  which 
happened  among  them  about  the  division 
of  the  spoil,  afforded  her  an  opportunity 
of  escaping  from  their  hands  into  anoth- 
er part  of  the  forest,  where  she  wandered 
for  some  time.  At  last,  when  quite  spent 
with  fatigue,  she  saw  a  robber  coming 
towards  her  with  a  drawn  sword  in  his 
hand,  and  finding  it  altogether  impossible 
to  escape,  she  suddenly  resolved  to  place 
herself  under  his  protection.  The  rob- 
ber, instead  of  oflfering  her  any  injury, 
professed  himself  entirely  devoted  to  her 
service  ;  and,  after  living  for  some  time 
concealed  in  the  forest,  she  was  at  last  con- 
ducted to  the  sea-side,  where  she  found  a 
sliip  which  conveyed  her  to  Flanders. 


Edward,  thinking  himself  securely 
fixed  on  the  throne,  gave  a  loose  to  his 
passions,  and  the  earl  of  Warwick,  to 
whom  he  was  indebted  for  his  crowm,  ad- 
nsed  him  to  many.  Edward  consented, 
and  sent  him  over  to  the  continent  to  ne- 
gotiate a  match  with  the  princess  of 
Savoy.  The  negotiation  proved  suc- 
cessful, but,  in  the  mean  time,  the  king 
had  privately  married  Elizabeth  Wood- 
ville,  daughter  to  Sir  Philip  Woodville. 

Unfortunately  the  match  was  conclu- 
ded just  as  the  earl  of  Warwick  had 
completed  the  negotiations  with  the  prin- 
cess Savoy.  The  minister,  therefore, 
returned  full  of  indignation  against  his 
sovereign  ;  and  Edward  forgetting  how 
great  reason  he  had  to  be  offended, 
determined  to  remove  him  entirely  from 
his  councils.  A  plan  of  revenge  was 
soon  devised  ;  and  a  powerful  combina- 
tion was  formed  against  Edward  ;  to 
accomplish  which,  Warwick  not  only 
employed  his  own  influence,  which  Avas 
very  extensive,  but  likewise  that  of  the 
duke  of  Clarence,  Edward's  brother,  to 
whom  the  earl  had  allied  himself  by 
giving  him  his  daughter  in  marriage ; 
after  which  he  persuaded  him  to  embrace 
his  cause. 

As  a  very  close  alliance  subsisted  be- 
tween Warwick  and  the  duke  of  Burgun- 
dy, the  king  of  France  became  uneasy  ; 
and  therefore,  as  soon  as  the  earl  landed 
on  his  dominions,  received  him  with  the 
greatest  marks  of  esteem. 

A  fleet  was  prepared  to  reconduct 
them  to  England  ;  and  seizing  a  proper 
opportunity,  they  landed  at  Dartmouth 
with  a  small  body  of  troops,  while  Ed- 
ward Avas  in  the  north  suppressing  an  in- 
surrection which  had  lately  appeared 
there.  Warwick  was  attended  with  as- 
I  tonishing  success  on  his  arrival  in  Eng- 
land, and  in  less  than  six  days  saw  him- 
self at  the  head  of  60,000  men.  Ed- 
ward was  now  obliged  in  his  turn  to  fly 
from  the  kingdom. 

Warwick  in  the  mean  lime  advanced 
to  London,  and  once  more  released  and 
placed  Henry  YI,  on  the  throne.  A  par- 
liament was  called,  which  very  solemnly 
confirmed  Henry's  title,  and  Warwick 
himself  was  dignified  by  the  people 
with  the  title  of  the  kins  maker.      All 


ENGLAND. 


197 


the  attainders  of  the  Lancastrians  were 
reversed  ;  and  ever)'  one  was  restored 
who  had  lost  either  honors  or  fortune  by 
his  former  adherence  to  Henrj^'s  cause. 
All  the  adherents  of  Edward  fled  to  the 
continent,  or  took  shelter  in  monasteries, 
where  they  were  protected  by  the  eccle- 
siastical privileges.  But  Edward's  party 
was  not  yet  destroyed.  After  an  ab- 
sence of  nine  months,  being  seconded  by 
a  small  body  of  troops  granted  him  by 
the  duke  of  Burgimdy,  he  made  a  de- 
scent at  Ravenspur  in  Yorkshire.  At 
first  he  met  with  little  success  ;  but  his 
army  increasing  on  his  march,  he  was 
soon  in  a  condition  to  appear  before  the 
capital,  which  irmnediately  opened  its 
gates. 

The  unfortunate  Henry  was  thus 
again  snatched  from  the  throne,  and  the 
hopes  of  Warwick  were  almost  totally 
blasted  by  the  defection  of  Clarence,  Ed- 
ward's brother.  Nothing  now  remained 
but  to  come  to  an  engagement  as  soon 
as  possible.  Warwick  knew  his  forces 
to  be  inferior  to  those  of  Edward,  but 
placed  great  dependence  on  his  own 
generalship.  He  therefore  advanced  to 
Bamet,  witliin  ten  miles  of  London, 
■where  he  resolved  to  wait  the  coming  of 
Edward.  The  latter  soon  came  up  with 
him,  and  on  the  14th  of  April,  1471,  a 
most  obstinate  battle  was  fought.  Ed- 
ward, according  to  custom,  had  ordered 
no  quarter  to  be  given;  and  obtained 
the  victory  through  a  mistake  of  a  body 
of  Warwick's  forces,  who  fell  whh  fury  on 
their  own  party  instead  of  the  enemy. 
The  earl  himself  was  slain,  together 
with  his  brother,  and  10,000  of  his  bravest 
followers. 

The  queen  had  just  returned  with  her 
son  from  France,  where  she  had  been 
soliciting  supplies.  She  had  scarce  time 
to  refresh  herself  from  the  fatigxies  of 
the  voyage,  when  she  received  the  news 
of  the  death  of  Warwick,  and  the  total 
destruction  of  her  party. 

Queen  Margaret  and  her  son  were 
taken  prisoners,  and  brought  to  the  king, 
who  asked  the  prince  in  an  insulting 
manner,  how  he  dared  to  invade  his  do- 
minions ?  The  young  prince  replied, 
that  he  came  hither  to  claim  his  just  in- 
heritance ;  upon  which  Edward  struck 


him  on  the  face  with  his  gauntlet.  The 
dukes  of  Clarence  and  Gloucester,  lord 
Hastings,  and  sir  Thomas  Grey,  taking 
this  blow  as  a  signal  for  farther  vio- 
lence, hurried  the  prince  into  the  next 
apartment,  and  there  despatched  him 
with  their  daggers.  Margaret  was  thrown 
into  the  Tower  along  with  her  husband 
Henry,  who  expired  a  few  days  after. 
It  was  universally  believed  that  he  was 
murdered  by  the  duke  of  Gloucester, 
though  of  this  there  was  no  direct  evi- 
dence. Margaret  was  ransomed  by  the 
king  of  France  for  50,000  crowns,  and 
died  in  the  course  of  a  few  years. 

Edward,  after  a  short  illness,  expired 
on  the  9th  of  April,  1483,  in  the  twenty- 
first  year  of  his  reign.  He  spent  the 
few  days  preceding  his  death  in  the  exer- 
cises of  devotion,  and  directed  that  full 
restitution  should  be  made  to  all  whom  he 
had  wronged,  and  from  whom  he  had 
extorted  money.  He  left  two  sons,  Ed- 
ward, in  his  twelfth  year,  who  sitcceeded 
him  ;  and  Richard,  duke  of  York,  in  his 
eleventh. 

On  the  death  of  the  king,  the  whole 
I  country  was  again  dinded  into  new  fac- 
I  tions.  The  relatives  of  the  queen,  then 
in  power,  had  become  obnoxious  to  the 
i  old  nobility,  who  considered  them  as  their 
i  inferiors.  The  king  had  endeavored  to 
!  smother  the  embers  of  dissatisfaction  by 
I  desiring,  on  his  death-bed,  that  his  broth- 
t  er  Richard,  duke  of  Gloucester,  should 
j  be  intrusted  with  the  regency  ;  and 
,  strongly  recommended  peace  and  imani- 
[  mitv  during  the  minority  of  his  son.  But 
Edward  was  no  sooner  dead,  than  their 
I  former  resentment  broke  out  with  greater 
I  violence  than  ever  ;  and  Richard  is  said 
I  to  have  profited  by  their  contentions. 
I  His  first  step  was  to  get  himself  declared 
I "  protector  of  the  realm ;"  and  having 
;  arrested  the  earl  of  Rivers,  the  king's 
i  uncle  and  guardian,  he  met  young  Ed- 
I  Avard  in  his  way  from  Ludlow  castle, 
where  the  late  king  had  resided  during 
:  the  latter  part  of  his  reign,  and  respect- 
fully otlered  to  conduct  him  to  London. 
Having  thus  secured  the  person  of  the 
i  king,  he  next  got  possession  of  his  broth- 
!  er"s  person  also.  The  queen  had  retired 
j  with  this  son  to  Westminster  abbey; 
!  and  it  was  not  without  extreme  regret  that 


198 


ENGLAND. 


she  delivered  him  up  at  the  intercession 
of  the  primate  and  archbishop  of  York. 

In  a  few  days  after  Gloucester  had 
made  himself  master  of  the  persons  of 
the  two  princes,  he  had  them  closely  con- 
fined in  the  Tower,  under  the  pretence  of 
guarding  them  from  danger ;  and  soon 
after  spread  reports  of  their  illegitimacy, 
and,  by  pretended  obstacles,  deferred  the 
young  king's  coronation. 

Richard  is  believed  to  have  caused  the 
death  of  the  two  young  princes,  his  ne- 
phews. It  is  said  that  he  ordered  sir 
Robert  Brackenbury,  governor  of  the 
Tower,  to  put  the  young  princes  to  death. 
But  this  he  refused,  and  submissively  an- 
swered, that  he  knew  not  how  to  imbrue 
his  hands  in  innocent  blood.  Sir  James 
Tyrrel  readily  undertook  the  office,  and 
Brackenbury  was  ordered  to  resign  the 
keys  to  him  for  one  night.  Tyrrel,  choos- 
ing three  associates,  Slater,  Deighton,  and 
Forrest,  came  in  the  night  time  to  the 
door  of  the  chamber  where  the  princes 
were  lodged,  and  sending  in  the  assassins, 
bid  them  execute  their  commission,  while 
he  himself  stayed  without.  They  foimd 
the  young  princes  in  bed,  and  fallen  into 
a  sound  sleep.  The  assassins  smothered 
them  with  the  bolster  and  pillows  ;  after 
which  they  showed  their  naked  bodies  to 
Tyrrel,  who  ordered  them  to  be  buried  at 
the  stair-foot. 

Richard,  having  secured  himself  on 
the  throne,  attempted  to  strengthen  his 
interest  by  foreign  alliances,  and  procur- 
ing the  favor  of  the  clergy  at  home  by 
great  indulgences  ;  but  he  found  his  pow- 
er threatened  from  a  quarter  where  he 
least  expected  an  attack.  The  duke  of 
Buckingham,  who  had  been  so  instru- 
mental in  raising  him  to  the  throne,  did 
not  think  himself  properly  rewarded. 
He  made  a  demand  of  some  confiscated 
lands  in  Herefordshire,  to  which  his  fam- 
ily had  an  ancient  claim.  Richard  either 
reluctantly  complied  with  his  request,  or 
only  granted  it  in  part ;  so  that  a  cool- 
ness soon  ensued  between  them,  and  in 
a  little  time  Buckingham  came  to  a  reso- 
lution of  dethroning  the  monarch  whom 
he  had  just  raised.  For  some  time  he 
remained  in  doubt,  whether  he  should 
assume  the  crown  himself  or  set  up  an- 
other.    At  length  he  determined  on  the 


latter,  and  resolved  to  declare  for  Henry, 
earl  of  Richmond,  who  was  at  that  time 
an  exile  in  Britany,  and  was  considered 
as  the  only  surviving  branch  of  the  house 
of  Lancaster.  He  was  one  of  those  who 
had  the  good  fortune  to  escape  the  nu- 
merous massacres  of  the  former  reigns  ; 
but  as  he  was  a  descendant  of  John  of 
Gaunt  by  the  female  line,  he  was  for 
that  reason  obnoxious  to  those  in  power. 

Buckingham  being  suspected,  fled  to 
Wales,  but  his  servant  betrayed  him  into 
the  hands  of  Richard,  who  executed  him 
without  delay.  Henry  at  this  time  hav- 
ing made  preparations  for  landing  in  Eng- 
land, set  sail  from  Harfleur,  in  Normandy, 
and  landed  without  opposition,  on  the 
17th  of  August,  1485,  at  Milford  Haven, 
in  Wales.  Richard,  in  the  mean  time, 
not  knowing  where  the  invasion  was  to 
take  place,  had  posted  himself  at  Not- 
tingham. Sir  Rice  ap  Thomas  and  sir 
Walter  Herbert,  were  commissioned  by 
Richard  to  oppose  his  rival  in  Wales  ;  but 
the  former  immediately  deserted  to  him, 
and  the  latter  made  but  a  very  feeble  re- 
sistance. Richard  instantly  resolved  to 
meet  his  antagonist,  and  to  risk  every 
thing  on  the  event  of  a  battle.  Rich- 
mond, though  he  had  not  above  6,000 
men,  and  the  king  near  double  that  num- 
ber, did  not  decline  the  combat ;  being 
chiefly  encouraged  by  the  promises  of 
lord  vStanley  to  join  him  with  a  body  of 
7,000  men,  which  were  posted  at  a  little 
distance  from  the  intended  field  of  bat- 
tle, seemingly  undetermined  to  join  either 
side. 

The  king,  having  commanded  his  army 
to  form  themselves  in  order  of  battle,  in- 
trusted the  van  to  the  duke  of  Norfolk, 
while  he  himself  took  the  command  of 
the  main  body.  Lord  Stanley,  in  the 
mean  time,  posted  himself  on  one  flank 
between  the  two  armies,  while  his  broth- 
er, sir  William,  took  his  station  directly 
opposite.  As  his  intention  of  either  join- 
ing the  enemy,  or  keeping  neutral  during 
the  time  of  the  engagement,  was  now  far 
from  being  doubtful,  Richard  sent  him 
orders  to  join  the  main  body,  which  not 
being  complied  with,  Richard  determined 
to  put  to  death  Stanley's  son,  who  had 
been  left  with  him  as  a  pledge  of  his 
father's    fidelity.      He   was    persuaded, 


ENGLAND. 


199 


however,  to  defer  the  execution  till  after 
the  engagement,  that  Stanley  might  be 
induced  to  delay  his  purpose  in  joining 
the  enemy.  Soon  after  the  battle  com- 
menced, Stanley  deserted  Richard's  par- 
ty, and,  joining  Richmond,  entirely  de- 
cided the  fortune  of  the  day.  Richard 
now  saw  that  the  battle  was  entirely  lost, 
but  he  continued  to  fight  with  the  great- 
est bravery.  The  king  is  said  to  have 
killed  sir  William  Brandon,  the  earl's 
standard  bearer  ;  he  dismounted  sir  John 
Cheyney  ;  and  was  within  reach  of  Rich- 
mond, when  sir  William  Stardey  break- 
ing in  with  his  troops,  Richard  was  sur- 
rounded and  overwhelmed  by  numbers. 
His  body,  which  was  found  in  the  field, 
was  thrown  carelessly  across  a  horse, 
carried  to  Leicester  amidst  the  shouts  of 
insulting  spectators,  and  interred  in  the 
Grey  Friars'  church  of  that  place. 

In  Richard  III,  expired  the  line  of  the 
Plantagenet  monarchs,  which  had  reign- 
ed OA'^er  England  331  years,  from  the 
accession  of  Henry  II,  to  the  death  of 
Richard,  in  1485. 

Henry  VII,  surnamed  Tudor,  was 
crowned  with  the  diadem  of  Richard  af- 
ter the  battle  of  Bosworth  Field.  Henry 
had  not,  previous  to  that  time,  made  any 
claim  to  the  crown  ;  but,  from  the  above 
period,  he  never  would  allow  his  title  to 
be  questioned,  and  by  a  marriage  with 
Elizabeth,  the  daughter  of  Edward  IV, 
he  united  the  houses  of  York  and  Lan- 
caster, and  thus  ended  a  national  quarrel 
which  had  for  years  deluged  England 
with  blood.     He  died  in  1509. 

Henry  VIII,  Avas  the  only  surviving 
son  of  Henry  VII.  The  beauty  of  his 
person,  joined  to  his  youth  and  the  ap- 
parent amiability  of  his  temper,  made  him 
a  universal  favorite  with  the  people. 

To  prevent  his  interfering  in  the  aflairs 
of  state,  he  had  been  employed  by  his 
father  in  literary  pursuits,  and  in  these 
he  displayed  a  considerable  degree  of 
talent.  The  union  in  his  person  of  the 
rival  claims  of  the  Yorkist  and  Lancas- 
trian factions  had  precluded  all  danger 
of  civil  war.  The  first  acts  of  his  reign 
tended  much  to  confirm  the  favorable  ex- 
pectations entertained  by  his  subjects. 

Henry  ascended  the  throne  of  England 
under  the  most  favorable  auspices :  he 


had  a  well  stored  treasury,  an  imdisputed 
title,  and  was  at  peace  with  all  the 
powers  of  Europe.  Commerce  and  arts 
had  been  some  time  introduced  into  Eng- 
land, where  they  met  with  a  favorable 
reception. 

One  of  Henry's  first  actions  in  his 
royal  capacity  was  to  punish  Empson 
and  Dudley,  who  were  obnoxious  to  the 
populace  on  account  of  their  having  been 
the  instruments  of  the  late  king's  rapa- 
city. As  ihey  could  not  be  impeached 
merely  on  account  of  their  having  strictly 
executed  the  will  of  the  king,  they  were 
accused  of  having  entered  into  a  treason- 
able conspiracy,  and  of  having  designed 
to  seize  by  force  the  administration  of 
government ;  and  though  nothing  could 
be  more  improbable  than  such  a  charge, 
the  general  prejudice  against  them  was 
so  great,  that  they  were  both  condemned 
and  executed. 

In  1510,  the  king  entered  into  a  league 
with  pope  Julius  II,  and  Ferdinand,  king 
of  Spain,  against  Louis  XII,  of  France. 
In  this  alliance  Henry  was  the  oidy  dis- 
interested person.  He  expected  nothing 
besides  the  glory  wliich  he  hoped  would 
attend  his  arms,  and  the  title  of  Most 
Christian  King,  which  the  pope  assured 
him  would  soon  be  taken  from  the  king 
of  France  to  be  conferred  upon  him. 
The  pope  was  desirous  of  wresting  from 
Louis  some  valuable  provinces  which  he 
possessed  in  Italy,  and  Ferdinand  was 
desirous  of  sharing  in  the  spoil.  Henry 
summoned  his  parliament,  who  very 
readily  granted  him  supplies,  as  he  stated 
that  his  design  was  to  conquer  the  king- 
dom of  France,  and  annex  it  to  the  crown 
of  England.  It  was  in  vain  that  the 
wisest  of  his  counsellors  objected  that 
conquests  on  the  continent  would  only 
drain  the  kingdom  without  enriching  it, 
and  that  England  from  its  situation  was 
not  fitted  to  enjoy  extensive  empire. 
The  young  king,  deaf  to  all  remonstran- 
ces, and  hurried  away  by  his  military 
ardor,  resolved  immediately  to  begin  the 
war ;  but  after  several  attempts,  which 
were  rendered  unsuccessful  only  by  the 
mismanagement  of  those  who  conducted 
them,  a  peace  was  concluded  with  France, 
on  the  7th  of  August,  1514.  Henry's  arms 
were   attended   with    more   success    in 


200 


ENGLAND. 


Scotland,  where  James  IV,  with  the 
greatest  part  of  the  Scotch  nobility,  were 
cut  ofl'  in  the  battle  of  Flodden.  Henry, 
in  the  mean  time,  elated  with  his  imagi- 
nary successes  against  France,  and  his 
real  ones  against  Scotland,  continued  to 
lead  a  life  of  the  most  wasteful  extrava- 
gance. The  old  ministers  who  had  been 
appointed  by  his  father  to  direct  him, 
were  now  disregarded,  and  the  king's  con- 
fidence was  entirely  placed  in  Thomas, 
afterwards  Cardinal  Wolsey,  who  sec- 
onded him  in  all  his  favorite  pursuits, 
and  who,  from  very  humble  life,  had 
gradually  raised  himself  to  the  first  em- 
ployments of  the  state.  He  does  not 
seem  to  have  had  many  bad  qualities  be- 
sides his  excessive  pride,  which  ren- 
dered him  very  unpopular  with  the 
nobility ;  but  the  gi'cat  share  he  pos- 
sessed in  the  favor  of  such  an  absolute 
prince  as  Henry  VIII,  put  him  quite  out 
of  the  reach  of  his  enemies. 

The  king,  having  soon  exhausted  all 
the  wealth  left  him  by  his  father,  as  well 
as  the  supplies  which  he  could  by  fair 
means  obtain  from  his  parliament,  ap- 
plied to  Wolsey  for  new  methods  of  re- 
plenishing his  cofl'ers.  The  minister's 
first  scheme  was  to  get  a  large  sum  from 
the  people  under  the  title  of  a  benevo- 
lence ;  though  no  title  could  be  more  im- 
properly applied,  as  it  was  not  granted 
without  the  greatest  murmurings  and 
complaints.  Wolsey  even  met  with  op- 
position in  the  levying  of  it.  In  the  first 
place,  having  exacted  a  considerable  sum 
from  the  clergy,  he  next  applied  himself 
to  the  house  of  commons  ;  but  they  only 
granted  him  half  the  sum  he  demanded. 
The  minister  was  at  first  highly  ofl^ended, 
and  desired  to  be  heard  in  the  house  ; 
but  they  replied,  that  none  could  be  per- 
mitted to  speak  there  except  such  as 
were  members.  Soon  after,  the  king, 
having  occasion  for  new  supplies,  by 
Wolsey's  advice,  attempted  to  procure 
them  by  his  prerogative  alone,  without 
consulting  his  parliament.  He  issued 
commissions  to  all  the  counties  of  Eng- 
land for  levying  four  shillings  in  the 
pound  from  the  clergy,  and  three  shil- 
lings and  four  pence  from  the  laity. 
This  stretch  of  royal  power  was  soon 
opposed  by  the  people,  and  a  general  in- 


surrection seemed  ready  to  ensue.  Henry 
endeavored  to  pacify  them  by  circular 
letters  ;  in  which  he  declared,  that  what 
he  demanded  was  only  by  way  of  benev- 
olence. The  city  of  London,  however, 
still  hesitated  to  the  demand ;  and  in 
some  parts  of  the  country  insurrections 
were  actually  begim.  These  were  sup- 
pressed by  the  duke  of  Suffolk  ;  biit  the 
cardinal  lost  much  of  the  king's  favor  on 
account  of  the  improper  advice  he  had 
given  him.  To  reinstate  himself  in  his 
good  graces,  Wolsey  made  the  king  a 
present  of  a  noble  palace  called  York- 
place,  at  Westminster,  assuring  him  that 
from  the  first  he  had  intended  it  for  the 
king's  use.  In  order  to  have  a  pretence 
for  amassing  more  wealth,  Wolsey  next 
undertook  to  found  two  new  colleges  at 
Oxford  ;  and  for  this  purpose  he  received 
every  day  fresh  grants  from  the  pope  and 
the  king.  The  former  gave  him  liberty 
to  suppress  some  monasteries,  and  make 
use  of  their  revenues  for  the  erection  of 
his  new  colleges  ;  but  this  was  a  fatal 
precedent  for  the  pontifl''s  interests,  as  it 
taught  the  king  to  seize  on  the  monastic 
revenues  whenever  he  stood  in  need  of 
money. 

For  a  considerable  time  Wolsey  con- 
tinued to  enjoy  the  king's  favor  in  an  ex- 
treme degree  ;  and  as  no  monarch  was 
ever  more  despotic  than  Henry  VIll,  no 
minister  was  ever  more  powerful  than 
Wolsey.  This  extraordinary  elevation, 
however,  only  served  to  render  his  fall 
the  more  conspicuous.  The  cause  of  his 
final  overthrow  was  the  desire  king  Henry 
began  to  entertain  of  having  his  queen 
Catherine  divorced.  The  doctrines  of 
the  reformation,  propagated  l)y  lAither  in 
1517,  had  gained  considerable  ground  in 
England,  and  many  professed  a  belief  in 
them,  notwithstanding  the  severe  perse- 
cution which  had  been  carried  on  against 
heretics  during  some  of  the  preceding 
reigns.  The  clergy  had  become  so  ex- 
ceedingly corrupt,  and  were  so  ignorant, 
that  they  were  universally  hated  even  by 
their  own  party,  while  no  regard  at  all 
was  paid  to  their  decisions.  Even  the 
papal  authority,  though  still  very  great, 
had  declined  very  sensibly.  The  mar- 
riage of  king  Henry,  therefore,  being  in 
itself  looked  upon  by  all  parties  as  illegal, 


ENGLAND. 


201 


and  only  sanctified  by  a  dispensation 
from  the  pope,  had  been  frequently  ob- 
jected to  on  different  occasions.  We  are 
informed  by  some  authors,  that  when 
Henry  VII,  betrothed  his  son,  at  that 
time  only  twelve  years  of  age,  he  evi- 
dently showed  an  intention  of  taking  af- 
terwards a  proper  opportunity  to  annul 
the  contract ;  and  that  he  ordered  prince 
Henry,  as  soon  as  he  should  come  of 
age,  to  enter  a  protestation  against  the 
marriage  ;  charging  him  on  his  death- 
bed not  to  finish  an  alliance  so  unusual, 
and  liable  to  such  insuperable  objections. 
The  queen  was  six  years  older  than 
the  king.  All  her  children  had  died  in 
infancy  except  one  daughter,  the  princess 
Mary  ;  and  Henry  was,  or  pretended  to 
be,  greatly  struck  with  this,  as  it  seemed 
something  like  the  curse  of  being  child- 
less, pronounced  in  the  Mosaic  law 
against  evil-doers.  Another  point  of  the 
utmost  importance  was  the  succession 
to  the  crown,  which  any  question  con- 
cerning the  legitimacy  of  the  king's  mar- 
riage would  involve  in  confusion.  It  was 
also  supposed,  with  great  reason,  that 
should  any  obstacles  of  this  kind  occur, 
the  king  of  Scotland  would  step  in  as  the 
next  heir,  and  advance  his  pretensions 
to  the  crown  of  England.  But,  above 
all,  it  is  most  probable  that  he  was  in- 
fluenced by  a  new  passion  for  Anne 
Boleyn,  who  had  been  appointed  maid  of 
honor  to  the  queen.  In  this  office  Henry 
had  frequent  opportunities  of  seeing  her, 
and  finding  that  his  passion  could  not  be 
gratified  but  by  marriage,  he  sent  his 
secretary  to  Rome  to  obtain  from  Clement 
a  bull  for  dissolving  his  marriage  with 
Catherine.  That  he  might  not  seem  to 
entertain  any  doubt  of  the  pope's  prerog- 
ative, he  insisted  only  on  some  grounds 
of  nullity  in  the  bull  granted  by  his  pre- 
decessor Julius  for  the  accomplishment 
of  the  marriage.  In  the  preamble  to  this 
bull,  it  had  been  said,  that  it  was  granted 
only  upon  the  solicitation  of  Henry  him- 
self; though  it  was  Imown  that  he  was 
then  a  youth  under  twelve  years  of  age : 
it  was  likewise  asserted,  that  the  bull 
was  necessary  for  maintaining  the  peace 
between  the  two  crowns  ;  though  other- 
wise it  is  certain  that  there  was  no  ap- 
pearance of  a  quarrel  between  them. 
26 


These  false  premises  seemed  to  afford  a 
very  good  pretence  for  dissolving  it ;  but, 
as  matters  then  stood,  the  pope  was  in- 
volved in  the  greatest  perplexity.  Queen 
Catherine  was  aunt  to  the  emperor.  On 
the  other  hand,  Henry  was  his  protector 
and  friend  ;  the  dominions  of  England 
were  the  chief  resource  from  whence  his 
finances  were  supplied  ;  and  the  king  of 
France,  some  time  before,  had  received 
a  bull  of  divorce  in  circumstances  nearly 
similar.  In  this  exigence  he  thought 
the  wisest  method  would  be  to  spin  out 
the  affair  by  negotiation  ;  and  in  the 
mean  time  he  scut  over  a  commission  to 
Wolsey,  in  conjunction  with  the  arch- 
bishop of  Canterbury,  or  any  other  Eng- 
hsh  prelate,  to  examine  the  validity  of 
the  king's  marriage,  and  of  the  former 
dispensation  ;  granting  them  also  a  pro- 
visional dispensation  for  the  king's  mar- 
riage with  any  other  person. 

The  pope's  message  was  laid  before 
the  council  in  England  ;  but  they  con- 
sidered, that  an  advice,  given  by  the 
pope  in  this  secret  manner,  might  very 
easily  be  disavowed  in  pul)Uc  ;  and  that 
a  clandestine  marriage  would  totally  in- 
validate the  legitimacy  of  any  issue  the 
king  might  have  by  such  a  match.  In 
consequence  of  this,  fresh  messengers 
were  despatched  to  Rome,  and  evasive 
answers  returned  ;  the  pope  never  im- 
agining that  Henry's  passion  would  hold 
out  during  the  tedious  course  of  an  eccle- 
siastical controversy.  But  in  this  he  was 
mistaken.  The  king  of  England  had 
been  taught  to  dispute  as  well  as  the 
pope,  and  valued  himself  not  a  little  in 
his  knowledge  on  theology  ;  and  to  his 
arguments  he  added  threats  ;  telling  him 
that  the  English  were  but  too  well  dis- 
posed to  withdraw  from  the  holy  see  ; 
and  that  if  he  continued  uncomplying, 
the  whole  country  would  readily  follow 
the  example  of  their  monarch,  who 
would  not  pay  obedience  to  a  pontiff  that 
had  treated  him  so  unjustly. 

The  pope,  perceiving  the  king's  eager- 
ness, at  last  sent  cardinal  Campeggio, 
his  legate,  to  London  ;  v/ho,  with  Wol- 
sey, opened  a  court  for  trying  the  legiti- 
macy of  the  king's  marriage  with  Cathe- 
rine, and  cited  the  king  and  queen  to 
appear    before   them.      The   trial  com- 


202 


ENGLAND. 


menced  the  31st  of  May,  1529  ;  and  both 
parties  presented  themselves.  The  king 
answered  to  his  name  when  called;  but 
the  queen,  insteatl  of  answering  to  hers, 
rose  from  her  seat,  and,  throwing  herself 
at  the  king's  feet,  made  a  very  pathetic 
address  ;  which  her  dignity,  her  virtue, 
and  mislbrtunes,  rendered  still  more  af- 
fecting. She  told  her  husband,  "  That 
she  was  a  stranger  in  his  dominions, 
"without  protection,  without  counsel,  and 
without  assistance  ;  exposed  to  all  the 
injustice  which  her  enemies  were  pleased 
to  impose  upon  her ;  that  she  had  quit- 
led  her  native  country,  without  any  other 
resource  than  her  connections  with  him 
and  his  family;  and  that,  instead  of  suf- 
fering thence  any  violence  or  iniquity, 
she  had  been  assured  of  having  in  them 
a  safeguard  against  every  misfortune. 
That  she  had  been  his  wife  during  twenty 
years  ;  and  would  here  appeal  to  him- 
self, whether  her  affectionate  submission 
to  his  will  had  not  merited  other  treat- 
ment than  to  be  thus,  after  so  long  a 
time,  thrown  from  him  with  indignity. 
That  she  was  conscious,  he  himself  was 
assured,  that  her  connections  with  his 
brother  had  been  carried  no  farther  than 
the  mere  ceremony  of  marriage.  That 
their  parents,  the  kings  of  England  and 
Spain,  were  esteemed  the  wisest  princes 
of  their  time,  and  had  undoubtedly  acted 
by  the  best  advice  when  they  formed  the 
agreement  for  that  marriage,  which  was 
now  represented  as  so  criminal  and  un- 
natural ;  and  that  she  acquiesced  in  their 
judgment,  and  would  not  submit  her 
cause  to  be  tried  by  a  court,  whose  de- 
pendence on  her  enemies  was  too  visible 
ever  to  allow  her  any  hopes  of  obtaining 
from  them  an  equitable  or  impartial  de- 
cision." Having  si)oken  these  words, 
the  queen  rose,  and,  making  the  king  a 
low  reverence,  left  the  court ;  nor  would 
she  ever  again  appear  in  it.  The  legate, 
having  again  summoned  the  queen  to 
appear  before  them,  on  her  refusal,  de- 
clared her  contumacious,  and  the  trial 
proceeded  in  her  absence.  But  when 
the  business  seemed  to  be  nearly  decided, 
Campeggio,  on  some  frivolous  pretence, 
prorogued  the  court,  and  transferred  the 
cause  to  the  see  of  Rome. 

All  this  lime  cardinal  Wolsey  seemed 


to  be  in  the  same  dilemma  with  the  pope, 
and  indeed  much  worse  ;  as  he  could  not 
boast  of  the  same  independence  which 
his  hohness  possessed.  On  the  one  hand, 
he  was  solicitous  to  gratify  the  king,  his 
master,  who  had  distinguished  him  by  so 
many  and  extraordinary  marks  of  favor ; 
on  the  other,  he  feared  to  offend  the  pope, 
whose  servant  he  more  immediately  was, 
and  who  likewise  had  power  to  punish 
his  disobedience.  He  soon  saw  thai  this 
unfortunate  quarrel  was  likely  to  end  in 
his  ruin ;  and  by  attempting  to  please  all 
parties,  he  fell  under  the  displeasure  of 
every  one  ;  so  that  he  was  at  last  left 
without  a  single  friend.  The  king  was 
displeased  on  account  of  his  not  entering 
into  his  cause  with  the  warmth  he  thought 
he  had  reason  to  expect  ;  Anne  Boleyn 
imputed  to  him  the  disappointment  of  her 
hopes ;  while  queen  Catherine  and  her 
friends  expressed  the  greatest  indigna- 
tion against  him  on  account  of  the  part 
he  had  openly  taken  in  the  affair  of  her 
divorce.  In  this  situation,  the  king  sent 
him  a  message  by  the  dukes  of  Norfolk 
and  Suffolk,  demanding  the  great  seal : 
the  cardinal  refused  to  deliver  it  without 
a  more  express  warrant;  upon  which 
Henry  wrote  him  a  letter,  and  on  receipt 
of  this  it  was  instantly  given  up.  The 
seal  was  bestowed  on  sir  Thomas  More  ; 
a  man  who,  besides  elegant  literary  tal- 
ents, was  possessed  of  the  highest  integ- 
rity and  virtue.  Wolsey  was  next  com- 
manded to  retire  to  Esher,  a  coimtry-seat 
which  he  possessed  near  Hampton-court, 
and  there  to  wait  the  king's  pleasure.  One 
disgrace  followed  another  ,  and  his  fall 
was  at  length  completed  by  a  simimons 
to  London  to  answer  a  charge  of  high 
treason.  This  summons  he  at  first  re- 
fused to  answer,  as  being  a  cardinal. 
However,  being  at  length  persuaded,  he 
set  out  on  his  journey  ;  but  was  taken  ill, 
and  died  some  distance  from  London. 
After  the  death  of  Wolsey,  the  king, 
by  the  advice  of  Cranmer,  had  the  legali- 
ty of  his  marriage  debated  in  all  the  uni- 
versities of  Europe  ;  and  the  votes  of 
these  were  obtained  in  his  favor  by  the 
aid  of  money.  To  a  subdeacon  he  gave 
a  crown,  to  a  deacon  two  crowns,  and  so 
to  the  rest  in  proportion  to  the  import- 
ance of  their  station  or  opinion. 


ENGLAND. 


203 


Being  thus  fortified  by  the  opinions  of 
the  universities,  and  even  of  the  Jewish 
rabbis,  Henry  began  to  think  he  might 
safely  oppose  the  pope  himself.  He  be- 
gan by  reviving  in  parliament  an  old  law 
against  the  clergy,  by  which  all  those 
who  had  submitted  to  the  authority  of  the 
pope's  legate  were  condemned  to  severe 
penalties.  The  clergy,  to  conciliate  the 
king  s  favor,  were  obliged  to  pay  a  fine 
of  118,000/;  a  confession  was  likewise 
extorted  from  them,  that  the  king,  and 
not  the  pope,  was  the  supreme  head  of 
the  church  and  clergy  of  England.  An 
act  was  soon  after  passed  against  le\'ying 
the  first-fruits,  or  a  year's  rent  of  all  the 
bishoprics,  that  fell  vacant.  About  this 
period,  the  king  privately  married  Anne 
Boleyn  ;  he  afterwards  passed  with  her 
through  London  with  great  magnificence  : 
the  streets  were  strewn  with  flowers,  the 
walls  of  the  houses  hung  with  tapestry, 
and  an  universal  joy  seemed  to  be  dif- 
fused among  the  people.  The  imfortunate 
queen  Catherine,  perceiving  all  further 
opposition  to  be  vain,  retired  to  Ampthill 
near  Dunstable,  where  she  continued  the 
rest  of  her  days  in  privacy  and  peace. 
Her  marriage  with  Henry  was  at  last  de- 
clared invalid,  but  not  till  after  the  latter 
had  been  married  to  Anne  Boleyn. 

The  pope  was  no  sooner  informed  of 
these  proceedings,  than  he  passed  a  sen- 
tence, declaring  Catherine  to  be  the  king's 
only  lawful  wife  ;  requiring  him  to  take 
her  again,  and  denouncing  his  censures 
against  him  in  case  of  a  refusal.  Henry, 
on  the  other  hand,  knowing  that  his  sub- 
jects were  entirely  at  his  command,  re- 
solved to  separate  totally  from  the  church 
of  Rome.  In  the  year  1534,  he  was  de- 
clared head  of  the  church  by  parliament ; 
the  authority  of  the  pope  Avas  completely 
abolished  in  England  ;  all  tributes  former- 
ly paid  to  the  holy  see  were  declared  il- 
legal ;  and  the  king  was  intrusted  with 
the  collation  to  all  ecclesiastical  bene- 
fices. All  the  credit  which  the  popes 
had  maintained  over  England  for  ages 
was  now  overthrown  at  once,  and  none 
seemed  to  regret  the  change,  except  those 
who  were  immediately  interested  by  their 
dependence  on  Rome. 

But  though  the  king  thus  separated 
from  the  church  of  Rome,  he  by  no  means 


j  adhered  to  the  doctrines  of  Luther  which 
j  had  been  lately  published.  He  had 
written  a  book  against  this  celebrated 
reformer,  which  the  pope  pretended 
I  greatly  to  admire  ;  and  honored  king 
Henry,  on  its  account,  with  the  title  of 
"Defender  of  the  Faith."  This  charac- 
ter he  seemed  to  be  determined  to  main- 
tain, and  therefore  persecuted  the  reform- 
ers most  violently.  Many  were  burnt 
for  denying  the  papal  doctrines,  and  some 
also  were  executed  for  maintaining  the 
supremacy  of  the  pope.  The  courtiers 
knew  not  which  side  to  take,  as  both  the 
new  and  old  religions  were  equally  per- 
secuted ;  and  as  both  parties  equally 
courted  the  favor  of  the  king,  he  was  by 
that  means  enabled  to  assume  an  abso- 
lute authority  over  the  nation.  '^  As  the 
monks  had  all  along  shown  the  greatest 
resistance  to  Henry's  ecclesiastical  char- 
acter, he  resolved  at  once  to  deprive  them 
of  the  power  of  injuring  him.  He  ac- 
cordingly empowered  Cromwell,  secre- 
tary of  state,  to  send  commissioners  into 
the  several  counties  of  England  to  in- 
spect the  monasteries,  and  to  report  with 
rigorous  exactness,  the  conduct  and  de- 
portment of  such  as  were  found  there. 

The  persons  employed  in  this  under- 
taking discovered  that  every  kind  of  ex- 
cess was  committed  in  the  religious 
houses.  Frauds  were  constantly  prac- 
tised, to  increase  the  devotion  and  liber- 
ality of  the  people,  and  an  exaggerated  ac- 
count of  these  facts  prepared  the  way  for 
the  entire  suppression  of  these  commu- 
nities. In  1536,  three  hundred  and  sev- 
enty-six monasteries  were  abolished,  and 
their  revenues,  amounting  to  32,000/  per 
annum,  confiscated  to  the  king's  use,  in 
addition  to  a  vast  quantity  of  plate  and 
other  valuable  property,  computed  at 
more  than  100,000/.  In  1538,  the  great- 
er monasteries  shared  the  fate  of  their 
predecessors ;  and  to  lessen  the  odium 
of  such  conduct,  the  most  improbable 
tales  were  invented  relative  to  the  life 
which  the  friars  led. 

It  was  expected  that  the  spirit  of  op- 
position shown  by  Henry  to  the  church 
of  Rome,  would  have  at  last  made  him 
fall  in  Avith  the  doctrines  of  the  reformed ; 
but  though  he  had  been  gradually  chang- 
ing the  theological  system  in  which  he 


204 


ENGLAND. 


Execution  of  Anne  Boleyr, 


was  educated,  ever  since  he  came  to 
years  of  maturity,  he  was  equally  positive 
and  dogmatical  in  the  few  articles  he  re- 
tained, as  though  the  whole  fabric  had 
continued  entire  and  unskaken ;  and 
though  he  stood  alone  in  his  opinion,  the 
flattery  of  courtiers  had  so  much  inflamed 
liis  tyrannical  arrogance,  that  he  thought 
himself  entitled  to  regidate  by  his  own 
particular  standard  the  religious  faith  of 
the  whole  nation.  The  point  on  which 
he  chiefly  rested  his  orthodoxy,  was  the 
most  absurd  in  the  whole  Catholic  doc- 
trine ;  namely,  that  of  transubstantiation. 
All  departure  from  this  he  held  to  be  a 
damnable  error  ;  and  nothing,  he  thought, 
could  be  more  honorable  for  him,  than, 
while  he  broke  off  all  connection  with 
the  Roman  pontiff,  to  maintain,  in  this 
essential  article,  the  purity  of  the  Catho- 
lic faith. 

In  this  tyrannical  and  overbearing  man- 
ner, Henry  proceeded  with  regard  to  ec- 
clesiastical affairs.  In  other  respects 
his  conduct  was  equally  violent.  With 
regard  to  his  domestic  concerns,  history 
scarce  affords  his  parallel.  We  have  al- 
ready taken  notice  of  his  extreme  love 
for  Anne  Boleyn,  whom  he  married,  con- 
trary even  to  his  own  principles,  before  the 


marriage  with  Catherine  was  dissolved. 
His  affection  for  the  former  was  carried 
to  such  a  height,  that  he  even  procured 
an  act  excluding  from  the  succession  the 
issue  of  queen  Catherine,  in  favor  of  the 
children  of  Anne  Boleyn,  and  failing 
them  to  the  king's  heirs  for  ever. 

The  unfortunate  queen  Catherine  died, 
in  her  retreat  at  Ampthill,  in  the  year 
1536.  On  her  death-bed  she  Avrote  a 
most  pathetic  letter  to  the  king,  in  which 
she  forgave  him  all  the  injuries  she  had 
received,  and  recommended  to  him,  in 
the  strongest  terms,  their  daughter,  the 
princess  Mary.  Henry's  passion  for 
Anne  Boleyn  now  began  to  decline,  and 
to  this  her  delivery  of  a  dead  son  did  not 
a  little  contribute  ;  for  such  was  his  de- 
sire for  male  issue,  that  the  disappointment 
in  this  respect  alone  Mas  sufficient  to 
alienate  his  affection  from  his  wife.  The 
levity  of  her  temper,  and  her  extreme 
gaiety  of  behavior,  gave  her  enemies  an 
opportunity  of  exciting  the  king's  jeal- 
ousy against  her.  The  viscountess  of 
Rochford,  in  particular,  a  woman  of  pro- 
fligate manners,  and  who  was  married  to 
the  queen's  brother,  had  the  cruelty  to 
report  to  the  king  that  her  husband  com- 
mitted incest  with  his  own  sister.     At 


ENGLAND. 


205 


the  same  time,  it  must  not  be  forgotten 
that  he,  who  insisted  on  such  rigid  fidelity 
from  his  wives,  was  himself  the  most  faith- 
less of  mankind.  She  was  speedily  tried 
and  condemned,  and  the  sentence  pro- 
nounced against  her  was  that  she  should 
be  burned  or  beheaded  at  the  king's 
pleasure.  On  hearing  this  dreadful  denun- 
ciation, she  exclaimed,  "  O  Father  !  O 
Creator  !  thou  who  art  the  way,  the  truth, 
and  the  life  !  thou  knowest  that  I  have  not 
deserved  this  fate."  She  then  made  the 
most  solemn  protestations  of  innocence 
before  her  judges.  Anne  was  beheaded 
by  the  excutioner  of  Calais,  who  was 
reckoned  more  expert  than  any  in  Eng- 
land, and  Henry  was  thus  enabled  to 
marry  Jane  Seymour.  His  satisfaction, 
however,  was  of  no  long  continuance  ; 
for  the  queen  died  in  two  days  after  the 
birth  of  her  first  child,  who,  being  a  son, 
was  baptized  by  the  name  of  Edward 
VI.  The  king's  grief,  which  is  said  to 
have  been  A^ery  violent,  did  not  hinder 
him  from  entering  very  soon  afterwards 
into  a  new  matrimonial  scheme,  in  which 
he  met  with  many  difiiculties.  His  first 
proposals  were  made  to  the  duchess 
dowager  of  Milan,  niece  to  the  emperor 
and  to  Catherine,  his  own  former  queen  ; 
but  as  he  had  behaved  so  indifferently  to 
the  aunt,  it  is  scarcely  to  be  supposed 
that  liis  addresses  could  prove  agreea- 
ble to  the  niece.  On  this  he  demanded 
the  duchess  dowager  of  Longueville, 
daughter  of  the  duke  of  Guise  ;  but  on 
making  the  proposal  to  the  French  mon- 
arch, Francis  I,  he  was  informed  that  the 
princess  had  been  already  betrothed  to 
the  king  of  Scotland.  Henry,  however, 
would  take  no  refusal.  He  had  learned 
that  the  object  of  his  affection  was  endow- 
ed with  many  accomplishments,  and  was 
very  beautiful.  Francis,  to  prevent  any 
more  solicitations  on  this  subject,  sent 
the  princess  to  Scotland,  but  at  the  same 
time  made  Henry  an  offer  of  Mary  of 
Bourbon,  daughter  of  the  duke  of  Ven- 
dome.  This  princess  was  rejected  by 
Henry,  because  he  had  heard  of  her 
being  formerly  refused  by  the  king  of 
Scotland.  He  was  then  offered  his 
choice  of  the  two  younger  sisters  of  the 
queen  of  Scotland,  both  of  them  being 
equal  in  merit  as  well  as  size  to  the  one 


whom  he  had  desired  ;  but  Henry,  un- 
willing to  trust  to  any  reports  concerning 
the  beauty  of  these  ladies,  or  even  to 
their  pictures,  proposed  to  Francis  that 
they  should  have  a  conference  at  Calais 
under  pretence  of  business,  and  that  the 
latter  should  bring  with  him  the  two 
princesses  of  Guise  with  the  finest  la- 
dies of  quality  in  France,  that  he  might 
make  a  choice.  To  this  proposal  Fran- 
cis returned  for  answer,  that  he  was  too 
much  impressed  with  regard  for  the  fair 
sex  to  carry  ladies  of  the  first  quality, 
like  "  geldings,  to  a  market,"  to  be  chosen 
or  rejected  according  to  the  humor  of 
the  purchaser  Henry  remonstrated  and 
stormed  as  usual  ;  but  though  Francis 
at  this  time  earnestly  wished  to  oblige 
him,  he  at  last  totally  rejected  the  pro- 
posal. Negotiations  were  then  entered 
into  for  a  German  match,  and  the  prin- 
cess of  Cleves  was  proposed  by  Crom- 
well, on  account  of  the  great  interest  her 
father  had  with  the  protestant  princes  of 
Germany.  Henry  had  also  become  en- 
amoured with  her  person  from  a  picture 
of  her  ;  but  when  the  negotiation  was 
quhe  finished,  and  the  bride  arrived  in 
England,  he  lost  all  patience,  swearing 
that  she  was  a  great  "  Flandcr's  mare," 
and  that  he  could  never  bear  her  the 
smallest  affection.  The  matter  was  still 
worse,  when  he  found  that  she  could 
speak  no  language  but  Dutch,  of  which 
he  was  entirely  ignorant.  Notwith- 
standing all  these  objections,  however, 
he  determined  to  complete  the  mar- 
riage, telling  Cromwell  that  since  he 
had  gone  so  far,  he  must  now  put  his 
neck  into  the  yoke.  The  reason  for  this 
was,  that  the  friendship  of  the  German 
princes  had  now  beconie  more  than  ever 
necessaiy  for  Henry,  and  it  was  sup- 
posed that  the  affront  of  sending  the  prin- 
cess back  to  her  own  country  might  be 
resented.  Soon  after  the  marriage  his 
aversion  had  increased  to  such  a  degree, 
that  he  determined  to  rid  himself  of  his 
queen  and  prime  minister  both  at  once. 
Cromwell  had  long  been  an  object  of 
aversion  to  the  nobility,  who  hated  him 
on  account  of  his  obscure  birth,  his  fath- 
er having  been  a  blacksmith.  By  his 
office  of  vicar-general  he  had  an  almost 
absolute  authority  over   the  clergy ;  he 


206 


ENGLAND. 


was  also  lord  privy  seal,  lord  chamber- 1 
lain,  and  master  of  the  wards.  He  had 
also  been  invested  with  the  order  of  the  [ 
g^arter,  and  was  created  earl  of  Essex. 
This  was  sufficient  to  raise  the  envy  of 
the  courtiers  ;  but  he  had  also  the  mis- 
fortune to  fall  under  the  displeasure  of 
both  protestants  and  catholics,  the  form- 
er hating  him  on  account  of  his  concur- 
rence with  Henry  in  their  persecution, 
and  the  latter  looking  upon  him  as  the 
greatest  enemy  of  their  religion.  To 
these  unfortunate  circumstances  on  the 
part  of  Cromwell,  may  be  added  the 
fact  that  Henry,  having  fallen  in  love 
with  Catherine  Howard,  determined  to 
divorce  Anne  of  Cleves.  By  the  insin- 
uations of  this  lady  and  her  uncle,  Crom- 
well's ruin  was  accomplished  ;  and  he 
was  condemned  not  only  without  any 
trial,  but  even  without  an  examination. 
The  charge  was  of  heresy  and  high 
treason,  but  the  instances  of  the  latter 
were  quite  absurd  and  ridiculous.  He 
submitted,  however,  without  murmuring, 
knowing  that  any  complaints  on  his  part 
would  be  revenged  on  his  son.  He  was 
terribly  mangled  by  the  executioner  be- 
fore his  head  could  be  struck  oil'.  His 
death  was  followed  by  the  dissolution 
of  the  marriage  with  the  princess  of 
Cleves,  which  was  annulled  by  the  con- 
sent of  both  parties.  The  princess  parted 
from  him  with  the  utmost  indifl'erence,  and 
accepted  of  3,000^,  per  annum,  as  a  com- 
pensation, but  refused  to  return  to  her  own 
country  after  the  affront  she  had  received. 
The  king's  marriage  with  Catherine 
Howard  soon  succeeded  the  dissolution 
of  that  with  Anne  of  Cleves ;  but  the 
event  may  be  regarded  as  a  punishment 
upon  this  tyrant,  whose  cruelty,  lust,  and 
other  bad  qualities  can  scarcely  find  a 
parallel  in  history.  Henry  imagined 
himself  so  happy  in  this  new  marriage, 
that  he  publicly  returned  thanks  for  his 
conjugal  felicity.  But  shortly  after  in- 
formation was  given  to  Cranmer  by  a  dis- 
carded servant,  named  Lascelles,  whose 
sister  had  also  been  servant  to  the  duch- 
ess dowager  of  Norfolk ;  he  not  only 
charged  her  with  licentious  amours  before 
marriage,  but  affirmed  that  she  had  con- 
tinued the  same  practices  ever  since. 
Two  of  her  paramours    were  arrested, 


and  confessed  their  crimes  ;  the  queen 
herself  also  confessed  her  guilt  before 
marriage,  but  denied  having  ever  been 
false  to  the  king's  bed.  She  was  behead- 
ed on  Towerhill  along  with  the  viscount- 
ess of  Rochford,  who  had  been  a  confidant 
in  her  crimes.  The  latter  was  a  principal 
instrument  in  procuring  the  destruction 
of  the  unhappy  Anne  Boleyn,  and  there- 
fore died  unpitied ;  while  the  virtuous 
character  of  that  unfortunate  lady  received 
an  additional  confirmation  from  the  dis- 
covery of  this  woman's  guilt. 

To  secure  himself  from  any  further 
disasters  of  this  kind,  Henry  passed  a 
most  extraordinary  law,  enacting  that  any 
one  who  should  know,  or  strongly  sus- 
pect, any  guilt  in  a  queen,  might,  within 
twenty  days,  disclose  it  to  the  king  or 
council,  without  incurring  the  penalty  of 
any  former  law  against  defaming  the 
queen ;  though  at  the  same  time  every 
one  was  prohibited  from  spreading  matter 
abroad,  or  even  privately  whispering  it 
to  others.  It  was  also  enacted  that  if 
the  king  married  any  woman  who  had  been 
incontinent,  she  should  be  guilty  of  trea- 
son, if  she  did  not  previously  reveal  her 
guilt  to  him.  In  less  than  a  year  after 
the  death  of  Catherine  Howard,  Henry 
married  for  his  sixth  wife,  Catherine 
Parr,  widow  of  Nevil,  lord  Latimer.  This 
lady,  being  somewhat  inclined  to  the 
doctrines  of  the  reformation,  and  having 
the  boldness  to  tell  her  husband  her  mind 
upon  the  subject,  had  like  to  have  shared 
the  fate  of  the  rest.  The  furious  mon- 
arch, incapable  of  the  least  contradiction, 
was  so  exasperated,  that  he  consented 
that  articles  of  impeachment  should  be 
drawn  up  against  her.  But  the  attack 
proved  abortive  by  the  prudence  and  ad- 
dress of  the  queen. 

Henry  still  continued  to  tyrannise  over 
his  nobility  in  the  most  cruel  manner. 
The  old  countess  of  Salisbury,  the  last 
of  the  house  of  Plantagenet,  was  execu- 
ted with  circumstances  of  great  cruelty. 
She  had  been  condemned,  as  usual,  with- 
out any  trial ;  and  when  she  was  brought 
to  the  scaffold,  refused  to  lay  her  head 
on  the  block  in  obedience  to  a  sentence, 
to  the  justice  of  which  she  had  never 
consented.  She  told  the  executioner, 
therefore,  that  if  he  would  have  her  head, 


ENGLAND. 


207 


he  must  win  it  the  best  way  he  could  ; 
and  the  executioner  aimed  many  fruitless 
blows  at  her  before  he  was  able  to  put 
an  end  to  her  life.  Soon  after  her,  the 
lord  Leonard  Grey  was  hkewise  execu- 
ted for  high  treason. 

A  period  was  put  to  the  cruelties  and 
violence  of  the  king  by  his  death,  which 
happened  on  the  28th  January,  1546,  the 
night  before  Norfolk  was  to  have  been 
executed. 

Henry  was  succeeded  by  his  only  son 
Edward,  a  boy  of  nine  years  of  age.  The 
most  remarkable  transactions  of  this 
reign  are  those  which  relate  to  the  dis- 
putes between  the  catholics  and  protes- 
tants.  The  restraints  which  Henry  VIII 
had  laid  upon  the  latter  were  taken  off; 
and  they  not  only  maintained  their  doc- 
trines openly,  but  soon  became  the  pre- 
vailing party. 

A  commission  was  granted  to  the  pri- 
mate and  others,  to  search  after  all  ana- 
baptists, heretics,  or  contemners  of  the 
new  liturgy.  Among  the  numbers  who 
were  found  guilty  upon  this  occasion,  was 
Joan  Boucher,  commonly  called  Joan  of 
Kent.  This  poor  woman  was  condemned 
to  be  burnt  to  death  as  a  heretic.  The 
young  king,  Avho  it  seems  had  more  sense 
than  his  teachers,  refused  at  fi-st  to  sign 
the  death  warrant ;  but  at  last,  being 
overcome  by  the  repeated  importunities 
of  Cranmer,  he  reluctantly  complied  ; 
declaring,  that  if  he  did  wrong,  the  sin 
should  be  on  the  head  of  those  who  had 
persuaded  him  to  it.  The  primate,  after 
making  an  unsuccessful  effort  to  reclaim 
the  woman  from  her  opinions,  committed 
her  to  the  flames.  Some  time  after,  Van 
Paris,  a  Dutchman,  was  condemned  to 
death  for  Arianism.  He  suffered  with 
so  much  fortitude,  that  he  caressed  the 
fagots  that  were  consuming  him. 

The  duke  of  Northumberland,  who 
assumed  the  ofllce  of  protector,  represent- 
ed to  Edward,  who  was  now  in  a  de- 
clining state  of  health,  that  his  sisters 
Mary  and  Elizabeth,  who  were  by  Hen- 
ry's will  to  succeed,  in  failure  of  direct 
heirs  to  the  crown,  had  both  been  de- 
clared illegitimate  by  parliament ;  that 
the  queen  of  Scots,  his  aunt,  stood  exclu- 
ded by  the  king's  will ;  and,  being  an 
alien  also,  lost  all  right  of  succeeding. 


The  three  princesses,  being  thus  exclu- 
ded, the  succession  naturally  devolved  to 
the  marchioness  of  Dorset,  eldest  daughter 
of  the  French  queen,  Henry's  sister,  who 
had  married  the  earl  of  Suffolk  after  her 
first  husband's  death.  The  next  heir  to 
the  marchioness,  was  lady  Jane  Grey,  a 
lady  universally  respected,  both  on  ac- 
count of  the  charms  of  her  person,  and 
the  virtues  and  endowments  of  her  mind. 
The  king,  who  was  accustomed  to  sub- 
mit to  the  politic  views  of  his  minister, 
agreed  to  have  the  succession  submitted 
to  the  council,  where  Northumberland 
hoped  to  procure  an  easy  concurrence. 
The  judges,  however,  who  were  appoint- 
ed to  draw  up  the  king's  letters  patent 
for  this  purpose,  warmly  objected  to  the 
measure  ;  and  gave  their  reasons  before 
the  council.  They  begged  that  a  parlia- 
ment might  be  summoned  both  to  give 
it  force,  and  to  free  its  partisans  from 
danger:  they  said  that  the  document  was 
invalid,  and  would  not  only  subject  the 
judges  who  drew  it,  but  every  counsellor 
who  signed  it,  to  the  pains  of  treason. 
But  Northumberland  was  not  to  be  thwart- 
ed in  his  designs ;  a  method  was  found 
out  of  screening  the  judges  from  danger, 
by  granting  them  the  king's  pardon  for 
what  they  should  draw  up  ;  and  at  length 
the  patent  for  changing  the  succession 
was  completed,  the  princesses  Mary  and 
Elizabeth  were  set  aside,  and  the  crown 
settled  on  the  heirs  of  the  duchess  of 
Suffolk,  who,  it  appears,  had  consented 
to  relinquish  her  claim. 

For  some  time  the  young  king  had  suf- 
fered from  pulmonary  disease,  which 
continued  to  gain  gi-ound.  After  this  set- 
tlement of  the  crown,  his  health  visibly 
declined  every  day,  and  little  hopes  were 
entertained  of  his  recovery.  To  make 
matters  worse,  his  physicians  were  dis- 
missed by  Northumberland's  advice  ;  and 
he  was  put  into  the  hands  of  an  ignorant 
woman,  who  undertook  speedily  to  effect 
liis  recovery.  But  the  use  of  her  medi- 
cines aggravated  the  disease  ;  and  he  ex- 
pired at  Greenwich  on  the  6th  of  July, 
1553,  in  the  sixteenth  year  of  his  age, 
and  the  seventh  of  his  reign. 

After  the  death  of  Edward,  little  re- 
gard was  paid  to  the  new  patent  by  which 
lady  Jane  Grey  had  been  declared  heir 


208 


ENGLAND. 


to  the  crown  of  England.  The  legal 
right  of  Mary  to  the  throne,  notwithstand- 
ing the  unnatural  behavior  of  her  father 
and  his  servile  parliaments,  was  acknow- 
ledged by  the  whole  nation.  Northum- 
berland, however,  was  resolved  to  put  the 
late  king's  will  into  execution.  He  there- 
fore carefully  concealed  the  death  of 
Edward,  in  hopes  of  securing  the  person 
of  Mary,  who,  by  an  order  of  council, 
had  been  required  to  attend  her  bother 
during  his  illness ;  but  being  informed  of 
his  death,  she  innnediately  prepared  to 
assert  her  right  to  the  crown.  Northum- 
berland, accompanied  by  the  duke  of 
Suffolk,  the  earl  of  Pembroke,  and  some 
other  noblemen,  saluted  lady  Jane  Grey 
as  queen  of  England.  Jane  was  in  a 
great  measure  ignorant  of  these  transac- 
tions, and  it  was  with  the  utmost  difficulty 
she  was  persuaded  to  accept  the  dignity 
conferred  upon  her.  At  last  she  com- 
plied, and  suffered  herself  to  be  conveyed 
to  the  Tower,  where  it  was  then  usual  for 
the  sovereigns  of  England  to  pass  some 
days  after  their  accession.  Mary,  how- 
ever, who  had  retired  to  Kenning-hall  in 
Norfolk,  in  a  few  days  found  herself 
at  the  head  of  40,000  men  ;  and  lady 
Jane  resigned  the  sovereignty  in  ten  days, 
with  more  pleasure  than  she  had  received 
it.  She  retired  with  her  mother  to  their 
castle  ;  and  Northumberland,  finding  his 
affairs  quite  desperate,  attempted  to  quit 
the  kingdom.  But  he  was  stopped  by  the 
band  of  pensioner  guards,  who  informed 
him  that  he  must  stay  to  justify  his  con- 
duct in  taking  arms  against  their  lawful 
sovereign.  He  therefore  surrendered 
himself  to  Mary ;  and  was  soon  after 
executed,  together  with  sir  John  Gates 
and  sir  Thomas  Palmer.  Sentence  was 
also  pronounced  against  lady  Jane  Grey 
and  her  husband,  lord  Guilford ;  but  with- 
out any  intention  of  putting  it  in  execu- 
tion against  them  at  present,  as  their  youth 
and  innocence  pleaded  so  strongly  in  their 
favor,  neither  of  them  having  reached 
their  sevent.^  cnth  year. 

Mary  now  entered  London,  and  took 
possession  of  the  throne  without  any  ef- 
fusion of  blood.  Though  she  had  at 
first  solemnly  promised  to  defend  the  re- 
ligion and  laws  of  her  predecessor,  she 
no  sooner  saw  herself  firmly  established 


on  the  throne  than  she  resolved  to  restore 
the  catholic  religion,  and  give  back  their 
former  power  to  the  clergy.  Gardiner, 
Bonner,  and  the  other  bishops  who  had 
been  imprisoned  or  suffered  loss  during 
the  last  reign,  were  taken  from  prison, 
reinstated  in  their  sees,  and  now  tri- 
umphed in  their  turn.  On  pretence  of 
discouraging  controversy,  the  queen,  by 
her  prerogative,  silenced  all  the  preach- 
ers throughout  England,  except  such  as 
should  obtain  a  particular  license,  and 
this  she  was  resolved  to  give  only  to 
those  of  her  own  persuasion.  The 
greater  part  of  the  foreign  protestants 
took  the  first  opportunity  of  quitting  the 
kingdom  ;  and  many  of  the  arts  and 
manufactures,  which  they  had  success- 
fully introduced,  fled  with  them.  In  a 
short  time  the  queen  called  a  parliament, 
which  seemed  willing  to  concur  in  all  her 
measures.  They  at  once  repealed  all  the 
statutes  with  regard  to  religion,  that  had 
passed  during  the  reign  of  Edward  VI, 
and  the  national  religion  was  again 
placed  on  the  same  footing  in  which  it 
had  been  at  the  death  of  Henry  VIII. 

To  strengthen  the  cause  of  the  catho- 
lics, and  give  the  queen  more  pov/er  to 
establish  the  religion  to  which  she  was 
so  much  "ttached,  a  proper  match  was 
sought  for  her.  Her  affection  at  first 
seemed  to  be  engaged  by  the  earl  of  De- 
vonshire ;  but  as  he  was  attached  to  the 
princess  Elizabeth,  he  received  the  over- 
tures which  were  made  him  from  the 
queen  with  neglect.  The  next  person 
mentioned  as  a  proper  match  for  her  was 
cardinal  Pole,  a  man  greatly  respected 
for  his  virtues  ;  but  as  he  Avas  now  in 
the  decline  of  life,  Mary  soon  dropped 
all  thoughts  of  that  alliance.  At  last  she 
determined  on  a  marriage  with  Philip 
II,  of  Spain,  son  to  the  emperor  Charles 
V.  He  was  then  in  the  twenty-seventh 
year  of  his  age,  and  consequently  agree- 
able in  that  respect  to  Mary  ;  but  when 
her  intentions  with  regard  to  this  match 
became  known,  the  greatest  alarm  took 
place  throughout  the  whole  nation.  The 
commons  presented  such  a  strong  remon- 
strance against  a  foreign  alliance,  that 
the  queen  dissolved  the  parliament  in  or- 
der to  get  quit  of  their  importunity.  To 
obviate,  however,  all  clamor,  the  articles 


ENGLAND. 


209 


of  marriage  were  drawn  up  as  favorably 
as  possible  for  the  interests  of  England. 
It  was  agreed,  that  though  Philip  should 
have  the  title  of  king,  the  administration 
should  be  entirely  in  the  queen  ;  that  no 
foreigner  should  be  capable  of  holding 
any  office  in  the  kingdom  ;  nor  should 
any  innovation  be  made  in  the  laws,  cus- 
toms, and  privileges  of  the  people  ;  that 
Philip  should  not  carry  the  queen  abroad 
without  her  consent,  or  any  of  her  chil- 
dren without  the  consent  of  the  nobility. 

All  these  concessions,  however,  were 
not  sufficient  to  quell  the  apprehensions 
of  the  people ;  they  were  considered 
merely  as  words  of  course,  wliich  might 
be  retracted  at  pleasure  ;  and  the  whole 
nation  murmured  loudly  against  the  pro- 
posed alliance.  An  insurrection  was 
raised  by  sir  Thomas  Wyatt,  a  Roman 
Catholic,  at  the  head  of  4,000  men,  who 
set  out  from  Kent  to  London,  publishing 
a  declaration  against  the  Spanish  match 
and  the  queen's  evil  counsellors.  Having 
advanced  as  far  as  Southwark,  he  requi- 
red that  the  queen  should  put  the  Tower 
of  London  into  his  hands  ;  that  she  should 
deliver  four  counsellors  as  hostages;  and, 
in  order  to  ensure  the  liberty  of  the  na- 
tion, should  marry  an  Englishman.  But 
his  force  was  at  present  by  far  too  small 
to  support  such  magnificent  pretensions  ; 
and  he  uiduckily  wasted  so  much  time 
without  attempting  any  thing  of  import- 
ance, that  the  popular  ferment  entirely 
subsided,  his  followers  abandoned  him 
gradually,  and  he  was  at  last  obliged  to 
surrender  himself  to  sir  Maurice  Berke- 
ley, near  Temple-bar.  His  followers 
were  treated  with  great  cruelty,  no  fewer 
than  400  of  them  suffered  by  the  hands 
of  the  executioner  ;  400  more  were  par- 
doned, whilst  Wyatt  himself  was  con- 
demned and  executed. 

This  rebellion  had  almost  proved  fatal 
to  the  princess  Elizabeth,  who  for  some 
time  past  had  been  treated  with  great  se- 
verity by  her  sister.  Mary  had  never  for- 
gotten the  quarrel  between  their  mothers  ; 
and  when  a  declaration  was  made  after 
her  own  accession,  recognising  queen 
Catherine's  marriage  as  legal,  she  was 
thus  furnished  with  a  pretence  for  declar- 
ing Elizabeth  illegitimate.  She  was  like- 
wise obnoxious  on  account  of  her  reli- 
27 


gion  ;  but  above  all,  her  standing  so  high 
in  the  afiection  of  the  earl  of  Devonshire 
was  a  crime  never  to  be  forgiven,  and 
Mary  made  her  sensible  of  her  displeas- 
ure by  numberless  mortifications.  She 
was  ordered  to  take  place  at  court  after 
the  duchess  of  Suffolk  and  the  coimtess 
of  Lennox  ;  to  avoid  which,  and  other 
indignities,  Elizabeth  at  last  retired  from 
court  altogether  into  the  country. 

Wyatt's  rebellion  proved  fatal  to  many 
persons  of  distinction  ;  but  of  all  those 
who  perished  on  this  occasion,  none  ex- 
cited more  universal  compassion  than  the 
unfortunate  lady  Jane  Grey  and  her  hus- 
band lord  Guildford  Dudley.  They  had 
already  received  sentence  of  death  as 
has  been  mentioned  ;  and  two  days  af- 
ter the  execution  of  Wyatt,  they  received 
orders  to  prepare  for  eternity.  Lady 
Jane,  who  had  been  in  expectation  of 
this  blow,  was  no  way  intimidated,  but 
received  the  news  with  the  most  heroic 
resolution.  The  place  intended  at  first 
for  their  execution  was  Tower-hill ;  but 
the  council,  dreading  the  effects  of  the 
people's  compassion  for  their  youth, 
beauty,  and  innocence,  gave  directions 
that  they  should  be  beheaded  within  the 
verge  of  the  Tower.  The  duke  of-  Suf- 
folk was  soon  after  tried,  condemned, 
and  executed  ;  but  would  have  met  with 
more  compassion,  had  not  his  ambition 
been  the  cause  of  his  daughter's  unhap- 
py fate. 

Notwithstanding  this  unpopularity, 
however,  the  rebellion  of  Wyatt  had  so 
strengthened  the  hands  of  government, 
that  a  parliament  was  assembled  in 
hopes  of  gratifying  the  queen's  wishes 
in  regard  to  her  marriage  with  Philip  of 
Spain.  To  facilitate  this  purpose  also,  the 
emperor  of  Germany  sent  over  to  England 
400,000  crowns  to  be  distributed  among 
the  members  of  parliament  in  bribes  and 
pensions  ;  a  practice  of  which  there  had 
previously  been  no  example  in  England. 
Soon  after  this  the  marriage  with  Philip 
was  solemnized  ;  but  as  the  latter  had  es- 
poused his  queen  merely  with  a  view  to 
become  king  of  England,  he  no  sooner 
found  himself  disappointed  in  this  than  he 
showed  a  total  want  of  affection  for  her 
as  a  wife.  He  passed  most  of  his  time 
at  a  distance  from  her  in  the  Low  Coun- 


210 


ENGLAND. 


tries  ;  and  seldom  wrote  to  her  except 
when  he  wanted  money. 

The  enemies  of  the  state  being  sup- 
posed to  be  suppressed,  those  of  the 
Catholic  religion  were  next  persecuted. 
The  old  sanguinary  laws  which  had 
been  rejected  by  a  former  parliament 
were  now  revived.  The  bloody  scene 
began  by  the  execution  of  Hooper,  bish- 
op of  Gloucester,  and  Rogers,  prebenda- 
ry of  St.  Paul's.  These  were  quickly 
followed  by  others,  of  whom  the  princi- 
pal were  archbishop  Cranmer,  Ridley, 
bishop  of  London,  and  Latimer,  bishop 
of  Worcester.  These  persecutions  soon 
became  odious  to  the  whole  nation,  and 
the  perpetrators  of  them  were  all  will- 
ing to  throw  the  blame  from  themselves 
upon  others.  A  bold  step  was  now  taken  ! 
to  introduce  a  court  similar  to  the  Spanish 
inquisition,  that  should  be  empowered  to  i 
try  heretics,  and  condemn  them  without  i 
any  other  law  but  its  own  authority.  But 
even  this  was  thought  a  method  too  dila- 
tory in  the  present  exigence  of  aflairs. 
A  proclamation  was  issued  against  books 
of  heresy,  treason,  and  sedition,  and  de- 
clared, that  whosoever  had  such  books  in 
his  possession,  and  did  not  burn  them 
without  reading,  should  sufler  as  a  rebel. 
This  was  attended  with  the  execution  of 
such  numbers,  that  at  last  the  magistrates 
who  had  been  instrumental  in  these  cru- 
elties refused  to  give  their  assistance 
any  longer.  It  was  computed,  that  dur- 
ing this  persecution,  349  persons  sufTer- 
ed  by  fire,  besides  those  punished  by 
imprisonments,  fines,  and  confiscations.  | 
Among  those  who  suffered  by  fire  were 
5  bishops,  21  clergymen,  8  lay  gentle-  \ 
men,  84  tradesmen,  100  husbandmen,  55 
women,  and  4  children. 

The  only  remarkable  political  trans- 
action which  occurred  during  this  reign 
was  the  loss  of  Calais,  which  had  been  ' 
in  possession  of  the  English  for  upwards  ' 
of  200  years.     This  circumstance  exci- 
ted the  greatest  regret,  and  the  queen  was 
heard    to   say   in  her   last  illness,  that, 
when  dead,   the    name  of  Calais  would 
be  found  engraven  on   her  heart.     She 
did  not  long  survive   this  loss  ;  but  died 
in  the  year  1558,  of  a  lingering  illness,  I 
after  a  reign  of  five  years,  four  months,  i 
and  eleven  days.  j 


On  the  death  of  Mary,  several  noble- 
men who  had  formed  her  council  of  state, 
immediately  repaired  to  Elizabeth  at 
Hatfield,  with  the  intelligence  ;  and  on 
the  23rd  of  November,  1558,  the  new 
queen  set  forward  for  her  capital,  atten- 
ded by  a  train  of  a  thousand  nobles, 
knights,  gentlemen,  and  ladies,  and  took 
up  her  abode  at  the  dissolved  monastery 
of  the  Chartreux,  or  Charterhouse,  then 
the  residence  of  Lord  North,  a  splendid 
pile,  which  oflered  ample  accommoda- 
tion for  a  royal  retinue.  Her  next  re- 
move, in  compliance  with  ancient  cus- 
tom, was  to  the  Tower.  On  this  occa- 
sion, all  the  streets  from  the  Charter- 
house were  spread  with  fine  gravel, 
singers  and  musicians  were  stationed  by 
the  way,  and  an  immense  concourse  of 
people  freely  lent  their  joyful  acclama- 
tions, as,  preceded  by  her  heralds  and 
great  officers  of  state,  she  passsd  along, 
mounted  on  her  palfrey,  acknowledging 
the  salutations  of  her  humblest  subjects. 

After  a  fcAv  days  spent  in  the  Tower, 
Elizabeth  passed  by  water  to  Somerset 
Palace  ;  and  thence,  about  a  fortnight  af- 
ter, when  the  funeral  of  her  predeces- 
sor was  over,  to  the  palace  of  Westmin- 
ster, where  she  kept  her  Christmas. 

Busy  preparation  was  now  making  in 
her  "good  city  of  London"  against  the 
solemn  day  of  her  passage  in  state  from 
the  Tower  to  her  coronation  at  West- 
minster. The  usages  and  sentiments 
of  that  age  conferred  upon  these  public 
ceremonials  a  character  of  earnest  and 
dignified  importance  now  lost ;  and  on 
this  meinorable  occasion,  when  the  min- 
gled sense  of  delivrance  received,  and  of 
future  favor  to  be  conciliated,  had  open- 
ed the  hearts  of  all  men,  it  was  resolved 
to  lavish  in  honor  of  the  new  sovereign 
every  possible  demonstration  of  loyal  af- 
fection, and  to  grace  the  occasion  with 
every  known  device  of  .festal  magnifi- 
cence. 

On  the  15th  of  January,  1558,  Eliza- 
beth was  crowned  at  Westminster.  Great 
perplexity  was  occasioned  by  the  refu- 
sal of  the  whole  bench  of  bishops  to 
perform  the  coronation  service ;  but  at 
length,  to  the  displeasure  of  his  brethern, 
Ogelthorpe,  bishop  of  Carlisle,  suffered 
himself  to  be  gained  over,  and  the  rite 


ENGLAND. 


211 


was  duly  celebrated.  This  refractory- 
spirit  of  the  episcopal  order  was  wisely 
overlooked  by  the  new  government ;  but 
it  proceeded  no  doubt  from  the  principle, 
that  the  marriage  of  Henry  VIII,  with 
Catherine  of  Aragon  having  been  decla- 
red lawful  and  valid,  the  child  of  Anne 
Boleyn  must  be  regarded  as  illegitimate, 
and  legally  incapable  of  succeeding  to 
the  throne.  The  compliance  of  Ogel- 
thorpe  could  indeed  be  censured  by  the 
other  bishops  on  no  other  ground  than 
their  disallowance  of  the  title  of  the  sov- 
ereign ;  in  the  office  itself,  as  he  per- 
formed it,  there  was  nothing  to  which  the 
most  rigid  catholic  could  object,  for  the 
ancient  ritual  is  said  to  have  been  fol- 
lowed without  the  slightest  modification. 
The  circumstance  has  been  adduced, 
among  others,  to  show  that  it  was  rather 
by  the  political  necessities  of  her  situa- 
tion, than  by  her  private  judgment  and 
conscience  in  religious  matters,  that 
Elizabeth  was  impelled  finally  to  abjure 
the  Roman  catholic  system,  and  to  de- 
clare herself  the  general  protectress  of 
the  protestant  cause. 

The  accession  of  Francis  II,  husband 
to  the  queen  of  Scots,  to  the  French 
throne,  in  1559,  threatened  Elizabeth 
with  the  hostility  of  both  France  and 
Scotland  ;  and  in  the  politic  resolution 
of  removing  from  her  own  territory  to 
that  of  her  enemies  the  seat  of  a  war 
which  she  saw  to  be  inevitable,  she  le- 
vied a  strong  army,  and  sent  it,  under  the 
command  of  the  duke  of  Norfolk  and 
lord  Grey  de  Wilton,  to  the  I'rontiers  of 
Scotland.  She  also  entered  into  a  close 
connection  with  the  protestant  party  in 
that  country,  who  were  already  in  arms 
against  the  queen-regent  and  her  French 
auxiliaries.  Success  attended  this  well- 
planned  expedition,  and,  at  the  end  of  a 
single  campaign,  Elizabeth  was  able  to 
terminate  the  war  by  the  treaty  of  Edin- 
burgh ;  a  convention,  the  terms  of  which 
were  such  as  effectually  to  secure  her 
from  all  fear  of  future  molestation  in 
this  quarter. 

During  the  period  of  these  hostilities, 
however,  her  situation  was  an  anxious 
one.  It  was  greatly  to  be  feared  that 
the  emperor  and  the  king  of  Spain,  for- 
getting  in   their  zeal   for   the   Catholic 


Church,  the  habitual  enmity  of  the  house 
of  Austria  against  that  of  Bourbon,  would 
make  common  cause  with  France  against 
a  sovereign,  Avho  now  stood  forth  the 
avowed  protectress  of  protestanism.  By 
skilful  negotiation,  however,  Elizabeth 
found  means  to  avert  these  evils,  and  by 
her  selection  of  diplomatic  agents  on  this 
important  occasion,  gave  striking  evidence 
of  her  judgment. 

While  the  treaties  for  peace  were  in 
preparation,  Mary,  the  queen-regent  of 
Scotland,  died.  Her  death  was  shortly 
after  followed  by  that  of  the  French  mon- 
arch, Francis  II,  leaving  his  queen,  Ma- 
ry, a  widow,  at  the  age  of  eighteen. 
She  persuaded  herself  that  all  obstacles 
were  now  removed,  and  that  she  might 
resume  the  government  of  her  native 
kingdom;  when  the  English  ministers  saw 
her  design,  they  determined  as  much  as 
possible  to  prevent  her  return  to  Scotland. 

Mary  effected  her  voyage  to  Scotland, 
secure  from  the  attempts  of  Elizabeth, 
who  following  the  suggestions  of  lord 
James  and  others,  had  sent  a  fleet  to  ar- 
rest her  progress  ;  but  owing  to  a  propi- 
tious fog,  the  Scottish  queen  reached  the 
land  of  her  fathers,  and  entered  the  capi- 
tal amidst  the  shouts  and  congratulations 
of  her  subjects. 

The  marriage  of  the  Scottish  queen 
was  a  matter  of  intrigue  in  the  courts  of 
England  and  Scotland.  She  married 
Dandey,  whom  she  had  created  earl  of 
Ross  and  duke  of  Albany,  in  the  chapel 
of  Holyrood-house,  and  issued  a  procla- 
mation, commanding  that  all  writs  should 
run  in  the  style  of  Henry  and  Mary,  king 
and  queen  of  Scotland. 

Mary,  whose  passion  for  Darnley  had 
caused  her  to  overlook  the  natural  defects 
of  his  character,  soon  found  that  he  was 
capricious,  violent,  and  vindictive  ;  and 
that  he  had,  acquired  such  a  habit  of  in- 
ebriety, as  sometimes  even  to  forget  the 
respect  due  to  his  consort.  But,  above 
all,  he  was  ambitious,  and  felt  incensed 
against  his  queen,  because  she  refused 
to  secure  to  him  by  act  of  parliament  the 
kingdom  of  Scotland  during  his  natural 
life  ;  and  he  directed  his  resentment 
against  her  advisers,  particularly  against 
her  secretary,  David  Rizzio,  which  end- 
ed in  the  murder  of  the  latter. 


212 


ENGLAND. 


Shortly  after  this  event,  Mary  gave 
birth  to  a  son.  All  parties  now  looked 
forward  to  the  succession  being  finally 
established  in  the  union  of  the  two  crowns 
of  England  and  Scotland,  in  the  person 
of  the  new  born  prince.  It  is  extremely 
probable  that  such  might  be  the  intention 
of  Elizabeth,  had  not  the  indiscreet  par- 
tiality shown  by  Mary  towards  James 
Hepbiurn,  earl  of  Bothwell,  a  man  of  pro- 
fligate manners,  but  the  head  of  an  ancient 
family,  proved  detrimental  to  her  cause. 

After  the  death  of  Rizzio,  Bothwell,  in 
his  efforts  to  assuage  the  suflerings  of 
Mary  under  the  brutal  conduct  of  her 
husband,  had  so  completely  wormed  him- 
self into  her  royal  favor,  that  she  raised 
him  to  the  highest  offices  of  power  and 
trust,  and  followed  his  advice  in  all  mat- 
ters of  importance.  The  murder  of  Riz- 
zio, by  staying  the  proceedings  of  the 
conspirators,  had  cooled  the  ardor  of 
Darnley's  ambition,  and  had  rendered 
him  an  object  of  contempt  to  l^oth  parties. 
Mary  formed  a  new  administration,  the 
chief  ministers  of  which  were  Huntley, 
Bothwell,  Murray,  and  Argyle  ;  and,  in 
direct  opposition  to  the  advice  of  her 
husband,  she  admitted  Maitland  to  be  of 
her  council.  He  soon  suggested  to  them 
the  propriety  of  a  divorce  between  the 
queen  and  Darnley  ;  and  even  ventured 
to  propose  it  to  Mary.  At  first  she  listen- 
ed willingly,  but  after  more  consideration 
she  refused  to  adopt  the  plan,  and  said, 
"  I  will  that  ye  do  nothing  through  which 
any  spot  may  be  laid  to  my  honor  or 
conscience  ;  and,  therefore,  I  pray  you, 
rather  let  the  matter  be  in  the  state  it  is, 
abiding  till  God  of  his  goodness  put 
remedy  thereto." 

Disappointed  in  the  plan  of  a  divorce, 
the  lords  again  consulted  on  the  means 
to  rid  themselves  of  Darnley,  and  decided 
on  assassination.  The  conspirators  took 
advantage  of  the  queen's  absence  at  a 
ball,  to  blow  up  with  gunpowder  the 
house  in  which  Darnley  slept.  The  ex- 
plosion shook  the  city  ;  the  bodies  of  the 
king,  and  Taylor,  his  page,  were  found 
in  the  garden  ;  and  three  men,  with  a 
boy,  were  buried  in  the  ruins.  No  ques- 
tion in  history  has  been  more  perse- 
veringly  discussed  than  this  ;  and  it  is 
still  a  matter  of  doubt,  whether  the  Scot- 


tish queen  was  or  was  not  pri\7-  to  the 
death  of  her  husband. 

It  is  said  that  when  Bothwell  under- 
took to  murder  Darnley,  he  demanded 
the  hand  of  Mary  as  the  price  of  his 
services  ;  to  eflect  this,  twenty-four  of 
the  principal  peers  subscribed  a  new 
I  bond,  in  which  they  asserted  their  be- 
lief  that  Bothwell  was  innocent,  and 
obliged  themselves  to  defend  him  against 
all  calumniators,  with  their  bodies,  heri- 
tages, and  goods ;  and  they  promised, 
upon  their  consciences,  to  promote  a 
marriage  between  him  and  the  queen,  as 
soon  as  she  might  think  convenient.  The 
next  day  he  seized  her  person  and  con- 
ducted her  to  the  castle  of  Dunbar,  where 
he  pressed  his  suit  most  earnestly,  and 
gave  for  her  perusal  the  bond  which  the 
lords  had  signed  in  his  favor.  From 
Dunbar  he  conducted  her  to  the  castle  of 
Edinburgh.  Bothwell  there  obtained  a 
divorce  from  his  wife,  Janet  Gordon  ;  and 
just  one  month  after  his  trial,  he  led  the 
queen  to  the  court  of  sessions,  where,  in 
the  presence  of  the  judges,  she  forgave 
him  the  forcible  abduction  of  her  person  ; 
the  next  day  she  created  him  duke  of 
Orkney,  and  was  immediately  married  to 
him  at  Holyrood. 

Scarcely  four  days,  however,  had 
elapsed,  when  many  of  the  lords,  who 
previously  had  favored  Bothwell's  cause, 
rose  in  rebellion  against  him,  and  con- 
spired to  take  his  life,  and  to  depose  the 
queen.  They  succeeded  in  separating 
them,  and  the  confederates  conducted 
Mary  to  Lochleven  Castle,  where  she 
was  kept  in  confinement.  When  Eliza- 
beth became  informed  of  these  events, 
she  sent  Throckmorton  to  Scotland.  This 
minister  was  as  much  the  agent  of  Cecil 
as  of  his  sovereign,  and  beheld  in  silence 
the  pi'oceedings  of  the  confederates  to 
depose  the  queen  ;  nay  more,  he  secret- 
ly advised  her  to  sign  her  "  resignation  of 
the  crown  to  her  son  ;  to  consent  to  the 
nomination  of  Murray  as  regent,  and  to 
the  appointment  of  certain  persons  to  act 
for  him  in  his  absence."  Throckmorton, 
under  the  guise  of  friendship,  wrote  his 
'  opinion  to  Mary,  that  as  no  deed,  exe- 
cuted under  her  present  circumstances, 
could  be  binding,  she  had  better  affect 
not  to  hesitate  ;  which  advice  caused  her 


ENGLAND. 


213 


to  sign  the  papers,  without  even  knowing 
the  whole  of  their  contents.  The  infant 
prince,  then  in  his  thirteenth  month,  was 
crowned  and  anointed  ;  and  Murray,  who 
had  been  in  France,  hastened  to  Edin- 
burgh. 

With  great  difficulty,  Mary  effected 
her  escape  from  Lochleven,  and  being 
joined  by  several  thousand  of  her  follow- 
ers, encountered  the  regent,  Murray,  at 
Langside.  But  her  army  was  entirely 
defeated,  and  being  pursued  by  the  vic- 
torious troops,  she  rode  sixty  miles  in  one 
day,  and  then  formed  the  fatal  resolution 
of  seeking  an  asylum  in  the  domains  of 
the  English  queen.  Her  friends  strong- 
ly objected  to  this  measure,  but  she  re- 
lied upon  the  hollow  protestations  of 
friendship  which  Elizabeth  had  freely 
made  use  of  through  her  agents.  Although 
Elizabeth  had  declared  to  her  foreign  al- 
lies her  determination  to  replace  Mary 
on  the  throne,  had  forbidden  her  ambas- 
sador to  be  present  at  the  coronation  of 
the  prince,  and  had  refused  to  Murray  the 
title  of  regent,  yet  her  ministers  were 
leagued  with  the  enemies  of  Mary,  and 
rejoiced  at  her  arrival  in  England,  be- 
cause they  thought  themselves  more  sure 
of  their  prey.  Cecil  suggested  the  pro- 
posal of  keeping  her  in  confinement  for 
life,  as  the  mode  most  conducive  to  the 
security  of  Elizabeth,  and  the  interests 
of  the  reformed  religion. 

Mary  proposed  a  visit  to  Elizabeth, 
that  she  might  acquaint  her  with  the  par- 
ticular account  of  her  misfortunes,  the 
wrongs  she  had  endured,  and  the  calum- 
nies which  had  been  heaped  upon  her  ; 
but  Cecil  hinted  to  his  sovereign,  that  she, 
being  a  maiden  queen,  could  not  in  de- 
cency admit  to  her  presence  a  woman 
who  was  charged  with  adultery  and  mur- 
der. Mary,  on  learning  this  opinion,  ex- 
postulated with  the  dignity  of  a  queen, 
and  with  a  spirit  becoming  innocence. 

It  was  principally  her  dread  of  the 
Spaniards,  which  influenced  Elizabeth  in 
her  deceitful  professions  and  empty  ne- 
gotiations with  the  profligate  court  of 
France,  which,  in  the  judgment  of  posteri- 
ty, have  redounded  so  little  to  her  honor, 
but  which  appeared  to  her  of  so  much 
importance,  that  she  now  thought  her- 
self peculiarly  fortunate  in  having  discov- 


ered an  agent  capable  of  conducting  them 
with  all  the  wariness,  penetration,  and 
profound  address  so  peculiarly  requisite, 
where  sincerity  and  good  faith  are  want- 
ing. This  agent  was  sir  Francis  Wal- 
singham,  whose  rare  acquisitions  of  po- 
litical knowledge,  made  principally  du- 
ring the  period  of  his  voluntary  exile  for 
religion,  and  still- rarer  talents  for  public 
business,  had  induced  lord  Burleigh  to 
recommend  him  to  the  service  and  con- 
fidence of  his  mistress.  For  several 
years  from  this  time  he  resided  as  the 
queen's  ambassador  at  the  court  of  France, 
at  first  as  coadjutor  to  sir  Thomas  Smith, 
a  learned  and  able  man,  who  afterwards 
became  a  principal  secretary  of  State. 
There  was  not  in  England  a  man  who 
was  regarded  as  a  more  sincere  and  ear- 
nest protestant  than  VValsingham ;  yet 
such  was  at  this  time  his  sense  of  the 
importance  to  the  country  of  the  French 
alliance,  that  he  expressed  himself  strong- 
ly in  favor  of  the  match  between  Eliza- 
beth and  the  duke  of  Anjou,  and,  as  a 
minister,  spared  no  pains  to  promote  it. 

Similar  language  was  held  on  this  sub- 
ject both  by  Leicester  and  Burleigh,  but 
the  former  was  perhaps  no  more  in  ear- 
nest on  the  subject  than  his  mistress ;  and 
finally,  all  parties,  except  the  French 
protestants,  who  looked  ou  the  conclusion 
of  these  nuptials  as  their  best  security, 
seem  to  have  been  not  ill  pleased,  when, 
the  marriage  treaty  being  at  length  laid 
aside,  a  strict  league  of  amity  between 
the  two  countries  was  agreed  upon  in  its 
stead. 

Elizabeth  was  enjoying  the  festivities 
prepared  by  Leicester  for  her  reception 
at  his  castle  at  Kenilworfh,  when  the 
news  arrived  of  the  execrable  massacre 
of  Paris,  an  atrocity  scarcely  to  be  paral- 
leled in  history.  {See  France.)  Troops 
of  affrighted  Huguenots,  who  had  escaped 
through  a  thousand  perils  with  life,  and 
life  alone,  from  the  hands  of  their  pitiless 
assassins,  arrived  on  the  English  coast, 
imploring  the  commiseration  of  their 
brother  protestants,  and  relating  in  ac- 
cents of  despair  their  tale  of  horrors. 
After  such  a  stroke  no  one  knew  what  to 
expect ;  the  German  protestants  flew  to 
arms  ;  and  even  the  subjects  of  Eliza- 
beth trembled  for  their  countrymen  trav- 


214 


ENGLAND. 


elling  on  the  continent,  and  for  themselves  I 
in  their  island-home.  The  pope  is  said 
to  have  openly  applauded  the  savage  i 
deed;  the  court  of  Spain  showed  itself 
united  hand  and  heart  with  that  of  France,  j 
to  the  astonishment  of  Elizabeth,  who  had  | 
been  taught  to  believe  them  at  enmity  ; 
and  it  seemed  as  if  the  signal  had  been 
given  of  a  general  crusade  against  the  re- 
formed churches  of  Europe. 

The  provinces  of  Holland  and  Zealand, 
goaded  into  revolt  by  the  bigotry  and  bar- 
barity of  Philip  of  Spain,  had  from  the 
first  experienced  in  the  English  nation, 
a  disposition  to  encourage  and  shelter 
them,  sent  a  solemn  deputation  to  Eliza- 
beth, offering  her  the  sovereignty  of  the 
provinces  on  condition  of  her  defending 
them  from  the  Spaniards.  Although  her 
pride  was  flattered  by  the  proposition,  in 
a  short  time  she  dismissed  the  envoys 
with  an  absolute  refusal. 

The  religious  wars  of  France,  and  the 
revolt  of  the  Dutch  provinces  from  Spain, 
proved  in  many  ways  the  safeguard  of 
the  peace  of  England.  They  furnished 
so  much  domestic  occupation  to  the  two 
catholic  sovereigns  of  Europe,  most  for- 
midable by  their  power,  their  bigotry, 
and  their  unprincipled  ambition,  as  effec- 
tually to  preclude  them  from  uniting  their 
forces  to  put  in  execution  against  Eliza- 
beth the  papel  sentence  of  deprivation. 
But  circumstances  were  now  tending 
with  increased  velocity  towards  a  rupture 
with  Spain,  which  had  now  clearly  be- 
come inevitable  ;  and,  in  1577,  the  queen 
of  England  saw  herself  compelled  to  take 
steps  in  the  affairs  of  the  Low  Countries 
equally  offensive  to  that  power  and  to 
France. 

Great  interest  was  excited  1)y  the  ar- 
rival in  Plymouth  harbor,  in  Novemlier, 
1580,  of  the  celebrated  Francis  Drake, 
from  his  circumnavigation  of  the  globe. 
National  vanity  was  flattered  by  the  idea 
that  this  Englishman  should  have  been 
the  first  commander  by  whom  this  great 
and  novel  enterprise  had  been  success- 
fully achieved,  and  both  himself  and  his 
ship  became  in  an  eminent  degree  the 
objects  of  public  curiosity  and  wonder. 
The  courage,  skill,  and  perseverance  of 
this  great  navigator,  were  deservedly  ex- 
tolled :  the  wealth  which  he  had  brought 


home  from  the  plunder  of  the  Spanish 
settlements  awakened  the  cupidity  which, 
in  that  age,  was  a  constant  attendant  on 
the  daring  spirit  of  maritime  adventure, 
and  half  the  youth  of  the  country  were 
anxious  to  embark  in  expeditions  of  pil- 
lage and  discovery. 

In  1582,  an  attempt  was  made  by  the 
king  of  Spain,  to  incite  the  catholic  in- 
habitants of  Ireland  to  a  general  rebellion, 
by  throwing  on  the  coast  a  small  body  of 
troops,  seconded  by  a  very  considera- 
ble Sinn  of  money.  But  the  vigorous 
measures  of  Arthur  lord  Grey,  the  deputy, 
by  holding  the  Irish  in  check,  rendered 
this  effort  abortive.  The  Spaniards,  un- 
able to  penetrate  into  the  country,  raised 
a  fort  near  the  place  of  their  landing, 
which  they  hoped  to  be  able  to  hold  out 
till  the  arrival  of  re-enforcements.  They 
obstinately  refused  the  terms  of  surrender 
first  offered  them  by  the  deputy  ;  and  the 
fort  being  afterwards  taken  by  assault, 
the  whole  garrison,  with  the  exception 
of  the  officers,  was  put  to  the  sword  ;  an 
act  of  cruelty  which  the  deputy  is  said 
to  have  commanded  with  tears,  in  obedi- 
ence to  the  decision  of  a  court-martial, 
from  which  he  could  not  venture  to  de- 
part, and  which  Elizabeth  afterwards 
publicly  reprobated. 

At  this  time  the  mind  of  Elizabeth  was 
a  prey  to  the  most  uneasy  apprehensions, 
lest  the  Scottish  queen  should  effect  her 
escape.  She  hardly  knew  how  to  intrust 
any  person  to  be  her  keeper  ;  and  while 
the  royal  captive  was  committed  to  the 
care  of  the  earl  of  Shrewsbury,  his  most 
trivial  actions  were  under  the  scrutiny 
of  all  around  him.  Indeed  so  strong  was 
Elizabeth's  propensity  to  jealousy,  that 
her  favorite  minister,  Burleigh,  was  an 
object  of  her  malevolent  suspicions  ;  and 
when  he  went  to  Buxton  for  relief  Irom 
the  gout,  she  accused  him  of  going  there 
to  intrigue  with  Mary.  These  continued 
persecutions  of  Mary  and  her  friends, 
were  more  especially  directed  against 
those  who  adhered  to  the  faith  of  the 
I  church  of  Rome,  and  it  cannot  appear 
singular  that  the  catholics  of  England, 
who  groaned  under  the  penal  statutes  en- 
forced by  Elizabeth,  should  look  forward 
to  the  son  of  Mary,  who,  in  all  probabili- 
ty, would  in  a  few  years  reign  over  them, 


ENGLAND. 


215 


with  a  degree  of  cheering  hope.    Though  j 
James  was  educated  by  the  disciples  of  | 
Knox,  yet  the  kindness  with  which  he  ^ 
had  received   certain  catholic  priests  at  j 
Holyrood-house,  was  construed  by  Mary 
and  her  friends,  into  the  most  favorable 
disposition  towards  her  cause  ;  and  it  was 
resolved,  in  a  consultation  held  secretly 
at  Paris,  that  Mary  and  James,  ought  to 
reign  jointly  as  king  and  queen,  on  the 
throne  of  Scotland  :    and,  as  James  had 
expressed  his  apprehension  lest  he  might 
be  compelled,  through  poverty,  to  submit 
to  the  pleasure  of  Elizabeth,  persons  has-  j 
tened  to  Valladolid,  and  obtained  a  pre- 
sent of  12,000  crowns  from  Philip,  for! 
the   use    of  the    Scottish    king  ;    while ' 
Creighton,  another  missionary,  proceeded 
on  the  same  errand  to  Rome,  and  received 
a  promise  from  the  pope  to  pay  the  body- 
guard of  James  for  twelve  months'  ser- 
vice.    These  proceedings  did  not  escape 
the  watchful  attention  of  the  English  ca- 
binet.    Hitherto  Elizabeth  and  Henry  of 
France  had  stood  in  mutual  awe  of  each 
other,  but  now  ambassadors  of  Henry  had  I 
arrived  in  the  Scottish  court,  to  aid  James  1 
in  recovertng  his  liberty  ;  and  having  es- 
caped from  those  who  had  presumed  to 
act  as   his  keepers,   he   summoned   his 
partisans  to  meet  him  at  St.  Andrew's. 
Without  any  apparent  reason,  Walsing- 
ham   suddenly  made  his  appearance  at 
James'  court.      The    monarch   received 
the  aged  statesman  coolly,  and  replied  to 
his  friendly  lectures  on  government  with  j 
reserve,  so  that  Elizabeth  complained  of  j 
the  disrespect  shown  to  her  ambassador,  i 
whose  real  object  in  taking  the  journey , 
was  to  study  the  disposition  and  opening  i 
character  of  James,  to  learn  his  resour-  i 
ces,  and  to  dispose  with  advantage  of  the 
money  he  carried  from  England,  to  pur- 
chase partisans  by  pensions  and  prom- 
ises.    Mary's  hopes  were  again  revived 
by  the  late  favorable  tiu-n  in  her  son's  af- 
fairs ;    and  powerful  friends   in    France 
avid  Spain  were  preparing  to  restore  the  j 
long  captive  queen  to  liberty  ;  but  Mary, ' 
aware  that  her   keepers   had  orders   to ' 
punish  any  attempt  to  escape  by  depriv-  j 
ing  her  of  life,  acquainted  Elizabeth  with  | 
her  desire  to  leave  the  administration  en-  } 
tirely  to  her  son,  and  to  reside  as  a  pri- ' 
vate  person  in  England,  a  proposal  which } 


was  refused  ;  but  another,  from  Mary,  to 
conclude  a  league  of  perpetual  amity 
between  the  two  crowns,  through  the  me- 
diation of  Castelnau,  was  received  with 
apparent  pleasure,  but  was  afterwards 
frustrated  by  the  private  intrigue  of  the 
French  king,  who  feared,  by  freeing 
Elizabeth  from  apprehension  on  the  part 
of  Scotland,  to  give  her  an  opportunity 
to  support  the  protestants  in  France. 

Mary,  by  the  intrigues  of  Walsingham 
and  others,  was  drawn  into  a  plot,  which 
finally  cost  her  life.  Previous  to  arrest- 
ing the  persons  of  the  conspirators,  she 
was  confined  in  a  chamber  of  the  house 
of  Tixal,  where  she  was  prohibited  the 
use  of  pen  and  ink,  whilst  her  drawers 
were  ransacked  by  Paulet,  and  all  her 
papers  seized.  From  that  moment  the 
proceedings  against  Mary  excite  pity  for 
her  untimely  fate,  and  admiration  at  the 
magnanimity  with  which  she  met  it.  The 
principal  charges  against  her  were  two. 
To  the  first,  that  she  had  conspired  with 
foreigners  to  procure  the  invasion  of  Eng- 
land, Mary,  without  denying  or  admitting 
its  justice,  maintained  that  she  was  fully 
authorized  by  law  to  seek  her  deliverance 
from  an  illegal  captivity.  But  the  sec- 
ond charge,  of  her  having  conspired  the 
death  of  Elizabeth,  she  denied  in  the 
strongest  language  and  with  tears.  The 
aid  which  the  unfortunate  captive  might 
have  looked  for  from  her  son,  and  the 
kings  of  France  and  Spain,  was,  from 
their  several  peculiar  circumstances, 
withheld;  withElizabeth  alone  the  last  pe- 
riod of  her  fate  rested.  The  sentence  of 
her  judges  against  her  was  announced  in 
London  by  the  ringing  of  bells  for  twenty- 
four  hours  ;  also  by  bonfires  and  other 
demonstrations  of  joy.  But  of  all  the  pro- 
ceedings in  the  cause  of  Mary,  the  dissim- 
ulation with  which  queen  Elizabeth  acted 
during  the  whole  period  of  the  Scottish 
queen's  imprisonment, — a  period  com- 
prising almost  twenty  years  ! — was  the 
most  extraordinary  ;  and  it  seemed  to  in- 
crease after  the  fatal  judgment  had  been 
pronounced.  From  a  feigned  miwilling- 
ness  to  shed  the  blood  of  her  Idnswoman, 
the  warrant  was  allowed  to  remain  un- 
signed for  two  months.  The  persons 
employed  by  James  to  intercede  with 
Elizabeth  for  the  life  of  his  mother  de- 


216 


ENGLAND. 


Execution  of  Mary  queen  of  Scuts. 


ceived  him.  While  Gray  delivered  pub- 
licly the  message  with  which  he  was 
intrusted  by  the  Scottish  monarch  to 
Elizabeth,  he  said  in  her  ear  privately, 
"  The  dead  cannot  bite." 

The  hints  thrown  out  by  Elizabeth 
respecting  the  private  disposal  of  Mary, 
having  proved  unavailing,  she  signed  the 
warrant,  and  gave  it  to  her  secretary, 
Davison,  with  orders  for  him  to  get  the 
great  seal  attached  to  it.  Davison,  puz- 
zled how  to  act,  delivered  the  warrant 
back  into  the  hands  of  lord  Burleigh, 
from  whom  he  had  received  it.  Burleigh 
called  a  council,  who  were  unanimous 
in  opinion  that  the  queen  had  done  all 
the  law  required  ;  and  Leicester  intima- 
ting to  them  that  the  queen  wished  them 
to  proceed  without  further  consulting  her 
feelings,  the  warrant  was  despatched  to 
Fotheringay.  When  the  earl  of  Shrews- 
bury and  the  earl  of  Kent  arrived  in  the 
presence  of  Mary,  she  listened  to  the 
reading  of  the  warrant  in  silence,  and 
with  an  unruffled  countenance.  After 
enumerating  the  wrongs  she  had  suffered, 
she  placed  her  hand  on  a  testament  which 
lay  on  the  table,  and  said,  "  As  for  the 
death  of  the  queen,  your  sovereign,  I  call 
God  to  witness,  that  I  never  imagined  it, 
never  sought  it,  nor  ever  consented  to  it." 


She  requested  the  assistance  of  Le 
Preau,  her  confessor,  whom  she  knew 
to  be  then  in  the  house,  but  this  was  re- 
fused. This  important  night,  the  last  of 
Mary's  life,  she  divided  into  three  parts. 
The  arrangement  of  her  domestic  affairs, 
the  writing  of  her  will,  and  of  three  let- 
ters, to  her  confessor,  her  cousin  of  Guise, 
and  the  king  of  France,  occupied  the  first 
and  larger  portion.  The  second  she 
gave  to  exercises  of  devotion.  About 
four  in  the  morning  she  retired  to  rest, 
but  it  was  observed  she  did  not  sleep ; 
her  lips  were  in  constant  motion,  and  her 
mind  seemed  absorbed  in  prayer. 

In  the  midst  of  the  great  hall  of  the 
castle  had  been  reared  a  scaffold,  covered 
j  with  black  serge,  and  surrounded  with  a 
low  railing.     About  seven  the  doors  were 
thrown  open  ;  the  gentlemen  of  the  coun- 
ty   entered  with   their   attendants ;    and 
Paidet's    guard    augmented  the    number 
from  between  one  hundred  and    fifty    to 
two  hundred  spectators.     Before  eight  a 
,  message  was  sent  to  the  queen,  who  re- 
I  plied  that  she  would  be  ready  in  half  an 
hour.     At  that  time  Andrews,  the  sheriff, 
!  entered  the  oratory.     Mary  arose,  taking 
the  crucifix  from  the  altar  in  her  right, 
I  and  carrying  her  prayer-book  in  her  left 
I  hand.     Her  servants  were  forbidden   to 


ENGLAND. 


217 


follow :  they  insisted  ;  but  the  queen  bade 
them  to  be  content,  and  turning  towards 
them,  gave  them  her  blessing.  They 
received  it  on  their  knees,  some  kissing 
her  hands,  others  her  mantle.  The  door 
closed ;  and  the  burst  of  lamentation 
from  those  within  resounded  through  the 
hall. 

Her  step  was  firm,  and  her  counte- 
nance cheerful.  Paulet  offered  her  his 
arm,  to  aid  her  as  she  mounted  the  scaf- 
fold. "  I  thank  you,  sir,"  said  Mary, 
"  it  is  the  last  trouble  I  shall  give  you, 
and  the  most  acceptable  service  you 
have  ever  rendered  me."  The  queen 
seated  herself  on  a  stool  which  was  pre- 
pared for  her.  On  her  right  stood  the 
two  earls,  on  the  left  the  sheriff,  and 
Beal,  the  clerk  of  the  council ;  in  front  the 
executioner  from  the  Tower,  in  a  suit  of 
black  velvet,  .with  his  assistants  also  clad 
in  black.  The  warrant  was  read  ;  and 
Mary,  in  an  audible  voice  addressed  the 
assembly.  She  stated  that  she  would 
have  them  recollect  she  was  a  sovereign 
princess,  not  subject  to  the  parliament  of 
England,  but  brought  there  to  suffer  by 
injustice  and  violence.  She,  however, 
thanked  her  God  that  he  had  given  her 
this  opportunity  of  publicly  professing 
her  religion,  and  of  declaring,  as  she  had 
often  before  declared,  that  she  had  never 
imagined,  nor  compassed,  nor  consented 
to  the  death  of  the  English  queen,  nor 
even  sought  the  least  harm  to  her  person. 
After  her  death  many  things,  which  were 
then  buried  in  darkness,  would  come  to 
light.  But  she  pardoned  from  her  heart 
all  her  enemies,  nor  should  her  tongue 
utter  that  which  might  turn  to  their  pre- 
judice. When  her  maids,  bathed  in  tears, 
began  to  disrobe  their  mistress,  the  exe- 
cutioners, fearing  to  lose  their  usual  per- 
quisites, hastily  interfered.  The  queen 
remonstrated  ;  but  instantly  submitting  to 
their  rudeness,  observing  to  the  earls 
with  a  smile,  that  she  was  not  accustom- 
ed to  employ  such  grooms,  or  to  undress 
in  the  presence  of  so  numerous  a  com- 
pany. Her  servants,  at  the  sight  of  their 
sovereign  in  so  lamentable  a  state,  could 
not  suppress  their  feelings ;  but  Mary, 
putting  her  finger  to  her  lips,  commanded 
silence,  gave  them  her  blessing,  and  soli- 
cited their  prayers.  She  then  seated  her- 
28 


self  again  ;  a  kerchief  edged  with  gold 
was  then  pinned  over  her  eyes  ;  the  exe- 
cutioners, holding  her  by  the  arms,  led 
her  to  the  block,  and  the  queen  kneeling 
down,  said  repeatedly  with  a  firm  voice, 
"  Into  thy  hands,  O  God,  1  commend 
my  spirit."  But  the  sobs  and  groans  of 
the  spectators  disconcerted  the  heads- 
man. He  trembled,  missed  his  aim,  and 
inflicted  a  deep  wound  on  the  lower  part 
of  the  skull.  The  queen  remained  mo- 
tionless, and  at  the  third  stroke  her  head 
was  severed  from  the  body.  It  is  well 
deserving  of  remark,  that  the  most  cruel 
and  extraordinary  act  of  the  whole  ad- 
ministration of  Elizabeth — that  which 
brought  the  blood  of  a  sister  queen  upon 
her  head,  and  indelible  reproach  upon 
her  memory — appears  to  have  been  pro- 
ductive of  scarcely  any  assignable  effect: 
it  changed  her  relations  with  no  foreign 
power  ;  and  it  altered  very  little  the  state 
of  parties  at  home. 

We  are  now  to  call  our  reader's  atten- 
tion to  one  of  the  most  memorable  events 
in  English  history  :  we  allude  to  the  pro- 
jected invasion  of  England  by  Philip  of 
Spain.  The  invincible  armada,  or  arma- 
ment, by  which  it  was  proposed  to  be  ef- 
fected, consisted  of  the  most  powerful  na- 
vy which  had  ever  been  brought  together 
since  the  employment  of  gunpowder  as  a 
vehicle  for  the  destruction  of  hostile  fleets. 
Philip,  disappointed  in  his  hopes  of  mar- 
rying Elizabeth,  returned  the  queen  her 
collar  of  the  garter,  and  from  that  time  the 
most  irreconcilable  jealousy  appears  to 
have  existed  between  the  two  sovereigns. 
Towards  the  close  of  1587,  it  became 
obvious  that  both  Italy  and  France  would 
aid  the  designs  of  Spain,  and  Elizabeth 
sent  out  Admiral  Drake  with  thirty  vessels 
to   watch  the  movements  of  the  enemy. 

The  land  forces  under  the  control  of  the 
queen  in  the  spring  of  1588,  were  scarce- 
ly sufficient  to  garrison  the  fortifications 
and  other  military  works  ;  but  no  sooner 
was  Philip's  intended  invasion  announced, 
than  the  nobility  vied  v/ith  each  other  in 
their  efforts  of  assistance. 

Queen  Elizabeth,  having  fully  ascer- 
tained the  views  of  the  Spanish  king,  or- 
dered 20,000  troops  to  be  cantoned  along 
the  southern  coast  of  the  kingdom,  in 
such  a  manner,  that  in  forty-eight  hours 


218 


ENGLAND. 


the  whole  might  be  assembled  at  any 
port  where  there  was  a  probability  of 
the  enemy's  landing  their  troops.  A 
large  corps,  well  disciplined,  was  en- 
camped at  Tilbury  Fort,  near  the  mouth 
of  the  Thames,  under  the  command  of  the 
earl  of  Leicester,  whom  she  created 
general-in-chief  of  all  her  troops.  These 
troops  she  reviewed,  and  rode  through 
the  lines  with  the  general.  A  third  army, 
amounting  to  36,000  men,  was  command- 
ed by  lord  Hunsdon,  appointed  to  defend 
her  majesty's  person.  By  the  advice 
and  direction  of  lord  Cobham,  beacons 
were  erected  in  Kent,  by  the  help  of 
which,  in  half  an  hour  after  the  first  sight 
of  the  enemy,  the  alarm  might  reach  Lon- 
don, and  be  communicated  all  over  the 
country.  Charles  lord  Howard  of  Ef- 
fingham was  created  lord  high  admiral, 
and  sir  Francis  Drake  vice-admiral.  They 
joined  their  fleets  ofTthe  coast  of  France ; 
and  lord  Henry  Seymour  was  stationed 
on  the  Flemish  coast  with  forty  sail,  to 
prevent  the  duke  of  Parma's  putting  to  sea. 

On  the  29th  of  xMay,  1588,  the  Span- 
ish Armada  sailed  from  Lisbon.  It  was 
commanded  by  the  duke  de  Medina  Si- 
donia,  a  person  wholly  unacquainted  with 
maritime  affairs,  but  of  a  noble  family.  On 
the  30th  he  met  with  a  violent  storm, 
Avhich  did  some  mischief.  Advice  was 
brought  to  the  queen  of  this  disaster  ;  but 
the  account  was  so  much  exaggerated, 
that  she  apprehended  the  fleet  to  be  to- 
tally destroyed,  and  ordered  her  secretary, 
Walsingham,  to  write  to  the  lord  admiral 
to  send  home  four  of  his  largest  ships, 
and  discharge  the  seamen.  But  he  dis- 
obeyed this  order,  answering  the  secre- 
tary, "that  he  did  not  think  the  danger 
was  already  over,  and  therefore  begged  to 
retain  those  four  ships  till  he  had  more 
certain  intelligence,  though  it  should  be 
at  his  own  expense."  He  was  soon  con- 
firmed in  his  opinion,  and  sailed  with  his 
whole  fleet  to  attack  the  Spaniards  ;  but 
the  wind  sliifting,  he  was  obliged  to  re- 
turn towards  Plymouth. 

According  to  the  plans  which  had  been 
formed  by  the  king  of  Spain,  the  Armada 
was  to  sail  to  Dunkirk,  and,  after  being 
joined  there  by  the  duke  of  Parma's  for- 
ces, to  proceed  to  the  Thames,  and  when 
the  whole  army  had  landed,  it  was  to 


march  directly  for  London,  in  order  to 
make  a  speedy  and  entire  conquest  of  the 
kingdom.  In  prosecution  of  this  plan, 
Philip  gave  orders  to  the  duke  of  Medina, 
that  when  he  came  to  the  mouth  of  the 
English  Channel  he  should  sail  as  near 
the  French  coast  as  possible,  to  avoid 
meeting  with  the  English  fleet,  and  if  he 
did  meet  it,  to  act  only  on  the  defensive. 
However,  notice  being  given  by  an  Eng- 
lish fisherman,  whom  the  Spaniards  took 
in  the  Channel,  that  the  English  admiral 
at  Plymouth  had  laid  up  his  ships,  and 
discharged  most  of  the  seamen,  upon  the 
report  of  the  Armada's  being  quite  dis- 
abled by  the  late  storm,  the  duke  of  Me- 
dina, deceived  by  this  false  intelligence, 
and  persuaded  by  Diego  Flores  de  Val- 
dos,  commander  of  the  Andalusia  squad- 
ron, on  whose  judgment  and  experience 
he  greatly  relied,  that  it  was  very  easy  to 
destroy  the  English  ships* in  their  har- 
bor, he,  contrary  to  his  orders,  sailed  di- 
rectly for  Plymouth. 

A  week  after  the  lord  admiral's  return 
thither,  he  received  intelligence  by  one 
of  his  advice-boats,  that  the  Armada  was 
on  the  19th  of  July  near  the  Lizard.  This 
the  Spaniards  mistaking  for  the  Ram- 
head  near  Plymouth,  bore  out  to  sea,  with 
an  intention  of  returning  next  morning  to 
attack  the  English  ships  in  that  port.  The 
lord  admiral  had  just  time  to  get  to  sea 
with  the  greatest  part  of  his  fleet,  when 
he  saw  the  Spanish  Armada  coming  under 
full  sail  towards  him,  in  two  divisions,  in 
the  form  of  a  half  moon,  stretching  about 
seven  miles  from  the  extremity  of  one  di- 
vision to  that  of  the  other. 

On  the  21st  of  July,  the  lord  admiral, 
approaching  the  Armada,  sent  his  pin- 
nace, the  Disdain,  to  defy  the  Spaniards; 
and  then  advancing  towards  a  large  ves- 
sel, commanded  by  Alphonso  de  Levalos, 
he  attacked  her  ;  and  other  ships  coming 
to  her  assistance,  the  engagement  became 
very  hot.  In  the  mean  time  sir  Francis 
Drake,  with  Hawkins  and  Frobisher, 
fought  the  vice-admiral  of  Portugal  in  the 
rear  squadron,  commanded  by  Martin  de 
Recaldes,  and  so  battered  her,  that  she 
was  forced  to  leave  the  line  and  fly  to 
the  headmost  squadron  for  shelter ;  at 
which  instant  a  great  galleon,  commanded 
by  the  admiral  of  the  Andalusia  squadron, 


ENGLAND. 


219 


sprung  her  foremast,  and  was  taken  by  sir 
Francis  Drake  in  the  Revenge,  who  sent 
the  Roebuck  with  her  to  Dartmouth,  to- 
gether with  304  soldiers  and  118  marin- 
ers, prisoners. 

The  action  lasted  two  hours ;  during 
which  time,  a  great  ship  of  about  800  tons 
was  blown  up,  and  most  of  the  crew  per- 
ished. On  board  it  was  the  king  of 
Spain's  treasure,  but  the  Spaniards  had 
secured  it  before  the  English  made  them- 
selves masters  of  the  remains  of  the  ship, 
which  was  carried  into  Weymouth  on  the 
22nd  of  July.  In  tlie  night  the  great 
galleaces  separated  from  the  rest  of  the 
Armada,  in  order,  as  it  was  supposed,  to 
avoid  fighting  with  the  English  ships. 
As  the  Armada  advanced  up  the  Channel, 
the  English  himg  upon  its  rear,  and  con- 
tinually galled  it  with  skirmishes. 

The  23rd  of  July,  early  in  the  morn- 
ing, the  Spaniards  tacked  about  upon  the 
English,  and  each  striving  for  the  weath- 
er-gage, a  sharp  conflict  ensued  between 
part  of  the  two  fleets,  but  the  English  had 
the  advantage  of  the  enemy.  So  much 
powder  was  expended  in  these  engage- 
ments, that  the  admiral  was  often  obliged 
to  send  for  fresh  supplies  of  it,  which  he 
received  from  the  earl  of  Sussex,  sir 
George  Gary,  lord  Buckhurst,  and  other 
governors  of  forts  and  castles  on  the 
coast,  where  magazines  were  provided 
for  the  service.  The  alarm  having  now 
spread  from  one  end  of  the  English  coast 
to  the  other,  the  nobility  and  gentry  has- 
tened out  with  their  vessels  from  every 
harbor,  and  re-enforced  the  English  fleet, 
which  soon  amounted  to  140  sail.  The 
earls  of  Oxford,  Northumberland  and 
Gumberland,  sir  Thomas  Gecil,  sir  Rob- 
ert Cecil,  sir  Walter  Raleigh,  sir  Thomas 
Vavasor,  sir  Thomas  Gerard,  sir  Charles 
Blount,  Henry  Brook,  William  Hatton, 
Robert  Gary,  Ambrose  Willoughby,  Ar- 
thur Gorges,  and  many  others,  distin- 
guished themselves  by  this  generous  and 
disinterested  service  of  their  country. 

On  the  24th  of  July,  the  lord  admiral 
divided  the  fleet  into  four  squadrons,  the 
better  to  pursue  and  annoy  the  enemy  ; 
the  first  squadron  he  kept  himself,  the 
second  he  assigned  to  sir  Francis  Drake, 
the  third  to  sir  John  Hawkins,  and  the 
fourth  to  sir  Martin  Frobisher. 


The  next  day  there  was  a  very  hot  en- 
gagement ;  the  lord  admiral  in  the  Ark, 
and  the  lord  Thomas  Howard  in  the  Gol- 
den Lion,  distinguished  themselves  by 
their  bravery  ;  and  the  galeaces,  in  which 
the  main  strength  of  the  Spaniards  lay, 
had  been  so  roughly  handled  by  the  Eng- 
lish fleet,  that  they  heavily  pursued  their 
course  towards  Flanders  ;  and  the  Eng- 
lish admiral  thought  it  best  to  spare  his 
powder,  and  let  the  Armada  move  on  till 
he  came  off"  Dover,  where  he  expected  to 
be  joined  by  the  lord  Seymom  and  sir 
William  Winter,  after  which  he  proposed 
to  come  to  a  general  and  decisive  battle. 

On  the  27th  of  July,  the  Spaniards 
came  to  an  anchor  about  a  league  and  a 
half  oft'  Calais,  as  did  the  lord  admiral, 
now  joined  by  lord  Seymour,  with  two 
other  squadrons,  within  cannon  shot  of 
them.  This  alarmed  the  Spaniards,  and 
they  sent  express  after  express  to  the 
duke  of  Parma,  who  was  then  at  Bruges, 
desiring  him  to  send  them  forty  fly-boats, 
and  to  put  to  sea  with  his  army,  and 
make  a  descent  upon  England.  But  though 
that  prince,  pursuant  to  the  orders  he  had 
received  from  the  Spanish  king,  had  fur- 
nished himself  both  with  troops  and  trans- 
ports, he  found  it  impracticable  to  put  to 
sea  with  them  while  the  lord  Seymour 
and  sir  William  Winter  lay  ready  to  in- 
tercept them,  without  throwing  both  his 
fleet  and  army  upon  certain  destruction. 
But  as  the  duke  de  Medina  Sidonia  was 
now  come  so  near  him,  he  drew  10,000 
men  towards  Dunkirk,  with  intention  to 
put  them  aboard  his  fleet,  which  the  lord 
admiral  being  informed  of,  and  apprehend- 
ing very  ill  consequences  from  the  ene- 
my's receiving  such  a  re-enforcement,  it 
was  resolved  in  a  council  of  war  to  make 
a  bold  push  for  their  destruction  the  fol- 
lowing night,  viz.  the  28th  of  July. 

Accordingly,  in  the  dead  of  the  night, 
the  admiral  sent  eight  fire-ships  among 
the  Armada,  and  the  Spaniards  were 
seized  with  such  a  panic,  that  they  cut 
their  cables,  slipped  their  anchors,  hoist- 
ed their  sails,  and  put  to  sea  with  the  ut- 
most hurry  and  confusion,  in  which  the 
Capitana  galeace,  commanded  by  don 
Hugh  de  Aloncada  fell  foul  of  another 
ship.  Next  day,  making  use  of  her  oars, 
they  brought  her  nearer  the  shore  of  Ca- 


220 


ENGLAND. 


lais,  where  she  broke  her  nidcler,  and  ran 
upon  the  sands,  on  which  the  lord  admi- 
ral sent  a  ship  to  take  possession  of  her, 
but  the  Spaniards  offering  some  resist- 
ance, the  English  engaged  them,  and 
don  Moncada  being  killed  by  one  of  the 
first  shots,  most  of  the  Spaniards  leaped 
into  the  water  to  save  themselves  by 
swimming,  but  many  of  them  were 
drowned.  The  English  boarded  her,  and 
were  very  busy  in  plundering  her,  when 
the  governor  of  Calais  sent  to  acquaint 
them  that  the  ship,  guns,  and  stores,  be- 
longed to  his  port ;  but  the  English 
slighting  his  message,  he  caused  the  ar- 
tillery of  the  place  to  be  discharged, 
though  rather  to  frighten  than  hurt  them, 
upon  which  the  English  retired,  and 
abandoned  the  battered  galeace  to  him  ; 
but  they  took  out  of  her  22,000  ducats  of 
gold,  which  were  afterwards  shared 
among  the  sailors,  besides  fourteen  chests 
of  rich  moveables,  and  some  prisoners  of 
distinction. 

Mean  time  sir  Francis  Drake,  captain 
Fenner,  sir  John  Hawkins,  the  captains 
Fenton,  Southwell,  Beaston,  Cross,  Ri- 
nian,  and  captain  Richard'Hawkins,  with 
other  ships  of  Drake's  and  Hawkins' 
squadron,  fell  upon  the  Spaniards  as  they 
were  assembling  at  Gravelines,  and  broke 
through  them.  The  lord  admiral,  the 
earl  of  Cumberland,  the  lord  Thomas 
Howard,  and  the  lord  Sheffield,  had  also 
a  part  in  this  action.  Four  of  the  Eng- 
lish ships  battered  a  huge  galleon  with 
great  fury,  yet  the  Spaniards  on  board  of 
her  behaved  so  gallantly  that  they  brought 
her  off  to  the  rest  of  the  fleet,  but  she 
sank  soon  after.  Some  of  the  ships  which 
got  clear  of  the  shoal  water,  suftered 
great  damage  however  from  the  English 
shot.  The  day  following,  July  29,  the  lord 
Henry  Seymour,  and  sir  William  Win- 
ter, engaged  the  St.  Philip  and  the  St. 
Matthew,  two  of  the  largest  galleons  in 
the  whole  Armada,  and  drove  them  upon 
the  coast  near  Ostend,  where,  being  disa- 
bled, they  were  seized  by  the  Zealanders, 
and  carried  into  Flushing,  and  their  crews 
were  made  prisoners. 

The  queen  having  appointed  thirty 
sail  of  Dutch  ships  to  lie  at  anchor  be- 
fore Dunkirk,  where  the  duke  of  Parma 
was  to  have  embarked  his  flat-bottomed 


boats,  made  purposely  for  the  descent 
upon  England,  the  duke  was  so  discour- 
aged that  he  gave  over  all  thoughts  of  it ; 
and  the  Spanish  admiral  prepared  to  re- 
turn homewards  ;  but  finding  the  winds 
so  contrary  for  his  passage  through  the 
Channel,  he  resolved  to  sail  northward, 
and  to  reach  the  Spanish  harbors  by 
making  the  tour  of  the  whole  island. 
The  lord  admiral  pursued  the  Spaniards 
till  they  were  past  Edinburgh  Frith,  and 
then  meeting  with  bad  weather,  gave 
over  the  chase.  This,  according  to  H  ume 
arose  from  a  want  of  ammunition,  with 
which,  if  the  English  had  been  duly 
supplied,  they  might  have  obliged  the 
wh)le  Armada  to  surrender  at  discretion. 
Such  a  conclusion  would,  indeed,  as  the 
historian  adds,  have  been  more  glorious 
to  the  English  navy;  but  the  event  pro- 
ved altogether  as  fatal  to  the  Spaniards  ; 
for  their  fleet  was  driven  by  tempests  be- 
yond the  Orkney  Islands.  The  ships 
had  already  lost  their  anchors,  and  were 
obliged  to  keep  the  sea.  The  mariners, 
not  accustomed  to  such  hardships,  nor 
able  to  govern  such  unwieldy  vessels  in 
stormy  weather,  suffered  their  ships  to 
drive  either  to  the  western  isles  of  Scot- 
land, or  on  the  coast  of  Ireland,  where 
multitudes,  both  of  mariners  and  soldiers, 
as  appeared  by  their  bodies  cast  ashore, 
were  miserably  shipwrecked.  So  that 
what  with  the  destruction  made  by  the 
two  elements  of  fire  and  Avater,  not  one 
half  of  the  boasted  invincible  Armada 
returned  to  Spain. 

In  the  year  1590,  the  Earl  of  Essex 
married  in  a  private  manner  the  widow  of 
sir  Philip  Sidney,  and  daughter  of  Wal- 
singham  ;  a  step  with  which  her  majesty 
did  not  scruple  to  show  herself  highly 
offended.  The  inferiority  of  the  con- 
nection in  the  two  articles  of  birth  and 
fortune  to  the  just  pretensions  of  the 
earl,  and  the  circumstance  that  the  union 
had  been  formed  without  that  previous 
consultation  of  her  gracious  pleasure, 
which  from  her  high  nobility  and  favor- 
ite courtiers,  and  especially  from  those 
who,  like  Essex  and  his  lady,  shared  the 
honor  of  her  relationship,  she  expected 
as  a  homage  and  almost  claimed  as  a 
right,  were  the  ostensible  grounds  of  her 
displeasure.     But  that  peculiar  compound 


ENGLAND. 


221 


of  ungenerous  feelings,  which  rendered 
her  the  universal  foe  of  matrimony, 
formed,  without  doubt,  the  more  genuine 
sources  of  her  deep  chagrin. 

Essex  had  now  attained  the  zenith  of 
his  prosperity,  but  confident  in  the  affec- 
tions of  Elizabeth,  he  suffered  himself  to 
forget  that  she  was  still  his  queen ;  he 
often  neglected  the  attentions  which 
would  have  gratified  her  ;  on  any  occa- 
sional cause  of  ill  humour  he  would  drop 
slighting  expressions  respecting  her  age 
and  person,  which  if  they  ever  reached 
her  ear  could  never  be  forgiven.  On 
one  memorable  instance,  he  treated  her 
with  indignity  openly  and  in  her  pres- 
ence ;  a  dispute  had  arisen  between  them 
in  the  presence  of  the  lord  high  admiral, 
the  secretary  and  the  clerk  of  the  signet, 
respecting  the  choice  of  a  commander 
for  Ireland;  the  queen  resolving  to  send 
sir  William  KnoUes,  the  uncle  of  Es- 
sex, while  he  vehemently  supported  sir 
George  Carew,  because  this  person,  who 
was  haughty  and  boastful,  had  given  him 
some  offence,  and  he  wanted  to  remove 
him  out  of  the  way.  Unable,  either  by 
argument  or  persuasion,  to  prevail  over 
the  resolute  will  of  her  majesty,  the  fa- 
vorite at  last  forgot  himself  so  far  as  to 
turn  his  back  upon  her  with  a  laugh  of 
contempt ;  an  indignity  which  she  re- 
venged after  her  own  manner,  by  boxing 
his  ears,  and  bidding  him  "  Go  and  be 
hanged."  This  retort  so  inflamed  the 
blood  of  Essex,  that  he  clapped  his  hand 
upon  his  sword,  and  while  the  lord  ad- 
miral hastened  to  throw  himself  between 
them,  he  swore  that  not  from  Henry 
VIII  himself  would  he  have  endured 
such  an  indignity,  and  foaming  with  rage 
he  rushed  out  of  the  palace. 

This  dispute,  however,  was  at  last 
finally  adjusted,  and  Essex  appeared 
at  court  as  powerful  as  ever ;  though 
some  have  believed,  and  with  apparent 
reason,  that  from  this  time  the  senti- 
ments of  the  queen  for  her  once  cherish- 
ed favorite,  partook  more  of  fear  than  of 
love  ;  and  that  confidence  was  never  re- 
established between  them.  Elizabeth, 
however,  intrusted  him  with  the  com- 
mand of  an  army  which  she  sent  against 
Ireland,  which  country  was  now  in  a 
state  of  rebellion. 


It  was  in  the  month  of  March,  1599, 
that  he  embarked,  and  landing  after  a 
dangerous  passage  at  Dublin,  his  first  act 
was  the  appointment  of  his  friend,  the 
earl  of  Southampton,  to  the  office  of  gen- 
eral of  the  horse  ;  a  step  which  he  after- 
wards found  abundant  cause  to  repent,  as 
that  nobleman  was  in  disgrace  with  the 
queen,  for  having  married  contrary  to  her 
pleasure  ;  and  he  spent  the  summer  in 
temporizing  instead  of  fighting  with  the 
adverse  party,  and  at  length  entered  into  a 
truce  with  O'Neal,  by  which  he  disap- 
pointed the  hopes  of  the  queen,  and  gave 
to  his  enemies  the  opportunity  of  exci- 
ting her  doubts  respecting  his  loyalty. 
Her  majesty,  in  consequence,  addressed 
an  angry  letter  to  Essex.  On  the  re- 
ceipt of  this  epistle,  he  perceived  that 
his  enemies  were  busy  in  poisoning 
the  ear  of  Elizabeth ;  and  imprudently 
adopted  a  step  which  gave  them  a  fresh 
opportunity  of  exercising  their  malevo- 
lence, by  hastening,  unbidden,  to  throw 
himself  at  the  feet  of  his  exasperated 
sovereign.  The  sudden  appearance  of 
her  favorite  just  after  she  had  risen  from 
her  bed,  imploring  her  forgiveness  on  his 
knees,  disarmed  the  queen  of  her  anger  ; 
and  he  exclaimed  exultingly  on  leaving 
the  apartment,  "  that  though  he  had  en- 
comitered  much  trouble  and  many  storms 
abroad,  he  thanked  God  he  found  a  per- 
fect calm  at  home."  The  calm  was, 
however,  but  of  short  duration,  since  a 
violent  tempest  burst  that  night  over  his 
head,  and  Essex  found  himself  a  prisoner 
in  his  own  house.  A  severe  illness  was 
the  result  of  this  proceeding  ;  the  life  of 
Essex  was  said  to  be  in  danger,  and 
Elizabeth  was  surprised  into  some  signs 
of  pity,  and  ordered  that  a  physician 
should  be  admitted  to  visit  him.  Soon 
after  this,  a  warrant  was  madg  out  for  the 
earl's  committal  to  the  Tower,  and  al- 
though it  was  not  carried  into  eficct,  yet 
his  chance  of  liberty  grew  almost  hope- 
less ;  and  Essex,  finding  that  the  queen 
remained  in  the  same  angry  disposition 
towards  him,  gave  way  to  his  natural  vi- 
olence, spoke  of  her  in  disrespectful 
terms,  and,  among  other  things,  said, 
"she  was  grown  an  old  woman,  and  was 
become  as  crooked  in  her  mind  as  in  her 
body."     Shortly  after  his  disgrace,  Es- 


222 


ENGLAND. 


sex  wrote  to  James  of  Scotland,  that  the 
faction,  which  ruled  the  court,  were  in 
league  to  deprive  him  of  his  right  to  the 
throne  of  England,  in  favor  of  the  Infan- 
ta of  Spain  ;  and  he  oflered  his  services 
to  extort  from  Elizabeth  an  acknowledg- 
ment of  his  claims.  The  Scottish  mon- 
arch had  received  intimation  of  the  intel- 
ligence thus  confirmed  to  him  by  Essex, 
and  gladly  accepted  the  ofler  made  him 
by  the  latter.  The  conduct  of  the  ex- 
favorite  soon  excited  suspicion ;  a  sur- 
mise only  would  have  been  enough  for 
his  enemies  to  act  upon ;  but  here  was 
an  actual  attempt  to  arouse  the  people  to 
rebellion,  for  the  earl  had  formed  the  des- 
perate plan  of  imprisoning  the  whole  of 
his  enemies. 

But  this  plan  was  frustrated  by  the  ac- 
tivity of  the  ministers,  who  could  not  see 
the  crowds  assemble  at  Essex-house, 
without  thinking  that  some  new  turn  was 
about  to  take  place.  Essex,  and  a  num- 
ber of  friends,  were  with  some  ditiiculty 
secured  :  the  earl  surrendered  on  a  prom- 
ise that  he  should  have  a  fair  trial ; 
which  he  fancied  was  insured  to  him 
through  his  influence  with  the  queen. 
Proceedings  were  conunenced  against 
him  instanter.  The  cause  was  opened 
by  Coke,  the  attorney-general.  He  rep- 
resented the  errors  committed  by  Essex, 
during  his  administration  in  Ireland,  in 
the  most  odious  colors.  The  solicitor- 
general,  Fleming,  exposed  the  miserable 
situation  in  which  he  left  Ireland ;  and 
Francis  Bacon  closed  the  charge  Avith  an 
exaggerated  statement  of  the  undutiful 
expressions  used  by  the  earl  in  his  let- 
ters. The  trial  ended  with  the  condem- 
nation of  Essex  ;  judgment  was  pronoun- 
ced against  him,  and  against  his  friend 
the  earl  of  Southampton.  With  many  it 
became  a  doubtful  question  whether  the 
queen  could  prevail  with  herself  to  sign 
the  warrant  for  executing  a  man  for  whom 
it  was  known  she  had  harbored  a  very 
strong  affection  ;  she  did,  however,  and 
Essex  was  conducted  to  the  fatal  block, 
where  he  met  his  death  with  great 
fortitude.* 

*  In  the  height  of  his  prosperity,  Essex  had 
received  a  ring  from  Elizabeth,  as  a  pledge  on  the 
return  of  which  she  would  pardon  any  offence  he 
might  commit.     This  ring  he  intrusted  to  the  j 


The  queen  seems  to  have  deeply  re- 
gretted her  precipitancy  in  signing  the 
death-warrant  of  Essex,  and  her  godson, 
sir  John  Harrington,  describes  her  ma- 
jesty, in  October,  1601,  as  altered  in  fea- 
tures, and  reduced  to  a  skeleton  ;  he 
says,  "  Her  food  was  only  manchet  bread 
and  succory  pottage.  Her  taste  for  dress 
was  gone.  Nothing  could  please  her  :  she 
was  the  torment  of  the  ladies  who  waited 
on  her  person.  She  stamped  with  her 
feet  and  swore  violently  at  the  objects  of 
her  anger.  For  her  protection  she  had 
ordered  a  sword  to  be  placed  by  her  ta- 
ble, which  she  often  took  in  her  hand, 
and  thrust  with  violence  into  the  tapestry 
of  her  chamber." 

The  queen  spent  her  days  and  nights 
in  tears,  and  only  spoke  to  mention 
some  irritating  subject ;  and  having  expe- 
rienced some  hours  of  alarming  stupor, 
she  persisted,  after  her  recovery  from  it, 
to  remain  seated  on  cushions,  from  which 
she  could  not  be  prevailed  upon  to  remove 
during  ten  days,  but  sat  with  her  finger 
generally  on  her  mouth,  and  her  eyes 
open  and  fixed  upon  the  ground,  for  she 
had  a  notion  that  if  she  lay  down  in  bed 
she  should  not  rise  from  it  again.  Her 
secretary,  with  the  other  great  ministers 
of  state,  having  met  at  Richmond,  the 
queen  was  put  into  bed,  and  listened  to 
prayers  and  exhortations  from  the  arch- 
bishop. The  next  day  she  lay  motion- 
less, and  nearly  insensible  ;  but  on  the 
following  morning  she  addressed  Cecil, 
and  named  the  king  of  Scotland  as  suc- 
cessor to  the  throne.     In  the  evening  the 


countess  of  Nottingham,  earnestly  requesting  her 
to  deliver  it  personally  to  the  queen.  This  lady, 
being  a  concealed  enemy  of  the  unfortunate  earl, 
never  delivered  it,  and  thereby  the  proffered  clem- 
ency was  frustrated.  Elizabeth  was  secretly  fired 
at  the  obstinacy  of  Essex  in  making  no  applica- 
tion for  mercy  or  forgiveness.  Indeed,  she  ap- 
peared herself  as  much  an  object  of  pity  as  the 
unfortunate  nobleman  she  was  induced  to  con- 
demn. She  signed  the  warrant  for  his  execution 
— she  countermanded  it — again  she  resolved  on 
his  death — then  relented — then  decided  again — 
and  again  felt  a  new  return  of  tenderness.  At 
last  she  consented  to  his  execution,  and  was  never 
seen  to  enjoy  one  happy  day  more.  The  count- 
ess, to  whom  was  intrusted  the  ring,  on  her  death- 
bed confessed  the  secret  to  the  queen.  Elizabeth 
became  furious  with  rage  on  learning  the  earl's 
request  for  pardon  and  mercy.  "God  may  for- 
give you,"  says  she,  "but  I  never,  never  can." 


FRANCE. 


223 


lords  who  were  present  requested  her  to 
make  a  sign,  if  she  continued  in  the  same 
mind  respecting  the  succession.  The 
queen  raised  her  arms  in  the  air,  and 
closed  them  over  her  head.  In  a  few 
minutes  she  began  to  doze,  and  at  three 


the  following  morning  composedly  breath- 
ed her  last.  Elizabeth  died  on  the  24th 
of  March,  1603,  in  the  70th  year  of  her 
age,  and  45th  of  her  reign.  (For  the  his- 
tory of  England  after  the  union  with 
Scotland,  see  Great  Britain.) 


FRANCE. 


France  was  anciently  called  Gaul,  and 
was  subjected  to  the  Romans  by  Julius 
Caesar,  about  fifty  years  previous  to  the 
commencement  of  the  Christian  era.  It 
remained  under  their  sway  for  the  space 
of  five  centuries,  troubled,  nevertheless, 
during  the  latter  half  of  the  period,  by  the 
incursions,  conflicts,  and  finally,  by  the 
settlement  of  barbarian  invaders.  Under 
the  Romans,  Gaul  made  rapid  progress 
in  improvement.  It  received  the  advan- 
tages of  political  union — of  an  enlighten- 
ed system  of  justice — of  a  long  interval  of 
peace  ;  and  wealth,  industry  and  agricul- 
ture followed  as  necessary  consequences. 

The  commencementof  the  fifth  century 
is  marked  by  the  great  and  victorious  ir- 
ruption of  all  the  barbarian  hosts  into 
Gaul.  They  poured  like  a  long  pent  up 
and  gathering  tide,  in  a  thousand  destruc- 
tive torrents  throughout  the  land,  sweep- 
ing away  and  overwhelming  in  a  mass, 
life,  property,  and  institutions.  Years 
elapsed  ere  the  agitations  subsided,  and 
the  inebriety  of  conquest  was  over.  When 
calm  was  restored,  the  Visigoths  were  in 
possession  of  Aquitaine  and  the  lands 
southward  of  the  Loire,  with  Toulouse 
for  their  capital.  The  Burgamdians  held 
the  provinces  bordering  on  the  Rhone, 
from  the  lake  of  Geneva  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean. Britany  had  established  a  kind 
of  independence.  The  Franks  who  had 
looked  on  themselves  as  the  allies  more 
than  the  enemies  of  Roman  power,  and 
who  had  at  first  bravely  stood  forth  in  its 
defence,  had  advanced  their  establish- 
ments over  the  present  kingdoms  of  Hol- 
land and  Belgium  to  the  limits  of  modern 
France ;  while  the  central  provinces, 
preserved  to  the  Roman  empire  by  the 
victories  of  ^Etius,  were  gradually  aban- 
doned to  themselves,  and  came  to  obey, 


under  Roman  forms  and  titles,  the  wealth- 
iest and  most  powerful  of  the  native  pro- 
vincials. It  was  thus  that  count  iEgidius, 
and  after  him  his  son  Syagrius,  governed, 
and  were  even  said  to  have  reigned  at 
Soissons. 

Of  the  particular  circumstances  attend- 
ing the  extension  of  the  conquests  of  the 
Franks,  from  whom  the  country'  derives 
its  name,  little  is  known  with  any  degree 
of  certainty.  Their  regular  and  connected 
history  begins  with  Clovis,  who  was  a 
man  of  great  talent,  and  came  to  the 
tlnone  A.D.  481.  He  speedily  acquired 
possession  of  the  whole  country  which 
lay  between  the  Rhine  and  the  Loire. 
The  Roman  power,  which  had  for  some 
time  been  on  the  decline  in  that  part 
of  Gaul,  received  its  final  overthrow  by 
the  destruction  of  Syagrius,  who  was 
defeated  and  taken  prisoner  by  Clovis. 
This  monarch  had  been  educated  in  pa- 
ganism, and  continued  to  profess  that  faith 
till  the  thirtieth  year  of  his  age  ;  he,  how- 
ever, allowed  his  subjects  the  full  liberty 
of  conscience.  His  conversion  to  Chris- 
tianity was  eflected  by  Clotilda,  daughter 
of  the  duke  of  Burgundy,  and  a  zealous 
Christian,  whom  he  then  married.  This 
princess  used  all  her  influence  with  her 
husband  to  persuade  him  to  embrace  her 
religion,  but  for  a  time  without  success. 
Happening,  however,  to  gain  a  victory, 
where,  being  in  great  danger,  he  had  in- 
voked the  assistance  of  the  Christian 
Deity,  he  afterwards  declared  himself  a 
convert,  was  baptized  in  496,  and  his 
example  was  immediately  followed  by 
nearly  all  his  subjects.*     After  the  defeat 


*  This  occurred  near  Cologne.  Clovis  recall- 
ing the  example  of  Constantine,  prayed  for  victory 
to  the  God  of  Clotilda  and  the  Roman  emperor, 
won  it  soon  after,  and  in  acknowledgment  of  the 


224 


FRANCE 


of  the  Roman  power,  Clovis  turned  his 
arms  against  Armorica.  The  inhabitants 
of  that  country,  which  comprehended  the 
maritime  part  of  ancient  Gaul,  united 
for  their  defence  ;  and  Clovis,  finding 
tlicnj  too  powerful  to  be  subdued  by  force, 
proposed  a  union  with  his  people,  which 
they  readily  accepted,  and  this  the  more 
easily  on  account  of  his  professing  the 
Christian  religion. 

In  509,  Clovis  received  the  title  of  Ro- 
man consul,  and  was  now  supposed  to  be 
invested  with  a  just  title  to  all  his  con- 
quests, in  whatever  manner  they  had  been 
acquired.      He   was   solemnly   invested 


divine  aid,  was  baptized  as  above  stated.  The 
comparison  between  Clovis  and  Constantino 
might  be  followed  farther.  Their  embracing 
Christianity  had  a  similar  effect  upon  both.  In- 
stead of  tempering  their  passions,  and  inspiring 
them  with  the  virtues  of  mildness  and  mercy,  it 
seems  to  have  rather  given  rein  to  their  ferocity 
and  blood-thirstiness.  Of  the  domestic  murders 
committed  by  Constantino,  that  of  his  wife,  and 
of  his  son,  are  known.  To  assassination,  Clovis 
united  perfidy.  All  the  rival  monarchs  or  chief- 
tains, whom  he  could  conquer  or  entrap,  were 
sacrificed  to  his  jealousy  or  ambition.  The  whole 
race  of  a  rival  family  was  extirpated,  in  some  in- 
stances, by  the  hand  of  Clovis  himself.  Can  we 
suppose  that  either  he  or  the  Roman  emperor, 
were  influenced  by  the  spirit  of  that  religion, 
which  each  professed  to  believe  ! 

The  following  circumstance  is  related  for  the 
purpose  of  illustrating  the  independent  habits  of 
the  Franks  at  that  age,  and  the  power  exercised 
over  them  by  their  loaders.  At  the  conquest  of 
Soissons,  a  silver  vase,  reserved  for  sacred  uses, 
had  been  taken,  amidst  other  plunder,  from  the 
church  of  Rheims.  It  was  at  Soissons  that  the 
distribution  of  booty  was  to  take  place.  St. 
Remy,  bishop  of  Rheims,  came  there,  supplica- 
ting for  the  restoration  of  the  silver  vase.  Clovis, 
anxious  to  secure  the  good  opinion  and  influence 
of  the  clergy,  addressed  his  assembled  soldiers, 
and  begged  of  them,  in  addition  to  his  share  to 
grant  him  the  vase  in  question,  that  he  might 
present,  or  restore  it  to  the  bishop.  Ere  the 
assembly  could  answer,  a  choleric  soldier,  jeal- 
ous of  his  rights,  struck  the  vase  with  his  axe, 
exclaiming — "  The  king  has  no  right  to  more 
than  falls  to  his  allotment."  Despite  the  rude- 
ness of  the  act,  it  was  still  consonant  to  the 
habits  and  laws  of  the  free  barbarians.  Clovis 
was  obliged  to  dissemble  his  resentment,  and  defer 
his  vengeance.  It  was  not  until  several  months 
after,  that  at  a  review,  he  took  an  opportunity  to 
find  favdt  with  the  breaker  of  the  vase,  for  the 
bad  condition  of  his  arms.  Clovis  fltmg  the  sol- 
dier's axe  to  the  ground,  and  while  the  latter  stoop- 
ed to  pick  up  the  weapon,  the  monarch  slew  him 
with  a  blow  of  his  own,  exclaiming — "  Thus 
didst  thou  serve  the  vase  of  Soissons." 


with  his  new  dignity  in  the  church  of  St. 
Martin,  in  the  city  of  Tours  ;  after  which 
he  entered  the  cathedral,  clothed  in  a 
purple  tmiic  and  mantle,  the  badges  of 
his  office. 

Clovis  died  in  the  year  511,  and  Avas 
interred  in  the  church  of  St.  Peter  and 
St.  Paul,  now  Genevieve,*  in  the  city  of 
Paris.  His  dominions  were  divided 
among  his  four  sons.  Thieri,  or  Theo- 
doric,  the  eldest,  had  the  eastern  part  of 
the  empire  ;  and,  from  his  making  the  city 
of  Metz  his  capital,  is  commonly  called 
theking  of  Metz.  Clodomir,  the  eldest 
son  by  Clotilda,  had  the  kingdom  of  Or- 
leans ;  and  ChUdehcrt  and  Clotaire,  who 
were  both  infants,  had  the  kingdoms  of 
Paris  and  Soissons,  under  the  tutelage 
of  their  mother. 

In  560,  Clotaire  became  sole  monarch 
of  France.  He  had  murdered  the  sons 
of  Clodomir,  who  was  killed  in  Burgimdy. 
Thieri  and  his  children  were  dead,  as 
was  also  Childebert ;  so  that  Clotaire  was 
sole  heir  to  all  the  dominions  of  Clovis. 
He  had  five  sons  ;  and  the  eldest  of  them, 
named  Chramnes,  had  some  time  before  re- 
belled against  his  father  in  Auvergne.  As 
long  as  Childebert  lived,  he  supported  the 
young  prince  ;  but  on  his  death  Chramnes 
was  obliged  to  implore  his  father's  cle- 
mency. He  was  at  this  time  pardoned ; 
but  he  soon  after  engaged  the  count  of 
Bretagne  to  assist  him  in  another  rebel- 
lion. The  Bretons,  however,  were  de- 
feated, and  Chramnes  attempted  to  make 
his  escape  ;  but  perceiving  that  his  wife 
and  children  were  surrounded  by  his 
father's  troops,  he  attempted  to  rescue 
them.  In  this  attempt  he  was  taken  pri- 
soner, and  with  his  family  was  confined 
in  a  thatched  cottage  near  the  field  of 
battle  ;  of  which  the  king  was  no  sooner 
informed,  than  he  commanded  the  cot- 
tage to  be  set  on  fire,  and  all  that  were 
in  it  perished  in  the  flames. 

Clotaire  did  not  long  survive  this  cruel 
execution  of  his  son,  but  died  in  562  ;  and 
after  his  death  the  French  empire  was 
divided  among  his  four  remaining  sons, 
Caribert,  Gontran,  Sigebert,  and  Chilpe- 
ric.     The   aged  monarch  made  no  diid- 


*  Since  the  French  Revolution,  this  edifice 
has  been  called  the  Pantheon,  and  is  used  for 
the  reception  of  the  ashes  of  great  men. 


FRANCE. 


225 


sion  of  his  dominions  before  he  died,  and 
the  young  princes  divided  the  kingdom 
by  lot ;  when  Caribert,  the  eldest,  had 
the  kingdom  of  Paris  ;  Gontran,  the  se- 
cond, had  Orleans  ;  Sigebert  had  Metz ; 
and  Chilperic  had  Soissons.  Provence 
and  Aquitaine  were  possessed  by  the 
princes  in  common.  The  peace  of  the 
empire  was  first  disturbed  in  563  by  an 
invasion  of  the  Abares,  a  rude  nation, 
said  to  be  remains  of  the  Huns.  They 
entered  Thuringia,  which  belonged  to  the 
dominions  of  Sigebert;  but  by  him  they 
were  totally  defeated,  and  obliged  to  re- 
pass the  Elbe  with  precipitation.  Sige- 
bert closely  pursued  the  Abares,  but 
readily  concluded  a  peace  with  them  on 
their  first  proposals.  To  this  he  was  in- 
duced, by  hearing  that  his  brother  Chil- 
peric had  invaded  his  dominions,  and 
taken  Rheims  and  some  otherplaces  in  the 
neighborhood.  Against  him,  therefore, 
Sigebert  marched  with  his  victorious  ar- 
my, made  himself  master  of  Soissons  his 
capital,  and  of  the  person  of  his  eldest  son 
Theodobert.  He  then  defeated  Chilpe- 
ric in  battle  ;  and  not  only  recovered  the 
city  which  he  had  seized,  but  conquered 
the  greatest  part  of  his  dominions :  never- 
theless, on  the  mediation  of  the  other  two 
brothers,  Sigebert  abandoned  all  his  con- 
quests, set  Theodobert  at  liberty,  and 
thus  restored  peace  to  the  empire. 

Soon  after  this,  Sigebert  married  Brune- 
haut,  daughter  to  Athanagilde,  king  of 
the  Visigoths  in  Spain.  In  567,  Chil- 
peric married  Galswintha,  Brunehaut's 
eldest  sister.  Before  her  arrival,  he  dis- 
missed his  mistress  Fredegonde,  a  wo- 
man of  great  abilities  and  firmness  of 
mind,  but  exceedingly  ambitious.  The 
queen,  who  brought  with  her  immense 
treasures  from  Spain,  and  made  it  her 
whole  study  to  please  the  king,  Avas  for 
some  time  in  high  favor  with  the  fickle 
monarch.  By  degrees,  however,  Chil- 
peric suffered  Fredegonde  to  appear 
again  at  court,  and  was  suspected  of  hav- 
ing renewed  his  intercourse  Avith  her  ; 
Avhich  gave  such  offence  to  the  queen, 
that  she  desired  leave  to  return  to  her 
own  country,  promising  to  leave  behind 
her  all  the  wealth  she  had  brought.  The 
king,  knoAving  that  this  would  render 
him  extremely  odious,  found  means  to 
29 


dissipate  his  wife's  suspicions,  and  soon 
after  caused  her  to  be  privately  strangled, 
after  which  he  publicly  married  Frede- 
gonde. 

In  583,  Chilperic  himself  was  mur- 
dered by  some  unknown  assassins,  when. 
his  dominions  were  on  the  point  of  being 
conquered  by  Gontran  and  Childebert, 
Avho  had  entered  into  a  league  for  that  pur- 
pose. After  his  death,  Fredegonde  sought 
the  protection  of  Gontran  for  herself  and 
her  infant  son  Clotaire,  which  he  readily 
granted,  and  obliged  Childebert  to  conclude 
the  Avar.  He  found,  however,  gi-eat  dif- 
ficulty in  controlling  Fredegonde  and 
Brunehaut ;  for  these  two  princesses, 
having  been  long  rivals  and  implacable 
enemies,  were  continually  plotting  the 
destruction  of  each  other.  This,  hoAV- 
ever,  he  accomplished,  by  favoring  some- 
times Brunehaut,  and  sometimes  Frede- 
gonde ;  so  that,  during  his  life,  they  Avere 
unable  to  effect  any  injury  against  each 
other. 

Early  in  593  Gontran  expired,  at  the 
age  of  sixty  years,  having  reigned  thirty- 
tAvo  years.  Childebert  succeeded  to  the 
kingdom  Avithout  opposition,  but  did  not 
long  enjoy  it ;  he  himself  dying  in  the 
year  596,  and  his  queen  shortly  after. 
His  dominions  were  divided  between  his 
two  sons,  Theodobert  and  Thierri ;  the 
first  of  whom  Avas  declared  king  of  Aus- 
trasia,  and  the  latter  king  of  Burgmidy. 
As  Theodobert  was  only  in  the  eleventh 
year  of  his  age,  and  Thierri  in  his  tenth, 
Brunehaut  governed  both  kingdoms  with 
an  absolute  sway.  Fredegonde,  hoAv- 
ever,  did  not  lose  the  opportunity  offered 
her  by  the  death  of  Childebert,  but  made 
herself  mistress  of  Paris,  and  several 
other  important  places.  Upon  this  Brune- 
haut sent  against  her  the  best  part  of  the 
forces  in  Austrasia,  Avho  were  totally  de- 
feated ;  but  Fredegonde  died  before  she 
had  time  to  improve  her  victory,  leaving 
her  son  Clotaire  heir  to  all  her  dominions. 

For  some  time  Brunehaut  preserved 
her  kingdom  in  peace  ;  but  her  ambition 
at  lengUj  proved  her  ruin.  Instead  of 
instructing  Theodobert  in  Avhat  was  ne- 
cessary for  a  prince's  education,  she  took 
care  to  keep  him  in  ignorance,  and  even 
suffered  him  to  marry  a  slave  of  his  fath- 
er's.    The  new  queen  Avas  possessed  of 


226 


FRANCE, 


great  beauty  and  some  talents  ;  and  she 
had  gained  such  an  influence  over  the 
affection  of  her  husband,  that  he  readily- 
consented  to  the  banishment  of  Brune- 
haut,  who  fled  to  Thierri,  king  of  Bur- 
gimdy,  in  the  year  599. 

On  the  death  of  Thierri,  Brunehaut 
immediately  caused  his  eldest  son,  named 
Sigisbert,  then  in  the  tenth  year  of  his 
age,  to  be  proclaimed  king.  It  is  proba- 
ble that  she  intended  to  have  governed 
in  his  name  ;  but  Clotaire  did  not  allow 
her  time  to  discover  her  intentions.  Hav- 
ing ascertained  that  the  nobility  in  both 
Austrasia  and  Burgundy  were  disaffected 
to  Brunehaut,  he  declared  war  against 
her ;  and  she  being  betra5^ed  by  her  gen- 
erals, was  taken  prisoner  by  Clotaire, 
who  gave  her  up  to  her  nobles,  by  whom 
she  was  generally  disliked.  After  treat- 
ing her  with  the  greatest  indignity,  they 
bound  her  to  a  wild  horse,  and  she  thus 
perished  by  an  ignominious  and  painful 
death.  After  this  her  body  was  reduced 
to  ashes,  which  were  afterwards  interred 
in  the  abbey  of  St.  Martin  at  Autun. 

Thus,  in  the  year  613,  Clotaire  be- 
came sole  monarch  of  France,  and  quiet- 
ly enjoyed  his  kingdom  till  his  death, 
which  happened  in  628.  He  was  suc- 
ceeded by  Dagobcrt,  who  proved  a  great 
and  powerful  prince,  and  raised  the  king- 
dom of  France  to  its  highest  point  of 
splendor.  This  monarch  founded  the 
abbey  of  St.  Denis,  and  he  appears  to 
have  availed  himself  of  every  opportuni- 
ty of  enricWng  the  church.  Trade  had 
now  began  to  elevate  the  commercial 
classes,  and  we  find  a  rich  jeweller  pre- 
senting the  monarch  with  a  throne  form- 
ed of  solid  gold,  and  containing  more  of 
that  precious  metal  than  had  been  found 
in  the  treasuries  of  any  of  the  previous 
kings  of  France. 

Dagobert  was  succeeded  by  his  sons 
Sigcbert  and  Clovis ;  the  former  of  whom 
had  the  kingdom  of  Austrasia,  and  the 
latter  that  of  Burgundy.  Both  the  kings 
were  minors  at  the  time  of  their  acces- 
sion to  the  throne,  and  the  mayors  of  the 
palace,  (the  highest  ofiicers  under  the 
crown),  took  advantage  of  this  circum- 
stance to  appropriate  the  whole  govern- 
ment of  the  kingdom  to  themselves. 
Sigebert  diedin  640,  after  a  short  reign 


of  one  year,  leaving  behind  him  an  in- 
fant son,  named  Dagobert,  whom  he 
strongly  recommended  to  the  care  of 
Griraoalde,  his  mayor  of  the  palace. 
The  minister  caused  Dagobert  to  be  im- 
mediately proclaimed  king,  but  did  not 
suffer  him  long  to  enjoy  that  honor.  He 
had  not  the  cruelty,  however,  to  put  him 
to  death,  but  sent  him  to  a  monastery  in 
one  of  the  Western  Isles  of  Scotland, 
and  then  reported  him  dead,  and  advan- 
ced his  own  son  Childebert  to  the  throne. 
Childebert  was  expelled  by  Clovis,  king 
of  Burgundy,  who  placed  on  the  throne 
Childeric,  the  second  son  of  Sigebert. 
Clovis  died  soon  after  the  revolution, 
and  was  succeeded  in  his  dominions  by 
his  son  Clotaire,  who  also  died  in  a  short 
time  without  issue  ;  he  was  succeeded 
by  his  brother  Childeric,  who  was  mur- 
dered with  his  queen  and  his  infant  son 
Dagobert ;  though  another  named  Daniel, 
fortunately  escaped. 

The  political  affairs  of  France  were 
now  in  the  most  deplorable  situation. 
The  princes  of  the  Merovingian  race  had 
been  for  some  time  entirely  dej^ived  of 
their  power  by  their  ofiicers,  called  may- 
ors of  the  palace.  In  Austrasia  the  ad- 
ministration had  been  totally  engrossed 
by  Pepin  and  his  son  ;  while  Archam- 
band  and  Ebroin  did  the  same  in  Neus- 
tria  and  Burgundy.  On  the  re-union  of 
Neustria  and  Burgundy  to  the  rest  of  the 
French  dominions,  this  minister  ruled 
with  such  a  despotic  sway,  that  the  no- 
bility of  Austrasia  were  provoked  to  a 
revolt,  electing  for  their  dukes  two  chiefs, 
named  Martin  and  Pepin.  The  forces 
of  the  confederates,  however,  were  de- 
feated by  Ebroin  ;  and  Martin  having 
surrendered  on  a  promise  of  safety,  was 
treacherously  put  to  death.  Pepin  lost 
no  time  in  recruiting  his  shattered  for- 
ces ;  but  before  he  had  occasion  to  try 
his  fortune  a  second  time  in  the  field  of 
battle,  the  assassination  of  Ebroin  de- 
livered him  from  all  apprehensions  from 
that  quarter.  After  his  death,  Pepin  car- 
ried every  thing  before  him,  overthrew 
the  royal  army  under  the  command  of 
the  new  minister  Bertaire  ;  and,  having 
got  possession  of  the  capital,  caused 
himself  to  be  declared  mayor  of  the  pal- 
ace,  in  which   office   he    continued  to 


FRANCE. 


227 


govern  the  kingdom  during  the  remainder 
of  his  life. 

Pepin,  (who  was  surnamed  Heristal, 
from  his  palace  on  the  Mense),  died  in 
the  year  714,  having  enjoyed  unlimited 
power  for  more  than  twenty-six  years. 
He  appointed  his  grandson  Thendobalde, 
then  only  six  years  of  age,  to  succeed 
him  in  his  post  of  mayor  of  the  palace. 
This  occurred  during  the  reign  of  Da- 
gobert  already  mentioned  ;  but  this  prince 
had  too  much  spirit  to  suffer  himself  to 
be  deprived  of  his  authority  by  an  infant. 
The  adherents  of  the  young  mayor  were 
defeated  in  battle,  and  this  defeat  was 
soon  followed  by  his  death.  Charles, 
however,  the  illegitimate  son  of  Pepin, 
was  now  raised  to  the  dignity  of  duke  by 
the  Austrasians,  and  from  his  great  abili- 
ties seemed  peculiarly  well  fitted  to  that 
high  but  perilous  rank.  The  murder  of 
Dagobert  freed  him  from  a  powerful  op- 
ponent ;  and  the  young  Chilperic,  who, 
after  Dagobert's  death,  was  brought  from 
a  cloister  to  a  throne,  could  by  no  means 
cope  with  so  powerful  an  antagonist. 
On  the  19th  of  March,  717,  Charles  had 
the  good  fortune  to  surprise  the  royal 
camp  as  the  army  passed  through  the 
forest  of  Arden  ;  and  soon  after  a  battle 
ensued,  in  which  the  king's  forces  Avere 
entirely  defeated. 

Charles,  although  advanced  to  the  pos- 
session of  great  power,  treated  Chilperic 
with  kindness  ;  and  on  the  death  of  Clo- 
taire,  caused  him  to  be  proclaimed  king  of 
Austrasia;  by  which,  however,  his  own 
power  was  not  at  all  diminished ;  and  from 
this  time  the  authority  of  the  kings  of 
France  became  merely  nominal.  Charles, 
however,  had  still  one  competitor  to  con- 
tend with  ;  this  was  Rainfroy,  who  had 
been  appohited  mayor  of  the  palace,  and 
who  made  such  a  determined  resistance 
that  Charles  was  obliged  to  allow  him  | 
the  possession  of  the  country  of  Anjou. 
No  sooner,  however,  had  Charles  freed 
himself  from  domestic  enemies,  than  he  i 
was  threatened  with  destruction  from : 
foreign  nations.  The  Saracens,  having 
overrun  great  part  of  Asia,  now  turned  j 
their  victorious  arms  Avestward,  and 
threatened  Europe  with  total  subjection.  I 
Spain  had  already  submitted  to  the  yoke  ;  | 
and  having  passed  the   Pyrenees,  they  | 


next  invaded  France,  appearing  in  vast 
numbers  under  the  walls  of  Toulouse. 
Here  they  Avere  met  by  Eudes,  and  after 
an  obstinate  engagement,  defeated  ;  but 
this  proved  only  a  partial  check.  The 
Saracens  once  more  passing  the  Pyre- 
nees, entered  France  Avith  such  a  poAver- 
ful  army,  that  Eudes  Avas  no  longer  able 
to  resist  them.  He  met  them,  indeed, 
with  his  accustomed  A'alor  ;  but  being 
forced  to  yield  to  superior  numbers,  he 
solicited  the  protection  and  assistance  of 
Charles.  The  latter,  on  account  of  his 
bravery  and  great  personal  strength,  had 
acquired  the  name  of  Martel,  in  allusion 
to  the  violence  of  the  strokes  he  be- 
stowed upon  his  enemies.  Their  united 
forces  having  come  up  with  the  Saracens, 
many  thousands  of  the  infidels,  among 
Avhom  Avas  the  commander  Abderah- 
man  himself,  are  said  to  have  perished 
in  the  battle.  This  brilliant  and  most 
important  victory  over  an  enemy  Avho, 
until  that  celebrated  day,  had  been  deem- 
ed invincible,  threw  a  blaze  of  glory 
around  the  name  of  Charles  Martel  Avhich 
time  can  never  extinguish.  The  Sara- 
cens Avere  soon  after  entirely  expelled 
from  France,  and  relinquished  all  hopes 
of  subduing  that  kingdom. 

So  poAverful  had  Charles  now  become, 
that  his  alliance  and  protection  were  so- 
licited by  almost  all  the  neighboring  poAV- 
ers.  Pope  Gregory  HI  chose  him  for 
his  protector  ;  and  offered  to  shake  off 
the  yoke  of  the  Greek  emperor,  and  in- 
A'est  him  Avith  the  dignity  of  Roman  con- 
sul. But  Avhile  this  negotiation  was 
pending,  the  pope,  the  emperor,  and 
Charles  Martel  himself,  died.  After 
this  event,  Avhich  occurred  in  the  year 
741,  his  dominions  Avere  shared  by  his 
three  sons,  Carloman,  Pepin,  and  Grip- 
pon.  Carloman,  the  eldest,  obtained  Aus- 
trasia ;  Pepin,  the  second,  Neustria  and 
Burgundy ;  Avhile  Grippon  had  only 
some  lands  assigned  to  him  in  France, 
with  Avhich  he  was  so  much  displeased, 
that  the  tranquillity  of  the  empire  was 
soon  disturbed.  With  the  assistance  of 
his  mother,  Sonnechilde,  he  seized  on 
the  city  of  Lahon,  Avhere  he  Avas  be- 
sieged by  his  tAvo  brothers,  Avho  com- 
pelled him  after  a  protracted  resistance, 
to  submit,  and  imprisoned  him  in  a  cas- 


228 


FRANCE 


tie  at  Arden  ;  Sonnechilde  was  immured 
within  the  walls  of  a  monastery.  Hav- 
ing thus  freed  themselves  from  their  do- 
mestic enemies,  the  two  brothers  for  a 
time  continued  to  govern  the  kingdom 
with  uninterrupted  harmony. 

By  the  resignation  of  Carloman,  which 
happened  in  the  year  746,  Pepin  was 
left  in  the  undivided  possession  of  the 
kingdom  ;  and  his  conduct  in  this  exalted 
station  has  received  the  praises  of  all 
the  historians  of  the  period. 

Pepin  having  subdued  all  his  foes, both 
foreign  and  domestic,  began  to  think  of 
assuming  the  title  of  king,  after  having 
so  long  enjoyed  the  regal  power.  His 
wishes  in  this  respect  were  quite  in  ac- 
cordance with  those  of  the  nation  in 
general,  'i'he  nobility,  however,  were 
bound  by  an  oath  of  allegiance  to  Chil- 
deric,  the  nominal  monarch  at  that  time  ; 
and  this  oath  could  not  be  dispensed  with 
but  by  the  authority  of  the  pope.  Am- 
bassadors for  this  purpose  were  therefore 
despatched,  both  from  Pepin  and  the  no- 
bility, to  pope  Zachary,  the  reigning  pon- 
tiff. His  holiness  replied,  that  it  was 
lawful  to  transfer  the  regal  dignity  from 
hands  incapable  of  maintaining  it  to 
those  who  had  so  successfully  preserv- 
ed it,  and  that  the  nation  might  unite 
in  the  same  person  the  authority  and 
title  of  king.*  On  this,  Childeric  was 
degraded  from  his  dignity,  and  con- 
fined in  a  monastery  for  life ;  Pejnn 
assumed  the  title  of  king  of  France, 
and  the  line  of  Clovis  was  finally  set 
aside.  This  revolution  took  place  in  the 
year  751.  The  attention  of  the  new 
monarch  was  first  claimed  by  a  revolt 
of  the  Saxons  ;  but  they  were  soon  re- 
duced to  subjection,  and  obliged  to  pay 
an  additional  tribute  ;  and,  during  his  ex- 
pedition agahist  them,  the  king  had  the 
satisfaction  of  ridding  himself  of  his 
restless  competitor  Grippon,  whom  Pe- 
pin had  released  from  prison.  This  tur- 
bulent prince,  having  become  weary  of 
residing  at  the  court  of  Aquitaine,  deter- 
mined to  escape  from  thence,  and  put 
himself  under  the  protection  of  Astol- 
phus,  king  of  the  Lombards  ;  but  he  was 

*  It  was  upon  this  occasion  that  the  popes  first 
assumed  that  right  which  they  afterwards  used 
of  throning  and  dethroning  kings. 


killed  in  attempting  to  force  a  pass  on 
the  confines  of  Italy.  Pepin  in  the  mean 
time  continued  to  push  his  good  fortune. 
The  submission  of  the  Saxons  was  soon 
followed  by  the  reduction  of  Britany, 
and  that  by  the  recovery  of  Narbonne 
from  the  infidels.  His  next  exploit  was 
for  the  protection  of  Pope  Stephen  III 
against  Astolphus,  the  king  of  the  Lom- 
bards, who  had  seized  on  the  exarchate 
of  Ravenna,  and  insisted  on  being  ac- 
knowledged king  of  Rome.  The  pope, 
unable  to  contend  with  such  a  powerful 
rival,  hastened  to  cross  the  x\lps  and  im- 
plore the  protection  of  Pepin,  who  re- 
ceived him  with  all  the  respect  due  to 
his  character.  He  was  lodged  in  the 
abbey  of  St.  Denis,  and  attended  by  the 
king  in  person  during  a  dangerous  sick- 
ness with  Avhich  he  was  seized.  On  his 
recovery  Stephen  solemnly  placed  the 
diadem  on  the  head  of  his  benefactor, 
bestowed  the  regal  unction  on  his  sons 
Charles  and  Carloman,  and  conferred  on 
each  of  the  three  princes  the  title  of  pa- 
trician of  Rome.  In  return  for  these 
honors,  Pepin  accompanied  the  pontifl' in- 
to Italy  at  the  head  of  a  powerfid  army. 
Astolphus,  unable  to  withstand  such  a 
powerful  antagonist,  shut  himself  up  in 
Pavia,  where  he  was  closely  besieged 
by  the  Franks,  and  obliged  to  renounce 
all  pretensions  to  the  sovereignty  of 
Rome,  as  well  as  to  restore  the  city  and 
exarchate  of  Ravenna,  and  swear  to  the 
observance  of  the  treaty.  No  sooner 
was  Pepin  gone,  however,  than  Astol- 
phus broke  the  treaty  he  had  just  ratified 
with  such  solemnity.  The  pope  was 
again  reduced  to  distress,  and  again  ap- 
plied to  Pepin.  He  now  sent  him  an 
epistle  in  the  style  and  character  of  St. 
Peter  himself,  which  so  much  inflamed 
the  zeal  of  Pepin  that  he  instantly  set 
out  for  Italy,  and  compelled  Astolphus  a 
second  time  to  submit  to  his  terms,  which 
were  now  rendered  more  severe  by  the 
imposition  of  an  annual  tribute.  Pepin 
next  made  a  journey  to  Rome  ;  but  find- 
ing that  his  presence  there  gave  great 
uneasiness  both  to  the  Greeks  and  to  the 
pope  himself,  he  thought  proper  to  finish 
Ids  visit  in  a  short  time.  Soon  after 
his  return  Astolphus  died,  and  his  domin- 
ions were  usurped  by  his  general,  Didier, 


FRANCE. 


229 


who,  however,  obtained  the  papal  sanc- 
tion for  what  he  had  done,  and  was  re- 
cognised as  lawful  sovereign  of  the 
Lombards  in  the  year  756. 

Pepin  returned  to  France  in  triumph ; 
but  the  peace  of  his  dominions  was  soon 
disturbed  by  the  revolt  of  the  Saxons, 
who  were  always  impatient  under  the 
French  yoke.  Their  present  attempts, 
however,  proved  equally  unsuccessful 
with  those  they  had  formerly  made  ;  be- 
ing obliged  to  submit  and  purchase  their 
pardon,  not  only  by  a  renewal  of  their 
tribute,  but  by  an  additional  supply  of 
300  horse.  But  while  the  king  was  ab- 
sent on  this  expedition,  Vaisar,  duke  of 
Aquitaine,  took  the  opportunity  of  ravag- 
ing Burgundy,  where  he  carried  his  de- 
vastations as  far  as  Chalons.  Pepin  soon 
returned  ;  and,  entering  the  dominions  of 
Vaisar,  where  he  defended  himself  as 
long  as  possible,  but  was  at  last  deprived 
both  of  his  crown  and  life  by  the  victor. 

Thus  the  duchy  of  Aquitaine  was 
once  more  annexed  to  the  crown  of 
France ;  but  Pepin  had  scarce  time  to 
indulge  himself  with  a  view  of  his  new 
conquest  when  he  was  seized  with  a 
slow  fever,  which  put  an  end  to  his  life 
in  the  year  768,  the  fifty-fourth  of  his 
age,  and  seventeenth  of  his  reign.  On 
his  tomb  was  inscribed,  "  Here  lies  the 
father  of  Charlemagne." 

Pepin  was  succeeded  in  his  authority 
by  his  two  sons,  Charles  and  Carloman, 
to  whom  with  his  dying  breath  he  be- 
queathed his  dominions. 

The  death  of  Carloman,  which  hap- 
pened in  the  year  771,  left  Charles  entire 
master  of  France ;  but  the  revolt  of  the 
Saxons  involved  him  in  a  series  of  wars, 
from  which  he  did  not  extricate  himself 
for  more  than  thirty  years.  These  had 
long  been  tributaries  to  the  French,  but 
frequently  revolted  ;  and  now,  when  freed 
from  the  terror  of  Pepin's  arms,  thought 
they  had  a  right  to  shake  off  the  yoke 
altogether. 

At  this  period,  Didier,  the  king  of  Lom- 
bardy,  having  seized  and  killed  pope 
Stephen  IV,  used  his  utmost  endeavors 
to  reduce  his  successor,  Adrian  I,  to  a 
state  of  entire  dependence  on  himself. 
Adrian  applied  to  the  French  monarch 
for  assistance,  which  was  willingly  ren- 


dered. Didier  was  taken  prisoner  and 
carried  into  France.  His  kingdom  was 
totally  dissolved,  and  Charles  was  crown- 
ed king  of  Lombardy  at  Milan,  in  the 
year  774. 

In  the  year  779,  he  paid  a  visit  to  Italy 
with  his  two  sons,  Carloman  and  Louis. 
Having  passed  the  winter  at  Pavia,  he 
entered  Rome  next  spring  amidst  the  ac- 
clamations of  the  inhabitants.  Here,  in 
the  39th  year  of  his  age,  he  divided  his 
dominions  in  presence  of  the  pope,  be- 
twixt his  two  sons,  Carloman  and  Louis. 
The  former,  who  now  took  the  name  of 
Pepin,  had  Lombardy  ;  the  latter  Aqui- 
taine. Having  then  received  the  sub- 
mission of  Tassilon,  duke  of  Bavaria,  he 
set  out  for  Saxony,  where  he  took  a  most 
signal  revenge  on  the  inhabitants  of  that 
country,  who  had  again  opposed  him  in 
the  field. 

Charles  having  thus  brought  his  affairs 
in  Saxony  to  a  successful  conclusion, 
turned  his  arms  against  Tassilon,  duke  of 
Bavaria,  who  had  privately  supported  the 
Saxons  in  their  revolt.  Having  entered 
his  country  with  a  powerful  army,  in  the 
year  787,  he  made  such  rapid  advances, 
that  the  total  destruction  of  Tassilon  seem- 
ed inevitable.  Charles  had  advanced  as 
far  as  the  river  Leech,  when  Tassilon  sud- 
denly entered  liis  camp,  and  threw  him- 
self at  his  feet.  The  king  had  compas- 
sion on  his  faithless  kinsman,  and  par- 
doned him ;  but  no  sooner  did  he  find 
himself  at  liberty,  than  he  stirred  up  the 
Huns,  the  Greek  emperor,  and  the  fugi- 
tive Adalgise,  against  the  king.  He  fo- 
mented also  the  discontents  of  the  fac- 
tious nobles  of  Aquitaine  and  Lombardy  ; 
but  his  subjects,  fearing  lest  these  in- 
trigues should  involve  them  in  destruc- 
tion, made  a  discovery  of  the  whole  to 
Charles.  Tassilon,  ignorant  of  this,  en- 
tered the  diet  at  Ingelheim,  not  suspect- 
ing any  danger,  but  was  instantly  arrest- 
ed by  order  of  the  French  monarch. 
Being  brought  to  a  trial,  the  proofs  of  his 
guilt  were  so  apparent,  that  he  was  con- 
demned to  lose  his  head  :  the  punish- 
ment, however,  was  afterwards  mitigated 
to  perpetual  confinement  in  a  monastery, 
and  the  duchy  of  Bavaria  was  annexed  to 
the  dominions  of  Charles. 

The  Huns,  and  other  enemies  of  the 


230 


FRANCE. 


French  monarch,  continued  to  carry  on 
their  enterprises  without  regarding  the 
fate  of  their  associate  Tassilon.  Their 
attempts,  however,  only  served  to  in- 
crease the  fame  of  Charles.  He  defeat- 
ed the  Huns  in  Bavaria,  and  the  Greek 
emperor  in  Italy ;  obliging  the  latter  to 
renounce  for  ever  the  fortunes  of  Adal- 
gise.  The  Huns,  not  disheartened  by  their 
defeat,  continuing  to  infest  the  French  do- 
minions, Charles  entered  their  country  at 
the  head  of  a  formidable  army,  and  having 
forced  their  entrenchments,  penetrated  as 
far  as  Raal  on  the  Danube,  but  was  com- 
pelled by  an  epidemic  distemper  to  re- 
tire before  he  had  finished  his  conquest. 
And  no  sooner  had  he  returned  to  his  own 
dominions,  than  he  had  the  mortification 
to  be  informed  that  his  eldest  son  Pepin  had 
conspired  against  his  sovereignty  and  life. 
The  plot  was  discovered  by  a  priest,  who 
had  accidentally  fallen  asleep  in  a  church 
in  which  the  conspirators  were  assembled. 
Being  awakened  by  their  voices,  he  over- 
heard them  consulting  on  the  proper 
measures  for  completing  their  purpose  ; 
on  which  he  instantly  set  out  for  the  pal- 
ace, and  summoned  the  monarch  from  his 
bed  to  inform  him  of  the  guilt  of  his  son. 
Pepin  was  seized,  and  condemned  to 
expiate  his  offences  by  spending  the  re- 
mainder of  his  days  in  a  monastery. 

Charles  was  no  sooner  freed  from  this 
danger,  than  he  was  again  called  to  arms 
by  a  revolt  of  the  Saxons  on  the  one  hand, 
Avhile  a  formidable  invasion  of  the  Moors 
assailed  him  on  the  other ;  the  Huns  at 
the  same  time  renewing  their  depreda- 
tions on  his  dominions.  The  king  did 
not  proceed  against  the  Moors,  doubtless 
foreseeing  that  they  would  speedily  be 
called  off'  by  their  Christian  enemies  in 
Spain ;  and  this  soon  occurred,  as  the 
victories  of  Alonzo  the  Chaste,  obliged 
them  to  quit  France  entirely.  After  this, 
Charles  marched  in  person  to  attack  the 
Saxons  and  Huns.  The  former  consent- 
ed to  receive  the  Christian  religion,  and 
were  compelled  to  deliver  up  a  third  part 
of  their  army  to  be  disposed  of  at  the 
king's  pleasure  ;  but  the  Huns  defended 
themselves  with  great  vigor.  Though 
often  defeated,  their  love  of  liberty  was 
unconquerable  ;  and  the  war  was  only 
terminated  by  the  death  of  the  king,  and 


almost  total  destruction  of  the  people  ; 
and  even  then  only  one  tribe  could  be 
induced  to  acknowledge  the  authority  of 
the  French  monarch. 

These  exploits  were  fmished  betwixt 
the  years  793  and  798 ;  after  which 
Charles  invaded  and  subdued  the  islands 
of  Majorca  and  Minorca,  which  the  dis- 
sensions of  the  Moorish  chiefs  gave  him  an 
opportunity  of  doing.  The  satisfaction  he 
felt  from  this  new  conquest,  however,  was 
soon  damped  by  the  troubles  which  broke 
out  in  Italy.  Alter  the  death  of  pope  Adri- 
an, his  nephew  aspired  to  the  papal  digni- 
ty ;  but  a  priest  named  Leo  being  prefer- 
red, the  disappointed  candidate  determin- 
ed on  taking  revenge.  He  managed  to 
conceal  his  designs  for  four  years,  and  at 
last  attacked  Leo  on  the  eve  of  a  splen- 
did procession.  The  unfortunate  pontiff 
was  left  for  dead  on  the  ground  ;  but  hav- 
ing with  difficulty  recovered,  and  made 
his  escape  to  the  Vatican,  he  was  pro- 
tected by  the  duke  of  Spoleto,  at  that 
time  general  of  the  French  forces.  His 
cause  was  warmly  espoused  by  Charles, 
who  invited  him  to  his  camp  at  Pader- 
born  ;  whence  he  despatched  him  with  a 
numerous  guard  to  Rome,  promising  soon 
after  to  visit  that  metropolis,  and  redress 
all  his  grievances.  His  attention  was, 
however,  called  by  a  descent  of  the 
Normans  in  one  of  the  principal  maritime 
provinces  of  his  dominions,  so  that  he 
was  obliged  to  defer  the  promised  assis- 
tance for  some  time  longer.  Having 
constructed  forts  at  the  mouths  of  most 
of  the  navigable  rivers,  and  further  pro- 
vided for  the  defence  of  his  territories, 
by  instituting  a  regular  militia,  and  ap- 
pointing proper  squadrons  to  cruise 
against  the  invaders,  he  set  out,  for  the 
fourth  and  last  time,  on  a  journey  to 
Rome.  Here  he  was  received  with  the 
highest  possible  honors.  Leo  was  al- 
lowed to  clear  himself,  by  oath,  of  the 
crimes  laid  to  his  charge  by  his  enemies, 
while  his  accusers  were  sent  into  exile. 
On  the  festival  of  Christmas,  in  the  year 
800,  after  Charles  had  made  his  appear- 
ance in  the  cathedral  of  St.  Peter,  and 
assisted  devoutly  at  mass,  the  pope  sud- 
denly put  a  crown  on  his  head  ;  and  the 
place  instantly  resounded  with  acclama- 
tions of  "  Long  life  to  Charles  the  Au- 


FRANCE. 


231 


Crowning  of  Charlemagne 


gxist,  crowned  by  the  hand  of  God!  Long- 
life  and  victory  to  the  great  and  pacific 
emperor  of  the  Romans  ! "  His  body 
was  then  consecrated  and  anointed  with 
holy  oil ;  and  after  being  conducted  to  a 
tlu'one,  he  was  treated  with  all  the  res- 
pect usually  paid  to  the  ancient  C?esars. 
The  holy  oil  employed  in  the  anointing 
of  this  prince  was  said  to  have  been 
brought  down  from  heaven  in  the  reign 
of  Clovis ;  but  it  appears,  by  the  testi- 
mony of  some  of  the  most  accurate  his- 
torians of  the  period,  that  it  did  not  in 
reality  make  its  appearance  till  the  reign 
of  this  prince. 

After  this  ceremony  he  was  honored 
with  the  title  of  Charlemagne.  Charles 
afterwards  denied  having  any  previous 
knowledge  of  the  pope's  intention  ;  and 
that,  had  he  known  it,  he  would  have  dis- 
appointed him  by  his  absence  ;  but  these 
protestations  were  not  generally  believed ; 
and  the  care  he  took  to  have  his  new 
title  acknowledged  by  the  eastern  empe- 
rors evidently  showed  how  much  he  es- 
teemed it. 

Charles,  now  raised  to  the  supreme 
dignity  in  the  West,  proposed  to  unite 
in  himself  the  whole  power  of  the  first 
Roman  emperors,  by  marrying  Irene,  the 


But  in  this  he  was 
marriage    of    that 


empress  of  the  East, 
disappointed  by  the 
princess  with  Nicephorus ;  however,  the 
latter  acknowledged  his  new  dignity  of 
Augustus,  and  the  boundaries  of  the  two 
empires  were  amicably  settled.  Charles 
was  further  gratified  by  the  respect  paid 
him  by  the  great  Haroun  Al-Rashid,  ca- 
liph of  the  Saracens,  who  yielded  to  him 
the  city  of  Jerusalem,  and  the  holy  se- 
pulchre there. 

The  decease  of  the  emperor,  in  841, 
was  followed  by  a  civil  Avar  among  his 
sons.  The  united  forces  of  Lothaire  and 
his  nephew  Pepin  were  defeated  by  those 
of  Charles  and  Louis,  in  an  obstinate 
engagement  in  the  plains  of  Fontenoy, 
where  100,000  Franks  perished;  this 
occurred  in  the  year  842.  This  victory, 
however,  did  not  decide  the  fortune  of 
the  war.  The  conquerors  having,  through 
motives  of  interest  or  jealousy,  retired 
each  into  his  own  dominions,  Lothaire 
found  means  not  only  to  recruit  his  shat- 
tered forces,  but  pressed  the  other  two 
princes  so  vigorously,  that  they  were 
glad  to  consent  to  a  new  partition  of  the 
empire.  By  this,  Lothaire  was  allowed 
to  possess  the  whole  of  Italy,  with  the 
whole  tract  of  country  between  the  rivers 


232 


FRANCE. 


Rhone  and  Rhine,  as  well  as  that  be- 
tween the  Meuse  and  Scheldt.  Charles 
had  Aquitaine,  with  tlie  country  lying  be- 
tween the  Loire  and  the  Meuse  ;  while 
Louis  had  Bavaria,  with  the  rest  of  Ger- 
many, from  whence  he  was  distinguished 
by  the  appellation  of  Louis  the  German. 

By  this  partition,  Germany  and  France 
were  so  completely  separated,  that  they 
were  never  again  united  under  one  head. 
That  part  of  France  which  was  allowed 
to  Lothaire,  was  from  him  called  Lotha- 
ringia  ;  and  now,  by  a  gradual  corruption 
of  the  word,  Lorrain.  The  sovereignty, 
however,  which  that  prince  had  purchas- 
ed at  the  expense  of  every  filial  duty,  and 
purchased  at  so  much  blood,  afibrded  him 
now  but  little  satisfaction.  Disgusted 
with  the  cares  and  anxieties  of  his  situa- 
tion, he  sought  relief  in  a  monastery,  in 
the  year  855.  On  his  retreat  from  the 
throne,  he  allowed  to  his  eldest  son, 
Louis  II,  the  sovereignty  of  Italy ;  to 
his  second  son,  Lothaire,  the  territory  of 
Lorrain,  with  the  title  of  king  ;  and  to 
his  youngest  son  Charles,  surnamed  the 
Bald,  Provence,  Dauphiny,  and  part  of 
the  kingdom  of  Burgundy.  From  the 
year  845  to  857,  the  provinces  subjected 
to  his  jurisdiction  had  been  infested  by 
the  annual  depredations  of  the  Normans, 
from  whom  Charles  was  at  last  fain  to 
purchase  peace  at  a  greater  expense  than 
might  have  carried  on  a  successful  war. 
The  people  of  Britany  had  also  revolted  ; 
and  though  obliged  by  the  appearance  of 
Charles  himself,  at  the  head  of  a  power- 
ful army,  to  return  to  their  allegiance, 
they  no  sooner  perceived  him  again  em- 
barrassed by  the  incursions  of  the  Nor- 
mans, than  they  threw  oft'  the  yoke,  and 
under  the  conduct  of  their  duke  Louis, 
subdued  the  neighboring  diocese  of  Ren- 
nes  ;  after  which  exploit,  Louis  assumed 
the  title  of  king,  which  he  transmitted  to 
his  son  Herispee.  By  him,  Charles  was 
totally  defeated  ;  and  his  subjects,  per- 
ceiving the  weakness  of  their  monarch, 
put  themselves  under  the  protection  of 
Louis  the  German.  His  ambition  prompt- 
ed him  to  give  a  ready  ear  to  the  propo- 
sal ;  and,  therefore,  taking  the  opportu- 
nity of  Charles'  absence  in  repelling  the 
invasion  of  the  Danes,  he  marched  with 
a  formidable  army  into  France,  and  was 


solemnly  crowned  by  the  archbishop  of 
Sens,  in  the  year  857.  Being  too  con- 
fident of  success,  and  considering  him- 
self firmly  established  on  the  throne,  he 
was  persuaded  to  dismiss  his  German 
forces  ;  which  he  had  no  sooner  done, 
than  Charles  marched  against  him  with 
a  large  army,  and  Louis  abandoned  his 
new  kingdom  as  easily  as  he  had  ob- 
tained it. 

Notwithstanding  this  success,  the 
throne  of  Charles  still  remained  in  a  very 
tottering  condition.  The  Normans  ha- 
rassed him  in  one  quarter,  and  the  king 
of  Britany  in  another.  He  marched 
against  the  latter  in  the  year  860  ;  but 
was  defeated  in  an  engagement  which 
lasted  two  days.  The  Adctory  was  as- 
cribed to  the  prowess  of  a  celebrated 
warrior  named  Robert  le  Fort,  or  the 
Strong,  who  commanded  the  Bretons  ; 
but  Charles  found  means  to  gain  him 
over  to  his  party,  by  investing  him  with 
the  title  of  duke  of  France,  including  the 
country  which  lies  between  the  rivers 
Seine  and  Loire. 

For  some  time  the  abilities  of  Robert 
continued  to  support  the  tottering  throne 
of  Charles  ;  but  his  difficulties  retmned 
on  the  death  of  that  noble,  who  was  kill- 
ed in  repelling  an  invasion  of  the  Danes. 
His  loss,  however,  was  shortly  after 
counterbalanced  by  the  death  of  the  king 
of  Lorrain,  in  the  year  869  ;  by  which 
event  the  territories  of  Charles  were  aug- 
mented by  the  cities  of  Lyons,  Vienne, 
Toulouse,  Besan^on,  Verdun,  Cambray, 
Viviers,  and  Urez,  together  with  the  ter- 
ritories of  Hainault,  Zealand,  and  Hol- 
land. Cologne,  Utrecht,  Treves,  Mentz, 
Strasburg,  with  the  rest  of  the  territories 
of  Lothaire,  were  assigned  to  Louis  the 
German. 

The  Normans,  however,  were  the  en- 
emies of  both  Britany  and  France,  and 
the  tAvo  kings  joined  their  forces  together, 
which  event  proved  unfortunate  to  the 
Norman  invaders  ;  for  their  principal 
leaders  Avere  besieged  in  Anglers,  and 
obliged  to  purchase  leave  to  depart  by  re- 
linquishing all  the  spoil  they  had  taken. 

Charles  died  in  the  38th  year  of  his 
reign,  being  poisoned,  it  is  supposed,  by  a 
Jewish  physician.  He  was  succeeded 
by  his  son  Louis,  surnamed  the  stam- 


FRANCE. 


233 


merer,  from  a  defect  ia  his  speech.  He 
died  in  879,  and  was  succeeded  by  Charles 
the  Gross,  emperor  of  Germany.  He  was 
deposed,  and  Eudcs,  count  of  Paris,  was 
chosen  Iving  by  the  nobility  during  the 
minority  of  Charles,  the  son  of  Adelaide, 
afterwards  named  Charles  the  Simple.  He 
defeated  the  Normans,  and  endeavored  to 
repress  the  power  of  the  nobility  ;  on 
which  account  a  faction  was  formed  in 
favor  of  Chaifles,  who  was  sent  for,  with 
his  mother,  from  England.  On  which 
Eudes  quietly  resigned  the  greatest  part 
of  the  kingdom  to  him,  and  consented  to 
do  homage  for  the  rest.  He  died  soon 
after  this  agreement,  in  the  year  898. 

During  the  reign  of  Charles  the  Sim- 
ple, the  power  of  the  French  government 
rapidly  declined.  By  the  introduction  of 
fiefs,  those  noblemen  who  had  possessed 
large  property,  having  had  these  confirm- 
ed to  them  and  their  heirs  for  ever,  be- 
came, in  a  manner,  independent  sover- 
eigns ;  and  as  these  great  lords  had  others 
under  them,  and  they  in  like  manner  had 
others  under  them,  and  even  these  again 
had  their  vassals  ;  instead  of  the  easy 
and  equal  government  which  prevailed 
before,  a  vast  number  of  insupportable 
little  tyrannies  were  erected.  The  Nor- 
mans, too,  ravaged  the  country  in  the  most 
terrible  manner,  and  desolated  some  of 
the  finest  provinces  in  France.  At  last 
Charles  ceded  to  RoUo,  their  captain,  the 
duchy  of  Neustria  ;  who,  thereupon,  be- 
came a  Christian,  changed  his  own  name 
to  Robert,  and  that  of  his  principality  to 
Normandy. 

During  the  remainder  of  the  reigni  of 
Charles  the  Simple,  and  the  entire  reigns 
of  Louis  IV,  surnamed  the  Stranger, 
Lothaire,  and  Louis  V,  the  power  of  the 
Carlovingian  race  continually  declined  ; 
till  at  last  they  were  supplanted  by  Hugh 
Capet,  who  had  been  created  duke  of 
France  by  Lothaire.  Tliis  revolution 
happened  in  the  year  987,  and  was 
brought  about  much  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  former  one  had  been  by  Pepin. 
He  proved  an  active  and  prudent  mon- 
arch, and  possessed  such  other  qualities 
as  were  requisite  for  keeping  his  tumul- 
tuous subjects  in  awe.  He  died  on  the 
24th  of  October,  997,  leaving  his  domin- 
ions to  his  son  Robert. 
30 


As  Robert  was  of  opinion  that  peace 
and  tranquillity  were  preferable  to  wide- 
extended  dominions  with  a  precarious 
tenure,  he  refused  the  kingdom  of  Italy, 
and  the  imperial  crown  of  Germany,  both 
which  were  ofiered  him.  He  died  on 
the  20th  of  July,  1030;  having  reigned 
thirty-three  years. 

Robert  was  succeeded  by  his  eldest 
son,  Henry  I,  who  in  the  beginning  of 
his  reign  met  with  great  opposition  from 
his  mother.  She  had  always  hated  him, 
and  preferred  his  younger  brother  Rob- 
ert, in  whose  favor  she  now  raised  an 
insurrection.  By  the  assistance  of  Rob- 
ert, duke  of  Normandy,  however,  Henry 
overcame  all  his  enemies,  and  establish- 
ed himself  firmly  upon  the  throne.  In 
return  for  this,  he  warmly  supported 
William,  Robert's  natural  son,  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  duchy  of  Normandy.  After- 
wards, however,  growing  jealous  of  his 
power,  he  not  only  supported  the  pre- 
tenders to  the  duchy  of  Normandy  se- 
cretly, but  himself  invaded  that  country 
in  their  favor.  This  enterprise  proved 
unsuccessful,  and  Henry  was  obliged  to 
make  peace ;  but  no  sincere  reconciliation 
ever  took  place,  for  the  king  retained  a 
deep  sense  of  the  disgrace  he  had  met 
with,  and  the  duke  never  forgave  him  for 
invading  his  dominions.  The  treaty  be- 
tween them,  therefore,  was  quickly  bro- 
ken, and  Henry  once  more  invaded  Nor- 
mandy, was  again  unsuccessful,  and  was 
at  last  totally  defeated  ;  after  which  Hen- 
ry was  compelled  to  agree  to  such  terms 
as  the  duke  thought  proper  to  stipulate  ; 
but  the  dislike  between  them  never  ceas- 
ed, and  was  in  reality  the  cause  of  that 
strong  feeling  of  aversion,  which,  for  a 
series  of  years,  produced  perpetual  quar- 
rels between  the  kings  of  France  and 
those  of  the  Norman   race   in  England. 

Henry  died  in  1059,  and  not  without 
a  suspicion  of  being  poisoned.  He  was 
succeeded  by  his  eldest  son  Philip,  at 
that  time  in  the  eighth  year  of  his  age. 
Baldwin,  earl  or  Flanders,  was  appointed 
his  guardian,  and  died  in  1066,  the  same 
year  that  William  of  Normandy  became 
king  of  England.  From  that  period 
Philip  began  to  display  a  very  insincere 
and  oppressive  disposition.  He  engaged 
in  a  war  with  William  the   Conqueror, 


234 


FRANCE. 


and  supported  his  son  Robert  in  his  re- 
bellion against  him. 

Louis  died  in  1137,  leaving  the  king- 
dom to  his  son  Louis  VII. 

The  young  king  was  not  endowed  by 
nature  with  any  of  those  qualities  which 
constitute  a  great  monarch.  From  the 
superstition  common  to  the  age  in  which 
he  lived,  he  undertook  an  expedition  into 
the  Holy  Land,  from  Avhence  he  returned 
without  glory.*  In  this  expedition  he 
was  accompanied  by  his  queen  Eleanor  ; 
but  was  so  much  displeased  with  the  im- 
propriety of  her  conduct  that  he  divorced 
her,  and  returned  the  duchy  of  Guienne, 
which  he  received  Avith  her  as  a  portion. 
Six  weeks  after  this  she  married  Henry, 
duke  of  Normandy,  count  of  Anjou  and 
Mahie,  and  heir-apparent  to  the  crown  of 
England.  This  marriage  was  a  source 
of  great  mortification  to  Louis,  and  pro- 
cured him  the  surname  of  the  Young,  on 
account  of  the  folly  of  his  conduct.  When 
Henry  ascended  the  throne  of  England, 
a  war  was  carried  on  between  hun  and 
Louis,  with  little  advantage  on  either 
side  ;  at  last,  however,  a  perfect  recon- 
ciliation took  place,  and  Louis  took  a  voy- 
age to  England,  in  order  to  visit  the 
shrine  of  St.  Thomas  of  Canterbury.  On 
his  return,  he  was  struck  with  a  fit  of 
apoplexy ;  and  though  he  partially  re- 
covered, yet  continued  ever  after  para- 
lytic on  "the  right  side.  After  having 
languished  for  about  a  year  under  this 
malady,  he  died  on  the  1 8th  of  Sept.  1180, 
leaving  the  kingdom  to  his  son  Philip. 

This  prince,  surnamed  the  Gift  of  God, 
the  Magnanimous,  and  the  Conqueror,  du- 
ring his  lifetime,  and,  as  if  all  these  titles 


*  During  a  war  which  Louis  had  waged  against 
Thibaud,  count  of  Champagne,  an  accident  occur- 
red, which  had  a  marked  cfl'ect  upon  the  future 
conduct  and  character  of  the  king.  He  had  ta- 
ken by  storm  tlie  castle  of  Vitry,  and  set  fire  to 
it.  The  flames  chanced  to  catch  a  neighboring 
church  hito  which  the  population  had  crowded  to 
preserve  themselves  from  the  fury  of  the  soldiery. 
It  appears  that  they  had  no  means  of  escape  ; 
and  1300  men,  women  and  children,  perished  in 
the  conflagration.  Louis  was  horror-struck  on 
beholding  the  mass  of  half-consumed  bodies, — 
and  the  weight  of  the  remorse  hmig  ever  after 
upon  him,  and  weighed  down  his  spirit.  It  was 
the  chief  cause  that  induced  him  to  assume  the 
cross,  and  to  lead  that  expedition  to  Jerusalem, 
which  is  known  in  history  as  the  second  orusade. 


had  fallen  short  of  his  merit,  styled  Au- 
gustus after  his  death,  is  considered  one 
of  the  greatest  princes  that  ever  sat  on 
the  throne  of  France.  It  doth  not,  how- 
ever, appear  that  these  titles  were  alto- 
gether well  founded.  In  the  beginning 
of  his  reign  he  was  opposed  by  a  strong 
faction  excited  by  his  mother.  Them, 
indeed,  he  repressed  with  a  vigor  and 
spirit  which  did  him  honor  ;  but  his 
taking  part  with  the  children  of  Henry 
II,  of  England,  in  their  unnatural  contests 
with  their  father,  and  his  alliance  with 
John  to  seize  his  brother's  kingdom  when 
he  was  detained  in  prison  by  the  empe- 
ror of  Germany,  must  be  indelible  stains 
in  his  character. 

Whilst  Philip  Augustus  was  engaged 
in  wars  with  king  John  of  England,  and 
whilst  he  adroitly  wrested  Normandy  and 
its  dependencies  from  the  hands  of  John, 
a  series  of  events  took  place  in  Langue- 
doc,  which  had  the  effect  of  destroying 
its  independence,  and  of  bringing  that 
fine  region  not  only  nominally,  as  it  had 
hitherto  been,  but  really  under  the  do- 
minion of  the  kings  of  France.  The 
countries  bordering  on  the  Mediterra- 
nean had  ever  been  foremost  in  the  path 
of  civilization.  They  were  still  so.  The 
inhabitants  of  that  part  of  France  so  sit- 
uated far  surpassed  their  northern  neigh- 
bors in  refinement,  in  enlightenment,  and 
wealth.  A  thriving  commerce  Avas  the 
chief  source  of  these  advantages,  joined 
with  the  municipal  liberty,  which  they 
enjoyed  even  to  a  greater  degree  than 
countries  around  them.  The  towns  were 
governed  by  consuls,  like  those  of  Italy  ; 
and,  being  freed  from  either  papal  or  im- 
perial pretensions,  were  far  more  tranquil 
than  the  republics  of  that  land.  The 
feudal  lords  lived  in  amity  with  the  bour- 
geoisie, and  shared  its  wealth  ;  commu- 
nicating at  the  same  time  to  the  middling 
ranks  no  small  portion  of  their  own  chiv- 
alrous spirit.  Little  agitated,  at  least 
for  that  age,  by  the  tumults  and  conten- 
tions of  war,  the  Provencals  gave  them- 
selves to  the  cultivation  of  those  intellec- 
tual employments  which  wealth  and 
leisure,  peace  and  a  fine  climate,  suggest. 
In  their  valleys  the  muse  of  modern  times 
had  taken  birth.  They  were  the  first 
poets  of  modern  tongues.     Nor  did  the 


I 


FRANCE. 


235 


troubadours  confine  their  strains  to  the 
celebration  of  heroic  deeds  or  the  plead- 
ings of  love  ;  they  were  moralists  and  sa- 
tirists, and  undertook  to  lash  as  well  as 
to  amuse  the  age.  The  church  was  the 
chief  object  of  their  alternate  ridicule  and 
resentment.  Dante  and  Petrarch,  as 
well  as  our  own  Chaucer,  afford  samples 
of  this  spirit.  They  exclaimed  against 
the  licentious  lives  of  the  clergy ;  rallied 
them  on  their  rigid  upholding  of  abstract 
dogmas,  and  their  lax  observance  of  mor- 
al ones.  The  troubadours  stood  forth  as 
the  asserters  and  avengers  of  common 
sense.  And  thus  the  earliest  of  modern 
poets,  perhaps,  merit  the  honor  of  being 
esteemed  the  first  reformers. 

The  speculations  of  the  theologian,  and 
the  scruples  of  the  devout,  soon  came  to 
swell  a  passing  disgust  into  permanent 
dissent.  A  numerous  sect  sprung  up  in 
Languedoc,  which,  abjuring  much  of  the 
morality  and  tenets  of  the  Romish  church, 
was  led  of  course  to  deny  the  authority 
of  the  pope  and  of  his  priesthood.  For  a 
long  time  the  Holy  See  seemed  not  alive 
to  the  importance  of  this  sect.  It  was 
pope  Innocent  III  who  first  perceived  its 
dangerous  tendency,  and  who  took  cer- 
tain steps  for  its  destruction.  He  issued 
interdicts  against  such  princes  as  should 
favor  them,  and  ofiered  the  spoil  of  the 
heretic  to  whoever  should  subdue  and 
slay  him.  The  principal  lord  of  the  south 
of  France  was,  at  that  time,  Raymond  VI, 
count  of  Toulouse  ;  and  he  at  least  tole- 
rated the  Albigenses,  as  those  primitive 
reformers  were  called,  aware  of  their 
moral  purity  and  sincere  devotion.  Peter 
of  Castlenau,  the  pope's  legate,  reproach- 
ed the  count  of  Toulouse  with  his  want 
of  zeal,  and  was  indignant  at  his  forbear- 
ance to  extirpa;te  the  new  opinions  by 
fire  and  sword.  The  legate  used  no 
measured  language  ;  he  not  only  excom- 
municated Raymond,  but  insulted  him  in 
his  court,  and  then  took  his  departure. 
The  count  of  Toulouse  expressed  his  in- 
dignant feelings  before  his  followers,  as 
Henry  II  did  after  the  insolence  of 
Thomas  h  Becket,  and  with  the  same 
fatal  eftect.  On  the  day  after,  Peter  of 
Castlenau  fell  under  the  dagger  of  a  gen- 
tleman of  the  count's,  in  a  hostelry  on  the 
Rhone,  where  he  had  stopped. 


Pope  Innocent  was  driven  to  trans- 
ports of  rage  on  learning  the  assassina- 
tion of  his  legate.  He  not  only  excom- 
municated the  count  of  Toulouse,  but 
promulgated  a  crusade  against  him.  He 
called  on  all  the  nobles  of  France,  on  its 
princes,  and  its  prelates,  to  join  in  the 
holy  war,  to  assume  the  cross,  as  being 
engaged  against  infidels.  And  the  same 
privileges  and  indulgences  were  granted 
to  the  crusaders  of  this  civil  war,  that 
previously  were  bestowed  on  those  who 
embarked  fortune  and  life  in  the  perilous 
attempt  to  rescue  the  Holy  Land  from 
the  Saracen.  Spoil,  wealth,  and  honor 
in  this  world,  together  with  certain  sal- 
vation in  the  next,  were  now  ofiered  at 
too  cheap  a  rate  to  be  refused.  Crowds 
of  adventurers  flocked  to  the  standard  ; 
and  a  formidable  army  was  assembled  at 
Lyons,  in  the  spring  of  1209,  under  the 
command  of  the  legate  commander, 
Amalric,  abbot  of  Citeaux.  The  pope  at 
the  same  time  created  a  new  ecclesiasti- 
cal militia  for  the  destruction  of  heresy. 
The  order  of  St.  Dominick,  or  of  the 
friars  inquisitors,  was  instituted  ;  and 
these  infernal  missionaries  were  let  loose 
in  couples  upon  the  hapless  Languedoc, 
like  bloodhounds,  to  scent  their  prey  and 
then  devour  it. 

Raymond,  count  of  Toulouse,  had  nei- 
ther the  force  nor  the  courage  to  oppose 
so  formidable  an  invasion.  He  repaired 
to  the  crusaders'  army,  delivered  up  his 
fortresses  and  cities,  and  suffered  the  hu- 
miliating penance  of  a  public  flogging  in 
the  church  of  St.  Giles.  The  count's  rela- 
tive and  feudatory,  Raymond  Roger,  vis- 
count of  Beziers  and  Carcassonne,  re- 
gions infected  with  the  heresy  of  the 
Albigenses,  came  also  to  make  submis- 
sion. The  abbot  of  Citeaux,  who  was 
prudent  enough  to  accept  that  of  the 
count  of  Toulouse,  feared  to  lose  all  his 
prey.  He  refused  to  admit  the  exculpa- 
tion of  the  viscount  of  Beziers,  and  plainly 
told  him,  that  his  only  chance  was  to  de- 
fend himself  to  the  utmost.  The  young 
viscount  courageously  accepted  the  ad- 
vice. He  summoned  the  most  faithful 
of  his  vassals,  abandoned  the  open  coun- 
try as  well  as  towns  of  lesser  conse- 
quence to  the  enomy,  and  restricted  his 
efforts  to  the  defence  of  Beziers  and  of 


236 


FRANCE. 


Carcassonne.  He  shut  himself  up  in  the 
latter.  The  fury  of  the  crusaders  first 
fell  upon  Beziers  :  they  had  scarcely  sat 
down  before  the  unfortunate  town,  when 
a  sally  of  the  garrison  was  repulsed  with 
such  vigor,  that  the  besiegers  entered  the 
town  together  Avith  the  routed  host  of  the 
citizens.  Word  of  this  unexpected  suc- 
cess was  instantly  brought  to  the  abbot 
of  Citeaux,  and  his  orders  were  demanded 
as  to  how  the  innocent  were  to  be  dis- 
tinguished from  the  guilty.  "  Slay  them 
all,"  exclaimed  the  legate  of  the  vicar  of 
Christ ;  "  the  Lord  will  know  his  own." 
The  entire  population  was  in  consequence 
put  to  the  sword  ;  nor  woman  nor  infant 
was  spared.  Upwards  of  20,000  human 
beings  perished  in  the  massacre — the 
sanguinary  first-fruits  of  modern  persecu- 
tion. Carcassoime  was  next  invested, 
bravely  attacked,  and  as  valiantly  defend- 
ed ;  the  young  viscount  distinguishing 
himself  in  defence  of  his  rights,  while 
Simon  de  Montfort,  earl  of  Leicester,  was 
the  most  prominent  warrior  of  the  crusa- 
ders. At  length  the  legate  grew  weary 
of  the  viscount's  obstinacy,  and  offered 
him  terms.  He  gave  him  a  safe  conduct, 
sanctioned  by  his  own  oath  and  that  of 
the  barons  of  his  army.  Raymond  Roger 
came  with  300  of  his  followers  to  the 
tent  of  the  legate.  "  Faith,"  said  the  latter, 
"  is  not  to  be  kept  with  those  who  have 
no  faith  ;"  and  he  ordered  the  viscount 
and  his  friends  to  be  put  in  chains.  The 
inhabitants  of  Carcassonne  found  means 
to  fly.  In  a  general  assembly  of  the  cru- 
saders, the  lordships  of  Beziers  and  Car- 
cassonne were  given  to  Simon  of  Mont- 
*fort,  in  reward  of  his  zeal  and  valor  ;  and 
to  make  the  gift  sure,  it  was  accom- 
panied with  the  person  of  his  rival.  The 
unfortunate  viscount,  the  victim  of  the 
legate's  perfidy,  soon  after  perished  in 
prison. 

The  victory  of  the  crusaders  was  of 
course  followed  by  executions  at  the 
stake  and  on  the  scaflbld.  The  friars 
inquisitors  of  the  order  of  St.  Dominick 
did  not  relax  their  zeal.  A  general  re- 
volt against  De  Montfort  was  the  ccnse- 
quence,  in  which  the  people  of  Toulouse 
joined.  The  Provenqal  army  was  headed 
by  Peter,  king  of  Aragc^i,  the  uncle  of  the 
late  viscount  of  Beziers.     It  was  he  who 


had  persuaded  the  unfortunate  viscount  to 
trust  himself  to  the  legate,  and  to  hhn  in 
consequence  fell  the  duty  of  taking  ven- 
geance. The  cross,  however — the  pro- 
faned cross — was  still  successful.  The 
Provenqals  were  routed  by  Simon  de 
Montfort  at  the  battle  of  Muret,  and  the 
king  of  Aragon  was  slain.  This  victory 
seemed  to  establish  the  power  of  De 
Montfort  in  Languedoc.  He  took  pos- 
session of  all  the  provinces  of  his  rival, 
even  of  the  town  of  Toulouse  ;  and  an 
assembly  of  prelates  sanctioned  the  usur- 
pation. But  the  cruel  spirit  of  De  Mont- 
fort would  not  allow  him  to  rest  quiet  in 
his  new  empire.  Violence  and  persecu- 
tion marked  his  rule ;  he  sought  to  destroy 
the  Provencal  population  by  the  sword  or 
the  stake,  nor  could  he  bring  himself  to 
tolerate  the  liberties  of  the  citizens  of 
Toulouse.  In  1217,  the  Toulousans  again 
revolted,  and  war  once  more  broke  out 
betwixt  coimt  Raymond  and  Simon  de 
Montfort.  The  latter  formed  the  siege 
of  the  capital,  and  was  engaged  in  repel- 
ling a  sally,  when  a  stone  from  one  of  the 
walls  struck  him  and  put  an  end  to  his 
existence.  The  death  of  De  Montfort 
was  of  course  considered  a  martjTdom  by 
the  clergy,  and  his  fame  in  their  chroni- 
cles far  outshines  that  of  Godfrey  of 
Bouillon  or  of  Richard  the  Lion-hearted. 
King  Philip  was  in  the  mean  time  pur- 
suing his  darling  object,  the  himibling  the 
power  of  the  princes  of  England.  He 
had  already  driven  John  from  the  west 
of  France.  That  monarch,  at  variance 
with  his  barons,  and  at  the  same  time  ex- 
communicated by  the  church,  seemed  an 
easy  prey  to  Philip.  The  French  king 
meditated  the  conquest  of  England.  He 
leagued  with  the  malcontents  of  that 
country,  and  fonned  a  powerful  army  for 
the  purposes  of  invasion.  John,  to  ward 
off  the  blow,  not  only  became  reconciled 
to  the  Roman  see,  but  made  himself 
and  his  kingdom  feudatory  to  the  pope. 
A  papal  legate  immediately  took  John 
under  his  protection  ;  and  the  French 
monarch,  rather  than  risk  a  quarrel  with 
the  church,  turned  his  armies  towards 
Flanders,  Avhich  he  wasted  and  plundered 
impitiably,  from  hatred  to  its  count.  The 
emperor  Otho,  then  in  alliance  Avith  king 
John  against  France,  came  to  the  relief 


FRANCE. 


237 


of  the  Flemings ;  and  thus,  for  the  first 
time  since  the  accession  of  the  new  dy- 
nasty, the  armies  of  France  and  Germany 
found  themselves  arrayed  against  each 
other  in  national  hostility,  each  com- 
manded by  its  respective  monarch.  The 
rival  hosts  met  at  Bouvines,  in  the  month 
O'f  August,  1214.  Twenty  thousand  com- 
batants on  either  side,  together  with  the 
presence  of  two  monarchs,  gave  gravity 
and  importance  to  the  action.  It  was 
sharply  contested.  Wherever  the  armed 
knight  met  the  comparatively  defenceless 
burgess,  the  latter  was  defeated ;  the 
militia  of  the  commons  had  not  yet  ac- 
quired discipline  and  hardihood  sufficient 
to  compete  with  the  iron-clad  warriors  of 
the  aristocracy.  It  was  thus  the  cavalry 
of  Otho  broke  through  a  band  of  militia, 
and  reaching  king  Philip,  threw  him  from 
his  hoise,  and  would  have  killed  him,  but 
for  the  excellence  of  his  armor  and  the 
devotion  of  several  brave  followers.  The 
emperor  Otho,  on  his  side,  encountered 
equal  peril  from  the  French  knights,  and 
escaped  with  difficidty  from  the  field. 
The  rebel  counts  of  Boulogne  and  Flan- 
ders both  were  made  prisoners.  The- 
army  of  Philip  gained  a  complete  victory. 
Bouvines  was  the  first  important  battle  of 
the  monarchy ;  the  first  in  which  the  king 
appeared  in  his  place,  at  the  head  of  his 
barons,  leading  them  on  to  conquest.  It 
materially  increased  the  dignity  and  au- 
thority of  the  French  king  ;  whilst,  to 
Philip  Augustus  personally,  it  brought 
not  only  its  just  meed  to  praise,  but  an 
exaggerated  portion  of  renown. 

The  brilliant  success  of  Bouvines 
seems  to  have  contented  and  allayed  the 
hitherto  restless  ambition  of  Philip.  In 
a  year  or  two  after,  the  barons  of  Eng- 
land, discontented  with  Jolm,  offered  their 
crown  to  Louis,  the  son  of  Philip  Augus- 
tus. The  old  monarch  hesitated ;  he 
dreaded  the  anathema  with  which  the 
pope  threatened  him,  if  he  attacked  his 
vassal,  John  of  England.  Prince  Louis 
was  obliged  to  undertake  the  expedition 
with  but  scanty  aid  from  his  parent.  He 
was  at  first  successful.  Almost  all  Eng- 
land owned  his  so\  ereignty.  The  castle 
of  Dover  alone  held  out.  But  the  death 
of  John,  which  took  place  during  the 
siege,  and   the   proclaiming  of  his  son, 


Henry  III,  soon  obliged  the  French 
prince  to  abandon  his  claim  and  his 
conquests  in  England. 

Philip  Augustus  died  early  in  1223, 
and  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Louis 
VIII,  who  was  in  his  thirty-sixth  year. 
His  short  reign  was  not  marked  by  any 
great  events  ;  but  he  distinguished  its 
commencement  by  enfranchising  a  gTeat 
number  of  serfs  or  villains,  a  line  of  policy 
which  had  been  adopted  by  his  prede- 
cessors. This  prince  died  much  regret- 
ted, in  1226,  after  a  short  reign  of  three 
years  ;  in  which  period,  however,  he 
showed  himself  a  firm  friend  to  popular 
liberty.  He  was  succeeded  by  Louis  IX, 
in  1226,  who  is  well  known  in  history  as 
St.  Louis.  This  prince  was  certainly 
possessed  of  many  excellent  qualities, 
but  deeply  tinctured  with  the  supersti- 
tion of  the  times.  This  induced  him  to 
engage  in  two  crusades.  The  first  was 
against  the  Saracens  in  Egypt;  in  which 
he  was  taken  prisoner  by  the  infidels, 
and  treated  with  great  cruelty  ;  but  ob- 
tained his  liberty,  on  condition  of  paying 
a  million  of  pieces  of  gold,  and  surren- 
dering the  city  of  Damietta.  He  no 
sooner  regained  his  liberty  than  he  en- 
tered Syria,  with  the  intention  of  per- 
forming exploits  worthy  of  his  rank  and 
character.  From  this  expedition  he  was 
obliged  to  return  sooner  than  he  intended, 
on  account  of  the  decease  of  his  mother, 
queen  Blanche,  whom  he  had  appointed 
regent  in  his  absence,  and  who  had 
managed  the  national  aflairs  with  the 
greatest  prudence.  The  king,  however, 
found  many  disorders  in  the  kingdom 
upon  his  return  ;  and  these  he  set  him- 
self to  reform  with  the  utmost  diligence. 
Having  succeeded  in  this,  he  yielded  to 
Henry  III,  of  England,  several  provinces 
which  he  claimed,  in  consideration  of 
Henry  and  his  son  prince  Edward  re- 
nouncing, in  the  fullest  manner,  all  pre- 
tensions to  Normandy  and  the  other  pro- 
vinces of  France,  which  the  English  had 
formerly  possessed. 

The  reputation  of  this  monarch  for 
candor  and  justice  was  so  great,  that  the 
barons  of  England,  as  well  as  Henry  III, 
consented  to  make  him  umpire  of  the 
diflerences  Avhich  subsisted  between 
them.     But  though  he  decided  this  mat- 


238 


FRANCE. 


ter  very  justly,  his  decision  was  not  pro- 1 
ductive  of  any  good  effect.  At  last  the 
king,  having  settled  every  thing  relating 
to  his  kingdom  in  a  proper  manner,  set 
out  on  another  crusade  for  Africa,  where 
he  died  of  the  plague,  on  the  25th  of 
August,  1270. 

Notwithstanding  the  misfortunes  of 
Louis,  his  successor  Philip,  surnamed 
the  Hardy,  continued  the  war  against  the 
infidels  with  great  vigor.  Being  re-en- 
forced by  his  uncle  Charles,  king  of 
Sicily,  he  brought  the  war  to  a  more  for- 
tunate conclusion  than  his  predecessor 
had  been  likely  to  do.  The  Saracens 
were  defeated  in  two  engagements,  and 
the  king  of  Tunis  obliged  to  sue  for 
peace ;  offering,  at  the  same  time,  to 
double  tlie  tribute  he  formerly  paid  to  the 
crown  of  Sicily ;  to  reimburse  the  ex- 
penses of  the  war  ;  and  to  permit  the 
Christian  religion  to  be  freely  propagated 
throughout  his  dominions.  Having  ac- 
complished this,  the  two  princes  set  sail 
for  Europe ;  but  the  seeds  of  the  dis- 
temper which  had  infected  the  army  in 
Africa,  not  being  eradicated,  broke  forth 
on  their  arrival  in  Sicily,  and  raged  for 
some  time  with  great  violence.  Besides 
many  thousands  of  the  inhabitants  of 
France,  the  king's  brother  John,  his 
queen  Isabella,  with  his  brother  and  sis- 
ter-in-law, the  king  and  queen  of  Navarre, 
and  his  uncle  and  aunt,  the  count  and 
countess  of  Poictiers,  perished  by  this 
dreadful  malady.- 

On  the  death  of  Philip  the  Hardy,  the 
French  crown  devolved  on  his  second 
son,  called  also  Philip,  and,  from  the 
beauty  of  his  person,  surnamed  the  Fair  ; 
who  had  married  the  princess  of  Navarre, 
and  at  the  time  of  his  accession  was  in 
his  seventeenth  year.  When  the  vene- 
rable James  de  Molay,  grand-master  of 
the  Templars,  was  brought  to  execution, 
he  is  said  to  have  uttered  amidst  protes- 
tations of  his  innocence,  a  solemn  sum- 
mons to  his  chief  accusers,  king  Philip 
and  pope  Clement,  to  appear  before  the 
throne  of  the  Almighty,  one  in  forty  days, 
the  other  in  the  space  of  a  year  and  a 
day.  They  died  within  these  periods 
respectively. 

The  most  remarkable  transaction  of 
his  reign  was  the  expiUsion  and  confisca- 


tion of  the  estates  of  the  Templars,*  who 
at  that  time  enjoyed  immense  possessions 
in  France.  The  confiscations  took  place 
without  any  form  of  trial,  and  more  than 
fifty  of  them  Avere  put  to  death  with  cir- 
cumstances of  great  cruelty.  The  grand- 
master, with  three  of  his  principal  officers, 
were  burnt  by  a  slow  fire  in  the  presence 
of  the  king  himself.  The  whole  body  of 
these  unfortunate  knights  had  been  ac- 
cused of  the  most  abominable  crimes. 
The  particulars  were  revealed,  or  pre- 
tended to  be  so,  by  two  criminals,  who 
received  their  pardon  for  the  discoveries 
they  made  ;  and  these  discoveries  were 
confirmed  by  the  confession  of  the  Tem- 
plars themselves.  But  this  confession 
was  afterwards  retracted,  as  being  ex- 
torted from  them  by  the  fear  of  absolute 
destruction ;  and  those  who  suffered  main- 
tained their  purity  to  the  last :  and,  on  the 
whole,  it  was  believed,  that  Philip  con- 
sulted his  avarice  rather  than  his  justice, 
by  this  cruel  execution. 

The  latter  part  of  Philip's  life  was  em- 
bittered by  domestic  misfortunes.  His 
three  daughters-in-law,  Margaret,  daugh- 
ter of  the  duke,  and  Jean  and  Blanche, 
daughters  of  the  count  of  Burgundy,  who 
had  married  his  three  sons,  Louis,  PhiHp, 
and  Charles,  were  accused  of  infidelity 
to  their  husbands.  After  a  severe  ex- 
amination, Margaret  and  Blanche  were 
condemned  to  perpetual  imprisonment ; 
in  which  situation  Margaret  was  after- 
wards strangled  by  order  of  her  husband 
Louis.  Their  paramours,  Philip  and 
Walter  de  Launay,  two  brothers,  were 
flayed  alive,  and  afterwards  hung  upon  a 
gibbet,  with  an  usher  of  the  chamber, 
who  had  been  their  confident.  The  un- 
easiness of  mind  which  Philip  suffered 
on  this  account  is  supposed  to  have  im- 
paired his  health,  and  he  died  of  a  con- 
sumption in  the  year  1314,  being  the 
thirtieth  of  his  reign. 

His  successors  were  Louis  the  Bois' 
terous,  Philip  the  Long,  Charles  the  Fair, 
and  Philip  the  Fortunate.  The  war  be- 
tween this  last  monarch  and  Edward  of 
England  is  the  next  prominent  event  in  the 

*  Templars,  a  celebrated  order  of  knights, 
which  like  the  order  of  St.  John,  and  the  Teutonic 
order,  had  its  origin  in  the  Crusades.  It  was  es- 
tablished in  A.  D.  1119. 


FRANCE. 


239 


history  of  France.  After  the  great  naval 
battle  at  Sluys,  in  1340,  in  which  30,000 
Frenchmen  perished,  Edward  landed  his 
forces,  and  laid  siege  to  Tournay.  Philip 
marched  to  its  relief  with  a  very  nume- 
rous army  ;  but  acted  with  so  much  cau- 
tion, that  Edward  found  himself  in  a 
manner  blocked  up  in  his  camp :  and 
the  countess  dowager  of  Hainault,  sister 
to  Philip,  mother-in-law  to  Edward,  and 
sister-in-law  to  Robert  d'Artois^  coming 
out  of  a  convent,  to  which  she  had  re- 
tired, interposed  with  so  much  address, 
that  she  engaged  all  parties  to  agree  to  a 
truce  for  a  year. 

In  1341,  however,  Edward's  ambition 
was  once  more  excited  by  the  invitation 
of  the  count  de  Montfort,  who  had  pos- 
sessed himself  of  the  province  of  Britany, 
and  applied  to  Edward  to  second  his 
claims.  An  offer  of  this  kind  entirely 
coincided  with  Edward's  most  sanguine 
desires  ;  as  Montfort  was  an  active  and 
valiant  prince,  closely  united  to  him  by 
interest,  and  who  thus  opened  to  him  an 
entrance  into  the  veiy  heart  of  France. 
These  flattering  prospects,  however, 
were  for  a  while  damped  by  the  imprison- 
ment of  Montfort ;  whose  treasonable 
plans  being  discovered,  he  was  besieged 
in  the  city  of  Nantz  and  taken.  But 
Jane  of  Flanders,  his  wife,  courageously 
imdertook  to  support  the  falling  fortunes 
of  her  family.  She  assembled  the  in- 
habitants of  Rennes,  where  she  then 
resided  ;  presenting  her  infant  son  to 
them,  she  earnestly  implored  them  to  aid 
her  cause.  The  inhabitants  of  Nantz  in- 
stantly espoused  her  interests,  and  all  the 
other  fortresses  of  Britany  embraced  the 
same  resolution.  The  king  of  England 
was  apprised  of  her  efibrts  ;  and  was 
entreated  to  send  her  troops  with  all  pos- 
sible expedition  to  the  town  of  Henne- 
bon,  in  which  place  she  awaited  the  at- 
tack of  the  enemy.  Charles  de  Blois, 
Philip's  general,  anxious  to  make  himself 
master  of  so  important  a  fortress  as  Hcn- 
nebon,  and  still  more  to  take  the  countess 
a  prisoner,  sat  down  before  the  place 
with  a  large  army,  and  conducted  the 
siege  with  indefatigable  industry.  The 
defence  was  no  less  vigorous  ;  several 
sallies  were  made  by  the  garrison,  in 
which  the  countess  herself  led  on  to  the 


assault.  Observing  one  day  that  their 
whole  army  had  quitted  the  camp  to  join 
in  a  general  storm,  she  sallied  out  by  a 
postern  at  the  head  of  300  horse,  set  fire 
to  the  enemy's  tents  and  baggage,  put 
their  suttlers  and  servants  to  the  sword, 
and  occasioned  such  an  alarm,  that  the 
French  desisted  from  the  assault,  in  order 
to  cut  off  her  communication  with  the 
town.  Thus  intercepted,  she  retired  to 
Auray,  but  in  a  few  days  she  returned, 
at  the  head  of  500  horse,  and  fought  her 
way  through  one  quarter  of  the  French 
camp,  and  returned  to  her  faithful  citizens 
in  triumph.  But  the  besiegers  had  at 
length  made  several  breaches  in  the 
walls ;  and  it  was  apprehended  that  a 
general  assault,  which  was  hourly  ex- 
pected, would  be  fatal.  A  capitulation 
was  therefore  proposed,  and  a  conference 
was  already  begun,  when  the  countess, 
who  had  mounted  a  high  tower,  and  was 
looking  towards  the  sea  with  great  impa- 
tience, descried  a  fleet  at  a  distance. 
She  immediately  proclaimed  that  suc- 
cors were  arrived,  and  forbid  any  further 
capitulation.  She  was  not  disappointed 
in  her  wishes  ;  the  fleet  she  discerned 
carried  a  body  of  English  gentlemen, 
with  6,000  archers,  prepared  by  Edward 
for  the  relief  of  Hennebon,  but  who  had 
been  long  detained  by  contrary  winds. 
They  entered  the  harbor  under  the  con- 
duct of  sir  Walter  Manny,  one  of  the 
most  valiant  commanders  of  his  time. 
This  relief  served  to  keep  up  the  declin- 
ing spirits  of  the  Bretons,  until  the  time 
appointed  by  the  late  truce  with  Edward 
was  expired,  on  which  he  was  at  liberty 
to  renew  the  war  openly. 

The  French  having  gained  one  success 
after  another,  till  at  length  the  entire  de- 
struction of  the  English  power  seemed 
certain.  In  this  situation,  Edward  re- 
solved to  bring  relief  in  person  to  his 
distressed  subjects  and  allies  ;  and  ac- 
cordingly embarked,  in  1346,  at  South- 
ampton, on  board  a  fleet  of  near  1,000 
sail.  He  carried  with  him,  besides  all 
the  chief  nobility  of  England,  his  eldest 
son  the  prince  of  Wales,  (afterwards  sur- 
named  the  Black  Prince),  a  youth  of 
about  fifteen  years  old,  and  already  re- 
markable both  for  understanding  and  va- 
lor above  his  age.     His  army  consisted 


240 


FRANCE, 


F 

I£L.-=^ 

1 

jH          jit^j 

1 

1 

p^ir^^ 

1 

The  countess  of  Mont/or t  descrying  the  English  fleet. 
of  4,000  men  at  arms,   10,000  archers,  ]  was  discovered  by  a  peasant  of  the  coun- 


10,000  Welsh  infantry,  and  6,000  Irish  ; 
all  which  he  landed  safely  at  La  Hogue, 
a  port  in  Normandy,  which  country  he 
determined  to  make  the  seat  of  the  war. 
The  intelligence  of  Edward's  landing, 
and  the  devastation  caused  by  his  troops, 
who  dispersed  themselves  over  the  whole 
face  of  the  country,  soon  spread  universal 
consternation  through  the  French  court. 
The  rich  city  of  Caen  was  taken  and 
plundered  by  the  English  without  mercy  ; 
the  villages  and  towns,  even  up  to  Paris, 
shared  the  same  fate  ;  and  the  French 
had  no  other  resource  but  by  breakhig 
down  their  bridges,  to  place  some  boun- 
dary between  them  and  the  English  army. 
In  the  meantime,  Philip  was  not  idle  in 
making  preparations  to  repress  the  ene- 
my. He  had  stationed  one  of  his  gene- 
rals with  an  army  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  river  Somme,  over  which  Edward 
was  to  pass  ;  while  he  himself,  at  the 
head  of  120,000  fighting  men,  advanced 
to  give  the  English  battle.  Edward,  thus 
unexpectedly  exposed  to  the  danger  of 
being  enclosed  and  starved  in  an  enemy's 
country,  published  a  reward  to  any  per- 
son that  should  bring  him  intelligence  of 
a  passage  over  the  river  Somme.     This 


try  named  Gobin  Agace  :  and  Edward 
had  just  time  to  get  his  whole  army  over 
the  river,  when  Philip  appeared  in  his 
rear.  Of  the  battle  that  ensued,  in  which 
the  French  where  entirely  overthrown, 
see  England. 

Edward  next  laid  siege  to  Calais, 
which  was  then  defended  by  John  de 
Vienne,  an  experienced  commander,  and 
supplied  with  every  thing  necessary  for 
its  defence.  It  was  at  length  taken,  af- 
ter a  twelvemonth's  siege,  the  besieged 
having  been  reduced  to  the  last  extremity 
by  famine  and  fatigue.* 


*  To  give  a  more  full  and  detailed  account  of 
this  siege,  one  of  the  most  remarkable  in  history, 
the  following  is  added  : 

After  the  battle  of  Crecy,  Edward  laid  siege 
to  Calais,  and  fortified  his  camp  in  so  impregna- 
ble a  manner,  that  all  the  efforts  of  France 
proved  ineffectual  to  raise  the  siege,  or  throw 
succors  into  the  city-  The  citizens,  under  count 
Vienne,  their  gallant  governor,  made  an  admira- 
ble defence.  France  had  now  put  the  sickle  in- 
to her  second  harvest,  since  Edward,  with  his 
victorious  army,  sat  down  before  the  town.  The 
eyes  of  all  Europe  were  intent  on  the  issue.  At 
length  famine  did  more  for  Edward  than  arms. 
After  suffering  unheard  of  calamities,  they  re- 
solved to  attack  the  enemy's  camp.  They  bold- 
ly sallied  forth  ;  the  English  joined  battle  ;  and, 


FRANCE. 


241 


Surrender  of  Calai 


From  the  very  beginning  of  this  un- 
fortunate war,  Philip  had  invariably  shown 
himself  desirous  of  peace,  and  the  victory 
of  Crecy  rendered  him  still  more  so. 
Edward  also,  notwithstanding  his  sue- 


after  a  long  and  desperate  engagement,  count 
Vienne  was  taken  prisoner,  and  the  citizens  who 
survived  the  slaughter,  retired  within  their  gates. 
The  command  devolving  upon  Eustace  St. 
Pierre,  a  man  of  mean  birth,  but  of  exalted  vir- 
tue;  he  ofTered  to  capitulate  with  Edward,  pro- 
vided he  permitted  him  to  depart  with  life  and 
liberty.  Edward,  to  avoid  the  imputation  of 
cruelty,  consented  to  spare  the  bulk  of  the  ple- 
beians, provided  they  delivered  up  to  him  six  of 
their  principal  citizens,  with  halters  about  their 
necks,  as  victims  of  due  atonement  for  that  spir- 
it of  rebellion,  with  which  they  had  inflamed  the 
vulgar.  When  his  messenger,  sir  Walter  Mauny, 
delivered  the  terms,  consternation  and  pale  dis- 
may were  impressed  on  every  countenance.  To 
a  long  and  dead  silence,  deep  sighs  and  groans 
succeeded,  till  Eustace  St.  Pierre,  getting  up  to 
a  little  eminence,  thus  addressed  the  assembly  : 
"My  friends,  we  are  brought  to  great  straits  this 
day.  We  must  either  yield  to  the  terms  of  our 
cruel  and  ensnaring  conqueror,  or  give  up  our 
tender  infants,  our  wives  and  daughters  to  the 
bloody  and  brutal  lusts  of  the  violating  soldiers. 
Is  there  any  expedient  left,  whereby  we  may 
avoid  the  guilt  and  infamy  of  delivering  up  those 
who  have  sutfered  every  misery  with  you,  on  the 
one  hand  ;  or  the  desolation  and  horror  of  a  sack- 
ed city,  on  the  other!  There  is,  my  friends; 
31 


cesses,  was  unable  to  support  the  ex- 
penses of  the  war  any  longer.  The 
mediation  of  the  court  of  Rome  was 
therefore  readily  accepted,  and  a  truce 
for  three  years  concluded. 


there  is  one  expedient  left ;  a  gracious,  an  excel- 
lent, a  godlike  expedient  !  Is  there  any  here  to 
whom  virtue  is  dearer  than  life  1  liet  him  offer 
himself  an  oblation  for  the  safety  of  his  people  ! 
He  shall  not  fail  of  a  blessed  approbation  from 
that  Power,  who  oflfercd  up  his  only  Son,  for  the 
salvation  of  mankind."  He  spoke — but  a  uni- 
versal silence  ensued.  Each  man  looked  around 
for  the  example  of  that  virtue  and  magnanimity, 
which  all  wished  to  approve  in  themselves,  though 
they  wanted  the  resolution.  At  length  St.  Pierre 
resumed,  "  I  doubt  not  but  there  many  here  as 
ready,  nay,  more  zealous  of  this  martyrdom,  than 
I  can  be  ;  though  the  station  to  which  I  am  raised, 
by  the  captivity  of  Lord  Vienne,  imparts  a  right 
to  be  the  first  in  giving  my  life  for  your  sakes. 
I  give  it  freely  ;  I  give  it  cheerfully.  Who 
comes  next"!"  "Your  son,"  exclaimed  a  youth, 
not  yet  come  to  maturity.  "  Ah,  my  child," 
cried  St.  Pierre,  "  I  am  then  twice  sacrificed. 
But  no  :  I  have  rather  begotten  thee  a  second 
time.  Thy  years  are  few,  but  full,  my  son.  The 
victim  of  virtue  has  reached  the  utmost  purpose 
and  goal  of  mortality.  Who  next,  my  friends  ! 
This  is  the  hour  of  heroes."  "  Your  kinsman," 
cried  John  de  Aire.  "Your  kinsman,"  cried 
James  Wissant.  "  Your  kinsman,"  cried  Peter 
Wissant.  "  Ah  !"  exclaimed  sir  Walter  Mauny, 
bursting  into  tears,  "  Why  was  not  I  a  citizen  of 


242 


FRANCE. 


Superstition  had  at  this  period  attained 
a  most  extraordinary  height  in  France. 
The  ceremonies  connected  with  the  ab- 
juration of  a  leper  will  illustrate  this  fact. 
It  is  thus  described  by  a  French  histo- 
rian.    Towards  the  afternoon  of  an  ap- 

Calais  !"  The  sixth  victim  was  still  wanting, 
but  was  quickly  supplied  by  lot,  from  numbers 
who  were  emulous  of  so  ennobling  an  example. 
The  keys  of  the  city  were  then  delivered  to  sir 
Walter!  He  took  the  six  prisoners  into  his  cus- 
tody ;  then  ordered  the  gates  to  be  opened,  and 
gave  charge  to  his  attendants  to  conduct  the  re- 
maining cTtizens,  with  their  families,  through  the 
camp  of  the  English.  Before  they  departed, 
however,  they  desired  permission  to  take  their 
last  adieu  of  their  deliverers.  What  a  parting! 
What  a  scene  !  They  crowded,  with  their  wives 
and  children,  about  St.  Pierre  and  his  fellow  pris- 
oners. They  embraced — they  clung  around — 
they  fell  prostrate  before  them.  They  groaned — 
they  wept  aloud — and  the  joint  clamor  of  their 
mourning  passed  the  gates  of  the  city,  and  was 
heard  throughout  the  English  camp.  The  Eng- 
lish by  this  time,  were  apprised  of  what  passed 
within  Calais.  They  heard  the  voice  of  lamenta- 
tion, and  their  souls  were  touched  with  compas- 
sion. Each  of  the  soldiers  prepared  a  portion  of 
his  own  victuals,  to  welcome  and  entertain  the 
half  famished  inhabitants  ;  and  they  loaded  them 
with  as  much  as  their  present  weakness  was  able 
to  bear,  in  order  to  supply  them  with  sustenance 
by  the  way.  At  length  St.  Pierre  and  his  fellow 
victims  appeared  \inder  the  conduct  of  Sir  Walter 
and  a  guard.  All  the  tents  of  the  English  were 
instantly  emptied.  The  soldiers  poured  from  all 
parts,  and  arranged  themselves  on  each  side,  to 
behold,  to  contemplate,  to  admire  this  little  band 
of  patriots,  as  they  passed.  They  bowed  down 
to  them  on  all  sides.  They  murmured  their  ap- 
plause of  that  virtue,  which  they  could  not  but 
revere,  even  in  enemies  ;  and  they  regarded  those 
ropes  which  they  had  voluntarily  assumed  about 
their  necks,  as  ensigns  of  greater  dignity  than  that 
of  the  British  garter. 

As  soon  as  they  had  reached  the  presence, 
"  Mauny,"  says  the  monarch,  "  are  these  the 
principal  inhabitants  of  Calaisi"  "They  are," 
says  Mauny  :  "  They  are  not  only  the  princi- 
pal men  of  Calais — they  are  the  principal  men 
of  France,  my  lord,  if  virtue  has  any  share  in 
the  act  of  ennobling."  "  Were  they  delivered 
peaceably!"  says  Edward.  "  Was  there  no  re- 
sistance, no  commotion  among  the  people  1" 
"  Not  in  the  least,  my  lord  ;  the  peoj)le  would 
all  have  perished,  rather  than  have  delivered  the 
least  of  these  to  your  majesty.  They  are  self- 
delivered,  self-devoted  ;  and  come  to  offer  up 
their  inestimable  heads,  as  an  ample  equivalent 
for  the  ransom  of  thousands."  Edward  was 
secretly  piqued  at  this  reply  of  sir  Walter  :  but 
he  knew  the  privilege  of  a  British  subject,  and 
suppressed  his  resentment.  "  Experience,"  says 
he,  "  has  ever  shown,  that  lenity  only  serves  to 
invite  people  to  new  crimes.    Severity,  at  times,  is 


pointed  day,  a  numerous  assemblage  of 
people  being  collected,  the  ceremony  of 
separating  the  leper  from  his  kindred  and 
from  the  people  was  performed.  The 
leper,  clad  in  a  shroud,  awaited  at  the 
bottom  of  the  stair.     The  clergy  of  his 


indispensably  necessary  to  compel  suDJects  to  sub- 
mission, by  punishment  and  example.  "  Go,"  he 
cried  to  an  officer,"  lead  these  men  to  execution." 

At  this  instant  a  sound  of  triumph  was  heard 
throughout  the  camp.  The  queen  had  just  ar- 
rived with  a  powerful  re-enforcement  of  gallant 
troops.  Sir  Walter  Mauny  flew  to  receive  her 
majesty,  and  briefly  informed  her  of  the  particu- 
lars respecting  the  six  victims. 

As  soon  as  she  had  been  welcomed  by  Edward 
and  his  court,  she  desired  a  private  audience. 
"  My  lord,"  said  she,  "  the  question  I  am  to  en- 
ter upon,  is  not  touching  the  lives  of  a  few  me- 
chanics— it  respects  the  honor  of  the  English 
nation  ;  it  respects  the  glory  of  my  Edward,  my 
husband,  my  king.  You  think  you  have  sentenced 
six  of  your  enemies  to  death.  No,  my  lord,  they 
have  sentenced  themselves  ;  and  their  execution 
would  be  the  execution  of  their  own  orders,  not 
the  orders  of  Edward.  The  stage  on  which  they 
would  suffer,  would  be  to  them  a  stage  of  honor, 
but  a  stage  of  shame  to  Edward  :  a  reproach  on 
his  conquests  ;  an  indelible  disgrace  to  his  nam?. 
Let  us  rather  disappoint  these  haughty  burghers, 
who  wish  to  invest  themselves  with  glory  at  our 
expense.  We  cannot  wholly  deprive  them  of  the 
merit  of  a  sacrifice  so  nobly  intended,  but  we 
may  cut  them  short  of  their  desires  ;  in  the  place 
of  that  death  by  which  their  glory  would  be  con- 
summate, let  us  bury  them  under  gifts;  let  us 
put  them  to  confusion  with  applauses.  We  shall 
thereby  defeat  them  of  that  popular  opinion,  which 
never  fails  to  attend  those  who  suffer  in  the 
cause  of  virtue."  "  I  am  convinced  ;  you  have 
prevailed.  Be  it  so,"  replied  Edward:  "  Prevent 
the  execution  ;  have  them  instantly  before  us." — 
They  came  ;  when  the  queen,  with  an  aspect 
and  accents  diffusing  sweetness,  thus  bespoke 
them  ; — "  Natives  of  France,  and  inhabitants  of 
Calais,  you  have  put  us  to  a  vast  expense  of  blood 
and  treasure  in  the  recovery  of  our  just  and  natu- 
ral inheritance  ;  but  you  have  acted  up  to  the 
best  of  an  erroneous  judgment ;  and  we  admire 
and  honor  in  you  that  valor  and  virtue,  by  which 
we  are  so  long  kept  out  of  our  rightful  posses- 
sions. You,  noble  burghers  !  You,  excellent 
citizens  !  Though  you  were  tenfold  the  enemies 
of  our  person  and  our  throne,  we  can  feel  nothing 
on  our  part  save  respect  and  affection  for  you. 
You  have  been  sufficiently  tested.  We  loose 
your  chains  ;  we  snatch  you  from  the  scaffold  ; 
and  we  thank  you  for  that  lesson  of  humiliation 
which  you  teach  us,  when  you  show  us  that  ex- 
cellence is  not  of  blood,  of  title  or  station  ; — 
that  virtue  gives  a  dignity  superior  to  that  of  kings ; 
and  that  those  to  whom  the  Almighty  informs, 
with  sentiments  like  yours,  are  justly  and  emi- 
nently raised  above  all  human  distinctions.  You 
are  now  free  to  depart  to  your  kinsfolk,  your 


FRANCE. 


243 


parish  had  come  in  procession,  and  had 
conducted  him  to  the  church.  An  illu- 
minated bier  was  prepared,  in  which  the 
leper  was  placed  in  a  manner  similar  to 
that  in  which  dead  bodies  usually  lie  in 
state.  Then  masses  for  the  departed 
were  sung,  and  the  wonted  besprinklings 
and  incense  offerings  were  made.  He 
was  then  led  by  the  bridge  of  St.  Ladre, 
without  the  town,  to  the  small  house 
which  he  was  to  occupy. 

On  arriving  at  the  door,  over  which 
was  placed  a  little  clock  surmounted  by 
a  cross,  the  leper,  before  casting  off  his 
garments,  threw  himself  upon  his  knees. 
The  curate  who  attended  him,  then  made 
an  affecting  disccurse,  exhorting  him  to 
patience,  reminding  him  of  the  tribulation 
of  Jesus  Christ,  pointing  out  to  him  above 
his  head  that  heaven  which  was  ready  to 
receive  him,  as  the  future  abode  of  the 
afflicted  here,  where  there  will  be  neither 
sickness  nor  leprosy,  where  all  will  be 
eternally  pure  and  happy.  After  tliis 
address  was  concluded,  the  leper  threw 
off  his  dress,  put  on  the  habiliments  of  a 
leper,  and  took  his  rattle  (a  toy  similar 
to  that  which  children  use)  to  warn  every 
one  to  fly  at  his  approach.  Then  the 
curate,  with  a  loud  voice,  pronounced  in 
these  terms  the  prohibitions  ordered  by 
the  ritual. 

"  I  forbid  thee  to  take  off  thy  dress  of 
a  leper. 

"  I  forbid  thee  to  walk  bare-footed. 

"  I  forbid  thee  to  pass  through  by-lanes 
or  narrow  streets. 

"  I  forbid  thee  to  speak  to  any  one  who 
faces  thee  to  the  windward. 

"  I  forbid  thee  to  enter  into  any  church, 
monastery,  fair,  market,  or  into  any  place 
where  men  shall  be  assembled. 

"  I  forbid  thee  to  drink,  or  to  wash  thy 
hands  either  in  a  fountain,  or  in  a  river. 


countrymen,  to  all  those  whose  lives  and  liberties  j 
you  have  so  nobly  redeemed,  provided  you  refuse  ' 
not  the  tokens  of  our  esteem.  Yet  we  would  j 
rather  bind  you  to  ourselves  by  every  endearing  j 
obligation ;  and  for  this  purpose,  we  offer  to  you 
your  choice  of  the  gifts  and  honors  that  Edward 
has  to  bestow.  Rivals  for  fame,  but  always 
friends  to  virtue,  we  wish  that  England  were  en- 
titled to  call  you  her  sons."  "  Ah,  my  country  1" 
exclaimed  St.  Pierre  ;  "  It  is  now  that  I  tremble 
for  you.  Edvv-ard  only  wins  our  cities,  but  Phil- 
lippa  conquers  hearts." 


1  "  I  forbid  thee  to  handle  any  article 
,  of  merchandise  before  thou  hast  pur- 
chased it. 

"  I  forbid  thee  to  touch,  or  to  give  any 
thing  to  children. 

"  I  forbid  thee  to  live  with  any  woman 
except  thy  wife." 

Then  the  priest  gave  him  his  hand  to 
kiss,  threw  a  shovel  of  earth  upon  his 
head,  and  closing  the  door,  recommended 
him  to  the  prayers  of  the  assisting  clergy. 
The  goods  accorded  to  the  leper  was  safe 
from  robbers  ;  his  vineyard,  his  cow,  his 
sheep  might  remain  without  a  keeper, 
for  no  extremity  of  hunger  could  tempt 
any  one  to  put  forth  his  hand  upon  the 
property  of  the  individual  thus  accursed. 
His  former  clothes,  his  house,  his  furni- 
ture, were  burnt  to  ashes  ;  and  if  his 
wife  chose  to  follow  the  footsteps  of  his 
despair,  she  also  was  devoted  to  the  le- 
per's doom,  and  when  dead,  her  remains 
were  refused  a  resting-place  in  holy 
ground. 

The  warlike  and  enterprising  monarch 
of  England,  had  never  lost  sight  of  the 
object  he  had  originally  embraced  ;  and 
on  the  expiration  of  the  truce  had  sent 
his  son,  prince  of  Wales,  and  from  the 
color  of  his  armor,  surnamed  the  Black 
Prince,  with  a  fleet  towards  the  coast  of 
France.  Young  Edward  had  with  this 
fleet  entered  the  mouth  of  the  river  Ga- 
ronne, burnt  the  towns  and  villages  of 
Languedoc,  and  retired  with  the  plunder 
into  the  country  of  Guienne.  Edward 
himself,  who  had  likewise  passed  over 
to  the  continent,  wasted  the  country  as 
far  as  St.  Omer ;  but  the  French  king, 
notwithstanding  all  these  provocations, 
determined  to  avoid  a  battle,  and  there- 
fore prohibited  his  general,  the  constable 
of  Bourbon,  from  coming  to  an  engage- 
ment, though  his  army  was  much  supe- 
rior to  that  of  the  prince  of  Wales.  With 
the  flower  of  his  troops,  however,  he  pur- 
sued Edward  from  St.  Omer  to  Hesden, 
where  he  defied  him  to  a  pitched  battle  ; 
but  the  latter  continued  his  march  to  Ca- 
lais, from  whence  he  embarked  for  Eng- 
land. After  his  departure,  John  called 
an  assembly  of  the  states  at  Paris,  where 
he  explained  the  distressed  situation  of 
his  finances,  and  showed  so  fully  the  ne- 
cessity of  assisting  him  in  the  defence 


>44 


FRANCE 


of  the  kingdom,  that  they  consented  to 
maintain  an  army  of  30,000  men  during 
the  war.  To  supply  the  other  exigen- 
cies of  government,  they  revived  the  du- 
ty on  salt,  and  added  a  variety  of  other 
imposts  ;  but  at  the  same  time  appoint- 
ed a  committee  of  their  own  number  to 
take  care  that  the  money  was  solely  ap- 
propriated to  the  public  service. 

The  pleasure  which  John  derived  from 
these  grants,  and  the  suppression  of  some 
disturbances  which  happened  about  this 
time,  was  soon  destroyed  by  the  news 
that  the  prince  of  Wales  had  marched 
with  an  army  of  12,000  men  from  Bor- 
deaux ;  and,  after  ravaging  Agenois, 
Q  uercy,  and  the  Limousin,  had  entered 
the  province  of  Berry.  The  young  Avar- 
rior  had  penetrated  into  the  heart  of 
France  with  this  trifling  body  of  forces, 
in  hopes  of  joining  the  duke  of  Lancaster 
in  Guienne.  But  he  found  that  his  scheme 
was  impracticable  ;  the  country  before 
him  Avas  too  well  guarded  to  permit  his 
advancing  further ;  and  all  the  bridges 
behind  were  broken  down,  which  eflec- 
tually  barred  a  retreat.  In  this  embar- 
rassing situation,  his  perplexity  was  in- 
creased, by  being  informed  that  the  king 
of  France  was  actually  marching  at  the 
head  of  60,000  men  to  intercept  him.  He 
at  first  thought  of  retreating  ;  but  finding 
it  impossible,  he  determined  calmly  to 
await  the  approach  of  the  enemy ;  and, 
notwithstanding  the  disparity  of  forces, 
to  hazard  a  battle. 

It  was  at  a  place  called  Maupertius, 
near  Poictiers,  that  both  armies  came  in 
sight  of  each  other.  The  French  king 
might  with  ease  have  cut  off  all  supplies 
from  the  English  ;  but  such  was  the  im- 
patient valor  of  the  French  nobility,  and 
such  their  certainty  of  success,  that  it 
might  have  been  fatal  to  attempt  repress- 
ing their  ardor  to  engage.  In  the  mean 
time,  while  both  armies  were  drawn  out, 
and  expecting  the  signal  to  begin,  they 
were  stopped  l)y  the  appearance  of  the 
cardinal  of  Perigord,  who  attempted  to 
be  a  mediator  between  them.  However, 
John,  who  made  himself  sure  of  victory, 
would  listen  to  no  other  terms  than  the 
restitution  of  Calais,  with  which  the 
Black  Prince  refusing  to  comply,  the  on- 
set was  deferred  till  the  next  morning, 


for  wliich  both  sides  waited  in  anxious 
suspense. 

I  During  this  interval,  the  young  prince 
'  strengthened  his  post  by  new  entrench- 
I  ments  ;  and  placed  300  men  in  ambush, 
with  as  many  archers,  who  were  com- 
j  manded  to  attack  the  enemy  in  flank  du- 
ring the  heat  of  the  engagement.  Hav- 
j  ing  taken  these  precautions,  he  ranged 
I  his  army  in  three  divisions  ;  the  van  was 
commanded  by  the  earl  of  Warwick,  the 
rear  by  the  earls  of  Salisbury  and  Suffolk, 
and  the  main  body  by  himself.  In  like 
manner,  the  king  of  P'rance  arranged  his 
forces  in  three  divisions;  the  first  com- 
manded by  the  duke  of  Orleans  ;  the  se- 
cond by  the  dauphin,  attended  by  his 
younger  brothers ;  while  he  himself  led  up 
the  main  body,  seconded  by  his  youngest 
and  favorite  son,  then  about  fourteen  years 
of  age.  As  the  English  were  to  be  attack- 
ed only  by  marching  up  a  long  narrow 
avenue,  the  French  suflered  greatly  from 
their  archers,  who  were  posted  on  each 
side,  behind  the  hedges.  Nor  were  they 
in  a  better  situation  upon  emerging  from 
this  diflicult  pass,  as  they  were  met  by 
the  Black  Prince  himself  at  the  head  of 
a  chosen  body  of  troops,  who  made  a  fu- 
rious onset  upon  their  forces,  already  in 
great  disorder.  A  dreadful  overthrow 
ensued  ;  those  who  were  as  yet  in  the 
lane  recoiled  upon  their  own  forces ; 
while  the  English  troops  who  had  been 
placed  in  ambush  took  that  opportunity 
to  increase  the  confusion,  and  confirm 
the  victory.  The  dauphin  and  the  duke 
of  Orleans  were  among  the  first  that  fled. 
The  king  of  France  himself  made  the 
utmost  efforts  to  retrieve  by  his  valor 
what  his  rashness  had  forfeited ;  but 
his  single  courage  was  unable  to  stop 
that  consternation  which  had  now  become 
general  through  his  army ;  and  his  cav- 
alry flying,  he  found  himself  exposed  to 
the  enemy's  fury.  At  length,  spent  with 
I  fatigue,  and  despairing  of  success,  he 
yielded  himself  a  prisoner. 

This  dreadful  defeat,  which  happened 
in  the  year  1356,  almost  ruined  the  gov- 
ernment then  established  in  France  ;  and 
the  miseries  which  ensued  from  this 
cause  were  greatly  augmented  by  intes- 
tine commotions.  The  dauphin,  who  had 
now  assumed  the  government,  was  alto- 


FRANCE. 


245 


gether  unable  to  control  a  turbulent  and 
seditious  people  at  such  a  crisis. 

On  the  expiration  of  the  truce  in  1359, 
Edward  again  set  sail  for  France,  and 
anchored  before  Calais,  with  a  fleet  of 
1,100  sail,  assumed  the  title  of  king  of 
France,  and  augmented  his  array  to 
100,000  men.  The  dauphin,  finding  him- 
self unable  to  withstand  so  great  a  power, 
was  obliged  to  act  on  the  defensive ; 
choosing  the  city  of  Paris  for  his  station, 
and  allowing  the  English  to  ravage  all 
the  open  country. 

At  last,  after  a  long  and  destructive 
march,  Edward  arrived  at  the  gates  of 
Paris  ;  but  the  prudence  of  the  dauphin 
and  citizens  of  that  metropolis  had  ren- 
dered it  impregnable  to  the  attacks  of  fam- 
ine as  well  as  the  assavdts  of  an  army. 
The  war  continued  in  this  state  till  1360, 
when  Edward  proposed  bringing  hostili- 
ties to  a  conclusion ;  for  the  English 
king  saw  that,  notwithstanding  all  the 
victories  he  had  gained,  the  French 
showed  not  the  least  disposition  to  favor 
his  claim  of  succession  ;  the  king  of  Na- 
varre was  a  dangerous  rival,  and  the 
caution  of  the  dauphin  in  avoiding  an  en- 
gagement deprived  him  of  the  advantages 
he  might  expect  from  his  valor  and  mili- 
tary skill.  Thus  a  conference  was 
opened  at  Bretigny  in  the  Chartraine  ; 
and  peace  was  at  last  concluded  on  the 
following  conditions :  That  king  John 
should  pay  for  his  ransom,  at  difTerent 
periods,  three  milUons  of  crowns  of  gold  ; 
Edward  should  for  ever  renounce  all 
claim  to  the  kingdom  of  France  ;  and 
should  remain  possessed  of  the  territories 
of  Poictou,  Xaintonge,  I'Agenois,  Peri- 
gord,  the  Limousin,  Quercy,  Rouvergne, 
I'Angoumois,  and  other  districts  in  that 
quarter,  together  with  Calais,  Guisnes, 
Montreuil,  and  the  county  of  Ponthieu  on 
the  other  side  of  France.  Some  other 
stipulations  were  made  in  favor  of  the  al- 
lies of  England,  as  a  security  for  the  ex- 
ecution of  these  conditions. 

Charles,  surnamed  the  Wise,  succeeded 
his  father  on  the  throne  of  France  ;  and 
this  monarch,  merely  by  the  force  of  a 
finely  conducted  policy,  and  even  though 
suffering  some  defeats,  restored  his  coun- 
try once  more  to  tranquillity  and  power. 
The  English,  by  their  frequent  levies, 


had  been  quite  exhausted,  and  were  una- 
ble to  continue  an  army  in  the  field. 
Charles,  on  the  other  hand,  cautiously 
forbore  coming  to  any  decisive  engage- 
ment ;  but  was  contented  to  let  his  ene- 
mies waste  their  strength  in  attempts  to 
plunder  a  fortified  country.  When  they 
were  retired,  he  then  was  sure  to  sally 
forth  and  possess  himself  of  such  places 
as  they  were  not  strong  enough  to  defend. 
He  first  fell  upon  Ponthieu  ;  the  citizens 
of  Abbeville  opened  their  gates  to  him  ; 
those  of  St.  Valois,  Rue,  and  Crotoy, 
imitated  the  example,  and  ihe  whole 
country  was,  in  a  little  time,  reduced  to 
!  total  submission.  The  southern  prov- 
'  inces  were,  in  the  same  manner,  invaded 
by  his  generals  with  equal  success ; 
while  the  Black  Prince,  destitute  of  sup- 
plies from  England,  and  wasted  by  dis- 
ease, was  obliged  to  return  to  his  native 
country,  leaving  his  affairs  in  the  south 
of  France  in  a  state  of  ruin. 

In  this  exigence,  the  resentment  of  the 
king  of  England  was  excited  to  the  ut- 
most pitch ;  and  he  seemed  resolved  to 
take  signal  vengeance  on  his  enemies  of 
the  continent.  But  the  fortunate  occa- 
sion was  now  elapsed,  and  all  his  suc- 
ceeding designs  were  marked  with  ill 
success.  The  earl  of  Pembroke  and  his 
whole  army  were  intercepted  at  sea,  and 
taken  prisoners  by  Henry,  king  of  Castile. 

He  established  once  more  the  house 
of  Valois  on  the  throne  of  France,  but 
did  not  long  live  to  enjoy  his  good 
fortune.  He  died  in  the  year  1380,  at 
the  age  of  44,  of  the  effects  of  poison 
formerly  given  him  by  the  king  of  Na- 
varre. 

The  courtly  palace  of  Charles  the 
Wise  was  of  the  most  splendid  descrip- 
tion. It  has  been  thus  vividly  pourtrayed 
by  a  late  historian  : — "  Represent  to 
yourself  a  spacious  hall,  the  walls  cov- 
ered with  the  finest  silken  tapestries  ; 
imagine,  at  certain  distances,  that  there 
are  sideboards  for  wine,  laden  with  de- 
canters of  gold  and  silver  ;  also  side- 
boards for  plate,  adorned  in  profusion 
with  rich  jewelry,  purchased  with  the 
fines  paid  by  suiters.  Suppose  also,  un- 
der a  high  canopy  of  velvet,  several  ta- 
bles of  different  sizes,  to  which  you  as- 
cend by  steps  covered  with  the  richest 


246 


FRANCE. 


velvets  ;  in  the  midst  of  these,  and  under 
a  festoon  of  cloth  of  gold,  place  a  table 
for  the  king.  Is  the  picture  complete  in 
your  mind  ?  Well,  then,  behold  the  mon- 
arch approach  in  the  centre  of  his  grand 
train ;  he  is  clothed  in  garments  shining 
with  gold  and  jewels  ;  he  sits,  with  the 
crown  on  his  head,  yet  placing  himself  be- 
low the  archbishops  and  the  bishops,  al- 
though above  all  the  other  persons  assem- 
bled. By  whom  think  you  is  he  served  ? 
By  the  great  nobles  of  the  realm  ?  No. 
By  digiutaries  of  the  church  1  No  ; 
those  who  attend  the  king  are  princes — 
even  his  brothers.  Observe  the  im- 
mense number  of  officers,  either  of  the 
hall  or  kitchen,  clad  in  silk  vestments, 
the  colors  of  their  respective  functions, 
in  the  midst  of  the  serjeants-at-arms,  or 
of  guards  holding  maces  and  lances  in 
their  hands,  or  surrounded  by  a  crowd  of 
servants,  who  carry  torches  to  illumin- 
ate the  feast  ;  all  these  persons  come, 
go,  return,  pass,  and  repass  each  other 
without  the  slightest  disorder  or  confu- 
sion. Meanwhile,  the  minstrels,  accord- 
ing to  custom,  place  trumpets  to  their 
lips,  and  by  their  flourishes  amuse  both 
the  guests  and  spectators. 

"  At  the  last  course  of  the  feast,  the 
hypocras  and  wine  are  served ;  and  the 
king,  who  had  washed  before  the  repast, 
washes  afterwards  ;  grace  appropriated 
to  royalty  is  then  said,  and  wine  and 
spices  are  handed  round.  Then  the 
lung  withdraws,  preceded  by  the  ushers 
and  esquires  of  the  body,  and  followed 
by  the  court.  Meanwhile  the  queen 
takes  her  repast,  on  solemn  occasions, 
in  a  different  apartment  to  that  occupied 
by  the  king  ;  sits  in  the  midst  of  the  prin- 
cesses and  ladies,  whilst  a  sedate  male 
personage,  at  the  bottom  of  the  table, 
talks  to  her  seriously  upon  the  actions 
and  manners  of  celebrated  characters  in 
former  times." 

Charles  V  was  succeeded  by  the  dau- 
phin, who  was  crowned  as  Charles  VI. 
This  monarch  was  at  times  afflicted  with 
insanity,  and  his  relatives  the  dukes  of  Bur- 
gundy, 13ourbon  and  others,  were  intrust- 
ed with  the  government.  Their  conflict- 
ing interests,  however,  brought  trouble 
and  confusion  into  their  public  aflairs. 
Henry  V,  of  England,  taking  advantage 


of  this  state  of  things,  assembled  a  nu- 
merous fleet  and  army  at  Southampton  ; 
and  having  induced  all  the  military  men 
of  the  kingdom  to  attend  him,  from  the 
hopes  of  conquest,  he  put  to  sea,  and 
landed  at  Harfleur,  at  the  head  of  an  ar- 
my of  6,000  men-at-arms,  and  24,000 
foot,  mostly  archers. 

His  first  operations  were  upon  Har- 
fleur ;  which  being  closely  pressed,  prom- 
ised on  a  certain  day  to  surrender,  unless 
relieved  before  that  time.  The  day  ar- 
riving, and  the  garrison,  unmindful  of 
their  engagement,  still  resolving  to  de- 
fend the  place,  Henry  ordered  an  assault 
to  be  made,  took  the  town  by  storm,  and 
put  all  the  garrison  to  the  sword.  From 
thence  the  victor  advanced  farther  into 
the  country.  But  although  the  French 
made  but  a  feeble  resistance,  yet  the 
climate  seemed  to  fight  against  the  in- 
vading army,  as  a  contagious  dysentery 
carried  ofi"  three-fourths  of  Henry's  troops. 
In  this  situation,  he  had  recourse  to  a 
singular  expedient,  to  inspire  his  troops 
with  confidence  in  their  general.  He 
challenged  the  dauphin,  who  commanded 
in  the  French  army,  to  single  combat,  of- 
fering to  stake  his  pretensions  on  the 
event.  This  challenge  as  might  natural- 
ly be  expected,  was  rejected  ;  and  the 
French,  though  disagreeing  internally, 
at  last  seemed  to  unite  at  the  appearance 
of  common  danger.  An  army  of  14,000 
men-at-arms,  and  40,000  foot,  was  by 
this  time  assembled  under  the  command 
of  count  Albert,  and  was  so  placed  as  to 
intercept  Henry's  weakened  forces  on 
their  return.  The  English  monarch, 
when  it  was  too  late,  repented  of  his  in- 
road into  a  country  where  disease  and  a 
powerful  army  every  where  threatened 
destruction ;  he  therefore  thought  of 
retiring  into  Calais.  In  this  retreat, 
which  was  at  once  both  painful  and  dan- 
gerous, Henry  took  every  means  to  in- 
spire his  troops  with  patience  and  per- 
severance ;  and  showed  them  in  his  own 
person  the  brightest  example  of  deter- 
mined courage.  He  was  continually 
harassed  on  his  march  by  flying  parties 
of  the  enemy  ;  and  whenever  he  attempt- 
ed to  pass  the  river  Somme,  across  which 
his  march  lay,  he  saw  troops  on  the  oth- 
er  side   ready   to  oppose   his  passage 


FRANCE. 


247 


However,  he  was  so  fortunate  as  to 
seize  by  surprise  a  passage  near  St. 
Quintin,  which  had  not  been  sufficiently 
guarded ;  and  there  he  safely  carried 
over  his  army. 

But  the  enemy  was  still  resolved  to  in- 
tercept his  retreat ;  and  after  he  had  pass- 
ed the  small  river  of  Terlrois  at  Blangi, 
he  was  surprised  to  observe  from  the 
heights  the  whole  French  army  drawn 
up  in  the  plains  of  Agincourt ;  and  so 
posted,  that  it  was  impossible  for  him  to 
proceed  on  his  march,  without  coming 
to  an  engagement.  A  battle  accordingly 
took  place,  in  which  the  English  obtain- 
ed a  victory,  the  most  remarkable  per- 
haps recorded  in  history.     {See  England.) 

This  victory  was,  however,  attended 
with  no  immediate  eifects.  Henry  still 
continued  to  retreat  after  the  battle,  and 
carried  his  prisoners  to  Calais,  and 
from  thence  to  England.  In  1417,  he 
once  more  landed  an  army  of  25,000 
men  in  Normandy,  and  prepared  to  strike 
a  decisive  blow  for  the  crown  of  France, 
to  which  the  English  monarchs  had  so 
long  made  pretensions.  At  this  period 
the  whole  of  France  appeared  as  one 
vast  theatre  of  crimes — murders,  injus- 
tice, and  devastation.  The  duke  of  Or- 
leans was  assassinated  by  the  duke  of 
Burgundy  ;  and  the  duke  of  Burgundy, 
in  his  turn,  fell  by  the  treachery  of  the 
dauphin. 

Henry  having  defeated  the  dauphin, 
fixed  his  residence  at  Paris  ;  and  while 
Charles  had  a  small  court,  he  was  at- 
tended with  a  very  magnificent  one  On 
Whitsunda)'',  1421,  the  two  kings  and; 
their  two  queens,  with  crowns  on  their  | 
heads,  dined  together  in  public  ;  Charles 
receiving  apparent  homage,  but  Henry 
commanding  with  absolute  authority. 

The  death  of  Charles  VI  followed, 
and  Charles  VII  succeeded  his  father 
to  a  nominal  throne.  Nothing  could  be 
more  deplorable  than  the  situation  of  that 
monarch  on  assuming  his  title  to  the  j 
crown.  The  English  were  masters  of 
almost  all  France  ;  and  Henry  VI,  though 
yet  but  an  infant,  was  solemnly  invested 
with  regal  power  by  legates  from  Paris. 
The  duke  of  Bedford  was  at  the  head 
of  a  numerous  army,  in  the  heart  of  the 
kingdom,  ready  to  oppose  every  insurrec- 


tion ;  while  the  duke  of  Burgundy,  who 
had  entered  into  a  firm  confederacy  with 
him,  still  remained  steadfast,  and  second- 
ed his  claims.  Yet,  notwithstanding 
these  favorable  appearances,  Charles 
found  means  to  break  the  leagues  formed 
against  him,  and  to  bring  back  his  subjects 
to  their  natural  interests  and  their  duty. 

His  first  attempts  were,  however,  to- 
tally destitute  of  success.  His  authority 
was  disputed  even  by  his  own  servants  ; 
advantage  after  advantage  was  gained 
against  him ;  and  a  battle  fought  near 
Verneuil,  in  which  he  was  totally  defeat- 
ed by  the  duke  of  Bedford,  seemed  to 
render  his  affairs  altogether  desperate. 
But  from  the  want  of  new  supplies,  Bed- 
ford was  obliged  to  retire  into  England  ; 
and  in  the  meantime,  his  vigilant  enemy 
began  to  recover  from  his  late  consterna- 
tion. Dunois,  one  of  his  generals,  at  the 
head  of  1,000  men,  compelled  the  earl 
of  Warwick  to  raise  the  siege  of  Mon- 
targis  ;  and  this  advantage,  slight  as  it 
was,  taught  the  French  that  the  Eng- 
lish were  not  invincible. 

A  new  circumstance,  apparently  of  the 
most  trivial  kind,  tended  to  entirely 
change  the  fortune  of  the  campaigTi,  and 
place  the  French  government  in  its  prop- 
er position  with  reference  to  the  Euro- 
pean powers.  In  the  village  of  Domre- 
mi,  near  Vaucouleurs,  on  the  borders  of 
Lorrain,  there  resided  a  countiy  girl, 
about  twenty-seven  years  of  age,  called 
Joan  de  Arc.  This  girl  had  been  a  ser- 
vant at  a  small  inn  ;  and  in  that  humble 
station  had  submitted  to  those  hardy  em- 
ployments wliich  fit  the  body  for  the  fa- 
tigues of  war.  She  was  of  an  irre- 
proachable life,  and  contentedly  fulfilled 
the  duties  of  her  situation,  and  was  re- 
markable only  for  her  modesty  and  love  of 
religion.  But  the  miseries  of  her  country 
seemed  to  have  been  one  of  the  greatest 
objects  of  her  compassion  and  regard.  Her 
mind,  excited  by  these  objects,  began  to 
feel  a  new  impulse,  which  she  was  will- 
ing to  mistake  for  the  inspirations  of 
heaven.  Convinced  of  the  reality  of  her 
own  admonitions,  she  had  recourse  to 
Baudricourt,  governor  of  Vaucouleurs, 
and  informed  him  of  her  destination  by 
heaven  to  free  her  native  country  from  its 
invaders.     Baudricourt  treated  her  at  first 


248 


FRANCE. 


Joan  of  Arc,  the  Maid  of  Orleans. 


with  neglect ;  but  her  iTiiportunities  at 
length  prevailed,  and  willing  to  make  a 
trial  of  her  pretensions,  he  gave  her  some 
attendants,  who  conducted  her  to  the  court 
which  at  this  time  resided  at  Chinon. 

The  French  court  were  probably  sen- 
sible of  the  weakness  of  her  pretensions  ; 
but  they  were  willing  to  make  use  of  any 
artifice  to  support  their  declining  fortunes. 
It  was,  therefore,  given  out  that  Joan 
was  actually  inspired  ;  that  she  had  been 
able  to  discover  the  king  among  a  num- 
ber of  his  courtiers,  although  he  had  laid 
aside  all  the  distinctions  of  his  authority ; 
that  she  had  told  him  some  extraordi- 
nary secrets,  which  were  only  known 
to  himself;  and  that  she  had  demanded, 
and  minutely  described,  a  sword  in  the 
chnrch  of  St.  Catherine  de  Fierbois, 
which  she  had  never  seen.  The  pop- 
ulace being  thus  prepared  for  her  appear- 
ance, she  was  armed  cap-a-pie,  and 
shown  in  that  dress  to  the  people.  She 
was  then  brought  before  the  doctors  of 
the  university  ;  and  they,  tinctured  with 
the  credulity  of  the  times,  or  Avilling  to 
second  the  imposture,  declared  that  she 
had  actually  received  her  commission 
from  above. 

When  the  preparations  for  her  mission 


were  completely  blazoned,  the  next  ob- 
ject was  to  send  her  against  the  enemy. 
The  English  were  at  that  time  besieging 
the  city  of  Orleans,  the  last  resource  of 
Charles,  and  every  thing  promised  them 
a  speedy  surrender.  Joan  undertook  to 
raise  the  siege  ;  and,  to  render  herself 
still  more  remarkable,  girded  herself  with 
the  miraculous  sword,  of  which  she  be- 
fore had  such  extraordinary  notices. 
Thus  equipped,  she  ordered  all  the  soldiers 
to  confess  themselves  before  they  set 
out ;  she  displayed  in  her  hand  a  conse- 
crated banner,  and  assured  the  troops  of 
certain  success.  Such  confidence  on 
her  side  soon  raised  the  spirits  of  the 
French  army,  and  even  the  English,  who 
pretended  to  despise  her  efforts,  felt  them- 
selves secretly  influenced  Avith  the  ter- 
rors of  her  mission.  A  supply  of  provi- 
sions was  to  be  conveyed  into  the  town  ; 
,  Joan,  at  the  head  of  some  French  troops, 
I  covered  the  approach,  and  entered  Or- 
leans at  the  head  of  the  convoy  which 
she  had  safely  protected.  While  she 
Avas  leading  her  troops  along,  a  dead  si- 
i  lence  and  astonisbment  reigned  among 
tbe  English  ;  and  they  regarded  with  re- 
I  ligious  awe  that  temerity  which  they 
'  thought  nothing  but  supernatural  assist- 


FRANCE. 


249 


ance  could  inspire.  But  tliey  were  soon 
roused  from  their  state  of  amazement  by  a 
sally  from  the  town  ;  Joan  led  on  the  be- 
sieged, bearing  the  sacred  standard  in  her 
hand,  encouraging  them  with  her  words 
and  actions,  bringing  them  to  the  trenches, 
and  overpowering  the  besiegers  in  their 
own  redoubts.  In  the  attack  of  one  of 
the  forts,  she  was  wounded  in  the  neck 
with  an  arrow  ;  but  instantly  pulling  out 
the  weapon  with  her  own  hands,  and 
getting  the  wound  quickly  dressed,  she 
hastened  back  to  head  the  troops,  and  to 
plant  her  victorious  banner  on  the  ram- 
parts of  the  enemy.  These  successes 
continuing,  the  English  found  that  it  was 
impossible  to  resist  troops  animated  by 
such  superior  energy  ;  and  Suffolk,  who 
conducted  the  attack,  thinking  that  it 
might  prove  extremely  dangerous  to  re- 
main any  longer  in  the  presence  of  the 
victorious  enemy,  raised  the  siege,  and 
retreated  with  all  imaginable  precaution. 

From  being  attacked,  the  French  now 
in  turn  became  the  aggressors.  Charles 
armed  a  body  of  6,000  men,  and  sent 
them  to  besiege  Jergeau,  whither  the  earl 
of  Suffolk  had  retired  with  the  detach- 
ment of  the  English  army.  The  city 
was  taken  ;  Sutlblk  yielded  himself  a 
prisoner  ;  and  Joan  marched  into  the 
place  in  triimiph  at  the  head  of  the  army. 
A  battle  was  soon  after  fought  near  Pa- 
tay,  where  the  English  Avere  worsted  as 
before,  and  the  generals  Scales  and  Tal- 
bot were  taken  prisoners. 

The  raising  of  the  siege  of  Orleans 
was  one  part  of  the  Maid's  promise  to 
the  king  of  France  ;  the  crowning  him  at 
Rheims  was  the  other.  She  now  declared 
that  it  was  time  to  complete  that  ceremony ; 
and  Charles,  in  pursuance  of  her  advice, 
set  out  for  Rheims  at  the  head  of  12,000 
men.  The  towns  through  which  he  passed 
opened  their  gates  to  receive  him  ;  and 
Rheims  sent  him  a  deputation,  with  its 
keys,  upon  his  approach.  The  ceremony 
of  his  coronation  was  there  performed 
with  the  utmost  solemnity  ;  and  the  Maid 
of  Orleans,  (for  so  she  was  now  called,) 
seeing  the  completion  of  her  promise, 
desired  leave  to  retire,  alleging  that  she 
had  now  accomplished  her  mission.  But 
her  services  had  been  so  great,  that  the 
king  could  not  think  of  parting  with  her  ; 
32 


he  pressed  her  to  stay  so  earnestly,  that 
she  at  length  complied  with  his  request. 

A  tide  of  successes  followed  the  per- 
formance of  this  solemnity  ;  Laon,  Sois- 
sons,  Chateau-Thierri,  Provins,  and  many 
other  fortresses  in  that  neighborhood, 
submitted  to  him  on  the  first  summons. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  English  found 
themselves  deprived  of  the  conquests 
they  had  gained,  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  French  had  formerly  submitted  to 
their  power.  Their  own  divisions,  both 
abroad  and  at  home,  unfitted  them  en- 
tirely for  carrying  on  the  war  ;  and  the 
duke  of  Bedford,  notwithstanding  all  his 
prudence,  saw  himself  divested  of  his 
strong  holds  in  the  country,  without  be- 
ing able  to  stop  the  enemy's  progress. 
In  order,  therefore,  to  revive  the  declin- 
ing state  of  his  affairs,  he  resolved  to 
have  Henry  crowned  king  at  Paris, 
knowing  that  the  natives  would  be  pleas- 
ed by  the  splendor  of  the  ceremony.  In 
1430,  Henry  was  accordingly  crowned, 
all  the  vassals  that  still  continued  under 
the  English  power  swearing  fealty  and 
homage.  But  it  was  now  too  late  for 
the  ceremonies  of  a  coronation  to  give 
a  turn  to  the  affairs  of  the  English  ;  the 
great  body  of  the  people  had  declared 
against  them,  and  the  remainder  only 
waited  a  convenient  opportunity  to  follow 
the  example. 

An  accident  ensued  soon  after,  which, 
though  it  promised  to  promote  the  Eng- 
lish cause  in  France,  in  the  end  served 
to  hasten  its  fall.  The  duke  of  Burgun- 
dy, at  the  head  of  a  powerful  army,  had 
laid  seige  to  Compeigne  ;  and  the  Maid 
of  Orleans  had  thrown  herself  into  the 
place,  contrary  to  the  wishes  of  the  gov- 
ernor, who  did  not  desire  the  company 
of  one  whose  authority  Avould  be  greater 
than  his  own.  The  day  after  her  arrival, 
the  Maid  of  Orleans  headed  a  sally  ;  and 
having  twice  driven  the  enemy  from 
their  entrenchments,  she  was  at  last 
obliged  to  retire,  placing  herself  in  the 
rear  to  protect  the  retreat  of  her  forces. 
But  on  attempting  to  follow  her  troops 
into  the  city,  she  found  the  gates  shut, 
and  the  bridge  drawn  up,  by  order  of  the 
governor,  who  had  long  been  plotting  to 
betray  her  to  the  enemy. 

Nothing   could  exceed  the  joy  of  the 


250 


FRANCE 


besiegers,  in    having  taken  one  who  had  | 
been  so  long  a  terror  to  their  arms.    The  i 
service  of  Te   Deum  was  publicly  cele-  i 
brated    on   this    occasion ;     and  it    was 
hoped,  that  the  capture  of  this  cxtraordi- 1 
nar}'  person  would  restore  the  English  to 
their  former  victories  and  successes.  The 
duke  of  Bedford  was  no  sooner  inform- 
ed of  her  being  taken  than  he  purchased 
her    of   the   count    Vendome,    who  had , 
made  her  his  prisoner,  and  ordered  her  I 
to  be  committed  to    close    confinement. ' 
The  credulity   of  both   nations    was    at ' 
that  time  so  great,  that  nothing  was  too 
absurd  to  gain  belief  that  coincided  with  ' 
their  passions.     As  Joan  but  a  little  be- 
fore, from  her  successes,  was  regarded  as 
a  saint,  she  was  now,  upon  her  captivity, ' 
considered  as   a  sorceress,  forsaken  by : 
the  demon  who  had  granted  her  a  falla-  ' 
cious    and  temporary    assistance.     Ac- 
cordingly it  was  resolved  in  council  to 
send  her  to  Rouen  to  be  tried  for  witch-  I 
craft.     The  university  of  Paris  joined  in 
the    same    request.       Several   prelates, 
among  whom  the  cardinal  of  Winches- 1 
ter  was   the  only   Englishman,  were  ap- 
pointed as  her  judges.     They  held  their  ' 
court  in  Rouen,  where  Henry  then  resi- 
ded ;  and  the   Maid,   clothed   in  her  for- 
mer military    apparel,  but    loaded    with 
irons,  was  produced  before  this  tribunal. 
Her  behavior  betrayed  neither  weakness 
nor  submission,  but  she  appealed  to  God 
and  the  pope,  for  the  truth  of  her  former 
revelations.       She  was  found    guilty  of| 
heresy  and  witchcraft,  and   sentenced  to  I 
be  burnt  alive,  the   common   punishment 
for  such  offences. 

But  previous  to  the  infliction  of  this 
dreadful  sentence  upon  her,  they  were ! 
resolved  to  make  her  abjure  her  former^ 
errors  ;  and  at  length  so  far  prevailed,  i 
that  she  publicly  declared  herself  willing 
to  recant.  This  was  what  her  enemies 
desired  ;  and,  willing  to  show  some  ap- 
pearance of  mercy,  they  changed  her 
sentence  into  perpetual  imprisonment. 
But  the  vindictive  spirit  of  her  enemies 
was  not  yet  satiated.  Suspecting  that 
the  female  dress,  which  she  had  con- 
sented to  wear,  was  disagreeable  to  her, 
they  purposely  placed  in  her  apartment 
a  suit  of  men's  apparel.  Joan  struck 
with  the  sight  of  a  dress  in  which  she 


had  gained  so  much  glory,  immediately 
threw  off  her  penitent's  robes,  and  put 
on  the  forbidden  garment.  Her  impru- 
dence was  considered  as  a  relapse  into 
her  former  transgressions.  She  was  con- 
demned to  be  burnt  alive  in  the  market- 
place of  Rouen  ;  and  this  infamous  sen- 
tence was  executed  with  brutal  severity. 

From  this  period,  the  English  power 
in  France  may  be  said  to  have  ceased. 
The  city  of  Paris  returned  to  a  sense  of 
its  duty.  Lord  Willoughby,  who  com- 
manded it  for  the  English,  was  contented 
to  stipulate  for  the  safe  retreat  of  his 
troops  to  Normandy.  At  length,  both 
parties  began  to  tire  of  a  war,  which, 
though  carried  on  but  feebly,  was  yet  a 
burden  greater  than  either  could  support. 
But  the  terms  of  peace  insisted  upon  by 
both  were  so  wide  of  each  other,  that  no 
hopes  of  an  accommodation  could  be  ex- 
pected. A  truce,  therefore,  for  twenty 
two  months,  was  concluded  in  1443. 
No  sooner  was  this  agreed  upon,  than 
Charles  employed  himself  with  great 
judgment  in  repairing  those  ills  to  which 
his  kingdom,  from  the  continuance  of 
wars,  both  foreign  and  domestic,  had  so 
long  been  exposed.  He  established  dis- 
cipline among  his  troops,  and  justice 
among  his  governors.  He  revived  agri- 
culture, and  repressed  faction. 

In  1449,  the  truce  was  allowed  to  ex- 
pire. The  quarrels  of  York  and  Lan- 
caster had  commenced,  and  England  was 
unable  to  defend  her  foreign  possessions. 
Normandy  was  invaded.  The  gallant 
Talbot,  commander  of  the  English,  could 
not  preserve  Rouen  with  a  disaffected 
population,  and  Charles  recovered  with- 
out loss  of  blood  the  second  capital  of 
his  dominions.  The  only  blow  struck 
by  the  English  for  the  preservation  of 
Normandy  was  at  Fourmigny  near  Bay- 
eux.  They  had  been  successful  in  driv- 
ing back  the  count  of  Clermont,  when 
the  constable  appeared  with  a  fresh  army, 
attacked  the  English  in  turn,  and  routed 
them.  In  the  result  of  this  action, 
Charles  saw  clearly  the  advantages  of 
his  reform  in  the  army.  Native  French 
archers  here  faced  their  ancient  rivals. 
Normandy  was  for  ever  lost  to  the  English 
after  this  action  or  skirmish.  The  fol- 
lowing   year  Guienne  was   invaded  by 


FRANCE. 


251 


the  count  de  Dunois.  He  met  with  no 
resistance.  The  great  towns  at  that  day 
had  grown  weakhy,  and  their  maxim  was 
to  avoid  a  siege  at  all  hazards.  Thus 
Bordeaux,  after  having  summoned  the 
English  by  their  public  crier  to  come  to 
their  assistance, — a  voice  as  likely  to  be 
heard  by  the  battling  Yorkists  and  Lan- 
castrians as  if  it  had  been  trumpeted  in 
their  isle,  surrendered  to  Charles.  The 
submission  of  the  Bordelais  was,  how- 
ever, but  short.  They  rebelled  ;  the 
veteran  Talbot  came  to  their  aid,  at  the 
head  of  5,000  English.  The  French 
were  engaged  in  the  siege  of  Castillon, 
when  Talbot  marched  against  them.  His 
first  approach  drove  in  the  franc  Arch- 
ers. This  success  emboldened  him  to 
attack  the  intrenched  camp  of  the  French. 
Though  now  eighty  years  of  age,  Talbot 
on  foot  led  his  men-at-arms  to  the  as- 
sault. The  fight  was  bravely  sustained 
on  both  sides,  till  the  English  general 
was  struck  down  by  the  fire  of  a  culver- 
in.  His  son,  lord  Lisle,  flung  himself  on 
the  body  of  his  parent.  "  Fly,  my  son," 
said  the  expiring  Talbot  ;  "  the  day  is 
lost.  It  is  your  first  action,  and  you  may 
without  shame  turn  your  back  to  the  en- 
emy." Lord  Lisle,  nevertheless,  togeth- 
er with  thirty  nobles  of  England,  was 
slain  before  the  body  of  Talbot.  With 
that  hero  expired  the  last  hopes  of  his 
country  in  regard  to  France.  Guienne 
was  lost  as  well  as  Normandy ;  and 
Calais  remained  to  England  the  only 
fruit  of  so  much  blood  spilt,  and  so  many 
victories  achieved. 

On  the  death  of  Charles,  his  son  Louis 
XI  succeeded  to  the  throne,  who,  after  a 
life  spent  in  continual  deceit,  hypocrisy, 
and  cruelty,  received  warning  of  his  ap- 
proaching end  by  a  fit  of  apoplexy  with 
which  he  was  seized  in  the  year  1480. 
He  lay  speechless  and  motionless  for 
two  days  ;  after  which  he  partially  re- 
covered, but  never  completely  regahied 
his  health  and  strength.  His  illness, 
however,  neither  prevented  him  from  pur- 
suing the  schemes  of  his  ambition,  nor 
from  using  the  same  methods  as  before 
to  attain  them.  He  seized,  without  any 
pretence,  the  estates  of  the  duke  of  Bour- 
bon, the  only  nobleman  in  the  kingdom 
whose  power  could  give  him  any  cause 


of  suspicion  ;  yet,  notwithstanding  his 
assiduity  for  the  interest  of  the  dauphin, 
he  kept  him  a  kind  of  prisoner  in  the 
castle  of  Ambloise,  permitting  none  but 
his  own  servants,  or  persons  of  the  mean- 
est rank,  to  have  access  to  him.  He 
banished  his  own  consort,  the  mother  of 
the  dauphin,  to  Savoy,  and  endeavored  to 
inspire  the  prince  with  aversion  towards 
her.  Louis,  after  a  long  and  sanguinary 
reign,  died  in  1483.  His  death  was  oc- 
casioned by  a  second  stroke  of  apoplexy. 
Charles  VIII,  who  succeeded  his  fa- 
ther, Louis  XI,  in  1483,  was  only  four- 
teen years  of  age  at  the  time  of  his  death; 
but  though  he  might,  even  at  that  age, 
have  ascended  the  throne  without  any 
material  violation  of  the  laws  of  France, 
yet  it  was  judged  necessary  to  have  a 
regent  on  account  of  the  king's  delicacy 
of  constitution  and  want  of  education. 
Three  competitors  appeared  as  candi- 
dates for  this  important  trust,  viz,  John, 
duke  of  Bourbon,  a  prince  of  the  blood,  and 
who  had,  till  the  age  of  sixty,  maintained 
the  most  unblemished  character  ;  Louis, 
duke  of  Orleans,  presumptive  heir  to  the 
crown,  but  who  from  his  being  only  twen- 
ty years  old  himself,  seemed  incapaci- 
tated on  that  account  from  undertaking 
such  an  important  office ;  the  third  com- 
petitor was  Anne,  called  the  lady  of 
Beaujeu,  the  eldest  daughter  of  Louis,  to 
whom  the  latter  had  in  the  last  moments 
of  his  life  committed  the  charge  of  the 
j  kingdom,  with  the  title  of  governess.  The 
I  claim  of  this  lady  was  successful. 

The  premature  death  of  Charles  in  1498, 
was  supposed  to  have  been  owing  to  his 
irregular  life,  which  had  for  some  time 
!  impaired  his  health,  and  brought  on  evi- 
j  dent  symptoms  of  his  approaching  disso- 
lution.    At  last  he  relinquished  his  irreg- 
I  ularities,  and   retired   with  the  queen  to 
j  the  castle  of  Ambloise.     Here,  in  pass- 
'  ing  through  an   arched   door,  he  struck 
;  his  head  with  violence  against  the  top. 
No    unfavorable    symptoms  appeared  at 
the    time  ;  but    soon    afterwards,    as  he 
conversed  with  liis  confessor,  and  avowed 
'  his  design  of  observing  the  nuptial  fidel- 
i  ity  he  owed  to  the  queen,  he  suddenly 
fell  backward  in  a  fit  of  apoplexy.     He 
,  recovered  his  voice  three  times,  and  ut- 
tered some  expressions  of  devotion  ;  but 


252 


FRANCE. 


instantly  relapsed,  and  in  a  short  time 
expired,  notvvilhstanding  every  assistance 
that  could  be  given. 

We  may  now  take  a  brief  view  of  the 
state  of  France  at  the  close  of  the  fom-- 
teenth  century.  The  whole  country  was 
then  emerging  from  the  horrors  of  feu- 
dalism :  it  had  burst  the  fetters  of  bon- 
dage. A  large  portion  of  the  people 
were  enfranchised,  and  thereby  a  third 
class  (of  burgesses)  was  added  to  the 
two  already  existing  bodies  of  nobles  and 
clergy.  The  cities,  before  deserted  by 
the  monarch,  the  nobles,  and  the  church 
dignitaries,  began  to  increase  in  opu- 
lence and  consequence  ;  their  number, 
moreover,  had  gradually  risen  to  2,000 
regular  and  fortified  boroughs.  Supported 
by  their  respective  charters,  the  burgess- 
es exercised  a  sovereign  power  over  their 
own  civic  economy,  regulated  the  pay 
and  number  of  their  garrison  troops,  ap- 
pointed the  officers,  and  even  commenced 
war  with  neighboring  towns  or  lordships, 
without  interference  from  higher  powers. 
The  nobles,  however,  still  affected  a 
proud  and  high-minded  independence, 
reckless  of  kingly  coercion ;  and  the  in- 
stitutions of  feudalism,  although  yield- 
ing rapidly  to  the  influences  of  luxury  and 
civilization,  were,  in  some  respects,  main- 
tained with  the  tenacity  which  habit  and 
prejudice  had  imparted.  The  nobles, 
besides,  possessed  the  privilege  of  refu- 
sing, at  will,  to  follow  their  king  to  the 
field,  except  in  case  of  a  defensive  war ; 
and  the  sovereign  was  prohibited,  as  yet, 
from  maintaining  a  standing  army.  An 
augmentation  of  wealth  and  power  to  the 
sovereign  was,  nevertheless,  produced  by 
the  law  which  gave  to  the  lord  para- 
moimt  all  fiefs,  of  which  the  natural  heirs 
had  become  extinct ;  and  the  practice, 
then  recently  introduced,  of  fixing  the 
majority  of  the  king  at  his  fourteenth 
instead  of  his  21st  year,  assigned  into  the 
hands  of  the  monarch  the  authority  which 
would  otherwise  have  been  vested  in  one 
or  more  of  the  proud  nobility  during  the 
period  of  minority.  Influenced  by  these 
and  other  circumstances,  the  manners  of 
the  French  began,  at  this  period,  to  lose 
the  chivalric,  or  rather  barbarous,  pecu- 
liarities which  had  formerly  character- 
ized their  civil  commotions,  their  domes- 


tic policy,  their  very  literature,  and  their 
diversions. 

The  manufacture  of  arms  had  been 
hitherto  carried  on,  independent  of  the 
city  mechanic,  within  the  very  walls  of 
the  castle ;  and  even  women  were  em- 
ployed in  the  preparation  of  arrows  and 
lances,  and  several  other  descriptions  of 
light  weapons.  But  the  recent  discovery 
of  Roger  Bacon  had  begun  to  humble  the 
pride  of  these  nobles.  Not  only  was  the 
very  existence  of  their  habitations  endan- 
gered by  the  new  method  of  artillery ; 
but  their  capability  of  infringing  upon  the 
demesnes  of  others  diminished  by  its 
success.  The  art  of  fortification  would 
require  from  henceforward  the  sciences 
of  arithmetic  and  geometry  ;  and  as  the 
inhabitants  of  towns,  from  their  mechani- 
cal and  commercial  occupations,  far  sur- 
passed, in  such  knowledge,  the  proud  and 
ignorant  nobility,  the  importance  of  the 
burgesses  began,  in  respect  to  warlike 
affairs,  to  gain  the  superiority. 

During  the  changes  which  the  other 
orders  of  society  experienced,  the  clergy 
preserved,  or,  perhaps,  increased  their 
ascendency.  In  some  cities  the  bishop 
shared  the  temporal  jurisdiction  with  the 
lord  paramount :  it  was  by  no  means  un- 
usual to  see  a  powerful  baron  constrained 
to  hold  the  bridal  of  an  abbe,  and  at 
meal-time  to  stand  behind  his  chair,  un- 
less the  proud  ecclesiastic  chose  to  utter 
the  condescending  permission  to  sit  down. 

Nor  was  this  usurpation  of  authority 
and  overweening  influence  of  the  clerg}-, 
in  those  days,  peculiarly  enjoyed  in 
France.  In  the  councils  of  other  princes  ; 
in  the  regulation  of  finance  ;  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  justice  ;  in  all  departments 
of  pubhc  business,  the  clergy  possessed 
the  predominating  influence;  for  often- 
times, even  the  helmet  and  sword  were 
not  considered  incompatible  with  the 
priestly  habit ;  and  when  occasion  re- 
quired, or  self-interest  called,  the  priestly 
hand  was  raised  to  strike  a  sturdy  blow, 
to  gain  fresh  concessions,  or  defend  its 
already  acquired  rights. 

By  the  death  of  Charles  VIII,  the 
throne  of  France  passed  from  the  direct 
line  of  the  house  of  Valois,  and  Louis, 
duke  of  Orleans  succeeded  to  the  throne. 
At  the  time  of  his  accession  he  was  in 


FRANCE. 


253 


his  thirty-sixth  year,  and  had  long  been 
taught  prudence  in  the  school  of  adversity. 
During  the  administration  of  the  lady 
Beaujeu,  he  had  been  constantly  in  dis- 
grace ;  and  after  his  connection  with  the 
duke  of  Britany  had  spent  a  very  consid- 
erable time  in  prison. 

During  his  reign,  Henry  VIII,  of  Eng- 
land, invaded  France,  and  took  Terruenne 
and  Tournay ;  and  the  Swiss  invaded 
Burgundy  with  an  army  of  25,000  men. 
In  this  difficult  situation  of  affairs  the 
queen  died,  and  Louis  put  an  end  to  the 
opposition  of  his  most  dangerous  enemies, 
by  negotiating  marriages  with  different 
branches  of  his  family.  To  Ferdinand 
of  Spain,  he  offered  his  second  daughter 
for  either  of  his  grandsons,  Charles  or 
Ferdinand  ;  and  to  renounce  in  favor  of 
that  marriage,  his  claims  on  Milan  and 
Genoa.  This  proposal  was  accepted  ; 
and  Louis  himself  married  the  princess 
Mary,  sister  to  Henry  VIII  of  England. 
He  did  not  long  survive  this  marriage, 
but  died  on  the  2nd  of  January,  1514  ; 
and  was  succeeded  by  Francis  /,  coimt 
of  Angouleme  and  duke  of  Bretagne  and 
Valois. 

The  new  king  was  no  sooner  seated 
on  the  throne,  than  he  resolved  on  an  ex- 
pedition into  Italy.  He  assembled  for 
this  purpose,  at  Lyons,  an  army  of  60,000 
men,  the  most  formidable  in  number  that 
P^'rance  had  yet  equipped.  There  were 
2,500  gentlemen  cavaliers,  each  attended 
by  his  suite  of  four  or  five  horsemen. 
These  were  the  Gensdarmerie.  The 
lansquenets,  or  hired  German  infantry, 
amounted  to  22,000.  Six  thousand  Gas- 
con infantry,  as  many  more  French  pro- 
miscuously levied,  and  3,000  pioneers, 
completed  the  army.  The  rear-guard 
advanced  under  the  constable  Bourbon  to 
clear  the  passage  of  the  Alps,  and  to  force 
the  Swiss  from  the  post  of  Susa,  which 
blocked  up  the  only  two  known  roads 
across  the  mountains.  To  find  or  make 
another  path  became  necessary,  in  order 
to  turn  the  impregnable  position;  and 
fortunately  a  guide  xmdertook  to  lead  the 
French  over  the  Cottian  Alps  into  the 
marquisate  of  Saluces.  Even  for  the  army 
to  pass  was  a  work  of  difficulty,  but  their 
artillery  was  what  the  French  captains 
chiefly  relied  on  to  discomfit  the  Swiss. 


To  drag  cannons  over  deep  valleys  and 
precipitous  steeps  was  more  than  Hanni- 
bal had  achieved,  and  was  afterwards 
one  of  the  principal  boasts  of  the  army 
that  conquered  at  Marengo.  The  sol- 
diers of  France  accomplished  the  task, 
however,  and  penetrated  into  Italy  by  the 
sources  of  the  Po.  The  Italians  did  not 
suspect  the  possibility  of  so  hardy  an  en- 
terprise. Prospero  Colonna  was  travers- 
ing Piedmont,  at  the  head  of  the  papal 
cavalry  to  join  the  Swiss,  and  was  re- 
posing at  Villefranche,  when  the  town 
was  surprised,  and  Colonna  himself,  and 
his  troops,  taken  prisoners  by  La  Palisse 
and  d'Aubigny.  The  news  of  this  sur- 
prise soon  reached  the  Swiss,  and  they 
abandoned  in  a  rage  their  now  useless  po- 
sition, retreating  to  Milan,  and  pillaging 
the  towns  they  were  obliged  to  evacuate. 
Their  disappointment  produced  quarrels 
between  the  chiefs.  The  cardinal  of 
Sion  reproached  one  of  the  captains  of 
Berne,  with  partiality  to  the  French. 
The  captain  and  his  soldiers,  by  way  of 
retort,  demanded  their  pay  ;  and  the  car- 
dinal, the  sworn  enemy  of  France,  was 
obliged  to  fly  from  their  clamors. 

This  opened  the  way  for  negotiation. 
The  king,  with  the  rest  of  his  army,  had 
in  the  mean  time  crossed  the  Alps,  and 
lay  encamped  at  Marignano.  The  prow- 
ess of  the  Swiss  was  dreaded,  and  the 
terrific  day  of  Novara  was  held  in  remem- 
brance. Consequently,  when  they  de- 
manded a  large  sum  of  money  for  them- 
selves, and  a  pension  for  Maximilian 
Sforza,  in  return  for  evacuating  the  Mi- 
lanese, the  terms  were  granted.  Francis 
raised  the  money  instantly  by  borrowing 
of  his  officers  ;  and  envoys  M^ere  already 
despatched  with  the  stipulated  sum,  when 
tidings  were  brought  to  the  constable, 
that  the  Swiss,  in  heu  of  concluding  a 
treaty,  were  meditating  an  attack.  The 
cardinal  of  Sion  had,  in  fact,  hurried  back 
to  Milan  on  the  first  news  of  the  accom- 
modation. He  called  his  countrymen 
round  him,  harangued  them,  and  rekindled 
that  hatred  to  the  French  for  which  his- 
tory assigns  no  sufficient  cause. 

The  Swiss  determined  to  surprise  the 
French,  to  carry  the  artillery  in  the  first 
attack,  and  turn  it  on  their  enemies,  an 
operation  so  successful  at  Novara.  Bour- 


'M 


FRANCE. 


bon,  however,  was  prepared  for  them. 
The  artiller\',  consisting  of  seventy  pieces, 
were  placed  behind  an  intrenchment, 
commanding  the  road  ;  the  lansquenets 
were  stationed  to  guard  it,  Avhile  the  cav- 
iilry,  drawn  up  behind,  and  on  each  side, 
waited  to  observe  the  order  of  the  Swiss. 
They  came  on  in  silence,  without  drum 
or  trumpet  ;  a  cloud  of  dust,  raised  by 
their  speed,  announcing,  nevertheless, 
tlieir  approach.  It  was  the  middle  of 
September,  several  hours  after  noon.  The 
Swiss  came  in  one  compact  column, 
rushing  on  the  artillen^"-,  and  against  the 
lansquenets,  those  rivals  in  their  merce- 
nary profession  of  war,  whom  they  hated, 
and  whom  they  swore  that  day  to  extermi- 
nate. Attirstthe  lansquenets  recoiled  from 
the  furious  charge  of  the  Swiss :  some  of 
the  cannon  were  already  captured  ;  when 
the  cavalry  and  the  black  bands,  the  king 
himself  amongst  them,  extended  in  the 
fonii  of  wings,  and  took  the  phalanx  of  the 
Swiss  on  either  side  in  flank.  The  lans- 
quenets, thus  supported,  took  courage. 
The  first  charge  of  the  Swiss,  so  univer- 
sally victorious,  was  here  not  decidedly 
successful,  and  hanng  no  longer  the  ad- 
vantage of  an  impulse,  their  pikes  became 
less  formidable.  Obliged  to  face  enemies 
that  almost  surrounded  them,  their  pha- 
lanx was  split  into  numerous  bodies  which 
continued  the  combat,  not  only  till  sun- 
set, but  even  till  the  moonlight  failed 
them.  Some  of  these  bodies  succumbed, 
however  :  one  yielded  to  a  charge  led  by 
the  king  himself;  the  Swiss  throwing 
down  their  halberds,  and  crying,"France!" 
in  token  of  submission.  Towards  mid- 
night, utter  darkness  stopped  the  com- 
bat, and  both  parties,  intermingled,  slept 
or  kept  watch  in  little  bands  amongst  their 
enemies.  The  king  himself  reposed  on 
the  stock  of  a  cannon. 

When  day  broke,  both  armies  rallied  ; 
the  Swiss  to  form  their  original  phalanx  ; 
the  French  round  their  cannon,  which 
were  again  plied  with  true  aim  and  fear- 
ful alacrity.  The  Swiss  renewed  the 
attack.  The  lansquenets  still  held  the 
intrenchment ;  the  rest  of  the  army  as- 
sailed the  enemy  in  flank.  After  some 
hours'  fighting,  the  Swiss  began  to  des- 
pair. They  now  condescended  to  ma- 
ncEuvre,  and  despatched  a  considerable 


I  body  to  turn  and  attack  the  French  camp 
in  rear  ;  but  it  was  too  late  ;  the  division 
was  beaten  back,  and  naught  was  left  for 
the  Swiss  but  to  retreat.  This  they  did 
in  good  order  and  undaunted ;  though 
pursued  not  only  by  the  victorious  French, 
but  by  the  Venitians,  who  arrived  at  the 
close  of  the  action.  The  count  de  Petig- 
liana,  the  Venitian  general,  desirous  to 
share  in  the  combat,  charged  the  retreat- 
ing Swiss,  and  perished. 

Thus  did  the  young  monarch  signalize 
the  very  commencement  of  his  reign  by 
a  splendid  victory  gained  over  the  most 
renowned  soldiers  in  Europe,  and  those 
whom  the  French  had  most  to  fear.  The 
veteran  Trivulzio,  who  had  seen  seven- 
teen pitched  battles,  called  all  of  them 
"  child's  play,"  in  comparison  with  that  of 
Marignano,  which  he  designated  as  the 
"battle  of  giants."  Yet  it  is  more  remark- 
able for  the  glory  won,  than  for  the  blood 
spilled  in  it.  Trivulzio,  the  king,  the 
constable  of  Bourbon,  the  duke  of  Lor- 
raine, and  Bayard,  Avere  all  wounded  or 
unhorsed,  or  in  imminent  peril.  He  who 
most  distinguished  himself  was  Claude 
count  de  Guise,  brother  of  the  duke  of 
Lorraine :  he  commanded  the  black 
bands,  and  had  fallen,  pierced  by  innu- 
merable wounds  ;  from  which  he  never- 
theless recovered,  and  lived  to  found  an 
illustrious  name.  The  principal  of  the 
slain  were,  a  prince  of  the  house  of  Lor- 
raine, one  of  the  house  of  Bourbon,  and 
the  prince  of  Talmont,  elder  son  of  La 
Tremouille.  One  of  the  first  acts  of  the 
king,  after  the  action,  was  to  receive 
knighthood  from  the  hand  of  Bayard, 
"the  chevalier  without  fear  and  without 
reproach."  Sensible  of  the  honor  done 
to  him  by  the  choice.  Bayard  vowed  that 
the  sword  which  had  knighted  so  valiant 
a  monarch  should  never  be  wielded  ex- 
cept against  the  infidels.  "When  he  had 
uttered  tliis  vow,"  quoth  his  secretar)'-, 
who  was  his  historian,  "he  took  two 
leaps,  and  returned  the  sword  to  its 
scabbard." 

The  duchy  of  Milan  was  conquered 
by  the  victory  of  Marignano.  The  Swiss, 
who  held  the  fortress  of  the  capital,  sur- 
rendered it,  being  hard  pressed  by  the 
armies  of  Peter  of  Navarre,  which  were 
now  in  the  service  of  the  French  king. 


FRANCE. 


255 


Maximilian  Sforza  abandoned  his  rights 
in  return  for  a  pension  of  30,000  crowns, 
which  he  was  to  enjoy  in  France,  "no- 
wise discontented,"  he  said,  "to  be  de- 
hvered  from  the  tyranny  of  the  Swiss, 
the  caprices  of  the  emperor,  and  the  bad 
faith  of  the  Spaniards." 

On  the  death  of  the  emperor  Maximil- 
ian in  1581,  Francis  used  every  endeav- 
or to  be  appointed  his  successor  ;  but  the 
emperor  had  exerted  himself  so  much  in 
favor  of  Charles  V,  of  Spain,  that  he 
found  it  quite  impossible  to  succeed;  and 
from  that  time  an  irreconcilable  enmity 
existed  between  the  two  monarchs.  In 
1521,  this  ill-will  produced  a  war ;  which 
was  continued  with  various  degrees  of 
success  till  1524,  when  P>ancis  having 
invaded  Italy,  and  laid  siege  to  Pavia, 
he  was  utterly  defeated  before  that  city, 
and  taken  prisoner  24th  of  February. 

Francis  by  making  many  concessions 
and  promises,  which  he  afterwards  viola- 
lated,  was  released  from  captivity.  The 
war  was  renewed  with  Charles,  who  in- 
vaded France,  but  without  success  ;  nor 
was  peace  fully  established  till  the  death 
of  Francis,  which  happened  on  the  3rd 
of  March,  1547.  He  was  succeeded  by 
his  son  Henry  II,  then  twenty-nine  years 
of  age.*     In  the  beginning  of  his  reign, 

*  It  was  the  care  of  the  new  king  to  celebrate 
the  obsequies  of  his  predecessor  in  the  most  mag- 
nificent style.  The  bishop,  who  pronounced  the 
funeral  oration,  used  a  bold  metaphor,  which 
gave  occasion  to  the  bigots  of  the  Sorbonne  to 
show  their  zeal.  King  Francis,  according  to 
the  worthy  prelate,  had  been  of  so  holy  a  life, 
that  his  soul  had  gone  straight  into  paradise  without 
passing  through  the  flames  of  purgatory.  The 
denial  of  purgatory  was  a  favorite  tenet  of  the  re- 
formers. The  Sorbonne  forthwith  accused  the 
preacher  of  heresy  ;  they  sent  a  deputation  to 
St.  Germain  to  make  known  their  complaint  to 
the  king.  Mendosa,  a  chief  officer  of  the  court, 
first  received  it  ;  and  by  a  facetious  speech,  saved 
Henry  from  an  act  of  injustice.  "  Calm  your- 
selves, gentlemen,"  said  he  to  the  deputies  of  the 
Sorbonne  ;  "  if  you  had  known  the  good  king 
Francis  as  well  as  I  did,  you  would  have  better 
understood  the  words  of  the  preacher.  Francis 
was  not  a  man  to  tarrj'  long  any  where  ;  and  if 
he  did  take  a  turn  in  purgatory,  believe  me,  the 
devil  himself  could  not  persuade  him  to  take  any 
thing  like  a  sojourn  there." 

The  famous  duel  between  Jamac  and  Chataig- 
neraie,  was  the  first  striking  event  of  Henry's 
reign.  They  had  both  been  pages  in  the  court 
of  Francis  I.  Chataigneraie  was  a  stout  youth, 
given  to  quarrel,  skilled  at  his  weapon,  and  re- 


an  insurrection  occiured  in  Guienne,  ow- 
ing to  the  oppressive  conduct  of  the  offi- 
cers who  levied  the  salt  tax.  The  king 
despatched  against  the  insurgents  two 
j  bodies  of  troops  ;  one  commanded  by 
the  duke  of  Aumale,  son  of  the  duke  of 
Guise,  the  other  by  the  constable.     The 


nowned  for  his  hardihood ;  he  excelled  in   those 
rude  and  martial   e.vercises    which    the  dauphin 
Henry  loved,    and   was  consequently   a  favorite 
!  with  him.     Jarnac,  on  the  contrary,  was  a  beau, 
'  given   to   gallantry-,   and  fond  of  dress  and  ele- 
'  gance  ;  a  taste  which  he  indulged    to    an  extent 
I  beyond  his   apparent  means.       It  happened  that 
'  once  in  the  society  of  Henry,  Chataigneraie  con- 
temning such  taste  and  such  a  mode  of  life,  asked 
Jarnac,  where  he   found   resources   for  such  ei- 
j  pense  !     Jarnac  replied,  "  that  although  his  fatlier 
I  was  liberal  in  his  allowances,  yet  that  he  obtained 
j  an  increase  of  funds  through  his  stepmother,  with 
I  whom  he  had   made   himself  a  favorite."     This 
passed.     But  Chataigneraie  construed  the  words 
of  Jarnac  into  an  insinuation  that  he  enjoyed  the 
favor  of  his  stepmother  in  a  criminal  sense.     He 
mentioned  this  to  Henry,  who  repeated  it  to  Diana 
of  Poitiers.     The   calumny    circulated  in  whis- 
pers, and  at  length  reached  the  ears  of  Jamac's 
j  father.     The  son  was  summoned.     In  horror   he 
disavowed  the  crime,  and  succeeded  in  exculpat- 
ing himself.     He   followed   this  up  by  appearing 
before  Francis  in  the  presence  of  the  court,  and 
I  declaring,  that  whoever  had  given  birth  to  such 
I  a   report  "  lied    in   his    throat."      The    dauphiin 
took   this  deadly    insult  to  himself;  he,    howe- 
\  ver,   could   not  come  forward.     The   rude    Cha- 
taigneraie did,    and   asserted   that   he  had  heard 
1  Jamac  boast  of  having  been  too  intimate  with  his 
stepmother.     A  challenge,   of  course,   was   the 
consequence,  and  Francis  was   besought   by  the 
antagonists  to  appoint  the  field  for  a  combat,  the 
j  issue  of  which  was  to  decide   the  guilt  or  inno- 
cence of  Jarnac.     Francis,  however,  forbade  the 
duel,  either  averse  to  the  absurd  principal   of  ju- 
dicial combat,  or  aware  how  much  the  imprudence 
of  his  son  had  been  the  occasion   of  the  quarrel. 
I  On  Henry's  accession,  Jarnac  renewed  his  chal- 
;  lenge  and  demand.     The  king  consented.     The 
lists  were  prepared  at  St.   Germain  ;  Henry  and 
his  court  were  witnesses.     When  the  antagonists 
met  in  the  inclosed  field,  the  slender  Jarnac  seem- 
ed unable  to  resist  the  powerful  Chataigneraie  ;  he 
!  retired  before   his  blows,   covering  himself  with 
his  buckler,    until    seizing    an  opportunity,    he 
wounded  his   adversary  in  the  back  of  the   leg, 
and  completely  disabled  him.     The  victor,   how- 
j  ever,  spared  his  adversary.     Having  in  vain  asked 
;  Chataigneraie  to  recall  the  calumnies  that  he  had 
'  uttered,  Jarnac  advanced   towards   the   monarch, 
and,  by  the  usual   courtesy   of  placing  it  at  the 
:  sovereign's  disposal,  waived  his  right  to  his  ene- 
my's life.     The  fierce   Chataigneraie  scorned  to 
be  thus  spared  ;  he  refused  chirurgical  aid  ;  even 
■  tore  his  wounds  open  when  they  had  been  dressed, 
and  died.    Such  was  the  judicial  combat,  in  which 
I  may  be  said  to  have  originated  the  modern  duel. 


256 


FRANCE, 


first  acted  with  the  greatest  moderation, 
and  easily  brought  back  the  people  to 
their  duly ;  the  other  behaved  with  the 
greatest  haughtiness  and  cruelty ;  and 
though  the  king  afterwards  remitted  ma- 
ny of  his  punishments,  yet  from  that 
time  the  constable  became  an  object  of 
dislike  to  the  people. 

In  1548,  the  king  began  to  execute 
the  edicts,  which  had  been  made  against 
the  protestants  ;  and,  thinking  the  clergy 
too  mild  in  the  prosecution  of  heresy, 
erected  for  that  purpose  a  chamber  com- 
posed of  members  of  the  parliament  of 
Paris.  At  the  queen's  coronation,  which 
happened  this  year,  he  caused  a  number 
of  protestants  to  be  burned,  and  was 
himself  present  at  the  spectacle. 

The  reign  of  his  successor,  Francis 
II,  was  remarkable  only  for  the  persecu- 
tion carried  on  against  the  protestants, 
which  obliged  them  to  take  up  arms  in 
their  own  defence.  This  occasioned 
several  civil  wars  ;  the  first  of  which 
commenced  in  the  reign  of  Charles  IX, 
who  succeeded  to  the  throne  in  1560. 
This  first  war  continued  till  the  year 
1562. 

In  order  to  understand  the  events  which 
occurred  during  the  reign  of  the  latter 
monarch,  it  appears  necessary  to  take  a 
retrospective  view  of  the  origin  and  pro- 
gress of  the  reformed  religion  in  France, 
under  Francis  II.  The  new  doctrine 
had  spread  greatly  at  court,  as  well  as 
in  the  capital  and  provinces.  The  Chris- 
tian Institutes  of  Calvin  were  dedicated 
to  that  king.  His  sister,  the  queen  of 
Navarre,  protected  his  disciples,  while 
they  were  persecuted  by  the  clergy  and 
the  parliament.  The  spirit  of  the  new 
religion  was  increased  and  invigorated, 
and  the  numbers  who  professed  it  were 
greatly  augmented,  by  the  massacre  of 
Cabrieres  and  Merindol,  and  by  the  ex- 
ecutions which  were  imprudently  multi- 
plied by  Henry  II.  Thus,  at  the  acces- 
sion of  Francis  II,  Calvanism  had  gained 
a  firm  and  wide  fooling,  and  could  count 
among  its  professors  several  men  of  great 
talents  and  influence.  Admiral  Coligny, 
and  his  brother  d'Andelot,  and  cardinal 
Chatillon,  were  firm  friends  to  a  reforma- 
tion ;  and  the  prince  of  Conde  inclined 
to   the  same  side.     The  court,  oa   the 


contrary,  seemed  resolved  to  crush  the 
Calvinists,  by  the  most  open  and  violent 
measures.  Instead  of  correcting  the  er- 
rors, which  had  given  offence,  even  to 
conscientious  catholics,  new  observan- 
ces, still  more  superstitious,  were  en- 
joined. Images  of  the  Virgin,  and  of 
the  saints,  were  placed  at  the  corners  of 
the  streets,  with  tapers  lighted  up  before 
them ;  round  these,  the  populace  assem- 
bled, singing  hymns,  and  compelling  the 
passengers  to  put  money  into  little  box- 
es, for  the  expense  of  the  illumination. 
If  a  man  did  not  bow  to  these  images, 
and  stop  with  marks  of  reverence,  while 
the  people  were  paying  this  worship,  he 
was  either  knocked  down,  dragged  to 
prison,  or  insulted.  These,  however, 
were  trifling  evils,  to  which  the  protes- 
tants were  exposed.  Courts  of  ecclesi- 
astical judicature,  invested  with  inquisi- 
torial powers,  were  erected,  denominated 
Chamhrcs  Ardentcs,  from  the  severity  of 
their  punishments.  To  these  the  cog- 
nizance of  heresy  was  entrusted.  The 
strictest  search  was  made  to  discover 
offenders  ;  and  as  the  protestants,  in  or- 
der to  conceal  themselves,  were  obliged 
to  meet  by  night,  they  were  charged 
with  committing  in  these  assemblies  the 
most  dreadful  crimes.  Thus  goaded  on 
to  resistance,  they  only  waited  for  a  fit 
opportunity  and  season  to  protect  them- 
selves by  force  of  arms  ;  and  this  was 
soon  supplied  them,  by  the  mixtiure  of 
folly  and  wickedness  which  the  court 
displayed.  The  civil  wars  between  the 
catholics  and  protestants  commenced  in 
1650.  The  duke  of  Guise  and  his  fami- 
ly were  the  most  bitter  opponents  of  the 
protestants,  whose  cause  was  sustained 
by  the  prince  of  Conde,  admiral  Coligny, 
and  the  king  of  Navarre.  Catherine  of 
Medicis,  the  mother  of  Francis  II,  and 
Charles  IX,  was  a  woman  of  great  ta- 
lents and  address ;  she  was,  however, 
cruel,  rapacious,  and  deceitful,  and  for  a 
long  period  was  the  sovereign  of  France. 
Both  Catherine  and  her  son,  being  con- 
vinced that  the  destruction  of  the  pro- 
testants could  be  effected  only  by  intrigue, 
resolved  to  exert  all  the  powers  of  their 
minds  to  carry  it  on  in  such  manner  as 
might  most  effectually  deceive  the  pro- 
posed victims  of  it.    With  this  view  they 


FRANCE. 


257 


pretended  to  be  averse  to  the  measures 
of  the  Guises  as  unfriendly  to  the  pro- 
testants  ;  and  even  treated  them  with 
coolness  and  indifference.  The  king 
proposed  to  give  his  sister  Margaret  in 
marriage  to  Henry  of  Navarre,  as  a  fur- 
ther proof  of  his  change  of  sentiments, 
and  further  security  to  the  protestants. 
This  proposal  was  readily  accepted  ;  and 
so  deeply  laid  were  the  plans  of  Cathe- 
rine and  her  son,  that  even  the  Admiral 
Coligny,  notwithstanding  a  letter  which 
he  received,  putting  him  in  mind  of  the 
faithless  characters  of  them  both,  was 
deceived  by  their  specious  conduct  and 
professions. 

Catherine,  having  so  often  been  foiled 
in  her  attempts  to  crush  the  protestants, 
both  by  open  and  secret  measures,  was 
resolved  that  her  present  plan  should  not 
be  frustrated  by  precipitation :  for  two 
years  she  permitted  France  to  enjoy  the 
blessings  of  tranquillity  :  and  during  the 
whole  of  this  period,  the  conduct  both  of 
herself  and  of  the  king,  continued  such, 
as  effectually  lulled  the  suspicions  of  the 
most  timid  and  apprehensive  protestants. 
At  last  having  succeeded  in  persuading 
the  admiral  to  come  to  Paris,  along  with 
the  most  considerable  men  of  the  protes- 
tant  party,  in  order  to  assist  at  the  cele- 
bration of  the  marriage  of  Margaret  and 
Henry,  Catherine  and  the  king  resolved 
to  hasten  the  catastrophe. 

The  marriage  was  celebrated  on  the 
17th  of  August,  1572  ;  and,  on  the  22d 
of  that  month,  Coligny  was  wounded  by 
a  shot  from  a  window,  as  he  was  going 
to  his  house.  Upon  learning  this,  the 
king  paid  him  a  visit,  promised  to  find 
out  and  punish  the  assassin,  and  to  all 
appearance  was  filled  with  indignation 
and  sorrow  for  the  accident.  Two  days 
after  this,  on  the  24th  of  August,  the  mas- 
sacre of  St.  Bartholomew,  took  place. 
When  the  king  gave  his  directions  re- 
specting it,  he  added,  with  his  customary 
oaths,  "  Since  it  is  to  be  done,  take  care 
that  no  one  escapes  to  reproach  me." 
The  direction  of  the  massacre  was  en- 
trusted more  especially  to  the  Duke  of 
Guise ;  and  the  signal  for  its  commence- 
ment was  to  be  given  by  striking  the 
great  bell  of  the  palace.  Coligny,  regu- 
lar in  his  habits,  and  still  weak  with  his 
33 


wounds,  had  retired  to  rest  on  the  eve  of 
St.  Bartholomew  very  early  ;  but  he  was 
roused  by  the  noise  of  the  assassins,  who 
had  surrounded  his  house.  A  German, 
of  the  name  of  Beznie,  entered  his  cham- 
ber ;  and  the  admiral,  suspicious  of  his 
designs,  prepared  to  meet  his  fate  with 
calm  and  firm  resignation.  Scarcely  had 
he  uttered  the  words  "  Young  man,  you 
ought  to  have  respected  my  age,  and  my 
infirmity  ;  but  you  will  only  shorten  my 
life  by  a  few  days  or  hours,"  when  the 
German  plunged  his  sword  into  his  bo- 
som, and  afterwards  threw  the  corpse 
into  the  court.  The  Duke  of  Guise  be- 
held it  in  silence  ;  but  Henry,  Count  of 
Angouleme,  natural  brother  to  the  king, 
gave  it  a  kick  with  his  foot,  exclaiming, 
"  Courage,  my  friends  ;  we  have  begun 
well,  let  us  also  finish  well."* 


*  As  soon  as  the  events  we  have  related, 
which  did  not  occupy  much  time,  had  taken 
place  at  the  residence  of  the  Admiral  and  at  the 
Louvre,  the  alarm-bell  sounded  from  the  Palace 
of  Justice.  This  was  the  signal  for  all  the  sub- 
ordinate agents  of  the  consjiiracy  in  the  different 
parts  of  the  town  to  commence  their  operations. 
Tavannes  and  several  of  his  associates  immedi- 
ately appeared  on  horseback  in  the  streets  ;  and, 
riding  about  in  all  directions,  called  out  to  the 
people  to  kill  the  Hugonots,  telling  them  that 
such  was  the  command  of  the  king,  who  desired 
that  not  a  single  heretic  should  be  suffered  to 
escape.  From  this  moment  the  slaughter  was 
universal  and  indiscriminate.  Inflamed  with  the 
wildest  fury  of  religious  hatred,  to  which,  in 
many  cases,  fear,  revenge,  and  other  malignant 
passions  added  double  force,  (for  many  doubtless 
believed  that  in  thus  imbruing  their  hands  in  the 
blood  of  their  fellow-citizens,  they  were  only  de- 
stroying those  who  would  otherwise  have  massa- 
cred them,)  the  multitude  set  no  bounds  to  their 
ferocity  and  cruelty.  Persons  of  both  sexes  and 
of  all  ages  equally  fell  victims  to  their  unpitying 
rage.  Every  house  supposed  to  be  tenanted  by 
persons  of  the  obnoxious  religion  was  broken  into. 
The  inmates  sometimes  attempted  to  fly  or  to 
hide  themselves,  but  rarely  offered  any  resistance. 
It  was  all  headlong  fury  on  the  one  side,  and  as- 
tonishment and  consternation  on  the  other.  Nor 
were  all  those  who  perished,  protestants.  Many 
took  advantage  of  the  confusion  of  this  popular 
tempest  to  satiate  their  private  and  personal  en- 
mities, and  to  wreak  on  a  brother  of  the  same 
faith  the  hoarded  hatred  of  years.  All  the  worst 
passions  of  the  human  heart  were  let  loose  ;  but 
their  one  wild  cry  was  Blood  !  Blood  !  On  that 
terrible  sabbath  blood  reeked  from  the  principal 
streets  of  Paris  as  from  a  field  of  battle.  The 
bodies  of  the  slaughtered,  we  are  told  by  a  co- 
temporary  chronicler,  of  men,  of  women,  of  chil- 
dren, and  of  infants,   were  heaped  together  into 


258 


FRANCE. 


For  five  days  did  the  massacre  continue.  I  tion  of  the  soldiery,  and  imbued  their 
The  catholic  citizens,  who  had  been  se-  hands,  without  remorse,  in  the  blood  of 
cretly  prepared,  by  their  leaders,  for  such  their  neighbors,  their  companions,  and 
a  scene,  zealously  seconded  the  execu-  even  their  nearest  relations.    Among  the 


carts,  and  so  carried  down  and  shot  into  the  river, 
in  which  they  might  be  seen  every  where  floating 
and  tumWing,  while  its  waters  were  turned  red 
by  the  blood  that  flowed  from  them.  The  gen-  1 
eral  description  which  De  Thou  gives  us  of  the 
horrors  of  the  scene  is,  especially  in  his  own  elo-  I 
quent  Latin,  exceedingly  striking.  "  The  people," 
he  says,  "  incited  against  their  fellow-countrymen 
by  the  captains  and  lieutenants  of  the  city  guard, 
who  were  flying  about  in  all  directions,  rioted  in 
the  frenzy  of  a  tjoundless  license  ;  and  all  things 
wore  an  aspect  of  wo  and  affright.  The  streets 
resounded  with  the  uproar  of  the  crowds  rushing 
on  to  slaughter  and  plunder,  while  ever  and  anon 
the  lamenting  cries  of  persons  dying  or  in  peril 
met  the  ear,  or  the  carcasses  of  those  who  had 
been  murdered  were  seen  tossed  forth  from  the 
windows  of  theirdwellings.  The  courts,  and  even 
the  inner  apartments,  of  many  houses  were  filled 
with  the  slain  ;  dead  bodies  were  rolled  or  dragged 
along  the  mire  of  the  highways  ;  the  bloody  pud- 
dle overflowed  the  kennels,  and  ran  down  at  dif- 
ferent places  in  streams  to  the  river ;  an  innumer- 
able multitude  perished,  not  only  of  men,  but 
likewise  of  pregnant  women  and  children." 

But  a  few  individual  pictures,  which  we  shall 
now  proceed  to  select,  will  convey  a  clearer  idea 
of  the  atrocities  of  this  infamous  massacre. 

We  have  already  stated  that  the  attendants  of 
Coligny,  and  the  protestant  gentlemen  who  resi- 
ded m  his  house,  fled  by  a  window  in  the  roof, 
and  that  a  few  of  them  succeeded  by  this  means 
for  a  time  in  eluding  their  pursuers.  x\mong 
these  was  the  young  Teligny,  recently  married 
to  the  daughter  of  the  Admiral,  a  gentleman  of 
distinguished  qualiflcations,  and  universally  re- 
garded by  his  party  with  the  warmest  attachment. 
He  had  been  observed  making  his  way  along  the 
roof  of  a  house  by  several  persons  belonging  to 
the  court ;  but,  although  he  was  one  of  those 
whom  they  had  been  particularly  charged  not  to 
allow  to  escape,  they  could  not  find  it  in  their 
heart  to  kill  him,  "  of  so  sweet  a  nature  was  he," 
says  the  old  chronicler,  "  and  so  much  beloved  by 
all  to  whom  he  was  known."  He  was  afterwards 
discovered  by  some  soldiers  in  a  garret,  and  even 
they,  upon  learning  his  name,  went  away  and  left 
him  unharmed.  But  some  other  soldiers,  belong- 
ing to  the  guard  of  the  Duke  of  Anjou,  coming 
shortly  after  to  the  place  where  he  was  hid,  de- 
spatched him  along  with  several  individuals  of  the 
Admiral's  suite,  (who  were  with  him.)  This  they 
did,  it  is  related  by  command  of  their  captain, 
L'Archan  ;  althoug-h  that  person  had  heretofore 
been  Teligny 's  familiar  friend.  But  all  such  con- 
nections between  those  not  professing  the  same 
faith  were  now  broken  and  forgotten. 

Among  others  who  perished  was  the  celebrated 
Peter  Ramus,  one  of  the  most  intrepid  spirits  of 
modern  times,  and  whose  whole  life  nearly  had 
been  as  stormy  as  its  termination  was  now  misera- 


ble. He  was  at  this  time  Professor  of  Philosophy 
and  Eloquence  in  the  College  of  Prcsles  (which 
stood  in  the  south-eastern  quarter  of  the  city,  at 
the  corner  of  the  Rue  des  Carmes)  ;  a  dignity 
which  he  had  held  for  above  twenty  years,  although 
the  civil  commotions  by  which  the  kingdom  had  so 
long  been  agitated  had  frequently  compelled  him 
to  retire  for  a  season  from  the  performance  of  its 
duties.  He  had,  however,  returned  to  Paris  and 
to  his  academic  sanctuary  on  the  general  pacifica- 
tion of  1570.  Being  a  zealous  opponent  not  only 
of  the  ancient  religion,  but  likewise  of  the  philo- 
sophy which  had  long  reigned  in  the  schools,  he 
was  regarded  with  particular  enmity  by  the  ad- 
herents of  the  prevailing  faith.  It  is  asserted  by 
the  authority  we  last  quoted,  that  the  murderers 
were  sent  to  his  college,  within  which  he  had 
concealed  himself,  by  one  Jaques  Carpentier,  his 
personal  enemy.  "  Being  found  by  them,"  con- 
tinues the  writer,  "  he  gave  them  a  considerable 
sum  of  money  to  save  his  life.  Nevertheless,  he 
was  massacred,  and  throvim  from  the  window  of  a 
high  chamber  to  the  ground  ;  so  that  his  entrails 
were  scattered  over  the  pavement,  after  which 
they  wer.e  dragged  along  the  streets,  the  body 
being  all  the  while  scourged  by  some  scholars, 
spurred  on  by  their  masters,  to  the  great  disgrace 
of  good  letters,  of  which  Ramus  made  profession." 

Another  notice  supplies  us  with  an  instance  of 
the  manner  in  which  individuals  took  advantage 
of  the  opportunity  aff"orded  them,  by  the  unbridled 
license  of  the  moment  to  destroy  those  who  were 
on  any  account  obnoxious  to  them,  or  of  whom 
they  desired  to  rid  themselves.  After  relating 
the  heroic  conduct  of  the  wife  of  Anthony  Mer- 
lanchon  (who,  while  both  herself  and  her  husband 
were  in  the  hands  of  the  murderers,  maintained 
the  profession  of  her  religion  with  unshrinking 
resolution,  and  exhorted  her  husband  to  follow 
her  example),  the  chronicler  proceeds  ; — "  This 
example  of  female  constancy  is  marvellous  and 
greatly  to  be  praised.  On  the  contrary,  the  mal- 
ice and  cruelty  of  the  wife  of  a  joiner  living  in 
the  Rue  des  Prouvelles,  a  man  advanced  in  life, 
was  strange  and  monstrous.  For  being  during 
the  night  thrown  into  the  river  he  saved  himself 
by  swimming  to  the  bank,  and  thence  having 
climbed  up  by  the  great  beams  of  the  bridge,  he 
came  entirely  naked  near  to  the  Culture  of  St. 
Catherine,  where  his  wife  had  taken  refuge  with  a 
relation  of  her  own,  and  where  he  thought  also  he 
might  remain  in  some  security.  But,  in  place  of 
taking  him  in,  his  wife  made  them  send  him  back, 
and  chase  him  away  all  naked  as  he  was,  so  that 
the  poor  man  knew  not  where  to  go  ;  and,  being 
found  next  morning  in  the  street  in  such  a  condi- 
tion, was  speedily  retaken  and  drowned." 

Although,  as  has  been  already  mentioned,  the 
victims  of  the  St.  Bartholomew  in  general  made 
scarcely  even  an  attempt  to  defend  themselves, 
^  still  several  instances  occurred  in  which  the  per- 


FRANCE. 


25< 


most  illustrious  victims,  beside  Coligny, 
were  the  Count  de  Rochefoucalt  and  Te- 
ligni,  who  had  married  the  daughter  of 


son  attacked  did  not  fall  before  he  had  maintained 
a  severe  struggle  with  his  assailants.  Among 
others  may  be  mentioned  the  Sicur  de  Guerchy, 
who,  wrapping  his  mantle  around  his  arm,  fought 
with  his  sword,  the  only  weapon  he  had,  till  he 
sunk  under  the  blows  that  fell  upon  him  from  all 
sides.  Tavervy  also,  the  lieutenant  of  the  Pa- 
trole,  when  the  bloodthirsty  mob  attacked  his 
house,  defended  himself  by  the  assistance  of  one 
of  his  soldiers,  with  great  bravery,  so  long  as  his 
ammunition  lasted.  He  was  at  last,  however, 
overpowered.  "  Being  then  killed,"  it  is  said. 
"  and  his  furniture  and  most  precious  jewels  car- 
ried off,  the  soldiers  laid  hold  of  a  lady,  his  sister, 
who  was  in  bed,  sick  and  at  the  point  of  death, 
and  dragged  her  naked  through  the  streets,  till 
she  breathed  her  last  in  their  hands." 

The  next  relation  which  we  shall  quote  is  cu- 
rious in  several  other  respects,  as  well  as  for  the 
evidence  which  it  affords  of  the  baser  motives 
which  mingled  with  the  religious  zeal  of  many  of 
the  most  active  among  the  murderers  to  urge 
them  on  through  their  bloody  work.  The  reader 
will  remark  the  illustrations  of  interesting  points 
of  antiquarian  research  which  our  extract  presents 
in  its  references  to  "  the  bell  of  the  window,"  {la 
sonnette  de  la  fencstrc),  and  the  time-piece  worth 
seven  or  eight  hundred  crowns.  The  gold-wire- 
drawer  {le  tiretir  d'or),  who  figures  in  this  narra- 
tive, was  a  person  of  the  name  of  Cruce,  who 
made  himself  conspicuous  above  all  his  fellows 
by  his  enormous  butcheries.  "  Often,"  says  De 
Thou,  "  have  I  with  horror  seen  and  heard  that 
man,  truly  worthy  of  crucifixion  {vere  criiz  dig- 
num),  boasting  with  tremendous  ferocity  as  he 
extended  his  bare  arm,  that  with  that  he  had  him- 
self slaughtered  more  than  four  hundred  persons 
during  the  massacre." 

"  Maturin  Lussaut,  goldsmith  to  the  Queen- 
mother,  dwelling  in  the  Rue  St.  Germain,  near 
the  Miroir,  hearing  the  bell  of  his  window  ring, 
came  down  stairs,  and  as  he  opened  his  door  was 
pierced  through  with  a  sword  by  the  gold-wire- 
drawcr.  His  son,  hearing  the  noise,  came  down 
in  all  haste,  and  received  a  great  blow  from  a 
sword  on  the  back.  Nevertheless,  he  fled  to- 
wards the  house  of  a  tailor,  who  would  not,  how- 
ever, 0])en  the  door  to  him  ;  and  by  that  means 
he  was  despatched  by  a  ruffian,  who  on  rifling 
him  found  in  the  pocket  of  his  breeches  a  very 
handsome  watch,  of  the  price  of  from  seven  to 
eight  hundred  crowns,  which  the  wire-drawer 
having  perceived,  began  to  throw  himself  into  a 
passion,  and  to  vent  his  rage  on  this  ruffian,  and 
was  going  to  kill  him,  alleging  that  he  had  come 
to  poach  upon  another's  manor.  But  the  other 
having  resisted  his  violence,  this  wire-drawer 
went  off  to  make  report  of  the  matter  to  the 
Duke  of  Anjou,  who  kept  the  watch,  paying  ten 
crowns  for  it,  which  he  made  be  given  to  the 
murderer.  The  servant,  a  young  girl  of  sixteen, 
took  refuge  in  the  house  of  a  velvet  manufactur- 
er, who  wished  to  make  her  promise   to  go   to  | 


the  admiral.  The  Count  de  Montgomery, 
and  the  Vidame  of  Chartres,  with  near  a 
hundred  others,  who  lodged  on  the  south 


mass,  and  while  she  was  disputing  with  him,  the 
murderers  came  upon  her  and  killed  her.  After 
having  in  this  manner  slain  Lussaut,  they  shut 
the  door  and  went  away.  Frances  Baillet,  his 
wife,  an  honorable  lady,  having  learned  from  a 
young  man  named  Rene,  what  had  happened  to 
her  husband  and  her  son,  went  up  to  the  garret, 
and,  opening  a  window  to  make  her  escape  to  the 
court  of  her  neighbor,  as  many  others  had  done, 
the  fall  she  received  was  so  violent  that  she  broke 
both  her  legs.  The  murderers  having  re-entered 
the  house,  and  perceiving  this  window  open  and 
the  house  empty,  so  threatened  and  terrified  the 
person  next  door,  (who  had  concealed  the  womaa 
in  his  cellar),  that  he  told  them  where  she  was. 
Then  they  took  her,  and  dragged  her  by  the  hair 
for  a  great  way  along  the  streets  ;  and,  perceiv- 
ing bracelets  of  gold  on  her  arms,  that  they 
might  not  have  the  trouble  of  unfastening  them, 
they  hacked  off  her  two  hands  ;  and  as  she  be- 
moaned to  herself  their  extreme  cruelty,  a  cook 
who  was  in  the  crowd  thrust  a  spit  through  her 
body,  which  remained  fixed  in  it.  Some  hours 
afterwards  the  body  thus  mutilated  was  dragged 
into  the  river.  The  two  hands  lay  for  several 
days  on  the  pavement,  where  they  were  gnawed 
by  the  dogs." 

But  we  cannot  afford  space  for  any  more  of 
these  horrid  relations.  Of  the  persons  massacred 
"  the  great  number,"  says  the  writer  of  the  Me- 
moirs, "  were  killed  by  powerful  stabs  with  dag- 
gers and  poniards.  Those  were  treated  with  the 
least  cruelty.  For  the  others  were  tortured  in 
all  the  parts  of  their  bodies,  mutilated  of  their 
limbs,  mocked  and  outraged  by  taunts  still  sharper 
than  the  points  of  the  swords  by  which  they  were 
pierced."  Several  old  men,  he  goes  on  to  state, 
being  seized  and  brought  down  to  the  river,  were 
first  knocked  on  the  head  against  the  stones  of 
the  quay,  and  then  thrown  half  dead  into  the 
water.  In  one  of  the  streets  a  number  6f  boys 
of  nine  or  ten  years  of  age,  were  seen  dragging 
about  an  infant  yet  in  swaddling-cloths  by  a  rope 
tied  round  its  neck.  Another  little  child,  on  being 
laid  hold  of,  began  to  laugh  and  to  play  with  the 
beard  of  the  stranger  in  whose  arms  it  found  it- 
self; but  the  man,  untouched  by  its  simple  inno- 
cence, thrust  his  dagger  into  its  bosom,  and  then 
tossed  it  into  the  river.  "  The  paper  would  weep," 
concludes  our  author,  "  if  I  were  to  recite  the 
horrible  blasphemies  which  were  uttered  by  these 
monsters  and  incarnate  devils  during  the  fury  of 
so  many  slaughters.  The  uproar,  the  continual 
sound  of  arquebuses  and  pistols,  the  lamerttable 
and  affrighting  cries  of  those  in  agony,  the  vocif- 
erations of  the  murderers,  tlie  dead  bodies  thrown 
from  the  windows,  or  dragged  through  the  mire 
with  strange  hootings  and  hissings,  the  smashing 
of  doors  and  windows,  the  stones  which  were 
thrown  against  them,  and  the  pillaging  of  more 
than  six  hundred  houses — all  this,  long  continu- 
ed, could  only  present  to  the  eyes  of  the  reader  a 
perpetual  image  of  e.xtreme  misery  in  all  its  forms," 


260 


FRANCE. 


Massacre  of  St.  Bartholomews. 


of  the  Seine,  escaped  on  horseback,  half 
naked  ;  but  they  were  pursued  and  over- 
taken by  the  Duke  of  Guise,  who  cut  in 
pieces  nearly  the  whole  of  them. 

The  young  King  of  Navarre  and  the 
Prince  of  Conde,  exempted  from  the 
general  destruction,  were  brought  before 
Charles,  and  commanded  to  abjure  their 
rehgion.  The  King  of  Navarre  consent- 
ed ;  but  the  Prince  hesitating,  Charles, 
in  a  transport  of  rage,  exclaimed,  "  Death, 
mass,  or  the  bastile  !"  The  violence  of 
this  threat  intimidated  the  Prince  ;  and 
recanting  his  heresy,  he  received  absolu- 
tion from  the  Cardinal  of  Bourbon. 

During  the  greater  part  of  the  massa- 
cre, Charles  posted  himself  at  one  of  the 
windows  of  his  palace,  from  which  he  not 
only  saw  and  encouraged  the  assassins, 
by  frequently  calling  ^ut,  "  Kill,  Kill !" 
but  even  repeatedly  fired  upon  the  mise- 
rable fugitives. 

The  same  barbarous  orders  were  sent 
to  all  the  provinces  of  the  kingdom  ;  and 
they  were  faithfully  obeyed  in  Lyons, 
Orleans,  Rouen,  Bourges,  Angers,  and 
Toulouse.  In  Provence,  Dauphiue,  and 
some  other  parts,  the  Protestants  were 
protected.  The  Viscount  Orthes,  who 
commanded  in  Bayonne,  in  reply  to  the 


order  which  he  received,  wrote  back  to 
the  king,  that  Bayonne  contained  loyal 
citizens  and  brave  soldiers,  but  that 
among  them  he  was  not  able  to  find  one 
executioner.  The  Bishop  of  Liseux,  on 
this  occasion,  conducted  himself  in  a 
manner  becoming  the  religion  of  which 
he  was  the  minister  ;  for  when  the  com- 
mandant of  that  place  communicated  to 
him  the  orders  of  the  court,  he  answered, 
"  You  must  not  execute  them ;  those 
whom  you  are  commanded  to  destroy 
are  my  flock ;  it  is  true  they  have  gone 
astray,  but  I  shall  use  my  endeaA'ors  to 
bring  them  back  to  the  right  fold.  The 
gospel  does  not  say,  that  the  shepherd 
should  spill  the  blood  of  his  flock  ;  on  the 
contrary,  I  read  in  it,  that  I  ought,  if  ne- 
cessary, to  spill  my  blood  for  them." 
These  instances  of  humanity  were,  how- 
ever, few  ;  and  it  is  supposed  that, 
throughout  France,  25,000  Protestants 
perished,  and  in  Paris  alone  10,000. 

As  a  justification  of  this  dreadful  and 
unparalleled  massacre,  Charles  pretend- 
ed, that  the  Protestants  had  formed  a  con- 
spiracy to  seize  his  person  ;  and  that,  in 
his  own  defence,  he  had  been  imder  the 
necessity  of  giving  orders  for  its  execu- 
tion.    But  the  real  motive   and  object 


FRANCE. 


261 


M'ere  by  no  means  thus  concealed  ;  nay, 
they  were  even  displayed  to  public  no- 
tice, by  the  proceedings  of  the  parliament 
and  the  court.  The  former  ordered  an 
annual  procession  to  celebrate  the  deliv- 
erance of  the  kingdom ;  and  the  latter 
had  a  medal  struck,  with  a  legend,  inti- 
mating, in  express  terms,  that  piety  had 
armed  justice  on  this  occasion.  Still 
more  unequivocally  were  the  real  causes 
of  the  massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew  dis- 
played, by  the  feelings  with  which  the 
intelligence  of  it  was  received  at  Rome 
and  in  Spain.  In  both,  public  rejoicings 
were  held,  and  solemn  thanks  were  re- 
turned to  God  for  its  success,  under  the 
name  of  the  "  triumph  of  the  church 
militant."  Among  the  protestants,  it 
excited  the  most  deep  and  penetrating 
horror,  and  no  where  to  a  greater  degree 
than  in  England.  Fenelon,  the  French 
ambassador  at  the  court  of  St.  James, 
gives  the  following  striking  picture  of  his 
first  audience  after  the  massacre  was 
known  :  "  A  gloomy  sorrow  sate  on 
every  face ;  silence,  as  in  the  dead  of 
night,  reigned  through  all  the  chambers 
of  the  royal  apartments  ;  the  ladies  and 
the  courtiers,  clad  in  deep  mourning, 
were  ranged  on  every  side ;  and  as  I 
passed  by  them,  in  my  approach  to  the 
queen,  not  one  bestowed  on  me  a  favora- 
ble look,  or  made  the  least  return  to  my 
salutations." 

The  effect  of  the  massacre  on  the  pro- 
testants was  directly  the  reverse  of  what 
the  king  expected  ;  but  exactly  such  as  a 
knowledge  of  human  nature,  and  of  reli- 
gious zeal  and  enthusiasm,  would  have 
anticipated.  Galvanism,  instead  of  being 
destroyed,  became  more  formidable  by 
despair  ;  and  a  thirst  for  revenge,  united 
to  an  ardent  spirit  of  civil  and  religious 
liberty.  A  fourth  civil  war  was  kindled. 
The  protestants  assembled  in  large  bo- 
dies, and  took  refuge  in  the  strong  places 
which  belonged  to  their  party.  In  these, 
now  fatally  convinced  that  their  only  al- 
ternative was  open  rebellion — if  rebellion 
it  might  be  called — or  persecution,  they 
resolved  to  defend  themselves  to  the  last 
extremity.  At  their  head  appeared  the 
King  of  Navarre  and  the  Prince  of  Conde, 
both  of  whom  abjured  a  religion  which 
they  had  been  compelled  to  profess.   Ro- 


chelle  made  a  desperate  defence  against 
the  duke  of  Anjou,  who  lost  almost  all 
his  army  before  it.  The  siege  continued 
eight  months,  during  which  time  the  citi- 
zens repelled  nine  general,  and  twenty 
particular  attacks,  and  at.length  obliged 
the  duke  to  grant  them  an  advantageous 
peace.  The  town  of  Sancerre  was  de- 
fended with  equal  bravery  for  upwards 
of  seven  months  ;  nor  did  the  inhabitants 
surrender  till  they  had  obtained  the  pro- 
mise of  liberty  of  conscience.  About 
this  time,  the  duke  of  Anjou  was  elected 
king  of  Poland  ;  and  the  miseries  of 
France  daily  increasing,  Gharles  em- 
braced the  pretence  afforded  by  the  ele- 
vation of  his  brother  to  conclude  a  treaty 
with  the  protestants  which  he  did  not 
intend  to  keep,  and  to  which  they  never 
trusted. 

During  the  first  years  of  the  reign  of 
Henry  III,  who  succeeded  his  brother 
Gharles,  the  war  with  the  protestants  was 
carried  on  with  indifferent  success  on 
the  part  of  the  catholics.  In  1575,  a 
peace  was  concluded,  known  by  the 
name  of  the  Edict  of  Pacification,  the 
substance  of  which  was,  that  liberty  of 
conscience,  and  the  public  exercise  of  re- 
ligion, were  granted  to  the  reformed, 
without  any  other  restriction  than  that 
they  should  not  preach  within  two  leagues 
of  Paris,  or  any  other  part  where  the 
court  was  ;  party  chambers  were  erected 
in  every  parliament,  to  consist  of  equal 
numbers  of  catholics  and  protestants,  be- 
fore whom  all  causes  were  to  be  tried  ; 
the  judgments  against  the  admiral,  and, 
in  general,  all  who  had  fallen  in  the  war, 
were  reversed ;  and  eiglit  towns  were 
given  up  to  the  protestants. 

This  edict  caused  the  Guises  to  form  an 
association  called  the  Gatholic  League. 
In  this  league,  though  the  king  was  men- 
tioned with  respect,  he  could  not  but 
see  that  it  struck  at  the  very  root  of  his 
authority ;  for,  as  the  protestants  had  al- 
ready their  chiefs,  so  the  catholics  were, 
for  the  future,  to  depend  entirely  upon 
the  chief  of  the  league  ;  and  were,  by 
the  very  words  of  it,  to  execute  what- 
ever he  commanded,  for  the  good  of  the 
cause,  against  any,  without  exception 
of  persons. 

As  Heary  IV  was  a  protestant,  or  at 


262 


FRANCE. 


least  one  who  greatly  favored  their  cause,  | 
he  was  at  first  acknowledged  by  very  few 
except  those  of  the  protestant  party.  As 
the  king  of  Spain  had  laid  claim  to  the  ; 
crown  of  France,  Henry  no  sooner  found 
himself  firmly  eeated  on  the  throne,  than 
he  formally  declared  war  against  Spain ; 
and  in  1 597  entered  upon  the  quiet  pos- 
session of  his  kingdom. 

The  king's  first  care  was  to  put  an  end 
to  the  religious  disputes  which  had  so 
long  distracted  the  kingdom.     For  this  | 
pui'pose  he  promulgated   the   celebrated  | 
edict,  dated  at  Nautes,  April   13,    1598. 
It  re-established,  in  a  most  solid  and  ef- 
fectual manner,  all  the  favors   that  had 
ever  been  granted  to  the  protestants,  by 
other  princes ;  adding  some  which  had 
not  been  thought  of  before,  particularly  j 
the  allowing  them  the  free  admission  to 
all  employments  of  trust,  profit,  and  hon- 1 
or  ;  the  establishing  chambers  in  which 
the  members  of  the  two  religions  were 
equal ;  and  the  permitting  their  children  | 
to  be  educated  without  constraint  in  any  ■ 
of  the  universities.     Soon  after  he  con- 
cluded peace  with  Spain  upon  very  ad- 
vantageous terms. 

On  the  death  of  Henry  IV,  the  queen- 
mother  assumed  the  regency,  which, 
during  the  minority  of  Louis  XIII,  was 
only  remarkable  for  the  intrigues  of  the 
courtiers.  In  1617,  the  king  assumed 
the  government  himself,  banished  the 
queen-mother  to  Blois,  caused  her  favor- 
ite marshal  d'Ancre  to  be  killed,  and 
chose  for  his  minister  the  celabrated  car- 
dinal Richelieu.  In  1620,  a  new  war 
broke  out  between  the  catholics  and 
protestants,  Avhich  was  carried  on  with 
great  fury  on  both  sides  ;  and  we  may 
judge  of  the  spirit  which  actuated  both 
parties,  by  what  happened  at  Negreplisse, 
a  town  in  Quercy.  This  place  was  be- 
sieged by  the  king's  troops,  and  it  was 
resolved  to  make  an  example  of  the  in- 
habitants. The  latter,  however,  abso- 
lutely refused  to  surrender  upon  any 
terras.  They  defended  themselves  brave- 
ly ;  but  the  city  being  at  last  taken  by 
storm,  they  were  all  massacred,  without 
respect  of  rank,  sex,  or  age.  Both  par- 
ties, however,  became  weary  of  such  a 
destructive  war  ;  and  a  peace  was  con- 
cluded in  1621,  by  which  the  edict  of 


Nantes  was  confirmed.  This  treaty, 
however,  was  of  short  duration.  A  new 
war  broke  out,  which  lasted  till  the  year 
1628,  when  the  edict  of  Nantes  was 
again  confirmed.  This  put  an  end  to 
the  civil  wars  on  account  of  religion  in 
France.  Historians  say,  that  in  these 
wars  above  a  million  of  men  lost  their 
lives  ;  that  150,000,000  hvres  were 
spent  in  carrying  them  on  ;  and  that  9 
cities,  400  villages,  2,000  churches, 
2,000  monasteries,  and  10,000  houses, 
were  burnt  or  destroyed  during  iheir 
continuance. 

The  following  year  the  king  was  at- 
tacked with  a  slow  fever,  which  nothing 
could  allay.  The  year  after,  however, 
he  recovered,  to  the  great  disappointment 
of  his  mother,  who  had  been  in  hopes  of 
regaining  her  power.  She  was  arrested  ; 
but  found  means  to  escape  into  Flanders, 
where  she  remained  till  the  conclusion 
of  his  reign.  Richelieu,  by  a  masterly 
train  of  politics,  though  himself  a  violent 
catholic,  supported  the  protestants  of 
Germany  and  Gustavus  Adolphus  against 
the  house  of  Austria  ;  and,  after  quelling 
all  the  rebellions  and  conspiracies  which 
had  been  formed  against  the  government 
of  France,  he  died  some  months  before 
Louis  XIII,  in  1643. 

Louis  XIV,  surnamed  Le  Grand,  suc- 
ceeded to  the  throne  when  he  was  only 
five  years  of  age.  During  his  minority, 
the  kingdom  was  placed  under  the  ad- 
ministration of  his  mother,  Anne  of  Aus- 
tria. The  prince  of  Conde  filled  a  pro- 
minent situation  in  the  early  part  of  this 
reign  :  sometimes  a  patriot,  sometimes 
a  courtier,  and  sometimes  a  rebel.  He 
was  opposed  by  the  celebrated  Turenne. 
The  nation  of  France  was  involved  at 
once  in  civil  and  domestic  wars  ;  but  the 
queen-mother  having  made  choice  of  car- 
dinal Mazarine,  for  her  first  minister,  he 
found  means  to  divide  the  domestic  ene- 
mies of  the  court  so  effectually  among 
themselves,  that  when  Louis  assumed 
the  reins  of  government  into  his  own 
hands,  he  found  himself  the  most  abso- 
lute monarch  that  had  ever  sat  upon  the 
throne  of  France.  He  had  the  good  for- 
tune, on  the  death  of  Mazarine,  to  put 
the  domestic  administration  of  his  affairs 
into  the  hands  of  Colbert,  who  formed, 


FRANCE. 


263 


new  systems  for  the  glory,  commerce, 
and  manufactures  of  France,  all  which 
he  carried  into  effect.  The  Grand  Mo- 
7iarque,  as  he  was  called,  was  blind  to 
every  patriotic  duty  of  a  king,  promoting 
the  interests  of  his  subjects  only  that 
they  might  better  answer  the  purposes 
of  his  greatness.  By  his  impolitic  and 
imjust  revocation  of  the  edict  of  Nantes, 
in  the  year  1685,  the  protestants  were 
obliged  to  take  shelter  in  England,  Hol- 
land, and  different  parts  of  Germany, 
where  they  established  the  silk  manufac- 
tories, to  the  great  injury  of  the  commerce 
of  their  own  country  ;  and  in  the  end,  he 
raised  against  himself  a  confederacy  of 
almost  all  the  other  princes  of  Europe. 
He  was,  however,  so  fortunate  in  the  se- 
lection of  his  officers,  that  he  was  enabled 
successfully  to  oppose  this  alliance  for 
many  years  ;  and  France  seemed  to  have 
attained  the  highest  pitch  of  military  glory, 
under  the  conduct  of  those  renowned  gen- 
erals Conde  and  Turenne.  At  length,  the 
English,  under  the  duke  of  Marlborough, 
and  Austria,  under  prince  Eugene,  ren- 
dered the  latter  part  of  Louis'  life  as 
miserable  as  the  beginning  of  it  was 
splendid.  His  reign,  from  the  year  1702 
to  1711,  was  one  continued  series  of  de- 
feats and  calamities  ;  a^id  he  had  the 
mortification  of  seeing  those  places  taken 
from  him  which,  in  the  former  part  of  his 
reign,  were  acquired  at  the  expense  of 
many  thousand  lives.  Just  as  he  was 
reduced  to  the  desperate  resolution  of 
collecting  his  people  and  dying  at  their 
head,  he  was  saved  by  the  English  tory 
ministry  deserting  the  cause  of  liberty, 
withdrawing  from  their  allies,  and  con- 
cluding the  peace  of  Utrecht  in  1712. 

The  year  before  the  peace,  his  only 
son,  the  duke  of  Burgundy,  died,  together 
with  the  duchess  and  their  eldest  son  ; 
and  his  only  remaining  child  was  left  at 
the  point  of  death.  The  king  himself 
survived  till  the  month  of  September, 
1715  ;  but  on  the  14th  of  that  month  ex- 
pired, leaving  the  kingdom  to  his  great- 
grandson  Louis,  then  a  minor. 

By  the  last  will  of  Louis,  he  had  de- 
volved the  regency  during  the  minority 
of  the  young  king  upon  a  council,  at  the 
head  of  which  was  the  duke  of  Orleans. 
That  nobleman,  however,   appealed  to 


I  the  parliament  of  Paris,  who  set  aside 
!  the  will  of  the  late  king,  and  declared 
him  sole  regent.  His  first  acts  were 
extremely  popular,  and  gave  the  most 
favorable  ideas  of  his  government  and 
character.  He  restored  to  the  parlia- 
ment the  rights  which  had  been  taken 
from  them  of  remonstrating  against  the 
edicts  of  the  crown,  and  compelled  those 
who  had  enriched  themselves  during  the 
calamities  of  the  former  reign  to  restore 
their  wealth  to  the  rightful  owners.  He 
also  took  every  method  to  efface  the  ca- 
lamities occasioned  by  the  unsuccessful 
wars  in  which  his  predecessor  had  en- 
gaged ;  promoted  commerce  and  agricul- 
ture ;  and,  by  a  close  alliance  with  Great 
Britian  and  the  United  provinces,  seem- 
ed to  lay  the  foundation  of  a  lasting 
tranquillity. 

The  spirit  of  conquest  having  now  in 
a  great  measure  subsided,  and  that  of 
commerce  taken  its  place,  France  be- 
came the  scene  of  a  remarkable  commer- 
cial project.  This  was  the  famous  Mis- 
sissippi scheme,  began  in  1716.  John 
Law,  a  Scotchman,  was  the  author  of  it ; 
and  the  greatness  of  the  idea  recom- 
mended it  to  the  duke  of  Orleans.  His 
project  was  to  pay  off  the  national  debt, 
by  the  introduction  of  paper  money.  A 
bank  was  accordingly  established,  which 
was  soon  declared  royal,  and  united  with 
the  Mississippi,  or  West  India  company, 
from  whose  commerce  the  greatest  riches 
were  expected.  The  opinion  that  had 
long  been  prevalent,  that  the  neighbor- 
hood of  the  river  INIississippi  contained 
inexhaustible  treasiures,  was  the  origin 
of  this  expectation.  It  would  appear, 
that  Law  himself,  who  at  first  regarded 
the  Mississippi  scheme  as  merely  subor- 
dinate and  auxiliary'  to  his  plan  of  paper 
credit,  was  in  a  short  time  beguiled  by  it 
The  bubble  was  soon  blown  to  bursting. 
In  1719,  the  notes  which  he  fabricated, 
exceeded  in  nominal  amount  fourscore 
times  the  real  value  of  the  current  coin 
of  the  kingdom.  At  first,  only  the  debts 
of  the  state  had  been  paid  off  in  this  pa- 


per 


;  but  afterwards,  so  extreme  was  the 


I  eagerness  to  obtain  a  share  in  the  scheme, 
that  they  were  circulated  very  widely 
through  the  kingdom.  At  length,  the 
late  financiers,  in  conjunction  with  the 


264 


FRANCE. 


great  bankers,  exhausted  the  royal  bank, 
by  continually  drawing  upon  it  for  large 
sums.  The  consequence  of  this  was, 
that  every  one  wanted  to  convert  his 
notes  into  cash  ;  and  public  credit  sunk 
all  at  once.  Law  himself  was  obliged  to 
flee.  Upwards  of  500,000  sufferers  pre- 
sented their  whole  fortunes  to  govern- 
ment, in  paper,  which  after  liquidating 
these  debts,  charged  itself  with  the  enor- 
mous sum  of  1,631,000,000  of  livres,  to 
be  paid  in  specie. 

Scarcely  had  the  kingdom  recovered 
from  this  event,  when  the  didve  became 
minister,  but  did  not  long  enjoy  this  post. 
His  irregularities  had  brought  on  a  num- 
ber of  maladies,  under  which  he  in  a 
short  time  sunk,  and  was  succeeded  in 
his  administration  by  the  duke  of  Bour- 
bon Conde.  The  king  had  been  married 
when  very  young,  to  the  infanta  of  Spain, 
though  the  marriage  had  never  been  com- 
pleted. The  princess,  however,  was 
now  brought  to  Paris,  and  for  some  time 
treated  as  queen  of  France  ;  but  as  Louis 
grew  up,  it  was  easy  to  see  that  he  had 
contracted  an  inveterate  hatred  against 
the  intended  partner  of  his  bed.  The 
minister,  therefore,  at  last  consented  that 
the  princess  should  be  sent  back  ;  an 
affront  so  much  resented  by  the  queen, 
her  mother,  that  it  had  almost  produced 
a  war  between  the  two  nations. 

The  dissolution  of  the  marriage  of 
Louis  was  the  last  act  of  Conde's  ad- 
ministration ;  and  the  procuring  of  a  new 
match,  was  the  first  act  of  his  successor, 
cardinal  Fleury.  The  princess  selected 
was  the  daughter  of  Stanislaus  Lesczin- 
ski,  king  of  Poland,  who  had  been  de- 
posed by  Charles  Xll,  of  Sweden.  The 
princess  was  destitute  of  personal  charms, 
but  of  an  amiable  disposition  ;  and  though 
it  is  probable  that  she  never  possessed 
the  love  of  her  husband,  her  excellent 
qualities  commanded  his  esteem  ;  and 
the  birth  of  a  prince  soon  after  their  mar- 
riage removed  all  the  fears  of  the  people 
concerning  the  succession. 

Cardinal  Fleury  continued  the  pacific 
schemes  pursued  by  his  predecessors, 
though  they  were  somewhat  interrupted 
by  the  war  which  took  place  between 
Poland  and  Russia,  in  which  the  former 
was  defeated.     The   disputes    between 


Spain  and  England,  in  1737,  very  little 
affected  the  peace  of  France  ;  and  it  must 
be  remembered  to  the  credit  of  the  min- 
ister Fleury,  that,  instead  of  fomenting 
the  quarrels  between  the  neighboring  po- 
tentates, he  labored  incessantly  to  keep 
them  at  peace.  He  reconciled  the  Ge- 
noese and  Corcisans,  who  were  at  war ; 
and  his  mediation  was  accepted  by  the 
Ottoman  Porte,  v/ho  at  that  time  carried 
on  a  successful  war  with  the  emperor  of 
Germany,  but  made  peace  with  him  at 
the  intercession  of  the  cardinal. 

All  his  endeavors,  however,  proved  at 
last  ineffectual.  On  the  death  of  the 
emperor  Charles  VI,  in  1740,  the  last 
prince  of  the  house  of  Austria,  his  eldest 
daughter,  Maria  Theresa,  claimed  the 
Austrian  succession,  which  comprehend- 
ed the  kingdoms  of  Hungary  and  Bohe- 
mia, the  duchy  of  Silesia,  Austrian  Sua- 
bia,  Upper  and  Lovs^er  Austria,  StjTia, 
Carinthia,  Carniola,  the  four  forest  towns, 
Burgaw,  Brisgaw,  the  Low  Countries, 
Friuli,  Tyrol,  the  duchy  of  Milan,  and 
the  duchies  of  Parma  and  Placeutia. 
Among  the  many  competitors  who  pre- 
tended a  right  to  share,  or  wholly  to  in- 
herit, these  extensive  dominions,  the  king 
of  France  was  one.  But  as  he  wished 
not  to  awaken  the  jealousy  of  the  Eu- 
ropean princes  by  preferring  directly  his 
own  pretensions,  he  chose  rather  to  sup- 
port those  of  Frederic  III,  who  laid 
claim  to  the  duchy  of  Silesia.  This 
brought  on  the  war  of  1740.  It  was  ter- 
minated in  1748  by  the  treaty  of  Aix-la 
Chapelle  ;  but  to  this  Louis,  who  se- 
cretly meditated  a  severe  vengeance 
against  Britain,  only  consented  that  he 
might  have  time  to  recruit  his  fleet,  and 
put  himself  somewhat  more  upon  an 
equality  with  that  country.  But  while 
he  meditated  great  exploits  of  this  kind, 
the  internal  tranquillity  of  the  kingdom 
was  disturbed  by  violent  disputes  be- 
tween the  clergy  and  parliaments  of 
France.  In  the  preceding  reign  there 
had  been  violent  contests  between  the 
Jansenists  and  Jesuits  concerning  free-will 
and  other  obscure  points  of  theology  ; 
and  the  opinions  of  the  Jansenists  had 
been  declared  heretical  by  the  celebrated 
papal  bull  named  Unigenitus ;  the  recep- 
tion of  which  was  enforced  by  the  king, 


FRANCE, 


265 


in  opposition  to  the  parliaments,  the  arch- 
bishop of  Paris,  and  the  body  of  the 
people.  The  archbishop,  with  fifteen 
other  prelates,  protested  against  it  as  "an 
infringement  of  the  rights  of  the  Galli- 
can  church,  of  the  laws  of  the  realm, 
and  an  insult  on  the  rights  of  the  people 
themselves.  The  duke  of  Orleans  fa- 
vored the  bull  by  inducing  the  bishops  to 
submit  to  it ;  but  at  the  same  time  stop- 
ped a  persecution  which  was  going  on 
against  its  opponents.  Thus  matters 
passed  over  till  the  conclusion  of  the 
peace ;  a  short  time  after  which  the 
jealousy  of  the  clergy  was  awakened  by 
an  attempt  of  the  minister  of  state  to  in- 
quire into  the  wealth  of  individuals  of 
their  order.  To  prevent  this,  they  re- 
vived the  contest  about  the  bull  Unigeni- 
tus ;  and  it  was  resolved,  that  confes- 
sional notes  should  be  obtained  of  dying 
persons  ;  that  these  notes  should  be 
signed  by  priests  who  maintained  the  au- 
thority of  the  bull  ;  and  that,  without 
such  notes,  no  person  could  obtain  a  vi- 
aticum, or  extreme  unction.  On  this  oc- 
casion the  new  archbishop  of  Paris  and 
the  parliament  of  that  city  took  opposite 
sides  ;  the  latter  imprisoning  such  of  the 
clergy  as  refused  to  administer  the  sacra- 
ments excepting  in  the  circumstances 
abovementioned.  Other  parliaments  fol- 
lowed the  example  of  that  of  Paris  ;  and 
a  war  was  instantly  kindled  between  the 
civil  and  ecclesiastical  departments  of 
the  state.  In  this  dispute  the  king  inter- 
fered, forbade  the  parliaments  to  take 
cognizance  of  ecclesiastical  proceedings, 
and  commanded  them  to  suspend  all  pros- 
ecutions relative  to  the  refusal  of  the  sa- 
craments ;  but,  instead  of  acquiescing, 
the  parliament  presented  new  remon- 
strances, refused  to  attend  to  any  other 
business,  and  resolved  that  they  coiUd 
not  obey  this  injunction  without  violating 
their  duty  as  well  as  their  oath.  They 
cited  the  bishop  of  Orleans  before  their 
tribunal,  and  ordered  all  writings,  in 
which  its  jurisdiction  was  disputed,  to  be 
burnt  by  the  executioner.  By  the  assist- 
ance of  the  military,  they  enforced  the 
administration  of  the  sacraments  to  the 
sick,  and  ceased  to  distribute  that  justice 
to  the  subject  for  which  they  had  been 
originally  instituted.  The  king,  enraged 
34 


at  their  contumacy,  arrested  and  impris- 
oned four  of  the  members  who  had  been 
most  obstinate,  and  banished  the  remain- 
der to  Bourges,  Poictiers,  and  Auvergne  ; 
while,  to  prevent  any  impediment  from 
taking  place  in  the  administration  of 
justice  by  their  absence,  he  issued  letters- 
patent,  by  which  a  royal  chamber  for  the 
prosecution  of  civil  and  criminal  suits 
was  instituted.  The  counsellors  refused 
to  plead  before  these  new  courts ;  and  the 
king,  finding  at  last  that  the  whole  nation 
was  about  to  fall  into  a  state  of  anarchy, 
thought  proper  to  recall  the  parliament. 
The  banished  members  entered  Paris 
amidst  the  acclamations  of  the  inhabit- 
ants ;  and  the  archbishop,  who  still  con- 
tinued to  encourage  the  priests  in  refus- 
ing the  sacraments,  was  banished  to  his 
seat  at  Conflans  ;  the  bishops  of  Orleans 
and  Troyes  were  in  like  manner  banished, 
and  a  calm  for  the  present  restored  to 
the  kingdom. 

The  tranquillity  thus  established  was  of 
no  long  duration.  In  the  year  1756,  the 
parliament  again  fell  under  the  displeas- 
ure of  the  king  by  their  imprudent  per- 
secution of  those  who  adhered  to  the 
bull  Unigenitus.  They  proceeded  so 
far  in  this  opposition,  as  to  refuse  to  re- 
gister certain  taxes  absolutely  necessary 
for  the  carrying  on  of  the  war.  By  this, 
Louis  was  so  provoked,  that  he  suppressed 
the  fourth  and  fifth  chambers  of  inquests, 
the  members  of  which  had  distinguish- 
ed themselves  by  their  opposition  to  his 
will.  He  commanded  the  bull  Unigenitus 
to  be  respected,  and  prohibited  the  sec- 
ular judges  from  ordering  the  administra- 
tion of  the  sacraments.  On  this,  fifteen 
counsellors  of  the  great  chamber  re- 
signed their  offices,  and  one  hundred  and 
twenty-four  members  of  the  diflferent  par- 
liaments followed  their  example.  An 
attempt  was  made  by  a  fanatic,  named 
Damien,  to  assassinate  him  ;  and  the  king 
was  actually  wounded  though  slightly  be- 
tween the  ribs,  in  the  presence  of  his 
son,  and  in  the  midst  of  his  guards.  The 
assassin  was  put  to  the  most  painful  tor- 
tures ;  in  the  midst  of  which  he  persist- 
ed, in  the  most  obstinate  manner,  to  de- 
clare that  he  had  no  intention  to  kill  the 
king,  but  that  his  design  was  only  to 
wound  him,  that  God   might   touch  his 


266 


FRANCE. 


heart,  and  incline  him  to  restore  peace  to  ' 
his  dominions.  I 

The  unfortunate  resuUs  of  the  war  of 
1755  had  brought  the  nation  to  the  brink 
of  ruin,  when  Louis  implored  the  assist- , 
ance  of  Spain  ;  and  on  this  occasion  the  | 
celebrated  Family  Compact  was  signed,  j 
by  which,  with  the  single  exception  of  the 
American  trade,  the  subjects  of  France  I 
and  Spain  were  naturalized  in  both  king- 1 
doms,  and  the  enemy  of  the  one  sover- 
eign was  invariably  to  be  looked  upon  as 
the  enemy  of  the  other.  At  that  time, 
however,  the  assistance  of  Spain  availed 
very  little  ;  both  powers  were  reduced  to 
the  lowest  ebb,  and  the  arms  of  Britain 
were  triumphant  in  every  quarter  of  the 
globe. 

The  peace  concluded  at  Paris  in  the 
year  1763,  though  it  freed  the  nation 
from  a  most  destructive  and  bloody  war, 
did  not  restore  its  internal  tranquillity. 
The  parliament,  eager  to  pursue  the  vic- 
tory they  had  formerly  gained  over  their 
religious  enemies,  now  directed  their  ef- 
forts against  the  Jesuits,  who  had  obtained 
and  enforced  the  bull  Unigenitus.  That 
once-powerful  order,  however,  was  now 
on  the  brink  of  destruction.  A  conspi- 
racy formed  by  them  against  the  king  of 
Portugal,  and  from  Avhich  he  narrowly 
escaped,  had  roused  the  indignation  of 
Europe  ;  and  this  was  still  further  in- 
flamed by  some  fraudulent  practices  of 
which  they  had  been  guilty  in  France. 
Le  Velette,  the  chief  of  their  mission- 
aries at  Martinico,  had,  ever  since  the 
peace  of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  carried  on  a 
very  extensive  commerce,  insomuch  that 
he  even  aspired  at  monopolising  the 
whole  AVest  India  trade,  when  the  war 
with  Britain  commenced  in  1755.  Le- 
onay  and  GoullVc,  merchants  at  Mar- 
seilles, in  expectation  of  receiving  mer- 
chandise to  the  value  of  two  millions 
from  him,  had  accepted  of  bills  drawn 
by  the  Jesuits  to  the  amount  of  a  mil- 
lion and  a  half.  They  were,  however, 
disappointed  by  the  vast  number  of  cap- 
tures made  by  the  British  ;  in  conse- 
quence of  which  they  were  obliged  to 
apply  to  the  society  of  Jesuits  at  large  ; 
but  they,  either  ignorant  of  their  true  in- 
terest, or  too  slow  in  giving  assistance, 
suffered  the  merchants  to  stop  payment ; 


and   thus   not  only  to  bring   ruin   upon 
themselves,  but  to  involve  others  in  the 
same    calamity.      Their    creditors    de- 
manded indemnification  from  the  society 
at  large ;  and,  on  their  refusal  to  satisfy 
them,  brought  their  cause  before  the  par- 
liament of  Paris.     In  the  course  of  the 
I  investigations,  the  volume  containing  the 
I  constitution  and  government  of  the  order 
:  itself  was  appealed  to,  and  produced  in 
open  court.     It  then  appeared  that  the 
order  of  Jesuits  formed  a  distinct  body 
I  in   the    state,    submitting    implicitly    to 
their  chief,  who  alone  was  absolute  over 
their  lives  and  fortunes.     It  was  likewise 
discovered  that  they  had,  after  a  former 
expulsion,  been  admitted   into  the  king- 
dom  upon    conditions    which  they  had 
never  fulfilled,  and'to   which  their  chief 
I  had  refused  to  subscribe  ;  consequently 
j  that  their  existence  at  that  time  in  the 
I  nation  was   merely  the  effect  of  tolera- 
I  tion.     In  this  critical  moment,  however, 
'  the  king  interfered,  and  by  his  royal  man- 
date suspended    all  proceedings  against 
them  for  a  year;  a  plan  of  accommodation 
was  drawn  up,  and  submitted  to  the  pope, 
and  general  of  the  order ;  but  tire  latter,  by 
his  ill-timed  haughtiness,  entirely  over- 
threw the  hope  of   reconciliation.     The 
king  withdrew   his   protection,  and  the 
parUament  redoubled  their  efforts  against 
them.     The  society  itself  was  dissolved, 
and  its  members  declared   incapable  of 
holding  any  clerical  or  municipal  offices  ; 
their  colleges  were  seized  ;   their  effects 
confiscated,  and  their  order  destroyed. 

The  parliament,  having  gained  this 
victory,  next  made  an  attempt  to  set 
bounds  to  the  power  of  the  king  himself. 
But  every  appearance  of  opposition  was 
at  last  silenced  by  the  absolute  authority 


of  the  king.  In  the  midst  of  this  pleni- 
I  tude  of  poAver,  however,  which  he  had 
so  ardently  desired,  his  health  daily  de- 
clined, and  the  period  of  his  days  was 
CAadently  at  no  great  distance.  He  died 
on  the  10th  of  May,  1774,  of  the  small 
pox,  which  he  received  in  a  most  viru- 
j  lent  form  from  one  of  his  mistresses. 

Louis  XVI,  grandson  to  the  former, 
ascended  the  throne,  in  1774,  in  the 
j  twentieth  year  of  his  age.  When  the 
I  death  of  the  king  was  announced  to  him, 
he  was  sitting  with  Marie  Antoinette,  his 


FRANCE. 


267 


queen.  Both  at  once  knelt  and  exclaim- 
ed, "  My  God  !  guide  us,  protect  us,  we 
are  too  young  to  reign." 

His  father,  the  devout  dauphin,  had 
intrusted  the  prince's  education  to  the 
due  de  la  Vauguyon,  a  noble  of  rigid 
and  ascetic  piety.  This  man  bred  up 
the  future  heir  to  the  throne  of  France 
as  if  he  were  destined  to  be  a  monk ; 
and  took  care  not  to  render  him  not  only 
scrupulously  ignorant  of  all  polite  learn- 
ing, but  even  of  history  and  the  science 
of  government.  The  very  external  ap- 
pearance of  Louis  betrayed  this  tutelage  ; 
he  was  slovenly,  melancholy,  ungraceful, 
bashful,  and  so  diffident,  that  his  eyes 
often  shrunk  from  the  regaj^d  of  his 
meanest  subject  ;  with  all  this,  he  had 
been  inspired  with  such  a  religious  hor- 
ror of  carnal  affections,  that  he  remained 
for  many  years  on  no  closer  terms  than 
those  of  mere  politeness  with  his  young 
and  lovely  queen.  Such  was  the  char- 
acter of  the  new  sovereign,  called  to 
administer  the  realm  at  the  most  critical 
period  of  its  history.  In  order  to  secure 
himself  against  the  disease  which  had 
proved  fatal  to  his  predecessor,  submit- 
ted to  inoculation,  with  several  others  of 
the  royal  family.  Their  quick  and  easy 
recovery  contributed  much  to  extend  that 
practice  throughout  the  kingdom,  and  to 
remove  the  prejudices  which  had  been 
entertained  against  it. 

The  king  had  no  sooner  regained  his 
health  than  he  applied  himself  diligently 
to  extinguish  the  differences  which  had 
taJien  place  between  his  predecessor  and 
the  people.  He  removed  those  from 
their  employments  who  had  given  cause 
of  complaint  by  their  arbitrary  and  op- 
pressive conduct  ;  and  he  conciliated 
the  affection  of  his  subjects  by  removing 
the  new  parliaments  and  recalling  the 
old  ones. 

Although  the  French  monarch  was  of 
a  mild  disposition,  and  not  destitute  of 
generosity  of  sentiment,  yet  his  own  and 
the  public  exultation  had  been  openly 
and  constantly  proportioned  to  the  suc- 
cess of  the  Americans  in  their  contest 
with  Britain  ;  the  princes  of  the  blood 
and  chief  nobility  Avere  eager  to  embark 
in  support  of  the  cause  of  freedom ;  and 
the  prudence  of  the  king  and  his  most 


confidential  ministers  alone  restrained 
their  ardor.  The  fatal  events  of  the  former 
war  were  still  impressed  on  the  mind  of 
Louis  ;  and  he  would  not  consent  to  ex- 
pose his  infant  marine  in  a  contest  with  a 
nation  who  had  so  lately  broken  the  uni- 
ted strength  of  the  house  of  Bourbon. 
Two  agents  from  the  United  States,  Si- 
las Deane  and  Dr.  Benjamin  Franklin, 
had  successively  arrived  at  Paris ;  and 
though  all  audience  was  denied  them  in 
a  public  capacity,  still  they  were  private- 
ly encouraged  to  hope  that  France  only 
waited  the  proper  opportunity  to  vindi- 
cate in  arms  the  independence  of  Ameri- 
ca. In  the  mean  time  the  American 
cruisers  were  hospitably  received  in  the 
French  ports  ;  artillery  and  all  kinds  of 
warlike  stores  were  freely  sold  or  liber- 
ally granted  to  the  requisitions  of  the  col- 
onists ;  and  French  officers  and  engi- 
neers with  the  connivance  of  government, 
entered  into  their  service. 

Some  changes  were  about  this  time 
introduced  into  the  different  departments 
of  state.  The  conduct  of  M.  Necker  in 
the  finances  had  been  attended  with  uni- 
versal approbation ;  and  M.  Taboureau 
de  Reux,  his  colleague,  had  resigned  his 
situation,  but  still  retained  the  dignity 
of  counsellor  of  state.  To  aftbrd  full 
scope  to  the  genius  of  M.  Necker, 
Louis  determined  no  longer  to  clog  him 
with  an  associate  ;  but,  with  the  title  of 
director-general  of  the  finances,  submit- 
ted to  him  the  entire  managc^ient  of  the 
funds  and  revenue  of  France.  In  the 
ensuing  year,  the  count  de  St.  Germains, 
secretary  at  war,  died ;  and  the  prince 
de  Montbarey,  who  had  already  filled 
an  inferior  situation  in  that  department, 
was  now  appointed  to  succeed  him. 

In  the  mean  time,  Louis'  negotiations 
with  foreign  courts  were  not  neglected. 
He  concluded  a  new  treaty  of  alliance 
with  Switzerland;  vigilantly  observed 
the  motions  of  the  different  princes  of 
Germany,  on  the  death  of  the  elector  of 
Bavaria ;  and  when  closely  questioned 
by  the  English  ambassador,  lord  Stor- 
mont,  respecting  the  various  Avarlike  pre- 
parations which  were  continued  through 
the  kingdom,  he  replied,  that  at  a  time 
when  the  seas  were  covered  Avith  Eng- 
lish fleets  and   American  cruisers,  and 


268 


FRANCE 


when  such  powerful  armies  were  sent! 
to  the  New  World,  it  became  prudent 
for  liim  also  to  arm  for  the  security  of 
the  colonies  and  the  protection  of  the 
commerce  of  France.  The  king  well 
knew  that  the  remonstrances  of  Great 
Britain,  and  the  importunities  of  the 
agents  of  the  United  States,  would  soon 
compel  him  to  adopt  some  decisive  line 
of  conduct.  This  was  hastened  by  an 
event  highly  unfavorable  to  England,  in 
the  failure  of  General  Burgoyne's  expe- 
dition, and  the  capture  of  his  army.  The 
news  of  that  event  was  received  at  Pa- 
ris with  unbounded  exultation.  M.  Sar- 
tine,  the  superintendant  of  marine,  was 
eager  to  measure  the  naval  strength  of 
France  with  that  of  Great  Britain  ;  the 
queen,  who  had  long  seconded  the  ap- 
plications of  the  American  agents,  now 
espoused  their  cause  with  fresh  ardor ; 
and  the  pacific  inclinations  of  Louis  being 
overborne  by  the  suggestions  of  his  min- 
isters and  the  influence  of  his  queen,  it 
was  at  length  determined  openly  to  ac- 
knowledge the  independence  of  the  Uni- 
ted States  of  America. 

Dr.  Franklin  and  Silas  Deane,  who 
had  hitherto  acted  as  private  agents, 
were  now  acknowledged  as  public  am- 
bassadors from  those  states  to  the  court 
of  Versailles  ;  and  a  treaty  of  amity  and 
commerce  was  signed  between  the  two 
powers  in  the  month  of  February,  1778. 
The  duke  of  Noailles,  ambassador  to  the 
court  of  London,  was  in  the  month  of 
March,  instructed  to  acquaint  that  court 
with  the  above  treaty.  At  the  same 
time  he  declared,  that  the  contracting 
parties  had  paid  great  attention  not  to 
stipulate  any  exclusive  advantages  in 
favor  of  France,  and  that  the  United 
States  had  reserved  the  liberty  of  treating 
with  every  nation  whatever  on  the  same 
footing  of  equality  and  reciprocity.  But 
this  stipulation  was  treated  by  the  Bri- 
tish with  contempt ;  and  the  recall  of 
lord  Stormont,  our  ambassador  at  Ver- 
sailles, was  the  signal  for  the  commence- 
ment of  hostilities. 

In  the  year  1780,  new  changes  in  the 
French  ministry  took  place.  M.  Bertin 
had  resigned  the  office  of  secretary  of 
state ;  the  prince  de  Montbareyhad  retired 
from  the  post  of  secretary  at  war,  and 


was  succeeded  by  the  marquis  de  Segur. 
But  the  most  important  removal  was  that 
of  M.  Sartine,  who  had  for  several  years 
presided  over  the  marine  department,  and  . 

whose  unwearied  application  and  ability 
had  raised  the  naval  power  of  France  to 
a  height  that  astonished  Europe. 

This  year  the  king  fixed  on  the  anni- 
versary of  his  birth-day  to  render  it  mem- 
orable by  a  new  instance  of  humanity  ; 
and  he  abolished  for  ever  the  inhuman 
custom  of  putting  the  question,  as  it  was 
called,  by  torture  ;  a  custom  which  had 
been  so  established  by  the  practice  of 
ages,  that  it  seemed  to  be  an  inseparable 
part  of  the  constitution  of  the  courts  of 
justice  in  France.  ,At  the  same  time, 
to  defray  the  charges  of  war,  he  con- 
tinued to  diminish  his  own  expenditure  ; 
and  sacrificing  the  appearance  of  regal 
magnificence  to  the  ease  of  his  subjects, 
dismissed  at  once  above  400  officers 
belonging  to  his  court. 

Unhappily,  however,  the  popular  dis- 
contents were  excited  next  year  by  the 
dismissal  of  their  favorite  minister  M. 
Necker.  He  had  conceived  the  arduous 
but  popular  project  of  supporting  a  war 
by  loans  without  taxes  ;  and  the  rigid 
economy  which  he  had  introduced  into 
all  the  departments  of  the  royal  house- 
hold, and  the  various  resources  that  pre- 
sented themselves  to  his  fertile  genius, 
had  supported  him  amidst  the  difficulties 
that  attended  this  system.  But  his  aus- 
terity of  temper  had  not  rendered  him 
equally  acceptable  to  the  sovereign  and 
his  subjects  ;  and  the  repeated  reforms 
he  had  recommended  were  represented 
as  inconsistent  with  the  dignity  of  the 
crown  ;  he  was,  therefore,  in  1781,  dis- 
missed from  his  office  of  comptroller- 
general  ;  and  M.  Joli  de  Fleuri,  coun- 
sellor of  state,  was  appointed  to  that  im- 
portant department.  The  year  of  Neck- 
er's  dismissal  was  nevertheless  a  glo- 
I  rious  one  for  France  and  America.  The 
minister  of  marine,  De  Castries,  chosen 
by  him,  proved  his  talents  by  the  suc- 
j  cesses  which  his  combination  and  activi- 
;  ty  procured.  A  French  army,  wafted 
over  the  Atlantic,  united  with  that  of 
1  Washington,  whilst  the  French  naval 
;  force,  concentrated  in  the  Chesapeake, 
,  materially   aided   the   operations  of  the 


FRANCE. 


269 


the  land  army.  Sir  Henry  Clinton  com-  j  treaty  ;  and  France  throughout  her  ex- 
manded  in  New  York,  Cornwallis  in  tensive  dominions,  beheld  peace  once 
Virginia.     Threatening  both  points,  and  ,  more  established. 

thus  preventing  them  from  mutual  aid,  i  But,  however  exalted  her  present  situ- 
Washington  and  the  French  suddenly  ation  might  appear,  the  seeds  of  future 
turned  their  combined  force  against  the  ,  commotion  were  already  apparent  to  an 
Virginian  army.  Cornwallis  fortified  |  attentive  observer.  The  applause  that 
himself  in  York-Town  ;  and  he  was  soon  j  had  attended  the  parliament  of  Paris  in 
attacked  by  the  French  on  one  side,  and  }  their  struggles  with  the  late  king  might 
by  the  Americans  on  the  other.  The  |  be  considered  as  the  first  dawn  of  free- 
two  gallant  nations,  rivalling  each  other  dom  ;  the  language  of  that  assembly  had 
in  zeal,  could  not  fail  to  be  victorious ;  boldly  inculcated  to  their  countrymen 
the  English  were  beaten  from  their  their  natural  rights,  and  taught  them  to 
works,  and  lord  Cornwallis  was  reduced   look  with  a  less  enraptured  eye  on  the 


to  the  disgrace  of  capitulation.  Many 
noble  names,  soon  to  be  famed  in  French 
annals,  here  first  distinguished  them- 
selves. In  addition  to  La  Fayette  and 
Rochambeau,  were  the  due  de  Lauzun, 
afterwards  de  Biron,  who  perished  in 
the  revolution,  Alexander  Berthier,  Ma- 
thieu  Dumas,  and  the  vicomte  deNoailles. 
The  defeat  of  the  count  de  Grasse  hap- 
pened next  year,  and  impressed  the 
kingdom  with  general  grief  and  conster- 
nation. Immense  preparations  were, 
however,  made  for  the  operations  of 
1783  ;  and,  in  conjunction  with  the  courts 
of  Madrid  and  the  Hague,  Louis  was 
determined  this  year  to  make  the  most 
powerful  efforts  to  bring  the  war  to  a 
conclusion.  But  in  the  midst  of  these 
preparations,    the   A^oice    of  peace    was 


lustre  that  surrounded  the  throne.  The 
war  in  America  had  contributed  to  en- 
large the  political  ideas  of  the  French ; 
they  had  on  that  occasion  stood  forth  as 
the  champions  of  liberty,  in  opposition  to 
regal  power  ;  and  the  officers  on  their  re- 
turn imparted  to  the  provinces  of  France 
the  flame  of  freedom  which  had  been 
kindled  in  the  wilds  of  America.  From 
that  moment  the  French,  instead  of  si- 
lently acquiescing  imder  the  edicts  of 
their  sovereign,  canvassed  each  action 
with  bold  and  rigid  impartiality ;  while 
the  attachment  of  the  army,  which  has 
ever  been  considered  as  the  sole  founda- 
tion of  despotism,  gave  way  to  the  en- 
thusiasm of  liberty. 

We  have  already  noticed   the  public 
dissatisfaction  that  had  attended  the  dis- 


again  heard;  and  Louis  Avas  induced  to  mission  of  M.  Necker  ;  his  transient  suc- 
listen  to  the  proffered  mediation  of  the  '  cessor,  M.  de  Fleury,  had  retired  from 
two  potentates  in  Europe,  the  emperor  i  the  management  of  the  finances  in  1783, 
of  Germany  and  the  empress  of  Russia,  i  and  the  more  transient  administration  of 
The  count  de  Vergennes,  who  still  oc-  M.  d'Ormesson  had  expired  in  the  same 
cupied  the  post  of  secretary  of  foreign  !  year  that  gave  it  birth.  On  his  retreat, 
affairs,  was  appointed  to  treat  with  Mr.  M.  de  Calonne,  who  had  successively 
Fitzherbert,  the  British  minister  at  Brus-  i  filled  with  acknowledged  reputation  the 
sels,  but  who  had  lately  proceeded  to  office  of  intendant  of  Mentz,  and  after- 
Paris  to  conduct  this  important  negotia-  wards  of  the  provinces  of  Flanders  and 
tion.  The  way  was  already  smoothed  Artois,  was  nominated  to  the  post  of 
for  the  restoration  of  the  public  tran-  comptroller-general.  This  gentleman, 
quillity,  by  provisional  articles  signed  at  eloquent  in  conversation  and  polished  in 
the  conclusion  of  the  previous  year  be-  his  manners,  fertile  in  resources,  and  lib- 
tween  the  United  States  of  America  and  eral  in  the  disposal  of  the  public  money, 
Great  Britain,  and  which  were  to  coihsti-  soon  rendered  himself  acceptable  to  the 
tute  a  treaty  of  peace  finally  to  be  con-  sovereign.  But  he  did  not  enter  upon  his 
eluded  when  that  between  France  and  new  and  arduous  station  favored  by  the 
Great  Britain  took  place.  Preliminary  breath  of  popidarity  :  he  was  reported  to 
articles  were  accordingly  agreed  upon  !  be  more  able  than  consistent,  and  not  to 
and  signed  at  Versailles  :  these  were  have  tempered  the  ardor  of  his  spirit  by 
soon    after    succeeded  by   a   definitive ;  the  severity  of  deep  research ;  and  the 


270 


FRANCE. 


people,  amidst  repeated  loans,  regretted 
that  severe  simplicity  which  had  charac- 
terised the  administration  of  M.  Necker. 

The  treaty  of  commerce  concluded  in 
the  year  1786  with  Great  Britain  was  a 
new  source  of  discontent.  Though  re- 
garded by  the  English  manufacturers  as 
far  from  advantageous,  it  excited  in 
France  still  louder  murmurs.  It  was 
represented  as  likely  to  extinguish  those 
infant  establishments  which  were  yet 
unable  to  vie  with  the  manufactures  of 
England  that  had  attained  maturity  ;  but 
the  market  that  it  held  out  for  the  wines 
and  oils  of  France  was  passed  over  in  si- 
lence, while  the  distress  of  the  artisan 
M^as  painted  in  the  most  striking  colors. 
And  when  the  edict  for  registering  the 
loan  at  the  conclusion  of  the  last  year, 
and  which  amounted  to  the  sum  of  three 
millions  three  hundred  and  thirty  thou- 
sand pounds,  was  presented  to  the  par- 
liament of  Paris,  the  murmurs  of  the 
people,  through  the  remonstrances  of 
that  assembly,  assumed  a  more  legal  and 
formidable  aspect.  The  king,  however, 
signified  to  the  select  deputation  that 
were  commissioned  to  convey  to  him 
their  remonstrances,  that  he  expected 
to  be  obeyed  without  farther  delay.  The 
ceremony  of  the  registering  accordingly 
took  place  on  the  next  day  ;  but  it  was 
accompanied  with  a  resolution,  import- 
ing "  that  public  economy  was  the  only 
genuine  source  of  abundant  revenue,  the 
only  means  of  providing  for  the  necessi- 
ties of  the  state,  and  restoring  that  credit 
which  borrowing  had  reduced  to  the  brink 
of  ruin." 

The  king  was  no  sooner  informed  of 
this  step,  than  he  commanded  the  attend- 
ance of  the  grand  deputation  of  parlia- 
ment ;  when  he  erased  from  their  records 
with  his  own  hand  the  resolution  that  had 
been  adopted  ;  and  observed,  that  though 
it  was  his  pleasure  that  the  parliament 
should  communicate,  by  its  respectful 
representations,  whatever  might  concern 
the  good  of  the  public,  yet  he  never 
would  allow  them  so  far  to  abuse  his 
clemency  as  to  erect  themselves  into  the 
censors  of  his  government.  At  the  same 
time,  more  strongly  to  mark  his  displeas- 
ure at  their  expostulations,  he  superse- 
ded one  of  their  officers,  who  had  appear- 


ed most  active  in  forwarding  the  obnox- 
ious resolution. 

M.  de  Calonne,  however,  though  grati- 
fied by  the  approbation  of  his  sovereign, 
could  not  but  feel  himself  deeply  morti- 
fied by  the  opposition  of  the  parliament. 
His  attempts  to  conciliate  that  assembly 
had  proved  ineffectual ;  and  he  experi- 
enced their  inflexible  aversion  at  the  criti- 
cal juncture  when  their  acquiescence 
might  have  proved  of  the  most  essential 
service.  An  anxious  inquiry  into  the 
state  of  the  public  finances  had  convinced 
him  that  the  expenditure  by  far  exceeded 
the  revenue.  In  this  situation,  to  impose 
new  taxes  was  impracticable  ;  to  con- 
tinue the  method  of  borrowing  was  ruin- 
ous ;  to  have  recourse  only  to  economical 
reform,  Avould  be  found  wholly  inade- 
quate ;  and  he  hesitated  not  to  declare, 
that  it  would  be  impossible  to  place  the 
finances  on  a  solid  basis,  but  by  the  re- 
formation of  whatever  was  vicious  in  the 
constitution  of  the  state. 

To  give  weight  to  this  reform,  M.  de 
Calonne  was  sensible  that  something 
more  was  necessary  than  the  royal  au- 
thority ;  he  perceived  that  the  parliament 
was  neither  a  fit  instrument  for  introdu- 
cing a  new  order  into  public  affairs,  nor 
would  submit  to  be  a  passive  machine  for 
sanctioning  the  plans  of  a  minister,  even 
if  those  plans  were  the  emanations  of 
perfect  wisdom.  Though  originally  a 
body  of  lawyers,  indebted  for  their  ap- 
pointments to  the  king,  there  was  not  an 
attribute  of  genuine  legislative  assembly 
but  what  they  seemed  desirous  to  engross 
to  themselves ;  and  they  had  been  sup- 
ported in  their  pretensions  by  the  plau- 
dits of  the  people,  who  were  sensible 
that  there  was  no  other  body  in  the  na- 
tion that  could  plead  their  cause  against 
royal  or  ministerial  oppression.  To  sup- 
press, therefore,  the  only  power  of  cou- 
tj'ol  that  remained,  and  to  render  the  gov- 
ernment more  arbitrary,  was  deemed  too 
perilous  a  measure  ;  yet  to  leave  the  par- 
liament in  the  full  possession  of  their  in- 
fluence, an  influence  that  the  minister 
was  convinced  would  be  exerted  against 
him,  was  at  once  to  render  his  whole 
system  abortive. 

In  this  dilemma,  the  only  expedient 
that  suggested  itself  was  to  have  recourse 


FRANCE. 


271 


to  some  other  assembly,  more  dignified  that  fixed  for  the  opening  of  the  meeting, 
in  its  character,  and  which  should  in  a  j  He  was  succeeded  in  the  department  of 
greater  degree  consist  of  members  from  •  foreign  affairs  by  the  count  de  Montmo- 
the  various  orders  of  the  state  and  the 
different  provinces  of  the  kingdom.  This 
promised  to  be  a  popular  measure  ;  it  im- 
plied a  deference  to  the  people  at  large, 
and  was  expected  to  prove  highly  accept- 
able. But  the  true  and  legitimate  as- 
sembly of  the  nation,  the  states-general, 
had  not  met  since  the  year  1614  ;  nor 
could  the  minister  flatter  himself  with 
the  hope  of  obtaining  the  royal  assent 
to  a  meeting  which  a  despotic  sovereign 
could  not  but  regard  with  secret  jealousy. 


rm,  a  nobleman  of  unblemished  charac- 
ter. But  his  loss  at  this  critical  juncture 
was  severely  felt  by  M.  de  Calonne  ;  he 
alone,  of  all  the  ministers,  having  entered 
with  warmth  and  sincerity  into  the  plans 
of  the  comptroller-general.  The  cheva- 
lier de  Miromesnil,  keeper  of  the  seals, 
was  avowedly  the  rival  and  enemy  of 
that  statesman.  The  mareschal  de  Cas- 
tries, secretary  for  the  marine  depart- 
ment, was  personally  attached  to  M. 
Necker  ;  and  the  baron  de  Bretuil,  sec- 


Another  assembly  had  occasionally  been  '  retary  for  the  household,  was  deeply  en- 
substituted  in  the  room  of  the  states-gen- 1  gaged  in  what  was  called  the  Austrian 
eral :  this  was  distinguished  by  the  title    system. 


of  the  Notables  ;  and  consisted  of  a  num- 
ber of  persons  from  all  parts  of  the  king- 
dom, chiefly  selected  from  the  higher 
orders  of  the  state,  and  nominated  by  the 


It  was  under  these  difllculties  that  M. 
de  Calonne,  on  the  22d  of  February,  first 
met  the  assembly  of  the  Notables,  and 
opened  his  long-expected  plan.     He  be- 


king  himself     This  assembly  had  been  '  gan  by  stating,  that  the  public  expendi- 

convened  by  Henry  IV  ;  again  by  Louis   ture  had  for  centuries  past  exceeded  the 

now  once  more  sum-   revenue,  and  that  a  very  considerable  de 


XIII  ;    and  was 

moned  by  the  authority  of  the  present 

monarch. 

The  writs  for  calling  them  together 
were  dated  on  the  29th  of  December, 
1786  ;  and  they  were  addressed  to  seven 
princes  of  the  blood,  nine  dukes  and  peers 
of  France,  eight  field  mareschals,  twenty- 
two  nobles,  eight  counsellors  of  state,  four 
masters  of  requests,  eleven  archbishops 
and  bishops,  thirty-seven  of  the  heads 
of  the  law,  twelve  deputies  of  the 
pays  d'ctats,  tlie  lieutenant  civil,  and 
twenty-five  magistrates  of  the  different 
towns  of  the  kingdom.  The  number  of 
members  was  144  ;  and  the  29th  of  Janu- 
ary, 1787,  was  the  period  appointed  for 
their  meeting. 

Upon  the  arrival  of  the  Notables  at 
Paris,  however,  the  minister  found  him- 


ficiency  had  of  course  existed ;  that  the 
Mississippi  scheme  of  1720  had  by  no 
means,  as  might  have  been  expected,  re- 
stored the  balance  ;  and  that  under  the 
economical  administration  of  cardinal 
Fleury  the  deficit  still  existed  ;  that  the 
progress  of  this  derangement  under  the 
last  reign  had  been  extreme  ;  the  defi- 
ciency amounting  to  three  millions  ster- 
ling at  the  appointment  of  the  abbe 
Terray  ;  who,  however,  reduced  it  to 
1,675,000?.  ;  it  decreased  a  little  under 
the  short  administration  that  followed, 
but  rose  again,  in  consequence  of  the 
Avar,  under  the  administration  of  M.  Nec- 
ker ;  and  at  his  own  accession  to  office, 
it  was  300,330,000  livres. 

In  order  to  remedy  this  growing  evil, 
M.  Calonne    recommended  a  territorial 


self  yet  unprepared  to  submit  his  system  ■  impost,  from  which  no  rank  or  order  of 
to  their  inspection,  and  postponed  the  ;  men  were  to  be  exempted  ;  and  an  in- 
opening  of  the  council  to  the  7th  of  Feb-  quiry  into  the  possessions  of  the  clergy, 
ruary.  A  second  delay  to  the  14th  of  ,  which  hitherto  had  been  deemed  sacred 
the  same  month  was  occasioned  by  the  from  their  proportion  of  the  public  bur- 
indisposition  of  M.  de  Calonne  himself,  dens  ;  the  various  branches  of  internal 
and  that  of  the  count  de  Vergennes,  pre-  taxation  were  also  to  undergo  a  strict  ex- 
sident  of  the  council  of  finance  and  first  amination  :  and  a  considerable  resource 
secretary  of  state  ;  and  a  third  procrasti- ,  was  presented  in  mortgaging  the  demesne 
nation  was  the  necessary  result  of  the  lands  of  the  crown, 
death  of  the  count  on  the  day  previous  to  |      The  very  necessity  for  these  reforms 


272 


FRANCE, 


was  combated  with  a  degree  of  boldness 
and  force  of  reasoning  that  could  not  fail 
of  deeply  impressing  the  assembly  ;  and 
instead  of  meeting  with  a  ready  acquies- 
cence, the  comptroller-general  was  now 
launched  into  the  boundless  ocean  of  po- 
litical controversy.  M.  Necker,  previ- 
ous to  his  retirement,  had  published  his 
Compte  rendu  au  Roi,  in  which  France 
was  represented  as  possessing  a  clear 
surplus  of  425,000^.  sterling ;  this  per- 
formance had  been  read  with  avidity,  and 
probably  contributed  to  estrange  from  the 
author  the  royal  countenance  ;  but  the 
credit  of  it  was  ably  vindicated  by  M.  de 
Briennc,  archbishop  of  Toulouse. 

M.  de  Calonne  met  with  a  still  more 
formidable  adversary  in  the  count  de  Mi- 
rabeau.  This  extraordinary  man,  rest- 
less in  his  disposition,  licentious  in  his 
morals,  but  bold,  penetrating,  and  enter- 
prising, had  visited  every  court  in  Europe. 
He  had  been  admitted  at  one  time  to  the 
confidence  of  the  minister  ;  and  had  been 
directed,  though  in  no  ostensible  charac- 
ter, to  observe  at  Berlin  the  disposition 
of  the  successor  of  the  great  Frederick  : 
in  this  capacity  he  was  frequently  expo- 
sed to  neglect  and  disappointment  ;  his 
letters  were  often  left  unanswered  ;  dis- 
gust succeeded  to  admiration  ;  and  he 
who  entered  the  Prussian  court  the  inti- 
mate friend,  returned  to  Paris  the  avowed 
enemy,  of  M.  de  Calonne  :  while  the 
archbishop  arraigned  the  understanding, 
the  count  impeached  the  integrity,  of  the 
comptroller-general. 

The  eloquence  of  M.  de  Calonne,  how- 
ever, might  have  successfully  vindicated 
his  system  and  reputation  against  the  cal- 
culations of  Brienne,  and  the  invectives 
of  Mirabeau  ;  but  he  could  not  support 
himself  against  the  influence  of  the  three 
great  bodies  of  the  nation.  The  ancient 
nobility  and  the  clergy  had  ever  been 
free  from  all  public  assessments  ;  and 
had  the  evil  gone  no  farther,  it  might 
have  been  still  perhaps  borne  with  pa- 
tience ;  but  through  the  shameful  custom 
of  selling  patents  of  nobility,  such  crowds 
of  new  noblesse  started  up,  that  every 
province  in  the  kingdom  was  filled  with 
them.  The  first  object  with  those  who 
had  acquired  fortunes  rapidly,  was  to  pur- 
chase a  patent ;  which,  besides  gratify- 


ing their  vanity,  afibrded  an  exemption  to 
them  and  their  posterity  from  contribu- 
ting proportionably  to  the  exigencies  of 
the  state  ;  the  magistracies,  likewise, 
throughout  the  kingdom  enjoyed  their 
share  of  these  exemptions  ;  so  that  the 
whole  weight  of  the  taxes  lell  on  those 
who  were  least  able  to  bear  them. 

The  minister's  design,  then,  of  equal- 
ising the  public  burdens,  and  by  rendering 
the  taxes  general  diminishing  the  load 
borne  by  the  lower  and  most  useiul  class- 
es of  people,  though  undoubtedly  great 
and  patriotic,  at  once  united  against  him 
the  nobility,  the  clergy,  and  the  magis- 
tracy :  and  the  event  was  such  as  might 
be  expected  ;  the  intrigues  of  those  three 
bodies  raised  against  him  so  loud  a  clam- 
or, that  finding  it  impossible  to  stem  the 
torrent,  he  not  only  resigned  his  place  on 
the  12th  of  April,  but  soon  after  retired  to 
England  from  the  storm  of  persecution. 

The  dismission  of  M.  de  Calonne  had 
left  France  without  a  minister,  and  al- 
most without  a  system  ;  and  though  the 
king  bore  the  opposition  of  the  Notables 
with  admirable  temper,  yet  the  disappoint- 
ment that  he  had  experienced  sunk  deep 
into  his  mind.  Without  obtaining  any  re- 
lief for  his  most  urgent  necessities,  he  per- 
ceived too  late  that  he  had  opened  a  path 
to  the  restoration  of  the  ancient  consti- 
tution of  France,  which  had  been  under- 
mined by  the  crafty  Louis  XI,  and  had 
been  nearly  extinguished  by  the  daring 
sangiunary  councils  of  Richelieu  under 
Louis  XIII.  The  Notables  had  indeed 
demeaned  themselves  with  respect  and 
moderation,  but  at  the  same  time  they 
had  not  been  deficient  in  firmness.  The 
appointment  of  the  archbishop  of  Tou- 
louse, the  vigorous  adversary  of  M.  de  Ca- 
lonne, to  the  office  of  comptroller-general, 
probably  contributed  to  preserve  the  ap- 
pearance of  good  humor  in  that  assembly ; 
yet  the  proposed  territorial  impost,  or  gen- 
eral land  tax,  which  was  an  object  so  ar- 
dently coveted  by  the  court,  was  rejected. 
Louis,  therefore,  deprived  of  any  further 
hope  of  rendering  the  convention  subser- 
vient to  his  embarrassments,  determined 
to  dissolve  the  assembly  ;  which  he  ac- 
cordingly did,  with  a  very  moderate  and 
conciliatory  speech  to  the  members  on 
their  disiTiissioa. 


FRANCE. 


273 


Thus  disappointed  of  the  advantage 
which  he  had  flattered  himself  he  would 
have  draw^n  from  the  acquiescence  of  the 
Notables,  the  king  was  obliged  now  to 
recur  to  the  usual  mode  of  raising  money 
by  the  royal  edicts ;  among  the  meas- 
ures proposed  for  which  purpose  were 
the  doubling  of  the  poll-tax,  the  re-estab- 
lishment of  the  third-twentieth,  and  stamp 
duty.  But  the  whole  was  strongly  dis- 
approved by  the  parliament  of  Paris  ;  and 
that  assembly,  in  the  most  positive  terms, 
refused  to  register  the  edict.  Louis  was 
obliged  to  apply,  as  the  last  resort,  to  his 
absolute  authority  ;  and  by  holding  what 
is  called  a  bed  of  justice,  compelled  them 
to  enrol  the  impost. 

The  parliament,  though  defeated,  were 
far  from  subdued  ;  and  on  the  day  after 
the  king  had  held  his  bed  of  justice,  they 
entered  a  formal  protest  against  the  edict ; 
declaring,  "that  it  had  been  registered 
against  their  approbation  and  consent,  by 
the  king's  express  command  ;  that  it  nei- 
ther ought  nor  should  have  any  force  ; 
and  that  the  first  person  who  should  pre- 
sume to  attempt  to  carry  it  into  execution, 
should  be  adjudged  a  traitor,  and  con- 
demned to  the  gallies."  This  spirited 
declaration  left  the  king  no  other  alter- 
native than  either  proceeding  to  extremi- 
ties in  support  of  his  authority,  or  relin- 
quishing for  ever  after  the  power  of  rais- 
ing money  upon  any  occasion  without  the 
consent  of  the  parliament.  Painful  as 
every  appearance  of  violence  must  have 
proved  to  the  mild  disposition  of  Louis, 
he  could  not  consent  to  surrender,  with- 
out a  struggle,  that  authority  which  had 
been  so  long  exercised  by  his  predeces- 
sors. Since  the  commencement  of  the 
present  discontents,  the  capital  had  been 
gradually  filled  with  considerable  bodies 
of  troops  ;  and  about  a  week  after  the 
parliament  had  entered  the  protest,  an  i 
officer  of  the  French  guards,  with  a  party 
of  soldiers,  went  at  break  of  day  to  the 
house  of  each  individual  member,  to  sig-  j 
nify  to  him  the  king's  command,  that  he 
should  immediately  get  into  his  carriage, 
and  proceed  to  Troves,  a  city  of  Cham- 
pagne, about  seventy  miles  from  Paris, 
without  writing  or  speaking  to  any  per- 
son out  of  his  own  house  before  his  de- 
parture. These  orders  were  served  at 
35 


the  same  instant ;  and  before  the  citizens 
of  Paris  were  acquainted  with  the  trans- 
action, their  magistrates  were  already  on 
the  road  to  their  place  of  banishment. 

Pevious  to  their  removal,  however, 
they  had  presented  a  remonstrance  on 
the  late  measures  of  government,  and 
the  alarming  state  of  public  affairs.  In 
stating  their  opinions  on  taxes,  they  de- 
clared, that  neither  the  parliaments,  nor 
any  other  authority,  excepting  that  of  the 
three  estates  of  the  kingdom,  collectively 
assembled,  could  warrant  the  laying  of 
any  permanent  tax  upon  the  people  ;  and 
they  strongly  enforced  the  renewal  of 
those  national  assemblies,  which  had 
rendered  the  reign  of  Charlemagne  so 
great  and  illustrious. 

The  king  had  endeavored  to  soothe 
the  Parisians  by  new  regulations  of 
economy,  and  by  continual  retrenchments 
in  his  household ;  but  these  instances  of 
attention,  which  once  would  have  been 
received  with  the  loudest  acclamations, 
were  now  disregarded  under  their  afflic- 
tion for  the  absence  of  their  parliament. 
His  majesty,  therefore,  in  order  to  regain 
the  affections  of  his  subjects,  consented 
to  restore  that  assembly  ;  abandoning  at 
the  same  time  the  stamp  duty  and  the 
territorial  impost,  which  had  been  the 
sources  of  dispute.  These  measures 
were,  however,  insufficient  to  establish 
harmony  between  the  court  and  the  par- 
liament. The  necessities  of  the  state 
still  continued  ;  nor  could  the  deficiency 
of  the  revenue  be  supplied  but  by  extra- 
ordinary resources,  or  a  long  course  of 
rigid  frugality.  About  the  middle  of  No- 
vember, 1787,  in  a  fidl  meeting  of  the 
parliament,  attended  by  all  the  princes  of 
the  blood  and  the  peers  of  France,  the 
king  entered  the  assembly,  and  proposed 
two  edicts  for  their  approbation  ;  one  was 
for  a  new  loan  of  450,000,000  livres,  near 
1 9,000,000/,  sterling  ;  the  other  Avas  for 
the  re-establishment  of  the  protestants  in 
all  their  ancient  civil  rights  ;  a  measure 
which  had  long  been  warmly  recommend- 
ed by  the  parliament,  and  which  was  prob- 
ably now  introduced  to  procure  a  better 
reception  to  the  loan. 

On  this  occasion  the  king  delivered 
himself  in  a  speech  of  uncommon  length, 
filled  with  professions  of  regard  for  the 


274 


FRANCE. 


people,  but  at  the  same  time  strongly  ex- 
pressive of  the  obedience  he  expected  to 
his  edicts.  Louis  probably  imagined  that 
the  dread  of  that  banishment  from  which 
the  members  had  been  so  lately  recalled 
would  have  ensured  the  acquiescence  of 
the  assembly  ;  but  no  sooner  Avas  per- 
mission announced  for  every  member  to 
deliver  his  sentiments,  than  he  was  con- 
vinced that  their  spirits  remained  totally 
unsubdued.  An  animated  debate  took 
place,  and  was  continued  for  nine  hours  ; 
when  the  king,  wearied  by  perpetual  op- 
position, and  chagrined  at  some  freedoms 
used  in  their  debates,  suddenly  rose  and 
commanded  the  edict  to  be  registered 
without  further  delay.  This  measure  was 
most  unexpectedly  opposed  by  the  duke 
of  Orleans,  first  prince  of  the  blood;  who, 
considering  it  as  an  infringement  of  the 
rights  of  parliament,  protested  against 
the  whole  proceedings  of  the  day  as 
being  thereby  null  and  void.  Though 
Louis  coiild  not  conceal  his  astonish- 
ment and  displeasure  at  this  decisive 
step,  he  contented  himself  with  repeat- 
ing his  orders  ;  and  immediately  after, 
quitting  the  assembly,  retired  to  Ver- 
sailles. On  the  king's  departure  the  par- 
liament confirmed  the  protest  of  the  duke 
of  Orleans  ;  and  declared,  that  as  their 
deliberations  had  been  interrupted,  they 
considered  the  whole  business  of  that 
day  as  of  no  efiect. 

It  was  not  to  be  supposed  that  Louis 
would  suffer  so  bold  an  attack  on  his 
power  with  impunity.  Accordingly,  a 
letter  was  next  day  delivered  to  the  duke 
of  Orleans,  commanding  him  to  retire  to 
Villars  Cotterel,  one  of  his  seats  about 
fifteen  leagues  from  Paris,  and  to  receive 
no  company  there  except  his  own  family ; 
at  the  same  time,  the  abbe  Sabatiere, 
and  M.  Frcteau,  both  members  of  the 
parliament,  and  who  had  distinguished 
themselves  in  the  debate,  were  seized 
under  the  authority  of  letlres  de  cachet, 
and  conveyed,  the  first  to  the  castle  of 
Mont  St.  Michel,  in  Normandy,  the  last, 
to  a  prison  in  Picardy.  This  act  of  des- 
potism did  not  fail  immediately  to  rouse 
the  feelings  of  the  parliament.  On  the 
following  day  they  waited  on  the  king, 
and  expressed  their  astonishment  and 
concern  that  a  prince  of  the  blood-royal 


had  been  exiled,  and  two  of  their  mem- 
bers imprisoned,  for  having  declared  in 
his  presence  what  their  duty  and  con- 
sciences dictated,  and  at  a  time  when 
his  majesty  had  announced  that  he  came 
to  take  the  sense  of  the  assembly  by  a 
plurality  of  voices.  The  answer  of  the 
king  was  reserved  and  imsatislactory, 
and  tended  to  increase  the  resentment  of 
the  parliament. 

With  a  view  to  diminish  the  influence 
of  parliament,  it  was  determined  again  to 
convene    the    Notables.       Accordingly, 
about  the  beginning  of  May,   Louis  ap- 
peared in  that  assembly  ;  and  after  com- 
plaining of  the   excesses    in  which   the 
parliament  of  Paris  had  indulged  them- 
selves, and  which  had  drawn  down  his 
reluctant  indignation    on  a   few    of  the 
members,  he  declared  his  resolution,  in- 
stead of  annihilating  them  as  a  body,  to 
recall  them  to  their  duty  and  obedience, 
by  a  salutary  reform.     M.  de  la  Moignon, 
as  keeper  of  the   seals,   then   explained 
his  majesty's  pleasure  to  establish  a  com- 
pleniere  or  supreme  assembly,  to  be  com- 
posed of  princes  of  the   blood,  peers  of 
the  realm,  great  officers  of  the  crown,  the 
clergy,  mareschals  of  France,  governors 
of  provinces,  knights  of  different-orders, 
a  deputation  of  one  member  from  every 
parliament,  and   two  members  from  the 
chambers  of  council,  and  to  be  summon- 
ed as  often  as  the  public  emergency,  in  the 
royal  opinion,  should  render  it  requisite. 
If  the  assembly  of  the  Notables  listen- 
ed  in   silent  deference  to  the  project  of 
their  sovereign,  the  parliament  of  Paris 
received  it  with  every  symptom  of  aver- 
sion.     That    body    strongly    protested 
against  the   establishment  of  any  other 
tribunal ;  and  declared  their  final  resolu- 
tion not  to  assist  at  any  deliberations  in 
the  supreme  assembly  which  his  majes- 
ty prepared  to  institute.     A  more  unex- 
pected mortification  occurred  to  the  king 
in  the  oppo-sition  of  several  peers  of  the 
realm  ;  these  expressed   their  regret  at 
beholding  the  fundamental   principles  of 
the  constitution  violated  ;  and  while  they 
were  lavish   in  their  professions  of  at- 
tachment to  the  person  of  their  sovereign, 
concluded  with  apologizing  for  not  enter- 
ing on  those  functions  assigned  them  in 
the  plenary  court,  as  being  inconsistent 


FRANCE. 


275 


witli  the  true  interests  of  his  majesty, 
which  were  inseparable  from  those  of 
the  nation. 

Rebellion  now  quickly  spread  through- 
out the  more  distant  provinces  ;  at  Ren- 
nes  in  Britany,  and  Grenoble  in  Dau- 
phine,  the  people  broke  out  into  acts  of 
the  most  daring  outrage.  In  the  latter 
city  several  hundreds  of  the  inhabitants 
perished  in  a  conflict  with  the  military  ; 
they  yet  maintained  their  ground  against 
the  soldiery  ;  and  the  commanding  ofB- 
cer ;  at  the  entreaties  of  the  first  presi- 
dent, readily  withdrew  his  troops  from  a 
contest  into  which  he  had  entered  with 
reluctance.  The  different  parliaments 
of  the  kingdom  at  the  same  time  express- 
ed their  feelings  in  the  most  glowing  lan- 
guage ;  and  strongly  urged  the  necessity 
of  calling  together  the  states-general,  the 
lawful  council  of  the  kingdom,  as  the  only 
means  of  restoring  the  public  tranquillity. 

Louis  now  plainly  saw  that  a  compli- 
ance with  the  public  wishes  for  the  re- 
establishment  of  the  states-general  was 
absolutely  necessary,  in  order  to  avoid 
the  calamities  of  a  civil  war  which  im- 
pended upon  his  refusal. 

It  was  not,  however,  till  after  many  a 
painful  struggle  that  Louis  could  resolve 
to  restore  an  assembly,  whose  influence 
must  naturally  overshadow  that  of  the 
crown,  and  whose  jurisdiction  would 
confine  within  narrow  limits  the  bound- 
less power  he  had  inherited  from  his 
fathers.  An  arret  was  issued  in  August, 
fixing  the  meeting  of  the  states-general 
to  the  first  of  May,  in  the  ensuing  year  ; 
and  every  step  was  taken  to  secure  the 
favorable  opinion  of  the  public  during  the 
interval.  New  arrangements  took  place 
in  the  administration  ;  and  M.  Necker, 
whom  the  confidence  of  the  people  had 
long  followed,  was  again  introduced  into 
the  management  of  the  finances  ;  the 
torture,  which  by  a  former  edict  had  been 
restricted  in  part,  was  now  entirely  abol- 
ished; every  person  accused  was  allowed 
the  assistance  of  counsel,  and  permitted 
to  avail  himself  of  any  point  of  law  ;  and 
it  was  decreed,  that  in  future  sentence 
of  death  should  not  be  passed  on  any 
person,  unless  the  party  accused  should 
be  pronounced  guilty  by  a  majority  at 
least  of  three  judges. 


The  time  appointed  for  the  convention 
of  the  states-general  was  now  approach- 
ing ;  and  the  means  of  assembling  them 
formed  a  matter  of  difficult  deliberation 
in  the  cabinet.  The  last  meeting,  in 
1614,  had  been  convened  by  appHcation 
to  the  bailiwicks.  But  this  mode  was 
liable  to  several  strong  objections  ;  the 
bailiwicks  had  been  increased  in  number 
and  jurisdiction,  several  provinces  having 
since  that  period  been  united  to  France  ; 
and  the  numbers  and  quality  of  the  mem- 
bers were  no  less  an  object  of  serious 
attention  :  it  was  not  till  the  the  close  of 
the  year,  therefore,  that  the  proposal  of 
M.  Necker  was  adopted,  which  fixed  the 
number  of  deputies  at  one  thousand,  and 
ordained  that  the  representatives  oi'  the 
third  estate  or  commons,  should  equal 
in  number  those  of  the  nobility  and 
clergy  united. 

The  eyes  of  all  Europe  was  now  turn- 
ed on  the  states-general ;  but  the  moment 
of  that  assembly's  meeting  was  far  from 
auspicious.  The  minds  of  the  French 
had  long  been  agitated  by  various  rumors ; 
the  unanimity  that  had  been  expected 
from  the  different  orders  of  the  states, 
was  extinguished  by  the  jarring  preten- 
sions of  each  ;  and  their  mutual  jealous- 
ies were  attributed  by  the  suspicions  of 
the  people,  to  the  intrigues  of  the  court, 
who  were  supposed  already  to  repent  of 
the  hasty  assent  which  had  been  extorted. 
A  dearth  that  prevaded  the  kingdom  in- 
creased the  general  discontent ;  and  the 
people,  pressed  by  hunger,  and  inflamed 
by  resentment,  were  ripe  for  revolt.  The 
sovereign  also,  equally  impatient  of  the 
obstacles  he  continually  encountered, 
could  not  conceal  his  chagrin  ;  while  the 
influence  of  the  queen  in  the  cabinet  was 
again  established,  and  was  attended  by 
the  immediate  removal  of  M.  Necker. 
The  dismission  of  that  minister,  so  long 
the  favorite  of  the  public,  was  the  signal 
for  open  insurrection  ;  the  Parisians  as- 
sembled in  vast  numbers  ;  the  guards 
refused  to  oppose  and  stain  their  arms 
with  the  blood  of  their  fellow  citizens  ; 
the  count  d'Artois  and  the  most  obnox- 
ious of  the  nobility  thought  themselves 
happy,  in  eluding  by  flight,  the  fury  of 
the  insurgents  ;  and  in  a  moment  a  revo- 
lution was  accomplished,  the  most  re- 


276 


FRANCE. 


markable,  perhaps,  of  any  recorded  in  [ 
history,  and  one  which  may  be  said  to 
form  an  important  epoch  in  the  history 
of  society* 


*  There  is  no  scene,  no  portion  of  history,  that 
can  be  regarded  under  so  many  different  views, 
as  the  REVOLUTION  upon  which  we  now  enter. 
To  some,  it  is  all  crime, — to  others,  all  glory. 
With  many,  the  prevailing  sentiment  has  been  to 
regard  the  French  nation  as  if  it  were  an  indivi- 
dual actuated  by  one  perverse  will,  and  flinging 
itself  from  pure' love  of  mischief,  into  the  agonies 
of  suffering  and  the  depths  of  crime.  Such  per- 
sons have  had  hitherto  but  a  wide  anathema  to 
bestow  upon  that  hapless  people.  In  this,  they 
have  treated  them  with  similar  humanity  to  that 
with  which  men  used  to  treat  the  leprous, — ex- 
cluded them  at  once  from  society,  sympathy, 
charity  and  good-will  ;  regarding  their  malady  as 
a  crime  and  a  sin,  and  looking  with  eyes  of  hate 
on  what  had  better  merited  our  pity. 

Revolution  is  one  of  the  maladies  of  kingdoms, 
or  rather  the  crisis  of  a  malady.  It  may  proceed 
from  some  latent  vice  in  the  constitution,  from 
dissipation,  from  mismanagement.  To  avert 
such,  is  often  no  more  in  the  power  of  the  nation 
or  of  the  individual,  than  it  is  to  be  all-sound  and 
all-wise.  From  early  times  there  was  something 
wrong  in  the  framework  of  French  society. 
These  defects  have  been  noted  ;  above  all,  that 
marked  division  of  classes,  which  refused  amalga- 
mation. Their  mutual  and  oft-renewed  struggles 
have  been  seen.  The  people,  the  great  mass, 
not  of  the  poor  and  ignorant,  but  often  of  the 
wealthy  and  enlightened,  were  conquered  and 
borne  down  in  the  combat.  Their  defeat,  they 
could  have  forgiven  ;  but  the  extravagant  use 
which  the  upper  classes  had  made  of  their  vic- 
tory, revolted  the  fallen.  The  clergy  grasped 
one  third  of  the  lands  of  the  kingdom,  the  no- 
blesse another  ;  yet  the  remaining  third  was  bur- 
dened with  all  the  expense  of  government.  This 
was  reversing  the  social  pyramid,  and  placed  it 
upon  its  ape.x. 

To  reform  this  state  of  things  was  necessary. 
Flesh  and  blood  could  not  bear  it.  Intellect, 
more  powerful  still,  rebelled  against  it.  Owing  to 
the  great  exertions  of  the  latter,  in  print  and  orally, 
all  men  were  agreed  as  to  the  necessity  of  this 
change.  Louis  XVI,  however  uneducated,  felt  and 
owned  the  need  ;  but  he  was  at  first  young,  weak 
because  ignorant,  and  dared  not  to  break  through 
the  trammels  of  a  court.  The  monarch,  never- 
theless, made  every  effort  to  bring  about  the  de- 
sired reform  peaceably.  He  intrusted  the  task 
first  to  Turgot,  whose  schemes  were  repulsed  by 
the  magistracy,  Necker  made  no  political  attempt. 
Calonne  next  tried.  He  was  defeated  and  over- 
thrown by  the  clergy  and  noblesse.  Brienne 
then  was  driven  to  repeat  the  attempt,  and  the 
magistracy  tri])ped  up  him.  What  resource  was 
left !  To  recur  to  the  people.  But  this  was  re- 
volution. True!  but  who  rendered  it  indispen- 
sable 1  Not  the  people,  who  were  all  the  time 
tranquil;  not  the  monarch,  who  did  his  utmost; 
not  the  queen — no.     It  was  the  resistance,  the 


At  this  period  the  secidar  peerage 
consisted  of  forty-four  members,  of  whom 
the  duke  de  Uzes  was  the  oldest,  and  the 
dukes  of  Choiseul  and  of  Coigny  were 
the  most  recently  created.  The  six  ec- 
clesiastical peers,  however,  had  held  the 
peerage  from  the  earliest  times.  They 
were,  the  archbishop  of  Rheims,  and  the 
five  bishops  of  the  family  duchy  of  Hugh 
Capet.  The  secular  peers  (among  whom 
the  archbishop  of  Paris  had  a  place,  from 
1690,  as  duke  of  St.  Cloud)  merely  form- 
ed the  highest  class  of  the  lower  nobility ; 
but  there  were  six  families  (branches  of 
the  houses  of  Lorraine  and  Savoy,  Gri- 
maldi,  Rohan,  Tremouille,  and  Latour 
d'Auvergne,  residing  in  France)  who 
preserved  the  rank  of  sovereign  princes. 
The  first  estate  of  the  realm  was  the 
clergy,  which,  if  it  did  not  enjoy  the 
rank,  enjoyed  all  the  exemptions  of  the 
nobility  from  taxes  and  most  of  the  pub- 
lic burdens,  and  had  the  first  voice  in  the 
states-general. 

But  the  privileges  attached  to  every 
class  of  nobility,  even  to  the  new  and 
ofiicial  nobility,  were  important.  They 
consisted  in  an  exemption  from  the  prin- 
cipal burdens  of  the  state,  particularly 
the  common  land-tax^  military  service, 
the  corvees,  the  quartering  of  soldiers,  &c. 
The  nobles  were  indeed  subject  to  a  tax 
on  personal  property,  but  this  was  alto- 
gether disproportionate  to  that  on  real 
estate,  and  was  very  unequally  assessed. 
The  nobility,  with  the  clergy  and  some 
orders  (the  Maltese  knights,  the  order  of 
St.  Lazarus,  &c,)  held  by  far,  the  great- 
er portion  of  the  soil,  and  exercised  over 
the  peasants,  attached  to  their  estates, 
the  usual  seigneurial  rights  of  jurisdiction, 
and  enjoyed  exclusively  the  right  of  hunt- 
ing, &c.  These  exclusive  rights,  extend- 
ing even  to  very  small  things,  as  the 
keeping  of  pigeons, owning  of  rabbit-war- 
rens, &c,  had  become  intolerably  oppres- 
sive to  the  peasants.  In  some  parts  of 
the  country,  villenage,  which  was  abol- 
ished on  all  the  crown  lands  in  1779, 
still  existed. 

It  is  very  difficult  to  determine  the  re- 
false,  the  blind  resistance,  of  the  privileged  or- 
ders,— noblesse,  clergy,  magistracy,  against  the 
lower, — that  precipitated  the  revolution,  and  flimg 
all  power  at  last  into  the  bands  of  the  commons. 


FRANCE. 


277 


venue  of  the  nobility  before  the  revolution. 
Necker  estimated  the  whole  income  from 
the  landed  property  (with  the  exception 
of  the  crown  lands,  and  the  possessions 
of  the  knights  of  Malta,  and  the  clergy) 
at  about  400,000,000,  to  which  is  to  be 
added  the  tithe  of  the  clergy.  The  pro- 
portion of  the  nobility  to  the  rest  of  the 
population,  if  we  may  believe  the  old  es- 
timate of  Moheau,  was  as  1  to  250  ;  this 
proportion,  however,  varied  in  different 
provinces.  But  although  the  nobility,  as 
owners  of  the  soil,  and  as  members  of 
the  clergy,  or  officers  of  the  government, 
absorbed  the  greatest  part  of  the  national 
income,  and  hardly  left  the  peasant  and 
the  artisan,  the  common  necessaries  of 
life,  still  they  refused  to  bear  their  pro- 
portion of  the  expenses  of  the  state,  and 
opposed  all  the  plans  of  reform,  not  only 
those  of  Necker,  whom  they  hated,  but 
also  those  of  Calonne,  a  minister  entirely 
devoted  to  the  court  and  the  aristocracy. 
Besides  this,  the  embarrassments  of  gov- 
ernment were  chiefly  occasioned  by  the 
never-ending  claims  of  the  nobility,  to- 
gether with  the  prodigality  of  the  court 
of  Louis  XV,  and  the  disorders  in  the 
administration,  which  were  themselves, 
effects  of  the  aristocratic  spirit  that  had 
infected  every  department  of  the  state. 
The  third  estate,  consisted  of  the  rest  of 
the  natioTi,  after  deducting  the  clergy  and 
the  nobility,  and  comprised  more  than 
twenty-nine  thirtieths  of  the  nation.  To 
this  class  also  belonged,  as  far  as  their 
social  connections  were  concerned,  the 
new  nohlcsse,  who  had  acquired  titles 
from  the  possession  of  office,  but  were 
despised  by  the  old  nobility  as  upstarts 
and  intruders.  This  circumstance  was 
a  double  source  of  complaint  to  the  na- 
tion. The  whole  weight  of  the  taxes 
fell  upon  the  lower  classes  with  such  an 
inconceivable  severity,  increased  by  the 
insolence,  and  frequently  by  the  cruelty 
of  the  lords  of  the  soil  and  their  officers, 
by  the  abuses  of  a  corrupt  and  arbitrary 
administration  of  justice,  and,  on  the  part 
of  the  government,  by  a  system  of  taxa- 
tion equally  corrupt,  arbitrary,  and  pre- 
posterous,— that  general  impoverishment , 
and  suffering  were  the  necessary  conse-  | 
quences  ;  thence  came  the  bitterness  and 
fury,  with  which  the  peasants  in  manyj 


places,  and  the  lower  classes  in  the 
cities,  fell  upon  their  nobles  and  those  in 
power,  when  the  signal  of  opposition  was 
raised. 

The  court  assembled  the  states  at 
Versailles,  thinking  more  easily  to  influ- 
ence their  proceedings. 

Neither  the  clergy  nor  the  nobility  at- 
tended at  the  hall  of  the  sittings  for  the  ve- 
rifying of  the  powers.  The  urgent  repre- 
sentations of  the  states  to  avoid  a  schism 
having  been  rejected,  they  constituted 
themselves  a  National  Assembly,  and  de- 
clared every  other  kind  of  representation 
illegal.  This  vigorous  measure  overaw- 
ed the  court,  which  prepared  several  im- 
portant concessions,  and  brought  troops 
into  the  hall,  in  order  to  support  them. 
When  the  king,  at  his  sitting,  ordered 
the  states  to  separate  into  three  cham- 
bers, the  states  remained,  declaring  the 
inviolability  of  the  representatives  ;  and 
Mirabeau  intimated  that  they  would  yield 
only  to  the  force  of  bayonets.  From 
this  period  the  people  assumed  a  real 
sovereignty,  and  though  a  part  only  of 
the  nobility  and  the  majority  of  the  cler- 
g}^  united  themselves  to  the  great  body 
at  first,  the  rest  severally  joined  it,  in 
deference  to  the  king,  and  to  the  neces- 
sity of  the  case.  Still  were  the  privi- 
leged orders  strong  enough  to  disturb,  if 
not  to  resist,  the  stream  of  events  ;  they 
conspired,  and  20,000  soldiers  surround- 
ed Paris.  At  this  juncture,  M.  Necker 
was  once  more  dismissed.  This  took 
place  on  Saturday,  the  11th  of  July,  1789. 
On  Sunday  the  12th,  the  idle  crowd  of 
the  Palais  Royal  learned  the  tidings  of 
his  dismissal.  It  was  the  spark  upon 
the  train,  the  desired  pretext  found. 
Camille  Desmoulins,  a  low  demagogue, 
took  the  lead  ;  harangued  the  mob  ; 
showed  himself  armed  ;  and,  plucking  a 
branch,  put  a  leaf  in  his  hat  by  way  of 
cockade.  His  example  was  applauded 
and  imitated.  Waxen  busts  of  Necker 
and  Orleans  were  then  seized  in  a  neigh- 
boring shop,  crowned  with  laurel,  and 
carried  in  procession  through  the  streets. 
Near  the  Place  Vendome  the  procession 
came  in  contact  with  a  German  regiment. 
Blows  and  shots  were  exchanged.  A 
soldier  of  the  royal  guards  was  said  to 
have  been  killed  in  the  ranks  of  the  poo- 


278 


FRANCE. 


pie.  For  this  cause,  and  from  previous 
jealousy,  some  hundreds  of  the  guards 
issued  from  their  barracks  near  the  spot, 
drew  up,  and  fired  upon  the  Germans. 
'J'he  prince  de  Lambesch,  commandhig 
them,  ordered  a  retreat,  to  avoid  blood- 
shed ;  whilst  effecting  this  through  the 
gate  of  the  garden  of  the  Tuilleries,  an 
aged  person  was  slain.  Cries  of  ven- 
geance followed.  The  populace  has- 
tened in  search  of  arms.  The  Hotel 
de  Ville,  where  the  electors,  self-consti- 
tuted as  a  municipality,  were  in  the  ha- 
bit of  daily  assembling,  delivered  up  all 
preserved  in  that  establishment.  They 
ordered  the  establishment  of  a  civic 
guard  ;  a  vain  and  late  attempt  to  separate 
the  armed  citizen  from  the  armed  ruffian. 
Thus  passed  the  12th;  the  13th  saw 
the  fermentation  increase,  though  un- 
marked by  events.  On  the  morning  of 
the  14th  of  July,  an  army  of  40,000  men, 
armed  with  offensive  weapons  of  every 
description,  aided  by  a  few  hundred  sol- 
diers, commenced  their  march  through 
Paris  with  the  full  determination  of  de- 
stroying the  Bastile.  They  first  attack- 
ed the  Hopital  des  Invalides,  where  a 
large  magazine  of  arms  was  kept.  Scarce- 
ly any  resistance  was  made  by  the 
guards,  which  consisted  merely  of  a  few 
disabled  pensioners ;  the  magazine  was 
taken,  and  20,000  muskets  placed  at 
their  disposal.  They  then  went  quickly 
towards  the  Bastile,  and  demanded  of 
the  governor,  that  the  prisoners  should 
be  set  at  liberty,  and  the  fortress  surren- 
dered to  the  people.  The  governor  seem- 
ed disposed  to  comply,  and  ordered  the 
outer  gate  to  be  opened.  But  no  sooner 
had  they  entered  than  the  gate  was  shut 
upon  them,  and  the  soldiers  of  the  garri- 
son fired  on  the  people  through  the  loop 
holes  and  turrets.  The  multitude  with- 
out, hearing  the  firing  and  learning  the 
treachery  of  the  governor,  instantly  as- 
saulted the  place  on  all  sides ;  they 
brought  the  cannon  from  the  king's  garde 
meuhle,  in  the  Place  I^ouis  XV,  one  of 
which  was  inlaid  with  silver,  and  planted 
them  against  the  Bastile  until  a  breach 
was  made,  when  it  was  taken  by  storm. 
The  enraged  multitude  then  seized  the 
governor  and  other  officers  ;  took  pos- 
session of  the  guard  room,  armory  and 


magazine  ;  broke  the  windows,  set  fire 
to  the  furniture,  and  threw  open  the 
doors  of  the  prisons ;  their  inhabitants 
were  brought  out  and  carried  in  triumph 
through  the  streets,  of  Paris. 

The  people  now,  with  the  concurrence 
of  the  committee,  set  about  the  entire 
destruction  of  the  Bastile.  The  city  ar- 
chitects were  employed  to  conduct  the 
ork,  and  that  immense  pile  of  buildings 
hich  had  stood  for  489   years,  was  in 

few  days  destroyed  so  that  not  one 
stone  was  left  upon  another. 

The  court  was  overcome  with  aston- 
ishment, and,  willing  to  gratify  the  people, 
now  ordered  the  dismissal  of  the  troops, 
and  the  recall  of  Necker.  Paris  nom- 
inated Bailly,  who  presided  at  the  Ten- 
nis Court,  its  mayor  ;  and  La  Fayette  be- 
came commander  of  the  national  guards. 
The  king  came  to  Paris  from  Versailles, 
and  received  from  Bailly  the  tri-colored 
cockade,  the  mark  of  his  union  with  the 
people,  who  saluted  him  with  every  mark 
of  pleasure.  But  these  feelings  were 
but  of  short  duration ;  the  nobility  emi- 
grated, and  the  public  agitation  con- 
tinued daily  to  increase.  Robbery  suc- 
ceeded to  confusion.  The  clergy  and 
nobility  consented  to  give  up  their  privi- 
leges for  the  public  peace  ;  and  in  one 
memorable  night,  (August  4,)  every  ves- 
tige of  feudalism  was  annihilated  by  the 
voice  of  the  deputed  nobles  and  prelates. 
Their  constituents  were  far  from  sub- 
scribing to  this  act  of  disinterestedness, 
wrested  from  them  in  a  moment  of  fear 
and  enthusiasm,  and  the  discontent  of 
these  orders  united  with  the  menaces  of 
foreig-n  troops,  tended  to  increase  the 
exasperation  of  the  people  ;  every  where 
they  were  ready  to  take  up  arms.  The 
king  and  queen  vacillated  towards  each 
party  by  turns.  Now  they  seemed  by  their 
presence  to  approve  of  the  counter-revo- 
lutionary vows  ;  again  they  would  hold 
interviews  (especially  the  queen)  with 
known  aristocrats,  and  evidently  acted 
on  the  mere  intimidation  of  the  moment. 

On  the  2nd  of  October,  a  banquet  was 
given  by  the  body-guards  to  the  officers 
of  the  newly  arrived  regiment ;  those  of 
the  national  guard  of  Versailles  were  also 
invited.  It  took  place  in  the  palace-the- 
atre.    Wine  circulated ;  entliusiasm  was 


FRANCE. 


279 


excited.  The  soldiers  of  the  regiments 
were  admitted  into  the  building;  cups 
being  handed  to  them,  they  drank  to  the 
health  of  the  queen,  and  of  the  king. 
With  drawn  swords  the  banqueters  pledg- 
ed them.  The  queen,  hearing  of  the 
fete,  presented  herself  with  the  dauphin. 
A  fresh  effusion  of  loyalty  ensued. 
Swords  again  flashed  with  vows  to  sup- 
port the  royal  cause,  whilst  the  military 
band  played  the  air  of  CcEur  de  Lion, 
"  0  Richard,  Omon  Roi,  Vunivers  t'uban- 
donne  .'" 

Accounts  of  the  fete  soon  came  to 
exasperate  the  Parisians,  and  to  offer  the 
agitators  a  pretext  to  excite  tumult.  Or- 
leans, who  might  pretend  to  the  regency, 
if  the  king  was  frightened  away  to  Metz, 
had  his  interest  in  producing  insurrec- 
tion at  this  moment.  A  crowed  of  women 
was  adroitly  employed  to  besiege  the 
guard,  and  the  Hotel  de  Ville.  They 
could  only  be  diverted  from  setting  fire 
to  the  edifice  by  an  invitation  to  proceed 
to  Versailles.  The  tocsin,  in  the  mean 
time,  was  sounded.  The  rabble,  armed 
with  pikes,  forks,  and  sticks,  crowded  to 
the  square,  and  soon  marched  off  to  Ver- 
sailles, to  ask  bread  of  the  assembly. 
La  Fayette  soon  after  arrived  at  the  Ho- 
tel de  Ville.  The  assembled  companies 
of  the  national  guard  awaited  him. 
Though  bearing  this  title,  these  troops 
were  not  citizens,  but  mere  mercenary 
troops.  They,  too,  demanded  to  march 
upon  Versailles,  La  Fayette  in  vain  dis- 
suaded them  ;  he  was  constrained  to  lead 
them.     All  Paris  followed  in  their  wake. 

This  movement  took  place  on  the  5th 
of  October.  On  the  very  same  day,  in 
the  assembly,  the  popular  party  first 
showed  itself  fully:  Petion,  Robespierre, 
Gregorie,  started  up  with  denunciations, 
giving  vent  to  the  extreme  of  revolution- 
ary langTiage.  Already  they  began  to 
accuse  and  threaten  Mirabeau,  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  bourgeoise.  The  only 
hope  for  the  monarch,  at  this  time,  was 
to  have  rallied  to  the  latter  party  ;  and 
his  adhesion  would  have  completed  its 
separation  from  the  ultra-revolutionists, 
who  at  this  time  were  but  in  the  feeble- 
ness of  birth.  It  was  this  day,  however, 
that  the  monarch  was  advised  to  set  him- 
self at  variance  with  the  vote  of  the  as- 


sembly, and  to  disapprove  of  their  con- 
stitution. 

The  horde  of  women  and  rabble 
reached  Versailles  in  the  afternoon ; 
they  penetrated  into  the  assembly,  de- 
manding bread,  and  saying  that  the  aris- 
tocrats and  the  archbishop  of  Paris  had 
bribed  the  millers  not  to  grind  corn. 
Mounier  was  despatched  to  the  palace  ; 
the  women  accompanied  him  thither,  but 
the  crowd  was  stopped  at  the  iron  railing 
in  front  of  the  chateau ;  twelve  were, 
however,  admitted,  to  lay  their  complaints 
before  the  king.  At  his  aspect  and  that 
of  the  queen,  their  fury  was  dumb ;  they 
returned  to  their  comrades,  satisfied  and 
charmed  with  their  benign  reception ; 
these,  amazed  and  angered  at  such  a 
change,  threatened  to  hang  their  unfor- 
tunate envoys. 

The  troops  were  drawn  up  in  front  of 
the  chateau,  consisting  of  the  body  guard, 
the  regiment  of  Flanders,  and  the  na- 
tional guard  of  Versailles.  Although 
the  two  latter  had  joined  in  the  famous 
banquet,  the  grenadiers  of  Flanders  be- 
ing the  first  to  propose  the  health  of  the 
queen,  yet  now  both  were  ill-affected, 
and  openly  vowed  their  opinions.  Three 
hundred  of  the  body  guard  formed  thus 
the  entire  force  upon  which  the  king  had 
to  depend.  Yet  causes  of  exasperation 
had  been  given  both  to  the  people  and 
the  assembly,  and  even  now  Louis  refu- 
sed to  fly.  Some  of  the  people  in  the 
mean  time  mingled  with  the  soldiers  ; 
M.  de  Savonniers,  of  the  body  guard, 
came  to  drive  them  away  with  his  drawn 
sabre,  though  striking  merely  Avith  the 
flat  of  the  weapon  ;  he  was  wounded 
instantly  by  a  shot.  The  national  guard 
of  Versailles  took  part  with  the  popu- 
lace, and  fired  upon  the  body-guards, 
which,  too  weak  to  contend  with  such 
a  force,  were  compelled  to  retire. 

Towards  midnight  La  Fayette  arrived, 
at  the  head  of  the  Parisian  guard  and  a 
fresh  host  of  rabble  ;  having  made  them 
take,  during  their  march,  a  vain  oath  to 
be  well  conducted  and  loyal.  He  made 
his  appearance  at  the  palace,  promised 
tranquillity,  and  demanded  that,  as  a  mark 
of  confidence,  the  external  guard  of  the 
chateau  should  be  committed  to  his 
I  troops.     No  doubt  the  general  made  this 


280 


FRANCE. 


arrangement  with  the  best  intentions ; 
but  he  was  not  sufficiently  suspicious  of 
the  sanguinary  and  anarchic  party  that 
was  now  raising  its  head,  supported  by 
tlie  money  and  the  confidence  of  Orleans. 
That  prince  was  seen  amongst  the  mid- 
night groups,  and  on  the  road ;  his  agen- 
cy must  be  allowed,  though  history  can- 
not as  yet  assign  the  measure  of  his  in- 
fluence. All  remained  quiet  through  the 
night ;  the  soldiers,  the  rabble,  the  wo- 
men, round  their  fires.  La  Fayette  had 
retired  to  rest,  but  in  a  lodging  far  from 
the  chateau.  A  friend,  an  ofllcer  in 
whom  he  had  confidence,  should  have 
watched.  The  person  and  guards  of  his 
sovereign  were  intrusted  to  his  care,  and 
their  safety  was  neglected.  No  upright- 
ness of  character  can  here  shelter  him 
from  censure.  About  half  an  hour  after 
five,  some  of  the  boldest  of  the  mob, 
bribed,  there  can  be  little  doubt,  to  an  act 
that  no  popular  object  could  prompt,  roam- 
ed along  the  vast  extent  of  the  palace, 
trying  the  possibility  of  entrance  at  one 
of  its  many  gates.  They  found  an  ave- 
nue unguarded,  summoned  their  chosen 
comrades,  and  rushed  up  the  staircase. 
A  garde  du  corps,  perceiving  the  move- 
ment, had  already  fired  from  the  win- 
dow ;  and  now  this  faithful  troop,  though 
not  numbering  more  than  a  dozen,  de- 
fended each  door  and  apartment  against 
the  mo.b,  under  whose  blows  they  fell 
one  by  one.  The  shouts  and  horrid  im- 
precatiojis  of  the  ruflians  indicated  plain- 
ly that  the  queen  was  the  object  of  their 
fury.  "  We  will  cut  off  her  head  !  Tear 
out  her  heart !"  Mismandre,  the  survi- 
vor of  the  gardes  du  corps,  had  time  to 
gain  the  apartments  occupied  by  the 
queen,  opening  and  crying  to  her  attend- 
ants, "I  am  alone  against  2,000  tigers: 
we  are  conquered ;  save  the  queen !" 
As  the  unfortunate  princess  fled,  he  who 
had  just  spoke  the  generous  word  of 
warning  fell  under  the  blows  of  his  pur- 
suers. They  mangled  Ids  remains  with 
disappointment  and  rage,  on  perceiving 
that  their  prey  was  flown.  A  more  numer- 
ous troop  of  the  body-guard  occupied  the 
doors  through  which  Marie  Antoinette 
had  retreated  ;  the  assassins  had  but  the 
satisfaction  of  making  villanous  jibes 
upon  her  yet  warm  couch.     La  Fayette 


at  this  moment  arrived,  and  by  his  exer- 
tions prevented  a  renewal  of  their  at- 
tempt, or  of  the  slaughter.  The  rest  of 
the  gardes  du  corps  were  spared  ;  the 
ruffians  contenting  themselves  with  de- 
capitating the  dead,  and  fixing  their  gory 
heads  on  pikes  to  adorn  their  triumph. 

The  mob  and  Parisian  army  outside 
now  exulted  in  the  achievement  of  this 
barbarous  feat.  "  The  king  to  Paris  !" 
was  the  universal  cry  ;  denial  was  vain. 
The  monarch  assented,  and  showed  him- 
self in  the  balcony  in  token  of  obse- 
quiousness. The  queen  was  then  called 
for,  with  the  same  shout  that  the  Romans 
were  wont  to  hail  a  gladiator  into  their 
circus  ;  Marie  Antoinette  appeared,  the 
dauphin  in  her  arms.  "  No  child  !  no 
child  !"  cried  the  barbarians.  The 
meaning  Avas  evident ;  they  wanted  a 
victim.  With  unshaken  courage,  the 
queen  appeared  alone :  a  musket  was 
pointed  at  her  ;  but  the  heart  of  the  as- 
sassin failed  through  awe,  not  through 
mercy.  La  Fayette  knelt,  and  kissed 
her  hand  ;  he,  indeed,  did  his  utmost  to 
repair  the  fatal  negligence  of  the  morn- 
ing. At  midday  took  place  the  removal 
of  the  royal  family  to  the  Tuilleries. 
The  journey  was  dreadful,  not  only  in 
its  actual  circumstances,  but  as  a  dread- 
ful foreboding  of  what  was  to  come. 
Before,  around  and  behind  the  royal  fam- 
ily, were  a  mob  of  frantic  women,  de- 
bauched and  drunken,  attended  and 
cheered  by  men,  if  possible,  more  diabol- 
ical than  themselves.  The  procession 
was  headed  by  two  men,  who  with  their 
arms  naked  and  bloody,  displayed  aloft 
on  their  pikes,  the  heads  of  two  of  the 
garde  du  corps,  whom  they  had  massa- 
cred. Thus  the  authority  of  the  king  was 
first  destroyed,  then  his  power,  now  all 
respect  for  him.  The  imprudence  of  the 
courtiers  had  served  both  as  cause  and 
pretext  to  this  disaster,  which  the  popu- 
lar force  effected,  stirred  in  part  by  the 
gold  of  Orleans  and  the  intrigues  of  agi- 
tators. La  Fayette  and  the  national  as- 
sembly were  mere  spectators  :  the  tide 
was  too  strong  for  this  middle  party  ;  its 
leaders  kept  themselves  indeed  afloat, 
but  the  wind  and  tide  of  circumstances 
wafted  them  on  a  headlong  course. 

There  was  but  one  man  at  that  epoch 


PRANCE. 


281 


who  truly  understood  the  crisis,  and  saw 
whither  things  tended ;  this  was  Mira- 
beau,  a  profligate,  but  not  altogether  a 
politically  dishonest  man.  He  received 
afterwards  pecuniary  aid  from  the  court, 
but  not  until  his  conviction  led  him  to  unite 
with  it.  As  for  the  constitutionalists, 
their  ideas  were  excellent,  and  their  rea- 
soning plausible  ;  but  struggling  against 
the  spirit  of  the  nation,  they  neutralized 
efl^orts  which  more  wisely  directed,  might 
still  have  supported  the  middle  class  and 
the  friends  of  order  against  the  conspir- 
ators and  ultra-revolutionists.  Aristocra- 
cy, not  such  as  conquest  or  feudality 
might  found,  but  such  as  great  and  illus- 
trious qualities  give  birth  to,  and  time 
fosters  into  dignity — is  indeed  a  natural 
element  of  every  society.  It  is  wise  to 
uphold  its  existence  ;  but  if  a  feudal  aris- 
tocracy, like  that  of  France,  abuse  its 
superiority,  and  grind,  by  its  oppression, 
deep  hate  of  its  name  into  the  feelings 
and  prejudices  of  the  people,  it  is  vain 
to  hope  for  the  continuance  or  re-estab- 
lishment of  that  noblesse.  The  dire 
necessity  of  circumstances  must  be  sub- 
mitted to.  This  Mirabeau  saw ;  this 
Mounier,  Necker,  Lally,  did  not  see. 
They  were  theorists, — doctrinaires,  to  use 
a  modern  expression, — pursuing  their  one 
idea  athwart  the  opposed  and  bristling 
prejudices  of  the  nation.  This  is  neces- 
sary to  explain  their  ill  success,  as  well 
as  the  irritation  and  hostility  excited  by 
efforts  which,  to  Englishmen,  appear  at 
first  sight  honest,  bold,  and  wise.  They 
were  all,  except  the  last. 

Twenty  months  now  elapsed  of  com- 
parative tranquillity.  There  is  no  strik- 
ing event ;  much  intrigue,  indeed,  fiery 
debating,  the  training,  dividing,  and 
forming  of  parties.  The  revolutionary 
monster  slumbered,  stirring  at  times,  and 
showing  life  by  starts,  but  not  awaken- 
ing fully.  La  Fayette  possessed  most 
power  out  of  the  assembly  ;  and  he  ex- 
ercised it  with  a  firmness,  a  disinterest- 
edness and  courage,  that  did  him  immor- 
tal honor.  His  first  act  was  to  drive  the 
duke  of  Orleans  to  exile.  It  is  not  well 
known  whether  his  departure  was  procur- 
ed by  menace  or  inducement.  His  ab- 
sence had  certainly  the  effect  of  allowing 
agitation  to  subside. 
36 


The  assembly  pursued  its  legislative 
labors.  They  appropriated  to  the  state 
all  ecclesiastical  property.  As  it  was 
impossible  to  bring  such  a  prodigious 
portion  at  once  to  sale,  the  church-lands 
were  made  over  to  each  commune  or  par- 
ish, which  was  allowed  time  to  sell  and 
pay  into  the  treasury  the  price.  The 
Avant  of  a  supply  of  specie  soon  after 
obliged  the  assembly  to  represent  this 
debt  due  to  the  government  by  the  dif- 
ferent municipalities  in  bonds,  called 
assignats.  These  they  passed  to  a  pro- 
digious amount,  forming  a  paper  money 
not  without  advantage,  had  not  the  facili- 
ties of  its  supply  been  grossly  abused. 
The  constituent  assembly  divided  France 
into  departments,  breaking  up  the  old 
distinction  and  frontiers  betwixt  provin- 
ces. It  abolished  parliaments,  and  re- 
modelled the  judicature.  Tithes  and 
feudal  services  had  been  previously  done 
away  with.  Titles  of  honor  were  now 
abolished,  Matthieu  de  Montmorency 
being  foremost  to  make  the  sacrifice. 

This  career  of  legislation  was,  one 
would  think,  sufficiently  democratic.  It 
fully  satisfied  the  middle  classes.  La 
Fayette,  and  those  who  rallied  round 
him,  as  well  as  the  majority  of  the  as- 
sembly. Within  its  precincts,  the  dem- 
agogues, who  designed  to  form  and  head 
a  popular  party,  with  diflicidty  found  an 
opportunity  to  develope  their  sentiments 
or  forward  their  plans.  They  succeed- 
ed, however,  in  becoming  masters  of  a 
club,  first  established  by  the  moderate 
friends  of  liberty.  This,  on  the  removal 
of  the  king  and  assembly  to  Paris,  had 
installed  itself  in  the  Convent  of  the 
Jacobins.  Here,  as  violence  gained 
ground,  the  moderates,  such  as  La  Fay- 
ette, seceded  and  formed  a  separate  club. 
Barnave,  a  young  protestant  barrister, 
and  the  Lameths,  assumed  the  lead  in 
the  Jacobins  at  their  departure.  This 
trio  envied  and  detested  equally  Mira- 
beau and  La  Fayette,  and  seemed  actua- 
ted more  by  the  ambition  of  pre-emi- 
nence than  by  any  profound  conviction  or 
principle,  to  separate  and  form  a  schism. 
They  coquetted  with  the  genuine  party 
of  the  lower  orders  rather  than  embraced 
it.     Talents  alone  gave  them  support. 

Mirabeau  was  actuated  by  more  inde- 


282  FRANCE. 


pendent  opinions.  Towards  the  end  of 
1789  he  began  to  rein  in  the  zeal  which 
hitherto  had  borne  him  headlong  in  the 
path  of  revolution.  His  ardor  cooled,  and 
he  could  not  but  disapprove  of  that  con- 
stitution which  he  had  contributed  to  form. 
"  He  thought  it  too  democratic  for  a  mon- 
archy ;  for  a  democracy  there  was  a  king 
too  much."  His  sagacity  saw  the  im- 
practicability of  the  existing  system.  He, 
consequently,  leagued  secretly  with  the 
court  to  support  the  crown,  and  recover 
for  it  a  portion  of  strength  requisite  for  its 
existence.  La  Fayette,  on  the  contrary, 
held  firm  to  the  constitution  now  estab- 
lished. It  was  not  in  the  power  of  the 
king  to  unite  in  his  behalf  two  such  pow- 
erfid  men,  who  in  fact  represented  the 
same  cause, — that  of  the  middle  orders. 

Ijouis  XVI  is  accused  of  irresolution 
by  some  writers,  of  insincerity  by  others. 
Never  was  a  man  more  deserving  of  com- 
miseration and  excuse.  In  February, 
1790,  we  find  him  embarked  frankly  with 
the  nation,  coming  down  spontaneously 
to  the  assembly,  and  giving  an  uncalled- 
for  adhesion  to  its  acts,  that  excited  uni- 
versal enthusiasm.  In  July  of  the  same 
year  he  presided  over  the  famous  Federa- 
tion, or  union  of  the  Parisians  with  depu- 
tations from  the  provinces,  to  swear  to 
the  constitution  on  the  altar  of  the  coun- 
try. Talleyrand  was  the  ofticiating  bishop 
in  this  ceremony,  so  minutely  detailed  and 
honored  by  French  historians,  though  in 
itself  a  pomp  of  little  importance,  a  fete 
at  once  to  celebrate  the  anniversary  of 
the  destruction  of  the  Bastile,  and  to 
honor  the  birth  of  a  constitution  destined 
to  be  ephemeral.  Many  weeks  of  the 
same  summer  were  passed  by  the  royal 
family  at  St.  Cloud ;  escape  from  thence 
would  have  been  most  practicable,  but 
was  not  once  contemplated. 

Hence  we  may  infer,  that  Louis  had 
resigned  himself  to  his  humbled  position, 
and  resolved  to  look  for  no  other  than  le- 
gislative support.  The  emigrant  noblesse, 
collecting  first  at  Turin,  and  afterwards  at 
Coblentz,  endeavored  with  their  wonted 
imbecility  and  ill  success  to  stir  up  re- 
bellion in  the  provinces,  for  which  the 
discontent  of  the  clerg}'-,  and  consequently 
of  the  devout,  gave  them  ample  facilities. 
They  solicited  Louis  to  sanction  their 


plans  and  join  their  meditated  armaments. 
He  had  already  suffered  too  much  by  their 
counsels,  to  listen  to  thern  again.  The 
marquis  de  Bouille  at  that  time  fixed  the 
attention  and  hopes  of  the  royalists  within 
the  kingdom.  He  still  commanded  at 
Metz,  restraining  the  froward  spirit  of  the 
soldiers,  and  even  mastering  a  sedition 
amongst  them,  by  his  firmness.  A  simi- 
lar mutiny  broke  out  at  Nancy.  Bouille 
marched  against  it  at  the  head  of  troops, 
of  which  he  had  so  little  reason  to  be  con- 
fident. Nevertheless,  when  remonstrance 
failed  to  bring  the  mutineers  to  a  sense  of 
duty,  Bouille  charged  them,  beat  them, 
and  sent  the  ringleaders  captive  to  Paris. 

This  was  alone  sufficient  to  raise  the 
monarch's  hopes.  But  how  could  he  re- 
sist the  opinions  and  counsel  of  Mirabeau, 
when  this  leader  of  the  redoubtable  as- 
sembly owned  as  his  opinion,  that  roy- 
alty, in  order  to  exist,  must  b«  raised 
from  its  present  prostrate  condition  ;  that 
this  must  be  effected  by  a  force  foreign 
to  the  assembly ;  and  that  the  only  means 
to  bring  about  this  end  was,  that  the  king 
should  retire  to  Metz,  beyond  the  power 
of  the  Parisians,  and  there,  at  the  head  of 
an  independent  force,  treat  with  the  na- 
tion, if  he  could  not  with  its  present  rep- 
resentatives, and  conclude  some  more 
equitable  adjustment  between  the  rights 
of  the  crown  and  those  of  the  people. 

Such  was  the  plan  of  Mirabeau,  and  it 
gained  at  once  the  monarch's  approbation. 
But  a  fatal  event  came  to  retard  it,  and 
deprived  Louis  of  what  he  most  wanted, — 
a  man  of  capacity  to  conduct  him.  Mira- 
beau kept  his  ascendency  in  the  assem- 
bly to  the  last.  Barnave  and  the  Lameths 
in  vain  endeavored  to  shake  his  supre- 
macy. On  the  great  question,  whether 
the  power  of  deciding  on  war  or  peace 
should  rest  with  the  monarch  or  the  na- 
tion, Mirabeau  took  the  monarchic  side. 
His  enemies  saw  the  opportunity,  and 
attacked  him  with  a  virulence  and  truth 
that  would  have  overborne  any  other 
man.  The  Jacobins  made  use  of  their 
arm,  and  the  "  great  treason  of  count 
Mirabeau"  was  cried  through  the  streets. 
"  I  had  no  need  of  this  example,"  cried 
the  orator,  "  to  learn,  that  there  is  but 
one  step  from  the  capitol  to  the  Tarpeian 
rock."     Mirabeau's  eloquence  conquered 


FRANCE. 


283 


in  the  assembly,  and  even  partially  ex- 
culpated him  with  the  multitude.  The 
28th  of  February,  1791,  was  the  day  of 
his  most  memorable  triumph.  The  emi- 
grants, collected  at  Coblentz,  were  me- 
nacing France  with  their  own  force,  and 
with  that  of  the  sovereigns  of  Europe. 
It  was  proposed  to  stop  the  tide  of  emi- 
gration, by  intrusting  the  power  of  grant- 
ing passports  to  a  committee  of  three 
persons.  Mirabeau  exclaimed  against 
such  an  inquisition.  "  As  for  me,"  cried 
he,  "  I  should  feel  myself  absolved  from 
my  oath  of  allegiance  to  any  govern- 
ment, that  had  the  infamy  to  propose  this 
dictatorial  commission.  I  swear  it — " 
(loud  cries  interrupted  him).  "The  pop- 
ularity that  I  have  so  ambitioned,  and 
that  I  have  enjoyed  like  many  others,  is 
not  a  feeble  reed.  I  will  fix  it  deep  in 
the  earth.  I  will  make  it  vegetate  and 
live  in  the  soil  of  justice  and  reason." 
This  bold  allusion,  more  to  his  purposes 
than  to  the  question,  was  received  with  a 
blind  applause,  that  maddened  the  popu- 
lar leaders.  They  cried  out  against  Mi- 
rabeau as  a  dictator.  "  Silence,  ye 
thirty  voices !"  was  his  rejoinder.  His 
last  triumph  was  his  greatest.  The  ora- 
tor died,  like  a  general,  in  his  crowning 
victory.  He  returned  thence  to  a  bed  of 
sickness,  from  which  he  never  arose. 
That  organic  disease  of  the  heart,  sup- 
posed principally  to  affect  men  of  strong 
passions  and  eloquence,  carried  him  off. 
"  After  my  death,"  said  he,  "  the  factions 
will  soon  tear  the  last  shreds  of  the 
monarchy." 

Though  deranged  in  his  plans  by  this 
loss,  Louis  still  persevered  in  them,  and 
meditated  escape.  The  severity  of  the 
assembly  towards  the  priesthood  who 
refused  to  take  the  oaths  wounded  the 
king's  conscience ;  and  even  the  most 
meek,  when  touched  in  that  point,  be- 
come stubborn  and  determined.  In  the 
month  of  April  the  royal  carriages  were 
ordered  to  the  palace  ;  Louis  and  his 
queen  descended  for  the  purpose  of  vis- 
iting St.  Cloud.  At  the  sight  the  popu- 
lace collected,  surrounded  the  carriage, 
and  forbade  it  to  advance.  La  Fayette 
came  in  time  to  preserve  his  sovereigns 
from  insult,  but  not  to  procure  their  lib- 
erty.    They  were  obliged  to  return  to 


their  apartments.  A  more  secret  mode 
of  escape  was  then  planned.  The  em- 
peror Joseph  at  this  time  promised  to 
march  an  army  to  the  relief  of  his  unfor- 
tunate brother.  The  emigrants,  on  their 
side,  proffered  their  aid  and  counsels. 
But  Louis  preferred  depending  upon 
Bouille,  who,  under  his  direction,  form- 
ed a  camp  of  some  faithful  regiments  on 
the  frontier  near  Montmedy.  The  king 
hoped,  by  reaching  it  in  safety,  to  avoid 
the  reproach,  at  least,  of  emigration  ;  and 
without  foreign  aid,  as  he  afterwards  as- 
serted, to  raise  up  Liberty  upon  a  firmer 
basis. 

The  time  of  flight  was  fixed  for  the 
night  of  the  19th  of  June.  Bouille  gave 
orders,  in  consequence,  for  troops  and 
detatchments  to  meet  the  king  at  the 
bridge  of  Sommeville  and  at  St.  Mene- 
hould,  to  escort  and  protect  his  progress, 
should  he  succeed  in  reaching  those 
towns.  Unfortunately,  owing  to  some 
difficulty  excited  by  the  female  attend- 
ants on  the  royal  family,  the  departure 
was  put  off"  to  the  following  night,  by 
which  means,  although  word  was  sent  to 
Bouille,  the  detatchments  were  no  long- 
er in  waiting  for  the  king  when  he  arri- 
ved. A  private  door  in  her  apartment 
had  been  prepared  by  the  queen ;  issuing 
by  this  in  three  parties,  the  royal  family 
gained  the  courts,  and  crossed  them,  the 
king  with  his  children  reaching  the  rue 
de  I'Echelle  without  impediment.  Here 
a  fiacre  awaited  them.  But  the  queen 
had  in  the  mean  time  lost  her  way,  the 
garde  du  corps  who  conducted  her,  being 
ignorant  of  Paris.  She  chanced  to  meet 
La  Fayette,  but  passed  unrecognized  by 
him,  and  joined  the  rest  at  length  after 
much  wandering  and  trouble.  The  hack- 
ney-coach, driven  by  M.  de  Fersen  in 
disguise,  then  bore  them  to  a  distant  part 
of  the  city.  At  the  gate  St.  Martin  they 
quitted  it  for  a  berlin  drawn  by  post- 
horses,  and  were  soon  on  the  road  to 
Chalons.  The  king's  brother,  afterwards 
Louis  XVII I,  took,  on  the  same  night, 
the  road  to  Flanders,  and  succeeded  in 
reaching  the  frontier. 

The  carriage  bearing  the  royal  family 
reached  Chalons  in  safety,  and  subse- 
quently St.  Menehould.  The  detachments 
of  Bouille,   weary   of  waiting,   had   al- 


284 


FRANCE. 


ready  taken  their  departure.  At  St. 
Mcnehould  Louis  was  recognized  by 
Drouet,  son  of  the  postmaster  ;  but  the 
carriage  was  tlien  setting  off.  Drouet 
set  off  also  by  a  cross  road,  and  reached 
Varennes,  the  next  place  of  haU,  and 
within  but  two  stages  of  Bouille's  camp, 
before  the  fugitives.  There  were  no 
post-horses  in  Varennes,  but  an  officer 
of  Bouille  was  appointed  to  have  a  relay 
in  waiting.  There  were  no  symptoms 
of  horses  or  guards  about  the  hour  of 
eleven  at  night  when  the  royal  family 
entered  the  town.  They  were  obliged 
to  alight,  to  question,  to  parley  with  the 
postillions ;  whilst  Drouet  had  aroused 
the  munici])al  officer,  and  called  together 
the  national  guards  of  the  Canton. 
Whilst  the  carriage  was  slowly  proceed- 
ing under  an  arch  that  crossed  the  road, 
Drouet,  with  the  well-known  Billaud, 
and  one  or  two  others,  stopped  it,  de- 
manding their  passports.  The  gardes 
du  corps  on  the  box  wished  to  resist. 
The  king  forbade  them.  Here  the  pres- 
ence of  a  man  of  resolution  was  wanted, 
Bouille  had  designed  the  marquis  d'Ag- 
oult  to  accompany  the  monarch,  but  his 
place  had  been  usurped  by  an  obstinate 
old  woman,  governess  of  the  prince  and 
princess.  They  were  now  conducted 
before  the  procureur  of  the  town;  and, 
the  national  guards  crowding  in,  Louis 
Av-as  arrested.  The  troops  of  Bouille's 
army  arrived  also,  but  refused  to  rescue 
him.  An  aid-de-camp  of  general  La 
Fayette  soon  after  made  his  appearance, 
bearing  a  decree  of  the  national  assem- 
bly for  the  re-conveyance  of  the  fugi- 
tives to  Paris. 

Thus  within  an  hour,  a  league,  of 
safety,  the  unfortunate  Louis  and  his 
family  found  themselves  captive,  and  on 
their  return  to  a  capital,  which,  if  it  had 
before  loaded  them  with  contumely, 
Avould  now,  most  likely,  observe  no  mod- 
eration in  cruelty.  The  assembly  al- 
ready showed  that  its  opinions  had  taken 
a  deeper  dye  of  republicanism  since  the 
flight.  Petion,  a  rude  and  rigid  demo- 
crat, with  Barnave,  the  rival  of  Mirabeau, 
were  the  commissaries  who  re-conducted 
the  king.  Seated  in  the  royal  carriage, 
Barnave,  with  the  sensibility  ever  at- 
tendant  upon  talent,  felt   his  sympathy 


awakened  for  the  sufferings  of  the  fallen 
family. 

During  the  eight  days  of  their  painful 
journey,  he  continually  conversed  with 
the  monarch,  and  felt  each  moment 
deeper  respect  for  a  character  so  amiable 
and  so  just.  Petion,  on  the  contrary,  a 
man  of  few  ideas,  held  rigid  in  those 
which  he  professed,  and  piqued  by  being 
obliged  to  play  an  inferior  part,  merely 
murmured  that  he  cared  for  naught  save 
a  republic.  Previous  to  the  return  of 
the  king  to  Paris,  it  was  placarded,  that 
whoever  insulted  him  should  be  beaten  ; 
whoever  applauded  him  should  be  hang- 
ed. He  was  received,  then,  with  that 
silence  which  Mirabeau  called  "  the  les- 
son of  kings."* 

The  national  assembly  suspended  the 
king  from  Iris  functions,  less  as  a  pun- 
ishment than  to  satisfy  the  popular  out- 
cry. The  leaders  of  the  mere  rabble, 
the  anarchists,  now  showed  their  heads 
openly  under  the  guise  of  republicans. 
The  Jacobins,  whom  Barnave  and  the 
Lameths  deserted,  started  into  full  activ- 
ity under  the  guidance  of  the  most  furi- 
ous demagogues.  In  the  assembly  ihey 
argued,  that  the  king's  flight  was  abdica- 


*  A  group  in  the  Palais  Royal  were  discussing 
in  great  alarm  the  consequences  of  the  King's 
flight,  when  a  man  dressed  in  a  thread-bare  great- 
coat leaped  upon  a  chair  and  addressed  them 
thus  : — "  Citizens,  listen  to  a  tale,  which  shall 
not  be  a  long  one.  A  certain  well-meaning  Nea- 
politan was  once  on  a  time  startled  in  his  even- 
ing walk,  by  the  astounding  intelligence  that  the 
Pope  was  dead.  He  had  not  recovered  his  aston- 
ishment, when  behold,  he  is  informed  of  a  new 
disaster,  — the  King  of  Naples  was  also  no  more. 
'  Surely,'  said  the  worthy  Neapolitan,  '  the  sun 
must  vanish  from  heaven  at  such  a  combination 
of  fatalities.'  But  they  did  not  cease  here.  The 
Archbishop  of  Palermo,  he  is  informed,  has  also 
died  suddenly.  Overcome  by  this  last  shock,  he 
retired  to  bed,  but  not  to  sleep.  In  the  morning 
he  was  disturbed  in  his  melancholy  reverie  by  a 
rumbling  noise,  which  he  recognized  at  once  to 
be  the  motion  of  the  wooden  instrument  which 
makes  macaroni.  'Aha!'  says  the  good  man, 
starting  up,  'Can  I  trust  my  ears  1— The  Pope  is 
dead — the  King  of  Naples  is  dead — the  Bishop 
of  Palermo  is  dead — yet  my  neighbor  the  baker 
makes  macaroni !'  Come  !  The  lives  of  these 
great  folks  are  not  then  so  indispensable  to  the 
world  after  all."  The  man  in  the  great-coat 
jumped  dowm  and  disappeared.  "I  have  ca\ight 
his  meaning,"  said  a  woman  amongst  the  listen- 
ers. "  He  has  told  us  a  tale,  and  it  begins  like 
all  tales — There  was  once  a  King  anda  Qiieen.'^ 


FRANCE. 


285 


tion,  and  that  nothing  remained  but  to 
proclaim  the  republic.  The  majority- 
were,  however,  still  attached  to  their 
constitution,  and  pleaded  that  the  mon- 
arch was  irresponsible.  Enraged  at  their 
want  of  predominance  in  the  assembly, 
the  Jacobins  endeavored  to  agitate  the 
people,  and  caused  a  petition  to  be  pre- 
pared for  dethi-oning  Louis.  This  was 
to  be  laid  on  the  altar  of  the  country  in 
the  Champ  de  Mars  for  universal  signa- 
ture, an  apt  organization  of  sedition.  Im- 
mediately La  Fayette  and  Bailly,  by  the 
orders  of  the  municipality,  marched  at 
the  head  of  troops  to  the  scene  of  tu- 
mult, carrying  a  red  flag,  as  a  token  that 
martial  law  was  in  force.  They  in  vain 
endeavored  to  disperse  the  mob.  Two 
invalids  were  torn  in  pieces  by  them,  out 
of  hatred  to  military  uniform  ;  and  the 
troops  were  threatened  with  attack.  La 
Fayette  first  ordered  them  to  fire  in  the 
air  to  intimidate  the  rioters.  It  had  no 
eftect.  And  at  last,  beneath  a  serious 
and  well-directed  discharge,  several  hun- 
dreds fell,  slain  or  wounded,  and  the  rest 
dispersed.  The  leading  Jacobins  slunk 
in  terror  to  their  hiding-places.  Robes- 
pierre did  not  show  himself  for  many 
days.  This  triumph,  however,  or  the 
necessity  of  having  recourse  to  it,  served 
but  to  render  the  assembly  unpopular. 
The  public  was  weary  of  them,  and  long- 
ed for  its  successor,  as  it  was  wont  to 
hail  a  new  reign.  The  assembly  deter- 
mined to  show  itself  disinterested.  It 
proceeded  to  complete  and  give  the  last 
touches  to  the  constitution,  the  immor- 
tality of  which  it  fondly  argued.  Bar- 
nave,  in  the  excess  of  his  late  loyalty, 
had  hoped  to  have  modified  its  democrat- 
ic principles :  and  the  right  side,  or  par- 
tisans of  the  English  constitution,  are 
accused  of  having  marred  his  efforts  by 
their  hostility  or  neglect. 

According  to  the  terms  of  this  consti- 
tution, the  constituent  assembly  gave 
place  to  a  new  meeting  of  representa- 
tives, and  committed  the  fault  of  exclud- 
ing from  it  its  own  most  valuable  members. 
The  legislative  assembly  was  elected  ac- 
cording to  the  opinions  of  the  moment, 
and  republicanism  prevailed.  A  consul- 
tation was  shortly  after  held  concerning 
the  abolition  of  the  monarchical  power. 


In  the  mean  time,  the  allies  were  sta- 
tioned at  Coblentz,  waiting  for  an  oppor- 
tunity of  introducing,  by  force  of  arms, 
the  original  state  of  affairs  into  France. 

Whatever  opinion  may  be  entertained 
of  the  constituent  assembly,  the  mere 
enumeration  of  its  labors  will  astonish 
posterity.  It  organized  the  national 
guard,  and  constituted  the  army  of  the 
line  according  to  the  strictest  principles 
of  liberty ;  it  practically  applied  the 
principle  of  the  separation  of  the  author- 
ities ;  instituted  a  real  jury  and  justices 
of  the  peace  ;  made  rural,  municipal, 
and  penal  laws ;  freed  industry  from 
monopoly ;  restored  the  property  of  the 
church  to  the  circulation,  to  agriculture, 
and  to  the  exchequer  ;  suppressed  taxes, 
entries,  and  exemptions  ;  and,  above  all, 
regulated  public  instruction,  and  placed 
it  on  a  basis  which  subsequent  changes 
have  not  been  able  to  destroy. 

In  the  constituent  assembly  the  aristo- 
cratic party  visibly  declined.  The  roy- 
alists, Mounier,  Clermont,  Tonnere,  and 
Lally  Tolendal,  could  scarcely  find  any 
support ;  neither  could  the  republicans, 
Petion,  Buzot,  and  Robespierre.  That 
imposing  majority,  in  which  were  Ra- 
baut  St.  Etienne,  Chapelier,  Montmor- 
ency, Noailles,  Volney,  Sieyes,  the  ori- 
ginator of  projects,  the  profound  Duport, 
the  Jansenist  Camus,  the  judicious  Bar- 
nave,  the  lawyer  Thouret,  the  skilful 
Lameth,  and  so  many  other  celebrated 
men,  among  whom  was  the  great  Mira- 
beau,  stood  steadfast.  The  legislative 
assembly  was  divided  into  three  parts  : 
the  moderate  republicans,  of  whom  may 
be  mentioned  the  eloquent  Verginaud, 
the  virtuous  Condorcet,  Brissot,  and 
Guadet,  the  logician  Gensonne ;  and 
those  who  were  called  the  Girondists, 
(because  the  deputation  from  the  Gironde 
were  the  most  distinguished  of  them,) 
the  Cordeliers,  who  suffered  Danton  to 
direct  their  club,  Camille  Desmoulines, 
Fabre  d'Eglantine  ;  and  the  constitutional 
loyalists,  who  offered  but  a  feeble  resist- 
ance to  enemies  supported  by  popular 
opinion.  At  first  the  majority  assumed 
the  attitude  of  hostility  to  the  royal  pow- 
er, both  by  restraining  it,  and  by  failing 
in  the  respect  due  to  its  functions.  The 
king  made  some  resistance,  by  opposing 


286 


FRANCE. 


to  some  decrees  that  were  offered  to  him 
for  his  sanction,  his  veto,  the  right  of 
wliich  the  constitution  gave  him.  But 
this  right  was  ilhisory,  and  without  suffi- 
cient strength  to  secure  respect 

The  Girondist  Petion  was  now  elected 
mayor  of  Paris,  and  procured  a  decree 
for  the  closing  of  the  club  of  royalists 
called  Fueillans.  The  property  of  the 
emigrants  was  sequestrated,  and  a  new 
oath  was  required  of  the  priests.  Un- 
fortunateIy,-some  unpopular  ministers  in- 
creased the  peoples'  distrust  of  the  royal 
power,  and  at  the  moment  when  the  as- 
signats  were  depreciated  at  home,  infor- 
mation was  received  from  St.  Domingo 
that  the  disturbances  which  had  taken 
place  between  the  whites  and  the  men 
of  color,  in  the  time  of  the  constituent 
assembly,  had  become  much  more  se- 
rious, since  the  blacks  had  taken  part 
in  them.  News  also  arrived  of  massa- 
cres in  different  cities  of  the  kingdom, 
especially  at  Avignon,  where  one  party 
desired  union  with  France,  according  to 
the  decree  of  the  constituent  assembly  ; 
while  the  other  wished  to  remain  under 
the  government  of  the  pope.  Terrible 
reprisals  were  made  upon  this  party  in 
the  "massacre  of  the  Glacier,"  (1792,) 
but  the  assassins  were  pardoned.  The 
emigrant  princes  were  now  denounced 
at  the  bar  of  the  assembly,  and  war  was 
evidently  coming  on.  In  the  midst  of 
this  universal  agitation,  the  king  was 
without  any  adequate  support.  He  ap- 
peared to  turn  to  the  side  of  the  Giron- 
dists, and  took  a  ministry  of  their  choice  ; 
among  whom  were  Roland,  whose  wife 
is  so  celebrated  for  her  republican  vir- 
tues, her  writings  and  her  death,  and 
Dumouriez,  afterwards  so  successful  as 
a  general.  It  was  the  latter  who  per- 
suaded the  king  to  enter  the  assembly 
and  declare  war  against  Austria. 

But  the  assembly  was  disposed  to  un- 
dertake a  still  more  important  contest  at 
home  ;  it  continued  to  contend  with  the 
king,  who  at  once  thwarted  the  measures 
of  his  new  ministers,  and  corresponded 
with  the  princes.  They  began  by  de- 
priving him  of  the  means  of  defence  and 
attack,  by  disbanding  his  constitutional 
guard,  and  decreed  the  formation  of  a 
camp  of  20,000  men  near  Paris.     It  was 


evident  they  wished  either  to  dethrone 
the  king,  or  to  induce  him,  by  dint  of 
mortifications,  to  abdicate.  The  unfortu- 
nate Louis  adopted  several  hasty  and  un- 
seasonable measures,  amongst  which  was 
the  act  of  dismissing  his  ministry.  Im- 
mediately after  this  was  known,  the  in- 
habitants of  Paris  rose,  and,  passing  the 
assembly  with  symbols  grotesquely  hide- 
ous, went  to  the  Tuilleries  to  insist  upon 
placing  the  red  bonnet  upon  the  head  of 
the  king.  The  Girondists  and  Petion 
were  accused  of  aiding  this  seditious 
conduct ;  they,  at  least,  had  suffered  it ; 
but,  when  the  latter  was  suspended  from 
his  authority  by  the  king,  he  was  restored 
by  the  assembly. 

Suddenly,  La  Fayette  appeared  at  the 
bar  of  the  assembly,  at  the  head  of  an 
armed  force,  to  demand  the  punishment 
of  the  guilty  and  the  closing  of  the  Jaco- 
bin club,  a  step  which,  though  it  aston- 
ished the  demagogues  of  the  day  by  its 
boldness,  effected  nothing  ;  it  was  sup- 
ported by  no  authority  present,  and*ven 
the  terrified  court  yielded  it  no  sanction. 
The  king  had  an  insurmountable  dislike 
to  receiving  any  constitutional  assistance. 
He  was  now  evidently  and  naturally 
looking  for  protection  from  without. 
Three  places  that  had  been  taken  by  gen- 
eral Luckner,  had  been  just  retaken  by 
the  enemy  ;  on  this,  the  animosity  against 
the  king  seemed  redoubled,  and  the  Jaco- 
bins demanded  his  deposition,  when  a 
scene  of  a  singular  description  occurred 
in  the  assembly ;  a  woman  had  made  an 
appeal  to  concord  from  the  gallery,  and 
painted,  in  a  very  lively  manner,  the  evils 
of  anarchy ;  on  which  a  deputy  seized 
the  opportunity  of  proposing  to  his  col- 
leagues to  rally  round  the  constitution ; 
that  the  one  party  should  renounce  every 
after-thought  of  a  republic,  and  the  other 
should  give  up  the  project  of  an  aristo- 
cratic chamber  ;  at  once  all  present  ap- 
peared inspired  with  the  spirit  of  recon- 
ciliation ;  they  mingled  with  each  other  ; 
they  ran  to  embrace  those  on  the  oppo- 
site benches.  But  in  a  moment  these 
feelings  died  away,  and  they  resumed 
their  resentment  and  their  opposition. 

The  winding  up  of  this  catastrophe  was 
now  fast  approaching  ;  it  was  decided  by  a 
declaration  that  the  country  was  in  danger ; 


FRANCE. 


287 


and,  when  the  annual  confederation  of 
the  14th  of  July  was  held,  the  cry  was 
"Petion  or  death  !"  for  the  parties  always 
attached  themselves  to  some  man  in  vogue. 
The  leaders  of  the  Jacobin  club  *  resolved 


*  Three  men  of  terror,  whose  names  will  long 
remain,  we  trust,  unmatched  in  history  by  those 
of  any  similar  miscreants,  had  now  the  unrivalled 
leading  of  the  Jacobins,  and  were  called  the  Tri- 
umvirate. 

Danton  deservesto  be  named  first,  as  unrival- 
led by  his  colleagues  in  talent  and  audacity.  He 
was  a  man  of  gigantic  size,  and  possessed  a  voice 
of  thunder.  His  countenance  was  that  of  an 
Ogre  on  the  shoulders  of  a  Hercules.  He  was 
as  fond  of  the  pleasures  of  vice  as  of  the  practice 
of  cruelty ;  and  it  was  said  there  were  times 
when  he  became  humanized  amidst  his  debauch- 
ery, laughed  at  the  terror  which  his  furious  de- 
clamations excited,  and  might  be  approached 
with  safety,  like  the  Maelstrom  at  the  turn  of 
tide.  His  profusion  was  indulged  to  an  extent 
hazardous  to  his  popularity,  for  the  populace  are 
jealous  of  a  lavish  expenditure,  as  raising  their 
favorites  too  much  above  their  own  degree  ;  and 
the  charge  of  speculation  finds  always  ready  cred- 
it with  them,   when  brought  against   public  men. 

Robespierre  possessed  this  advantage  over 
Danton,  that  he  did  not  seem  to  seek  for  wealth, 
either  for  hoarding  or  expending,  but  lived  in 
strict  and  economical  retirement,  to  justify  the 
name  of  the  Incorruptible,  with  which  he  was 
honored  by  his  partisans.  He  appears  to  have 
possessed  little  talent,  saving  a  deep  fund  of  hy- 
pocrisy, considerable  powers  of  sophistry,  and  a 
cold  exaggerated  strain  of  oratory,  as  foreign  to 
good  taste,  as  the  measures  he  recommended 
were  to  ordinary  humanity.  It  seemed  wonder- 
ful, that  even  the  seething  and  boiling  of  the  rev- 
olutionary cauldron  should  have  sent  up  from  the 
bottom,  and  long  supported  on  the  surface,  a 
thing  so  miserably  void  of  claims  to  public  dis- 
tinction ;  but  Robes{)ierre  had  to  impose  on  the 
minds  of  the  vulgar,  and  he  knew  how  to  beguile 
them,  by  accommodating  his  flattery  to  their  pas- 
sions and  scale  of  understanding,  and  by  acts  of 
cunning  and  hypocrisy,  which  weigh  more  with 
the  multitude  than  the  words  of  eloquence,  or 
the  arguments  of  wisdom.  The  people  listened 
as  to  their  Cicero,  when  he  twanged  out  his  apos- 
trophes of  Pauvre  Peiiple,  Pcuple  vertueux  !  and 
hastened  to  execute  whatever  came  recommend- 
ed by  such  honied  phrases,  though  devised  by 
the  worst  of  men  for  the  worst  and  most  inhu- 
man of  purposes. 

Vanity  was  Robespierre's  ruling  passion,  and 
though  his  countenance  was  the  image  of  his 
mind,  he  was  vain  feven  of  his  personal  appear- 
ance, and  never  adopted  the  external  habits  of  a 
sans  culotte.  Amongst  his  fellow  Jacobins,  he 
was  distinguished  by  the  nicety  with  which  his 
hair  was  arranged  and  powdered  ;  and  the  neat- 
ness of  his  dress  was  carefully  attended  to,  so  as 
to  counterbalance,  if  possible,  the  vulgarity  of  his 
person.     His  apartments,  though  small,  were  ele- 


on  an  open  attack  upon  the  authorities  ; 
the  refusal  of  the  assembly  to  encourage 
their  animosities  against  La  Fayette,  still 
further  exasperated  them.  At  length  the 
enemy  invaded  the  frontiers  ;  the  mani- 


gant,  and  vanity  had  filled  them  with  representa- 
tions of  the  occupant.  Robespierre's  picture  at 
length  hung  in  one  place,  his  miniature  in  anoth- 
er, his  bust  occupied  a  niche,  and  on  the  table 
were  disposed  a  few  medallions  exhibiting  his 
head  in  profile.  The  vanity  which  all  this  indi- 
cated was  of  the  coldest  and  most  selfish  charac- 
ter, being  such  as  considers  neglect  an  insult, 
and  receives  homage  merely  as  a  tribute ;  so 
that,  while  praise  is  received  without  gratitude,  it 
is  withheld  at  the  risk  of  mortal  hate.  Self-love 
of  this  dangerous  character  is  closely  allied  with 
envy,  and  Robespierre  was  one  of  the  most  en- 
vious and  vindictive  men  that  ever  lived.  He 
never  was  known  to  pardon  any  opposition,  af- 
front, or  even  rivalry  ;  and  to  be  marked  in  his 
tablets  on  such  an  account  was  a  sure,  though 
perhaps  not  an  immediate,  sentence  of  death. 
Danton  was  a  hero,  compared  with  this  cold,  cal- 
culating, creeping  miscreant ;  for  his  passions, 
though  exaggerated,  had  at  least  some  touch  of 
humanity,  and  his  brutal  ferocity  was  supported 
by  brutal  courage.  Robespierre  was  a  coward, 
who  signed  death-warrants  with  a  hand  that 
shook,  though  his  heart  was  relentless.  He  pos- 
sessed no  passions  on  which  to  charge  his  crimes ; 
they  were  perpetrated  in  cold  blood,  and  upon 
mature  deliberation. 

Marat,  the  third  of  this  infernal  triumvirate, 
had  attracted  the  attention  of  the  lower  orders, 
by  the  violence  of  his  sentiments  in  the  journal 
which  he  conducted  from  the  commencement  of 
the  Revolution,  upon  such  principles  that  it  took 
the  lead  in  forwarding  its  successive  changes. 
His  political  exhortations  began  and  ended  like 
the  howl  of  a  blood-hound  for  murder  ;  or,  if  a 
wolf  could  have  written  a  journal,  the  gaunt  and 
famished  wretch  could  not  have  ravined  more 
eagerly  for  slaughter.  It  was  blood  which  was 
Marat's  constant  demand,  not  in  drops  from  the 
breast  of  an  individual,  not  in  puny  streams  from 
the  slaughter  of  families,  but  blood  in  the  profu- 
sion of  an  ocean.  His  usual  calculation  of  the 
heads  which  he  demanded  amounted  to  two  hun- 
dred and  sixty  thousand  ;  and  though  he  some- 
times raised  it  as  high  as  three  hundred  thousand, 
it  never  fell  beneath  the  smaller  number.  It 
may  be  hoped,  and,  for  the  honor  of  human  na- 
ture, we  are  inclined  to  believe,  there  was  a 
touch  of  insanity  in  this  unnatural  strain  of  fero- 
city ;  and  the  wild  and  squalid  features  of  the 
wretch  appear  to  have  intimated  a  degree  of 
alienation  of  mind.  Marat  was,  like  Robespierre, 
a  coward.  Repeatedly  denounced  in  the  Assem- 
bly, he  skulked  instead  of  defending  himself,  and 
lay  concealed  in  some  obscure  garret  or  cellar 
among  his  cut-throats,  until  a  storm  appeared, 
when,  like  a  bird  of  ill  omen,  his  death-screech 
was  again  heard.  Such  was  the  strange  and  fa- 
tal triumvirate,  in  which  the  same  degree  of  can- 


288 


FRANCE. 


festo  of  the  duke  of  Brunswick  irritated 
and  distressed  the  people  ;  and  Petion 
instituted  in  the  sections  a  deliberation 
as  to  the  expediency  of  deposing  the  king. 
On  the  9th  of  August,  the  insurrection 
that  was  in  preparation  was  denounced 
to  the  assembly,  which  was  composed  of 
constitutional  nobles.  A  frightful  tumult 
took  place  in  the  hall,  where  poniards 
were  brandished  ;  as  the  night  advanced, 
the  tocsin  sounded,  when  the  Swiss 
guards,  some  ex-nobles,  and  volunteers 
of  national  or  disbanded  guard,  repaired 
to  the  palace  to  defend  the  king.  He 
now  accepted  the  proposition  made  to 
him  by  Rcederer,  the  chief  attorney  of 
the  department,  to  seek  an  asylum  in  the 
midst  of  the  assembly,  after  enlarging  Pe- 
tion, who  had  been  detained  a  prisoner 
in  the  palace.  The  insurrection,  how- 
ever, proceeded.  The  Jacobin  club  had 
installed  in  the  commune  a  municipality 
devoted  to  Danton  ;  confusion  reigned  in 
the  palace,  until  the  Marseillais,  who 
formed  the  advanced  guard  of  tho  mob, 
though  at  first  repulsed  by  the  brave 
Swiss,  returned  with  fury  to  the  charge  ; 
and  their  cannon,  aided  by  a  multitude 
armed  in  haste,  entirely  overthrew  the 
ancient  throne  of  France. 

The  assembly,  in  confusion,  pronounced 
the  deposition  of  the  king,  and  removed 
him  to  the  Temple  with  his  family ;  while 
the  statues  of  all  the  kings,  even  that  of 
Henry  IV,  and  the  insignia  of  royalty, 
were  trampled  under  foot  by  the  mob. 
An  extraordinary  tribunal,  over  which 
Danton,  the  minister  of  justice,  presided, 
shed  torrents  of  blood.  The  first  days  of 
September  were  signalized  by  the  mas- 
sacre of  several  thousand  citizens,  with 
whom  the  prisons  were  crowded  ;  and 
those  detained  by  the  high  court  insti- 
tuted at  Orleans  for  crimes  against  the 
state  were  assassinated. 

Soon  after  midday,  on  the  2nd  of  Sept. 
as  the  mob  gathered  in  the  Place  before 
the  Hotel  de  Ville,  a  number  of  priests 


nibal  cruelty  existed  under  different  aspects. 
Danton  murdered  to  glut  his  rage  ;  Robespierre, 
to  avenge  his  injured  vanity,  or  to  remove  a  rival 
whom  he  envied ;  Mavat,  from  the  same  instinc- 
tive love  of  blood,  which  induces  a  wolf  to  con- 
tinue his  ravage  of  the  flocks  long  after  his  hunger 


under  accusation,  amounting  to  twenty- 
four,  were  brought  forth  and  placed  in 
coaches  to  be  transferred  to  the  prison  of 
the  Abbaye.  They  set  forth  escorted  by 
the  Marseillais  and  by  the  mob,  who  pur- 
sued them  with  execrations  and  menaces. 
They  reached  at  length  the  court  of  the 
prison,  where  Maillard  and  his  band  await- 
ed the  first  victims  of  the  day.  As  each 
ecclesiastic  descended  from  the  carriage, 
he  was  stricken  dowm  by  a  hundred  blows. 
Of  the  twenty-four,  the  abbe  Sicard,  the 
philanthropic  instructor  of  the  deaf  and 
dumb,  alone  escaped,  and  that  almost  by 
miracle.  Billaud-Varcennes,  officer  of 
the  municipality,  arrived  just  as  the  last 
victim  fell,  and  exclaimed,  "  People,  you 
do  your  duty!  Immolate  your  enemies!" 
"There  is  nothing  more  to  do  here," 
cried  Maillard  ;  "  to  the  Carmes  !"  This 
was  a  convent,  in  which  two  hundred  of 
the  principal  ecclesiastics  of  the  kingdom 
were  confined.  One  by  one  they  were 
led  forth  and  massacred.  Some  of  the 
assassins  had  particular  victims,  to  des- 
patch, and  were  obliged  to  wipe  the 
faces  of  the  dead  in  order  to  ascertain 
whether  the  task  was  surely  fulfilled. 

Thence  the  assassins  returned  to  the 
Abbaye,  and  proceeded  in  form.  They 
prepared  a  table.  Maillard  constituted 
himself  judge,  with  a  dozen  aids  or  as- 
sessors. He  called  for  a  hst  of  the  pris- 
oners, which  was  delivered,  the  very 
jailer  fainting  with  horror  at  the  scene 
which  must  follow.  Maillard  then  ad- 
dressed his  comrades  with  the  mockery 
of  reason  and  calmness  ;  and  passed  a 
panegyric  upon  justice.  "  Do  you,"  said 
he  to  the  band  of  assassins,  "place  your-  . 
selves  outside  the  gate.  When  I  pro- 
nounce that  the  culprit  should  be  trans- 
ferred to  La  Force,  strike  him  down  and 
slay  him  as  he  goes  out."  The  artifice 
was  applauded,  as  preventing  struggles 
and  difiiculties  ;  and  the  prisoners  sum- 
moned. The  first  were  Swiss.  They 
met  with  no  favor  ;  were  ordered  out  of 
the  gate  and  massacred.  Next  Mont- 
morin  was  brought  forth,  he  whose  mock 
acquittal  served  as  a  pretext  for  these 
crimes  ;  and  underwent  his  fate.  This 
scene  was  continued  till  late  in  the 
night ;  the  assassins  pausing  at  times  to 
refresh  themselves  with  wine.     The  wo- 


FRANCE. 


289 


Murder  of  Princess  dc  Lamballe. 


men,  however,  were  spared.  The  daugh- 
ter of  the  singular  Cazotte  saved  her 
aged  parent.  Mademoiselle  de  Sombreuil 
made  the  same  eflbrts  in  behalf  of  her 
father,  when  a  ruffian  presented  her  with 
a  goblet  of  blood,  saying,  "  Drink,  drink 
the  blood  of  the  aristocrats  !"  To  have 
some  claim  to  pity,  she  actually  swallow- 
ed the  horrid  draught,  and  M.  de  Som- 
breuil was  spared.  Others  were  pre- 
served by  the  display  of  courage,  and  ex- 
torted pardon  by  exciting  admiration ; 
such  is  the  caprice  of  crime.  One  thou- 
sand livi-es  are  registered  in  the  books  of 
the  municipality  as  payment  for  these 
deeds.  Each  prison  presented  a  similar 
scene.  The  number  massacred  is  calcu- 
lated at  13,000. 

Amongst  those  confined  at  La  Force  was 
the  unfortunate  and  lovely  princess  de 
Lamballe,  the  friend  of  Marie  Antoinette. 
She  met  no  mercy.  The  pen  refuses  to 
trace  the  horrors  committed  on  her  re- 
mains. Her  head,  borne  on  a  pike,  was 
brought  in  procession  to  the  Temple, 
where  the  commune  had  confined  Louis 
and  his  queen.  They  were  startled  bj^ 
the  unusual  tumult,  and  demanded  the 
cause.  Rushing  to  look  at  a  window, 
Marie  Antoinette  was  prevented  by  her 
37 


guards.  She  pressed  for  explanation  ; 
and  it  was  given  ;  "they  sought  to  pre- 
vent herbeholdingthe  head  of  the  princess 
Lamballe  !"  She  fainted  at  the  word  in 
the  arms  of  the  no  less  wretched  monarch. 

Whilst  the  municipality,  under  the  or- 
ders of  the  minister  of  justice,  thus  perpe- 
trated the  disgrace  of  the  nation,  the  le- 
gislative assembly,  ashamed,  indignant, 
but  powerless,  sat  witnessing  the  crimes 
which  its  conduct  had  hiduced,  and 
which  it  could  not  prevent.  Its  legal 
authority  was  expiring;  the  elections 
had  already  commenced  for  returning  tlie 
members  of  the  future  convention  ;  not, 
however,  ere  it  had  abdicated  all  real 
power  and  influence  in  favor  of  the  san- 
guinary commune.  Thus  the  first  nation- 
al assembly  expired  in  an  act  of  folly, 
the  last  in  blood  and  crime. 

While  the  French  were  thus  destroying 
each  other,  they  resisted  invasion  with 
astonishing  devotion  and  firmness  ;  the 
king  of  Prussia,  who  had  penetrated  as  far 
as  the  plains  of  Champagne,  was  checked 
in  his  march  by  Dumouriez,  and  beaten 
by  Kellerman  ;  300,000  men  hastened,  at 
the  call  of  their  country,  to  the  frontiers, 
with  an  enthusiasm  that  only  belonged  to 
the  period  of  the  revolution. 


290 


FRANCE 


The  legislative  assembly  had  summon- 
ed a  convention,  vv'hich,  on  the  21st  of 
September,  began  its  operations  by  abol- 
ishing royalty,  and  proclaiming  the  re- 
public. It  immediately  assumed  to  itself 
the  whole  power,  even  the  judiciary ;  for 
it  proceeded  to  judge  Louis  XVI,  whom 
oidy  part  of  its  members  had  accused. 
The  enemy  was  at  the  gates,  and  an- 
archy and  treason  existed  in  the  interior  ; 
to  proceed,  a  species  of  dictatorship,  the 
French  say  a  despotism,  was  neces- 
sary. 

This  monstrous  despotism  had  a  thou- 
sand heads,  and  three  principal  directing 
powers  ;  the  convention,  the  Jacobin  club, 
and  the  commune  of  Paris  ;  the  two  last 
were  the  most  real,  and  certainly  the 
most  illegal.  The  assembly  was  shared 
between  the  Girondists  and  the  Jacobins, 
when  the  struggle  finally  commenced. 
The  former  pos  essed  fine  talents  ;  the 
latter  derived  their  strength  from  the  club 
and  the  commune.  The  execrable  Ma- 
rat and  the  horrible  Hebert  assisted 
these,  by  rousing  the  passions  of  the 
people  with  the  bait  of  an  impossible 
equality,  until  they  drew  the  Marseillais 
into  their  party  ;  and  a  man  who,  under 
the  calm  external  show  of  moderation 
and  patriotism,  concealed  a  cruel  fanati- 
cism, a  man,  whose  wickedness  can  only 
be  accounted  for  from  his  envy,  Robes- 
pierre, conceived  the  design  of  elevating 
himself  on  the  ruins  of  the  state.  In  vain 
did  the  courageous  Louvet  attack  him  ; 
the  hypocrite  of  citizenship  meditated  a 
terrible  vengeance,  in  which  all  France 
was  doomed  to  suffer. 

The  Mountain,  or  the  Jacobins,  (so 
called  from  their  sitting  on  the  high  seats 
of  the  amphitheatre  of  the  hall  of  the 
convention,)  formed  the  first  thought  of 
sacrificing  Louis  as  a  victim  to  the  con- 
solidation of  the  republic.  It  is  said  that 
the  Girondists  wished  to  save  him ;  but 
several  of  them  condemned  him.  Males- 
herbes  in  vain  exerted  the  eloquence  of 
friendship  in  favor  of  the  king.  Vergni- 
aud  also  made  some  ineffectual  efforts  ; 
but  the  hall  of  the  convention  was  sur- 
rounded by  a  ferocious  mob,  who  threat- 
ened the  judges ;  while  the  mountain 
dictated  the  sentence.  The  guilt  of  the 
unfortunate  monarch  was  almost  unani- 


mously voted  ;  one-third  of  the  assembly, 
however,  wished  for  an  appeal  to  the 
sanction  of  the  people  ;  387  voted  for  his 
death  ;  334  demanded  either  imprison- 
ment, banishment,  or  death,  with  a  formal 
reprieve. 

The  sentence  of  death  was  pronoun- 
ced early  on  the  morning  of  the  17th  of 
January,  (1793,)  after  a  sitting  which 
had  been  continued  throughout  the  night 
from  the  preceding  day.  M.  Males- 
herbes,  his  counsel,  was  the  first  person 
who  communicated  this  decision  to  the 
unfortunate  monarch.  Having  been  ad- 
mitted into  the  tower  of  the  Temple 
about  nine  o'clock  in  the  morning,  M. 
Malesherbes  found  his  majesty,  he  tells 
us,  seated  in  the  shade,  his  back  being 
turned  to  a  lamp  which  was  placed  on 
the  mantel-piece,  his  legs  supported  on 
the  table,  and  his  face  covered  with  his 
hands.  He  had  been  fully  prepared  for 
the  tidings  which  M.  Malesherbes  came 
to  announce  to  him,  and  was  much  less 
moved  than  the  good  old  man  who  had 
to  make  the  distressing  communication, 
and  who  had  not  till  the  last  ceased  to 
hope  for  a  different  result.  His  faithful 
valet,  Clery,  has  given  us  a  minute  and 
interesting  detail  of  the  conduct  of  his 
royal  master  during  the  few  remaining 
days  he  was  permitted  to  live.  In  con- 
versing with  Clery  after  M.  Malesherbes 
had  retired,  he  expressed  himself  satis- 
fied that  little  was  to  be  expected  from 
the  demand  for  a  delay  in  the  execution 
of  the  sentence,  which  it  had  been  de- 
termined shoidd  be  addressed  to  the  Con- 
vention. It  afflicted  him  patricularly, 
he  said,  that  the  duke  of  Orleans,  his 
relation,  had  voted  for  his  death.  What 
occasioned  him  most  grief  and  anxiety 
in  regard  to  his  own  fate  was  the  deso- 
late state  in  which  he  must  leave  his  wi- 
dow and  family.  He  expected  to  have 
seen  M.  Malesherbes  again  that  even- 
ing ;  but  he  did  not  make  his  appear- 
ance, not  having,  it  appears,  been  admit- 
ted when  he  applied  at  the  gate  of  the 
prison.  The  continued  absence  during 
the  next  and  the  following  days  of  this, 
the  only  friend  whom  he  had  been  per- 
mitted to  see,  gave  the  king  much  unea- 
siness. During  the  18th,  he  employed 
himself  principally  in  reading  ;  the  vol- 


FRANCE. 


291 


ume  wluch  he  chose  being  that  of 
Hume's  History  of  England,  which 
contained  an  account  of  the  death  of 
Charles  I. 

On  the  19th,  at  nine  in  the  morning, 
Gobeau,  an  officer  of  the  municipality, 
presented  himself,  accompanied  by  Ma- 
they,  the  jailor ;  for  the  purpose,  as  he 
stated,  of  taking  an  inventory  of  the 
king's  effects.  While  Gobeau,  assisted 
by  Clery,  was  employed  at  this  work, 
Mathey  stood  before  the  fire,  with  his 
back  to  it  and  his  coat  tucked  up  ;  nor 
did  he  show  any  inclination  to  shift  his 
position  when  his  majesty,  who  had 
been  sitting  for  some  time  in  a  small  ad- 
joining closet  without  a  chimney,  ap- 
proached to  warm  himself.  This  rude- 
ness and  inhumanity  provoked  Louis  to 
forget  for  a  moment  his  usual  meekness  ; 
and,  in  a  somewhat  sharp  tone,  he  de- 
sired the  man  to  stand  a  little  aside. 
Mathey  said  nothing,  but  retired. 

On  the  20th,  which  was  Sunday,  he 
was  occupied  during  the  earlier  part  of 
the  day  in  reading  and  writing,  as  was 
his  custom.  At  two  o'clock  the  min- 
isters of  justice  and  of  foreign  affairs, 
and  some  ten  or  twelve  other  persons, 
composing  what  was  called  the  Execu- 
tive Council,  made  their  appearance, 
conducted  by  Santerre.  As  soon  as  they 
had  entered  the  apartment,  Garat,  the 
minister  of  justice,  without  taking  off  his 
hat,  addressed  his  majesty  as  follows  : 
"Louis,  the  National  Convention  has 
charged  the  Provisionary  Executive  Coun- 
cil to  communicate  to  you  its  decrees  of 
the  15th,  16th,  17th,  19th,  and  20th  of 
January;  the  secretary  of  the  Council 
will  read  them  to  you."  Grouvelle,  the 
secretary,  then,  unfolding  a  paper  which 
he  held  in  his  hand,  proceeded  to  read 
the  decrees  in  a  weak  and  tremulous 
voice.  They  consisted  of  four  articles, 
and  declared,  in  substance,  that  Louis 
Capet,  the  last  king  of  the  French,  hav- 
ing been  guilty  of  conspiring  against  the 
liberty  of  the  nation,  should  undergo  the 
punishment  of  death  ;  that  the  appeal  to 
the  nation,  which  he  had  claimed,  should 
not  be  allowed;  but  that  the  Executive 
Council  should  see  to  the  execution  of 
the  sentence  within  twenty-four  hours. 
Louis  listened  to  these  intimations  with- 


out emotion ;  and  receiving  the  paper 
from  Grouvelle,  deliberately  folded  it  up 
and  deposited  it  in  his  pocket-book.  Then 
taking  out  another  paper,  he  presented  it 
to  Garat,  requesting  him  to  lay  it  imme- 
diately before  the  Convention  ;  but  when 
the  minister  appeared  to  hesitate  about 
accepting  it,  Louis  said  that  he  wdVjld 
read  it  to  him  before  putting  it  into  his 
hands,  which  he  did  immediately  in  his 
usual  tone  of  voice.  It  contained  a  de- 
mand, first,  for  a  delay  of  three  days  to 
enable  him  to  prepare  himself  for  death, 
and  permission  to  see,  for  that  purpose, 
a  priest  whom  he  should  name,  and  whose 
safety  should  be  perfectly  secured  ;  sec- 
ondly, for  some  relaxation  of  the  constant 
surveillance  to  which  he  had  recently 
been  subjected,  two  guards  having  been 
stationed  in  his  apartments,  whose  orders 
were  never  to  allow  him  to  be  a  moment 
out  of  their  view,  either  during  the  day  or 
the  night ;  and  thirdly,  for  the  privilege, 
during  the  time  he  was  to  live,  of  seeing  his 
family  when  he  chose,  and  without  any 
one  being  present.  He  also  requested 
that  the  Convention  would,  after  his  death, 
permit  his  family  to  retire  without  moles- 
tation to  whatever  country  they  might 
wish  to  go  to ;  and  he  recommended 
those  who  had  adhered  to  liim  in  his  ad- 
versity, and  whose  services  he  had  not 
the  means  of  recompensing,  as  well  as 
many  aged  persons,  females  and  children, 
to  whom  he  had  been  in  the  habit  of  dis- 
pensing charity,  to  the  benevolence  of 
the  nation.  When  he  heard  it  read,  Ga- 
rat took  the  paper,  and  promised  that  he 
would  forward  it  immediately  to  the  Con- 
vention.   The  Council  then  retired. 

On  dinner  being  brought  in  immediately 
after  this,  it  was  found  that  the  mimici- 
pality  had  given  orders  that  the  use  of  a 
laiife  should  no  longer  be  allowed  to 
their  prisoner.  "Do  they  believe  me 
such  a  fool,"  said  the  king,  "  that  I  would 
attempt  my  life  ?  I  am  innocent  of  the 
crimes  which  they  impute  to  me,  and  I 
shall  die  without  fear."  No  one  else 
spoke.  The  king  ate  little,  cutting  the 
meat  with  his  spoon  ;  and  the  dinner  was 
over  in  a  few  minutes. 

About  six  o'clock  in  the  evening  Garat 
and  Santerre  returned,  when  the  former 
informed  his  majesty  that  his  letter  had 


>92 


FRANCE. 


been  laid  before  the  Convention,  and  that 
they  had  decreed  that  he  should  be  per- 
mitted to  call  in  what  minister  of  religion 
he  might  think  proper,  and  to  see  his  fam- 
ily freely,  and  without  any  one  being 
present.  The  nation,  it  was  added,  al- 
ways great,  and  always  just,  would  see 
to  ftie  condition  of  his  family,  and  pay 
his  creditors  whatever  might  be  due  to 
them  ;  but  as  to  his  demand  for  a  delay 
of  three  days,  upon  that  the  Convention 
had  passed  to  the  order  of  the  day. 

Nothing  more,  therefore,  now  remain- 
ed to  the  unfortunate  king,  except  to  avail 
himself,  as  the  time  permitted,  of  the 
scanty  privileges  which  had  been  ac- 
corded to  him.  He  prepared,  in  the  first 
place,  to  see  his  wife  and  children ;  but 
it  was  some  time  before  every  thing  coidd 
be  arranged  for  the  interview.  Although 
the  decree  of  the  Convention  seemed  to 
have  given  him  permission  to  meet  them 
alone,  it  was  determined,  in  order  to  sat- 
isfy the  letter  of  the  previous  instructions 
which  had  been  issued  by  the  municipali- 
ty, that  his  guard  should  observe  what 
took  place  through  some  panes  of  glass 
which  were  in  the  door  of  the  dining- 
room,  the  door  itself  being  shut ;  and  that 
consequently  the  interview  should  take 
place  in  that  apartment.  At  last,  soon 
after  eight  o'clock,  every  thing  being  in 
readiness,  his  majesty  sent  to  desire  the 
presence  of  the  objects  of  his  affection. 
The  messenger  was  absent  on  his  er- 
rand about  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  "  Du- 
ring this  interval,"  says  Clery,  the  king 
re-entered  his  closet,  coming  from  time 
to  time  to  the  door,  with  symptoms  of  the 
liveliest  emotion.  At  half-past  eight  the 
door  opened ;  the  queen  appeared  first, 
holding  her  son  by  the  hand ;  then  the 
princess  royal  and  madame  Elizabeth : 
all  threw  themselves  into  the  arms  of 
the  king.  A  deep  silence  reigned  for 
some  minutes,  interrupted  only  by  sobs. 
The  queen  made  a  movement,  with  the 
object  of  leading  his  majesty  towards  his 
chamber.  "  No,"  said  the  king,  "  let  us 
pass  into  this  room — I  can  only  see  you 
there."  They  entered,  and  I  shut  the 
door,  which  was  a  glazed  one.  The 
king  sat  down,  the  queen  placing  herself 
on  his  left,  madame  Elizabeth  on  his 
right,  the  princess  royal  almost  opposite 


to  him,  while  the  young  prince  remained 
standing  between  liis  legs  ;  all  were  bent 
towards  him,  and  often  clasped  him  in 
in  their  arms.  This  scene  of  grief  lasted 
for  an  hour  and  three  quarters,  during 
which  it  was  impossible  to  hear  any  thing 
that  was  said ;  we  could  only  perceive 
that  after  every  expression  of  the  king, 
the  sobs  of  the  princesses  redoubled, 
lasting  for  some  minutes,  and  that  then 
the  king  re-commenced  speaking.  At  a 
quarter  past  ten  the  king  rose  first,  and 
all  followed  him ;  I  opened  the  door ; 
the  queen  held  the  king  by  the  right  arm ; 
their  majesties  gave  each  one  hand  to 
the  dauphin  ;  the  princess  royal,  on  the 
left,  clung  to  the  king  with  her  arm  around 
his  waist ;  madame  Elizabeth  on  the 
same  side,  but  not  quite  so  far  in  advance, 
had  seized  the  left  arm  of  her  august 
brother  ;  they  moved  some  steps  towards 
the  door,  uttering  the  most  agonizing 
groans.  "I  assure  you,"  said  the  king, 
"that  I  will  see  you  to-morrow  morning 
at  eight."  "You  promise  us,"  repeated 
they  all  together.  "  Yes  I  promise  you." 
"  Why  not  at  seven  ?"  said  the  queen. 
"  Well  then,"  answered  the  king,  "  at 
seven — adieu  !"  He  pronounced  this 
adieu  in  so  impressive  a  manner  that  their 
distress  and  sobbing  were  redoubled. 
The  princess  royal  fell  down  in  a  swoon 
at  the  feet  of  the  king,  to  whom  she 
clung  ;  I  lifted  her  up,  and  assisted  mad- 
ame Elizabeth  in  supporting  her ;  the 
king,  wishing  to  put  an  end  to  this  lacer- 
ating scene,  bestowed  upon  them  once 
more  the  most  tender  embraces,  and  then 
had  the  strength  to  tear  himself  from  their 
arms.  "  Adieu — adieu  !"  he  said,  and  re- 
entered his  chamber. 

Before  this  the  abbe  Edgeworth  de 
Firmont,  the  priest  whom  the  king  had 
desired  to  be  sent  for,  had  been  brought 
to  the  tower  ;  and  during  this  distressing 
interview  he  was  in  an  adjoining  closet, 
where  his  majesty  joined  him  immediate- 
ly after  his  family  had  retired.  When 
supper  was  over,  at  wdiich  the  king  eat 
sparingly,  but  with  appetite,  the  necessa- 
ry articles  for  the  celebration  of  mass  the 
following  morning  were  sent  for  to  the 
neighboring  church  of  the  Capuchins  in 
Marais.  The  remainder  of  the  night,  till  j 
half  past  twelve,  Louis  passed  with  his      '  I 


FRANCE. 


293 


confessor.  He  then  retired  to  bed  ;  and 
having  desired  his  valet  to  awaken  him 
at  five,  fell  immediately  into  a  profound 
slumber. 

The  noise  made  by  Clery  in  lighting 
the  fire  awoke  him  at  the  hour  at  which 
he  had  desired  to  be  called  ;  when  he 
rose  and  proceeded  to  dress,  remarking 
that  he  had  slept  well,  a  refreshment  of 
which  he  had  had  ,much  need  from  the 
fatigues  of  the  preceding  day.  At  six 
o'clock  the  performance  of  mass  com- 
menced ;  after  which  his  majesty  took 
the  sacrament.  He  then  took  Clery 
aside,  and  putting  into  his  hands  a  seal 
which  he  had  taken  from  his  watch,  and 
a  ring  he  used  to  wear,  he  ordered  him 
to  give  the  one  to  his  son,  and  the  other 
to  the  queen  ;  "  Tell  her  ,"  said  he,  "that 
I  quit  it  with  pain."  "  This  little  packet," 
he  continued,  "  contains  the  hair  of  all 
my  family ;  give  it  also  to  the  queen. 
Say  to  her,  to  my  dear  children,  to  my 
sister,  that  I  had  promised  to  see  them 
this  morning,  but  that  I  wished  to  spare 
them  the  distress  of  so  cruel  a  separation. 
Alas, how  much  it  costs  mc  to  leave  them 
without  receiving  their  last  embraces ! 
I  charge  you  to  carry  them  my  farewell." 
He  uttered  these  last  words  in  a  voice  of 
the  deepest  sorrow,  and  with  the  tears 
rolling  down  his  cheeks. 

The  following  is  the  conclusion  of  Cla- 
ry's narrative  :  "  Paris  had  been  under 
arms  since  five  o'clock  ;  we  heard  the 
beating  of  the  generale,  the  clashing  of 
arms,  the  trampling  of  horses,  the  wheel- 
ing about  of  cannons,  which  they  were 
placing  and  displacing  every  instant ;  all 
these  noises  resounded  through  the  tow- 
er. At  nine  the  noise  augmented,  the  [ 
doors  were  thrown  open  with  obstrepe- 1 
rous  jar,  and  Santerre,  accompanied  by  I 
seven  or  eight  members  of  the  municipali-  ! 
ty,  entered  at  the  head  of  ten  gendarmes, '. 
whom  he  ranged  in  two  lines.  At  this 
commotion  the  king  came  forth  from  his  \ 
closet.  "  You  are  come  for  me  ?"  said  j 
he  to  Santerre.  "Yes."  "I  beg  one 
minute,"  he  replied,  and  re-entered  the 
closet.  He  returned  immediately,  his  j 
confessor  following  him.  The  king  held 
his  testament  in  his  hand,  and,  address- 
ing himself  to  one  of  the  members  of  the 
mimicipality,  a  priest  who  had  taken  the 


oaths,  named  Jacques  Roux,  who  hap- 
pened to  stand  foremost,  "I  request,"  he 
said,  that  you  will  give  this  paper  to  the 
queen — to  my  wife."  "  That  is  no  busi- 
ness of  mine,"  answered  the  priest,  while 
he  refused  to  receive  the  manuscript ;  "  I 
am  here  to  conduct  you  to  the  scaffold." 
His  majesty  then  addressing  himself  to 
Gobeau,  another  member  of  the  munici- 
pality, requested  him  to  take  charge  of 
the  paper  and  deliver  it ;  adding,  "  You 
may  read  it ;  it  contains  some  dispositions 
with  which  I  am  desirous  that  the  Com- 
mune should  be  acquainted."  I  stood 
behind  the  king,  near  the  fire-place,  when 
he  turned  round,  and  I  presented  to  him 
his  great  coat  {redingote.)  "I  do  not  re- 
quire it,"  said  he,  "give  me  only  my  hat." 
As  I  gave  it  to  him,  his  hand  met  mine, 
which  he  clasped  for  the  last  time.  "  Gen- 
tlemen," said  he,  addressing  himself  to 
the  members  of  the  municipality,  "  I 
should  wish  Clery  to  remain  with  my 
son,  who  is  accustomed  to  his  attentions  ; 
I  hope  that  the  Commune  will  entertain 
this  request."  Then  looking  to  Santerre, 
he  added,  "  Let  us  go."  These  were  the 
last  words  which  he  pronouncd  in  his 
apartment.  At  the  top  of  the  stairs  he 
met  Mathey  the  jailor,  and  said  to  him, 
"  I  spoke  a  little  sharply  the  day  before 
yesterday  to  you — do  not  bear  me  a 
grudge  for  it."  Mathey  made  no  reply, 
and  aflected  even  to  retire  when  the 
king  spoke  to  him.  I  remained  alone  in 
the  chamber,  struck  down  with  grief,  and 
almost  deprived  of  feeling.  The  drums 
and  trumpets  announced  that  his  majesty 
had  quitted  the  tower.  An  hour  after, 
voUies  of  artillery  and  cries  of  Vive  la 
Nation  !  Vive  la  Republique  !  were 
heard.  The  best  of  kings  was  no  more. 
The  Abbe  Edgeworth,  who  accompa- 
nied Louis  to  the  scaffold,  has  given  us 
an  account  of  the  progress  of  the  king 
from  his  prison  to  the  place  of  execution, 
as  well  as  of  his  last  moments.  In 
crossing  the  court  of  the  Temple  he 
twice  turned  round  and  looked  up  to  the 
apartments  in  which  his  family  were  con- 
fined, as  if  to  bid  them  his  last  farewell. 
At  the  entry  of  the  second  court  a  car- 
riage stood  waiting  with  two  gendarmes 
standing  at  the  door,  one  of  whom  en- 
tered, and  took  his  place  in  front  on  the 


294 


FRANCE. 


approach  of  the  King.  The  King  him- 1 
self,  his  confessor,  and  the  other  gen- 
darme then  successively  followed  ;  the 
door  was  shut  by  the  last,  and  they  drove  j 
off  at  a  slow  pace.  From  the  first  Louis 
avoided  all  conversation,  but  continued  j 
to  peruse  a  breviary  which  M.  Edgeworth 
had  given  him,  occasionally  reciting  along 
with  that  gentleman  certain  psalms  ap- 
plicable to  his  situation.  Their  progress 
lasted  nearly  two  hours.  "  All  the 
streets,"  continues  the  Abbe,  "  were  lined 
with  several  rows  of  citizens,  armed 
some  with  pikes,  and  others  with  mus- 
kets. Besides  this,  the  carriage  itself 
was  surrounded  by  an  imposing  body  of 
troops  ;  and,  to  complete  their  precau- 
tions, they  had  placed  before  the  horses 
a  multitude  of  persons  with  drums,  that 
the  noise  of  these  instruments  might 
drown  any  cries  which  might  be  raised 
in  favour  of  the  King.  But  whence 
could  such  cries  have  proceeded  ?  No- 
body appeared  either  at  the  doors  or 
windows,  and  in  the  streets  were  only  to 
be  seen  the  rows  of  armed  citizens.  In 
this  manner  the  carriage  arrived  amidst 
the  deepest  silence  at  the  Place  Louis 
XV,  and  stopped  in  the  middle  of  a  large 
empty  space  which  had  been  formed 
around  the  scaflbld.  This  space  was 
surrounded  by  cannons  ;  and  beyond  it, 
as  far  as  the  eye  could  reach,  was  to  be 
seen  a  multitude  in  arms.  As  soon  as 
the  King  perceived  that  the  carriage  had 
stopped,  he  turned  towards  me  and  said, 
"  We  have  reached  the  place,  then,  if  I 
am  not  mistaken." 

The  particulars  that  follow  we  collect 
from  difTerent  narratives.    It  appears  that 
immediately  on  the  carriage  halting,  one 
of  the  executioners  advanced  and  opened 
the  door,  on  which  the  two  gendarmes 
rose  to  step  out  ;  but  before  they  went, 
the  King,  with  a  firm  and  dignified  ac- 1 
cent,  charged  them  with  the  protection  of  I 
his  confessor  from  any  insult  to    which 
he  might  be  exposed  after  his  death.  He  j 
then  descended    to   the  ground   with   a 
steady  step.     He  was  dressed  in  a  brown  | 
coat,  a  white  vest,   gray-coloured   small 
clothes,  and  white  stockings.     "  On  de- 
scending from  the  carriage,"  says  San- 
son (the  person  who  executed  the  sen- 
tence,) in  a  narrative  which  M.  Dulaure 


has  printed,  "  he  was  told  that  it  would 
be  necessary  to  pull  off  his  coat';  he 
made  some  difficulty  as  to  this,  saying 
that  they  could  execute  him  as  he  was. 
When  it  was  represented  to  him  that  the 
thing  was  impossible,  he  himself  assisted 
in  pulling  off  his  coat.  He  made  the 
same  difficulty  when  his  hands  were 
going  to  be  tied,  but  offered  them  of  his 
own  accord,  when  the  person  who  was 
with  him  (M.  Edgworth)  observed  that 
it  was  the  last  sacrifice.  He  then  in- 
quired if  the  drums  were  not  to  cease 
beating.  We  replied  that  we  did  not 
know,  which  was  the  truth.  He  ascend- 
ed the  scaffold,  and  wished  to  advance 
to  the  front,  as  if  for  the  purpose  of 
speaking  ;  but  it  was  represented  to  him 
that  the  thing  was  impossible.  He  then 
suffered  himself  to  be  conducted  to  the 
spot  where  we  placed  him,  and  from 
which  he  called  out  with  a  very  loud 
voice  :  People,  I  die  innocent ;  then,  turn- 
ing to  us,  he  said  G entlemen,  I  am  inno- 
cent of  all  they  accuse  me  of ;  may  my 
blood  cement  the  happiness  of  Frenchmen. 
These  were  his  true  and  last  words." 
"  To  render  homage  to  the  truth,"  con- 
cludes Sanson,  "he  sustained  the  whole 
with  a  sang-froid  and  a  firmness  which 
astonished  us  all.  I  remain  very  much 
convinced  that  he  had  derived  this  firm- 
ness from  the  principles  of  religion,  Avith 
which  no  person  ever  appeared  more 
penetrated  than  he  was,  or  more  persua- 
ded of  their  truth." 

According  to  the  Abbe  Edgeworth 
(and  his  account  is  confirmed  by  M. 
Goret)  Louis  was  prevented  from  con- 
tinuing his  address  by  a  man  on  horse- 
back, dressed  in  the  uniform  of  a  national 
guard,  who  rushing  suddenly  sword  in 
hand,  and  with  ferocious  cries,  upon 
the  persons  with  the  drums,  compelled 
them  to  beat  their  instruments  with  re- 
doubled vigor.  This  was  Santerre, 
then  commander-in-chief  of  the  national 
guard.  Several  voices  were  raised  at 
the  same  time,"  proceeds  M.  Edgeworth, 
"  to  encourage  the  executioners  ;  they 
themselves  appeared  to  acquire  more 
confidence,  and,  seizing  forcibly  the  most 
virtuous  of  kings,  they  drew  him  under 
the  axe,  which,  at  a  single  stroke  made 
his  head  fall  from  his  body.    All  this 


FRANCE. 


295 


was  the  work  of  a  few  seconds :  the 
youngest  of  the  executioners  (he  did  not 
appear  to  be  more  than  eighteen  years  of 
age)  immediately  took  up  the  head  and 
showed  it  to  the  people,  making  the  round 
of  the  scaffold;  he  accompanied  this 
monstrous  ceremony  by  the  most  atro- 
cious cries  and  the  most  indecent  ges- 
tures. The  deepest  silence  reigned  at 
first ;  after  a  short  time  some  cries  of 
Vive  la  Republique  arose.  By  degrees  the 
voices  so  exclaiming  grew  more  numer- 
ous ;  and  in  less  than  ten  minutes  the 
cry  became  that  of  the  whole  multitude, 
and  all  their  hats  were  waving  in  the 
air."  The  influence  of  the  Mountain  or 
ultra  democratic  party,  continued  to  in- 
crease rapidly  in  the  convention  after  the 
death  of  the  king. 

La  Vendee  now  rose,  and  the  continent 
as  well  as  England  armed  in  hostility  to  the 
convention,  whom  nothing  seemed  to  in- 
timidate. Fourteen  armies,  without  ex- 
perience, and  merely  with  the  aid  of  pa- 
per-money, were  set  in  motion.  Custine 
took  Mentz  ;  Montesqieu  invaded  Savoy  ; 
Lille  repulsed  the  Austrians,  who  bom- 
barded the  city ;  and  Dumouriez,  making 
a  descent  upon  Belgium,  carried  the  re- 
doubts of  Jcmappe  with  the  bayonet,  now 
substituted  for  the  old  French  tactics. 
The  generals  had  only  to  sound  the  Mar- 
seillais  hymn,  and  the  citizen  soldiers 
saw  in  the  republic  a  futurity  of  peace 
and  prosperity;  although  the  roots  of 
what  was  called  the  tree  of  liberty  had 
been  saturated  with  blood.  A  descen- 
dant of  Turenne  was  honored  with  the 
title  of  the  first  grenadier  in  France  :  a 
Biron  marched  against  the  royalists  in 
La  Vendee.  The  young  Orleans  fought 
for  national  independence,  while  his 
father,  under  the  name  of  Egalite,  passed 
from  the  Mountain,  where  he  sat,  to  the 
scaffold  where  he  perished. 

But  the  Mountain  men  still  meditated 
vengeance  on  the  Girondists  for  their 
superiority,  their  constant  opposition  to  \ 
their  atrocities,  their  denunciations  of 
Marat,  and  their  causing  the  arrest  of 
Hebert.  After  a  new  attempt  at  assassin- 
ation, the  Mountain  ordered  an  insurrec- 
tion. A  hired  multitude  went  on  the 
31st  May,  to  dictate  to  the  representation 
and  on  the  2nd  of  the   next  month  de- 


manded twenty-two  heads  that  had  been 
pointed  out  to  it  among  the  Girondists  ! 
The  proscribed  all  perished,  with  the 
exception  of  one  who  survived  the  entire 
revolution,  the  virtuous  Languinois.  The 
first  attack  on  the  inviolability  of  the 
representation  became  a  fatal  example. 
Seventy-three  deputies  were  decreed  in 
a  state  of  arrest ;  and  though  a  constitu- 
tion was  drawn  up,  it  was  strangled  in  its 
birth,  and  the  revolutionary  government, 
or  regime  of  terror,  was  organized,  the  ad- 
ministration of  which  was  the  guillotine, 
and  its  functionaries  the  executioners. 

On  learning  the  proscription  of  the  Gi- 
rondists, a  young,  enthusiastic  Norman 
girl,  named  Charlotte  Corday,  resolved 
to  avenge  their  fall.  For  this  purpose 
she  set  out  from  Caen  in  Normandy  and 
arrived  in  Paris  on  the  11th  of  July,  and 
spent  some  days  in  seeing  the  abodes 
and  learning  the  motions  of  the  sanguin- 
ary triumvirate.  She  determined  to  im- 
molate one  of  them  ;  and  Marat  appear- 
ed to  her  to  be  the  most  guilty  and  most 
atrocious.  But  he  no  longer  went  abroad 
to  the  convention  ;  suffering  under  a  con- 
tinual fever,  which  he  allayed  by  frequent 
baths,  and  indulged  by  denunciations  and 
proscriptions,  sent  forth  either  in  his  daily 
journal,  or  in  letters  to  the  convention. 
He  was  then  clamorous,  like  a  hound  for 
his  meal  delayed,  that  Custines  and  Bi- 
ron, the  two  generals  in  command,  were 
aristocrats  worthy  of  condemnation  and 
the  guillotine.  Charlotte  Corday  went 
to  the  abode  of  the  monster;  a  female 
with  whom  he  lived  denied  her  entrance  : 
she  insisted,  saying  she  had  matters  of 
importance  to  communicate,  having  just 
arrived  from  Caen.  Marat,  who  was 
extended  in  his  bath  in  an  adjoining 
chamber,  caught  the  word,  cried  out  that 
the  young  girl  should  be  admitted,  and 
eagerly  commenced  inquiries  relating  to 
the  Girondist  deputies  then  at  Caen.  He 
carefully  noted  down  her  replies,  mutter- 
ing, "  they  shall  all  go  to  the  guillotine," 
when  Charlotte  Corday  approached  and 
plunged  a  knife  into  his  breast.  His 
cry  for  help  brought  his  mistress  ;  and 
she,  a  crowd.  The  monster  had  expired, 
the  words  of  blood  still  in  his  mouth. 
Charlotte  Corday  stood  by  unmoved,  in 
the  calm  serenity  of  heroism,  avowing 


296 


FRANCE. 


and  glorifying  in  the  deed.  Such  was 
lier  countenance  at  her  trial ;  such  did  it 
continue  at  her  execution,  which  took 
place  in  a  few  days  after,  amidst  the  ex- 
ecrations of  the  mob ;  whilst  Marat  was 
borne  to  his  tomb  lamented  by  thousands. 

The  convention  is  a  political  phenom- 
enon, which  has  existed  but  once  ;  and 
its  terrible  power  was  wielded  by  men  of 
the  lowest  ambitions.  The  Mountain 
was  a  volcano,  which  vomited  its  fires 
over  Europe,  while  it  inundated  France 
with  its  incendiary  lava  ;  and  the  Jaco- 
bin club,  the  caves  where  the  thunder- 
bolts of  power  were  forged.  Still  these 
fanatics  of  liberty  remained  poor,  while 
they  were  denouncing  death  on  the  rich ; 
as  they  depopulated  the  earth,  while 
they  were  promising  themselves  to  share 
its  blessings  and  live  like  brethren.  Ev- 
ery thing  in  fact  was  immolated  to  the 
fierce  inflexibility  of  their  passions. 

Some  attempts,  however,  were  made 
to  shake  off  this  frightful  yoke.  The 
Girondists  and  constitutionalists,  who 
had  been  proscribed  as  moderate  men 
and  as  wishing  to  break  the  unity  of  the 
republic,  rose  at  Caen  and  Lyons  ;  when 
the  convention  decreed  that  Lyons  should 
be  destroyed.  Marseilles  was  decima- 
ted, and  its  name  suppressed.  Toulon 
opened  its  gates  to  the  English,  but  Nan- 
tes repulsed  the  Vendeans.  The  Moun- 
tain sent  out  its  chiefs  on  all  sides  to  es- 
tablish its  power;  a  revolutionary  army 
followed  them  ;  they  established  in  fact 
a  mission  of  terror,  and  extended  their 
works  of  death  even  to  St.  Domingo. 
The  Noyades  of  Carrier  and  the  atroci- 
ties of  licbon  are  well  known.  Every 
where  tribunals  of  blood  were  in  horri- 
ble activity;  even  the  camps  were  not 
an  asylum ;  Houchard,  who  had  just  con- 
quered the  English  at  Ilondcoot,  soon 
followed  his  predecessor  Custine  to  the 
scaffold.  To  crown  these  evils,  industry 
and  commerce  were  prescribed.  Requi- 
sitions and  a  maximum,  which  heavily 
taxed  provisions,  produced  a  famine ;  the 
west  of  France  was  soon  in  a  state  of 
revolution,  caused  by  the  same  men  who 
pronounced  as  legislators  the  abolition  of 
the  punishment  of  death,  and  founded 
the  conservatories  and  the  polytechnic 
school. 


I  The  most  remarkable  event  in  the  mil* 
itary  history  of  1793,  is  the  siege  of  Tou- 
lon, not  so  much  from  its  importance,  as 
from  its  first  bringing  to  light  the  talents 
of  Napoleon  Buonaparte.  He  was  born 
in  Corsica,  of  a  good  family,  in  1769,  and 
educated  at  the  artillery  school  of  Brienne. 
As  all  the  students  of  this  establishment, 
and,  indeed,  all  intended  to  hold  rank  in 
the  army  under  the  ancient  regime,  were 
noble,  the  officers  emigrated  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  revolution ;  Buonaparte 
and  three  comrades  being  the  only  ones 
that  remained  of  his  regiment.  The 
place  of  an  ofhcer  of  artillery  could  not 
be  supplied  from  the  lower  and  uninform- 
ed ranks  of  life,  as  those  of  the  line  were 
in  France  ;  and  thus  he  found  himself, 
at  the  age  of  twenty-four,  with  the  rank 
of  major,  and  the  chief  of  his  army  be- 
fore Toulon.  Two  successive  generals 
appointed  to  command  the  siege  were 
totally  ignorant  of  their  profession.  The 
members  of  the  convention  present  with 
this  army  were  self-sufficient,  and  still 
less  capable  of  conducting  a  siege.  The 
task  fell  upon  young  Buonaparte,  who 
had  not  only  to  devise  good  counsel,  but 
to  make  it  prevail.  The  latter  he  effect- 
ed by  reports  and  written  plans,  that  pro- 
ved his  talents  to  the  war  committee  at 
home,  as  his  acts  proved  ihem  to  the  be- 
sieging army.  Instead  of  making  a  reg- 
ular attack  upon  the  main  fortification,  he 
proposed  to  get  possession  of  the  prom- 
inent points  commanding  the  harbor, 
which  would  render  it  untenable  to  the 
English  fleet.  Were  this  once  eflected, 
the  motley  garrison  he  knew  would  not 
hold  the  town.  Although  amounting  to 
14,000,  it  numbered  but  3000  English. 
Even  their  commander,  O'Hara,  was  ta- 
ken in  a  sortie.  The  important  posts 
designated  by  Buonaparte  were  captured ; 
and  as  the  cannon  from  them  reached 
the  fleet  the  evacuation  of  the  town  was 
decided  on.  The  English,  in  departing, 
set  fire  to  the  magazines,  and  to  the 
French  fleet,  consisting  of  nine  vessels 
of  the  line  and  four  frigates  ;  a  melan- 
choly spectacle  to  the  men  of  Toulon,  an 
exasperating  one  to  their  republican  con- 
querors. The  circumstances  of  the  siege 
were,  however,  useful  to  the  cause  of 
the  latter.     It  proved  an  example  to  awe 


FRANCE 


297 


all  towns  and  parties  from  mounting  the 
white  flag  of  the  Bourbons,  or  from  re- 
ceiving under  any  pretext  the  enemies 
of  their  country  within  their  walls. 

Great  talents  were  certainly  displayed 
in  the  committee  of  public  safety,  a  se- 
lect part  of  the  Mountain  faction.  But 
Carnot  had  only  begun  to  secure  victory 
to  the  French  arms  by  his  arrangements, 
when  he  had  to  contend  with  the  treason 
of  Dumouriez.  This  general  had  deliv- 
ered up  to  the  enemy  the  commissaries 
of  the  convention,  who  were  coming  to 
bring  him  instructions,  and  take  him  back 
to  the  guillotine.  So  far  he  acted  in 
self-defence  ;  but  before  he  emigrated, 
he  endeavored  to  unite  the  French  and 
the  Germans  against  the  republic  to  which 
he  owed  allegiance,  in  order  to  march  to 
Paris.  The  lines  of  Weissemburg  had 
also  been  siurendered  by  traitors 

Robespierre  was  at  this  period  (1794) 
at  the  zenith  of  his  prosperity.  He  had 
sacrificed  his  old  associate  in  crimes, 
Danton,  who  saw  in  the  revolution  the 
means  of  enriching  himself,  and  who  was 
afterwards  disowned  by  the  rigid  Jaco- 
bins ;  and  science,  reputation,  and  talents 
became  but  the  watch-word  for  proscrip- 
tion and  death.  At  last  this  prince  of 
homicides  closed  his  career,  by  making 
the  Mountain  itself  tremble,  demanding 
those  purifications  which  threatened  to 
attaint  even  the  executioners  themselves. 
Billaud  Varennes  first  shook  off  the 
yoke  ;  the  Jacobin  speculators,  the  re- 
mains of  Danton's  party,  who  saw  them- 
selves in  danger,  united  with  the  remain- 
ing part  of  the  Girondists,  and,  on  the 
9th  of  Thermidor,  Tallien  braved  and  un- 
masked the  villain,  whom  St.  Just,  his 
confidant,  in  vain  attempted  to  defend. 
Cries  of  "  down  with  the  tyrant"  issued 
from  every  mouth,  Robespierre  and  his 
party  were  hurried  away  ;  but  the  .mob, 
at  the  sound  of  the  tocsin,  rose  in  their 
favor.  Barras  now  put  himself  at  the 
'  liead  of  the  national  guard,  in  the  name 
I  of  the  convention  ;  and  they  easily  made 
I  themselves  masters  of  the  Hotel  de  Ville. 
;  Robespierre  was  at  last  overcome  ;  and 
1  after  having  attempted  self-destruction, 
I      he  received  his  well  merited  death  blow.* 


■  For  some  time  there  had  been  skimiishes  in 


But  a  cruel  re-action  blemished  this  cri- 
sis ;  the  Thermidorians  proscribed  the 
Mountain  in  their  turn  ;  and  the  royalists 

the  convention  betwixt  Robespierre  and  some  of 
the  old  Mountainists,  who  showed  an  inclination 
to  form  an  opposition.  Amongst  thcni  were 
Bourdon,  Tallien,  Fouche,  Barras.  With  these 
now  united  the  malcontents  of  the  two  commit- 
tees. The  report  of  Vadier  was  publicly  read, 
despite  the  efforts  of  Robespierre.  He  retired 
indignant  from  the  convention,  and  the  commit- 
tee ;  thus  imitating  the  false  steps  of  Danton,  and 
leaving  his  friends,  Couthon  and  St.  Just,  to 
strive  alone  against  CoUol,  Billaud  and  Barrere. 
In  the  Jacobins,  however,  Robespierre  continued 
still  paramount.  Possessed  of  them,  the  organ 
of  popularity,  and  of  the  municipal  force  under 
Henriot,  he  thought  he  might  defy  the  conven- 
tion. He  retired  from  it,  meaning  thereby  to 
convey  a  warning  and  a  menace.  But  conven- 
tion and  committee  continued  their  labor,  the 
party  in  opposition  gathering  numbers,  consisten- 
cy, and  force,  for  the  struggle  that  was  approach- 
ing. The  Jacobin  tyrant  was  reported  to  demand 
the  heads  of  half  the  assembly,  and  much  more 
than  half  were  terrified  in  consequence,  and 
alarmed  into  resistance.  He  took  counsel  with 
his  immediate  friends.  The  more  furious  press- 
ed him  to  seize  his  antagonists  on  his  own  indi- 
vidual authority.  But  this  appeared  to  him  too 
bold  a  step  ;  it  would  alienate  the  armies.  An 
insurrection  in  form,  another  31st  of  May,  ap- 
peared the  preferable  mode.  But  he  hoped  to 
obviate  even  the  necessity  of  this  by  intimidation. 
The  Jacobins  were  accordingly  worked  up  to  a 
proper  pitch  of  e.xcitement,  and  on  the  25th  of 
July,  the  7th  Thcnnidor,  a  menacing  petition — a 
similar  one  had  preceded  the  31st  of  May — was 
presented  to  the  convention.  It  was  received  in 
silence.  The  members  feared  alike  to  reprobate 
or  applaud.  On  the  following  day,  Robespierre 
appeared,  ascended  the  Tribune,  and  developed 
in  a  speech  of  many  hours  the  conduct  of  his 
whole  political  life,  his  aims,  his  wrongs,  his  for- 
bearance towards  the  convention,  but  at  the  same 
time  his  determination  to  uphold  the  revolution. 
In  plain  language,  what  he  meant  to  utter  was 
this  :  I  am  in  a  minority,  both  in  the  legislature 
and  the  government,  and  the  convention,  and  the 
committees.      Restore    me    to  my    influence,   or 

There  ensued  a  considerable  tumult  in  the 

assembly.  Billaud  and  Vadier  each  defended 
himself  Panis  accused  Robespierre  of  prepar- 
ing lists  of  proscriptions  in  the  Jacobin  club,  more 
especially  against  Fouche.  Bourdon  at  length 
proposed  instead  of  ordering  the  speech  to  be 
printed,  to  refer  it  to  the  committees.  "  That  i« 
to  my  enemies,"  exclaimed  the  dictator.  "  Name 
them  whom  you  accuse,"  was  the  reply  ;  in  oth- 
er words,  "  Tell  us  how  many  heads  you  de- 
mand." Had  Robespierre  had  the  courage  at 
this  moment  to  designate  a  dozen  of  his  enemies, 
and  prove  at  the  same  time  his  cordiality  with  the 
rest,  the  twelve  would  most  probably  have  been 
sacrificed,  aivd  the  tyrant  still  upheld  in  his  reign. 
He  refused  to  name  his  victims  ;  and  as  each  be- 


298 


FRANCE. 


rising  in  the  south  organized  themselves 
into  companies  of  assassins. 


lieved  himself  on  the  fatal  list,  the  only  safety 
was  in  resistance. 

The  morrow,  9th  Thcrmidor,  27th  of  July, 
proved  decisive.  The  night  was  spent  by  both  | 
parties  in  making  preparations  for  the  struggle.  | 
When  the  silting  opened,  St.  Just  got  posses- 
sion of  the  tribune,  and,  under  pretence  of  read- 
ing a  report,  commenced  a  denunciation.  He 
had  already  uttered  the  name  of  Tallien,  when 
that  deputy  rose  to  order,  asserting  that  St.  Just, 
not  having  consulted  with  the  committee,  had  no 
right  to  read  the  report.  "  Let  us  at  once  tear 
asunder  the  veil,"  said  Tallien,  commencing  his 
attack.  But  Billaud-Varennes,  as  member  of 
the  committee,  and  more  entitled  than  Tallien  to 
denounce,  interrupted  Tallien,  and  assumed  the 
lead  against  Robespierre.  He  told  the  assembly 
that  the  Jacobins  had  sworn  yesterday  to  slaugh- 
ter the  convention,  and  that  their  only  hope  con- 
sisted in  firmness.  He  then  launched  out  into  a 
ferocious  philippic  against  Robespierre,  who 
rushed  to  the  tribune  to  answer.  But  universal 
cries  of  "Down  with  the  tyrant  !"  drowned  his 
voice,  and  prevented  him  from  being  heard.  Tal- 
lien succeeded  Billaud,  already  triumphant.  The 
refusal  to  hear  Robespierre  presaged  his  fall. 
"Yesterday,"  said  Tallien,  "  I  was  present  at  the 
meeting  of  the  Jacobins,  and  I  shuddered  for  my 
country.  There  I  saw  forming  the  army  of  the 
new  Cromwell,  and  I  armed  myself  with  a  poniard 
to  pierce  his  breast  (Tallien  showed  the  weapon) 
in  case  the  convention  had  not  courage  to  pass 
the  decree  of  accusation."  Tallien  then  propo- 
sed the  arrest  of  Henriot,  and  that  the  assembly 
should  sit  in  permanence  until  the  menaced  in- 
surrection was  put  down,  and  the  guilty  seized. 
This  was  passed  with  acclamation.  Robespierre, 
at  the  foot  of  the  tribune  all  this  time,  tried  to 
gain  possession  of  it,  begged  to  be  heard,  and 
foamed  at  the  mouth  in  frenzy  of  exertion  and 
despair.  But  the  assembly  would  not  hear  him. 
Barrere  at  length  got  up.  It  is  said  that  he  had 
in  his  pocket  two  speeches,  one  for,  one  against, 
Robespierre.  Seeing  the  state  of  feeling,  he 
produced  and  spoke  the  latter.  It  defended  the 
committees,  and  accused  the  tyrant.  Tallien 
again  followed.  It  is  remarkable,  that  in  all  this 
rage,  this  ample  theme  of  denunciation  against  so 
manifest  a  tyrant,  there  was  no  eloquence,  no 
overwhelming  force  of  accusation.  As  guilty 
themselves  as  Robespierre,  Billaud  and  Tallien 
dared  not  tax  him  with  his  crimes.  The  fears  of 
the  convention,  however,  gave  it  energy.  They 
dreaded  even  to  listen  to  Robespierre,  lest  they 
should  be  more  awed  by  his  voice  than  by  his 
vengeance.  In  vain  he  asked  to  be  heard.  He 
turned  to  all  sides  of  the  assembly  ;  clamors 
only  answered  him.  "  President  of  assassins," 
cried  he,  "  for  the  last  time  I  ask  the  liberty  to 
speak."  His  voice  and  his  strength  here  failed 
him.  "  The  blood  of  Danton  stifles  thee,"  ob- 
served a  member.  "  Ha  !  it  is  Danton  you 
would  avenge,"  replied  he,  snatching  at  the  least 
advantage.     His  arrest  was  now  unanimously  de- 


The  Jacobins  in  1795  made  some  fur- 
ther struggles  for  power:  the  Thermido- 

creed.  Robespierre  the  younger  started  up,  and 
demanded  to  be  included  in  the  decree  ;  Couthon, 
St.  Just,  and  Lebon  were  also  added.  They 
were  ordered  to  the  bar,  and  descended  with  im- 
precations ;  but  not  a  huissier,  or  officer  of  the 
house,  could  be  found  bold  enough  to  take  the 
dreaded  men  into  arrest.  At  length  some  gen- 
darmerie were  procured  to  take  charge  of  them. 
The  debate  had  lasted  all  day,  and  the  arrest 
was  not  pronounced  till  evening.  The  mayor 
and  commune  remained  in  suspense,  but  Henriot 
collected  his  gendarmerie,  and  refused  to  obey 
the  order  of  the  convention  depriving  him  of  the 
command.  The  keepers  of  the  several  prisons  were 
in  the  same  interest ;  they  refused  to  receive  the 
arrested  members,  who  were  rescued  and  con- 
veyed to  the  Hotel  de  Ville.  Thus  were  the  two 
rival  powers  each  in  its  head-quarters  ;  the  con- 
vention at  the  Tuilleries,  Robespierre  and  his 
friends  at  the  commune.  Each  was  in  posses- 
sion of  a  certain  part  of  the  armed  force  ;  but  so 
feeble,  that  it  seemed  impossible  to  strike  a  de- 
cisive blow  on  that  night.  Robespierre  was 
grievously  disappointed  in  finding  that  the  rabble 
had  not  flocked  to  his  standard.  Henriot  tried 
in  vain  to  raise  the  fau.xbourgs  ;  but  this  could 
only  be  done  by  a  certain  low  class  of  agitators, 
such  as  the  Anarchists  and  the  Cordelier  club 
united  and  held  in  pay.  In  crushing  these,  Robes- 
pierre had  destroyed  the  instruments,  and  the 
officers  in  fact,  of  insurrection,  and  no  aid  was 
hence  to  be  obtained.  Here  then  was  his  blun- 
der. In  ruining  the  mob  party,  he  had  cut  away 
his  own  support.  The  commune,  however,  had 
some  reliance  on  the  sections,  and  the  national 
guard  attached  to  them.  But  the  convention, 
despatching  two  of  its  members  to  each  section, 
proved  more  active  than  the  commune,  or  than 
Robespierre,  who  was  stupified  rather  than  exci- 
ted to  exertion  by  this  his  final  peril.  Henriot,  too, 
was  an  nnfit,  a  drunken  commander.  He  had 
been  seized  in  the  evening  at  the  palace  of  the 
convention,  and  afterwards  liberated  by  his 
friends.  His  approach  had  thrown  the  assembly 
in  a  panic,  and  they  had  voted  to  die  at  their 
posts.  On  recovering  from  their  fears,  they  ap- 
pointed Barras  general,  and  other  deputies  to  act 
under  his  command.  The  sections  answered  the 
appeal  of  the  convention.  None  but  the  can- 
noniers  adhered  to  the  commune ;  and  these 
were  shaken  in  their  firmness  by  emissaries  who 
penetrated  amongst  them,  and  acquainted  them 
with  the  decree  outlawing  the  Robespierres  and 
their  party.  The  apathy  of  the  populace,  the 
want  of  spirit  in  the  leaders,  who  scarcely  show- 
ed themselves,  but  remained  in  secret  and  irres- 
olute council,  contributed  to  the  defection  of  the 
cannoniers,  the  greater  part  of  whom  drew  off  at 
length,  and  abandoned  the  Hotel  de  Ville.  Thus, 
about  midnight,  when  the  force  under  the  orders 
of  the  convention  surrounded  the  Hotel  and  oc- 
cupied the  place,  there  was  scarcely  a  sign  of 
resistance.  Even  within  the  doors,  in  the  man- 
sion and  stronghold  of  the  commune,  there  was 


il 


FRANCE. 


299 


rians  opposed  to  them  tlie  "  golden  youth 
of  Frerou,"  an  armed  association  of  all 
those  who  had  to  avenge  some  victim  of 
the  system  of  terror,  and  who  sung  the 
"  awakening  of  the  people  !"  On  the 
12th  of  Germinal  an  assemblage  of  the 
people,  excited  to  violence  by  the  fam- 
ine, was  dispersed,  and  seA^enteen  Moun- 
tain men  were  arrested  ;  Billaud  and  Col- 
lot  were  transported  to  Guinea.  The 
remainder  of  the  Mountain,  however,  ob- 
tained some  advantage  on  the  1st-  of 
Prairial,  by  getting  possession  of  the 
hall  of  the  convention,  where  the  deputy 
Feraud  was  assassinated.  Already  had 
the  terrible  Faubourg  advanced  in  a  col- 
umn. The  Thermidorian  committees 
were  conquerors  at  last  without  striking 
a  blow;  the  31st  of  May  was  cruelly 
avenged  ;  and  six  Mountain  men  doomed 
to  death,  put  an  end  to  their  own  lives. 

little  opposition.  A  few  gendarmes  were  able  to 
make  their  way  up  the  staircases,  and  to  surprise 
the  conspirators. 

There  is  considerable  diversity  in  the  narra- 
tives of  their  final  capture.  A  gendarme,  named 
Meda,  was  most  instrumental.  In  the  account 
which  he  has  written,  the  whole  credit  is  assigned 
to  him.  It  was  he  who  first  seized  Henriot,  who 
commanded  the  attack,  and  who  first  rushed 
amongst  the  conspirators,  shooting  Robespierre 
through  the  jaw  with  a  pistol,  and  slaying  another 
who  resisted.  Meda's  account  is,  however,  set 
aside  by  both  Tiiiers  and  Mignet,  although  the 
deputies  of  the  convention  attributed  to  him  the 
chief  honors  of  the  attack,  and  although  the  as- 
sembly voted  him  thanks.  According  to  the 
prevailing  account,  Henriot  was  thrown  from  a 
window,  from  which  young  Robespierre  also  flung 
himself.  Robespierre  the  elder  discharged  a  pis- 
tol at  his  own  head,  which,  however,  took  effect 
but  in  the  jaw.  St.  Just  and  Couthon  were  sent 
to  the  Conciergerie.  Robespierre  was  conveyed 
to  the  committee-room  of  public  safety,  the  hall 
of  his  reign,  laid  on  the  table  on  which  he  had 
signed  so  many  death-warrants,  and  left  there  to 
await  his  fate. 

Their  outlawry  rendering  trial  unnecessary, 
they  were  executed  on  the  following  day.  Robes- 
pierre never  spoke  after  his  capture,  despite 
the  host  of  questions  put,  and  imprecations  heap- 
ed upon  him.  He  died,  as  well  as  St.  Just,  with 
the  wonted  courage  of  the  time  in  facing  death. 
His  brother  and  Henriot  were  decapitated  also, 
though  already  expiring  from  the  effects  of  their 
fall.  Simon,  the  cobbler,  and  barbarous  tutor  of 
the  unfortunate  son  of  Louis  the  Sixteenth,  was 
executed  also.  At  this  time  the  acclamations 
and  applause  of  the  more  respectable  citizens 
were  heard  mingling  with  those  of  the  rabble 
round  the  fatal  scaffold. 


A  peace  was  then  concluded  with  the 
Vendeans,  who  still  entertained  the  hope 
of  an  approaching  restoration  of  the 
house  of  Bourbon. 

By  the  adoption  of  a  new  constitution, 
on  the  23rd  of  October,  1795,  France 
secured  for  itself  greater  stability  in  its 
external  and  internal  affairs.  According 
to  this  constitution,  the  legislative  power 
was  vested  in  two  councils  ;  the  council 
of  five  hundred  with  whom  all  laws  ori- 
ginated, and  the  council  of  the  ancients 
consisting  of  250  members,  which  adopt- 
ed or  rejected  the  laws  sent  up  to  them 
from  the  other  council.  The  executive 
power  was  vested  in  the  hands  of  five 
directors,  one  of  whom  was  elected  an- 
nually. After  that  Prussia,  Spain,  Tus- 
cany, and  the  Elector  of  Hesse-Cassel 
had  concluded  a  treaty  with  France  ; 
Austria,  England,  and  Russia,  united  in 
a  triple  alliance,  on  the  28th  of  Septem- 
ber, 1795,  with  the  design  of  vigorously 
prosecuting  the  war.  The  emigrants 
also  who  had  assembled  in  the  Breisgau 
under  the  prince  of  Conde,  proclaimed 
the  count  of  Provence  (Louis  XVIIl) 
king.  But  the  French  armies,  on  the 
renewal  of  the  campaign,  entered  Ger- 
many and  Italy  as  victors  ;  and  the  civil 
war  in  the  Vendee  was  finally  put  down 
by  Hochein  1796. 

The  history  of  France  has  been  be- 
fore likened  to  a  river ;  the  deep  majes- 
tic current  of  the  monarchy  burst  its 
banks  at  the  revolution,  and  spread  over 
an  immense  extent,  forming  in  its  wide  in- 
undation a  lake  with  islands  interspersed 
with  various  channels,  inlets,  too  intricate 
and  vast  for  the  eye  to  grasp  at  one  view. 
Now,  however,  as  the  revolution  draws 
to  its  close  the  current  narrows  ;  and, 
like  water  at  the  termination  of  a  lake, 
we  see  the  large  events  of  a  nation's 
history  contract  and  deepen,  in  order  to 
run  in  the  bounded  channel  of  an  individ- 
ual's fortune.  In  other  words,  the  history 
of  France  becomes  for  a  long  and  glori- 
ous period  identified  with  the  life  of  Na- 
poleon Bonaparte. 

The  affair  of  Toulon  opened  his  ca- 
reer ;  thence  he  joined  the  army  of  Italy ; 
where,  employed  as  an  engineer,  he  had 
full  opportunity  of  studying  a  field  of 
warfare  destined  soon  to  be  that  of  his 


300 


FRANCE. 


reputation.  Suspended  and  put  into  arrest 
after  Thermidor,  he  was  released  on  an 
energetic  remonstrance,  but  left  without 
employment.  He  betook  himself  to  Pa- 
ris, where,  after  some  time,  he  was  order- 
ed to  La  Vendue.  But  it  was  not  merely 
active  service  that  could  satisfy  him,  but 
an  ample  field ;  he  refused  to  serve 
against  the  Vendeans,  but  remained  in 
the  capital  making  his  way  in  society, 
and  meditating  an  ambitious  marriage, 
since  a  campaign  such  as  he  sought  was 
denied.  The  rebellion  of  the  sections 
in  Vendemiaire  occurred  ;  Bonaparte, 
through  Barras,  took  the  command  against 
them,  and  was  successful ;  in  recom- 
pense he  was  appointed  general  of  the 
army  of  the  interior, — of  that,  in  other 
words,  destined  to  act  as  guards  to  the 
directory.  From  this  command  he  was 
appointed,  in  March,  1796,  to  that  of  the 
army  of  Italy.  His  marriage  with  the 
widow  of  general  Beauharnois  happen- 
ing simultaneously  with  the  appointment, 
gives  some  foundation  to  the  rumor  that 
tiie  interests  of  her  friends,  combined 
with  his  own,  procured  for  him  the  com- 
mand of  an  army  of  activity.  Josephine, 
much  older  than  Napoleon,  was  a  native 
of  St,  Domingo,  or  Hayti,  of  engaging 
person,  and  seems  to  have  inspired  him 
with  sincere  passion. 

In  the  commencement  of  the  war,  the 
Netherlands  had  principally  attracted  the 
attention  of  the  forces  of  the  French. 
Here  conquerors,  and  being  secure  from 
hostilities  on  the  Lower  Rhine  by  peace 
with  Prussia,  and  on  the  side  of  the  Py- 
renees by  that  with  Spain,  they  bent  their 
eflbrts  first  to  the  invasion  of  Germany 
by  the  Upper  Rhine.  The  campaign  of 
1795  had  in  this  quarter  not  been  attend- 
ed with  success  ;  whilst  on  the  Mediter- 
ranean a  partial  victory,  in  which  the 
counsels  of  Bonaparte  had  no  small 
share,  had  shown  Austria  to  be  far  more 
vulnerable  in  that  quarter.  Whilst  Mo- 
reau,  a  cautious  rather  than  an  active 
general,  was  sent  to  replace  Pichegru  on 
the  Rhine,  Bonaparte  was  despatched  to 
Italy  with  an  army  totally  destitute  of 
warlike  equipments.  He  marched  from 
Genoa  ;  defeated  the  Austrians  and  Pied- 
montese  in  the  battles  of  Montenotte 
fought  on  the  12lh  of  April,  1796,  and  of 


Milesimo  on  the  14th  of  the  same  month; 
compelled  the  king  of  Sardinia  to  con- 
clude a  treaty  of  peace,  in  which  Savoy 
and  Nice  were  given  up  to  France  ;  on 
the  8th  of  May  crossed  the  Po ;  on  the 
succeeding  day  forced  Parma  to  consent 
to  an  armstice ;  on  the  10th,  defeated 
general  Beaulieu  at  Lodi ;  on  the  20th, 
proclaimed  the  freedom  of  the  Lombard- 
ese  ;  in  the  month  of  June  compelled 
Modena,  Naples,  and  the  Pope  to  con- 
clude an  armstice  ;  defeated  General 
Wurmser — who  had  succeeded  Beaulieu 
in  command — on  the  3rd  of  August  at 
Lonado,  and  on  the  5th  of  that  month  at 
Castiglione,  forcing  him  to  retire  into  the 
fortress  of  Mantua  ;  advanced  against  the 
Tyrol ;  defeated  Alvanzi  at  Arcole  on 
the  15th  of  November,  and  at  Rivoli  on 
the  14th  January,  1797 ;  concluded  the 
peace  of  Tolentino,  in  which  the  Pope 
yielded  Avignon  to  France ;  and  Bolog- 
na, Ferrara,  and  Romagna  to  the  Cisal- 
pine republic,  on  the  19th  of  February  ; 
defeated  the  archduke  Charles  at  Lison- 
zo ;  and  signed  preliminaries  of  peace 
with  Austria  at  Leoben  on  the  16th 
of  April,  1797,  which  formed  the  basis 
of  the  peace  of  Campo  Formio,  conclu- 
ded on  the  17th  of  October  following. 

During  these  victories  in  Italy,  Jour- 
dan  penetrated  from  Dusseldorf  into  the 
Upper  Palatinate,  and  Moreau  from  Kehl 
to  Munich,  after  having  concluded  a  peace 
with  Baden  and  Wirtemberg,  in  August, 
1796.  But  the  archduke  Charles  crossed 
over  to  the  left  bank  of  the  Danube  on 
the  17th  of  August,  and  defeated  Jour- 
dan  at  Neumark  on  the  22d,  at  Amberg, 
on  the  24th,  at  Wurtzburg  on  the  3d  of 
September,  at  Grossen  on  the  16th,  and 
at  Altenkirchen  on  the  20th  of  Septem- 
ber ;  by  which  victories  he  compelled 
Moreau  likewise  to  retire  from  Bavaria, 
a  retreat  which  he  accomplished,  with 
consummate  prudence  and  skill,  in  the 
face  of  the  surrounding  Austrians. 

After  the  overthrow  of  the  constitution 
of  the  Venetian  republic  on  the  22nd  of 
May,  1797,  occasioned  by  a  rising  of  the 
Venetian  against  the  French  troops  sta- 
tioned in  their  territory,  Austria,  in  the 
peace  of  Campo  Formio,  gave  up  the 
whole  of  Belgium  to  France,  and  recog- 
nized the  Cisalpine  republic,  to  which 


FRANCE. 


301 


she  surrendered  Milan  and  Mantua ; 
while,  on  tlie  other  hand,  she  received 
from  the  Venetian  states,  Venice,  Istria, 
Dalmatia,  and  the  neighboring  districts 
extending  to  the  Adige.  The  remainder 
of  the  Venetian  dominions,  and  the  state 
of  the  duke  of  Modena  were  annexed  to 
the  Cisalpine  republic ;  and  the  seven 
islands  belonging  to  Venice  were  ceded 
to  France. 

In  the  period  between  the  peace  of 
Campo  Formio  and  the  renewal  of  the 
war,  a  directorial  government  was  formed 
in  Batavia,  on  the  22nd  of  January,  1799, 
under  French  influence.  The  ancient 
constitutions  of  Switzerland  were  ex- 
changed, after  a  series  of  bloody  strug- 
gles, for  the  new  constitution  of  the  Hel- 
vetian republic  in  March,  1798;  and 
Berthier,  on  the  10th  of  February,  1798, 
founded  a  republic  with  a  consular  con- 
stitution at  Rome,  and  led  pope  Pius  VI, 
prisoner  to  France,  where  he  died  the 
following  year.  Bonaparte  embarked  on 
the  22nd  of  May,  1798,  for  Egypt;  and 
after  having  subdued  the  Mamelukes, 
penetratad  even  into  Syria,  but  was  com- 
pelled to  abandon  the  siege  of  Acre,  and 
to  retrace  his  steps  into  Egypt.  At 
Aboukir  he  defeated  the  Turkish  forces, 
and  leaving  Kleber  in  the  command  of 
the  army,  retur^ped  to  Europe  in  Septem- 
ber, 1799,  at  the  moment  that  France 
had  exhausted  herself  in  the  new  war 
against  Austria  and  Russia,  with  whom 
the  Porte  had  coalesced. 

A  new  war  was  begun  in  November, 
1798,  by  the  king  of  Naples,  Ferdinand 
IV,  who  had  marched  into  Rome  Avith 
the  design  of  re-establishing  the  dominion 
of  the  Pope,  whereupon  the  French  in- 
stantly proclaimed  war  against  Naples, 
and  likewise  against  Sardinia,  under  the 
pretext  of  these  powers  having  secret 
correspondence  with  the  enemies  of 
France.  General  Joubert,  on  the  9th  of 
December,  1798,  forced  the  king  of  Sar- 
dinia to  relinquish  Piedmont  ;  and  Cham- 
pionnet  in  the  same  month  defeated  the 
Neapolitans  under  Mack,  and  on  the  25th 
of  January,  1799,  proclaimed  the  Par- 
thenopeian  republic.  These  successes  in 
Italy,  where  the  French  had  also  erected 
Tuscany  into  a  republic,  were  lost  in  the 
beginning  of  the  war  with  Russia  and 


Austria  in  March,  1799,  when  the  arch- 
duke Charles  defeated  the  French  under 
Jourdan  at  Ostrach  in  Suabia  on  the  21st 
of  March,  and  at  Stobach  on  the  26th ; 
whilst  Kray  defeated  Scherer  at  Past- 
rengo  in  Italy  on  the  26th  of  March,  at 
Verona  on  the  30lh,  and  at  Margnano  on 
the  5th  of  April  ;  after  which  Suwarrow, 
at  the  head  of  the  Russians  and  Austrians, 
engaged  the  French  at  Cassano  on  the 
27th  of  April.  Moreau  succeeded  Sche- 
rer in  the  command  of  the  French  forces  ; 
but  Macdonald — who  after  Champion- 
net's  arrest,  commanded  the  French  at 
Naples — retreated,  after  Scherer's  de- 
feat, from  Naples  into  Upper  Italy.  He 
fought  with  great  valor  from  the  12th  to 
the  1 8th  of  June,  at  Piacenza,  against  the 
Russians  and  Austrians,  who  opposed  his 
march  to  Mantua,  but  was  forced  to  join 
Moreau  with  the  remains  of  his  army. 
The  Russian,  Austrian,  and  French  ar- 
mies again  measured  their  strength  in 
the  battle  of  Novi,  on  the  1 5th  of  August, 
which  was  begun  by  Joubert,  and  con- 
tinued by  Moreau,  after  the  former  had 
received  a  mortal  vv^ound.  After  this  en- 
gagement, in  which  the  French  were 
defeated,  both  armies  retreated  into  strong 
positions  ;  and  the  Russian  and  Austrian 
forces  separated,  the  first  intending  to 
penetrate  into  Switzerland,  to  unite  with 
another  Russian  army  under  Korsakow. 
Massena  defeated  the  united  forces  of 
Korsakow  and  the  Austrians  under  Hotze, 
at  Zurich,  on  the  25th  and  26th  of  Sep- 
tember, by  which  victory  he  maintained 
himself  upon  the  boundaries  of  Germany 
and  Switzerland,  and  prevented  the  arch- 
duke Charles  from  crossing  the  Rhine  ; 
and  Brune,  on  the  9th  of  September,  and 
6th  of  October,  defeated  the  Russians 
and  English  troops  who  had  landed  in 
the  Netherlands.  The  greatest  disunion, 
meanwhile,  prevailed  in  Paris  between 
the  directory  and  the  legislative  body. 

Bonaparte  arrived  in  Paris  on  the  15th 
of  October,  1799.  In  concert  with  the 
director  Sieyes,  he  abohshed  the  third 
French  constitution,  by  occupying  the 
hall  of  the  legislative  body  with  troops, 
on  the  9th  of  November,  1799,  or  the 
1 8th  of  Brumaire,  according  to  the  French 
republican  almanac.  Sieyes,  himself, 
and  Roger  Ducos,  were  named  consuls 


302 


FRANCE 


ad  interim,  till  the  new  constitution  thus 
forced  upon  France  was  proclaimed  on 
the  13th  of  December,  and  general  Bo- 
naparte nominated  first  consul,  Camba- 
ceres  and  Lebrun  being  appointed  second 
and  third  consuls.  The  executive  power 
was  vested  in  the  three  consuls.  A  sen- 
ate of  eighty  members,  who  were  to  liold 
their  office  for  life,  a  tribunal  of  one  hun- 
dred members,  and  a  legislative  assembly 
of  three  hundred  members,  composed  the 
other  branches  of  the  government.  The 
strength  and  energy  of  the  new  govern- 
ment made  itself  visible  in  the  immediate 
union  of  the  best  leaders  of  all  parties, 
and  the  return  of  many  thousand  emi- 
grants in  the  humbler  ranks  of  life. 

In  Italy,  at  the  beginning  of  1800,. the 
French  retained  scarcely  any  of  their 
conquests,  except  the  republic  of  Genoa, 
and  this  the  Austrians  were  preparing  to 
wrest  from  them.  In  the  city  of  Genoa, 
Massena  took  the  command,  and  resolved 
to  defend  it  to  the  last  extremity.  In 
the  beginning  of  April,  the  Austrian  ge- 
neral Melas,  and  a  British  fleet,  invested 
it  so  completely,  that  the  communication 
with  France  was  cut  off.  General  Melas  j 
having  thus  prevented  the  possibility  of 
its  relief,  left  some  troops  before  it,  and 
marched  with  the  main  body  against  the 
French  general  Suchet,  whom,  on  the 
7th  of  May,  he  totally  defeated.  In  con- 
sequence of  this  defeat  they  crossed  the 
Var,  and  entered  France,  and  the  Aus- 
tiian  general  became  master  of  the  whole 
department  of  the  maritime  Alps. 

On  the  Rhine,  general  Moreau  was 
opposed  to  general  Kray ;  but  the  latter 
was  fettered  by  the  orders  which  he  re- 
ceived from  the  council  of  war  at  Vienna, 
whereas  Moreau  refused  to  act  according 
to  the  instructions  sent  him  by  the  Chief 
Consul,  except  where  his  own  judgment 
and  observation  convinced  him  they  were 
wise  and  practicable.  The  plan  of  Mo- 
reau was  to  cross  the  Rhine  ;  in  this  he 
succeeded,  and  drove  Kray  before  him 
as  far  as  Ulm  :  here  he  fortified  himself ; 
but  Moreau,  manoeuvring  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  threaten  to  cut  him  off  from  his 
magazines,  the  Austrians  were  obliged 
to  fight  at  Hochstet.  The  French  were 
victorious,  and  the  Austrian  general,  after 
in  vain  endeavoring  to  oppose  the  enemy 


again  at  Newburg,  was  obliged  to  fall 
back  to  Ingolstadt.  The  electorate  of 
Bavaria  was  conquered  :  the  hereditary 
domiuions  of  Austria  were  threatened, 
and  at  Vienna,  the  popidace  demanded 
peace. 

The  affairs  of  Austria,  were  not  more 
promising  on  the  side  of  Italy.  The 
army  of  reserve  that  had  been  collected 
at  Dijon,  marched,  as  soon  as  the  cam- 
paign opened  on  the  Rhine,  towards  Italy, 
Bonaparte  joined  them  near  the  lake  of 
Geneva  ;  and  the  passage  of  the  Alps 
was  immediately  prepared  to  be  under- 
taken. The  difficulties  only  served  to 
stimulate  the  ambition,  the  energy,  and 
the  talents  of  Bonaparte.  The  trunks 
of  trees  were  hollowed  into  the  forms  of 
troughs,  that  the  cannon  might  slide 
along  in  them  ;  the  gun  carriages  were 
conveyed  on  sledges,  and  the  wheels  on 
poles.  Their  passage  was  over  Mount 
St.  Bernard,  which  the  men  could  only 
ascend  one  by  one,  moving  with  the  ut- 
most caution.  The  descent  was  still 
more  dangerous  ;  but  so  admirably  were 
the  measures  of  Bonaparte  planned  and 
executed,  that  scarcely  any  lives  were 
lost  ;  and  none  of  the  cannon  or  provi- 
sions were  left  behind.  Thus  Avas  ef- 
fected the  passage  of  a  numerous  and 
well-appointed  army  over  the  Alps, — an 
enterprise  so  extraordinar}^,  that  the  Aus- 
trians, from  a  firm  conviction  that  it  was 
absolutely  impracticable,  never  thought 
of  opposing  it.  Aosta,  the  fort  of  Bard, 
Ivria,  Romagno,  and  Vercelli.were  taken. 
The  Tessino  was  crossed  ;  Milan  entered 
without  opposition  ;  valuable  magazines 
were  captured  at  Pavia ;  and  Placentia 
fell  into  the  possession  of  Bonaparte, 
who,  by  his  sudden  and  unexpected  ap- 
pearance, and  by  his  subsequent  mas- 
terly manoemTcs,  completely  out-gener- 
aled  Melas. 

He  did  not  arrive,  however,  in  time  to 
relieve  Genoa  ;  for  Messena,  after  one 
of  the  most  obstinate  defences  recorded 
in  history,  during  which  15,000  of  the 
inhabitants  are  said  to  have  perished  by 
disease  and  famine,  was  compelled  to 
surrender  to  the  Austrian  and  British 
commanders  on  the  5th  of  June.  As 
soon  as  Genoa  fell,  Melas  despatched 
General  Ott  with  30  battalions  to  check 


FRANCE. 


303 


the  progress  of  the  French,  who  hitherto 
had  not  penetrated  further  than  Piedmont ; 
but  that  general  having  suffered  a  dread- 
ful defeat  at  Mon  Abello,  Melas  collected 
his  whole  force  between  Allessandria  and 
Tortona.  Here,  on  the  14th  of  June, 
Avas  fought  the  battle  of  Marengo  :  for 
nine  hours  the  Austrians  were  victorious  ; 
but  an  imprudent  or  unskilful  movement 
of  General  JVlelas,  which  was  instantly 
taken  advantage  of  by  General  Dessaix, 
who  made  a  vigorous  charge  with  a  body 
of  fresh  cavalry,  turned  the  fate  of  the 
day.  The  victory  was  purchased  by 
the  death  of  Dessaix,  to  whose  memory 
due  honors  were  paid  by  his  grateful 
countrymen. 

On  the  3rd  of  Dec.  1 800,  was  fought  the 
battle  of  Hohenlinden,  in  which  Moreau 
defeated  the  archduke  John,  and  entirely 
routed  his  army.  This  was  followed  by 
the  conclusion  of  a  treaty  with  Austria, 
in  its  own  name  and  that  of  the  German 
empire,  but  without  the  concurrence  of 
England,  on  the  9th  of  February,  1801. 
In  this  peace — which  was  signed  by 
Joseph  Bonaparte  and  Cobenzel, — the 
course  of  the  Rhine  was  fixed  as  the  limit 
between  France  and  Germany.  Those 
German  princes  who  lost  their  territories 
beyond  the  Rhine  by  this  new  arrange- 
ment, were  to  be  indemnified  by  addi- 
tional possessions  on  the  right  bank  of 
that  river.  In  Italy,  the  course  of  the 
Adige  was  fixed  as  the  boundary  between 
Austria  and  the  Cisalpine  republic,  and 
the  former  power  gave  the  Breisgau  and 
Ortenau  to  the  duke  of  Modena.  The 
territories  of  the  grand  duke  of  Tuscany 
were  erected  into  the  kingdom  of  Etruria, 
which  was  given  to  the  hereditary  prince 
of  Parma,  according  to  a  treaty  between 
France  and  Spain  :  the  grand  duke  being 
to  be  indemnified  in  Germany,  for  the  j 
loss  of  his  territories. 

After  this  peace,  Portugal  also  con- 
cluded a  treaty  with  France,  on  the  29th 
of  September,  1801  ;  and  Russia  and  I 
Turkey,  on  the  8th  and  9th  of  October,  I 
concluded  a  treaty  upon  the  statu  quo. 
Great  Britain,  by  concluding  the  peace  \ 
of  Amiens,  on  the  27th  of  March,  1802,  j 
retired  from  the  struggle  ;  retaining  Cey-  j 
Ion  and  Trinidad,  but  engaging  to  restore 
all   the   other  captured  colonies,  to  re-  j 


establish  the  order  of  the  knights  of  St. 
John,  at  Malta,  and  to  guarantee  all  the 
possessions  of  the  Porte.  France,  on  the 
other  hand,  guaranteed  the  existence  of 
the  kingdoms  of  Naples  and  Portugal. 

The  states-consultat  of  the  Cisalpine 
republic,  which  had  assumed  at  Naples, 
on  the  26th  of  January,  1 802,  the  name  of 
the  Italian  republic,  made  choice  of  Bona- 
parte for  its  president ;  and  on  the  3rd  of 
August,  1802,  the  French  also  nominated 
him  consul  for  life,  after  that  he  had  found- 
ed the  order  of  the  Legion  of  Honor 
in  May,  1802,  and  concluded  with  the 
new-elected  pope,  Pius  VII,  on  the  15th 
of  July,  1801,  a  concordat  for  the  Galil- 
ean church,  which  "was  published  in 
April,  1802.  The  business  of  the  indem- 
nification in  Germany  was  concluded  and 
accomphshed  in  1802  and  1803,  at  Rat- 
isbon,  by  France  and  Russia,  according 
to  a  secret  convention  concluded  between 
these  two  powers  on  the  10th  of  October, 
1801.  An  armament  despatched  under 
Leclerc  for  the  reduction  of  Domingo 
was  baffled  ;  and  neither  Napoleon  nor 
the  Bourbons  could  succeed  in  again 
reducing  this  island,  which  gained  its 
political  independence  after  a  bloody 
struggle. 

A  conspiracy  against  the  life  of  the 
first  consul,  by  Georges  and  Pichegru, 
was  adopted  by  some  of  Bonaparte's 
friends  as  a  pretext  for  introducing  a  pro- 
posal to  the  senate  to  change  the  con- 
sular government  into  an  hereditary  one. 

The  first  consul  having  given  his  as- 
sent to  the  proposal  of  the  senate  on  the 
5th  of  April,  1  804,  the  senatus-consultus, 
by  decree  of  the  18th  of  May,  placed 
Napoleon  Bonaparte,  as  hereditary  em- 
peror, at  the  head  of  France  ;  and  on 
the  2d  of  December,  pope  Pius  VII, 
solemnly  anointed  the  new  monarch,  who 
himself  placed  the  imperial  crown  upon 
his  own  head.  The  Italian  republic  of 
course  followed  the  example  of  France ; 
and  on  the  15th  of  March,  1805,  having 
named  their  president  king  of  Italy,  Na- 
poleon, on  the  26th  of  May,  with  his 
own  hands  also  placed  the  new  crown 
of  the  Lombardian  kings  upon  his  own 
head,  and  Avas  anointed  by  the  arch- 
bishop of  Milan.  During  his  presence  in 
Italy,  the  senate  of  the  Ligurian  republic 


304 


FRANCE. 


demanded  and  obtained  the  incorporation 
of  the  Genosee  state  with  the  French 
empire,  on  the  4th  of  June,  and  the  small 
republic  of  Lucca,  was  transformed  in 
the  same  year  into  an  hereditary  princi- 
pality for  the  princess  Eliza,  sister  of 
Napoleon. 

These  transactions  excited  the  suspi- 
cions of  Great  Britain,  and  a  new  and 
third  coalition  was  concluded  at  St.  Pe- 
tersburg, on  the  11th  of  April,  by  the 
English  ambassador  lord  Gower,  prince 
Czartorinsky,  and  the  chamberlain  Novo- 
siltzoff.  Austria  joined  this  coalition  on 
the  9th  of  August;  and  Sweden  like- 
wise took  part  in  it  by  the  treaties  of  sub- 
sidy which  she  concluded  with  England. 

Austria  seemed  to  meditate  the  prin- 
cipal blow  in  Italy,  where  the  archduke 
Charles  was  opposed  to  marshal  Mas- 
seaa ;  at  the  same  time  25,000  French 
marched  under  St.  Cyr  from  Naples  into 
Upper  Italy,  after  a  treaty  of  neutrality 
had  been  concluded  between  France  and 
Naples,  on  the  21st  of  September,  1805. 
The  Austrian  army  in  Germany  was 
commanded  by  the  archduke  Ferdinand 
and  general  Mack.  This  army  penetra- 
ted into  Bavaria  in  September,  1805,  and 
demanded  that  the  elector  should  either 
unite  his  army  with  the  Austrian  forces 
or  disband  it.  Upon  this  the  elector  as- 
sembled his  troops  in  the  Upper  Palati- 
nate, whence  they  marched  into  Fran- 
conia,  whilst  he  himself  proceeded  to 
Wirtemberg,  where  he  joined  Napoleon. 
The  same  course  was  adopted  by  the 
dukes  of  Wirtemberg  and  Baden. 

Napoleon  now  left  the  camp  of  Bou- 
logne, where  he  had  been  employed  with 
idle  preparations  for  invading  England,  I 
and  on  the  2d  of  October  arrived  at  lAid- 1 
wigsburg  in  Wirtemberg.  The  next  day 
he  issued  a  declaration  of  war.  The 
corps  of  Bernadotte  and  the  Bavarians  ! 
having  marched  towards  the  Danube, 
through  the  neutral  province  of  Anspach, 
belonging  to  Prussia,  the  latter  power, 
which  had  assembled  its  armies  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  Russian  frontier, 
issued  a  note  on  the  14th  of  October, 
renouncing  its  obligations  to  France ; 
and  by  the  treaty  of  Potsdam,  concluded 
on  the  3d  of  November,  during  the  stay 
of  the   emperor    Alexander    at   Berlin, 


promised  to  take  part  in  tlie  coalition 
against  France  upon  certain  conditions. 
The  Prussian  armies,  in  conjunction  with 
the  Saxons  and  Hessian  forces,  took  up 
a  hostile  position  extending  between  the 
frontiers  of  Silesia  and  the  Danube.  But 
the  Austrian  armies  in  Suabia  had  been 
rapidly  turned  and  defeated  by  the 
French,  in  a  series  of  operations  extend- 
ing from  the  6th  to  the  13lh  of  October; 
upon  which  general  Mack,  the  Austrian 
commander,  in  the  infamous  capitulation 
of  Ulm,  dated  the  17th  of  October,  sur- 
rendered with  28,000  men,  but  the  arch- 
duke Ferdinand  by  constant  fighting 
reached  Bohemia.  The  French  now 
penetrated  through  Bavaria  and  Austria 
into  Moravia  ;  and  after  having  obtained 
possession,  in  November,  of  the  defiles  of 
the  Tyrol,  and  driven  back  several  Rus- 
sian corps  in  a  series  of  skirmishes  at 
Limbach,  Amstetten,  and  Krems,  they 
occupied  Vienna  on  the  13th  of  Novem- 
ber, and  afterwards  took  possession  of 
Presburg.  The  battle  of  Austerlitz  deci- 
ded this  war,  which  lasted  only  two 
months  ;  and  the  archduke  Charles,  hav- 
ing received  information  of  the  event  in 
Suabia,  retired  through  the  German 
provinces,  after  having  fought  a  dreadful 
battle  upon  the  Adige,  which  lasted  tliree 
days. 

The  emperors  of  Russia  and  Austria 
now  rallied  their  forces  at  Olmutz. 
They  were  at  the  head  of  80,000  men, 
whilst  Bonaparte  did  not  muster  more 
than  60,000.  Confident  of  victory,  on 
the  27th  of  November,  they  marched  from 
Olmutz  towards  the  French,  who  were 
concentrated  to  the  eastward  of  Brunn. 
Napoleon,  who  had  studied  the  ground 
in  his  rear,  retreated  before  the  enemy, 
drawing  his  right  wing  back  more  than 

j  the  rest  of  the  army.     KutusofF,  seeing 

I  this,  and  taking  it  for  weakness,  deter- 
mined to  turn  the  right  wing  of  the 
French,  and  so  threaten  to  cut  off  their 
army  from  Vienna.  Bonaparte  thus,  by 
drawing  his  army  as  nearly  as  was  wise 
to  one  point,  suggested  to  his  enemies 
the  idea  of  turning  and  surrounding  him ; 
a  dangerous   project  for  them,   since  it 

,  extended  their  lines,  and  exposed  their 
weak  points  to  an  enemy,  vigilant,  drawn 

I  together,    and   enabled   to   protrude    an 


FRANCE.  ' 


305 


overwhelming  force  in  any  one  direction. 
Had  the  Russians  an  idea  that  this  re- 
treat and  concentration  of  the  French 
were  dictated  by  art,  ihey  would  of  course 
not  have  committed  themselves.  But 
the  French  did  every  thing  to  affect  hesi- 
tation and  timidity:  they  not  only  retired, 
but,  in  partial  encounters,  showed  a 
disposition  to  fly.  To  the  proposals  of 
Alexander,  Bonaparte  answered  hesita- 
tingly. He  received  the  aid-de-camp 
sent  to  him  on  the  outskirts  of  the  camp, 
as  if  to  avoid  its  weak  state  being  seen. 
Works  were  thrown  up.  An  interview, 
as  the  pretext  of  four  and  twenty  hours' 
truce,  was  begged.  In  short,  a  hundred 
petty  artifices  were  employed  to  persuade 
the  Russians  that  the  French  meditated 
a  retreat;  and  that  the  former  should 
lose  no  time,  not  only  to  attack,  but  also 
to  intercept. 

On  the  1st  of  December  the  combin- 
ed army  completely  fell  into  the  trap. 
The  chief  force  was  pushed  on  to  the 
extreme  left,  whilst  the  troops  on  the  rest 
of  the  line,  diminished  for  this  purpose, 
descended  from  heights  in  front  of  the 
French,  in  order  to  move  towards  the 
left  also.  Napoleon  might  have  posted 
his  army  on  these  heights,  and  would 
have  done  so,  had  his  object  been  merely 
to  repulse  or  check  the  enemy ;  but  his 
aim  was  to  defeat  and  destroy  them  ;  and 
he  therefore  yielded  them  the  heights, 
which,  being  separated  by  ravines  be- 
tween, favored  his  project  for  cutting  the 
Austrian  line,  when  weakened  by  its  ex- 
tension and  its  march  to  take  the  French 
in  flank.  Bonaparte  Avatched  anxiously 
the  motions  of  the  enemy  in  advance  of 
Austerlitz ;  and  no  sooner  did  his  acute 
eye  perceive  their  forces  thrown  to  their 
left,  and  the  number,  in  front  of  him,  on 
and  around  the  line  of  heights  dimin- 
ished, than  he  exclaimed,  "  Yon  army 
shall  be  at  our  mercy  ere  to-morrow's  sun 
sets."  Nay,  so  certain  was  he  of  this, 
that  he  determined  to  communicate  his 
confidence  to  his  soldiers  ;  and  informed 
them  in  a  printed  circular  or  order  of  the 
day,  that  "  the  enemy,  in  marching  to 
turn  the  French  right,  had  exposed  their 
own  flauk."  On  the  evening  of  the  first, 
the  firing  commenced  on  the  menaced 
point,  the  right  of  the  French.  Napo- 
39 


leon  galloped  thither,  made  his  disposi- 
tion for  the  morrow,  and  returned  on  foot 
through  the  ranks  and  bivouacs  of  his 
soldiery.  The  morrow  was  to  be  the 
anniversary  of  his  coronation :  they 
promised  him  the  Russian  colors  and 
cannon  as  a  gift  in  honor  of  his  fete. 

Soult  commanded  the  main  right  wing, 
called  by  some  the  centre,  because  Da- 
voList  led  a  division  still  further  off',  to 
oppose  the  object  of  the  enemy  in  turn- 
ing the  French  or  taking  them  in  the 
rear.  Bernadotte  was  the  general  of  the 
centre,  Lannes  at  the  left,  Murat  and  the 
cavalry  behind  the  two  latter,  Bessieres 
in  reserve,  Avith  Oudinot  and  the  guard. 
The  sun  rose  on  the  2nd  of  December, 
1805,  with  unclouded  brilliancy;  it  was 
hailed  and  remembered  long  as  the  sun 
of  Austerlitz.  Its  rays  discovered  the 
Austrians  and  Russians  disseminated  on, 
around,  and  behind  the  heights  before  the 
village  of  Austerlitz,  whence  the  allied 
emperors  watched  the  first  effect  of  their 
chief  effort  against  the  French  right. 
Here  the  battle  began ;  Soult  and  Da- 
voust  supporting  the  attack  with  their 
wonted  activity  and  skill,  greatly  aided 
by  their  positions,  which  were  amongst 
flooded  and  marshy  ground,  with  the  ice 
too  weak  to  support  the  tread.  All  that 
Bonaparte  required  of  these  generals  was 
to  hold  their  ground  for  a  certain  number 
of  hours  ;  his  aim  being  to  attack  simul- 
taneously with  his  left  and  centre  that 
portion  of  the  enemy  in  front  of  him, 
which  he  proposed  to  cut  ofl"  from  their 
engaged  wing.  Napoleon  delayed  long, 
however,  to  give  the  signal  for  this  attack, 
so  little  looked  for  by  the  enemy.  He 
feared  lest  they  might  recall  their  troops 
from  their  left.  No  sooner,  however,  did 
he  hear  the  sound  of  battle  fully  en- 
gaged in  that  direction,  than  he  gave  the 
word.  His  generals  hurried  from  him, 
each  to  his  post;  Lannes,  Bernadotte, 
Legrand,  St.  Hilaire,  each  at  the  head  of 
his  division,  advanced.  The  allied  col- 
umns at  this  moment  were  descending 
from  the  heights,  in  the  direction  of  their 
left,  where  they  looked  for  the  brunt  of 
the  battle.  They  never  expected  to  find 
it  before  them,  Bonaparte  having  sedu- 
lously concealed  the  force  and  motions 
of  his  army.     The  Russians  were  thus 


306 


FRANCE. 


surprised,  and  attacked  during  an  oblique 
march,  by  cohnnns  their  equals  or  supe- 
riors in  strength.  They  Avere  cut  in 
two,  routed,  and  separated  one  from  the 
other.  The  French  grained  the  heights, 
pushing  their  enemies  into  the  defiles. 
This,  no  doubt,  took  time  to  effect ;  but 
the  details  can  be  imagined,  if  the  ma- 
noeuvres be  comprehended,  and  the  result 
seized. 

Between  Austerlitz  and  the  heights 
thus  won  by  the  French  was  still  the 
Russian  reserve,  with  the  emperor  in 
person  ;  his  choicest  troops,  the  guard 
for  instance,  commanded  by  the  grand 
duke  Constantine.  These  two  were 
marching  towards  the  left,  when  to  their 
astonishment  the  French  skirmishers  and 
cavalry  charged  in  amongst  them.  It 
was  a  scene  of  surprise  and  confusion. 
The  emperor,  however,  aided  by  Kutu- 
soff,  rallied  his  men.  The  Russian 
guards  and  other  regiments  charged  ;  and 
the  French,  a  moment  since  victorious, 
were  driven  back.  Some  regiments  that 
had  even  formed  squares  were  broken 
into  and  routed  by  the  impetuosity  of  the 
Russians.  Napoleon  did  not  see  what 
was  taking  place,  Austerlitz  being  hid- 
den from  him  by  the  heights.  His  ear, 
however,  caught  sounds  that  did  not 
augur  lictory,  and  he  instantly  sent  Rapp, 
his  aid-de-camp,  to  see  what  was  the 
matter.  Rapp  galloped  off  with  some 
squadrons  of  the  guard,  rallied  stragglers 
as  he  advanced,  and  saw,  as  he  came  up, 
the  menacing  position  of  affairs,  the  Rus- 
sians victorious,  and  sabring  the  French, 
who  were  driven  from  their  broken 
squares.  They  were  already  bringing 
cannon  to  play  upon  Rapp,  when  the 
latter,  crying  out  to  his  men,  "  to  avenge 
their  comrades  and  restore  the  day," 
charged  at  full  speed  amongst  the  Rus- 
sians. This  gave  the  routed  French 
time  to  breathe  and  rally.  They  group- 
ed and  formed :  Rapp  returned  to  the 
charge.  Half  an  hour's  obstinate  strug- 
gle and  carnage  took  place,  which  ter- 
minated in  the  rout  of  the  Russian  guards 
before  the  eyes  of  the  two  emperors. 

This  feat  achieved,  Rapp  rode  back 
to  acquaint  Napoleon  that  all  the  foe  in 
the  direction  of  Austerlitz  were  in  flight. 
On  other  points  victory  had  been  already 


assured.  The  left  of  the  allies — the 
left,  on  the  efforts  of  which  so  much  had 
been  built — was  now  cut  off;  it  was 
completely  destroyed  or  taken.  The 
most  dreadful  feature  of  its  route  was  the 
attempt  of  several  squadrons  to  escape 
over  the  lakes  :  the  ice  at  once  gave  way 
under  the  accumulated  weight,  and  thou- 
sands of  the  brave  men  perished. 

Such  was  Austerlitz.  Savary  had  best 
summed  it  up  in  calling  it  "  a  series  of 
mancEUvres,  not  one  of  which  failed, 
that  cut  the  Russian  army,  surprised  in 
a  side  march,  into  as  many  portions  as 
ccftumns  were  directed  against  it." 

The  battle  of  Austerlitz  was  followed, 
on  the  4th  of  December,  by  an  interview 
between  Napoleon  and  Francis  H.,  and  an 
armistice  between  both  powers  was  con- 
cluded on  the  6th.  By  the  treaty  of 
peace  of  Presburg,  signed  by  Talleyrand, 
the  prince  John  of  Lichtenstein,  and 
count  Stadion,  on  the  26th  of  the  same 
month,  Austria  yielded  its  A^'enetian  pos- 
sessions to  the  kingdom  of  Italy  ;  the 
Tyrol  and  several  German  countries  to 
Bavaria  ;  Breisgau  to  Baden  ;  and  other 
Suabian  possessions  to  Wirtemberg  ;  she 
also  recognised  the  elector  of  Bavaria  and 
Wirtemberg  as  kings,  and  the  elector  of 
Baden  as  sovereign  elector  ;  and  obtain- 
ed on  the  other  hand,  the  greater  part  of 
the  bishopric  of  Saltzburg,  now  erected 
into  an  electorate  for  the  grand  duke  of 
Tuscany,  the  bishop  being  indemnified 
by  the  principality  of  Wurtzburg,  taken 
from  Bavaria,  with  the  title  of  elector  and 
all  the  rights  of  sovereignty,  and  the 
hereditary  dignity  of  a  grand-master  of 
the  Teutonic  order.  But  during  the  vic- 
torious course  of  the  armies  of  France 
by  land,  she  suffered,  a  sensible  loss  by 
sea  ;  the  united  fleets  of  France  and 
Spain,  under  Villeneuve  and  Gravina, 
being  wholly  defeated  off  cape  Trafalgar, 
on  the  21st  of  October,  by  Admiral  lord 
Nelson. 

On  the  15th  of  December,  the  empe- 
ror concluded  a  treaty  with  Prussia  at 
Vienna,  in  which  the  aUiance  between 
both  these  powers  was  renewed,  and 
a  reciprocal  guarantee  of  the  ancient 
and  newly-acquired  states  exchanged. 
France  pretended  to  give  Hanover  to 
Prussia  :  and  on  the  other  hand  Prussia 


FRANCE. 


307 


yielded  to  France,  Anspach,  Cleve,  and 
Neufchatel.  Prussia  was  now  obliged 
to  act  offensively  against  England,  as 
well  by  taking  possession  of  Hanover  as 
by  excluding  English  vessels  from  the 
rivers  which  flow  into  the  North  Sea. 
Napoleon  gave  the  province  of  Anspach 
to  the  king  of  Bavaria,  who  was  directed 
to  resign  the  dukedom  of  Berg,  which, 
being  united  with  the  Prussian  part  of 
Cleve,  was  given  to  Murat,  the  brother- 
in-law  of  Napoleon,  who,  on  the  13th  of 
March,  was  named  duke  of  Cleve  and 
Berg.  Neufchatel  was  also  given  to 
marshal  Berthier,  with  the  title  of  Prince. 
Joseph,  the  elder  brother  of  Napoleon, 
was  by  an  imperial  decree  of  the  13th  of 
March,  1806,  named  king  of  Naples  and 
Sicily,  which  had  been  conquered  by 
marshal  Messena,  who  marched  with  an 
army  from  Upper  Italy  into  Naples,  on 
account  of  a  pretended  breach  of  neu- 
trality occasioned  by  the  landing  of  the 
English  and  Russians.  But  Ferdinand 
IV  took  refuge  in  Sicily  with  his  family ; 
and  that  island  being  protected  by  the 
English  fleet,  formed  merely  a  nominal 
appendage  to  the  crown  of  Joseph  Bona- 
parte. With  the  principality  of  Lucca 
given  to  his  sister  Eliza,  the  emperor 
now  united  Masso-Carrara  and  Carfag- 
nana,  which  he  detached  from  the  king- 
dom of  Italy.  He  also  named  prince 
Eugene  Beauharnois,  son  of  the  empress 
Josephine  by  her  first  husband,  viceroy 
of  Italy,  and  married  him  to  the  daughter 
of  the  king  of  Bavaria  ;  the  minister 
Talleyrand  received  the  nominal  title  of 
prince  of  Benevento  ;  Bernadotte  was 
proclaimed  prince  of  Ponte  Corvo  ;  and 
Louis,  the  second  brother  of  the  emperor, 
was  proclaimed  hereditary  and  constitu- 
tional king  of  Holland.  The  constitution 
of  the  German  empire,  which  had  lasted 
for  above  1000  years,  was  overthrown  on 
the  12th  of  July,  1806,  to  make  way  for 
the  Rhenish  confederation,  of  which  the 
emperor  Napoleon  was  named  protector. 
The  misunderstandings  which  had 
arisen  between  France  and  Russia,  es- 
pecially after  the  occupation  of  Cattaro 
by  the  Russians,  were  only  suspended 
for  a  moment  by  the  treaty  concluded  on 
the  20th  of  July,  1806,  by  the  French 
general  Clarke,  and  the  Russian  minis- 


ter Oubril.  The  emperor  Alexander 
refused  to  ratify  this  peace  after  the  for- 
mation of  the  Rhenish  confederation ; 
and  the  same  reason  instigated  England 
to  break  off  the  pending  negotiations  of 
peace  with  France.  Prussia  assembled 
an  army  in  August,  1806,  which  entered 
Thuringia,  and  after  some  negotiations 
at  Dresden,  was  joined  by  22,000  Sax- 
ons ;  while  at  the  same  moment  lord 
Morpeth  proceeded  to  the  Prussian  head- 
quarters, and  after  some  negotiations,  on 
the  1st  of  October,  the  Prussian  ultima- 
tum was  delivered  to  France.  This 
document  demanded  the  withdrawment 
of  the  whole  French  army  from  Germa- 
ny, and  announced  the  intended  forma- 
tion of  a  northern  league,  which  was 
designed  to  comprehend  all  those  coun- 
tries which  were  not  already  included  in 
the  Rhenish  league. 

These  propositions  having  been  con- 
temptuously rejected,  the  struggle  began 
with  the  advance  of  the  French  troops 
upon  the  Prussian  left  wing.  The  grand 
duke  of  Berg  forced  the  passage  of  the 
Saal  at  Saltzburg  on  the  8th  of  October, 
and  on  the  9th,  the  Prussians  and  Sax- 
ons were  defeated  at  Schleiz.  On  the 
1 0th  the  French  left  wing  defeated  the 
united  corps  of  Prussians  and  Saxons  at 
Saalfeld,  where  prince  Louis  of  Prussia 
was  killed;  and  on  the  14th  the  bat- 
tles of  Jena  and  Auerstadt  decided  the 
fate  of  the  countries  between  the  Rhine 
and  the  Elbe  ;  upon  which  Napoleon  de- 
clared Saxony  a  neutral  province,  and 
marched  instantly  upon  Berlin,  whilst  the 
grand  duke  of  Berg  and  marshal  Soult 
pursued  the  divisions  of  the  Prussian 
army  through  Thuringia.  The  prince 
of  Ponte  Corvo  defeated  the  Prussian 
reserve  under  the  prince  Eugene  of  Wir- 
temberg  at  Halle,  on  the  17th  of  October, 
1806,  and  marshal  Ney  laid  siege  to 
Magdeburg.  On  the  22d  of  October, 
Napoleon  arrived  at  Wittenberg,  and  on 
the  27th  entered  Berlin.  The  fortresses 
of  Spandau,  Crustrin,  Stettin,  Magde- 
burg, Glogau,  and  others,  instantly  sur- 
rendered ;  indeed,  with  the  exception  of 
Colberg,  commanded  by  Gneisenau,  and 
Graudenz,  all  the  Prussian  fortresses 
ultimately  capitulated  ;  and  the  prince 
of  Hohenlohe,  at  the   head  of  16,000 


308 


FRANCE 


Prussians,  laid  down  his  arms  at  Prenz- 
low  on  the  28th  of  October.  Blucher 
alone  ofl'ered  a  show  of  resistance  ;  but 
retired  to  Lubeck,  where  he  surrendered 
on  the  7th  of  November,  after  having 
fought  the  corps  of  Bernadotte,  Soidt, 
and  the  grand  duke  of  Berg. 

Before  the  second  series  of  operations 
connected  with  this  important  struggle 
commenced  in  Southern  Prussia,  Napo- 
leon had  taken  possession  of  the  do- 
mains of  the  elector  of  Hesse,  the  duke 
of  Brunswick,  the  prince  of  Fulda,  the 
Hanseatic  towns,  and  all  the  Prussian 
provinces  between  the  Rhine  and  the 
Elbe.  A  proclamation,  signed  by  Dom- 
browski  and  Wybicki,  two  chiefs  of  an- 
cient Polish  families,  on  the  3rd  of  No- 
vember, called  upon  the  inhabitants  of 
that  part  of  Poland  which  had  fallen  to 
the  lot  of  Prussia  in  the  course  of  the 
three  partitions,  to  rise  for  the  recovery 
of  their  ancient  independence,  and  a  new 
Polish  army  quickly  joined  the  French, 
who  entered  Warsaw  on  the  2nd  of  No- 
vember. Before  the  struggle  began  with 
the  Russians  upon  the  right  bank  of  the 
Vistula,  the  elector  of  Saxony,  by  the 
peace  of  Posen,  on  the  11th  of  Decem- 
ber, 1806,  joined  the  confederation  of  the 
Rhine,  as  an  independent  sovereign. 
The  five  dukes  of  Saxony  also  joined  the 
Rhenish  confederarion  by  the  treaty  of 
Posen  on  the  15th  of  the  same  month. 

Beyond  the  Vistula,  the  war  between 
France  and  Russia  was  opened  on  the 
24th  December,  1806,  by  the  fight  of 
Czarnowo,  in  which  the  French  carried 
the  Russian  redoubts  upon  the  left  bank 
of  the  Ukra.  On  the  succeeding  morn- 
ing, Davoust  drove  field-marshal  Kam- 
enskji  out  of  his  position  near  Nasielsk ; 
and  on  the  day  following  the  marshal 
renounced  the  command-in-chief,  in 
which  he  was  succeeded  by  Benningsen. 
After  an  obstinate  struggle  at  Pultusk 
against  the  latter,  and  at  Golymin  against 
Buxhouden,  the  Russians  retreated  to 
Ostrolenka,  and  Benningsen  suddenly 
transported  the  theatre  of  war  into  East- 
ern Prussia,  where  the  Russians,  on  the 
23rd  of  January,  1807,  attacked  the  ad- 
vanced posts  of  the  prince  of  Ponte 
Corvo,  who  engaged  them  on  the  25th  at 
Mohrungen,  and  by  his  mancEuvres  cov- 


'  ered  the  flank  of  the  French  army  until 
a  junction  was  formed.  After  continual 
fighting  from  the  1  st  to  the  7th  of  Febru- 
ary, 1807,  the  battle  of  Eylau  took  place 
on  the  8th. 

On  the  morning  of  the  8th,  the  Rus- 
sians were  drawn  up  in  front  of  Eylau, 
on  which  town,  and  on  all  its  issues, 
their  artillery  opened  a  furious  fire.  Un- 
der this  the  French  were  obliged  to  come 
forth  in  order  to  engage  in  the  battle. 
Great  difference  exists  as  to  the  stated 
numbers  of  each  army  :  they  were  prob- 
j  ably  equal ;  the  Prussians  under  Lestocq 
I  being  absent  on  one  side,  Ney  and  Ber- 
'  nadotte  on  the  other.  The  aim  of  both 
generals  was  to  overthrow  his  adversa- 
ry's left.  Bonaparte,  in  addition,  sent 
strong  columns  against  the  Russian  cen- 
tre; but  these,  in  the  midst  of  smoke, 
and  a  heavy  fall  of  snow,  which  prevent- 
ed their  seeing,  missed  the  right  direc- 
tion, and  got  engaged  between  the  Rus- 
sian right  and  centre.  Thus  the  head  of 
I  the  column  was  flanked  on  both  sides, 
I  whilst  the  reserve  charged  them  in  front. 
There  ensued  a  dreadful  scene  of  confu- 
sion and  slaughter  ;  and  Bonaparte  was 
obliged,  in  order  to  extricate  his  troops, 
to  send  on  his  cavalry  and  reserve  to 
charge,  which  increased  the  fury  and 
indecision  of  the  battle.  Davoust  by 
this  time  had  arrived,  by  a  considerable 
circuit,  on  the  left  flank  of  the  Russians, 
and  drove  it  in.  It  folded  up,  as  it  were, 
about  to  make  a  steady  retreat,  when  the 
Prussians  under  Lestocq  arri^-ed,  and  re- 
newed the  engagement.  Davoust  re- 
treated in  turn.  But,  at  the  same  time, 
Ney  arrived  with  his  division  on  the 
other  extremity  of  the  Russians.  Thither 
Avas  transported  the  heat  of  combat. 
Mutual  and  inveterate  charges  took  place 
1  betwixt  him  and  Benningsen.  Order 
I  there  was  no  longer  any.  The  Rus- 
sians, huddled  together  in  a  small  space, 
refused  still  to  quit  the  ground  ;  and  the 
;  French  being  in  equal  confusion,  their 
generals  in  vain  endeavored  to  bring  them 
;  in  formed  or  decisive  masses  on  the  foe. 
It  was,  in  fact,  a  drawn  battle;  the 
slaughter  incalculable  on  either  side,  and 
I  rendered  more  frightful  by  the  snow 
I  which  covered  the  ground,  and  which 
I  still  fell  upon  the  woimded,  dyeing  itself 


FRANCE. 


309 


with  tlieir  blood.  The  Russians  had  not 
yielded  their  ground  on  the  day  of  bat- 
tle ;  but  they  had  been  dreadfully  cut  up, 
with  no  succor  to  expect,  while  Berna- 
dotte's  fresh  division  was  still  behind 
Napoleon's.  Benningsen,  therefore,  re- 
treated on  the  following  day. 

The  emperor  had  contemplated  mak- 
ing the  same  movement ;  but  on  the 
disappearance  of  the  Russians,  he  re- 
mained at  Eylau  an  entire  week,  and 
then  retired  to  occupy  with  his  army  the 
line  of  the  river  Passarge,  his  head-quar- 
ters being  established  at  Osserode. 

During  a  pause  of  several  months,  in 
which  both  armies  recruited  themselves, 
Dantzic  was  besieged  and  bombarded  by 
Lefevre,  and  General  Kalkreuth  was 
compelled  to  capitulate  on  the  24th  of 
May,  after  marshal  Lannes  had  defeated 
a  body  of  Russians  who  had  landed  at 
Weichselmunde  with  the  view  of  raising 
the  siege.  At  last,  after  a  series  of  skir- 
mishes between  the  different  divisions  of 
the  hostile  armies,  the  decisive  victory  of 
the  French  over  the  Russians  at  Fried- 
land,  took  place  on  the  14th  of  June, 
1807.  Bonaparte  remembered  that  it  was 
the  anniversary  of  Marengo,  and  wel- 
comed it  as  betokening  good  fortune. 
Forming  his  columns  in  the  passes  of 
the  woods,  he  allowed  Benningsen,  the 
Russian  general,  to  cross  the  bridge  of 
Friedland  with  the  greater  part  of  his 
array.  The  Russian  did  not  suspect  that 
the  whole  army  of  the  French  were 
lying  in  wait  for  him  when  he  thus  ven- 
tured. But  the  several  columns  soon 
issuing  from  the  wood,  their  caimon  get- 
ting info  position  and  opening  upon  him, 
convinced  Benningsen  that  he  was  forced 
to  fight  at  a  disadvantage,  and  without 
the  possibility  of  retreating.  He  drew 
out  his  line,  however, — its  left  communi- 
cating with  the  bridge.  At  this  point 
Napoleon  of  course  directed  his  chief 
attack,  to  cut  off  the  enemy.  Ney  led 
it ;  and  in  his  ardor  to  reach  the  bridge, 
he  was  routed,  and  the  head  of  his  col- 
umn broken.  Dupont  supported  him  and 
rallied  the  men.  Napoleon,  however, 
thought  best  to  achieve  the  victory  with  | 
his  artillery,  which  from  many  points  j 
played  upon  the  Russians,  who  were 
now  concentrated  and  formed  in  squares.  | 


Heavy  charges  of  cavalry  now  and  then 
filled  the  pause  of  carmon ;  and  at 
length,  towards  evening,  the  Russians 
having  much  suffered,  and  many  of  their 
squares  broken,  the  French  infantry  again 
advanced  with  musketry,  and  completed 
the  victory.  As  the  cannon'  raked  the 
bridge,  there  was  no  retreating  by  it. 
The  Russians  flung  themselves  into  the 
river ;  but  the  attempt  to  swim  across 
was  impracticable  to  the  Russian  soldier, 
charged  and  accoutred  as  he  was.  Thou- 
sands were  drowned,  in  addition  to  those 
who  perished  in  the  field.  Such  was 
the  decisive  victory  on  which  Napoleon 
reckoned,  and  which  he  had  long  desired, 
as  the  means  of  disposing  the  Russian 
emperor  to  an  accommodation. 

Konigsberg  now  surrendered.  Ben- 
ningsen had  retreated  with  his  army  be- 
yond the  Niemen,  the  natural  boundary 
of  Lithuania.  The  French  soon  arrived 
in  pursuit  upon  its  banks.  The  Russians 
demanded  an  armistice.  It  was  granted  ; 
and  preparations  made  for  an  interview 
between  the  emperors.  The  first  instant 
of  repose,  Napoleon  issued  a  proclama- 
tion to  his  army  :  "  In  ten  days'  cam- 
paign," said  he,  "you  have  taken  120 
pieces  of  cannon ;  killed,  wounded,  or 
taken  60,000  Russians,  Konigsberg,  its 
shipping,  &c.  From  the  banks  of  the 
Vistula  you  have  flown  to  the  Niemen 
Avith  the  rapidity  of  the  eagle.  Soldiers  ! 
you  are  worthy  of  yourselves  and  of 
me  !"  A  raft  was  now  prepared  in  the 
midst  of  the  Niemen,  off  Tilsit.  On  the 
25th  of  June  the  emperors  met  upon  this 
raft,  embraced,  and  conversed  for  a  con- 
siderable space.  On  the  following  day 
Alexander  crossed  to  the  town  of  Tilsit, 
and  the  two  emperors  were  soon  upon 
terms  of  friendship  and  equality.  A 
peace  was  concluded  on  the  8th  of  July, 
between  France  and  Russia,  by  Talley- 
rand, prince  Kurakin,  and  Labanof-Ros- 
trow ;  and  on  the  9th  of  .J.:ly,  between 
France  and  Prussia  by  Talleyrand  and 
count  Kalkreuth,  after  an  interview  be- 
tween the  three  monarchs  upon  the  Nie- 
men, and  subsequently  at  Tilsit.  In  this 
peace  Prussia  lost  the  principality  of 
East  Friesland,  the  county  of  Mark,  the 
principality  of  Minden,  and  the  county 
of    Ravensberg ;    the    principalities    of 


310 


FRANCE 


Hildeshiem,  Paderborn,  and  Munster ;  • 
the  counties  of  Tecldenburg  and  Lingen;  i 
the  electorate  of  Hanover,  with  the  prin-  j 
cipality  of  Osnabruck  ;  the  greatest  part ! 
of  ancient  Mark,  and  the  dukedom  of 
Magdeburg  ;  the  principalities  of  Hal- 
berstadt,  Eichsfeld,  and  Erfurt ;  the  ] 
county  of  Mansfield ;  the  ancient  free 
towns  of  Nordhausen,  Muhlhausen,  and 
Goslar ;  the  ancient  abbacies  of  Qued- 
linburg,  Essen,  Elten,  and  Weiden  ;  the 
principality  of  Bayreuth,  the  circle  of 
Kottbuss,  the  whole  of  Southern  Prussia, 
the  whole  of  new  Eastern  Prussia,  and 
a  considerable  part  of  Western  Prussia, 
with  the  Netz  district,  including  Dant- 
zic, — territories  containing  upwards  of 
one  half  of  the  former  population  of 
Prussia. 

From  these  districts  and  other  coun- 
tries conquered  by  France,  were  formed 
two  new  states:  viz.  the  kingdom  of 
Westphalia,  and  the  dukedom  of  Warsaw. 
The  ancient  department  of  Bialystock, 
containing  2150  British  square  miles, 
and  a  population  of  about  200,000  souls, 
was  annexed  to  Russia ;  and  on  the  oth- 
er hand  Russia  yielded  the  little  princi- 
pality of  Jever  to  the  kingdom  of  Hol- 
land. By  the  peace  of  Tilsit,  Jerome, 
Napoleon's  youngest  brother,  was  ac- 
knowledged Idng  of  Westphalia,  and  the 
king  of  Saxony  was  flattered  with  the 
title  of  duke  of  Warsaw.  Upon  the  in- 
tercession of  Russia,  the  dukes  of  Meck- 
lenburg-Schwerin,  Oldenburg,  and  Co- 
burg,  were  reinstated ;  and  France  and 
Russia  exchanged  reciprocal  guarantees 
of  their  possessions,  and  of  those  of  the 
other  powers  included  in  this  peace. 

After  the  peace  of  Tilsit,  Napoleon 
returned  by  Dresden — where  he  signed, 
on  the  22d  of  July,  the  constitution  of  i 
the  dukedom  of  Warsaw — to  Paris.  The 
constitution  of  the  kingdom  of  Westpha- 
lia was  signed  by  Napoleon,  at  Fontain- 
bleau,  on  the  15th  of  November,  1807. 
The  other  northern  German  princes  had, 
in  April,  1807,  joined  the  Rhenish  con- 
federation at  Warsaw,  with  the  exception  ' 
of  the  two  dukes  of  Mecklenburg,  and  - 
the  duke  of  Oldenburg,  who  did  not  join 
the  confederation  till  the  following  year.  | 

The  above  events  are  of  so  important  \ 
a  character  as  to  render  a  brief  recapitu- 


lation necessary.  We  have  seen  that 
the  senatus  consulte  organique  declared 
Napoleon  emperor  of  the  French,  and 
the  imperial  dignity  hereditary  in  his 
family.  This  decree  of  the  senate  regu- 
lated the  privileges  of  the  imperial  family, 
the  inheritance,  the  titles  and  appanages 
of  its  members,  and  their  particular  re- 
lations to  the  person  of  the  emperor. 
The  civil  list  remained  as  it  had  been 
fixed  by  the  constitution  of  1791,  and 
amounted  to  25,000,000  livres  annually. 
At  the  same  time  were  established  the 
great  officers  of  the  empire,  to  whom  the 
marshals  and  covirt  officers  belonged ; 
and  the  supreme  imperial  tribunal,  which 
was  to  judge  offences  of  members  of  the 
imperial  family  and  of  the  higher  officers 
of  state,  high  treason,  and  all  crimes 
against  the  state  or  the  emperor.  The 
electoral  colleges  also  received  a  precise 
organization.  The  senate  remained; 
but  the  appointment  of  the  senators,  and 
the  right  of  fixing  their  number,  were 
given  to  the  emperor.  The  legislative 
body  was  also  preserved ;  but  the  tribu- 
nate, which  alone  ventured  on  opposition, 
was  suppressed  August  19,  1807.  The 
new  emperor  was  now  crowned  with  his 
wife,  in  the  presence  of  Pius  YH,  in  the 
church  of  Notre  Dame. 

March  18,  1805,  the  emperor  of  the 
French  was  made  king  of  Italy,  and  sol- 
emnly crowned  in  Milan,  and  the  order  of 
the  iron  crown  was  established.  Genoa 
(the  Ligurian  republic)  and  the  principality 
of  Guastalla  were  soon  after  incorporated 
with  France.  Lucca  and  Piombino  were 
erected  into  a  duchy,  and  conferred  on 
one  of  the  emperor's  sisters,  and  Parma 
and  Placenza  were  placed  under  the 
French  government.  The  emperor  of 
Austria  and  many  German  princes  ac- 
knowledged Napoleon  as  emperor. 

In  April,  1805,  the  Russian  and  Swed- 
ish charges  d'affaires  left  Paris,  and  the 
French  ambassadors  Petersburg  and 
Stockholm.  Sweden  concluded  a  sub- 
sidy treaty  with  England,  and  Russia 
entered  into  a  third  coalition  with  Eng- 
land against  France.  The  French  had 
already  taken  possession  of  Hanover. 

The  emperor  of  France  now  rigor- 
ously prohibited  the  introduction  of  Eng- 
lish manufactures   wherever  his   power 


FRANCE. 


311 


extended,  and  threatened  England  with 
a  descent.  Pitt  therefore  drew  Austria 
into  the  coalition ;  and  the  French  army 
marched  from  their  encampment  at  Bou- 
logne to  Germany.  The  war  was  of 
short  duration.  The  surrender  of  an 
Austrian  army,  under  Mack,  at  Ulm,  and 
the  battle  of  Austerlitz  produced  the 
peace  of  Presburg,  in  which  Austria  was 
compelled  to  sacrifice  about  21,190 
square  miles,  and  3,000,000  of  inhabit- 
ants, (among  them  the  Tyrolese). 

Napoleon  was  thus  enabled  to  bestow 
on  his  allies  the  rulers  of  Bavaria  and 
Wurtemberg,  royal  crowns  and  full  sove- 
reignty, which  they  did  not  enjoy  under 
the  German  empire.  The  latter  was 
also  granted  to  Baden.  Each  of  these 
three  states  likewise  received  a  conside- 
rable increase  of  territory  and  inhabit- 
ants. The  kingdom  of  Italy  was  en- 
larged by  the  addition  of  10,600  square 
miles,  and  France  obtained  a  decided 
predominance  over  the  German  princes. 
The  victory  of  the  English  at  Trafalgar 
over  the  united  fleets  of  France  and  Spain, 
destroyed  an  armament  which  had  cost  j 
six  years  of  preparation  and  60,000,000  i 
francs,  1640  cannons,  and  15,000  men 
fell  into  the  hands  of  the  victors. 

Napoleon  now  changed  his  system 
against  England.  Instructed  by  repeated  | 
experience  that  he  never  could  meet  the  | 
English  successfully  by  sea,  he  resolved 
to  conquer  them  by  land,  and  attempted, 
by  the  continental  system,  to  suppress  all 
intercourse  with  England.  With  this 
view,  he  abandoned  Hanover  to  Prussia, 
which  involved  that  power  in  a  war  with  • 
England.  The  dynasty  of  Naples  was 
declared  to  have  forfeited  the  throne,  on 
account  of  the  breach  of  its  engagements  j 
with  France.  Joseph  Bonaparte  Avas ' 
made  king  of  Naples  and  Sicily  ;  Louis,  | 
the  second  brother  of  Napoleon,  king  of 
Holland  ;  Napoleon's  son-in-law,  Eugene  I 
Beauharnois,  whom  he  had  adopted,  was 
created  viceroy  of  Italy,  and  married  to ; 
the  daughter  of  the  king  of  Bavaria  ;  ] 
Alexander  Berthier,  the  companion  in 
arms  of  the  emperor,  was  created  prince 
of  Neufchatel ;  Talleyrand,  the  minister 
of  foreign  affairs,  prince  of  Benevento  ; 
Bernadotte,  prince  of  Ponte-Corvo ; 
Joachim   Murat,   grand-duke   of  Cleves  | 


and  Berg;  and  Stephanie  Beauharnois, 
niece  of  the  empress,  whom  Napoleon 
had  adopted,  was  given  in  marriage  to 
the  crown-prince  of  Baden.  All  those 
who  immediately  belonged  to  the  new 
dynasty,  or  were  united  with  it,  were  to 
be  attached  to  France  by  a  federative 
system.  The  accession  of  Bavaria, 
Wirtemburg,  and  Baden  to  the  federal 
system  of  the  "great  empire,"  and  the 
incorporation  of  the  electorate  of  Hano- 
ver with  Prussia,  had  torn  asunder  the 
political  union  of  the  German  states. 

Napoleon  established  the  confedera- 
tion of  the  Rhine,  of  which  he  was  re- 
cognised protector,  July  12  ,  and  Francis 
II  resigned  the  imperial  crown  of  Ger- 
many, August  6. 

The  affairs  of  Spain  now  began  to  oc- 
cupy the  attention  of  Napoleon ;  one  of 
his  first  objects,  however,  was  to  destroy 
the  English  influence  in  Portugal.  A 
French  army,  in  concert  with  a  Spanish 
one,  marched  against  that  kingdom,  the 
partition  of  which  had  been  concerted 
between  France  and  Spain,  on  the  27th 
of  October,  1807  ;  the  northern  part  be- 
ing given  to  the  house  of  Parma ;  the 
southern  part  to  the  prince  of  Peace,  Go- 
doi ;  and  the  middle,  on  the  conclusion 
of  peace,  to  the  house  of  Braganza.  Tus- 
cany was  to  be  given  to  France,  and  the 
king  of  Spain  to  be  declared  protector  of 
the  three  states  erected  out  of  Portugal ; 
the  Spanish  monarch  was  also  to  assume, 
after  the  maritime  peace  should  be  con- 
cluded, the  title  of  emperor  of  both  Ame- 
ricas. In  conformity  with  this  treaty, 
Tuscany  was  given  up  to  Napoleon  in 
1807,  and  afterwards  incorporated  with 
France ;  and  marshal  Junot,  duke  of 
Braganza,  entered  Lisbon  on  the  30th  of 
November,  after  the  royal  family  had 
embarked  with  their  treasures,  and  a  few 
of  the  principal  nobility,  in  a  British  fleet, 
for  the  Brazils.  But  in  1808  the  Span- 
ish nobility,  tired  of  the  government  of 
the  prince  of  Peace,  formed  a  plot  to  raise 
Ferdinand  VII  to  the  throne,  and  free 
their  country  from  foreign  influence.  The 
palac*e  of  the  prince  of  Peace  was  assail- 
ed by  a  mob  on  the  night  of  the  17th  of 
March ;  and  king  Charles  IV,  in  whose 
name  the  government  had  been  carried 
on,  resigned  the  throne  in  favor  of  his 


312 


FRANCE. 


son.  But  Napoleon  refused  to  acknow- 
ledge Ferdinand  VII,  and  Charles  IV 
resumed  the  regal  dignity  ;  and  on  the 
5th  of  May,  finally  resigned  all  the  rights 
of  his  house  in  Spain  and  India,  into  the 
hands  of  Napoleon.  Ferdinand  VII,  Avas 
constrained  to  acquiesce  in  this  renun- 
ciation on  the  10th,  and  both  father  and 
son  now  became  pensioners  of  the  French 
conqueror,  who  nominated  his  brother 
Joseph,  then  king  of  Naples,  king  of 
Spain  and  India.  The  people  now  rose 
en  masse  to  vindicate  their  rights,  and 
that  struggle  commenced  in  which  the 
patriotic  Spaniards  were  so  warmly  and 
successfully  supported  by  the  British 
troops  under  lord  Wellington. 

The  breaking  out  of  the  national  war 
in  Spain,  afforded  Austria  a  convenient 
opportunity  for  re-establishing  her  former 
influence  in  Germany  and  Italy.  In  1809, 
therefore,  Austria  declared  war  against 
France,  and  advanced  her  armies  into 
Bavaria,  Italy  and  the  dukedom  of  War- 
saw. Ir.  the  preceding  autumn,  Napo- 
leon and  Alexander  of  Russia  had  an  hi- 
terview  at  Erfurth,  and  the  consequence 
of  their  alliance  was,  that  a  Russian  aux- 
iliary army  now  advanced  against  Austria 
into  Gallicia.  Napoleon,  with  the  aid  of 
the  Bavarians  and  Wirtenbergers,  defeat- 
ed the  Austrians  at  Abensberg,  on  the 
20th,  at  Eckmuhl,  on  the  22nd,  and  at 
Ratisbon,  on  the  23rd  of  April. 

On  the  4th  of  July,  the  French,  re- 
enforced  by  the  Saxons,  the  army  of  Eu- 
gene, and  that  of  Marmont  from  Dalma- 
tia,  were  concentrated  in  the  island  of 
Lobau,  to  the  number  of  150,000.  There 
was  scarcely  room  for  the  troops  to  re- 
pose. Napoleon  ordered  the  original 
bridge  opposite  Essling,  which  had  been 
destroyed  by  the  Austrians  a  few  days 
before,  to  be  repaired,  as  if  he  intended 
to  cross  by  its  means.  This  was  but  to 
deceive  the  Austrians.  In  the  night 
three  more  bridges,  ready  prepared,  were 
fixed  lower  down,  and  the  French  army 
crossed  on  the  night  of  the  4th  and  morn- 
ing of  the  5th.  The  archduke  instantly 
found  his  batteries  and  preparations  idle. 
Instead  of  fronting  the  Danube,  he  was 
obliged  to  extend  his  line  perpendicular 
to  it,  from  behind  Aspern  to  Wagram,  and 
from  thence  behind  a  little  river  on  his 


left.  The  5th  was  spent  in  manoeuver- 
ing  and  cannonade,  the  Austrians  retiring 
from  Essling.  Towards  evening,  Bona- 
parte wished  to  dislodge  tliem  from  their 
connnanding  position  at  Wagram,  but  his 
troops  were  beaten  back  and  routed. 
Both  armies  slept  on  the  field,  and  in 
their  positions,  the  French  without  a  fire, 
Napoleon  in  a  chair. 

On  the  morning  of  the  5th  commenced 
the  famous  battle  of  Wagram.  The  Aus- 
trian centre  was  on  the  high  ground  near 
that  village.  As  the  French  on  the  pre- 
ceding evening,  had  been  repulsed  with 
ease  from  it,  the  archduke  thought  it 
strong  to  keep,  and  easy  to  maintain. 
He  threw  his  chief  force,  therefore,  into 
his  wings.  The  Austrian  right  attacked 
Massena  near  Aspern  and  the  Danube, 
and  drove  him  back  with  such  rout  that 
his  four  divisions  crowded  into  one.  Da- 
voust,  on  the  right,  was  able  to  resist 
with  more  success.  But  on  Massena's 
side  the  battle  seemed  lost.  That  gene- 
ral, from  the  effects  of  a  fall,  was  in  a 
carriage,  not  on  horseback  ;  his  troops, 
unanimated  by  his  presence,  shrunk  from 
the  enemy,  whose  cannon  enfiladed  the 
line.  For  a  long  time  Napoleon  Avas  in 
doubt,  riding  on  a  white  charger  in  the 
midst  of  this  raking  fire,  which  Savary 
calls  "a  hail-storm  of  bullets."  At  length 
he  resolved  to  allow  his  wings  to  resist 
as  they  might,  and  to  fling  all  his  disposa- 
ble force  once  more  upon  the  Austrian 
centre  at  Wagram.  He  sent  Lauriston 
first  against  it  with  100  cannon,  at  full 
trot,  with  orders  to  approach  very  near. 
He  knew  the  weakness  of  the  xlustrians 
at  Wagram  would  not  allow  them  to  ad- 
vance from  the  position.  The  infantry 
under  Macdonald  followed  Lauriston, 
Bessieres  supporting  both  with  the  caA'^- 
alry  of  the  guard.  Macdonald's  charging 
columns  arrived  just  as  the  artillery  of 
Lauriston  had  made  large  breaches  in 
the  Austrian  bodies.  The  French  rushed 
into  the  gaps.  A  diversion  from  the  ex- 
treme right  aided  them,  and  the  centre 
of  the  archduke  Charles,  at  Wagram, 
was  driven  in,  routed,  and  the  wings 
abandoned.  It  was  then  an  easy  task  to 
take  in  the  flank  of  the  corps  already  vic- 
torious over  Massena.  In  short,  the  seve- 
ral portions  of  the  Austrian  army  fled 


FRANCE. 


313 


from  the  field  in  disorder,  separated  from 
one  another.  Both  armies  displayed 
great  valor.  The  loss  of  the  Austrians 
amounted  to  27,000  killed  and  wounded. 
The  loss  of  the  French  was  nearly  equal. 
The  archduke  retreated,  constantly  fight- 
ing, to  the  heights  of  Znaym.  This  vic- 
tory led  to  the  peace  of  Vienna,  which 
was  signed  on  the  14th  of  October, 
und  in  which  Austria  was  obliged  to  re- 
sign the  sovereignty  of  three  millions  of 
subjects. 

By  the  peace  of  Vienna,  Austria  re- 
signed Sahzburg,  Berchtolsgaden,  and 
the  Innviertel  and  Hansruckviertel,  which 
were  given  to  Bavaria ;  the  whole  of 
Western  Gallicia,  and  a  part  of  Eastern 
Gallicia,  with  the  town  of  Cracow,  which 
were  united  to  the  dvdiedom  of  Warsaw  ; 
the  circle  of  Villach  in  Carinthia ;  the 
dukedom  of  Krain,  the  district  of  Trieste, 
the  county  of  Gorz,  whh  Friaul  and  Cro- 
atia upon  the  right  of  the  Saave,  and  Fi 
ume  ;  of  which — united  with  Dalmatia, 
Istria,  and  Ragusa,  which  Avere  taken 
from  the  kingdom  of  Italy — Napoleon,  on 
the  15th  of  October,  1809,  formed  the 
new  state  of  the  lUyrian  provinces.  The 
Teutonic  order  was  now  abolished,  and 
its  possessions  given  to  those  princes  in 
whose  dominions  they  lay.  Russia  ob- 
tained the  circle  of  Tarnapole,  in  East- 
ern Gallicia,  containing  400,000  souls. 
With  this  peace  was  connected  the  dis- 
solution of  the  marriage  between  Napole- 
on and  Josephine,  in  December,  1 809  ; 
and  the  emperor's  second  marriage  with 
the  archduchess  Maria  Louisa  of  Austria, 
in  April,  1810.  This  peace  also  occa- 
sioned a  considerable  change  in  some 
of  the  Italian  and  German  dominions  ; 
the  southern  half  of  Tyrol  was  united 
with  the  kingdom  of  Italy,  in  the  place 
of  those  countries  taken  from  the  latter, 
and  annexed  to  the  Illyrian  provinces  ; 
Bavaria  obtained  for  the  cession  of  this 
part  of  the  Tyrol,  besides  the  already 
mentioned  acquisitions,  the  old  Prussian 
principality  of  Bayreuth  and  Ratlisbonne, 
from  the  prince  Primate,  whose  state 
Napoleon  raised  to  the  grand-dukedom  of 
Frankfort,  and  enlarged  with  the  greater 
part  of  the  principality  of  Fulda,  and  the 
county  of  Warsaw. 

Previous  to  the   breaking  out  of  the 
40 


war  with  Austria,  the  provinces  of  Urbi- 
no,  Ancona,  Macerata,  and  Caraerino, 
had  been  united,  on  the  2nd  of  April, 
1808,  with  the  kingdom  of  Italy,  because 
the  pope  had  refused  to  exclude  the  Eng- 
lish from  the  ports  of  his  state.  Napo- 
leon, during  his  residence  at  Vienna, 
abolished  the  temporal  power  of  the 
pope,  on  the  17th  of  March,  1809,  and 
united  the  remaining  territories  of  the 
states  of  the  church  with  France,  to 
which  he  had  previously  united  Pied- 
mont, Liguria,  Tuscany,  and  Parma,  be- 
sides Savoy  and  Nice.  A  pension  was 
assigned  to  his  holiness  ;  and  the  city  of 
Rome  declared  an  imperial  and  free  city. 
The  pope  was  conducted  to  Fontainbleau, 
where  Napoleon  concluded  a  second  con- 
cordat with  him,  in  which,  though  the 
pope  did  not  resume  his  temporal  juris- 
diction, he  obtained  the  right  to  keep 
ambassadors  at  foreign  courts,  to  receive 
ambassadors,  and  to  appoint  several 
bishoprics. 

In  1812,  Russia  made  common  cause 
with  Great  Britain  in  opposing  the  con- 
tinental system  of  Napoleon.  The  em- 
peror left  Dresden  on  the  29th  of  May, 
for  the  purpose  of  joining  his  army  in 
Eastern  Prussia,  whilst  the  archbishop 
of  Mechlin  appeared  as  his  ambassador 
in  Warsaw,  where  the  re-establishment 
of  the  kingdom  of  Poland  was  formally 
proclaimed  on  the  28th  of  June,  six  days 
after  Napoleon  had  announced  the  open- 
ing of  the  second  Polish  war.  He  now- 
crossed  the  frontiers  of  Russia,  and  the 
Russian  armies  retreated  into  the  interior 
of  the  empire  without  offering  any  formi- 
dable resistance  to  his  advance,  except 
at  the  strongly  fortified  position  of  Smo- 
lensk, which  was  taken  by  storm  on  the 
17th  of  August,  after  a  brief  but  bloody 
struggle  ;  the  Russian  general,  Barclay 
de  Tolly,  firing  the  town  on  his  retreat. 

On  the  5th  of  September  the  French 
came  in  view  of  their  enemies,  posted  on 
heights  extending  southward  from  the 
village  of  Borodino.  Driving  them  from 
an  advanced  redoubt.  Napoleon  estab- 
lished his  line  opposite  to  theirs,  and 
prepared  for  a  battle  on  the  morrow.  He 
refused  to  manoeuvre  on  their  flanks,  or 
menace  to  intercept  them,  lest  such 
a  movement  should  bring  about  their  re- 


314 


FRANCE. 


treat,  and  put  oiF  the  engagement.  The 
French  army  was  about  120,000  strong; 
the  Russians  were  perhaps  more.  The 
6th  of  September  was  the  day  long  sought 
by  Napoleon.  He  was  on  horseback  be- 
fore <1  ay  break,  saw  the  sun  rise  in  splen- 
dor, like  that  of  Austerlitz.  Two  fresh 
arrivals  from  Paris  were  announced ;  the 
one  a  chamberlain,  with  a  portrait  of  the 
young  king  of  Rome  ;  the  other,  Fabvier, 
with  tidings  of  the  loss  of  the  battle 
of  Salamanca  by  Marmont.  Shaking  off 
the  ideas  excited  by  both,  Napoleon  is- 
sued a  short  address  : — "  Soldiers  !  here 
is  the  battle  you  have  so  much  desired. 
Victory  must  depend  on  you.  We  need 
one,  in  order  to  have  abundance,  good 
quarters,  and  a  speedy  return  to  France. 
Conduct  yourselves  as  at  Austerlitz  and 
Friedland.  Let  people  say  of  each  of 
you  with  pride — '  He  was  at  that  great 
battle  in  the  plains  of  Moscow.' " 

The  left  of  the  French,  under  the  vice- 
roy, was  at  Borodino,  beyond  the  stream  ; 
the  Russian  right  opposed  to  it  was  well 
fortified.  Prince  Eugene  was  ordered 
to  follow  this  example.  The  other  bo- 
dies of  the  Russians,  their  centre  and 
left,  under  Barclay  and  Bagration,  were 
also  fortified,  each  on  its  summit ;  Bar- 
clay by  a  large  re'Joubt,  Bagration  by 
several  batteries.  The  French,  as  usual, 
had  the  disadvantage  of  attacking.  The 
plan  of  Bonaparte  was  to  carry  first  the 
batteries  of  Bagration,  and  then  take  the 
great  central  redoubt  in  flank.  Accord- 
ingly the  action,  though  commenced  on 
all  points,  chiefly  lay  in  the  attack  of 
Davoust  upon  the  batteries.  It  was  gal- 
lantly supported,  and  as  gallantly  resisted. 
The  general  of  the  attacking  division, 
Campans,  was  wounded  ;  Rapp,  who  suc- 
ceeded him,  was  wounded  also ;  and 
Davoust  himself  hurt  by  the  fall  of  his 
horse,  which  was  killed  under  him.  The 
attack  on  the  right,  in  consequence,  fal- 
tered ;  but  victory  came  from  the  left, 
where  Napoleon  least  expected  it. 

The  viceroy  of  Italy,  Eugene  Beau- 
harnois,  instead  of  holding  back,  accord- 
ing to  his  orders,  pushed  forward  into 
Borodino,  got  possession  of  it,  and  im- 
proving his  advantage,  dashed  across  the 
river,  to  attack  the  great  redoubt.  The 
colmnn  of  Davoust  had,  in  the  mean  time, 


rallied ;  its  second  effort  drove  Bagration 
from  his  batteries  ;  his  soldiers  still  re- 
turned to  recover  them,  but  in  vain.  Their 
efforts,  however,  restored  confidence  to 
the  Russian  army.  Borodino  was  again 
menaced  by  Cossacks,  Eugene's  attempt 
upon  the  central  redoubt  repulsed,  and 
Bagration  himself  rallied  to  cover  Bar- 
clay's flank.  The  French  were  not  used 
to  meet  with  this  stubborn  resistance, 
these  alternations  of  fortune.  Again,  how- 
ever, they  returned  to  the  charge,  and 
what  Fain  calls  a  third  battle  was  fought 
towards  evening  on  the  contested  points. 
Finally,  the  Russians  were  beaten  from 
the  great  redoubt,  and  abandoned  the  field. 

The  battle  of  Moskwa,  or  Borodino, 
was  won  dearly.  Eight  generals  fell  on 
the  part  of  the  French.  The  heroic  Ba- 
gration killed,  was  a  loss  as  severe  lo 
the  Russians.  Moscow,  however,  was 
won.  Kutusoff  reluctantly  abandoned 
the  hope  of  defending  it, — consequently 
it  was  evacuated  by  the  inhabitants  who 
carried  with  them  their  most  valuable 
effects.  On  the  14th  of  September  the 
French  army  entered  it,  and  Napoleon 
took  up  his  residence  at  the  Kremlin,  the 
ancient  palace  of  the  czars. 

Two  days  afterwards,  flames  suddenly 
burst  forth  in  various  quarters  of  the  city ; 
the  conflagration  rapidly  spread,  and  all 
means  used  to  stop  it  were  unavailing ; 
in  the  issue  the  whole  city  was  reduced 
to  ashes,  and  the  French,  being  thus  de- 
prived of  all  the  means  of  subsistence  on 
which  they  had  depended,  commenced 
their  retreat,  after  having  made  proposals 
of  peace  to  the  czar,  which  were  not  ac- 
cepted. The  extraordinary  severity  and 
earliness  of  the  winter  destroyed  the  re- 
treating army,  although  they  struggled 
with  great  valor  against  the  pursuing 
Russians  in  several  fights,  and  particular- 
ly at  the  passage  of  the  Beresina,  on  the 
27th  of  November.  {See  Russia.) 

The  wreck  of  the  French  army  re- 
treated at  first  under  the  command  of  the 
king  of  Naples,  and  subsequently  under 
the  viceroy  of  Italy,  through  Prussia  and 
'Poland  into  Saxony.  Napoleon  himself 
hastened  with  a  small  suite  through 
Dresden  and  Mentz  towards  France, 
where  he  employed  the  winter  months  in 
raising  new  levies  of  troops,  with  which 


FRANCE. 


315 


he  appeared  towards  the  end  of  April  in 
Thuringia.  Tne  capitulation  of  general 
York,  who  commanded  the  Prussian  aux- 
iliary corps  upon  the  Vistula,  on  the  30th 
of  December,  1812,  to  the  van-guard  of 
the  corps  of  Wittgenstein,  before  any 
breach  of  alliance  had  occurred  between 
his  coimtryand  France,  materially  affect- 
ed the  issue  of  the  war.  In  this  capitu- 
lation general  Massenbach  joined  the 
following  day,  and  the  public  voice  in 
Prussia  loudly  demanded  war  with 
France.  On  the  23rd  of  January,  1813, 
the  king  of  Prussia  went  from  Berlin  to 
Breslau,  where  he  signed  the  treaty  of 
Kalisch,  and  entered  into  an  alliance 
with  Russia.  The  armies  of  these  newly 
united  powers  sustained  a  considerable 
loss  at  Lutzen  on  the  2nd  of  May,  and  at 
Bautzen  on  the  2 1  st  and  22nd,  in  engage- 
ments with  the  French,  upon  which  an 
armstice  of  ten  weeks  was  concluded. 
Although  Napoleon  had  now  recruited 
his  army,  and  effected  an  alliance  with 
Denmark — the  alliance  of  Austria  and 
Sweden  with  Russia  and  Prussia,  and 
the  unanimous  and  hearty  consent  with 
which  the  subjects  of  these  powers,  irri- 
tated by  the  bondage  in  which  they  had 
for  a  long  series  of  years  been  kept  by 
France,  seconded  the  efforts  of  their  gov- 
ernments, altogether  threw  such  a  physi- 
cal and  moral  preponderance  into  the 
scale  against  the  cause  of  the  French 
emperor,  that  even  the  successful  defence 
of  Dresden  on  the  27th  of  August,  and 
the  success  of  his  arms  at  Lowenberg, 
in  Silesia,  on  the  21st  of  August,  could 
not  save  his  army  from  the  successive  de- 
feats of  Grossbeeren  on  the  23rd,  of 
Katzbach  on  the  26th,  of  Culm  and  Nol- 
lendorf  on  the  30th  of  August,  of  Denne- 
witz  on  the  6th  of  September,  and  of 
Wittenberg,  on  the  30th  of  the  same 
month.  Having  united  his  forces  for  one 
tremendous  effort  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Leipsic,  Napoleon  was  defeated  in  an 
engagement  fought  during  the  16th,  17th, 
and  ISih  of  October,  and  compelled  to 
evacuate  that  town,  and  retreat  upon  the 
Rhine,  through  Thuringia,  followed  by 
the  allied  troops.  After  a  severe  struggle 
at  Hanau,  on  the  30th  of  October,  in 
which  the  Bavarians,  luider  the  command 
of  Prince  Wrede,  took  a  decisive  part 


against  the  French,  Napcleon   crossed 
the  Rhine. 

The  fortresses  occupied  by  the  French 
in  the  rear  of  the  allied   army  were  in- 
vested, while  the  main  armies  pressed 
forward,  and  the   isolated  French  corps 
were  driven  back  into  the  provinces  of 
the  Rhine,  Holland,  and  Belgium.     The 
advance  of  the  Prussian  general,  Bulow, 
into  the  Netherlands,  enabled  that  coun- 
try to  throw  off  the  French  yoke,  and  re- 
call the  prince  of  Orange  from  England, 
who  assumed  the  title  of  sovereign  prince. 
Wellington  now  crossed   the  Pyrenees, 
and  in  the  battle  of  the  Nieve,  on  the 
10th  and  13th  of  January,   1814,  trans- 
ferred the  war  to  the  French  soil,  while 
the  allies  defeated  the  French  armies  in 
their  own  country,  at  Bar  sur  Aube  in 
Champagne,    on    the   24th   of  January, 
I  1814.    Napoleon  had  the  advantage  over 
j  Blucher  at  Brienne  on  the  29th  of  Jan- 
uary, but  was  forced  to  retreat  at  La  Ro- 
'  chiere,  where  the  allies  had  concentrated 
j  their  forces.     He    now  retired  between 
I  the  Loire  and  the  Marne,  with  the  view 
I  of  covering  Paris  ;  and  it  was  not  with- 
I  out  difficulty  that  Blucher  succeeded  in 
penetrating  the  French  line.     Napoleon, 
however,    obtained    a    partial    success 
against  the  Russians  and  Wirtenbergers ; 
but   the  successful  advance  of  the  army 
of  the  north  under  Bulow  gave  a  favora- 
ble turn  to  the  affairs  of  the  allies.     Na- 
poleon by  his  mancEuvres  tried  to  trans- 
i  fer  the  war  to  the  rear  of  the  allied  ar- 
j  mies,  but  Marmont  retreated,  on  the  25th 
of  March,  after  the  fight  of  Fere-Cham- 
penoire  upon  Paris  ;  and  on  the  31st  of 
I  March  the  French  capital  surrendered  to 
•  the  allies. 

Alexander  now  declared,  in  the  name 
of  the  allied  sovereigns,  that  they  would 
:  not  negotiate  with  Napoleon  Bonaparte, 
i  nor  with  any  of  his  family  ;  that  they 
j  acknowledged  the  right  of  France  only 
to  the  territory  embraced  within  its  an- 
I  cient  limits  under  its  kings  ;  and,  finally, 
that  they  would  acknowledge  and  guar- 
antee the  government  which  the  French 
nation  should  adopt.  They  therefore 
invited  the  senate  to  establish  a  pro\ds- 
I  ional  government  for  the  administration 
j  of  the  country,  and  the  preparation  of  a 
1  constitution.     Accordingly  the  senate  as- 


316 


FRANCE. 


iMmlint;:  of  Louis  A'K/7/  at  Calais. 


seniblod,  April  1,  under  the  presidency 
of  Talleyrand,  whom,  with  lour  other 
members,  thoy  charged  with  the  provis- 
ionary  government.  On  the  next  day,  it 
declared  that  Napoleon  and  his  I'amily 
had  forfeited  the  throne  of  France.  The 
legislative  body  ratitied  this  decree,  which 
tlie  provisionary  government  published, 
and  soon  aller  made  kviown  the  recall  of 
Louis  XVHI,  to  the  throne  of  France. 
Meanwhile  Napoleon  had  resigned  the 
crown  unconditionally  in  favor  of  his  son 
at  Fontainbleau.  A  treaty  was  conclud- 
ed the  same  day  ceding  to  him  the  island 
of  Elba. 

The  Bourbons  were  restored  to  the 
throne  of  France  by  the  senate.  But  it 
is  verv  questionable  whether  the  nation 
received  them  with  joy. 

Louis  XVIII  landed  at  Calais  *  April 


*  With  Louis  landed  also  the  duchess  of  An- 
gouleine,  the  prince  of  Conde,  and  liis  son  the  duke 
of  Bourbon.  Upon  landing,  he  pressed  the  diicli- 
ess  of  Angouleme  to  his  breast,  and  said,  "  I  hold 
•gain  the  crown  of  my  ancestors.  If  it  were  of 
roses,  I  would  place  it  on  your  head,  as  it  is  of 
thorns,  it  is  for  me  to  wear  it."  The  memory 
of  his  landing  upon  French  ground  is  perpetuated 
by  a  Doric  column  of  marble  erected  at  Calais, 
and  the  trace  of  his  first  footsteps  is  carefully  pre- 
served in  brass. 


24,  and  entered  Paris,  May  3,  1814.  A 
plan  of  a  constitution  had  already  been 
adopted  by  the  senate,  April  5,  and  by 
the  legislative  body  on  the  following  day. 
This  fundamental  law  was  to  bo  confirm- 
ed by  Louis  XVIU.  before  ascending  the 
throne  ;  but  he  merely  issued  the  decla- 
ration of  St.  Ouen,  in  which,  as  king  of 
France  and  Navarre,  he  publicly  declar- 
ed his  adoption  of  the  princi[)h's  of  the 
new  constitution,  as  his  brother,  the 
count  d'Artois,  had  already  done  in  the 
character  of  lieutenant-general  of  the  king- 
dom ;  but  reserved  for  himself  the  right 
of  revising  the  document,  which  bore 
marks  of  the  haste  in  which  it  had  been 
drawn  up  by  the  senate. 

The  administration  of  Louis  excited 
the  discontent  of  the  French  people,  es- 
pecially of  the  Parisians,  who  could  not 
tolerate  the  restoration  of  the  ancient 
forms  and  principles.  In  this  state  of 
public  feeling,  nothing  could  be  more 
fatal  for  the  royal  government,  than  the 
sudden  re-appearance  of  Napoleon  at 
Cannes,  on  the  coast  of  France,  on  the 
1st  of  March,  1815. 

These  circumstances  explain  why, 
without  the  existence  of  an  actual  con- 
spiracy in  favor  of  Napoleon,  the  meas- 


FRANCE. 


317 


ures  taken  to  oppose  his  progress  were 
unsuccessful ;  why  the  army  and  a  great 
part  of  the  nation  declared  for  him  ;  and 
why,  after  a  march  of  eighteen  days, 
which  resembled  a  triumph,  he  was  able 
to  enter  Paris  without  shedding  a  drop 
of  blood.  The  king  and  his  partisans 
left  the  country.  Napoleon  immediately 
annulled  most  of  the  royal  ordinances, 
dissolved  the  two  chambers,  and  named 
a  new  ministry.  He  declared  that  he 
should  content  himself  with  the  limits  of 
France  as  settled  by  the  peace  of  Paris, 
and  that  he  would  establish  his  govern- 
ment on  liberal  principles.  But  he  could 
not  satisfy  the  expectations  of  the  differ- 
ent parties  ;  much  less  could  he  avert 
the  danger  of  a  new  war  with  Europe. 

As  soon  as  the  news  of  Napoleon's 
landing  in  France  was  received  at  Vien- 
na, the  ministers  of  all  the  allied  powers, 
who  were  assembled  in  congress  there, 
declared  Napoleon  the  enemy  and  dis- 
turber of  the  repose  of  the  world  ;  and 
that  the  powers  were  firmly  resolved  to 
employ  all  means,  and  unite  all  their  ef- 
forts, to  maintain  the  treaty  of  Paris. 
For  this  purpose,  Austria,  Russia,  Eng- 
land, and  Prussia,  concluded  (March  25) 
a  new  treaty,  on  the  basis  of  that  of 
Chaumont,  whereby  each  power  agreed 
to  bring  1 50,000  men  into  the  field  against 
Napoleon,  who,  on  Ids  part,  was  inde- 
fatigable in  making  preparations  for  war. 
At  the  same  time,  he  published  the  ad- 
ditional act  to  the  constitutions  of  the 
empire,  and  summoned  the  meeting  of 
the  Champ  de  Mai,  which  accepted  that 
act,  June  1. 

On  the  7th  of  June,  the  new  chambers 
met.  The  army  expressed  great  attach- 
ment to  him,  but  the  nation  was  less  con- 
fident. Ilis  greatest  difficulty  was  the 
want  of  supplies.  The  expedition  of 
Murat  against  Austria  (April,  1815)  frus- 
trated the  secret  negotiations  of  Napo- 
leon with  the  court  of  Vienna,  so  that 
war  was  unavoidable.  The  armies  of 
the  allies  formed  a  cordon  around  the 
frontiers  of  France,  extending  from  Os- 
tend  to  Switzerland,  and  beyond  it  to 
Italy.  Napoleon  with  his  main  army, 
advanced  to  meet  the  English  and  Prus- 
sians, under  Wellington  and  Blucher, 
who  were  approaching  from  the  Nether- 


I  lands.  After  some  skirmishes  with  the 
j  outposts  on  the  frontiers,  the  French  at- 
tacked the  Prussians  at  Thuin  on  the 
Sambre,  (June  15,)  and  drove  them  back. 
On  the  16th,  Napoleon  gained  a  victory 
over  the  Prussians,  in  the  plains  of 
Fleurus. 

In  consequence  of  the  retreat  of  the 
Prussians,  the  duke  of  Wellington  retir- 
ed on  Waterloo.  The  position  which 
he  occupied  was  good,  but  towards  the 
centre  it  had  various  weak  points.  It 
ran  from  the  Brussels  road  to  the  right, 
about  a  mile  and  a  half  in  length  ;  and 
then  turned  very  sharply  to  the  right, 
and  crossed  the  road  from  Nivelle  to 
Namur  ;  these  two  roads  cross  each 
other,  so  that  the  British  position  formed 
nearly  a  quarter  circle.  At  the  turn  of 
the  bottom  of  a  slope,  Avas  a  farm  and 
orchards,  called  Mount  St.  John,  which 
was  the  key  of  the  position,  and  the  front 
of  the  centre.  On  their  left,  the  British 
communicated  with  the  Prussians  at 
Wavre,  through  Ohaim. 

At  half  past  1 0  o'clock  in  the  forenoon 
of  the  1 8th,  Bonaparte  began  to  put  his 
troops  in  motion  ;  and,  about  an  hour 
afterwards,  one  of  his  corps  attacked  the 
country-house  on  the  right  of  the  British, 
where  the  Nassau  troops  were  posted  ; 
these  were  obliged  to  give  way  ;  but  the 
house  itself  was  so  well  defended,  that 
the  French  could  not  gain  possession  of 
it.  This  attack  on  the  right  of  the  Bri- 
tish centre,  Bonaparte  accompanied  with 
a  dreadful  fire  of  artillery  ;  under  the 
cover  of  which,  he  made  repeated  attacks 
of  cavalry  and  infantry,  sometimes  mixed, 
and  sometimes  separate,  from  the  centre 
to  the  right :  but  the  skill  of  the  duke  of 
Wellington,  and  the  admirable  moral 
courage  and  physical  strength  of  his 
troops,  were  unconquerable.  Agaiii.st 
one  of  these  attacks  of  the  French  cav- 
alry, General  Picton,  who  was  with  his 
division  on  the  road  from  Brussels  to 
Charleroi,  advanced  with  the  bayonet. 
The  French,  stnick  with  astonishment  at 
the  circumstance  of  infantry  advancing 
to  the  charge  of  cavalry,  fired,  and  then 
fled.  At  this  moment,  General  Picton 
!  was  unfortunately  killed.  The  English 
hfe  guards  next  advanced  against  the 
49th  aod  105th  regiments  of  French  in- 


318 


FRANCE. 


fantry  ;  to  their  support  the  cuirassiers 
came  up  :  the  most  sanguinary  cavalry 
fight  perhaps  ever  witnessed,  was  the  con- 
sequence ;  but  the  British  were  victori- 
ous, and  the  cuirassiers  were  annihilated. 

The  battle  had  now  lasted  above  five 
hours  ;  during  which  Bonaparte  had  lost 
an  immense  number  of  men,  by  his  des- 
perate charges,  without  being  able  to 
make  any  decisive  impression.  The 
duke  of  Wellington,  kept  his  troops  en- 
tirely on  the  defensive  ;  but  though  he 
thus  had  saved  their  strength  as  much  as 
possible,  yet  they  were  beginning  to  be 
exhausted,  and  he  frequently  turned  his 
anxious  and  vigilant  eye  to  that  quarter 
where  he  expected  the  Prussians  to 
arrive. 

At  break  of  day,  the  Prussian  anny 
had  began  to  move  ;  the  2d  and  4th  corps 
marched  to  take  up  a  position  whence 
they  might  attack  the  French  on  the  rear, 
if  circumstances  proved  favorable.  The 
1st  corps  was  to  operate  on  the  right 
flank  of  the  French  ;  and  the  3d  corps 
was  to  follow  slowly  in  order.  About  5 
o'clock,  Bonaparte  perceived  the  advance 
of  part  of  the  Prussian  army,  which  at 
first  he  seems  to  have  supposed  to  have 
been  the  division  of  his  own  army  under 
Marshal  Grouchy,  who  had  been  posted 
on  the  rear  of  the  allies  to  take  advan- 
tage of  their  anticipated  defeat.  As  soon, 
however,  as  he  ascertained  that  it  was 
the  Prussians,  he  repeated  his  attacks 
with  cavalry  and  infantry,  supported  by 
artillery,  in  a  more  desperate  and  mur- 
derous manner  than  ever  ;  but  the  British 
were  immoveable.  At  last,  about  seven 
in  the  evening,  he  made  a  last  eflbrt,  put- 
ting himself  at  the  head  of  his  guards. 
He  succeeded  for  a  moment  in  driving 
back  the  Brunswickers  ;  but  the  duke  of 
Wellington,  putting  himself  at  their  head, 
and  animating  them  by  a  short  speech, 
restored  the  combat.  At  this  critical 
moment,  the  Prussians  came  up  :  Gen- 
eral Bulow  advanced  rapidly  on  the  rear 
of  the  right  wing  of  the  French  ;  and 
Marshal  Blucher  had  joined  in  person 
with  a  corps  of  his  army  to  the  left  of 
the  British  army,  by  Ohaim.  The  duke 
of  Wellington  headed  the  foot-guards  ; 
spoke  a  few  words  to  them,  which  were 
replied  to  by  a  general  hurrah  ;  and  his 


grace  guiding  them  on  with  his  hat,  they 
marched  at  the  point  of  the  bayonet,  to 
close  action  with  the  imperial  guard  ; 
but  the  latter  began  a  retreat,  in  which 
they  were  imitated  by  the  whole  French 
army.  The  British,  completely  exhaust- 
ed, left  the  pursuit  to  the  Prussians,  who, 
coming  fresh  to  battle,  soon  changed  the 
retreat  of  the  French  into  a  rout,  the  most 
destructive,  perhaps,  ever  known.  In 
this  battle,  nearly  300  pieces  of  cannon 
were  taken,  and  upwards  of  14,000  pris- 
oners. The  loss  of  the  French  in  kill- 
ed, especially  on  the  16th,  when  the 
Prussians  neither  gave  nor  received  quar- 
ter, was  immense  ;  on  the  16th  and  18th, 
it  could  not  have  amounted  to  less  than 
40,000  men.  On  the  16th,  the  Prussians 
lost  about  16,000  men;  and  on  the  18th, 
the  duke  of  Wellington's  army  about 
13,000. 

As  Napoleon  saw  that  France  was 
lost  to  him,  he  resigned  the  crown,  on 
the  22nd  of  June,  in  a  proclamation  to 
the  French  nation,  and  at  the  same  time 
declared  his  son  emperor,  under  the  title 
of  Napoleon  II.  A  provisional  govern- 
ment, at  the  head  of  which  was  Fouche, 
was  vested  with  the  administration  of  the 
state.  Napoleon  left  the  capital,  and 
surrendered  himself  to  the  power  of  Great 
Britain. 

The  army  of  the  allies  had,  in  the 
meantime,  arrived  at  Paris,  where  on  the 
3rd  of  July,  a  military  convention  was 
concluded  by  Blucher  and  Wellington, 
with  marshal  Davoust,  according  to  the 
articles  of  which,  the  French  army  retir- 
ed behind  the  Loire,  and  Paris  was  sur- 
rendered to  the  troops  of  the  allies.  On 
the  6th  they  entered  Paris  ;  and,  on  the 
following  day,  Louis  XVIIl,  a  second 
time  took  possession  of  his  throne.  A 
new  chamber  of  deputies  was  now  con- 
voked, the  French  army  behind  the  Loire 
was  disbanded,  and  an  order  was  issued 
for  the  formation  of  a  new  army.  Severe 
measures  were  adopted  against  the  ad- 
herents of  Napoleon.  After  much  nego- 
tiation, the  treaty  of  Paris  was  concluded 
between  the  allies  and  Louis  XVIII, 
on  the  following  conditions  : — the  limits 
of  France  was  to  remain  as  in  1790  ; 
France  was  to  surrender  four  fortresses ; 
the  duchy  of  Bouillon ;  that  part  of  the 


FRANCE. 


319 


depavment  of  the  Lower  Rhine  situated 
on  the  left  bank  of  the  Lauter  ;  a  part  of 
the  district  of  Gex  ;  and  the  part  of  Sa- 
voy which  had  been  left  to  France  in 
1814;  in  all,  434,000  inhabitants.  She 
was  bound  not  to  erect  any  fortress  within 
three  leagTies  of  Basle,  in  the  place  of 
the  fortifications  of  Hiiningen,  which  had 
been  demolished  immediately  after  its 
surrender  ;  renounced  her  claims  to  the 
principality  of  Monaco ;  agreed  to  pay 
to  the  aUies  a  contribution  of  700,000,000 
francs  ;  to  give  up  seventeen  citadels  for 
from  three  to  five  years,  and  to  support 
150,000  troops  of  the  allies  within  her 
frontier^. 

The  French  government  was  further 
bound  to  satisfy  the  lawful  claims  of  in- 
dividuals, corporations,  or  institutions,  in 
the  countries  of  the  allies,  and  to  restore 
ail  the  treasures  of  literature  and  art, 
which  the  French  had  carried  off  from 
conquered  countries.  The  last  article 
was  executed  while  the  foreign  troops 
were  in  Paris.  Finally,  P'rance  agreed 
to  abolish  the  slave-trade  unconditionally. 

This  treaty  was  signed  by  Richelieu, 
the  president  of  the  new  ministry,  ap- 
pointed in  September,  1815.  The  law 
of  the  29lh  of  October,  1815,  granted  to 
the  government  the  extraordinary  power 
of  confining  all  persons  suspected  of  de- 
signs against  the  king  and  the  state, 
without  previous  conviction  by  a  judicial 
tribunal,  and  often  without  publicity. 
Finally,  the  two  chambers  passed  the 
law  of  amnesty  proposed  by  the  king, 
(January  6,  1816,)  by  which  all  those 
who  had  voted  for  the  death  of  Louis 
XVI,  or  had  accepted  ofiices  from  Na- 
poleon during  the  hundred  days,  were 
for  ever  banished  from  the  kingdom. 

Though  the  Bourbons  endeavored  to 
build  up  an  aristocratical  and  absolute 
monarchy,  many  of  their  measures  had 
a  contrary  effect.  The  nobles  had  ceas- 
ed, in  France,  to  form  an  aristocracy. 
Their  great  numbers  and  little  wealth ; 
the  mixture  of  political  elements  they 
presented^ — the  noblesse  of  the  ancien 
regime  and  of  the  imperial  dynasty,  the 
one  the  offspring  of  feudalism,  the  other 
of  the  revolution — the  soldier  of  Conde, 
and  the  officer  of  the  republican  army 
who  encountered  him  in  the  field  ;  their 


total  want  of  any  political  privileges  ; 
these,  with  some  other  circumstances, 
had  left  the  noblesse  entirely  without 
consequence.  Even  the  peers  at  the 
present  period,  do  not  contain  many  aris- 
tocratical elements.  As  they  are  with- 
out the  immense  wealth  and  patronage 
of  the  British  peerage,  they  exercise  lit- 
tle influence ;  and  they  follow,  rather 
than  lead,  the  nation.  One  of  the  meas- 
ures of  the  late  dynasty,  which  had  re- 
coiled upon  themselves,  was  the  allowing 
only  those  to  vote,  and  to  be  eligible  to 
office,  who  paid  the  highest  taxes.  As 
the  nobility  were  not  rich,  it  very  often 
happened  that  barons  and  counts  could 
neither  be  eligible  nor  even  electors, 
while  rich  manufacturers,  bankers,  &c, 
enjoyed  these  privileges.  Those  very 
persons  whom  it  was  the  great  object  of 
the  government  to  exclude  from  the  legis- 
lature, were  the  persons  who  paid  the 
highest  taxes,  and,  consequently,  were 
electors,  and  frequently  were  elected. 
The  Bourbons  did  not  understand  France, 
and  had  gradually  alienated  the  nation  ; 
the  latter  knew  the  sentiments  of  the 
Bourbons  ;  they  knew  what  they  had  to 
expect  from  the  new  ministry,  and  were 
determined,  from  the  beginning,  not  to 
tolerate  their  illegal  projects. 

The  political  history  of  the  year  1830, 
commenced,  March  2,  by  a  speech  from 
the  throne,  which  announced  that  war 
had  been  declared  against  Algiers  on  ac- 
count of  the  insults  oflered  to  the  French 
flag  (the  dey  had  also  struck  the  French 
consul  at  a  public  audience,  on  receiving 
an  answer  in  the  affirmative  to  his  ques- 
tion whether  the  debt  due  from  France 
to  Algiers,  had  been  settled) ;  that  active 
negotiations  were  on  foot  to  effect  a  re- 
concihation  between  the  members  of  the 
Braganza  family ;  and  that  the  revenue 
of  1829,  though  less  than  that  of  the 
preceding  year,  exceed  the  estimates  of 
the  budget.  The  speech  ended  with  the 
following  words  :  "  Peers  of  France, 
deputies  of  the  departments,  I  do  not 
doubt  your  co-operation  in  the  good  I  de- 
sire to  do.  You  will  repel,  with  con- 
tempt, the  perfidious  insinuations  which 
malevolence  is  busy  in  propagating.  If 
guilty  intrigues  should  throw  any  obsta- 
cles   in    the    way  of  my   government. 


320 


FRANCE. 


which  I  cannot  and  will  not  anticipate,  I 
I  should  find  force  to  overcome  them,  in 
my  resolution  to  preserve  the  public 
peace,  in  the  just  confidence  I  have  in 
the  French  nation,  and  in  the  love  which 
they  have  always  evinced  for  their  kings." 

The  funds  fell  as  soon  as  the  speech 
was  made  public.  There  was  a  consid- 
erably majority  in  the  chamber  of  depu- 
ties against  the  ministers.  Royer-Col- 
lard  was  re-elected  president.  On  the 
18th  of  March,  the  usual  deputation  of 
the  chamber,  with  the  president  at  their 
head,  presented  to  the  king  the  answer  of 
the  chamber.  The  address  declared,  in 
a  frank,  but  respectful  tone,  that  a  con- 
currence did  not  exist  between  the  views 
of  the  government  and  the  wishes  of  the 
nation  ;  that  the  administration  was  ac- 
tuated by  a  distrust  of  the  nation ;  and 
that  the  nation,  on  the  other  hand,  was 
agitated  with  apprehensions  which  would 
become  fatal  to  its  prosperity  and  its  re- 
pose. "  Sire,"  continued  the  address, 
"  France  does  not  wish  for  anarchy  any 
more  than  you  wish  for  despotism." 
Never  was  a  more  firm  yet  prudent  warn- 
ing given  to  a  king.  The  king  replied, 
by  expressing  his  regret  that  the  concur- 
rence which  he  had  a  right  to  expect 
from  the  deputies  of  the  departments,  did 
not  exist ;  he  declared  that  his  resolu- 
tion was  fixed,  and  that  the  ministers 
would  make  known  his  intentions.  The 
peers  had  answered  on  the  10th,  by  a 
mere  echo  of  the  speech  from  the  throne. 
Chateaubriand's  address  on  this  speech 
was  a  bold  attack  on  the  ministers.  The 
two  chambers  were  immediately  con- 
voked for  the  next  day,  (the  19th,)  to 
receive  a  communication  from  the  gov- 
ernment, when  the  chambers  v/ere  de- 
clared to  be  prorogued  until  September 
1,  the  same  year, — a  measure  which 
produced  great  excitement  throughout 
France. 

The  journals  became  more  active  than 
ever.  The  Jesuitical  and  royalist  journals 
exulted  in  the  measure,  and  praised  the 
ministry  for  its  firmness,  whilst  the  liber- 
al papers  began  to  predict  the  events 
which  have  since  taken  place.  They 
were  conducted,  in  general,  with  great 
decorum,  whilst  the  ministerial  journals 
were  filled  with  abuse  and  reproaches  of 


their  opponents,  whom  they  denounced 
as  traitors  and  enemies  of  the  throne. 
To  the  hatred  of  the  liberals  against  Fo- 
lignac  and  his  colleagues  was  added  con- 
tempt for  his  imbecility.  A  society  was 
formed  in  Paris  for  the  purpose  of  print- 
ing journals  in  such  departments  and  dis- 
tricts as  were  destitute  of  them,  and  re- 
moving the  impediments  to  their  publi- 
cation occasioned  by  the  refusal  of  prin- 
ters to  lend  their  presses  to  papers  op- 
posed to  the  measures  of  govenmient. 
In  Britany,  an  association  was  formed 
to  refuse  the  payment  of  taxes  not  regu- 
larly granted  by  the  chamber  of  dep- 
uties. 

The  members  of  this  association 
agreed  to  assist  each  other  in  case  of 
prosecution.  The  association  was  de- 
nounced, but  was  acquitted  by  the  cour 
royale  at  Paris.  221  deputies  had  voted 
for  the  answer  to  the  king's  speech,  and 
181  against  it.  The  names  of  221  Avere 
printed  in  hand  bills  ;  the  number  221 
were  seen  on  snuff-boxes,  &c,  and  un 
des  221  soon  became  an  honorable  title. 
Benjamin  Constant,  however,  declared 
himself,  in  the  Gazette  de  France,  against 
the  answer.  Government  prohibited  the 
sale  of  snuff-boxes,  &c,  and  published 
a  list  of  prefects,  dismissed  or  transfer- 
red to  other  departments  ;  purified,  as 
the  ministerials  called  it,  all  branches  of 
the  administration  ;  appointed  many  of 
the  most  servile  partisans  judges,  prose- 
cuted the  journals,  and  men  of  letters, 
many  of  whom  were  national  favorites, 
and  continued,  though  in  the  minority,  to 
treat  their  opponents  as  traitors,  and  de- 
liberately insulted  the  nation. 

April  1,  coimt  Villele  had  a  long  inter- 
view with  the  king,  and  the  papers  as- 
serted that  negotiations  were  on  foot  to 
recall  him  to  the  ministry.  Prince  Po- 
ligTiac  seemed  to  have  become  more 
violent  in  proportion  to  his  weakness  ; 
and  it  Avould  seem  as  if  schemes  of  ven- 
geance had  mingled  with  his  absurd  ideas 
of  governing  France.  The  anniversary 
of  the  entry  of  Charles  X,  (then  count 
d'Artois,)  into  Paris,  in  1814,  was  celebra- 
ted, April  13.  All  the  public  bodies  made 
flattering  speeches,  and  received  gracious 
answers,  and  all  the  pageantry  of  mon- 
archy, though  of  a  very  different  com- 


FRANCE. 


321 


plexion  from  what  was  soon  to  follow, 
was  displayed. 

We  have  already  mentioned  the  diffi- 
culties which  existed  between  the  king 
of  P^rance  and  the  dey  of  Algiers,  and 
the  intimation,  in  the  king's  speech,  of  his 
determination  to  take  effectual  measures 
on  this  point.  A  war  with  Algiers  was 
in  every  shape  agreeable  to  the  adminis- 
tration. The  same  reason,  which  was 
one  of  the  inducements  to  the  war  with 
Spain,  the  desire  of  making  the  army 
familiar  with  the  name  of  the  Bourbons 
and  the  drapeau  Mane,  still  existed.  But 
there  were  other  reasons  which  rendered 
a  war  with  reasonable  probability  of  suc- 
cess, particularly  desirable  for  the  minis- 
try at  this  moment.  It  enabled  them  to 
assemble  an  army,  which,  in  case  of 
necessity,  might  be  used  at  home,  and 
even  if  it  were  absent  at  Algiers,  the 
military  preparations  might  be  useful  for 
their  purposes.  They  hoped  that  a  war 
of  this  kind  would  divert  the  public  at- 
tention, and  victory  would  at  once  render 
them  popular  with  a  nation  so  enthusias- 
tically fond  of  military  glory.  In  both 
calculations  the  ministry,  as  we  shall  see, 
were  grievously  mistaken.  Count  Bour- 
mont,  the  minister  of  war,  was  appointed 
commander-in-chief  of  the  expedition, 
and  admiral  Duperre  the  commander  of 
the  fleet.  April  20,  1830,  the  Moniteur 
stated  the  reasons  for  the  war  to  be,  that 
the  dey  had  raised  the  ancient  tribute  of 
17,000  francs  per  annum  to  60,000,  and 
finally  to  200,000  francs  ;  that,  though 
this  sum  was  duly  paid  from  1820  to  1826, 
the  dey  had  been  unfavorable  to  the  in- 
terests of  the  French  nation,  insulted  the 
French  flag,  and  struck  the  French  con- 
sul, &c.  May  10,  the  army  consisting 
of  37,577  infantry  and  4,000  horse,  em- 
barked at  Toulon,  and  the  fleet,  consist- 
ing of  ninety-seven  vessels,  of  which 
eleven  were  ships  of  the  line  and  twenty- 
four  frigates,  set  sail.  June  14,  at  four 
o'clock,  the  army  began  to  disembark  at 
Sidi  Ferrajh,  on  the  coast  of  Africa. 

May  17,  the  royal  ordinance  dissolv- 
ing the  chamber  appeared  in  the  Moni- 
teur. At  the  same  time,  new  elections 
were  ordered,  and  the  two  chambers 
convoked  for  August  3.  The  Moniteur 
of  June  15,  contained  a  proclamation  of 
41 


the  king,  in  which  he  called  upon  all 
Frenchmen  to  do  their  duty  in  the  col- 
leges, to  rely  upon  his  constitutional  in- 
tentions, &c.  In  this  proclamation  are 
these  remarkable  words  ; — "  As  the  father 
of  my  people,  my  heart  was  grieved  ;  as 
king,  I  felt  insulted.  I  pronounced  the 
dissolution  of  that  chamber."  It  ends 
I  thus — "  Electors,  hasten  to  your  colleges. 
Let  no  reprehensible  negligence  deprive 
them  of  your  presence  !  Let  one  senti- 
!  ment  animate  you  all  ;  let  one  standard 
[  be  your  rallying  point !  It  is  your  king 
j  who  demands  this  of  you ;  it  is  a  father 
I  who  calls  upon  you.  Fulfil  your  duties, 
j  I  will  take  care  to  fulfil  mine."  The 
j  elections  for  the  new  chamber  took  place 
in  the  latter  part  of  June  and  in  July. 
The  activity  and  talent  displayed  in  the 
opposition  papers  during  this  struggle 
were  admirable.  Though  the  success  of 
the  army  in  Algiers  became  known  during 
the  electoral  struggle  at  home,  and  though 
all  parties  exulted  in  the  success  of  the 
French  arms,  it  appears  that  the  ministry 
gained  no  popularity  by  it.  All  the  re- 
turns of  the  new  elections,  indicated  a 
strong  majority  against  the  ministry,  so 
that,  in  the  beginning  of  July,  intelli- 
gent men  spoke  of  a  change  of  the  min- 
istry as  a  natural  consequence,  and  the 
funds  rose ;  but  the  infatuated  ministry 
had  determined  otherwise.  It  preferred 
to  attack  the  charter,  violate  the  social 
contract,  and  expose  France  to  a  civil 
war,  rather  than  to  yield.  The  ministerial 
papers  now  began  to  assert  that,  after  the 
enemies  in  Africa  were  subdued,  those 
at  home  remained  to  be  conquered. 
They  began  to  utter  the  phrase  coup 
d'etat,  which  several  papers,  under  the 
more  direct  influence  of  the  clergy,  actu- 
ally demanded.  During  this  time  the 
king  and  queen  of  Naples  visited  Paris, 
and  many  festivals  took  place,  strongly 
in  contrast  with  the  state  of  political 
affairs.  The  king  also  ordered  Te 
Deum  to  be  sung  in  all  churches  of  the 
kingdom  for  the  victory  of  his  army  in 
Africa,  the  news  of  which  reached  Paris 
(July  9)  four  days  after  the  capture  of 
Algiers.     The  capital  was  illuminated. 

In  several  departments  numerous  con- 
flagrations had  taken  place,  which  were 
evidently  the  work  of  incendiaries.    Ma- 


322 


FRANCE. 


ny  people,  whether  reasonably  or  not, 
believed  these  atrocities  lo  have  been 
perpetrated  by  the  instigation  of  the  min- 
istry. This  appears  from  the  cries  of 
the  populace,  when  prince  Polignac  was 
arrested — "  This  is  the  monster  who  has 
burned  our  houses.  Hang  him,  Hang 
him  !" 

Of  the  221  who  voted  for  the  answer 
of  the  chamber,  220  were  re-elected. 
The  liberals  in  the  new  chamber  were 
270,  the  ministerial  members  145,  and 
fifteen  were  undecided.  In  consequence 
of  this  result,  the  ministers  made  a  "  re- 
port to  the  king,"  setting  forth  at  length 
the  dangers  of  a  free  press,  of  which 
they  say,  "  At  all  epochs,  the  periodical 
press  has  only  been,  and  from  its  nature 
must  ever  be,  an  instrument  of  disorder 
and  sedition  ;"  and  calling  upon  the  king 
to  suspend  the  liberty  of  the  press,  a 
measure  authorised,  as  they  asserted,  by 
the  fourteenth  article  of  the  charter, 
which  declares  that  the  king  has  the 
power  to  make  all  regulations  and  ordi- 
nances for  the  execution  of  the  laws  and 
the  safety  of  the  state.  "  The  state," 
they  said,  "  is  in  danger,  and  your  ma- 
jesty has  the  right  to  provide  for  its 
safety.  No  government  can  stand,  if  it 
has  not  the  right  to  provide  for  its  own 
safety  ;  besides,  the  eighth  article  of  the 
charter  only  gives  every  Frenchman  the 
right  of  publishing  his  own  opinions,  but 
not,  as  the  journals  do,  the  opinions  of 
others  ;  the  charter  does  not  expressl)^ 
allow  journals  and  the  liberty  of  the 
press.  The  journals  misrepresent  the 
best  intentions  of  government ;  and  the 
liberty  of  the  press  produces  the  very 
contrary  of  publicity,  because  ill-inten- 
tioned writers  misconstrue  every  thing, 
and  the  public  never  knows  the  truth." 

This  report,  to  which  its  consequences 
have  given  a  considerable  degree  of  his- 
torical importance,  is  one  of  the  shallow- 
est and  most  preposterous  state  papers  on 
record.  It  combines  the  most  unconsti- 
tutional principles  wdth  miserable  sophis- 
try and  the  verbiage  of  despotism.  The 
Polignac  ministry  had  resolved  to  violate 
the  constitution,  and  wanted  talents  to 
play  the  despot.  History  proves  that 
nothing  is  so  violent  and  so  blind  as 
bigotry,  religious  or  political  ;  and  this 


was  the  characteristic  of  the  whole  par- 
ty, priests  and  laymen,  who  supported  or 
rather  instigated  Polignac. 

Meetings  of  opident  citizens  were  now 
held  for  the  purpose  of  considering  what 
course  to  pursue  ;  and  they  resolved  not 
to  pay  the  current  taxes,  lest  the  money 
should  be  applied  to  the  final  subjugation 
of  the  chamber  of  deputies  and  the  pe- 
riodical press.  The  Bourse  or  Exchange 
was  crowded  to  excess.  In  every  face 
their  Avas  either  stupefacticm  or  alarm. 
There  were  at  this  time  in  Paris  the  de- 
puties representing  the  electors  of  the 
city,  and  some  of  the  deputies  from  other 
parts  of  the  kingdom.  They  assembled, 
to  the  number  of  thirty-two,  and  deliber- 
ated at  the  house  of  the  deputy,  M.  La- 
fitte,  the  banker.  A  number  of  constitu- 
tional peers  hastily  met  at  the  duke  de 
Choiseul's.  At  each  of  these  meetings 
it  was  resolved  not  to  submit.  The  peers 
signed  a  protest,  and  sent  it  by  a  deputa- 
tion to  the  king,  who  refused  to  receive 
it.  This  rejection  strengthened  the  re- 
solution of  the  deputies,  and  forty  cou- 
riers were  sent  with  despatches  to  towns 
and  villages  Avithin  one  hundred  miles 
of  the  metropolis,  representing  the  out- 
rageous conduct  of  the  government,  and 
urging  the  inhabitants  to  co-operate  with 
the  Parisians  in  a  determined  stand  for 
the  liberties  of  France. 

In  the  meantime  the  government  was 
on  the  alert,  and  sent  a  general  officer  to 
Grenelle,  and  another  to  Anglers,  for  mil- 
itary purposes.  The  military  command 
of  Paris  was  intrusted  to  the  marshal 
duke  of  Ragusa  (Marmont).  Troops 
were  ordered  in  from  the  barracks  with- 
in fifty  miles  around  ;  and  the  guards  in 
the  city  were  doubled.  Towards  the 
evening,  bodies  of  gendarmerie  were 
stationed  about  the  Bourse,  and  on  the 
Boulevards.  In  consequence  of  the  bank 
refusing  to  discount  bills,  the  manufac- 
turers perceived  it  had  not  confidence  in 
the  government,  and  they  immediately 
discharged  their  workmen.  These  arti- 
sans congregated  in  the  difTerent  streets 
and  reported  what  had  happened  to  list- 
ening throngs.  Lovers  of  news  rushed 
to  the  offices  of  journals  which  contained 
second  editions,  with  the  obnoxious  ordi- 
nances.    The  ministers  were  not  willing 


FRANCE. 


323 


that  a  knowledge  of  their  own  acts?  should 
extend  to  the  provinces.  Most  of  the 
papers  put  into  the  post-office  were  with- 
held, and  the  prefect  of  the  police,  M. 
Maugin,  issued  the   annexed  ordinance. 

"  We,  Prefect  of  Police,  &c,  seeing 
the  ordinance  of  the  King,  dated  the 
25th  inst.,  which  puts  again  in  force  ar- 
ticles 1,  2  and  9,  of  the  law  of  the  21st 
October,  1814,  &c,  have  ordained,  and 
ordain  as  follows  : — 

"Art.  1.  Every  individual  who  shall 
distribute  printed  writings,  on  which  there 
shall  not  be  the  true  indication  of  the 
names,  profession,  and  residence  of  the 
author  and  of  the  printer,  or  who  shall 
give  to  the  public  the  same  writings  to 
read,  shall  be  brought  before  the  commis- 
sary of  police  of  the  quarter,  and  the 
writings  shall  be  seized. 

"  2.  Every  individual  keeping  a  read- 
ing-room, coffee-house,  &c,  who  shall 
give  to  be  read  journals,  or  other  writings, 
printed  contrary  to  the  ordinance  of  the 
king  of  the  25th  inst.,  relative  to  the 
press,  shall  be  prosecuted  as  guilty  of 
the  misdemeanors  which  these  journals 
or  writings  may  constitute,  and  his  es- 
tablishment shall  be  provisionally  closed. 

"  3.  The  present  ordinance  shall  be 
printed,  published,  and  posted  up. 

"  4.  The  commissary  chief  of  munici- 
pal police,  the  commissaries  of  police, 
shall  be  enjoined  to  see  the  execution  of 
it.  It  shall  be  addressed  to  the  colonel 
of  the  city  of  Paris,  commander  of  the 
royal  gendarmerie,  to  cause  the  execu- 
tion of  it  as  far  as  he  is  concerned." 

This  ordinance,  which  was  posted  on 
the  walls  in  all  parts  of  the  city,  height- 
ened the  general  discontent.  It  was 
plain  there  were  to  be  fewer  papers,  and 
each  with  only  such  a  small  amoimt  of 
adulterated  intelligence  as  Prince  Polig- 
nac  and  his  confederates  should  sanction. 
Newspapers  v/ith  a  Frenchman's  coffee 
in  the  morning  are  essential  to  his  exist- 
ence. He  neither  does,  nor  can  he  do, 
without  them.  M.  Maugin's  ordinance 
was  honored  with  as  much  contempt  as 
the  ordinance  of  Polignac  and  the  other 
members  of  the  government.  The  offi- 
cers of  this  functionary  cleared  the  cof- 
fee-houses and  reading-rooms  of  visiters, 
and  shut  up  these  and  other  places  of  re- 


sort for  amusement  or  refreshment. 
By  order  of  the  police,  the  theatres  were 
closed.  These  precautionary  measures 
were  by  no  means  effective.  The  gov- 
ernment spies  prowled  in  redoubled  num- 
bers, and  were  enabled  to  inform  their  em- 
ployers that  all  Paris  was  in  a  state  of 
high  sedition. 

In  the  course  of  the  day  the  gendar- 
merie were  objects  of  popular  dislike, 
which  was  chiefly  manifested  by  words. 
Several  shops  and  public  buildings  were 
closed  ;  and,  much  earlier  than  was  cus- 
tomary, ail  the  shops  in  the  Palais  Royal 
were  shut  up.  Young  men,  chiefly  the 
sons  of  tradesmen,  paraded  the  streets 
with  walking  sticks  containing  small 
swords,  which  they  drew  occasionally 
and  flourished  in  the  air,  at  the  same 
time  uttering  loud  cries  of  "  Vive  la 
Charte."  Charles  X  came  privately  to 
Paris,  and  slept  at  the  duchess  de  Her- 
ri's ;  while  many  of  the  Parisians  passed 
the  night  in  devising  means  for  opposing 
the  arbitrary  domination  he  had  assumed. 

About  noon,  on  Tuesday,  the  police 
and  a  large  force  of  gendarmes,  mounted 
and  on  foot,  appeared  before  the  office  of 
a  very  popular  journal,  called  the  Na- 
tionnel.  They  found  the  door  fast  closed  ; 
and  being  refused  entrance,  broke  in, 
seized  the  types,  and  carried  the  redac- 
teur-en-chef  to  prison,  leaving  five  mount- 
ed gendarmes  to  blockade  the  entrance 
of  the  street.  The  same  force  proceed- 
ed to  the  office  of  the  Temps,  another 
popular  newspaper,  where,  the  door  being 
blockaded  and  admission  denied,  a  smith 
was  sent  for  to  break  it  open,  but  he  re- 
fused to  act.  Another  smith  was  pro- 
cured, who  picked  the  lock  and  opened 
the  door.  Still  there  was  no  entrance  ; 
for  the  door-way  within  was  barricaded, 
and  a  body  of  printers  inside  vowed  to 
defend  the  blockaded  pass,  and  the  press, 
with  their  lives.  The  commissaries  of 
police,  however,  by  some  means  got  in, 
and  seized  the  papers  that  remained  and 
the  types. 

A  deputation  of  peers  left  Paris  for  St. 
Cloud  ;  but  the  court  had  taken  a  head- 
long course,  and  perversely  determined 
on  enforcing  its  mandates.  The  deputies 
assembled,  and  were  understood  to  have 
unanimously  resolved,  that  the  ministers 


324 


FRANCE. 


having  placed  themselves  out  of  the  pale 
of  the  law,  the  people  would  be  justified 
in  refusing  payment  of  the  taxes ;  and 
that  all  the  deputies  should  be  summoned 
to  meet  on  the  3rd  of  August,  the  day 
first  appointed  for  their  convocation.  By 
twelve  o'clock,  there  were,  at  least,  5000 
people  in  the  Palais  Royal.  The  multi- 
tude was  increased  by  printers  thrown 
out  of  employment  from  the  suppression 
of  the  journals,  and  by  workmen  dis- 
missed from  the  manufactories.  The 
ferment  rapidly  heightened,  especially 
among  groups  of  electors  of  12/.  a  year, 
whom  the  ordinances  disfranchised,  who 
listened  to  harangues  from  speakers  : 
mounted  on  chairs. 

All  work  was  now  abandoned,  every 
manufactory  closed,  and  detachments  of 
artisans  with  large  sticks  traversed  the  j 
streets.  Troops  of  gendarmes  patrolled  i 
the  streets  at  full  gallop  to  disperse  the  j 
accumulating  crowds.  The  people  were  ! 
silent,  and  at  an  early  hour  the  shops 
throughout  Paris  were  closed.  Troops 
of  the  royal  guard  and  soldiers  of  the 
line  came  pouring  in.  The  people  look- 
ed sullen  and  determined.  The  chief 
points  of  rendezvous  were  the  Palais 
Royal,  the  Palais  de  Justice,  and  the 
Bourse.  There  were  simultaneous  cries 
of  "  Vive  la  Charte  .'" — "  Down  with  the 
absolute  king  !" — but  no  conversation — 
no  exchange  of  words  with  each  other. 
The  king  was  at  the  Tuilleries.  In  the 
Place  Carousel  there  was  a  station  of 
several  thousands  of  the  military,  includ- 
ing the  lancers  of  the  royal  guard,  with 
a  great  number  of  cannon.  At  the  Place 
Vendome  a  strong  guard  of  infantry  was 
stationed  around  the  column,  to  guard 
the  ensigns  of  royalty  upon  it  from  being 
defaced.  Crowds  of  people  assembled 
on  the  spot  and  menaced  the  troops. 

On  Wednesday  morning,  July  28,  the 
shops  of  Paris  were  closely  shut,  and 
the  windows  fastened  and  barred,  as  if 
the  inhabitants  of  the  city  were  in 
mourning  for  the  dead,  or  in  apprehen- 
sion of  approaching  calamity.  The  toc- 
sin sounded,  and  the  people  flocked  in 
from  the  fauxbourgs  and  different  quar- 
ters of  the  city.  That  determined  enemy 
to  oppression,  the  press,  had  been  at 
work  during  the  night.     Handbills  were 


profusely  distributed,  containing  vehe- 
ment philippics  against  the  king  and  his 
ministers,  and  summoning  every  man  to 
arm  for  his  country,  and  to  aid  in  ejecting 
the  Bourbons.  Placards  were  constantly 
posted  up  and  eagerly  read.  During  the 
preceding  night  an  organization  of  the 
people  had  been  arranged.  All  the  arms 
that  could  be  found  at  the  theatres,  and 
remaining  in  the  shops  of  armourers  that 
had  not  been  visited  the  evening  before, 
were  seized  and  distributed.  Every 
other  kind  of  property  was  respected. 

Strong  detachments  guarded  the  difler- 
ent  hotels  of  the  ministers.  Loud  cries  and 
shouts  were  constantly  heard  of  "  Down 
with  the  Jesuits !" — "  Down  with  the 
Bourbons  !" — "  Death  to  the  ministers  !" 
Each  man  strove  to  provide  himself  with 
a  musket,  a  pistol,  a  sword,  a  pole  with  a 
knife,  or  some  cutting  instrument  to  form  a 
weapon  of  offence.  Troops  continually 
arrived  from  St.  Denis,  St.  Cloud,  and 
other  military  stations.  Rude  barricades 
were  hastily  thrown  up  in  diflTerent  places 
to  prevent  the  attacks  of  cavalry.  Se- 
veral telegraphs,  including  that  on  the 
church  des  Petits  Peres,  were  dismount- 
ed. Groups  of  the  people,  armed  with 
sticks,  bayonets,  pikes,  and  muskets,  re- 
moved or  effaced  all  the  insignia  and  em- 
blems of  royalty.  A  red  flag  was  hoist- 
ed on  the  gate  of  St.  Denis,  amidst  the 
shouts  of  the  people.  Tri-colored  flags 
were  promenaded  in  the  streets,  and  tri- 
colored  cockades  and  breast-knots  were 
worn,  not  only  by  the  French,  but  by  the 
English  and  foreigners  of  all  nations.  The 
royal  arms  and  other  ensigns  of  the  gov- 
ernment of  Charles  X  that  were  move- 
able, were  burned  in  the  Place  Publique. 
All  Paris  was  in  insurrection.  Every 
movement  of  the  people  portended  a  ter- 
rible conflict.  The  government  reposed 
in  security  upon  a  Wind  and  implacable 
dignity. 

A  deputation  was  formed  of  the  follow- 
ing eminent  deputies  : — Messrs.  general 
Gerard,  count  de  Lobau,  Lafitte,  Casimir 
Perrier,  and  Mauguin. — Amidst  the  fire 
of  musketry  they  went  to  the  marshal 
duke  of  Ragusa.  M.  Lafitte  represented 
to  the  marshal  the  deplorable  state  of 
the  capital ;  blood  flowing  in  all  direc- 
tions J  the  musketry  firing  as  in  a  town 


FRANCE. 


325 


taken  by  storm.  He  made  him  person- 
ally responsible,  in  the  name  of  the  as- 
sembled deputies  of  France,  for  the  fatal 
consequences  of  so  melancholy  an  event. 
The  marshal  replied — "  The  honor  of  a 
soldier  is  obedience."  "  And  civil  hon- 
our," replied  M.  Lafitte,  "  is  not  to  mas- 
sacre the  citizens."  The  marshal  said, 
"  But,  gentlemen,  what  are  the  condi- 
tions you  propose  ?"  Without  judging 
too  highly  of  our  influence,  we  think  that 
we  can  be  answerable  that  every  thing 
will  return  to  order  on  the  following  con- 
ditions : — The  revocation  of  the  illegal 
ordinances  of  the  25th  of  July,  the  dis- 
missal of  the  ministers,  and  the  convoca- 
tion of  the  chambers  on  the  3rd  of  August." 
The  marshal  replied,  "  that,  as  a  citizen, 
he  perhaps  mightnot  disapprove,  nay, even 
might  participate  in  the  opinions  of  the 
deputies ;  but  that,  as  a  soldier,  he  had  his 
orders,  and  he  had  only  to  carry  them  into 
execution — that,  however,  he  engaged  to 
submit  these  proposals  to  the  king  in 
half  an  hour.  But,"  said  the  marshal, 
"  if  you  wish,  gentlemen,  to  have  a  confer- 
ence on  the  subject  with  M.  de  Polignac, 
he  is  close  at  hand,  and  I  will  go  and 
ask  him  if  he  can  receive  you."  A  quar- 
ter of  an  hour  passed,  the  marshal  return- 
ed with  his  manner  much  changed,  and 
told  the  deputies  that  M.  de  Polignac  had 
declared  to  him  that  the  conditions  pro- 
posed, rendered  any  conference  useless. 
"  We  have  then  civil  war,"  said  M.  La- 
fitte. The  marshal  bowed,  and  the  de- 
puties retired. 

It  had  been  known  among  the  people 
that  the  deputies  were  to  have  a  communi- 
cation with  the  duke  of  Ragusa  ;  and 
during  the  conference,  and  for  some  short 
time  after,  though  the  public  feeling  was 
intense,  the  assembled  multitude  was 
perfectly  still,  and  mixed  freely  among 
the  troops.  As  soon,  however,  as  Polig- 
nac's  answer  was  made  known,  "  that 
ministers  would  enter  into  no  compromise 
or  concession,"  war,  and  war  to  the  knife, 
commenced  ;  and  never  were  witnessed 
more  heroic  acts  of  personal  bravery, 
and  more  generous  disregard  of  selfish 
feelings  than  were  displayed  by  the  citi- 
zens of  Paris  on  this  memorable  day  and 
night.  The  drums  of  the  national  guards 
soon  beat  "  to  arms  !"      The   populace 


answered  the  call  amid  the  incessant 
ringing  of  the  tocsin,  and  the  struggle 
began  in  earnest.  About  two  o'clock  a 
cannon  on  the  bridge  near  the  March^ 
aux  Fleurs,  raked  with  grape-shot  the 
quay,  while  the  troops  were  resolutely 
attacked  by  the  people,  and  several  of 
the  guards  led  ofl',  killed,  or  wounded. 

There  was  a  tremendous  conflict  in. 
La  Halle,  the  great  market-place  of  the 
Rue  St.  Denis.  The  royal  guard  were 
early  in  possession  of  it.  All  the  out- 
lets were  speedily  closed  by  barricades, 
from  behind  which,  from  the  corners  of 
the  various  streets,  and  from  the  win- 
dows of  the  houses,  the  people  fired  on 
the  guards,  and  there  was  a  terrible 
slaughter  on  both  sides.  The  hottest  en- 
gagement seems  to  have  been  in  the  Rue 
St.  Honore,  opposite  the  Palais  Royal, 
where  the  military  were  assembled  in 
great  force,  and  the  people  resisted  their 
assailants  with  desperate  determination. 

At  the  Place  de  Greve  they  fiercely 
contended  with  the  household  troops,  the 
Swiss  guards,  and  compelled  them  to 
fly  with  great  loss.  In  the  Rue  Mont- 
martre  an  attack  was  made  by  the  duke 
de  Ragusa  in  person.  During  part  of 
the  day  the  Place  des  Victoires  was  oc- 
cupied by  some  troops,  among  whom  was 
a  part  of  the  fifth  regiment  of  the  line, 
who  had  gone  over  to  the  national  guards 
established  at  the  Petits  Peres.  About 
two  o'clock  the  duke  de  Ragusa  arrived  at 
the  place  at  the  head  of  fresh  troops.  He 
drew  them  up  opposite  the  Rues  du  Mail, 
des  Fosses,  Montmartre,  Croix  des  Petits 
Champs,  and  Neuve  des  Petits  Champs, 
He  immediately  commanded  a  charge, 
and  on  both  sides  several  men  were  kill- 
ed or  wounded.  The  marshal  directed 
his  troops  down  the  Rue  du  Mail,  and 
they  scoured  the  Rue  Montmarte  without 
much  difficulty  till  they  reached  the  Rue 
Joquelet,  where  the  people  were  prepar- 
ed. Each  house  was  armed  and  guarded. 
The  black  flag  was  displayed  on  the 
Porte  St.  Denis  and  other  edifices. 

As  soon  as  the  firing  ceased,  the  peo- 
ple made  preparations  for  the  next  day 
by  strengthening  the  barricades  and  in- 
creasing their  number.  They  were  as- 
sisted by  women  and  even  children. 
The    remainder    of  the   afternoon  and 


326 


FRANCE, 


evening,  and  the  whole  of  the  night,  was 
spent  in  raising  these  important  obstruc- 
tions to  the  evolutions  of  cavalry.  Ex- 
cellent materials  were  at  hand  in  the 
paving  stones  ;  they  were  dug  up  and 
piled  across  the  streets  in  walls  breast 
high,  and  four  or  five  feet  thick.  These 
walls  were  about  fifty  paces  distant  from 
each  other.  Hundreds  of  the  finest  trees 
were  cut  down  for  blockades.  Nothing 
could  be  more  effective  for  the  defence 
of  a  large  open  town  like  Paris,  traversed 
in  every  direction  by  long  narrow  streets, 
overlooked  by  houses  of  six,  seven,  and 
eight  stories,  than  such  barriers  scienti- 
fically constructed.  All  the  means  that 
industry  and  ingenuity  could  devise,  in 
so  short  a  time,  w^ere  carried  into  exe- 
cution, for  the  energetic  stand  and  as- 
sault determined  to  be  made  against  the 
military  in  the  morning. 

At  day-break  on  Thursday  the  tocsin 
sounded  "  To  arms  !"  and  the  people  be- 
gan to  assemble  rapidly  and  in  great 
crowds.  The  military,  whose  guard- 
houses had  been  destroyed,  were  chiefly 
quartered  at  the  Louvre  and  the  Tuille- 
ries,  the  Swiss  and  the  royal  guards  be- 
ing posted  in  the  houses  of  the  Rue  St. 
Honore  and  the  adjacent  streets.  At  the 
same  time,  the  students  of  the  Polytech- 
nic School  joined  the  citizens  nearly  to 
a  man ;  they  then  separated,  proceeding 
singly  to  different  parts  to  take  the  com- 
mand of  the  people,  and  nobly  repaid  the 
confidence  reposed  in  them.  The  garden 
of  the  Tuilleries  was  closed.  In  the 
place  du  Carousel  were  three  squadrons 
of  lancers  of  the  garde  royale,  a  battal- 
ion of  the  third  regiment  of  the  guards, 
and  a  battery  of  six  pieces,  also  belonging 
to  the  guards. 

About  one  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  a 
party  of  the  royal  guards  and  of  Swiss, 
to  the  number  of  nearly  800  men,  ap- 
peared on  the  Place  de  Greve.  A  brisk 
fire  commenced,  but  the  national  guards 
not  being  in  sufiicient  strength,  were 
obliged  to  give  ground,  and  to  suffer  the 
royal  guards  to  take  possession  of  their 
post.  The  royal  guards  had  scarcely 
made  themselves  masters  of  the  Hotel 
de  Ville,  when  they  were  assailed  on  all 
sides  with  a  shower  of  bullets  from  the 
windows  of  the  houses  on  the  Place  de 


Greve  and  in  the  streets  abutting  on  the 
quay.  The  royal  guards  resisted  vigor- 
ously, but  were  ultimately  compelled  to 
retreat  along  the  quay  ;  their  firing  by 
files  and  by  platoons  succeeding  each 
other  with  astonishing  rapidity.  They 
were  soon  joined  by  fresh  troops  of  the 
royal  guard  and  of  Swiss,  including  100 
curiassiers  of  the  guard,  and  four  pieces 
of  artillery,  each  of  them  escorted  by  a 
dozen  artillerymen  on  horseback.  With 
this  terrible  re-enforcement  they  again 
advanced  on  the  Hotel  de  Ville,  and  a 
frightful  firing  began  on  all  sides.  The 
artillery  debouching  from  the  quay,  and 
their  pieces  charged  with  cannister  shot, 
swept  the  Place  de  Greve,  in  a  terrific 
manner.  They  succeeded  in  driving  the 
citizens  into  the  Rues  de  Matroit  and  du 
Mouton,  and  entered  for  the  second  time 
that  day  into  their  position  at  the  Hotel 
de  Ville.  But  their  posession  of  it  did 
not  continue  long  ;  for  they  were  soon 
again  attacked  with  a  perseverance  and 
courage  which  was  almost  irresistible. 
Their  artillery  ranged  before  the  Prefec- 
ture of  the  Seine  and  the  Hotel  de  Ville 
threatened  death  to  thousands. 

Hundreds  of  the  constitutionalists 
were  killed  by  the  fire  of  the  Swiss  guard 
from  the  windows  of  this  edifice.  It 
was  erected  in  1 600,  and  though  it  does 
not  appear  to  possess  any  of  the  charac- 
teristics of  strength  in  a  military  sense 
of  the  word,  yet  its  gates  being  of  im- 
mense thickness  furnished  a  good  defence 
from  the  musketry  of  the  attacking  par- 
ties. The  Hotel  de  Ville  was  afterwards 
employed  as  the  head-quarters  of  La 
Fayette  and  the  provisional  government. 

The  Rue  St.  Honore,  for  two  days, 
was  a  perpetual  scene  of  slaughter.  The 
Louvre,  except  the  picture  gallery,  was  on 
all  sides  attacked  and  defended  at  the  same 
moment,  and  for  hours.  In  the  court  of 
the  Louvre  a  field-piece  was  planted, 
which  commanded  the  Pont  des  Arts, 
being  exactly  opposite  the  Institute.  Here 
the  fighting  was  so  dreadful  and  so  main- 
tained, that  the  front  of  the  building  of 
the  Institute  was  speckled  with  musket 
and  grape  shot.  One  cannon  ball  smash- 
ed a  portion  of  the  wall,  and  from  its 
elevation  did  dreadful  execution  in  sweep- 
ing the  bridge.     The  attack  on  the  Tuil- 


FRANCE. 


327 


levies  was  over  in  two  or  three  hours. 
A  young  man  marched  with  a  tri-colored 
flag  at  the  head  of  the  attacking  bour- 
geois. A  thousand  balls,  fired  from  the 
front  of  the  chateau,  whistled  by  him 
without  touching  him.  He  continued  to 
march  with  perfect  sang  froid,  but  with, 
at  the  same  time,  an  air  of  importance, 
up  to  the  triumphal  arch,  and  remained 
there  until  the  end  of  the  battle. 

While  the  people  and  the  military  were 
combating  at  the  Place  de  Greve,  the 
Louvre,  and  the  Tuilleries,  troops  were 
arriving  by  the  Champs  Elyse'es.  A 
great  party  of  the  people,  and  many  na- 
tional guards,  with  two  pieces  of  cannon, 
were  hastening  along  near  the  Place 
Louis  XVI,  towards  the  Barrier  St. 
Etoile,  when  a  large  troop  of  dragoons 
arrived,  made  a  desperate  charge,  and 
cut  down  the  people  without  mercy,  who 
made  a  very  bold  stand.  Many  of  the 
soldiers  solemnly  vowed  that  they  would 
not  continue  to  obey  orders  to  massacre 
their  brothers  and  sons.  Their  nimibers 
were  thinned,  they  were  fatigued,  dis- 
heartened, discomfited,  beaten,  and  fled. 
At  Chaillot,  a  district  of  Paris,  verging 
on  the  route  to  St.  Cloud,  the  inhabitants, 
though  few  in  number,  sustained  the  fire 
of  five  regiments  of  the  guards,  who  at- 
tempted to  eflfect  their  retreat  by  the  bar- 
rier of  Passy.  At  length,  all  the  royal 
troops  left  the  capital  by  the  way  of 
the  Champs  Elysees,  and  in  their  retreat 
were  fired  upon  by  the  people. 

At  night,  part  of  the  town  was  illum- 
inated, particularly  the  streets  of  St.  De- 
nis, St.  Martin,  St.  Jacques,  and  the 
neighborhood  of  the  Hotel  de  Ville. 
Perfect  tranquillity  prevailed  throughout 
the  city.  Strong  patrols  silently  paraded 
the  streets,  passed  gently  from  barricade 
to  barricade,  and  disarmed  individuals 
whom  fatigue  and  the  heat  of  the  weath- 
er, more  than  wine,  had  rendered  incapa- 
ble of  employing  their  weapons  usefully. 

A  deputation  from  Charles  X  at  St. 
Cloud,  arrived  at  the  Hotel  de  Ville  ear- 
ly in  the  morning.  It  consisted  of  the 
marquis  de  Rastoret,  chancellor  of  France ; 
M.  Semonville  ;  and  count  d'Argout, 
peer  of  France.  They  announced  that 
Charles  X  had  named  the  duke  de  Morte- 
mart  president  of  the  coimcil,  and  that 


he  was  willing  to  accept  a  ministry 
chosen  by  him. 

At  eleven  o'clock,  the  deputies  and 
peers  then  in  Paris  assembled  in  their 
respective  halls,  and  established  regular 
communications  with  each  other.  The 
duke  de  Mortemart  was  introduced  to 
the  chamber  of  deputies,  and  delivered 
four  ordinances  signed,  the  previous  day, 
by  Charles  X.  One  of  them  recalled 
the  fatal  ordinances  of  the  25th  ;  another 
convoked  the  chambers  on  the  3rd  ;  the 
third  appointed  the  duke  de  Mortemart 
president  of  the  council ;  and  the  fourth 
appointed  count  Gerard,  minister  of  war, 
and  M.  Casimir  Perier,  minister  of  fin- 
ance. The  reading  of  these  ordinances 
was  listened  to  with  the  greatest  atten- 
tion. At  the  termination  profound  silence 
continued ; — no  observation  was  made  ; — 
the  deputies  passed  to  other  business. 
The  duke  de  Mortemart  returned  to  ac- 
quaint his  master  that  he  was  no  longer 
acknowledged  as  king  of  France.  The 
manner  in  which  the  duke  and  his  com- 
mxmications  were  received  by  the  depu- 
ties was  an  announcement  that  Charles 
X,  had  ceased  to  reign. 

July  31,  the  deputies  published  a  pro- 
clamation, declaring  that  they  had  invited 
the  duke  of  Orleans  to  become  lieuten- 
ant-general of  the  kingdom.  At  noon  of 
the  same  day,  Louis  Philippe  d'Orleans 
issued  a  proclamation,  declaring  that  he 
had  hastened  to  Paris,  wearing  the  "glo- 
rious colors"  of  France,  to  accept  the 
invitation  of  the  assembled  deputies  to 
become  lieutenant-general  of  the  king- 
dom. A  proclamation  of  the  same  date 
appointed  provisional  commissaries,  for 
the  different  departments  of  government, 
as  follows  ;  for  the  department  of  justice, 
M.  Dupont-do  I'Eure  ;  of  finance,  baron 
Louis  ;  of  war,  general  Gerard ;  of  the 
marine,  de  Rigny ;  of  foreign  afl^airs, 
M.  Bignon  ;  of  public  instruction,  M. 
Guizot ;  of  the  interior  and  public  works, 
M.  Casimir  Perier ;  signed  Lobau,  A. 
de  Puyraveau,  and  Mauguin  de  Schonen. 
The  king,  Avith  his  family,  had  fled  to 
St.  Cloud. 

History  has  but  few  events  to  show 
that  can  be  compared  with  the  struggle 
in  Paris.  The  Parisians  left  their  hab- 
itations to  fight,  without  organization,  we 


328 


FRANCE. 


might  almost  say,  without  arms,  against 
some  of  the  best  troops  in  the  world  ; 
and  for  what  ?  Were  they  a  rabble 
driven  by  hunger,  or  a  rebellious  nobility 
endeavoring  to  wrest  new  privileges  from 
the  monarch  ?  No  :  they  were  men 
who  would  not  sulTer  themselves  to  be 
stripped  of  their  civil  rights,  but  firmly 
and  manfully  defended  them  with  their 
lives.  It  is  in  this  respect  a  great  moral 
revolution,  and  forms  a  brilliant  epoch  in 
the  history  of  France. 

The  king  and  his  household  fled  on 
July  31,  from  St.  Cloud  to  Rambouillet, 
a  small  place  six  leagues  W.  S.  W.  of  Ver- 
sailles. Three  commissioners,  Messrs. 
De  Schonen,  marshal  Maison,  and  O'Dil- 
lon  Barrot  were  sent  to  treat  with  him. 
They  informed  the  authorities  at  Paris, 
under  date  of  August  3,  that  the  king 
wished  to  leave  France  by  way  of  Cher- 
bourg ;  to  restore  the  crown  jewels, 
which  he  had  taken  from  Paris,  &c. 
These  concessions  were  produced  by  the 
advance  of  the  national  guard  toward 
Rambouillet.  On  the  morning  of  Aug. 
2,  the  abdication  of  Charles  X,  and  the 
dauphin,  Louis  Antoine,  was  placed  in 
the  hands  of  the  lieutenant-general.  The 
abdication,  however,  was  made  in  favor 
of  the  duke  of  Bordeaux.  A  letter  of 
the  king,  of  August  2,  appointed  the 
duke  of  Orleans  lieutenant-general  of 
the  kingdom,  and  ordered  him  to  proclaim 
the  duke  of  Bordeaux,  king,  under  the 
title  of  Henry  V. 

August  3,  (the  day  originally  fixed  for 
opening  of  the  session),  the  chambers 
met.  The  lieutenant-general  addressed 
the  peers  and  the  deputies,  and  announ- 
ced the  abdication  of  Charles.  Casimir 
Perier  was  chosen  president  of  the 
chamber,  which  had  acted  during  the  late 
memorable  events,  under  the  vice  presi- 
dent Lafitte. 

August  6.  The  chamber  of  deputies 
declared  the  throne  of  France  vacant, 
de  jure  and  de  facto,  and  discussed  those 
changes  of  the  charter,  which  we  have 
already  given  in  the  former  part  of  this 
article.  On  the  7th,  new  changes  were 
adopted,  and  it  was  voted  to  invite  the 
duke  of  Orleans  to  become  king  of  the 
French  on  condition  of  his  accepting 
these  changes  ;  the  vote  stood  219  in  fa- 


vor, 33  against.  The  whole  number  of 
deputies  is  430  ;  so  that  219  is  not  only 
an  immense  majority  of  those  present, 
but  a  majority  of  the  whole  chamber. 
On  the  8th,  the  chamber  went  in  a  bo- 
dy to  the  duke  of  Orleans,  and  offered 
him  the  crown,  which  he  accepted  ;  and 
on  August  9,  he  took  the  prescribed  con- 
stitutional oath.  A  majority  of  the  cham- 
ber of  peers  actually  present  concurred 
in  these  measures. 

In  the  middle  of  November,  1831, 
alarming  riots  occurred  at  Lyons,  in  con- 
sequence of  a  dispute  between  the  work- 
ing weavers,  their  employers,  and  the 
civic  authorities,  respecting  the  rate  of 
wages.  The  insurgents  seized  on  the 
prefect  and  general  Ordoneau,  the  civil 
and  military  leaders,  and  took  possession 
of  the  city,  after  driving  out  the  troops. 
In  their  first  excitement,  the  rioters  col- 
lected some  valuable  properly,  to  which 
they  set  fire  ;  but  this  feeling  soon  sub- 
sided, and  the  discontented  afterwards 
behaved  with  moderation  till  the  arrival 
of  the  duke  of  Orleans,  at  the  head  of 
50,000  men,  when  they  submitted,  and 
order  was  restored. 

At  the  beginning  of  February  of  the 
following  year,  a  conspiracy  to  de- 
throne Louis  Philippe,  and  re-establish 
the  late  dynasty,  was  detected  in  Paris. 
About  300  arrests  took  place,  and  large 
sums  of  money,  received  as  bribes,  were 
found  on  the  persons  of  some  prisoners. 

In  June,  1833,  marshal  Soult  declared 
the  intention  of  the  French  government 
not  only  to  relinquish  Algiers,  but  to  en- 
courage its  colonization  from  France. 
Since  that  time,  the  whole  coast  from 
Oran  to  Constantine  has  been  subjected 
to  the  government  of  Algiers  ;  and  the 
fortifications  of  the  city  itself  have  been 
repaired  and  greatly  strengthened.  Thus 
the  determination  of  the  French  govern- 
ment to  retain  possession  of  the  new  col- 
ony is  no  longer  doubtful. 

The  present  condition  of  France  is 
prosperous.  Agriculture,  manufactures 
and  commerce  are  in  a  flourishing  state. 
Great  attention  is  paid  to  the  education 
of  all  classes.  The  arts  and  sciences 
are  highly  cultivated,  and  among  her 
learned  men,  are  to  be  found  the  greatest 
scholars  of  the  age. 


GERMANY. 


329 


GERMANY. 


Germany  is  divided  among  such  a 
number  of  sovereigns,  native  and  foreign, 
and  its  natural  boundaries  are  so  obscure- 
ly marked,  that  it  is  difficult,  and  at  first 
sight  seems  improper,  to  describe  it  as  a 
single  country.  But  when  it  is  consid- 
ered, that,  in  respect  to  name,  language, 
and  inhabitants,  it  possesses  a  unity  of 
character,  from  which  it  derives  a  fair 
and  solid  claim  to  occupy  a  separate  place 
among  the  divisions  of  Europe,  and  that 
although  its  extreme  limits  are  not  easily 
ascertained,  the  great  mass  of  which  it 
is  composed  is  sufficiently  identified,  we 
trust  we  shall  be  justified  in  making  it 
the  subject  of  a  separate  article. 

Our  most  accurate,  full,  and  important 
information  respecting  ancient  Germany, 
is  derived  from  Tacitus.  He  gives  the 
names  and  locations  of  the  numerous 
tribes  inhabiting  the  country,  which  it 
appears  comprehended  about  one  third 
part  of  Europe. 

The  ancient  Germans  were  distin- 
guished by  their  blue  eyes,  red  hair,  and 
large  stature.  Their  children  were  al- 
ways kept  naked  and  dirty  ;  every  mother 
suckled  her  own  infants,  and  did  not 
commit  them  to  the  care  of  maid-servants 
or  nurses.  There  was  no  distinction  in 
the  mode  of  rearing  the  master  and  slave. 
They  lived  among  the  same  cattle,  and 
lay  on  the  same  ground,  till  age  caused 
them  to  be  separated,  and  superior  valor 
marked  out  the  free-born.  They  were 
not  permitted  to  marry  early  in  life  :  the 
more  numerous  a  person's  kinsman  and 
relations  by  marriage  were,  the  more 
comfortable  and  respectable  was  his  old 
age :  it  was  no  advantage,  but  rather 
considered  a  misfortune  and  disgrace,  to 
be  childless.  The  uncle,  by  the  mother's 
side,  regarded  his  nephews  with  the 
same  affection  as  their  father ;  every 
man's  children  were  his  heirs  and  suc- 
cessors, without  any  testament  ;  if  there 
were  no  issue,  the  brothers  of  the  de- 
ceased inherited  the  property,  and  then 
his  uncles,  by  his  father's  or  mother's 
side.  The  ancient  Germans  were  utterly 
ignorant  of  arts  and  agriculture.  Tacitus 
42 


expressly  says,  that  in  his  time  they  had 
no  cities  ;  and  though  Ptolemy  reckons 
up  90  places,  which  he  calls  cities,  in 
all  probability  they  were  only  rude  forti- 
fications, erected  to  secure  the  women, 
children,  and  cattle,  while  the  men  were 
engaged  in  warfare.  They  had  not  even 
regular  and  connected  villages,  but  each 
individual  fixed  his  dwelling  were  it  suit- 
ed his  convenience,  or  pleased  his  fancy. 
Neither  stones,  nor  bricks,  nor  tiles, 
were  employed  in  erecting  their  habita- 
tions. They  were  equally  rude  and  ill 
supplied  with  respect  to  their  govern- 
ment. The  clothing  used  by  all  the 
Germans  was  a  loose  mantle,  fastened 
with  a  clasp,  or,  when  that  could  not  be 
procured,  with  a  thorn.  The  rich,  how- 
ever, sometimes  were  clothed  in  a  gar- 
ment girt  close,  and  showing  the  shape 
of  every  limb.  The  tribes  who  dwelt 
towards  the  north  clothed  themselves  in 
furs  :  the  dress  of  the  women  was  not 
different  from  that  of  the  men,  except 
that  they  sometimes  wore  linen  robes  of 
their  own  manufacture,  and  adorned  them 
with  purple.  The  principal  employment 
of  the  men,  in  time  of  peace,  consisted 
in  hunting  the  various  sorts  of  game, 
with  which  the  forests  of  Germany  were 
plentifully  stocked  :  their  herds  of  cattle 
formed  the  principal  object  and  source 
of  their  wealth.  The  country,  though 
considerably  varied,  was  in  general  cover- 
ed with  M'oods,  or  deformed  by  marshes ; 
and  the  indolence  and  ignorance  of  the 
inhabitants  prevented  them  from  render- 
ing any  large  portion  of  it  fit  for  the 
growth  of  corn.  Gold,  silver,  and  iron, 
were  extremely  scarce  ;  the  scarcity  of 
iron  appeared  from  their  weapons,  which, 
for  the  most  part,  were  spears  tipt  wdth 
a  short  and  narrow  piece  of  iron.  With 
this  spear,  and  with  a  shield,  their  cav- 
alry went  to  battle.  The  infantry  had 
also  missile  weapons,  which  they  threw 
to  a  great  distance,  with  wonderful  force 
and  unerring  aim.  Their  warriors  were 
either  naked,  or  dressed  in  a  loose  and 
light  mantle.  Their  shields  of  wood,  or 
osier,  were  distinguished  and  ornament- 


330 


GERMANY. 


ed  with  a  variety  of  colors  ;  some  of 
the  chiefs  wore  cuirasses,  and  a  (cw 
helmets.  Their  horses  were  slow,  un- 
manageable, and  not  remarkable  for  their 
beauty.  On  their  cavalry,  therefore,  they 
seldom  placed  much  reliance  in  the  hour 
of  battle,  their  principal  strength  in  gene- 
ral consisting  in  their  infantry,  which 
were  drawn  up,  either  mixed  with  the 
cavalry,  or  in  several  deep  columns  by 
themselves.  They  fought  by  families 
and  clans  ;  and  while  they  fought,  they 
were  encouraged  by  the  presence  of  their 
wives  and  children.  Their  mothers  and 
wives  dressed  their  wounds  :  carried  re- 
freshments to  them  while  fighting  ;  and 
exhorted  them  to  deeds  of  bravery.  Their 
armies  were  totally  devoid  of  discipline  ; 
they  rushed  to  battle  Avith  dissonant 
shouts.  Sometimes  by  their  native  valor, 
they  prevailed  over  the  disciplined  troops 
of  the  Romans  ;  but  they  knew  not  how 
to  rally  or  retire  ;  a  repulse  was  a  sure 
defeat;  and  when  they  were  defeated, 
the  destruction  of  their  army  almost  in- 
evitably followed. 

The  ancient  Germans  had  no  temples, 
but  performed  their  religious  rites  in 
groves,  or  in  woods,  forests,  and  desert 
places.  They  adored  the  sun,  the  moon, 
the  fire,  and  the  earth.  Jupiter  was  wor- 
shipped under  the  name  of  Thor,  or 
Thoran,  the  Thunderer.  Odin,  or  Wo- 
din,  appears  to  have  been  their  Mars,  or 
god  of  battle.  The  supreme  deity  was 
worshipped  under  the  name  of  Esus,  or 
Hesus,  and  under  the  emblem  of  an  oak, 
which  was  consecrated  to  him.  They 
had  no  druids,  though  their  priests  bore 
some  resemblance  to  them  in  several 
points  of  their  authority.  The  priests 
exerted  the  influence  wliich  they  pos- 
sessed over  the  fears  and  superstition  of 
their  countrymen,  frequently  to  very  use- 
ful purposes.  They  maintained  silence 
and  decency  in  the  popular  assemblies  ; 
and  during  a  solemn  procession  of  the 
goddess  Erlha,  the  sound  of  war  was 
hushed,  quarrels  were  suspended,  arms 
laid  aside,  and  the  blessings  of  peace 
and  harmony  were  enjoj^ed.  In  war, 
too,  the  influence  of  the  priests  was  con- 
spicuous. The  consecrated  standards, 
which  during  peace  were  kept  concealed 
from  the  vulgar  eye  in  the  recesses  of 


the  sacred  groves,  were  placed  in  the 
front  of  the  battle  ;  and  the  army  of  their 
enemies  was  devoted  in  the  most  solemn 
manner  to  the  gods  of  war  and  of  thun- 
der. They  were  taught  by  their  priests, 
that  a  brave  man  was  the  favorite  of  their 
gods  ;  while  the  coward,  Avho  had  lost 
his  shield,  was  devoted  equally  to  con- 
tempt and  banishment  in  this  world,  and 
shut  out  from  the  enjoyment  of  a  future 
state.  A  life  spent  in  arms,  and  a  glo- 
rious death  in  battle,  they  were  taught 
assuredly  led  to  a  happy  futurity,  either 
in  this  or  in  another  world. 

The  passion  of  the  ancient  Germans 
for  play  was  extremely  powerful.  In 
their  sober  moments  they  applied  to  dice, 
as  to  a  serious  and  important  concern, 
and  with  such  resolved  and  blind  eager- 
ness to  gain  or  lose,  that  when  every 
thing  else  was  gone,  they  risked  their 
liberty  and  persons  on  the  last  throw. 
The  loser,  though  more  powerful  or  more 
noble  than  the  winner,  submitted  to  vol- 
untary slavery,  and  sufllered  himself  to  be 
bound  and  sold.  Still,  however,  notwith- 
standing the  strong  and  general  preva- 
lence of  the  spirit  of  gaming,  some  shame 
was  attached  to  it,  which  induced  the 
Avinner  to  dispose  of  the  slave  he  had  ac- 
quired in  this  way,  by  commerce,  in  order 
to  wipe  oft'  the  scandal  of  the  transaction. 
The  slaves  of  the  Germans  were  much  bet- 
ter treated,  and  of  a  higher  class  than  the 
slaves  of  the  Romans  ;  each  had  his  own 
dwelling ;  he  was  indeed  bound  to  give 
his  master,  from  the  fruits  of  his  own 
labor,  a  certain  portion  of  grain,  and  a 
certain  number  of  cattle ;  but  when  he 
had  given  these,  his  labor  was  his  own. 

The  invasion  of  Italy  by  the  Cimbri 
and  Teutones  ;  their  defeat  by  Marius, 
A.  M.  3909  ;  the  invasion  of  Gaul  by 
the  borders  of  the  Rhine,  under  Arioris- 
tus,  and  their  defeat  by  Julius  Caesar,  A. 
M.  3950,  are  almost  the  only  events  of 
consequence  in  the  history  of  Germany, 
before  the  Christian  era,  of  which  we 
have  any  certain  account.  When  Ca;sar 
had  completed  the  conquest  of  Gaul,  he 
j  divided  it  into  the  Celtic,  the  Aquitanic, 
and  the  Belgic  provinces  ;  in  the  last,  all 
the  German  provinces  on  the  left  side  of 
;  the  Rhine  were  comprised.  In  the  reign 
'  of  Augustus,  a  further  division  took  pLice, 


GERMANY. 


331 


and  the  country  lying  between  the  Meuse, 
the  Scheldt,  and  the  Rhine,  was  separa- 
ted from  the  Belgic  Gaul,  and  formed 
into  a  province  called  Germania  cis- 
Rhonanas.  In  A.  M.  3995,  the  famous 
Arminius,  at  the  head  of  the  Cherusci, 
massacred  three  Roman  legions  under 
Varus,  between  the  Lippe  and  the  Ems. 
In  the  third  century  of  the  Christian  era, 
the  German  tribes  formed  different  asso- 
ciations for  their  common  defence  against 
the  Romans.  Of  these  the  most  remark- 
able were  the  Saxons,  comprising  those 
who  dwelt  on  each  side  of  the  Elbe ; 
tho  Alemanni,  formed  by  the  nations  be- 
tween the  Rhineji  the  Mayne  and  the 
Lech ;  the  Francici,  by  the  nations  be- 
tween the  Rhine,  the  Mayne,  and  the 
Weser ;  and  the  Thuringians  by  the 
nations  between  the  Mayne,  the  Danube 
and  the  Hartz.  Charlemagne  was  the 
first  who  united  Germany  under  one 
sceptre. 

Soon  after  the  division  of  the  empire 
of  Charlemagne,  the  feudal  system  gain- 
ed a  consistency  and  firm  footing,  so  that 
by  degrees  it  overpowered  the  influence 
and  authority  of  his  descendants.  In 
consequence  of  the  weakness  of  the 
Carlovingian  princes,  the  dukes  and 
counts  converted  their  hereditary  posses- 
sions, which  the)^  parcelled  out  among 
their  barons,  and  those  among  their  vas- 
sals. The  principal  of  these  in  Germany 
were,  the  dukes  of  Franconia,  Saxony, 
Bavaria,  Suabia,  and  Lorraine.  These 
usurpations,  joined  to  the  incapacity  of 
the  Carlovingian  princes,  caused  the 
house  of  Charlemagne  to  decline  rapidly. 
In  Germany,  on  the  abdication  of  Charles 
the  Fat,  the  people,  from  respect  to  the 
placed    the 


empire  were  extended,  chiefly  by  Otho 

the  Great. 

This  monarch  subdued  the  kingdom  of 
Italy,  deUvered  the  pope,  and  fixed  the 
imperial  crown  in  the  name  and  nation 
of  Germany.  From  that  era,  A.  D. 
962,  two  maxims  of  public  jurisprudence 
were  introduced  ;  1st,  That  the  prince, 
who  was  elected  in  the  German  diet, 
acquired  from  that  instant  the  kingdoms 
of  Italy  and  Rome  ;  and  2d,  That  he 
could  not  legally  assume  the  titles  of 
Emperor  and  Augustus,  till  he  had  re- 
ceived the  crown  from  the  hands  of  the 
pope. 

It  has  already  been  mentioned,  that  in 
the  time  of  Tacitus,  the  Germans  did 
not  live  even  in  villages ;  as,  however, 
they  spread  themselves  over  the  country 
on  the  west  of  the  Rhine,  they  began  to 
inhabit  villages,  and  even  to  construct 
towns ;  so  that  at  an  early  period,  after 
the  Triboci,  Nemetes,  and  Vangions, 
settled  in  the  country  between  the  Rhine 
and  the  Vosges,  the  cities  of  Strasburg, 
Spire,  Mentz,and  Worms,  are  mentioned. 
Under  the  Francic  sovereigns,  cities  were 
multiplied  ;  and  by  Henry  the  Fowler 
they  were  particularly  encouraged  by  a 
singular  institution.  From  the  troops 
stationed  in  Germany,  he  chose  every 
ninth  soldier  ;  the  remaining  eight  were 
to  sow  and  till  the  land,  and  to  carry  the 
produce  to  the  ninth,  whose  business  it 
was  to  build  habitations  for  himself  and 
his  companions.  By  degrees,  the  lower 
order  of  the  people  united  themselves  to 
these  soldiers  ;  and  the  Emperor  order- 
ed the  courts  of  justice,  fairs,  tourna- 
ments, &c,  to  be  held  in  the  cities  they 
constructed.  His  example  was  followed 
in  the  other  parts  of  Germany,  so  that  in 


memory    of    Charlemagne, 

crown  on  the  head  of  Arnold,  a  natural  [  a  short  time  it  scarcely  contained  a  d 
son  of  Carloman,  and  after  the  decease  :  trict  of  any  extent  which  had  not  its 
of  Arnold,  on  Louis,  his  son.  On  the  { city.  To  each  of  them  exclusive  priv- 
death  of  Louis,  they  elected  a  duke  of  j  ileges  were  granted ;  the  most  important 
Franconia  for  their  king,  and  then  a  of  which  were  the  jus  stapulcB  and  the 
Saxon  line  of  princes.  jus  geranii  ;  by  the  former,  all  commodi- 


The  emperors  of  the  house  of  Saxony 
reigned  from  A.  D.  911  to  A.  D.  1024. 
They  were,  Henry  I,  surnaraed  the 
Fowler ;  Otho  I,  surnamed  the  Great ; 
Otho  II,  Otho  III,  and  Henry  II.  During 
the  period  that  the  throne  was  filled  by 
the   Saxon  emperors,  the  limits  of  the 


ties  brought  into  them  were  exposed  to 
public  sale  ;  by  the  latter,  all  commodi- 
ties imported  or  exported,  were  to  be 
weighed  or  measured  by  the  public 
weights  or  measures  of  the  city,  for 
which  it  was  entitled  to  a  duty.  At  first, 
the  chief  magistrates  were  of  noble  birth, 


332 


GERMANY. 


but,  by  degrees,  the  chief  offices  were  \ 
opened  to  the  people  at  large.  Thus,  | 
soon  after  the  era  of  the  Saxon  Enipe- 1 
rors,  there  were  in  almost  every  town 
three  different  classes, — nobles,  citizens,  i 
and  slaves  ;  but,  about  the  beginning  of! 
the  12th  century,  Henry  V,  eniranchised 
all  slaves  in  cities  who  were  artisans. 

The  emperors  of  the  house  of  Fran- 
conia  were  called  to  the  throne  after  the 
Saxon  emperors  ;  they  reigned  from 
1027  to  1137.  They  consisted  of  Con- 
ard  II,  who  conquered  the  kingdom  of; 
Burgundy;  Henry  III,  who  conquered, 
the  country  between  the  Inn  and  the  i 
Lech,  now  called  Lower  Austria  ;  Henry 
IV,  and  Henry  V  ;  on  the  death  of  the  | 
last,  Lothaire,  the  Saxon,  was  elected  i 
king  of  Germany.  Under  Henry  III,  I 
the  empire  of  Germany  had  its  greatest  j 
extent.  It  comprehended  Germany,  Italy,  j 
Burgimdy,  and  Lorraine.  Poland  and 
other  Slavonian  districts,  were  tributary 
to  it ;  and  Denmark  and  Hungary  ac- 
knowledged themselves  its  vassals.  The 
Emperors  of  Germany  at  this  period  af- 
fected to  consider  all  Christendom  as 
forming  a  royal  republic,  of  which  the 
Emperor  was  chief.  In  consequence  of 
this  assumed  supremacy,  they  claimed 
the  exclusive  right  of  creating  kings  ; 
and  the  states  of  the  empire  proclaimed 
war  against  the  Duke  of  Poland  for  hav- 
ing taken  to  himself  the  title  of  king  in 
1077.  Soon  after  reaching  this  point  of 
power  and  grandeur,  the  empire  began  to 
decline,  principally  owing  to  the  rapid 
extension  of  the  feudal  system.  In  every 
province,  the  subjects  of  the  law  were 
the  vassals  of  a  private  chief  ;  and  the 
standard  which  he  received  from  his 
sovereign,  was  often  raised  against  him. 
The  power  of  the  Emperors  was  also 
curtailed  by  the  incn^asing  influence  and 
possessions  of  the  clergy  ;  and  the  bish- 
oprics in  Germany  became  equal  in  ex- 
tent and  privileges,  and  superior  in  wealth 
and  population,  to  most  of  the  secular 
states.  The  emperors  were  gradually 
deprived  of  the  privilege  of  filling  up 
the  ecclesiastical  and  secular  benefices  ; 
and  at  length  each  sovereign  was  reduced 
to  a  recommendation,  once  in  his  reign,  I 
to  a  single  prebend  in  each  church.  l"he 


by  the  sentence  of  their  peers  ;  the  ap- 
pointment of  the  son  to  the  duchy  or 
county  of  his  father,  which  in  the  first 
age  of  the  monarchy  was  solicited  as  a 
favor,  was  at  length  extorted  as  a  right ; 
and  this  right  was  claimed  even  by  col- 
lateral or  female  branches. 

The  emperor  Henry  IV,  of  Germany, 
in  attempting  to  preserve  the  rights  of 
the  empire  relative  to  the  nomination  of 
the  pope  was  opposed  by  Paschal  HI, 
who  excommunicated  the  emperor,  for 
the  alleged  crime  of  introducing  schisms 
into  the  church.  Whilst  the  emperor  la- 
bored under  this  calamity,  his  unnatural 
son  Henry,  took  up  arms  against  him, 
and  having  obtained  possession  of  his 
person,  the  archbishops  of  Mentz  and 
Cologne,  were  seni  to  inform  him  of  his 
deposition,  and  to  demand  the  crown, 
and  other  regalia.  Henry  having  remon- 
strated in  vain,  he  put  on  his  royal  orna- 
ments, and  seating  himself  in  a  chair  of 
state,  addressed  the  unfeeling  prelates 
to  this  effect  ;  "  Here  are  the  ensigns  of 
that  royalty  with  which  we  were  invested 
by  God  and  the  princes  of  the  empire  ; 
if  you  disregard  the  wrath  of  Heaven, 
and  the  eternal  reproach  of  mankind,  so 
much  as  to  lay  violent  hands  on  your 
sovereign,  and  strip  us  of  them  by  force, 
we  are  not  in  a  condition  to  defend  our- 
selves from  such  an  outrage."  This  ex- 
postulation had  no  effect  ;  the  bishops 
snatched  the  crown  from  Plenry's  head, 
and,  dragging  him  from  his  seat,  pulled  off 
the  imperial  robes  by  force  ;  whilst  he 
lifted  his  streaming  eyes  to  heaven,  ac- 
knowledging the  sins  of  his  youth,  and 
imploring  God  to  punish  the  perjury  and 
insolence  of  his  inhuman  enemies.  This 
took  place  A.  D.  1106. 

The  emperors  of  the  house  of  Suabia 
succeeded  to  those  of  the  house  of  Fran- 
conia,  and  held  the  empire  from  A.  D. 
1138  to  A.  D.  1254.  They  were,  Con- 
ard  III  ;  Frederic  I,  surnamed  Barba- 
rossa  ;  Henry  VI  ;  Philip  ;  Otho  IV  ; 
Frederic  II  ;  and  Conard  IV.  The 
principal  events  in  the  history  of  the  lat- 
ter princes  of  the  Franconian  line,  and 
of  all  the  princes  of  the  Suabian  line, 
were  produced  or  influenced  by  the  con- 
tests between  the  popes  and  the  empe- 
rors ;  and  the  principal  ground  of  these 


GERMANY 


333 


Deposition  of  Henry  IV,  Emperor  of  Germany. 


contests  was  the  claim  of  the  popes  to 
the  supreme  dominion  of  every  part  of 
the  Christian  world,  both  in  temporal 
and  spiritual  concerns.  This  claim  gave 
rise  to  the  factions  of  the  Guelphs  and 
the  Ghibelines  ;  of  which  the  former 
were  attached  to  the  popes,  and  the  latter 
to  the  emperors.  These  two  factions 
kept  Germany  and  Italy  in  perpetual 
agitation  during  three  centuries  ;  and 
during  this  period,  the  imperial  authority 
continued  to  decline. 

The  next  period,  between  1254  and 
1272,  is  generally  called  by  the  German 
writers,  the  Great  Interregnum.  During 
it,  six  princes  claimed  to  be  emperors. 
The  interregnum  was  determined  by  the 
election  of  Rodolph,  Count  of  Hapsburgh. 
From  him  till  the  ultimate  accession  of 
the  house  of  Austria,  the  empire  of  Ger- 
many was  held  by  the  following  empe- 
rors. Rodolph,  Count  of  Hapsburg,  elec- 
ted A.  D.  1273.  Adolph,  Count  of  Nas- 
sau, elected  A.  D.  1292.  Albert  I,  Arch- 
duke of  Austria,  elected  A.  D.  1298. 
Henry,  Count  of  Luxemburg,  elected  A. 
D.  1308.  Louis  V,  Duke  of  Bavaria, 
elected  A.  D.  1314.  Charles,  King  of 
Bohemia,  A.  D.  1347.  Winceslaus, 
King  of  Bohemia,  A.  D.  1378.     Robert, 


Elector  Palatine,  A.  D.  1400.  Sigis- 
raond.  King  of  Hungary,  A.  D.  1410. 
and  Albert  I,  duke  of  Austria,  A.  D.  1438. 
During  the  period  between  the  last  acces- 
sion of  the  house  of  Hapsburg  and  the 
election  of  Charles  V,  the  empire  was 
possessed  by  the  following  emperors. 
Frederic  III,  elected  A.  D.  1440;  Max- 
imilian I,  elected  1493  ;  and  Charles  V, 
elected  A.  D.  1519. 

During  this  period,  the  boundaries  of 
the  Germanic  empire,  the  form  of  its 
government,  and  the  rise  of  its  towns, 
particularly  those  which  composed  the 
Hanseatic  league,  are  the  chief  subjects 
of  consideration.  The  emperor  was  al- 
ways elective  ;  but  great  alterations  took 
place  in  the  mode  of  election.  In  early 
periods,  the  emperor  was  chosen  by  the 
people  at  large  ;  afterwards  the  nobility 
and  principal  officers  of  state  possessed 
the  privilege  exclusively  ;  by  degrees  it 
was  engrossed  by  the  five  great  officers, 
the  chancellor,  the  great  marshal,  the 
great  chamberlain,  the  great  butler,  and 
the  great  master.  At  first  they  contented 
themselves  with  proposing  a  candidate 
to  the  general  body  of  electors.  After- 
wards they  confined  the  whole  right  of 
election  to  themselves.     This  mode  was 


334 


GERMANY. 


finally  settled  in  tlie  reign  of  Charles  IV, 
by  the  celebrated  constitution,  called  the 
Golden  Bull,  which  fixed  the  right  of 
election  in  four  spiritual  and  three  tempo- 
ral electors.  These  were,  the  King  of 
Bohemia,  the  Duke  of  Saxony,  the  Mar- 
grave of  Brandenburg,  the  Count  Pala- 
tine of  the  Rhine,  and  the  three  arch- 
bishops of  Meutz,  Treves,  and  Cologne. 
Subsequently,  the  Duke  of  Bavaria  and 
the  Duke  of  Brunswick  Lunenburgh 
were  added.  The  multitude  of  princes, 
bishops,  al)bots,  and  male  and  female  no- 
bles, who,  under  various  names,  possess- 
ed sovereign  rights,  though  all  recogni- 
zed the  emperor  as  their  feudal  lord, 
were  divided  into  the  primitive  states,  or 
those  which  had  always  been  held  of  the 
emperor,  as  the  duchies  of  Saxony  aud 
Bavaria,  the  Palatinate,  and  several  bish- 
oprics ;  those  which  arose  on  the  ruin  of 
the  Guelphic  family,  in  consequence  of  the 
confiscation  of  the  possessions  of  Henry 
the  Lion ;  those  which  arose  from  the  ruins 
of  llie  Suabian  family,  and  those  which 
arose  principally  during  the  interregnum. 
But  though  the  exclusive  privilege  of 
choosing  the  emperor  was  confined  to 
the  electors,  they  formed  only  one  branch 
of  the  diet.  The  other  two  branches 
consisted  of  the  princes,  and  of  the  free 
and  imperial  cities  of  Germany.  In  pro- 
cess of  time,  the  college  of  princes  and 
prelates  purged  themselves  of  a  promis- 
cuous multitude.  They  reduced  to  four 
representative  votes  the  long  series  of  in- 
dependent counts,  and  totally  excluded  the 
nobles,  60,000  of  whom  had  often  appear- 
ed in  the  field  of  election.  The  cities  of 
Germany,  the  origin  and  first  state  of 
which  has  been  already  noticed,  insensi- 
bly became  divided  into  the  free  cities, 
or  those  which  held  immediately  of  the 
emperor,  and  had  a  voice  at  the  diet  ;  the 
mixed  cities,  or  those  under  the  protec- 
tion of  some  prince,  which  had  no  voice; 
and  the  municipal  cities,  entirely  subject 
to  the  states.  The  Hanse  towns  also 
arose  during  the  same  period.  They  were 
originally  united  for  the  support  and  en- 
couragement of  their  commerce.  Bremen 
and  several  sea-ports  in  Livonia  first  es- 
tablished the  confederacy.  At  one  time 
80  towns  were  included  in  it.  They  were 
divided  into  four  classes  ;  the  Vandallic, 


I  or  the  cities  on  the  Baltic  between  Ham- 
burgh and  Pomerania ;  over  these  Lu- 
beck  presided ;  the  Rhinarian,  or  cities 
on  the  Rhine,  at  the  head  of  which  was 
Cologne ;  the  Saxon,  the  cities  in  Saxony 
and  Westphalia,  over  which  Brunswick 
presided  ;  and  the  Prussian,  the  cities  in 
Prussia  and  Livonia,  at  the  head  of  which 
was  Dantzic.  From  the  beginning  of 
the  15th  centurj^  Lubeck  was  regarded 
as  the  head  of  the  whole  confederacy. 
In  the  following  century  it  declined  ;  in 
the  middle  of  the  17th,  it  was  almost 
wholly  confined  to  Hamburg,  Lubeck,  and 
Bremen.  Their  political  existence  ter- 
minated in  1806. 

Another  important  event  in  this  period 
of  the  history  of  Germany,  is  the  division 
of  the  territories  of  the  empire  into  cir- 
cles. The  first  division  of  Germany 
was  into  the  Upper  and  Lower,  or  south- 
ern and  northern  states.  The  line  divi- 
ding them  was  supposed  to  be  drawn 
easterly  from  the  mouth  of  the  Mayne. 
It  was  afterwards  geographically  divided 
into  the  states  lying  on  the  principal 
rivers,  as  the  Danube,  Rhine,  &c.  Maxi- 
milian the  First  divided  it  into  ten  cir- 
cles, viz,  Bavaria.  Franconia,  Suabia, 
Lower  and  Upper  Saxony,  Lower  and 
Upper  Rhine,  Westphalia,  Austria,  and 
Burgimdy  ;  but  the  last,  comprising  High 
Burgundy  or  Franche  Compte,  and  the 
17  provinces  of  the  Netherlands,  was  soon 
afterwards  separated  from  the  empire. 

During  the  same  period,  the  diets 
which  had  been  frequently  held,  were 
regularly  and  solemnly  established,  con- 
sisting, as  has  been  already  noticed,  of 
three  classes  :  the  college  of  electors  of 
ecclesiastical  and  secular  princes,  and 
of  imperial  towns.  This  division  was 
finally  established  at  Frankfort  in  1580. 
The  three  colleges  deliberated  separate- 
ly. The  agreement  of  them  all,  as  well 
as  the  consent  of  the  emperor,  was 
necessary  to  form  a  resolution  or  law  of 
the  empire. 

Maximilian  I,  also  established  the  im 
perial  chamber,  and  the  Aulic  council. 
The  president  of  the  former  was  appoint- 
ed by  the  emperor  ;  the  assessors  by  the 
states.  The  Court  Palatine,  or  Aulic 
Council,  was  established  as  a  check  on 
the  imperial  chamber.     During  the  va- 


GERMANY. 


335 


cancy  of  the  throne,  its  powers  where 
suspended  ;  but  the  imperial  council  act- 
ed under  the  vicars  of  the  empire.  There 
was  no  appeal  from  one  to  the  other ; 
the  dernier  resort  was  the  diet.  From 
the  accession  of  the  house  of  Austria  to 
the  imperial  throne,  the  history  of  Ger- 
many may  properly  be  sought  for  imder 
the  article  Austria.  It  will  be  neces- 
sary here,  however,  to  notice  the  lead- 
ing events  ;  first,  from  the  division  of 
the  house  of  Hapsburg  into  its  Spanish 
and  German  lines,  till  the  final  extinction 
of  the  latter  in  the  house  of  Lorraine,  or 
the  period  between  1558  and  1745  ; 
and,  secondly,  from  the  marriage  of 
Maria  Theresa,  till  the  abdication,  by 
the  emperor  of  Germany,  of  the  imperial 
government  of  the  empire,  and  the  for- 
mation of  the  confederation  of  the  Rhine, 
or  the  period  between  1745  and  1806. 

The  principal  events  in  Germany 
during  the  first  period,  were  the  war  of 
thirty  years,  which  began  in  1618  and 
ended  in  1648  ;  the  war  for  the  succes- 
sion of  Spain,  which  began  in  1700  and 
ended  in  1713  ;  the  war  for  the  succes- 
sion of  Poland,  which  began  1733,  and 
ended  1735  ;  and  the  war  for  the  suc- 
cession of  Austria,  which  began  in  1740 
and  ended  in  1748.  The  war  of  thirty 
years  was  principally  owing  to  the  re- 
ligious disputes  of  the  16th  century. 

The  Reformation  of  religion  in  Ger- 
many, by  Martin  Luther  and  others,  was 
the  commencement  of  an  important  era 
in  the  religious  and  civil  history  of  the 
world.  This  event  is  dated  A.  D.  1517, 
when  Tctzel,  an  agent  of  pope  Leo  X, 
began  to  publish  indulgences,  and  brought 
them  into  Germany  and  offered  them  for 
sale.  Leo  X  was  a  man  of  pleasure  and 
ambition,  who  exhausted  the  papal  trea- 
sury, and  took  this  method  to  raise  mo- 
ney ;  but  the  scandalous  manner  in  which 
these  pardons  for  all  sins,  past,  present, 
and  to  come,  were  disposed  of,  together 
with  the  gross  immorality  of  Tetzel  and 
his  associates,  gave  offence  to  many  re- 
ligious persons.  Luther  at  this  time  was 
a  professor  of  divinity  at  Wittenburg,  and 
when  Tetzel  came  into  the  vicinity,  he 
boldly  and  eloquently  protested  against 
the  iniquity  of  these  indulgences,  and 
other  papal  doctrines,  and  the  vices  of 


the  monks.  He  also  published  his  sen- 
timents, which  spread  over  Germany 
with  great  rapidity,  and  were  read  with 
the  greatest  eagerness.  Leo  and  his 
agents,  alarmed  by  the  progress  of  Lu- 
ther's sentiments  among  all  classes  of 
people,  excommunicated  him  as  a  heretic, 
and  would  have  probably  put  him  to 
death,  had  he  not  been  befriended  by 
some  of  the  princes  of  Germany,  who 
were  friendly  to  the  new  doctrines  he  set 
forth.  *  In  1520,  the  pope  issued  a  bull, 
or  proclamation,  threatening  him  with 
destruction  as  an  excommunicated  heretic, 


*  Being  at  Augsburg  in  1518,  whither  he  had 
been  summoned  to  answer  for  his  opinions,  Lu- 
ther declared  he  could  not  renounce  opinions 
founded  in  reason,  and  derived  from  Scripture, 
and  at  the  same  time  delivering  a  formal  protest, 
the  cardinal  asked,  "  What  do  you  mean  1  Do  you 
rely  on  the  force  of  arms  1  When  the  just  punish- 
ment and  the  thunder  of  the  pope's  indignation 
break  in  upon  you,  where  do  you  think  to  re- 
main ]"  His  answer  was,  "  Either  in  Heaven  or 
under  Heaven." 

Luther  was  at  length  summoned  to  appear  be- 
fore the  diet  at  Worms,  to  answer  for  his  heresy. 
The  emperor  Charles  V,  having  granted  him  a 
safe  conduct,  he  yielded  obedience  and  set  out 
for  Worms.  While  on  his  journey,  many  of  his 
friends  (whom  the  fate  of  Huss  under  similar  cir- 
cumstances, and  notwithstanding  the  same  secu- 
rity of  an  imperial  safe  conduct,  filled  with  solici- 
tude) advised  and  entreated  him  not  to  rush 
wantonly  into  the  midst  of  danger.  But  Luther 
superior  to  such  terrors,  silenced  them  with  this 
reply  :  — "  J  am  lawfully  called,'"  said  he,  "  to  ap- 
pear in  that  city :  and  thither  I  will  go  in  the  7hame 
of  the  Lord,  though  as  many  devils  as  there  are 
tiles  on  the  houses  were  there  combined  against  me." 

When  Luther  arrived  at  Worms,  greater  crowds 
than  had  appeared  at  the  emperor's  public  entry, 
assembled  to  behold  him.  At  his  appearance  be- 
fore the  diet  he  behaved  with  great  decency  and 
firmness.  When  called  upon  to  recant  his  opin- 
ions, Luther  replied,  in  a  truly  exalted  manner, 
"  Except  I  can  be  convinced  by  clear  reasoning, 
or  by  proofs  taken  from  the  Holy  Scriptures,  I 
neither  can  nor  will  recant,  because  it  is  neither 
safe  nor  advisable  to  do  any  thing  which  is  against 
my  conscience.  Here  I  stand  ;  I  cannot  do  other- 
wise ;  so  help  me  God  !  Amen  !"  Luther  per- 
sisting in  this  answer,  he  was  dismissed  from  the 
assembly  under  a  strong  escort,  and  was  permit- 
ted by  the  emperor  to  return  from  Worms. 

Luther,  after  this,  in  1534,  translated  the  bible 
into  the  German  language,  wrote  many  works, 
and  labored  with  unwearied  zeal  in  propagating 
the  doctrines  of  the  reformation.  He  had  during 
his  life  the  pleasure  of  seeing  vast  numbers  of 
the  people  adoj)ting  his  sentiments,  and  the  re- 
formed religion  firmly  established  in  many  parta 
of  Europe, 


336 


GERMANY. 


unless  he  should  within  sixty  days  pub- 
licly recant  his  errors,  and  burn  his  own 
books.  Amid  a  vast  assemblage  of  peo- 
ple at  Wittenburg,  Luther  threw  the  pa- 
pal bull,  with  the  volumes  of  the  canon 
law  into  the  fiames,  renounced  the  au- 
thority of  the  pope,  exhorted  the  princes 
of  Europe  to  shake  off  the  oppressive  yoke 
which  they  had  so  long  borne,  and  ofler- 
ed  thanks  to  Almighty  God  that  he  was 
selected  as  the  advocate  of  true  religion, 
and  a  friend  to  the  liberties  of  mankind. 

At  the  diet  of  Augsburg,  1530,  the  pro- 
testant  princes  of  Germany  delivered  in 
their  confession  of  faith,  and  afterwards 
formed  the  league  of  Smalkald  against 
the  emperor.  At  the  peace  of  Passau, 
the  free  exercise  of  the  Lutheran  reli- 
gion was  permitted.  In  consequence  of 
the  disputes  regarding  the  succession  to 
the  Duchies  of  Cleves  and  Juliers,  the 
protestant  princes  formed  a  confederacy, 
called  the  Evangelical  Union,  at  the 
head  of  which  was  the  Elector  Palatine. 
To  this  the  Catholics  opposed  the  confed- 
eracy called  the  Catholie  League,  and 
placed  at  its  head  the  duke  of  Bavaria. 
From  1618,  when  open  war  began,  till 
the  peace  of  Westphalia  in  1648,  Ger- 
many was  a  scene  of  deA'^astation.  By 
this  peace,  the  empire  underwent  con- 
siderable changes  ;  the  Swedes  obtained 
Pomerania ;  the  house  of  Brandenburg 
obtained  Magdeburg,  Minden,  &c  ;  Al- 
sace was  conquered  by  France  ;  and  Lu- 
satia  ceded  to  Saxony.  The  war  for  the 
succession  of  Spain  not  producing  any 
changes  in  the  Germanic  empire,  need 
not  be  particularly  noticed  ;  the  same  re- 
mark applies  to  the  war  for  the  succes- 
sion of  Poland. 

In  Charles  VI,  the  male  stock  of  the 
house  of  Hapsburg  expired  ;  in  his  grand- 
son Joseph,  the  two  lines  of  this  family, 
after  a  separation  of  1100  3rears  were 
reunited.  On  the  decease  of  Charles  VI, 
Maria  Theresa,  his  only  daughter,  suc- 
ceeded him.  The  first  events  of  import- 
ance, after  her  accession,  was  the  war 
of  seven  years.  In  consequence  of  the 
king  of  Prussia  invading  Saxony  and 
Bohemia,  the  Aulic  Council  voted  his 
conduct  a  breach  of  tlie  public  peace; 
and  the  diet  of  the  empire  passed  a  de- 
cree to  the  same  effect.     This  made  it  a 


war  of  that  kind,  which  the  publicists  of 
Germany  call  a  war  of  execution  of  the 
empire.  The  event  of  the  war  was,  that 
a  mutual  oblivion  and  restitution  took 
place.  The  next  war  was  occasioned  by 
the  extinction  of  the  house  of  Bavaria  ;  it 
ended  in  the  peace  of  Saxe-Teschen,  by 
which  the  right  of  the  Elector  Palatine 
to  the  succession  was  allowed,  with  the 
exception  of  some  districts  of  land  be- 
tween the  Danube,  the  Inn, and  the  Salze, 
which  was  ceded  to  Austria. 

No  event  affecting  the  Germanic  em- 
pire took  place  after  this  till  the  French 
revolution.  By  it  the  German  states  on 
the  left  of  the  Rhine  were  first  over- 
whelmed ;  afterwards  the  power  of  Aus- 
tria was  reduced  ;  Bavaria,  Wurtemberg, 
and  Saxony,  raised  to  the  rank  of  king- 
doms, and  their  territories  considerably 
increased,  principally  by  the  annexation 
of  the  smaller  states.  Shortly  after  the 
treaty  of  Presburg,  most  of  the  princes 
in  the  western  and  southern  divisions  of 
Germany  separated  themselves  from  the 
Germanic  body,  and  formed  themselves 
into  a  league,  under  the  protection  of  the 
emperor  of  the  French,  under  the  title  of 
the  Confederated  Slates  of  the  Rhine. 

By  the  act  of  the  confederation,  all 
the  laws  of  the  empire  were  abrogated 
with  respect  to  these  states  ;  their  com- 
mon interests  were  to  be  discussed  in  an 
assembly  of  the  league  at  Frankfort,  di- 
vided into  two  colleges  of  kings  and 
princes ;  the  members  of  the  confedera- 
tion to  be  independent  of  foreign  powers, 
and  not  to  enter  into  any  kind  of  service 
except  among  themselves;  the  emperor 
Napoleon  to  be  protector  of  the  alliance  ; 
all  the  princes,  counts,  &,c,  within  the 
circle  of  the  aUied  territory  to  be  subject 
to  the  confederation ;  every  continental 
war  in  which  the  emperor  of  the  French 
or  the  confederated  states  might  be  en- 
gaged, to  be  common  to  both ;  the  con- 
tingents to  be  as  follows ;  France  200,000 
men  ;  Bavaria,  30,000  ;  Wurtemberg, 
12,000;  Baden  8,000;  Berg  5,000; 
Darmstadt  4,000  ;  Nassau,  Hohenzol- 
lern,  and  the  others,  4,000  ;  other  Ger- 
man princes  were  to  be  admitted  into  tho 
alliance,  when  conducive  to  the  common 
interest. 

By  a  solemn  act,  dated  at  Vienna  on 


G  E  Pv.  M  A  N  Y . 


337 


the  6th  of  August,  1806,  the  emperor  of  |  assembly  have  but  seventeen  votes.  Aus- 
Germany  after  adverting  to  the  conse-  j  tria,  Prussia,  Bavaria,  Saxony,  Hanover, 
quences  of  the  treaty  of  Presburg,  and  |  Wurtemberg,  Baden,  Hesse-Cassel,  Hes- 
to  the  formation  of  the  confederation  of  ,  se-Dannstadt,  Holstein,  and  Luxembero- 
the  states  of  the  Rhine,  absolved  all  his  ;  have  each  one  vote.  The  other  votes 
German  provinces  and  states  of  the  em-  j  are  collective. 

pire  from  the  reciprocal  duties  towards  Austria  presides  in  both  diets,  and  has 
the  Germanic  empire  ;  and  the  electors, ;  the  casting  vote  in  the  smaller  assembly, 
princes  and  states,  and  all  that  belonged  j  The  deputies  have  the  character  of  ple- 
lo  the  empire,  from  the  duties  by  which '  nipotentiaries,  are  responsible  to  their 
they  were  united  to  him  as  their  legal  respective  governments  only,  and  are, 
chief;  at  the  same  time  abdicating  the  ;  therefore,  governed  by  the  instructions  of 
imperial   government   of  the    Germanic   their  courts,  not  by  their  own  convictions. 


empire,  renouncmg  the  title  of  emperor 
of  Germany,  and  assuming  that  of  em- 
peror of  Austria. 

With  the  fall  of  Napoleon,  the  confed- 
eration of  the  Rhine  was  dismembered. — 
Bavaria,  and  the  other  members  succes- 
sively, joining  the  allies  against  their  for- 
mer protector, — and  was  succeeded  by 
the  Germanic  confederation,  formed  June 
the  8th,  1814,  according  to  the  words  of 
the  document,  to  secure  the  indepen- 
dence and  inviolability,  and  to  preserve 
the  internal  peace,  of  the  states.  Ger- 
many thus  presents  again  the  semblance 
of  a  political  whole,  which  in  reality 
possesses  no  strength,  even  in  time  of 
peace,  as  many  instances  show.  It  is 
only  necessary  to  mention  the  fruitless 
decrees  of  the  Germanic  diet,  respecting 
the  arbitrary  ordinances  of  the  elector  of 
Hesse-Cassel  against  the  holders  of  the 
old  domains,  tlie,excesses  and  follies  of 
the  duke  of  Brunswick,  and  the  want  of 
any  general  system  for  promoting  the 
internal  navigation  of  the  country.  In 
time  of  war,  its  inefficiency  must  be  still 
more  apparent.  At  present,  the  Ger- 
manic confederation  can  be  considered 
only  as  an  imperfect  union,  directed  prin- 
cipally by  the  two  most  powerful  mem- 
bers, Austria  and  Prussia,  which  entered 
into  it  reluctantly,  withholding  several  of 
their  provinces  from  the  confederacy. 

The  confederation  consists  of  thirty- 


rhe  chief  objects  of  the  German  con- 
federation are  the  following: — 1.  The 
independence  and  integrity  of  the  states  ; 
with  this  is  connected  the  right  of  ex- 
amining the  disputes  between  members 
of  the  confederation  and  foreign  states, 
and  of  obliging  the  former  to  yield,  if 
they  are  judged  to  be  wrong.  2.  The 
mutual  protection  of  the  states  against 
each  other,  or  the  preservation  of  the 
confederacy.  3.  The  internal  tranquilli- 
ty of  the  separate  states  is  left  to  the 
care  of  the  respective  governments  ;  but 
in  case  of  the  resistance  of  the  subjects 
to  their  government,  the  confederation 
may  assist  the  latter.  The  confederacy 
may  even  interfere,  without  being  called 
upon  by  the  government,  if  the  commo- 
tions are  of  a  dangerous  tendency,  or  if 
several  states  are  threatened  by  danger- 
ous conspiracies.  A  central  commission 
for  political  examinations  is  instituted  at 
Mentz,  which  has  been  engaged  for  a 
numl:)er  of  years  in  the  investigation  of 
revolutionary  plots.  4.  The  establish- 
ment of  representative  constitutions  in 
all  the  states  belonging  to  the  confedera- 
tion. Article  13  says — all  the  states  of 
the  union  shall  have  landes-standische 
Verfassungen.  This  landes-standische 
has  been  since  explained  in  such  a  way 
that  mockeries  of  constitutions,  like  that 
of  Prussia,  have  been  thought  sufEcient 
to  answer  the  claims  of  the  a<je.    5.  The 


four  monarchical  states  of  very  unequal ;  establishment  of  three  degrees  of  juris- 
extent,  and  four  free  cities.  The  diet  is  diction.  6.  Legal  equality  of  all  Chris- 
constituted  in  two  forms  :  first,  as  a  gen-  tian  denominations.  7.  The  establish- 
eral  assembly  in  which  every  member  j  ment  of  a  common  civil  law  in  Germany, 
has  at  least  one  vole  ;  the  great  powers  1  the  liberty  of  emigration,  and  the  right 
having  several.  The  other  form  of  the  }  of  the  subjects  of  each  state  to  hold  real 
diet  is  the  ordinary  a.ssembly,  in  Avhich !  property  in  every  other  state  of  the  con- 
the  thirty-nine  members  of  the  general  I  federation.  8.  The  regiilation  of  the 
43 


338 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


leo^al  relations  of  the  mediatized  princes  ]  Vienna,  as  the  constitution  of  the  con- 
of  the  old  empire.  These  provisions  j  federation.  In  regard  to  Austria  and  Prus- 
were  first  settled  by  the  fmidamental  act  i  sia,  it  must  be  observed,  that  it  is  only  their 
of  the  8th  of  June,  1815,  and  confirmed,  German  provinces  which  are  considered 
according  to  a  decree  of  the  congress  of  |  as  parts  of  the  German  confederation. 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


The  history  of  England  has  been 
traced  to  the  close  of  the  reign  of  Eliza- 
beth. The  union  of  the  crowns  of  Eng- 
land and  Scotland  forms  a  new  era,  and 
tlie  history  of  the  two  countries  will  here- 
after be  treated  of  under  the  name  of 
Great  Britain. 

James  YI,  of  Scotland,  came  to  the 
throne  of  England,  March  25lh,  1603. 
He  derived  his  claim  to  the  throne  of 
England  from  being  the  grandson  of  Mar- 
garet, eldest  daughter  to  Henry  VH  ; 
and,  on  the  failure  of  the  male  line,  his 
hereditary  right  remained  incontestiblc. 
Elizabeth  had,  with  her  latest  breath, 
recognised  him  for  her  successor,  so  that 
few  monarchs  ever  ascended  the  throne 
under  more  favorable  auspices. 

These  favorable  anticipations,  how- 
ever, were  soon  dispelled  ;  and  the  his- 
tory of  this  monarch's  reign  consists  of 
little  else  than  a  detail  of  disputes  and 
contentions  between  him  and  his  parlia- 
ment. A  particular  and  minute  account 
of  such  transactions  could  excite  but  little 
interest ;  but  it  is  of  importance  to  know 
their  origin,  as  they  may  be  considered 
the  original  cause  of  the  civil  war  which 
took  place  in  the  succeeding  reign. 

During  the  last  years  of  queen  Eliza- 
beth's reign,  the  commerce,  navigation, 
and  number  of  seamen  in  England,  had 
sensibly  decayed.  A  remonstrance  from 
the  Trinity  House,  in  1602,  says,  that 
from  1588  to  that  period,  the  number  of 
seamen  and  shipping  had  decayed  about 
a  third  part.  Every  species  of  domestic 
industry  was  fettered  by  monopolies ;  and 
by  exclusive  companies,  which  are  only 
another  species  of  monopoly,  almost  all 
foreign  trade,  except  that  to  France,  was 
brought  into  the  hands  of  a  few  rapacious 
traders,  and  all  prospect  of  future  im- 


provement in  commerce  was  sacrificed 
for  a  slight  temporary  advantage  to  the 
sovereign.  These  companies,  though 
arbitrarily- erected,  had  carried  their  privi- 
leges so  far,  that  almost  all  the  commerce 
centered  in  this  country  was  conlhied  to 
the  metropolis  ;  the  customs  of  London 
alone  amounted  to  110,000/,  a-year  ; 
while  those  of  all  the  kingdom  beside 
amounted  only  to  17,000Z,  ;  nay,  the 
whole  trade  of  London  was  confined  to 
about  two  hundred  citizens,  who  were 
easily  enabled,  by  combining  among 
themselves,  to  fix  Avhatever  price  they 
pleased  both  on  the  exports  and  imports 
of  the  nation.  Besides  this,  the  subjects 
were  burdened  by  wardships  and  purvey- 
ances. The  latter  was  an  ancient  pre- 
rogative of  the  crown,  by  which  the  of- 
ficers of  the  household  were  empowered 
to  take,  without  consent  of  the  owners, 
provisions  for  the  king's  family,  and 
wagons  and  horses,  for  the  removal  of 
his  baggage,  upon  paying  a  stated  price 
for  them.  The  king  had  also  a  power 
of  sending  any  person,  without  his  con- 
sent, on  whatever  message  he  pleased  ; 
and  thus  he  could  easily  force  any  indi- 
vidual to  pay  him  whatever  money  he 
chose,  rather  than  be  sent  out  of  the  coun- 
try on  a  disagreeable  errand.  Money 
obtained  from  individuals,  by  this  or  any 
other  method  of  the  same  description, 
was  called  a  benevolence. 

These  formed  the  principal  features 
of  oppression  under  which  the  nation  at 
this  time  labored,  and  these  the  rising 
spirit  of  patriotism  tended  to  redress. 
This  disposition,  however,  the  severe 
government  of  Elizabeth  had  confined 
within  very  narrow  bounds  ;  but  when 
James  succeeded  to  the  throne,  symptoms 
of  a  more  free  and  independent  char- 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


339 


acter  immediately  appeared.  But  James 
neither  perceived  the  alteration,  nor  had 
sufficient  capacity  to  check  its  early  ad- 
vances. He  had  established  in  his  own 
mind  a  speculative  system  of  absolute 
government,  w^hich  few  of  his  subjects, 
and  none  but  traitors  and  rebels,  he 
thought,  would  make  any  scruple  to  ad- 
mit. The  almost  unlimited  power  which, 
for  upwards  of  a  century,  had  been  ex- 
ercised by  the  English  sovereigns,  he 
considered  as  due  to  royal  birth  and  title, 
not  to  the  prudence  and  spirit  of  those 
monarchs,  or  the  peculiarities  of  the  times 
in  which  they  lived.  In  his  person, 
therefore,  he  imaghied  all  legal  power 
to  be  centered  by  an  hereditary  and  a 
divine  right ;  and  so  fully  was  he  per- 
suaded that  he  was  the  absolute  proprietor 
of  his  subjects,  that  in  his  speech  to  the 
parliament  in  1621,  he  told  them,  that 
he  "  wished  them  to  have  said  that  their 
privileges  were  derived  from  the  grace 
and  permission  of  him  and  his  ances- 
tors." And  vi^hen  the  same  parliament 
protested  that  "  the  liberties,  franchises, 
privileges,  and  jurisdictions  of  parliament, 
are  the  ancient  and  undoubted  birth-right 
and  inheritance  of  the  subjects  of  Eng- 
land," he  was  so  enraged,  that  sending 
for  the  journals  of  the  Commons,  he,  with 
his  own  hand,  before  the  council,  tore  out 
this  protestation ;  and  ordered  his  rea- 
sons to  be  inserted  in  the  council  book. 

The  consequence  of  such  opposite 
opinions  prevailing  between  the  king  and 
his  parliament  was,  that  during  this  reign 
the  prerogatives  of  the  crown  were  vio- 
lently and  openly  attacked  ;  but  the  chief 
grounds  of  discontent  were  money  and 
religion.  The  king's  high  notions  of  the 
royal  prerogative  made  him  imagine  he 
had  a  right  to  whatever  sums  he  pleased 
to  demand  ;  and  his  profusion  caused  him 
to  dissipate  in  a  short  time  the  scanty 
supplies  he  could  extort  from  the  parlia- 
ment, who  seem  to  have  acted  as  unrea- 
sonably on  the  one  hand  as  J  ames  him- 
self did  on  the  other.  In  the  previous 
reign  the  severities  of  Elizabeth  had  al- 
most totally  suppressed  the  catholics,  but 
it  had  been  otherwise  with  the  puritans. 
So  much  had  they  increased  by  the  very 
means  which  had  diminished  the  number 
of  catholics,  that  no  less  than  750  clergy- 


men of  that  persuasion  signed  a  petition, 
to  James  on  his  succession.  They  hoped 
that  the  king,  having  received  his  educa- 
tion in  Scotfand,  and  having  always  pro- 
fessed an  attachment  to  the  church  es- 
tablished there,  would  at  least  abate  the 
rigor  of  the  laws  enacted  against  the  pu- 
ritans, if  he  did  not  show  them  particular 
favor  and  encouragement.  But  in  this 
they  were  mistaken.  He  had  observed 
in  their  Scotch  brethren  a  zealous  attach- 
ment to  civil  liberty.  In  the  capacities 
both  of  monarch  and  theologian,  he  had 
experienced  the  little  complaisance  they 
were  disposed  to  show  him.  They  con- 
trolled his  commands,  disputed  his  tenets, 
and  to  his  face,  before  the  whole  people, 
censured  his  conduct  and  behavior.  This 
superiority  assumed  by  the  presbyterian 
clergy,  the  monarchical  pride  of  James 
could  never  digest.  He  therefore  not 
only  rejected  the  petition  of  the  seven 
hundred  and  fifty  clergjTiien  above  men- 
tioned, but  thoughout  his  whole  reign  re- 
fused to  relax  in  the  least  the  severity  of 
the  laws  against  protestant  non-conform- 
ists, though  very  often  petitioned  in  their 
favor  by  his  parliament. 

The  same  principles  which  occasioned 
in  James  such  an  aversion  to  the  puritans, 
prompted  him  to  favor  the  episcopalians, 
and  even  the  catholics  ;  indeed,  in  his 
youth  he  had  frequently  been  suspected 
of  a  bias  towards  the  religion  of  the  latter ; 
and  when  he  ascended  the  throne  of  Eng- 
land, it  is  certain  he  often  endeavored  to 
procure  some  mitigation  of  the  laws 
against  them,  if  not  an  absolute  toleration. 
But  in  this  he  was  constantly  opposed  by 
the  parliament ;  and,  indeed,  the  strong 
inclination  shown  by  James  to  establish 
episcopacy,  tended  greatly  to  alienate 
the  minds  of  his  subjects  from  his  gov- 
ernment. 

In  May,  1617,  the  king  set  out  for  Scot- 
land, expressly  with  the  design  of  estab- 
lishing episcopacy  in  that  kingdom.  He 
did  not,  however,  propose  to  abolish  pres- 
bytery entirely,  and  set  up  absolute  epis- 
copacy in  its  room.  He  intended,  to  con- 
tent himself  with  establishing  the  royal 
authority  above  the  ecclesiastical,  and 
introducing  some  ceremonies  into  the 
public  worship,  such  as  kneeling  at  the 
sacrament,   private   communion,  private 


340 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


baptism,  courirination  of  ohiUlron,  ami  the  ] 
observance  of  Christmas,  itc.  Ihit  as 
Ills  desigij  was  t'liUy  seen  from  the  eom- 
menoement,  it  was  promptly  met  by  the  i 
people  ;  every  ailvance  towards  episeo-  '■ 
paey,  ami  the  most  trivial  ceremonies  . 
wore  rejected  as  so  mauv  miMtal  sins.       i 

The  sante  bad  success  attciulcd  James  : 
when  he  attempted  to  oppose  puritanical ! 
innovations  in  Englaml.    He  had  observed 
in  his   proijress    throuuh    that   kingdoni. 
that   a  strict   observance  of  the  Sunday 
gained  jiround  every  day  ;  and  that    by 
tliis  means,  under  color  of  relioion,  the 
people  were  departed  from  such  sports  , 
and  recreations  as  he  coitsidered  neces- ' 
sarv  for  their  health  as  well  as  amuse-  ■ 
ment.     He  therefore  issued  a  proclama- 
tion to  allow  and  encouraive,  after  divine  j 
service,  all  kinds  of  lawful   «auu^s  and 
exercises  ;  but  this  proclamation  his  sub- 
jects regarded  as  an  instance  of  the  great- 
est impiety. 

In  lOOowas  discovered  the  celebrated 
gunpowder  plot.      'I'he  origin  of   which 
was  as  follows  : — On  the  accession  of 
James,  great  expectations  had  been  form- 
ed by  the  catholics  that  lie  wotdd  prove  i 
favorable  to  them,  both  as  that  was  the 
religion  of   his  mother,  and  as  he  him- ' 
self  had  been  suspected  of  a  Iiias  towards  | 
it  in  his  youth.      It  is  even  pretended  that 
he  had  entered  into  positive  engagements 
to  grant  them  a  toleration  as  soon  as  he 
should  ascend  the  English  throne.  Here, 
however,  they  fomul  their  hopes  built  on 
a  false  foundation.      As  .lames  on  all  oc- 
casions expressed  his  intention  of  execu- 
ting   strictly  the   laws    enacted    against 
them,  and  of  persevering  in  all  the  rigor- 
ous measures  of  queen  Elizabeth,  a  plan 
of  revenge  was  first  thought  of  bv  a  gen- 
tleman of  the  name  of  Catcsbv.    He  com-  j 
municated  his  intention  to  Percy,  a  des- ' 
cendant  of  the  house  of  Norihuniberland. 
The   latter  proposed  to   assassinate  the 
king;  but  this  seemed  to   Catesby  very  I 
far  from  being  adequate  to  their  purpose.  I 
He  told  Percy,  that  the  king  would  be  ' 
succeeded  by  his   children,  who  would 
also  inherit  his  maxims  of  government.  | 
He  told  him,  that  even  though  the  whole 
royal  family  were  destroyed,  the  parlia- ! 
ment,  nobility  and  gentry,  who  were  all ! 
infected  with  the  same  heresy,  would  i 


raise  another  protestant  prince  to  tho 
throne.  "  To  serve  any  good  jmrpose, 
we  must,"  to  use  his  own  words.  "  destroy, 
at  one  blow,  the  king,  the  royal  family, 
the  lords  and  commons  ;  and  bury  all  our 
enemies  in  one  comnum  ruin.  Happily 
tht\v  are  all  assembled  on  the  fust  meet- 
ing of  parliament  ;  and  alVord  us  the  op- 
portunity of  glorious  and  useful  ven- 
geance. Great  preparations  will  not  be 
requisite.  A  tew  of  us  may  run  a  mine 
below  the  hall  in  which  ihcy  meet;  and 
choosing  the  very  moment  when  the  king 
harangues  both  the  houses,  consign  over 
to  destruction  those  determined  foes  to 
all  piety  and  religion.  Meanwhile,  wo 
ourselves  standing  aloof,  safe  and  unsus- 
pected, shall  trimuph  in  being  the  instru- 
ments of  divine  wrath,  and  shall  behold 
with  pleasure  those  sacrilegious  walls,  in 
which  were  passed  the  edicts  for  pro- 
scribing our  church  and  butchering  her 
childrtMi,  tossed  into  a  thousand  fragments, 
while  their  impious  inhabitants,  medita- 
tingperhaps still  newpcrseculicms  against 
us,  pass  from  flames  above  to  fhunes  be- 
low, there  for  ever  to  endure  the  torments 
due  to  their  oU'ences." 

This  scheme  being  approved  of.  it  was 
resolved  to  cmnmunicate  it  to  a  few  more. 
Thomas  \\  inter  was  sent  over  to  Flan- 
ders in  quest  of  Eawkes,  an  oflicer  in  the 
Spanish  service  of  approved  zeal  and 
courage.  All  the  conspirators  were  bound 
by  the  most  solemn  oaths,  accompanied 
with  the  sacrament  ;  and  to  such  a  de- 
gree had  superstition  etlaccd  every  prin- 
ciple of  humanity  from  their  minds,  that 
not  one  of  them  ever  entertained  the 
smallest  compunction  for  the  massacre 
they  proposed  to  commit.  Some  indeed 
were  startled  at  the  thoughts  of  destroy- 
ing a  number  of  catholics  who  must  ne- 
cessarily be  present  as  spectators,  or  at- 
tendants on  the  king,  or  as  having  seats 
in  the  house  of  peers.  But  Desmond,  a 
Jesuit,  and  Garnet,  who  was  the  superior 
of  that  order  in  this  eoimtry,  removed 
those  scruples,  by  showing  that  the  inte- 
rest of  religion  required  in  this  case  the 
sacrifice  of  the  innocent  with  the  guilty. 

This  happened  hi  the  spring  and  sum- 
mer of  1604  ;  when  the  conspirators  also 
hired  a  house  in  Percy's  name,  adjoining 
to  that  in  which  the  parliament  was  to 


ORE  AT    BRITAIN. 


341 


assemble.  Towards  the  end  of  that  year 
they  bej^an  to  pierce  through  the  wall  of 
the  hoii.se,  in  order  to  gcA  in  below  that 
wliere  the  parliament  was  to  sit.  'i'he 
wall  was  three  yards  thick,  and  conse- 
quently occasioned  a  great  deal  of  labor. 
At  length,  however,  they  approached  the 
other  side,  but  were  then  startled  by  a 
noise  for  which  they  could  not  well  ac- 
count. Upon  infjuiry,  tln^y  found  that  it 
came  from  a  vault  below  the  house  of 
lords  ;  that  a  magazine  of  coals  had  been 
kept  tliere  ;  and  that  the  coals  were  then 
selling  ofl",  after  which  the  vault  would 
be  let  to  the  highe.st  bidder.  Upon  this 
the  vault  was  immediately  hired  by  Per- 
cy ;  3('y  barrels  of  powder  lodged  in  it ; 
the  whole  covered  up  with  faggots  and 
billets  ;  the  doors  of  the  cellar  boldly 
flung  open  ;  and  every  body  admitted  as 
if  it  contained  nothing  dangerous. 

'J'hc;  king,  the  queen,  and  prince  Hen- 
ry, were  expected  to  be  pres(;nt  at  the 
opening  of  the  parliament.  The  duke, 
on  account  of  his  age,  would  be  absent, 
and  it  was  resolved  that  Percy  should 
seize  or  murder  liim.  The  princess  Eliza- ' 
beth,  likewise  a  child,  was  kept  at  lord 
Harrington's  house  in  Warwickshire; 
and  some  others  of  the  conspirators  en-  ' 
gaged  to  assemble  their  friends  on  pre- 
tence of  a  hunting  match,  when  they  were  J 
to  seize  that  princess,  and  immediately 
proclaim  her  queen.  The  day  so  long 
wished  for  at  last  approached  ;  the  dread- 
ful secret,  though  communicated  to  more 
than  twenty  persons,  had  been  religiously 
kept  for  a  year  and  a  half:  when  a  few 
days  before  the  meeting  of  parliament, 
lord  Monteagle,  a  catholic,  son  to  lord 
Morley,  received  the  following  letter, 
which  had  been  delivered  to  his  servant 
by  an  unknown  hand.  "My  lord,  out  of 
the  love  I  bear  to  some  of  your  friends,  I 
have  a  care  for  your  preservation.  There- 1 
fore  I  would  advise  you,  as  you  tender 
your  life,  to  devise  some  excuse  to  shift 
off  your  attendance  on  this  parliament. 
For  God  and  man  have  determined  to 
punish  the  wickedness  of  this  time.  And 
think  not  .slightly  of  this  advertisement ; 
but  retire  yourself  into  the  country,  where 
you  may  expect  the  event  in  safety.  For 
though  there  be  no  appearance  of  any 
stir,  yet,  I  say,  they  shall  receive  a  terri-  ^ 


ble  blow  this  parliament;  and  yet  they 
shall  not  see  who  hurts  them.  This 
council  is  not  to  be  contemned,  because 
it  may  do  you  good,  and  can  do  you  no 
harm  :  for  the  danger  is  over  as  soon  as 
you  have  burned  this  letter.  And  1  hope 
God  will  give  you  the  grace  to  make 
good  use  of  it,  to  whose  holy  protection 
I  commend  you."  Though  Monteagle 
imagined  this  letter  to  be  only  a  ridicu- 
lous artifice  to  frighten  him,  he  imme- 
diately carried  it  to  lord  Salisbur}',  sec- 
retary of  state  ;  who  laid  it  before  the 
king  on  his  arrival  in  town  a  few  days 
after. 

The  king  looked  upon  tlie  letter  in  a 
more  serious  light.  From  the  manner  iu 
which  it  was  wrote  he  concluded  that 
some  design  was  forming  to  blow  up  the 
parliament  house  with  gunpowder,  and  it 
was  thought  advisable  to  search  the 
vaults  bf'Iow.  'i'he  lord  chamberlain,  to 
whom  this  charge  belonged,  purposely 
delayed  the  search  till  tlie  day  before 
the  meeting  of  parliament.  He  remark- 
ed those  great  piles  of  wood  and  faggots 
which  lay  in  the  vault  under  the  upper 
house :  and  casting  his  eyes  upon  Fawkes, 
who  stood  in  a  corner  and  passed  for 
Percy's  servant,  he  noticed  the  determin- 
ed courage  which  was  conspicuous  in  his 
face,  and  so  much  distinguished  this  con- 
spirator. Such  a  quantity  of  fuel,  also, 
for  one  wlio  lived  so  little  in  the  metro- 
polis as  Percy,  appeared  somewhat  ex- 
traordinary ;  and,  upon  comparing  all 
these  circumstances,  it  was  resolved  to 
make  a  further  search.  About  midnight, 
Sir  Thomas  Knivet,  a  ju.stice  of  peace, 
was  sent  with  proper  attendants  ;  and  be- 
fore the  door  of  the  vault  finding  Fawkes, 
who  had  just  finished  all  his  preparations, 
he  immediately  seized  him,  and,  turning 
over  the  faggots,  discovered  the  powder. 
The  matches  and  every  thing  proper  for 
setting  fire  to  the  train  were  taken  in 
Fawkes's  pocket ;  who,  seeing  now  no 
refuge  but  in  boldness  and  despair,  ex- 
pressed the  utmost  regret  that  he  had 
lost  the  opportunity  of  firing  the  powder 
at  once,  and  of  sweetening  his  own  death 
by  that  of  his  enemies.  For  two  or 
three  days  he  displayed  the  same  ob.sti- 
nate  intrepidity  ;  but,  being  confined  in 
the   tower,  and  the  rack  shown  to  him, 


342 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


his  courag;e  failed,  and  he  made  a  dis- 
covery of  all  the  conspirators. 

Catesby,  Porc-y,  and  the  other  crimi- 
nals, on  hearing  thai  Fawkes  was  arrest- 
ed, hurried  away  to  Warwickshire;  where 
Sir  Edward  Digby,  imagining  that  his 
confederates  had  succeeded,  was  already 
in  arms,  to  seize  the  princess  Elizabeth. 
.She  had  escaped  into  Coventry  ;  and  they 
were  obliged  to  put  themselves  in  a  pos- 
ture of  defence  against  the  country  peo- 
ple, who  were  raised  from  all  quaters  and 
armed  by  the  sherifls.  'i'he  conspirators 
with  all  their  attendants  ,  never  exceeded  j 
the  number  of  eighty  persons  :  and  being 
surrounded  on  every  side,  could  no  longer 
have  any  hope  of  escaping.  Having 
therefore  confessed  themselves,  and  re- 
ceived absolution,  they  Iroldly  prepared 
for  death,  and  resolved  to  sell  their  lives 
as  dear  as  possible.  But  even  this  mis- 
erable consolation  was  denied  them. 
Some  of  their  powder  took  fire,  and  dis- 
abled them  from  defending  themselves. 
The  people  then  rushed  in  upon  them. 
Percy  and  Catesby,  were  killed.  Digby, 
Rookwood,  Winter,  and  others,  being 
taken  prisoners,  were  tried,  confessed 
their  guilt,  and  died,  as  well  as  Garnet, 
by  the  hands  of  the  common  executioner. 
The  lords  Stourton  and  Mordant,  two 
catholics,  were  fined,  the  former  4,000Z, 
the  latter  1 0,000Z,  by  the  Star-chamber  ; 
because  their  absence  fi'om  parliament 
had  occasioned  a  suspicion  of  their  being 
made  acquainted  with  the  conspiracy. 
The  earl  of  Northumberland  was  fined 
30,000/,  and  detained  several  years  a 
prisoner  in  the  tower ;  because,  not  to 
mention  other  grounds  of  suspicion,  he 
had  admitted  Percy  into  the  number  of 
gentlemen  pensioners,  without  his  taking 
the  requisite  oaths. 

James  was  succeeded  by  Charles  I, 
who  ascended  the  throne  in  1625.  The 
young  king  inherited  from  his  father  a 
very  high  opinion  of  the  royal  preroga- 
tives. 

The  Puritans  had  continued  to  gain 
ground  during  the  whole  reign  of  James, 
and  now  formed  a  great  majority  of  the 
house  of  commons  ;  in  consequence  of 
which,  petitions  were  presented  to  the 
king  for  replacing  such  clergymen  as  had 
been  silenced  for  want  of  conformity  to 


the  ceremonies  of  tne  established  church. 
'I'hey  also  enacted  laws  for  the  strict  ob- 
servance of  Sunday,  which  they  would 
know  by  no  other  name  than  the  Sab- 
bath, and  the  different  appellations  of 
Sunday  and  Sabbath  were  at  that  time 
known  symbols  of  the  diflerent  parties. 
In  consequence  of  these  disagreements, 
Charles'  first  parliament  was  dissolved 
on  the  12th  of  August,  1625,  and  a  new 
one  called  on  February  the  6th,  1G26. 

This  parliament,  however,  immediately 
adopted  the  same  views  as  the  preceding 
one  ;  though  they  voted  him  a  supply  of 
three  subsidies  (168,000/.),  and  three 
fifteenths  ;  but  the  passing  this  vote  into 
a  law  was  reserved  until  the  end  of  the 
session.  This  conduct  was  greatly  re- 
sented by  Charles  ;  but  he  was  obliged  to 
submit,  and  wait  the  event  with  patience. 
In  the  mean  time  they  attacked  the  duke 
of  Buckingham,  who  was  also  impeached 
by  the  earl  of  Bristol,  on  account  of  his 
conduct  with  regard  to  the  Spanish  ne- 
gotiation. The  impeachment,  however, 
was  overlooked,  and  the  commons  were 
unable  to  prove  any  thing  of  consequence 
against  him.  The  king  commanded  the 
house  not  to  interfere  with  his  minister 
and  servant,  but  to  finish  in  a  few  days 
the  bill  they  had  begun  for  the  subsidies  ; 
otherwise  they  must  expect  to  end  their 
sittings  altogether. 

The  next  attack  made  by  the  com- 
mons, had  it  succeeded,  would  have  re- 
duced the  king  to  an  absolute  dependence 
on  his  parliament.  They  were  ])repar- 
ing  a  remonstrance  against  the  levying 
of  tonnage  and  poundage  without  consent 
of  the  house.  This  article,  together  with 
the  new  impositions  laid  on  merchandise 
by  James,  constituted  near  one  half  of 
the  crown  revenues ;  and  after  having 
gained  this  point,  they  were  to  petition 
the  king,  which  then  would  have  been 
the  same  thing  with  commanding  him,  to 
remove  Buckingham  from  his  presence 
and  councils.  The  king,  however,  being 
alarmed  at  the  yoke  they  were  preparing 
for  him,  hastily  dissolved  his  parliament 
on  the  15th  of  June,  1626. 

The  king,  under  his  pecuniary  embar- 
rassments, was  obliged  to  have  recourse 
to  means  hitherto  unpractised,  to  procure 
the  necessary  supplies.     The  demands 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


343 


of  his  Danish  and  German  allies,  added  j 
to  the  difficulties  he  encountered  at 
home,  and  the  loss  of  a  battle,  which 
brougiit  the  existence  of  protestantism  in  j 
Germany  to  the  lowest  ebb,  induced  the  ! 
king  to  raise  a  forced  loan.  He  endeav-  j 
ored  to  justify  this  arbitrary  measure  by  i 
a  promise,  that  every  farthing  thus  obtain-  i 
ed  from'  his  loving  subjects,  should  be 
returned  by  their  grateful  sovereign  out ; 
of  his  future  subsidies.  Notwithstand- 
ing this  declaration,  the  names  of  many  , 
who  refused  to  pay  were  returned  to  the  ' 
commissioners.  Of  these  the  rich  were 
imprisoned  ;  while  the  poor  were  ordered 
"  to  serve  with  their  bodies,"  and  were 
enrolled  in  the  army  or  navy. 

Five  gentlemen,  however — sir  Thomas 
Darnel,  sir  John  Corbet,  sir  Walter  Earl, 
sir  John  Hewenham,  and  John  Hamp- 
den— demanded  a  release,  not  as  a  favor 
from  the  court,  but  as  their  due  by  the 
laws  of  their  country.  No  particular 
cause  was  assigned  for  their  commit- 
ment. The  special  command  of  the  king 
and  the  council  alone  was  pleaded  ;  and 
it  was  alleged,  that  by"  law  this  was  not 
sufficient  reason  for  refusing  bail  or  re- 
leasement  to  the  prisoners.  The  ques- 
tion was  brought  to  a  solemn  trial  before 
the  court  of  king's  bench,  and  the  whole 
kingdom  was  in  a  state  of  the  greatest 
excitement  during  its  progress.  By  the 
debates  on  this  subject  it  appeared  that 
personal  liberty  had  been  secured  by  no 
less  than  six  different  statutes.  The 
court  having  ultimately  determined  that 
no  bail  could  be  taken,  the  public  voice 
exclaimed  that  the  prisoners  ought  to  be 
instantly  set  free. 

At  this  period  Buckingham  appeared 
at  the  head  of  a  large  fleet  before  Ro- 
chelle.  The  armament,  consisting  of  a 
hundred  sail,  was  supposed  to  be  destined 
against  Spain,  since  the  public  order  was, 
that  it  should  act  in  the  service  of  the ; 
palatine  ;  but  the  private  instructions  j 
directed  that  it  should  enter  the  harbor 
of  Rochelle,  and  proceed  to  the  islands  ' 
of  Rhe  and  Oleron.  In  palliation  of  this  : 
appearance  of  hostilities  where  war  was 
not  expected,  Buckingham  declared  that 
his  royal  master  had  no  intention  of  con- 1 
quest,  and  only  took  up  arms  as  an  ally ; 
of  the  church  in  France      The  cxpedi- ; 


tion  terminated  in  an  unfortunate  retreat, 
and  the  loss  of  some  thousands  of  the 
troops. 

The  mission  had  for  its  object  to  arm 
the  protestants  against  the  French  king. 
That  Charles  should  provoke  a  war  with 
the  brother  of  his  consort  was  to  all  a  mat- 
ter of  surprise.  The  king  had  dismissed 
the  foreign  establishment  of  his  (]ueen 
six  months  after  her  arrival  in  England, 
and  had  also  neglected  to  perfonu  the 
private  treaty  which  he  had  made  in  fa- 
vor of  his  catholic  subjects;  yet  harmo- 
ny had  been  restored  by  the  mediation 
of  Bassompierre,  ambassador  extraordi- 
nary from  Louis  to  the  English  monarch. 
Charles  having  prevailed  on  the  Rochel- 
lois  to  rebel,  found  himself  bound  in 
honor  to  support  their  efforts  in  the 
protestant  cause,  and  proposed  to  his  par- 
liament to  raise  supplies  for  a  second 
expedition  in  their  behalf;  a  means  he 
would  not  have  pursued,  could  he  have 
obtained  another  loan  by  the  royal  pre- 
rogative. A  third  parliament,  therefore, 
was  called  March  17,  1628.  The  king 
stated  at  the  beginning  of  the  session, 
that  "  if  they  should  not  do  their  duties, 
in  contributing  to  the  necessities  of  the 
state,  he  must,  in  discharge  of  his  con- 
science, use  those  other  means  which 
God  had  put  into  his  hands,  in  order  to 
save  that  which  the  follies  of  some  par- 
ticular men  might  otherwise  put  in  dan- 
ger." This  parliament  behaved  different- 
ly from  either  of  the  two  former  ones. 
They  commenced  by  voting  against  ar- 
bitrary imprisonments  and  forced  loans  ; 
after  which,  five  subsidies  (280,000Z.) 
were  voted  to  the  king.  With  this  sum, 
though  much  inferior  to  his  wants,  Charles 
declared  himself  well  satisfied  ;  the  com- 
mons, however,  resolved  not  to  pass 
this  vote  into  law  before  they  had  obtain- 
ed from  the  king  a  sufhcient  security  that 
their  liberties  should  be  no  longer  viola- 
ted. They  resolved  to  frame  a  law, 
which  they  were  to  call  a  "petition  of 
right."  The  principal  oppressions  com- 
plained of  were  forced  loans,  benevolen- 
ces, taxes  without  consent  of  parliament, 
arbitrary  imprisonments,  billeting  sol- 
diers, and  martial  law.  They  stated  that 
they  "did  not  pretend  to  possess  any  un- 
usual power  of  privileges  ;  nor  did  they 


3U 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


intend  to  infringe  the  royal  prerogative 
in  any  respect ;  they  aimed  only  at  se- 
curing those  rights  and  privileges  derived 
from  their  ancestors." 

The  king  replied  to  this  petition  by 
repeated  messages  to  the  house,  in  which 
he  always  offered  his  royal  word  that 
there  should  be  no  more  infringements 
on  the  liberty  of  the  subject.  These 
messages,  however,  had  no  effect  on  the 
commons  ;  and  therefore  the  petition  at 
last,  passed  both  houses,  and  nothing  was 
wanting  but  the  royal  assent  to  give  it 
the  force  of  a  law.  The  king  accord- 
ingly went  to  the  house  of  peers,  and 
sent  for  the  commons,  when  the  petition 
was  read  to  him.  In  answer  to  it,  he 
said,  "  The  king  willeth,  that  riglit  be 
done  according  to  the  laws  and  customs 
of  the  realm,  and  that  the  statutes  be  put 
into  execution  ;  that  his  subjects  may 
have  no  cause  to  complain  of  any  wrong 
or  oppression  contrary  to  their  just  rights 
and  liberties,  to  the  preservation  whereof 
he  liolds  himself  in  conscience  as  much 
obliged  as  of  his  own  prerogative." 

This  answer  was  received  with  great 
displeasure  by  the  commons.  At  last, 
the  king,  finding  it  impossible  to  carry 
his  point,  yielded  to  the  importunities  of 


Assasssination  of  llie  duke  of  Biickhigham. 

parliament.     He  came  to  the  house  of 


peers,  and  pronouncing  the  usual  form  of 
words,  "  Let  it  be  law  as  is  desired," 
gave  full  sanction  and  authority  to  the 
petition.  The  house  resoimded  with  ac- 
clamations, and  the  bill  for  five  subsidies 
immediately  passed. 

But  the  joy  was  temporary  ;  as,  in  ten 
days  after,  an  exposure  of  the  evils  said 
to  be  the  result  of  an  excess  of  power 
given  to  and  abused  by  Buckingham, 
were  stated  in  a  remonstrance  to  the 
king — leaving  it  to  his  majesty's  consid- 
eration how  far  it  would  be  safe  for  him- 
self and  for  the  realm  that  such  a  man 
should  continue  near  his  person.  Be- 
fore another  petition  could  be  read,  the 
parliament  was  prorogued ;  but  the  advan- 
tages it  had  gained  by  the  king's  rccogni- 
.  tion  of  the  bill  of  rights  established  the 
j  liberties  of  the  nation,  and  rendered  pos- 
'  terity  their  debtors. 

I  Buckingham  having  received  the  com- 
mand of  the  re-enforcements  intended  for 
Rochelle,  proceeded  to  Portsmouth  for 
<  the  purpose,  when  his  progress  was  ar- 
rested by  the  assassin  Felton,  who  struck 
I  a  knife  into  the  duke's  heart.  \\'hen  re- 
I  preached  with  the  crime  of  murder,  he 
I  said,  the  remonstrance   which  was  pre- 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


345 


sented  by  the  commons  had  convinced 
him  that  the  duke  was  the  cause  of  the 
national  calamities,  and  that  to  bereave 
him  of  life  was  to  serve  his  God,  his 
king,  and  his  country ;  that  he  felt  no 
enmity  to  the  duke,  but  as  he  struck  him 
had  prayed,  "  May  God  have  mercy  on 
thy  soul." 

That  the  duke  of  Buckingham  pos- 
sessed many  fascinating  qualities,  accom- 
panied by  a  graceful  person  and  courtly 
manners,  seem  to  have  been  the  chief 
recommendations  by  which  he  obtained 
the  partial  favor  of  two  succeeding  mon- 
archs.  In  temper  he  was  rash,  impetu- 
ous, and  obstinate  ;  and  had  he  escaped 
the  knife  of  the  assassin,  he  would  most 
probably  have  finished  his  career  on  the 
scaffold.  His  perseverance  in  urging 
the  king  to  trample  on  the  liberty  of  his 
subjects,  and  the  self-confidence  with 
which  he  braved  the  indignation  of  the 
people,  had  raised  a  hatred  throughout 
the  nation,  which  nothing  but  the  forfeit 
of  his  life  could  have  satisfied.  The 
king  received  the  intelligence  of  the 
duke's  death  with  real  sorrow  ;  he  called 
him  the  martyr  of  his  sovereign,  he  paid 
his  debts,  took  his  widow  and  children 
under  his  protection,  and  ordered  that  his 
remains  should  be  deposited  in  West- 
minster Abbey. 

At  the  re-assembling  of  the  parliament, 
in  1629,  different  petitions  were  again 
presented  on  the  subject  of  grievances, 
and  complaints  of  the  increase  of  Catho- 
licism ;  and  while  the  party,  named  the 
"  Saints,"  called  the  king's  attention  to 
religious  objects,  the  patriots  claimed  his 
notice  to  the  petition  of  right,  of  which 
fifteen  hundred  copies  had  been  prepared 
for  circulation,  but  which  the  king  order- 
ed should  be  suppressed,  to  make  room 
for  another  edition  in  which  the  royal  as- 
sent was  withheld.  This  act  branded 
the  character  of  Charles  with  the  stigma 
of  duplicity ;  but  the  indignation  of  his 
subjects  was  so  fearlessly  expressed,  that 
he  found  it  prudent  to  moderate  their  an- 
ger by  a  conciliatory  speech  from  the 
throne.  Such  was  the  tumult  in  the 
house  of  commons  on  the  occasion,  that 
when  the  speaker  informed  the  members 
that  the  king  had  ordered  an  adjournment 
of  the  house,  they  compelled  the  speak- 
44 


er,  by  locking  the  door,  and  holding  him 
down  in  his  chair,  to  hear  sir  John  El- 
liot read  a  remonstrance  against  the 
whole  government.  This  conduct  be- 
ing contrary  to  all  former  precedent, 
caused  Charles  to  issue  a  proclamation, 
in  which  he  showed  it  was  his  intention 
to  govern  in  future  without  the  interven- 
tion of  his  parliament. 

Scotland  was  the  first  of  the  three 
kingdoms  to  offer  open  force  to  the  gov- 
ernment of  Charles.  The  exertions  of 
Laud  to  establish  the  English  liturgy 
lighted  the  torch  of  dissension  through- 
out Scotland  ;  but  the  publishing  by  royal 
authority  a  new  code  of  ecclesiastical 
law,  and  a  new  form  of  church  service, 
threw  the  whole  country  into  commotion. 
Crowds  of  petitioners  came  to  Edin- 
burgh, and  their  representatives  com- 
posed a  committee,  who  inquired  into  all 
questions,  and  exercised  an  authority 
which  in  a  few  weeks  became  formida- 
able  under  their  leaders,  Bothes,  Bal- 
merino,  Lindsay,  Lothian,  Loudon,  and 
Cranston.  After  a  succession  of  contest- 
ed opinions,  a  new  covenant  was  com- 
posed, containing  a  profession  of  the  doc- 
trine, tenets,  and  discipline  of  the  kirk, 
to  which  was  attached  the  vow  wherein 
they  bound  themselves,  "  by  the  great 
name  of  the  Lord  their  God,"  to  defend 
the  true  religion,  to  resist  all  contrary 
errors  and  corruptions,  and  to  stand  in 
defence  of  the  king.  On  an  appointed 
day  the  covenanters,  who  in  number 
were  as  a  hundred  to  one  of  their  ojjpo- 
nents,  met  in  the  church  of  St.  Giles, 
and  swore  to  the  contents  of  the  cove- 
nant. 

In  vain  did  Charles  issue  the  royal 
mandate  for  the  covenanters  to  disperse. 
With  the  earl  of  Argyle  at  their  head, 
they  declared  the  order  illegal,  and  de- 
termined to  meet  the  expected  army  from 
England  with  the  sword  of  defiance. 
Charles  found  his  English  subjects  on 
that  occasion  very  backward  ;  some  even 
declined  taking  the  oath  of  allegiance  by 
which  it  was  intended  that  they  should 
bind  themselves  to  oppose  the  covenant- 
ers as  rebels.  The  armies  met  at  Ber- 
wick ;  Lesley  headed  the  covenanters, 
who  were  20,000  strong  ;  and  on  their 
ensigns    was   this   motto,    added    to  the 


346 


GREAT    BRITAIN, 


Scottish  arms,  "  For  Christ's  crown  and 
the  covenant."  Charles  commanded  an 
equal  force  ;  but  all  these  warlike  pre- 
parations terminated  in  a  pacific  treaty, 
conducted  by  Charles  in  person,  and 
signed  by  the  monarch  and  the  chiefs  of 
the  covenanters  at  Berwick.  The  king 
engaged  in  this  treaty  to  summon  a  parlia- 
ment at  Edinburgh  in  the  month  of  Au- 
gust, to  consider  upon  civil  matters  ;  and 
at  the  same  time  to  call  an  ecclesiastical 
assembly,  to  which  he  should  refer  the 
questions  on  religion.  Meantime  Charles, 
who  saw  the  desire  of  the  covenant- 
ers to  suppress  his  authority,  conceived 
the  only  sure  way  to  obtain  their  obedience 
was  to  use  force  ;  but  before  he  summon- 
ed his  English  parliament,  he  authorized 
Wentworth,  whom  he  had  created  earl 
of  Strafford,  to  vote  for  a  subsidy  in  the 
Irish  parliament,  intending  it  should  form 
a  precedent  to  the  English  members,  who 
were  required  to  assemble  soon  after  ; 
and  as  they  had  not  met  for  some  years, 
the  people  looked  to  the  session  as  likely 
to  afford  them  relief.  At  its  opening  the 
king  repeated  his  demand,  for  money  ; 
the  commons  heard  his  complaints  with 
indifference,  giving  their  whole  attention 
to  the  grievances  of  the  nation,  to  which 
subject  they  asked  the  co-operation  of 
the  lords.  In  vain  did  they  maintain  in 
the  upper  house  that  the  wants  of  the 
king  should  be  lirst  supplied  ;  the  com- 
mons would  not  yield,  and  during  their 
debate  Charles  dissolved  the  parliament, 
and  the  hopes  of  the  people  once  more 
withered  in  despair. 

Preparations  for  war  were  now  made 
both  by  the  English  and  the  Scots  ;  but 
the  poverty  of  Charles,  and  the  prudent 
foresight  of  the  covenanters,  rendered 
the  latter  decisive  and  unanimous,  so  that 
they  were  ready  for  the  attack  when  the 
English  were  only  beginning  their  ar- 
rangements. 

The  earl  of  Strafford,  who,  under  the 
king,  acted  as  commander-in-chief,  or- 
dered the  general  of  the  horse  to  oppose 
the  Scots  in  the  passage  of  the  Tyne  : 
the  attempt  was  made,  but  ended  in  the 
defeat  of  the  English.  Although  the 
Scots  were  encouraged  with  the  pros- 
pect of  victory,  they  knew  that  it  would  mar 
their  interest  to  rouse  the  spirit  of  re- 


J  venge  in  their  enemies  ;  and,  therefore, 
I  they  resolved  on  presenting  themselves 
]  in  the  guise  of  petitioners  to  their  sov- 
j  ereign.  The  king  signified  his  willing- 
ness to  receive  their  demands,  and  sum- 
I  moned  the  English  peers  to  meet  him  at 
I  York :  as  the  commons  had  showed 
themselves  refractory,  he  preferred  this 
j  mode  to  the  calling  both  houses  of  par- 
liament ;  but  a  series  of  petitions  obhged 
him  to  pursue  the  usual  way,  and  a  full 
parliament  was  summoned. 

The  members  of  the  covenant  directed 
their  labors  to  the  abolition  of  episcopa- 
cy, and  the  establishment  of  the  presby- 
terian  form  of  church  government.  But 
here  opinion  was  much  divided ;  even 
when  the  majority  was  in  favor  of  the 
anti-episcopalians,  the  king  declared  that 
his  conscience  would  never  allow  him  to 
put  down  an  order  which  he  considered 
necessary  to  Christianity.  The  debates 
between  the  different  parties  arrived  at 
such  a  height,  that  the  king  found  him- 
self obliged,  in  order  to  conciliate  the 
public  mind,  to  adopt  a  sort  of  middle 
path,  by  which  the  bishops  would  be  de- 
prived of  their  legislative  powers.  With 
this  the  enemies  of  episcopacy  professed 
themselves  satisfied,  and  it  was  deter- 
mined to  bring  the  earl  of  Strafford  to 
trial  for  high-treason. 

Never,  perhaps,  did  a  statesman  encoun- 
ter such  open  enmity.  The  Scots  called 
for  his  destruction  for  having  urged  the 
king  to  make  war  upon  them  ;  the  Irish 
detailed,  under  sixteen  heads,  the  oppres- 
sions they  had  suffered  under  his  govern- 
ment ;  and  the  English  house  of  lords 
issued  an  order,  to  which  the  king  as- 
sented, that  the  privy  counsellors  should 
be  examined  on  oath  regarding  the  advice 
given  by  Strafford  at  their  board.  As  re- 
garded the  latter  charge,  a  document  was 
produced  containing  short  notes  in  the 
writing  of  the  secretary,  of  a  debate  at 
the  council-table,  in  which  Strafford  was 
made  to  say,  "  Your  majesty,  having  tried 
the  affection  of  your  people,  is  absolved 
and  loosed  from  all  hold  of  government, 
and  to  do  what  power  will  admit.  Hav- 
ing tried  all  ways  and  being  refused,  you 
shall  be  acquitted  before  God  and  man  ; 
and  you  have  an  army  in  Ireland,  that 
you  may  employ  to  reduce  this  kingdom 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


347 


to  obedience ;  for  I  am  confident  that  the 
Scots  cannot  hold  out  five  months." 

To  obtain  evidence  on  this  charge, 
all  the  members  were  examined,  except 
Windebank  and  Laud ;  and  all,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  Pym,  to  whom  sir  Henry  Vane 
had  privately  shown  the  notes,  declared 
they  had  no  recollection  of  the  words. 
When  the  managers  found  they  had  failed 
in  this  attempt,  they  resolved  to  produce 
the  short  notes  ;  and  with  this  view,  on 
the  morning  on  which  Strafford  was  to 
enter  upon  his  defence,  they  asked  leave 
to  bring  further  evidence,  to  which  the  lords 
replied,  that  the  same  favor  that  should 
be  granted  to  the  accusers  should  be 
granted  to  the  accused :  for  the  lords, 
who  had  previously  formed  their  opinions, 
had,  during  the  trial,  changed  them  in  fa- 
vor of  the  earl.  The  commons,  who 
formed  the  committee  of  the  house,  dis- 
approving of  this  temper  in  the  lords,  re- 
tired to  their  own  house,  where,  having 
deliberated  on  the  matter  with  closed 
doors,  they  determined  to  abandon  the 
mode  of  impeachment,  and  adopt  that  of 
attainder,  and  brought  in  a  bill  to  that 
effect. 

When  the  bill  of  attainder  had  passed 
the  lower  house,  the  king  encouraged 
Strafford  with  the  assurance  that  his  life 
should  be  preserved.  Many  projects  for 
this  purpose  were  planned,  all  of  which 
were  frustrated  by  the  treachery  of  the 
agents,  so  that  Charles  had  recourse  to 
another  measure.  He  assured  the  lords 
that  the  contents  of  the  document  were 
false,  and  that  with  this  knowledge  it  were  ' 
impossible  for  him  to  give  his  assent  to 
the  bill ;  and  he  required  of  them  to 
suggest  some  plan  by  which  to  satisfy 
public  justice,  without  offering  violence 
to  his  conscience. 

The  commons  considered  this  a  viola- 
tion of  their  privileges,  and  a  protest, 
signed  by  both  houses,  waited  on  the 
king,  to  obtain  his  assent  to  the  sentence 
of  treason  passed  upon  Strafford.  He 
promised  to  give  it  on  the  following 
Monday. 

At  the  period  which  had  been  fixed 
for  the  king  to  meet  his  Scottish  parlia- 
ment, his  majesty  commenced  his  jour- 
ney, though  much  solicited  by  his  Eng- 
lish subjects  to  delay  it.     At  Newcastle, 


the  monarch  accepted  an  invitation  to 
dine  with  Lesley,  and  after  his  arrival  in 
Scotland  he  made  many  concessions, 
and  attended  the  long  service  of  the 
kirk  :  by  these  means  Charles  expected 
to  gain  the  favor  of  the  people,  and 
thought  he  should  secure  the  lives  of 
several  who  were  his  friends,  and  whom 
he  had  been  compelled  to  abandon. 

During  the  period  that  his  majesty  was 
in  Scotland,  the  people  of  Ireland  stated 
that  they  possessed  equally  just  claims 
with  the  English  parliament  to  defend 
their  rights  and  their  religion  ;  and  that 
part  of  his  majesty's  dominions  became, 
in  a  few  months,  in  a  state  of  open  re- 
bellion. It  was  not  till  things  had  con- 
tinued several  weeks  in  this  state,  that 
a  meeting  was  summoned  to  inquire  into 
the  causes  of  the  rebellion.  The  ques- 
tion was  answered  that,  on  account  of 
their  religion,  the  natives  had  been  sub- 
jected to  cruel  restraints,  and  excluded 
from  all  offices  of  trust,  while  low  and 
needy  persons  were  raised  to  honors  be- 
cause they  were  protestants  and  English- 
men ;  they  also  mentioned  many  other 
grievances,  on  which  accounts  they  de- 
clared themselves  firm  in  their  resolution 
never  to  lay  down  their  arms  until  these 
evils  were  redressed  ;  and  observed,  that 
in  such  conduct  they  ought  not  to  be 
deemed  more  blameable  than  the  Scots, 
whose  petition  had  been  received  and 
approved  by  the  king  and  the  parliament. 

At  this  crisis,  the  king  returned  to 
England,  and  a  remonstrance  was  pre- 
sented from  the  country  party,  in  which 
seventy  catholic  gentlemen  were  de- 
nounced as  dangerous  to  the  state.  The 
qtieen's  confessor  was  sent  to  the  Tower, 
and  both  houses  passed  a  resolution,  de- 
claring they  would  never  consent  to  the 
toleration  of  the  catholic  religion  in  Ire- 
land, or  in  any  part  of  his  majesty's  do- 
minions. The  king  resolved  to  retain 
the  army  for  the  support  of  his  crown  ; 
and  his  enemies  were  equally  resolved 
to  possess  the  command  of  it.  The  two 
houses  had  appointed  a  council  of  war 
while  the  king  was  on  his  way  from 
Scotland,  and  had  commissioned  the  earl 
of  Leicester  to  raise  men  for  the  service 
of  Ireland.  Charles  from  this  period 
commenced    open   hostilities   with    the 


348 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


most  violent  of  his  opponents,  and  soon 
after  found  it  needful  to  fly  with  his  fam- 
ily for  safety  to  Hampton  Court,  and 
found  himself  so  beset  by  his  enemies, 
that  he  copied  all  the  papers,  sent  him 
by  the  faithful  Hyde,  with  his  own  hand, 
and  burnt  the  originals. 

The  king's  subsequent  retirement  to 
York  rendered  his  situation  less  painful, 
as  the  gentry  sent  him  loyal  addresses  ; 
but  at  this  time  his  majesty  and  the  par- 
liament were  both  raising  armies  to  op- 
pose each  other. 

Hostilities  commenced  by  the  refusal 
of  Colonel  Goring  to  attend  the  order  of 
the  paliament  without  the  permission  of 
the  king.  The  latter  commanded  the 
royal  standard  to  be  raised  at  Notting- 
ham ;  on  it  was  a  hand  pointing  to  a 
crown,  with  this  motto  :  "  Give  to  Caesar 
his  due."  The  higher  classes  rallied 
round  the  king,  whilst  the  country  yeo- 
manry, and  the  merchants  and  tradesmen, 
gave  their  services  to  the  parliament. 
The  first  of  these  parties  were  called 
cavaliers,  and  the  latter  round-heads, 
from  their  fashion  of  cropping  the  hair 
short.  The  royalists  were  commanded 
by  the  earl  of  Lindsay  ;  the  parliamen- 
tary forces  by  the  earl  of  Essex. 

The  first  action,  at  Edge-hill,  was  ad- 
vantageous to  the  royalists,  though  the 
united  numbers  of  the  slain  on  that  day 
amounted  to  six  thousand.  Another  bat- 
tle took  place  at  Brentford,  where  the 
advantage  was  still  on  the  same  side  ; 
but  on  approaching  nearer  the  metropo- 
lis, the  two  armies  faced  each  other  a 
whole  day  on  Turnham  Green,  without 
making  a  charge,  and  the  king  retired  to 
Reading,  and  thence  to  Oxford. 

In  Ireland  a  federative  government 
was  formed  by  the  catholics,  in  which 
they  professed  loyalty  to  the  sovereign, 
but  claimed  their  right  to  defend  their 
liberty  and  religion.  They  oflered  their 
allegiance  to  his  majesty,  while  at  the 
same  time  they  petitioned  for  the  redress 
of  their  grievances,  and  asked  for  those 
national  rights  which  had  been  granted 
both  to  England  and  Scotland.  The 
king  consented  that  an  armistice  should 
be  formed  with  the  insurgents,  and  the 
confederates  contributed  a  considerable 
sum   towards   the  support  of  the   royal 


army.  In  less  than  six  months  after- 
wards a  strenuous  endeavor  was  made 
by  the  king  to  obtain  peace,  but  the  par- 
liament decided  for  war. 

A  numerous  army  of  Scotch  and  Irish 
assisted  both  parties  ;  and  the  reputation 
of  the  latter  for  courage  greatly  intimi- 
dated their  adversaries.  Several  able 
generals  distinguished  themselves,  and 
among  them  the  celebrated  colonel  Monk, 
who  was  made  a  prisoner  by  the  royalist 
army  at  Nantwich.  The  parliament  de- 
clared its  intention  to  stake  the  fate  of 
events  on  one  great  and  decisive  battle, 
and  for  this  end  increased  their  forces, 
imder  their  generals  Essex  and  Waller. 
But  here,  as  in  most  national  causes,  the 
diversity  of  interests  in  the  commanders 
prevented  union  in  their  conduct.  In 
number  the  royalists  were  much  inferior 
to  their  opponents,  which  rendered  it  im- 
portant to  the  king  that  he  should  rather 
evade  his  pursuers  than  give  them  battle. 
He  succeeded  in  this  manoeuvre,  and  had 
gained  courage  from  the  result,  when  he 
learned  that  the  city  of  York  was  be- 
sieged. His  majesty  immediately  sent 
his  commands  to  prince  Rupert  to  hasten 
to  its  relief.  He  obeyed  the  mandate, 
and  in  a  few  days  after  fought  the  great 
battle  of  Marston  Moor,  the  result  of 
which  was  disastrous  to  the  royal  party ; 
the  city  of  York  was  compelled  to  capitu- 
late for  the  safety  of  its  inhabitants,  and 
the  campaign  ended  by  an  order  for  the 
combined  army  to  separate.  This  order, 
issued  by  the  parliamentary  committee, 
Essex  did  not  obey  ;  he  continued  to 
pursue  and  harass  the  royalists,  until  his 
situation  compelled  him  to  capitulate,  and 
to  surrender  his  arms,  ammunitions,  and 
artillery  :  a  circumstance  which  so  far 
revived  the  hopes  of  Charles,  that  he  in- 
'  vited  his  subjects  to  accompany  him  to 
London.  His  adversaries  again  rallied, 
'  and  many  engagements  followed  ;  but  in 
the  end  the  parliamentary  cause  received 
the  greatest  check  from  the  ambition  of 
its  own  agents.  The  command  of  the 
seven  associated  provinces  had  been 
forced  upon  the  earl  of  Manchester,  who 
accepted  the  office  with  reluctance,  as  ' 

he  was  unaccustomed  to  military  opera- 
tions, and  he  intrusted  their  direction  to 
^  his  council.     His  lieutenant-general  was  j 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


349 


Cromwell,  the  representative  in  the  com- 
mons' house  for  Cambridge  ;  he  was  a 
relative,  and  had  been  a  faithful  follower 
of  Hampden,  and  was  a  man  of  singular 
zeal,  energy,  and  courage.  Cromwell 
maintained  the  common  right  of  men  to 
worship  God  according  to  their  own  con- 
sciences, and  his  manners  obtained  him 
the  entire  control  of  the  soldiers  under 
his  command  ;  this  alarmed  the  commis- 
sioners for  Scotland,  and  they  oppointed 
Crawford,  who  was  a  rigid  presbyterian, 
to  the  post  of  major-general,  which  cir- 
cumstance created  a  rivalship  between 
these  officers,  and  they  accused  each 
other  and  recriminated  until  their  quarrel 
became  matter  of  inquiry  in  the  house. 
Cromwell  was  accused  of  having  turned 
his  back  in  the  battle  of  Marston  Moor  ; 
and  he  charged  Manchester  with  disaf- 
fection towards  his  party.  A  reform 
of  the  army  was  determined  on,  and  a 
decree  passed,  called  the  "  self-denying 
ordinance,"  which  excluded  the  members 
of  the  two  houses  from  all  civil  and  mili- 
tary offices.  Sir  Thomas  Fairfax  was 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  army,  with 
major-general  Skipton  as  second  in 
command. 

Again  the  question  of  peace  became 
the  subject  of  debate  ;  but  in  a  cause 
where  opinions  were  as  diversified  as 
the  different  interests  of  the  parties  con- 
cerned, there  was  great  difficulty  in  com- 
ing to  any  satisfactory  conclusion. 

The  battle  of  Naseby  was  the  first  in 
which  the  valor  of  Cromwell  was  highly 
distinguished,  and  it  was  that  in  which 
the  king's  cabinet,  containing  a  number 
of  private  letters,  formed  part  of  the  trea- 
sure taken  from  the  vanquished  royalists. 

Charles  now  retreated  to  Hereford,  and 
thence  to  Kagland  castle,  the  seat  of  the 
marquis  of  Worcester,  and  then  to  Car- 
diff', for  the  purpose  of  holding  communi- 
cation with  prince  Rupert  at  Bristol  ; 
and  he  also  lost  the  three  fortresses,  Car- 
lisle, Pontefract,  and  Scarborough.  To 
avoid  falling  into  the  hands  of  his  ene- 
mies, the  king  fled  from  one  spot  to 
another,  until  he  arrived  at  Oxford,  where 
he  intended  to  spend  the  winter,  hoping 
that,  in  the  following  spring,  the  victories 
of  Montrose  in  Scotland,  the  peaceable 
state  of  Ireland,  and  the  interest  of  his 


foreign  allies,  would  all  operate  in  his 
favor. 

The  king  having  deemed  it  advisable 
to  join  the  Scottish  army,  he  renewed  his 
correspondence  with  the  parliament. 

When  Charles  received  the  proposi- 
tions of  parliament,  he  again  mentioned  a 
personal  conference,  to  "  weigh  reasons 
and  come  to  a  right  understanding." 
This  answer  was  termed  evasive  by  the 
independents.  Whilst  this  topic  was 
discussed  with  much  party  violence,  the 
two  houses  fixed  on  Holmby,  near  North- 
ampton, for  the  future  residence  of  the 
king ;  and  they  sent  commissioners  who 
conducted  him  thither,  under  a  strong 
guard,  but  who  treated  him  with  outward 
marks  of  respect. 

After  the  king's  arrival  at  Holmby  he 
was  carefully  watched,  and  no  one  had 
access  to  the  royal  person  without  the 
leave  of  the  parliament ;  all  those  who 
came  to  be  touched  for  the  evil  were 
sent  back,  and  three  months  were  passed 
by  the  monarch  without  any  variation, 
except  his  occasional  rides,  and  some- 
times a  game  at  bowls  ;  the  rest  of  the 
time  his  majesty  passed  in  the  retirement 
of  his  closet. 

At  the  end  of  that  period,  the  king,  in 
a  letter  to  the  parliament,  expressed  his 
readiness  to  yield  to  their  requests  in 
confirming  the  presbyterian  government 
for  three  years,  provided  that  liberty  of 
worship  should  be  allowed  to  himself 
and  his  household,  and  that,  at  the  end 
of  that  term,  religion  should  be  regulated 
by  himself  and  the  two  houses.  He  also 
expressed  his  willing  concession  in  other 
points  which  they  had  deemed  of  im- 
portance. The  lords  received  the  letter 
with  satisfaction,  but  the  commons  ne- 
glected to  notice  it.  In  the  interim, 
Cromwell  was  moving  onward  towards 
the  goal  that  was  to  crown  his  success  ; 
he  gained  the  confidence,  and  obtained 
an  entire  control  over  his  commander, 
Fairfax — a  man  daring  and  courageous 
in  the  field,  but  easy  and  conceding  in  his 
private  conduct. 

The  independents  pursued  their  own 
course ;  they  secretly  issued  their  or- 
ders, and  the  troops  were  on  their  inarch 
towards  the  metropolis,  before  the  parlia- 
ment was  aware  that  they  had  left  the 


350 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


Cromwell  swppressing  the  Mutineers. 


neighborhood  of  Nottingham.  A  remon- 
strance was  presented,  in  which  the 
army  required  the  payment  of  arrears 
due,  and  exemption  from  foreign  service, 
and  stated  a  long  list  of  grievances,  which 
drew  from  the  parliament  threats  of  pun- 
ishment that  only  served  to  increase  the 
general  discontent.  "  Should  men,"  they 
asked,  "  who  had  fought  and  bled  for 
their  country  be  forbidden  to  state  their 
grievances  ?"  They  eidisted  volunteers, 
and  thus  increased  their  numbers  to  many 
thousands  ;  they  divided  themselves  into 
two  distinct  bodies  :  the  officers  formed 
one,  and  two  privates  where  selected 
from  each  troop  as  representatives,  who 
formed  the  other,  under  the  name  of  ad- 
jutators,  or  helpers  ;  and  these  two  bodies 
acted  from  their  joint  deliberations.  The 
result  was,  that  the  army  became  the 
most  powerful  party.  Having  determin- 
ed on  taking  the  king  under  its  own  pro- 
tection, Joyce,  a  cornet  in  the  general's 
life-guard,  was  sent  to  conduct  his  majes- 
ty to  the  camp. 

The  king,  attended  by  his  servants, 
proceeded  to  Newmarket.  The  army 
having  so  far  succeeded  in  their  views, 
the  parliament  treated  with  its  command- 


ers as  commissioners  of  a  party  possessing 
equal  power  with  themselves,  and  hence- 
forward they  acted  in  concert.  The  king 
was  treated  Avilh  the  highest  respect  ; 
his  children  and  friends  found  easy  ac- 
cess to  his  person.  After  the  army  had 
entered  London,  and  the  king's  residence 
was  fixed  at  Hampton  Court,  he  profess- 
ed his  readiness  to  treat  with  the  com- 
missioners of  the  army  ;  and  observed, 
that  their  plan  was  likely  to  form  the 
basis  of  a  lasting  peace. 

While  Charles  seemed  thus  satisfied 
with  the  conduct  of  the  army,  he  was  in 
reality  forming  treaties  with  the  commis- 
sioners of  Scotland  and  Ireland ;  and 
while  his  opinion  fluctuated  with  the  influ- 
ence of  party,  a  new  faction  rose,  with  the 
avowed  aim  of  investing  the  sovereignty 
in  the  people.  The  movers  of  this  fac- 
tion called  themselves  levellers,  and  their 
number  soon  increased  to  a  formidable 
height  under  their  nominal  supporters, 
colonels  Pride  and  Rainsborough.  The 
nation  being  now  thrown  into  confusion, 
the  king  thought  himself  unsafe  so  near 
London,  and  fled  to  the  countess  of 
Southampton,  at  Tichfield  House  ;  from 
thence  lus  friends  solicited  the  protec- 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


351 


tion  of  Hammond,  governor  of  the  Isle 
of  Wight,  a  man  in  the  interest  of  Crom- 
well. By  this  officer,  who  acted  with 
caution,  the  king  was  conducted,  some- 
what reluctantly,  to  Carisbrook  Castle. 
The  levellers  were  irritated  at  his  flight, 
and  directed  their  revenge  against  Crom- 
well, who,  considering  his  life  in  danger, 
saved  it  by  an  act  of  intrepidity,  by  insti- 
tuting a  court  martial,  and  executing 
some  of  the  leaders  on  the  spot.  This 
summary  proceeding  restored  subordina- 
tion in  the  army,  though  it  taught  him  a 
lesson  to  keep  on  good  terms  with  the 
parliament  and  the  army. 

The  royalists  looked  to  Scotland  for 
assistance  ;  but  the  army  under  the  duke 
of  Hamilton  did  not  arrive  so  soon  as  was 
expected ;  and  colonel  Poyer,  governor 
of  the  castle  of  Pembroke,  was  the  first 
to  unfurl  the  royal  standard.  Small  di- 
visions collected  in  different  parts  of  the 
kingdom,  who  rallied  at  the  call  for  "  God 
and  the  king."  Petitions  daily  poured 
in  from  all  parts,  praying  that  the  army 
might  be  disbanded,  and  that  the  king 
might  be  brought  back  to  the  capital ; 
but  opinions  varied  on  the  latter  point, 
and  the  royalists  began  to  despair  of  suc- 
cor, when  they  heard  that  the  Scottish 
army  had  crossed  the  borders  :  this,  how- 
ever, was  only  a  fallacious  hope.  Ham- 
ilton had  led  his  men  into  Lancashire  in 
numbers,  where  they  might  have  proved 
victorious  ;  but  it  was  the  duke's  misfor- 
tune to  feel  diffident  of  his  own  powers, 
and,  with  a  great  share  of  personal  cour- 
age, he  trusted  to  the  guidance  of  others, 
who  allov/ed  their  own  interests  and  their 
private  jealousies  and  quarrels  to  super- 
sede every  consideration  regarding  the 
service  in  which  they  had  engaged.  The 
complete  discomfiture  of  the  Scottish  ar- 
my was  the  result  of  this  misconduct, 
and  Cromwell's  cause  proved  triumphant. 

When  aflairs  were  in  this  state,  and 
England,  Ireland,  and  Scotland  were  in 
anarchy  and  disorder,  from  the  contend- 
ing influence  of  diHerent factions,  Charles 
removed  from  Carisbrook  to  the  town  of 
Newport,  where,  surrounded  by  his  ser- 
vants and  a  few  friends,  he  enjoyed  the 
outward  appearance  of  liberty  ;  but  in  the 
negotiation  then  pending  between  him- 
self and  the  commissioners  acting  for  the 


ruling  powers,  he  was  soon  sensible  that 
he  was  still  a  captive,  and  that  it  was 
expected  he  should  submit,  not  treat. 
Before  any  thing  conclusive  was  done,  a 
plan  for  a  new  constitution  was  presented 
from  the  independents,  as  the  petition  of 
"thousands  of  well  affected  persons  in 
and  near  London."  The  objects  here 
proposed  were,  "that  the  supremacy  of 
the  people  should  be  established  against 
the  negative  voice  of  the  king  and  of  the 
lords  ;  that,  to  prevent  civil  wars,  the 
office  of  the  king  and  the  privileges  of 
the  peers  should  be  clearly  defined  :  that 
a  new  parliament,  to  be  elected  of  course, 
and  without  writs,  should  assemble  every 
year,  but  never  for  a  longer  time  than 
forty  or  fifty  days  ;  that  religious  belief 
and  worship  should  be  free  from  restraint 
or  compulsion ;  that  the  proceedings  in 
law  should  be  shortened,  and  the  charges 
ascertained ;  that  tithes  for  the  support 
of  the  clergy,  and  perpetual  imprisonment 
for  debt,  should  be  abolished  ;  and  that 
the  parliament  should  lay  to  heart  the 
blood  spilt  and  the  rapine  perpetrated  by 
commission  from  the  king,  and  consider 
whether  the  justice  of  God  could  be 
satisfied,  or  his  wrath  be  appeased  by  an 
act  of  oblivion." 

While  the  petition  formed  the  subject 
of  debate  in  the  house  of  commons, 
which,  as  the  representative  body,  was 
I  acknowledged  to  be  the  "  sovereignty  of 
the  people,"  Charles,  finding  that  his  life 
was  threatened,  owned  himself  willing 
to  make  further  concessions ;  but  his 
counsellors,  the  duke  of  Richmond,  the 
earl  of  Lindsay,  and  colonel  Coke,  of- 
fered their  assistance  in  effecting  his 
escape.  Charles,  however,  resisted  every 
persuasion,  because  he  had  given  his 
parole  to  remain  twenty  days  after  the 
treaty,  and  he  would  not  forfeit  his  honor. 
The  next  evening  he  was  lodged  in  Hurst 
Castle,  which  place  was  connected  with 
the  coast  of  Hampshire  by  a  causeway 
two  miles  in  length.  During  these  trans- 
actions Cromwell  was  in  Scotland,  from 
whence  he  returned  at  this  period,  and 
was  conducted  to  Whitehall  to  receive 
the  thanks  of  the  commons  for  his  ser- 
vices. The  army,  being  chiefly  com- 
posed of  independents  and  levellers,  had 
gained  the  superiority  of  power,  and  may 


352 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


be  said  to  have  been  the  executive  gov- 
ernment. In  the  commons,  Cromwell 
declared  the  men  traitors  who  proposed 
to  depose  the  king  and  disinherit  his 
posterity,  but  in  tlie  next  sentence  he  \ 
professed  himself  reluctantly  compelled 
to  harsh  measures  in  obedience  to  the 
will  of  God,  who  had  imposed  the  un- 
■willing  task  upon  him. 

General  Fairfax,  who  had  hitherto  suf- 
fered himself  to  be  led  by  the  advice  of 
Cromwell,  suddenly  adopted  a  firmer  char- 
acter, and  refused  his  concurrence  to  the 
trial  of  the  king.  Meanwhile  his  majesty 
had  been  removed,  after  a  residence  of 
only  three  weeks  in  Hurst  castle,  to  the 
palace  at  Windsor,  where  the  usual  cere- 
monies of  royalty  were  omitted,  which  so 
operated  on  the  feelings  of  the  king,  that 
he  desired  to  take  his  meals  in  private. 

The  trifling  eflbrt  made  by  the  Scots 
was  soon  overbalanced  by  the  arguments 
of  Cromwell,  who  found  it  an  easy  mat- 
ter to  convince  the  covenanters,  that 
where  it  became  a  duty  to  punish  malig- 
nants  generally,  it  was  more  imperative 
to  punish  him  who  was  the  chief  of  the 
malignants.  The  removal  of  his  majesty 
to  Whitehall  annihilated  every  hope,  and 
on  the  20th  of  January,  1649,  Charles 
was  conveyed  to  Westminster-hall,  by 
the  serjeant-at-arms,  and  conducted  with- 
in the  bar  to  take  his  trial.  "  His  step 
was  firm,  his  countenance  erect  and  un- 
moved. While  the  clerk  read  the  charge, 
he  appeared  to  hsten  with  indifierence  ; 
but  a  smile  of  contempt  was  seen  to  quiver 
on  his  lips  at  the  passage  which  des- 
cribed him  as  a  'tyrant,  traitor,  murderer, 
and  a  public  and  implacable  enemy  to  the 
Commonwealth  of  England.'  On  being 
told  that  the  court  sat  by  the  authority  of 
the  House  of  Commons, '  But  where,'  he 
asked,  '  were  the  Lords  ?  Were  the  Com- 
mons the  whole  legislature  ?  Were  they 
free  ?  Were  they  a  court  of  judicature  ? 
Could  they  confer  on  others  a  jurisdic- 
tion which  they  did  not  possess  them- 
selves ?  He  would  never  acknowledge 
an  usurped  authority.  It  was  a  duty  im- 
posed upon  him  by  the  Almighty  to  dis- 
own every  lawless  power,  that  invaded 
either  the  rights  of  the  crown,  or  the  lib- 
erties of  the  subject." 

Such  was  the  substance  of  his  answers 


delivered  on  three  diflTerent  days,  and 
amidst  innumerable  interruptions  from 
the  president,  who  would  not  suffer  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  court  to  be  questioned, 
and  at  last  ordered  the  "  default  and  con- 
tempt of  the  prisoner"  to  be  recorded. 
After  two  more  days,  which  were  spent 
by  the  court  in  private  deliberations,  the 
king  proposed  to  hold  a  conference  with 
a  joint  committee  of  the  lords  and  com- 
mons. The  request  was  refused  in  harsh 
language  by  Bradshaw,  the  president, 
who  informed  the  king  that  nothing  now 
remained  but  for  the  judges  to  pronounce 
sentence ;  they  had  learned,  he  said, 
from  holy  writ,  "that  to  acquit  the  guilty, 
was  as  equal  an  abomination  as  to  con- 
demn the  innocent."  The  charge  was 
again  read,  and  the  judgment  followed, 
"that  the  court  being  satisfied  in  con- 
science that  he,  the  said  Charles  Stuart, 
was  guilty  of  the  crimes  of  which  he  had 
been  accused,  did  adjudge  him  as  a  ty- 
rant, traitor,  murderer,  and  public  enemy 
to  the  good  people  of  the  nation,  to  be 
put  to  death  by  the  severing  his  head 
from  his  body." 

It  was  remarked  that  his  majesty's 
character  had  becoma  firm  and  inflexible  ; 
indeed  no  weakness  was  exhibited  on 
that  trying  occasion.  The  few  interve- 
ning days,  between  his  trial  and  execu- 
tion, were  spent  by  the  king  in  religious 
preparation,  assisted  by  Dr.  Juxon,  bishop 
of  London,  who  was  permitted  to  attend 
his  sovereign,  at  the  request  of  Hugh 
Peters,  a  preacher.  His  majesty  did  not 
allow  even  his  friends  to  intrude  on  those 
hours  ;  the  few  moments  he  did  spare 
from  this  pious  employment  were  given 
to  his  children,  the  princess  Elizabeth 
and  the  infant  duke  of  Gloucester,  his 
brother  James  having  escaped  to  Hol- 
land. In  the  last  of  those  interviews, 
his  majesty  divided  a  few  jewels  between 
them,  gave  them  his  blessing,  and  hav- 
ing kissed  them  with  strong  feelings  of 
affection,  he  retired  to  his  chamber.  The 
king  slept  four  hours  during  the  night 
preceding  his  execution.  On  awaking 
in  the  morning,  he  observed  to  Herbert, 
"  This  is  my  second  marriage  day ;  I 
would  be  as  trim  as  may  be ;  for  before 
night  I  hope  to  be  espoused  to  my  bless- 
ed Jesus." 


GRE  AT    BRITAIN. 


353 


From  St.  James's  palace  the  king  pro- 
ceeded on  foot  to  Whitehall,  where  he 
waited  more  than  two  hours,  which  delay 
many  thought  was  caused  by  the  arrival  of 
ambassadors  from  the  Hague,  with  whom 
was  Seymour,  the  bearer  of  two  letters 
from  the  prince  of  Wales  ;  one  addressed 
to  lord  Fairfax,  in  which  was  a  sheet  of 
blank  paper  subscribed  by  the  prince,  to 
be  filled  up  with  the  conditions  for  the 
life  of  his  father,  whatever  they  might 
be,  his  seal  and  signature  were  already 
fixed,  so  that  they  were  granted.  The 
other  letter  was  to  the  king,  who  had  the 
most  consoling  proof  that  could  be  expe- 
rienced of  his  son's  aflectionate  attach- 
ment to  his  royal  parent.  Colonel  Tom- 
linson  admitted  Seymour  to  the  presence 
of  his  majesty,  from  whence  he  carried 
the  last  instructions  to  his  son  and  suc- 
cessor. No  alteration,  however,  took 
place  in  the  fate  of  Charles,  who,  on  re- 
ceiving the  fatal  summons  that  "  all  was 
ready,"  proceeded  with  the  same  hrm 
step  through  the  long  gallery,  lined  with 
soldiers,  whose  looks  sympathized  with 
the  mournful  occasion.  He  was  brought 
to  the  scaffold  from  one  of  the  windows 
of  the  banqueting  house,  and  met  his  fate 
with  a  degree  of  firmness  which  was 
worthy  of  a  better  cause. 

The  unfortunate  end  of  this  monarch, 
filled    the   kingdom  with   consternation. 
The  people  sought  freedom  of  rights,  re-  | 
ligious  and    political ;  but   they   had    no  [ 
wish  to  shed  the  blood  of  their  monarch.  ! 
The   pious    resignation  with  which  he  ; 
bore  his  sufferings  had  greatly  endeared 
him  to  the  nation  ;  and  the  firmness  with 
which  he  conducted  himself  during  his 
trial  drew  upon  him  the  respect  of  man- 
kind. 

The  dissolution  of  the  monarchical 
form  of  government  followed  the  death 
of  Charles,  and  in  a  few  days  the  com- 
mons voted  that  the  house  of  lords  was 
both  useless  and  dangerous,  and  that  it 
should  be  abolished.  They  also  had  it 
proclaimed  high  treason  to  acknowledge 
Charles  Stuart,  son  of  the  late  king,  as 
successor  to  the  throne,  and  a  great  seal 
was  made  ;  on  one  side  of  which  were 
engraven  the  arms  of  England  and  Ire- 
land, with  this  inscription,  "The  great 
seal  of  England."  On  the  reverse  was 
45 


represented  the  house  of  commons  sitting, 
with  this  motto  :  "  On  the  first,  year  of 
freedom,  by  God's  blessing  restored, 
1649."  The  forms  of  all  pubHc  business 
were  changed  from  being  transacted  in 
the  king's  name,  to  that  of  the  keepers  of 
the  liberties  of  England.  The  court  of 
king's  bench  was  called  the  court  oi  pub' 
lie  bench. 

Charles,  after  the  death  of  his  father, 
passed  a  considerable  portion  of  his  time 
at  Paris  ;  but  finding  little  chance  of  as- 
sistance from  the  French  court,  he  was 
induced  to  accept  of  almost  any  condi- 
tions. The  Scots,  however,  while  they 
were  thus  professing  loyalty  to  their  king, 
were  punishing  his  adherents  with  the 
greatest  cruelty.  Among  others,  the  brave 
marquis  of  Montrose  was  taken  prisoner, 
while  endeavoring  to  raise  the  Highland- 
ers in  the  royal  cause  ;  and  being  brought 
to  Edinburgh,  was  hanged  on  a  gibbet 
thirty-feet  high,  then  quartered,  and  his 
limbs  sent  to  the  principal  towns  of  the 
kingdom.  Yet,  with  a  knowledge  of  all 
these  severities,  Charles  ventured  into 
Scotland,  and  had  the  mortification  to 
enter  the  gate  of  Edinburgh  while  the 
body  of  that  faithful  adherent  to  his  house 
was  still  exposed  on  the  walls. 

The  young  king,  however,  soon  found 
that  he  had  only  exchanged  his  exile  for 
imprisonment.  He  was  surrounded  and 
incessantly  importuned  by  those  who 
surrounded  him  to  conform  to  their  views. 
They  scarcely  allowed  him  to  act  for  him- 
self, and  as  a  last  resource,  he  endeavor- 
ed to  escape.  But  he  was  overtaken 
and  brought  back.  Cromwell,  in  the 
mean  time,  who  had  been  appointed  by 
the  parliament  to  command  the  army  in 
Ireland,  carried  on  the  war  in  that  king- 
dom with  his  usual  success.  He  had  to 
encounter  the  royalists  commanded  by 
the  duke  of  Ormond,  and  the  native  Irish 
led  on  by  O'Neal ;  but  he  obtained  a  com- 
plete victory  over  these  troops ;  and  most 
of  the  towns,  intimidated  by  his  success, 
opened  their  gates  at  his  approach.  He 
was  on  the  point  of  reducing  the  whole 
kingdom,  when  he  was  recalled  by  the 
parliament  to  defend  the  commonwealth 
against  the  Scots,  who  had  raised  a  con- 
siderable army  in  support  of  the  royal 
cause. 


354 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


On  the  return  of  Cromwell  to  England, 
he  was.  chosen  commander-in-chief  of 
the  parliamentary'  forces,  in  the  room  of 
Fairfax,  who  declined  opposing  the  pres- 
byterians.  The  new  general  immedi- 
ately set  forward  ibr  Scotland  with  an 
army  of  16,000  men,  where  he  was  op- 
posed by  general  Lesley,  who  formed  an 
excellent  plan  for  his  own  defence. 
Knowing  his  men  to  be  inferior  in  valor 
and  discipline,  however  superior  in  num- 
bers, to  those  of  Cromwell,  he  kept  him- 
self carefully  in  his  entrenchments.  At 
last  Cromwell  was  drawn  into  a  very 
disadvantageous  post  near  Dunbar,  where  j 
his  antagonist  waited  deliberately  to  take 
advantage  of  him.  From  this  imminent 
danger,  however,  he  was  delivered  by 
the  madness  of  the  Scotch  clergy,  who 
believed  "  that  the  heretical  army,  to- 
gether with  Agag,  their  general,  would 
be  delivered  into  their  hands."  Upon 
the  assurances  of  these  visions,  they 
compelled  their  general  to  descend  into 
the  plain,  and  give  the  English  battle. 
When  Cromwell  saw  this  result,  he  as- 
sured his  followers,  "  that  the  Lord  had 
delivered  them  into  his  hands,"  and  or- 
dered his  army  to  sing  psalms,  as  if  al- 
ready certain  of  victory.  The  Scots, 
though  double  the  number  of  the  English, 
were  soon  put  to  flight,  and  pursued  with 
great  slaughter,  while  Cromwell  did  not 
lose  in  all  forty  men. 

After  this  defeat,  Charles  put  himself 
at  the  head  of  the  remains  of  his  army  ; 
and  tliese  he  farther  strengthened  by  the 
royalists,  who  had  been  for  some  time 
excluded  from  his  service  by  the  cove- 
nanters. He  was  so  closely  pursued  by 
Cromwell,  however,  that  he  soon  found 
it  impossible  to  maintain  his  troops.  Ob- 
serving, therefore,  that  the  way  was  open 
to  England,  he  immediately  directed  his 
march  towards  that  country,  where  he 
expected  to  be  re-enforced  by  all  the 
royalists  in  that  part  of  the  kingdom. 
In  this,  however,  he  was  deceived  ;  for 
scarcely  had  he  arrived  at  Worcester 
when  he  was  informed  that  Cromwell 
was  marching  from  Scotland  with  an  ar- 
my of  40,000  men.  This  news  was 
scarcely  told,  when  Cromwell  himself 
arrived.  He  assailed  the  town  on  all 
sides  ;  the  whole  Scottish  army  was  ei- 


ther killed  or  taken  prisoners ;  and  the 
king  himself,  after  having  given  many 
convincing  proofs  of  personal  valor,  was 
obliged  to  fly.  Charles,  however,  es- 
caped, and  after  encountering  many  difli- 
culties,  Anally  embarked  for  P>ance, 
where  he  arrived  in  safety. 

Cromwell,  in  the  mean  time,  returned 
in  triumph  ;  and  his  first  care  was  to  pass 
an  act  for  abolishing  royalty  in  Scotland, 
and  annexing  that  kingdom  as  a  conquer- 
ed province  to  the  English  common- 
wealth. It  was,  however,  allowed  to 
send  a  few  members  to  the  British  par- 
liament. Every  part  of  Great  Britain 
being  now  perfectly  subdued,  the  parlia- 
ment next  turned  their  arms  against  the 
Dutch.  In  this  undertaking  the  parlia- 
ment's principal  dependence  lay  in  the 
activity  and  courage  of  Blake  their  ad- 
miral, who,  though  he  had  not  embarked 
in  naval  command  till  late  in  life,  yet 
surpassed  all  that  preceded  him  in  courage 
and  naval  skill.  On  the  other  hand  the 
Dutch  opposed  to  him  the  celebrated  ad- 
miral Van  Tromp.  The  several  engage- 
ments which  followed  served  rather  to 
show  the  excellency  of  the  admirals  than 
to  determine  their  superiority.  At  last 
the  Dutch  proposed  a  treaty  of  peace,  to 
which  the  parliament  gave  a  very  unfavor- 
able answer,  as  they  knew  that  while  the 
force  of  the  nation  was  employed  at  sea, 
it  would,  in  some  measure,  serve  to  coun- 
terbalance the  formidable  power  of  Crom- 
well by  land.  To  prevent  this,  and  to 
secure  the  attachment  of  the  army,  he 
resolved  to  seize  the  sovereign  power. 
He  persuaded  the  officers  to  present  a 
petition  for  payment  of  arrears  and  re- 
dress of  grievances.  His  orders  were 
I  obeyed ;  a  petition  was  drawn  up  and 
:  presented,  in  which  the  oflicers,  after  de- 
I  manding  their  arrears,  desired  the  par- 
I  liament  to  consider  how  many  years  they 
I  had  sat,  and  what  pretensions  they  had 
formerly  made  of  their  designs  to  new- 
i  model  the  house,  and  establish  freedom  on 
I  its  broadest  basis.  They  alleged  that  it 
;  was  now  full  time  for  them  to  give  place 
!  to  others  ;  and,  however  meritorious  their 
I  actions  might  have  been,  yet  the  rest  of 
the  nation  Iriad  some  right  in  their  turn  to 
manifest  their  patriotism  in  defence  of 
their  country.     The  house  then  appoint- 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


355 


ed  a  committee  to  prepare  an  act  which ' 
stated    that  all  persons   who  presented 
such  petitions  for  the  future   should  be  ! 
considered  guilty  of  high  treason.     To 
this  the  officers  made  a  very  warm  re- ; 
monstrance,  and  the  parliament  as  angry 
a  reply.     Cromwell   being  informed   of  j 
this  altercation,  suddenly  rose   up,  and 
turning    to    major    Vernon,    exclaimed,  ; 
"  that  he  was  compelled  to  do  a  thing  that 
made  his  hair  stand  on  end."     Then  has- 
tening to  the  house  with  three-hundred  [ 
soldiers,  and  with  marks  of  violent  indig- 
nation on  his   countenance,  he  entered, 
took  his  place,  and   attended  to  the  de-  j 
bates  for  some  time.    When  the  question 
was  ready  to  be  put,   he  suddenly  rose, 
and  overwhelmed  the  parliament  with  re- 
proaches for  their  tyranny,  ambition,  op- 
pression, and  robbery  of  the  public.  Upon 
which,   stamping  with   his   foot,  which 
was  the  signal  for  the  soldiers  to  enter, 
the   place  was  immediately  filled  with 
armed  men.   "  It  is  you,"  said  Cromwell, 
"  that  have  forced  me  upon  this.     I  have 
sought  the  Lord  night  and  day,  that  he 
would  rather  slay  me  than  put  me  upon 
this  work."     Then  pointing  to  the  mace, 
"  Take  away  that  bauble,"  cried  he  ;  af- 
ter which,  turning  out  all  the  members 
and  clearing  the   hall,   he    ordered  the 
doors  to  be  locked,  and  putting  the  keys 
in  his  pocket,  returned  to  Whitehall. 

The  change  of  government  which  was 
thus  effected  had  been  anticipated  by 
many  of  the  continental  powers.  France 
proposed  an  alliance,  but  the  pride  of 
Louis  would  not  allow  him  to  style  Crom- 
well brother,  and  the  latter  refused  the 
term  of  cousin  ;  at  length  the  distinction 
of  "  Monsieur  le  Protecteur"  was  adapted 
with  success,  and  the  treaty  would  have 
been  concluded  but  for  the  massacre  of 
the  protestants,  which  took  place  in 
France.  Meantime  two  armaments  sail- 
ed with  secret  instructions.  One  com- 
manded by  Blake  was  destined  for  the 
capture  of  the  Spanish  fleet,  laden  with 
treasure  from  the  Indies  ;  though  the  pre- 
tended object  of  his  voyage  was  to  chas- 
tise the  pirates.  A  discovery  of  his  in- 
tention caused  Philip  to  frustrate  its  ex- 
ecution, and  Blake  was  compelled  to  be 
satisfied  with  having  destroyed  the  fleet 
off"  Tunis.      The  other  expedition   was 


conducted  by  Penn  and  Venables,  and 
intended  for  the  conquest  of  St.  Domingo. 

Cromwell  was  aware  that  among  his 
dependents  there  were  many  who  had 
energy  enough  to  become  powerful  op- 
ponents, should  he  assume  the  entire  gov- 
ernment of  the  state  at  this  period ;  he 
therefore  placed  the  executive  authority 
in  the  hands  of  those  who  were  entirely 
devoted  to  himself,  to  insure  the  return  of 
that  power  into  his  own  keeping.  The 
period  that  intervened  between  the  dis- 
solution of  the  long  parliament  and  the 
election  of  a  protector,  was  signalised 
by  the  name  of  the  "  Barebone  Parlia- 
ment," from  the  name  of  one  of  its  prin- 
cipal members. 

It  was  impossible  such  a  legislature  as 
this  could  stand  ;  even  Cromwell  him- 
self began  to  be  ashamed  of  their  absur- 
dities. He  had  carefully  chosen  those 
who  were  entirely  devoted  to  his  inter- 
ests, and  these  he  commanded  to  dismiss 
the  assembly.  They  accordingly  met  by 
concert ;  and  observing  to  each  other 
that  this  parliament  had  sat  long  enough, 
they  hastened  to  Cromwell,  with  Rouse 
their  speaker  at  their  head,  and  into  his 
hands  resigned  the  authority  with  which 
he  had  invested  them.  Cromwell  ac- 
cepted their  resignation  with  pleasure  ; 
but  being  told  that  some  of  their  num- 
ber were  refractory,  he  sent  colonel 
White  to  clear  the  house  of  such  as  ven- 
tured to  remain  there. 

This  shadow  of  a  parliament  being 
thus  dissolved,  the  officers,  by  their 
own  authority,  declared  Cromwell  pro- 
tector of  the  commonwealth  of  England. 
The  mayor  and  aldermen  were  sent  for 
to  give  solemnity  to  his  appointment,  and 
he  was  instituted  into  his  new  office  at 
Whitehall.  He  was  to  be  addressed  by 
the  title  of  highness  ;  and  his  power  was 
proclaimed  in  London,  and  other  parts 
of  the  kingdom.  It  was  now,  indeed, 
necessary  that  some  person  should  take 
the  supreme  command  ;  for  affairs  were 
brought  into  such  a  situation,  by  the  dis- 
sensions of  the  contending  parties,  that 
nothing  but  absolute  power  could  prevent 
a  renewal  of  bloodshed  and  confusion. 
The  government  of  the  kingdom  was  ad- 
justed in  the  following  manner.  A  coun- 
cil was  appointed,  which  was  not  to  ex- 


356 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


ceed  twenty-one,  nor  to  be  under  thirteen  ' 
persons.  These  were  to  enjoy  their  offi- 
ces for  life,  or  during  good  behavior ; 
and,  in  case  of  a  vacancy,  the  remaining 
members  named  three,  of  whom  the  pro- 
tector chose  one.  The  protector  was 
appointed  the  supreme  magistrate  of  the 
commonwealth,  with  such  powers  as  the 
king  was  possessed  of.  'J'he  power  of 
the  sword  was  vested  in  him  jointly  with 
the  parliament  when  sitting,  or  with  the 
council  at  other  times.  He  was  obliged 
to  summon  a  parliament  once  every  three 
years,  and  to  allow  them  to  sit  five  months 
without  adjournmeni.  A  standing  army 
was  established  of  20,000  foot  and  10,000 
horse  ;  and  fimds  were  assigned  for  their 
support.  The  protector  enjoyed  his  of- 
fice for  life  ;  and  on  his  death,  his  place 
was  to  be  supplied  by  the  council.  Of 
all  these  clauses  the  standing  army  was 
sufficient  for  Cromwell's  purpose ;  for 
while  possessed  of  that  instrument,  he 
could  mould  the  rest  of  the  constitution 
to  his  pleasure.  He  chose  his  council 
from  among  his  officers,  who  had  been 
the  companions  of  his  dangers  and  vic- 
tories, to  each  of  whom  he  assigned  a 
pension  of  1,000^.  a  year.  He  took  care 
to  have  his  troops,  upon  whose  fidelity 
he  depended  for  support,  paid  a  month  in 
advance  ;  the  magazines  were  also  well 
provided,  and  the  public  treasure  man- 
aged with  frugality  and  care  ;  while  his 
activity,  vigilance,  and  resolution,  were 
so  well  exerted,  that  he  discovered  every 
conspiracy  against  his  person,  and  every 
plot  for  an  insurrection,  before  they  took 
elfect. 

Cromwell  continued  to  govern,  though 
without  assuming  the  title  of  king,  in  as 
absolute  a  manner  as  any  prince  in  Eu- 
rope. As  he  was  feared  at  home,  so  he 
commanded  respect  abroad.  He  granted 
religious  toleration,  caused  justice  to  be : 
faithfully  administered,  and  his  officers 
of  government  were  generally  men  of  i 
moral  and  religious  principles,  and  vice ' 
was  discountenanced  at  his  court.  He 
refused  the  title  of  a  king.  In  his  private 
life  he  was  exemplary ;  though  some- 
what of  an  enthusiast,  yet  he  appeared  i 
deeply  impressed  with  religious  feelings.] 
By  some  writers  he  has  been  represented  i 
as  a  religious  hypocrite  ;  but,  as  it  has  | 


been  well  observed,  this  supposition  is  con- 
tradicted by  the  whole  tenor  of  his  life. 
He  was  delivered  from  this  life  of  anxie- 
ty by  a  tertian  ague,  of  which  he  died, 
September  3, 1658,  after  having  governed 
nine  years. 

Oliver  Cromwell  was  succeeded  in  his 
office  of  protector  by  his  son  Richard,  who 
immediately  called  a  parliament.  To  this 
assembly  the  army  presented  a  remon- 
strance, desiring  some  person  for  their 
general  in  whom  they  could  confide. 
The  house  voted  such  meetings  and  re- 
monstrances unlawful  ;  upon  which  the 
officers  surrounding  Richard's  house, 
forced  him  to  dissolve  the  parliament ; 
and  soon  after  he  signed  an  abdication 
of  the  government.  His  younger  broth- 
er Henry,  who  had  been  appointed  to 
the  command  in  Ireland,  followed  Rich- 
ard's example,  and  resigned  his  commis- 
sion without  striking  a  blow. 

The  officers,  thus  left  at  liberty,  re- 
solved to  restore  the  rump  parliament  as 
it  was  called,  consisting  of  that  remnant 
of  a  parliament  which  had  condemned 
Charles.  They  were  no  sooner  reinsta- 
ted in  their  authority,  however,  than  they 
began  to  humble  the  army  by  cashiering 
several  favorite  officers,  and  appointing 
others  in  whom  they  could  have  more 
dependence.  The  officers  immediately 
resolved  to  dissolve  the  assembly.  Lam- 
bert, one  of  the  general  officers,  drew  up 
a  chosen  body  of  troops  ;  and,  placing 
them  in  the  streets  which  led  to  West- 
minster-hall, when  the  speaker  Lenthall 
proceeded  in  his  carriage  to  the  house, he 
ordered  the  horses  to  be  turned,  and  very 
politely  conducted  him  home.  The  oth- 
er members  were  likewise  intercepted  ; 
and  the  army  returned  to  their  quarters 
to  observe  a  solemn  fast,  which  generally 
either  preceded  or  attended  any  signal 
triumph.  A  committee  was  then  elected 
of  twenty-three  persons,  of  whom  seven 
were  officers.  These  they  invested  with 
sovereign  authority  ;  and  a  military  gov- 
ernment was  established. 

Upon  hearing  that  the  officers  had  by 
their  own  authority  dissolved  the  parlia- 
ment, General  Monk,  who  was  then  in 
Scotland,  with  8,000  veteran  troops,  pro- 
tested against  the  measure,  and  resolved 
to   defend  the  national   privileges.     As 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


357 


soon  as  he  put  his  army  in  motion,  he 
found  himself  eagerly  sought  after  by  all 
parties. 

Monk  now  proceeded  with  his  army 
towards  London.  The  gentry,  on  his 
inarch,  flocked  round  him  with  addresses, 
expressing  their  desire  of  a  new  parlia- 
ment ;  but  that  general  still  continued  his 
march  to  within  a  (ew  miles  of  the  capi- 
tal, when  he  sent  the  parliament  a  mes- 
sage, desiring  them  to  remove  such  for- 
ces as  remained  in  London  to  country 
quarters.  Some  of  the  regiments  will- 
ingly obeyed  this  order  ;  and  such  as  did 
not,  Monk  compelled  by  force ;  after 
which  he  took  up  his  quarters  with  his 
army  in  Westminster.  The  house  voted 
him  thanks  for  his  services,  and  he  in 
return  desired  them  to  call  a  free  parlia- 
ment. He  afterwards  arrested  eleven 
of  the  most  obnoxious  of  the  common 
council  of  the  city  ;  broke  the  gates  and 
portcullises,  and  then  returned  in  triumph 
to  his  quarters  at  Westminster. 

The  commons  were  now  greatly 
alarmed.  They  tried  every  method  to 
gain  off  the  general  from  his  new  alli- 
ance. Some  of  them  even  promised  to 
invest  him  with  the  dignity  of  supreme 
magistrate,  and  to  support  his  usurpation. 
But  Monk  was  too  just  or  too  wise  to 
listen  to  their  proposals  ;  he  resolved  to 
restore  the  secluded  members,  and  by  their 
means  to  bring  about  a  new  election. 

The  restoration  of  the  expelled  mem- 
bers was  easily  effected  ;  and  their  num- 
ber was  so  much  superior  to  that  of  the 
"  rump  parliament,"  that  the  chiefs  of  this 
last  party  now  thought  proper  to  withdraw 
in  their  turn.  The  restored  members  began 
with  repealing  all  those  orders  by  which 
they  had  been  expelled.  They  renewed 
and  enlarged  the  general's  commission ; 
fixed  a  proper  stipend  for  the  support  of 
the  fleet  and  army  ;  and,  having  passed 
these  votes,  they  dissolved  themselves, 
and  gave  orders  for  the  immediate  as- 
sembling of  a  new  parliament.  Mean- 
while, Monk  new-modelled  his  army  for 
the  purposes  he  had  in  view.  Some  of- 
ficers presented  him  with  an  address,  in 
which  they  promised  to  obey  implicitly 
the  orders  of  the  ensuing  parliament. 
He  approved  of  this  engagement,  which 
he  ordered  to  be  signed  by  all  the  differ- 


ent regiments ;  and  this  furnished  him 
with  a  pretence  for  dismissing  all  the  of- 
ficers by  whom  it  was  rejected. 

The  new  parliament  being  assembled, 
the  thoughts  of  all  were  turned  towards 
the  king ;  when  at  length  Monk  gave  di- 
rections to  Annesly,  president  of  the 
council,  to  inform  them  that  sir  John 
Granville,  a  servant  of  the  king's,  who 
had  been  sent  over  by  his  majesty,  was 
now  arrived  with  a  letter  to  the  house  of 
commons.  This  message  was  received 
with  the  greatest  joy.  Granville  was 
called  in,  the  letter  read,  and  the  king's 
proposals  immediately  accepted.  He 
offered  a  general  amnesty  to  all  persons 
whatsoever,  and  that  without  any  excep- 
tions, but  what  should  be  made  by  parlia- 
ment. He  promised  to  indulge  scrupu- 
lous consciences  with  liberty  in  matters 
of  religion  ;  to  leave  to  the  examination 
of  parliament  the  claims  of  all  such  as 
possessed  lands  with  contested  titles  ;  to 
confirm  all  these  concessions  by  act  of 
parliament ;  to  satisfy  the  army  under 
general  Monk  with  respect  to  their  ar- 
rears, and  to  give  the  same  rank  to  his 
officers  when  they  should  be  enlisted  in 
the  king's  army. 

In  consequence  of  this  agreement  be- 
tween the  king  and  parliament,  Monta- 
gue, the  English  admiral,  waited  on  his 
majesty  to  inform  him  that  the  fleet  ex- 
pected his  orders  at  Scheveling.  The 
duke  of  York  immediately  went  on  board 
and  took  the  command  as  lord  high  ad- 
miral. The  king  afterwards  embarked, 
and  landing  at  Dover,  was  received  by 
the  general.  He  entered  London  on  the 
29th  of  May,  1660,  which  was  his  birth 
day  ;  and  was  attended  by  an  innumera- 
ble multitude  of  people,  who  testified 
their  joy  by  the  loudest  acclamations. 

Charles  II  was  thirty  years  of  age  at 
the  time  of  his  restoration,  and  his  first 
measures  were  calculated  to  give  univer- 
sal satisfaction. 

After  repeated  solicitations,  the  act  of 
indemnity  passed  both  houses,  with  the 
exception  of  those  who  had  an  immedi- 
ate hand  in  the  king's  death.  Even 
Cromwell,  Ireton,  and  Bradshaw,  though 
dead,  were  absurdly  considered  as  proper 
objects  of  resentment  ;  their  bodies  were 
dug   from  their    graves,  dragged  to  the 


358 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


place  of  execution,  and,  after  hanging 
some  time,  buried  under  the  gallows. 

The  army  was  now  disbanded  that  had 
for  so  many  years  governed  the  nation  ; 
prelacy,  and  all  the  ceremonies  of  the 
church  of  England,  were  restored ;  and 
at  the  same  time  the  king  pretended  to 
preserve  an  air  of  moderation  and  neu- 
trality. 

The  court  now  set  an  example  of  a 
very  difi'erent  kind  in  the  opposite  ex- 
treme to  that  of  Cromwell's  ;  nothing  but 
scenes  of  license  and  festivity  were  to 
be  seen  ;  the  horrors  of  the  late  war  be- 
came the  subject  of  ridicule  ;  the  formal- 
ity of  the  sectaries  was  displayed  on  the 
stage,  and  even  laughed  at  from  the  pulpit. 

In  the  midst  of  these  scenes  of  dissi- 
pation, the  old  and  faithful  followers  of 
the  royal  family  were  left  unrewarded. 
Numbers  who  had  fought  both  for  the 
king  and  his  father,  and  who  had  lost 
their  whole  fortunes  in  his  service,  still 
continued  to  pine  in  want  and  oblivion  ; 
while  their  persecutors,  who  had  acquired 
fortunes  during  the  civil  war,  were  per- 
mitted to  enjoy  them  without  molestation. 
The  wretched  royalists  petitioned  and 
murmured  in  vain ;  the  monarch  fled 
from  their  expostulations  to  scenes  of 
mirth  and  festivity ;  and  the  act  of  in- 
demnity was  generally  said  to  have  been 
an  act  of  forgiveness  to  the  king's  ene- 
mies, and  of  oblivion  to  his  friends. 

In  1661,  the  Scotch  and  English  par- 
liaments vied  with  each  other  in  their 
protestations  of  devotion  to  the  king.  In 
England,  monarchy  and  episcopacy  were 
raised  to  the  greatest  splendor.  The 
bishops  were  permitted  to  resume  their 
seats  in  the  house  of  peers  ;  all  military 
authority  was  acknowledged  to  be  vested 
in  the  king.  He  was  empowered  to 
appoint  commissioners  for  regulating  cor- 
porations, and  expelling  such  members  as 
had  intruded  themselves  by  violence,  or 
professed  principles  dangerous  to  the 
constitution.  An  act  of  uniformity  was 
passed,  by  which  it  was  required  that 
every  clergyman  should  be  re-ordained, 
if  he  had  not  before  received  episcopal 
ordination  ;  that  he  should  declare  his 
assent  to  every  thing  contained  in  the 
book  of  common  prayer,  and  should 
take  the   oath  of  canonical  obedience. 


In  consequence  of  this  law,  above  2000 
of  the  presbyterian  clergy  resigned  their 
cures  at  once.  In  Scotland  the  right  of 
the  king  was  asserted  in  the  fullest  and 
most  positive  terms  to  be  hereditary  and 
divine.  His  creatures  said  that  his 
power  extended  to  the  lives  and  posses- 
sions of  his  subjects,  and  from  his  ori- 
ginal grant  was  said  to  come  all  that  they 
enjoyed.  They  also  voted  him  an  addi- 
tional revenue  of  40,000/. 

These  feelings  of  excessive  loyalty, 
however,  were  dissipated  by  the  profuse 
extravagance  of  the  king,  and  the  sale  of 
Dunkirk  to  the  French  for  40,000/,  caused 
universal  discontent  in  the  minds  of  the 
people.  In  1662,  Charles  married  the 
Infanta  of  Portugal,  whose  portion 
amounted  to  500,000/,  with  the  fortress 
of  Tangier  in  Africa,  and  Bombay  in 
the  East  Indies. 

At  this  period,  a  complaint  from  the 
merchants  that  they  had  sustained  seri- 
ous injuries  by  the  non-performance  of 
the  English  treaty  with  the  Dutch,  led 
Charles  to  a  declaration  of  war  against 
the  states  of  Holland.  The  step  in  it- 
self was  an  imprudent  one  ;  but  he  sent 
out  a  fleet,  such  as  England  had  never 
before  brought  together,  and  with  his 
brother  superintended  the  naval  prepara- 
tions. The  duke  of  York,  as  high  admi- 
ral, imfurled  his  flag  on  board  the  Royal 
Charles,  and  proceeded  with  ninety  eight 
ships  of  the  line  and  four  fire-ships  to 
the  coast  of  Holland.  At  the  king's 
suggestion,  that  something  of  the  order 
observed  in  military  affairs  should  be  at- 
tended to  in  naval  engagements,  the  im- 
proved mode  of  fighting  in  a  line  and 
regular  form  of  battle  was  adopted,  and 
their  first  engagement,  on  the  3rd  of 
June,  1665,  proved  victorious.  The  news 
of  that  victory  arrived  in  London,  when 
its  inhabitants  were  suflering  imder  the 
most  severe  of  human  calamities.  This 
was  the  great  plague,  which  swept  off" 
100,000  persons.  This  dire  visitation 
was  followed  by  another,  still  more  dread- 
ful. A  fire  broke  out  in  the  city  of  Lon- 
don, and  spread  with  such  rapidity,  that 
no  efforts  could  extinguish  it,  till  it  laid 
in  ashes  the  principal  part  of  the  city. 
This  calamity,  though  it  reduced  thou- 
sands to  beggary,  ultimately  proved  bene- 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


359 


Grcal  Fire  in  Loiidon. 


ficial  to  the  metropolis,  as  it  rose  from ' 
its  ruins  in  greater  beauty  than  ever  ;  and  ; 
it  is  remarkable  that  not  a  single  life  was  i 
lost.  The  blame  of  this  fire  was  laid  on  ; 
the  catholics.  The  Dutch  war  was  ex- 
claimed against  as  unsuccessful  and  un- 
necessary, and  Charles  himself  became 
sensible  that  all  the  ends  for  which  he 
had  undertaken  it  were  likely  to  be  frus- 
trated. A  treaty  was,  therefore,  entered 
into,  which  was  concluded  at  Breda,  on 
the  21st  of  July,  1667.  By  this  treaty 
the  only  advantage  gained  by  Britain  was 
the  cession  of  the  colony  of  New  York, 
in  America. 

A  religious  insurrection  in  Scotland 
gave  fresh  gi'ounds  of  uneasiness,'  and 
that  was  no  sooner  suppressed  than  a 
greater  evil  was  apprehended  in  the  ex- 
hausted state  of  the  treasury ;  so  greatly 
increased  by  the  difficulty  of  procuring 
loans.  In  consequence  of  these  embar- 
rassments, the  king  prudently  allowed 
part  of  the  fleet  to  lay  by,  when  the 
Dutch  admiral,  De  Witt,  taking  advan- 
tage of  a  congress  at  Breda,  where  the 
different  powers  were  engaged  in  dis- 
cussing their  various  interests,  left  the 
Texcl,  and  proceeded  with  seventy  sail 
to  the  buoy  off  the  Nore.     Their  success 


in  being  able  to  ride  triumphantly  in  the 
river,  where  they  destroyed  the  Royal 
James,  the  Oak,  and  the  London,  was 
deeply  regretted  by  the  whole  nation. 
Soon  after  this  event,  three  treaties 
of  peace  with  England,  signed  by  the 
powers  of  Holland,  France,  and  Den- 
mark, put  a  stop  to  furtJier  hostilities. 

Charles'  temper  which  at  first  was 
easy  and  careless,  became  arbitrary  and 
cruel.  His  tyranny  was  such,  that  the 
party  in  England,  that  still  cherished 
their  former  ideas  of  freedom,  resolved  to 
restore  liberty  to  their  country  Ijy  dethro- 
ning the  king.  The  principal  conspira- 
tors were  Monmouth,  Shaftesbury,  Rus- 
sel,  Essex,  Howard,  Algernon  Sidney, 
and  John  Hampden,  grandson  to  the 
great  man  of  that  name.  Monmouth 
engaged  the  earl  of  Macclesfield,  lord 
Brandon,  sir  Gilbert  Gerard,  and  other 
gentlemen  in  Cheshire.  Lord  Russel 
opened  a  correspondence  with  sir  Wil- 
liam Courtney,  sir  Francis  Knowles,  and 
sir  Francis  Drake,  who  promised  to  raise 
the  western  parts  of  England. 

Besides  these  there  were  subordinate 
conspirators,  who  frequently  met  together 
unknown  to  Monmouth  and  his  council 
Among  these  was  colonel  Rumsey,  an 


360 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


old  republican  officer  ;  lieutenant-colonel 
Walcot  ;  Goodenough,  under-sheriff'  of 
London  ;  and  a  number  of  the  inhabit- 
ants of  London.  These  men  undertook 
the  desperate  resolution  of  assassinating 
the  king  in  his  way  to  Newmarket. 
Rumbold,  one  of  the  party,  possessed  a 
i'arm  upon  that  road,  called  the  Rye- 
house,  and  from  thence  the  conspiracy 
Avas  called  the  "  Rye-house  plot."  'J'hey 
intended  to  stop  the  king's  coach  by 
overturning  a  cart,  and  shooting  him 
through  the  hedges.  The  house  in  which 
the  king  lived  at  Newmarket  accidentally 
took  fire,  and  he  was  obliged  to  leave 
that  town  eight  days  sooner  than  was 
expected  ;  to  which  circumstance  he 
owed  his  safety.  Soon  after  this  the 
conspiracy  was  discovered. 

The  trial  of  lord  W.  Russel  was  prin- 
cipally celebrated  for  the  assistance 
which  he  received  from  lady  Russel, 
who  was  actively  engaged  in  his  defence. 
After  his  condemnation  his  father  of- 
fered 100,000Z  to  save  his  life  ;  and  lady 
Russel  also  used  both  prayers  and  en- 
treaties for  the  same  purpose.  But  the 
king  was  inflexible,  and  lord  Russel  was 
beheaded  in  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields,  on  the 
21st  of  July,  1682. 

Russel,  Sidney,  and  Walcot,  were 
executed  ;  Essex  destroyed  himself ; 
Hampden  was  fined  40,000/ ;  and  scarce- 
ly one  escaped  who  had  been  in  any 
manner  concerned,  except  the  duke  of 
Monmouth. 

The  government  of  Charles  was  now 
as  absolute  as  that  of  any  prince  in 
Europe  ;  but  to  please  his  subjects  by  an 
act  of  popularity,  he  married  the  lady 
Anne,  his  niece,  to  prince  George,  bro- 
ther to  the  king  of  Denmark.  This  was 
the  last  remarkable  transaction  of  this 
extraordinary  reign.  On  February  2nd, 
1685,  about  eight  in  the  morning,  the 
king  was  seized  with  a  fit  of  apoplexy. 
By  being  blooded,  he  was  perfectly  re- 
stored to  his  senses ;  and  there  were 
great  hopes  of  his  recovery  the  next  day. 
On  the  fourth  day  the  physicians  de- 
spaired of  his  life,  and  therefore  sent  for 
the  queen.  She  threw  herself  on  her 
knees,  and  asked  his  pardon  for  all  her 
offences.  He  replied,  that  she  had  of- 
fended in  nothing  ;  but  that  he  had  been 


guilty  of  offences  against  her,  and  asked 
her  pardon.  He  spoke  with  great  affec- 
tion to  the  duke  of  York  ;  and  he  advised 
him  to  adhere  to  the  laws  with  strictness, 
and  invariably  to  support  the  church  of 
England. 

Having  requested  the  bishops  to  with- 
draw, as  well  as  several  of  the  lords  who 
attended  his  death-bed,  he  sent  for  Hud- 
dlestone,  a  catholic  priest.  In  the  pre- 
sence of  the  duke,  the  earl  of  Bath,  and 
Trevannion,  a  captain  in  the  guards, 
Huddlestone  gave  the  extreme  unction 
to  the  king,  and  administered  to  him  the 
sacrament  according  to  the  rites  of  the 
church  of  Rome.  The  doors  were  then 
thrown  open.  Six  prelates,  who  had 
before  attended  the  king,  were  sent  for 
to  give  him  the  sacrament.  The  bishop 
of  Bath  and  Wells  read  the  visitation  of 
the  sick,  and,  after  he  had  said  that 
he  repented  of  his  sins,  the  absolution. 
The  king  assisted  with  seeming  devotion 
at  the  service.  He  professed  his  appro- 
val of  the  church  of  England  ;  and  ex- 
pired on  the  6th  of  February,  1685, 
between  eleven  and  twelve  o'clock  ;  hav- 
ing reigned  twenty-five  years. 

The  first  act  of  James  IPs  reign  was 
to  assemble  the  privy  council ;  where, 
after  some  praises  bestowed  on  the  mem- 
ory of  his  predecessor,  he  made  profes- 
sions of  his  resolution  to  maintain  the 
established  government  both  in  church 
and  state  ;  and  stated  that  as  he  had 
already  ventured  his  life  in  defence  of  the 
nation,  he  Avould  still  go  as  far  as  any 
man  in  maintaining  all  its  just  rights  and 
privileges. 

The  king,  however,  soon  showed, 
that  he  was  not  sincere  in  his  promises. 
All  the  customs,  and  the  greater  part  of 
the  excise,  which  had  been  voted  to  the 
late  king  for  his  life  only,  were  levied  by 
James  without  a  new  act  for  that  pur- 
pose. He  went  openly  to  mass  with  all 
the  ensigns  of  royalty,  and  prepared  the 
way  for  the  return  of  Catholicism. 

But  whilst  passive  obedience  was  ob- 
tained at  home,  a  storm  was  gathering 
abroad  which  formed  the  prelude  to  that 
great  revolution  which  forced  James  and 
his  posterity  to  become  exiles  and  aliens 
from  their  kingdom  and  home.  For  a 
considerable  length  of  time  the  prince  of 


GREAT    BRITAIN, 


361 


Orange  had  entertained  hopes  of  ascend- 
ing the  British  throne,  and  had  even  used 
all  his  endeavors  to  exchide  James  from 
it.  Monmouth,  who,  aiter  his  last  con- 
spiracy, had  been  pardoned,  but  ordered 
to  depart  the  kingdom,  had  retired  to : 
Holland.  He  was  received  by  the  prince 
of  Orange  with  the  highest  marks  of 
distinction.  But  when  the  news  of 
Charles's  death  arrived,  the  prince  appa- 
rently dismissed  Monmouth,  though  he 
still  kept  up  a  close  correspondence  with 
him.  The  duke  retired  to  Brussels,  and 
resolved  to  invade  England,  and  seize 
upon  the  crown  for  himself.  He  was 
seconded  by  the  duke  of  Argyle,  who 
intended  to  form  an  insurrection  in  Scot- 
land ;  and  while  Monmouth  attempted  to 
make  a  rising  in  the  west  of  England,  it 
was  resolved  that  x^rg^yde  should  also  use 
his  endeavors  in  the  north.  The  gen- 1 
erosity  of  the  prince  of  Orange,  however, 
did  not  correspond  with  the  warmth  of 
his  professions,  as  the  unfortunate  duke  j 
derived  from  his  own  plate  and  jewels 
his  whole  supply  for  the  war.  I 

Arg}^'le  Avas  the  first  who  landed  in 
Scotland,  where  he  published  a  manifes- 
to, put  himself  at  the  head  of  2,500  men, 
and  endeavored  to  influence  the  people 
in  his  favor.  But  a  formidable  body  of 
the  king's  forces  coming  against  him,  his 
army  fell  away  ;  and  he  himself,  after 
being  wounded  in  attempting  to  escape, 
was  taken  prisoner  by  a  peasant  who 
found  him  standing  up  to  the  neck  in 
water.  He  was  carried  to  Edinburgh, 
where,  after  suflfering  many  indignities, 
he  was  publicly  executed. 

Monmouth  landed  in  Dorsetshire  with 
scarce  one  hundred  followers.  His 
name,  however,  was  so  popular,  and  so 
great  was  the  dislike  of  the  people  to 
James  on  account  of  his  religion,  that  in 
four  days  he  had  assembled  a  body  of 
above  2,000  men. 

Monmouth  continued  to  make  rapid 
progress,  and  in  a  short  time  found  him- 
self at  the  head  of  6,000  men  ;  but  was 
daily  obliged  to  dismiss  great  numbers 
for  want  of  arms.  The  king  was  not  a 
little  alarmed  at  his  success.  Six  regi- 
ments of  British  troops  were  called  over 
from  Holland  ;  and  a  body  of  regulars, 
to  the  number  of  3,000,  were  sent,  under 
4G 


[  the  command  of  the  earl  of  Feversham 
and  Churchill,  to  check  the  progress  of 
the  rebels.  They  took  post  at  Sedge- 
more,  a  village  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Bridge  water,  and  were  joined  by  consi- 
derable numbers  of  the  country  militia. 
Here  Monmouth  made  a  stand.  He 
drove  the  royal  infantry  from  their  ground, 
and  was  on  the  point  of  gaining  a  com- 
plete victory,  when  the  cowardice  of 
Gray,  who  commanded  the  horse,  brought 
all  to  ruin.  This  nobleman  fled  at  the 
first  onset ;  and  the  rebels,  being  charged 
in  flank,  gave  way,  after  three  hours' 
contest.  About  three  hundred  Avere  kill- 
ed in  the  engagement,  and  one  thousand 
in  the  pursuit.  Monmouth  fled  aboA^e 
twenty  miles  from  the  field  of  battle,  till 
his  horse  sunk  under  him  ;  he  then 
alighted,  and,  exchanging  clothes  with  a 
shepherd,  fled  on  foot,  attended  by  a 
German  count,  who  had  accompanied 
him  from  Holland.  He  was,  however, 
taken,  and  on  his  way  to  London,  wrote 
a  submissive  letter  to  the  king,  promising 
discoveries,  should  he  be  admitted  into 
his  presence.  He  also  wrote  to  the 
queen  dowager  ;  he  sent  a  letter  to  the 
reigning  queen,  as  well  as  to  the  king 
himself,  and  begged  his  life,  when  ad- 
mitted into  his  presence.  But  all  his 
entreaties  and  submissions  Avere  of  no 
avail.  James  told  him  that  he  was  much 
adjected  with  his  misfortunes  ;  but  that 
his  crime  A\^as  too  dangerous  in  its  ex- 
ample to  be  left  unpunished.  In  his  last 
moments  he  behaved  with  a  magnanimity 
worthy  of  his  former  courage.  Circum- 
stances are  said  to  have  attended  his 
death  that  created  great  horror  among  the 
spectators.  The  executioner  missed  his 
blow,  and  struck  him  slightly  on  the 
shoulder.  Monmouth  raised  his  head 
from  the  block,  and  looked  him  full  in  the 
face,  as  if  reproaching  him  for  his  mis- 
take. He  struck  him  twice  again,  but 
with  feeble  strokes  ;  and  then  threw  the 
axe  from  his  hands.  The  sheriff  for- 
ced him  to  renew  his  attempt ;  and  the 
head  of  the  duke,  Avho  seemed  already 
dead,  was  at  last  severed  from  his 
body. 

Those  concerned  in  the  duke  of  Mon- 
mouth's conspiracy  were  punished  with 
the  greatest  severity.     Immediately  after 


362 


GREAT     BRITAIN 


the  bsltle  of  Sedgemore,  Fevcrsham  hung  ' 
more    than  twenty   prisoners  ;  and  was  j 
proceeding  in  his  executions,  when  the  j 
bishop  of  Bath  and  Wells  informed  him  ! 
that  these   unhappy  men   were   by  law  I 
entitled  to  a  trial,  and  that  their  execu- ; 
lion   would   be  deemed    a   real    murder. 
Nineteen  were  put  to  death  in  the  same 
manner  at  Bridgewater  by  colonel  Kirke,  '. 
who  laid  waste  the  whole  country  with-  \ 
out    making    any    distinction    between 
friend  or  foe.      His  own  regiment  had  the  j 
ironical  title  of  Kir/ce''s  lambs.     It  does 
not,  however,  appear,  that  these  cruelties  | 
were  committed  I)y  the  direction,  or  even 
with    the    approbation,    of   James  ;    any 
more  than  the  legal  slaughters  that  were 
committed  by  Judge  Jefieries,  who  was 
sent  down  to  tr}^  the  delinquents.     The  | 
natural    brutality   of  this    man's    temper 
was  inflamed  by  continual  intoxication. 
No  fewer  than  eighty  were  executed  by 
his  orders   at   Dorchester  ;    and  on  the 
whole,  at  Exeter,  Taunton,  and  Wells, 
two  hundred  and  fifty  are    computed  to 
have  fallen  by  his  hand  ;  nor  were  wo- 
men exempted  from  the  general  severity, 
but   sufiered  for  aflbrding   protection  to 
their  nearest  relatives.     Jefleries  on  his 
return  was   immediately  created  a  peer, 
and  soon  after  vested  with  the  dignity  of 
chancellor. 

James  now  endeavored  to  establish 
the  catholic  religion  and  a  more  absolute 
form  of  government.  He  publicly  sent 
the  earl  of  Castlemaine  amljassador  ex- 
traordinary to  Rome,  in  order  to  express  j 
his  obedience  to  the  pope,  and  reconcile  | 
his  kingdoms  to  the  catholic  communion,  j 
This  proceeding  was  too  precipitate  to 
be  liked  even  by  the  pope  himself;  and 
therefore  the  oidy  return  he  made  to  this 
embassy  was  the  sending  a  nimcio  to 
England.  The  nuncio  made  a  public 
and  solemn  entry  into  Windsor,  which 
did  not  fail  to  add  to  the  general  discon- 
tent ;  and  because  the  duke  of  Somerset 
refused  to  attend  the  ceremony,  he  was 
dismissed  from  his  employment  as  one 
of  the  lords  of  the  bedchamber. 

Soon  after  this,  the  Jesuits  were  per- 
mitted to  erect  colleges  in  different  parts 
of  the  kingdom,  and  to  exercise  the  ca- 
tholic worship  in  public. 

In  1668,  a  second  declaration   for  lib- 


erty of  conscience  was  published  in  the 
same  terms  as  the  former ;  but  with  this 
peculiar  injunction,  that  all  divines  should 
read  it  after  service  in  their  churches. 
The  clergy  disobeyed  this  order  ;  and  a 
petition  was  presented  to  the  king  by  a 
conclave  of  bishops,  in  which  they  sta- 
ted they  could  not  read  his  declaration 
consistent  with  their  own  consciences, 
or  the  respect  they  owed  to  the  protestant 
religion. 

As  the  petition  was  delivered  in  pri- 
vate, the  king  summoned  the  bishops  be- 
fore the  council,  and  there  questioned 
them  as  to  whether  they  would  aclinow- 
ledge  it,  which  they  did  ;  and  on  their 
refusal  to  give  bail,  an  order  was  imme- 
diately signed  for  their  commitment  to 
the  Tower,  and  the  crown  lawyers  re- 
ceived directions  to  prosecute  them  for  a 
seditious  libel.  The  king  gave  orders 
that  they  shoidd  be  conveyed  to  the  Tow- 
er by  water.  The  people  Avere  no  soon- 
er informed  of  their  danger,  than  they 
ran  to  the  river,  and  imploring  their  bless- 
ing, and  calling  upon  heaven  to  protect 
them,  &LC.  The  very  soldiers  by  whom 
they  were  guarded  knelt  down  before 
them,  and  asked  their  forgiveness. 

The  29th  of  June,  1688,  was  fixed  for 
the  trial  of  the  bishops  ;  and  their  return 
was  still  more  splendidlj'-  attended  than 
their  imprisonment.  Twenty-nine  peers, 
a  great  number  of  gentlemen,  and  an  im- 
mense crowd  of  people,  waited  upon 
them  to  Westminster-hall.  The  dispute 
was  learnedly  managed  by  the  lawyers 
on  both  sides.  The  jury  withdrew  into 
a  chamber  where  they  passed  the  whole 
night ;  but  next  morning  they  returned 
into  court,  and  pronounced  the  bishops 
not  guilty.  Westminster-hall  instantly 
rang  with  loud  acclamations,  which  were 
communicated  to  the  whole  extent  of  the 
city.  They  even  reached  the  camp  at 
Hounslow,  where  the  king  was  at  dinner 
in  lord  Feversham's  tent. 

As  the  king  found  the  clergymen  eve- 
ry where  avjerse  to  his  measures,  he  next 
tried  the  army.  He  thought  that  if  one 
regiment  should  promise  implicit  obe- 
dience, their  example  would  induce  oth- 
ers to  comply.  He  therefore  ordered 
one  of  the  regiments  to  be  drawn  up  in 
his  presence,  and  desired  such  as  were 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


363 


against  his  late  declaration  of  liberty  of 
conscience  should  lay  down  their  arms. 
He  was  surprised  to  see  the  whole  bat- 
talion ground  their  arms,  except  two 
officers  and  a  few  catholic  soldiers. 

The  birth  of  the  prince  of  Wales  in- 
creased the  fears  of  his  subjects  in  pro- 
portion as  it  raised  his  security  and  hopes. 
In  the  reign  of  a  prince  to  be  educated 
under  the  prejudices  of  such  a  father, 
nothing  but  a  continuance  of  the  same 
unconstitutional  measures  could  be  ex- 
pected. The  prince  of  Orange  was  at  this 
time  in  constant  communication  with  the 
disafl'ected  portion  of  the  gentry,  and  he 
sent  an  envoy  with  instructions  to  apply  in 
his  name  to  every  religious  sect  in  the 
kingdom.  To  the  church-party  he  sent 
assurances  of  favor  and  regard  ;  and  pro- 
tested that  his  education  in  Holland 
had  in  no  way  prejudiced  him  against 
episcopacy.  To  the  non-conformists  he 
sent  exhortations,  not  to  be  deceived  by 
the  insidious  caresses  of  their  known  ene- 
my, but  to  wait  for  a  real  and  sincere 
protector,  &c.  In  consequence  of  these 
insinuations,  the  prii»ce  soon  received  in- 
vitations from  the  most  considerable  per- 
sons in  the  kingdom.  The  prince  had  a 
lleet  ready  to  sail,  and  troops  provided  for 
action, before  the  beginning  of  June,  1688 

The  king  of  France  was  the  first  who 
gave  James  any  intimation  of  his  danger, 
and  oftered  to  assist  him  in  repelling  it. 

James  having  thus  declined  the  assist- 
ance of  his  friends,  was  struck  with  as- 
tonishment to  find  that  the  states  of  Hol- 
land not  only  intended  to  declare  war, 
but  were  rapidly  preparing  a  fleet  to  in- 
vade England. 

To  avoid  this  storm,  James  oftered  to 
enter  into  any  alliance  with  the  Dutch 
for  their  common  security.  He  replaced, 
in  all  the  counties  of  England,  all  the  de- 
puty-lieutenants and  justices  who  had 
been  deprived  of  their  commissions  for 
their  adherence  to  the  test  and  penal  laws. 

All  these  concessions,  however,  were 
too  late  ;  they  were  regarded  as  the  ef- 
fects of  fear,  and  not  of  repentance. 
Indeed,  it  is  said,  he  very  soon  gave 
proofs  of  his  insincerity  ;  for  hearing 
that  the  Dutch  fleet  was  dispersed,  iie 
recalled  some  concessions  he  had  made 
in    favor   of  Magdalen    college ;    and  to 


]  show    his   attachment    to    the    catholic 

I  church,  at  the  baptism  of  the  prince  of 

i  Wales,  he  appointed  the  pope  one  of  the 

'  sponsors. 

j  In  the  mean  time,  William  set  sail 
from  Helvoetsluys  with  a  fleet  of  near 
five  hundred  vessels,  and  an  army  of 
above  fourteen  thousand  men.  He  was 
driven  back  by  a  dreadful  storm  ;  but  he 

'  soon  refitted  his  fleet,  and  again  set 
sail  for  England,  and,  after  a  voyage 
of  two  days,  landed  at  Broxholme,  in 
Torbay,    on  the  5th  of  November,    and 

'  the   prince    was    quickly  joined    by  the 

I  gentry   of  the   counties    of   Devon   and 

j  Somerset. 

These  were  followed  by  the  defection 
of  the  army.  Lord  Colchester,  son  to  the 
earl  of  Rivers,  first  deserted  to  the 
prince.     Lord  Cornbury,  son  to  the  earl 

j  of  Clarendon,  carried  off'  three  regiments 
of  cavalry  at  once  ;  and  several  officers 
of  distinction  informed  Eeversham,  their 
general,  that  they  could  not  in  honor  fight 
against  the  prince  of  Orange.  Soon  af- 
ter this  the  uidiappy  monarch  found  him- 
self deserted  by  his  own  servants.  Lord 
Churchill  had  been  raised  from  the  rank 
of  a  page,  and  had  been  invested  with 
a  high  command  in  the  army  ;  he  had 
been  created  a  peer,  and  owed  his  whole 
fortune  to  the  king's  bounty,  yet  even 
he  deserted  among  the  rest,  and  carried 
with  him  the  duke  of  Grafton,  natural 
son  to  the  late  king,  colonel  Berkely,  and 
others.  Even  the  prince  of  Denmark, 
and  Anne,  James'  favorite  daughter,  re- 
solved to  take  part  with  the  prince  of 
Orange.  When  the  king  was  informed 
of  this,  he  was  stung  with  bitter  anguish. 

j  "  God   help    me,"   cried    he,  "my  own 

,  children  have  forsaken  me." 

On    the    30th    of  November,     1688, 

j  James  sent  three  noblemen  to  treat  with 

I  the  prince  of  Orange.  But  though  the 
latter  knew  that  the  king's  commission- 
ers were  in  his  interests,  his  conduct 
showed  plainly  that  he  now  thought  the 

',  time  of  treating  was  past.  For  some 
time  he  would  not  admit  them  to  an  au- 
dience ;  and  when  he  did,  would  give 
no  satisfactory  answer.  James  now  be- 
gan to  fear  for  his  personal  safety.  But 
what  most  aflfected  him  was  the  terrors 
of  the  queen   for  herself  and  her  infant 


364 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


son.  He  therefore  resolved  to  send 
fftiein  abroad.  They  crossed  the  river  in 
a  boat,  at  Whitehall,  in  a  stormy  and 
rainy  day.  They  wore  carried  to  Graves- 
end  in  a  coach,  under  the  conduct  of  the 
count  de  Lauzun  ;  and  a  yacht,  com- 
manded by  captain  Gray,  which  lay  there 
ready  for  the  purpose,  soon  transported 
them  in  safety  to  Calais. 

The  king  was  now  resolved  to  leave 
the  kingdom  at  once.  He  threw  the 
great  seal  into  the  Thames  ;  he  left  none 
with  any  authority  to  conduct  affairs  in 
his  absence  ;  and  vainly  hoped  to  derive 
advantage  to  his  affairs  from  anarchy  and 
disorder.  Notwithstanding  all  the  en- 
treaties and  remonstrances  of  his  parti- 
zans  to  have  him  remain,  he  effected  his 
escape  into  France. 

James  having  thus  abandoned  his  domin- 
ions, the  prince  of  Orange,  by  the  desire 
of  the  house  of  lords,  the  only  member  of 
the  legislature  remaining,  summoned  a 
parliament  by  circular  letters  ;  but  the 
prince,  unwilling  to  act  upon  so  imper- 
fect an  authority,  convened  all  the  mem- 
bers who  had  sat  in  the  house  of  com- 
mons during  any  parliament  of  Charles 
II,  and  to  these  were  added  the  mayor, 
aldermen,  and  fifty  of  the  common  coun- 
cil of  the  city  of  London  ;  and  the  prince, 
being  thus  supported  by  an  assembly  de- 
riving its  authority  from  himself,  wrote 
circular  letters  to  the  counties  and  cor- 
porations of  Great  Britain  to  call  a  new 
parliament. 

The  house  was  principally  composed 
of  the  whig  party,  and  thanks  were  given 
to  the  prince  of  Orange  for  the  deliver- 
ance he  had  brought  them  ;  after  which 
they  proceeded  to  settle  the  kingdom. 
A  bill  was  passed  by  both  houses,  that 
king  James  II,  having  endeavored  to  sub- 
vert the  constitution  of  the  kingdom,  by 
breaking  the  original  contract  between 
the  king  and  his  people,  and  having,  by 
the  advice  of  Jesuits  and  other  persons, 
violated  the  fundamental  laws,  and  with- 
drawn himself  out  of  the  kingdom,  had 
abdicated  the  government,  and  that  the 
throne  was  thereby  vacant. 

It  was  agreed  that  the  prince  and  prin- 
cess of  Orange  should  reign  jointly  as 
king  and  queen  of  England ;  while  the 
administration  of  government  should  be 


placed  in  the  hands  of  the  prince  only. 
The  marquis  of  Halifax,  as  speaker  of 
the  house  of  lords,  made  a  solemn  tender 
of  the  crown  to  their  highnesses,  in  the 
name  of  the  peers  and  commons  of  Eng- 
land. The  prince  accepted  the  ofl'er ; 
and  on  that  very  day,  February  13th, 
1689,  William  and  Mary  were  proclaim 
ed  king  and  queen  of  England. 

During  the  troubles  in  England,  which 
had  terminated  in  placing  William  on  the 
throne,  the  two  parties  in  Ireland  were 
kept  in  tranquillity  by  their  mutual  fears. 
The  protestants  were  alarmed  at  the 
prospect  of  another  massacre  ;  and  the 
catholics  expected  every  day  to  be  in- 
vaded by  the  joint  force  of  the  English 
and  Dutch.  Their  terrors,  however,  were 
ill  formded ;  for  though  Tyrconnel  sent 
several  messages  to  the  prince,  that  he 
was  ready  to  deliver  up  the  kingdom  to 
any  force  that  might  make  a  surrender  ap- 
parently necessary,  his  off'ers  were  al- 
ways rejected.  William  was  persuaded 
by  the  marquis  of  Halifax  that,  should 
Ireland  yield,  no  pretence  could  remain 
for  keeing  an  army  in  pay.  These  argu- 
ments induced  William  to  so  utterly  ne- 
glect Ireland,  that  it  may  be  considered 
one  of  the  greatest  blemishes  in  his 
whole  reign. 

The  whole  military  force  of  Ireland  at 
that  time  amounted  only  to  4,000  men, 
and  of  these  only  600  were  in  Dublin. 
Having  no  pay  from  the  king,  they  sub- 
sisted by  depredation,  and  regarded  no 
discipline.  The  protestants  in  the  north 
armed  themselves  in  their  own  defence  ; 
and  the  city  of  Londonderry,  relying  on 
its  situation  and  a  slight  wall,  shut  its 
gates  against  the  new-raised  army.  Prot- 
estant parties  in  the  mean  time  rose  every 
where,  declaring  their  resolution  to  unite 
in  self-defence,  to  preserve  the  protestant 
religion,  to  continue  their  dependence  on 
England,  and  to  promote  the  meeting  of 
a  free  parliament. 

To  preserve  appearances,  William  now 
sent  general  Hamilton,  an  Irishman,  ac- 
companied by  a  catholic  nobleman,  to  treat 
with  Tyrconnel ;  but  instead  of  persua- 
ding that  lord  to  yield  to  William,  this 
messenger  advised  him  to  adhere  to 
James.  In  the  mean  time,  James  him- 
self assured  the  lord  deputy  that  he  was 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


365 


ready  to  sail  from  Brest  with  a  powerful  j 
armament.  Hamilton,  from  the  hopes  of 
this  aid,  marched  against  the  northern 
insurgents.  They  were  routed  with  con- 
siderable slaughter  at  Dromore ;  and 
Hillsborough,  where  they  had  fixed  their 
head-quarters,  was  taken  without  resist- 
ance ;  the  city  of  Londonderry,  however, 
resolved  to  hold  out  to  the  last  extremity. 

The  cause  of  James  was  sustained  in 
Scotland,  for  a  short  period, by  the  gallant 
earl  of  Dundee  ;  his  death,  however,  was 
fatal  to  the  hopes  of  James   in  Scotland. 

On  the  7th  of  March,  1689,7ames  em- 
barked at  Brest.  The  whole  force  of  his 
expedition  consisted  of  fourteen  ships  of 
war,  six  frigates,  and  three  fire-ships. 
Twelve  hundred  of  his  native  subjects  in 
the  pay  of  France,  and  100  French  offi- 
cers, composed  the  whole  army  of  James. 
He  landed  at  Kinsale,  without  opposition, 
on  the  12th  of  the  month,  where  he  was 
received  with  the  greatest  joy. 

Being  received  at  Dublin  with  the  ap- 
pearance of  universal  joy,  James  imme- 
diately ordered,  by  proclamation,  all  pro- 
testants  who  had  abandoned  the  kingdom 
to  return.  He  commanded,  in  a  second 
proclamation,  all  catholics,  except  those 
in  his  army,  to  lay  up  their  arms,  and  put 
an  end  to  the  robberies  and  depredations 
which  they  had  committed  in  the  violence 
of  their  zeal.  He  raised  the  value  of  the 
currency  by  a  proclamation ;  and  he 
summoned  a  parliament  to  meet  on  the 
7th  of  May,  to  settle  the  affairs  of  the 
kingdom.  The  protestant  clergy  repre- 
sented their  grievances  in  an  address  ; 
and  the  university  of  Dublin  appeared 
with  complaints  and  congratulations.  He 
assured  the  first,  of  his  absolute  protec- 
tion and  a  full  redress ;  and  he  promised 
the  latter,  not  only  to  defend,  but  even  to 
enlarge  their  privileges. 

On  the  8th  of  April,  James  left  Dublin, 
resolving  to  lead  his  army  against  the  in- 
surgents in  person.  They  retired  before 
him,  and  the  king  laid  siege  to  London- 
derry. The  besieged  made  a  vigorous 
resistance  ;  but  being  reduced  to  the  last 
extremity,  they  would  have  been  obliged 
to  surrender,  had  not  they  been  relieved, 
on  the  28th  of  July,  by  seven  ships  laden 
with  provisions,  upon  which  the  siege 
was  immediately  raised. 


The  bad  success  of  the  early  part  of 
the  campaign,  and  the  unhappy  situation 
of  the  protestants  in  Ireland,  at  length 
induced  William  to  attempt  their  reUef  in 
person.  Accordingly,  he  left  London  on 
the  4th  of  June,  1690,  and  arrived  at 
Carrickfergus  on  the  14th  of  that  month. 
From  thence  he  passed  to  Lisburn,  the 
head-quarters  of  the  duke  of  Schomberg. 
He  reviewed  at  Lough-Britland  his  army, 
which  consisted  of  36,000  men,  and  was 
composed  of  English,  Dutch,  Germans, 
Danes,  and  French.  Being  supplied  with 
every  necessary,  they  seemed  absolutely 
certain  of  victory.  The  Irish  army,  hav- 
ing abandoned  Ardee  at  their  approach, 
fell  back  to  the  south  of  the  Boyne,  where 
was  fought  the  celebrated  battle  of  the 
Boyne,  July  1st,  1690,  in  which  the  forces 
of  William  were  victorious.    . 

In  the  beginning  of  the  year  1692,  an 
action  of  unexampled  cruelty  disgraced 
the  government  of  William  in  Scotland, 
namely,  the  murder  of  the  clan  of  Mac- 
don  aid.  Macdonald  and  his  followers 
had  delayed  to  take  the  oaths  of  allegi- 
ance till  the  very  last  day  allowed  was 
come.  He  on  that  day  went  to  fort  Wil- 
liam, but  he  found  no  officer  empowered 
to  administer  them  ;  another  day  there- 
fore necessarily  elapsed,  before  they 
could  reach  the  sheriff  of  the  county. 
They  then  took  them,  one  day  beyond 
the  prescribed  time,  and  returned  to 
their  homes,  as  they  thought,  in  perfect 
safety. 

By  the  representation,  however,  of  the 
earl  of  Breadalbane,  the  king,  "  whose 
chief  virtue,"  says  SmoUet,  "  was  not 
humanity,"  signed  the  warrant  for  their 
deaths,  and  captain  Campbell,  with  a 
party  of  soldiers,  was  sent  to  the  glen  ; 
and,  on  declaring  upon  his  honor,  that 
his  views  were  friendly,  he  was  enter- 
tained there  in  a  most  hospitable  manner 
for  fifteen  days  ;  when,  after  passing  the 
evening  with  the  Macdonalds,  he,  in  the 
midst  of  the  night,  ordered  the  dreadful 
deed  to  commence,  and  thirty-eight  per- 
sons were  surprised  in  their  beds,  and 
basely  murdered  by  him,  who  had  been 
their  guest,  and  his  soldiers.  It  was  the 
intention  to  murder  all  the  males  under 
seventy,  but  as  some  portion  of  the  troops 
did  not  secure  the  passes  in  time,  the  rest 


366 


GREAT    BRITAIN 


Baltic  of  La  Hogiic. 


escaped.  The  women  and  children,  in- 
deed, were  spared  the  bayonet ;  but  in 
the  midst  of  a  cokl  wintry  night,  and  in 
a  waste  covered  with  snow,  they  were 
all  turned  naked  from  their  ho*ises,  and 
left  to  perish. 

The  total  reduction  of  Ireland,  and  the 
dispersion  of  the  Highland  chieftains  who 
favored  his  cause,  did  not  entirely  put  an 
end  to  the  hopes  of  James.  His  princi- 
pal expectations  were  founded  on  a  con- 
spiracy among  his  English  adherents, 
and  in  the  succors  promised  him  by  the 
French  king.  A  plot  was  first  formed  in 
Scotland  by  sir  James  Montgomery  ;  but 
it  was  discovered. 

The  French  resolved  to  make  a  de- 
scent upon  England  in  favor  of  James. 
In  pursuance  of  this  scheme,  the  French 
king  supplied  James  with  an  army  con- 
sisting of  a  body  of  French  troops,  some 
English  and  Scotch  refugees,  and  the  Irish 
regiments  which  had  been  transported 
into  France  from  Limerick,  and  were 
now  become  excellent  soldiers  by  long 
discipline  and  severe  duty.  This  army 
was  assembled  between  Cherbourg  and 
La  Hogue,  and  was  commanded  by  king 
James  in  person.  More  than  300  trans- 
ports were  provided  for  landing  it  on  the 


opposite  coast ;  and  Tourville,  the  French 
admiral,  at  the  head  of  63  ships  of  the 
!  line,  was  appointed  to  favor  the  descent. 
i  Llis  orders  were,  at  all  events,  to  attack 
j  the  enemy,  in  case  they  should  oppose 
I  him  ;  so  that  every  thing  promised  the 
I  banished  king  a  change  of  fortune. 

These    preparations    on    the    side    of 
i  France  were  soon  known  at  the  English 
I  comt,  and  everv  precaution  taken  for  a 
!  vigorous     opposition.       All     the     secret 
I  machinations  of  the  banished  king's  ad- 
herents were  discovered  to  the   English 
'  ministry  by  spies  ;  and   by   these,  they 
found  that  the  tories  were  more  faithful 
than    even   the    whigs,  Avho  had   placed 
king  William  on  the  throne.     The    duke 
of    Marlborough,    lord    Godolphin,    and 
even  the  princess  Anne  herself,  were  vio- 
1  lently  suspected  of  disaffection.     Prepa- 
}  rations,  however,  were  made  with  great 
i  tranquillity  and  resolution,  to  resist  the 
'  growing    storm.      Admiral    Russel    was 
'  ordered  to  put  to  sea  with  all  possible 
i  expedition  ;    and  he  soon  appeared  with 
j  ninety-nine   ships   of  the    line,    besides 
I  frigates  and  fire-ships.     At  the  head  of 
'  this  formidable  fleet  he  set  sail  for  the 
!  coast  of  France  ;  and,  near  La  Hogue, 
,  he  discovered  the  enemy  under  Tourville, 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


367 


who  prepared  to  give  him  battle.  The 
engagement  began  between  the  two  ad- 
mirals with  great  bravery,  and  the  rest 
of  the  fleet  soon  followed  their  example. 
The  battle  lasted  for  ten  hours  ;  but  at 
last  victory  declared  on  the  side  of  num- 
bers :  the  French  lied  for  Couquet  road, 
having  lost  four  ships  in  the  first  day's 
action.  The  pursuit  continued  for  two 
(lays  following  :  three  French  ships  of 
the  line  were  destroyed  the  next  day, 
and  eighteen  more,  which  had  taken  re- 
fuge in  the  bay  of  La  Hogue,  were  burnt 
by  sir  George  Rooke.  This  engagement, 
which  happened  on  the  21st  of  May, 
1692,  put  a  final  period  to  the  hopes  of 
James. 

William  died,  March,  1701,  aged  52, 
having  reigned  thirteen  years.  He  was 
succeeded  by  the  princess  Amie,  who 
had  married  George  prince  of  Denmark. 
She  ascended  the  throne  in  the  38th  year 
of  her  age,  to  the  general  satisfaction  of 
all  parties.  William  had  died  on  the 
eve  of  a  war  with  France  ;  and  the  pre- 
sent queen,  who  generally  took  the  ad- 
vice of  her  ministry  on  every  important 
occasion,  was  now  urged  by  opposite 
councils  ;  a  part  of  her  ministry  being 
inclined  to  ^war,  and  another  to  peace. 
At  the  head  of  those  who  opposed  a  war 
with  France  was  the  earl  of  Rochester, 
lord  lieutenant  of  Ireland,  first  cousin  to 
the  queen,  and  the  chief  of  the  tory  fac- 
tion ;  at  the  head  of  the  opposite  party 
was  the  earl,  afterwards  duke  of  Marlbo- 
rough, and  so  well  known  for  his  victo- 
ries over  the  French.  After  giving  the 
reasons  for  both  their  opinions,  that  of 
Marlborough  preponderated  :  the  queen 
resolved  to  declare  war  ;  and  communi- 
cating her  intentions  to  the  house  of  com- 
mons, by  whom  it  was  approved,  Avar 
was  proclaimed  accordingly.  In  this 
declaration  of  war,  Ivouis  Avas  taxed  Avith 
having  taken  possession  of  a  great  part 
of  the  Spanish  dominions  ;  with  design- 
ing to  invade  the  liberties  of  Europe,  to 
obstruct  the  freedom  of  navigation  and 
commerce  ;  and  with  having  offered  an 
unpardonable  insvdt  to  the  queen  and  her 
throne,  by  acknowledging  the  title  of  the 
pretender  ;  he  was  accused  of  attempt- 
ing to  imite  the  crown  of  Spain  to  his 
own  dominions,  by  placing  his  grandson 


upon  the  throne  of  that  kingdom,  and  thus, 
of  endeavoring  to  destroy  the  equality  of 
power  that  subsisted  among  the  states  of 
Europe.  This  declaration  of  Avar  on  the 
part  of  England  was  seconded  by  simi- 
lar declarations  by  the  Dutch  and  Ger- 
mans, all  on  the  same  day. 

The  first  attempt  that  Marll)orough 
made  to  deviate  from  the  general  prac- 
tices of  the  army  was  to  advance  the 
subaltern  officers,  Avhose  merits  had  been 
hitherto  neglected.  Regardless  of  se- 
niority, wherever  he  found  abilities,  he 
Avas  sure  to  promote  them ;  and  thus  he 
had  all  the  upper  raidis  of  commanders 
rather  remarkable  for  their  skill  and 
talents  than  for  their  age  and  experience. 
In  his  first  campaign,  in  the  beginning 
of  July,  1702,  he  repaired  to  the  camp  at 
Nimeguen,  where  he  found  himself  at 
the  head  of  60,000  men,  Avell  provided 
with  all  necessaries,  and  long  disciplined 
by  the  best  officers  of  the  age.  He  was 
opposed  on  the  part  of  France  by  the 
duke  of  Burgundy,  a  youth  of  very  little 
experience  in  the  art  of  Avar ;  but  the 
acting  general  Avas  the  marshal  Boufllers, 
an  officer  of  courage  and  activity.  But 
Avherever  Marlborough  adA'anced,  the 
French  Avere  obliged  to  retire  before  him, 
leaAdng  all  Spanish  Guelderland  at  his 
discretion. 

The  duke  of  Burgimdy  finding  himself 
obliged  to  retreat  before  the  allied  army, 
returned  to  Versailles,  leaving  Boufflers 
to  command  alone.  Boufflers  retired  to 
Brabant :  and  Marlborough  ended  the 
campaign  by  taking  the  city  of  Liege,  in 
Avhich  was  found  an  immense  sum  of 
money  and  a  great  number  of  prisoners. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  campaign 
of  1704,  the  duke  of  Marlborough  in- 
formed the  Dutch,  that  it  Avas  his  inten- 
tion to  march  to  the  relief  of  the  empire, 
Avhich  had  been  for  some  time  oppressed 
by  the  French  forces ;  and  the  states 
gave  him  full  powers  to  march  as  he 
thought  proper,  Avith  assurances  of  their 
assistance  in  all  his  endeavors.  The 
French  king,  finding  Boufffers  no  longer 
capable  of  opposing  Marlborough,  ap- 
pointed the  marshal  de  Villeroy  to  com- 
mand in  his  place.  But  Marlborough, 
Avith  about  13,000  troops,  advanced  by 
hasty   marches  to   the  banks  of  the  Da- 


368 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


nube  ;  he  defeated  a  body  of  French  and 
Bavarians  stationed  at  Donauert  to  op- 
pose him  ;  then  passed  the  river,  and 
laid  under  contribution  the  dukedom  of 
Bavaria,  which  had  sided  with  the  ene- 
my. Villeroy,  wlw  at  first  attempted  to 
follow  his  motions,  seemed  all  at  once  to 
have  lost  sight  of  the  enemy ;  nor  was 
he  apprised  of  his  route  till  informed  of 
his  successes.  But,  in  the  mean  time, 
marshal  Tallard  prepared  by  another 
route  to  obstruct  Marlborough's  retreat 
with  an  army  of  30,000  men.  He  was 
soon  after  joined  by  the  duke  of  Bavaria's 
forces  ;  so  that  the  French  army  in  that 
part  of  the  continent  amounted  to  60,000 
veterans,  commanded  by  two  of  the  most 
able  generals  in  France. 

To  oppose  these  powerful  armies,  the 
duke  of  Marlborough  was  joined  by  a 
body  of  30,000  men  under  the  celebrated 
prince  Eugene.  The  allied  army,  with 
this  re-enforcement,  amounted  to  about 
52,000.  After  various  marches  and 
countermarches,  the  two  armies  met  at 
Blenheim.  A  terrible  engagement  en- 
sued, in  which  the  French  were  entirely 
defeated,  with  a  tremendous  loss.  Soon 
after  finishing  the  campaign,  the  duke 
repaired  to  Berlin,  where  he  procured  a 
re-enforcement  of  8,000  Prussians  to  serve 
under  prince  Eugene  in  Italy.  Thence 
he  proceeded  to  negotiate  for  succors  at 
the  court  of  Hanover ;  and  soon  after 
returned  to  England,  where  he  was  re- 
ceived with  every  possible  demonstration 
of  joy. 

The  most  remarkable  transaction,  how- 
ever, of  this  year,  and  indeed  of  this 
whole  reign,  was  the  union  between  the 
two  kingdoms  of  Scotland  and  England. 
Though  governed  by  one  sovereign  since 
the  time  of  James  I,  of  England,  yet 
each  nation  continued  to  be  ruled  by  its 
respective  parliament ;  and  often  profess- 
ed to  pursue  opposite  interests  to  those 
of  its  neighbor.  The  union  had  often 
been  unsuccessfully  attempted  before. 
In  all  the  former  proposals  on  that  head, 
both  nations  were  supposed  to  remain 
free  and  independent ;  each  Idngdom 
having  its  own  parliament,  and  subject 
only  to  such  taxes  and  other  commercial 
regulations  as  those  parliaments  should 
judge  expedient  for  the  benefit  of  their 


respective  states.  After  the  destniction 
of  the  Darien  colony,  William  had  en- 
deavored to  allay  the  national  discontent, 
by  proposing  that  a  union  should  take 
place  between  the  two  nations.  The 
terms  now  proposed  were  the  same  with 
those  formerly  held  out,  viz,  a  federal 
union,  somewhat  like  that  of  the  states 
of  Holland.  With  this  view  the  Scots 
were  prevailed  on  to  send  twenty  com- 
missioners to  London  ;  who,  with  twen- 
ty-three on  the  part  of  England,  met  at 
Whitehall,  in  the  month  of  October,  1702. 
Here  they  were  honored  with  a  visit  from 
the  queen,  but  the  treaty  was  entirely  bro- 
ken off,  at  this  time,  by  the  Scottish  com- 
missioners insisting  that  the  rights  and 
privileges  of  their  countrymen,  trading  to 
Africa  and  the  Indies,  should  be  preserv- 
ed and  maintained.  It  was,  however,  re- 
sumed in  the  year  1706,  when  the  com- 
missioners again  met  on  the  1 6th  of  April, 
in  the  council-chamber  of  Whitehall. — 
The  Scottish  commissioners  still  propos- 
ed a  federal  union  ;  but  the  English  were 
determined  on  an  incorporation,  which 
should  not  afterwards  be  dissolved  by  a 
Scottish  parliament.  Nothing  but  this, 
they  said,  could  settle  a  perfect  and  last- 
ing friendship  betwixt  the  two  nations. — 
The  commissioners  from  Scotland,  how- 
ever, still  continued  to  resist  that  article 
which  subjected  their  country  to  the  same 
customs,  excises,  and  regulations  of  trade 
as  England  ;  but  the  queen  being  per- 
suaded to  pay  two  visits  in  person  to  the 
commissioners,  exerted  herself  so  effect- 
ually, that  the  majority  was  at  last  gained 
over  ;  and  all  the  rest  yielded,  though 
with  reluctance,  excepting  Lochaber  of 
Carnwath,  who  could  not  be  persuaded 
either  to  sign  or  seal  the  treaty. 

The  articles  of  the  treaty  were  ratified 
by  parliament,  with  some  trifling  varia- 
tions, on  the  25th  of  March,  1707;  when 
the  duke  of  Queensberry  finally  dissolv- 
ed that  ancient  assembly,  and  Scotland 
ceased  to  be  a  separate  and  independent 
kingdom. 

On  the  conclusion  of  the  treaty,  the 
queen  informed  both  houses  of  the  Eng- 
lish parliament,  that  the  treaty  of  union, 
with  some  additions  and  alterations,  was 
ratified  by  an  act  of  the  parliament  of 
Scotland :  that  she  had  ordered  it  to  be 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


369 


laid  before  them,  and  hoped  it  would 
meet  their  approbation.  She  observed, 
that  they  had  now  an  opportunity  of  put- 
ting the  last  hand  to  a  happy  union  of 
the  two  kingdoms  :  and  that  she  should 
look  upon  it  as  a  particular  happiness  if 
this  great  work,  so  often  attempted  be- 
fore without  success,  could  be  brought  to 
perfection  in  her  reign.  Objections, 
however,  were  raised  by  the  tory  par- 
ty; but  they  were  too  weak  to  be  heard 
with  any  attention,  and  the  union  was 
finally  completed  on  the  1st  of  May, 
1707,  when  the  island  took  the  name 
of  "  The  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain." 

The  last  campaign  of  the  duke  of 
Marlborough,  which  happened  in  the 
year  1711,  was  equally  successful.  He 
was  opposed  by  marshal  Villars,  who  had 
commanded  the  French  in  the  battle  of 
Malplaquet;  and,  by  marching  and  coun- 
termarching, induced  the  enemy  to  quit  a 
strong  line  of  entrenchments  without 
striking  a  blow,  which  he  came  after- 
wards and  took  possession  of.  This 
enterprise  was  followed  by  the  taking  of 
Bouchain,  which  was  the  last  military 
achievement  of  this  great  general.  From 
the  beginning  of  the  war,  which  had 
now  continued  nine  years,  he  had  per- 
petually advanced,  and  scarcely  ever 
retreated  before  his  enemies,  nor  lost  an 
advantage  he  had  obtained  over  them. 
He  most  frequently  gained  the  enemy's 
posts  without  fighting  ;  but  where  he  was 
obliged  to  attack,  no  fortifications  were 
able  to  resist  him.  He  had  never  be- 
sieged a  city  which  he  did  not  take,  nor 
engaged  in  a  battle  in  which  he  did  not 
come  off  victorious.  Thus  the  allies  had 
reduced  under  their  command  Spanish 
Guelderland,  Limbourg,  Brabant,  Flan- 
ders, and  Hainault ;  they  were  masters 
of  the  Scarpe,  the  capture  of  Bouchain 
had  opened  for  them  a  passage  into  the 
heart  of  France,  and  another  campaign 
might  have  made  them  masters  of  Paris  ; 
but  on  the  duke's  return  from  this  cam- 
paign, he  was  accused  of  having  taken  a 
bribe  of  6,000Z.  a  year  from  a  Jew,  who 
had  contracted  to  supply  the  army  with 
bread  ;  and  the  queen  on  that  account 
dismissed  him  from  all  his  employments. 
On  the  removal  of  this  great  general,  the 
47 


command  of  the  British  forces  was  given 
to  the  duke  of  Ormond. 

But  little  was  effected  by  that  general, 
and  a  peace  was  concluded  in  1713.  In 
this  treaty  it  was  stipulated  that  Philip, 
now  acknowledged  king  of  Spain,  should 
renounce  all  right  to  the  crown  of 
France,  the  union  of  two  such  powerful 
kingdoms  being  thought  dangerous  to  the 
liberties  of  Europe.  It  was  agreed  that 
the  duke  of  Berry,  Philip's  brother,  and 
after  him  in  succession,  should  also  re- 
nounce his  right  to  the  crown  of  Spain, 
in  case  he  became  king  of  France.  It 
was  stipulated  that  the  duke  of  Savoy 
should  possess  the  island  of  Sicily  with 
the  title  of  king,  together  with  Fenes- 
trelles,  and  several  other  places  on  the 
continent;  which  increase  of  dominion 
was  in  some  measure  made  out  of  the 
spoils  of  the  French  monarchy.  The 
Dutch  had  the  barrier  granted  them 
which  they  so  much  desired  ;  and  if  the 
crown  of  France  was  deprived  of  some 
dominions  to  enrich  the  duke  of  Savoy, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  house  of  Austria 
was  taxed  to  supply  the  Avants  of  the 
Hollanders,  who  were  put  in  possession 
of  the  strongest  towns  in  Flanders.  The 
fortifications  of  Dunkirk  were  demolish- 
ed. Spain  gave  up  Gibraltar  and  the 
island  of  Minorca.  France  resigned  her 
pretensions  to  Hudson's  Bay,  Nova  Sco- 
tia, and  Newfoundland,  but  was  left  in 
possession  of  Cape  Breton,  and  the  lib- 
erty of  drying  fish  upon  the  shore.  The 
British  stipulated  that  the  French  pro- 
testants,  confined  in  the  prisons  and  gal- 
leys for  their  religion,  should  be  released. 
For  the  emperor  it  was  stipulated,  that 
he  should  possess  the  kingdom  of  Na- 
ples, the  duchy  of  Milan,  and  the  Spanish 
Netherlands.  The  king  of  Prussia  was 
to  have  Upper  Guelderland  ;  and  a  time 
was  fixed  for  the  emperor's  acceding  to 
these  articles,  as  he  had  for  some  time 
obstinately  refused  to  assist  at  the  nego- 
tiation. This  celebrated  treaty  was 
signed  at  Utrecht  on  the  last  day  of 
March,  1713. 

This  year  was  also  remarkable  for  an 
attempt  of  the  Scottish  peers  and  com- 
mons to  dissolve  the  union.  This  mo- 
tion was  overruled  in  the  house,  but  the 
discontent  of  the  people  still  continued  ; 


370 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


addresses  were  prepared,  and  matters 
were  in  danger  of  coming  to  extremities, 
when  the  attempt  of  Charles  Stuart  to 
regain  his  kingdom,  in  1715,  so  divided 
the  minds  of  the  people,  that  no  unani- 
mous effort  could  afterwards  be  made. 

The  history  of  the  latter  part  of  this 
reign  consists  entirely  of  the  intrigues  of 
the  whigs  and  tories  against  each  other. 
The  violent  dissensions  between  these 
two  parties,  their  unbounded  licentious- 
ness, cabals,  and  tumults,  made  the 
queen's  situation  very  disagreeable,  her 
health  declined,  and  on  the  28lh  of  July, 
1714,  she  fell  into  a  state  of  insensibili- 
ty. Notwhhstanding  all  the  efforts  of 
the  physicians,  the  distemper  gained 
ground  so  fast,  that  next  day  they  de- 
spaired of  her  life.  All  the  members  of 
the  privy  council,  without  distinction, 
were  now  summoned  from  the  different 
parts  of  the  kingdom.  A  letter  was  sent 
to  the  elector  of  Hanover,  informing  him 
of  the  queen's  situation,  and  desiring 
him  to  repair  to  Holland,  where  he  would 
be  attended  by  a  British  squadron  to  con- 
vey him  to  England.  At  the  same  time 
they  despatched  instructions  to  the  earl 
of  Strafford,  at  the  Hague,  to  desire  the 
states-general  to  be  ready  to  perform  the 
giiarantee  of  the  protestant  succession. 

On  the  30th  of  .Tuly  the  queen  seemed 
to  be  somewhat  relieved  by  the  medi- 
cines which  had  been  given  her.  She 
rose  from  her  bed  about  eight  in  the 
morning  and  walked  a  little.  She  was 
soon  after  seized  with  an  apoplectic  fit, 
from  which,  however,  she  somewhat  re- 
covered, but  expired  the  following  morn- 
ing a  little  after  seven  o'clock,  in  the 
forty-ninth  year  of  her  age.  This  prin- 
cess, like  all  the  rest  of  her  family, 
seemed  rather  fitted  for  the  duties  of 
private  life  than  a  public  station ;  being 
a  pattern  of  conjugal  fidelity,  a  good 
mother,  a  warm  friend,  and  an  indulgent 
mistress  ;  and  to  her  honor  it  certainly 
must  be  recorded,  that  during  her  reign 
none  suflered  on  the  scaffold  for  treason. 

The  queen  had  no  sooner  resigned  her 
breath  than  the  privy  council  met,  and 
three  instruments  were  produced,  by 
which  the  elector  of  Hanover  appointed 
several  of  his  known  adherents  to  be 
added  as  lords  justices  to  the  seven  great 


officers  of  the  kingdom.  Orders  also 
were  immediately  issued  out  for  pro- 
claiming George  king  of  England,  Scot- 
land, and  Ireland.  The  regency  ap- 
pointed the  earl  of  Dorset  to  carry  him 
the  intimation  of  his  accession  to  the 
crown,  and  to  attend  him  in  his  journey 
to  England.  They  sent  the  general  of- 
ficers, in  whom  they  could  confide,  to 
their  posts ;  they  re-enforced  the  garrison 
of  Portsmouth,  and  appointed  the  cele- 
brated Mr.  Addison  secretary  of  state. 

The  king  first  landed  at  Greeenwich  ; 
where  he  was  received  by  the  duke  of 
Northumberland,  captain  of  the  life-guard, 
and  the  lords  of  the  regency.  From  the 
landing  place  he  walked  to  his  house  in 
the  park,  accompanied  by  a  great  number 
of  the  nobility  and  other  persons  of  dis- 
tinction. George  I  was  fifty-four  years 
old  when  he  ascended  the  British  throne. 
His  mature  age  and  experience,  his  nu- 
merous alliances,  and  the  general  tranquil- 
lity of  Europe,  all  contributed  to  establish 
his  interests,  and  promise  him  a  peaceable 
and  happy  reign.  His  virtues,  though  not 
shining,  were  solid.  To  firmness,  reso- 
lution, and  perseverance,  he  joined  great 
application  to  business. 

A  rebellion  now  commenced  in  Scot- 
land. The  earl  of  Mar,  assembling  300 
of  his  vassals  in  the  Highlands,  pro- 
claimed the  pretender  at  Castleton  ;  and 
setting  up  his  standard  at  Braemar,  as- 
sumed the  title  of  lieutenant-general  of 
his  majesty's  forces.  To  second  these 
attempts,  two  vessels  arrived  from  France, 
with  arms,  ammunition,  and  a  number  of 
officers,  together  with  assurances  to  the 
earl  that  the  pretender  himself  would 
shortly  come  over  to  head  his  own  forces. 
In  consequence  of  this  promise,  the  earl 
soon  found  himself  at  the  head  of  10,000 
men,  well  armed  and  provided.  He  se- 
cured the  pass  of  Tay  at  Perth,  where 
his  head-quarters  were  established  ;  and 
made  himself  master  of  the  whole  prov- 
ince of  Fife,  and  all  the  sea-coast  on 
that  side  of  the  frith  of  Forth.  He 
marched  from  thence  to  Dumblain,  as  if 
he  intended  to  cross  the  Forth  at  Stirling 
bridge  ;  but  there  he  was  informed  that 
the  duke  of  Argyle,  who  on  this  occasion 
was  appointed  commander-in-chief  of  all 
the  forces  in  North  Britain,  was  advanc- 


GRE  AT    BRITAIN. 


371 


ing  against  him  from  Stirling  with  all 
his  own  clans,  assisted  by  some  troops 
from  Ireland.  Upon  being  soon  joined 
by  some  of  the  clans  under  the  earl  of 
Seaforth,  and  others  under  general  Gor- 
don, an  experienced  officer,  he  resolved 
to  oppose  the  enemy,  and  directed  his 
march  towards  the  south. 

The  duke  of  Argyle,  apprised  of  his 
intentions,  and  to  prove  his  attachment  to 
the  present  government,  resolved  to  give 
him  battle  in  the  neighborhood  of  Dum- 
blain.  In  the  morning  he  drew  up  his 
army,  which  did  not  exceed  3500  men  in 
order  of  battle  ;  but  he  found  himself 
greatly  outflanked  by  the  insurgents.  The 
duke,  therefore,  perceiving,  the  earl  mak- 
ing attempts  to  surroundhim,  was  obliged 
to  alter  his  dispositions,  which  on  ac- 
count of  the  scarcity  of  general  officers, 
was  not  done  so  expeditiously  as  to  be 
finished  before  the  rebels  began  the  at- 
tack. The  left  wing  of  the  duke's  army 
received  the  centre  of  the  enemy,  and 
supported  the  first  charge  without  shrink- 
ing. It  seemed  even  for  a  while  victo- 
rious, and  the  earl  of  Clanronald  was 
killed.  But  Glengarr)',  who  was  second 
in  command,  led  on  the  troops  with  such 
determined  bravery  that  they  obtained  a 
complete  victory  over  that  wing  of  the 
royal  army.  In  the  mean  time,  the  duke 
of  Argyle,  who  commanded  in  person  on 
the  right,  attacked  the  left  of  the  enemy, 
and  having  entirely  broken  that  wing, 
and  driven  them  over  the  river  Allan,  he 
returned  to  the  field  of  battle  ;  where,  to 
his  great  mortification,  he  found  the  ene- 
my victorious,  and  patiently  waiting  for 
the  assault.  However,  instead  of  renew- 
ing the  engagement  in  the  evening  both 
parties  drew  oft',  and  both  claimed  the 
victory.  All  the  advantages  of  a  victory, 
however,  belonged  to  Argyle.  He  had 
interrupted  the  progress  of  the  enemy  ; 
and  in  their  circumstances  delay  was  de- 
feat. In  fact,  the  earl  of  Mar  soon  found 
his  losses  and  disappointments  increase. 
The  castle  of  Inverness,  of  which  he 
was  in  possession,  was  delivered  up  by 
lord  Lovat,  who  had  hitherto  professed  to  j 
act  in  the  interest  of  the  pretender  ;  and  j 
many  of  the  clans,  seeing  no  likelihood  | 
of  coming  to  a  second  engagement,  re- 
turned quietly  home.  I 


In  the  mean  time,  the  rebellion  was 
still  more  unsuccessfully  prosecuted  in 
England.  Upon  the  first  rumor  of  an 
insurrection,  government  imprisoned  sev- 
eral lords  and  gentlemen  of  whom  they 
had  a  suspicion.  But  these  precautions 
were  not  able  to  stop  the  insurrection  in 
the  western  counties,  where  it  was  already 
begun.  All  their  preparations,  however, 
were  weak  and  ill  conducted  ;  every 
measure  was  betrayed  to  government  as 
soon  as  projected,  and  many  revolts  were 
repressed  in  the  very  outset.  The  uni- 
versity of  Oxford  was  treated  with  great 
severity  on  this  occasion.  Major-gener- 
al Pepper,  with  a  strong  detachment  of 
dragoons,  took  possession  of  the  city  at 
day-break,  declaring  that  he  would  in- 
stantly shoot  any  of  the  students  who 
should  presume  to  appear  without  the 
limits  of  their  respective  colleges. 

The  insurrection  in  the  northern  coun- 
ties came  to  greater  maturity.  In  the 
month  of  October,  1715,  the  earl  of  Der- 
wentwater  and  Mr.  Forster  took  the  field 
with  a  body  of  horse,  and  being  joined 
by  some  gentlemen  from  the  borders 
of  Scotland,  proclaimed  the  pretender. 
Their  first  attempt  was  to  seize  upon 
Newcastle,  in  which  they  had  many 
friends  ;  but  finding  the  gates  shut  against 
them,  they  retired  to  Hexham.  To  op- 
pose these,  general  Carpenter  was  de- 
tached by  government  with  a  body  of 
nine  hundred  men,  and  an  engagement 
was  hourly  expected.  The  rebels  had 
two  methods  by  which  they  might  have 
conducted  themselves  with  prudence  and 
safety.  The  one  was  to  march  directly 
into  the  western  parts  of  Scotland,  and 
there  join  general  Gordon,  who  com- 
manded a  strong  body  of  Highlanders. 
The  other  was  to  cross  the  Tweed,  and 
boldly  attack  general  Carpenter,  whose 
forces  did  not  exceed  their  own.  From 
the  infatuation  attendant  on  the  measures 
of  that  party,  neither  of  these  counsels 
were  pursued.  They  took  the  route  to 
Jedburgh,  where  they  hoped  to  leave 
Carpenter  on  one  side,  and  to  penetrate 
into  England  by  the  western  border. 
This  was  the  efl^ectual  means  to  cut 
themselves  oflf  either  from  retreat  or  as- 
sistance. A  party  of  Highlanders  who 
had  joined   them  by  this  time,  at  first  re- 


372 


GREAT   BRITAIN 


fused  to  accompany  them  in  such  a  des- 
perate incursion,  and  one  half  of  them 
actually  returned  to  their  own  country. 
At  Brampton,  Mr.  Forster  opened  his 
commission  of  general,  which  had  been 
sent  him  by  the  earl  of  Mar,  and  there 
he  proclaimed  the  pretender.  They  con- 
tinued their  march  to  Penrith,  where  the 
body  of  the  militia  that  was  assembled 
to  oppose  them  fled  at  their  appearance. 
From  Penrith  they  proceeded  by  the  way 
of  Kendal  and  Lancaster  to  Preston,  of 
which  place  they  took  possession  with- 
out any  resistance.  But  this  was  the 
last  stage  of  their  ill-advised  excursion  ; 
for  general  Wills,  at  the  head  of  seven 
thousand  men,  came  up  to  attack  them, 
and  from  his  activity  there  was  no  esca- 
ping. They  now,  therefore,  began  to 
raise  barricades  about  the  town,  and  to 
put  the  place  in  a  posture  of  defence,  re- 
pulsing the  first  attacks  of  the  royal  army 
with  success.  Next  day,  however,  Willis 
was  re-enforced  by  Carpenter,  and  the 
town  was  invested  on  all  sides.  In  this 
situation  Forster  hoped  to  capitualate 
with  the  general  ;  and  accordingly  sent 
Colonel  Oxburg,  who  had  been  taken 
prisoner,  with  a  trumpeter  to  propose  a 
capitulation.  This,  however.  Wills  re- 
fused ;  alleging  that  he  would  not  treat 
with  rebels,  and  that  the  only  favor  they 
had  to  expect  was  to  be  spared  from  im- 
mediate slaughter.  They  accordingly 
laid  down  their  arms  and  were  put  under 
a  strong  guard.  All  the  noblemen  and 
leaders  were  secured,  and  a  few  of  their 
officers  tried  for  deserting  from  the  royal 
army,  and  shot  by  order  of  a  court-mar- 
tial ;  the  noblemen  and  considerable  offi- 
cers were  sent  to  London,  and  led  through 
the  streets  pinioned  and  bound  together, 
to  intimidate  their  party. 

The  pretender,  as  a  last  effort,  resolved 
to  hazard  his  person  among  his  friends  in 
Scotland.  Passing,  therefore,  through 
France  in  disguise,  and  embarking  in  a 
small  vessel  at  Dunkirk,  he  arrived,  after 
a  voyage  of  a  few  days,  on  the  coast  of 
Scotland,  with  only  six  gentlemen  in  his 
train.  He  passed  vmknown  through  Ab- 
erdeen to  Feteresso,  where  he  was  met 
by  the  earl  of  Mar,  and  about  thirty  no- 
blemen and  gentlemen  of  the  first  quali- 
ity.  There  he  was  solemnly  proclaimed ; 


and  his  declaration,  dated  at  Comercy, 
was  printed  and  dispersed.  He  went 
from  thence  to  Dundee,  where  he  made 
a  public  entry  ;  and  in  two  days  more  he 
arrived  at  Scoon,  where  he  intended  to 
have  the  ceremony  of  his  coronation  per- 
formed. He  ordered  thanksgivings  to  be 
made  for  his  safe  arrival  ;  he  enjoined 
the  ministers  to  pray  for  him  in  their 
churches  ;  and,  without  the  smallest 
share  of  power,  went  through  all  the  cere- 
monies of  royalty.  Having  thus  spent 
some  time  in  unimportant  parade,  he  re- 
solved to  abandon  the  enterprise  with  the 
same  levity  with  which  it  was  underta- 
ken. Having  made  a  speech  to  his 
grand  council,  he  informed  them  of  his 
want  of  money,  arms,  and  ammunition, 
for  undertaking  a  campaign,  and  therefore 
deplored  that  he  was  obliged  to  leave 
them.  He  once  more  embarked  on  board 
a  small  French  ship  that  lay  in  the  har- 
bor of  Montrose,  accompanied  by  several 
lords,  his  adherents  ;  and  in  five  days  ar- 
rived at  Gravelines. 

The  rebellion  being  ended,  the  law 
was  put  in  force  with  all  its  terrors  ;  and 
the  commons,  in  their  address  to  the 
crown,  declared  they  would  prosecute  in 
the  most  rigorous  manner  the  authors  of 
the  late  rebellion  ;  and  their  measures 
were  as  vindictive  as  their  resolutions 
were  speedy.  The  earls  of  Derwent- 
water,  Nithisdale,  Carnwarth,  and  Win- 
town,  the  lords  Widerington,  Kenmuir, 
and  Narine,  were  impeached  ;  and,  upon 
pleading  guilty,  all  but  lord  Wintown  re- 
ceived sentence  of  death.  No  entreaties 
could  prevail  upon  the  ministry  to  spare 
these  unhappy  men.  The  house  of  lords 
even  presented  an  address  to  the  throne 
for  mercy,  but  without  effect  ;  for  the 
king  only  answered,  that  on  this,  as  on 
all  other  occasions,  he  would  act  as  he 
thought  most  consistent  with  the  dignity 
of  the  crown  and  the  safety  of  the  peo- 
ple. Orders  were  accordingly  despatched 
for  executing  the  lords  Dernwentwater, 
Nithisdale,  and  Kenmuir,  immediately  ; 
the  rest  were  respited.  Nithisdale,  how- 
ever, had  the  good  fortune  to  escape. 
Derwentwater  and  Kenmuir  were  brought 
to  the  scaffold  on  Tower-hill  at  the  time 
appointed.  Both  underwent  their  sen- 
tence with  calm  intrepidity,  and  seem- 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


373 


ingly  less  moved  than  those  who  beheld 
them. 

In  1721  was  formed  the  celebrated 
South  Sea  Company,  better  known  as 
the  "  South  Sea  bubble,"  which  resulted 
similarly  to  that  formed  by  John  Law,  in 
France,  termed  the  "  Mississippi  Com- 
pany," in  1716.  In  a  few  months  the 
bubble  burst, — the  people  awaked  from 
their  dreams  of  riches,  and  found  that  all 
the  advantages  they  expected  were  mere- 
ly imaginary,  while  thousands  of  families 
were  involved  in  one  common  ruin.* 


♦Ever  since  the  revolution,  government  had 
been  accustomed  to  borrow  from  mercantile  bod- 
ies, and  among  the  rest,  from  the  South  Sea  Com- 
pany. Sir  Robert  Walpole  having  conceived  a 
design  of  lessening  the  interest  paid  to  those 
companies,  from  6  to  5  per  cent.,  the  several 
companies  agreed  to  receive  it ;  and  the  South 
Sea  Company  accordingly,  to  whom  the  govern- 
ment owed  10  millions,  were  satisfied  to  lend  it 
for  500,000/.  a  year.  While  the  public  was  reap- 
ing this  obvious  advantage,  Sir  John  Blount,  a 
man  who  had  been  born  a  scrivener,  proposed,  in 
the  name  of  the  South  Sea  Company,  to  lessen 
the  national  burthen  still  further,  by  permitting 
the  South  Sea  Company  to  buy  up  the  debts  of 
the  other  companies.  The  South  Sea  Company 
was  to  redeem  the  debts  of  the  nation,  out  of 
the  hands  of  the  private  proprietors,  who  were 
creditors  to  the  government,  on  whatever  terms 
they  could  make  ;  and  for  the  interest  of  this 
money,  which  they  had  thus  redeemed,  and  tak- 
en into  their  own  hands,  they  would  be  content- 
ed, to  be  allowed  for  6  years,  5  per  cent.,  and 
then  the  interest  should  be  reduced  to  4  per  cent., 
and  be  redeemable  by  parliament.  For  these 
purposes,  a  bill  passed  both  houses,  and,  as  the 
directors  of  the  South  Sea  Company  could  not, 
of  themselves  alone,  be  supposed  to  be  possess- 
ed of  money  sufficient  to  buy  up  these  debts  of 
the  government,  they  were  empowered  to  raise 
it,  by  opening  a  subscription,  and  granting  annui- 
ties to  such  proprietors  as  should  think  proper  to 
exchange  their  security,  namely,  the  crown,  for 
the  South  Sea  Company.  The  bait  held  out  to 
adopt  the  latter  security,  was  the  chimerical  pros- 
pect of  having  their  money  turned  to  great  ad- 
vantage, by  a  commerce  to  South  America,  where 
it  was  pretended,  that  settlements  were  to  be 
granted  to  the  English  by  Spain.  The  directors' 
subscription  books  were  immediately  crowded  ; 
the  delusion  spread,  and  the  subscriptions  soon 
sold  at  a  prodigious  increase  of  price.  But  the 
multitude,  who  had  paid  so  dearly  for  a  stock  of 
visionary  value,  soon  awoke  from  their  dreams  of 
opulence,  and  thousands  found  themselves  involv- 
ed in  ruin.  Parliament,  however,  was  determin- 
ed, as  far  as  they  could,  to  strip  the  directors  of 
their  ill-gotten  gains.  All  directors  of  the  com- 
pany were  removed  from  their  seats  in  the  House 
of  Commons,  or  offices  of  state  ;  and  after  pun- 


Soon  after  the  breaking  up  of  the  par- 
hament  in  1727,  the  king  resolved  to 
visit  his  electoral  dominions  of  Hanover. 
Having  appointed  a  regency  in  his  ab- 
sence, he  embarked  for  Holland,  and 
stopped  on  his  first  landing  at  a  small 
town  called  Voet.  Next  day  he  proceed- 
ed on  his  journey  ;  and  in  two  days  more 
arrived  at  Delden,  to  all  appearance  in 
perfect  health.  He  supped  there  very 
heartily,  and  continued  his  journey  early 
the  next  morning  ;  but  between  eight  and 
nine  ordered  his  coach  to  stop.  It  being 
perceived  that  one  of  his  hands  lay  mo- 
tionless, his  attendants  attempted  to  quick- 
en the  circulation  by  chafing  it  between 
their  own.  As  this  had  no  effect,  the 
surgeon  who  followed  on  horseback  was 
called,  and  he  rubbed  it  with  spirits. — 
Soon  after,  the  king's  tongue  began  to 
swell,  and  he  had  just  strength  enough 
to  bid  them  hasten  to  Osnaburgh,  and 
then  fell  into  a  state  of  insensibility,  from 
which  he  never  recovered,  but  expired 
about  eleven  o'clock,  June  10,  1727,  in 
the  sixty-eighth  year  of  his  age.  His 
body  was  conveyed  to  Hanover,  and  in- 
terred with  those  of  his  ancestors. 

On  the  accession  of  George  II,  the 
two  great  parties  into  which  the  nation 
had  so  long  been  divided,  again  changed 
their  names,  and  were  now  called  the 
court  and  country  parties.  Through  the 
principal  part  of  this  reign,  there  seems 
to  have  been  two  objects  of  controver.sy 
which  rose  up  in  debate  at  every  session, 
and  tried  the  strength  of  the  opponents  ;■ 
these  were  the  national  debt  and  the  num- 
ber of  forces  to  be  kept  in  pay.  The 
government,  on  the  present  king's  acces- 
sion, owed  more  than  30,000,000/  of 
money ;  and  though  there  was  a  long 
continuance  of  profoimd  peace,  yet  this 
sum  was  found  constantly  increasing. — 
Demands  for  new  supplies  were  made 
every  session  of  parliament,  either  for 
the  purposes  of  securing  friends  upon  the 
continent,  or  guarding  the  kingdom  from 
internal  conspiracies,  or  of  enabling  the 
ministry  to  act  vigorously  in  conjunction 


ishing  the  delinquents,  the  legislature  allotted, 
out  of  the  profits  of  the  South  Sea  scheme,  seven 
millions  to  the  ancient  proprietors,  while  the  re- 
maining capital  stock  was  divided  among  all  the 
proprietors,  at  the  rate  of  33/.  per  cent. 


374 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


with  the  powers  in  alliance  abroad.  It 
was  A'ainly  alleged  that  those  expenses 
were  incurred  without  prescience  or  ne- 
cessity ;  and  that  the  increase  of  the  na- 
tional debt,  by  multiplying  and  increasing 
taxes,  would  at  last  become  an  intolerable 
burden.  These  arguments  were  offered, 
canvassed,  and  rejected  ;  the  court  party 
was  constantly  victorious,  and  every  de- 
mand was  granted  with  cheerfulness  and 
profusion. 

In  1739  war  was  declared  with  Spain  ; 
and  soon  after,  admiral  Vernon,  with  six 
ships  only,  destroyed  all  the  fortifications 
of  Porto  Bello,  and  came  away  victori- 
ous with  scarcely  the  loss  of  a  man. 

As  the  war  was  thus  successfully  com- 
menced, supplies  were  cheerfully  granted 
for  its  prosecution.  Commodore  Anson 
was  sent  with  a  squadron  of  ships  to  op- 
pose the  enemy  in  the  South  Sea,  and  to 
co-operate  with  admiral  Vernon  across 
the  isthmus  of  Darien.  This  squadron 
was  to  act  a  subordinate  part  to  a  formi- 
dable armament  that  was  to  be  sent  to 
New  Spain  ;  but  through  the  mismanage- 
ment of  the  ministry  both  these  schemes 
were  frustrated.  The  other  expedition 
ended  still  more  unfortunately.  The  ar- 
mament consisted  of  twenty  ships  of  the 
line,  and  almost  an  equal  number  of  frig- 
ates. The  most  sanguine  hopes  of  suc- 
cess were  still  entertained  ;  but  the  min- 
istry kept  back  the  fleet  without  any  rea- 
son, till  the  season  for  action,  in  Ameri- 
ca, was  almost  over.  At  last,  however, 
they  arrived  before  the  city  of  Carthage- 
na,  and  became  masters  of  the  strong 
forts  which  defended  the  harbor.  But 
the  rainy  season  commenced  with  such 
violence,  that  it  was  impossible  for  the 
troops  to  continue  their  encampment. — 
To  these  calamities  was  added  the  dis- 
sension, between  the  sea  and  land  com- 
manders, who  blamed  each  other,  and 
could  be  only  brought  to  agree,  in  one 
measure,  viz,  to  re-embark  the  troops,  and 
withdraw  them  as  quick  as  possible. 

In  the  spring  of  1745,  prince  Charles, 
the  grandson  of  James  II,  took  leave  of 
his  father  at  Rome.  Having  made  a 
vow,  in  the  presence  of  the  pope,  and 
his  cardinals,  that  he  would  never  for- 
sake his  religion,  he,  with  Patrick  Gra- 
ham, his  confessor,  the  marquis  of  TuUi- 1 


bardine,  general  Macdonald,  and  a  few 
attendants,  passed  through  France,  by 
land,  and  vi.sited  Louis  in  his  camp. — 
He  obtained  from  the  king,  four  thousand 
pounds  in  money,  and  two  thousand 
stand  of  arms,  for  the  use  of  Scotland  ; 
and,  accompanied  by  the  duke  de  Boque- 
feuille,  with  twenty  ships  of  the  line,  was 
proceeding  towards  Brest,  in  order  to 
land  at  the  nearest  English  port,  when 
the  appearance  of  a  superior  fleet,  com- 
manded by  Admiral  Norris,  caused  them 
to  turn  back,  and  a  violent  gale  dispersed, 
and  greatly  damaged  their  shipping,  so 
as  entirely  to  frustrate  the  intended  inva- 
sion. The  prince  and  his  friends  were 
in  a  small  vessel,  in  which  they  reached 
the  western  side  of  Scotland,  and  stand- 
ing for  the  coast  of  Lochaber,  landed  be- 
tween the  isles  of  Mull  and  Skye,  on  the 
10th  of  August,  1745. 

Charles  knelt  down  to  kiss  the  earth 
on  his  landing,  upon  which  the  confessor 
cut  a  turf,  and  presenting  it  to  him,  in- 
stalled him,  by  authority  of  the  pope, 
regent  for  his  father,  whom  he  styled 
James  III.  Charles  was  at  this  time 
twenty-five  years  of  age.  His  appear- 
ance was  prepossessing ;  and  to  a  great 
share  of  manly  beauty  he  added  a  most 
enterprising  spirit. 

When  the  young  adventurer  arrived 
at  Perth,  he  performed  the  ceremony  of 
proclaiming  his  father  king  of  Great 
Britain.  From  thence  proceeding  tow- 
ards Edinburgh,  his  forces  continually 
increased,  and  he  entered  the  capital 
without  opposition ;  but  was  unable,  from 
want  of  cannon,  to  reduce  the  castle. 
Here  he  again  proclaimed  his  father,  and 
promised  to  dissolve  the  union,  Avhich 
was  considered  one  of  the  great  national 
grievances.  In  the  mean  time,  sir  John 
Cope  resolved  to  give  the  enemy  battle. 
The  rebels  attacked  him  near  Preston- 
pans,  and  in  a  short  time  put  him  and  his 
troops  to  flight,  with  the  loss  of  500  men. 

This  victory  gave  the  Stuart  party 
great  influence ;  and  had  the  prince 
marched  directly  to  England,  he  might 
have  accomplished  his  object ;  but  he 
was  amused  by  the  promise  of  succors 
which  never  came,  and  thus  induced  to 
remain  in  Edinburgh  till  the  season  for 
action  was  lost.     He  was  joined,  how- 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


375 


ever,  by  the  earl  of  Kilmarnock,  lord 
BalmerinOjlords  Cromarty,  Elcho,  Ogilvy, 
Pitsligo,  and  the  eldest  son  of  lord  Lovat, 
who,  with  their  vassals,  considerably  in- 
creased his  army.  While  Charles  was 
thus  trifling  away  his  time  at  Edinburgh, 
the  British  ministry  were  taking  effectual 
methods  to  oppose  him.  Six  thousand 
Dutch  troops,  that  had  come  over  to  the 
assistance  of  the  crown,  were  despatched 
northward  under  the  command  of  general 
Wade.  The  duke  of  Cumberland  soon 
after  arrived  from  Flanders,  and  was 
followed  by  another  detachment  of  dra- 
goons and  infantry,  well  disciplined  and 
inured  to  action ;  and  besides  these, 
volunteers  offered  themselves  in  every 
part  of  the  kingdom. 

At  last,  Charles  resolved  upon  entering 
England.  He  crossed  the  western  bor- 
der, and  took  the  town  of  Carlisle  ;  after 
which  he  continued  his  march  south- 
ward, having  received  assurance  that  a 
considerable  body  of  forces  would  be 
landed  on  the  southern  coasts  to  make  a 
diversion  in  his  favor.  He  established 
his  head-quarters  at  Manchester,  where 
he  was  joined  by  about  200  English 
formed  into  a  regiment,  under  the  com- 
mand of  colonel  Townley.  From  thence 
he  pursued  his  march  to  Derby,  intending 
to  go  by  the  way  of  Chester  into  Wales, 
where  he  hoped  to  be  joined  by  a  great 
number  of  malcontents  ;  but  this  was 
prevented  by  the  factions  among  his 
followers. 

Being  now  advanced  within  100  miles 
of  London,  that  capital  was  in  the  utmost 
consternation ;  and  had  he  proceeded 
with  the  same  expedition  he  had  hitherto 
used,  perhaps  he  might  have  made  him- 
self master  of  it.  But  he  was  rendered 
incapable  of  pursuing  this  or  any  other 
rational  plan,  by  the  discontents  which 
began  to  prevail  in  his  army.  In  fact, 
the  young  prince  was  but  the  nominal 
leader  of  his  forces  ;  his  generals,  the 
Highland  chiefs,  being  averse  to  subor- 
dination, and  ignorant  of  command. — 
They  were  now  unanimous  in  their  reso- 
lution to  return  to  their  own  country,  and 
Charles  was  forced  to  comply.  They 
retreated  to  Carlisle  without  any  loss ;  and 
from  thence  crossing  the  rivers  Eden  and 
Solway,  entered  Scotland.     They   next 


marched  to  Glasgow,  which  was  laid 
under  severe  contributions.  Near  Stir- 
Ung,  they  were  joined  by  lord  Lewis 
Gordon,  at  the  head  of  some  forces  which 
had  been  assembled  in  his  absence. — 
Other  clans  likewise  came  in  ;  and  from 
some  supplies  of  money  received  from 
Spain,  and  some  skirmishes  with  the 
royalists,  in  which  he  was  victorious, 
the  young  prince's  affairs  began  to  wear 
a  more  promising  aspect.  Being  joined 
by  lord  Drummond,  he  invested  the 
castle  of  Stirling,  in  the  siege  of  which 
much  time  was  consumed  to  no  purpose. 
General  Hawley,  who  commanded  a 
considerable  body  of  forces  near  Edin- 
burgh, undertook  to  raise  this  siege,  and 
advanced  towards  the  rebel  army  as  far 
as  Falkirk.  After  two  days  spent  in 
mutually  examining  each  other's  strength, 
an  engagement  ensued,  in  which  the 
king's  forces  were  entirely  defeated, 
with  the  loss  of  their  tents  and  artillery. 

The  duke  of  Cumberland  having  arri- 
ved, was  put  at  the  head  of  the  troops 
at  Edinburgh,  which  amounted  to  about 
14,000  men.  With  these  he  advanced 
to  Aberdeen,  where  he  was  joined  by 
several  of  the  nobility  attached  to  the 
house  of  Hanover ;  the  enemy  in  the 
mean  time  retreating  before  him.  He 
next  advanced  to  the  banks  of  the  Spey, 
a  deep  and  rapid  river,  where  the  rebels 
might  have  disputed  his  passage ;  but 
their  contentions  with  one  another  were 
now  risen  to  such  a  height,  that  they 
could  scarce  agree  in  any  thing.  At  last 
they  resolved  to  wait  their  pursuers. — 
An  engagement  ensued  at  Culloden,  near 
Inverness,  in  which  the  troops  of  Charles 
were  defeated  with  great  slaughter,  and 
a  final  period  was  put  to  all  the  hopes 
of  the  young  adventurer.  The  con- 
querors behaved  with  the  greatest  cru- 
elty, refusing  quarter  to  the  wounded, 
the  unarmed,  and  the  defenceless.  The 
duke  immediately  after  the  action  order- 
ed thirty-six  deserters  to  be  executed  : 
the  conquerors  spread  terror  wherever 
they  came  ;  and  after  a  short  space,  the 
whole  country  round  was  one  dreadful 
scene  of  plunder,  slaughter,  and  deso- 
lation. 

Immediately  after  the  engagement,  the 
young  prince  escaped  with  a  captain  of 


376 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


Fitzjames's  cavalry ;  and  when  their 
horses  were  fatigued,  they  both  alighted, 
and  separately  sought  for  safety.  There 
is  a  striking  resemblance  between  the 
adventures  of  Charles  II,  after  the  battle 
of  Worcester,  and  those  of  the  young 
prince  after  the  battle  of  Culloden.  He 
was  continually  pursued  by  the  troops  of 
the  conqueror,  there  being  a  reward  of 
30,000/  offered  for  taking  him  either 
dead  or  alive.  In  the  course  of  his  ad- 
ventures, he  had  occasion  to  trust  his 
life  to  the  fidelity  of  above  fifty  individ- 
uals, not  one  of  whom  could  be  prevailed 
upon  to  betray  him. 

For  six  months  the  unfortunate  Charles 
continued  to  wander  in  the  wilds  of 
Glengary,  often  hemmed  round  by  his 
pursuers,  but  still  rescued  by  some  pro- 
vidential accident  from  the  impending 
danger.  At  length  a  privateer  belonging 
to  St.  Maloes,  hired  by  his  adherents, 
arrived  in  Loch  Nanach,  in  which  he 
embarked  with  Cameron  of  Lochiel,  his 
brother,  and  a  few  other  exiles.  They 
set  sail  for  France,  and  after  having 
been  chased  by  two  English  men-of-war, 
arrived  in  safety  near  Morlaix  in  Bre- 
tagne. 

In  the  year  1749,  a  scheme  was  en- 
tered upon,  which  the  nation  in  general 
imagined  would  be  very  advantageous. 
This  was  the  encouraging  those  who 
had  been  discharged  from  the  army  or 
navy  to  become  settlers  in  Nova  Scotia. 
The  English  and  French  renewed  the 
war,  for  the  possession  of  this  tract  of 
country,  which  soon  after  spread  with 
such  terrible  devastation  over  every  part 
of  the  globe. 

Negotiations,  followed  by  active   hos- 
tilities, again  commenced  in  1756  ;  four 
operations  were  undertaken  by  the  Brit- 
ish in  America  at  once.     Colonel  Monk-  j 
ton  had  orders  to  drive   the  French  from  j 
their  encroachments  upon  the   province 
of  Nova    Scotia  ;  general  Johnson  was 
sent  against  Crown  Point ;  general  Shir- 
ley against  Niagara,  to    secure  the  forts 
on   the    river ;    and    general    Braddock 
against  Fort  du  Quesne.    In  these  expe- 
ditions, Monkton  was   successful ;  John-  j 
son  also  was  victorious,  though  he  failed 
in  taking  the  fort  against  which  he    was 
sent ;  Shirley  was  thought  to  have  lost 


the  season  for  operation  by  delay  ;  and 
Braddock  was  defeated  and  killed. 

The  British,  however,  made  reprisals 
at  sea ;  and  in  this  they  were  so  suc- 
cessful, that  the  French  navy  was  unable 
to  recover  itself  during  the  continuance 
of  the  war. 

The  British  about  this  period  achieved 
several  splendid  victories  both  in  the  eas- 
tern and  western  part  of  the  world,  which 
were  generally  ascribed  to  the  vigorous 
administration  of  William  Pitt,  who  about 
this  time  came  into  power.  An  expedi- 
tion was  set  on  foot,  in  the  American 
colonies,  against  Cape  Breton,  under 
general  Amherst  and  admiral  Boscawen  ; 
another,  under  general  Abercrombie, 
against  Crown  Point  and  Ticonderoga  ; 
and  a  third,  under  brigadier-general 
Forbes,  against  Fort  du  Quesne.  The 
fortress  of  Louisbourg,  which  defended 
the  island  of  Cape  Breton,  was  very 
strong  both  by  nature  and  art.  But  the 
activity  of  the  British  surmounted  every 
obstacle,  the  place  was  surrendered  by 
capitulation,  and  its  fortifications  were 
demolished.  The  expedition  against 
Fort  du  Quesne  was  equally  successful  ; 
but  that  against  Crown  Point  once  more 
miscarried.  General  Abercrombie  at- 
tacked the  French  in  their  entrenchments, 
was  repulsed  with  great  slaughter,  and 
obliged  to  retire  to  his  camp  on  Lake 
George.  But  though  in  this  respect  the 
British  arms  were  unsuccessful,  yet, upon 
the  whole,  the  campaign  of  1758  was 
greatly  in  their  favor.  The  taking  of 
Fort  du  Quesne  served  to  remove  from 
the  colonies  the  terror  of  the  incursions 
of  the  Indians,  while  it  interrupted  the 
correspondence  along  a  chain  of  forts 
with  which  the  French  had  environed 
the  British  settlements  in  America ;  so 
that  the  succeeding  campaign  promised 
great  success. 

In  1759,  it  was  resolved  to  attack  the 
French  in  several  parts  of  their  empire 
at  once.  General  Amherst  with  a  body 
of  12,000  men  was  commanded  to  attack 
Crown  Point ;  general  Wolfe  was  to  un- 
dertake the  siege  of  Quebec ;  while  gene- 
ral Prideaux  and  sir  William  Johnson 
were  to  attack  a  French  fort  near  the  cata- 
racts of  Niagara.  This  last  expedition 
was  the  first  that  succeeded.     The  siege 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


377 


was  commenced  with  every  appearance  of 
success  ;  but  general  Prideaux  was  killed 
in  the  trenches  by  the  bursting  of  a  mor- 
tar, so  that  the  whole  command  devolved 
on  general  Johnson.  A  body  of  French 
troops,  sensible  of  the  importance  of  the 
place,  attempted  to  relieve  it,  but  were 
utterly  defeated  and  dispersed  ;  soon  after 
which,  the  garrison  surrendered  prison- 
ers of  war.  On  his  arrival  at  the  forts 
of  Crown  Point  and  Ticonderoga,  gene- 
ral Amherst  found  them  deserted  and 
destroyed.  There  now  remained,  there- 
fore, but  one  decisive  blow  to  reduce  all 
North  America  under  the  British  domin- 
ion ;  and  this  was  by  the  taking  of  Que- 
bec, the  capital  of  Canada.  This  expe- 
dition was  commanded  by  admiral  Saun- 
ders and  general  Wolfe.  The  enterprise 
was  attended  with  difficulties  which  ap- 
peared insurmountable ;  but  general  Wolfe 
engaged  and  put  to  flight  the  French  un- 
der Montcalm  ;  though,  to  the  great  re- 
gret of  the  British,  their  general  was 
killed  in  the  action.  {See  Canada.) 

The  surrender  of  Quebec  was  the  con- 
sequence of  this  victory,  which  was  soon 
followed  by  the  subjugation  of  all  Canada. 
The  following  season,  indeed,  the  French 
made  an  effort  to  recover  the  city  ;  but 
by  the  resolution  of  governor  Murray,  and 
the  appearance  of  a  British  fleet  under 
the  command  of  lord  Colville,  they  Avere 
obliged  to  abandon  the  enterprise.  The 
whole  province  was  soon  after  reduced 
by  the  prudence  and  activity  of  general 
Amherst,  who  obliged  the  French  army 
to  capitulate  ;  and  it  has  since  remained 
annexed  to  the  British  empire.  About 
the  same  time  also  the  island  of  Gauda- 
loupe  was  reduced  by  commodore  More. 

After  some  inconsiderable  successes  at 
Crevelt,  the  duke  of  Marlborough  dying, 
the  command  of  the  British  forces  de- 
volved on  lord  George  Sackville.  Amis- 
understanding  arose  between  him  and 
prince  Ferdinand,  which  appeared  at  the 
battle  of  Minden  that  was  fought  shortly 
after.  Lord  George  pretended  that  he 
did  not  understand  the  orders  sent  by  the 
prince,  and  in  consequence  did  not  obey 
them.  The  allies  gained  the  victory, 
which  would  have  been  more  decisive 
had  the  British  commander  obeyed  his 
orders. 

48 


After  this  victory  it  was  imagined  that 
one  re-enforcement  more  of  British  troops 
would  terminate  the  war  in  favor  of  the 
allies  ;  and  that  re-enforcement  Avas 
quickly  sent.  The  British  army  in  Ger- 
many was  increased  to  thirty-thousand 
men,  and  sanguine  hopes  of  conquest 
were  generally  entertained.  These  hopes, 
however,  were  ill-founded.  The  allies 
were  defeated  at  Corbach,  but  retrieved 
their  honor  at  Exdorf.  A  victory  at 
Warberg  followed  shortly  after,  and  ano- 
ther at  Zierenberg ;  after  which  both 
sides  retired  into  winter  quarters. 

On  the  25th  of  October,  1760,  George 
II  died  suddenly.  He  had  risen  at  his 
usual  hour,  and  observed  to  his  attend- 
ants, that  as  the  weather  was  fine,  he 
would  take  a  walk  into  the  gardens  at 
Kensington,  where  he  then  resided.  In 
a  few  minutes  after  his  return,  being  left 
alone,  he  was  heard  to  fall  heavily.  As 
soon  as  he  was  placed  on  a  bed,  he  de- 
sired that  the  princess  Amelia  might  be 
sent  for ;  but  before  she  could  reach  the 
apartment  he  expired,  in  the  seventy- 
seventh  year  of  his  age,  and  thirty-third 
of  his  reign.  An  attempt  was  made  to 
bleed  him,  but  without  effect ;  and  after- 
wards, the  surgeons,  upon  opening  him, 
discovered  that  the  right  ventricle  of  the 
heart  was  ruptured,  and  a  great  quantity 
of  blood  discharged  through  the  aperture. 

No  prince  ever  ascended  the  throne  of 
Great  Britain  under  happier  auspices 
than  those  which  attended  the  elevation 
of  George  III.  He  had  long  lived  se- 
questered from  all  participation  in  the 
measures  of  government,  and  in  retire- 
ment, surrounded  only  by  a  few  friends 
and  dependents. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  transac- 
tions about  this  period,  was  the  renewal 
of  the  charter  of  the  bank  of  England,* 
in  1763,  for  which  the  latter  paid  the 
sum  of  1,100,000/  into  the  exchequer  as 
a  present  to  the  public,  besides  the  ad- 
vancing a  million  to  government  upon 
exchequer  bills.  Another,  and  still  more 
momentous  affair,  however,  was  the  con- 
sideration of  a  variety  of  methods  to  raise 
a  revenue  upon  the  American  colonies. 


*  The  bank  of  England  was  chartered  in  1693, 
in  the  reign  of  William  and  Mary. 


578 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


The  reason  assigned  was  the  defraying 
the  necessary  expenses  of  defending 
them.  The  colonies  contained  upwards 
of  two  millions  of  inhabitants,  and  it  was 
considered  that  a  large  revenue  might 
be  raised  from  such  a  numerous  body. 

In  1772,  the  parliament  was  principally 
employed  in  considering  the  affairs  of 
the  East  India  Company,  whose  servants 
had  assumed  the  power  of  forming  a  com- 
mercial intercourse  with  each  other  ;  by 
which  they  exclusively  maintained  the 
right  of  traffic  in  inland  produce.  They 
bought  and  sold  at  their  own  prices,  and 
exercised  such  arbitrary  measures  as  im- 
poverished the  natives,  and  exhausted 
their  resources.  They  even  extended 
this  combination  so  far  as  to  deprive  the 
landed  proprietors  of  their  leases,  and 
dispose  of  the  land  for  their  own  profit. 
The  soil  became  consequently  neglect- 
ed, a  scarcity  of  food  was  the  result  of 
British  avarice  ;  pestilence  and  disease 
succeeded  to  famine,  and  the  company 
became  embarrassed,  through  the  rapacity 
of  their  agents  and  servants.  A  loan 
was  granted  them  by  government ;  but 
general  Burgoyne,  who  had  been  chair- 
man of  the  committee  of  inquiry,  pro- 
posed the  examination  of  lord  Clive,  res- 
pecting the  manner  in  which  he  had  ac- 
quired the  sum  of  two  hundred  and  thir- 
ty-four thousand  pounds,  during  his  short 
residence  in  India. 

The  attention  of  government  was,  in 
1774,  directed  to  certain  documents  and 
papers,  relating  to  what  was  termed  the 
republican  spiritof  the  Bostonians,  arising 
from  the  very  measure  which  had  been 
adopted  to  relieve  the  East  India  Com- 
pany— the  permission  for  them  to  export 
a  quantity  of  tea  free  of  duly  to  Ameri- 
ca ;  and  which  excited  general  dissatis- 
faction among  the  colonists,  who  were 
previously  resolved  to  prevent  the  impor- 
tation of  the  article,  a  quantity  of  which 
had  been  thrown  into  the  sea.  In  dis- 
cussing this  subject,  the  opposition  said 
that  the  disturbances  in  America  had 
arisen  in  taxation  ;  and  suggested  a  mo- 
tion for  inquiry  into  the  conduct  of  min- 
isters,  respecting  the  degree  of  violence 
which  had  provoked  this  resistance.  In- 
quiry was  instituted  only  in  regard  to 
the  misconduct  of  the  Americans.     The 


ministers,  in  taking  this  partial  view  of 
the  case,  considered  only  two  points  as 
essential ;  to  satisfy  the  East  India  Com- 
pany for  their  tea,  and  to  resent  the  in- 
sult oflered  to  Britain  ;  for  which  pur- 
pose they  proposed  a  bill  to  shut  up  the 
port  of  Boston.  This  was  opposed  by 
Fox,  as  unjust  and  inexpedient,  without 
hearing  the  accused  party.  But  this  ve- 
ry obvious  piece  of  justice  was  not  con- 
ceded ;  and  the  bill  for  closing  the  port  of 
Boston  passed  the  house,  and  another  bill 
for  changing  the  government  of  Massa- 
chusetts. A  fleet  of  seA^eral  ships  of  war 
was  sent  to  Boston,  and  general  Gage 
appointed  governor. 

When  the  order  of  the  English  to 
close  the  port  of  Boston  reached  Ameri- 
ca, a  copy  of  the  act  was  circulated 
through  all  the  provinces,  and  they  re- 
solved to  spend  the  first  of  June,  the  day 
appointed  to  put  the  act  into  execution, 
in  fasting  and  prayer.  While  each  pro- 
vince was  framing  resolutions,  the  other 
bills  reached  Massachusetts.  These 
raised  their  irritated  feelings  to  the  high- 
est pitch,  and  they  formed  an  association, 
in  which  they  bound  themselves,  by  a 
solemn  league  and  covenant,  to  break  off 
all  commercial  intercourse  with  Great 
Britain,  until  the  Boston  port  bill,  and 
other  acts,  should  be  repealed,  and  the 
colony  restored  to  its  ancient  rights. 
General  Gage  took  the  precaution  to 
place  some  regiments  at  Boston.  All 
the  colonies,  except  Georgia,  united  in 
their  resolves  to  resist  taxation.  A  gen- 
eral meeting  of  congress  was  fixed  for 
the  15th  of  September,  at  Philadelphia, 
in  which  they  declared  their  willing  alle- 
giance to  his  majesty,  and  most  explicitly 
explained  their  wish  not  to  separate  from 
the  mother  country  ;  but  they  maintained 
that  they  had  a  mutual  right  to  partici- 
pate in  all  the  rights  and  privileges  of 
British  free-born  subjects.  Lastly,  they 
drew  up  a  petition  to  the  king  in  most 
respectful  language,  in  which  they  firmly, 
but  humbly,  implored  his  majesty  that 
they  might  enjoy  liberty,  and  disclaimed 
all  pretensions  to  any  new  privileges, 
but  earnestly  praying  to  be  restored  to 
their  former  rights,  on  an  equality  with 
other  British  subjects.  This  was  sub- 
scribed by  all  the  delegates. 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


379 


A  petition  from  America  M-^as  refused 
acceptance  by  the  king,  who  referred  it 
to  the  house.  The  earl  of  Chatham,  who 
had  absented  himself  in  consequence  of 
declining  health,  now  left  his  sick  cham- 
ber to  try  the  effect  of  his  eloquence  in 
averting  the  evils  which  threatened  the 
country.  He  proposed  a  petition  to  his 
majesty  to  recall  the  troops  from  Boston ; 
but  all  attempts  to  frustrate  the  minister's 
favorite  measure  were  ineffectual ;  and 
on  the  3rd  of  February,  Massachusetts 
Bay  was  declared  in  the  house  to  be  in 
a  state  of  rebellion. 

Re-enforcements  were  forthwith  sent 
from  England,  under  the  command  of 
generals  Howe,  Burgoyne,  and  Clinton. 
The  first  battle  was  fought  on  the  17th 
of  June,  on  Bunker's  Hill,  near  Charles- 
town.  Here,  though  the  English  were 
victorious,  the  Americans,  without  pecu- 
niary resources  or  military  discipline, 
showed  a  degree  of  courage  and  devoted- 
ness  to  the  cause  of  liberty  which  must 
entitle  them  to  the  admiration  of  posterity. 

Great  dissatisfaction  was  expressed  in 
parliament  at  a  motion  for  increasing  the 
number  of  soldiers  in  America,  it  having 
been  stated  by  ministers  that  the  Ameri- 
cans were  cowards,  who  would  not  stand 
the  fire  of  the  English  army,  and  that 
only  a  small  number  of  our  regular  troops 
would  be  sufficient  to  intimidate  them 
into  submission ;  whereas  they  found 
they  were  opposed  by  men  equally  brave, 
and  enthusiastically  devoted  to  the  cause 
of  independence. 

The  direction  of  the  campaign  in 
America  had  devolved  on  general  Howe, 
from  the  return  of  general  Gage  to  Eng- 
land. Owing  to  the  perseverance  of 
Washington,  the  English  troops  evacua- 
ted Boston  in  March,  and  sailed  for  Ha- 
lifax. Sir  Henry  Clinton,  and  sir  Peter 
Parker,  brought  fresh  troops,  with  which 
they  proceeded  to  the  Carolinas ;  but 
from  their  lateness  in  leaving  England, 
and  other  causes,  did  not  gain  the  ex- 
pected advantages.  The  congress,  which 
continued  to  sit  and  enact  laws,  still 
courted  conciliation,  and  waited  the  re- 
sult of  their  petition  to  the  king.  When 
it  was  ascertained  that  nothing  short  of 
abject  submission  would  satisfy  the  moth- 
er country,  it  declared  the  allegiance  of 


America  was  forfeited  by  the  deprivation 
of  the  king's  protection,  and  they  resolv- 
ed to  form  a  constitution  which  should 
secure  their  rights.  This  resolution  was 
followed  by  a  solemn  renunciation  of 
their  union  with  the  British  crown,  and 
a  declaration  that  they  were  now  free 
and  independent  states.  This  took  place 
July  4th,  1776. 

General  Howe  was  joined  by  his 
brother,  lord  Howe,  and  the  campaign 
opened  with  the  battle  of  Long  Island, 
on  the  26th  of  August,  from  which  the 
Americans  effected  a  retreat  to  New 
York,  without  losing  a  man,  and  the  Brit- 
ish troops  took  possession  of  Long  Island. 
This  was  followed  by  the  capture  of 
New  York  on  the  21st  of  September. 

In  England,  the  attention  of  parliament 
was  called  from  the  state  of  America  to 
the  consideration  of  a  conspiracy  formed 
in  the  East  Indies,  against  lord  Pigot, 
governor  of  Madras,  which  ended  in  his 
recall,  as  also  that  of  the  members  of  the 
council  who  opposed  him. 

On  the  30th  of  May,  the  earl  of  Chat- 
ham once  more  appeared  in  the  house, 
to  try  anew  his  endeavors  to  save  his 
country.  He  moved  an  address  to  the 
throne,  in  which  he  stated  the  insidious 
conduct  of  France,  in  silently  assisting 
the  views  of  America ;  and  he  strongly 
recommended  a  cessation  of  hostilities, 
and  a  removal  of  the  grievances  which 
had  been  practised  on  the  Americans. 
His  admonitory  advice  was,  as  before, 
disregarded. 

This  session  of  parliament  opened 
with  an  account  of  general  Howe's  suc- 
cess, accompanied  with  anticipations  of 
new  victories.  In  one  month  after,  in- 
telligence was  brought  that  general  Bur- 
goyne and  his  army  were  prisoners  of 
war  at  Saratoga.  At  the  same  time  it 
was  represented  that  France  had  signed 
a  treaty  with  America. 

Lord  Chatham,  aware  that  it  would  be 
derogatory  to  England  freely  to  acknow- 
ledge the  independence  of  America, 
came  to  the  house  to  perform  his  duty  in 
delivering  his  sentiments  on  the  subject ; 
he  had  spoken  with  energy,  and  had  risen 
to  speak  a  second  time,  when  pressing 
his  hand  on  his  heart,  he  fell  down  in  a 
convulsive  fit,  from  which  he  never  re- 


380 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


covered,   and  died  a  few  days  after,  in 
his  seventieth  year. 

The  king  of  Spain  now  followed  the 
example  of  the  French  monarch,  and  ac- 
knowledged the  independence  of  the 
American  colonies.  The  ruinous  ten- 
dency of  the  war  was  now  so  strik- 
ingly apparent,  that  it  became  neces- 
sary for  those  who  had  a  just  sense  of 
the  dangerous  situation  of  their  country, 
who  wished  well  to  its  interests  or  even 
to  prevent  its  destruction,  to  exert  their 
most  powerful  efforts  to  put  an  end  to  so 
fatal  a  contest.  Accordingly,  on  the 
meeting  of  the  commons,  several  mo- 
tions were  made  to  bring  about  a  recon- 
ciliation between  the  two  countries. 
During  the  debates  which  followed,  lord 
John  Cavendish  remarked,  that  "  The 
American  war  had  been  a  Avar  of  malice 
and  resentment ;  without  either  dignity 
in  its  conduct,  probability  in  its  object,  or 
justice  in  its  origin."  These  motions 
Avere  strongly  opposed  by  the  ministry, 
and  every  exertion  made  to  reduce  the 
colonies  again  to  obedience.  The  mea- 
sures, however,  that  they  pursued,  at 
length,  became  unpopular  with  all  par- 
ties, and  consequently  the  administration 
of  lord  North  was  dissolved,  and  a  new 
one  formed,  at  the  head  of  which  was 
the  marquis  of  Rockingham.  Peace 
was  as  strongly  advocated  by  the  new 
ministry  as  war  was  by  the  preceding  one ; 
but,  before  we  give  the  result  of  the 
negotiations  between  this  coimtry  and 
America,  a  brief  account  of  the  military 
and  naval  events  will  best  explain  the  re- 
lative situation  in  which  the  other  Euro- 
pean powers  stood  with  regard  to  Great 
Britain  and  America.  The  advantage 
hitherto  gained  by  the  French  in  their 
naval  engagements  with  the  British  fleet, 
had  proceeded  from  their  keeping  at  a 
great  distance  during  the  time  of  action, 
and  from  their  good  fortune  and  dexteri- 
ty in  gaining  the  wind.  At  last,  the 
French  admiral,  de  Grasse,  probably 
prompted  by  his  natural  courage,  deter- 
mined, after  an  indecisive  action  on  the 
9th  of  April,  1782,  to  risk  a  close  en- 
gagement with  his  formidable  antagonist 
Rodney.  The  result  of  this  action  was 
the  entire  defeat  of  the  French  fleet,  but 
it  was  universally  allowed   that  in  this 


engagement  the  French  behaved  with 
the  greatest  valor.  De  Grasse  himself 
did  not  surrender  till  400  of  his  men 
were  killed,  and  only  himself  and  two 
others  remained  without  a  wound.  The 
captain  of  the  Cssar,  after  his  ensign 
staflf  was  shot  away,  and  the  ship  almost 
battered  to  pieces,  caused  his  colors  to 
be  nailed  to  the  mast,  and  thus  continued 
fighting  till  he  was  killed.  The  vessel, 
when  taken,  was  a  mere  wreck.  Other 
French  oflicers  behaved  in  the  same 
manner. 

A  great  disaster  befel  the  Spaniards, 
before  Gibraltar,  which  happened  in  the 
month  of  September,  1782.  Thus  all 
parties  were  taught  that  it  was  high  time 
to  put  an  end  to  their  contests.  The  af- 
fair of  Cornwallis  had  shown  that  it  was 
impossible  for  Britain  to  conquer  Ameri- 
ca ;  the  defeat  of  De  Grasse  had  ren- 
dered the  reduction  of  the  British  pos- 
sessions in  the  West  Indies  impracticable 
by  the  French  ;  the  final  attack  on  Gib- 
raltar, and  its  relief  afterwards  by  the 
British  fleet,  put  an  end  to  that  favorite 
enterprise,  in  which  almost  the  whole 
strength  of  Spain  was  employed.  {See 
Spain.) 

Immediately  after  the  change  of  min- 
istry, negotiations  for  a  general  peace 
were  commenced  at  Paris.  Mr.  Gren- 
ville  was  invested  with  full  powers  to 
treat  with  all  the  parties  at  war ;  and 
was  also  directed  to  propose  the  inde- 
pendence of  the  thirteen  United  Provin- 
ces of  America,  in  the  first  instance, 
instead  of  making  it  a  condition  of  a 
general  treaty.  Admiral  Digby  and 
general  Carleton  were  also  directed  to 
acquaint  the  American  congress  with  the 
pacific  views  of  the  British  court,  and 
with  the  off'er  to  acknowledge  the  inde- 
pendence of  the  United  States.  The 
independence  of  the  United  vStates  was 
acknowledged  by  Great  Britain,  and  pre- 
liminary articles  of  peace  were  signed, 
Novemijer  30,  1782,  which  were  ratified 
by  the  two  governments,  January  20, 
1783.  At  the  same  time  peace  was 
concluded  between  Great  Britain,  France 
and  Spain. 

In  the  year  1785,  Mr.  Pitt  introduced 
a  plan  of  parliamentary  reform,  which 
bid  fair  to  be   successful.     It  proposed 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


381 


that  one  Imndred  members  should  be 
added  to  the  popular  interest,  and  the 
right  of  election  extended  to  100,000 
persons  who  were  previously  disqualified. 
But  as  the  majority  of  the  house  were 
averse  to  this  plan,  the  bill  was  not  per- 
mitted to  be  formally  brought  in.  In  the 
month  of  June  of  this  year,  Mr.  Pitt  laid 
before  the  house  the  amount  of  the  claims 
of  the  American  loyalists  who  had  been 
reduced  to  poverty  by  their  adherence  to 
Great  Britain  during  the  American  war ; 
they  amounted  to  471,000/,  and  Mr. 
Pitt  proposed  that  150,000/  should  be 
granted  to  the  claimants  for  present  re- 
lief, and  a  future  and  permanent  provision 
to  be  made  by  lottery. 

In  the  ensuing  spring  Mr.  Pitt  propo- 
sed a  plan  of  financial  regulation,  which 
had  long  engaged  his  attention,  and  which 
has  since  been  a  fruitful  source  of  spec- 
ulation and  argument  with  statesmen  and 
pohticians.  The  outline  of  this  plan  was 
to  establish  a  sinking  fund  for  the  grad- 
ual liquidation  of  the  national  debt.  One 
million  was  the  sum  annually  to  be  placed 
in  the  hands  of  the  commissioners,  in 
quarterly  instalments  of  250,000/  each. 
This  fund  was  not  to  be  alienated  to  any 
other  purpose.  The  debates  on  the  sub- 
ject were  long,  and  conducted  with  great 
ability  by  both  parties,  but  at  length  it 
was  adopted. 

A  remarkable  event  took  place  on  the 
2nd  of  August,  1786,  which  might  have 
been  attended  with  very  serious  conse- 
quences. As  the  king  was  alighting  from 
his  carriage  at  the  gate  of  St.  James's 
palace,  a  woman  named  Margaret  Nich- 
olson, who  was  waiting  there  under  pre- 
tence of  presenting  a  petition,  struck  at 
him  with  a  knife,  but  without  inflicting 
any  injury.  The  woman  was  immedi- 
ately taken  into  custody,  and  appearing, 
on  several  examinations,  to  be  insane, 
was  sent  to  Bethlehem  hospital.  This 
affair  excited  a  very  general  expression 
of  loyalty  ;  the  city  of  London  address- 
ed the  throne  in  terms  of  congratulation, 
and  the  example  was  followed  by  all  the 
corporations  and  public  bodies  of  the 
kingdom. 

This  year  the  prosecution  against 
Warren  Hastings,  for  his  misconduct 
while  governor  in  India,  was  commen- 


ced, which  terminated  in  an  impeach- 
ment of  that  gentleman.  The  conductor 
of  this  prosecution  was  Edmund  Burke. 

The  French  revolution  produced  great 
excitement  in  England,  but  little,  how- 
ever, of  historical  interest  occurred  until 
the  declaration  of  the  war  between  the 
two  nations. 

England,  at  the  commencement  of  her 
long  contest  with  France,  took  into  her 
pay  a  large  body  of  German  troops,  and 
the  duke  of  York  joined  the  allies,  who 
confided  to  him  the  care  of  the  army, 
which  in  the  summer  of  1793  besieged 
Valenciennes.  The  trenches  were  open- 
ed on  the  14th  of  June,  1793.  The  in- 
habitants wished  to  surrender ;  but  the 
violence  of  the  bombardment  prevented 
their  assembling.  Much  of  the  labor  of 
the  siege  consisted  of  mines  and  coun- 
termines. Some  of  these  having  been 
successfully  sprung  by  the  allies,  the 
town  surrendered  on  the  27th  of  July  by 
capitulation  to  the  Duke  of  York,  who 
took  possession  of  it  in  the  name  of  the 
emperor.  The  siege  of  Mentz  was  going 
on,  but  it  suffered  so  much  from  famine, 
at  last,  that,  after  an  unsuccessful  attempt 
by  the  French  for  its  relief,  it  surrendered 
on  the  22nd  of  July. 

The  leading  people  of  Toulon,  in  the 
south  of  France,  now  entered  into  a  ne- 
gotiation, and  submitted  to  Lord  Hood, 
under  condition  that  he  should  preserve 
the  town  and  shipping  for  Louis  XVII, 
and  assist  in  restoring  the  constitution  of 
1789.  The  siege  of  Toulon  was  com- 
menced by  general  Cartaux,  in  Septem- 
ber. Neapolitan,  Spanish,  and  English 
troops,  were  brought  by  sea  to  assist  in 
its  defence.  In  November,  Cartaux  was 
removed  to  the  army  in  Italy,  and  Dugom- 
mier  succeeded  him.  General  O'Hara 
arrived  with  re-enforcements  from  Gibral- 
tar, and  took  upon  him  the  command  of 
the  town  under  a  British  Commission. 
On  the  30th  of  November,  the  garrison 
made  a  powerful  sally  to  destroy  some 
batteries  erecting  upon  the  heights.  The 
allies  succeeded  in  their  object  ;  but, 
elated  by  the  facility  of  their  conquest, 
rushed  forward  in  pursuit  of  the  flying 
enemy,  and  were  met  by  a  strong  French 
force  that  was  drawn  out  to  protect  the 
fugitives.     O'Hara  now  came  from  the 


382 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


city  to  bring  off  his  troops  ;  but  was 
wounded  and  taken  prisoner.  The  total 
loss  of  the  allies  in  this  affair  was  esti- 
mated at  nearly  1 ,000  men.  The  French 
had  now  mustered  in  full  force  around 
Toulon,  and  prepared  for  the  attack.  It 
was  begun  on  the  19th  of  December,  and 
was  chiefly  directed  against  Fort  Mul- 
grave,  defended  by  the  British.  This  fort 
was  protected  by  an  entrenched  camp, 
thirteen  pieces  of  cannon,  ihirty-six  and 
twenty-four  pounders,  &c,  five  mortars, 
and  3,000  troops.  Such  was  the  ardor 
of  the  assault,  that  it  was  carried  in  an 
hour,  and  the  whole  garrison  destroyed 
or  taken.  The  allies,  finding  it  impossi- 
ble to  defend  the  place,  in  the  course  of 
the  day  embarked  their  troops,  after  hav- 
ing set  on  fire  the  arsenal  and  ships.  A 
scene  of  confusion  ensued,  unparalleled 
in  the  history  of  modern  wars.  Crowds 
of  the  inhabitants,  of  every  rank  and  age, 
hurried  on  board  the  ships,  to  avoid  the 
vengeance  of  their  enraged  countrymen. 
Some  of  the  inhabitants  began  to  fire  upon 
their  late  aUies ;  others  in  despair  plunged 
into  the  sea,  making  a  vain  effort  to  reach 
the  ships ;  thirty-one  ships  of  the  line 
were  found  by  the  British  at  Toulon ; 
thirteen  were  left  behind,  ten  were  burnt; 
four  had  been  previously  sent  to  the 
French  ports  of  Brest  and  Rochefort, 
with  5,000  republicans  who  could  not  be 
trusted ;  and  Great  Britain  obtained  by 
this  expedition  three  ships  of  the  line 
and  five  frigates. 

At  this  siege  first  appeared  in  com- 
mand, as  lieutenant  of  artillery,  Napoleon 
Bonaparte,  who  was  destined  to  form  so 
prominent  a  figure  in  the  future  direction 
of  the  kingdom  of  France. 

After  this,  the  seat  of  war  was  princi- 
pally in  the  Netherlands.  The  British 
forces  under  the  command  of  the  Duke 
of  York,  the  Austrian  and  Dutch  armies, 
opposed  the  French  forces,  under  the 
command  of  Pichegru  and  Jourdan. — 
The  allied  armies  experienced  a  series 
of  defeats,  and  the  duke  of  York  escap- 
ed being  made  prisoner  only  by  the 
fleetness  of  his  horse.  On  the  Rhine, 
the  war  was  equally  successful  on  the 
part  of  the  French. 

During  the  course  of  this  summer, 
Corsica  was  subdued  by  Great  Britain  : 


and  the  whole  of  the  French  West  India 
islands,  except  a  part  of  Gaudaloupe, 
yielded  to  the  British  troops,  under  sir 
Charles  Grey  and  sir  John  Jervis.  On 
the  1st  of  June,  1794,  the  British  fleet, 
under  earl  Howe,  gained  a  most  splendid 
victory  over  the  French  fleet,  to  the  west 
of  Ushant.  The  French  committee  of 
safety  had  purchased,  in  America,  im- 
mense quantities  of  grain  and  other  stores. 
These  were  embarked  on  board  160  sail 
of  merchantmen,  convoyed  by  six  sail  of 
the  line.  Lord  Howe  sailed  to  intercept 
this  valuable  convoy.  The  French  fleet 
sailed  to  protect  it.  On  the  morning  of 
the  28th  of  May,  the  fleets  came  in  sight 
of  each  other.  Lord  Howe  had  prev- 
iously despatched  six  ships  of  the  line, 
under  admiral  Montague,  to  intercept  the 
French  convoy,  M'hile  he  should  engage 
and  detain  the  grand  fleet.  The  French 
despatched  eight  sail  to  compete  with 
the  British,  in  this  attempt.  In  the  course 
of  the  29th,  lord  Howe  got  to  windward 
of  the  French  fleet.  His  force  was 
twenty-five,  and  theirs  twenty-six  sail  of 
the  line.  The  following  day  he  bore 
down  upon  them  and  broke  their  line. — 
The  engagement  was  one  of  the  sever- 
est ever  fought.  The  French  admiral, 
in  less  than  an  hour  after  the  close  ac- 
tion commenced  in  the  centre,  crowded 
off  with  twelve  of  his  ships.  The  Brit- 
ish fleet  was  so  much  disabled,  or  sepa- 
rated, that  several  of  the  French  disman- 
tled ships  got  away  under  sails  raised 
on  the  stump  of  their  foremast.  Seven 
sail  of  the  line,  however,  remained  in 
possession  of  the  British,  and  two  were 
sunk.  In  the  mean  time,  admiral  Mon- 
tague fell  in  with  the  French  convoy, 
but  it  was  now  guarded  by  fourteen  sail 
of  the  line.  As  he  could  not  encounter 
such  a  force,  he  returned  home,  and  it 
was  safely  conveyed  into  port.  Thus, 
by  one  of  those  contradictions  which  of- 
ten occur  in  human  affairs,  the  British 
fleet  was  victorious,  and  yet  the  French 
were  left  masters  of  the  sea,  and  obtain- 
ed their  great  object — provisions. 

The  French  towards  the  close  of  1796, 
attempted  an  invasion  of  Ireland  ;  but 
the  plan  was  ill-concerted,  and  conse- 
quently failed.  At  the  opening  of  the 
session,  in  the  end  of  1796,  his  majesty 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


383 


took  notice  of  the  invasion  which  the 
enemy  had  projected  against  England. — 
Mr.  Pitt  brought  forward  the  business  in 
the  house  of  commons,  and  pointed  out 
the  means  by  which  he  proposed  to  raise 
15,000  men,  to  be  divided  between  the 
land  and  sea  service  ;  to  raise  a  supple- 
mentary number,  or  levy,  of  60,000  for 
the  militia,  and  20,000  cavalry,  which, 
with  a  few  alterations  and  amendments, 
were  agreed  to.  But,  in  mentioning  the 
supplies  for  the  year,  which  amounted  to 
27,647,000/,  and  explaining  the  different 
articles  of  expenditure,  the  minister  al- 
luded to  an  expense  of  a  particular  na- 
ture, which  had  been  incurred  during  the 
interval  of  parliament.  As  it  would  have 
been  a  matter  of  very  great  delicacy,  to 
have  brought  forward  a  public  discussion 
on  the  propriety  of  advancing  a  sum  to  a 
foreign  court  in  the  critical  situation  of 
the  country,  ministry  had  granted  to  the 
emperor,  without  a  public  discussion, 
the  sum  of  1 ,200,000Z.  This  transaction 
was  canvassed  soon  after,  and  the  popu- 
lar party  reprobated  it  with  the  utmost 
acrimony.  While  the  parliament  were 
thus  divided,  an  alarming  mutiny  broke 
out  in  the  navy,  which  has  ever  been  the 
pride  and  glory  of  the  British  nation. — 
The  seamen  had  addressed  several  let- 
ters to  earl  Howe,  soliciting  a  redress  of 
grievances,  particularly  as  to  provisions, 
in  which,  it  seems,  they  had  been  impos- 
ed upon,  both  as  to  quantity  and  quality  ; 
but  as  these  letters  were  anonymous,  his 
lordship  paid  no  attention  to  them.  This 
apparent  neglect,  produced  a  general  cor- 
respondence by  letter,  through  the  whole 
fleet;  and  on  the  14th  of  April,  when 
the  signal  was  made  to  prepare  for  sea, 
a  general  revolt  ensued  ;  and,  instead  of 
weighing  anchor,  the  seamen  of  the  ad- 
miral's ship  gave  three  cheers,  which 
were  echoed  by  the  other  ships.  Dele- 
gates were  then  appointed  for  each  ship, 
to  represent  the  whole  fleet ;  and  the 
cabin  of  the  admiral's  ship  was  appoint- 
ed as  the  place  of  their  deliberation. — 
Petitions  were  drawn  up  and  presented 
to  the  admirals  upon  the  spot,  stating 
their  demand  of  an  increase  of  wages, 
and  of  some  regulations  for  their  benefit 
with  respect  to  the  ratio  of  provisions. 
On  the  18th,  a  committee  of  the  admiral- 


ty arrived  at  Portsmouth,  who  made  sev- 
eral propositions  to  reduce  the  men  to 
obedience  ;  the  lords  of  the  admiralty 
next  conferred  with  the  delegates,  who 
assured  their  lordships,  that  no  arrange- 
ment would  be  considered  as  final,  until 
it  should  be  sanctioned  by  the  king  and 
parliament,  and  guarantied  by  a  procla- 
mation for  a  general  pardon.  Matters 
remained  in  this  situation  till  the  23rd, 
when  earl  Howe  returned  to  his  ship, 
hoisted  his  flag,  and,  after  a  short  address 
to  his  crew,  informed  them  that  he  had 
brought  a  redress  of  all  their  grievances, 
and  his  majesty's  pardon  for  the  off'end- 
ders  :  after  some  deliberation,  these  offers 
were  accepted,  and  every  man  returned 
to  his  duty. 

All  disputes  seemed  now  to  be  settled, 
but  it  was  quickly  circulated  among  the 
sailors  that  the  government  deluded  them 
with  vain  hopes.  The  flame  of  mutiny 
was  rekindled  ;  and  on  the  7th  of  May, 
when  lord  Bridport  made  the  signal  to 
weigh  anchor,  every  ship  at  St.  Helen's 
refused  to  obey.  A  meeting  of  the  dele- 
gates was  ordered  on  board  the  London ; 
which  vice-admiral  Colpoys  opposed, 
and  gave  orders  to  the  marines  to  level 
their  pieces  at  them  ;  a  skirmish  ensued, 
in  which  five  of  the  seamen  were  killed. 
The  whole  crew  of  the  London  now 
turned  their  guns  towards  the  stern,  and 
threatened  to  blow  all  aft  into  the  water, 
unless  their  commanders  surrendered ; 
which  they  reluctantly  did,  and  admiral 
Colpoys  and  captain  Grifliths  were  con- 
fined for  several  hours.  The  seamen 
continued  in  this  mutinous  state  till  the 
14th  of  May,  when  lord  Howe  at  length 
arrived  from  the  admiralty  with  plenary 
powers  to  inquire  into  and  settle  the 
matters  in  dispute  ;  he  was  also  the  wel- 
come bearer  of  an  act  of  parliament, 
which  had  been  passed  on  the  9lh,  grant- 
ing an  additional  allowance,  as  well  as 
his  majesty's  proclamation  of  pardon  for 
all  who  should  immediately  return  to 
their  duty.  Matters  being  thus  adjusted, 
the  sailors  appeared  satisfied ;  the  offi- 
cers were  generally  reinstated  in  their 
commands,  the  flag  of  disaffection  was 
struck,  and  the  fleet  prepared  to  put  to 
sea  to  encounter  the  enemy.  Such, 
however,  is  the  propensity  of  the  human 


384 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


mind,  when  gratified  in  one  point,  to 
entertain  new  desires,  that  the  success 
of  the  seamen  on  this  occasion  encour- 
aged another  part  of  their  body  to  make 
farther  claims.  The  sailors  at  the  Nore 
insisted  on  a  more  punctual  discharge  of 
arrears,  a  more  equal  distribution  of 
prize-money,  and  a  general  abatement  of 
the  severity  of  discipline.  They  chose 
delegates  from  every  ship,  one  of  whom, 
a  seaman  named  Richard  Parker,  being 
appointed  president,  assumed  the  com- 
mand of  the  fleet.  The  flag  of  admiral 
Buckner  Avas  struck  on  the  23rd  of  May, 
and  the  red  flag,  the  symbol  of  mutiny, 
hoisted  in  its  stead,  while  they  transmit- 
ted a  statement  of  their  demands  to  the 
admiralty.  At  this  alarming  height  of 
the  mutiny,  a  deputation  of  the  lords, 
with  earl  Spencer  at  their  head,  pro- 
ceeded to  Sheerness  ;  but  finding  the 
sailors  rather  increasing  in  disobedience 
than  inclined  to  submission,  they  depart- 
ed, after  stating  that  they  need  expect  no 
concessions  whatever  further  than  what 
had  been  already  made  by  the  legislature. 
The  mutineers  now  proceeded  to  force 
a  compliance  with  their  demands,  by 
blocking  up  the  Thames,  and  refusing  a 
free  passage  up  and  down  the  river  to 
the  London  trade.  Two  merchantmen 
ships  were  robbed  of  provisions,  and 
some  ships  of  war,  that  refused  to  accede 
to  the  combination,  were  fired  upon. — 
Ships  of  neutral  nations,  however,  col- 
liers, and  a  few  small  craft,  were  allowed 
a  passport,  signed  by  Richard  Parker, 
president  of  the  delegates.  No  hopes 
of  accommodation  appearing,  every  ne- 
cessary measure  was  taken  to  compel 
the  seamen  to  return  to  their  duty.  An 
act  of  parliament  was  passed  for  prevent- 
ing all  intercourse  with  the  mutinous 
ships,  and  government  ordered  all  the 
buoys  to  be  removed  from  the  river 
Thames  and  the  neighboring  coasts. — 
Preparations  were  also  made  at  Sheer- 
ness against  an  attack  from  the  mutineers, 
who  seemed  to  meditate  the  bombard- 
ment of  the  place  ;  and,  after  the  rejection 
of  the  last  attempt  at  a  reconciliation 
through  the  medium  of  lord  Northesk, 
measures  were  taken  by  lord  Keith  and 
sir  C.  Grey  to  attack  the  fleet  from  the 
works   with  gun-boats.     Happily,  how- 


ever, the  defection  of  some  of  the  ships, 
with  other  strong  s^miptoms  of  disunion, 
rendered  the  application  of  force  unne- 
cessary ;  and  on  the  10th  of  June,  several 
ships  having  pulled  down  the  red  flag, 
the  rest  followed  their  example  within  a 
few  days,  and  went  under  the  guns  of 
the  fort.  Admiral  Buckner's  boat  was 
then  sent  to  the  Sandwich,  with  a  picket 
guard  of  soldiers,  to  arrest  Parker,  who 
was  very  peaceably  surrendered  to  them, 
with  about  thirty  other  delegates.  They 
were  soon  after  brought  to  trial ;  several 
were  executed,  but  the  greater  part  re- 
mained under  sentence  till  the  signal 
victory  of  admiral  Duncan,  in  the  month 
of  October,  when  they  were  pardoned. 

In  the  beginning  of  this  year  the  pub- 
lic mind  was  considerably  agitated  also 
by  another  event,  which  at  first  threaten- 
ed to  overwhelm  in  ruin  the  pecuniary 
resources  and  commerce  of  the  country : 
the  bank  of  England  stated  that  it  must 
suspend  its  payments  in  specie.  Though, 
doubtless,  the  large  sums  of  money  sent 
abroad  as  subsidies  to  foreign  princes  by 
government  had  diminished  the  quantity 
of  gold  and  silver  in  Great  Britain,  one 
powerful  cause  for  this  event  seems  to 
have  been  the  terror  of  invasion  :  this 
induced  persons  at  a  distance  from  the 
metropolis,  to  withdraw  their  money  from 
the  hands  of  those  bankers  with  whom  it 
was  deposited;  and  from  the  country 
bankers  the  demand  for  specie  soon 
reached  the  capital.  In  this  alarming 
state  government  found  themselves  com- 
pelled to  interfere,  and  an  order  of  the 
privy  council  was  issued  on  the  26th  of 
February,  prohibiting  the  directors  from 
issuing  any  cash  in  payment  till  the 
sense  of  parliament  could  be  taken  on 
that  subject.  The  business  was  imme- 
diately laid  before  parliament,  when  the 
most  violent  debates  ensued.  Measures 
were  adopted  for  maintaining  the  means 
of  circulation,  and  supporting  and  main- 
taining the  public  and  commercial  spirit 
of  the  kingdom ;  and  the  ferment  and 
alarm  which  had  been  raised  by  this 
unexpected  event  was  soon  allayed. — 
During  this  year  the  war  on  the  part  of 
Great  Britain  was  almost  exclusively 
confined  to  naval  operations,  in  which 
the  skill  and  activity  of  her  seamen  were 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


385 


displayed  to  great  advantage,  and  was  in- 
variably crowned  with  victory.  Through 
the  influence  of  the  French,  Spain  had 
been  induced  to  declare  war  against 
England,  and  a  Spanish  fleet  of  twenty- 
seven  sail  of  the  line,  while  attempting 
to  join  a  French  armament,  was  attacked 
by  sir  John  Jervis  with  fifteen  sail ;  the 
issue  of  which  obtained  for  the  English 
commander  the  title  of  earl  St.  Vincent, 
and  the  thanks  of  the  parliament. 

At  no  period  of  British  history  were 
there  so  much  zeal  and  courage  displayed 
by  all  ranks  of  the  British  nation.  Be- 
fore the  spring  the  enemy  finally  aban- 
doned the  threat  of  invasion,  and  directed 
their  fleet  to  sail  for  Egypt,  accompanied 
by  a  great  number  of  transports.  This 
formidable  armament  was  closely  pur- 
sued by  admiral  Nelson,  and  though  the 
French  troops  had  eff'ected  a  landing 
before  he  came  up  with  it,  he  overtook 
their  fleet  in  the  bay  of  Aboukir,  and 
obtained,  1st  August,  1798,  tlie  menaora- 
ble  victory  of  the  Nile. 

About  this  time  an  extensive  and  dan- 
gerous conspiracy  was  formed  for  erect- 
ing Ireland  into  an  independent  republic. 
About  this  time,  also,  the  French  fitted 
out  an  expedition  for  the  invasion  of  Ire- 
land. Their  forces  consisted  of  one  ship 
of  eighty  guns,  eight  frigates,  a  schooner, 
and  a  brig.  Being  discovered  by  the 
squadron  under  sir  J.  B.  Warren,  after 
an  action  of  nearly  four  hours,  the  La 
Hoche  with  three  other  ships  struck  to 
the  British.  They  were  full  of  men,  and 
every  thing  necessary  for  the  establish- 
ment of  a  formidable  force  in  Ireland. 
Parliament  assembled  on  the  20th  of 
November,  1798,  when  his  majesty,  in  a 
speech  from  the  throne,  noticed  particu- 
larly the  late  victory  obtained  by  the  fleet 
under  admiral  Nelson.  Scarcely  any 
victory  ever  produced  consequences  of 
such  importance.  The  grand  seignior, 
who  had  paid  little  attention  to  the  first 
invasion  of  Egypt,  now  declared  war,  in 
the  name  of  all  mussulmans,  against  "the 
host  of  infidels  who  had  invaded  the  land 
from  whence  the  sacred  territory  of 
Mecca  is  supplied  with  bread."  The 
powers  on  the  continent  were  inspired 
with  fresh  vigor ;  and  a  coalition  was 
formed  between  the  emperors  of  Russia 
49 


and  Germany  and  the  king  of  Great 
Britain.  On  the  Rhine  the  French  were 
j  repeatedly  defeated  and  pursued  by  the 
j  Austrians ;  g:eneral  Suwarrow  drove  them 
from  all  their  conquests  in  Italy. 
I  About  the  end  of  this  year  a  niisunder- 
standing  took  place  between  the  Austrians 
and  Russians,  in  consequence  of  which 
'  the  emperor  Paul  abandoned  the  coali- 
j  tion.  About  the  same  time  Bonaparte, 
j  hearing  of  the  reverse  of  fortune  which 
I  the  French  armies  had  suffered  in  Eu- 
rope, left  his  army  in  Egypt,  returned  to 
j  France,  and,  abolishing  the  directory, 
obtained  the  appointment  of  an  executive 
commission  of  three  consuls,  of  which  he 
I  himself  was  the  chief  or  first.  To  ren- 
j  der  himself  popular  in  this  high  station, 
{  and  to  cast  the  odium  of  continuing  the 
war  upon  others,  he  addressed  a  letter 
to  the  king  of  Great  Britain  on  the  sub- 
ject of  a  general  peace  ;  but  the  British 
cabinet  conceiving  that  the  new  French 
government  could  as  yet  give  no  security 
for  terms  of  peace,  refused  to  enter  into 
any  negotiation  for  that  purpose.  This 
refusal  occasioned  several  violent  debates 
in  the  British  parliament ;  but  the  minis- 
try had  still  a  great  majority,  and  prepa- 
rations were  made  for  prosecuting  the 
war.  Austria  also  continued  the  contest ; 
but  Bonaparte  was  now  ( 1 800)  at  the 
head  of  the  French  army,  Avhich  quickly 
retrieved  the  losses  of  the  preceding 
campaigns,  and,  after  the  decisive  battle 
of  iyiarengo,  in  the  month  of  June,  Aus- 
tria was  obliged  to  sue  for  peace  ;  while 
the  northern  powers,  in  consequence  of 
Bonaparte's  victorious  career,  seemed 
eager  to  court  his  favor  by  forming  de- 
signs against  Britain.  The  emperor 
Paul,  naturally  fickle  and  hasty,  formed 
a  close  alliance  with  him ;  and,  in  con- 
junction with  the  Danes,  Swedes,  and 
Prussians,  began  to  renew  their  former 
engagements  for  establishing  a  new  code 
of  maritime  laws,  inconsistent  with  the 
rights,  and  hostile  to  the  interests  of  Bri- 
tain. Towards  the  end  of  this  year  a 
scarcity  of  provisions  pressed  heavily 
on  all  ranks  of  people  in  Britain.  By  a 
long  and  almost  constant  series  of  rainy 
weather,  the  crop  of  1799  was  materially 
injured,  and  the  harvest  retarded.  The 
crop  of  1800  was  nearly    as   deficient. 


386 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


The  people,  who  had  now  expected  re- 
lief, felt  persuaded  that  the  scarcity  was 
not  altogether  occasioned  by  the  failure 
of  the  crops,  but  by  artful  combinations, 
so  that  a  general  odium  was  raised 
against  all  who  traded  in  grain,  or  any  of 
the  necessaries  of  life  ;  they  were  held 
up  to  popular  obloquy  as  monopolists  and 
forestallers ;  the  sole  authors  of  the  mis- 
eries of  the  people  ;  men  for  whose 
crimes  it  was  impossible  to  devise  an 
adequate  punishment.  Parliament  was 
summoned,  principally  for  the  purpose  of 
taking  the  subject  into  consideration  ; 
and  by  prohibiting  the  exportation  of 
grain,  and  granting  a  bounty  on  imported 
corn,  &LC,  the  dread  of  famine  was  averted. 

Although  a  change  had  now  taken 
place  in  the  British  cabinet,  the  new 
ministry,  who  had  always  given  their 
most  decided  and  strenuous  support  to 
the  measures  pursued  by  Mr.  Pitt,  pro- 
fessed to  have  the  same  views,  and  to 
act  upon  the  same  principles.  They  re- 
peatedly affirmed  that  the  dispute  with 
the  northern  powers  was  so  important  to 
the  prosperity  and  glory  of  Britain,  that 
it  could  neither  be  relinquished  nor  com- 
promised ;  that,  since  the  combined  pow- 
ers were  determined  to  persist  in  their 
unwarrantable  pretensions,  it  became 
necessary  for  Britain  to  assert  her  rights 
by  force  of  arms.  A  formidable  fleet 
was  assembled  at  Yarmouth,  which  was 
entrusted  to  sir  Hyde  Parker,  and  under 
him  to  lord  Nelson,  and  rear-admiral 
Greaves.  They  sailed  from  Yarmouth 
on  the  20th  of  March,  and,  forcing  the 
passage  of  the  Soimd,  anchored  before 
Copenhagen  on  the  30lh  of  the  same 
month.  The  Danes  had  made  very  for- 
midable preparations  for  their  reception  : 
the  battle  commenced  at  ten  o'clock  on 
the  2nd  of  April,  and  continued  with 
great  fury  for  four  hours.  The  result 
was  the  capture  or  destruction  of  eighteen 
sail  of  Danish  ships.  This  victory  struck 
the  members  of  the  confederacy  with 
terror,  and  they  were  further  weakened 
by  the  death  of  the  emperor  Paul,  as  his 
successor,  Alexander,  refused  to  join  in 
the  league  against  Britain. 

While  the  British  arms  were  thus  em- 
ployed before  Copenhagen,  accounts  of 
the  final  success  of  her  troops  in  Egypt 


reached  England  the  day  after  the  pre- 
liminary articles  of  peace  had  been  sign- 
ed in  London,  by  M.  Otto  on  the  part  of 
the  French  republic,  and  lord  Hawkes- 
bury  on  that  of  his  Britannic  majesty. 
By  these.  Great  Britain  agreed  to  restore 
all  her  conquests  except  the  island  of 
Trinidad,  and  the  possession  of  Ceylon  : 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  was  to  be  a  free 
port  to  all  the  contracting  parties ;  the 
island  of  Malta  was  to  be  restored  to  the 
order  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem  ;  Egypt 
was  given  back  to  the  Ottoman  Porte, 
and  Portugal  was  to  be  maintained  in  its 
integrity ;  the  territory  of  Rome  and 
Naples  was  to  be  evacuated  by  the 
French,  and  France  was  to  recognise  the 
republic  of  the  Seven  Islands  ;  the  fishery 
of  Newfoundland  was  to  be  established 
on  its  former  footing  ;  and,  lastly,  the 
contracting  parties  were  to  name  the 
plenipotentiaries  to  meet  at  Amiens,  for 
the  formation  of  a  definitive  treaty.  The 
definitive  treaty  was  ratified  in  March, 
1 802,  and  in  the  meanwhile  the  first  con- 
sul displayed  his  restless  ambition  by 
sending  a  large  armament  to  St.  Domin- 
go, which  obliged  the  British  to  send  a 
powerful  fleet  to  watch  its  motions. 

Towards  the  conclusion  of  this  year, 
the  subjugation  of  Switzerland  by  the 
consular  armies  of  France,  attracted  gen- 
eral attention.  Britain  loudly  remonstra- 
ted with  the  rider  of  France  on  his  con- 
duct towards  the  brave  Swiss.  These 
remonstrances,  however,  as  they  were 
unaccompanied  by  any  Avarlike  disposi- 
tions, produced  no  efl^'ect ;  and  Switzer- 
land was  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  first 
consul's  dependents.  About  this  time 
the  French  nation  declared  Bonaparte 
consul  for  life,  with  the  power  of  nomi- 
nating his  successor. 

On  the  23rd  of  July,  1803,  an  insur- 
rection broke  out  in  Ireland,  which,  from 
its  supposed  connection  with  the  projects 
of  the  enemy,  created  considerable,  and, 
as  it  appeared  afterwards,  undue  alarm. 
Its  instigators  were  a  band  of  political 
enthusiasts,  whose  director  and  principal 
mover  was  Robert  Emmett,  a  young  man 
of  distinguished  talents.  They  had  form- 
ed the  design  of  establishing  an  inde- 
pendent Irish  republic  ;  and  hoped  to 
accomplish  it  by  striking  a  decisive  blow 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


387 


in  the  capital,  possessing  themselves  of 
the  seat  of  government,  and  proclaiming 
a  new  constitution  which  they  had  pre- 
pared. An  armed  mob  collected  for  this 
purpose,  which  marched  through  the 
principal  streets  of  Dublin,  unresisted, 
on  their  way  to  the  Castle.  They,  how- 
ever, soon  lost  all  sense  of  subordination 
to  their  leaders,  and  meeting  a  carriage 
in  which  were  lord  Kilwarden  and  his 
nephew  Mr.  Wolfe,  they  dragged  them 
from  it,  and  butchered  them  on  the  spot. 
One  circumstance  attended  this  act  of 
atrocity  which  showed  that  the  infatua- 
tion of  popular  fury  could  not  wholly 
extinguish  the  inherent  generosity  of  the 
Irish  character.  The  daughter  of  the 
venerable  and  ill-fated  nobleman  was 
likewise  in  the  carriage,  and,  to  his 
earnest  appeal  to  their  humanity,  they 
replied,  that  they  would  sacrifice  him  and 
his  male  companion,  but  they  would  spare 
the  lady.  They  then  allowed  her  to  pass 
through  their  entire  column  without  in- 
jury or  interruption.  The  insurgents 
were  at  length  dispersed,  and  the  whole 
insurrection  was  speedily  extinguished. 
On  the  communication  of  this  event  to 
parliament,  a  bill  was  passed  for  trying 
the  rebels  by  martial  law,  and  another 
for  suspending  the  habeas  corpus  act  in 
Ireland.  Several  of  the  leaders  of  the 
insurrection,  among  whom  was  Emmett, 
having  been  apprehended,  were  tried  for 
high  treason  in  Dublin,  by  a  special 
commission,  and  underwent  the  sentence 
of  the  law. 

In  consequence  of  the  seizure  of  Han- 
over by  the  French  armies,  and  the  in- 
terruption of  British  commerce  on  the 
Elbe  and  Weser,  a  squadron  now  block- 
aded the  mouths  of  these  rivers  ;  and  af- 
terwards compelled  the  French  to  aban- 
don the  once  important  colony  of  St.  Do- 
mingo. The  negro  chiefs,  on  this,  issued 
a  proclamation  declaring  the  indepen- 
dence of  the  island. 

In  the  East  Indies,  under  the  able 
management  of  the  marquis  of  Wellesley, 
Great  Britain  triumphed  still  more  deci- 
dedly. To  counteract  any  danger  from  a 
possible  union  of  the  Mahratta  against 
the  British  interest,  the  marquis  Corn- 
wallis,  as  early  as  1789,  had  concluded 
the  treaty  of  Poonah,   which  was  after- 


wards frustrated  by  the  ambition  and  ra- 
pacity of  Dowlut  Rao  Scindia,  who  had 
succeeded  Madhagee  Scindia,  in  1794, 
and  whose  conduct  tended  to  favor  the  de- 
signs of  France  against  the  British  em- 
pire in  India. 

After  a  brilliant  campaign  of  five 
months,  a  powerful  confederacy  was  dis- 
solved by  a  treaty  which  extended  and 
consolidated  the  dominions  of  the  British, 
while  it  annihilated  the  influence  of  the 
French  in  India. 

The  king,  early  in  February,  1804, 
became  seriously  indisposed,  and  the 
country  was  agitated  and  alarmed  at  the 
sudden  incompetency  of  the  sovereign. 
His  illness  continued  avowedly  from  the 
14th  of  February  to  the  14th  of  March, 
when  the  lord  chancellor  declared  that 
"  the  king  was  in  such  a  state  as  to  warrant 
the  lords  commissioners  in  giving  the  royal 
assent  to  several  bills."  A  further  proof 
of  his  convalescence  was  given  by  his 
appearance  in  public,  and  by  the  change 
of  his  ministers  early  in  May,  by  which 
Mr.  Pitt  was  placed  at  the  head  of  the 
administration. 

Napoleon  had  for  a  considerable  time 
been  making  extensive  preparations  for 
the  invasion  of  Great  Britain.  But  the 
result  of  the  battle  of  Trafalgar,  one  of  the 
most  brilliant  achievements  in  the  annals 
of  naval  war,  soon  rendered  his  designs 
on  that  island  almost  hopeless.  The 
commencement  of  hostilities  with  Spain, 
at  the  close  of  1804,  extended  the  circle 
of  maritime  war  and  victory  to  the  Brit- 
ish navy.  The  French  admiral,  Ville- 
neuve,  commanding  the  combined  French 
and  Spanish  fleets,  early  in  1805,  was 
pursued  by  lord  Nelson,  from  the  Medi- 
terranean to  the  West  Indies.  Villeneuve 
on  his  return  to  Europe,  fell  in  with  the 
British  squadron  commanded  by  sir  R. 
Calder,  oft' Cape  Finisterre  ;  and  after  an 
engagement  in  which  he  lost  two  ships, 
made  his  way  unmolested  to  Cadiz.  On 
the  19th  of  October  admiral  Villeneuve 
came  out  of  Cadiz  with  the  combined 
French  and  Spanish  fleets,  and  on  the 
21st  was  defeated  by  Nelson  in  a  gen- 
eral engagement  off"  Trafalgar.  This 
victory  cost  England  the  life  of  her 
greatest  admiral,  but  utterly  ruined  the 
naval  power  of  France  and  Spain.    After 


388 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


r:=^-:r ^-^ z====.  ===^^^^^^  ,^;,tji 

ipg^g 

Kl^^i^'l*: 

1111^3^:  ■■ 

^l^^fr% 

Death  of  lord  Nelson. 


the  battle,  the  body  of  Nelson  was  brought 
home  in  the  Victory,  which  he  had  com- 
manded in  person,  and  in  which  he  died. 
His  funeral  was  solemnized  at  the  public 
expense. 

The  victory  of  Trafalgar,  momentous 
as  it  was,  only  destroyed  the  weaker  arm 
of  France.  It  was  not  a  coimterpoise 
to  the  triumph  of  Napoleon  over  Mr. 
Pitt's  third  and  last  coalition.  He  quit- 
ted Paris  on  the  24th  of  September, 
1805,  to  join  his  army  ;  took  Ulm  on  the 
17th  of  October,  with  its  artillery,  maga- 
zines, and  garrison  of  30,000  men,  and 
entered  the  capital  of  Austria,  without 
resistance,  on  the  15th  of  November  ; 
pursued  the  fugitive  court  of  Vienna, 
and  the  allied  armies  of  Austria  and 
Russia,  into  Moravia  ;  and  on  the  2nd 
of  December  obtained  the  decisive  A'ic- 
tory  of  Austerlitz,  which  put  an  end 
both  to  the  campaign  and  the  coalition, 
and  made  Napoleon  the  dictator  of  con- 
tinental Europe.  These  events  are  said 
to  have  hastened  the  death  of  Mr.  Pitt, 
who  expired  a  short  time  after  the  vic- 
tory of  Trafalgar.  A  new  administra- 
tion was  in  consequence  formed,  and  Mr. 
Fox  and  lord  Grenville  were  placed  at 


the  head  of  it.  After  this  the  prince  of 
Wales  took  a  more  prominent  station  in 
the  political  events  of  the  period. 

England  and  France  now  negotiated, 
for  the  first  time  since  the  revolution,  in 
a  tone  of  mutual  conciliation  and  courtesy. 
Mr.  Fox's  hopes  were  not  sanguine.  His 
blended  firmness  and  mildness,  however, 
did  much  and  might  have  done  more,  if 
his  health  had  not  given  way  before  he 
had  been  four  months  in  the  ministry. 
The  late  hours  and  fatigue  to  which  he 
was  subjected  as  leader  in  the  house  of 
commons  may  be  said  to  have  proved 
fatal  to  him.  A  system  of  vexatious  de- 
bate was  organized  against  him  in  that 
house.  Lord  Castlereagh  rose  to  debate 
"the  princijjle"  of  the  clause  for  limited 
service  in  the  mutiny  bill,  after  the  prin- 
ciple had  been  already  under  discussion 
for  eleven  hours  ;  and  between  frivolous 
divisions  and  speaking  against  time,  the 
house  was  kept  sitting  from  four  till  seven 
in  the  morning.  The  ministers  were 
released,  even  then,  only  by  a  sort  of 
capitulation.  Sheridan,  when  this  sys- 
tem became  apparent,  proposed  that  the 
ministerial  members,  distributed  into  par- 
ties of  twenty,  should  go  home  to  rest, 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


389 


and  come  back  to  relieve  guard  after  they 
had  slept  and  breakfasted. 

Notwithstanding  the  severe  illness  of 
Mr.  Fox,  he  continued  to  direct  the  ne- 
gotiations and  dictate  the  despatches  from 
his  couch,  until  the  progress  of  his  disease 
rendered  all  application  to  business  not 
only  dangerous  but  impossible.  On  the 
13th  of  September,  1806,  he  expired. 

The  British  campaigns  of  the  penin- 
sular war,  one  of  the  most  memorable  in 
the  annals  of  mutual  destruction  among 
nations,  and  decidedly  the  most  memora- 
ble and  glorious  in  the  annals  of  Eng- 
land, began  in  the  summer  of  this  year. 
It  is  necessary,  however,  to  recur  for  a 
moment  to  Napoleon's  army,  which  was 
under  the  command  of  his  favorite  gene- 
ral, Junot,  who  at  this  period  was  in  pos- 
session of  Portugal,  and  had,  by  a  master 
stroke  of  policy,  obtained  complete  pos- 
session of  Portugal  without  firing  a  single 
gim.  The  insurrection  in  Spain,  how- 
ever, soon  communicated  itself  across  the 
frontier  to  his  Spanish  auxiliaries.  Six- 
teen Spanish  battalions  revolted  at  Opor- 
to, and  were  disarmed  by  him,  with  the 
rest  of  their  countrymen.  His  force  was 
thus  reduced  to  about  25,000  men.  In- 
surrections now  broke  out  in  the  north  of 
Portugal ;  he  was  threatened  in  his  com- 
munications with  France.  The  Spanish 
insurrection  of  Andalusia  and  Estrema- 
dura,and  the  appearance  of  a  British  force 
at  Ayamonte,  disturbed  the  province  of 
the  Algarves  in  the  south.  The  French 
garrisons  and  detachments  were,  after  a 
short  time,  generally  enveloped  in  insur- 
rection, and  in  some  minor  conflicts  over- 
powered by  numbers  ;  Junot's  position, 
already  critical,  seemed  desperate  upon 
the  appearance  of  a  British  fleet  in  the 
Tagus,  with  general  Spencer  and  his 
division  on  board.  He  called  a  council 
of  officers ;  the  result  of  this  and  a  second 
military  council  was,  that  Junot  should 
concentrate  his  force  upon  Lisbon,  with 
a  view  to  defend  the  capital  and  left  bank 
of  the  Tagus  to  the  last  extremity ;  se- 
curing, at  the  same  time,  his  retreat  by 
Elvas,  on  Madrid,  Segovia,  or  Valladolid. 
Whilst  general  Spencer,  who  had  aban- 
doned Portugal,  very  opportunely  for  the 
French,  was  seeking,  but  not  meeting, 
adventures  in  the  south,  and  sir  Arthur 


Wellesley,  who  had  sailed  from  Cork  on 
his  first  peninsular  expedition,  with  from 
9,000  to  10,000  men,  was  conferring  with 
the  junta  of  Gallicia  and  the  Bishop  of 
Oporto,  Junot  had  time  to  execute  the 
essential,  and  by  far  the  most  difficult 
part  of  his  design — that  of  concentrating 
his  forces  towards  Lisbon.  Sir  Arthur 
Wellesley  began  the  landing  of  his  troops 
on  the  1st,  at  the  little  fortress  of  Figueira, 
but  did  not  complete  it  until  the  8th,  and, 
being  re-enforced  by  general  Spencer, 
commenced  his  first  movement  on  the  9th 
of  August.  The  French  general  Laborde, 
with  a  force  short  of  3,000  men,  advanced 
from  Lisbon  to  watch  and  retard,  rather 
than  resist,  the  march  of  the  British,  gave 
battle  on  the  17th,  at  the  village  of  Roli- 
ca,  signalised  himself  in  this  unequal 
contest,  and  fell  back  in  good  order.  On 
the  1 9th  the  British  commander  took  a 
position  in  advance  at  the  village  of  Vi- 
miera,  where  he  halted  twenty-four  hours. 
On  the  night  of  the  20th,  or  rather  at 
day-break  on  the  21st,  a  stafli'-officer  has- 
tily announced  to  him  the  advance  of 
Junot  with  his  main  army.  Tlie  British 
general  would  not  believe  it ;  day-light, 
however,  convinced  him  of  the  fact.  An 
advanced  guard  of  French  cavalry  was 
seen  moving  from  Torres  Vedras.  The 
surprise  of  sir  Arthur  Wellesley  was  natu- 
ral; Junot's  disposable  force  was  scarcely 
half  sir  Arthur's,  now  further  re-enforced 
by  the  divisions  which  had  just  landed 
under  generals  Acland  and  Anstruther ; 
but  with  extraordinary  activity  and  bold- 
ness he  had  left  Lisbon,  concentrated  his 
disposable  forces  at  Torres  Vedras,  and, 
at  the  head  of  only  9,200  men,  tried  the 
hazard  of  a  battle  with  16,000  British 
troops,  supported  by  Portuguese  auxil- 
iaries. The  French  charged  impetuously 
at  several  points,  were  foiled  in  the  first 
shock  by  the  steadiness  and  numbers  of 
the  British,  and  after  a  short  but  gallant 
conflict  retreated  on  Torres  Vedras,  with 
the  loss  of  ten  pieces  of  cannon,  and  2,000 
killed,  wounded,  and  prisoners. 

Sir  Harry  Burrard  had  arrived  to  take 
the  chief  command  on  the  20th  ;  witness- 
ed the  battle  of  the  21st  as  a  spectator; 
took  the  command  after  the  engagement, 
and  overruled  sir  Arthur  Wellesley's  pro- 
posal for  an  immediate  pursuit.    He  had 


390 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


also  checked  the  advance  of  Sir  Arthur 
the  preceding  day.  The  still  formidable 
organization  of  the  French  in  their  re- 
treat, their  great  superiority  in  cavalry, 
the  expectation  of  re-enforcements  under 
sir  John  Moore,  and  the  utter  deficiency 
of  the  British  in  cavalry,  cavalry  and 
artillery  horses,  vv^ere  the  grounds  of  his 
opinion.  The  question  between  the  two 
British  commanders  is  speculative,  un- 
certain, and  purely  military  ;  but  the  tide 
of  opinion  has  run  in  favor  of  the  great 
captain. 

Junot  halted  at  a  short  distance  from 
the  field  of  battle,  before  the  defile  of 
Torres  Vedras,  re-formed  his  battalions 
with  quickness  and  facility,  and  called  a 
council  of  war.  He  held  a  second  coun- 
cil next  morning  (the  22nd).  Upon  a 
comparison  of  his  resources  with  those 
of  the  British,  his  position  was  judged 
untenable.  It  was  resolved  that  nothing 
remained  but  to  fall  back  upon  Lisbon, 
and  defend  it  to  the  last  extremity,  or 
obtain  "an  honorable  capitulation."  Ac- 
cordingly general  Kellerman,  son  of  the 
marshal,  was  sent  to  the  British  head- 
quarters, under  pretence  of  conferring 
respecting  the  prisoners  and  wounded, 
with  written  terms  of  capitulation. 

Sir  Harry  Burrard,  who  had  superseded 
sir  Arthur  Wellesley  on  the  evening  of  the 
21st,  was  himself  superseded  by  sir  Hew 
Dalrymple  on  the  22nd.  The  folly  of 
such  arrangements  is  obvious ;  but  it  was 
ascribed  to  the  ministers  at  home,  who 
unwisely  dictated  points  of  attack,  and 
the  plan  of  the  campaign,  without  an  ade- 
quate knowledge  of  the  country.  Sir  Hew 
had  hardly  assumed  the  command,  when 
Kellerman  was  seen  approaching  with  an 
escort  of  cavalry,  and  a  flag  of  truce  ; 
the  result  was  the  conclusion  of  an  ar- 
mistice, and  of  the  celebrated  convention 
of  Cintra,  in  pursuance  of  which  the 
French  were  to  be  conveyed  with  their 
arms,  baggage,  and  military  honors,  in 
British  ships  to  France. 

Sir  Hew  Dalrymple  was  recalled,  sir 
Arthur  Wellesley  returned  on  leave  of  ab- 
sence ;  and  after  some  time  sir  Harry  Bur- 
rard resigned  his  command,  and  also  came 
to  England,  and  was  succeeded  by  sir 
John  Moore,  who  was  now  elevated  to  the 
chief  command  of  the  troops  in  Portugal. 


On  the  6th  of  October  sir  John  Moore 
received  orders  from  England  to  advance 
with  25,000  men,  into  Spain,  where  he 
should  be  joined  by  10,000  more,  ac- 
tually on  their  way  from  England  to 
Corunna,  under  the  command  of  sir  Da- 
vid Baird.  It  was  left  to  his  discretion 
whether  he  should  enter  Spain  by  sea  or 
land.  He  chose  the  latter,  set  out  on  the 
26th  of  October  upon  his  fatal,  but  not  in- 
glorious, expedition,  reached  the  frontier 
at  Almeida  on  the  8th,  and  occupied 
Salamanca  with  his  advanced  posts  on 
the  13th  of  November.  Supposing  this 
direct  route  impossible  by  gun  carriages 
and  cavalry,  he  sent  his  artillery  and 
cavalry  with  an  escort  by  the  circuitous 
route  of  Elvas,  Badajos,  Merida,  and 
Talavera,  to  fall  into  and  rejoin  him  by 
the  great  road  of  Madrid  and  Valladolid. 
This  division  of  his  force,  and  the  addi- 
tional march  of  150  leagues,  has  been 
severely  judged  by  French  military  wri- 
ters ;  not,  however,  as  the  fault  of  sir 
John  Moore,  but  as  part  of  the  system 
of  slow  and  safe  movements  adopted  by 
the  British  generals.  Sir  John  Moore 
ought,  perhaps,  to  have  staked  the  lives 
and  eflbrts  of  his  men  with  less  caution 
and  humanity.  The  French  generals 
gave  more  to  hazard,  and  drew  more 
recklessly  upon  the  stamina  of  human 
effort  and  endurance.  Sir  John  Moore 
halted  at  Salamanca.  His  situation  was 
one  of  the  most  discouraging.  He  found 
the  course  of  operations  dictated  to  him 
ill-chosen,  the  Spanish  armies  with 
which  he  was  to  co-operate  dispersed, 
the  Spanish  junta  ignorant,  incapable, 
perverse,  and  Napoleon  with  his  lieuten- 
ants bearing  upon  him  with  an  over- 
whelming force ;  his  opinion  wavered. 
This,  in  a  great  emergency,  is  more  fatal 
than  resolute  error  ;  he  determined  to  fall 
back  upon  Portugal,  and  sent  the  neces- 
sary orders  to  sir  David  Baird  in  Gallicia. 

Intelligence  reached  him  that  Madrid 
was  imitating  the  resistance  of  Saragos- 
sa  ;  the  junta  and  Mr.  Frere  urged  upon 
him  the  enthusiasm  of  the  Spaniards, 
and  the  necessity  of  operating  to  relieve 
"  the  heroic  capital ;"  he  abandoned  his 
intention  of  a  retrograde  movement,  and 
formed  the  design  of  advancing  upon 
Valladolid,  so  as  to  menace  the  enemy's 


i 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


391 


communications.  An  intercepted  des- 
patch fortunately  discovered  to  him  an 
error  which  would  have  proved  fatal,  and 
the  real  position  of  the  enemy.  Madrid 
had  held  out  but  a  single  day  !  A  French 
corps  was  advancing  by  Talavera  upon 
Badajos,  under  Lefebvre,  to  cut  off  his 
retreat  upon  Portugal ;  another  under 
Soult  was  marching  to  intercept  the  route 
to  Corunna ;  and  Napoleon  himself  was 
advancing  upon  Valladolid  with  the  corps 
of  Ney,  and  the  cavalry  of  the  imperial 
guard  under  Bessieres,  to  manceuvre  ac- 
cording to  circumstances,  with  the  hope 
of  making  the  British  lay  down  their 
arras.  Moore,  thus  formidably  pressed, 
marched  upon  Toro,  formed  a  junction 
with  Baird  on  the  21st  of  December, 
and  concerted  with  the  Spanish  general, 
Romana,  an  attack  upon  the  corps  of 
Soult.  Lord  Paget  distinguished  him- 
self, in  passing,  by  a  brilliant  affair  of 
cavalry  at  Sahagun.  The  British  troops 
supposed  themselves  approaching  a  de- 
cisive battle,  and  looked  with  confidence 
to  the  result.  Napoleon,  on  the  other 
hand,  who  was  aware  of  the  British 
movement  against  Soult,  announced  in  an 
order  of  the  day,  "  that  the  hour  was  at 
last  arrived  when  the  Engli.sh  leopard 
sliould  fly  before  the  French  eagles," 
and  had  his  head  quarters  on  the  25th  at 
Tordesillas. 

Intelligence  had,  in  the  mean  time, 
reached  sir  John  Moore,  that  Soult,  re- 
enforced  by  the  corps  of  Junot,  which 
had  capitulated  in  Portugal,  was  advanc- 
ing upon  Astorga,  while  Napoleon  him- 
self was  moving  upon  the  same  point  by 
the  great  road  of  Madrid,  with  the  corps 
of  Ney  and  the  cavalry  of  Bessieres. 
To  risk  a  battle  under  such  circumstan- 
ces could  only  have  been  folly.  Di- 
viding his  force,  he  retreated  by  two 
routes,  upon  Benevente,  where  he  arrived 
on  the  26th ;  his  rear-guard  separated 
from  the  advanced-guard  of  the  French 
only  by  the  river  Esla.  The  British 
had  broken  down  the  bridge  in  their  rear. 
General  Lefebvre  Desnouettes  forded  the 
river  at  the  head  of  three  squadrons  of 
the  chasseurs  of  the  imperial  guard,  at- 
tacked the  British  pickets,  whom  he 
thought  unsupported,  soon  found  himself 
enveloped  by  the  British  cavalry  under 


Lord  Paget  and  general  Charles  Stew- 
art (lord  Londonderry,)  retreated,  and 
was  wounded  and  made  prisoner,  with 
about  seventy  men,  in  his  attempt  to  cross 
the  Esla.  The  French  again  formed 
themselves  on  the  opposite  bank  for  a 
desperate  charge  to  rescue  their  com- 
mander, when  they  found  their  return  ef- 
fectually checked  by  the  advance  of  five 
light  field-pieces,  which  opened  upon 
them  with  grape-shot.  They  fought  gal- 
lantly, and  retreated  in  good  order  from 
an  overwhelming  superiority  of  num- 
bers. 

Sir  John  Moore  continued  his  retreat 
upon  Villa  Franca.  It  was  now  the  end 
of  December.  The  weather  and  roads 
were  dreadful.  Baggage,  ammunition, 
and  guns,  were  destroyed  and  abandoned, 
and  horses  shot  by  their  riders,  to  pre- 
vent their  falling  into  the  hands  of  the  en- 
emy. The  army  threw  aside  all  discip- 
line, and  the  horrors  of  the  retreat  be- 
came indescribable.  The  men  deserted 
their  colors,  abandoned  themselves  to 
pillage,  and  were  left  behind  to  perish  by 
hunger,  cold,  drunkenness,  the  sabres  of 
the  enemy,  or  the  rage  and  vengeance 
of  the  Spanish  peasantry,  infuriated  by 
the  excesses  of  the  British  on  their  route. 
The  superior  officers  lost  all  control,  and 
the  inferior  shared  the  excesses  of  the 
men.  But  the  chief  officers,  in  the  first 
instance,  had  assumed  the  freedom  of 
opinion,  of  a  civil  democracy  ;  and  the 
body  of  the  army,  corrupted  by  their  ex- 
ample, now  committed  the  excesses  of 
military  anarchy.  Sir  John  Moore  un- 
happily lost  his  temper,  and  issued  angry 
orders  of  the  day,  in  a  case  demanding 
the  sternness  of  Roman  discipline.  After 
a  march  of  twenty-five  leagues  in  forty- 
eight  hours,  sir  John  Moore  arrived  at 
Lugo,  on  the  6th  of  January.  The  en- 
cumbered state  of  the  roads,  occasioned 
by  the  quantity  of  baggage,  ammunition, 
carts,  guns,  and  slain  horses,  abandoned 
by  the  British,  fortunately  retarded  the 
march  of  the  French.  Napoleon  having 
ordered  Marshal  Soult  to  "  drive  the 
j  English  into  the  sea,"  bad  fallen  back 
upon  Valladolid,  whence  he  reached 
Paris  on  the  23rd  of  January,  to  prepare 
against  the  storm  which  had  gathered 
I  against  him  in  Germany. 


392 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


Sir  John  halted  his  troops  at  Lugo,  from  | 
the  6th  to  the  9th.  On  the  8th,  both  ar- 
mies prepared  for  action.  A  partial  af- 
fair took  place,  and  sir  John  Moore  con- 
tinued his  retreat  next  morning.  On  the 
11th,  the  British  advanced-guard  beheld 
the  walls  of  Corunna  and  the  sea  with 
a  cry  of  joy,  like  that  which  burst 
from  the  Greeks  in  the  retreat  of  the 
10,000.  From  the  r2th  to  the  16th,  sir 
John  Moore  was  occupied  in  strengthen- 
ing his  position  and  embarking  his  sick, 
wounded,  cavalry,  and  part  of  his  artille- 
ry ;  ready  to  give  battle,  but  unmolested 
by  the  French.  On  the  16th,  marshal 
Soult,  being  now  joined  by  the  columns 
of  his  rear-guard,  attacked  the  British. 
He  charged  the  right  with  great  impetu- 
osity ;  but  w^as  repulsed  by  Moore's  ju- 
diciously placed  reserves.  Sir  David 
Baird,  who  commanded  the  right,  had 
his  right  arm  shot  away  ;  and  sir  John 
Moore  himself,  Avhilst  directing  and 
cheering  a  charge  of  the  forty-second, 
was  mortally  wounded  by  a  cannon  ball ; 
sir  John  Hope  succeeded  to  the  com- 
mand. The  French  were  repulsed  at 
all  points.  Night  separated  the  combat- 
ants ;  and  next  day  the  British  troops 
were  embarked  for  England. 

After  the  British  army  had  embarked 
from  Corunna,  the  French  emperor  bent  all 
his  eftbrts  to  the  subjugation  of  Spain.  A 
number  of  fugitives  from  the  army  of 
Castanos,  which  was  defeated  at  Tudela 
on  the  23rd  of  November,  1809,  had  re- 
treated to  Saragossa,  and,  together  with 
its  martial  citizens  and  armed  peasants 
from  the  country,  composed  a  body  of 
50,000  men,  under  the  command  of  the 
renowned  Palafox.  The  siege  was  con- 
ducted by  the  duke  of  Montebello,  one  of 
the  ablest  of  the  French  generals.  On 
the  26th  of  January  the  French  made 
their  grand  attack.  About  noon  on  the 
following  day  the  breach  was  practi- 
cable, and  the  assailants  entered  the 
city.  General  Lacosta,  and  a  great 
number  of  their  bravest  officers  and  men, 
fell  in  the  assault.  The  determined  re- 
solution of  the  inhabitants,  who  disputed 
every  inch  of  ground,  and  converted 
every  house  into  a  fortress,  reduced  the 
French  to  the  necessity  of  mining  and 
blowing  up  the  houses.     The  Spaniards, 


on  their  part,  had  recourse  to  counter- 
mining ;  and  the  effects  of  this  subter- 
ranean war  were  dreadfully  destructive. 
During  these  operations  the  batteries 
kept  up  an  incessant  fire  ;  and,  by  mining 
and  blowing  up  the  houses  as  they  pro- 
ceeded, the  French,  on  the  17th  of  Feb- 
ruary, at  length  became  masters  of  the 
city.  No  fewer  than  20,000  of  its  brave 
defenders  were  at  this  time  buried  under 
its  ruins. 

A  series  of  disasters  now  occurred  to 
the  patriot  cause.  The  French  army  in 
Catalonia  made  three  powerful  attacks 
on  that  of  the  Spaniards  under  general 
Reding.  In  the  last  of  these  the  Span- 
ish general,  after  an  obstinate  conflict,  in 
which  he  was  severely  wounded,  was  on 
the  12th  of  March,  driven  from  his  posi- 
tion, and  compelled  to  retire  to  Tan-ago- 
na.  Soon  after  general  Cuesta  was  de- 
feated on  the  29th  of  March,  at  Medel- 
lin,  and  obliged  to  retreat  to  Monasterio. 
The  patriots  about  this  time  recovered 
Vigo ;  but  their  casual  advantages  were 
sunk  in  the  long  train  of  disasters  which 
followed,  and  the  French  made  them- 
selves masters  of  the  centre  of  Spain. 

On  the  22nd  of  x\pril,  sir  Arthur  Wel- 
lesley  landed  at  Lisbon,  with  large  re-en- 
forcements. Instantly  repairing  to  Coim- 
bra,  he  put  himself  at  the  head  of  the 
allied  forces,  and  advanced  against  Opor- 
to, at  the  same  time  detaching  marshal 
Beresford  to  occupy  the  fords  of  the  Up- 
per Douro.  Here  marshal  Soult,  finding 
himself  in  danger  of  being  attacked, 
judged  it  necessary  to  retreat  into  Galli- 
cia.  Meanwhile,  marshal  Victor  had 
made  himself  master  of  Alcantara  ;  upon 
which  the  British  commander  returned 
to  the  south,  and  Victor  retired  to  his  for- 
mer station  on  the  Gaudiana. 

Sir  Arthur  Wellesley,  on  the  20th  of 
July,  effected  his  junction  with  Cuesta  at 
Oropesa  ;  but  marshal  Victor,  aware  of 
his  danger,  had  by  this  time  crossed  the 
Tagus.  The  British  and  Portuguese  ar- 
my now  marched  along  the  banks  of  the 
river  towards  Olalla,  and  took  an  advan- 
tageous position  near  Talavera  de  la 
Reyna.  Early,  on  the  morning  of  the 
28th,  the  enemy  attacked  the  13ritish  in 
force,  making  a  demonstration  also  on 
the  opposite  quarter.     The  battle  contin- 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


393 


ued  at  intervals  during  the  whole  day, 
and  ended  in  the  final  repulse  of  the 
French. 

Marshals  Ney,  Soult,  and  Mortier,  then 
advanced  in  great  force  upon  the  rear  of 
the  allies,  and  it  became  necessary  for 
them  to  retreat  to  Badajos.  On  the  east- 
ern side  of  the  peninsula,  general  Blake, 
after  a  fruitless  attempt  to  recover  Sara- 
gossa,  was  attacked  and  totally  routed  by 
the  duke  of  Albufera  (marshal  Suchet) 
on  the  1 9th  of  June  ;  and  this  disaster 
was  followed  by  a  much  greater  :  for  the 
central  army,  said  to  consist  of  50,000 
men,  under  the  marquis  Anizaga,  advanc- 
ing upon  Madrid,  with  the  view  of  pass- 
ing the  Tagus  at  Aranjuez,  was  encoun- 
tered on  the  19th  November,  by  the 
French,  under  king  Joseph,  assisted  by 
the  marshals  Soult,  Mortier  and  Victor, 
at  O^ana,  near  the  south  bank  of  that 
river,  when  the  action  terminated  in  a 
signal  victory  on  the  part  of  the  French. 
The  vanquished  army  retreated  in  con- 
fusion beyond  the  mountains.  In  the 
month  of  December  the  strong  and  im- 
portant fortress  of  Gerona,  after  a  long 
resistance,  surrendered  to  marshal  Au- 
gereau. 

An  undertaking  of  some  moment  oc- 
cupied the  attention  of  the  British  min- 
istry during  the  summer  of  1 809  :  the 
memorable  Walcheren  expedition.  To- 
wards the  end  of  July  an  army  of  40,000 
men  was  collected  under  the  command 
of  the  earl  of  Chatham,  assisted  by  a  na- 
val force,  under  the  direction  of  sir  Rich- 
ard Strachan.  The  principal  object  of 
the  expedition  was  to  gain  possession  of 
the  islands  commanding  the  entrance  of 
the  Scheldt,  and  the  port  of  Flushing. 

The  armament  invested  Flushing  on 
the  1st  of  August.  A  dreadful  cannon- 
ade and  bombardment  commenced  on  the 
13th,  which  on  the  15th  produced  from 
the  commander  of  the  garrison,  general 
Monnet,  a  request  for  a  suspension  of 
arms.  This  was  followed  by  the  surren- 
der of  nearly  6,000  men  prisoners  of  war. 
During  the  sieg-s  of  this  place,  a  great 
number  of  troops  from  the  Belgic  and 
nearest  French  provinces,  were  assem- 
bled for  the  defence  of  Antwerp ;  so 
that  an  attack  upon  that  important  place, 
and  the  fleet  lying  under  its  fortifications, 
50 


whatever  might  have  been  its  success  at 
the  commencement  of  the  enterprise,  was 
now  thought  too  hazardous.  The  troops 
Ukewise  were  becoming  sickly,  and  lord 
Chatham  was  induced  to  depart  for  Eng- 
land on  the  14th  of  September,  with 
the  greatest  part  of  his  army.  In  the 
middle  of  September,  a  requisition  was 
made  for  a  number  of  the  peasantry  of 
the  island  to  repair  and  strengthen  the 
fortifications  of  Flushing  ;  and,  near  the 
end  of  October,  a  hundred  artificers  ar- 
rived from  England  with  building  materi- 
als. Towards  the  middle  of  November, 
however,  the  demolition  of  the  works 
and  basin  for  shipping  was  begun  ;  and 
on  the  23rd  of  December,  Walcheren 
was  completely  evacuated  by  the  British 
army,  one-half  of  which  were  either  dead 
or  on  the  sick  list. 

Lord  CoUingwood,  who  had  succeed- 
ed Nelson  in  the  chief  command  of  the 
ships  in  the  Mediterranean,  having  pro- 
posed to  general  Stuart  an  expedition 
against  the  islands  of  Zante,  Cephalonia, 
and  others,  whilst  the  French  should  be 
occupied  with  the  defence  of  Naples,  a 
joint  force  from  Messina,  Malta,  and  Cor- 
fu, was  arranged  for  this  purpose,  and  on 
the  first  of  October,  it  anchored  in  the 
bay  of  Zante.  On  the  following  day,  a 
capitulation  was  agreed  on,  by  which  all 
that  group  of  islands  surrendered  to  the 
British  arms,  and  the  old  government  was 
restored. 

Mr.  Jefferson  having  been  succeeded 
in  the  office  of  president  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  by  Mr.  Madison,  in 
1809,  the  embargo,  which  had  been  se- 
verely felt  from  its  long  continuance,  was 
repealed,  and  an  act  substituted  prohibit- 
ing all  intercourse  with  France  and  Eng- 
land, with  a  proviso,  that,  if  either  na- 
tion rescinded  its  obnoxious  decrees,  the 
prohibition  relative  to  that  nation  should 
cease.  Mr.  Erskine,  the  English  envoy 
in  America,  was  consequently  empower- 
ed to  promise,  that,  if  the  American  in- 
terdiction of  July,  1807,  were  withdrawn, 
the  commerce  of  America  with  the 
French  colonies,  should  be  placed  on  the 
same  footing  as  in  times  of  peace,  the 
British  cruisers  being  allowed  to  capture 
all  vessels  trading  contrary  to  this  re- 
striction.   But  Mr.  Erskine  ventured  also, 


394 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


without  proper  authority,  to  declare  the 
orders  in  council  rescinded  from  the  10th 
•  of  June,  1809,  on  the  general  engage- 
ment "  that  an  envoy  extraordinary  would 
be  received  by  the  president,  with  a  dis- 
position correspondent  to  that  of  his 
Britannic  majesty."  The  British  gov- 
ernment, however,  refused  its  ratification 
to  this  agreement. 

At  the  commencement  of  1 8 1 0  the  cause 
of  Spanish  independence,  as  far  as  it  de- 
pended on  the  people  of  Spain,  was  al- 
most hopeless.  The  most  interesting 
events  of  the  campaign  occurred  on  the 
side  of  Portugal.  I'he  great  eftbrt  of 
France  was  to  obtain  entire  possession  of 
that  country.  For  this  purpose  it  had 
been  determined  to  commence  with  the 
reduction  of  the  fort  of  Ciudad  Rodrigo 
and  Almeida.  As  soon,  therefore,  as 
the  capture  of  Oviedo  and  Astorga  had 
set  at  liberty  a  part  of  the  French  troops 
employed  to  keep  in  check  the  Spaniards 
of  the  northern  provinces,  marshal  Ney 
began  to  invest  the  former,  and  it  sur- 
rendered July  10th.  In  the  mean  time 
marshal  Massena  arrived  from  France,  to 
take  the  command  of  the  army  destined 
for  the  conquest  of  Portugal,  and  con- 
sisting of  about  80,000  men. 

Almeida  was  next  invested,  and  the 
trenches  were  opened  in  the  middle  of 
August.  It  was  garrisoned  by  5,000  men, 
partly  English  and  partly  Portuguese, 
commanded  by  British  oihcers,  and  its 
governor  was  brigadier-general  Cox. 
The  vigor  of  the  defence  would  proba- 
bly have  long  retarded  its  fall,  had  not  a 
bomb  alighted  on  the  principal  magazine, 
which  occasioned  a  terrible  and  most 
destructive  explosion.  Massena  now 
withheld  his  fire,  and  sent  a  flag  of  truce 
offering  terms  of  capitulation,  which,  on 
the  27th  of  August,  were  acceded  to. 
The  great  contest  for  the  possession  of 
the  country  was  now  to  commence.  Dur- 
ing the  siege  of  Ciudad  Rodrigo  the  prin- 
cipal post  of  the  British  army  was  at 
Guarda,  whence  the  French  lines  might 
be  described,  but  nothing  of  consequence 
could  be  undertaken  for  its  relief.  After 
the  surrender  of  Almeida,  lord  Welling- 
ton concentrated  the  different  divisions  of 
the  allied  army,  and  began  his  retreat 
towards  Lisbon.     He  had   formed  a  de- 


fensive plan,  to  which  he  steadily  ad- 
hered. At  the  same  time  he  put  fully 
into  practice  the  efficacious  though  severe 
policy  of  entirely  destroying  all  the  re- 
sources of  the  coimtry  in  the  line  of 
march.  On  the  21st  of  September  all 
the  force  under  Massena  was  concentra- 
ted at  Viseu,  where  he  halted  for  a  time ; 
during  which  lord  Wellington  passed  to 
the  right  of  the  Mondego,  and  occupied 
with  his  centre  and  left  wing  the  Si- 
erra Busaco,  which  extends  to  that  river. 
Massena,  on  arriving  in  front  of  his  po- 
sition on  the  26th,  resolved  upon  an  at- 
tack. The  French  pushed  up  the 
heights  with  great  courage  in  different 
parts,  and  one  division  reached  the  sum- 
mit of  the  ridge  ;  they  were,  however, 
met  with  equal  resolution  at  the  point  of 
the  bayonet,  and  were  finally  repulsed 
with  great  loss,  2,000  men  being  left  on 
the  field.  The  loss  of  the  English  and 
Portuguese  was  also  considerable.  Mas- 
sena now  made  a  circuitous  march  upon 
Coimbra  ;  but  lord  Wellington  anticipa- 
ted his  object,  and  arrived  there  before 
him.  The  place,  however,  affording  no 
advantages  for  defence,  he  continued  his 
retreat  to  the  strong  lines  of  Torres 
Vedras. 

The  isles  of  Bourbon  and  France,  in 
the  Indian  Ocean,  which  had  so  long 
been  a  great  annoyance  to  the  East  India 
trade,  were  this  year  brought  under  the 
dominion  of  Great  Britain.  Lord  Minto, 
governor-general  of  India,  having  laid 
the  plan  for  their  reduction,  a  body  of 
Europeans  and  Sepoys,  about  1,600  of 
each,  sailed  from  Madras,  and,  being 
joined  by  about  1 ,000  more  from  another 
settlement,  the  whole  under  the  command 
of  lieutenant-colonel  Keating,  with  a  fleet 
of  men-of-war  and  transports,  the  expe- 
dition arrived  early  in  July  off  the  island 
of  Bourbon.  Dispositions  were  made  for 
an  attack  on  the  principal  town,  St. 
Denis,  but  it  was  prevented,  on  the  8th, 
by  an  offer  to  capitulate  on  honorable 
terms,  Avhich  were  granted.  The  other 
town,  St.  Paul,  was  taken  possession  of 
on  the  10th,  and  the  whole  island  sub- 
mitted. 

In  the  month  of  November,  a  body  of 
troops,  consisting  of  8,000  or  10,000, 
from  India  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


395 


commanded  by  major-general  sir  John 
Abercrombie,  and  a  fleet  mider  admiral 
Bertie,  took  possession  of  the  Mauritius, 
or  Isle  of  France.  The  garrison  was 
sent  to  France,  and  to  be  at  their  own 
disposal.  This  was  the  most  valuable 
of  the  remaining  French  possessions  to 
the  eastward  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
Three  frigates  were  afterwards  des- 
patched to  destroy  the  French  batteries 
on  the  coast  of  Madagascar,  which  being 
eftected,  there  was  not  left  to  France,  at 
the  beginning  of  the  following  year,  any 
portion  of  land  in  either  the  East  or  West 
Indies,  nor  yet  any  in  the  Indian  Ocean. 

The  differences  between  the  govern- 
ments of  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States  of  America  still  remained  unad- 
justed. On  the  recall  of  Mr.  Erskine, 
Mr.  Jackson  had  been  sent  to  succeed 
him  ;  but  the  firm  and  unyielding  tone 
taken  by  him,  with  the  disavowal  of  Mr. 
Erskine's  agreement,  contributed  to  ren- 
der him  unacceptable  ;  and  the  American 
plenipotentiary  in  London  was  instructed 
to  demand  his  recall.  Mr.  Galatin, 
treasurer  of  the  States,  now  sent  letters 
to  the  different  collectors  of  the  customs, 
announcing  the  abolition  of  the  restric- 
tions with  regard  to  France,  she  having 
revoked  her  edicts,  but  declaring  that 
they  would  be  revived  in  full  force  with 
regard  to  Great  Britain  on  the  ensuing 
2nd  day  of  February,  should  she  not  in 
like  manner  have  revoked  her  decrees. 
By  a  second  letter  he  gave  his  opinion  that 
in  the  case  above  mentioned,  all  British 
goods  arriving  subsequently  to  the  2nd 
of  February  would  be  forfeited. 

The  princess  Amelia  expired  on  the 
2nd  of  November,  1810,  and  the  king's 
mind  received  a  shock  from  the  illness 
and  death  of  the  princess,  from  which 
he  never  recovered.  The  Prince  of 
Wales  now  took  upon  himself  the  execu- 
tive duties  as  regent.  The  regency  par- 
liament was  opened  on  the  12th  of  Feb- 
ruary, 1811. 

The  British  campaign  of  1812  in  the 
peninsula  was  signalised  only  by  the 
victory  of  Salamanca  and  the  retreat  of 
Burgos.  The  British  troops  occupied 
the  frontier  of  Portugal,  in  an  attitude 
which  menaced  Ciudad  Rodrigo,  whilst 
the  French  were  disposed  in  an  extended 


line  from  Salamanca  to  Toledo.  Lord 
Wellington,  taking  advantage  of  the  want 
of  concentration  of  the  French,  and  the 
detachment  of  two  French  corps  on  par- 
ticular services,  invested  Ciudad  Rodrigo 
on  the  8th,  took  it  by  assault  on  the  1 9th 
of  January,  and  was  created  by  the  cortes 
duke  of  Ciudad  Rodrigo,  and  a  grandee 
of  the  first  class.  Having  put  this  place 
in  a  state  of  defence,  he  re-occupied  for  a 
moment  his  position  on  the  Coa ;  and 
invested  the  stronger  place  of  Badajos 
on  the  16th  of  March.  The  garrison 
was  still  commanded  by  the  French  gen- 
eral Philippon,  who  had  distinguished 
himself  by  his  successful  defence  of  the 
place  in  the  preceding  year.  The  trench- 
es were  opened  by  the  British  on  the 
night  of  the  17th.  Part  of  the  works 
were  destroyed  by  an  impetuous  sally  of 
the  garrison  on  the  1 9  th.  On  the  morn- 
ing of  the  26th  a  fort,  called  La  Picurina, 
was  furiously  cannonaded,  and  taken  by 
storm  in  the  evening.  The  garrison 
made  a  desperate,  but  ineffectual  sally  to 
recover  it.  On  the  6th  of  April  the  bat- 
teries had  effected  three  practicable 
breaches.  At  ten  at  night  three  columns 
advanced  to  the  breaches,  whilst  another 
division  proceeded  to  escalade  a  castle 
to  the  right,  on  the  Giiadiana.  The  as- 
sault at  all  points  was  terrible.  After 
two  hours'  carnage  the  castle  and  the 
breaches  were  carried,  and  the  besieged 
driven  in  from  the  outworks.  The  fight- 
ing continued  nearly  two  hours  more  in 
the  streets,  until  general  Philippon,  who 
had  retreated  into  a  church  with  what 
remained  of  the  garrison,  surrendered. 
The  loss  was  so  dreadful  on  the  side  of 
the  assailants  as  to  render  it  doubtful 
whether  the  capture  was  a  sufficient 
compensation.  Marshal  Soult  was  in 
the  mean  time  marching  from  Seville  for 
the  relief  of  Badajos,  and  already  within 
two  days'  march,  when  he  received  news 
of  its  fall.  He  immediately  turned  back 
upon  Andalusia,  and  was  pursued  and 
harassed  in  his  rear-guard  by  a  division 
of  British  cavalry  under  sir  Stapleton 
Cotton. 

Lord  Wellington,  having  left  the  Gua- 
diana,  proceeded  with  his  main  army 
against  marshal  Marmont,who  had  cross- 
ed  the   frontier  into   Beira.     Marmont 


396 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


having  made  a  demonstration  against 
Almeida,  advanced  to  Sabugal ;  but  in- 
formed of  the  movement  of  Wellington, 
repassed  the  Agiieda  on  the  23rd  of  April. 
While  Marmont  w^as  engaged  in  making 
corresponding  dispositions,  general  Hill 
Avas  despatched  by  lord  Wellington  to 
attack  the  strong  fort  and  bridge  of  Alma- 
rez,  on  the  Tagus.  General  Hill  exe- 
cuted this  service  by  a  brilliant  coup-de- 
main,  and  having  destroyed  the  bridge 
and  forts,  cut  ofl"  the  communication  be- 
tween Marmont  and  Soult. 

On  the  12th  of  June,  lord  Wellington 
crossed  the  Agueda,  and  encamped  on 
the  16th  within  two  leagues  of  Salamanca. 
Marshal  Marmont  at  the  same  time  aban- 
doned Salamanca,  moved  upon  the  Douro, 
and  crossed  it  on  the  29th  at  Tordesillas, 
where  he  received  a  strong  re-enforcement. 

After  various  movements  and  partial 
affairs,  the  two  main  armies,  under  Wel- 
lington and  Marmont,  came  to  a  general 
engagement,  on  the  22nd  of  July,  at  the 
heights  called  Arapiles,  near  Salamanca. 
The  time  from  day-break  to  one  o'clock 
passed  in  preliminary  movements,  and 
partial  attacks.  Marmont  then  opened  a 
heavy  fire  upon  the  allied  front,  and  the 
Portuguese  gave  way.  This  advantage 
was  followed  on  the  part  of  Marmont  by 
complicated  movements,  executed  with- 
out that  unison  and  vivacity  which  could 
alone  cover  their  irregularity  and  compli- 
cation. A  French  division  separated  and 
committed  itself  by  a  rash  movement  in 
advance  against  the  British  right.  Lord 
Wellington  perceived  both  errors,  and 
took  advantage  of  them  by  strengthening 
his  right,  and  making  an  impetuous  attack. 
This  masterly  movement  decided  the 
battle,  and  has  obtained  the  praise  of  all 
the  French  historians  of  the  campaign. 

On  the  23rd  the  retreating  French  met 
the  advanced  guard  of  king  Joseph,  on 
his  way  to  join  Marmont.  That  general 
had  precipitated  the  engagement  under 
very  disadvantageous  circumstances,  and 
it  had  in  consequence  failed.  Clausel 
retreated  through  Valladolid  upon  Burgos. 
liOrd  Wellington  having  continued  in  hot 
pursuit  of  the  enemy  to  Valladolid,  which 
he  occupied  on  the  30th,  had  his  head 
quarters  on  the  4th  of  August  at  Cuellar, 
where  he  posted  a  strong  detachment  to 


observe  the  line  of  the  Douro,  arrived  at 
Segovia  on  the  5th,  and  marched  through 
the  mountain  roads  and  passes  to  Madrid. 

The  Spanish  capital  was  evacuated  by 
king  Joseph  on  the  1 1th  ;  and  entered  by 
lord  Wellington,  amidst  enthusiastic  de- 
monstrations of  joy,  on  the  12th  of  Au- 
gust. The  army  of  Marmont  was  still 
disorganised,  and  that  of  king  Joseph  too 
weak  to  make  head  against  lord  Welling- 
ton. Soult  saw  that  nothing  short  of  a 
concentration  of  the  French  armies  could 
compel  lord  Wellington  to  fall  back  upon 
Portugal,  and  accordingly  raised  the 
siege  of  Cadiz,  with  the  intention  of 
abandoning  Andalusia,  on  the  25th  of 
August.  This  event  was  more  important, 
and  created  a  greater  sensation,  than  even 
the  flight  of  Joseph  from  the  capital. 
The  cortes,  so  long  pent  up  in  the  Isle 
of  Leon,  were  now  free,  and  with  a  wis- 
dom rarely  exercised  in  moments  of  ex- 
ultation, conferred  on  lord  Wellington 
the  command  in  chief  of  the  Spanish 
armies.  The  capture  of  Ciudad  Rodrigo 
and  Badajos  had  raised  him  from  a  vis- 
count to  an  earl ;  the  victory  of  Sala- 
manca and  occupation  of  Madrid,  made 
him  a  marquis. 

General  Clausel,  finding  that  lord 
Wellington  no  longer  pursued  him,  and 
had  bent  his  course  upon  Madrid,  re-oc- 
cupied ValladoUd  on  the  19th  of  August; 
re-organised  his  army ;  was  re-enforced 
by  general  Souham,  and  sent  out  a  strong 
detachment,  which  compelled  general 
Anson  to  recross  the  Douro.  Lord  Wel- 
lington, startled  by  this  offensive  attitude 
of  an  army  which  he  had  thought  wholly 
incapacitated,  left  Madrid  on  the  1st,  and 
arrived  at  Valladolid  on  the  5th  of  Sep- 
tember. Clausel  again  retreated  upon 
Burgos.  Souham  here  took  the  command 
in  place  of  Clausel,  who  was  suflering 
from  his  wound  received  at  the  battle  of 
Salamanca,  left  a  garrison  of  1 ,800  or 
2,000  men  in  the  castle  of  Burgos,  and 
removed  his  head-quarters  to  Briviesca. 

Lord  Wellington  had  not  the  neces- 
sary battering  train  for  a  regular  siege  ; 
but  Burgos  was  the  only  dep6t  which 
remained  to  the  French  army  of  Portugal, 
and  he  determined  to  attempt  the  capture 
of  this  fortress  by  breaches,  mines,  and 
assaults.     After   thirty-five  days'   siege, 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


397 


during  which  he  sprang  four  mines,  made 
five  breaches,  aud  as  many  assaults,  and 
encountered  two  vigorous  sallies,  he 
abandoned  the  enterprise,  and  commen- 
ced a  retreat,  which  proved  nearly  as 
disastrous  as  that  of  sir  John  Moore,  and, 
by  his  own  account,  still  more  disorderly. 
Lord  Wellington  threw  away  time,  and 
above  2,000  men,  upon  the  castle  of  Bur- 
gos, with  a  fatal  pertinacity ;  he  found  at 
last  the  united  armies  of  king  Joseph 
and  Soult  bearing  upon  him,  the  army  of 
Marmont  (under  Souham)  threatening 
his  communications,  and  nothing  left  to 
him  but  a  precipitate  escape  back  to  the 
Douro. 

This  retreat  continued  from  the  20th 
of  October  to  the  24th  of  November, 
when  Wellington  arrived  at  his  former 
head-quarters  on  the  frontier  of  Portugal. 

King  Joseph  returned  once  more  to 
Madrid  ;  Soult,  who  took  the  chief  com- 
mand of  the  combined  French  armies, 
established  his  head-quarters  at  Toledo, 
with  his  right  resting  on  Salamanca  ;  and 
lord  Wellington  took  up  his  winter  quar- 
ters in  a  strongly  protected  line  upon  the 
frontier.    The  campaign  was  now  ended. 

Whilst  the  lieutenants  of  Napoleon 
were  thus  engaged  with  the  British  in 
the  peninsula,  he  pursued  in  person  his 
career  of  valor,  victory,  and  military 
genius,  from  Wilna  to  Moscow,  and  at 
the  close  of  the  Spanish  campaign  was 
already  surrounded  with  the  horrors  of 
his  Russian  retreat. 

The  campaign  of  this  year  in  Spain 
commenced  with  an  attack  of  Suchet's 
(13th  of  April)  on  the  line  of  the  allies, 
in  which,  however,  he  was  repulsed. 
Before  the  end  of  May,  lord  Wellington 
moved  in  great  force  by  the  route  of  Sal- 
amanca towards  Madrid  ;  the  new  king 
once  more  quitting  the  capital.  On  the 
approach  of  the  British,  the  enemy  con- 
tinued his  march  towards  the  Ebro.  The 
allies,  by  a  sudden  movement  to  the  left, 
having  crossed  that  river  near  its  source, 
found  the  French  encamped  in  front  of 
the  town  of  Vittoria,  under  the  command 
of  Joseph  Bonaparte  and  marshal  Jour- 
dan  ;  Soult  having  been  summoned  to 
the  aid  of  Napoleon.  On  the  21st  of 
June,  lord  Wellington  resolved  upon  at- 
tacking them.     The  battle  began  with  a 


severe  contest  for  the  heights  of  Arlan- 
zon,  on  the  left  of  the  French.  These 
being  at  length  carried  by  general  Hill, 
he  passed  a  rivulet  which  ran  through 
the  valley,  as  did  general  Picton  at  the 
head  of  another  division.  Nearly  at  the 
same  time  general  Graham,  on  the  oppo- 
site wing,  forced  his  passage  over  two 
bridges  thrown  across  the  stream  ;  on 
which,  after  a  severe  contest,  the  whole 
French  army  retreated  in  good  order  on 
Vittoria,  whence  they  continued  their 
march  towards  Pampeluna.  A  great 
number  of  cannon,  and  stores  of  all  kinds 
to  a  vast  amount,  now  fell  into  the  hands 
of  the  allies,  and  the  retreat  of  the 
French  became  so  rapid  as  not  to  permit 
them  to  carry  off  their  baggage;  115 
pieces  of  cannon,  and  415  wagons  of 
ammunition,  fell  into  the  hands  of  the 
victors. 

The  centre  of  the  French  retreating 
army  having  maintained  itself  on  the 
Spanish  side  of  the  frontier,  general  Hill 
made  an  attack  upon  them  with  a  com- 
bined force  of  British  and  Portuguese, 
and  obliged  them  to  withdraw  into  France. 
Marshal  Soult  joined  the  army  on  the 
13th  of  July.  On  the  24th,  he  collected 
his  right  and  left  wings,  and  a  part  of 
his  centre,  at  St.  Jean  Pied  de  Port,  to 
the  amoimt  of  30,000  or  40,000  men, 
and  made  an  attack  on  an  English  post 
at  Roncevalles,  in  which  he  was  victo- 
rious, and  the  neighboring  posts  were 
consequently  withdrawn.  Various  ope- 
rations of  attack  and  defence  were  now 
carried  on.  The  siege  of  St.  Sebastian 
had,  in  the  meantime,  been  proceeding 
under  sir  Thomas  Graham  ;  and  an  un- 
successful attempt  to  storm  the  place  had 
been  made  on  the  25th  of  July,  which 
occasioned  severe  loss.  On  the  31st  of 
August  it  was  again  stormed  by  order  of 
lord  Wellington,  and  though  attended 
with  peculiar  and  unforeseen  difficulties, 
the  effort  succeeded,  at  the  cost  of  2,300 
in  killed  and  wounded. 

On  the  7th  of  October,  lord  Welling- 
ton entered  France,  by  crossing  the  Bi- 
dassoa  at  different  fords.  The  strong 
fortress  of  Pampeluna,  which  had  been 
blockaded  from  the  time  of  the  battle  of 
Vittoria,  was  induced  to  accept  of  a  ca- 
pitulation on  the  31st.     Lord  Wellington 


398 


GREAT    BRITAIN, 


now  put  into  execution  a  plan  which  he 
had  projected  to  force  the  centre  of  the 
enemy,  and  estabUsh  the  alhed  army  in 
the  rear  of  their  right.  The  attack  was 
made  on  the  10th  of  November,  and  af- 
ter a  variety  of  actions,  which  occupied 
the  whole  day,  the  purpose  was  attained. 
The  French,  during  the  night,  quitted  all 
their  works  and  posts  in  front  of  St.  Jean 
de  Leon  ;  and,  being  pursued  on  the 
next  day,  retired  to  an  intrenched  camp 
in  front  of  Bayonne.  On  the  9th  of  De- 
cember the  river  Nive  was  crossed  by  a 
part  of  the  allied  army  ;  and  on  the  four 
following  days  several  desperate  attacks 
were  made  by  the  French  during  the 
completion  of  this  passage,  which  were 
finally  repelled,  and  the  enemy,  after 
great  loss,  withdrew  to  his  intrench- 
ments.  The  British  and  Portuguese, 
during  these  days,  lost  between  4,000 
and  5,000  in  killed,  wounded  and  miss- 
ing. The  year  closed  with  lord  Wel- 
lington's obtaining  a  firm  footing  on  the 
French  territory. 

In  1812,  war  was  declared  by  the 
United  States  against  Great  Britain. 
The  Americans  directed  their  principal 
efforts  against  Canada.  They  were, 
however,  unable  to  effect  any  thing  of 
importance  in  the  way  of  conquest.  On 
the  ocean  they  were  much  more  success- 
ful. A  treaty  of  peace  between  the  two 
powers  was  signed  at  Ghent,  December 
25th,  1814. 

The  great  battle  of  Waterloo  was 
fought  June  18th,  1815.  (See  Nether- 
lands.) This  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant events  in  British  history.  It  decided 
the  fate  of  Napoleon,  and  gave  peace  to 
Europe.  The  marriage  of  the  princess 
Charlotte,  on  the  3rd  of  May,  1816,  was 
an  event  which  excited  the  greatest  joy. 
All  the  circumstances  tended  to  give  un- 
alloyed satisfaction.  It  was  a  marriage 
of  choice,  in  which  political  calculations 
had  no  weight.  The  chosen  husband 
was  the  third  son  of  a  minor  German 
prince,  a  captain  of  cavalry  in  the  Aus- 
trian service,  with  hardly  any  other  for- 
tune than  his  sword.  His  advantages  of 
person,  the  reputation  of  an  amiable 
character,  and  an  accomplished  mind, 
and,  above  all,  his  being  the  choice  of 
the  princess,  made  him  the  popular  idol 


of  the  hour.  At  nine  in  the  evening,  the 
marriage  was  solemnised  with  extraor- 
dinary magnificence  in  the  apartment 
called  the  crimson  chamber,  in  Carlton 
House.  The  duke  of  Clarence  introdu- 
ced the  bride,  and  the  prince  regent  gave 
her  away.  In  the  course  of  the  ensuing 
summer  it  was  observed  that  the  princess 
and  her  father  did  not  meet  as  frequent- 
ly as  they  had  previously  done.  This 
circumstance  was  ascribed  to  their  hav- 
ing again  disagreed  about  the  princess 
of  Wales,  it  being  then  the  intention  of 
the  regent  to  separate  himself  from  his 
wife  by  a  divorce.  But  the  plan  was 
abandoned  through  the  spirited  conduct 
of  her  daughter,  and  no  open  act  of  hos- 
tility was  entered  into  against  the  prin- 
cess of  Wales  during  the  life  of  the 
princess  Charlotte.  The  death  of  the 
young  princess  took  place  on  the  18th 
of  November,  a  few  hours  after  having 
given  birth  to  a  still-born  child. 

On  the  23rd  of  January,  1820,  died  the 
duke  of  Kent,  fourth  son  of  George  III, 
a  prince  of  humane  and  manly  character, 
leaving  behind  him  an  infant  princess,  a 
few  months  old,  since  become  heir  pre- 
sumptive to  the  crown.  On  the  following 
28th  of  the  same  month  died  George  III, 
and  it  is  pleasing  to  observe  that  he  had 
scarcely  a  moment  of  physical  pain  to 
disturb  his  last  hour. 

George  IV  went  through  the  usual  for- 
malities on  his  accession  to  the  throne  ; 
and  the  ministers  of  the  regent,  having 
resigned  their  seals  of  office  to  the  king, 
received  them  back  as  a  matter  of  course. 
The  remains  of  George  III  were  deposit- 
ed in  that  last  abode  of  royalty  in  Eng- 
land, the  vauh  in  St.  George's  Chapel  at 
Windsor,  on  the  16th  of  February. 

Parliament  had  adjourned  from  the  2nd 
to  the  1 7th  of  February.  On  that  day 
lord  Castlereagh  presented  a  message 
from  the  crown,  announcing  a  speedy 
j  dissolution,  and  recommending  an  imme- 
1  diate  provision  for  the  indispensable  exi- 
gencies of  the  state,  in  the  interval  be- 
tween the  dissolution  of  the  present  and 
>  the  return  of  a  new  parliament.  A  simi- 
j  lar  communication  was  made  by  lord  Liv- 
'  erpool  to  the  house  of  lords.  After  ad- 
j  dresses  of  condolence  had  been  voted  to 
,  the  king  and  the  duchess  of  Kent,  some 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


899 


strictures  had  been  passed  by  the  oppo- 
sition on  the  singularity  of  making  parlia- 
ment formally  acquainted  with  the  period 
of  its  duration  beforehand,  and  the  sup- 
plies had  been  brought  under  discussion, 
a  topic  by  far  the  most  marked,  not  alone 
of  the  year,  but  of  the  age,  in  this  coun- 
try, was  incidentally  touched  on.  The 
late  princess  of  Wales,  now  queen  of 
George  IV,  was  no  longer  prayed  for  in 
the  liturgy.  Mr.  Hume  condemned  this 
omission.  Lord  Castlereagh  deprecated 
the  discussion  of  so  delicate  a  matter. 
The  members  of  the  opposition,  who 
were  in  the  confidence  and  interest  of 
the  queen,  either  from  want  of  communi- 
cation with  her,  or  the  fear  of  acting 
prematurely,  maintained  a  guarded  re- 
serve. 

About  this  period  a  conspiracy  was 
discovered  to  have  been  formed  by 
an  individual  named  Thistlewood,  and  a 
band  of  about  a  dozen  murderous  despe- 
radoes. Their  plot  was  to  murder  the 
ministers  of  the  crown  whilst  sitting  at  a 
cabinet  dinner  at  the  house  of  Lord  Har- 
rowby,  then  rush  out,  raise  the  standard 
of  insurrection,  and  constitute  themselves 
the  heads  of  a  provisional  government. 
The  plot  was  disclosed  to  the  ministers, 
who  made  arrangements  for  surprising 
the  savage  criminals  in  their  den,  at  the 
moment  when  they  were  to  issue  from  it 
for  the  perpetration  of  their  crime.  They 
were  captured  on  the  23rd  of  February, 
by  the  police  and  military,  in  Cato-street 
near  the  Edgware  road,  and  after  a  strict 
examination  and  trial,  several  of  them 
were  executed. 

The  public  mind  was  now  engaged  and 
excited  by  one  engrossing  topic — the  dis- 
sensions between  George  IV  and  his  con- 
sort. The  queen's  movements  from  the 
Alps  towards  England,  during  the  latter 
part  of  the  month  of  May,  were  announced 
by  her  friends  with  menacing  triumph,  and 
watched  by  her  husband  and  his  party 
with  much  bravado,  but  with  manifest 
signs  of  fear.  It  may  here,  however,  be 
expedient,  to  advert  for  a  moment  to  some 
preceding  circumstances. 

The  degradation  of  the  princess  of 
Wales  had  been  contemplated  two  years 
before,  and  abandoned  only  through  the 
remonstrances  of  her  daughter.   Scarcely 


however  had  the  princess  Charlotte  de- 
scended into  the  grave,  when  the  sub- 
ject was  secretly  revived.  In  1818,  two 
emissaries  had  been  sent  to  Italy,  charged 
with  a  secret  commission  to  collect  evi- 
dence respecting  the  conduct  of  the  prin- 
cess of  Wales.  Arrived  at  Milan,  these 
persons  (Messrs.  Coke  and  Powel)  were 
joined  by  two  other  agents — colonel 
Browne,  an  Englishman  well  acquainted 
with  the  language  and  character  of  the 
people,  and  an  Italian  named  Vimercati. 
This  commission  sat  for  a  considera- 
ble time,  and  collected  a  great  mass  of 
evidence. 

The  accession  of  her  husband  placed 
the  princess  in  a  new  and  curious  situa- 
tion. She  had  ceased  to  be  princess  of 
Wales,  and  not  having  been  duly  an- 
nounced, was  not  recognized  as  queen  of 
England.  But  neither  the  forms  of  diplo- 
macy abroad,  nor  the  regal  power  and 
hatred  of  her  husband  at  home,  could  de- 
prive her  of  the  new  and  important  rights 
with  which  she  became  invested  as  queen 
consort.  The  accession  of  George  IV, 
had  but  recently  taken  place  when  he 
proposed  to  his  cabinet  to  commence 
proceedings  against  her.  His  object  was 
a  divorce  ;  but  by  the  process  contem- 
plated, she  would  be  put  upon  her  trial 
for  high  treason.  The  ministers  had  be- 
fore them  at  this  time  the  whole  of  the 
evidence  taken  by  the  Milan  commission- 
ers, but  they  still  declined  proceeding ; 
and,  finding  the  king  intractable,  tendered 
their  resignations.  For  twenty-four  hours 
the  crown  was  without  responsible  min- 
isters ;  an  attempt  made  to  form  an  ad- 
ministration under  lord  Wellesley  failed, 
and  the  former  ministers  were  reinstated. 
The  first  overt  act  against  the  queen  was 
the  exclusion  of  her  name  from  the  liturgy 
in  its  new  form. 

After  a  fruitless  negotiation  between 
lord  Hutchinson  and  Mr.  Brougham,  the 
queen  at  once  returned  to  England.  She 
landed  at  Dover  on  the  6th  of  June.  Nei- 
ther the  king  nor  his  ministers  contem- 
plated her  arrival,  and  the  commandant 
received  her  with  a  royal  salute.  Had 
this  ceremony  been  omitted,  the  vast 
multitude,  the  banners,  the  shouts,  and 
the  real  enthusiasm  which  met  her  on 
the    beach,    would   have  consoled   her. 


400 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


From  Dover  to  London,  her  journey  was 
a  continually  increasing  triumphant  pro- 
cession. The  metropolis  poured  out  her 
vast  population,  as  if  to  give  her  assu- 
rance that  she  had  friends.  The  proces- 
sion w^ent  along  Pall  Mall, — halted  for  a 
moment,  accidentally  or  from  design  be- 
fore Carlton  House,  and  shouted  its  cla- 
morous exultation  in  the  ears  of  her  hus- 
band. It  was  said  that  he  saw  her  from 
one  of  the  upper  windows,  and  remarked 
in  terms  of  levity  and  aversion,  how  well 
she  looked.  No  residence  was  prepared 
for  her  ;  and  she  proceeded  to  the  house 
of  alderman  Wood,  in  South  Audley- 
street. 

Parliament  was  sitting  at  the  time.  The 
king  went  in  state  to  give  the  royal  assent 
to  such  bills  as  had  passed  both  houses ; 
and,  having  gone  through  this  ceremony, 
left  lord  Liverpool  charged  with  the  fol- 
lowing message,  to  be  immediately  on 
his  departure  delivered  to  the  house  of 
lords : — 

"  The  king  thinks  it  necessary,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  arrival  of  the  queen,  to 
communicate  to  the  house  of  lords  certain 
papers  respecting  the  conduct  of  her  ma- 
jesty since  her  departure  from  this  king- 
dom, which  he  recommends  to  the  imme- 
diate and  serious  attention  of  this  house. 

"  The  king  has  felt  the  most  anxious 
desire  to  avert  the  necessity  of  disclo- 
sures and  discussions,  which  must  be  as 
painful  to  his  people  as  they  can  be  to 
himself;  but  the  step  now  taken  by  the 
queen  leaves  him  no  alternative. 

"  The  king  has  the  fullest  confidence 
that,  in  consequence  of  this  communica- 
tion, the  house  of  lords  will  adopt  that 
course  of  proceeding  which  the  justice 
of  the  case,  and  the  honor  and  dignity  of 
his  majesty's  crown  may  require. 

"  George  R." 

The  papers  referred  to  were  laid  on 
the  table  under  seal,  in  a  green  bag.  A 
similar  message  and  sealed  bag  were  pre- 
sented to  the  house  of  commons  by  lord 
Castlereagh.  Both  ministers  announced 
the  intention  to  move  an  address  to  the 
king,  and  the  reference  of  the  papers  to 
a  secret  committee  on  the  following  day. 
A  solemn  silence  was  observed  by  the 
lords,  probably  from  an  impression  that 


their  house  would  be  constituted  a  high 
court  to  try  the  queen. 

In  the  house  of  commons  several  op- 
position members  expressed  themselves 
with  great  vehemence  on  the  subject. 

The  proceedings  of  both  houses  on  the 
7th,  were  looked  to  with  the  deepest  in- 
terest. Lord  Liverpool  having  moved  a 
ceremonial  address,  which  contained  no 
pledge  or  opinion,  proposed  that  the  pa- 
pers on  the  table  should  be  submitted  to 
a  secret  committee  of  fifteen  peers,  to  be 
appointed  by  ballot.  It  was  hitherto  pre- 
sumed, that  the  course  to  be  pursued 
against  the  queen,  was  an  impeachment 
for  treasonable  conspiracy.  Lord  Liver- 
pool announced  that  such  a  course  could 
not  be  adopted.  The  queen's  alleged 
partner  in  guilt,  Bergami,  an  alien,  was 
not  amenable  as  a  traitor  to  the  crown 
of  England :  to  constitute  conspiracy 
there  must  be  at  least  two  criminals  ; 
and  the  queen,  therefore,  could  not  be 
accused  of  having  conspired.  The  pro- 
ceeding by  impeachment  was  understood 
to  have  been  already  adopted  in  the  cab- 
inet, when  this  new  and  obvious  light 
fortunately  crossed  the  mind  of  the  chan- 
cellor. The  address  was  agreed  to  with- 
out opposition,  and  the  secret  committee 
appointed  by  ballot  the  following  day. 

On  the  26th  of  June,  whilst  the  secret 
committee  were  still  sitting,  lord  Dacre 
presented  a  petition  from  the  queen,  in 
which  she  protested  against  any  secret 
inquiry,  demanded  time  to  bring  her  wit- 
nesses from  abroad,  and  requested  to  be 
heard  by  her  counsel.  Messrs.  Brougham, 
Denman,  and  Williams,  afterwards  pre- 
sented themselves  at  the  bar.  The  first 
two  spoke  with  great  energy  of  the  hard- 
ships of  the  queen's  case,  and  the  neces- 
sity of  delay.  On  the  4th  of  July  the 
secret  committee  made  its  report.  Lord 
Dacre  next  day  presented  a  petition  from 
the  queen,  to  be  heard  against  it  by  her 
coimsel.  This  was  refused;  and  lord 
Liverpool,  in  pursuance  of  the  report, 
brought  in  a  bill  of  pains  and  penalties. 
It  was  entitled  "  An  act  to  deprive  her 
majesty  queen  Caroline  Amelia  Elizabeth 
of  the  title,  prerogatives,  rights,  privileges, 
and  exemptions  of  queen  consort  of  this 
realm,  and  to  dissolve  the  marriage  be- 
tween his  majesty  and  the  said  Caroline 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


401 


Tnal  of  Queen  Caroline. 


Amelia  Elizabeth."  The  bill  was  read  a 
first  time,  and  a  copy  ordered  to  be  sent 
to  the  queen. 

The  first  reading  having  taken  place, 
counsel  were  heard  on  behalf  of  the 
queen  ;  but  with  the  restriction  that  they 
should  limit  themselves  to  the  time  and 
mode  of  proceeding.  The  second  read- 
ing was  fixed  for  the  17th  of  August. — 
On  the  1 1th  of  July  the  queen  petitioned, 
and  on  the  14th  lord  Erskine  moved  that 
she  should  be  furnished  with  a  list  of  the 
witnesses  against  her.  This  advantage 
she  would  have  had  of  right,  in  common 
with  every  other  British  subject,  were 
the  form  of  proceeding  an  indictment  or 
impeachment  for  high  treason.  But  the 
majority  of  the  lords,  under  the  direction 
of  lord  Eldon,  took  advantage  of  a  legal 
technicality  to  withhold  from  her  the  great 
aegis  of  the  subject  against  perjured  wit- 
nesses and  the  abuse  of  the  power  of  the 
crown. 

A  specification  of  the  charges,  which 
she  declared  was  necessary  for  enabling 
her  to  produce  defensive  evidence,  was 
also  refused. 

On  the  19th  of  August,  lords  Grey 
and  King  made  successive  and  ineffec- 
tual attempts,  by  motions,  to  quash  the 
51 


investigation ;  after  which  the  attorney- 
general  stated  his  case  in  support  of  the 
bill.  This  statement  occupied  two  days, 
the  1 9th  and  2 1  st  of  August.  The  close 
of  it  was  drowned  by  drums,  trumpets, 
and  tumultuous  acclamations,  which  an- 
nounced the  approach  of  the  queen.  The 
examination  of  the  witnesses  immedi- 
ately began,  and  soon  produced  a  re- 
markable incident.  The  queen  upon 
hearing  the  clerk  of  the  house  call  the 
name  of  Theodore  Majocchi,  the  third 
witness,  started  from  her  seat  with  an  indis- 
tinct cry,  and  retired  from  the  scene.  He 
had  long  been  her  confidential  servant  ; 
and  her  cry  no  doubt  originated  in  surprise 
and  indignation  at  his  ungrateful  treachery. 
The  limits  of  this  article  will  not  per- 
mit us  to  detail  the  records  of  the  inves- 
tigation. On  the  7th  of  September  the 
case  against  the  queen  was  closed.  An 
adjournment  took  place,  to  allow  the  ne- 
cessary time  for  preparation  to  the  other 
side.  On  the  3rd  of  October  Mr.  Broug- 
ham stated  the  queen's  defence  at  great 
length,  and  with  surpassing  power.  He 
was  ably  followed  by  Mr.  Williams  on 
the  same  side.  The  examination  of 
the  queen's  witnesses  continued  to  the 
24th  of  October. 


402 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


The  evidence  against  the  bill  being 
closed,  Mr.  Denman  went  over  the  case, 
not  only  with  distinguished  eloquence, 
but  with  a  freedom  and  fearlessness 
which  reached  the  utmost  license  of 
defence. 

The  kings's  attorney  and  solicitor  oc- 
cupied four  days,  the'  27th,  28th,  29th, 
and  30th,  in  replying.  All  the  counsel 
on  both  sides  who  spoke,  eminently  dis- 
tinguished themselves.  The  examina- 
tion of  witnesses  and  the  addresses  of 
counsel  having  been  brought  to  a  close 
the  discussion  on  the  second  reading  of 
the  bill  began  on  the  2nd,  and  continued 
by  adjournment  to  the  6th  of  November. 
It  was  then  read  a  second  time,  by  a  ma- 
jority of  123  to  95.  Lord  Dacre  was 
charged  by  the  queen  with  a  protest, 
which  he  presented  to  the  house.  The 
queen  not  having  appeared  in  person  at 
the  bar,  it  was  received  only  as  her  rep- 
resentation of  her  case.  The  house 
having  gone  into  committee,  a  discussion 
took  place  on  the  divorce  clause.  Some 
bishops,  and  other  supporters  of  the  bill, 
resisted  this  clause  from  religious  scru- 
ples, or  the  dread  of  recrimination  by 
the  queen  upon  her  husband,  of  which  a 
significant  menace  was  thrown  out  at 
the  commencement  of  the  proceedings 
by  Mr.  Brougham.  But  the  opposition 
peers  voted  for  it,  and  it  was  carried  by 
a  majority  of  120  to  62.  This  majority, 
the  result  of  a  parliamentary  manoeuvre, 
proved  fatal  on  the  third  reading.  Many 
peers,  who  would  have  voted  for  the  bill 
without,  voted  against  it  with  the  divorce 
clause  ;  and,  on  the  10th  of  November, 
it  was  read  a  third  time  by  a  dishearten- 
ing majority  of  108  to  99.  The  queen 
petitioned  to  be  heard  by  counsel  against 
its  passing.  Lord  Liverpool,  in  reply, 
declared  that,  with  so  small  a  majority, 
in  the  actual  state  of  the  public  feeling, 
he  and  his  colleagues  abandoned  the  bill. 
The  house  adjourned  over  to  the  26th  of 
November.  In  the  interval  the  queen 
demanded,  and  was  refused,  a  royal  pal- 
ace for  her  residence.  On  the  26th,  af- 
ter the  routine  business  of  the  house  of 
commons  had  been  gone  through,  Mr. 
Denman  rose  to  present  a  message  from 
the  queen  on  the  subject  of  this  refusal. 
He  h^d  but  just  commenced  reading  it, ! 


when  the  usher  of  the  black  rod  present- 
ed himself  at  the  bar.  His  appearance 
caused  an  explosion  of  loud  and  tumult- 
uous murmurs.  His  lips  moved,  but  not 
a  word  spoken  by  him  could  be  heard. 
The  speaker,  however,  left  the  chair, 
paced  the  floor  amidst  cries  of  shame, 
and  other  exclamations  of  more  distinct 
import,  proceeded  to  the  house  of  lords, 
with  the  ministers  and  their  friends  in 
his  train,  and  was  informed  that  the  ses- 
sion of  parliament  was  prorogued.  Thus 
ended,  in  defeat  and  disgrace,  the  do- 
mestic war  which  George  IV  carried  on 
for  twenty-five  years  against  his  consort. 

The  next  session  of  parliament  com- 
menced on  the  22nd  of  January,  1821, 
and  it  was  opened  by  the  king  in  person, 
with  a  speech  characterized  by  a  great 
degree  of  moderation.  In  the  mean 
time  the  queen  enjoyed  a  protracted  tri- 
umph over  her  husband  and  her  enemies, 
for  days  and  even  weeks  after  the  evi- 
dence had  been  closed  against  her,  per- 
sons of  rank  and  character,  who  had 
previously  stood  aloof,  now  made  her 
visits  of  respectful  attention,  whilst  the 
road  to  her  residence  at  Brandenburgh 
House  was  thronged  with  processions, 
bearing  addresses  of  support  and  con- 
gratulation, and  the  tables  of  the  houses 
of  both  lords  and  commons  at  the  same 
time  were  loaded  with  petitions  in  her 
favor.  The  pretensions  of  her  majesty 
were  supported  by  strong  minorities,  and 
lord  Tavistock  moved  a  resolution  of 
censure  on  the  general  system  of  meas- 
ures pursued  against  her,  which,  although 
not  carried,  tended  to  show  the  power 
she  still  had  over  the  minds  of  the  peo- 
ple. On  the  11th  of  July,  1821,  the 
house  of  commons  was  once  more,  and 
for  the  last  time,  occupied  with  the  sub- 
ject of  the  queen.  Mr.  Hume  moved  an 
address  to  the  king,  the  object  of  which 
was  to  secure  the  queen's  participation 
in  the  honors  of  the  approaching  corona- 
tion ;  the  usher  of  the  black  rod  knocked 
at  the  door  whilst  he  was  reading  his 
resolution,  and  the  session  was  immedi- 
ately prorogued. 

The  coronation  was  fixed  to  take  place 
on  the  19th  of  July,  and  a  correspond- 
ence took  place  between  the  queen  and 
lord  Liverpool,   in  which  she  demanded, 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


403 


and  the  minister  refused  her,  participa- 
tion in  the  ceremony.  She  next  memo- 
riahzed  the  privy  council  in  support  of 
her  claim.  A  committee  of  the  privy 
council,  after  hearing  Mr.  Brougham  and 
Mr.  Denman  on  her  side,  and  the  attor- 
ney-general on  the  other,  decided  against 
her.  She  then  demanded,  without  effect 
from  lord  Sidmouth,  the  home  secretary, 
and  lord  Howard  of  Effingham,  the  dep- 
uty earl  marshal,  a  suitable  place  to  view 
the  ceremony ;  and  her  last  appeal  was 
to  the  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  by  whom 
she  desired  to  be  crowned  a  day  or  two 
after  the  king,  but  the  archbishop  said 
that  he  could  act  only  in  obedience  to  his 
majesty. 

The  morning  of  the  19th  shone  brightly 
upon  the  splendid  ceremonial  of  the  cor- 
onation, when  the  queen,  unmoved  by 
the  entreaties  of  her  friends,  proceeded 
to  the  door  of  the  Abbey,  but  was  refused 
admittance  by  the  officers  on  duty,  and 
she  was  compelled  to  retire  amidst  ming- 
led expressions  of  disapprobation  and 
applause.  The  proud  spirit  and  mascu- 
line energy  of  the  queen  supported  her 
but  a  short  time  longer  ;  and  on  the  30th 
of  July,  whilst  at  Drury  Lane  Theatre, 
she  was  taken  seriously  ill,  and  on  the 
17th  of  August  closed  her  troubled  life 
at  Brandenbiurgh  House,  having  directed 
in  her  will  that  the  words, "  Here  lies 
Caroline  the  injured  queen  of  England," 
should  be  her  epitaph.  On  the  14th  of 
the  same  month,  the  officers  of  the 
throne  entered  into  a  disgraceful  contest 
with  her  majesty's  executor  for  the  pos- 
session of  her  mortal  remains  ;  and  they 
were  conveyed  fromBrandenburgh  House 
to  Hanover,  after  having  been  treated 
with  every  indignity  which  the  govern- 
ment could  devise. 

Whilst  these  events  were  carried  on, 
the  king  was  on  his  way  to  visit  Ireland, 
and  the  news  reached  him  on  board  the 
Irishpacket.  It  was  said,  that  on  receiving 
the  intelligence  of  his  wife's  death,  that  he 
wished  to  land  privately.  He  left  Ireland 
on  the  5th  of  September,  arrived  in  Lon- 
don, on  the  16th,  and,  on  the  24th,  left 
England  for  Hanover,  where  he  made 
his  public  entry  on  the  11th  of  October. 
On  the  5th  of  May,  1821,  Napoleon 
Bonaparte  departed  this  life  at  St.  He- 


lena? It  may  be  proper  to  observe  that 
his  confinement  on  that  island — ^the  treat- 
ment he  received — the  unsparing  rigor 
with  which  he  was  watched  by  sir  Hud- 
son Lowe — and  his  immoveable  firmness 
under  all  his  sufferings,  have  disarmed 
the  hatred  of  most  of  his  cotemporaries, 
and  increased  the  respect  of  his  adhe- 
rents. He  maintained  his  character  in 
the  miseries  of  exile  as  in  the  palace  of 
the  Tuilleries. 

The  last  session  of  the  reign  of  George 
IV  was  opened  by  commission,  on  the 
4th  of  February,  1830.  He  did  not  live 
to  witness  its  close,  or  the  great  political 
events  which  rendered  this  a  memorable 
year.  For  the  two  previous  years,  he 
had  almost  wholly  secluded  himself  at 
Windsor.  His  infirmities  had  been 
growing  rapidly  upon  him.  He  had  fre- 
quent attacks  of  gout,  tendency  to  in- 
flammation, oppressed  breathing,  and 
depression  of  spirits  ;  his  person  had 
also  reached  a  most  remarkable  degree 
of  corpulency. 

His  illness  became  serious  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  year,  but  was  studiously 
concealed,  and,  if  mentioned  in  the  news- 
papers, authoritatively  denied.  About 
the  middle  of  April,  however,  his  state 
was  such  that  the  court  physicians  were 
called  in,  and  bulletins  of  his  health  were 
periodically  made  piiblic.  These  an- 
nouncements were  vague  and  reserved, 
and  passed,  it  -was  said,  under  his  own 
eye.  At  one  period  he  was  declared 
convalescent,  and  the  bulletins  discon- 
tinued, by  his  authority  over  the  physi- 
cians, against  their  judgment; — such  was 
the  self-delusion  with  which  he  clung  to 
life.  But  his  disease  was  not  merely 
dangerous,  it  was  incurable,  being  gen- 
erally considered  as  an  ossification  of  the 
heart.  Seized  with  a  fit  of  coughing,  he 
burst  a  blood-vessel,  and  expired,  leaning 
on  the  arm  of  an  attendant,  at  three 
o'clock  in  the  morning  of  the  26th  of 
June,  1830. 

The  close  of  this  monarch's  life,  af- 
forded an  apt  illustration  of  the  fact  that 
"  kings  have  no  friends," — tLat  is  to  say, 
in  their  regal  capacity;  and  the  monarch 
whose  life  we  have  thus  briefly  chroni- 
cled, was  but  little  likely  to  excite  inter- 
est for  his  real  welfare  as  a  man.     His 


404 


GREECE. 


manners  were  admitted  by  all  to  be  those 
of  the  most  finished  gentleman  ;  and  yet 
•we  find  him  early  in  life  selecting  the 
very  refuse  of  society  for  his  boon  com- 
panions. He  thus  accumulated  debts  to 
an  enormous  amount,  which  were  after- 
wards defrayed  by  the  national  purse. 
In  his  father's  quiet  circle  he  might  have 
benefitted  by  the  example  of  every  do- 
mestic virtue  ;  but  he  commenced  the 
duties  of  a  wedded  life  by  sending  his 
own  kept  mistress  to  be  the  companion 
of  the  future  queen  of  England.  She 
was  for  a  time  protected  by  the  straight- 
forward right-heartedness  of  her  father- 
in-law,  and  it  is  not  at  all  singiUar,  that 
after  his  death  she  should  have  fallen  a 
victim  to  a  persecution  almost  unheard  of 
in  the  annals  of  English  historj', — if,  at 
least,  we  except  those  originating  in  the 
tender  mercies  of  Henry  the  Eighth. 
But  the  end  of  this  king  furnishes  a  fear- 
ful example  to  those  who  imagine  that 
high  rank  and  station  supply  an  apology 
for  neglecting  the  ordinary  duties  of  life. 
He  who  had  ruled  the  sceptre  of  three 
kingdoms,  found  but  one  companion  to 
soothe  the  pain  and  agony  of  his  dying 
hour,  and  that  companion  was  one  of  his 
humblest  menials,  while  the  titled  mis- 
tress, who  had  been  for  years  the  inmate 
of  his  palace,  and  the  recipient  of  his 
bounty,  was  the  first  to  fly  from  the  scene 


of  horrors  which  she  had    assisted   in 
creating. 

William  IV,  brother  of  the  late  king, 
came  to  the  throne  on  the  26th  of  June, 
1830.  On  the  2nd  of  November,  1830, 
the  session  of  parhament  was  opened  by 
the  king  in  person.  In  the  house  of 
lords,  the  marquis  of  Bute  moved  an  ad- 
dress in  answer  to  the  king's  speech,  in 
the  course  of  which  the  duke  of  Welling- 
ton took  occasion  to  declare  his  firm 
determination  to  oppose  every  species  of 
parliamentary  reform.  This  uncalled-for 
declaration  appears  to  have  at  once  de- 
cided the  fate  of  the  administration,  as 
we  find  his  grace  and  sir  Robert  Peel, 
on  the  16th  of  November,  respectively 
announcing  to  the  two  houses  the  resig- 
nation of  the  ministry.  The  new  ad- 
ministration, which  was  immediately 
formed,  illustrated  the  extraordinary 
change  which  had  thus  been  rapidly 
brought  about  in  the  government  of  the 
country,  by  the  late  ministry's  attempt  at 
resisting  reform  of  every  kind.  High 
tory  principles  of  the  most  uncompromis- 
ing character  were  at  once  swept  before 
the  tide  of  popular  indignation,  and  the 
political,  literary  and  scientific  knowledge 
which  took  the  place  of  mere  rank  and 
aristocratic  pretension,  furnishes  a  new 
and  splendid  era  in  the  history  of  Great 
Britain 


GREECE 


The  early  history  of  Greece,  like  that 
of  mo.st  other  countries,  is  involved  in 
obscurity  and  fable.  Its  original  inhabit- 
ants, generally  considered  as  the  de- 
scendants of  Javan,  son  of  Japhet,  ap- 
pear to  have  led  a  migratory  and  savage 
life,  sheltering  themselves  in  caves  and 
huts,  feeding  upon  acorns,  clothing  them- 
selves with  skins,  and  gradually  associa- 
ting in  small  bodies  for  their  mutual  sup- 
port against  the  wild  beasts  of  the  woods 
and  mountains,  by  which  they  were  every 
where  surrounded.  Many  different  wan- 
dering hordes,  of  whom  the  Greek  wri- 
ters give  no  satisfactory  account,  seem 
to  have  successfully  overrun  the  coun- 


try ;  sometimes  mixing  with  the  ancient 
inhabitants,  and  sometimes  driving  them 
from  their  possessions.  These,  in  their 
turn,  expelled  and  plundered  others  ;  and 
a  state  of  petty  piratical  warfare  character- 
ized the  first  ages  of  every  Grecian  set- 
tlement. These  plundering  excursions 
became  so  general,  that  all  the  shores, 
both  of  the  continent  and  the  islands,  are 
said  to  have  been  deserted,  and  the  lands 
cultivated  only  at  a  considerable  distance 
from  the  sea.  From  this  state  of  barba- 
rism, the  inhabitants  of  Greece  began  to 
emerge  at  an  earlier  period  than  those  of 
any  other  country  in  Europe ;  and  this 
advantage  they  seemed    to   have   owed 


GREECE. 


405 


entirely  to  their  communication  with  the 
civilized  nations  of  the  East.  Its  islands 
were  visited  by  the  Phenician  navigators, 
who  introduced  the  knowledge  of  the 
precious  metals.  A  people,  named  Pe- 
lasgi,  apparently  from  Asia,  extended 
their  dominion  over  all  the  northern  parts 
of  the  country ;  and  various  contempo- 
rary colonies  from  Egypt,  (of  whose 
migration  the  cause  is  not  known, 
but  for  which  the  supposition  of  some 
political  revolution  may  easily  account,) 
appear  to  have  founded  the  principal 
Grecian  states.  The  island  of  Crete, 
which  seems  to  have  been  occupied,  and 
its  inhabitants  enslaved  by  some  of  these 
adventurers,  first  attained  a  considerable 
degree  of  civilization  under  Minos,  about 
1 000  years  before  the  christian  era  ;  and 
became  the  general  foundation  of  legisla- 
tion and  jurisprudence  to  the  other  set- 
tlements. Of  these,  Sicyon  and  Argos 
are  considered  as  the  most  ancient,  and 
as  having  been  founded  nearly  at  the 
same  time,  about  80  years  before  the 
reign  of  Minos,  and  1080  before  the 
christisin  era. 

Of  the  provinces  without  the  peninsu- 
la, Thessaly  (next  to  Crete,  the  most  an- 
cient scene  of  Grecian  story,)  first  be- 
came celebrated  for  the  wisdom  of  its 
princes,  who  extended  their  sway  at  an 
early  period  as  far  as  the  Corinthian 
Isthmus.  In  that  country,  always  fam- 
ous for  its  horses,  the  Centaurs  were 
first  known,  who  are  supposed  to  have 
been  a  band  of  foreign  adventurers  of 
superior  attainments  to  the  more  southern 
Greeks  of  their  time.  From  a  port  in 
Thessaly,  sailed  the  expedition  of  the 
Argonauts  under  Jason,  who  may  be  con- 
sidered as  merely  the  leader  of  one  of  the 
most  considerable  piratical  expeditions 
which  had  hitherto  been  undertaken.  Bce- 
otia,  though  a  country  originally  subject  to 
earthquakes  and  inundations,  yet,  from  its 
great  fertility,  attracted  at  an  early  period 
the  attention  of  adventurers  ;  and  a  Phe- 
necian  colony  under  Cadmus  is  under- 
stood to  have  founded  its  principal  city 
of  Thebes.  The  numerous  fabulous  sto- 
ries relating  to  its  history,  comprehending 
the  adventures  of  Bacchus,  Amphion, 
Amphitryon,  Hercules,  Laius,  (Edipus, 
Eteocles,  and  Polynices,  serve  at  least 


to  prove  that  it  must  soon  have  become 
a  flourishing  and  powerful  state  ;  and  the 
war,  which  it  sustained  against  seven  uni- 
ted potentates,  the  subject  of  the  Thebaid 
by  Statins,  presents  the  first  instance  of  a 
political  league,  and  a  regular  warfare, 
recorded  in  the  annals  of  Greece.  Mio- 
lia,  though  not  inferior  to  the  adjoining 
countries  in  early  civilization,  and  though 
sufficiently  celebratad  in  the  histories  of 
its  heroes  Tydeus,  Meleager,  and  others, 
yet,  from  the  dangers  of  its  seas,  being 
much  excluded  from  the  intercourse  of 
more  civilized  nations,  made  little  compa- 
rative progress  in  political  improvement, 
and  for  several  centuries,  even  after  the 
Trojan  war,  had  little  communication 
with  the  rest  of  Greece.  Phocis,  Doris, 
and  Locris,  also  afford  no  materials  for 
history  at  this  early  period  ;  and  the  only 
remaining  state,  whose  origin  is  worthy 
of  being  narrated  from  tradition,  is  that 
of  Attica.  The  first  king  of  this  coun- 
try is  said  by  some  to  have  been  Ogyges, 
whose  name,  however,  is  not  mentioned 
by  the  older  Greek  historians,  and  who 
is  conjectured  at  the  utmost  to  have  been 
only  the  leader  of  a  band  of  Boeotians, 
who,  having  been  driven  from  their  own 
country  by  an  inundation,  had  taken  re- 
fuge in  the  adjoining  districts  of  Attica. 
The  first,  at  least,  who  introduced  regu- 
lar government  and  the  arts  of  civiliza- 
tion among  the  Athenians,  was  Cecrops, 
the  leader  of  a  colony  from  Egypt,  who 
introduced  the  worship  of  the  goddess 
Athena,  or  Minerva  ;  and  thus  gave  a 
name,  if  not  also  a  beginning,  to  the  city 
of  Athens.  He  is  considered  as  the 
founder  of  the  celebrated  court  of  Areo- 
pagus ;  and,  in  consequence  of  his  wise 
institutions,  aided  by  the  natural  security 
of  the  country  from  invasion,  strangers 
were  attracted,  population  increased,  and 
civilization  made  more  rapid  progress 
than  in  any  other  province  of  Greece. 
Of  his  successors,  little  is  recorded  even 
by  tradition,  till  the  time  of  iEgeus,  con- 
temporary with  Minos,  king  of  Crete, 
and  the  father  of  the  renowned  Theseus, 
whose  romantic  history  bears  no  incon- 
siderable resemblance  to  that  of  the 
Gothic  knight-errants,  and  whose  wise 
measures  as  king  of  Athens  laid  the  foun- 
dation of  its  future  greatness.     By  the 


406 


GREECE. 


united  influence  of  persuasion  and  au- 
thority, he  consolidated,  in  one  well  re- 
gulated government,  the  independent  dis- 
tricts in  Attica,  and  endeavored  to  se- 
cure the  stability  of  his  improvements, 
by  procuring  the  approbation  of  the  Del- 
phic oracle.  Though  well  entitled,  by 
his  political  regulations,  to  be  ranked 
among  the  most  illustrious  patriots  of 
ancient  times,  he  is  nevertheless  repre- 
sented, in  his  future  history,  as  having 
forfeited  the  esteem  of  his  subjects,  and 
having  at  last  died  in  exile.  After  him 
the  sovereignty  of  Attica  was  held  by 
Menestheus,  a  descendant  of  the  royal 
family,  and  the  leader  of  the  Athenian 
troops  in  the  Trojan  war. 

These  petty  states,  each  of  which  was 
governed  by  its  respective  sovereign,  and 
all  of  them  independent  of  one  another, 
were  continually  at  war  among  them- 
selves, and  exposed  to  he  incursions  of 
foreign  barbarians.  To  obviate  these 
evils,  and  to  secure,  as  far  as  possible, 
the  general  tranquillity,  an  assembly  was 
formed  of  deputies  from  the  different 
countries  of  Greece,  whose  business  it 
was  to  decide  all  disputes  between  the 
states  of  which  the  association  was  com- 
posed, and  to  concert  measures  of  defence 
against  their  common  enemies.  This  was 
called  the  council  of  the  Amphictyons, 
from  its  supposed  founder  Amphictyon, 
one  of  the  sons  of  Deucalion,  and  king  of 
Attica ;  but  its  original  constitution,  and 
the  period  of  its  commencement,  cannot 
be  satisfactorily  ascertained.  It  is  sup- 
posed by  sir  Isaac  Newton  to  have  com- 
menced about  a  century  before  the  Trojan 
war.  Besides  its  primary  object  of  es- 
tablishing a  kind  of  national  law  among 
the  Greeks,  its  attention  was  principally 
occupied  in  managing  the  concerns  of 
the  Delphian  oracle.  But,  though  its 
decrees  were  respected,  its  power  was 
not  very  efficacious.  It  contributed  to 
restrain  the  violence  of  wars,  but  was  not 
able  to  prevent  their  frequent  occurrence. 
It  derived  its  greatest  consequence  from 
the  increasing  fame  of  the  oracle  at  Del- 
phi ;  and  the  superintendence  of  the 
religious  institutions  of  Greece  became 
ultimately  its  principal  office.  It  is 
not  mentioned  by  Homer ;  but  its  ex- 
istence seems  to  be  implied  in  the  ready 


union  of   the    Grecian    states    against 
Troy. 

Frequent  piratical  excursions  appear 
to  have  been  carried  on  between  the  in- 
habitants of  the  eastern  and  western 
coasts  of  the  ^Egean  sea ;  and  the  rape 
of  Helen  by  Paris,  the  son  of  Priam, 
may  be  considered,  according  to  Hero- 
dotus, as  an  act  of  retaliation  for  some 
similar  injury  received  from  the  Greeks 
by  the  Trojan  people.  An  outrage,  how- 
ever, so  nearly  affecting  one  of  the  great- 
est princes  of  Greece,  and  aggravated 
by  a  breach  of  the  rights  of  hospitality, 
was  considered  as  demanding  the  united 
vengeance  of  the  Grecian  chiefs ;  and 
the  hope  of  returning  home  enriched 
with  the  spoils  of  Asia,  presented  no 
small  incentive  to  the  expedition.  The 
extensive  influence  also  of  Agamemnon 
king  of  Argos,  and  brother  of  the  injured 
Menelaus,  urged  on  the  general  confed- 
eracy; and,  under  his  supreme  command, 
the  chosen  warriors  of  every  Grecian 
state,  from  the  southern  extremity  of 
Peloponhesus  to  the  northern  regions  of 
Thessaly,  assembled  at  the  port  of  Aulis 
in  Bceotia.  The  fleet,  consisting  of  1200 
open  vessels,  conveyed  to  the  Trojan 
coast  an  army  of  100,000  men,  who 
speedily  compelled  the  enemy  to  take 
refuge  within  the  walls  of  their  city  ;  but, 
unable  to  surmount  its  strong  and  well 
defended  fortifications,  they  attempted  its 
reduction  by  excluding  every  kind  of 
succor  and  supplies.  Obliged,  however, 
to  detach  large  bodies  from  their  army 
to  procure  subsistence  for  themselves, 
they  were  unable  to  prevent  the  Trojans 
from  again  taking  the  field,  and  receiving 
every  requisite  relief  to  their  wants.  In 
this  way  the  siege  was  prolonged  for  the 
space  often  years  :  and  even  at  the  last, 
the  house  of  Priam  was  not  overthrown 
without  the  aid  of  stratagem  and  treach- 
ery. But,  while  the  allied  Greeks  tri- 
umphed over  Troy,  it  was  to  each  of 
them  a  victory  dearly  purchased.  Few 
of  the  princes,  who  witnessed  the  suc- 
cessful termination  of  their  expedition, 
were  permitted  to  enjoy,  in  their  native 
country,  the  renown  and  repose  which 
their  exertions  had  earned ;  but,  having 
made  no  provision  for  the  administration 
of  their  affairs  during  their  absence,  were 


GREECE. 


407 


either  murdered  at  their  return  by  some 
usurper  of  their  power,  or  compelled  to 
re-embark  with  their  adherents,  in  quest 
of  distant  settlements.  The  Athenian 
state,  which  seems  to  have  made  the 
nearest  approach  to  a  settled  government, 
suffered  least  by  the  absence  of  the  com- 
mander of  their  army  ;  and  regular  mag- 
istrates supplied  the  place  of  their  chief. 
In  this  city,  Orestes,  the  son  of  Agamem- 
non, obtained  an  asylum  ;  and,  after  re- 
maining seven  years  in  exile,  found 
means  to  avenge  his  father's  death,  and 
to  recover  the  throne  of  Argos,  which  he 
held  with  great  power  and  reputation  till 
his  death. 

Here  terminates  the  history  contained 
in  the  vsTitings  of  Homer,  who  seems  to 
indicate,  that  the  concluding  events  which 
he  records  were  within  the  reach  of  his 
own  memory  ;  and  whose  works,  in  fact, 
contain  almost  the  only  materials  for  an 
account  of  the  heroic  age.  He  afibrds 
at  least  the  best  and  most  authentic  view 
of  the  political  and  domestic  state  of  the 
Greek  people,  during  the  period  which 
preceded  his  death ;  and  to  his  poems 
we  may  refer  for  a  description  of  the 
religion,  government,  arts,  and  manners 
of  the  early  Greeks.  The  ancient  Pe- 
lasgian  inhabitants  of  Greece  are  said  by 
Herodotus  to  have  prayed  and  sacrificed 
to  gods,  to  whom  they  gave  no  name  or 
distinguishing  appellation;  and  the  works 
of  Hesiod  still  more  clearly  prove  tkat 
they  drew  their  first  notions  on  the  sub- 
ject of  religion  from  Oriental  traditions. 
Their  future  system  of  polytheism  seems 
to  have  been  imported  by  the  Egyptian 
colonists  ;  but  to  the  principal  divinities 
thus  introduced,  their  own  lively  fancy 
soon  added  a  multitude  of  other  imagin- 1 
ary  beings,  presiding  over  every  mountain 
and  river,  every  season  and  production  ; 
and  these  were  arranged  by  Hesiod  and 
Homer  into  a  kind  of  system  of  the  most 
extravagant  and  inexplicable  description. 
There  is  neither  omnipotence  nor  omni- 
presence among  the  attributes  which  the 
last  mentioned  poet  ascribes  even  to  the 
father  of  the  gods  ;  neither  perfect  good- 
ness nor  perfect  happiness  in  the  heaven, 
which  he  assigns  as  their  residence. — 
An  incomprehensible  power,  denomina- 
ted Fate,  is  represented  as  directing  all 


events  ;  and  it  seems  to  have  been  the 
principal  office  of  Jupiter  to  superintend 
the  execution  of  its  decrees.  Idolatry, 
as  denoting  the  worship  of  visible  objects, 
was  at  this  period  unknown ;  and  even 
temples  appear  to  have  been  rare. — 
Prayers  were  addressed  as  to  invisible 
deities ;  and  sacrifices,  the  only  duty 
which  they  seem  to  have  been  considered 
as  expecting  from  their  worshippers, 
were  offered  upon  altars  erected  in  the 
open  air.  A  few  crimes  are  sometimes 
denounced  as  exposing  to  the  vengeance 
of  the  gods,  but  morality  in  general  finds 
very  little  support  in  the  religion  of  this 
period.  Soothsayers,  who  professed  to 
foresee  future  events,  were  sufficiently 
numerous  ;  but  fixed  oracles  had  not  yet 
attained  any  extensive  celebrity.  The 
salutary  doctrine  of  the  immortality  of 
the  soul,  and  a  future  state  of  rewards 
and  punishments,  was  taught  in  those 
days  ;  but  the  ridiculoiis  absurdities, 
with  which  it  was  clothed,  tended,  when 
men  had  learned  to  despise  the  fables,  to 
throw  contempt  also  upon  the  momentous 
truth  which  they  had  veiled.  The  form 
of  government  was  monarchical,  and  in 
some  degree  hereditary;  but  the  authority 
of  the  kings  was  extremely  limited,  and 
always  controlled  by  established  cus- 
toms. It  was  the  universal  prerogative 
of  the  prince  to  exercise  the  judicial 
power,  to  superintend  the  institutions  of 
religion,  to  command  the  armies,  and  to 
direct  the  ordinary  business  of  the  com- 
munity ;  but,  in  any  extraordinary  or  very 
important  measure,  he  was  required  to 
consult,  not  only  a  council  of  the  princi- 
pal men,  but  also  an  assembly  of  the 
people  ;  and  a  high  degree  of  personal 
strength  and  accomplishments  seems  to 
have  been  always  necessary  to  maintain 
his  authority. 

It  is  generally  admitted  that  letters 
were  introduced  into  Greece  from  Phos- 
nicia  by  Cadmus,  the  founder  of  Thebes, 
at  the  lowest  calculation,  1045  years  be- 
fore Christ ;  but  it  is  equally  ascertained, 
that  the  use  of  writing  had  not  become 
common  till  more  than  400  years  after 
his  time  ;  and  nothing,  in  the  whole  his- 
tory of  the  ancient  Greeks,  is  more 
difficult  to  be  explained  than  the  high 
state  of  excellence,  which  the  language 


408 


GREECE. 


had  attained  in  the  days  of  Hesiod  and 
Homer,  while  so  Uttle  of  it  could  have 
been  reduced  to  Meriting.  In  the  absence 
of  letters,  poetry  seems  to  have  been  in- 
vented, or  at  least  to  have  been  originally 
employed  for  the  assistance  of  memory. 
Laws,  among  the  early  Greeks,  were 
always  promulgated  in  verse,  and  fre- 
quently sung  in  public.  Morality  was 
taught,  and  history  related  in  the  same 
manner.  All,  who  wished  either  to  in- 
struct or  amuse  their  fellow-citizens, 
were  thus  necessarily  poets  ;  and  they 
who  possessed  so  important  a  talent, 
were  considered  as  sacred  characters, 
favored  and  inspired  by  the  gods.  The 
first  poetry  of  the  Greeks  was  uniformly 
accompanied  with  music,  and  both  string- 
ed and  wind  instruments  are  mentioned 
by  Homer.  But  there  are  no  means  of 
ascertaining  its  peculiar  features  ;  and, 
however  powerful  may  have  been  its  ef- 
fects, it  appears  to  have  been  extremely 
simple  and  inartificial  in  its  composition. 
Their  agriculture  appears  to  have  been 
carried  on  with  considerable  regularity  ; 
and  the  practice  of  manuring,  as  well  as 
ploughing  and  sowing,  is  expressly  men- 
tioned by  Homer.  Wine  was  made  from 
the  vine,  and  oil  from  the  olive  ;  but  the 
principal  source  of  wealth  was  found  in 
pasturage ;  and  cattle  were  made,  in  place 
of  coin,  the  usual  measure  of  the  value 
of  commodities.  Commerce  was  chiefly 
carried  on  by  an  exchange  of  articles  ; 
and  the  foreign  trade  of  the  Grecian  cities 
was  principally  in  the  hands  of  the  Phoe- 
nicians. There  were  Greeks,  indeed, 
in  the  days  of  Homer,  who  pursued  a 
kind  of  coasting  traffic  among  them- 
selves ;  but  the  profession  of  a  merchant 
for  gain  was  not  held  in  much  estimation, 
and  was  less  respected  than  even  that  of 
pirate.  Their  navigation  was  very  im- 
perfect ;  and  they  used  oars  more  fre- 
quently than  sails.  Their  ships  had  no 
decks  ;  and  the  largest  that  went  to  Troy, 
contained  only  120  men.  Anchors  were 
unknown ;  and  the  vessels,  when  in 
port,  were  either  moored  to  large  stones 
on  the  shore,  or  were  actually  drawn  out 
of  the  water  upon  the  beach.  The  early 
Greeks,  in  short,  were  rather  boatmen 
than  seamen ;  and,  indeed,  to  this  day, 
the  skill  of  the  navigator  is  of  little  avail 


in  their  narrow  and  tempestuous  seas. 
They  had  little  knowledge  of  astronomy ; 
and  marked  the  length  of  the  year  by 
twelve  revolutions  of  the  moon,  reckon- 
ing the  months  to  consist  of  twenty-nine 
and  thirty  days  alternately.  But,  in 
progress  of  time,  they  learned  to  fix  the 
seasons  more  correctly  by  the  rising  and 
setting  of  the  stars ;  and  had  arranged 
them  in  constellations,  much  in  the  same 
manner,  and  with  the  same  names  as  at 
the  present  day.  They  considered  in- 
ternal diseases  as  inflicted  by  the  imme- 
diate hand  of  the  Deity,  and  as  therefore 
beyond  the  reach  of  human  skill.  Their 
medical  art  was  thus  restricted  to  the 
practice  of  surgery,  which  was  held  in 
high  esteem ;  but  which  seems  to  haA'e 
extended  no  farther  than  the  extraction 
of  a  weapon,  or  any  other  extraneous 
body,  from  a  wound,  and  the  application 
of  a  few  simples  to  stop  a  hcemorrhage, 
or  to  assuage  inflammation.  Their  archi- 
tecture was  more  improved  than  most 
other  arts  ;  and  Homer  speaks  of  houses 
built  of  polished  stone,  with  large  and 
numerous  apartments.  Other  mechanic 
arts  were  not  exercised  as  distinct  trades  ; 
and  even  princes  were  frequently  their 
own  carpenters.  Ornamental  works, 
however,  in  metals,  wood,  &c,  were  not 
uncommon  in  those  days  ;  but  the  greater 
part  of  the  trinkets  and  more  luxurious 
utensil's  in  use  among  the  early  Greeks 
appear  to  have  been  procured  from  the 
Phoenician  merchants.  Their  principal 
study,  and  most  constant  practice,  was 
the  art  of  war ;  and  they  seem  to  have 
improved  considerably  upon  that  tumult- 
uary warfare,  which  is  generally  prac- 
tised among  barbarous  nations.  Their 
infantry  were  commonly  heavily  armed 
with  helmet,  breastplates,  greaves,  and 
shield  ;  and  were  regularly  drawn  up  in 
close  ranks  or  phalanxes,  marching  in 
steady  silence  under  their  respective 
leaders.  Cavalry  were  not  yet  employ- 
ed in  their  battles  ;  but  chariots  were 
generally  used  by  the  chiefs,  as  the 
means  of  conveying  them  more  rapidly 
along  the  line,  and  of  annoying  more 
eflTectually  a  flying  army.  The  skirmish- 
ing of  the  commanders,  however,  in  front 
of  the  troops,  and  their  mixing  with  the 
soldiers  in  the  heat  of  the  fight,  left  little 


GREECE. 


409 


room  for  the  exercise  of  generalship ; 
and  their  fashion  of  stopping  in  the  midst 
of  the  action  to  strip  the  slain,  sufficient- 
ly marks  their  want  of  military  discipline 
and  skill.  They  encamped  with  much 
regularity,  sleeping  under  their  cloaks, 
or  sheltering  themselves  with  huts  ;  and 
generally  fortified  their  post,  when  ex- 
posed to  the  attack  of  a  powerful  enemy; 
but,  though  a  small  guard  might  be  pla- 
ced at  an  outpost,  they  were  unacquaint- 
ed with  the  important  precaution  of 
stationing  and  relieving  a  line  of  sentinels. 
In  the  frequency  of  war,  courage  was 
regarded  as  the  highest  virtue  ;  and  the 
manners  of  the  early  Greeks  were  deci- 
dedly barbarous.  Quarter  was  rarely 
granted  to  a  fallen  enemy  ;  and  the  cap- 
ture of  a  city  was  succeeded  by  the 
massacre  of  all  the  men  who  were  able 
to  bear  arms,  and  by  the  captivity  of  the 
women  and  children.  The  spirit  of  hos- 
pitality, however,  was  generally  diffused, 
and  tended  often  to  alleviate  the  miseries 
of  military  devastation.  Women  appear, 
as  well  as  men,  to  have  united  the  high- 
est rank  with  the  humblest  occupations, 
but  evidently  enjoyed  a  greater  degree  of 
influence  and  freedom,  than  has  been 
usual  in  subsequent  ages  among  oriental 
nations.  There  has  been  supposed  to 
exist,  a  striking  resemblance  between 
the  manners  and  sentiments  of  the 
Greeks  in  the  heroic  age,  and  those  of 
the  Gothic  nations  of  Europe,  except 
that  the  latter  displayed  more  generosity 
in  war,  and  gentleness  towards  the  fe- 
male sex,  than  their  ancient  prototypes. 
The  period  immediately  succeeding 
the  Trojan  war,  affords  few  lights  to  his- 
tory, and  is  even  involved  in  deeper  ob- 
scurity than  the  heroic  age.  Supposing 
Homer  to  have  lived  within  half  a  century 
of  the  Trojan  war,  his  works  maybe  allow- 
ed to  supply  a  tolerable  record  of  the 
previous  events  best  authenticated  by 
tradition,  and  of  the  most  important  oc- 
currences which  took  place  during  his 
own  life.  His  history  terminates  with 
the  accession  of  Orestes  to  the  throne  of 
Argos  ;  and  total  darkness  thenceforth 
rests  upon  the  historian's  path,  relieved 
only  by  a  few  uncertain  glimmerings,  till 
the  first  Persian  invasion  of  Greece. 
About  80  years  after  the  destruction  of 
52 


Troy,  a  great  revolution  took  place, 
which  dissipated  ancient  traditions,  stop- 
ped the  progress  of  civilization,  and 
changed  the  governments,  and  even  the 
population,  of  most  of  the  Grecian  states. 
The  descendants  and  partizans  of  the 
celebrated  Hercules  had  found  a  refuge 
in  Doris  from  the  persecutions  of  Eurys- 
theus  ;  but  had  never  ceased  to  prefer 
their  claims  to  the  kingdom  of  Argos,  and 
even  to  the  dominion  of  all  Peloponnesus, 
Twice  had  they  attempted,  without  suc- 
cess, to  make  their  way  through  the  isth- 
mus. But  at  length,  the  great  grandson  of 
Hyllus,  the  oldest  son  of  Hercules,  cross- 
ed the  Corinthian  gulf  with  a  powerful 
armament,  and  speedily  overran  the  whole 
peninsula,  with  the  exception  of  Arcadia 
and  Achaia,  where  Tisamenus,  son  of 
Orestes,  made  a  resolute  and  successful 
stand.  All  the  rest  of  the  conquered 
country  was  divided  among  the  princes 
of  the  Heraclides,  and  their  allies  from 
Doris  and  iEtolia  ;  and  the  greater  part 
of  the  old  inhabitants  either  emigrated 
from  the  oppressions  to  which  they  were 
subjected,  or  were  reduced  by  the  inva- 
ders to  a  state  of  servitude.  A  new  dis- 
tinction of  the  Grecian  people  was  the 
consequence  of  tliis  revolution. 

The  Pelasgian  name,  which  had  pre- 
vailed on  the  continent,  and  the  Lelegian 
in  the  islands,  had,  at  an  early  period  but 
for  reasons  not  clearly  ascertained,  given 
place  to  the  -^Eolian  and  Ionian  ;  the  lat- 
ter designation  being  applied  principally 
to  Attica  with  its  colonies,  and  the  former 
to  all  the  rest  of  Greece,  both  within  and 
without  the  peninsula.  Out  of  these  two 
four  distinctions  of  the  Grecian  people 
arose,  after  the  irruption  of  the  Heracli- 
des. In  all  the  immediate  establishments 
and  distant  colonies  of  these  invaders, 
the  Doric  name  and  dialect  prevailed. 
The  Athenians  rose  to  such  pre-eminence, 
as  to  give  rise  to  a  new  designation, 
namely,  the  Attic.  Excepting  them  and 
the  Megarians,  who  retained  the  Doric 
name,  all  the  other  Greeks,  without  the 
isthmus,  claimed  ^'Eolic  origin  ;  and  the 
Ionian  name  and  dialect  was  retained 
only  by  those  lonians  who  had  migrated 
to  Asia  and  the  Islands.  Except  in  the 
rugged  province  of  Arcadia,  nothing  re- 
mained unaltered  :  and  the  Dorian  inva- 


410 


GREECE. 


ders  brought  every  thing  back  to  that 
ruder  state,  in  which  they  had  lived 
among  their  native  mountains.  Disputes 
soon  arose  among  these  allied  princes, 
respecting  the  partition  of  the  conquered 
countries.  Internal  dissensions,  occa- 
sioned by  their  turbulent  subjects,  were 
continually  raging  in  their  respective 
governments.  The  enterprising  Arca- 
dians seldom  suffered  them  to  rest  from 
external  hostilities.  And,  by  all  these 
concurring  causes,  Peloponnesus  was 
rapidly  falling  back  into  that  state  of  an- 
archy and  barljarisni,  in  which  it  had  been 
before  the  time  of  Pelops  and  Hercules. 
Nothing  tended  so  effectually  to  resist 
this  tendency  to  disunion  and  turbulence, 
as  the  revival  and  regular  establishment 
of  the  public  games,  by  Iphitus,  sovereign 
of  Elis.  These  athletic  games,  as  is 
evident  from  the  writings  of  Homer,  had 
been  occasionally  celebrated,  under  the 
superintendance  of  different  princes  ;  and 
at  the  funerals  of  eminent  men,  many 
traditions  prevailed,  that  Eleia  and  Pelo- 
ponnesus had  frequently  been  the  chosen 
scene  of  these  contests,  and  the  resort  of 
princes  from  various  parts  of  Greece. 
Iphitus,  therefore,  having  procured  a  fa- 
vorable response  from  the  oracle  at  Del- 
phi, established  a  regular  festival  for  that 
purpose,  to  be  held  every  four  years  at 
Olympia,  in  the  territory  of  Elis.  Solemn 
sacrifices  were  to  be  offered  to  Jupiter 
and  Hercules,  and  games  celebrated  in 
honor  of  these  divinities.  In  these  games, 
all  Greeks  were  free  to  partake  ;  and  for 
a  certain  period,  before  their  commence- 
ment, as  well  as  after  their  conclusion, 
a  general  annistice  was  ordained  to  take 
place.  The  territory  of  Eleia,  particu- 
larly, was  to  be  at  all  times  counted  sa- 
cred, and  secured  from  every  hostile  en- 
croachment. This  Olympian  meeting, 
instituted  about  half  a  century  after  the 
return  of  the  Heraclides,  served  as  a 
common  capital  to  the  Grecian  people, 
and  contributed  more  effectually  than 
could  possibly  have  been  anticipated,  to 
the  advancement  of  arts,  science,  and 
civilization,  in  all  the  different  states. 
A  general  revolution  in  the  government 
of  every  state,  began  about  the  same  pe- 
riod to  take  place,  from  causes  very  im- 
perfectly known.    The  republican  spirit, 


which  seems  to  have  existed  in  all  of 
them,  even  under  their  early  monarchical 
constitutions,  acquired  so  much  strength, 
that,  in  a  few  ages,  monarchy  was  every 
where  abolished,  and  the  name  of  tyrant 
applied  to  all  Avho  attempted  its  support, 
even  under  the  mildest  form. 

In  the  reign  of  Darius,  the  son  of  Hys- 
taspes,  the  power  of  the  Persian  arms 
was  extended  on  every  side  of  that  vast 
empire.  All  was  subdued  to  the  west, 
as  far  as  Macedonia.  Amyntas,  the  king 
of  that  country,  acknowledged  subjection 
to  the  Persian  monarch ;  and  the  Gre- 
cian isles  soon  began  to  feel  his  ambi- 
tious and  overwhelming  influence.  Cy- 
prus, Samos,  Lesbos,  Chios,  and  most 
other  islands  on  the  Asiatic  coast,  were 
either  persuaded  or  compelled  to  admit 
his  supremacy.  Most  of  them,  accord- 
ing to  the  uniform  policy  of  the  Persians, 
were  nevertheless  allowed  to  retain  their 
own  magistrates  and  laws.  One  of  their 
own  nation  was  appointed  to  preside  as 
governor  ;  and  this  person,  whatever  was 
his  personal  character,  was  always,  from 
his  official  situation,  denominated  Tyrant 
by  the  Greeks.  Athens  itself,  hard  press- 
ed by  the  powerful  alliance  Avhich  the  La- 
cedemonians had  formed  against  them, 
had  begun  to  solicit  the  protecting  aid  of 
Persia ;  but  Artaphernes,  satrap  at  Sar- 
dis,  having  patronised  the  pretensions  of 
the  tyrant  Hippias,  whom  they  had  driven 
from  his  power,  they  were  filled  with  de- 
testation of  the  Persian  name,  and  the 
more  readily  consented  to  assist  the  lo- 
nians  in  Asia,  who  had  revolted  against 
the  authority  of  Darius.  These,  how- 
ever, were  speedily  reduced  ;  and  the 
Persian  monarch,  in  order  to  punish 
Athens  and  Eretria,  who  had  given  aid 
to  the  insurgent  states  of  Asia,  or  rather 
prosecution  of  his  ambitious  views  for 
the  enlargement  of  his  dominions,  sent 
a  powerful  army  into  Greece,  under  the 
command  of  his  son-in-law  Mardonius. 
Darius  had  previously  despatched  he- 
ralds to  each  of  the  Grecian  States, 
demanding  earth  and  water  as  an  ac- 
knowledgment of  his  supremacy  ;  and, 
if  wholly  independent  of  each  other,  the 
greater  part  would  probably  have  soon 
submitted  to  the  Asiatic  yoke.  But,  hap- 
pily for  Greece  its  little  commonwealths 


GREECE. 


411 


were  at  that  time  so  united  together  by 
reciprocal  treaties  and  obligations,  and 
especially  by  a  formal  confederacy  under 
the  Lacedemonians,  that  a  kind  of  gen- 
eral tribunal  existed  for  the  punishment 
of  treachery  or  cowardice,  which  enabled 
them,  in  a  great  measure,  to  act  as  one 
nation.  Macedonia,  which  had  formerly 
paid  homage,  was  more  effectually  sub- 
dued, and  compelled  to  pay  tribute  to  the 
Persian  king.  Thebes,  by  the  influence 
of  a  faction,  and  a  few  other  cities,  par- 
ticularly iEgina,  made  submission  to  his 
demands ;  but  the  Lacedemonians  and 
Athenians  were  so  indignant  at  the  requi- 
sition of  Persia,  that,  forgetting  the  law 
of  nations  and  of  humanity,  they  put  the 
heralds  to  death  with  the  utmost  ignominy 
and  barbarity.  The  Athenians,  who  had 
been  at  war  with  the  ^gineiae,  and  were 
thus  the  more  excited  to  adopt  opposite 
measures  to  their  hostile  neighbors,  ac- 
cused them  at  Sparta  of  desertion  from 
the  common  cause  of  Greece  ;  and  the 
chief  persons  of  that  state  were  instantly 
ordered  to  be  seized  as  traitors  to  their 
country.  Little  progress  was  made  by 
the  invading  army.  The  Persian  fleet 
lost  nearly  three  hundred  vessels  by  a 
storm  in  doubling  the  promontory  of 
Athos ;  and  the  land  forces  suffered  so 
severely  from  the  Brygians,  a  people  of 
Thrace,  that  the  season  for  military  oper- 
ations was  lost,  and  the  whole  armament 
was  led  back  to  winter  in  Asia.  A  se- 
cond army,  under  the  command  of  Ar- 
taphernes,  son  of  the  late  satrap  of  that 
name,  and  of  Datis,  a  Median  nobleman, 
avoiding  the  circuitous  march  by  Thrace 
and  Macedonia,  sailed  from  Cilicia  in 
a  numerous  fleet,  reduced  every  island 
and  appurtenance  of  Greece  in  their  way, 
and  approached  the  frontiers  of  Attica, 
with  the  exiled  tyrant  Hippias  as  their 
guide,  before  any  measures  had  been  con- 
certed by  the  Greeks  for  the  general 
security. 

A  messenger  was  now  despatched  from 
the  Athenians  to  Sparta,  with  the  intelli- 
gence of  the  capture  of  Erelria,  and,  at 
the  same  time,  with  a  request  for  assist- 
ance to  themselves.  The  Lacedemonians 
readily  promised  their  utmost  aid  ;  but,  in  ' 
conformity  to  a  superstitious  law,  unwor- 
thy of  their  boasted  political   wisdom,  j 


declared  that  they  could  not  take  the  field 
before  the  full  moon,  of  which  it  then 
wanted  five  days.  Lnmediate  assistance 
from  Sparta  being  thus  denied,  it  became 
a  question  with  the  ten  generals,  whom 
the  Athenians  had  chosen  to  command 
their  army,  whether  they  should  venture 
to  meet  the  enemy  in  the  field,  or  apply 
their  whole  exertions  to  prepare  for  a 
siege.  Opinions  were  equally  divided, 
and  the  decision  was,  by  ancient  custom, 
referred  to  the  polemarch  Archon,  who 
was  persuaded  by  Miltiades  to  recom- 
mend an  immediate  engagement ;  a  mea- 
sure obviously  contrary  to  all  principles 
of  defensive  war,  but  rendered  necessa- 
ry by  the  dread  of  internal  factions  in 
the  city.  The  Persian  army,  amounting, 
according  to  the  lowest  calculation,  to 
100,000  infantry,  and  10,000  cavalry, 
accustomed  to  conquer,  and  having  fre- 
quently engaged  the  Greeks  of  Asia  and 
Cyprus,  advanced  with  confidence  as  to 
certain  victory.  The  amount  of  the 
Athenian  force  has  been  stated  as  low  as 
9,000  heavy-armed  infantry,  and  1,000 
Plataeans,  who  had  bravely  hastened  to 
share  the  desperate  struggle  for  the  free- 
dom of  their  country.  Various  consid- 
erations, however,  make  it  probable,  that 
the  regular  Grecian  troops,  now  opposed 
to  the  Persians,  were  not  much  less  than 
20,000,  with  about  an  equal  number  of 
armed  slaves.  With  this  army,  still  fear- 
fully inferior  to  the  invading  host,  the 
genius  of  Miltiades,  who  was  well  ac- 
quainted with  the  nature  of  the  Persian 
troops  seconded  by  the  determined  brave- 
ry of  his  soldiers,  gained,  on  the  plain  of 
Marathon,  a  most  decisive  victory,  and 
drove  the  routed  Persians  to  their  ships 
with  great  slaughter.  But  this  distin- 
guished commander,  having  failed  in  a 
subsequent  expedition  against  the  iEgean 
islands,  which  had  submitted  to  the  Per- 
sians, was,  by  the  base  machinations  of 
party  spirit,  condemned  to  pay  a  fine  of 
fifty  talents,  and  died  in  prison  of  the 
wounds  which  he  had  received. 

The  death  of  Darius,  the  revolt  of 
Egypt,  and  the  disputes  which  arose 
about  the  right  of  succession  to  the  throne 
of  Persia,  procured  to  the  Greeks  a  re- 
spite of  several  years  from  any  farther 
attempts  against  their  independence.    But 


412 


GREECE 


Xerxes,  the  young  Persian  monarch,  was 
sufficiently  ardent  to  revenge  the  disgrace 
which  the  arms  of  his  nation  had  sus- 
tained, and  to  prosecute  those  schemes 
of  conquest  which  his  predecessors  had 
planned.  Four  years  are  said  to  have 
been  employed  in  preparations  for  the 
punishment  of  Athens,  and  the  reduction 
of  Greece ;  and  an  army  was  collected, 
more  numerous  than  had  ever  before,  or 
than  has  ever  since,  been  known  in  the 
annals  of  the  world.  To  prevent  the  dis- 
asters, which  might  attend  the  convey- 
ance of  armament  by  sea,  as  well  as  to 
provide  for  the  future  security  of  the  in- 
tended conquest,  a  canal,  navigable  for 
the  largest  gallies,  was,  (according  to  the 
united  testimony  of  all  the  Greek  histo- 
rians and  geographers,)  actually  formed 
across  the  isthmus,  which  joins  mount 
Athos  to  the  continent  of  Thrace.  Two 
bridges  of  boats  also,  the  one  to  withstand 
the  winds  and  the  other  the  current,  were 
extended  across  the  Hellespont  nearly 
between  Abydos  and  Sestos,  where  the 
strait  is  about  seven  furlongs  in  breadth. 
Early  in  the  spring,  the  army  moved  from 
Sardis,  the  principal  place  of  rendezvous ; 
and  seven  days  and  nights  are  said  to 
have  been  occupied  in  passing  the  bridges 
of  the  Hellespont.  The  land  and  sea 
forces  met  at  Doriscus,  near  the  mouth 
of  the  Hebrus,  where,  according  to  Hero- 
dotus., the  Persian  monarch  reviewed  his 
enormous  army,  which  is  said  to  have 
been  composed  of  twenty-nine  different 
nations.  This  historian  estimates  the 
effective  strength  of  the  infantry  at 
1,700,000  fighting  men,  and  the  cavalry 
at  80,000,  exclusive  of  attendants  and  fol- 
lowers, whose  number  defied  calculation. 
The  fleet  consisted  of  1 ,207  galleys  of 
war,  carrying  about  277,600  men ;  be- 
sides transports,  store-ships,  and  a  variety 
of  smaller  vessels,  amounting,  at  a  gross 
calculation,  to  3,000,  and  their  crews  to 
240,000.  The  land  forces  marched  from 
Doriscus  in  three  columns,  every  where 
adding  to  their  numbers,  by  compelling 
the  youth  of  the  countries  through  which 
they  passed,  to  follow  their  standards. 
They  met  again  at  Acanthus,  where  they 
were  joined  by  the  fleet,  which  then  pro- 
ceeded through  the  canal  of  Athos,  into 
the  bay  of  Therme,   where  the  whole 


army  coming  up,  formed  an  encampment, 
extending  from  Therme  and  the  borders 
of  Mygdonia  to  the  river  Haliacmon,  near 
the  confines  of  Thessaly.  The  Greeks, 
in  the  mean  time,  were  slow  in  concert- 
ing any  measures  for  their  common  de- 
fence ;  and  many  of  the  smaller  republics 
readily  made  the  required  submission  to 
the  Persian  monarch,  whose  sway  had 
been  experienced  by  many  Grecian  states 
to  be  much  less  oppressive  than  that  of 
the  domineering  rule  of  the  Spartan  oli- 
garchy, to  which  the  greater  part  of  them 
had  long  been  subjected.  The  deter- 
mined resistance  of  the  Athenian  people 
first  arrested  the  progress  of  the  Asiatic 
host;  and  to  them  chiefly  belongs  the 
honor  of  having  preserved  Greece  from 
a  foreign  yoke.  To  this  daring  resolu- 
tion they  were  prompted,  not  entirely  by 
the  love  of  freedom,  but  by  the  dread  of 
certain  punishment.  The  whole  arma- 
ment was  ostensibly  prepared  for  their 
destruction,  and  their  courage  therefore 
was  nearly  that  of  despair.  Their  suc- 
cess at  Marathon  may  have  thrown  a  ray 
of  hope  through  the  gloomy  prospect  be- 
fore them  ;  and,  at  this  critical  moment, 
they  happily  possessed  in  Themistocles 
a  leader  of  extraordinary  talents,  pecu- 
liarly fitted  for  conducting  the  arduous 
contest.  Deputies  from  the  confederated 
states  at  length  assembled  at  Corinth,  to 
consult  respecting  the  conduct  of  the  war; 
and  an  attempt  was  at  first  made  to  defend 
the  passes  into  Thessaly.  An  army  of 
10,000  men  from  the  different  states, 
joined  by  all  the  Thessalian  cavalry,  was 
actually  sent  to  occupy  the  vale  of  Tempe ; 
and  was  competent  to  have  defended  the 
pass  against  any  number  of  assailants. 
But  the  Grecian  leaders,  alarmed  by  the 
accounts  which  they  received  ol'  the  mul- 
titude of  their  invaders,  and  understand- 
ing that  there  was  another  opening  into 
Thessaly,  which  they  did  not  think  them- 
selves strong  enough  to  occupy,  were 
struck  with  a  sudden  panic,  and,  embark- 
ing their  troops,  returned  to  the  Corin- 
thian isthmus;  while  the  Thessalians, 
now  left  to  their  fate,  made  an  immediate 
submission  to  the  demands  of  Xerxes. 
It  was  next  resolved  to  make  a  stand  at 
the  pass  of  Thermopylae,  which  afforded 
every  possible  advantage  to  an  inferior 


GREECE. 


413 


Leonidas  with  the  Spartan  band  at  Therviojnjla . 


force;  but  their  mutual  jealousies  and 
selfish  anxiety  to  reserve  their  strength 
for  their  proper  defence,  prevented  the 
assembling  of  a  sufhcient  body  of  troops  ; 
and  not  more  than  4000  men,  most  of 
them  Arcadian  mountaineers,  were  col- 
lected to  dispute  the  passage  with  the 
whole  Persian  army. 

Xerxes  having  halted  several  days  at 
Therme,  to  procure  proper  intelligence 
and  guides,  resolved  to  proceed  by  Up- 
per Macedonia  into  Thessaly,  and  reach- 
ed the  neighborhood  of  Thermopylae 
without  opposition.  His  fleet  after  suf- 
fering an  immense  loss  by  a  storm  in  the 
bay  of  Caslhan?e,  entered  the  Pelasgian 
gulf ;  and  the  Grecian  fleet,  which  was 
stationed  off  Artemisium  to  support  the 
army  at  Thermopylse,  succeeded  in  cap- 
turing fifteen  galleys,  which  had  been 
dispersed  by  the  tempest.  This  favora- 
ble event  at  once  revived  their  spirits, 
and  added  greatly  to  the  strength  of  their 
little  navy.  Xerxes,  in  the  mean  time, 
having  fixed  his  head  quarters  at  the 
town  of  Traches,  in  the  Malian  plain, 
waited  for  four  days,  in  expectation  that 
the  Greeks  would  yield  to  his  numbers, 
and  leave  him  an  uninterrupted  passage. 
A  herald  also  was  despatched  to  Leoni- 


das, who  commanded  at  Thermopylae, 
requiring  him  to  deliver  up  his  arms  ;  to 
whom  the  Spartan  replied,  with  laconic 
brevity,  "  Come  and  talce  them."  The 
Persian  monarch,  therefore,  on  the  fifth 
day,  ordered  the  Medes  and  Cissians  of 
his  army  to  bring  Leonidas  and  his  Greeks 
into  his  presence.  These  being  quickly 
repulsed,  the  Persian  guards, called  "the 
immortal  band,"  were  marched  to  the  at- 
tack. Their  numbers  were  unavailing 
on  so  a  narrow  a  field  ;  their  short  spears 
were  very  inferior  in  close  fight  to  the 
longer  weapons  of  the  Greeks  ;  and  their 
repeated  and  courageous  efforts,  to  which 
Herodotus  bears  ample  testimony,  made 
no  impression.  The  assault  was  renew- 
ed on  the  following  day,  in  hopes  that 
wounds  and  fatigue  might  exhaust  the 
little  army  of  the  Greeks  ;  but  still  with- 
out the  smallest  prospect  of  success.  A 
Persian  detachment,  however,  having 
penetrated  during  the  night  by  another 
pass,  and  surprised  the  Phocians,  who 
had  been  intrusted  with  its  defence, 
showed  themselves,  on  the  morning  of 
the  third  day,  far  in  the  rear  of  the  Gre- 
cian army.  Information  of  this  fatal  ad- 
vantage being  conveyed  to  Leonidas,  it 
was  immediately  resolved  that  they  should 


414 


GREECE, 


all  retreat  to  their  respectivfe  cities,  and 
preserve  their  lives  for  the  future  wants 
of  their  country.  Leonidas,  however, 
in  obedience  to  a  law  of  Sparta,  which 
forbade  its  soldiers,  under  whatever  dis- 
advantage, to  flee  from  an  enemy,  re- 
solved to  devote  his  life  to  the  honor  and 
service  of  his  country.  Animated  by  his 
example,  every  Lacedemonian  and  Thes- 
pian under  his  command,  determined  with 
him  to  abide  the  event.  The  Thebans 
also,  on  account  of  the  disaffection  of 
their  city  to  the  Grecian  cause,  were  de- 
tained, rather  indeed  as  hostages  than  as 
auxiliaries.*  Leonidas  stationed  his  lit- 
tle band  at  the  wall  of  Thermopylae, 
where  the  pass  was  scarcely  50  feet 
wide  ;  and  all  of  them  resolved  to  sell 
their  lives  to  the  enemy  at  the  dearest 
rate.  With  the  fury  of  men  resolved  to 
die,  they  rushed  against  the  advance  of 
the  Persian  army,  and  made  a  dreadful 
slaughter  of  the  crowded  and  ill-discip- 
lined multitude.  Numbers  of  them  were 
forced  into  the  sea,  and  many  of  them 
expired  under  the  pressure  of  their  own 
people.  Leonidas  fell  early  in  the  fight, 
at  the  head  of  his  troops  ;  but  the  en- 
gagement was  continued,  with  advantage 
to  the  Greeks,  till  the  Persian  detach- 
ment came  in  sight  of  their  rear.  They 
then  retreated  to  the  narrowest  part  of 
the  pass,  where  the  Thebans  began  to 
sue  for  mercy,  and  were  most  of  them 
taken  prisoners.  The  surviving  Lacede- 
monians and  Thespians  gained  a  little 
rising  ground,  where  they  fought  in  the 
midst  of  a  surrounding  host,  till  they 
were  utterly  cut  to  pieces.  In  the  con- 
duct of  the  Spartan  prince,  there  was 
wisdom  as  well  as  magnanimity.  His 
example  checked  the  disposition  which 
prevailed  among  the  Greeks,  to  shrink 
from  the  Persian  power  ;  and  gave  a 
convincing  proof  to  the  invaders,  at  how 
vast  a  price  of  blood  they  would  purchase 
their  conquest.  During  the  transactions 
at  Thermopylae,  the  Grecian  fleet  gained 
several  advantages  over  that  of  the  Per- 
sians ;  and  about  two  hundred  galleys  of 
the  latter,  attempting  to  take  the  Greeks 
in  the  rear  by  sailing  round  Euboea,  were 


*  In  the  army  at  Thermopylae  there  were  ori- 
ginally 300  Lacedemonians,  700  Thespians,  and 
400  Thebans. 


totally  lost  in  a  storm.  Having  received 
intelligence  of  the  fall  of  Leonidas,  and 
the  retreat  of  the  rest  of  the  army,  the 
Grecian  fleet  retreated  from  Artemisium, 
and  sought  the  interior  seas  of  Greece. 

The  Persian  army  experienced  no  op- 
position in  their  march  through  Doris  and 
Boeotia,  which,  excepting  the  cities  of 
Thespiae  and  Plataea,  had  always  been 
adverse  to  the  confederacy  of  the  Greeks. 
Phocis  alone,  of  all  the  provinces  be- 
tween Thessaly  and  the  Isthmus,  remain- 
ed faithful  to  the  cause  of  the  Grecian 
independence.  Its  territories,  therefore, 
were  ravaged  without  mercy  by  detach- 
ments of  the  enemy ;  while  the  main 
body  advanced  in  a  direct  course  to  the 
devoted  city  of  Athens.  The  Pelopon- 
nesian  troops  having  resolved  to  confine 
their  operations  to  the  defence  of  the 
peninsula,  Attica  was  completely  aban- 
doned to  the  whole  weight  of  the  invad- 
ing host.  Athens  was  filled  with  alarm, 
and  all  were  convinced  that  their  destruc- 
tion was  inevitable.  The  oracle  at  Del- 
phi, however,  having  recently  pronounc- 
ed, that  "  the  wooden  wall"  alone  would 
afford  an  impregnable  refuge  to  them- 
selves and  their  children,  Themistocles, 
who  had  probably  himself  suggested  the 
response,  persuaded  his  countrymen  that 
they  were  thus  directed  to  embark  on 
board  their  fleet.  Their  families  and  ef- 
fects were  in  conformity  to  his  advice, 
immediately  transported  to  Salamis,  iEgi- 
na,  and  Trsezene  ;  and  all  the  males  who 
were  able  to  bear  arms  repaired  to  the 
ships.  A  few  of  the  poorer  citizens,  who 
were  unable  to  bear  the  expense  of  a  re- 
moval, and  some  others,  who  conceived 
the  answer  of  the  oracle  to  point  out 
their  citadel,  which  is  built  of  wood,  as 
the  place  of  safety,  refused  to  abandon 
the  city.  The  Persian  army,  advancing 
from  Thebes,  burned  the  forsaken  cities 
of  Thespiae  and  Plataja  ;  and  experien- 
ced no  resistance  till  they  reached  the 
citadel  of  Athens,  which  was  immediate- 
ly invested  ;  and,  being  taken  by  assault, 
all  within  its  gates  were  put  to  the  sword. 
The  commanders  of  the  Grecian  fleet, 
which  was  now  assembled  in  the  bay  of 
Salamis,  alarmed  by  the  intelligence  of 
the  fall  of  Athens,  had  resolved  in  a 
council  of  war  to  retreat  without  delay, 


GREECE. 


415 


when  Themistocles,  addressing  Eurybi- 
atles  the  Lacedemonian,  who  had  the 
chief  command,  threatened,  if  such  a  re- 
solution were  adopted,  to  withdraw  the 
whole  of  the  Athenian  ships,  which  com- 
posed nearly  one-half  of  the  allied  fleet, 
and  either  to  make  peace  with  the  ene- 
my, or  seek  some  distant  settlement  for 
his  deserted  people.  His  advice  prevail- 
ed, and  it  was  determined  to  await  the 
approach  of  the  enemy  in  the  straits  of 
Salamis.  This  Athenian  chief,  however, 
still  fearful  lest  some  of  the  squadrons 
should  depart,  is  said  to  have  accelerated 
the  approach  of  the  Persians,  by  causing 
their  monarch  to  be  privately  informed, 
that  the  Greeks  were  planning  a  retreat, 
and  that  he  would  thus  lose  the  most  fa- 
vorable opportunity  of  destroying  their 
whole  navy  at  one  blow.  His  stratagem 
was  attended  with  entire  success.  The 
Persian  fleet  hastened  to  make  a  general 
attack  ;  while  their  army  lined  the  adja- 
cent shores,  and  their  monarch  himself 
was  seated  upon  an  eminence  to  view  the 
approaching  battle.  His  fleet  amounted 
to  1200  galleys,  and  that  of  the  confede- 
rated Greeks  to  300 ;  but  the  narrow 
strait  prevented  the  numerous  ships  of 
the  Persians  from  being  regularly  brought 
into  action,  and  the  crowded  situation 
rendered  it  impossible  for  the  Phenician 
squadron  to  avail  themselves  of  the  su- 
perior swiftness  of  their  galleys,  and  skill 
of  their  seamen.  The  very  zeal  of  the 
Persian  commanders  to  distinguish  them- 
selves in  the  presence  of  their  monarch, 
tended  to  increase  the  confusion.  The 
resolute  and  persevering  attacks  of  the 
Greeks,  aided  by  the  united  talents  of 
Themistocles  and  Aristides,  allowed  not 
a  moment's  respite  to  the  enemy  to  re- 
store order,  or  recover  from  alarm.  The 
confusion  soon  became  so  general,  that 
even  flight  was  impracticable,  and  the  sea 
itself  (according  to  the  description  of  the 
scene  by  the  poet  ^schylus,  who  fought 
on  board  the  Athenian  fleet)  became 
scarcely  visible  from  the  quantity  of 
wreck  and  corpses  floating  on  its  surface. 
Forty  Grecian  galleys  are  said  to  have 
been  sunk  or  destroyed  ;  but  most  of  the 
crews  saved  themselves  on  board  of  the 
other  ships,  or  on  the  neighboring  shore 
of  Salamis.     But  the  Persians   had  no 


refuge ;  and  their  defeat  was  attended 
with  immense  loss.  Still  the  remains  of 
their  fleet  were  so  large,  that  the  princi- 
pal port  of  Attica  could  not  admit  half 
its  numbers  ;  and  the  Greeks  were  ex- 
pecting a  renewal  of  the  action  on  the 
following  day.  But  the  Persian  com- 
manders appear  to  have  concerted  no 
measures  on  the  supposition  of  a  retreat ; 
and  a  hasty  order  during  the  night,  di- 
rected the  whole  fleet  to  steer  immedi- 
ately for  the  Hellespont.  The  army, 
thus  destitute  of  the  supplies  derived 
from  the  ships,  and  unprovided  with  suf- 
ficient magazines  on  land,  fell  back  upon 
the  friendly  province  of  Boeotia,  and 
speedily  retreated  into  Thessaly.  Three 
hundred  thousand  men  were  chosen  to 
remain,  under  the  command  of  Mardoni- 
us,  to  complete  the  conquest  of  Greece 
in  the  following  summer.  Of  this  num- 
ber, 60,000  of  the  best  troops  were  se- 
lected as  a  royal  guard,  to  accompany 
their  monarch  as  far  as  the  Hellespont, 
on  his  return  to  Persia.  The  rest  of  the 
immense  multitude  which  he  had  led  into 
Greece,  left  to  their  own  resources,  suf- 
fered beyond  description,  from  the  haste 
of  their  march,  and  the  want  of  maga- 
zines. They  subsisted  by  rapine  from 
friends  as  well  as  foes  ;  and  were  reduc- 
ed at  last  to  eat  the  very  grass  from  the 
ground,  and  the  bark  from  the  trees. — 
Disease  destroyed,  whom  famine  had 
spared  ;  and  the  towns  of  Thessaly,  Ma- 
cedonia, and  Thrace,  were  crowded  with 
the  sick  and  the  dying.  Upon  reaching 
the  Hellespont,  the  bridges  were  found 
to  have  been  destroyed  by  the  violence 
of  the  current  and  the  storms ;  but  the 
fleet  had  arrived  to  transport  the  wretch- 
ed remains  of  the  Persian  host ;  and  its 
discomfited  monarch  proceeded  to  Sar- 
dis,  not  indeed  entirely  unattended,  as 
some  of  the  Greek  historians  relate,  but 
with  such  a  diminished  retinue  as  might 
almost  be  called  nothing,  when  compared 
with  the  incalculable  numbers  who  for- 
merly surrounded  his  person,  and  obeyed 
his  command. 

Early  in  the  following  spring,  the  Per- 
sian fleet  assembled  at  Samos  ;  and  Mar- 
donius,  having  attempted  without  success, 
to  detach  the  Athenians  from  the  Gre- 
cian confederacy,  compelled  them  again 


416 


GREECE. 


hastily  to  abandon  their  country ;  and, 
without  opposition,  regained  possession 
of  Athens.  The  Athenian  people,  under 
the  protection  of  their  fleet,  withdrew  to 
Salamis ;  and  there,  though  deprived  of 
their  country,  and  disappointed  of  the 
timely  assistance  which  they  ought  to 
have  received  from  the  Peloponnesian 
states,  still  rejected,  with  the  most  en- 
thusiastic magnanimity,  all  the  concilia- 
tory proposals  of  Persia.  The  Lacede- 
monians, who  were  at  the  head  of  the 
allies,  at  length  ashamed  of  their  ungene- 
rous and  dastardly  delays,  despatched  an 
army  of  5,000  Spartans  and  35,000  He- 
lots, under  the  command  of  Pausanias. 
These  were  joined  at  the  isthmus  by  the 
other  Peloponnesian  troops,  and  by  the 
Athenian  army  under  Aristides.  Mardo- 
nius,  secretly  apprized  of  their  march, 
gave  up  the  city  of  Athens  and  its  sur- 
rounding territories,  to  be  pillaged  by  his 
troops,  and  fell  back  upon  his  magazines 
in  Boeotia,  where  he  extended  his  camp 
along  the  course  of  the  Asopus  to  the 
frontiers  of  Platsea. 

The  confederated  Greeks,  animated 
by  the  propitious  omens  which  had  been 
indicated  at  their  solemn  sacrifices,  ad- 
vanced with  confidence  to  meet  the  Per- 
sians, and  pitched  their  camp  at  the  foot 
of  Mount  Cithasron,  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  river  Asopus,  composing  a  force  of 
110,000  men.  Mardonius,  who  appears 
from  the  account  given  by  Herodotus,  to 
have  been  deficient  neither  in  courage 
or  policy,  anxious  to  draw  the  Greeks 
from  their  advantageous  position,  harass- 
ed them  greatly  with  incessant  charges 
by  his  cavalry  ;  and  more  than  ten  days 
were  spent  in  various  evolutions,  on  both 
sides,  to  gain  the  superiority  of  the 
ground,  and  to  induce  each  other  to  com- 
mence the  attack.  In  one  of  these  move- 
ments, the  greater  part  of  the  Grecian 
troops,  excepting  only  the  Tegeans,  La- 
cedemonians, and  Athenians,  actually 
fled  to  the  walls  of  Plataea  ;  and  the  Per- 
sian commander,  imagining  the  retreat  to 
be  general,  hastily  advanced  with  his 
infantry  as  to  certain  victory.  A  fierce 
engagement  ensued,  in  which  the  Persian 
soldiers,  though  insufficiently  armed  for 
close  fight,  and  unequal  to  the  Greeks  in 
the  practice  of  war,  discovered  no  inferi- 


ority in  point  of  courage  and  enterprise  ; 
and  were  often  seen,  in  their  vigorous 
assaults,  seizing  and  breaking  with  their 
hands  the  long  spears  of  their  opponents. 
Multitudes  perished  in  these  vain  at- 
tempts to  penetrate  the  Spartan  phalanx. 
Their  efforts,  after  repeated  failures,  be- 
gan to  relax.  The  Greeks  advanced  in 
their  turn;  and  confusion  soon  became 
general  among  the  Persian  infantry. — 
Their  commander  Mardonius,  while  lead- 
ing on  a  chosen  body  of  cavalry  to  sup- 
port his  broken  troops,  received  a  mortal  ' 
wound ;  and  his  fall  was  the  signal  for 
flight  to  the  whole  Persian  army.  Arta- 
bazus,  next  in  command,  who  is  said  to 
have  dissented  from  his  general  in  the 
conduct  of  the  battle,  as  soon  as  he  was 
assured  of  the  rout  of  the  main  body, 
retreated  with  40,000  men  towards  Pho- 
cis ;  but  the  Persian  and  Ba30tian  cavalry 
still  kept  the  field,  and  afforded  consid- 
erable protection  to  the  flying  infantry. 
The  Lacedemonians  and  Athenians,  how- 
ever, having  succeeded  in  carrying  the 
Persian  camp  by  assault,  a  dreadful 
slaughter  ensued ;  and  excepting  the 
detachment  which  had  escaped  under 
Artabazus,  only  3,000  finally  survived  of 
200,000  Asiatics,  who  composed  the  rest 
of  the  army  of  Mardonius.  In  the  mean 
time,  the  Grecian  fleet,  which  had  re- 
mained during  the  summer  inactive  at 
Delos,  was  encouraged,  by  a  private  as- 
surance of  the  favorable  disposition  of 
the  lonians,  to  attack  the  Persian  fleet 
at  Samos.  The  Persian  admiral,  having 
suffered  the  Phenician  squadron  to  de- 
part, in  the  idea  that  the  season  was  too 
far  advanced  for  naval  operations,  as  soon 
as  he  received  intelligence  of  the  ap- 
proach of  the  Greeks,  hastily  sailed  from 
Samos ;  and,  passing  to  the  opposite 
promontory  of  Mycale,  drew  his  galleys 
upon  the  beach,  and  prepared  to  defend 
them  on  shore.  The  Greeks,  resolving 
to  attack  the  fortified  camp,  disembarked 
their  forces  in  two  divisions,  one  imder 
the  command  of  Xanthippus  the  Athenian, 
and  the  other  led  by  Leotychides  the 
Lacedemonian.  The  former  arriving 
first  at  the  Persian  entrenchments,  im- 
mediately commenced  the  assault ;  and, 
aided  by  the  Greeks  in  the  Persian  ser- 
vice, had  entered  the  rampart,  before  the 


GREECE. 


417 


Lacedemonians  came  up.  The  other  I  the  greatest  benefits  from  ita  effects. — 
Asiatics  instantly  fled  from  the  Athenian  |  They  found  their  country  laid  waste,  and 
assailants  ;  but  the  native  Persians  re- 1  their  city  in  ruins ;  but,  in  consequence 
sisted  with  the  utmost  bravery,  till  the  chiefly  of  their  naval  superiority,  and  a 
arrival  of  the  Lacedemonians,  when  they  succession  of  great  commanders,  they 
were  completely  overpowered,  and  al- :  rapidly  attained  that  supremacy  in 
most  entirely  cut  to  pieces.  The  victo-  Greece,  which  the  Lacedemonians  had 
rious  Greeks,  after  carrying  off  the  most  hitherto  enjoyed  ;  and  by  the  able  conduct 
valuable  part  of  the  spoil,  set  fire  to  the  |  of  Cimon,  the  most  distinguished  of  all 
camp,  and  consumed  the  whole  of  the  their  leaders,  soon  reached  the  summit  of 
Persian  fleet  on  the  very  same  day  that  their  political  influence  and  military 
their  army  was  annihilated  at  Plataea. —  power.  The  Lacedemonians  had  not 
This  successful  resistance  of  Greece  to  j  been  inattentive  observers  or  inactive 
the  Persian  invasion   holds  out    an   en-   opponents  of  the   growing  consequence 


couragmg  example  to  all  free  states,  to 
maintain  their  independence  against  any 
power,  however  formidable  ;  and  clearly 
shows,  that  an  obstinate  determination 
never  to  submit,  accompanied  with  wise 
counsels  and  steady  discipline,  will  rarely 
fail  of  ultimate  success.  The  Persian 
war,  indeed,  was  not  yet  terminated. — 
The  Greeks,  in  their  turn,  became  the 
assailants  and  invaders.  They  prepared 
to  protect  the  lonians,  who  had  thrown 
off  the  Persian  yoke,  and  jiarticularly  to 
restore  freedom  to  those  Grecian  cities 
in  which  the  Persians  had  left  garrisons. 
Under  the  Spartan  general  Pausanias, 
but  especially  under  Cimon  the  Athenian, 
they  carried  their  victorious  arms  to 
Byzantium,  to  the  island  of  Cyprus,  and 
even  into  Egypt.  By  a  double  victory 
gained  on   the    river  Eurymedon,  under 


of  the  rival  state ;  but,  usually  slow  in 
their  counsels,  (and  weakened  by  an 
earthquake  which  had  laid  their  capital 
in  ruins,  and  by  a  consequent  insurrection 
of  the  Helots,  which  reduced  them  to 
the  necessity  of  requiring  aid  from  their 
neighbors,)  had  long  evaded  an  open 
rupture  with  the  Athenian  republic.  The 
latter  people,  however,  accustomed  to 
war,  elated  with  success,  swayed  by  a 
turbulent  democracy,  and  unable  longer 
to  disguise  their  ambitious  designs  upon 
the  liberties  of  Greece,  not  satisfied  with 
repeated  interferences  and  aggressions 
against  the  ancient  allies  of  Lacedemon, 
proceeded  at  length  to  make  a  direct  and 
unjustifiable  attack  upon  its  armies,  while 
returning  from  the  protection  of  Doris, 
against  the  inroads  of  the  Phocians. — 
Aided  by  the  Argians  and  Thessalians, 


the  last  mentioned  commander,  both  over  they  met  the  Lacedemonians  and  their 
the  fleet  and  army  of  Persia  on  the  same  i  Peloponnesian  allies  at  Tanagrain  Boeo- 
day,  its  naval  strength  was  so  broken,  tia.  After  a  severe  action  of  two  days, 
and  its  land  forces  so  disheartened,  that  i  and  great  slaughter  on  both  sides,  the 
offensive  operations  against  Greece  were  |  Athenians  were  compelled  to  retreat,  and 
totally  intermitted  ;  and  it  became  the  ,  the  Spartans  pursued  their  march  with- 
boastof  the  Grecian  states,  that  no  armed  out  farther  obstruction, 
ship  of  Persia  was  to  be  seen  westward  In  the  view,  however,  of  raising  a 
of  the  Chelidonian  islands,  or  the  en-  state  without  the  peninsula,  to  balance 
trance  of  the  Euxine,  and  that  no  Persian  the  power  and  curb  the  ambition  of 
troops  dared  to  show  themselves  within  I  Athens,  they  formed  a  close  aUiance 
a  day's  journey  of  the  Grecian  seas.  But  with  the  Thebans,  and  willingly  seconded 
the  ambitious  views  and  political  jealous-   their  attempt  to  recover  that  supremacy 


ies  which  arose  among  the  confederated 
states  of  Greece,  during  the  prosecution 
of  these  successful  operations,  prepared 
greater  evils  for  their  country  than  all 
that  they  had  endured,  while  struggling 
under  the  pressure  of  the  Persian  hosts. 
The  Athenians,  though  apparently  the 
greatest  sufferers  by  the  invasion,  deriyed 
53 


in  Bceotia,  which  they  had  been  accus- 
tomed to  claim  before  the  event  of  the 
Persian  war.  But  the  Athenians  under 
Myronides  speedily  regained  the  influ- 
ence which  they  had  lost  by  their  defeat 
at  Tanagra ;  and  all  Bceotia,  with  the 
exception  of  Thebes,  was  broug:ht  either 
into  their  alliance,  or  under  their  domin- 


418 


GREECE. 


ion.  Burdened  at  length  by  the  variety 
of  their  military  operations,  and  even  by 
the  extent  of  their  conquests,  they  were 
disposed  to  enter  into  negotiations  with 
their  Peloponnesian  adversaries  ;  and  by 
the  good  offices  of  Cimon,  whom  they 
recalled  from  exile,  and  who  had  always 
been  greatly  esteemed  at  Lacedemon,  a 
truce  of  five  years  was  concluded  between 
the  rival  powers.  But  after  the  death  of 
that  distinguished  commander,  who  had 
uniformerly  exerted  himself  to  divert  the 
military  spirit  of  the  Greeks  from  internal 
wars,  hostilities  were  again  renewed. — 
The  Athenians,  however,  being  hard 
pressed,  and  even  invaded  by  the  Pelo- 
ponnesian confederates,  as  well  as  en- 
cumbered by  the  numerous  islands  and 
colonies  subject  to  their  empire,  a  second 
time  sought  an  accommodation ;  and  a 
truce  was  concluded  for  the  space  of  thir- 
ty years,  upon  terms  by  no  means  advan- 
tageous to  their  influence.  But  the  con- 
stitution of  Greece,  composed  of  so  many 
small  and  independent  states,  was  unfa- 
vorable to  a  long  continuance  of  general 
tranquillity.  Its  governments  were  so 
distinct,  that  no  common  authority  could 
prevent  the  occurrence  of  partial  wars  ; 
and  yet  so  connected,  that  war  in  any 
part  always  endangered  the  peace  of  the 
whole.  This  was  more  especially  the 
consequence  of  a  practice,  which  had 
become  universal  among  the  weaker 
states,  to  provide  for  their  protection  by 
courting  the  alliance,  or  rather  acknowl- 
edging the  dominion,  of  one  of  the  two 
leading  republics  of  Lacedemon  or 
Athens.  These  two  rival  powers  also 
differed  considerably  in  the  political 
principles  which  they  respectively  fa- 
vored, the  former  being  generally  the 
patroness  of  aristocracy,  and  the  latter  of 
democracy.  Hence  their  influence  was 
extended,  according  as  one  or  other  of 
these  opposite  factions  prevailed  in  the 
different  states  ;  or  rather,  according  as 
their  arms  were  severally  crowned  with 
success,  the  party  to  which  they  were 
friendly  gained  the  ascendency,  and  suc- 
ceeded in  bringing  the  state  which  it 
ruled  to  the  side  of  Sparta  or  of  Athens. 
This  constant  rivalship,  never  wholly 
dormant,  and  kept  in  continual  excite- 
ment by  the   frequent   quarrels   of  the 


minor  commonwealths,  at  length  gave 
rise  to  the  long  and  bloody  contest  of  the 
Pelopormesian  war.  The  Athenians, 
having  assisted  the  Corcyraeans  against 
the  Corinthians,  were  formally  accused 
by  the  latter  people,  joined  by  many 
other  complainants,  of  having  broken  the 
truce,  and  insulted  the  Peloponnesian 
confederacy.  An  assembly  of  deputies 
from  the  difl'erent  states,  of  which  that 
confederacy  was  composed,  having  met 
at  Sparta,  a  great  majority  decided  for 
an  immediate  recourse  to  arms ;  and 
even  the  historian  Thucydides  admits, 
in  the  most  explicit  terms,  that  a  general 
sentiment  of  indignation  had  been  excited 
among  a  large  portion  of  the  Grecian 
people,  by  the  arbitrary  and  oppressive 
sway  of  the  Athenian  republic. 

The  two  hostile  confederacies,  though 
very  diff'erently  composed,  divided  be- 
tween them  very  equally  the  force  of  the 
Greek  nation.  All  the  Peloponnesian 
states,  except  the  Argians,  who  remained 
neutral,  joined  the  Lacedemonians.  In 
Northern  Greece,  the  Megarians,  Boeo- 
tians, Locrians,  Phocians,  &c,  formed  a 
part  of  the  same  alliance  ;  and  external 
assistance  was  expected  from  the  king 
of  Persia,  and  the  Grecian  colonies  of 
Italy  and  Sicily.  The  Athenians  had  a 
few  allies,  and  some  of  them  not  very 
zealously  inclined  to  their  cause.  The 
principal  were  the  Thessalians,  and  Acar- 
nanians,  and  the  islands  of  Corcyra,  Za- 
cinthus,  Chios,  and  Lesbos.  But  all  the 
other  islands  of  the  iEgean  Sea,  except 
Melos  and  Thera,  and  all  the  wealthy 
Grecian  cities  of  Thrace,  of  the  Helles- 
pont, and  of  Asia  Minor,  were  tributary 
subjects  of  Athens,  and  entirely  subject 
to  its  control.  The  Spartan  king  Archi- 
damus,  who  had  the  chief  command  of 
the  Peloponnesian  forces,  amounting  to 
60,000  men,  advanced  slowly  to  the  in- 
vasion of  Attica ;  but,  before  actually 
commencing  hostilities,  he  once  more 
proposed  the  terms  of  accommodation, 
which  the  Athenians  had  formerly  reject- 
ed. The  celebrated  Pericles,  who  had 
long  directed  the  councils  of  Athens,  and 
who  is  supposed  to  have  plunged  bis 
country  into  war,  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
longing his  personal  influence  in  the 
state,  easily  induced  Jiis  fellow  citizens 


GREECE. 


419 


to  refuse  all  farther  negotiation ;  but  all 
his  extraordinary  talents  were  necessary 
to  persuade  the  Athenian  people  to  adopt 
measures  of  defence,  to  which  they  were 
reduced  by  the  power  of  their  enemies. 
Abandoning  their  country  to  the  ravages 
of  the  hostile  army,  they  were  compelled 
to  secure  themselves  and  their  effects 
within  the  walls  of  the  metropolis,  filling 
the  temples,  the  turrets  of  the  ramparts, 
the  tombs  even,  and  the  lowest  hovels, 
with  their  wives  and  children.  Pericles, 
reproached  and  threatened  as  the  princi- 
pal author  of  their  calamities,  and  vehe- 
mently urged  to  meet  the  invaders  in  the 
field,  directed  all  his  attention  to  the  de- 
fence of  the  city  and  preservation  of  good 
order.  The  Lacedemonians  and  their 
allies,  having  exhausted  the  means  of 
subsistence,  and  loaded  themselves  with 
plunder,  returned  to  Peloponnesus,  and 
dispersed  to  their  respective  cities. 

The  Athenian  fleet,  in  the  mean  time, 
ravaged  the  coasts  of  Peloponnesus,  tak- 
ing, in  its  return,  the  island  of  ^Egina  ; 
and,  towards  the  end  of  autumn,  Pericles, 
with  the  whole  of  the  land  forces,  laid 
waste  the  neighboring  territory  of  Me- 
gara.  At  the  commencement  of  the  se- 
cond summer,  the  confederates  under 
Archidamus  again  entered  and  ravaged 
the  country  of  Attica ;  while  a  more 
dreadful  scourge,  a  pestilential  fever,  re- 
sembling the  modern  disease  of  the 
plague,  raged  in  the  crowded  streets  of 
the  city.  The  war,  however,  was  not 
arrested  by  this  awful  calamity  ;  and,  for 
several  years,  was  regularly  conducted 
in  the  same  manner.  The  Peloponnesian 
states  were  so  superior  in  land  forces, 
that  they  annually  invaded  the  territories 
of  the  Athenians,  who  could  not  risk  a 
general  action  without  exposing  them- 
selves to  certain  ruhi ;  yet  the  confede- 
rates were,  on  the  other  hand,  so  igno- 
rant of  the  art  of  attacking  fortified  places, 
that  they  could  make  no  impression  upon 
a  city  like  Athens,  defended  by  30,000 
men,  and  supplied  by  a  powerful  fleet. 
The  war  thus  continued  to  rage,  for 
many  years,  with  nearly  the  same  suc- 
cess, and  equal  losses  on  both  sides.  It 
consisted  in  a  succession  of  partial  en- 
gagements, hasty  excursions,  and  distant 
sieges,  which  never  afliected  the  main 


object  in  view,  or  brought  the  contest  one 
step  nearer  to  a  conclusion.  Partaking 
also  in  a  great  degree  of  the  nature  of  a 
civil  war,  it  was  carried  on  with  a  spirit 
of  ferocity  rarely  exemplified  among  civ- 
ilized nations  ;  and,  through  the  time  of 
its  continuance,  the  very  age  of  Socrates 
himself,  was  an  era,  at  least  in  the  history 
of  Athens,  characterized  by  the  high  per- 
fection to  which  arts  and  sciences,  philo- 
sophy and  refinement,  had  been  brought ; 
yet,  in  no  period  of  Grecian  history,  were 
more  atrocious  barbarities  committed. 
Every  transaction  has  been  minutely  re- 
corded by  the  Athenian  historians,  Thu- 
cydides  and  Xenophon,  who  were  con- 
temporary with  most  of  the  events  which 
they  describe ;  and  our  account  must  be 
greatly  compressed,  not  from  the  scarcity, 
but  from  the  abundance  of  materials. 

The  league,  headed  by  the  Athenians, 
was  almost  entirely  under  their  command; 
while  that  of  Peleponnesus,  being  com- 
posed of  independent  states,  was  continu- 
ally changing  in  its  component  parts, 
and  liable  every  instant  to  be  utterly  dis- 
solved. Had  the  Athenian  people  there- 
fore steadily  adhered  to  the  plan  of  Peri- 
cles, and,  renouncing  every  idea  of  con- 
quest, confined  themselves  to  a  defensive 
war  by  land,  and  offensive  operations  by 
sea,  they  might  ultimately  have  triumphed 
over  their  numerous  opponents  ;  and,  at 
least,  have  inflicted  more  serious  injuries 
than  they  could  have  received.  From 
the  excessive  diversity  and  disproportion 
of  the  forces  engaged  in  the  contest,  the 
one  overrunning  the  land,  and  the  other 
scouring  the  seas  and  coasts,  the  war 
was  inevitably  spun  out  to  an  indefinite 
length ;  and  often  were  both  parties, 
wearied  of  their  accumulated  sufferings, 
desirous  of  peace  ;  but  proposals  for  ne- 
gotiation were  as  often  prevented  by  the 
vain  ambition  of  Cleon,  who  had  suc- 
ceeded, at  the  death  of  Pericles,  to  the 
direction  of  the  Athenian  councils,  and 
by  the  warlike  spirit  of  Brasides,  the 
bravest  of  the  Spartan  leaders. 

After  their  death,  a  truce  was  concluded 
for  the  space  of  fifty  years  ;  and  every 
thing  was  restored  to  the  same  situation 
in  which  it  had  stood  at  the  commence- 
ment of  hostilities  ;  but  mutual  hatred, 
and   boundless   ambition,   had   acquired 


420 


GREECE. 


such  hold  of  the  minds  of  the  principal 
men  on  all  sides,  that  the  appearance  of 
concord  was  of  short  duration.  New 
leagues  and  new  dissensions  arose,  which 
led  to  reciprocal  recriminations  and  par- 
tial hostilities  ;  but  it  was  not  till  the  ex- 
piration of  nearly  seven  years,  that  they 
again  came  to  an  open  rupture.  Athens 
was  the  aggressor,  and  the  ambition  of 
Alcibiades  was  the  sole  cause  of  the 
renewal  of  hostilities.  This  celebrated 
character,  with  all  his  accomplishments 
and  talents,  was  guided  by  principles  so 
inveterately  vicious,  that  he  alone  may 
be  charged  with  having  accelerated  the 
ruin  of  the  Athenian  state,  and  completed 
the  corruption  of  its  citizens.  He  per- 
suaded the  people,  without  any  other  rea- 
son, except  that  the  city  Egesta  in  Sicily 
had  solicited  the  assistance  of  the  Athe- 
nians, to  undertake  the  conquest  of  that 
island ;  but  scarcely  had  the  expedition 
in  which  he  was  appointed  a  commander, 
commenced  its  operations,  when  he  was 
recalled  to  stand  his  trial  upon  a  charge 
of  impiety.  Aware  of  the  caprices  of 
his  countrymen,  he  took  refuge  in  Pelo- 
ponnesus; and,  enraged  by  the  sentences 
pronounced  against  him  in  his  absence, 
he  instigated  the  Lacedemonians  to  as- 
sist the  Syracusans,  and  to  attack  the 
Athenians,  while  their  army  was  engaged 
in  the  remote  and  romantic  enterprise 
whichhimself  had  planned.  The  Sicilian 
expedition  terminated  in  the  most  disas- 
trous manner ;  and  almost  the  whole  of 
the  Athenian  army  was  destroyed  or  taken 
captive.  The  Lacedemonians,  support- 
ed by  a  powerful  confederacy,  and  assist- 
ed even  by  the  Persian  viceroys,  invaded 
Attica,  blockaded  the  city  of  Athens,  and 
would  speedily  have  terminated  the  war 
by  its  reduction  ;  but  Alcibiades,  having 
been  expelled  from  Sparta  on  account  of 
his  licentious  practices,  exerted  himself 
to  detach  their  Persian  allies,  and  to  re- 
trieve the  falling  hopes  of  his  country. 
Recalled  by  the  army,  and  raised  to  the 
chief  command  by  the  unanimous  voice 
of  the  people,  he  recovered  many  of  the 
lost  colonies,  defeated  the  fleet  of  the 
confederates,  and  so  alarmed  the  Lacede- 
monians, that  they  were  ready  to  have 
treated  for  peace  ;  but  the  Athenians, 
intoxicated  with  success,  prolonged  the 


war,  and,  insensible  to  their  interest, 
again  threw  away  the  instrument  of  their 
victories.  Their  fleet  having  sustained  a 
trifling  loss  while  Alcibiades  was  absent, 
and  employed  in  levying  contributions  in 
Ionia,  for  the  support  of  his  forces,  he 
was  instantly  disgraced  by  the  fickle 
voice  of  the  populace,  and  the  power  of 
Peloponnesus  again  acquired  the  ascen- 
dancy. The  confederates,  taught  by  ex- 
perience, had  exerted  themselves  to  in- 
crease the  number  of  their  ships,  and  had 
at  length  succeeded  in  attaining  also  a 
portion  of  that  maritime  skill,  which  had 
hitherto  given  to  the  Athenians  so  deci- 
ded a  superiority  by  sea.  The  Athenian 
navy,  however,  trusting  to  their  long  ac- 
knowledged eminence,  and  elated  by  a 
victory  which  they  had  gained  over  the 
Spartan  fleet  at  Arginusa,  near  Lesbos, 
despised  their  enemies  and  neglected  all 
ordinary  precautions,  with  unexampled 
imprudence.  Lysander,  the  ablest  of  the 
Lacedemonian  generals,  having  succeed- 
ed to  the  command  of  the  allied  fleet,  and 
taken  the  city  of  Lampsacus  upon  the 
coast  of  the  Hellespont,  resolved  to  avail 
himself  of  that  self-confidence  which 
guided  the  councils  of  the  Athenian  cap- 
tains. In  order  to  increase  their  insolent 
security,  he  repeatedly  declined  battle, 
which  they  daily  off'ered  him,  but  kept 
his  own  crew  prepared  for  action  at  a 
moment's  warning.  Having  learned  that 
they  regularly  drew  their  fleet  ashore  on 
the  open  beach  at  Aigospotami,  on  the 
opposite  coast,  not  more  than  two  miles 
from  his  own  station,  and  then  suflered 
the  soldiers  and  crews  to  disperse  over 
the  adjoining  country  in  quest  of  lodgings 
and  provisions,  he  easily  found  means 
to  surprise  them  in  this  unguarded  con- 
dition, made  himself  master  of  their 
whole  fleet  except  nine  galleys,  and  took 
prisoners  the  greater  part  of  their  forces, 
by  which  it  had  been  manned.  A  striking 
instance  now  occurred  of  that  savage 
barbarity,  with  which  the  diff'erent  pow- 
ers in  the  Peloponnesian  war  were  gen- 
erally chargeable.  The  Athenians  had 
resolved,  in  their  assurance  of  victory,  to 
cut  ofl"  the  right  hand  of  every  prisoner 
whom  they  should  capture ;  and  this  in- 
tended cruelty,  with  many  similar  acts 
which  they  had  perpetrated,  was  imme- 


GREECE. 


421 


diately  requited  by  a  general  massacre 
of  the  captives  at  Aigospotami.  Lysan- 
der,  with  his  own  hand,  cut  down  their 
general  Philocles,  after  reproaching  him 
with  having  first  set  the  example  among 
the  Greeks  of  such  violations  of  the  laws 
of  war ;  and,  upon  this  signal,  about  3,000 
Athenian  citizens  were  butchered  in  cold 
blood  by  the  allied  troops.  The  Lace- 
demonian commander,  now  completely 
master  of  the  seas,  speedily  reduced  the 
principal  colonies  and  dependencies  of 
Athens  ;  and  then  hastened,  with  a  fleet 
of  200  galleys,  to  blockade  the  port  of 
that  devoted  city,  while  the  land  forces 
of  the  confederates  at  the  same  time  sur- 
rounded its  walls.  No  assault  was  at- 
tempted, and  its  reduction  was  left  en- 
tirely to  the  sure  operation  of  famine. 
The  haughty  and  turbulent  citizens  dis- 
covered not  even  the  courage  of  despair 
in  their  defence  ;  but  were  solely  anxious 
to  avert  the  sentence  of  utter  extermina- 
tion, with  which  they  were  threatened  by 
some  of  the  allied  states. 

The  Lacedemonians,  however,  proba- 
bly as  much  from  policy  as  generosity, 
secured  for  them  more  favorable  terms, 
and  saved  their  persons  from  servitude 
and  slaughter.  But  it  was  determined, 
as  a  measure  absolutely  necessary  to  the 
safety  and  repose  of  Greece,  that  their 
tyrannical  spirit  should  be  eflectually 
humbled,  and  their  power  as  a  state  en- 
tirely broken.  They  were  spared  upon 
the  following  conditions  ;  that  all  their 
ships  of  war  should  be  surrendered,  ex- 
cept twelve  ;  that  the  long  walls  and  the 
fortifications  of  Peirseus  should  be  des- 
troyed ;  that  all  exiles  and  fugitives  should 
be  restored  to  the  rights  of  the  city  ;  that 
the  Athenians  should  hold  always  as 
friends  or  enemies  those  states,  who 
were  the  allies  or  the  adversaries  of  La- 
cedemon  ;  and  should  be  ready  to  attend 
the  Spartan  power,  by  sea  or  land,  as  they 
might  receive  orders.  These  terms  being 
accepted,  the  Spartan  fleet  entered  the 
Peiraeus,  and  the  army  took  possession  of 
the  walls.  The  fortifications,  which  had 
been  condemned,  were  instantly  thrown 
down,  to  the  sound  of  military  music,  and 
their  demolition  celebrated  with  triumph 
as  an  era  of  recovered  freedom  to  Greece. 
The  popular   assembly  was  abolished  ; 


the  government  changed  from  democracy 
to  oligarchy  ;  and  thirty  magistrates  were 
appointed  to  form  the  new  administration 
of  the  commonwealth.  Such  was  the 
termination  of  the  Peloponnesian  war, 
in  its  twenty-seventh  year  ;  and  Lacede- 
mon,  now  in  alliance  with  Persia,  having 
again  become  the  leadingpower  in  Greece, 
the  aristocratical  interest  reigned  para- 
mount in  almost  every  Grecian  state. 

Sparta,  having  recovered  her  influence 
in  Greece,  acted  not  less  tyrannically 
than  on  former  occasions  ;  and,  under 
the  ambitious  projects  of  Lysander,  be- 
came daily  more  corrupted  in  her  princi- 
ples of  policy.  The  thirty  magistrates, 
who  had  been  placed  at  the  head  of  the 
Athenian  state,  were  supported  by  as- 
sistance from  Lacedemon,  in  the  most 
atrocious  acts  of  cruelty  and  injustice ; 
and  the  other  Grecian  cities  were  pro- 
hibited even  to  afford  a  refuge  to  the  un- 
happy Athenians,  who  fled  from  their 
oppressors.  Not  contented  with  cutting 
off  their  political  adversaries,  the  thirty 
tyrants,  under  the  direction  of  Critias,  pro- 
ceeded to  murder  upon  frivolous  pretences, 
all  persons  whose  riches  they  wished  to 
seize  ;  and  the  slightest  murmur  against 
their  oppressions  was  punished  with  im- 
prisonment, exile,  or  death.  In  the  space 
of  eight  months,  fifteen  hundred  citizens 
were  sacrificed  to  their  avarice  or  ven- 
geance ;  and  Xenophon  goes  so  far  as 
to  afhrra,  that  their  short  reign  was  more 
destructive  to  Athens,  than  the  preceding 
war  of  thirty  years.  At  length,  however, 
Thrasybulus,  at  the  head  of  his  exiled 
countrymen,  drove  the  tyrants  from  their 
seat  of  abused  power,  and  restored  the 
ancient  democratical  form  of  government 
at  Athens.  By  his  wise  moderation  the 
spirit  of  retaliation  was  restrained,  a  gen- 
eral amnesty  proclaimed,  and  tranquillity 
restored  to  the  Athenian  state.  But  what- 
ever was  the  form,  tyranny  was  too  gene- 
rally the  spirit  of  the  Grecian  governments, 
and  especially  of  the  pure  democracy  at 
Athens.  Equally  unjust  and  cruel  as  the 
most  lawless  despots,  they  were  often 
much  more  inconsistent  with  themselves, 
and  fickle  in  their  proceedings.  While 
they  allowed  their  poets,  for  their  amuse- 
ment, to  ridicule  the  gods  upon  the  stage, 
they  punished  their  sages,  who  endea- 


422 


GREECE. 


vored,  for  their  instruction,  to  introduce 
worthier  sentiments  of  religion.  By  their 
sentence,  the  celebrated  Socrates,  (whom 
even  the  thirty  tyrants  had  spared,  though 
he  often  opposed  their  measures,)  was 
iniquitously  put  to  death. 

The  Greeks  were  again  involved  in  a 
contest  with  Persia,  by  the  attempt  of 
Cyrus  the  younger  to  dethrone  his  brother 
Artaxerxes.  That  ambitious  prince  be- 
ing governor  of  Asia  Minor,  and  friendly 
to  the  Spartans,  persuaded  them  to  join 
his  standard  with  13,000  Grecian  troops  ; 
but,  excepting  their  leader  Clearchus, 
they  are  said  to  have  been  entirely  ig- 
norant of  his  views  upon  the  Persian 
crown.  The  celebrated  retreat  of  the 
remains  of  this  army,  after  the  death 
of  Cyrus,  generally  called  the  retreat  of 
the  ten  thousand,  is  considered  as  one  of 
the  most  extraordinary  exploits  recorded 
in  the  annals  of  the  military  art ;  and  by 
proving  the  weakness  of  Persia,  is  sup- 
posed to  have  had  considerable  influence 
in  promoting  the  Macedonian  invasion, 
and  conquest  of  that  extensive  but  feeble 
empire.  It  had  the  more  immediate  eff"ect 
of  encouraging  an  expedition,  under  Ages- 
ilaus,  king  of  Sparta,  to  recover  the  liberty 
of  the  Grecian  colonies  in  Asia.  Assist- 
ed by  30  captains,  with  Lysander  at  their 
head,  he  fdled  all  Asia  with  a  dread  of 
his  arms  ;  and  was  preparing  to  carry  the 
war  into  the  heart  of  the  empire,  when 
he  was  suddenly  recalled  for  the  protec- 
tion of  his  own  country.  The  Persian 
monarchs  had  discovered  a  more  easy 
and  effectual  defence  against  Grecian 
valor  than  their  most  numerous  armies 
had  been  able  to  provide  ;  and,  by  a  sea- 
sonable distribution  of  bribes  among  the 
leading  men  of  the  different  states,  suc- 
ceeded in  turning  the  arms  of  these  war- 
like republics  against  one  another.  The 
Thebans  were  first  gained  to  their  inter- 
ests, who  easily  succeeded  in  persuading 
the  Athenians.  Even  Argos  and  Corinth, 
two  Peloponnesian  states,  joined  the  con- 
federacy, to  which  were  added  Acarna- 
nia,  Ambracia,  Leucadia,  Eubcea,  part  of 
Thessaly,  and  Chalcidice  in  Thrace. — 
The  haughty  tyranny  of  Lacedemon  fur- 
nished sufficiently  ostensible  reasons  for 
the  union  ;  and  Persian  gold  readily  sup- 
plied the  arguments  which  were  wanting. 


The  confederates  sustained  a  severe 
check  in  the  vicinity  of  Corinth,  and 
were  afterwards  defeated  by  Agesilaus 
at  Coroneia,  with  great  loss  on  both  sides ; 
but  Phamabazus,  assisted  by  the  Athe- 
nian commander  Conon,  having  defeated 
the  Lacedemonian  fleet,  completely  de- 
stroyed their  influence  in  Asiatic  Greece. 
They  proceeded  even  to  ravage  the  coasts 
of  Laconia  ;  and,  assisting  the  Athenians 
to  rebuild  their  long  walls,  which  con- 
nected the  Peirajus  with  the  city,  again 
laid  the  foundation  of  their  naval  power. 
After  various  vicissitudes  and  intrigues,  all 
parties  became  tired  of  war,  and  disposed 
to  peace.  The  Lacedemonians,  though 
still  superior  in  the  field,  yet  destitute  of 
the  aid  which  they  had  formerly  derived 
from  the  Persian  treasury,  were  straitened 
in  their  pecuniary  resources  ;  and  Phar- 
nabazus,  the  friend  of  Athens,  having  been 
succeeded  in  Lydia  by  Teribazus,  the 
new  Satrap,  became  favorable  to  the  in- 
terests of  Sparta.  By  the  able  negotia- 
tions of  Antalcidas,  the  Lacedemonian, 
the  Persian  monarch  was  brought  in  as 
mediator,  or  rather  dictator,  for  a  general 
pacification  among  the  states  of  Greece, 
of  which  the  conditions  were  simply 
these;  "that  all  cities  on  the  continent  of 
Asia,  together  with  the  islands  of  Clazo- 
mene  and  Cyprus,  should  belong  to  the 
Persian  empire  ;  and  that  all  other  Gre- 
cian cities,  small  and  great,  should  be 
completely  independent,  except  that  the 
islands  of  Lemnos,  Imbros,  and  Sciros, 
should  remain  as  formerly  under  the  do- 
minion of  Athens."  Against  all  who 
should  refuse  these  terms,  the  court  of 
Persia  declared  itself  ready  to  unite  with 
those  who  accepted  them,  and  to  render 
every  assistance  by  land  and  sea,  to  re- 
duce the  refractory.  The  weaker  states 
were  well  pleased  to  be  secured  in  their 
independence.  The  Athenians  were  gra- 
tified by  the  exception  in  their  favor. 
The  Thebans,  anxious  to  preserve  their 
authority  over  the  smaller  towns  of  Bceo- 
tia,  wished  to  stipulate  for  that  superior- 
ity ;  but  were  compelled  to  concur  in  the 
terms.  And  the  Lacedemonians,  while 
they  lost  nothing  by  abandoning  the 
Asiatic  Greeks,  whom  they  had  already 
been  obliged  to  desert,  gained  the  great 
object  of  the  war, — the  separation  of  the 


GREECE. 


423 


states  which  had  combined  against  them, 
and  the  emancipation,  especially,  of  the 
Bosotians  from  the  growing  power  of 
Thebes.  They  soon  showed  that  they 
accounted  themselves  to  have  established 
their  supremacy,  and  were  the  first  to 
disturb  the  general  tranquillity.  They  de- 
molished the  fortifications  of  Mantinaea, 
as  a  punishment  for  the  disaffection  of  its 
citizens  to  the  Lacedemonian  interests, 
during  the  preceding  wars.  They  march- 
ed against  Olynthus,  a  Grecian  city  of 
Thrace,  because,  by  associating  the 
smaller  towns  in  its  vicinity  under  one 
government,  it  was  considered  as  in- 
fringing the  conditions  of  the  late  treaty; 
though  its  only  offence  was  the  increase 
of  its  strength  by  a  wise  and  liberal  poli- 
cy, which  ought  to  have  been  emulated, 
rather  than  opposed  by  the  other  Greeks. 
They  interfered  also,  in  the  most  unjus- 
tifiable manner,  in  the  political  contests 
which  agitated  the  Theban  state  ;  and, 
by  this  rash  measure,  gave  rise  to  a  long 
and  complicated  struggle,  which  ended 
only  with  the  general  overthrow  of  Gre- 
cian independence.  Their  general  Phae- 
bidas, returning  from  an  expedition  against 
the  Olynthians,  was  persuaded  to  join  the 
leader  of  the  aristocratical  party  in 
Thebes,  and  to  occupy  the  citadel  with  a 
Lacedemonian  garrison.  This  unauthor- 
ized step,  though  at  first  disapproved  by 
the  government  of  Sparta,  was  finally 
sanctioned,  by  their  retaining  possession 
of  the  fortress  thus  treacherously  seized, 
and  by  their  bringing  to  trial  and  pun- 
ishment the  chief  of  the  adverse  fac- 
tion, as  if  they  had  been  the  constituted 
judges  of  Thebes.  For  the  space  of 
four  years,  they  succeeded  in  holding 
the  Thebans  under  the  most  humiliating 
subjection  ;  but  suddenly  the  Theban 
exiles,  with  the  assistance  of  the  Athe- 
nians, by  one  of  the  boldest  and  best 
conducted  exploits  recorded  in  history, 
recovered  possession  of  their  power  in 
the  city,  and  compelled  the  Lacedemo- 
nians to  evacuate  the  citadel. 

With  difficulty  the  Thebans  at  first 
withstood  the  armies  of  Sparta,  by  act- 
ing on  the  defensive  ;  but  gradually  im- 
proving in  military  skill,  they  learned  to 
face  in  the  field,  and  to  combat,  even  with 
inferior  numbers,  the  experienced  troops 


of  their  powerful  adversary.  Under  the 
able  direction  of  Epaminondas  and  Pelo- 
pidas,  they  ventured,  though  then  without 
an  ally,  to  persevere  in  the  unequal  con- 
test;  and,  in  the  famous  battle  of  Leuc- 
tra,  the  bloodiest  action  hitherto  known 
in  Greece,  these  distinguished  command- 
ers, by  their  skilful  dispositions,  and  the 
enthusiastic  courage  with  which  they  in- 
spired their  troops,  defeated  an  army 
nearly  four  times  the  number  of  their 
own.  Never  had  the  Lacedemonians, 
before  that  day,  retreated  from  an  inferior 
force,  or  lost  in  any  one  engagement  so 
many  of  their  citizens.  Another  of  their 
boasts,  "that  never  had  the  women  of 
Sparta  beheld  the  smoke  of  an  enemy's 
camp,"  was  now  also  done  away. 

The  victorious  Thebans,  headed  by 
Epaminondas,  and  joined  by  many  of  the 
Grecian  states,  ravaged  the  Lacedemo- 
nian territories  to  the  very  suburbs  of  the 
capital ;  and  on  their  return  reinstated 
the  Messenians,  whom  the  Spartans  had 
driven  from  their  country.  The  Lacede- 
monians, alarmed  not  merely  for  their 
supremacy  but  their  safety,  secured  as- 
sistance from  Athens,  from  Syracuse, 
and  even  from  Persia,  while  the  The- 
bans were  hard  pressed  by  a  war  in  Thes- 
saly,  against  Alexander,  tyrant  of  Pherae. 
Pelopidas,  however,  having  been  des- 
patched to  the  Persian  court,  succeeded 
in  recommending  himself  to  the  esteem 
of  the  monarch,  and  in  turning  his  friend- 
ship to  a  state  which  had  never  been  at 
war  with  Persia.  Thebes,  intoxicated 
with  her  rising  power,  which  she  owed 
chiefly  to  the  abilities  of  her  leaders,  ob- 
stinate in  maintaining  her  authority  over 
the  cities  of  Boeotia,  which  was  perhaps 
necessary  for  her  resistance  to  Lacede- 
mon,  and  aiming  to  become  the  arbitress 
of  Greece,  which  her  sudden  elevation 
provoked  many  of  the  states  to  regard  as 
unpardonable  presumption,  may  be  con- 
sidered as  at  this  period  the  cause  of  the 
continuation  of  hostilities  among  the 
Greeks.  Sparta,  however,  was  equally 
obstinate  in  refusing  to  acknowledge  the 
independence  of  the  Messenians,  and  war 
was  prolonged  for  some  time  with  little 
effect,  chiefly  between  the  confederates 
of  the  two  principal  powers.  The  The- 
bans, having  at  length  terminated  the  war 


424 


GREECE. 


with  Thessaly,  with  the  loss  of  their  able 
general  Pelopidas,  were  at  liberty  to  take 
part  more  effectually  in  the  transactions 
of  Peloponnesus. 

A  civil  war  having  broken  out  in  Ar- 
cadia between  the  cities  of  Mantinaea  and 
Tegea,  the  Thebans  supported  the  cause 
of  the  latter,  while  the  Athenians  and 
Lacedemonians  declared  for  the  former. 
The  very  existence  of  Sparta  was  threat- 
ened by  the  bold  and  enterprising  mea- 
sures of  Epaminondas,  who  had  nearly 
taken  the  city  by  surprise  ;  but,  frustrated 
in  his  plan  by  the  activity  of  Agesilaus, 
he  returned  and  gave  battle  to  the  Lace- 
demonians and  their  allies  at  Mantinsea, 
where  he  was  mortally  wounded  in  the 
moment  of  victory,  and  where  with  him 
the  power  of  the  Theban  state  expired. 
A  general  pacification  succeeded,  upon 
the  basis  of  the  former  treaties  prescribed 
by  Persia,  that  every  city  should  be  in- 
dependent ;  but  the  Lacedemonians  still 
persisting  in  their  wish  to  reduce  the 
emancipated  Messenians,  were  excluded 
from  the  treaty,  and  remained  nominally 
at  war  with  the  confederates  of  Thebes. 
Exasperated  by  the  friendly  dispositions 
which  the  Persian  court  had  manifested 
to  the  Thebans,  and  perhaps  expecting 
to  acquire  some  pecuniary  resources  for 
the  recovery  of  their  power  in  Greece, 
they  sent  an  army  to  aid  the  insurgents 
in  Egypt.  After  the  death  of  Agesilaus, 
on  his  return  from  Africa,  little  occurs  in 
the  history  of  Greece  deserving  of  notice, 
till  the  appearance  of  Philip  of  Macedon. 
A  great  change  had  taken  place  in  Gre- 
cian poUtics.  There  was  now  no  lead- 
ing state,  either  of  the  aristocratical  or 
democratical  interests;  and, though  every 
city  exercised  a  jealous  watchfulness  to 
prevent  any  overbearing  superiority  in 
another,  there  were  no  extensive  confed- 
eracies or  hostilities;  but  lassitude,  in- 
decision, and  divisions,  pervaded  the 
nation,  and  paved  the  way  for  the  uni- 
versal subjugation  of  their  liberties  by  the 
Macedonian  monarchy. 

In  consequence  of  the  blow  given  to 
the  Spartan  power  in  the  battle  of  Man- 
tinaea, and  the  decline  of  Thebes  after  the 
loss  of  Epaminondas,  Athens  remained 
the  most  prominent  and  respected  of  the 
Grecian  republics.    In  want,  however,  of 


any  salutary  check  from  a  powerful  rival, 
its  government  became  extravagant  and 
irregular  in  the  most  extraordinary  de- 
gree ;  the  inconsiderate  voice  of  the  mul- 
titude deciding  every  measure,  frequently 
ratifying  at  night  what  they  had  rejected 
in  the  morning,  and  ready  to  follow  every 
varying  scheme  of  every  flattering  orator. 
The  citizens  also,  sinking  into  unbounded 
luxury,  declined  all  military  service,  and 
resorting  to  the  aid  of  mercenaries,  en- 
gaged in  hostilities  chiefly  for  the  pur- 
pose of  collecting  plunder,  or  of  extort- 
ing tribute.  Every  marauding  expedition 
was  approved,  provided  the  leaders 
brought  home  a  sufliciency  of  treasure 
to  provide  amusements  for  the  people, 
and  to  bribe  the  orators  to  silence.  The 
official  men,  in  short,  inadequately  re- 
warded by  their  regular  salaries,  learned, 
as  is  almost  uniformly  the  case,  to  re- 
compense themselves ;  and  the  people, 
either  becoming  necessitous  by  their  idle 
attendance  on  political  matters,  or  injudi- 
ciously supported  by  the  public  funds  as 
an  encouragement  to  population,  actually 
depended  for  their  subsistence  upon  the 
sacrifices,  feasts,  and  spoils,  connected 
with  their  military  expeditions.  While 
Athens  was  in  this  situation,  strangely 
feeble  in  the  whole  constitution  of  its 
government  and  population,  yet  by  means 
of  its  naval  force  still  the  principal  repub- 
lic in  Greece,  a  rival  to  its  power  arose 
in  a  quarter,  which  had  hitherto  attracted 
little  attention,  and  had  even  been  regard- 
ed by  the  Grecian  states  as  undeserving 
of  their  notice.  Though  the  kings  of 
Macedonia  pretended  to  be  the  descend- 
ants of  Hercules,  the  Greeks  considered 
them  as  no  part  of  their  nation,  but  always 
treated  them  as  barbarians.  This  king- 
dom had  existed  more  than  four  hundred 
years,  but  had  generally  stood  in  need  of 
protection  from  Athens  or  from  Sparta ; 
and  had  never  risen  to  a  capacity  of  par- 
taking in  the  eminence  of  these  republics. 
But  it  now  furnished  an  example,  similar 
to  that  of  Thebes,  of  the  power  of  one 
distinguished  individual  to  accomplish, 
in  favorable  circumstances,  the  most  im- 
portant revolutions.  It  was  in  Thebes, 
indeed,  that  the  new  leader  of  the  Mace- 
donians had  received  his  best  instructions 
in  the  arts  of  pohcy  and  war.      Philip 


GREECE. 


425 


had  been  taken  to  that  city  as  a  hostage 
when  he  was  only  ten  years  of  age,  and 
had  been  carefully  educated  under  the 
eye  of  Epaminondas,  assisted  by  the  cel- 
ebrated Pythagorean  philosopher  Lysis. 
At  twenty-four  years  of  age  he  ascended 
the  throne  of  Macedon,  and  gave  early 
indication  of  his  talents  for  government. 
At  the  period  of  his  accession,  he  found 
himself  at  war  with  the  Athenians,  who 
supported  one  of  his  competitors  for  the 
kingdom.  Having  defeated  his  adver- 
sary, who  was  slain  in  the  action,  he  in- 
stantly liberated,  and  loaded  with  favors, 
all  the  soldiers  of  Athens  whom  he  had 
taken  prisoners.  Having  discovered  that 
the  Athenians  were  intent  upon  the  re- 
covery of  Amphipolis,  which  they  claimed 
as  one  of  their  colonies,  but  which  he 
had  seized  as  the  key  of  his  dominions 
on  that  frontier,  he  was  equally  reluctant 
to  put  it  in  their  power,  or  to  come  to  a 
rupture  for  which  he  was  not  prepared. 
With  his  usual  consummate  policy,  there- 
fore, he  declared  it  in  the  mean  time  a 
free  city,  and  left  the  inhabitants  to  main- 
tain their  own  independence. 

A  peace  and  alliance  were  ratified  be- 
tween the  Macedonian  prince  and  the 
city  of  Athens  ;  but  their  agreement  was 
of  short  duration.  A  contest  speedily 
commenced,  which  led  to  the  subver- 
sion of  Grecian  freedom  by  the  arts  and 
arms  of  Philip  ;  but  which  owed  its  ori- 
gin as  much  to  the  unprincipled  aggres- 
sions of  the  Athenian  democracy,  as  to 
the  ambitious  views  of  the  Macedonian 
monarch.  While  in  full  alliance  and  co- 
operation with  Philip  against  the  Olyn- 
thians,  they  suddenly  indicated  their  hos- 
tility to  his  interests,  by  detaching  the 
town  of  Pydna  from  his  kingdom,  and 
making  a  direct  attempt  to  possess  them- 
selves of  Amphipolis.  Failing  in  their 
design,  it  was  soon  after  occupied  by 
Philip,  and  rendered  a  strong  barrier  be- 
tween his  dominions  and  those  of  the 
Grecian  states.  Before  this  time  had  com- 
menced "  the  Sacred  War,"  undertaken 
by  the  Boeotians,  Locrians,  Thessalians, 
&c,  in  order  to  punish  the  Phocians, 
who  had  ploughed  a  field  sacred  to  Apol- 
lo at  Delphos,  and  had  refused  to  dis- 
charge the  fine  which  the  council  of  the 
Amphictyons  had  sentenced  them  to  pay, 
54 


as  an  atonement  for  the  sacrilegious 
deed.  They  were  supported  by  the  La- 
cedemonians, Athenians,  &c,  and  Philip, 
well  pleased  to  leave  the  Grecian  states 
to  exhaust  their  strength  against  each 
other,  had  employed  himself  in  the  mean 
time  in  extending  his  power  in  Thrace, 
and  in  attaching  Thessaly  to  his  inter- 
ests, by  delivering  its  cities  from  the  op- 
pressive sway  of  the  tyrants  of  Pherae. 
Irritated,  however,  by  the  defection  of 
Olynthus  from  the  Macedonian  to  the 
Athenian  alliance,  he  laid  siege  to  that 
city ;  and,  having  gained  possession  of 
the  place  by  bribing  a  party  of  its  inhab- 
itants, he  razed  its  walls, to  the  ground, 
and  sold  the  people  for  slaves.  The 
Sacred  War,  which  was  still  carried  on 
by  both  parties  with  the  most  sanguinary 
retaliations,  next  aflbrded  him  a  fair  op- 
portunity of  bringing  his  power  into  full 
contact  with  the  Grecian  states.  Pro- 
fessing to  adjust,  as  arbitrator,  the  matter 
in  dispute,  promising  to  the  Phocians 
his  protection  against  the  fury  of  their 
enemies,  and  soothing  the  Athenians  by 
the  reports  of  his  friends,  that  he  was 
secretly  intending  to  humble  Thebes 
rather  than  Phocis,  he  marched  an  army 
into  Greece  ;  gained  quiet  possession  of 
the  Phocian  cities  ;  secured  to  that  peo- 
ple, as  he  had  promised,  their  personal 
safety  ;  but  procured,  or  at  least  sanc- 
tioned, a  decree  of  the  Amphictyonic  As- 
sembly, annihilating  their  political  exist- 
ence as  a  nation,  and  expelling  them 
from  the  number  of  the  Grecian  states 
represented  in  the  council.  He  was 
himself  elected  in  their  place  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Assembly  ;  invested  with  the 
double  vote  which  they  had  enjoyed  ; 
and  usually  denominated  in  their  future 
operations  the  Amphyctonic  general. 
The  Athenians  refused  to  acknowledge 
his  election  ;  and  manifested,  in  all  their 
measures,  an  ambition  even  more  unprin- 
cipled and  indefensible  than  that  of  the 
Macedonian  monarch.  Guided  rather 
by  the  inflammatory  eloquence  of  De- 
mosthenes, than  by  the  pacific  counsels 
of  Phocion,  they  plunged  at  length  into 
a  destructive  contest  with  their  powerful 
rival  and  neighbor.  A  second  Sacred 
War  again  drew  Philip  into  the  midst  of 
Greece.      The    Locrians  of    Araphissa 


426 


GREECE. 


having  encroached  upon  the  consecrated 
ground  of  Delphos,  and  having  refused 
to  obey  the  decrees  of  the  Amphictyonic 
council,  the  Macedonian  monarch  was 
invited,  as  tlreir  general,  to  vindicate 
their  authority  by  force  of  arms.  Many 
of  the  Grecian  slates  were  now  alarmed, 
and  not  without  reason,  by  the  forward- 
ness of  Philip  to  interfere  in  their  poli- 
tics, and  by  the  reluctance  which  he 
showed  to  withdraw  his  army,  after  the 
punishment  of  the  Amphissians.  De- 
mosthenes hastened  to  Thebes,  where  he 
succeeded  in  rousing  the  utmost  enthusi- 
asm for  the  liberties  of  Greece,  and  per- 
suaded the  Thebans  to  adopt  the  imme- 
diate resolution  of  uniting  with  the  Athe- 
nians, to  resist  the  dangerous  progress  of 
the  Macedonian  influence.  In  vain  did 
Phocion  recommend,  and  Philip  request, 
the  Athenians  to  lay  aside  their  measures 
for  instant  hostilities.  They  excluded 
the  former  from  the  command  of  their 
army,  and  marched  without  delay  to  join 
their  Theban  allies  against  the  enemy. 
The  two  armies,  consisting  of  about 
30,000  on  each  side,  came  to  a  general 
engagement  at  Cheronea.  The  battle 
was  long  doubtful.  Alexander  Avho  was 
only  seventeen  years  of  age,  at  the  head 
of  a  chosen  body  of  noble  Macedonians, 
cut  down  the  Sacred  Band  of  Thebes  ; 
and  the  Athenians,  for  a  time  successful, 
but  urging  their  advantage  with  impru- 
dent impetuosity,  were  overwhelmed  by 
the  Macedonian  phalanx  under  Philip. 
The  vanquished  Avere  treated  with  a  de- 
gree of  clemency  and  generosity,  of 
which  there  had  been  few  examples  in 
Grecian  warfare.  Philip  hastened  to 
stop  the  slaughter  of  the  flying  Greeks, 
and  dismissed  the  Athenian  prisoners 
without  ransom,  and  voluntarily  renewed 
his  former  treaty  with  that  republic.  To 
the  Thebans  he  readily  granted  peace  ; 
but  stationed  a  Macedonian  garrison  in 
their  citadel.  Py  this  decisive  victory, 
he  secured  the  most  entire  ascendency 
in  Greece  ;  and,  on  that  side,  there  was 
little  farther  left  for  his  ambition  to  desire. 
Either,  however,  with  a  view  to  ex- 
tend his  conquests,  or  in  order  to  unite 
the  Greeks  more  firmly  under  his  power, 
he  planned  the  invasion  of  the  Persian 
empire,  and  procured  himself  to  be  ap- 


pointed generalissimo  in  the  expedition. 
No  measure  could  have  been  conceived 
more  popular  in  Greece.  A  general 
council  of  the  states  was  summoned,  and 
the  quota  determined  which  each  of  them 
was  to  furnish.  Philip  exerted  himself 
with  extraordinary  activity  to  complete 
his  formidable  preparations  ;  and  his 
whole  army,  in  the  most  perfect  state  of 
military  discipline  and  equipment,  was 
in  readiness  to  cross  the  Hellespont. 
But,  in  the  midst  of  his  greatest  splen- 
dor, while  solemnizing,  before  his  de- 
parture, the  nuptials  of  his  daughter 
Cleopatra,  surrounded  by  his  guards  and 
principal  officers,  and  receiving,  among 
the  assembled  states  of  Greece,  little 
less  than  divine  honors,  he  was  stabbed  to 
the  heart  by  a  desperate  assassin. 

Upon  the  accession  of  Alexander  to 
the  throne  of  Macedonia,  Avhen  only 
twenty  years  of  age,  the  different  na- 
tions whom  his  father  had  brought  under 
his  dominion  made  an  attempt  to  regain 
their  independence  ;  and  Demosthenes 
exerted  all  his  powers  of  persuasion  to 
engage  the  Greeks  to  unite  against  the 
youthful  successor  of  the  formidable 
Philip.  But  Alexander  having  punished 
the  Thracians,  Illyrians,  and  other  bar- 
barians, for  their  indiscretion,  turned, 
with  the  utmost  expedition,  the  whole 
weight  of  his  arms  upon  Greece.  The 
Thebans,  who  had  massacred  the  Mace- 
donian garrison,  which  Philip  had  placed 
in  their  citadel,  having  refused  the  offer 
of  a  free  pardon  made  to  them  by  Alex- 
ander, upon  condition  of  their  surrender- 
ing the  principal  leaders  of  the  insurrec- 
tion, were  defeated  with  great  slaughter, 
their  city  given  up  to  be  pillaged,  and  the 
inhabitants  sold  as  slaves.  These  dread- 
ful acts  of  severity  filled  the  Athenians 
with  alarm,  and  an  embassy  was  instantly 
despatched  to  implore  the  clemency  of 
the  Macedonian  prince.  Alexander  at 
first  insisted  that  ten  of  their  principal 
orators  should  be  delivered  into  his  hands ; 
but  was  at  length  satisfied  with  the  ban- 
ishment of  Charidemus,  and  expressed 
the  highest  regard  for  the  republic  of 
Athens.  The  other  states  hastened  in 
like  manner,  to  make  their  submission  ; 
and,  in  one  campaign,  the  whole  nation 
of  the  Greeks  acknowledged  his  supre- 


GREECE 


427 


macy.  Having  assembled  their  deputies 
at  Corinth,  and  renewed  the  proposal  of 
invading  the  Persian  empire,  he  was  ap- 
pointed, as  his  father  had  been,  to  the 
chief  command. 

With  an  army  of  30,000  foot,  and  5,000 
horse,  the  sum  of  seventy  talents,  and 
provisions  only  for  a  single  month,  he 
crossed  the  Hellespont,  and,  in  travers- 
ing Phrygia,  visited  the  tomb  of  Achilles. 
Darius  Codomanus,  resolved  to  crush  at 
once  this  inconsiderate  youth,  met  him  on 
the  banks  of  the  Granicus,  with  1 00,000 
foot,  and  10,000  horse.  The  Greeks 
swam  the  river,  their  king  leading  the 
van,  and  attacking  the  astonished  Per- 
sians, left  20,000  dead  upon  the  field,  and 
put  to  flight  their  whole  army.  Drawing 
from  his  first  success  a  presage  of  con- 
tinued victory,  Alexander  now  sent  home 
his  fleet,  leaving  to  his  army  the  sole  al- 
ternative, that  they  must  subdue  Asia  or 
perish.  Prosecuting  their  course  for 
some  time  without  resistance,  the  Greeks 
were  attacked  by  the  Persians  in  a  nar- 
row valley  of  Cilicia,  near  the  town  of 
Issus.  The  Persian  host  amounted  to 
400,000  ;  but  their  situation  was  such 
that  only  a  small  part  could  come  into 
action,  and  they  were  defeated  with  pro- 
digious slaughter. 

The  generosity  of  Alexander  was  dis- 
played after  the  battle  of  Issus,  in  his  at- 
tention to  his  noble  prisoners,  the  mother, 
the  wife,  and  family  of  Darius.  To  the 
credit  of  Alexander,  it  must  be  owned 
that  humanity,  however  overpowered,  and 
at  times  extinguished  by  his  passions, 
certainly  formed  a  part  of  his  natural 
character. 

The  consequence  of  the  battle  of  Issus 
was  the  submission  of  all  Syria.  Da- 
mascus, where  Darius  had  deposited  his 
chief  treasures,  was  betrayed  and  given 
up  by  its  governor.  The  Phoenicians 
were  pleased  to  see  themselves  thus 
avenged  for  the  oppression  they  had 
suffered  under  the  yoke  of  Persia. 

He  directed  his  course  towards  Tyre 
and  desired  admittance  to  perform  a  sa- 
crifice to  Hercules.  The  Tyrians  shut 
their  gates,  and  maintained  for  seven 
months  a  noble  defence.  The  city  was 
at  length  taken  by  storm  ;  and  the  victor 
glutted  his  revenge  by  the  inhuman  mas- 


sacre of  8,000  of  the  inhabitants.  The 
fate  of  Gaza,  gloriously  defended  by 
Baetis,  was  equally  deplorable  to  its  citi- 
zens, and  more  disgraceful  to  the  con- 
queror. Ten  thousand  of  the  former 
were  sold  into  slavery,  and  its  brave  de- 
fender dragged  at  the  wheels  of  the  vic- 
tor's chariot. 

The  taking  of  Gaza  opened  Egypt  to 
Alexander,  and  the  whole  country  sub- 
mitted without  opposition.  Amidst  the 
most  incredible  fatigues,  he  now  led  his 
army  through  the  deserts  of  Lybia,  to 
visit  the  temple  of  his  father  Jupiter  Am- 
nion. On  his  return  he  built  Alexandria, 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Nile,  afterwards  the 
capital  of  the  Lower  Egypt,  and  one  of 
the  most  flourishing  cities  in  the  world. 
Twenty  other  cities  of  the  same  name 
were  reared  by  him  in  the  course  of  his 
conquests.  It  is  such  works  as  these 
that  justly  entitle  the  Macedonian  to  the 
epithet  of  Great.  By  rearing  in  the 
midst  of  deserts  those  nurseries  of  pop- 
ulation and  of  industry,  he  repaired  the 
waste  and  havoc  of  his  conquests.  But 
for  those  monuments  of  his  glory,  he 
would  have  merited  no  other  epithet 
than  that  assigned  him  by  the  Brahmins 
of  India,  The  Mighty  Murderer. 

Returning  from  Egypt,  Alexander  tra- 
versed Assyria,  and  was  met  at  Arbela  by 
Darius,  at  the  head  of  700,000  men. 
The  Persian  had  proffered  peace,  con- 
senting to  yield  the  whole  country  from 
the  Euphrates  to  the  Plellespont,  to  give 
Alexander  his  daughter  in  marriage,  and 
the  immense  sum  of  10,000  talents.  But 
these  terms  were  haughtily  rejected,  and 
peace  refused,  but  upon  the  unqualified 
submission  of  his  enemy.  The  Persians 
were  defeated  at  Arbela,  with  the  loss 
of  300,000  men.  Darius  fled  from  prov- 
ince to  province.  At  length  betrayed  by 
Bessus,  one  of  his  own  satraps,  he  was 
cruelly  murdered  ;  and  the  Persian  em- 
pire, which  had  substituted  for  206  years 
from  the  time  of  Cyrus  the  Great,  sub- 
mitted to  the  conquerer,  330  B.  C. 

Alexander  now  projected  the  conquest 
of  India,  firmly  persuaded  that  the  gods 
had  decreed  him  the  sovereignty  of  the 
whole  habitable  globe.  He  penetrated 
to  the  Ganges,  and  would  have  advanced 
to  the  Eastern  Ocean,  had  the  spirit   of 


428 


GREECE. 


his  army  kept  pace  with  his  ambition. 
But  his  troops,  seeing  no  end  to  their 
toils,  refused  to  proceed.  He  returned 
to  the  Indus,  from  whence,  sending  round 
his  fleet  to  the  Persian  Gulf  vmder 
Nearchus,  he  marched  his  army  across 
the  desert  to  Persepolis. 

Indignant  that  he  had  found  a  limit  to 
his  conquests,  he  abandoned  himself  to 
every  excess  of  luxury  and  debauchery. 
The  arrogance  of  his  nature,  and  the  ar- 
dor of  his  passions,  heightened  by  con- 
tinual intemperance,  broke  out  into  the 
most  outrageous  excesses  of  cruelty,  for 
which,  in  the  few  intervals  of  sober  re- 
flection, his  ingenuous  mind  suffered  the 
keenest  remorse.  From  Persepolis  he 
returned  to  Babylon,  and  there  died- in  a 
fit  of  debauch,  in  the  thirty  third  year  of 
his  age,  and  thirteenth  of  his  reig-n, 
324  B.  C. 

Demosthenes  once  more  made  a  no- 
ble attempt  to  vindicate  the  national  free- 
dom, and  to  rouse  his  countrymen,  the 
Athenians,  to  shake  off  the  yoke  of  Ma- 
cedon.  But  it  was  too  late.  The  paci- 
fic councils  of  Phocion  suited  better  the 
languid  spirit  of  this  once  illustrious  peo- 
ple. After  a  variety  of  conflicts  and 
revolutions,  the  whole  of  Greece  was  re- 
duced to  the  state  of  a  Roman  province, 
under  the  name  of  Achaia. 

But  Greece,  though  subject  to  the  Ro- 
man arms,  soon  acquired,  by  her  arts  of 
peace,  a  silent  superiority  over  her  con- 
querors. The  victors  became  the  disci- 
ples of  the  vanquished ;  and  the  most 
distinguished  Romans  learned,  in  the 
Grecian  schools  of  philosophy,  to  regard 
the  country  which  they  held  in  subjec- 
tion, with  the  gratitude -and  respect  due 
to  a  benefactor.  These  considerations 
probably  contributed  to  secure  to  the  in- 
habitants of  Greece  a  milder  exercise  of 
authority,  and  more  distinguished  marks 
of  favor,  than  were  enjoyed  by  any  other 
province  under  the  yoke  of  Rome. 

After  Greece  became  a  Roman  prov- 
ince, the  history  of  this  country  has  been 
more  or  less  mixed  and  identified  with 
that  of  its  conquerors.  Though  the 
splendor  of  Constantinople,  during  the 
time  of  its  prosperity,  might  have  reflect- 
ed some  lustre  upon  Greece,  yet  it  gain- 
ed scarcely  any  thing  under  the  various 


[emperors  who  filled  the  throne,  for  a 
length  of  time  previous  to  its  fall,  and 
i  who  were  most  of  them  hurled  from  it 
I  by  the  hand  of  violence.  The  Latins, 
the  enemies  of  the  Greek  emperors,  seiz- 
ed on  the  Morea,  and  laid  it  wasteas  did 
the  Sicilians  and  Normans  afterwards. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  seventeenth 
century,  the  Venetians  invaded  the  coun- 
try, took  Athens,  and  extended  their  pow- 
er over  a  great  part  of  the  continent  and 
some  of  the  islands ;  but,  republicans  as 
they  were,  they  treated  in  the  most  des- 
potic manner  the  serfs  of  the  Morea : 
still,  as  they  wished  to  realize  some  ad- 
vantage from  their  conquest,  they  en- 
couraged the  people  to  cultivate  agricul- 
ture, and  it  is  to  them  that  they  owe  the 
numerous  plantations  of  olives,  &;c,  the 
remains  of  which  are  still  found  in  vari- 
ous parts  of  the  Greek  islands.  Histori- 
ans assure  us,  they  contrived  to  manage 
this  country  so  well,  that  they  realized  a 
revenue  of  300,000  crowns ;  and  they 
rebuilt  several  ancient  fortresses,  which 
were  judged  necessary  to  secure  their 
dominion  in  the  Archipelago.  But  Ve- 
nice having  experienced  changes  in  her 
own  domains,  she  consequently  lost  her 
distant  possessions  ;  and,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  Mo- 
rea was  wrested  from  her  grasp.  The 
Turks  having  again  become  masters  of 
the  peninstfla,  made  the  inhabitants  feel 
the  weight  of  their  iron  sceptre,  and  im- 
posed their  karatch,  or  capitation  tax,  as 
a  price  at  which  they  consented  to  spare 
the  lives  of  the  vanquished.  The  inter- 
ference of  christian  powers,  especially 
of  Russia,  in  the  year  1770,  only  tended 
to  increase  the  miseries  and  aggravate 
the  bondage  of  the  unhappy  Greeks. — 
Peter  the  Great  had,  there  is  no  doubt, 
laid  the  foimdation  of  a  plan  for  assisting 
them,  and  driving  their  oppressors  out  of 
Europe  ;  and  the  empress  Catharine,  fol- 
lowing the  views  of  her  predecessor, 
sent  a  fleet  of  twenty  sail  towards  the 
close  of  the  year  1769,  which  took  pos- 
session of  several  islands,  attacked  the 
Turkish  fleet,  and  finally  succeeded  in 
destroying  it.  The  call  to  the  Greeks 
on  this  occasion  to  arm  themselves,  and 
shake  off  the  yoke,  was  instantly  obeyed, 
and  an  insurrection  took  place  through- 


GREECE. 


429 


out  the  Morea,  and  also  in  many  of  the 
islands  of  the  Archipelago.  The  Rus- 
sian fleet,  however,  was  recalled,  and  the 
poor  Greeks  abandoned  to  their  fate. — 
The  Albanians  ravaged  the  country  in 
conjunction  with  the  Turks,  who  carried 
off  a  great  multitude  of  the  inhabitants 
into  slavery. 

At  the  time  of  the  expedition  of  the 
French  into  Egypt,  the  Greeks,  strongly 
incited  by  the  events  of  the  war,  which 
was  thus  approaching  them,  waited  for 
them  as  liberators,  with  the  firm  resolu- 
tion of  going  to  meet  them  and  regaining 
their  liberty  ;  but  again  their  hopes  were 
disappointed,  and  the  succors  they  ex- 
pected from  France  were  removed  to  a 
distance.  The  brave  Rhigas,  at  once  a 
poet  and  a  warrior,  and  the  author  of  the 
celebrated  national  air  in  imitation  of  the 
Marseillois,  which  is  to  this  day  the  war 
song  of  the  Greek  troops,  perished  at  Bel- 
grade by  the  hands  of  the  oppressors  of  his 
country ;  but  his  blood,  and  that  of  other 
less  celebrated  chiefs,  only  served  to  in- 
crease the  national  discontent,  instead  of 
discouraging  it.  Having  waited  in  vain, 
in  the  midst  of  the  great  events  which, 
in  several  respects,  have  changed  the 
whole  face  of  Europe  in  this  century, 
the  Greeks,  taking  counsel  only  of  their 
despair,  and  indignant  at  living  always  as 
Helots  in  the  ruins  of  Sparta  and  Athens, 
when  nations  of  but  yesterday  were  recov- 
ering their  rights  and  recognising  their 
social  relations,  rose  against  their  des- 
potic masters,  perhaps  with  greater  bold- 
ness than  prudence. 

The  first  decided  movement  took  place 
in  the  year  1800,  when  the  Servians, 
provoked  by  the  cruelty  of  their  oppres- 
sors the  Turks,  made  a  general  insurrec- 
tion, which  was  headed  by  their  celebra- 
ted chief  Czerni  George,  who  had  served 
as  a  sergeant  in  the  Austrian  service,  and 
afterwards  became  a  bandit  chief.  He 
was  possessed  of  much  energy  of  charac- 
ter and  bravery.  Under  him  the  Servians 
obtained  several  victories.  He  blockaded 
Belgrade,  and  one  of  the  gates  being  sur- 
rendered to  him,  he  made  his  entry  into 
the  city  and  slaughtered  nearly  all  the 
Turks  that  were  found  in  it.  In  the 
mean  time  Russia  openly  declared  war 
against  the  Porte  in  1807,  and  carried  on 


the  war  until  the  year  1812,  when  the 
treaty  of  Bucharest  was  negotiated  ;  and 
though  some  efforts  were  made  to  obtain 
a  concession  in  favor  of  their  Servian  al- 
lies, yet  one  difiiculty  after  another  being 
stated  by  the  Porte,  a  peace  was  at  length 
concluded,  as  before,  upon  such  terms  as 
left  the  insurgents  to  their  fate. 

The  Turks  and  Greeks  never  became 
one  nation ;  the  relation  of  conquerors 
and  conquered  never  ceased.  However 
abject  a  large  part  of  the  Greeks  became 
by  their  continued  oppression,  they  never 
forgot  that  they  were  a  distinct  nation  ; 
and  their  patriarch  at  Constantinople  re- 
mained a  visible  point  of  union  for  their 
national  feelings.  As  early  as  1809,  a 
society  had  been  formed  at  Paris  for  the 
liberation  of  Greece.  In  1814,  the  He- 
taireia  was  formed  in  Vienna,  but  the  re- 
volution began  too  early  for  their  plans. 
A  Walachian,  Theodore  Wladimiresko, 
left  Bucharest,  January  30th,  with  sixty 
pandoors,  and  instigated  the  peasants  to 
revolt,  promising  them  the  protection  of 
Russia  and  the  restoration  of  their  old 
rights.  The  Arnaouts,  who  were  sent 
against  him,  joined  him,  and  he  soon  be- 
came master  of  little  Walachia,  at  the 
head  of  5,000  men.  The  Greeks  in  Mol- 
davia likewise  rose,  under  prince  Alex- 
ander Ypsilanti,  a  major-general  in  the 
Russian  service. 

The  revolution  in  the  Morea  began  on 
the  23rd  of  March,  1821,  at  Calavrita, 
a  small  place  in  Achaia,  where  eighty 
Turks  were  made  prisoners.  On  the 
same  day,  the  Turkish  garrison  of  Patras 
fell  upon  the  Greek  inhabitants  ;  but  they 
were  soon  relieved.  In  the  ancient  La- 
conia,  Colocotroni  and  Peter  Mavromi- 
chalis  roused  the  people  to  arms.  The 
archbishop  Germanos  collected  the  pea- 
sants of  Achaia  ;  and  in  Patras  and  oth- 
er places  the  Turks  were  compelled  to 
retreat  into  the  fortresses.  As  early  as 
April  6th,  a  Messenian  senate  assembled 
in  Calamata  ;  and  the  bey  of  Maina,  Pe- 
ter Mavromichalis,  as  commander-in- 
chief,  proclaimed  that  the  Morea  had 
shaken  off  the  yoke  of  Turkey  to  save 
the  christian  faith,  and  to  restore  the  an- 
cient character  of  their  country.  "  From 
Europe  nothing  is  wanted  but  money,  arms, 
and  counsel."     From  that  time  the  suf- 


430 


GREECE. 


fering  Greeks  found  friends  in  Germany, 
France,  Switzerland,  England,  and  the 
United  States  of  America.  The  cabinets 
of  the  other  European  powers,  on  the  con- 
trary, threw  every  impediment  in  the  way 
of  the  Hellenists,  until  they  were  finally 
obliged  against  their  inclination,  to  inter- 
fere in  their  favor.  Jussuf  Selim,  pacha 
of  Lepanto,  having  received  information 
of  these  events  from  the  diplomatic  agent 
of  a  European  power,  hastened  to  relieve 
the  citadel  of  Patras,  and  the  town  was 
changed  into  a  heap  of  ruins.  The  mas- 
sacre of  the  inhabitants  was  the  signal 
for  a  struggle  of  life  and  death.  Almost 
the  whole  war  was  thenceforward  a  suc- 
cession of  atrocities.  It  was  not  a  war 
prosecuted  on  any  fixed  plan,  but  merely 
a  series  of  devastations  and  murders. 
The  revolution  spread  over  Attica,  Boeo- 
tia,  Phocis,  ^Etolia,  and  Acarnania.  The 
ancient  names  were  revived.  At  the 
same  time  the  islands  declared  them- 
selves free.  In  the  beginning  of  April 
the  wealthy  merchants  and  ship-owners, 
the  bold  mariners  of  Hydra,  Spezzia,  and 
Ispara,  who  had  long  before  been  gained 
over  to  the  cause  of  liberty,  erected  an 
independent  government  in  Hydra.  They 
fitted  out  their  vessels  for  war,  and  the 
blue  and  red  flag  of  the  Hetaireia  soon 
waved  on  nearly  two  hundred  vessels. 

While  the  conduct  of  the  Moreots  has 
but  too  often  drawn  on  them  the  just  re- 
proach of  their  compatriots,  the  former 
have  gained  a  name  in  history,  which 
be  will  honored  as  long  as  an  invincible 
love  of  liberty,  and  bold  and  inflexible 
courage  in  an  unequal  struggle  are  prized. 
The  Hydriots  cruised  in  the  Turkish  wa- 
ters, and  blockaded  the  ports.  In  some  isl- 
ands the  Turks  were  massacred  in  revenge 
for  the  murder  of  the  Greeks  at  Patras  ; 
and,  in  retaliation,  the  Greeks  were  put 
to  death  at  Smyrna,  in  Asia  Minor,  and 
in  those  islands  which  had  not  yet  shak- 
en off"  the  Turkish  yoke.  The  exasper- 
ation was  raised  to  the  highest  pitch  by 
the  cruelties  committed  against  the  Greeks 
in  Constantinople,  after  the  end  of  March. 
On  mere  suspicion,  and  often  merely  to 
obtain  possession  of  their  property,  the 
divan  caused  the  richest  Greek  mer- 
chants and  bankers  to  be  put  to  death. 
The  rage  of  the  Mussulmans  was  parti- 


cularly directed  against  the  Greek  cler- 
gy. In  April,  Gregory,  the  patriarch  of 
Constantinople,  was  murdered,  with  his 
bishops,  in  the  metropolis.  In  Adriano- 
ple,  the  venerable  patriarch,  Cyrillus, 
who  had  retired  to  a  life  of  solitude,  and 
Proesos,  archbishop  of  Adrianople,  and 
others,  met  the  same  fate. 

When  the  first  Turkish  squadron  left 
the  Dardanelles,  May  19th,  the  Greeks 
constantly  pursued  it  with  their  fire-ships, 
avoiding,  at  the  same  time,  a  general  en- 
gagement ;  and,  June  8th,  they  attacked  a 
vessel  of  the  line,  which  had  got  ashore 
at  Tenedos,  burned  it,  and  compelled  the 
rest  of  the  squadron  to  put  back  to  the 
Dardanelles.  June  15th,  the  Ipsariots 
landed  on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  and 
took  possession  of  the  ancient  Cydonia, 
now  the  Greek  city  of  Aivali ;  but,  after 
they  had  retired,  the  Turks  burned  the 
city,  and  35,000  of  its  inhabitants  either 
perished  or  were  driven  from  their  homes. 
The  ill  success  of  their  expedition  added 
fresh  fuel  to  the  rage  of  the  Turks.  The 
Greeks  in  the  island  of  Candia,  who  had 
avoided  all  participation  in  the  insurrec- 
tion, were  disarmed,  and  their  archbish- 
op and  several  clergymen  executed.  But 
the  peasants  in  the  mountains,  and  the 
inhabitants  of  the  small  island  Sphakia, 
called  the  Suliots  of  Candia,  refused  to 
give  up  their  arms,  collected  and  drove 
the  Turks  back  again  into  the  towns. 
From  that  time,  the  struggle  continued, 
and  the  Turks,  though  supported  by  sev- 
eral thousand  men  from  Egypt,  were 
never  again  able  to  make  themselves 
masters  of  the  islands.  They,  however, 
maintained  themselves  in  the  cities. 

On  the  island  of  Cyprus,  where  also 
there  had  been  no  appearance  of  an  in- 
surrection, the  Greeks  were  disarmed  in 
November,  1821,  and  almost  all  the  in- 
habitants of  Larnica,  with  the  archbishop 
and  other  prelates,  murdered.  The  pea- 
sants now  united  for  mutual  protection  ; 
as  a  punishment  for  which,  sixty-two  vil- 
lages were  burned  in  August,  1822. 
Similar  atrocities  were  committed  by 
the  Turks  at  Scala  Nuova,  in  Rhodes, 
and  at  Pergamos,  after  the  Greeks  had 
surprised  the  latter  place.  In  Smyrna, 
also,  new  cruelties  were  committed  ;  and 
the  European  consuls  did  not  succeed 


GREECE 


431 


until  November,  1821,  in  inducing  the 
pacha  to  put  a  stop  to  the  enormities  of 
the  Turks.  But  in  the  European  provin- 
ces of  Turkey,  the  cruelties  against  chris- 
tians continued,  as  the  sultan  had  issued 
a  new  hatti-sheriff,  calling  upon  all  Mus- 
sulmans to  take  arms  against  the  Giaours. 
This  order  was  not  pubhshed  in  Constan- 
tinople, for  which  the  populace,  in  that 
place,  revenged  themselves  by  setting 
fire  to  the  city,  Avhenever  news  of  ill 
success  exasperated  them  against  the 
Greeks. 

The  great  Turkish  fleet  under  the  ca- 
pudan  pacha,  Kara  Ali,  strengthened  by 
Egyptian,  Tunisian  and  Algerine  vessels, 
had,  indeed,  driven  away  the  Greek  flo- 
tillas, supplied  the  Turkish  garrisons  in 
the  Morea  with  troops,  arms,  and  provi- 
sions, burned  the  small  village  of  Galax- 
idi,  in  the  gulf  of  Lepanto,  and  taken  some 
small  Greek  fishing  craft  in  the  harbor 
of  this  place.  Yet  the  fleet  had  eflected 
nothing  decisive.  Hardly  had  it  returned 
to  the  Dardanelles,  when  the  Greek  fleets 
renewed  their  system  of  blockade,  and 
became,  as  formerly,  masters  of  the 
iEgean  sea  and  the  gulf  of  Saloniki. 
Meanwhile,  Demetrius  Ypsilanti  had  ar- 
rived at  Hydra,  with  prince  Alexander 
Cantacuzeno,  with  authority  from  his 
brother,  Alexander  Ypsilanti.  In  Hydra, 
the  unfortunate  result  of  the  struggle  in 
Walachia  was  not  yet  known.  Deme- 
trius promised  the  aid  of  Russia,  and 
announced  the  restoration  of  the  Greek 
empire.  Yet  it  was  with  great  difficulty 
that  he  succeeded  in  being  appointed,  on 
the  24th  July,  1821,  archistrategos  or 
commander-in-chief  of  the  Peloponne- 
sus, the  Archipelago,  and  all  the  libera- 
ted provinces,  and,  as  such,  in  being 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  Greeks  in  the 
Morea,  where  the  dissensions  among  the 
capitani,  and  the  undisciplined  state  of 
the  soldiery,  had  a  most  injurious  effect. 
Soon  after,  the  principal  Turkish  fortress, 
Monembasia,  surrendered  to  prince  Can- 
tacuzeno, and  Navarino  to  Demetrius 
Ypsilanti  ;  but  the  rapacious  Moreots  did 
not  observe  the  articles  of  capitulation. 

Demetrius,  disgusted  at  this  disorder, 
declared  his  intention  to  leave  Greece, 
unless  he  were  invested  with  power  to 
put  a  stop  to  this  licentiousness,  which 


he  received,  at  least  nominally.  At  the 
same  time,  the  senate  of  Calamata  united 
with  that  of  Hydra,  in  order  to  assemble 
a  congress  of  deputies  from  all  Greece, 
at  Calamata.  Whilst  Mavrocordato  and 
others  were  making  these  preparations, 
Demetrius  Ypsilanti  was  closely  besieg- 
ing Tripolizza,  the  chief  fortress  of  the 
Turks,  situated  in  the  plain  of  Mantinaea, 
in  the  centre  of  Greece.  The  garrison 
was  on  the  point  of  surrendering,  when 
the  appearance  of  the  Turkish  fleet,  in 
the  waters  of  the  Peloponnesus,  gave 
them  new  courage.  But  in  order  to  in- 
duce the  Turkish  troops  to  make  an  ob- 
stinate resistance,  from  fear  of  the  ven- 
geance of  the  Christians,  the  Turkish 
commanders  at  Tripolizza  ordered  eighty 
priests  and  noble  Greeks,  who  had  been 
brought  there,  in  part,  by  the  treacherous 
invitations  of  the  beys,  to  be  all  murdered, 
excepting  two.  After  two  thousand  Al- 
banians had  received  permission  to  de- 
part, and  the  negotiations  with  the  Turks 
were  broken  off,  Tripolizza  was  taken 
by  storm.  The  last  post  was  surren- 
dered, on  terms  of  capitulation,  by  the 
gallant  Kiaja  Bey;  but  the  Moreots  could 
not  be  restrained,  and  8,000  Turks  per- 
ished. Even  the  Albanians  were  at- 
tacked, and  some  of  them  plundered.  In 
Tripolizza,  the  Moreots  gained  their  first 
heavy  cannon,  and  the  place  became  the 
seat  of  the  soi-disdnt  Greek  government, 
until  it  was  transferred  to  Argos. 

Sixty  deputies  from  all  the  provinces 
of  Greece  formed  the  first  national  assem- 
bly in  Epidaurus  on  the  1 0th  of  January, 
1822,  under  the  presidency  of  Mavrocor- 
dato, which,  January  13,  the  Greek  new 
year's  day,  proclaimed  a  provisional  con- 
stitution. Its  principles  were  the  follow- 
ing :  the  annual  election  of  all  chief 
magistrates  of  the  provinces,  districts 
and  communities  ;  laws  were  to  be  made 
by  the  concurrent  votes  of  the  delegative 
and  executive  councils ;  the  execution 
of  laws  was  to  rest  with  the  execu- 
tive council,  which  appointed  the  eight 
ministers  ;  the  independence  of  the  judi- 
ciary was  to  be  provided  for  ;  this  branch 
of  government  was  to  be  exercised  by 
the  district,  provincial,  and  supreme  courts. 
The  congress  then  elected  the  thirty -three 
members  of  the  legislative  and  the  five 


432 


GREECE. 


members  of  the  executive  council ;  Mavro- 
cordato  was  elected  president ;  Theodore 
Negris,  secretary  of  state  of  the  executive 
council ;  Ypsilanti,  who  had  expected  this 
place,  was  appointed  president  of  the  le- 
gislative council,  but  never  discharged 
the  duties  of  his  office.  Finally,  the 
congress  of  Epidaurus  issued  a  manifes- 
to, January  27,  1 822,  in  which  they  pro- 
nounced the  union  of  the  Greeks  under 
an  independent  federative  government. 

This  arrangement  at  first  was  not  so 
beneficial  as  had  been  expected.  A  peo- 
ple so  long  enslaved,  and  so  deficient  in 
civilization,  could  not  at  once  establish  a 
wise  and  firm  government.  The  central 
government  fixed  its  seat  at  Corinth,  and, 
at  a  later  period  again  at  Argos. 

The  numerous  Greek  population  of  the 
flourishing  and  defenceless  Island  of  Scio 
had  declined  every  invitation  to  engage  in 
the  revolution;  but  in  March,  1822,  a 
Greek  fleet  from  Samos,  vmder  Logotheti, 
having  appeared  on  the  coast,  the  pea- 
sants, who  labored  under  the  greatest 
oppressions,  took  up  arms  and  great  dis- 
orders occurred.  At  this  moment  the 
great  Turkish  fleet  made  its  appearance. 
In  order  to  punish  Scio,  the  capudan 
pacha  abandoned  his  plan  of  operations 
against  the  Morea,  and  landed  15,000  of 
the  most  barbarous  of  the  Asiatic  troops, 
after  the  Sciots  had  rejected  the  off'er  of 
amnesty.  The  islanders  were  beaten, 
and  in  a  few  days  the  beautiful  island  of 
Scio  was  changed  into  a  scene  of  fire 
and  blood.  It  was  with  great  difficulty, 
and  at  the  risk  of  their  own  lives,  that 
the  European  consuls  (among  whom  the 
courageous  French  consul  Digeon  was 
distinguished,)  and  the  captains  of  some 
European  vessels,  were  able  to  save  a 
few  hundred  Greeks.  Part  of  the  people 
escaped  to  their  vessels,  and  others  con- 
tinued the  struggle  of  despair  in  the 
mountains.  Here  they  carried  on  a  pro- 
tracted warfare  with  the  Turkish  troops, 
and  exhibited  a  devotion  to  the  cause  of 
liberty  worthy  of  the  cause  in  which  they 
were  engaged. 

The  European  consuls,  by  means  of  a 
pastoral  letter  of  the  archbishop,  and  by 
the  written  assurance  of  the  surviving 
hostages,  that  the  Sciots  might  trust  the 
oflered  amnesty,  if  they  would  deliver  up 


their  leaders  and  their  arms,  finally  effect- 
ed the  submission  of  the  peasants.  Still 
murders,  burnings,  and  pillaging  did  not 
cease.  According  to  the  Turkish  lists, 
down  to  the  25th  of  May,  41,000  Sciots, 
mostly  women  and  children,  were  sold 
into  slavery.  A  similar  fate  was  prepared 
for  Ipsara,  Tine,  and  Samos.  But  the 
Ipsariots,  having  already  made  prepa- 
rations to  send  their  families  to  the 
Morea,  hovered  round  the  Turkish  fleet 
with  seventy  small  vessels,  among  which 
were  several  fire-ships,  called  hcphmstia, 
which  were  as  ingeniously  constructed 
as  they  were  skilfully  directed.  Forty- 
three  Ipsariots  and  Hydriots  devoted 
themselves  to  death,  rowed  with  their 
scampavias  (a  kind  of  gun-boats)  into  the 
midst  of  the  fleet  of  the  enemy,  which 
still  lay  in  the  road  of  Scio  ;  and  in  the 
night  of  June  18,  1822,  captain  George 
attached  fire-ships  to  the  ship  of  the  cap- 
udan pacha  and  to  another  vessel  of  the 
line.  The  former  blew  up,  with  2,286 
men  ;  the  latter  was  saved.  The  capu- 
dan pacha  was  mortally  wounded,  and 
carried  on  shore,  where  he  died.  The 
Turks  were  at  first  stupified ;  but  their 
rage  soon  broke  out,  and  the  last  traces 
of  cultivation,  the  gum  mastic  villages,  so 
lucrative  to  the  Porte,  were  destroyed. 
In  Constantinople,  Turks  bought  Sciots 
merely  for  the  purpose  of  putting  them 
to  death  at  pleasure.  The  merchants  of 
Scio,  resident  at  Constantinople,  and  the 
hostages  which  were  carried  thither, 
were  executed  in  secret  or  in  public, 
without  any  kind  of  legal  process.  Thus 
the  Morea  and  the  Archipelago  were 
taught  what  fate  they  were  to  expect. 

Whilst  Scio  was  desolated,  and  Ma- 
cedonia ruined,  the  central  government 
at  Corinth,  under  Mavrocordato,  presi- 
dent of  the  executive  council,  was  en- 
gaged, in  connection  with  the  provincial 
governments,  in  organising  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  country.  This  was  ac- 
complished by  the  law  of  1822,  the  first 
year  of  independence,  introducing  order 
into  the  army,  raising  a  loan,  promising 
the  soldiers  land,  and,  as  there  existed 
no  taxes  except  customs,  in  laying  a  tax 
on  the  productions  of  the  soil ;  but  they 
met  with  resistance  in  almost  all  their 
attempts,  particularly  from  the  old  capi- 


GREECE. 


433 


tani,  who  had  been  entirely  independent 
during  the  government  of  the  Turks. — 
Each  desired  to  command  and  to  fight  on 
his  own  account,  and  for  his  own  profit. 
Thus  the  avaricious  and  ambitious  Colo- 
cotroni,  the  fierce  Ulysses,  and  the 
haughty  Mavromichalis,  and  even  Ypsi- 
lanti,  yielded  with  reluctance  to  the  new 
order  of  things. 

Mavrocordato  in  vain  called  the  peo- 
ple to  arms ;  the  other  commanders  re- 
fused to  assist  him  ;  general  Varnakioti 
went  over  to  the  enemy,  and  the  internal 
dissensions  among  the  Albanians  enfee- 
bled the  strength  of  the  Greeks.  The 
castle  of  Suli  was  surrendered  to  the 
Turks.  Part  of  the  Suliots  (1,800  men, 
with  their  wives  and  children)  took  re- 
fuge under  the  protection  of  the  British 
in  Cephalonia  ;  the  rest  fled  to  the  moun- 
tains. Mavrocordato,  with  300  men,  and 
Marco  Botzaris,  finally  threw  themselves 
into  Missolonghi.  "  Here,"  said  the  for- 
mer, "  let  us  fall  with  Greece."  Omer 
Vrione  now  considered  himself  master  of 
iEtolia,  and  advanced  with  Ruschid,  at 
the  head  of  11,000  men,  to  Missolonghi. 
Jussuf  Pacha  sent  troops  from  Patras 
and  Lepanto  against  Corinth,  and  Khur- 
shid,  who,  in  Larissa,  had  received  re-en- 
forcements from  Rumelia  and  Bulgaria, 
determined  to  advance  from  Thessaly, 
through  Livadia  against  the  isthmus ; 
and  then,  after  forming  a  union  with  Jus- 
suf and  Omer  Vrione,  to  crush  the  in- 
surgents in  the  Morea.  His  main  body, 
25,000  strong,  composed  principally  of 
cavalry,  had  already  passed  Thermopy- 
lae, which  Ulysses  had  defended  so  val- 
iantly in  May  and  June,  without  opposi- 
tion. On  his  march  through  Livadia,  he 
laid  every  thing  waste,  proclaimed  an 
amnesty,  and  occupied  Corinth,  which  a 
priest  of  the  name  of  Achilles,  who  af- 
terwards killed  himself,  had  basely  sur- 
rendered ;  but  when  Khurshid  attempted 
to  penetrate  the  passes  in  person,  he  was 
three  times  repelled  by  Ulysses  near 
Larissa,  where  he  died,  just  before  the 
arrival  of  the  capidgi  baschi,  who  brought 
his  death  w^arrant.  That  body  of  caval- 
ry, however,  which  had  so  rashly  push- 
ed forward  without  infantry,  and  was 
unable  to  obtain  food  or  provender,  per- 
ished in  the  defiles  of  the  Morea.  When 
55 


it  advanced  against  Argos  (from  which 
the  central  government  had  fled,)  formed 
a  junction  with  5,000  men  of  Jessuf's 
army,  and  sent  re-enforcements  to  Napoli 
di  Romania,  the  danger  united  all  the 
capitani.  Nicholas  Niketas,  who  was 
on  the  point  of  taking  Napoli  di  Romania 
by  capitulation,  Mavromichalis  and  Ypsi- 
lanti,  retreated  to  the  heights  of  Argos, 
laying  waste  the  open  country  ;  Ypsilan- 
ti,  in  the  ruins  of  the  castle  of  Argos, 
held  the  enemy  in  check;  the  Greek 
fleet  prevented  the  relief  of  Napoli  di 
Romania,  by  the  great  Turkish  fleet,  and 
took  an  Austrian  store-ship,  bound  to  Na- 
poli di  Romania ;  Ulysses  occupied  the 
defiles  of  Geranion  ;  Colocotroni  hasten- 
ed from  Patras,  which  he  was  besieging, 
to  the  scene  of  danger,  called  the  people 
to  the  standard  of  the  cross,  assumed  the 
chief  command,  and,  in  the  latter  part  of 
June,  occupied  the  defiles  between  Pa- 
tras, Argos,  and  Corinth,  by  which  he 
cut  off"  the  connection  of  the  Turks  in 
Thessaly  with  Khunshid.  The  skirmish- 
ing now  began  on  all  sides,  and  continu- 
ed day  and  night,  from  August  1st  to 
August  8th.  On  the  latter  day  the  Turk- 
ish commander-in-chief,  whose  troops 
had  nothing  but  horse  flesh  to  eat,  offer- 
ed to  evacuate  the  Morea  ;  but  Coloco- 
troni refused  the  offer.  The  pacha  then 
determined  to  break  through  to  the  isth- 
mus of  Corinth ;  but  Niketas  fell  upon 
the  separate  corps  of  the  Turks,  on  the 
night  of  August  9th,  in  the  defile  of 
Tretes  ;  so  that  hardly  2,000,  without 
artillery  or  baggage,  reached  the  isthmus, 
where  Ypsilanti  entirely  destroyed  them. 
Another  corps,  which  fled  towards  Pa- 
tras, was  destroyed  by  Colocotroni ;  the 
remaining  corps  was  routed  by  the  Mai- 
nots,  near  Napoli.  Thus  more  than 
20,000  Turks  disappeared  in  four  weeks 
from  the  Greek  soil. 

The  Turldsh  fleet,  which  had  lain  at 
anchor  for  four  weeks  in  the  gulf  of  Le- 
panto, and  had  attacked  Missolonghi, 
without  success,  set  sail,  September  1st, 
with  the  plague  on  board.  After  an  un- 
successful attempt  to  break  through  the 
line  of  57  Greek  brigs,  which  blockaded 
Napoli,  it  finally  came  to  anchor  at  the 
entrance  of  the  Dardanelles,  off  Tene- 
dos.     On  the  10th  of  November,  seven- 


434 


GREECE. 


teen  daring  sailors,  of  the  band  of  the 
forty  Ipsariots,  dressed  like  Turks,  con- 
ducted two  fire-ships  under  full  sail,  as 
if  they  were  flying  from  the  Greeks, 
whilst  two  Ipsariot  vessels  pursued  them, 
firing  on  them  with  blank  cartridges,  into 
the  midst  of  the  Turkish  licet,  and  fasten- 
ed one  of  them,  to  the  admiral's  ship,  the 
other  to  the  ship  of  the  capitana-bey. — 
Both  were  soon  in  flames  ;  the  former 
narrowly  escaped ;  the  latter  blew  up 
with  1800  men  ;  the  capudan  pacha, 
Cara  Mehmet,  however,  got  on  shore, 
before  the  explosion  took  place.  Three 
frigates  were  wrecked  on  the  coast  of 
Asia  Minor ;  one  vessel  of  thirty-six 
guns  was  captured ;  storms  and  terror 
destroyed  a  part  of  the  Ottoman  fleet, 
and  of  thirty-five  vessels  only  eighteen 
returned  into  the  Dardanelles.  The 
seventeen  Ipsariots  arrived  safely  at  Ip- 
sara,  where  the  ephori  rewarded  their 
leaders,  Constantine  Kanaris  and  George 
Minauly,with  naval  crowns.  The  Greeks 
were  once  more  masters  of  the  sea,  and 
renewed  the  blockade  of  the  Turkish 
ports,  which  Great  Britain  now  formally 
acknowledged. 

The  events  of  the  year  1823,  were  not 
less  bloody  and  confused  than  those  of 
the  preceding  years.  Whilst,  in  Thes- 
saly  and  Epirus,  there  was  a  suspension 
of  arms,  and  the  Greek  flag  (eight  blue 
and  white  horizontal  stripes)  commanded 
the  sea,  the  populace  in  Constantinople 
manifested  their  rage  by  setting  fire  to 
different  parts  of  the  city,  because  they 
were  prevented  from  committing  massa- 
cres. March  1st,  1823,  an  attempt  was 
made  to  pillage  and  burn  the  Greek 
suburbs  ;  but  the  wind  drove  the  flames 
against  the  Turkish  quarters.  Four  times 
the  sea  of  fire  rolled  against  the  Greek 
quarters,  and  four  times  a  fresh  north 
wind  rolled  it  back  ag'iinst  the  Turkish 
houses.  Pera  was  saved ;  but  6,000 
Turkisli  houses,  part  of  the  cannon  foun- 
dry, and  part  of  the  naval  arsenal,  were 
reduced  to  ashes.  The  Mussulmans 
finally  cried  out,  "  God  is  with  the  Gia- 
ours." The  grand-vizier  Abdullah  was 
dismissed  in  consequence  of  this  confla- 
gration, and  Ali  Bey,  a  pacha  hostile  to 
the  janissaries,  succeeded  him.  These 
troops,  therefore,  Kieditated  vengeance  ; 


and  on  the  13th  of  July,  a  new  fire  broke 
out,  which  consumed  1,500  private 
houses,  and  three  frigates.  Order  was, 
however,  restored  by  severe  measures ; 
more  favorable  news  arrived  from  Asia  ; 
and  the  sultan  resolved  on  a  general  war 
of  extermination  against  the  Greeks,  on 
account  of  which  he  called  all  Mussul- 
mans, from  fifteen  to  sixty  years,  to  arms. 

On  the  other  hand,  Greece  endeavored 
to  organize  an  army  and  a  financial  sys- 
tem. The  dissolved  battalion  of  Philhel- 
lenists  became  the  nucleus  of  the  first 
Greek  regiment.  Mavrocordato  Avas 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  land  forces. — 
Orlandi,  the  minister  of  the  marine,  who 
was  a  Hydriot,  organized  the  navy.  The 
rich  Hydriot  Miaulis  was  admiral.  The 
Greeks,  under  Mavromichalis  and  Ma- 
vrocordato, instead  of  waiting  for  the 
enemy  behind  the  isthmus,  took  a  posi- 
tion near  Megara,  and  Colocotroni  re- 
ceived the  command  over  the  forces  of 
Ulysses  and  Niketas,  with  whose  bands 
the  Peloponnesian  army  united  near 
Plataea. 

From  this  place  they  advanced  against 
the  enemy,  towards  the  end  of  June. — 
After  some  fighting  in  detail,  Ulysses 
defeated  one  of  the  main  bodies  of  the 
Turks,  under  Mehemet  Pacha,  at  Ther- 
mopylaj.  He  then  joined  the  army  under 
Colocotroni,  who  attacked  the  Turkish 
camp  near  the  monastery  of  St.  Luke,  that 
is  situated  between  the  cities  of  Thebes 
and  Livadia,  which  was  captured  by 
Ulysses  and  Niketas  after  a  very  obsti- 
nate engagement,  and  the  Turks  retreated 
with  great  loss.  Ulysses  overtook  them 
and  routed  them  in  the  plains  of  Chero- 
nea.  But  the  seraskier  collected  new 
forces,  and  advanced  again,  whilst,  at  the 
same  time,  Jussuf  and  Omer  Vrione, 
supported  by  the  fleet  of  the  capudan 
pacha,  off  Patras,  were  destined  to  ad- 
vance on  Missolonghi,  and  the  pacha  of 
Scutari  was  to  enter  the  Morea  through 
Western  Greece,  by  Vrachori,  Vonitza, 
and  Salona.  But  the  attack  of  the  seras- 
kier on  Volos  and  the  peninsula  of  Tri- 
cori  failed  ;  Jussuf's  march  was  delayed 
by  the  desertion  of  8,000  Albanians,  and 
the  vanguard  of  the  pacha  of  Scutari  was 
surprised  at  midnight,  on  the  20th  of 
August,  1823,  in  the  camp  of  Carpinissi, 


GREECE. 


435 


by  Marco  Botzaris.  Whilst  the  moun- 
taineers, from  Thessaly  and  Epirus,  at- 
tacked the  camp  on  four  sides,  on  a 
signal  given  by  Botzaris,  the  brave  com- 
mander himself  penetrated,  with  500 
Suliots,  to  the  tent  of  the  pacha ;  but,  at 
the  moment  of  making  the  pacha  of  Del- 
vino  prisoner,  he  received  a  mortal  w^ound, 
and  his  brother  Constantine  completed 
the  victory.  The  Turks  lost  all  their 
artillery  and  baggage,  and  the  dying 
Marco  exclaimed,  at  the  moment  of  vic- 
tory, "  Could  a  Suliot  leader  die  a  nobler 
death  ?"  The  Porte,  though  much  ex- 
hausted, still  had  greater  resources  for 
the  next  campaign  of  1824  than  the 
Greeks.  But  the  support  which  certain 
societies  in  England,  and  individuals, 
like  lord  Byron,  had  given  the  Greeks, 
by  means  of  loans,  by  sending  arms,  and 
by  assistance  in  person,  made  the  Porte 
indignant ;  and  it  required  that  the  British 
government  should  forbid  their  subjects  to 
take  any  part  in  the  aftairs  of  the  Greeks. 
In  the  meanwhile  the  British  officers 
who  had  fought  under  the  Greek  stand- 
ard, had  been  recalled  to  England.  The 
good  understanding  with  Russia  appeared 
still  more  complete,  when  a  great  number 
of  neutral  transport  ships,  Russian,  Aus- 
trian, and  others,  were  hired  by  the 
capudan  pacha,  who  sailed  out  of  the 
Dardanelles  to  destroy  Ipsara  and  Samos. 
At  the  same  time  Dervish,  pacha  of  Widin, 
as  commander-in-chief  of  the  Ottoman 
troops,  received  an  order  to  enter  the 
Morea,  whilst  the  pacha  of  Negropont, 
on  the  coast  of  Attica,"  and  Omer  Vrione, 
were  to  open  the  campaign  on  the  west 
coast  of  Greece.  The  Porte  had  suc- 
ceeded, too,  in  inducing  Mohammed  Ali, 
the  viceroy  of  Egypt,  to  send  from  his 
troops,  which  had  been  trained  in  the 
European  discipline  by  French  officers, 
20,000  men,  under  the  command  of  Ibra- 
him Pacha,  his  son,  besides  a  fleet  with 
transport  ships,  consisting  of  hired  Rus- 
sian, Austrian,  Spanish,  and  Italian  ves- 
sels, to  assist  the  grand  signior  in  redu- 
cing the  Greeks  to  submission.  A  fire 
in  Cairo  delayed,  for  some  months,  the 
departure  of  this  expedition.  In  the 
mean  time,  after  the  glorious  issue  of  the 
campaigns  of  1823,  dissensions  had  bro- 
ken out  anew  in  Greece.     The  party  of 


Mavrocordato,  which  had  taken  the  place 
of  the  heads  of  the  Hetaireia  was  com- 
posed of  Hydriot  merchants,  and  the 
most  enlightened  men  of  the  nation.  It 
endeavored  to  establish  an  orderly  and 
legal  administration,  and  to  regulate  the 
finances.  Mavrocordato  was  president 
of  the  legislative  body  ;  but  retiring  from 
the  military  party,  which  had  the  pre- 
ponderance in  the  Morea,  he  went  to- 
wards Western  Greece.  The  heads  of 
that  military  party,  the  capitani,  appeared 
to  wish  to  take  the  places  of  the  former 
Turkish  pachas  and  oppressors  of  the 
country,  and  one  of  the  most  eminent  of 
this  party  was  Colocotroni,  who  was  the 
most  powerful  in  the  executive  council. 
From  Tripolizza,  in  the  midst  of  the  pe- 
ninsula, his  faction  extended  itself  on  all 
sides.  Panos,  his  son,  commanded  at 
Nauplia,  the  seat  of  government ;  and  the 
whole  garrison  of  the  Acrocorinthus  con- 
sisted of  the  adherents  of  that  bold,  proud, 
and  rich  general.  After  Colocotroni 
came  Mavromichalis,  formerly  bey  of  the 
Mainots,  and  now  the  nominal  president 
of  the  executive  council.  Negris,  the 
former  minister  of  foreign  afl^airs,  had 
joined  Ulysses,  who  maintained  himself 
in  Athens  and  Eastern  Greece,  almost 
independently  of  the  central  government. 
These  capitani  raised,  without  regard  to 
rules  and  orders,  all  that  they  wanted  for 
themselves  and  their  soldiers  ;  so  that 
only  in  the  marine  at  Hydra,  and  in 
Western  Greece,  where  Mavrocordato 
commanded,  a  well-ordered  government 
was  maintained. 

In  Missolonghi,  lord  Byron  was  taking 
an  active  part.  In  conjunction  with 
colonel  Stanhope,  he  organized  the  artil- 
lery, and  established  schools  and  printing 
offices.  The  accession  of  the  garrison 
of  the  chief  fort  of  Napoli  to  the  cause 
of  the  government,  occasioned  the  con- 
clusion of  a  treaty  with  Colocotroni,  who 
submitted  with  all  his  followers,  imder 
the  security  of  a  general  amnest3^  Panos 
now  gave  up  Napoli  and  the  citadel  of 
Palamedes,  to  which  the  senate  and  the 
government  immediately  transferred 
themselves,  and  a  general  amnesty  ter- 
minated the  civil  war. 

During  this  time  the  Greeks  in  West- 
ern Greece  were  laboring  to  improve  the 


436 


GREECE. 


fortifications  of  Anatolico,  and  of  Misso- 
longhi,  the  bulwark  of  the  Peloponnesus. 
A  conspiracy  was  soon  after  discovered 
to  deliver  up  the  town  to  the  pacha  Jus- 
suf,  and  the  Suliots  began  to  commit 
great  excesses,  being  excessively  discon- 
tented with  lordByron's  new  regulations, 
and  also  with  the  influence  of  foreigners 
in  general.  In  consequence  of  this  a 
great  number  of  them  were  sent  out  of 
the  place.  These,  under  the  guidance 
of  a  certain  Karaiskaki,  took  possession 
of  the  fort  Wassiladi.  The  inhabitants 
took  no  part  in  this  rebellion  ;  and  a  body 
of  troops,  under  the  command  of  Botzaris, 
Sturnaris,  and  Trokas,  defeated  the  in- 
surgents, and  recovered  Wassiladi;  upon 
which  the  traitors  fled  to  Omer  Vrione. 
This  insurrection  frustrated  the  siege  of 
Lepanto,  and,  unfortunately  for  the  Greek 
cause,  lord  Byron's  health  suflfered  from 
these  events,  and  he  died  after  a  sickness 
of  ten  days,  on  the  19th  of  April,  1824. 

The  small  but  strongly  fortified  rocky 
island  of  Ipsara  had  made  itself  formida- 
ble to  the  Porte  by  the  number  of  its 
vessels  and  fire-ships,  in  which  the  most 
daring  of  the  islanders  carried  terror  and 
destruction  into  the  Dardanelles.  Khosru 
possessed  exact  information  of  the  fortifi- 
cations of  the  island.  Ishmael  Pliassa, 
nephew  of  the  well-known  Ali  Pacha  of 
Yanina,  commanded  under  him  14,000 
choice  troops,  mostly  Albanians.  But 
before  Khosru  invaded  the  island  he 
offered  pardon  and  protection  to  the 
Ipsariots  three  times ;  they  however 
Tejected  all  his  proposals,  and  5,000 
chosen  Greeks  and  Albanians  took  pos- 
session of  the  most  important  points ; 
even  the  females  prepared  themselves 
for  the  combat.  Khosru  left  the  shores 
of  Mitylene  early  in  July,  with  two  ships 
of  the  line,  six  frigates,  ten  corvettes, 
several  brigs  and  galliots,  a  great  number 
of  newly-built  gun-boats,  and  more  than 
eighty  European  transport  ships.  The 
men-of-war  began  to  fire  upon  the  town 
and  the  forts.  Whilst  the  principal  attack 
appeared  to  be  made  here,  a  landing  was 
eff"ected  on  the  opposite  coast,  upon  a 
sandy  point  of  land,  where  an  Albanese 
battalion,  under  the  traitor  Goda,  deserted 
the  battery,  after  a  short  resistance.  In 
the   meantime   the  city  was  attacked  on 


all  sides  ;  the  Greeks  fought  from  street 
to  street,  from  house  to  house  ;  and  the 
work  of  destruction  was  kept  up  through 
the  whole  night.  On  the  following  morn- 
ing they  held  only  two  small  forts  and 
the  convent  of  St.  Nicholas.  After  a 
hard  struggle  these  brave  men  resolved 
to  die  together.  While  the  Turks  were 
storming  the  walls,  they  set  fire  to  the 
mine,  which  had  been  prepared ;  the 
earth  shook,  and  Ipsara  became  the  grave 
of  its  own  heroes  and  the  conquerors. — 
This  blow  re-kindled  the  Avarlike  spirit 
of  the  Greeks.  The  people  and  the  au- 
thorities rose  up  for  united  resistance. 
Hydra  and  Spezzia  manned  their  ships, 
and  Ipsara  was  retaken  by  the  brave 
Miaulis ;  and  the  enemy  was  repulsed 
by  inferior  forces  at  Samos,  Cos,  and 
Chios.  Equal  success  attended  the 
Greeks  upon  the  main  land. 

The  Turkish  fleet  united  in  the  gulf  of 
Bodroun,  and  several  battles  were  now 
fought  with  the  Greek  fleet.  The  battle 
at  Naxos  lasted  the  whole  day,  and  it 
was,  perhaps,  the  first  during  the  war 
that  deserved  the  name  of  a  naval  en- 
gagement. The  intrepid  Kanaris  blew 
up,  with  his  fire-ships,  an  Egyptian  fri- 
gate of  forty-four  guns,  and  a  brig.  At 
length,  the  Ottoman  fleet  broke  off  the 
engagement,  and  retired  to  Mitylene, 
with  the  loss  of  several  transport  ships. 
Khosru  then  turned  back  to  Constantino- 
ple, with  fifteen  sail,  and  Ibrahim  Pacha, 
with  the  rest  of  the  fleet,  to  the  gulf  of 
Bodroun.  He  supplied  the  islands  anew 
with  troops  and  provisions,  particularly 
Candia,  which  his  father  already  regard- 
ed as  a  part  of  his  viceroyalty.  Miaulis 
soon  after  attacked  him  off  Candia,  and 
Ibrahim  lost  a  frigate,  ten  small  vessels, 
and  fifteen  transport  ships.  Weakened 
by  the  plague,  which  had  appeared  on 
board  the  ships,  he  drew  back  to  the 
harbor  of  Rhodes,  where  the  well-known 
admiral  Ishmael  Gibraltar  died. 

The  campaign  of  1825  was  opened  in 
the  Morea  by  the  landing  of  Ibrahim  Pa- 
cha. Reschid  Pacha  besieged  Misso- 
longhi  at  the  same  time,  and  the  capudan 
pacha  aided  both  by  his  fleet.  While 
these  dangers  threatened  Greece,  her 
ruin  was  accelerated  by  the  capitani. 
Ibrahim  Pacha,  before  mentioned,  was 


GREECE. 


437 


permitted  to  land  on  the  22nd  of  Februa- 
ry, 1825,  with  4,500  men,  between  Co- 
ron  and  Modon,  and  was  strengthened  in 
the  beginning  of  March,  so  that  his  force 
amounted  to  12,000  men.  His  army,  ow- 
ing to  their  European  tactics,  French 
leaders,  the  use  of  bayonets  and  a  disci- 
plined cavalry,  was  far  more  to  be  dread- 
ed than  the  undisciplined  host  of  Turks. 
Ibrahim  at  once  commenced  the  siege  of 
Navarino,  the  key  of  the  interior  of  the 
Peloponnesus.  In  vain  Miaulis  attacked 
with  his  fleet  that  of  the  enemy  on  the 
night  of  the  12th  of  May,  when  he  burn- 
ed an  Egyptian  frigate,  two  corvettes, 
three  brigs,  and  many  transport  ships. 
In  vain  Mavrocordato  did  every  thing  by 
personal  exposure  to  animate  the  courage 
of  the  garrison  of  Navarino,  which  was 
reduced  to  extremity.  Conduriotti  found 
no  obedience  as  he  approached  for  the 
relief  of  the  place.  The  inactivity  of 
the  capitani,  who  would  give  no  aid  to 
the  Hydriots  and  the  government,  was 
the  cause  of  the  capitulation  of  Navarino  ; 
after  which  Ibrahim  pressed  on,  without 
resistance,  to  Tripolizza.  In  this  danger, 
the  government  saw  themselves  compel- 
led to  pardon  Colocotroni,  and,  after  re- 
ceiving a  solemn  promise  of  fidelity  from 
him,  to  give  him  the  command  of  the  Pe- 
loponnesus. This  happened  on  the  last 
day  of  May,  1825. 

In  the  mean  time,  Reschid  Pacha 
forced  his  way  into  Acarnania  and  iEtolia, 
after  he  had  beaten  the  Greeks  at  Saloni- 
ca ;  and  the  third  siege  of  Missolonghi 
and  Anatolico  began.  The  capudan  pa- 
cha did  not  arrive  sufficiently  soon  to 
support  the  attack  on  the  side  of  the  sea. 
He  lost  several  ships  in  May,  near  Capo 
d'Oro,  in  an  engagement  with  the  Greek 
admiral  Sactouri,  and  reached  Modon  at 
the  end  of  this  month.  Ibrahim  had 
already  taken  Calamata,  and  occupied 
Tripolizza,  which  the  Greeks,  in  their 
retreat,  set  on  fire.  He  pressed  on,  des- 
troying every  thing,  and  reached  Argos. 
Napoli  di  Romania  itself  was  threatened 
by  him.  But,  after  the  battle  of  the  mills, 
at  the  distance  of  two  leagues  from  the 
capital,  he  was  obliged  to  draw  back  to 
Tripolizza,  in  the  midst  of  repeated  at- 
tacks from  Colocotroni's  army.  This 
continued  to  be  the  centre  of  his  enter- 


prises. Not  one  Greek  village  obeyed 
his  command  to  submit  and  receive  his 
protection,  so  that  he  laid  waste  every 
thing,  put  to  death  the  men,  and  sent  the 
women  and  children  as  slaves  to  Egypt. 
In  the  defence  of  Missolonghi,  the  spirit 
of  the  Greeks  appeared  more  clearly 
than  ever.  The  Turks,  with  35,000  land 
forces,  and  4,000  sea  forces,  were  wholly 
defeated,  after  a  contest  which  lasted  seve- 
ral days.  During  the  struggle,  Miaulis  ar- 
rived, burned  several  Turkish  ships,  and 
forced  the  fleet  to  retire.  The  siege  was 
raised,  Oct.  12th,  1825,  four  months  and  a 
half  after  the  opening  of  the  trenches. 
Ibrahim  Pacha  spread  more  and  more 
widely  the  terror  of  his  arms,  and  the  gov- 
ernment found  itself  in  the  greatest  danger. 
It  had  lost  almost  entirely  the  confidence 
of  the  auxiliary  societies,  because  the 
money  from  the  British  loan  had  not  been 
properly  laid  out. 

The  affairs  of  Greece  appeared  to  be 
hastening  to  ruin.  The  Greek  fleet,  con- 
sisting of  seventy-three  men-of-war  and 
twenty-three  fire-ships,  arrived  too  late 
before  Navarino.  The  government  had 
hardly  6,000  men  under  arms.  The 
capitani  squandered  the  money  with 
which  they  were  to  provide  troops.  The 
members  of  the  senate  and  of  the  execu- 
tive council  had  no  confidence  in  each 
other  ;  and  the  secretary  of  state,  Mavro- 
cordato, who  labored  with  little  aid  but 
that  of  his  own  foresight  and  prudence, 
to  maintain  order,  was,  for  this  reason,  held 
in  ill-will  by  all  parties,  and  had  little  in- 
fluence. The  islanders  presented  the 
last  bulwark  for  the  defence  of  the  Mo- 
rea,  but  were  obliged  also  to  provide  for 
their  own  security.  Notwithstanding 
this,  their  fleet  succeeded  in  entering 
Missolonghi,  now  besieged  for  the  fourth 
time,  and  in  providing  it  with  ammunition 
and  provisions,  after  the  garrison  had 
again  repulsed  an  attack  made  by  sea 
and  land. 

The  capudan  pacha  appeared  anew  be- 
fore Missolonghi.  The  attempts  of  the 
Grecian  fleet  to  supply  it  again  with  pro- 
visions and  ammunition  failed ;  and  the 
capudan  pacha  summoned  the  authorities 
of  the  town  to  surrender,  if  they  did  not 
wish  the  place  to  be  taken  by  storm  ;  but 
they  refused  the  ofier.     Soon  after  there 


438 


GREECE. 


Siege  of  Missolonghi. 


was  an  engagement  between  the  fleets  in 
the  gulf  of  Patras,  when  the  Greek  fire- 
ships,  under  Kanaris,  destroyed  a  frigate 
and  many  small  vessels.  The  capudan 
pacha  soon  gave  up  his  command,  after  a 
disagreement  with  Ibrahim  Pacha,  who 
had  desired  his  recall  by  the  divan,  and 
went  by  land  from  Yanina  to  Constanti- 
nople. 

Ibrahim  then  conducted  the  siege  alone. 
He  had  25,000  men,  among  them  about 
9,000  regular  troops,  and  forty-eight  can- 
non, bought  in  France,  with  which  Pierre 
Boyer,  formerly  a  Bonapartist,  and  a  ge- 
neral well  known  by  his  cruelties  com- 
mitted in  Egypt,  St.  Domingo  and  Spain, 
bombarded  Missolonghi.  After  the  bom- 
bardment had  continued  several  days, 
Ibrahim  repeatedly  offered  the  command- 
er of  the  fortress  large  sums  if  he  would 
surrender  the  place.  He  was  willing 
even  to  permit  the  garrison  to  take  the 
cannon  and  all  the  moveable  property 
with  them.  All  his  proposals  were  re- 
jected, and  the  garrison  prepared  them- 
selves for  death  or  victory.  Ibrahim  had 
assaulted  the  works  of  Missolonghi  from 
the  28th  of  February  to  March  2nd.  On 
this  day  he  attacked  the  place  by  sea 
and  land,  but  was  wholly  repulsed  with 


the  loss  of  4,000  men  ;  so  that  Missolon- 
ghi was,  for  the  fifth  time,  freed  by  Greek 
valor,  when  it  had  but  a  few  days'  pro- 
vision. Ibrahim  now  directed  his  attacks 
against  the  outworks  of  Missolonghi  on 
the  sea  side.  He  forced  his  way  with 
gim-boats  and  floating-batteries  into  the 
lagoons,  and  on  the  9th  of  March,  1826, 
he  stormed  the  little  island  of  Wassiladi, 
and  a  bomb,  which  fell  into  the  powder 
room  of  the  fort,  and  kindled  the  ammu- 
nition, decided  the  fate  of  the  place. 
Ibrahim  then  took  by  capitulation  the 
fortified  island  of  Anatolico,  near  Misso- 
longhi, after  he  had  stormed  a  fortified 
monastery,  called  Kundro,  which  protect- 
ed the  island,  where  a  garrison  of  400 
men  were  cut  to  pieces.  After  these 
misfortunes,  Missolonghi,  the  bulwark  of 
the  Peloponnesus,  fell  gloriously  on  the 
22nd  of  April,  1826.  The  foundation  of 
an  Egyptian-African  military  state  now 
seemed  to  be  laid  in  Europe. 

This  danger  roused  the  attention  of  the 
governments  and  people  of  Europe.  The 
fate  of  Missolonghi,  of  whose  garrison 
1 ,800  men,  under  Noto  Botzaris  and  Kit  zos 
Isavellas,  cut  their  way  to  Salona  and 
Athens,  while  the  rest  buried  themselves 
voluntarily  under  the  ruins  of  the  place. 


GREECE, 


439 


excited  every  where  the  liveliest  interest. 
In  France  this  interest  veas  loudly  and 
actively  expressed. 

Thus,  at  last,  when  the  voice  of  lamen- 
tation was  loudest  in  the  land,  deliverance 
was  slowly  approaching  the  Greeks. 
The  duke  of  Wellington  had,  by  Mr.  Can- 
ning's order,  subscribed  at  Petersburgh,  on 
the  4th  of  April,  1826,  the  protocol  which 
provided  for  the  inteference  of  the  three 
great  powers  in  favor  of  the  Greeks. 

In  the  mean  time  the  Egyptian  army 
overran  almost  every  part  of  the  Morea 
and  changed  it  to  a  desert,  without  ob- 
taining submission  from  a  single  village. 
Families  from  all  parts  of  Greece  pressed 
forward  together  under  the  walls  of  Na- 
poli  di  Romania,  and  suffered  all  the  hor- 
rors of  poverty  and  hunger,  rather  than 
enter  into  a  treaty  with  their  Mussulman 
oppressors.  Despair  drove  many  of 
these  unhappy  people  to  piracy,  but  most 
of  the  corsairs,  in  the  Greek  seas,  were 
composed  of  criminals  and  persons  ban- 
ished from  the  Ionian  islands,  Dalmatia, 
and  Italy,  who  did  not  even  spare  the 
Greek  flag.  New  bands  of  warriors  came 
forth  from  the  mountains,  and  Colocotroni 
several  times  attacked  Tripolizza,  which 
was  defended  by  3,000  Egyptians,  under 
Soliman  Bey,  who  was  a  French  renegade. 

Want  of  money  and  provisions,  and  the 
dissensions  between  the  commanders  ; 
the  mistrust  of  the  palikaris,  who  had 
been  deceived  by  their  officers  ;  and  the 
ingratitude  of  the  Greeks  towards  the 
Philhellenes,  or  foreign  officers  in  their 
service,  were  the  principal  causes  why 
nothing  important  was  accomplished. 
Owing  to  these  circumstances,  Athens, 
after  the  army  which  should  have  reliev- 
ed it  had  fled  in  a  dastardly  manner,  ca- 
pitulated to  Reschid  Pacha,  on  the  7th 
of  June,  1827.  In  vain  did  lord  Coch- 
rane, who  had  long  been  detained  in  Eng- 
land by  the  defective  construction  of  the 
steam-vessels,  for  which  the  Greeks  had 
paid  so  dear,  at  last  arrive  in  Greece, 
and  take  the  chief  command  of  the  sea 
forces,  while  general  Church  stood  at  the 
head  of  the  land  forces.  The  Turks  re- 
mained in  possession  of  the  whole  of 
eastern  and  western  Hellas.  The  dis- 
tress was  increased  by  a  violent  struggle 
for  power  in  Napoli  di  Romania  itself. 


Meanwhile  the  ambassadors  of  the 
three  powers  had,  on  the  16th  of  August, 
presented  to  the  Porte  the  treaty  conclu- 
ded at  London,  for  the  pacification  of 
Greece,  and  waited  for  an  answer  till  the 
31st.  "  Greece,"  they  said,  "  shall  gov- 
ern itself,  but  pay  tribute  to  the  Porte." 
Europe  had  now  more  reason  than  ever 
to  demand  from  the  Porte  the  indepen- 
dence of  Greece,  by  which  piracy  in  the 
Grecian  and  Turkish  seas  might  be  pre- 
vented ;  an  African  slave-holding  and  pi- 
ratical state  should  not  be  allowed  to  rule 
the  beautiful  Archipelago  of  Europe  ; 
and  order  might  take  the  place  of  bloody 
anarchy,  which  the  Porte  had  neither  sa- 
gacity nor  strength  to  suppress. 

The  Greek  government  immediately 
proclaimed  an  armistice  in  conformity  to 
the  treaty  of  London.  But  the  reis  ef- 
fendi  rejected  the  intervention  of  the  three 
powers.  The  Greeks  then  commenced 
hostilities  anew,  and  the  Turkish-Egyp- 
tian fleet  entered  the  bay  of  Navarino. 
A  British  squadron  appeared  in  the  bay 
on  the  13th,  under  admiral  Codrington. 
To  this  a  French  squadron,  under  admi- 
ral Rigny,  and  a  Russian,  under  count 
Heyden,  united  themselves  on  the  22nd. 
They  demanded  from  Ibrahim  Pacha  a 
cessation  of  hostilities.  He  promised 
this,  and  went  out  with  part  of  his  fleet, 
but  was  forced  to  return  into  the  bay.  As 
he  now  continued  his  devastations  in 
the  Morea,  and  gave  no  answer  to  the 
complaints  of  the  admirals,  the  three 
squadrons  entered  the  bay,  where  the 
Turkish-Eg}'ptian  fleet  was  drawn  up  in 
the  order  of  battle.  The  first  shots  were 
fired  from  the  Turkish  side,  and  killed 
two  Englishmen.  This  was  the  sign  for 
a  deadly  contest,  which  took  place  on  the 
20th  of  October,  1827,  in  which  admiral 
Codrington  nearly  destroyed  the  Turkish- 
Egyptian  armada  of  110  ships.  One 
part  was  burned,  another  driven  on  shore, 
and  the  rest  disabled.  The  news  of  the 
victory  was  received  with  exultation  in 
Eiuope.  A  suspension  of  hostilities  now- 
ensued,  during  which  the  depredations  of 
pirates  became  more  serious.  The  ad- 
mirals of  the  three  united  squadrons, 
therefore,  sent  a  warm  remonstrance  to 
the  legislative  council  of  the  Greeks, 
and,  after  a  number  of  capital   punish- 


440 


GREECE. 


ments,the  safety  of  the  seas  was  restored, 
particularly  after  the  British  had  destroy- 
ed the  head-quarters  of  the  corsairs  in 
Candia.  The  Greeks  now  resumed  the 
offensive  against  the  Turks  ;  but  their  at- 
tempt upon  Scio,  (where  they  vainly  be- 
sieged the  citadel,)  was  productive  of 
nothing  but  injury  to  the  inhabitants. 
Enraged  at  the  battle  of  Navarino,  the 
Porte  seized  all  the  ships  of  the  Franks 
in  Constantinople,  detained  them  from 
Nov.  2  to  Nov.  19,  and,  on  the  8th  stop- 
ped all  communication  with  the  ministers 
of  the  allied  powers,  till  indemnification 
should  be  made  for  the  destruction  of 
the  fleet.  At  the  same  time  the  govern- 
ment prepared  for  war. 

From  all  parts  of  the  kingdom,  the 
Ayans  were  now  called  to  Constantino- 
ple, a  measure  quite  unusual,  and  dis- 
cussed with  the  Porte  the  preparations 
for  war.  All  the  Moslems  from  the  age 
of  nineteen  to  fifty,  were  called  to  arms. 
In  the  mean  time,  the  president  of  the 
Greeks,  count  Capo  d'Istria,  appointed 
the  able  Tricoupi  his  secratary  of  state, 
and  established  a  high  national  council, 
called  Panhellenion,  atNapolidi  Romania  ; 
on  the  4th  of  February,  1828,  took  mea- 
sures for  instituting  a  national  bank  ;  and 
also  put  the  military  department  on  a  new 
footing.  The  improvements,  however, 
could  go  on  but  slowly.  Without  the 
as.sistance  of  France  and  Russia,  each 
of  which  lent  the  young  state  6,000,000 
francs,  nothing  could  have  been  efTected. 
The  attempts  at  pacification  were  fruit- 
less, because  the  Porte  rejected  every 
proposal,  and  England  appeared  to  disap- 
prove the  battle  of  Navarino. 

In  this  state  of  uncertainty,  Ibrahim 
was  allowed  to  send  a  number  of  Greek 
captives  as  slaves  to  Egypt.  In  March, 
1828,  the  war  between  Russia  and  Tur- 
key broke  out,  and  gave  the  Porte  full 
occupation.  In  the  mean  time,  the 
French  cabinet,  in  concurrence  with  the 
English,  to  carry  into  execution  the  trea- 
ty of  London,  sent  a  body  of  troops  to 
the  Morea,  whilst  admiral  Codrington 
concluded  a  treaty  with  the  viceroy  of 
Egypt,  at  Alexandria,  the  terms  of  which 
were  that  Ibrahim  Pacha  should  evacu- 
ate the  Morea  with  his  troops,  and  set 
at  liberty  his  Greek  prisoners.     Those 


Greeks  who  had  been  carried  into  slave- 
ry in  Egypt,  should  be  freed  or  ransom- 
ed;  1,200  men,  however,  were  to  be  al- 
lowed to  remain  to  garrison  the  fortresses 
in  the  Morea.  To  force  Ibrahim  to  com- 
ply with  these  terms,  the  French  general 
Maison  arrived,  on  the  29th  of  the  fol- 
lowing August,  with  154  transport  ships, 
in  the  Morea,  in  the  bay  of  Coron,  near 
Petalidi.  After  an  amicable  negotiation, 
Ibrahim  left  Navarino,  and  sailed  with 
about  21,000  men,  whom  he  carried  with 
the  wreck  of  the  fleet  to  Alexandria  ;  but 
he  left  garrisons  in  the  Messenian  for- 
tresses, amounting  to  25,000  men,  con- 
sisting of  Turks  and  Egyptians.  Mai- 
son occupied  the  town  of  Navarino  with- 
out opposition.  He  then  attacked  the 
Turkish  fortresses  in  Messenia.  The 
garrison  made  no  resistance,  but,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  commanders  would  not 
capitulate.  The  French,  therefore,  al- 
most without  opposition,  took  possession 
of  the  citadels  of  Navarino,  of  Modon, 
and  of  Coron.  The  garrisons  were  al- 
lowed free  egress,  and  Patras,  with 
3,000  men,  capitulated  also  without  re- 
sistance ;  and  the  flags  of  the  three  pow- 
ers, parties  to  the  treaty  of  London, 
waved  with  the  national  flag  of  Greece 
on  the  walls  of  the  prhicipal  cities. 

The  French  government  ransomed  sev- 
eral hundred  Greek  slaves  in  Egypt,  and 
the  king  of  France  undertook  the  education 
of  the  orphan  children.  Thus,  after  strug- 
gling for  seven  years,  Greece  was  placed 
under  the  protection  of  the  three  chief 
European  powers.  Mahmoud,  however, 
still  declined  to  recall  the  edict  of  exter- 
mination, which  he  had  pronounced  when 
he  commanded  Dram  Ali,  a  few  years 
before,  to  bring  him  the  ashes  of  the 
Peloponnesus.  Ibrahim  had  wantonly 
burned  down  the  olive  groves  as  far 
as  his  Arabians  spread,  and  the  Greeks 
were  sunk  in  the  deepest  misery  and 
confusion. 

After  unnumbered  difficidties,  the  great- 
est obstacles  to  a  well  ordered  govern- 
ment were  in  part  overcome  by  the  exer- 
tions of  Capo  d'Istria.  On  the  19th  of 
November,  1828,  the  French  colonel 
Fabvier  returned  from  France  to  the  Mo- 
rea, to  organize  the  Greek  army,  and  the 
French  envoy,  Jaubert,  delivered  the  pro- 


INDIA. 


441 


tocol  of  the  conference  of  the  three  great 
powers  to  the  Porte  in  January,   1829. 

A  peace  between  Russia  and  the  Porte 
was  signed  at  Adrianople,  September 
14th,  1829,  and  ratified  by  the  Porte,  on 
the  20th  of  that  month.  The  conferen- 
ces between  the  ministers  of  the  three 
powers,  at  London,  had  now  for  their  ob- 
ject to  select  a  prince  to  wear  the  crown 
of  Greece.  They  accordingly  fixed  upon 
prince  Leopold  of  Saxe  Coburg,  as  the 
most  eligible  person  to  become  the  "  sov- 
ereign prince  of  Greece  ;"  and  their  offer 
was   immediately  accepted,  though  the 


prince  afterwards  declined  this  honor  in  a 
declaration  dated  May  21st,  1830. 

Subsequently  to  the  arrival  in  Greece 
of  the  protocol  of  March  22nd,  1829, 
and  the  publication  of  the  assent  of  the 
Turks  to  the  frontier  included  in  the  trea- 
ty of  Adrianople,  all  the  families  which 
had  survived  the  war  returned,  and  com- 
menced rebuilding  their  houses  and 
towns,  and  cultivating  their  lands.  After 
the  resignation  of  Leopold,  several  prin- 
ces were  proposed,  but  Otho,  prince  of 
Bavaria,  was  finally  elected,  and  he  is 
now  the  reigning  sovereign  of  Gteece. 


INDI  A, 


The  traces  of  the  ancient  chronology 
and  history  of  India  are  very  faint  and 
imperfect,  and  are  nearly  quite  lost  in 
remote  antiquity.  It  is  supposed  by 
those  Europeans  who  have  made  the 
most  elaborate  and  careful  researches  on 
these  points,  and  who  have  investigated 
and  compared,  on  the  spot,  the  features, 
manners,  languages  and  religions  of  the 
various  tribes  who  inhabit  this  vast  ter- 
ritory, that  a  few  only  of  the  aboriginal 
inhabitants  are  to  be  found  scattered  in 
the  hilly  countries  ;  and  it  is  certain,  that 
the  Brahmins  have  traditions  that  their 
ancestors  came  from  the  north,  and,  having 
conquered  Hindostan,  established  there 
their  customs,  religion,  and  languages. 

The  only  events  in  the  history  of  Hin- 
dostan, prior  to  the  birth  of  Christ,  of 
which  we  possess  any  direct  and  clear 
information,  either  from  the  Greek  and 
Roman  authors,  or  from  the  ancient  books 
of  the  Hindoos,  are,  the  great  war  of 
the  Mahabharat,  the  invasion  of  India  by 
Sesostris,  and  by  the  Persians  in  the 
reign  of  Darius  Hystaspes ;  and  the 
transactions  of  the  reign  of  Chandra 
Gupta,  the  contemporary  of  Alexander 
the  Great. 

Though  it  has  been  found  so  extremely 
difficult  to  fix  the  era  of  Sesostris,  and 
to  free  his  history  from  events  evi- 
dently either  fabulous  or  highly  exagger- 
ated, that  many  authors  have  been  dis- 
56 


posed  totally  to  deny  its  authenticity; 
yet  it  appears  to  us  that  no  reasonable 
doubts  can  be  entertained  that  he  invaded 
India.  The  circumstances  of  this  inva- 
sion, the  causes  which  gave  rise  to  it, 
and  the  objects  which  he  had  in  view, 
cannot  be  ascertained ;  but  we  are  ex- 
pressly informed  by  Diodorus  Siculus, 
that  he  crossed  the  Ganges,  and  advanced 
as  far  as  the  Eastern  Ocean.  His  con- 
quests, however,  were  not  permanent,  and 
indeed  were  so  contrary  to  the  genius 
and  habits  of  the  Egyptians,  that,  on  the 
death  of  Sesostris,  they  were  entirely 
relinquished. 

The  Persians  under  Darius  Hystaspes 
obtained  a  firmer,  though  a  less  extensive 
empire  in  India,  than  the  Egyptians. 
That  monarch  having  subdued  the  coun- 
tries which  lie  in  a  south-east  direction 
from  the  Caspian  to  the  Oxus,  turned  his 
thoughts  towards  India,  on  which  they 
bordered.  In  order  to  prepare  himself 
for  this  new  enterprise,  he  appointed 
Scylax  to  explore  the  Indus  and  the 
country  lying  on  its  banks,  from  the  upper 
part  of  its  navigable  course  to  its  mouth. 
The  account  which  Darius  received  from 
Scylax  of  the  populousness,  fertility,  and 
high  cultivation  of  this  territory,  incited 
the  Persian  monarch  to  aim  at  its  con- 
quest. This  he  appears  soon  and  easily 
to  have  accomplished  ;  but  his  conquests 
did  not  extend  beyond  the  district  watered 


442 


INDIA 


by  the  Indus  ;  and  of  the  circumstances 
attending  them,  we  are  entirely  ignorant 
It  would  seem,  however,  that  he  com- 
pelled some  of  the  Indian  princes  to  ac- 
knowledge his  dominion,  by  the  payment 
of  an  annual  tribute  ;  for  Ave  learn  from  a 
Hindoo  writer,  that  the  ostensible  cause 
of  the  celebrated  invasion  of  India  by 
Alexander  the  Great  was,  to  levy  this 
tribute,  which  some  of  its  princes  had  re- 
fused to  pay,  and  to  compel  them  to  ac- 
knowledge their  dependence  on  the 
throne  of  Persia. 

It  would  appear,  that  the  extensive 
confederacy  formed  in  Hindostan,  by  the 
mutual  understanding  and  the  union  of  the 
four  great  kingdoms  then  existing  in  that 
country,  against  foreign  invasion,  did  not 
last  long.  Before  the  conquest  of  the  Per- 
sians, dissensions  had  risen  among  the 
different  states,  which,  together  with  the 
wealth  of  the  people,  and  their  unwarlike 
character,  invited  the  inroads  not  only  of 
these  conquerors,  but  also  of  the  fierce 
and  destructive  barbarians  of  Thibet.  By 
them  the  northern  provinces  were  attack- 
ed and  laid  waste.  It  appears  also,  that 
foreign  war,  instead  of  producing  domes- 
tic concord,  extended  and  heightened 
their  mutual  animosities  ;  so  that,  at  the 
period  of  the  invasion  of  India  by  Alex- 
ander the  Great,  the  nations  of  the  penin- 
sula were  totally  separated  from  the 
kingdom  of  the  Prachii,  though  the  west- 
ern provinces  of  Hindostan  Avere  more 
closely  connected  Avith  it  than  at  any 
former  period. 

It  is  highly  probable,  that  this  union 
of  the  western  provinces  enabled  them 
to  make  such  a  vigorous  defence  against 
the  enterprise  and  high  military  skill  of 
Alexander,  and  the  much  superior  disci- 
pline of  his  troops ;  that  their  defence 
excited  his  surprise  and  admiration,  we 
are  expressly  informed  by  Arian,  Plutarch, 
and  other  historians  ;  but  their  efforts, 
though  roused  to  religious  enthusiasm  by 
the  eloquence  of  the  Brahmins,  Avere  in- 
effectual. Alexander,  after  haA'ing  sub- 
dued several  small  states  on  the  banks  of 
the  Indus,  passed  the  different  rivers  of 
the  Punjab,  attacked  Porus,  the  sovereign 
of  that  district,  who  had  collected  a  nu- 
merous army  to  oppose  his  march,  and 
obtained  a  decisive  victory,  in  spite  of 


the  gallant  defence  of  that  prince,  who, 
together  with  some  of  his  most  distin- 
guished generals,  was  taken  prisoner. 
This  battle  was  fought  on  the  banks  of 
the  Hydaspes,  which  river  it  Avas  neces- 
sary for  Alexander  to  cross,  in  order  that 
he  might  reach  the  Ganges,  the  great  ob- 
ject of  his  ambition.  To  this  point  he 
now  resolved  to  push  ;  but  his  troops  had 
already  done  so  much,  and  suffered  so 
greatly,  especially  from  excessive  rains 
and  incessant  inundations,  that  their  pa- 
tience as  Avell  as  their  strength  were  ex- 
hausted, and  they  unanimously  refused 
to  advance  farther.  Alexander  tried  every 
effort,  but  in  vain,  to  change  their  pur- 
pose ;  they  were  inflexible,  and  the  con- 
queror was  obliged  to  give  way  to  his 
troops,  to  abandon  all  his  favorite  schemes 
of  farther  conquest,  and  to  issue  orders 
for  marching  back  to  Persia.  This  me- 
morable mutiny  took  place  on  the  banks 
of  the  Hyphasis,  the  modern  Bey  ah,  one 
of  the  most  celebrated  rivers  of  the  Pun- 
jab. Alexander  left  behind  him  some  of 
his  most  experienced  officers,  Avith  a 
small  part  of  his  army,  for  the  purpose  of 
keeping  possession  of  the  conquered  ter- 
ritory on  the  banks  of  the  Indus  ;  but  his 
troops  gave  Avay  to  every  kind  of  corrup- 
tion and  debauchery,  to  Avhich  they  were 
stimulated  by  the  policy  of  the  Hindoos ; 
mutual  animosities  and  recriminations 
took  place  ;  and  the  death  of  Alexander, 
AA^iich  happened  about  this  time,  hastened 
the  doAvnfall  of  his  power  in  Hindostan. 
The  first  attempt  of  the  Mahomedans 
to  conquer  India  Avas  made  during  the 
reign  of  the  Calif  Omar,  A.  D.  636,  but 
it  failed  of  success.  In  the  reign  of  the 
Calif  Walid,  the  conquest  of  Sinde  wa.s 
accomplished.  Before  this  time,  the 
Calif  Ali  had  sent  a  general,  Avho  effect- 
ed some  trifling  conquests  on  the  confuies 
of  this  country.  But,  after  long  and 
bloody  conflicts,  he  was  forced  to  desist. 
As  soon  as  the  Calif  Walid  had  achieved 
this  important  conquest,  the  incursions 
of  the  Mahomedans  into  the  fertile  coun- 
tries of  Hindostan  became  more  frequent 
and  successful.  They  do  not  seem,  how- 
ever, to  have  attempted  permanent  con- 
quest till  nearly  two  centuries  after  they 
had  obtained  possession  of  Sinde.  The 
first  Mahomedan  prince  who  made  a  se- 


INDIA. 


443 


rious  impression  on  India  having  been 
the  SuUan  Mahmond  Sebectaghin,  who 
reig-ned  at  Ghazna. 

Thirteen  monarchs  of  the  dynasty  of 
Sebectaghin  reigned  at  Ghazna.  Khosru 
Shah  was  the  last ;  he  was  deposed  and 
imprisoned  in  A.  D.  1158,  the  western 
and  largest  part  of  his  empire  being  seized 
on  by  the  family  of  the  Gaurides :  the 
provinces  contiguous  to  both  shores  of  the 
Indus  remained  to  the  old  dynasty  till  the 
year  1 1 84,  when  the  Gaurides  also  gained 
them.  The  new  dynasty  established 
permanently  the  Mahomedan  belief  on 
the  throne  of  Delhi,  which  they  fixed 
upon  as  their  capital  in  India.  The 
father  of  Hassanben  Hassan  owed  his 
advancement  to  the  throne  of  Gaur  to  the 
seventh  sultan  of  the  Sebectaghin  dynas- 
ty ;  and  Hassan,  taking  advantage  of  the 
distracted  and  enfeebled  state  of  the  em- 
pire of  Ghazna,  during  the  reign  of  the 
twelfth  sovereign  of  that  dynasty,  invaded 
it,  and,  after  various  success,  accomplish- 
ed his  object,  and,  as  has  been  already 
mentioned,  deposed  and  imprisoned  Khos- 
ru Shah.  Previous  to  the  final  conquest 
of  Ghazna,  Hassan,  on  what  pretence  or 
with  what  object  does  not  appear,  invaded 
the  dominions  of  the  Selucidae,  when  he 
was  taken  prisoner ;  but  he  ingratiated 
himself  so  completely  with  the  reigning 
monarch,  by  his  talents  for  poetry,  that 
the  conqueror  sent  him  back  laden  with 
gifts  to  his  own  capital.  He  died  either 
in  the  same  year  in  which  he  took  Khosru 
Shah  prisoner,  or  in  the  year  immediately 
succeeding. 

The  emperor  Altmush  was  contempo- 
rary with  the  celebrated  Gengis  Khan. 
It  was  in  the  year  1221  that  this  con- 
queror reduced  to  subjection,  and  annihi- 
lated the  dynasty  of  Charasm,  which  had 
for  some  time  possessed  the  throne  of 
Ghazna.  Mohammed  Shah  at  this  period 
occupied  the  throne,  and  he  claimed  also 
the  dominion  of  some  part  of  India  ;  but, 
in  consequence  of  having  provoked  the 
rage  of  Gengis  Khan,  he  had  not  the 
leisure  nor  the  means  to  secure  his  In- 
dian territories.  The  lieutenant  of  Mo- 
hammed, in  his  province  of  Transoxania, 
had  seized  and  put  to  death  some  Tartar 
merchants,  who  were  travelling  in  a  cara- 
van from  the  camp  of  G  engis  Khan.    The 


Mogul  monarch  immediately  sent  to  de- 
mand an  apology,  which  was  imprudently 
refused.  The  consequence  was,  that  he 
immediately  invaded  Khorassan,  which 
Mohammed  had  conquered  in  a  single 
battle  in  the  year  1199,  and,  in  spite  of 
the  valor  displayed  by  the  eldest  son  of 
the  emperor,  the  troops  of  Mohammed 
were  obliged  to  give  way.  At  first  the 
flight  of  the  emperor  was  towards  India  ; 
but,  being  intercepted,  he  was  compelled 
to  flee  towards  the  Caspian  sea,  in  an 
island  of  which  he  died,  A.  D.  1220.  His 
son  fought  long  and  valiantly,  but  with- 
out success,  against  Gengis  Khan.  One 
of  his  most  desperate  exploits  was  the 
swimming  across  the  Indus  in  sight  of  the 
conqueror  and  his  army.  Five  years 
afterwards  he  returned  to  Persia,  and  was 
for  a  short  time  successful ;  but  he  was 
at  length  obliged  to  yield  to  the  better 
fortune  of  his  opponent.  In  the  year 
1231,  Gengis  Khan  had  overrun  all  Asia 
to  the  northward  of  the  latitude  of  30°  ; 
but  the  difficulties  he  experienced  in  re- 
pressing the  turbulent  spirit  of  his  Tartar 
subjects  very  probably  deterred  him  from 
attempting  the  conquest  of  Hindostan  ; 
though,  in  the  year  1222,  he  had  become 
the  nominal  sovereign  of  the  empire  of 
Delhi,  and  actually  subdued  all  the  coun- 
try on  the  M'est  side  of  the  Indus,  and 
portioned  it  out  among  his  favorite  gen- 
erals. 

The  next  prominent  event  in  the  his- 
tory of  India  was  the  invasion  of  Timur 
Bee,  generally  called  Tamerlane.    In  the 
year  1397,  intelligence  of  his  approach 
was  received  at   Delhi.       This   famous 
conqueror,  after  having  overrun  Persia, 
Turkestan,  and  part  of  Russia,  turned  his 
ambitious    views     towards     Hindostan. 
During  this  year,  he  had  sent  his  grand- 
I  son,  Peer  Mahomed,  to  reduce  the  Pun- 
I  jab  and  Multan  ;    and  in  the  month  of 
j  October  he  crossed  the  Indus  himself. 
1  When  he  first  proposed  to  his  princes  the 
I  invasion  of  Hindostan,  he  was  answered 
by  a  murmur  of  discontent  and  despair. 
!  "  The  rivers,  and  the  mountains,  and  the 
deserts,  and  the  soldiers  clad  in  armor, 
and  the  elephants,  destroyers  of  men." 
These  things  his  princes  thought  it  was 
impossible  to  overcome  ;  but  when  they 
perceived  he  was  determined  on  the  in- 


444 


INDIA. 


vasion,  they  gave  way  to  his  superior 
judgment,  or  were  terrified  into  submis- 
sion by  his  dreadful  character.  He  had 
been  informed  by  his  spies  of  the  weak- 
ness and  anarchy  of  Hindostan ;  the 
soubahs  of  the  provinces  had  erected  the 
standard  of  rebellion ;  and  the  monarch 
was  despised  and  disobeyed,  even  in  his 
capital.  The  Mogul  army  moved  in 
three  divisions ;  between  the  Shylum 
and  the  Indus  they  crossed  one  of  the 
ridges  of  mountains,  styled,  by  the  Ara- 
bian geographers,  the  stony  girdles  of  the 
earth.  The  mountaineers,  after  a  brave 
resistance,  were  reduced  or  extirpated  ; 
but  great  numbers  of  men  and  horses 
perished  in  the  snow  ;  the  emperor  him- 
self was  obliged  to  be  let  down  one  of 
precipices  on  a  portable  scaffold,  the 
ropes  to  which  were  150  cubits  in  length, 
and  before  he  could  reach  the  bottom, 
this  dangerous  operation  was  five  times 
repeated.  He  crossed  the  Indus  at  the 
passage  of  Attock :  from  this  place  to 
Delhi,  the  direct  and  most  frequented 
road  measured  only  600  miles  ;  but  Tam- 
erlane deviated  to  the  south-east,  for  the 
purpose  of  joining  his  grandson,  who  had 
by  this  time  succeeded  in  the  conquest 
of  the  Punjab  and  Multan.  Being  in 
want  of  provisions,  he  gave  up  the  large 
and  populous  town  of  Tulmuhini  to  the 
plunder  of  his  soldiers  ;  and  when  its  in- 
habitants murmured  at  this  conduct,  he 
directed  them  to  be  massacred.  After 
crossing  the  Hyphasis,  he  entered  the 
desert,  reduced  the  fortress  of  Batner, 
and  advanced  with  little  or  no  resistance 
to  the  city  of  Delhi. 

In  the  mean  time,  the  contending  par- 
ties in  the  capital  united  for  their  com- 
mon defence.  The  siege,  more  espe- 
cially of  the  castle,  might  have  been  a 
work  of  time,  but  Tamerlane,  by  the  ap- 
pearance of  Aveakness  and  indecision, 
tempted  his  adversaries  to  descend  into 
the  plain,  with  10,000  cuirassiers, 40,000 
foot  guards,  and  120  elephants,  whose 
tusks  are  said  to  have  been  armed  with 
sharp  and  poisoned  daggers.  Tamerlane, 
though  impetuous,  was  not  destitute  of 
prudence.  In  order  to  protect  his  troops 
against  these  numerous  and  formidable 
opponents,  he  made  use  of  extraordinary 
precautions  of  fire,  and  a  ditch  of  iron 


spikes,  and  a  rampart  of  bucklers ;  but 
the  troops  of  the  emperor  of  Delhi  were 
totally  unable  to  cope  with  the  Moguls ; 
for,  as  soon  as  the  elephants  were  routed, 
they  fled  in  every  direction.  The  em- 
peror and  his  prime  minister,  seeing  no 
possibility  after  this  defeat  of  defending 
their  capital,  escaped  under  cover  of  the 
night,  and  fled  towards  Guzerat,  whither 
they  were  pursued  by  a  strong  detach- 
ment, which  Tamerlane  sent  after  them. 
This  detachment  came  up  with  them  ; 
an  engagement  took  place,  during  which 
the  emperor  effected  his  further  retreat, 
with  the  loss  of  two  infant  sons,  and  a 
considerable  number  of  his  retinue. 

Tamerlane,  in  the  mean  time,  made 
his  triumphant  entry  into  the  capital  of 
Hindostan,  where  he  received  the  sub- 
mission of  all  the  principal  nobles.  To 
them  he  promised  pardon  and  protection, 
on  condition  that  they  would  pay  him  im- 
mense sums  of  money.  Orders  were  ac- 
cordingly given  to  the  magistrates  to  levy 
the  contribution  by  a  scale  proportioned 
to  the  wealth  and  rank  of  the  inhabitants. 
The  Tartar  officers  who  were  employed 
to  receive  it,  not  satisfied  with  the  regu- 
lated sums,  violently  broke  into  the 
houses ;  this  occasioned  resistance,  in 
the  course  of  which  some  of  Tamerlane's 
troops  were  put  to  death.  Tamerlane 
immediately  issued  orders  for  a  general 
massacre.  Delhi  was  sacked  ;  its  pala- 
ces and  temples  burned,  and  its  streets 
filled  with  blood.  Tamerlane  remained 
in  Delhi  only  fifteen  days,  and  appears 
then  to  have  designed  to  return  to  the 
seat  of  his  empire,  when,  having  heard 
of  a  fortress  on  the  Dooab  which  had  re- 
sisted the  arms  of  a  former  Mogid  inva- 
der, he  changed  his  purpose,  marched 
into  that  district,  and  reduced  the  fortress. 
While  here,  infonnation  Avas  given  him 
respecting  the  famous  cavern  of  Coupele, 
and  the  religious  ceremonies  which  were 
practised  at  it  by  the  Hindoos,  in  conse- 
quence of  its  resembling  a  cow's  mouth, 
and  the  Ganges  flowing  through  it.  This 
information  excited  the  persecuting  spirit 
of  this  barbarian,  and  he  determined  to 
purify  liis  soldiers  in  the  blood  of  the 
idolatrous  Hindoos.  In  this  he  succeed- 
ed. His  return  was  along  the  skirts  of 
the  northern  hills,  by  Mount  Sewalic  ; 


INDIA. 


445 


in  his  route,  he  continued  his  massacres, 
though  not  without  opposition,  until  he 
arrived  on  the  frontiers  of  Cashmere. 

His  return  was  occasioned  by  distur- 
bances in  some  of  the  provinces  of  his 
empire,  stirred  up  by  the  famous  Bajazet. 
On  the  banks  of  the  Ganges  he  received 
inteUigence  regarding  them,  and  in  little 
more  than  five  months  he  had  crossed  and 
recrossed  the  Indus.  He  may  be  said,  how- 
ever, rather  to  have  overrun  than  to  have 
reduced  and  conquered  ;  for  he  did  not 
disturb  the  order  of  succession  in  Hin- 
dostan,  reserving  to  himself  the  posses- 
sion of  the  Punjab  only.  During  his  life, 
which  terminated  in  the  year  1405,  he 
was  prayed  for  in  the  mosques  of  Hin- 
dostan,  and  the  coin  was  struck  in  his 
name  ;  but  this  might  be  more  the  effect 
of  policy  than  the  act  of  Tamerlane.  For, 
soon  after  he  left  Hindostan,  his  author- 
ity virtually  ceased  in  Delhi ;  that  capi- 
tal became  the  prey  of  the  most  dreadful 
and  cruel  dissensions. 

All  Hindostan  fell  into  separate  gov- 
ernments, and  the  authority  of  the  em- 
peror did  not  extend  beyond  the  province 
of  Delhi  and  the  contiguous  districts. 
The  whole  of  Bengal  and  Bahar  was 
under  the  dominion  of  a  Mahomedan 
usurper,  who  had  taken  the  title  of  king. 
A  potentate,  styled  King  of  the  East, 
whose  residence  was  at  Jionpour,  in  the 
province  of  Allahabad,  was  the  most  for- 
midable of  these  petty  sovereigns.  The 
provinces  of  the  Deccan,  north  of  the 
Krishna,  had  long  thrown  off  their  alle- 
giance, and  were  now  formed  into  five 
Mahomedan  states,  equally  independent 
of  each  other,  and  of  the  imperial  gov- 
ernment. Yet  though  the  monarchs  of 
Delhi  had  thus  lost  their  influence  and 
power,  they  still  retained  their  diadem  ; 
and  Secunder,  the  son  of  Belloli,  (who 
reigned  thirty-eight  years,)  an  enterpris- 
ing prince,  would  probably  have  regained 
some  part  of  its  dignity,  had  not  a  pre- 
mature death  put  an  end  to  his  projects. 
He  died  at  Agra  in  1509,  to  which  city  he 
had  transferred  the  seat  of  government. 

He  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Ibrahim, 
a  man  of  a  very  different  character.  He 
rendered  himself  ridiculous  by  his  vanity, 
and  detested  by  liis  cruelty.  The  hor- 
rors of  civil  war  and  assassination  were 


spread  over  the  country.  At  length  the 
nobles,  who  were  apprehensive  that  they 
were  not  of  themselves  equal  to  the  task 
of  getting  rid  of  their  tyrant,  solicited  the 
assistance  of  Sultan  Baber,  the  Mogul 
prince  of  the  house  of  Tamerlane.  This 
sovereign  reigned  over  a  kingdom  com- 
posed of  most  of  the  provinces  situated 
between  the  Indus  and  Samarcand.  Hav- 
ing been  stripped  of  the  northern  parts  of 
his  dominions  by  the  Usbecs,  he  deter- 
mined to  try  his  fortune  in  Hindostan, 
and  accordingly  most  readily  accepted 
the  invitation  of  the  nobility  of  Agra.  His 
residence  was  at  Cabul,  whence  he  un- 
dertook his  first  expedition  across  the 
Indus,  in  the  year  1517.  But  it  was  not 
till  six  years  afterwards  that  he  took  pos- 
session of  Lahore,  and  the  next  year  he 
marched  to  Delhi.  Before  he  reached 
that  city,  Ibrahim  met  him  with  a  large 
army,  and  a  fierce  battle  ensued  on  the 
plain  of  Panniput.  In  this  battle,  16,000 
Patans,  with  Ibrahim  himself,  were  killed. 
Thus  an  end  was  put  to  the  dynasty  of 
Loudi.  Baber,  in  consequence  of  this 
victory,  proceeded  first  to  Delhi,  and  after- 
wards to  Agra  ;  both  these  cities  opened 
their  gates  to  him,  and  he  was  proclaimed 
Emperor  of  Hindostan,  in  the  year  1525. 
It  is  said  that  he  crossed  the  Indus  the 
last  time  with  only  10,000  chosen  horse, 
the  enemy's  generals,  by  their  revolts, 
furnishing  him  the  rest  of  his  army.  The 
provinces  which  he  gained  were  those 
of  Multan,  Lahore,  Delhi,  Agra,  Ajmeer, 
and  Oude  :  for,  as  we  have  already  re- 
marked, the  empire  of  Delhi  was  no 
longer  the  same  that  flourished  under 
Balin.  The  province  of  Bengal  was  com- 
pletely separated.  The  rich  countries 
of  the  Deccan  were  the  seat  of  another 
empire.  Guzerat  did  not  even  nominally 
acknowledge  the  sovereigns  of  Delhi, 
and  the  mountain  tribes  of  Patau  wero 
independent,  or  at  least  troublesome  and 
restless  subjects. 

The  reign  of  Baber,  even  in  those  dis- 
tricts which  he  gained,  was  by  no  means 
free  from  anxiety  and  disaster.  He  was 
frequently  harrassed  by  insurrections,  and 
at  one  period  his  fortune  seemed  so  des- 
perate, that  his  nobles  advised  him  to  re- 
turn to  Cabul.  To  this,  however,  he 
would  by  no  means  agree ;  and  by  his 


446 


INDIA. 


moderation  and  firmness,  united  to  a  con- 
siderable degree  of  talents  and  activity 
of  mind,  he  overcame  all  obstacles,  and 
placed  his  kingdom  in  a  state  of  compar- 
ative tranquillity.  He  died  in  the  year 
1530.  His  character  maybe  thoroughly 
understood,  both  from  the  account  given 
of  him  by  Ferishta,  and  by  the  memoirs 
of  his  life,  written  by  himself ;  and  the 
historian  does  not  appear  to  have  drawn 
it  in  too  flattering  colors  in  the  following 
terms :  "  He  so  often  pardoned  ingrati- 
tude and  treason,  that  he  seemed  to  make 
it  a  principle  and  rule  of  his  life  to  return 
good  for  evil ;  he  thus  disarmed  vice,  and 
made  the  wicked  the  worshippers  of  his 
virtue.  He  was  of  the  sect  of  the  Haun- 
afies,  in  whose  tenets  and  doctrines  he 
was  perfectly  versed ;  but  he  yielded 
more  to  the  evidence  of  reason,  than  to 
the  marvellous  legends  of  superstitious 
antiquity.  He  was  not,  however,  forget- 
ful of  that  rational  worship  which  is  due 
to  the  Great  Creator,  nor  a  despiser  of 
those  laws  and  ceremonies  which  are 
founded  on  soimd  policy.  He  excelled 
in  poetry  and  music,  and  he  wrote  his 
own  commentaries  in  the  Mogul  language 
with  such  elegance  and  propriety,  that 
they  are  universally  admired."  The  his- 
torian adds,  that  he  was  fond  of  pleasure, 
though  moderate  in  its  enjoyment ;  and 
that  he  was  equally  celebrated  for  his 
clemency,  courage,  and  justice.  As  an 
instance  of  the  latter,  he  relates,  that  a 
caravan  from  China  having  been  buried 
in  the  snow  in  crossing  the  mountains, 
he  caused  the  merchandise  to  be  collect- 
ed, and  sent  notice  to  China  of  what  had 
happened,  in  order  that  the  owners  might 
claim  their  property ;  and  he  restored  it 
to  them,  refusing  to  be  reimbursed  even 
the  expenses  he  had  incurred. 

The  next  monarch  who  makes  a  promi- 
nent figure  in  the  history  of  Hisdostan, 
was  the  emperor  Aurengzebe,  who  died 
in  the  year  1 707,  in  the  90th  year  of  his 
age,  after  a  reign  of  52  years.  Under 
him,  the  Mogul  empire  reached  the  ut- 
most limits  to  which  it  ever  attained  ;  it 
comprehended  the  country  from  the  10th 
to  the  35th  degree  of  latitude,  and  nearly 
as  many  degrees  of  longitude. 

Notwithstanding  the  ambitious  projects 
in  which  Aurengzebe  was  engaged  du- 


ring a  large  portion  even  of  his  long  reign, 
he  was  by  no  means  inattentive  to  the 
improvement  of  his  empire,  or  the  com- 
forts of  his  people. 

His  wealth  was  immense.  His  reve- 
nue exceeded  32,000,000^,  sterling,  in  a 
country  where  the  products  of  the  earth 
are  about  four  times  as  cheap  as  in  Eng- 
land. Even  after  many  years  of  weak 
government,  and  both  public  and  private 
disturbances,  Nadir  Shah,  when  he  in- 
vaded India,  carried  back  with  him 
from  the  royal  treasury  of  Delhi  above 
80,000,000/,  sterling,  in  gold  and  jewels  ; 
most  if  not  all  of  which  must  have  been 
collected  by  Aurengzebe.  Yet,  notwith- 
standing the  immense  wealth  which  he 
left  behind  him,  the  magnificence  of  his 
court  was  unrivalled,  even  in  the  annals 
of  the  East.  His  own  dress  was  simple, 
except  on  days  of  festivals,  when  he 
wore  cloth  of  gold  and  jewels.  In  the 
manners  and  habits  of  his  private  life,  he 
was  free  from  parade  and  ostentation  ; 
but  he  encouraged  magnificence  in  his 
nobles,  and  required  it  in  the  governors 
of  his  provinces. 

That  most  curious  traveller,  Bernier, 
who  followed  the  camp  of  Aurengzebe, 
from  Delhi  to  Cashmere,  describes,  with 
great  accuracy,  the  immense  moving 
city.  The  guard  of  cavalry  consisted  of 
35,000  men,  that  of  infantry  of  10,000. 
It  was  computed  that  the  camp  contained 
1 50,000  horses,  mules,  and  elephants  ; 
50,000  camels  ;  50,000  oxen  ;  and  be- 
tween 300,000  and  400,000  persons.  Al- 
most all  Delhi  followed  the  court,  whose 
magnificence  supported  its  industry. 

Such  is  the  picture  of  the  manners 
and  magnificence  of  the  Mogul  empire 
at  the  period  of  Aurengzebe's  reign,  when 
it  had  attained  its  utmost  extent  and 
splendor,  and  before  the  peculiarities  of 
its  manners  were  broken  in  upon  by  the 
intermixture  of  those  of  foreign  nations. 

In  1739,  Nadir  Shah,  the  usurper  of 
the  Persian  throne,  invaded  Hindostan. 
A  kind  of  infatuation  seems  to  have  pre- 
vailed in  the  Mogul  councils.  The  army 
was  not  half  assembled  ;  and  Mahomed 
had  marched  only  a  day's  journey  from 
Delhi  into  the  plains  of  Carnawl,  when 
Nadir,  who  had  by  this  time  reduced  La- 
hore, defeated  him,  with  the  loss  of  Dou- 


INDIA. 


447 


ran,  the  commander-in-chief  of  the  army, 
and  his  best  and  bravest  minister.  It 
appears  that  before  this  fatal  battle,  Nadir 
was  so  little  confident  of  success,  that  he 
offered  to  evacuate  the  empire  for  50 
lacks  of  rupees.  But  the  intrigues  of  the 
Nizam  and  his  party,  induced  the  em- 
peror not  only  to  refuse  this  sum,  but 
after  the  battle  to  throw  himself  on  the 
clemency  of  Nadir.  The  first  conse- 
quence of  the  battle  was  the  reduction  of 
Delhi.  At  first  the  strictest  discipline 
prevailed  among  the  Persians  ;  no  one 
was  molested  ;  and  the  emperor,  after 
having  been  kept  a  state  prisoner  with 
his  family  for  a  few  days,  was  permitted 
to  return  quietly  to  his  palace.  But 
though  this  strictness  of  discipline  was 
maintained,  pnd  this  moderation  shown 
with  regard  to  the  emperor,  the  conqueror 
was  intent  on  plunder,  and  the  scene  was 
soon  changed.  A  quarrel  having  arisen 
in  the  bazar  of  Delhi,  one  of  those  en- 
gaged suddenly  called  out  that  Nadir 
Shah  was  dead,  and  that  now  was  the 
time  to  free  Delhi  from  the  Persians. 
A  massacre  instantly  commenced  ;  and 
during  the  whole  night,  the  city  was  a 
scene  of  confusion  and  murder.  The 
inhabitants,  however,  had  soon  ample 
and  dreadful  reason  to  repent  of  their  pre- 
cipitancy ;  for  at  day-light  Nadir  gave 
orders  for  a  general  massacre,  without 
distinction  of  age  or  sex.  The  carnage 
lasted  from  sun-rise  till  mid-day,  when 
the  emperor  and  his  nobles  appeared  be- 
fore Nadir  Shah,  and  for  the  sake  of 
Mahomed,  he  was  induced  to  pronounce 
the  words  "  I  forgive."  Instantly  the 
carnage  stopped,  but  its  effects  continued ; 
for  many  Hindoos  as  well  as  Moguls,  in 
order  to  save  their  women  from  pollution, 
had  set  fire  to  their  houses,  and  burned 
their  families  and  effects.  These  fires 
spread,  and  the  city  soon  presented  a 
most  dreadful  scene  of  ruin.  The  dead 
bodies  occasioned  a  pestilential  disorder 
among  the  comparatively  few  inhabitants 
that  survived  ;  and,  as  always  is  the  case 
during  the  prevalence  of  any  dreadful 
calamity  of  this  nature,  every  species  of 
crime  and  immorality  was  indulged  in. 
In  order  to  extort  confessions  of  treasures, 
private  murders  were  committed ;  the 
ties  of  friendship  and  blood  were  forgot- 


ten. The  evil,  however,  was  not  yet  at 
its  height :  famine  was  added  to  pesti- 
lence, murder,  and  plunder ;  and  hun- 
dreds of  persons,  desperate,  and  hopeless 
of  escaping  from  such  accumulated  dis- 
tress, and  unable  to  bear  the  sight  of  those 
whom  they  had  loved  and  respected  either 
falling  under  it,  or,  what  was  Avorse  in 
their  estimation,  giving  themselves  up  to 
the  commission  of  every  crime,  put  an 
end  to  their  own  lives. 

At  length,  after  having  had  possession 
of  Delhi  for  about  six  weeks.  Nadir  left 
it ;  but  he  left  it  almost  a  desert ;  for  it 
is  said,  that  100,000  of  its  inhabitants 
had  been  massacred  by  his  troops  or  de- 
stroyed by  fire,  pestilence,  or  famine.  A 
treaty  had  been  concluded,  by  which  he 
confirmed  Mahomed  on  the  throne  of  all 
the  provinces  east  of  the  Indus,  reserving 
those  to  the  west  for  himself.  He  also 
married  his  son  to  a  grand-daughter  of 
Aurengzebe.  He  carried  with  him  three 
millions  and  a  half  sterling  in  money 
from  the  royal  treasury ;  one  million  and 
a  half  in  plate ;  fifteen  millions  in  jewels ; 
the  celebrated  peacock  throne  valued  at 
a  million ;  other  thrones  of  inferior  value ; 
and  the  canopy  for  the  royal  elephant, 
estimated  at  eleven  millions ;  besides 
500  elephants,  a  number  of  horses,  and 
the  imperial  camp  equipage.  A  fine  of 
five  millions  Avas  exacted  from  the  nobles 
and  other  inhabitants  ;  so  that,  if  to  these 
sums  be  added  the  plunder  of  the  sol- 
diers, the  estimate  that  sixty-two  millions 
were  carried  away,  will  not  be  deemed 
beyond  the  truth. 

No  empire,  after  such  devastation  com- 
mitted in  its  capital,  could  soon  have  re- 
covered its  strength  ;  but  with  respect  to 
the  Mogul  empire,  its  restoration  was  ab- 
solutely impossible.  It  was  loosened  from 
its  foimdation  ;  and  there  Avere  those  on 
every  side  of  it,  Avho  were  prepared  to 
hasten  its  downfall.  The  departure  of 
Nadir  left  the  Nizam  in  possession  of 
the  AA'hole  remaining  power  of  the  em- 
pire ;  but  he  preferred  an  independent 
kingdom  in  the  Deccan  to  the  govern- 
ment of  a  feeble  and  declining  state. 
About  this  time  Bengal  became  indepen- 
dent of  Delhi,  under  Aliverdy  CaAvn,  and 
not  long  afterwards,  a  vast  army  of  Mah- 
rattas,  both  from  Poonah  and  Berar,  for 


448 


INDIA. 


they  were  now  divided  into  two  states, 
invaded  it  under  pretence  that  their  ob- 
ject was  to  recover  it  for  the  emperor. 
The  Mogul  empire  now  became  a  prey 
to  all  the  neighboring  states  that  were 
sufficiently  contiguous  and  powerful  to 
attack  it. 

We  will  now  proceed  to  give  some 
account  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  the 
European  establishments  in  India. 

After  a  tedious  course  of  voyages,  con- 
tinued for  nearly  half  a  century,  Vasco 
de  Gama,  an  active  and  enterprising 
Portuguese  admiral,  doubled  the  cape  of 
Good  Hope,  and  coasting  along  the  east- 
ern shore  of  the  continent  of  Africa,  sail- 
ed from  thence  across  the  Indian  Ocean, 
and  landed  at  Calicut  on  the  coast  of 
Malabar,  on  the  22nd  of  May,  1498.  At 
the  period  of  the  arrival  of  the  Portu- 
guese in  India,  the  west  coast  of  Hin- 
dostan  was  divided  between  two  great 
sovereigns,  the  kings  of  Cambay,  and  the 
Zamorin,  each  of  whom  had  under  him 
numerous  petty  princes.  Cabral  was 
next  sent  out  by  the  Portuguese  court  to 
Calicut ;  but  the  Moors  were  as  little 
favorable  to  him  as  they  had  been  to  De 
Gama,  so  that  he  judged  it  prudent  to 
proceed  to  Cochin  and  Cananore.  As 
the  kings  of  these  places  were  under  the 
yoke  of  the  Zamorin,  which  they  were 
desirous  of  thoAving  off,  they  received 
him  very  favorably,  and  entered  into  alli- 
ance with  him.  The  Portuguese  thus  in 
a  short  time  acquired  so  great  an  influ- 
ence, as  to  give  law  to  the  whole  coast, 
fixing  their  own  prices  on  the  produc- 
tions of  the  country,  and  building  forts  in 
the  principal  towns. 

In  1508,  Albuquerque  arrived  in  India, 
and  took  the  chief  command  of  the  Por- 
tuguese ;  hitherto  they  had  not  acquired 
a  good  port  ;  and  as  this  was  an  object 
of  the  first  consequence,  he  attacked  Goa, 
and  took  it  with  little  difficulty  ;  he  was 
however,  unable  to  retain  it ;  for  the  na- 
tives besieged  it  so  closely,  that  he  was 
in  a  short  time  in  want  of  provisions,  and 
compelled  to  abandon  it  and  retire  to  his 
ships.  He  did  not,  notwithstanding,  give 
up  his  object ;  but  returning  in  a  few 
months,  he  took  it  by  surprise,  and  forti- 
fied it  in  such  a  manner,  as  to  render  it 
quite  impregnable  by  the  forces  of  the 


natives.  It  now  became  the  metropolis 
of  the  settlements  of  the  Portuguese  in 
India,  from  which  they  spread  their  con- 
quests and  their  commerce  over  the 
Eastern  seas. 

As  the  Venetians  had  been  deprived 
of  the  most  abundant  and  certain  source 
of  their  riches  by  the  discovery  of  the 
cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  the  subsequent 
commerce  by  sea  between  Portugal  and 
India,  they  stirred  up  the  Sultan  of  Egypt 
to  unite  with  them  in  the  attempt  to  drive 
the  Portuguese  out  of  India.  This  he 
was  easily  induced  to  do,  as  he  also  had 
felt  the  consequences  of  the  Portuguese 
voyages  to  India,  in  the  reduced  receipt 
of  the  transit  duties,  which  he  had  been 
accustomed  to  levy  on  all  Indian  mer- 
chandise passing  through  his  dominions. 
Accordingly,  an  Egyptian  fleet,  equipped 
principally  with  materials  supplied  by  the 
Venetians,  made  its  way  into  the  Indian 
sea,  and  being  joined  by  the  fleet  of  the 
king  of  Cambay,  attacked  the  Portuguese, 
at  first  with  some  success,  the  latter,  how- 
ever, receiving  re-enforcements  from  Por- 
tugal, soon  regained  their  superiority. 

The  first  commercial  transactions  of 
the  Dutch,  after  they  had  cast  off  the 
Spanish  yoke,  were  with  the  Portuguese. 
From  Lisbon  they  procured  the  produc- 
tions of  India,  to  sell  them  again  to  the 
nations  of  the  north  of  Europe.  This 
trade,  however,  was  put  an  end  to  by 
Philip  II,  when  he  became  master  of 
Portugal  ;  and  the  Dutch  then  endeavor- 
ed to  discover  a  passage  by  the  north 
seas  to  China  and  India.  This  enter- 
prise was  unsuccessful ;  but,  while  en- 
gaged in  it,  Houtman,  a  native  of  Hol- 
land, confined  in  the  prisons  of  Lisbon 
for  debt,  proposed  to  the  merchants  of 
Rotterdam,  to  reveal  to  them  the  knowl- 
edge he  possessed  of  Indian  navigation 
and  commerce,  provided  they  liberated 
him  from  prison.  His  proposal  was  ac- 
cepted ;  and  an  association  was  formed, 
which  sent  out  four  ships  to  India  under 
Houtman,  in  the  year  1594.  On  their 
first  arrival  in  the  Indian  seas,  the  Dutch 
and  Portuguese  had  only  occasional  skir- 
mishes ;  but  a  sanguinary  war  soon  fol- 
lowed, which  in  the  end  totally  destroyed 
the  Portuguese  power. 

For  several  years  after  the  Portuguese, 


NDIA. 


449 


Dutch,  and  English  had  penetrated  to 
India,  the  French  contented  themselves 
with  procuring  its  productions  from  the 
Portuguese  and  Dutch.  In  the  year 
1601,  indeed,  a  company  had  been  form- 
ed in  Brittany,  which  sent  two  ships  to 
India  ;  but  they  returned  with  cargoes 
barely  sufficient  to  defray  the  expenses 
of  the  equipment  and  voyage ;  conse- 
quently the  company  was  dissolved.  In 
1633,  another  company  was  formed  ; 
but  their  enterprises  were  confined  to  the 
island  of  Madagascar.  The  attempt  to 
colonize  this  island  not  succeeding,  the 
French  sent  some  ships  direct  to  India, 
and  established  factories  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  native  princes.  Their  chief 
rendezvous  at  first  Avas  at  Surat ;  but  the 
Dutch  and  English  uniting  against  them, 
soon  obliged  them  to  abandon  it.  They 
next  attempted  to  seize  on  Trincomalee  ; 
but  in  this  also  they  were  unsuccessful. 
They  afterwards  formed  their  celebrated 
settlement  of  Pondicherry,  where  a  small 
district  was  ceded  them  by  the  native 
prince.  At  the  beginning  of  the  18th 
century,  their  establishments  consisted 
of  Pondicherry,  with  small  and  insig-ni- 
ficant  factories  at  Masulipatam  and  Raja- 
pore.  Soon  after  this  period,  the  history 
of  the  French  and  English  nations  in 
India  are  so  blended,  that  they  must  be 
considered  together. 

The  Danes  received  the  first  idea  of 
forming  establishments  in  India  from  a 
Dutchman,  who,  discontented  with  his 
own  government,  offered  his  services  to 
Christian  IV,  to  form  a  settlement  at 
Ceylon.  This  man,  however,  dying  on 
his  passage,  and  the  Danes  having  been 
unfavorably  received  at  Ceylon,  they  pro- 
ceeded from  thence  to  the  coast  of  Co- 
romandel,  where  the  king  of  Tanjore 
allowed  them  to  form  a  settlement  at 
Tranquebar. 

Queen  Elizabeth  was  the  first  English 
sovereign  Avho  thought  of  obtaining  for 
her  subjects  a  share  in  the  trade  to  India. 
In  the  year  1583,  she  granted  letters  to 
two  adventurers  for  the  princes  of  India, 
and  in  1596,  other  letters.  All  these  ad- 
venturers proceeded  to  the  court  of  the 
Great  Mogul,  by  land,  where  they  were 
well  received.  The  attempts  to  discover 
a  passage  by  the  North  Sea  to  China 
57 


having  failed,  the  English  resolved  to  go 
round  the  cape  of  Good  Hope.  Accord- 
ingly the  queen,  on  the  last  day  of  the 
year  1600,  granted  letters  patent  to  a 
society  of  merchants  in  London  to  trade 
to  the  East  Indies.  The  object  of  the 
company  was  principally  pepper  and 
other  spices  ;  and,  therefore,  their  voy- 
ages were  to  Achen,  Java,  and  the  spice 
islands.  In  the  year  1612,  four  ships 
were  sent  out  by  king  James,  for  the 
purpose  of  conciliating  the  Mogul  empe- 
ror, some  of  whose  vessels  had  been 
annoyed  by  the  English  in  the  Red  Sea. 
The  commander  of  this  fleet  succeeded 
in  his  mission  ;  and  at  the  same  time, 
he  obtained  from  the  court  of  Delhi,  the 
liberty  of  establishing  a  factory  at  Surat ; 
and  this  city  was  some  time  afterwards 
regarded  as  the  principal  English  station 
in  the  west  of  India.  The  Portuguese, 
alarmed  at  the  success  of  the  English, 
attacked  their  fleet  near  Surat,  but  they 
were  repulsed.  This  voyage,  therefore, 
may  in  some  respect  be  regarded  as  the 
origin  of  the  power  of  the  British  in  the 
East  ;  the  two  foundations  of  Avhich 
were,  the  grant  of  the  Mogul  sovereign, 
and  their  own  naval  ability  and  resources. 

About  1640,  the  Dutch  began  system- 
atically to  harass  the  European  commerce 
on  the  coast  of  Malabar.  In  consequence 
of  this,  the  English  fixed  on  Madraspatam, 
which  they  obtained  from  the  chief  of 
the  district.  They  immediately  built  a 
fort,  with  the  name  of  Fort  St.  George  ; 
and  in  1653,  this  station  was  raised  by 
the  company  to  the  rank  of  a  presidency. 

Nearly  about  the  same  time,  the  com- 
mercial transactions  of  the  British  com- 
menced on  the  Ganges.  In  1634,  they 
obtained  from  the  court  of  Delhi,  the 
privilege  of  a  free  resort  to  the  port  of 
Pipley,  in  the  province  of  Bengal.  This 
privilege  was  much  extended  in  1645, 
chiefly  through  the  professional  skill  and 
success  of  a  surgeon  of  one  of  the  com- 
pany's ships,  who  had  thus,  at  the  Mogul 
court,  conciliated  the  favor  of  the  mon- 
arch. Factories  were  accordingly  estab- 
lished in  Bengal,  the  principal  of  them 
at  Hooghly  ;  but  this,  as  well  as  the 
others,  was  subject  to  the  presidency  of 
Madras,  or  Fort  St.  George.  The  fac- 
tories of  the  British  at  this  time  were, 


450 


NDIA. 


Madras  with  its  dependencies,  Masulipa- 
tam,  Madapollani,  Peltipolu,  and  Hoogh- 
ly ;  and  the  factories  subordinate  to 
Hooghly  were,  Cossinibazar,  Balasorc, 
Patna,  and  Malda. 

But  the  Mogul  government,  as  well  as 
the  other  Indian  princes,  though  they 
granted  to  the  British  the  privileges  of 
commerce,  yet  denied  them  the  exercise 
of  civil  jurisdiction,  or  the  use  of  military 
strength.  The  factory  of  Surat  was 
strongly  built  ;  but  it  was  not  allowed  to 
be  either  fortified  or  garrisoned.  The 
factory  was  exposed  to  still  farther  incon- 
venience and  danger  ;  for  it  was  exactly 
placed  on  the  debateable  ground  between 
the  Mogul  and  the  Mahrattas,  and,  was 
more  than  once  plundered  by  Sevajee  the 
Mahratta  chief.  It  is  probable,  that  the 
British  would  have  been  obliged  to  have 
given  up  Surat,  had  not  they  gained  an 
unexpected  relief.  In  the  year  1668, 
king  Charles  II,  ceded  to  the  company  the 
island  of  Bombay,  which  he  had  received 
as  a  part  of  the  marriage  portion  of  Cath- 
arine, the  Infanta  of  Portugal.  This  was 
a  strong  place,  and  it  was  within  200 
miles  by  sea  from  Surat,  to  which  it  was 
made  subordinate.  The  British  now 
commanded  greater  respect,  both  from 
the  Mogul  and  the  Mahratta  officers  ; 
but  in  the  years  1665  and  1672,  their 
settlements,  particularly  on  the  Malabar 
coast,  suffered  much  from  the  hostilities 
of  the  Dutch. 

The  settlement  of  Madras  was  also 
exposed  to  great  difficulties  and  danger. 
About  the  year  1656,  the  territory  on 
which  it  stood,  and  which  belonged  to 
the  king  of  Besnagur,  was  conquered  by 
Meer  Jumla,  the  general  of  the  king  of 
Golconda,  who  afterwards  distinguished 
himself  as  the  ablest  officer  in  the  ser- 
vice of  Aurengzebe.  This  event,  how- 
ever, in  the  end,  proved  fortunate  to  Ma- 
dras ;  for  in  the  years  1674  and  1676, 
the  king  of  Golconda  permitted  the  Ma- 
dras government  to  build  ships  in  any 
part  of  his  dominions,  and  forbade  any 
of  his  officers  to  molest  the  British 
commerce. 

The  settlements  of  Bengal  also  flour- 
ished ;  but  in  the  mean  time,  the  war 
between  the  emperor  and  the  Mahrattas 
weighed  heavily  on  the  factories  of  Surat 


and  Bombay.  Sir  John  Child  was  at 
this  period,  what  would  now  be  styled 
governor  general  of  the  British  settlements 
in  India,  while  his  brother,  sir  Jonah, 
was  leading  member  of  the  court  of  com- 
mittees ;  their  policy  was,  first,  the  en- 
largement of  the  authority  of  the  company 
over  such  British  subjects  as  were  within 
the  limits  of  their  charter  ;  and  secondly, 
retaliation  by  force  of  arms  on  the  Indian 
princes  who  had  oppressed  their  settle- 
ments, and  the  attainment  of  political 
strength  and  dominion  in  the  East. 
Hence  it  is  evident  that  they  laid  the 
foundation  of  that  system  of  aggrandize- 
ment, on  which  the  British  have  ever 
since  acted  in  India. 

At  the  breaking  out  of  the  war  between 
England  and  France,  in  1745,  the  Eng- 
lish possessed  the  following  settlements  : 
Bombay  ;  Dabul,  about  40  leagues  farther 
to  the  south,  in  the  province  of  Concan ; 
Carwar,  in  the  province  of  North  Cana- 
ra ;  Tellicherry,  on  the  sea-coast  of  the 
Malabar  province  ;  Anjengo,  their  most 
southerly  settlement  on  the  western  coast 
of  the  peninsula,  on  the  sea-coast  of  Tra- 
vancore  ;  Fort  St.  David ;  Madras  ;  Vi- 
sigapatam  and  Balasore,  on  the  Coroman- 
del  coast ;  and  Calcutta.  The  principal 
French  settlements  were  Pondicherry 
and  Chandernagore  ;  the  latter  about  20 
miles  above  Calcutta,  the  former  on  the 
sea-coast  of  the  Carnatic. 

In  the  year  1746,  Madras  was  besieg- 
ed by  a  French  armament,  and  compelled 
to  capitulate  ;  but  it  was  restored  to  the 
English  by  the  peace  of  Aix-la-Chapelle. 
About  the  same  time,  the  nabob  of  the 
Carnatic,  within  whose  jurisdiction  both 
Madras  and  Pondicherry  were  situated, 
and  who  successively  took  part  with  the 
combatants  on  both  sides,  sustained  a  to- 
tal defeat  from  a  very  inferior  number  of 
French.  The  event  is  memorable,  chief- 
ly, as  being  the  first  which  decidedly 
proved  the  superiority  of  the  European 
troops  over  those  of  Hindostan. 

The  territory  of  the  Carnatic  was  one 
of  the  subordinate  principalities  imme- 
diately governed  by  nabobs,  but  subject 
to  the  soubhadar  of  the  Deccan,  who  was 
still  regarded  as  a  feudal  prince  \mder  the 
Mogul  emperor.  Nizam  ul  Mulk,  already 
frequently  mentioned,  who  was  soubhadar 


INDIA. 


451 


of  the  Deccan,  died  in  the  year  1 748,  and 
the  province  was  disputed  between  his 
son  Nazir,  and  his  grandson  Murzafa. 
At  the  same  time  the  nabob  of  the  Car- 
natic,  Anwaraadeen,  who  had  been  regu- 
larly established  in  that  office  by  the  Ni- 
zam, was  opposed  by  Chunda  Saheb  ;  the 
latter  and  Murzafa  made  common  cause, 
and  to  their  alliance  acceded  M.  Dupleix, 
the  governor  of  Pondicherry,  a  man  of 
great  talents,  intrigue,  and  ambition.  The 
combined  troops  of  the  French  and  the 
two  princes  overthrew  those  of  Anwaraa- 
deen, on  the  frontiers  of  his  own  country, 
in  a  pitched  battle,  in  which  he  himself 
was  killed,  and  his  eldest  son  taken  pris- 
oner, while  his  second,  Mahomed  Ali, 
escaped,  and  implored  the  assistance  of 
the  English.  For  some  time  the  Eng- 
lish hesitated,  till  at  length  they  were 
induced  by  several  reasons — the  strong- 
est, probably,  a  desire  to  curb  and  oppose 
the  French — to  espouse  the  alliance  of 
Nazir  and  Mahomed  Ali,  who  had  made 
common  cause. 

Such  was  the  origin  of  the  war  for  the 
succession  of  the  Carnatic,  or  the  Car- 
natic  war,  as  it  is  called,  between  the 
English  and  the  French.  In  its  progress, 
this  war  preserved  essentially  the  char- 
acter under  which  it  had  commenced, 
that  is,  in  reality,  a  contest  between  the 
English  and  French  for  superiority  of 
power  and  extension  of  dominion,  in  Hin- 
dostan. 

In  the  year  1741,  Alivedi,  as  seen, 
usurped  the  nabobship  of  Bengal.  He 
died  in  1756,  leaving  for  his  successor 
Surajah  Dowlah.  This  prince  was  strong- 
ly prepossessed  against  the  English.  Un- 
derstanding that  the  governor  of  Calcutta 
was  building  a  wall  and  digging  a  moat 
round  that  city,  he  took  offence,  and  at 
last  marched  at  the  head  of  his  army  to 
attack  it,  with  its  dependent  settlements. 
The  town  was  gallantly,  though  not  very 
skilfully,  defended  for  three  days,  but 
then  was  obliged  to  surrender.  Surajah 
Dowlah  had  promised  the  prisoners  their 
lives,  but  on  the  same  night  in  which  he 
entered  the  place  he  ordered  the  massa- 
cre, (for  it  deserves  no  other  appellation,) 
which  has  rendered  proverbial  the  black 
hole  of  Calcutta.  The  Europeans,  to 
the  number  of  146  persons,  were,  in  the 


most  sultry  season  even  of  the  Bengal 
year,  confined  for  twelve  hours  within  a 
cube  of  1 8  feet,  having  no  outlets  except 
two  small  windows,  strongly  barred.  All 
perished  except  twenty-three  ;  and  some 
of  these  afterwards  experienced  from 
the  nabob  fresh  cruelties.  As  soon  as 
intelligence  of  these  events  reached  the 
English  on  the  coast,  they  detached  to 
Bengal  900  Europeans,  and  1,500  se- 
poys, under  the  command  of  colonel 
Clive.  In  a  few  days  after  their  arrival 
before  Calcutta,  the  city  was  retaken, 
and  the  nabob  being  attacked  in  his 
camp,  acquiesced  in  a  pacification,  high- 
ly honorable  and  advantageous  to  the 
English.  On  him  little  reliance  could 
be  placed,  especially  as  by  the  break- 
ing out  of  the  war  between  the  English 
and  French,  he  might  naturally  ex- 
pect the  assistance  of  the  latter,  who 
had,  at  their  settlement  of  Candenagore, 
contiguous  to  Calcutta,  a  force  of  300 
Europeans,  and  300  sepoys.  Under 
these  circumstances,  colonel  Clive  re- 
solved to  attack  the  French  settlement, 
which  he  accordingly  did,  with  success. 
Still,  however,  the  nabob  was  justly  sus- 
pected ;  and  as  it  was  soon  afterwards 
proved  that  he  was  in  correspondence 
with  the  French,  the  English  listened  to 
the  overtures  of  the  discontented  gran- 
dees at  his  court,  and  at  length  resolved 
to  support  Meer  Jaffier  in  his  pretensions 
to  the  nabobship.  This  arrangement  led 
immediately  to  the  famous  battle  of  Plas- 
sey,  by  the  issue  of  which  Meer  Jafiier 
gained  the  nabobship,  and  his  English 
aUies  a  large  treasure,  a  portion  of  a  ter- 
ritory adjoining  to  Calcutta,  and  a  consid- 
erable influence  with  the  new  nabob. 
The  British  forces  engaged  in  this  battle 
were  commanded  by  colonel  Clive,  and 
consisted  of  900  Europeans,  100  topas- 
ses,  and  2,000  sepoys,  with  eight  six 
pounders,  and  two  howitzers.  The  na- 
bob's army  was  estimated  at  50,000  foot, 
and  50  pieces  of  cannon,  besides  about 
40  Frenchmen.  According  to  one  account, 
the  fortune  of  the  day  was  decided  by 
Meer  Jaffier,  who  commanded  part  of 
]  the  nabob's  army,  remaining  neuter  dur- 
ing the  engagement ;  but  by  other  ac- 
counts, it  would  appear,  that  even  if  bis 
forces  had  taken  an  active  part,  the  issue 


452 


INDIA. 


would  have  been  equally  favorable  to  the 
British. 

In  the  pursuit  of  Cosseim,  the  nabob 
of  Bengal,  who  had  turned  his  arms 
against  them,  the  British  had  reached 
the  interminous  frontier  of  the  territories 
of  Bengal  and  Oude  ;  the  fugitive  prince 
had  taken  refuge  in  the  court  of  Sujah 
Dowlah,  otherwise  called  the  Nabob  Vi- 
zier, which,  at  the  same  time,  harbored 
a  more  illustrious  exile,  the  young  Mogid. 
The  British  camp  now  became  the  scene 
of  complicated  negotiations  ;  an  alliance 
was  proposed  to  Sujah  Dowlah,  which 
he  rejected.  While  these  negotiations 
were  going  on,  discontents  prevailed  in 
the  British  army.  Encouraged  by  this, 
Sujah  Dowlah,  who  had  already  collect- 
ed an  army  on  the  frontiers  of  Oude,  de- 
termined on  hostility  ;  and  he  was  joined 
by  the  Rajah  of  Benares.  In  March, 
1764,  Major  Carnac  took  the  command 
of  the  British  forces,  and  having  restored 
discipline  and  subordination,  repulsed 
the  vizier  in  an  obstinate  engagement 
near  Patna.  The  war  was  now  carried 
into  the  province  of  Oude,  and  Major 
Carnac  was  succeeded  by  Major  Monro. 
On  the  24th  of  October  was  fought  the 
celebrated  battle  of  Buxar,  on  the  river 
Carumnasa,  about  100  miles  above  the 
city  of  Patna.  The  British  army  con- 
sisted of  856  Europeans,  and  6,215  se- 
poys ;  the  combined  troops  of  Sujah 
Dowlah  and  Cosseim  consisted  of  40,000 
men.  After  an  arduous  contest  of  three 
hours,  the  army  of  the  vizier  retired  in 
disorder,  leaving  on  the  field  133  pieces 
of  cannon,  and  blowing  up  some  of  their 
powder  magazines  ;  2,000  troops  were 
slain  on  the  field  of  battle.  The  loss  of 
Major  Monro's  army  was  trifling,  being 
only  87  Europeans  and  712  sepoys. 
The  flight  of  the  allies  was  so  rapid,  that 
they  did  not  stop  at  Buxar,  but  hastened 
to  a  small  river  beyond  it.  Over  this 
was  a  bridge  of  boats,  which,  however, 
they  had  not  all  crossed,  when  Sujah 
Dowlah  directed  the  bridge  to  be  de- 
stroyed. By  this  act  of  generalship  he 
sacrificed,  indeed,  the  rear  division  of  his 
army,  which,  to  the  number  of  nearly 
2,000  men  were  drowned  ;  but  he  saved 
his  main  body  from  certain  destruction, 
and  at  the  same  time  preserved  from  cap- 


ture the  immense  treasures  of  Cosseim 
as  well  as  his  own.  A  native  historian 
describes  the  camp  of  the  two  chiefs  in 
the  following  terms :  "  A  bridge  of  boats 
being  thrown  over  the  Ganges,  the  allied 
armies  began  their  march  in  numbers  not 
to  be  reckoned  ;  but,  from  the  ignorance 
of  the  generals  and  want  of  discipline, 
murdering  and  plundering  each  other. 
It  was  not  an  army,  but  rather  a  mov- 
ing nation."  On  the  following  day  the 
Mogul,  who  had  taken  no  part  in  the  bat- 
tle, sought  and  obtained  the  protection 
of  the  British,  offering  them  terms  highly 
favorable  to  their  views,  and  plans  of 
aggrandizement  and   extent  of  territory. 

After  the  general  peace  of  1763,  the 
French  again  endeavored  to  gain  a  foot- 
ing in  them ;  and  this  induced  lord  Clive, 
who  arrived  in  India  for  the  second  time, 
in  1765,  to  obtain  from  the  Mogiil  the 
proprietary  grant  of  this  territory.  In 
the  year  1766,  four  of  the  circars  were 
given  up  by  the  soubhadar  ;  the  fifth,  held 
by  a  brother  of  the  Nizam,  was  granted 
in  reversion  to  the  British.  In  return 
for  these  cessions,  the  British  promised 
the  soubhadar  the  assistance  of  their 
troops,  whenever  he  might  need  it,  to 
settle  the  affairs  of  his  government. — 
About  the  end  of  the  year  1766,  having 
united  himself  with  a  Mahratta  chief 
against  Hyder  Ali,  sovereign  of  the  My- 
sore, he  applied  for  these  troops,  which 
were  granted  him,  even  before  his  object 
or  that  of  the  Mahrattas  was  known.  As 
soon  as  the  British  troops  had  joined,  the 
united  army  entered  the  territory  of  My- 
sore. 

It  was  on  this  occasion  that  Hyder 
Ali  first  displayed  those  talents  which 
afterwards  rendered  him  so  very  for- 
midable. He  bought  off"  the  Mahrattas 
by  large  bribes.  Next  he  entered  into 
negotiations  with  the  Nizam  with  such 
effect,  that  in  August,  1767,  the  armies 
of  the  Nizam  and  Hyder  actually  united 
at  Bangalore,  from  which  place  they  made 
irregular  incursions  into  the  Carnatic. 

Hyder  Ali,  indignant  at  the  refusal  of 
the  British  to  assist  him  against  the 
Mahrattas,  made  peace  with  them,  and  pre- 
pared for  the  invasion  of  the  Carnatic. 
On  the  24th  of  July,  1780,  Hyder  All's 
cavalry  were  only  nine  miles  distant  from 


INDIA. 


453 


Madras  ;  and  it  was  ascertained,  that  his 
whole  force  consisted  of  100,000  men, 
among  whom  was  a  large  body  of  Euro- 
pean troops,  under  French  officers,  and 
commanded  by  colonel  Lally.  In  this 
emergency,  sir  Hector  Munro  ordered 
the  British  army  to  assemble  at  Conj eve- 
ram,  and  directed  colonel  Baillie,  who 
commanded  a  detachment  at  Gumero- 
panda,  to  join  him  at  that  place ;  but  this 
detachment  was  cut  to  pieces  by  Tippoo 
Saib,  Hyder's  son.  'I'his  obliged  the 
Carnatic  army  to  retreat,  till  sir  Eyre 
Coote  arrived  from  Bengal  with  a  bri- 
gade of  7,000  men,  and  assumed  the 
command.  Sir  Eyre  immediately  re- 
stored the  spirits  of  the  army,  and  in  a 
very  short  space  of  time  defeated  Hyder 
in  five  several  battles.  In  some  instances, 
however,  the  British  were  not  so  success- 
ful ;  for  Tippoo  entirely  defeated  a  de- 
tachment of  about  2,000  infantry,  and 
300  cavalry,  under  colonel  Braithwaite. 
In  the  end  of  the  year  1782  Hyder  died  ; 
and  one  of  the  first  objects  of  Tippoo, 
who  succeeded  him,  was  to  recover  Cana- 
ra,  which  had  been  conquered  by  a  de- 
tachment under  general  Matthews.  It 
had  been  supposed  by  the  presidency  of 
Bengal,  that  an  attack  of  Tippoo's  pro- 
vinces on  the  west  of  India  would,  by 
giving  an  easy  and  immediate  entry  into 
the  most  valuable  part  of  his  dominions, 
draw  him  off  from  the  Carnatic,  which 
he  still  occupied,  notwithstanding  the 
defeats  which  his  father  had  sustained. 
Accordingly,  General  Matthews  was  sent 
into  Canara,  a  province  which  Hyder  Ali 
had  conquered  in  1763,  and  he  succeed- 
ed in  reducing  the  whole  of  it.  The 
scheme  succeeded  in  drawing  Tippoo 
from  the  Carnatic  into  Canara ;  but  at  the 
dreadful  expense  of  the  loss  of  general 
Matthews  and  his  army,  which  was 
obliged  to  capitulate,  on  condition  of  be- 
ing allowed  to  go  to  Bombay.  This  con- 
dition, however,  was  not  fulfilled;  and 
general  Matthews,  and  twenty  of  his  offi- 
cers, were  poisoned,  and  most  of  his 
troops  were  massacred.  At  last,  Tippoo 
fiading  that  the  Mahrattas,  his  inveterate 
enemies,  were  at  peace  with  the  English, 
and  at  liberty  to  attack  him,  and  being 
deserted  by  the  French,  in  consequence 
of  the  peace  of  1783,  condescended  to 


treat  in  March,  1784.  By  this  treaty, 
matters  were  restored  nearly  to  the  con- 
dition in  which  they  had  been  before  the 
commencement  of  hostilities. 

Tippoo  was  without  doubt  the  most 
powerful  of  all  the  princes  of  Hindos- 
tan.  His  dominions  were  equal  in 
extent  to  Great  Britain  ;  his  revenue  was 
computed  at  four  millions  sterling  ;  and 
his  military  establishment  consisted  of 
72,830  regulars  ;  49,000  in  garrison  ; 
7,000  irregulars,  and  26,300  auxilia- 
ries ;  in  all,  155,130  men.  Of  the 
regular  troops,  27,400  were  cavalry ; 
36,000  sepoy  infantry,  Hindoos  and  Ma- 
homedans  ;  7,300  topasses  or  hatmen, 
that  is,  the  descendants  of  the  Portuguese 
and  other  Europeans,  infantry  ;  200  Eu- 
ropean cavalry  ;  and  540  European  foot. 
The  artillery  corps,  consisting  of  Euro- 
pean topasses,  (fee,  amounted  to  1,390. 
There  were  1 1 0  guns  attached  to  the 
battalions  ;  the  horse  garrisons  on  the 
frontiers  amounted  to  21,000,  and  the 
foot  garrisons  to  28,000.  The  auxiliaries 
were  supplied  from  the  rajahs  of  Ry- 
droog,  Darwar,  &c,  and  consisted  of 
13,300  horse,  and  13,000  peons,  or  irreg- 
ular troops. 

It  was  not  to  be  supposed  that  a  per- 
son, possessed  of  the  ambitious  and  rest- 
less disposition  which  characterized  Tip- 
poo, would  long  remain  at  peace  with 
such  an  immense  force  at  his  disposal,  or 
that  he  would  find  any  difficulty  in  rais- 
ing pretences  for  commencing  hostilities. 
Accordingly,  towards  the  end  of  the 
year  1789,  he  approached  the  country  of 
Travancore  for  the  avowed  purpose  of 
recovering  two  places  which  the  rajah  of 
that  district  had  purchased  from  the 
Dutch,  but  which  Tippoo  alleged  were 
dependent  upon  him,  as  forming  part  of 
the  possessions  of  his  tributary,  the  Ra- 
jah of  Cochin.  On  the  29th  of  Decem- 
ber, he  stormed  the  lines  of  the  Rajah  of 
Travancore,  who  was  not  disposed  to  ac- 
cede to  his  demands  ;  but  without  suc- 
cess. As  this  Rajah  had  put  himself 
under  the  protection  of  the  British  gov- 
ernment, and  was  acknowledged  to  be  so, 
by  the  treaty  concluded  with  Tippoo  in 
1784,  war  between  the  latter  and  the 
British  seemed  unavoidable.  Lord  Corn- 
wallis  at  this  time  was  Governor  Gen- 


454 


INDIA. 


eral  of  India.  His  first  object  was  to 
enter  into  a  treaty  offensive  and  defen- 
sive with  the  Nizam.  This  was  accord- 
ingly conchided  on  the  4th  of  July,  1790. 
A  treaty  was  also  formed  with  the  Paish- 
wah  of  the  Mahrattas.  The  provisions 
of  these  treaties  were,  that  measures 
should  be  instantly  taken  to  punish  Tip- 
poo,  and  to  deprive  him  of  the  means  of 
disturbing  the  general  tranquillity,  and 
that  the  Nizam  and  the  Paishwah  should 
both  vigorously  prosecute  the  war. 

The  British  Madras  army  was  assem- 
bled on  the  plain  of  Trichinoply,  and 
on  the  24th  of  May,  1790,  general  Mead- 
ows, who  was  to  take  the  command 
joined  it.  On  the  12th  of  June,  he  en- 
tered the  territories  of  the  Sultan.  His 
first  object  was  to  relieve  the  Rajah  of 
Travancore  ;  and,  before  the  end  of  the 
year,  he  was  completely  successful.  In 
the  mean  time,  the  Bombay  troops  under 
general  Abercrombie  conquered  the  valu- 
able districts  below  the  Ghauts  on  the 
west  and  the  north,  as  far  as  the  river 
Baliapatam.  The  next  campaign  was 
carried  on  by  lord  Cornwallis  himself 
in  the  centre  of  Tippoo's  kingdom.  The 
important  fortress  of  Bangalore  was  con- 
quered. A  successful  battle  was  fought 
near  Seringapatam ;  but  the  unfavorable 
season  of  the  year,  which  now  began, 
and  the  delay  of  the  Mahrattas,  prevented 
his  lordship  from  attacking  that  city, 
which  had  been  his  principal  design 
when  lie  commenced  the  campaign.  In 
the  mean  time,  the  Bombay  army  was 
marching  to  join  his  lordship  ;  but  being 
unable  to  effect  the  junction,  from  the 
badness  of  the  roads,  and  the  swelling 
of  the  rivers,  they  were  compelled  to  re- 
trace their  steps  over  those  mountains, 
which  form  an  almost  impassable  barrier 
between  Mysore  and  the  Malabar  coast. 
In  this  march  and  retreat,  the  troops  suf- 
fered dreadfully  ;  but  the  sufferings  were 
mild  compared  to  those  which  the  Ma- 
dras army  underwent  while  obliged  to  re- 
main inactive  in  the  heart  of  Tippoo's  do- 
minions on  account  of  the  rains.  They 
were  infected  with  an  epidemic  disorder, 
the  ravages  of  which  were  greatly  in- 
creased by  a  scarcity  of  provisions  ;  and, 
to  add  to  these  calamities,  the  small-pox 
raged  in  the  camp.     Fortunately,  they 


were  soon  joined  by  the  allied  force  of 
the  Mahrattas,  amounting  to  32,000  cav- 
alry ;  and  soon  afterwards,  the  troops  of 
the  Nizam  joined  them  ;  but  from  neither 
of  these  allies  could  lord  Cornwallis 
expect  much  efficient  a«sistance,  espe- 
cially in  the  moment  of  danger,  as  their 
equipment  and  discipline  were  exces- 
sively defective.  In  the  month  of  June, 
1791,  his  lordship  set  out  towards  Ban- 
galore. His  first  object  was  to  secure 
an  easy  and  regular  communication  be- 
tween the  Mysore  and  Carnatic,  as  from 
the  latter  the  supplies  of  the  army  were 
chiefly  to  be  drawn  ;  but  this  communi- 
cation would  be  impracticable,  so  long  as 
the  various  hill  forts  which  commanded 
the  passes  were  in  the  possession  of 
Tippoo.  They  were  uncommonly  strong, 
both  by  nature  and  art.  Of  these,  Sa- 
vendroog,  Chittledroog,  and  Kistnaghury, 
were  the  most  remarkable  for  natural 
strength.  The  first  is  surrounded  by  a 
forest  of  natural  wood,  or  jungle,  several 
miles  in  depth,  thickened  with  clumps  of 
planted  bamboos,  to  render  it  as  impene- 
trable as  possible.  It  is  impossible  to 
invest  or  blockade  it  closely,  the  rock 
forming  a  base  of  8  or  10  miles  in  cir- 
cumference, which,  with  the  jungle  and 
lesser  hills  that  surround  il,  includes  a 
circle  of  20  miles.  From  this  base,  it  is 
reckoned  to  rise  above  half  a  mile  in  per- 
pendicular height.  This  huge  mountain  is 
further  rendered  strong  by  being  divided 
above  by  a  chasm  that  separates  the  up- 
per part  into  two  hills,  each,  with  their 
defences,  forming  two  citadels,  and  capa- 
ble of  being  maintained  independent  of 
the  lower  works.  This  stupendous  for- 
tress, so  diflicult  of  approach,  is  no  less 
remarkable  for  its  noxious  atmosphere  oc- 
casioned by  the  surrounding  hills  and 
woods,  than  for  its  wonderful  size  and 
strength. 

The  right  wing  of  the  main  army,  un- 
der the  command  of  Lieutenant  Colonel 
Stewart,  was  ordered  to  the  siege  of  this 
tremendous  fortress.  In  three  days  a 
practicable  breach  was  effected,  and  the 
troops  advanced  to  the  storm,  lord  Corn- 
wallis in  person  superintending  the  at- 
tack. On  the  appearance  of  the  Euro- 
peans advancing,  the  garrison  was  seized 
with  a  panic  and  fled,  and  the  breach  was 


INDIA. 


455 


Storming  of  Seringapatam 

carried  without,  meeting  or  even  overtak 
insf   the    enemy.       The  main  body   en 


deavored  to  gain  the  western  hill,  and  if 
they  had  done  so,  the  siege  must  have 
recommenced  ;  but  they  were  closely 
pursued  by  a  small  party  of  the  British, 
who  entered  the  different  barriers  along 
whh  them,  and  gained  possession  of  the 
top  of  the  mountain.  Thus,  in  less  than 
an  hour,  in  open  da}'^,  this  fortress,  hith- 
erto deemed  impregnable,  was  stormed 
without  the  loss  of  a  man,  only  one  pri- 
vate soldier  having  been  wounded  in  the 
assault.  Other  fortresses  were  also  taken, 
so  that  the  convoys  reached  the  army 
without  the  least  delay  or  opposition. 

On  the  22nd  of  January,  1792,  the 
Bombay  army,  having  passed  the  Ghauts, 
joined  lord  Cornwallis.  They  consist- 
ed of  8,400  men,  and  as  soon  as  the  ar- 
mies of  the  Mahrattas  and  of  the  Nizam 
had  also  joined.  Lord  Cornwallis  made 
preparations  for  besieging  Seringapatam. 
On  the  5th  of  February,  the  city  was 
seen  by  the  whole  army  from  the  heights 
which  they  had  mounted,  lying  six  miles 
to  the  north-east  of  it.  The  Sultan's  ar- 
my was  encamped  under  the  walls  of  his 
capital.     Seringapatam   is  placed  at  the 


upper  end  of  an  island  surrounded  by  the 
Cavery,  which  is  here  a  large  and  rapid 
river,  having  a  very  extensive  channel, 
impeded  by  rocks  and  fragments  of  gran- 
ite. The  fort  occupies  about  a  mile  at 
the  west  end  of  the  island,  and  is  an  im- 
mense and  unfinished  building.  In  forti- 
fying the  town,  Tippoo  retained  the  long 
strait  walls  and  square  bastions  of  the 
Hindoos,  and  his  glacis  was,  in  many 
places  so  high  and  steep,  as  to  shelter  the 
assailants. 

The  camp  of  the  allies  was  pitched  on 
the  north  side  of  the  island.  The  Brit- 
ish formed  the  front  line,  the  reserve 
was  placed  a  mile  in  the  rear,  and  the  Ni- 
zam and  Mahrattas  were  stationed  still 
farther  in  the  rear.  Tippoo's  fortified 
camp  was  under  the  walls  of  Seringapa- 
tam, within  a  bound  hedge  strengthened 
by  redoubts.  In  this  line  there  Avas  100 
pieces  of  artillery ;  and  in  the  fort  and 
island  which  formed  his  second  line, 
there  were  upwards  of  300  pieces.  The 
whole  of  his  army  amoimted  to  40,000 
infantry,  besides  a  large  body  of  cavalry. 

On'the  night  of  the  6th  of  February, 
1792,  lord  Cornwallis  resolved  to  attack 
Tippoo's  camp.     For  this  service  he  se 


456 


IRELAND. 


lected  2,800  Europeans,  and  5,900  native 
infantry,  but  without  artillery.  The  at- 
tack was  completely  successful.  It  was 
made  in  three  columns.  The  centre  col- 
umn under  lord  Cornwallis  attacked  the 
Sultan's  redoubt,  and  having  carried  it, 
forced  their  way  into  the  town  ;  and,  by 
the  other  columns,  the  enemy's  positions 
on  the  north  side  of  the  river,  and  almost 
the  whole  of  the  island,  were  carried. 
Eighty  guns  were  taken,  and  the  loss  of 
the  Sultan  in  the  battle  is  said  to  have 
been  4,000  ;  but  the  desertion  was  so 
great  after  the  overthrow,  that  his  army 
was  reduced  in  number  at  least  20,000. 
The  loss  of  the  British  was  535. 

The  British  army  having  thus  obtained 
possession  of  the  island  and  town  of 
Seringapatam,  were  immediately  em- 
ployed in  making  preparations  for  the 
siege  of  the  fortress.  But  Tippoo,  after 
several  unsuccessful  efforts  to  retrieve  his 
fortune,  on  the  24th  of  February,  agreed 
to  terms  of  peace,  by  which  he  was  to  pay 
3  crores  and  30  lacks  of  rupees,  about  3^ 
millions  sterling — to  relinquish  half  his  do- 


minions— and  to  give  up  three  of  his  eldest 
sons  for  the  due  performance  of  the  treaty. 

On  this  occasion,  the  force  brought 
against  Tippoo  was  one  of  the  most  for- 
midable ever  seen  in  Hindostan.  On 
the  16th  of  March,  1792,  the  British  ar- 
my above  the  Ghauts  amounted  in  all  to 
11,000  Europeans,  31,600  natives,  and 
190  pieces  of  cannon.  The  Mahrattas, 
the  Nizam's,  the  Rajah  of  Travancore, 
and  the  other  auxiliary  forces,  amounted 
to  about  40,000  men,  of  whom  30,000 
were  cavalry.  Towards  the  conclusion 
of  the  siege,  allowing  four  camp  follow- 
ers to  every  soldier,  the  total  number  of 
persons  attached  to  the  camp  of  the  con- 
federates exceeded  400,000. 

Since  this  period  there  has  been  a  num- 
ber of  conflicts  with  the  native  princes. 
In  1799,  under  the  administration  of 
lord  Wellesley,  Tippoo  was  slain  at  the 
taking  of  Seringapatam.  The  British  pow- 
er has  been  greatly  increased,  and  it  is 
supposed  that  there  is  at  this  time  one 
hundred  millions  of  people  in  India,  un- 
der their  dominion. 


IRELAND, 


The  ancient  history  of  Ireland  is  in- 
volved in  considerable  obscurity,  but  its 
early  chroniclers  state  that  it  was  first 
peopled  by  a  colony  of  Greeks,  and  that 
after  the  lapse  of  several  centuries  they 
were  entirely  destroyed  by  a  plag-ue,  the 
effects  of  which  were  so  fearfully  fatal, 
that  not  one  remained  to  tell  the  tale. 
After  the  extinction  of  this  colony,  Ire- 
land remained  a  perfect  wilderness  for 
more  than  thirty  years,  when  another 
colony  arrived  from  the  east,  under  the 
direction  of  Nemedius,  who  set  sail  from 
the  Euxine  Sea  with  thirty  transports, 
each  being  manned  with  soldiers,  which 
arrived  in  safety  on  the  coast  of  Ireland 
after  a  very  tedious  and  protracted  voyage. 
The  most  remarkable  circumstance  which 
occurred  during  his  reign,  was  an  unsuc- 
cessful war  in  which  he  was  engaged 
with  some  African  pirates,  who  in  the 
end  conquered  him,  and  the  victors  be- 


came so  tyrannical  that  the  colonists 
found  themselves  under  the  necessity  of 
quitting  the  island  altogether. 

About  two  hundred  and  sixteen  years 
after  the  death  of  Nemedius,  the  descen- 
dants of  Simon  Braec  returned  from 
Greece  into  Ireland.  They  were  con- 
ducted by  five  princes,  who  divided  the 
island  into  five  kingdoms,  of  nearly  equal 
size.  These  kingdoms  were  called  Mun- 
ster,  Leinster,  Connaught,  Meath,  and 
Ulster,  and  the  subjects  of  these  kings 
are  called  by  the  early  Irish  historians 
Firbolgs.  The  Firbolgs  were  shortly 
after  expelled  or  entirely  subdued,  after 
the  loss  of  1 00,000  men  in  one  battle,  by 
the  Tuath  de  Dannans,  a  nation  who 
came  from  Attica,  Ba30tia,  and  Achaia, 
into  Denmark,  from  Denmark  to  Scot- 
land, and  from  Scotland  into  Ireland. 
This  nation  were  believed  to  be  powerful 
necromancers,  who  were  so  completely 


RELAND. 


457 


skilled  in  their  art,  that  they  could  even 
restore  the  dead  to  life,  and  bring  again 
into  the  field  those  warriors  who  had 
been  slain  the  day  before.  They  had  also 
some  Aveapons,  &;c,  which  possessed  a 
wonderful  virtue.  These  were  a  sword, 
a  spear,  a  cauldron,  and  a  mai-ble  chair  ; 
on  which  last  were  crowned  first  the 
kings  of  Ireland,  and  afterwards  those  of 
Scotland.  But  neither  the  powerful  vir- 
tues of  these  Danish  curiosities,  nor  the 
more  powerful  spells  of  the  magic  art, 
were  able  to  preserve  the  Tuath  de  Dan- 
nans  from  being  subdued  by  the  Gade- 
lians  when  they  invaded  Ireland. 

The  Gadelians  were  descended  from 
a  powerful  chief  who  bore  the  name  of 
Gathelns.  His  mother  was  Scota,  the 
daughter  of  Pharaoh,  by  Niul,  the  son  of 
a  Scythian  monarch  contemporary  with 
Nirarod.  The  Gadelians,  called  also 
Scots,  conquered  Ireland  about  1300  B. 
C.  under  Heber  and  Heremon,  two  sons 
of  Milesius,  king  of  Spain,  from  whom 
were  descended  all  the  kings  of  Ireland 
down  to  the  English  conquest,  and  who 
are  therefore  styled  by  the  Irish  histo- 
rians princes  of  the  Milesian  race. 

From  this  period  the  Irish  historians 
trace  a  gradual  refinement  of  their  coun- 
trymen from  a  state  of  the  grossest  bar- 
barity, until  a  monarch,  named  OUam 
Fodla,  established  a  regular  form  of  gov- 
ernment, erected  a  seminary  of  learning, 
and  instituted  the  Fes,  or  triennial  con- 
vention of  provincial  kings,  priests  and 
poets,  at  Feamor  or  Tarah  in  Meath,  for 
the  establishment  of  laws  and  regulation 
of  government.  It  appears  that  from  a 
very  early  period,  the  island  had  been 
divided  into  the  five  provincial  kingdoms 
above-mentioned,  and  four  of  these  had 
been  subject  to  the  fifth,  who  was  nomi- 
nal monarch  of  the  whole  island.  About 
this  time,  these  four,  however,  proved 
such  obstinate  disturbers  of  the  peace, 
that  the  reigning  monarch,  to  break  their 
power,  divided  the  country  into  twenty- 
five  dynasties,  binding  them  by  oath  to 
accept  no  other  monarch  but  one  of  his 
own  family. 

About  100  B.  C.  the  pentarchal  gov- 
ernment was  restored,  and  it  is  said  to 
have  been  succeeded  by  a  considerable 
revolution  in  politics.  The  Irish  bards 
58 


had  for  many  ages  dispensed  the  laws, 
and  the  whole  nation  submitted  to  their 
decisions ;  but  as  their  laws  were  ex- 
ceedingly obscure,  and  could  be  inter- 
preted only  by  themselves,  they  of  course 
oppressed  the  people,  who  at  last  rose  in 
a  body,  and  would  have  destroyed  them, 
had  they  not  fled  to  Coavocar-Mac-Nessa, 
the  reigning  monarch,  who  granted  them 
his  protection ;  but  at  the  same  time,  to 
quiet  the  just  complaints  of  his  people,  he 
employed  the  most  talented  among  them 
10  compile  an  intelligible,  equitable,  and 
distinct  body  of  laws,  which  were  digni- 
fied with  the  name  of  celestial  decisions. 
These  decisions  seem  to  have  produced 
but  very  little  reformation  among  the 
people  in  general. 

Ireland  remained  in  the  same  state  of 
confusion  and  ignorance  till  the  introduc- 
tion of  Christianity  by  St.  Patrick,  which 
took  place  about  the  middle  of  the  fifth 
century.  This  saint  also  introduced  let- 
ters into  Ireland,  and  this  laid  the  foun- 
dations of  their  future  civilization. 

The  introduction  of  Christianity  appears 
to  have  had  but  little  effect  on  the  habits 
or  welfare  of  this  fertile  but  mismanaged 
island.  The  same  wars  between  the 
chiefs  continued ;  and  the  same  murders 
took  place  among  its  inhabitants,  till  they 
were  invaded  by  the  Danes  or  Normans, 
about  the  end  of  the  eighth  century.  At 
this  time  the  monarchical  power  was 
weak,  on  account  of  the  factions  and  as- 
suming disposition  of  the  inferior  dy- 
nasties ;  but  also  the  evils  of  the  political 
constitution  of  Ireland  had  considerably 
subsided  by  the  respect  paid  to  religion 
and  learning.  The  first  invasions  of  the 
Danes  were  made  in  small  parties  for  the 
sake  of  plunder,  and  were  repelled  by 
the  chieftain  whose  dominions  were  in- 
vaded. Other  parties  appeared  hi  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  island,  and  alarmed 
the  inhabitants  by  the  havoc  they  com- 
mitted. These  were,  in  like  manner,  put 
to  flight,  but  they  never  failed  to  return 
in  a  short  time.  But  some  years  elapsed 
before  the  inhabitants  thought  of  putting 
an  end  to  their  intestine  quarrels,  and 
uniting  against  the  common  enemy.  The 
northern  pirates,  either  by  force  or  trea- 
ty, gradually  obtained  some  small  settle- 
ments  on   the   island;   and,  at   length, 


458 


RE  LAND. 


Turgcs,  or  Turf^esius,  a  warlike  Norwe- 
gian, landed  with  a  powerful  army  in  the 
year  815.  He  divided  his  fleet  and  army, 
in  order  to  strike  terror  in  different  quar- 
ters. His  uncivilized  followers  spread 
desolation  wherever  they  went ;  and,  as 
the  Danes  already  settled  in  Ireland 
flocked  to  his  standard,  and  the  native 
chiefs  were  still  engrossed  by  their  pri- 
vate feuds,  he  found  little  difficulty  in 
possessing  himself  of  the  whole  island. 

The  new  king  ruled  with  so  despotic 
a  sway,  that  the  inhabitants  formed  a  con- 
spiracy against  him ;  and  he  was  seized 
by  Melachlinc,  prince  of  Meath,  in  a  time 
of  apparent  peace.  A  universal  insur- 
rection ensued  ;  the  Danes  were  massa- 
cred or  dispersed;  their  leader  condemned 
to  death  for  his  cruelties,  and  drowned  in 
a  lake.  The  remnant  of  these  foreigners, 
however,  were  not  exterminated,  but  al- 
lowed to  continue  on  the  island  as  sub- 
jects or  tributaries  to  some  particular 
chieftain.  A  new  colony  soon  arrived, 
under  pretence  of  peaceable  intentions, 
and  a  design  of  enriching  the  country  by 
commerce.  The  Irish,  through  an  in- 
fatuated policy,  suffered  them  to  become 
masters  of  Dublin,  Limerick,  Waterford, 
and  other  maritime  places,  which  they 
enlarged  and  fortified  with  such  works 
as  had  till  then  been  unknown  in  Ireland. 
The  Danes  failed  not  to  make  use  of 
every  opportunity  of  enlarging  their  terri- 
tories, and  new  wars  quickly  ensued. — 
The  Irish  were  sometimes  victorious, 
and  sometimes  not ;  but  were  never  able 
to  drive  out  their  enemies,  so  that  they 
continued  to  be  a  very  distinguished  and 
powerful  sept,  or  tribe,  in  Ireland.  The 
wars  with  the  Danes  were  no  sooner  at 
an  end,  than  the  natives  turned  their  arms 
against  each  other.  The  country  was 
harassed  by  the  competitions  of  their 
chiefs ;  laws  and  religion  lost  their  in- 
fluence, and  licentiousness  and  immoral- 
ity prevailed.  In  this  state  of  affairs, 
Magnus,  king  of  Norway,  invaded  the 
island  ;  but  the  enterprise  failed  in  con- 
sequence of  his  own  rashness  ;  for,  hav- 
ing encountered  no  opposition  while 
landing,  he  advanced  into  the  country, 
and  was  surrounded  and  cut  to  pieces 
with  all  his  followers.  His  death,  how- 
ever, proved  of  little  benefit  to  Ireland ; 


the  same  disorders  which  had  gradually 
reduced  the  kingdom  to  a  state  of  extreme 
weakness,  still  continued  to  operate,  and 
to  facilitate  the  success  of  the  English 
invasion,  which  occurred  in  the  reign  of 
Henry  II. 

The  king,  after  having  provided  for 
the  security  of  all  his  newly-acquired 
territories,  and  placed  garrisons  in  the 
cities  of  Limerick,  Cork,  Waterford,  and 
Wexford,  proceeded  to  take  possession 
of  Dublin,  which  had  been  surrendered 
by  Strongbow,  the  earl  of  Chepstow. 
The  neighboring  lords  took  the  oppor- 
tunity of  submitting  to  him  as  he  ad- 
vanced. O'Carrol  of  Argial,  a  chieftain 
of  great  consequence,  repaired  to  his 
camp,  and  engaged  to  become  his  tribu- 
tary ;  and  even  O'Ruarc,  whom  Roderick 
had  made  lord  of  a  considerable  part  of 
Meath,  voluntarily  submitted  to  the  new 
sovereign. 

Roderick,  of  the  O'Connor  family,  and 
monarch  of  the  northern  division  of  Ire- 
land, surprised  at  the  defection  of  many 
of  his  allies,  still  determined  to  maintain 
his  own  dignity,  and  at  least  preserve  his 
province  of  Connaught,  feeling  he  could 
no  longer  call  himself  monarch  of  the 
whole  island.  With  this  design  he  in- 
trenched himself  on  the  banks  of  the 
Shannon  ;  and  now,  when  disencumbered 
from  a  crowd  of  faithless  and  discontented 
followers,  he  appears  to  have  acted  with 
a  spirit  and  dignity  becoming  his  station. 
Hugh  de  Lacey  and  William  Fitz-Andelm 
were  commissioned  by  the  king  to  attack 
him,  but  Roderick  was  too  strong  to  be 
attacked  with  any  probability  of  success 
by  a  detachment  of  the  English  army  ; 
and  he  at  least  affected  to  believe  that  his 
situation  was  not  yet  so  totally  desperate 
as  to  reduce  him  to  the  necessity  of  re- 
signing his  dignity  and  authority,  while 
his  own  territory  remained  inviolate,  and 
the  brave  and  powerful  chiefs  of  Ulster 
still  kept  retired  in  their  own  districts, 
without  any  thoughts  of  submission. — 
Henry,  in  the  mean  time,  attempted  to 
attach  the  Irish  lords  to  his  interest  by 
magnificent  entertainments.  Some  his- 
torians pretend  that  he  established  the 
English  laws  in  all  those  parts  which 
had  submitted  to  his  jurisdiction;  but 
this  must  appear  extremely  improbable, 


IRELAND. 


459 


when  we  consider  how  tenacious  a  nide 
and  barbarous  people  are  of  their  ancient 
laws  and  customs.  To  complete  the 
whole  system,  a  chief  governor,  or  rep- 
resentative of  the  king,  was  appointed. 
His  business  was  to  exercise  the  royal 
authority,  or  such  parts  of  it  as  might  be 
committed  to  him  in  the  king's  absence ; 
and,  as  the  present  state  of  Ireland,  and 
the  apprehensions  of  war  orinsurrections, 
made  it  necessary  to  guard  against  sud- 
den accidents,  it  was  provided,  that  in 
case  of  the  death  of  any  chief  governor, 
the  chancellor,  treasurer,  chief  justice, 
and  chief  baron,  keeper  of  the  rolls,  and 
king's  Serjeant  at  law,  should  be  empow- 
ered, with  consent  of  the  nobles  of  the 
land,  to  elect  a  successor,  who  was  to 
exercise  the  full  power  and  authority  of 
this  office,  until  the  royal  pleasure  should 
be  further  known. 

But  while  Henry  was  thus  regulating 
the  government  of  his  new  dominions,  he 
received  the  unwelcome  news  that  two 
cardinals,  Albert  and  Theodric,  delegated 
by  the  pope,  had  arrived  in  Normandy 
the  year  before,  to  make  inquisition  into 
the  death  of  Becket ;  that  having  waited 
the  king's  arrival  until  their  patience  was 
exhausted,  they  now  summoned  him  to 
appear  without  delay,  as  he  would  avert 
the  dreadful  sentence  of  excommunica- 
tion, and  preserve  his  dominions  from  a 
general  interdict.  Such  denunciations 
were  of  too  great  consequence  to  admit 
of  his  longer  stay  in  Ireland  ;  he  there- 
fore ordered  his  forces  and  the  officers 
of  his  household  to  embark  without  delay, 
reserving  three  ships  for  the  conveyance 
of  himself  and  his  immediate  attendants. 
Henry  was  no  sooner  gone,  than  his  ba- 
rons began  to  contrive  how  they  might 
best  strengthen  their  own  interests,  and 
the  Irish  how  they  might  best  shake  off 
the  yoke  to  which  they  had  so  readily 
submitted.  De  Lacey  divided  out  the 
lands  of  Meath  to  his  friends  and  adhe- 
rents, and  commenced  erecting  forts  to 
keep  the  ancient  inhabitants  in  awe. — 
Roderick,  the  principal  Irish  chieftain, 
committed  great  devastations  in  Meath. 
By  the  vigorous  conduct  of  the  English 
commander,  however,  he  was  not  only 
prevented  from  doing  farther  mischief, 
but  at  last  convinced  of  the  folly  of  resis- 


tance, and  therefore  determined  to  make 
a  final  submission.  Yet,  conscious  of 
his  dignity,  he  disdained  to  submit  to  a 
subject ;  and,  therefore,  instead  of  treat- 
ing with  earl  Richard,  he  sent  deputies 
directly  to  the  king. 

The  terms  of  this  submission,  by  which 
Henry  became  sole  monarch  of  Ireland, 
were  as  follows:.  Roderick  consented  to  . 
do  homage  and  pay  tribute,  as  liege-man 
to  the  king  of  England  ;  on  which  condi- 
tion he  was  allowed  to  hold  the  kingdom 
of  Connaught,  as  well  as  his  other  lands 
and  sovereignties,  in  as  ample  a  manner 
as  he  had  enjoyed  them  before  the  arrival 
of  Henry  in  Ireland.  His  vassals  were 
to  hold  their  estates  under  him  in  peace, 
as  long  as  they  paid  their  tribute  and 
continued  faithful  to  the  king  of  England  ; 
in  which  Roderick  was  to  enforce  their 
due  obedience,  and  for  this  purpose  to 
call  to  his  assistance  the  English  govern- 
ment, if  necessary. 

Many  of  the  Irish  lords,  in  their  sub- 
mission to  Henry,  hi  effect  disavowed  and 
renounced  the  sovereignty  of  Roderick ; 
but  now  his  supremacy  was  acknowl- 
edged, that  the  present  submission  might 
appear  virtually  the  submission  of  all  the 
subordinate  princes,  and  thus  the  king  of 
England  be  finally  invested  with  the 
sovereignty  of  the  whole  island.  The 
marks  of  sovereignty,  however,  were  no 
more  than  homage  and  tribute ;  in  every 
other  particular  the  regal  rights  of  Rode- 
rick were  left  inviolate.  The  Enghsh 
laws  were  only  to  be  enforced  in  the 
English  pale  ;  and,  even  there,  the  Irish 
tenant  might  live  in  peace,  as  the  subject 
of  the  Irish  monarch  ;  bound  only  to  pay 
his  quota  of  tribute,  and  not  to  take  arms 
against  the  king  of  England. 

But  though  the  whole  island  of  Ireland 
thus  became  subject  to  the  king  of  Eng- 
land, it  was  far  from  being  settled  in 
tranquillity,  or  indeed,  from  having  the 
situation  of  its  inhabitants  improved  in 
any  degree. 

Another  cause  of  the  distresses  of  Ire- 
land was,  the  great  power  of  the  English 
barons,  among  whom  Henry  had  divided 
the  greater  part  of  his  Irish  dominions. 
The  extent  of  their  authority  only  inflam- 
ed them  with  a  desire  for  more,  and,  in- 
stead of  contributing  their  endeavors  to 


460 


RELAND. 


increase  the  power  of  their  sovereign,  or 
to  civilize  the  barbarous  people  over 
whom  they  were  placed,  their  only  aim 
was  to  aggrandize  themselves  and  coun- 
teract the  schemes  of  each  other. 

Nothing,  indeed,  can  be  conceived  more 
terrible  than  the  state  of  Ireland  during 
the  reign  of  Henry  III.  The  powerful 
English  lords  not  only  subverted  the 
peace  and  security  of  the  people,  by  re- 
fusing to  admit  the  salutary  laws  of  their 
own  country,  but  behaved  with  injustice 
and  violence  to  the  natives  who  did  not 
enjoy  the  benefits  of  the  English  consti- 
tution. The  clergy  appear  to  have  been 
equally  tyrannical  and  abandoned  with 
the  rest. 

Matters  continued  in  the  same  state 
during  the  reign  of  Edward  I,  with  this 
additional  grievance,  that  the  kingdom 
suffered  an  invasion  of  the  Scots.  The 
English  monarch,  indeed,  possessed  all 
that  prudence  and  valor  which  were 
necessary  to  have  reduced  the  island  to 
a  slate  of  tranquillity  ;  but  his  project  of 
conquering  Scotland  left  him  but  little 
leisure  to  attend  to  the  distracted  state  of 
Ireland.  Certain  it  is,  however,  that  the 
distress  of  that  country  gave  him  great 
uneasiness  ;  and  he  commanded  the  Irish 
prelates  to  interpose  their  spiritual  au- 
thority for  composing  the  public  disorders. 
About  the  same  time,  the  Irish  presented 
a  petition  to  the  king,  offering  to  pay  him 
8,000  merks,  upon  condition  that  they 
were  admitted  to  the  privileges  of  English 
subjects.  To  this  petition  he  returned  a 
favorable  answer ;  but  his  good  intentions 
were  defeated  by  the  licentious  nobility, 
who  knew  that  these  laws  would  circum- 
scribe their  rapacious  views,  and  control 
their  violence  and  oppression.  Like  pe- 
titions were  often  repeated  during  this 
reign,  but  as  often  defeated,  though  sev- 
eral important  measures  were  taken  for 
the  peace  of  the  kingdom,  such  as  the 
frequent  calling  of  parliaments,  appointing 
sheriffs,  &c. 

These  means  were  not  altogether  with- 
out effect.  They  served  to  check  the 
disorders  of  the  realm,  though  by  no 
means  to  terminate  or  subdue  them.  The 
incursions  of  the  natives  were  repressed, 
the  English  lords  began  to  live  on  better 
terms  with  each  other,  and  in  1 3 11 ,  under 


Edward  II,  the  most  powerful  of  them 
were  reconciled  by  the  marriage  of  Mau- 
rice and  Thomas  Fitz-John,  afterwards 
the  heads  of  the  illustrious  houses  of  Des- 
mond and  Kildare,  to  two  daughters  of 
the  earl  of  Ulster.  But  just  at  this  period, 
when  the  nation  appeared  to  have  some 
prospect  of  tranquillity,  other  calamities 
were  about  to  take  place.  The  Scots 
had  just  recovered  their  liberty  under 
Robert  Bruce,  and  Edward,  the  king's 
brother,  as  a  recompense  for  his  services, 
demanded  a  share  of  the  royal  authority. 
This  was  refused  by  Robert,  and  Edward 
was  for  the  present  satisfied  by  being  de- 
clared heir  apparent  to  the  crown.  But 
the  king  pointed  out  to  his  brother  the 
island  of  Ireland,  the  conquest  of  which 
would  be  easy,  and  which  would  make 
him  an  independent  sovereign.  This 
proposal  was  eagerly  embraced  by  Ed- 
ward, and  on  the  23rd  of  May,  1315,  he 
landed  on  the  north-eastern  coast  of  Ire- 
land with  6,000  men,  to  assert  his  claim 
to  the  sovereignty  of  this  kingdom.  The 
Irish  lords  of  Ulster,  who  had  invited  and 
encouraged  him  to  this  enterprise,  were 
now  prepared  to  receive  their  new  mon- 
arch, and  flocked  with  eagerness  to  his 
standard,  and  their  progress  was  marked 
by  desolation  and  carnage.  The  Eng- 
lish settlers  were  slaughtered  or  driven 
from  their  possessions,  their  castles  lev- 
elled with  the  ground,  and  their  towns 
set  on  fire.  The  English  lords  were 
neither  prepared  to  resist  the  invasion, 
nor  sufficiently  united  among  themselves. 
The  consequence  was,  that  the  enemy 
for  some  time  met  with  no  interruption. 
An  intolerable  scarcity  of  provisions,  how- 
ever, prevented  Bruce  from  pursuing  his 
advantages ;  and  though  his  brother  land- 
ed in  Ireland,  with  a  powerful  army,  the 
famine  prevented  him  from  being  of  any 
essential  service.  The  forces  which  he 
left  behind  him,  however,  proved  of  con- 
siderable advantage  ;  and  by  means  of 
this  re-enforcement,  he  was  enabled  to 
take  the  fortress  of  Carrickfergus. 

The  devastations  committed  by  Bruce 
and  his  associates,  induced  several  Eng- 
lish lords  to  enter  into  an  association  to 
defend  their  possessions,  and  repel  these 
invaders.  For  this  purpose  they  raised 
a  considerable  body  of  forces ;    which 


IRELAND. 


461 


coming  to  an  engagement  with  Fedlim, 
prince  of  Connaught,  one  of  Bruce's  prin- 
cipal allies,  entirely  defeated  and  killed 
him  with  8,000  of  his  men.  This  defeat, 
however,  had  very  little  eflect  on  the  op- 
erations of  Bruce  himself.  He  ravaged 
the  country  to  the  walls  of  Dublin,  tra- 
versed the  district  of  Ossory,  and  pene- 
trated into  Munster,  destroying  every 
thing  with  fire  and  sword.  The  English 
continued  to  augment  their  army,  till  it 
amounted  to  30,000  men  ;  and  then  Bruce, 
no  longer  able  to  oppose  such  a  force, 
found  it  necessary  to  retire  into  the  pro- 
vince of  Ulster.  His  retreat  was  effect- 
ed with  great  difficulty;  and  during  the 
time  of  his  inactivity,  the  distress  of  his 
army  increased  to  such  a  degree,  that 
they  are  said  to  have  fed  upon  the  bodies 
of  their  dead  companions.  At  last  an 
end  was  put  to  the  sufferings  and  life  of 
this  adventurer,  in  the  battle  of  Dundalk, 
in  1318,  where  he  was  defeated  and 
killed  by  the  English  under  Sir  Robert 
Erpingham.  A  brave  Enghsh  knight 
had  rushed  forward  to  encounter  Bruce 
himself,  and  both  antagonists  met  and 
killed  each  other.  The  king  of  Scotland 
had  been  advancing  with  powerful  suc- 
cors to  his  brother  ;  but  Edward,  confi- 
dent of  victory,  refused  to  wait  his  arri- 
-val ;  and  Robert,  on  hearing  of  his  broth- 
er's death,  instantly  retired. 

The  defeat  of  the  Scottish  invaders 
did  not  put  an  end  to  the  disturbances  of 
this  unhappy  country.  The  contentions 
of  the  English  with  each  other,  of  the 
Irish  with  the  English,  and  among  them- 
selves, still  kept  the  island  in  a  state  of 
confusion.  An  attempt  was  made,  in- 
deed, in  the  reign  of  Edward  H,  to  estab- 
lish a  university  in  Dublin  ;  but  for  want 
of  proper  encouragement  the  institution 
for  some  time  languished,  and  then  ex- 
pired amidst  the  anarchy  and  confusion 
of  the  country. 

The  perpetual  hostility  in  which  the 
different  parties  lived,  proved  an  effectual 
bar  to  the  introduction  of  those  arts  which 
contribute  to  the  comfort  and  refinement 
of  mankind.  Even  foreign  merchants 
could  not  venture  into  such  a  dangerous 
country  without  particular  letters  of  pro- 
tection from  the  throne.  The  perpetual 
succession  of  new  adventurers  from  Eng- 


land, led  by  interest  or  necessity,  served 
only  to  inflame  dissension,  instead  of  in- 
troducing any  essential  improvement. 

In  this  situation  the  kingdom  continued 
till  the  time  of  Henry  VII,  who  laid  the 
foundation  of  the  future  civilization  of  the 
Irish,  as  he  also  did  of  the  English  na- 
tion. This  he  effected  by  enacting  some 
salutary  laws,  and  appointing  faithful  and 
active  governors  to  see  them  put  in  exe- 
cution. Of  these  governors.  Sir  Edward 
Poyning,  contributed  more  than  any  other 
to  the  tranquillity  of  the  state. 

From  this  time  we  may  date  the  revi- 
val of  the  English  power  in  Ireland.  The 
authority  of  the  crown,  which  had  at  last 
been  defied,  insulted,  and  rejected,  even 
in  the  English  territory,  was  restored  and 
confirmed,  and  the  rebellious  opposed 
and  suppressed.  The  seignory  of  the 
British  crown  over  the  whole  body  of  the 
Irish,  which,  in  former  reigns,  seemed  to 
have  been  totally  forgotten,  was  now  for- 
mally claimed  and  asserted,  and  some  of 
the  most  ferocious  chieftains,  by  their 
marriage  connections, became  the  avowed 
friends  of  the  English  power.  An  igno- 
minious tribute,  called  the  Black  Rent, 
was  indeed  still  paid  to  some  chieftains ; 
but  their  hostilities  were  opposed  and 
chastised,  and  even  in  their  own  districts 
they  were  made  to  feel  the  superiority  of 
the  English  government. 

Under  the  mild  sway  of  James  I,  Ire- 
land began  to  assume  a  new  aspect ;  that 
monarch  did  all  in  his  power  to  promote 
the  arts  of  peace,  and  civilize  his  unlettered 
Irish  subjects.  By  repeated  conspiracies 
and  rebellions,  a  large  tract  of  land, 
amounting  to  about  500,000  acres,  and 
comprehended  within  the  six  northern 
counties  of  Donegal,  Tyrone,  Derry,  Fer- 
managh, Cavan,  and  Armagh,  had  been 
escheated  to  the  king,  who  resolved  to 
dispose  of  them  in  such  a  way  as  would 
best  conduce  to  the  interests  of  the  coun- 
try. He  caused  surveys  to  be  taken  of 
the  several  counties  where  the  new  set- 
tlements were  to  be  established  ;  describ- 
ed minutely  the  state  of  each ;  pointed 
out  the  situations  proper  for  the  sites  of 
towns  and  castles  ;  delineated  the  char- 
acters of  the  Irish  chieftains,  the  manner 
in  which  they  should  be  treated,  the  tem- 
per and  circumstances  of  the  old  inhabi 


462 


IRELAND. 


tants,  die  rights  of  the  new  purchasers, 
and  the  claims  of  both ;  together  with  the 
iinpeduneuts  to  former  plantations,  and 
removing  them.  He  ordered  also,  that 
the  persons  to  whom  lands  were  assigned 
should  be  either  new  settlers  from  Great 
Britain,  especially  from  Scotland,  or  ser- 
vitors, as  they  were  termed  ;  that  is,  men 
who  had  for  some  time  served  in  Ireland, 
either  in  civil  or  military  offices  ;  or  Irish 
captains  or  chieftains.  Among  the  last 
were  included  those  who  had  been  en- 
gaged in  the  rebellion  of  Tyrone,  to  whom 
particular  indulgence  was  shown,  as 
James  wished,  by  this  line  of  conduct, 
to  reconcile  them  to  his  government. 
The  under-tenants  and  servants  were 
allowed  to  exercise  their  own  religion ; 
and,  while  all  the  other  planters  were 
compelled  to  take  the  oath  of  allegiance, 
they  were  tacitly  excepted.  The  servi- 
tors were  allowed  to  take  their  tenants 
either  from  Ireland  or  Britain,  provided 
no  catholics  were  admitted. 

The  only  disturbance  that  now  ensued, 
was  from  the  catholic  party,  who  had  an 
unconquerable  aversion  to  seeing  the  pro- 
testant  religion  established  in  preference 
to  their  own.  After  numberless  ineflec- 
tual  machinations  and  complaints,  their 
fury  broke  out  in  a  terrible  massacre  of 
the  new  English  settlers  in  the  year 
1641.  The  affairs  of  Britain  were  at 
that  time  in  such  confusion,  that  the  re- 
bellion was  not  quelled  in  less  than  ten 
years,  during  which  time  the  country 
w^as  nearly  depopulated.  It  recovered 
again  under  Cromwell,  Charles  II,  and 
the  short  reign  of  James  II.  On  the  ac- 
cession of  William  III,  matters  were 
once  more  thrown  into  confusion  by  an 
attempt  made  in  favor  of  the  exiled  mon- 
arch, who  came  over  to  Ireland  in  March, 
1689,  at  the  head  of  about  1,200  of  his 
native  subjects,  in  the  pay  of  the  French 
king.  The  memorable  siege  of  Derry 
was  his  first  military  operation  ;  and  the 
lengtliened  opposition  he  there  encoun- 
tered formed  the  precursor  of  numerous 
disasters,  destructive  of  his  last  hope  of 
sovereignty.  After  a  considerable  de- 
lay, occasioned  by  the  political  intrigues 
and  embarrassments  which  attended  the 
early  stages  of  William's  elevation  to  the 
throne,  James  was  opposed  by  an  army 


under  duke  Schomberg  ;  but  the  same 
implements  in  the  machinery  of  govern- 
ment which  had  retarded  the  duke's  entry 
into  Ireland,  prevented  his  achieving  any 
military  exploit  of  importance,  and  the 
great  event  of  the  war  was  reserved  for 
the  king  in  person. 

William  landed  at  Carrickfergus  on  the 
14th  of  June,  1690,  attended  by  many 
persons  of  distinction,  and  was  joined 
by  duke  Schomberg.  Passing  quickly 
through  the  north,  he  sought  the  army  of 
his  rival  in  the  vicinity  of  Drogheda. 

The  battle  was  fought  on  the  1st  of 
July,  1690.  At  about  six  in  the  morn- 
ing, the  right  wing  of  William's  army 
directed  its  march  towards  the  bridge  of 
Slane.  Count  Schomberg  (son  of  the 
duke)  commanded  the  cavalry  of  that 
division,  and  lieutenant-general  Douglas 
the  foot.  The  enemy  drew  out  several 
bodies  of  horse  and  foot  to  oppose  them, 
and  the  chief  part  of  this  division  eventu- 
ally passed  the  river  at  Fords,  between 
the  site  of  their  camp  and  Slane  bridge. 
Their  passage  was  slightly  opposed  by 
a  regiment  of  dragoons,  but  these  insuf- 
ficient opponents  quickly  retired,  and  the 
English  crossed  without  difficulty,  and 
advanced  towards  the  main  body  of  the 
enemy. 

The  infantry  in  the  centre  of  William's 
army,  commanded  by  duke  Schomberg, 
crossed  the  Boj^-ne  directly  in  front  of 
the  enemy's  camp.  The  Dutch  guards 
first  entered  the  river,  at  the  ford  of  Old 
Bridge,  where  a  strong  body  was  posted 
to  oppose  their  landing.  The  French 
protestants  and  Enniskilleners,  the  levies 
from  Brandenburgh,  and  the  English, 
entered  at  Fords  to  the  left,  or  eastward. 
The  bulk  of  so  many  accoutred  men,  by 
checking  the  current,  caused  the  water 
to  rise  at  the  place  of  their  passage  much 
beyond  its  natural  level,  and  it  was  in 
some  places  breast-high,  the  infantry,  in 
those  parts,  supporting  their  arms  above 
their  heads.  When  they  gained  the  op- 
posite bank,  they  formed  as  quickly  as 
was  attainable,  and  soon  drove  back  the 
Irish  who  were  stationed  on  the  bank, 
with  the  advantage  of  breast-works  and 
hedges.  Several  battalions,  and  parties 
of  Irish  horse  were  received  firmly,  and 
compelled  to  retreat.     But  the  passage 


IRELAND. 


463 


Battle  of  the  Boync. 


was  not  effected  by  the  whole  of  this 
division  of  the  English  army  with  equal 
success.  A  squadron  of  Danes  was  at- 
tacked by  a  party  of  Irish  cavalry  with 
so  much  fury  that  they  retreated  through 
the  river,  pursued  by  their  temporary 
conquerors.  The  Irish,  on  their  return 
fell  upon  the  French  Huguenots,  who 
were  broken  with  considerable  loss. 

King  James,  throughout  this  eventful 
day,  was  stationed  on  the  hill  of  Donore. 
Here,  surrounded  by  his  guards,  he  stood 
as  a  spectator  rather  than  a  general,  whilst 
the  crown  of  three  kingdoms  was  the  sub- 
ject of  contest  between  two  great  armies. 

When  king  William  had  securely 
reached  the  hostile  bank  of  the  river,  he 
rode  to  the  head  of  his  squadrons,  and 
presented  to  them  the  animating  specta- 
cle of  a  royal  general  prepared,  with 
sword  in  hand,  to  share  in  all  their  dan- 
gers. The  main  body  of  the  Irish  re- 
treated towards  Donore  ;  but  there  they 
faced  about,  for  the  protection  of  the 
quiescent  James,  then  standing  in  peril 
on  the  hill,  and  charged  with  so  much 
fury  that  the  English  were  obliged  to 
give  ground. 

When  the  king  was  informed  by  those 
around  him  that  he  was  in  danger  of  be- 


ing surrounded,  he  quitted  his  post,  and 
retired  to  Duleek.  His  army  followed 
and  effected  a  retreat,  which  was  allow- 
ed by  all  parties  to  have  been  admirably 
conducted,  through  the  pass  of  Duleek. 
The  Irish  lost  1500  men,  while  the  Eng- 
lish under  William  lost  but  500. 

Shortly  after  the  loss  sustained  by 
James  on  that  eventful  day,  he  fled  to 
France  ;  but  the  hopes  of  his  friends  did 
not  utterly  expire  on  his  flight,  and  much 
blood  was  yet  spilt  before  the  country 
Avas  restored  to  a  semblance  of  tranquil- 
lity. In  the  subsequent  prosecution  of 
the  war  many  acts  of  violence  were  com- 
mitted by  both  parties,  which  long  left 
emphatical  marks  in  the  desolated  build- 
ings of  the  gentry,  and  the  distress  visible 
in  every  feature  of  the  country.  The 
chief  military  actions  were  achieved  by 
general  Ginlile  in  the  siege  of  Athlone, 
commanded  by  colonel  Richard  Grace, 
and  in  the  battle  of  Aghrim,  which  de- 
rives its  name  from  a  village  in  Gahvay, 
contiguous  to  the  field  of  bloodshed.  In 
this  battle  the  English  were  again  victo- 
rious, although  not  animated  as  before 
by  the  presence  of  the  king.  The  war 
was  terminated  by  the  celebrated  siege 
and  reduction  of  Limerick,  Avhich  place, 


464 


IRELAND. 


after  repelling  the  efforts  of  William  in 
person,  was  surrendered  to  his  forces,  by 
capitulation,  in  October,  1691.  The  for- 
feiture of  lands  consequent  on  this  war 
was  very  considerable,  and  introduced 
an  entire  new  race  of  settlers. 

Great  numbers  of  the  Irish  entered 
the  French  army,  and  it  has  been  com- 
puted that  450,000  fell  in  the  French 
service,  from  1691  to  1745.  The  de- 
pendence of  the  Irish  parliament  on  this 
country  next  became  a  subject  of  con- 
troA^ersy,  and,  in  1719,  was  passed  an 
act  declaring  that  the  British  parliament 
had  full  power  to  make  laws  binding  the 
people  of  Ireland.  The  Irish  trade  and 
industry  were  also  subject  to  every  kind 
of  restriction  and  discouragement ;  and 
it  was  not  until  the  American  war  broke 
out,  that  a  change  became  perceptible  in 
the  conduct  and  language  of  the  British 
government  towards  Ireland.  The  Irish 
parliament  demanded  free  trade,  but  the 
nation  went  much  further  ;  and,  in  1782, 
the  parliament  of  Ireland  was  placed  on 
the  same  footing  with  that  of  England. 

The  American  revolution,  produced  a 
great  effect  on  the  affairs  of  Ireland  ;  the 
French  revolution,  which  commenced 
about  the  time  of  the  king's  illness,  was 
destined  to  affect  the  affairs  of  Ireland  in 
a  still  greater  degree,  but  unfortunately 
not  in  so  favorable  a  manner.  It  was 
natural  that  those  in  Ireland,  who  had 
been  so  long  and  so  ardently  endeavoring 
to  gain  for  their  own  country  what  they 
deemed  its  rights  and  essential  to  its 
prosperity,  should  rejoice  at  the  French 
revolution  when  it  began,  and  that  they 
should  feel  by  it  inspired  to  renew  their 
attempts  to  obtain  their  favorite  objects  of 
parliamentary  reform  and  catholic  eman- 
cipation. The  mode  in  which  they  might 
hope  to  attain  these  objects  seemed  point- 
ed out  to  them  by  the  volunteers,  by  union 
and  associations  they  had  prevailed,  and 
thus  also  they  might  be  equally  success- 
ful. Accordingly,  in  June,  1791,  there 
appeared  at  Belfast  the  plan  of  an  asso- 
ciation, under  the  name  of  United  Irish- 
men ;  and  in  November  this  association 
was  actually  instituted  at  Dublin ;  their 
declared  object  was,  "  the  forwarding  a 
brotherhood  of  affection,  a  communion  of 
rights,  and  a  union  of  power  among  Irish- 


men of  every  religious  persuasion,  and 
thereby  obtaining  a  complete  reform  in 
the  legislature,  founded  on  the  principles 
of  civil,  political,  and  religious  liberty." 
Such  were  their  avowed  objects ;  but  there 
is  reason  to  believe,  that,  even  at  the  first 
formation  of  this  association,  the  leading 
members  looked  further. 

The  United  Irishmen  and  the  Catho- 
lics, both  looking  forward  to  a  change  in 
the  laws,  were  naturally  well  disposed  to 
each  other  ;  but  from  other  quarters  the 
claims  of  the  Catholics  were  most  vio- 
lently opposed.  The  government  seem- 
ed to  think,  that  the  safest  conduct  for 
them  to  pursue  was  to  avoid  both  ex- 
tremes ;  they  were  not  disposed  to  grant 
all  the  Catholics  wished,  nor  to  withhold 
every  thing.  In  conformity  with  this  de- 
termination, in  1793,  the  legislature  ad- 
mitted the  Catholics  to  the  practice  of 
the  law — to  intermarry  with  Protestants, 
and  to  an  unrestrained  education.  The 
legislature,  during  this  session  of  parlia- 
ment, also,  passed  a  law  to  prevent  the 
election,  or  other  appointment,  of  conven- 
tions, or  other  unlawful  assemblies,  imder 
pretence  of  presenting  public  petitions,  or 
other  addresses,  to  his  majesty  or  parUa- 
ment.  This  act  was  directly  aimed  at  a 
proposed  meeting  of  a  national  conven- 
tion of  the  United  Irish  at  Athlone,  which 
was  prevented. 

Archibald  Hamilton  Rowan  was  sec- 
retary to  the  United  Irishmen  at  the  time 
their  manifesto  was  published  ;  he  was 
on  that  account  arrested,  and  in  1794, 
brought  to  trial.  It  was  suspected  at  the 
time  of  his  trial,  that  the  views  of  the 
United  Irishmen  went  farther  than  they 
avowed,  and  that  the  utter  subversion  of 
the  constitution,  and  the  separation  of 
Ireland  from  England,  was  in  their  con- 
templation, and  the  object  of  their  meet- 
ings and  schemes.  This  was  afterwards 
proved  on  the  trial  of  an  English  clergy- 
man of  the  name  of  Jackson,  for  a  trea- 
sonable correspondence  with  the  agents 
of  the  French  government ;  for  Rowan, 
who  had  been  condemned  to  a  fine,  and 
imprisonment  for  two  years,  contrived  to 
escape  out  of  prison,  and  fled  out  of  the 
country,  conscious  that,  on  the  trial  of 
Jackson,  evidence  of  his  real  designs 
would  be  brought  to  light.     Jackson  was 


IRELAND. 


463 


condemned,  but  he  took  poison,  and  ex- 
pired before  he  was  removed  from  court. 
Two  others,  who  were  leading  men  among 
the  violent  democratic  party,  Napper 
Tandy,  and  Theobald  Wolfe  Tone,  the 
principal  framer  of  the  United  Irishmen, 
also  fled  from  their  country 

In  May,  1797,  the  number  of  men  en- 
rolled as  members  of  the  Irish  Union  in 
Ulster  alone*,  was  nearly  100,000.  In 
the  other  parts  of  the  kingdom,  except 
Dublin  and  the  counties  of  Wexford,  Kil- 
dare,  east  Meath,  west  Meath,  and  king's 
county,  their  numbers  were  comparative- 
ly few  ;  but  they  were  using  their  utmost 
endeavors  to  extend  the  Union  all  over 
Ireland. 

The  Irish  Union,  disappointed  in  their 
hopes  of  assistance  from  France,  resolved 
to  trust  solely  to  their  own  power.  By 
this  time,  the  number  of  men  sworn  into 
the  conspiracy  amounted  nearly  to  half  a 
million,  and  plans  were  formed  for  the 
simultaneous  rising  of  this  body.  Their 
object,  however,  was  discovered  by  a  man 
of  the  name  of  Reynolds,  who  was  a  de- 
legate for  the  province  of  Leinster  ;  and 
from  his  information,  the  members  who 
formed  the  committee  of  this  province 
were  arrested. 

The  insurgents  did  not  seem  intimida- 
ted by  these  proceedings  against  them ; 
and  as  they  were  ignorant  that  govern- 
ment were  acquainted  with  their  plans, 
they  still  persevered  in  the  determination 
to  rise  in  a  body  on  a  fixed  day.  Before 
that  day  arrived,  however,  government 
caused  lord  Edward  Fitzgerald,  who  had 
contrived  the  plan  of  attack,  and  who 
was  distinguished  for  his  boldness,  ta- 
lents, and  influence,  to  be  arrested.  He 
made  a  desperate  resistance,  and  died 
soon  afterwards  of  a  wound  which  he  re- 
ceived before  he  was  taken.  The  two 
brothers  Sheares,  and  other  conspirators 
were  arrested  the  same  month ;  and,  on 
the  21st  of  May,  the  plan  of  insurrection 
was  announced  by  lord  Castlereagh,  sec- 
retary to  the  lord  lieutenant,  to  the  lord 
mayor  of  Dublin.  The  night  of  the  23rd 
was  the  time  fixed  for  it.  An  attack  on 
the  troops  stationed  near  Dublin,  and  on 
the  artillery,  was  to  have  been  first  execu- 
ted. The  castle  was,  about  the  same  time 
to  have  been  surprised ;  after  which,  the 
59 


parties  engaged  in  these  enterprises 
were  to  have  united.  The  stoppage  of 
all  the  mail  coaches  on  the  great  roads, 
was  to  have  been  the  signal  for  the  rising 
of  the  people  in  the  various  parts  of  the 
country.  The  scheme  was  certainly  well 
arranged,  and  had  it  not  been  discovered 
might  have  been  attended  with  the  most 
disastrous  consequences. 

On  the  26th  of  May,  the  insiurection 
broke  out  in  the  county  of  Wexford, 
where  it  was  not  apprehended  that  the 
insurgents  were  in  great  force.  They 
were  headed  by  a  priest  of  the  name  of 
Murphy,  a  ferocious  and  ignorant  fanatic. 
On  the  27th,  two  bodies  of  them  made 
their  appearance  at  Oulart  and  Kilthomas. 
At  the  latter  place  they  were  defeated  by 
200  or  300  yeomen ;  but  at  the  former 
place  where  Murphy  himself  commanded, 
they  were  victorious.  Murphy  imme- 
diately proceeded  to  Enniscorlhy,  of 
which,  by  the  assistance  of  the  catholic 
inhabitants,  he  gained  possession.  The 
inhabitants  of  the  city  of  Wexford  were 
now  in  great  alarm,  as  they  could  plainly 
distinguish  the  flames  of  the  burning 
houses  at  Enniscorthy.  As  they  were 
little  prepared  for  defence,  they  resolved 
to  negotiate  with  the  insurgents,  or  rather 
to  endeavor  to  persuade  them  to  return 
peaceably  to  their  homes.  For  this  pur- 
pose, two  gentlemen,  who  had  been  ar- 
rested on  private  information,  were  sent 
to  them ;  but  they  kept  one  of  these  to 
be  their  leader,  and  sent  the  other  back 
to  Wexford.  Against  this  place  they 
now  determined  to  proceed.  Its  small 
garrison  took  a  position  outside,  but  af- 
terwards returned  into  the  town,  which 
was  almost  immediately  evacuated,  and 
taken  possession  of  by  the  rebels.  Their 
force  was  about  15,000  men  ;  and  by  the 
capture  of  Wexford,  the  southern  parts 
of  the  county,  as  well  the  eastern  and 
western,  were  at  their  mercy.  They 
now  divided  into  two  bodies;  one  of 
which  directed  its  march  to  Gorey,  in 
the  northern  part  of  the  county,  in  hopes 
of  thus  forcing  a  passage  to  the  capital ; 
and  the  other  to  New  Ross,  by  reducing 
which  they  would  be  enabled  more  ea- 
sily to  enter  the  counties  of  Kilkenny 
and  Waterford.  The  inhabitants  of  Go- 
rey were  apprised  of  their  danger,  but 


466 


IRELAND. 


they  trusted  it  would  be  averted  by  the 
arrival  of  troops  under  general  Loftus 
and  colonel  Walpole,  which  immediately 
inarched  by  different  routes  to  attack  the 
insurgents,  who  were  posted  on  a  hill 
seven  miles  from  Gorey,  under  the  com- 
mand of  a  priest  of  the  name  of  Roche. 
This  man  seems  to  have  been  possessed 
of  great  military  talents,  for  he  imme- 
diately resolved  to  quit  his  position  with 
his  whole  force,  upwards  of  10,000  men, 
and  attacked  Walpole  while  separated 
from  Loftus'  troops.  He  came  up  with 
him  at  Clough,  and  attacking  him  quite 
vmexpected,  the  British  were  defeated, 
with  the  loss  of  their  artillery.  Loftus, 
in  the  mean  time,  following  the  insur- 
gents to  Gorey,  ignorant  of  the  defeat 
of  Walpole's  corps,  found  them  posted  so 
strongly  that  he  durst  not  attack  them, 
but  retreated  into  the  county  of  Carlow. 

The  body  of  the  rebels  who  had  march- 
ed towards  Ross  were  not  so  fortunate  ; 
they  had  chosen  for  their  leader  a  per- 
son of  the  name  of  Harvey,  whom  they 
had  liberated  from  Wexford  jail.  He 
formed  a  plan  of  attacking  three  sepa- 
rate parts  of  the  town  of  Ross  at  the  same 
time  ;  the  attack  was  accordingly  made 
in  a  furious  but  irregular  manner.  At 
first  the  rebels  gained  some  advantages, 
but  "they  were  soon  thrown  into  confu- 
sion ;  and  general  Johnson  who  com- 
manded a  strong  party  of  the  regular  ar- 
my in  the  town,  took  advantage  of  this 
circumstance,  and  after  a  desperate  re- 
sistance from  some  divisions  of  the  re- 
bels, while  others  were  totally  without 
discipline  or  management,  he  succeeded 
in  completely  defeating  them,  and  in 
saving  the  place.  Enraged  at  this  de- 
feat, the  rebels  massacred,  in  cold  blood, 
more  than  1 00  of  their  protestant  prison- 
ers at  Wexford. 

The  insurgents  who  had  defeated  Wal- 
pole's corps  remained  inactive  for  some 
time  afterwards.  At  length,  on  the  9lh 
of  June,  they  advanced  to  the  north  to 
join  another  body  of  insurgents,  and, 
when  united,  to  attack  Arklow.  The 
garrison  in  this  place,  not  conceiving 
themselves  strong  enough  to  defend  it 
against  the  rebels,  left  it,  but  afterwards 
returned,  in  consequence  of  their  not  at- 
tempting to  seize  it.     The  rebels,  how- 


ever, changed  their  plans,  and  advanced 
against  it ;  but  on  the  very  day  of  the  at- 
tack, there  arrived  the  Durham  fencible 
regiment.  The  royal  force  now  consist- 
ed of  1,600  men,  and  being  arranged  in 
lines,  with  artillery  in  front,  they  were 
enabled  to  cover  three  sides  of  the  place, 
a  river  protecting  the  other  side.  The 
force  of  the  insurgents  amounted  to  more 
than  20,000,  but  only  about  4,000  or  5,000 
of  these  had  guns.  They  advanced  with 
great  impetuosity  to  the  cannons'  mouths, 
but  they  were  in  every  assault  driven 
back  with  immense  slaughter.  The  bat- 
tle lasted  four  hours  ;  and  though,  dur- 
ing the  whole  of  that  time,  the  Durham 
fencibles  bore  the  brunt  of  it,  yet  they 
stood  firm  and  undaunted.  The  pikemen 
of  the  insurgents  had  not,  however,  yet 
come  into  action,  and  general  Needham, 
apprehensive  that  the  fencibles,  wearied 
out  with  repeated  attacks,  would  not  be 
able  to  withstand  these  formidable  assail- 
ants, sent  directions  to  colonel  Skerret, 
who  commanded  the  fencibles,  to  retreat. 
This,  however,  he  refused  to  do ;  and 
though  it  was  now  dark,  and  the  insur- 
gents might  have  profited  by  this  circum- 
stance, they  discontinued  the  attack,  and 
retreated. 

The  insurgents,  of  whom  we  have 
been  hitherto  speaking,  consisted  almost 
exclusively  of  catholics.  They  hoped 
to  be  assisted  in  their  plans  by  the  pro- 
testants  of  the  north  of  Ireland ;  but  in 
this  they  were  disappointed.  There 
were,  indeed,  insurrections  in  Antrim 
and  Down  ;  but  the  protestants  who  en- 
gaged in  them,  after  a  few  skirmishes 
with  the  royal  troops,  gave  up  the  enter- 
prise, chiefly  in  consequence  of  being 
assured  that  the  rest  of  the  protestants 
in  the  north,  though  in  general  well  dis- 
posed, would  not  co-operate  with  them, 
having  learned  that  the  insurrection  in 
Wexford  was  totally  of  a  religious  char- 
acter, and  that  the  catholics  engaged  in 
it  had  repeatedly  behaved  with  great 
cruelty  to  the  protestants. 

The  insurgents  in  Wexford  were  thus 
left  to  themselves,  and  measures  were 
taken  by  government  to  crush  them  ef 
feclually  and  speedily.  On  the  20th  ol 
June,  their  whole  force  was  assembled 
on  Vinegar-hill,  near  Enniscorthy.    Gen- 


IRELAND. 


467 


eral  Lake  immediately  formed  liis  plan, 
which  was,  to  surround  this  post  ;  and 
for  this  purpose,  all  the  divisions  of  the 
royal  army  were  put  in  motion. 

In  the  mean  time,  the  insurgents  were 
guilty  of  the  most  atrocious  acts  of  cru- 
elty, not  merely  against  those  who  had 
opposed  their  plans,  but  even  against 
those  who  were  known  to  be  favorable 
to  them,  ill  case  they  were  protestants. 
These  were  dragged  to  Vinegar-hill, 
where,  without  trial,  they  were  either 
shot  or  transfixed  with  pikes,  or,  in  some 
cases,  put  to  death  in  a  still  more  barba- 
rous manner.  At  Killan,  the  protestants 
of  both  sexes  were  collected,  with  an  in- 
tention of  burning  them  alive  in  their 
parish  church,  when  fortunately  their  de- 
sign was  prevented  by  the  arrival  of  a 
body  of  yeomen. 

General  Lake  had  collected  nearly 
13,000  troops,  with  a  train  of  artillery 
proportionate  to  that  number,  for  the  at- 
tack on  Vinegar-hill.  This  attack  took 
place  on  the  21st  of  June.  The  town 
of  Enniscorthy  was  the  first  object  of 
attack,  and  the  insurgents  were  driven 
from  their  post.  They  fled  through 
a  space  of  ground  which  was  to  have 
been  occupied  by  the  troops  of  general 
Needham.  These  had  not  come  up, 
whether  from  missing  the  road,  or  some 
other  accidental  cause,  or,  as  was  suppos- 
ed, because  general  Lake  wished  to  leave 
the  insurgents  some  outlet,  is  not  ascer- 
tained. Wexford  was  taken  by  the  royal 
troops  the  same  day  as  Enniscorthy ; 
previously,  however,  a  battle  had  taken 
place  at  Horetown,  between  the  troops  I 
of  general  Moore  and  the  insurgents  un- ! 
der  Roche.  The  combat  was  long  doubt-  j 
ful,  but  at  length  terminated  in  the  de- 
feat of  the  rebels.  General  Moore  im- 
mediately encamped  near  Wexford,  in ! 
order  to  secure  the  protestants  in  that 
town  from  massacre.  Before  his  arrival, 
however,  the  rebels  in  it  had  committed  j 
great  outrages.  These  were  principally 
directed  and  encouraged  by  a  man  of  the 
name  of  Dixon.  While  the  rebel  force 
continued  in  Wexford,  this  man  had  not  ^ 
been  able  to  carry  his  designs  into  exe- 
cution ;  but  soon  after  they  marched  out , 
against  general  Moore,  Dixon,  at  the  I 
head  of  a  mob,  which  he  had  previously  ^ 


inflamed  with  whiskey ,  murderej  the  pro- 
testants in  a  manner  to  which,  for  wan- 
ton cruelty,  not  even  the  atrocities  of 
the  French  revolution  can  produce  a  pa- 
rallel. In  the  mean  time,  the  battle  at 
Vinegar-hill,  though  strenuously  conten- 
ded by  the  insurgents,  ended  in  their 
complete  defeat. 

Before  general  Moore  arrived  at  this 
town,  many  of  the  inhabitants  were  desi- 
rous of  giving  up  the  place.  Lord  Kings- 
borough,  colonel  of  the  North  Cork  militia, 
was  at  this  time  a  prisoner  in  it  ;  and  he 
agreed  to  receive  the  surrender,  pledging 
his  honor  for  the  safety  of  all,  except 
those  who  had  been  concerned  in  the 
murders.  On  this  pledge,  which  was 
made  known  to  the  British  general,  the 
insurgents  who  had  fled  into  the  town 
after  their  defeat  at  Vinegar-hill,  evacua- 
ted it,  separating  into  two  bodies,  in  the 
full  confidence  of  the  ratification  of  the 
terms  ;  but  general  Lake  ordered  all  the 
chiefs  of  the  rebels  to  be  seized  and  put 
to  death. 

The  movements  and  proceedings  of 
the  insurgents,  after  the  battle  of  Vine- 
gar-hill, were  desultory,  without  union  or 
plan.  One  body  of  them  marched  to 
Arklow,  and,  finding  no  royal  troops  there* 
massacred  many  of  the  inhabitants.  An- 
other body,  under  Murphy,  who  had  ori- 
ginally raised  the  insurrection  in  Wex- 
ford, directed  their  march  towards  the 
county  of  Carlow,  with  the  design  of 
stirring  up  the  inhabitants  there  and  in 
Kilkenny  ;  but  in  this  they  were  disap- 
pointed, partly  by  the  measures  of  the 
royal  forces,  and  partly  by  the  indisposi- 
tion of  the  inhabitants.  They  now  de- 
termined to  return  to  W^exford,  and  on 
the  26th  of  June  arrived  at  Kilcommy. 
Here  they  again  changed  their  route,  and 
moved  towards  the  Wicklow  moimtains  ; 
but  they  soon  found  that  they  had  no 
other  chance  of  safety  but  by  dispersing 
into  small  bodies,  being  no  longer  capa- 
ble of  withstanding  the  forces  that  were 
sent  against  them.  After  various  move- 
ments and  skirmishes,  therefore,  they 
finally  dispersed.  In  1800,  the  legisla- 
tive union  of  Ireland  and  Great  Britain 
was  effected.  From  this  period,  the  lead- 
ing political  events  of  Ireland  have  been 
blended  with  those  of  Great  Britain. 


468 


ITALY. 


ITALY. 


"Before  Rome  had  absorbed  all  the 
vital  power  of  Italy,  this  country  was 
thickly  inhabited,  and,  for  the  most  part, 
by  civilized  nations.  In  the  north  of 
Italy  alone,  which  offered  the  longest  re- 
sistance to  the  Romans,  dwelt  the  Gauls. 
Farther  south,  on  the  Arno  and  the  Tiber, 
a  number  of  small  tribes,  such  as  the 
Etrusci,  the  Samnites,  and  Latins,  en- 
deavored to  find  safety  by  forming  con- 
federacies. Less  closely  united,  and  often 
hostile  to  each  other,  were  the  Greek 
colonies  of  Lower  Italy,  called  Magna 
Graecia.  The  story  of  the  subjection  of 
these  nations  to  the  Roman  ambition,  be- 
longs to  the  history  of  Rome. 

We  may  now  briefly  trace  the  origin 
of  the  history  of  Italy,  commencing  with 
the  fall  of  the  Roman  empire.  Romulus 
Augustus  was  the  last  feeble  emperor  of 
Rome  ;  he  was  dethroned  by  his  German 
guards.  Odoacer,  their  leader,  assumed 
the  title  of  king  of  Italy,  and  thus  this 
country  was  separated  from  the  Roman 
empire.  But  this  valiant  barbarian  could 
hot  communicate  a  spirit  of  independence 
and  energy  to  the  degenerate  Italians ; 
nothing  but  an  amalgamation  with  a  peo- 
ple in  a  state  of  nature  could  efliect  their 
regeneration.  Such  a  people  already 
stood  on  the  frontiers  of  Italy.  Theo- 
doric,  king  of  the  Ostrogoths,  instigated 
by  Zeno,  emperor  of  the  East,  overthrew 
the  kingdom  of  Odoacer,  and  reduced  all 
Italy.  His  Goths  spread  from  the  Alps 
to  Sicily.  In  the  lagoons  of  the  Adriatic 
alone,  some  fugitives,  who  had  fled  from 
the  devastations  of  Attila,  and  obtained 
a  subsistence  as  sailors,  and  by  the  manu- 
facture of  salt,  maintained  their  freedom. 
Theodoric,  who  combined  the  vigor  of 
the  north  with  the  cultivation  of  the  south, 
is  justly  termed  the  great,  and,  under  the 
name  of  Deitrich  of  Bern,  has  become  one 
of  the  principal  heroes  of  old  German  sto- 
ry. But  the  energy  of  his  people  soon 
yielded  to  Roman  corruption.  Totila,  for 
ten  years,  contested  in  vain  the  almost 
completed  conquest  with  the  military  skill 
of  Belisarius.  He  fell  in  battle  in  552, 
and  Teias  in  553,  after  which  Italy  was 


annexed  to  the  Eastern  empire,  under  an 
exarch,  who  resided  at  Ravenna.  But 
the  first  exarch,  Narses,  sunk  under  the 
intrigues  of  the  Byzantine  court,  and  his 
successor  neglected  the  defence  of  the 
passes  of  the  Alps,  so  that  the  country 
was  invaded  by  the  Lombards. 

The  kingdom  of  the  Lombards  inclu- 
ded Upper  Italy,  Tuscany,  and  Umbria. 
Alboin  also  created  the  duchy  of  Bene- 
vento,  in  Lower  Italy,  with  which  he  in- 
vested Zotto.  The  whole  of  Lombardian 
Italy  was  divided  into  thirty  great  fiefs, 
under  dukes,  counts,  &c,  which  soon  be- 
came hereditary.  Together  with  the  new 
kingdom,  the  confederation  of  the  fugi- 
tives in  the  lagoons  still  subsisted  in  un- 
disturbed freedom.  The  islanders,  by 
the  election  of  their  first  doge,  Anafesto, 
in  697,  established  a  central  government, 
and  the  republic  of  Venice  was  founded. 
Ravenna,  the  seat  of  the  exarch,  with 
Romagna,  the  Pentapolis,  or  the  five 
maritime  cities,  (Rimini,  Pesaro,  Fano, 
Sinigaglia,  and  Ancona,)  and  almost  all 
the  coasts  of  Lower  Italy,  where  Amalfi 
and  Gaeta  had  dukes  of  their  own, 
of  the  Greek  nation,  remained  uncon- 
quered,  together  with  Sicily,  and  the 
capital,  Rome,  which  was  governed  by 
a  patrician  in  the  name  of  the  empe- 
ror. This  slight  dependence  on  the 
court  of  Byzantium  disappeared  almost 
entirely  in  the  beginning  of  the  eighth 
century,  when  Leo,  the  Isaurian,  exasper- 
ated the  orthodox  Italians  by  his  attack 
on  images.  The  cities  expelled  his  offi- 
cers, and  chose  consuls  and  a  senate,  as 
in  ancient  times.  Rome  acknowledged, 
not  indeed,  the  power,  but  a  certain  pa- 
ternal authority  of  its  bishops,  even  in 
secular  aflfairs,  in  consequence  of  the 
respect  which  their  holiness  procured 
them.  The  popes,  in  th«ir  efforts  to  se- 
cure the  freedom  of  Rome  against  the 
Lombards,  forsaken  by  the  court  of  By- 
zantium, generally  had  recourse  to  the 
Frankish  kings.  In  consideration  of  the 
aid  expected  against  king  Astolphus, 
pope  Stephen  III,  in  753,  not  only 
anointed  Pepin,  who  had  been  made  king 


ITALY. 


469 


of  the  Franks,  in  752,  with  the  approba- 
tion of  pope  Zacharias,  but  with  the  as- 
sent of  the  municipality  of  Rome,  ap- 
pointed him  patrician,  as  the  imperial 
governor  had  hitherto  been  denominated. 
Charlemagne  made  war  upon  Desiderius, 
the  king  of  the  Lombards,  in  defence  of 
the  Roman  church,  took  him  prisoner  in 
his  capital,  Pavia,  united  his  empire  with 
the  Prankish  monarchy,  774,  and  even- 
tually gave  Italy  a  king  in  his  son  Pepin. 
But  hi.s  attempts  against  the  duchy  of 
Benevento,  the  independence  of  which 
was  maintained  by  duke  Arichis,  and 
against  the  republics  in  Lower  Italy, 
where  Naples,  Amalfi,  and  Gaeta  in 
particular,  had  become  rich  by  navigation 
and  commerce,  wereimsuccessful.  The 
exarchate,  with  the  five  cities,  had  alrea- 
dy been  presented  to  the  pope  by  Pepin, 
in  756,  and  Charlemagne  confirmed  the 
gift,  but  the  secular  supremacy  of  the 
popes  was  first  completed  by  Innocent 
III,  about  the  year  1200. 

Leo  III,  bestowed  on  the  king  of  the 
Franks,  on  Christmas  day,  A.  D.  800, 
the  imperial  crown  of  the  west,  which 
needed  a  Charlemagne  to  raise  it  from 
obscurity.  But  dislike  to  the  Franks, 
whose  conquest  was  viewed  as  a  new  in- 
vasion of  the  barbarians,  united  the  free 
cities,  Rome  excepted,  more  closely  to 
the  eastern  empire.  Even  during  the 
life-time  of  Charlemagne,  Prankish  Italy 
was  given  to  his  grandson  Bernard  ;  who, 
however,  having  attempted  to  become  in- 
dependent of  his  uncle,  Louis  the  De- 
bonaire,  was  deprived  of  the  crown,  and 
had  his  eyes  torn  out. 

Italy  now  remained  a  constituent  part 
of  the  Frankish  monarchy,  till  the  parti- 
tion of  Verdun,  in  843 ;  when  it  was  al- 
lotted, with  the  imperial  dignity,  and 
what  was  afterwards  termed  Lorraine,  to 
Lothaire  I,  eldest  son  of  Louis.  Lo- 
thaire  left  the  government  to  his  son 
Louis  II,  the  most  estimable  of  the  Ital- 
ian princes  of  the  Carlovingian  dynasty. 
After  his  death,  Italy  became  the  apple 
of  discord  to  the  whole  family.  Charles 
the  Bald,  of  France,  first  took  possession 
of  it,  and  after  his  death,  Carloman,  king 
of  Bavaria,  who  was  succeeded  in  880, 
by  his  brother  Charles  le  Gros,  king  of 
Suabia,  who  united  the  whole  Frankish 


monarchy  for  the  last  time.  His  dethrone- 
ment was  the  epoch  of  anarchy  and  civil 
war  in  Italy. 

The  growing  wealth  of  the  papal 
court,  owing  to  the  munificence  of  the 
French  kings,  which  had  promoted  their 
influence  in  the  government,  so  benefi- 
cial under  Leo  IV,  and  popes  of  a  simi- 
lar character,  became,  through  the  cor- 
ruption of  the  Roman  court,  in  the  tenth 
century,  the  first  cause  of  its  decline. 
The  clergy  and  people  elected  the  popes 
according  to  the  will  of  the  consuls  and 
a  few  patricians.  Alberic  of  Camerino, 
and  his  son  Octavian,  were  absolute  mas- 
ters of  Rome,  and  the  last  was  pope,  un- 
der the  name  of  John  XII,  when  only 
twenty  years  of  age.  Otho  the  Great, 
whom  he  had  crowned  emperor  in  Rome, 
in  962,  deposed  him,  and  chose  Leo 
VIII  in  his  stead  ;  but  the  people,  jeal- 
ous of  his  right  of  election,  chose  Bene- 
dict V.  From  this  time,  the  popes,  in- 
stead of  ruling  the  people  of  Rome,  be- 
came dependent  on  them.  In  Lower 
Italy,  the  republics  of  Naples,  Gaeta, 
and  Amalfi  still  defended  their  indepen- 
dence against  the  Lombard  duchy  of 
Benevento,  with  the  more  ease,  since  the 
duchy  had  been  divided  between  Sicon- 
olphus  of  Salerno,  and  Radelghisius  of 
Benevento,  and  subsequently  among  a 
great  number,  and  since,  with  the  dukes, 
they  had  a  common  enemy  in  the  Sara- 
cens, who  had  been  previously  invited  over 
from  Sicily  by  both  parties,  as  auxilia- 
ries against  each  other,  but  who  had  set- 
tled and  maintained  themselves  in  Apu- 
lia. The  emperors  Louis  II  and  Basi- 
lius  Macedo,  had,  with  combined  forces, 
broken  the  power  of  the  Mussulmans  ; 
the  former  was,  nevertheless,  unable  to 
maintain  himself  in  Lower  Italy,  but  the 
Greeks,  on  the  contrary,  gained  a  firmer 
footing,  and  formed,  of  the  regions  taken 
from  the  Saracens,  a  separate  province, 
called  the  Thema  of  Lombardy,  which 
continued  under  their  dominion,  though 
without  prejudice  to  the  liberty  of  the 
republics,  upwards  of  100  years,  being 
governed  by  a  governor-general,  at  Bari. 
Otho  the  Great  did  not  succeed  in  driving 
them  altogether  from  Italy.  The  mar- 
riage of  his  son,  Otho  II,  with  the  Greek 
princess  Theophania,  put  an  end  to  his 


470 


ITALY. 


exertions  for  this  purpose,  as  did  the  un- 
fortunate battle  of  Basentello,  to  the  simi- 
lar attempts  renewed  by  Otho  II. 

In  opposition  to  the  designs  of  the 
count  of  Tusculum,  who  wished  to  sup- 
plant the  absent  emperor  at  Rome,  a  no- 
ble Roman,  the  consul  Crescentius,  at- 
tempted to  govern  Rome  under  the  sem- 
blance of  her  ancient  liberty  ;  and  Otho, 
being  occupied  with  his  projects  of  con- 
quest in  Lower  Italy,  did  not  interfere 
with  this  administration,  which  became 
formidable  to  the  vicious  popes,  Boniface 
VII,  and  John  XV.  But  when  Otho  III, 
who  had  reigned  in  Germany  since  983, 
raised  his  kinsman  Gregory  V  to  the 
popedom,  Crescentius  caused  the  latter 
to  be  expelled,  and  John  XVI,  a  Greek, 
to  be  elected  by  the  people.  He  also 
endeavored  to  place  Rome  again  under  the 
nominal  supremacy  of  the  Byzantine  em- 
pire. Otho,  however,  reinstated  Gregory, 
besieged  Crescentius  in  the  castle  of  St. 
Angelo,  took  him  prisoner,  and  caused 
him  to  be  beheaded  with  twelve  other 
noble  Romans.  But  the  Romans  again 
threw  off  their  allegiance  to  the  empe- 
ror, and  yielded  only  to  force.  On  the 
death  of  Otho  III,  which  took  place  in 
1002,  the  Italians  considered  their  con- 
nection with  the  German  empire  as  dis- 
solved. Harduin,  marquis  of  Ivrea,  was 
elected  king,  and  crowned  at  Pavia. 
This  was  a  sufficient  motive  for  Milan, 
the  enemy  of  Pavia,  to  declare  for  Henry 
II,  of  Germany.  A  civil  war  ensued,  in 
which  every  city,  relying  on  its  walls, 
took  a  greater  or  less  part.  Henry  was 
chosen  king  of  Italy,  by  the  nobles  as- 
sembled in  Pavia ;  but  disturbances 
arose,  in  which  a  part  of  the  city  was 
destroyed  by  fire  ;  and,  not  till  after  Har- 
duin's  death,  was  Henry  recognized  as 
king  by  all  Lombardy ;  he  was  succeed- 
ed by  Conrad  II.  One  of  the  first  acts 
of  Conrad  was,  to  make  the  fiefs  heredi- 
tary by  a  fundamental  law  of  the  empire, 
and  he  endeavored  to  give  stability  and 
tranquillity  to  the  state,  but  without  suc- 
cess. The  cities  (which  were  daily  be- 
coming more  powerful)  and  the  bishops 
were  engaged  in  continual  quarrels  with 
the  nobility,  and  the  nobility  with  their 
vassals,  which  could  not  be  repressed. 
Republican  Rome,  under  the  influence 


of  the  family  of  Crescentius,  could  be 
reduced  to  obedience  neither  by  kings 
nor  by  the  popes  ;  for  when  Henry  III, 
son  and  successor  of  Conrad,  entered 
Italy  in  1046,  he  found  three  popes  in 
Rome,  all  of  whom  he  deposed,  appoint- 
ed in  their  stead  Clement  II,  and  ever 
after  filled  the  papal  chair,  by  his  own 
authority,  with  German  ecclesiastics. 
This  reform  gave  the  pope  new  conse- 
quence, which  afterward  became  fatal  to 
his  successors.  During  the  long  minor- 
ity of  his  son  Henry,  the  policy  of  the 
popes,  directed  by  Hildebrand,  afterwards 
Gregory  VII,  succeeded  in  creating  an 
opposition,  which  became  formidable  to 
the  secular  power.  The  Normans  also 
contributed  to  this  result.  As  early  as 
1016,  warriors  from  Normandy  had  es- 
tablished themselves  in  Calabria  and 
Apulia.  Allies,  sometimes  of  the  Lom- 
bards, sometimes  of  the  republics,  some- 
times of  the  Greeks  against  each  other 
and  against  the  Saracens,  they  constant- 
ly became  more  powerful  by  petty  wars  ; 
and  the  great  preparations  of  Leo  IX  for 
their  expulsion  terminated  in  his  defeat 
and  capture  early  in  1053.  On  the  other 
hand,  Nicolas  II  united  with  the  Norman 
princes,  and,  in  1059,  invested  Robert 
Guiscard  with  all  the  territories  conquer- 
ed by  him  in  I^ower  Italy.  From  that 
time,  the  pope,  in  his  conflicts  with  the 
imperial  power,  relied  on  the  support  of 
his  faithful  vassal,  the  duke  of  Apulia 
and  Calabria,  to  which  Sicily  was  soon 
added.  While  the  small  states  of  the 
south  were  thus  united  into  one  large 
one,  the  kingdom  in  the  north  was  dis- 
solving into  smaller  states.  The  Lom- 
bard cities  were  laying  the  foundation  of 
their  future  importance ;  and  Venice, 
Genoa,  and  Pisa,  were  already  powerful. 

In  the  small  republics  of  the  north  of 
Italy,  the  government  was,  in  most  cases, 
divided  between  the  consuls,  the  lesser 
council,  the  great  council,  and  the  popu- 
lar assembly.  Petty  feuds  developed 
their  youthful  energies. 

Frederic  I,  of  Hohenstaufen,  (called 
Barbarossa,)  crossed  the  Alps  six  times, 
in  order  to  defend  his  possessions  in  Italy 
against  the  republicanism  of  the  Lom- 
bard cities.  Embracing  the  cause  of 
Pavia  as  the  weaker,  he  devastated  the 


ITALY, 


471 


territory  of  Milan,  destroyed  Tortona, 
and  was  crowned  in  Pavia  and  Rome. 
In  1158,  he  reduced  Milan,  demolished 
the  fortifications  of  Piacenza,  and  held 
a  diet  at  Roncaglia,  where  he  extended 
the  imperial  prerogatives  conformably 
with  the  Justinian  code,  gave  the  cities 
chief  magistrates,  and  proclaimed  a  gen- 
eral peace.  His  rigor  having  excited  a 
new  rebellion,  he  reduced  Cremona  to 
ashes,  compelled  Milan  to  submission, 
and,  having  driven  out  all  the  inhabitants, 
demolished  the  fortifications.  When, 
however,  the  emperor  entered  Italy,  in 
1163,  without  an  army,  the  cities  con- 
cluded a  union  for  maintaining  their  free- 
dom, which,  in  1167,  was  converted  into 
the  Lombard  confederacy.  The  confed- 
erates restored  Milan,  and  to  hold  in 
check  the  Ghibeline  city  of  Pavia,  built 
a  new  city,  called  in  honor  of  the  pope, 
Alessandria.  Neither  Frederic's  gover- 
nor, Christian,  archbishop  of  Mentz,  nor 
he  himself,  could  effect  any  thing  against 
the  confederacy;  the  former  failed  be- 
fore Ancona,  with  all  the  power  of  Ghi- 
beline Tuscany  ;  and  the  latter,  with  the 
Germans  before  Alexandria.  He  was 
also  defeated  by  Legnano,  at  Milan,  in 
1176.  He  then  concluded  a  concordat 
with  Alexander  III,  and  a  truce  with  the 
cities  of  Venice,  and  also  a  peace,  which 
secured  their  independence, at  Constance. 
The  republics  retained  foreign  noblemen, 
elected  by  themselves  in  1183,  as  judges 
and  generals.  As  formerly,  all  were  to 
take  the  oath  of  fealty  and  allegiance  to 
the  emperor.  But,  instead  of  strength- 
ening their  league  into  a  permanent  con- 
federacy, the  only  safety  for  Italy,  they 
were  soon  split  into  new  factions,  when 
the  designs  of  the  Hohenstaufen  family 
on  the  throne  of  Sicily  drew  Frederic 
and  Henry  VI  from  Lombardy.  The 
defeat  of  the  united  forces  of  almost  all 
Lombardy  on  the  Oglio,  by  the  inhabi- 
tants of  Brescia,  though  inferior  in  num- 
bers, is  celebrated  under  the  name  of 
La  mala  morte  in  1197. 

During  the  minority  of  Frederic  II,  and 
the  disputes  for  the  succession  to  the 
German  throne,  Innocent  III,  who  was 
Frederic's  guardian,  succeeded  in  re-es- 
tablishing the  secular  authority  of  the  holy 
see  in  Rome  and  the  surrounding  coun- 


try, and  in  enforcing  its  claims  to  the 
donations  of  Charlemagne  and  Matilda. 
He  also  brought  over  almost  all  Tuscany, 
except  Pisa,  to  the  party  of  the  Guelfs. 
A  blind  hereditary  hatred,  rather  than  a 
zeal  for  the  cause,  inspired  the  parties  ; 
for  when  a  Guelf,  Otho  IV,  ascended 
the  imperial  throne,  the  Guelfs  became 
his  party,  and  the  Ghibelines  the  pope's  ; 
but  the  reversion  of  the  imperial  crown 
to  the  house  of  Hohenstaufen,  in  the  per- 
son of  Frederic  II,  soon  restored  the  an- 
cient relations.  From  this  period  to  the 
commencement  of  the  nineteenth  centu- 
ry, the  history  of  Italy  is  but  little  else 
than  a  history  of  petty  wars  and  blood- 
shed, occasioned  by  the  conflicting  in- 
terests of  popes,  prelates,  and  princes, 
generally  disgraceful  to  all  concerned, 
the  relation  of  which  would  be  of  little 
interest  to  the  general  reader. 

At  the  peace  of  Utrecht,  Austria  ob- 
tained Sardinia  and  Naples ;  Savoy  ob- 
tained Sicily,  which  it  exchanged  with 
Austria  for  Sardinia,  from  which  it  as- 
sumed the  royal  title.  Mont  Genie vre 
was  made  the  boundary  between  France 
and  Italy.  The  house  of  Farnese  be- 
coming extinct  in  1731,  the  Spanish  In- 
fant Charles  obtained  Parma  and  Piacen- 
za. In  the  war  for  the  Polish  throne,  of 
1733,  Charles  Emmanuel,  of  Savoy,  in 
alliance  with  France  and  Spain,  conquer- 
ed the  Milanese  territory,  and  received, 
at  the  peace  of  Vienna,  Novara  and  Tor- 
tona. Charles,  Infant  of  Spain,  became 
king  of  the  two  Sicilies,  and  ceded  Parma 
and  Piacenza  to  Austria.  The  Medici  of 
Florence, entitled  from  1575,  grand  dukes 
of  Tuscany,  became  extinct  in  1737.  Fran- 
cis Stephen,  duke  of  Lorraine,  now  re- 
ceived Tuscany  by  the  preliminaries  of 
Vienna,  and,  becoming  emperor  in  1745, 
made  it  the  appanage  of  the  younger  line 
of  the  Austro-Lorraine  house.  In  the  war 
of  the  Austrian  succession,  the  Spaniards 
conquered  Milan,  but  were  expelled 
thence  by  Charles  Emmanuel,  to  whom 
Maria  Theresa  ceded,  in  reward,  some 
Milanese  districts,  viz,  all  of  Vigevanas- 
co  and  Bobbio,  and  part  of  Anghiera  and 
Pavese.  Massa  and  Carrara  fell  to  Mo- 
dena,  in  1743,  by  right  of  inheritance. 
The  Spanish  Infant,  don  Philip,  conquer- 
ed Parma  and  Piacenza  in  his  own  name, 


472 


ITALY, 


lost  them,  and  obtained  them  again  as  a 
hereditary  duchy,  by  the  peace  of  Aix-la- 
Chapelle,  in  1748.  Thus,  in  the  eight- 
eenth centurj',  the  houses  of  Lorraine, 
Bourbon,  and  Savoy,  possessed  all  Italy, 
with  the  exception  of  the  ecclesiastical 
territories,  Modena  and  the  republics, 
which,  like  a  superannuated  man,  beheld 
with  apathy  operations  in  which  they 
had  no  share. 

In  September,  1792,  the  French  troops 
first  penetrated  into  Savoy,  and  planted 
the  tree  of  liberty.  Though  expelled 
for  some  time,  in  1793,  by  the  Piedmon- 
tese  and  Austrians,  they  held  it  at  the 
end  of  the  year.  The  national  conven- 
tion had  already  declared  war  against 
Naples;  and,  in  April,  1794,  the  French 
advanced  into  the  Piedmontese  and  Ge- 
noese territories,  but  were  expelled  from 
Italy  in  July,  1795,  by  the  Austrians, 
Sardinians,  and  Neapolitans.  In  1796, 
Napoleon  Bonaparte  received  the  chief 
command  of  the  French  army  in  Italy. 
He  forced  the  king  of  Sardinia  to  con- 
clude a  treaty  of  peace,  by  which  the 
latter  Avas  obliged  to  cede  Nice  and  Sa- 
voy to  France  ;  conquered  Austrian  Lom- 
bardy,  with  the  exception  of  Mantua  ; 
put  the  duke  of  Parma  and  the  pope  un- 
der contribution  ;  and  struck  such  con- 
sternation into  the  king  of  Naples  that 
he  sued  for  peace. 

After  Mantua  had  also  fallen,  in  1797, 
Bonaparte  formed  of  Milan,  Mantua,  the 
portion  of  Parma,  north  of  the  Po,  and 
Modena,  the  Cisalpine  republic.  France 
likewise  made  war  on  the  pope,  and  an- 
nexed Bologna,  Ferrara,  and  Romagna, 
to  the  Cisalpine  republic,  by  the  peace 
of  Tolentino.  The  French  then  advan- 
ced towards  Rome,  overthrew  the  eccle- 
siastical government,  and  erected  a  Ro- 
man republic.  In  Genoa,  Bonaparte  oc- 
casioned a  revolution,  by  which  a  demo- 
cratic republic  was  formed  after  the  model 
of  the  French,  under  the  name  of  the 
Ligurian  republic.  The  French  had, 
meanwhile,  penetrated  into  Austria, 
through  the  Venetian  territory.  The 
Venetians  now  made  common  cause  with 
the  brave  Tyrolese,  who  gained  advan- 
tages over  the  French  in  the  Alps.  Bo- 
naparte, therefore,  occupied  Venice  with- 
out striking  a  blow,  and  gave  the  repub- 


lic a  democratic  constitution  ;  but  by  the 
peace  of  Campo-Formio,  which  took 
place  on  the  17th  of  October,  1797,  the 
Venetian  territory,  as  far  as  the  Adige, 
was  relinquished  to  Austria,  and  the  rest 
incorporated  with  the  Cisalpine  republic. 
The  king  of  Sardinia  concluded  a  treaty 
of  alliance  and  subsidy  with  France, 
October  25  ;  but,  in  1798,  the  directory, 
assailed  in  Rome  from  Naples,  deemed 
it  expedient  to  compel  him  to  resign  his 
territories  on  the  main  land.  Notwith- 
standing its  treaty  of  amity  with  France, 
Naples  concluded  an  alliance,  in  1798, 
with  England  and  Russia.  The  French, 
therefore,  occupied  Naples,  and  erected 
there  the  Parthenopean  republic.  The 
grand  duke  of  Tuscany  had  likewise 
formed  an  alliance  with  Naples  and  Eng- 
land, afnd  his  country  was,  in  return, 
compelled  by  the  French  to  receive,  like 
Piedmont,  a  military  administration. 

After  the  congress  of  Rastadt  was 
broken  off,  Austria  and  the  German  em- 
pire, under  Russian  support,  renewed  the 
war  against  the  French,  who  again  left 
Naples  and  Rome  to  the  English,  Rus- 
sians, and  Turks.  The  king  and  the 
pope  returned  to  their  capitals  in  Lom- 
bardy ;  the  French  were  defeated  by  the 
Austrians,  under  Kray  and  Melas,  and  by 
the  Russians  under  Suwarroff,  and  lost 
all  their  fortresses,  except  Genoa,  where 
Massena  sustained  a  vigorous  siege, 
while  his  countrymen  had  to  evacuate  all 
Italy.  But,  in  the  meanwhile,  Bonaparte 
was  made  first  consul  after  his  return 
from  Egypt.  He  marched  with  a  new 
army  to  Italy,  defeated  the  Austrians  at 
the  memorable  battle  of  Marengo,  and 
compelled  them  to  a  capitulation,  by 
which  all  the  Italian  fortresses  were 
again  evacuated.  By  the  peace  of  Lune- 
ville,  February  9,  1801,  the  possession 
of  Venice  was  confirmed  to  Austria, 
which  was  to  indemnify  the  duke  of  Mo- 
dena, by  the  cession  of  Brisgau.  The 
duke  of  Parma  received  Tuscany,  and 
afterwards,  from  Bonaparte,  the  title  of 
king  of  Etruria.  Parma  was  united  with 
France.  The  Cisalpine  and  Ligurian 
republics  were  guaranteed  by  Austria  and 
France,  and  with  the  Ligurian  territories 
were  united  the  imperial  fiefs  included 
within   their  limits.     The  king  of  Na- 


ITALY 


473 


pies,  who  had  occupied  the  States  of  the 
Church,  was  obliged  to  conchide  peace 
at  Florence,  by  Russian  mediation,  he 
escaped  with  the  cession  of  Piombino, 
the  Stato  degli  Presidj,  and  his  half  of 
the  island  of  Elba,  together  with  the  pro- 
mise of  closing  his  harbors  against  the 
English.  The  other  half  of  Elba  Tus- 
cany had  already  relinquished  to  France. 
But  the  whole  island  was  obstinately  de- 
fended by  the  English  and  Corsicans, 
with  the  armed  inhabitants,  and  not  eva- 
cuated till  autumn.  France  ceded  the 
Stato  degli  Presidj  to  Etruria,  Septem- 
ber 19,  but  strong  detachments  of  French 
troops  remained  both  in  Naples  and  Tus- 
cany, and  their  support  cost  immense 
sums.  To  the  republics  of  Genoa  and 
Lucca  the  first  consul  gave  new  consti- 
tutions in  1801.  But  in  January,  1802, 
the  Cisalpine  republic  was  transformed 
into  the  Italian  republic,  in  imitation  of  the 
new  French  constitution,  and  Bonaparte 
became  president.  Genoa  also  received 
a  new  constitution,  and  Girolamo  Du- 
razzo  for  doge.  Piedmont,  however, 
was  united  Avith  France.  After  Bona- 
parte had  become  emperor,  in  1804,  he 
attached,  on  the  17th  of  March,  1805, 
the  royal  crown  of  Italy  to  the  new  im- 
perial crown  ;  he  promised,  however, 
never  to  unite  the  new  monarchy  with 
France,  and  even  to  give  it  a  king  of  its 
own.  The  new  constitution  was  similar 
to  that  of  the  French  empire.  Napoleon 
founded  the  order  of  the  iron  crown,  and, 
having  placed  the  crown  on  his  own 
head  at  Milan,  he  appointed  his  step-son, 
Eugene  Beauharnois,  viceroy  of  Italy, 
who  labored  with  great  zeal  for  the  im- 
provement of  all  branches  of  the  govern- 
ment, of  industry  and  the  arts. 

Circumstances,  however,  rendered  this 
new  government  oppressive,  as  the  pub- 
lic expenses,  during  peace,  amounted  to 
100,000,000  francs,  which  were  all  to  be 
contributed  by  less  than  4,000,000  peo- 
ple. No  European  power  recognised, 
expressly,  the  Italian  kingdom  of  Napo- 
leon. The  emperor  continued  to  strength- 
en his  power  against  the  active  enemies 
of  the  new  order  of  things,  and  gave  to 
his  sister  Eliza  the  principality  of  Piom- 
bino, and  to  her  husband,  Pasquale  Bac- 
ciocchi,  the  republic  of  Lucca,  as  a  prin- 
60 


cipality,  both  as  French  fiefs.  Parma, 
Piacenza,  and  Guastalla  were  incorpora- 
ted with  the  French  empire,  July  21st, 
and  the  pope  was  obliged  to  sanction  the 
imperial  coronation  by  his  presence. 

One  of  the  great  improvements  which 
took  place  during  the  sovereignty  of  Na- 
poleon in  Italy,  was  the  cutting  of  the 
celebrated  pass  of  the  Simplon.  It  was 
performed  at  the  joint  expense  of  France 
and  Italy,  and  was  a  work  of  great  diffi- 
culty, occupying  several  years  in  its 
execution. 

Austria  having  acceded  to  the  alliance 
of  Russia  and  England  against  France. 
Naples,  also,  again  suffered  the  English 
and  Russians  to  land.  But  the  success 
of  the  Austrian  arms  was  frustrated  by 
the  defeats  at  Ulm  and  Austerlitz,  after 
which  the  peace  of  Presburg  completed 
the  French  supremacy  in  Italy.  Austrian 
Venice,  with  Istria  and  Dalmatia,  was 
united  to  the  kingdom  of  Italy ;  and, 
with  all  the  French  institutions,  was  re- 
cognized by  the  people.  The  kingdom 
had  now  an  extent  of  35,450  square  miles, 
with  5,657,000  inhabitants.  Naples  was 
evacuated  by  its  auxiliaries,  and  occupied 
by  the  French,  notwithstanding  the  at- 
tempts of  the  queen  to  excite  a  universal 
insurrection,  and  Napoleon  gave  the 
crown  of  Naples  to  his  brother  Joseph. 
In  1808,  the  widow  of  the  king  of  Etru- 
ria, who  conducted  the  regency  in  behalf 
of  her  son,  was  deprived  of  her  kingdom, 
which  was  united  with  France.  Napo- 
leon, moreover,  appointed  his  brother-in- 
law,  the  prince  Borghese,  govenor  gene- 
ral of  the  departments  beyond  the  Alps 
who  took  up  his  residence  at  Turin.  As 
Napoleon  had,  meanwhile,  given  his  broth- 
er Joseph  the  crown  of  Spain,  he  filled 
the  throne  of  Naples  with  his  broth- 
er-in-law Joachim  Murat,  who  entered 
Naples  on  the  6th  of  September,  1808. 
In  1809,  the  emperor  gave  Tuscany  to 
his  sister  Eliza,  of  Piombino,  with  the 
title  of  grand-duchess.  In  the  same 
year,  Austria  made  new  exertions  to 
break  the  excessive  power  of  France ; 
but  Napoleon  again  drove  her  troops  from 
the  field,  and  appeared  once  more  victo- 
rious in  Vienna,  where  he  proclaimed  the 
end  of  the  secular  authority  of  the  popes, 
and  the  union  of  the  states  of  the  Church 


474 


ITALY. 


Execution  of  Murat. 


with  France.  Rome  became  the  second 
city  of  the  empire,  and  a  pension  of 
2,000,000  of  francs  was  assijapied  to  the 
pope.  After  the  peace  of  Vienna,  by 
which  Napoleon  acquired  the  Illyrian 
provinces,  Istria  and  Dahiiatia  were 
separated  from  the  kingdom  of  Italy  and 
attached  to  them.  On  the  other  hand, 
Bavaria  ceded  to  Italy  the  circle  of  the 
Adige,  a  part  of  Eisach,  and  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  Clausen.  The  power  of  the 
French  emperor  was  now,  to  all  appear- 
ance, as  firmly  established  in  Italy  as  in 
the  rest  of  Europe. 

While  the  Italian  people  were  support- 
ing French  armies,  sacrificing  their  own 
troops  in  the  ambitious  wars  of  Napoleon 
in  remote  regions,  and  were  obliged  to 
pay  heavy  taxes  in  the  midst  of  the  total 
ruin  of  their  commerce,  all  the  periodicals 
were  full  of  praises  of  the  institutions  for 
the  encouragement  of  science,  arts  and 
industry  in  Italy.  After  the  fatal  retreat 
from  Russia,  Murat,  whom  Napoleon  had 
personally  oflended,  deserted  the  cause 
of  France,  and  joined  Austria  in  1814, 
whose  troops  penetrated  into  Italy,  imder 
Bellegarde.  The  viceroy,  Eugene,  con- 
tinued true  to  Napoleon  and  his  own 
character,  and  offered  to  the  enemies  of 


his  dynasty  the  boldest  resistance,  which 
was  frustrated  by  the  fall  of  Napoleon  in 
France.  After  the  truce  of  April 21, 1814, 
the  French  troops  evacuated  all  Italy, 
and  most  of  the  provinces  were  restored 
to  their  legitimate  sovereigns.  The  wife 
of  Napoleon,  however,  the  empress  Ma- 
ria Louisa,  obtained  the  duchies  of  Par- 
ma, Piacenza,  and  Guastalla,  with  rever- 
sion to  her  son  ;  and  Napoleon  himself 
became  sovereign  of  Elba,  of  which  he 
took  possession.  But,  before  the  con- 
gress of  Vienna  had  organized  the  politi- 
cal relations  of  Europe,  he  effected  his 
return  to  France,  March  1,  1815.  At 
the  same  time,  the  king  of  Naples,  Murat, 
abandoned  his  former  ambiguous  attitude, 
and  took  up  arms,  as  he  pretended,  for 
the  independence  of  Italy.  But  his  ap- 
peal to  the  Italians  was  answered  by  a 
declaration  of  war  by  Austria.  Driven 
from  Bologna  by  the  Austrian  forces,  and 
totally  defeated  by  Bianchi  Tolentino,  he 
lost  the  kingdom  of  Naples,  into  which 
the  Austrian  general  Nugent  had  pene- 
trated from  Rome,  and  Bianchi  from 
Aquili,  seven  weeks  after  the  opening  of 
the  campaign.  He  embarked  from  Na- 
ples, with  a  view  of  escaping  to  France. 
Ferdinand  IV,  returned   from  Palermo, 


ITALY. 


475 


and  Murat's  family  found  an  asylum  in 
Austria.  Murat  himself  made  a  descent 
in  Calabria  from  Corsica  in  order  to  re- 
cover his  lost  kingdom.  He  was  taken 
prisoner  at  Pizzo,  brought  before  a  court 
martial,  and  shot,  Oct.  13,  1815. 

If  the  downfall  of  Napoleon  is  regretted 
in  any  quarter  of  the  world  it  is  in  Italy. 
This  country,  which,  to  the  misfortime  of 
Germany — that  of  being  split  into  petty 
divisions,  and  convulsed  by  civil  dissen- 
sions, for  centuries — adds  the  further 
misfortune  of  obeying  foreign  princes, 
had  become  destitute  of  every  element  of 
national  life.  Its  commerce  was  fettered 
by  the  numerous  political  divisions  ;  its 
administration  poisoned  and  vitiated  to  a 
degree  of,  which  none  can  have  an  idea, 
except  an  eye-witness  ;  the  cultivators  of 
the  ground  impoverished  by  the  heavy 
rents  which  they  had  to  pay  to  the  rich 
land-owners  ;  science  enslaved  by  the 
sway  of  the  clergy ;  the  noblemen,  dis- 
trusted by  the  foreign  governments,  where 
they  existed,  and  not  admitted  to  any 
offices  of  great  importance,  had  lost  en- 
ergy and  activity;  in  fact,  hardly  any 
thing  could  be  said  to  flourish,  with  the 
exception  of  music,  and,  to  a  certain  de- 
gree, the  other  fine  arts.  Under  Napo- 
leon every  thing  was  changed.  Italian 
armies  were  created,  which  gave  birth  to 
a  sense  of  military  honor  among  the  peo- 
ple ;  the  organization  of  the  judicial 
tribunals  was  improved,  and  justice  much 
better  administered  ;  industry  was  awa- 
kened and  encouraged  ;  schools  received 
new  attention,  and  the  sciences  were  con- 
centrated in  large  and  effective  learned 
societies  ;  in  short,  a  new  life  was  awa- 
kened, and  no  Italian,  who  wishes  well 
to  his  country,  can  read  without  deep  in- 
terest the  passage  in  Las  Cases'  Memo- 
rial, in  which  Napoleon's  views  on  that 
country  are  given.  His  prophecy,  that 
Italy  will  one  day  be  united,  we  hope 
will  be  fulfilled.  Union  has  been  the  ar- 
dent wish  of  reflecting  Italians  for  centu- 
ries, and  the  want  of  it  is  the  great  cause 
of  the  sulfering  of  this  beautiful  but  un- 
fortunate country. 

The  congress  of  Vienna,  by  the  act  of 
June  9,  1815,  had  arranged  the  affairs  of 
Italy  in  the  following  manner  : — 

1.  The  king  of  Sardinia  was  reinstated 


in  his  territories,  according  to  the  boun- 
daries of  1792,  with  some  alterations  on 
the  side  of  Geneva;  for  the  portion  of 
Savoy,  left  in  the  possession  of  France 
by  the  peace  of  Paris,  of  May  30,  1814, 
was  restored  by  the  treaty  of  Paris  of 
Nov.  20,  1815.  To  his  states  was  uni- 
ted Genoa,  as  a  duchy,  according  to  the 
boundaries  of  that  republic  in  1792,  and 
contrary  to  the  promises  made  to  Ge- 
noa. 

2.  The  emperor  of  Austria  united  with 
his  hereditary  states  the  new  Lombardo- 
Venitian  kingdom,  consisting  of  the  Ve- 
nitian  provinces  formerly  belonging  to 
Austria,  the  Valteline,  Bonnio,  and  Chia- 
venna,  separated  from  the  Grisons,  be- 
sides Mantua  and  Milan.  Istria,  however, 
was  united  with  the  Germanic-Austrian 
kingdom  of  Illyria ;  Dahnatia,  with  Ra- 
gusa  and  Cattaro,  constituting  a  distinct 
Austrian  kingdom. 

3.  The  valley  of  the  Po  was  adopted 
as  the  boundary  between  the  states  of 
the  Church  and  Parma.  The  Austrian 
house  of  Este  again  received  Modena, 
Reggio,  Mirandola,  Massa,  and  Carrara. 

4.  The  empress  Maria  Louisa  received 
the  state  of  Parma,  as  a  sovereign  duchess, 
but,  by  the  treaty  of  Paris,  June  10,  1817, 
only  for  life,  it  being  agreed  that  the 
duchess  of  Lucca  and  her  descendants 
should  inherit  it.  Lucca,  in  that  case, 
falls  to  the  Tuscan  dynasty,  which,  in  re- 
turn, was  to  have  resigned  its  districts  in 
Bohemia  to  the  duke  of  Reichstadt,  now 
dead. 

5.  The  archduke  Ferdinand  of  Aus- 
tria, became  again  grand-duke  of  Tus- 
cany, to  which  were  joined  the  Stato 
degli  Presidj,the  formerNeapolitanpartof 
the  island  of  Elba,  the  principality  of  Pi- 
ombino,  and  some  small  included  districts, 
formerly  fiefs  of  the  German  empire. 
The  prince  Buoncompagni  Ludovisi  re- 
tained all  his  rights  of  property  in  Elba 
and  Piombino. 

6.  The  infanta,  Maria  Louisa,  received 
Lucca,  of  which  she  took  possession  as 
a  sovereign  duchy,  in  1817,  with  an  an- 
nuity of  500,000  francs,  till  the  reversion 
of  Parma. 

7.  The  territories  of  the  Church  were 
all  restored,  with  the  exception  of  a  strip 
of  land  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Po ;  and 


476 


ITALY. 


Austria  retained  the  right  of  maintaining 
garrisons  in  Ferrara  and  Commachio. 

8.  Ferdinand  IV  was  again  recognised 
as  king  of  the  Two  Sicilies.  England 
retained  Malta,  and  was  declared  the 
protectress  of  the  United  Ionian  Islands. 
The  knights  of  Malta,  who  had  recovered 
their  possessions  in  the  Slates  of  the 
Church,  and  in  the  kingdom  of  the  Two 
Sicilies,  for  a  time  made  Catanea,  and, 
after  1826,  Ferrara,  their  residence.  The 
republic  of  San  Marino,  and  the  prince 
of  Monaco,  whose  mountain  fortress  the 
Sardinians,  and  them,  the  French  occu- 
pied, alone  remained  unharmed  amid  the 
fifteen  political  revolutions  which  Italy- 
had  undergone  in  the  course  of  twenty- 
five  years.  The  Austrian  predominance 
was  thus  more  firmly  established  than 
ever  in  Italy. 

Meanwhile,  the  desire  of  union  and 
independence  was  not  extinguished  among 
the  people  of  Italy.  Traces  of  a  struggle 
for  a  united  and  liberal  government  were 
almost  every  where  visible  ;  and  several 
of  the  governments,  Naples,  Rome,  and 
Turin,  in  particular,  in  vain  endeavored 
to  protect  themselves  against  secret  po- 
litical societies  and  freemasonry  by  in- 
quisitorial tribunals,  Jesuits,  and  secret 
police.  The  fate  of  this  delightful  coun- 
try has  employed,  during  the  last  seven 
years,  the  cabinets  of  the  first  powers  of 
Europe,  according  to  the  system  of  mo- 
dern policy  founded  by  the  holy  alliance, 
and  more  precisely  defined  by  the  con- 
gress of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  in  1818.  While 
the  spirit  of  carbonarism,  excited  by  the 
Spanish  revolution  of  January  1,  1820, 
and  having  for  its  object  the  union  of 
Italy  under  one  government,  and  its  in- 
dependence of  foreign  powers,  particu- 
larly of  Austria,  threatened  to  subvert  the 
political  institutions  of  the  peninsula  in 
in  general,  and  of  the  single  states  in  par- 
ticular, and  in  some  places,  especially  in 
Naples,  Sicily,  and  Piedmont,  actually 
shook  them,  by  rousing  the  troops  to  re- 
volt, and  by  exciting  popular  commotions, 
the  cabinets  labored  with  equal  zeal  to 
maintain  the  principle  of  stability  by  the 
suppression  of  every  revolution,  and  by 
opposing  to  the  popular  spirit,  the  power 
of  the  police.  Thus  was  a  question, 
fraught  with  the  most  momentous  conse- 


quences for  all  Europe,  practically  de- 
cided in  Italy,  viz,  whether  one  state  is 
entitled  to  interfere  in  the  internal  afl'airs 
of  another,  and  overthrow,  by  force  of 
arms,  any  new  constitution  which  mili- 
tates against  the  absolute  monarchical 
principle.  This  principle,  which  was 
proclaimed  unconditionally  by  the  leading 
states  of  the  continent,  and  by  Great 
Britain  under  the  supposition  of  particu- 
lar circumstances  threatening  imminent 
danger  to  the  neighboring  state,  resulted 
in  Austria  (as  the  nearest  interested 
power,  which  had  prevented  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  representative  system  into 
Italy,  in  1815,)  restoring  by  force  of 
arms,  the  ancient  prerogatives  of  the 
royal  authority  in  Naples,  Sicily,  and 
Piedmont,  after  obtaining  the  assent  of 
the  other  four  leading  powers,  which  had 
been  closely  allied  since  1818,  and  also 
of  the  Italian  sovereigns,  who  participa- 
ted at  the  congress  of  Laybach,  in  the 
discussions  respecting  the  affairs  of  Italy. 
Thus  this  power  not  only  secured  its  own 
Italian  provinces  from  the  operation  of 
liberal  principles,  but  established  its  po- 
sition as  the  guardian  of  the  principle  of 
stability  and  absolute  monarchy  in  Italy. 
All  this  was  efiected  by  a  war  of  four 
days  with  the  revolutionary  army  of  the 
carbonari  of  Naples,  from  the  7th  to  the 
10th  of  March,  1821,  and  by  a  war  of 
three  days  with  the  federal  party  of  Pied- 
mont, from  the  7th  to  the  9th  of  April, 
1821  ;  so  that  Russia  had  no  occasion  to 
permit  its  army  of  100,000  men,  already 
put  in  motion,  to  advance  against  the 
Italian  nations. 

The  eflbrts  of  the  most  intelligent 
Italians,  from  the  time  of  Macchiavelli 
and  Caesar  Borgia,  son  of  pope  Alexan- 
der VI,  to  restore  the  political  unity  of 
their  native  country,  gave  rise  to  the  nu- 
merous secret  political  societies  in  Italy, 
who  labored  to  produce  a  general  outbreak 
of  insurrection  in  Italy,  in  order  to  surround 
the  Austrian  army  on  its  advance  against 
Naples.  Even  the  advocates  of  the  il- 
liberal system,  or  the  theocratic  faction,  as 
it  was  termed,  which  likewise  pursued 
its  object  in  secret  societies,  took  advan- 
tage of  the  national  desire  of  greater  uni- 
ty in  Italy.  It  was  therefore  natural  that 
the  idea  of  connecting  the  Italian  states 


ITALY. 


477 


in  a  political  system  similar  to  the  Ger- 
manic confederation  should  have  been 
agitated  by  the  statesmen  of  the  congress ; 
but  it  seems  to  have  been  entirely  given 
up,  and  Italy  was  left  in  the  hands  of 
Austria.  On  the  other  hand,  measures 
were  adopted,  by  all  the  Italian  states,  to 
extirpate  the  liberal  spirit  which,  propa- 
gating itself  under  a  perpetual  variety  of 
new  forms,  had  not  ceased  in  the  year 
1825,  in  the  June  of  which  year  a  con- 
spiracy was  detected  at  Rome,  to  pursue 
its  ancient  object  of  uniting  all  the  Italian 
states  into  one  confederacy  as  a  republic 
or  constitutional  monarchy,  and  freeing 
them  from  foreign  influence.  This  dis- 
play of  revolutionary  spirit  is  nothing  new 
in  the  history  of  Italy.  The  middle  ages, 
that  golden  period  of  absolute  power,  ex- 
hibit there  an  almost  uninterrupted  series 
of  such  political  conspiracies,  republican 
schemes  and  destructive  convulsions,  be- 
cause Italy  has  never  yet  been  permitted 
to  be  politically  a  nation,  and  to  adopt  a 
form  required  by  its  wants  and  its  rights. 
One  leading  measure  was,  to  occupy 
for  some  years  the  kingdom  of  the  Two 
Sicilies  and  Piedmont,  (in  which  the  old 
troops  were  disbanded),  at  the  expense 
of  these  states,  with  Austrian  armies, 
which  had  restored  the  former  state  of 
things.  This  was  done  conformably  with 
the  treaties  between  Austria  and  king 
Ferdinand,  and  the  king  of  Sardinia,  on 
the  24th  of  July,  1821.  But,  in  compU- 
ance  with  the  decrees  of  Verona,  the 
Austrian  troops,  12,000  in  number,  were 
gradually  removed  from  Piedmont,  and  the 
fortress  of  Alexandria  was  surrendered,  | 
September  30,  1823,  to  Sardinian  troops. 
In  the  same  year,  after  a  new  Neapolitan 
army  had  been  organized  in  Naples,  the 
Austrian  garrison,  of  42,000  men,  was 
diminished  about  17,000,  and,  in  Sicily, 
only  the  citadel  of  Palermo  continued  to 
be  occupied  by  Austrian  troops.  The 
last  detachment  left  the  kingdom  in  1827. 
The  influence  of  Austria  on  the  internal 
administration  was,  however,  still  felt. 
The  police  of  each  state  adopted  the 
strictest  measures  for  maintaining  internal 
tranquillity.  Secret  societies  were  strict- 
ly prohibited ;  tribunals  were  erected, 
and,  in  Naples,  supported  by  moveable 
columns,  to  punish  the  authors  of  revolu- 


tions ;  executions,  proscription  and  ban- 
ishment ensued. 

In  September,  1821,  the  pope  excom- 
municated the  sect  of  Carbonari  and  all 
similar  associations,  as  branches  of  the 
long-prohibited  freemasons  ;  but  in  the 
Roman  state,  Tuscany,  Parma  and  Luc- 
ca, no  punishments  were  inflicted  for 
participation  in  former  political  societies. 
In  general,  the  papal  government,  under 
the  direction  of  the  cardinal  Gonsalvi, 
was  distinguished  from  the  others  for 
conciliatory  measures,  and  for  moderation 
in  establishing  internal  tranquillity.  The 
influence  of  the  apostolic  see  on  the  states 
convulsed  by  revolutions  was  thus,  in 
some  degree,  increased.  The  press,  uni- 
versities and  schools  were,  in  particular, 
closely  watched.  In  the  kingdom  of  the 
Two  Sicilies,  and  in  Piedmont,  strict 
measures  were  taken  for  the  purification 
and  discipline  of  the  literary  institutions ; 
the  Jesuits  were  restored,  and  rendered 
influential  in  the  education  of  youth,  by 
having  committed  to  them  at  Rome  and 
other  places,  the  schools,  colleges  and 
oratories,  which  they  had  before  conduct- 
ed. On  the  other  hand,  numerous  ban- 
ditti disturbed  the  public  security,  espe- 
cially in  Naples  and  the  states  of  the 
church.  One  of  them  got  in  their  power, 
an  Austrian  colonel,  for  whose  liberation 
they  had  the  audacity  to  demand  40,000 
Roman  dollars  ;  but  they  released  him 
on  seeing  themselves  surrounded  by  Aus- 
trian troops. 

Some  notion  of  the  demoralized  state 
of  this  country  may  be  conveyed  by  the 
fact,  that  in  January,  1824,  according  to 
the  Diario  di  Roma,  a  large  band  of  youths 
was  discovered  in  Italy,  who  had  run 
away  from  their  parents,  organized  them- 
selves into  companies,  and  subsisted  by 
frauds  and  robbery. 

The  political  character  of  the  Two 
Sicilies  entirely  changed  on  the  acces- 
sion of  Francis  I.  This  event  took  place 
in  1825,  and  the  almost  immediate  result 
was,  a  general  restoration  of  order  and 
peace.  The  estates  of  the  church  are 
difl'erently  situated,  as  the  whole  country 
is  so  sadly  misgoverned,  that  nothing  but 
the  influence  of  Austrian  bayonets  serves 
to  keep  the  people  in  order. 

Italy  depends  almost  solely  on  its  agri- 


478 


MEXICO. 


culture  for  subsistence  ;  the  sources  from 
which  it  formerly  drew  its  support,  the 
arts,  manufactures,  and  commerce,  being 
ahnost  dried  up.  Commerce  with  foreign 
countries,  which,  in  Naples  especially,  is 
altogether  stagnant,  is,  for  the  most  part, 
in  the  hands  of  foreigners,  and,  in  a  great 
measure,  dependent  on  the  British ; 
thence  the  universal  want  of  specie,  the 
financial  embarrassments  of  the  govern- 
ments, and  the  loans  negotiated  with 
Rothschild.  Italy  no  longer  lives,  as 
formerly,  on  her  cities,  but  on  her  soil. 
And  even  this  source  of  prosperity  main- 


tains but  a  feeble  existence,  while  taxes 
and  tariffs  impede  the  exportation  of  the 
staple  production  to  foreign  countries,  or 
bands  of  banditti  and  the  want  of  good 
roads  obstruct  internal  intercourse,  as  in 
Sicily  and  Calabria.  The  natural  advan- 
tages of  Italy  entitle  her  to  the  highest 
rank  in  agriculture,  commerce,  and  the 
arts  ;  but  all  branches  of  industry  groan 
under  political  oppression.  The  govern- 
ment and  people  look  on  each  other  with 
jealousy  and  hate,  and  the  ecclesiastical 
establishment  poisons  the  springs  of  na- 
tional activity. 


MEXICO 


The  mighty  kingdom  of  the  Incas 
which  originally  bore  this  name  extended 
considerably  beyond  the  present  bounda- 
ries of  the  republic.  The  origin  of  the  na- 
tions on  the  eastern  continent  is  obscure, 
that  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  western 
continent,  however,  is  much  more  so ; 
and,  indeed,  till  within  a  very  few  years 
the  history  of  the  American  nations,  till 
the  arrival  of  the  Spaniards,  has  been 
either  treated  as  fabulous,  or  very  slightly 
touched  upon  by  historians.  By  the  in- 
dustry of  the  abbe  Francesco  Clavigero, 
we  have  been  furnished  with  an  account 
of  the  ancient  kingdoms  just  enumerated; 
more  full  and  effective  than  could  have 
been  expected,  considering  the  difficulty 
there  must  have  been  of  procuring  ma- 
terials. 

According  to  Clavigero,  it  is  undenia- 
ble that  Mexico  was  first  peopled  from 
the  more  northerly  parts  of  the  continent, 
which  for  many  ages  had  been  filled  with 
inhabitants.  It  has  been  supposed,  from 
the  traditions  of  the  natives,  and  the  dis- 
covery of  very  large  human  skeletons  in 
many  parts  of  South  America,  that  this 
country  was  first  inhabited  by  giants ;  but 
though  similar  conjectures  and  discover- 
ies have  been  made  in  other  countries, 
we  are  by  no  means  warranted  from 
thence  to  conclude  that  the  whole  human 
race  vi^ere  formerly  of  an  immense  size  ; 
it  being  most  probable  that  the  gigantic 


race  were  but  a  few  individuals  who  lived 
at  different  times  and  in  difTerent  nations. 
The  Toltecans  are  the  most  ancient 
Mexican  nation  of  which  we  have  any 
account.  They  were  expelled  from  their 
own  country  (supposed  by  Clavigero  to 
have  been  Tollan,  to  the  northward  of 
Mexico)  in  the  year  472 ;  and  for  some 
time  led  a  migratory  and  wandering  life. 
In  whatever  place  they  determined  to 
reside  for  a  considerable  time,  they  erect- 
ed houses  and  cultivated  the  ground. — 
Thus  their  migrations  were  extremely 
slow,  and  it  was  not  until  1 04  years  after 
they  first  set  out  that  they  reached  a 
place  about  fifty  miles  to  the  eastward  of 
the  city  of  Mexico,  where  they  settled 
for  about  twenty  years,  giving  to  their 
new  place  of  residence  the  name  of  Tol- 
lantzinco.  From  thence  they  proceeded 
about  forty  miles  farther  to  the  west, 
where  they  built  a  city  called  from  the 
name  of  the  country,  Tollan,  or  Tula. 
The  Toltecans,  during  their  journeys, 
were  conducted  by  a  number  of  chiefs, 
who,  by  the  time  they  arrived  at  Tollant- 
zinco,  were  reduced  to  seven,  and,  after 
their  final  settlement,  the  government  was 
changed  into  a  monarchy,  but  by  what 
means,  or  on  what  account,  we  are  not 
told.  Their  first  king  began  his  reign 
in  667,  and  their  monarchy  lasted  384 
years,  during  which  time  they  reckon 
just  eight  princes. 


MEXICO. 


479 


It  was  a  custom  among  them  that  the 
name  of  the  king  should  be  continued  for 
fifty-two  years,  and  no  longer,  from  the 
time  he  ascended  the  throne.  If  he  died 
within  that  period,  the  government  was 
carried  on  in  his  name  by  a  regency  ;  if 
he  survived, he  was  obliged  to  resign  his 
authority.  During  the  four  centuries  that 
the  Toltecan  monarchy  continued,  they 
increased  considerably,  and  built  several 
cities  ;  but  when  at  the  height  of  its  pros- 
perity, almost  the  whole  nation  was  de- 
stroyed by  famine  occasioned  by  drought ; 
and  a  pestilence,  probably  the  conse- 
quence of  the  former.  The  surviving 
Toltecans  dispersed  themselves  among 
the  surrounding  nations,  where  they  were 
well  received,  on  account  of  their  supe- 
rior knowledge  and  civilization.  They 
were  succeeded  by  the  Chichemecas,  a 
less  civilized  people,  who  came  from  an 
unknown  country  called  Amaquemecan, 
where  they  had  long  resided ;  but  of 
which  no  traces  or  remembrance  can  be 
found  among  any  of  the  American  nations, 
so  that  Clavigero  supposed  it  nmst  have 
been  very  far  to  the  northward.  The 
Chichemecas  became  afterwards  united 
with  the  Toltecans  and  others,  and  from 
them  descended  the  Montezumean  kings. 

In  1352,  that  portion  of  the  continent 
in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the 
Mexican  government,  was  changed  from 
an  aristocracy  of  powerful  chiefs  to  a 
despotic  monarchy  ;  but  the  limits  of  this 
article  will  not  permit  us  to  trace  the  his- 
tory of  the  various  kings  who  ascended 
the  throne  between  this  period  and  the 
time  of  the  great  Mexican  monarch  Mon- 
tezuma, who  began  his  reign  in  1436. 
Previous  to  his  coronation,  in  order  to 
comply  with  the  sanguinary  rites  of  his 
religion,  Montezuma  made  war  upon  the 
Chalcese,  that  he  might  procure  the 
prisoners  who  were  to  be  sacrificed  at 
his  coronation  ;  and  scarce  was  this  cer- 
emony over  than  a  new  war  commenced, 
which  terminated  in  the  destruction  of 
that  city.  This  quarrel  happened  be- 
tween the  Chalcese  and  the  Tezcucans. 
Two  of  the  royal  princes  of  Tezcuco  hav- 
ing gone  a  hunting  on  the  mountains 
which  overlook  the  plain  of  Chalco,  while 
employed  in  the  chase,  and  separated  from 
their  retinue,  with  only  three  Mexican 


lords,  fell  in  with  a  troop  of  Chalcese 
soldiers,  who  carried  them  as  prisoners 
to  Chalco,  where  they  were  all  instantly 
put  to  death.  The  king  of  Tezcuco, 
overwhelmed  with  grief  at  this  event, 
called  for  the  assistance  of  the  allied 
kings.  The  city  was  attacked  at  once 
by  land  and  water,  and  its  inhabitants, 
knowing  that  they  had  no  mercy  to  ex- 
pect, fought  like  men  in  despair,  not- 
withstanding which  they  were  totally 
defeated,  and  the  most  severe  vengeance 
executed  upon  them. 

During  the  reign  of  Montezuma,  a  vio- 
lent inundation  happened  in  Mexico. — 
The  lake,  swelled  by  the  excessive  rains 
which  fell  in  the  year  1446,  poured  its 
waters  into  the  city  with  so  much  vio- 
lence, that  many  houses  were  destroyed, 
and  the  streets  inundated  to  such  a  de- 
gree, that  boats  were  every  where  made 
use  of  To  prevent  accidents  of  this 
kind  for  the  future,  Montezuma  construct- 
ed a  great  dyke  nine  miles  in  length, 
consisting  of  two  parallel  lines  of  pali- 
sades, the  interval  betwixt  which  Avas 
filled  up  with  stones  and  sand.  The 
greatest  difficulty  in  the  construction  lay 
in  being  obliged  occasionally  to  work  in 
the  lake  itself,  which  in  some  places 
was  of  considerable  depth  ;  but  this  was 
surmounted  by  the  skill  and  perseverance 
of  the  workmen.  The  dyke,  when  con- 
structed, proved  of  great  service  in  keep- 
ing out  the  waters,  though  it  did  not  en- 
tirely remedy  the  evil. 

The  inundation  was  followed  by  a 
famine.  This  was  occasioned  by  the 
failure  of  the  crop  of  maize  in  1448  ;  the 
ears  while  young  and  tender  being  de- 
stroyed by  frost.  In  1450  the  crop  was 
totally  lost  for  want  of  water ;  and  in  1451, 
besides  the  unfavorable  seasons,  there 
was  a  scarcity  of  seed.  Hence,  in  1452, 
the  necessities  of  the  people  became  so 
great,  that  they  were  obliged  to  sell 
themselves  for  slaves  in  order  to  procure 
subsistence. 

The  king  opened  the  public  granaries 
for  the  relief  of  the  lower  classes ;  but 
nothing  was  able  to  stop  the  progress  of 
the  famine.  Many  who  went  for  relief 
to  other  countries  perished  with  hunger 
on  their  journey  ;  and  great  numbers 
who  sold  themselves   for  slaves   never 


480 


MEXICO. 


returned  to  their  native  country.  Most 
of  the  populace  supported  themselves, 
like  their  ancestors,  on  the  produce  of 
the  lake,  until  all  their  distresses  were 
relieved  by  a  most  plentiful  harvest  in  the 
year  1454. 

Montezuma  was  succeeded  by  Axaya- 
catl,  who,  like  his  predecessor,  instantly 
commenced  a  Avar,  for  no  other  reason 
than  that  he  •might  have  prisoners  to 
sacrifice  at  his  coronation.  The  people 
whom  he  now  attacked  inhabited  the 
province  of  Tecuantepec  on  the  coast  of 
the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  situated  at  400 
miles  distance  from  the  city  of  Mexico. 
A  desperate  battle  ensued  on  this  occa- 
sion, in  which,  however,  the  Mexicans 
at  last  prevailed  ;  and,  besides  dooming 
to  destruction  those  whom  they  carried 
off,  acquired  a  considerable  spoil,  as  well 
as  a  tract  of  territory  extending  to  Coa- 
tulco,  a  maritime  place  much  frequented 
in  the  next  century  by  the  Spaniards. 

Axayacatl  pursued  Montezuma's  plan 
of  conquest,  in  which,  however,  he  was 
less  successful,  many  of  the  provinces 
reduced  by  that  monarch  having  revolted 
after  his  death,  so  that  it  was  necessary 
to  re-conquer  them.  On  his  returning 
successful  from  one  of  these  expeditions, 
he  built  a  new  temple,  to  which  he  gave 
the  name  of  Coatulon ;  but  the  Tlatelolcos, 
whose  ancient  rivalship  seems  to  have 
revived  on  the  death  of  Montezuma,  built 
another  in  opposition,  which  they  called 
Coaxolotl.  Thus  the  former  hatred  be- 
tween the  two  nations  was  renewed,  and 
a  discord  took  place,  which  ended  in  the 
ruin  of  the  Tlatelolcos. 

The  Mexicans  sustained  an  irreparable 
loss,  in  1469  and  1470,  by  the  death  of 
their  allies  the  kings  of  Tacuba  and 
Acolhuacan ;  for  though  the  league 
which  had  been  concluded  bebiveen  the 
three  nations  continued  without  any  Ado- 
lation  till  the  arrival  of  the  Spaniards,  we 
cannot  suppose  that  any  of  the  successors 
of  the  Tacuban  and  Acolhuacan  princes 
would  have  the  same  cordial  affection 
for  those  of  Mexico  Avhich  was  enter- 
tained by  those  who  lay  under  such  great 
obligations  to  Montezuma.  The  king  of 
Tacuba  Avas  succeeded  by  his  son  Chi- 1 
malpopoca,  and  the  Acolhuacan  monarch  i 
by  his  son  Nezahualpilli.     A  short  time  j 


after  the  accession  of  the  latter,  the  war 
broke  out  between  the  Tlatelolcos  and 
Mexicans,  which  ended  in  the  destruction 
of  the  former. 

Axayacatl  continued  to  extend  his  ter- 
ritories to  the  east  and  Avest,  till  his  pro- 
gress was  stopped  by  death  in  1477. — 
He  Avas  succeeded  by  his  elder  brother 
Tizoc  ;  of  whose  reign  we  know  little, 
but  that  he  conquered  fourteen  cities, 
some  of  which  had  been  in  rebellion. 
Ahuitzot],the  brother  of  Tizoc,  succeeded 
him  in  the  kingdom  of  Mexico.  His  life 
was  a  continued  series  of  wars,  in  all  of 
which  he  proved  ultimately  successful, 
extending  the  Mexican  dominions  as  far 
as  Guatimala,  900  miles  to  the  south-east 
of  Mexico,  and  in  only  one  expedition 
were  the  Mexicans  defeated  Avith  dis- 
grace. 

At  the  time  of  Ahuitzotl's  death,  the 
Mexican  empire  was  brought  to  its  high- 
est grandeur.  His  successor,  Montezuma 
Xocojotzin,  or  Montezuma  Junior,  Avas  a 
person  of  great  bravery,  besides  Avhich 
he  was  likewise  a  priest,  and  held  in 
great  estimation  on  account  of  his  wisdom 
and  the  dignity  of  his  deportment.  His 
election  was  unanimous  ;  and  the  nobles 
congratulated  themselves  on  the  happi- 
ness the  country  was  to  enjoy  under  him, 
little  thinking  hoAv  short  the  duration  of 
their  happiness  or  of  their  empire  was 
to  be. 

The  reign  of  Montezuma,  even  before 
the  arrival  of  the  Spaniards,  was  far  from 
being  so  glorious  in  war  as  those  of  his 
predecessors  had  been.  He  reduced 
indeed  one  rebellious  province,  and  con- 
quered another  which  had  never  before 
been  subjugated;  but  in  his  war  Avith 
Tlascala  he  was  by  no  means  successful. 
This  was  but  a  small  republic,  at  no  great 
distance  from  the  capital,  but  the  inhabi- 
tants were  remarkable  for  their  bravery 
and  independent  spirit.  The  neighboring 
states,  however,  Avho  had  been  reduced 
by  the  Mexicans,  envious  of  their  liberty 
and  prosperity,  exasperated  the  Mexicans 
against  them,  by  representing  that  the 
Tlascalans  were  desirous  of  making 
themselves  masters  of  the  maritime  pro- 
vinces on  the  Mexican  Gulf,  and  that  by 
their  commerce  with  these  provinces  they 
were  increasing  their  wealth  and  power, 


MEXICO. 


481 


and  gaining  the  hearts  of  the  people  with 
whom  they  were  to  traffic.  In  conse- 
quence of  this  representation,  strong  gar- 
risons were  placed  on  the  frontiers  of 
Tlascala,  to  obstruct  the  commerce  of 
the  inhabitants,  and  thus  to  deprive  them 
of  the  means  of  obtaining  some  of  the 
necessaries  of  life.  The  Tlascalans 
complained  ;  but  received  no  other  an- 
swer than  that  the  king  of  Mexico  was 
lord  of  all  the  world,  and  that  the  Tlasca- 
lans must  submit  and  pay  tribute  to  him. 
The  Tlascalans  returned  a  spirited  an- 
swer to  this  speech,  and  began  to  fortify 
their  frontier;  and  so  well  did  they  de- 
fend themselves,  that  though  they  were 
frequently  attacked  by  the  neighboring 
states  in  alliance  with  Mexico,  or  subject 
to  it,  not  one  of  them  was  able  to  wrest 
a  foot  of  ground  from  them.  A  continual 
series  of  wars  and  engagements  took 
place  between  the  states  of  Mexico  and 
this  republic,  which  continued  till  the 
arrival  of  the  Spaniards. 

The  West  India  Islands  had  been  dis- 
covered by  Columbus,  in  1492;  he  had 
made  frequent  voyages,  and  had  even 
discovered  the  continent.  Settlements 
had  been  made ;  the  Spaniards  had 
shown  their  prowess  and  their  cruelty; 
and  their  is  no  doubt,  but  that  many  of 
the  islanders  quitted  their  habitations  to 
escape  the  fury  of  the  invaders.  It  would 
naturally  occur  to  these  fugitives,  that 
the  arms  of  these  new  comers  could  not 
be  resisted  by  those  of  the  western  na- 
tions, while  their  relentless  cruelty  might 
easily  suggest  that  they  would  destroy 
all  before  them.  From  the  year  1492, 
therefore,  to  1508,  there  was  time  enough 
for  this  report  to  have  reached  Mexico ; 
and  we  can  only  attribute  it  to  the  barbar- 
ous state  of  ignorance  in  which  the  Amer- 
icans were,  that  the  Spaniards  were  not 
perfectly  known  and  described  before 
their  arrival. 

The  Spaniards  having  at  length  estab- 
lished themselves  in  the  island  of  Cuba 
and  Hispaniola,  numbers  of  adventurers 
now  prepared  expeditions  to  the  conti- 
nent also,  with  a  view  to  extend  the  do- 
minions of  their  sovereign,  and  to  satiate, 
if  possible,  their  own  appetites  for  wealth. 

Mexico  itself  was  first  discovered, 
though  imperfectly,  by  a  Spaniard  named 
61 


Nunez  de  Balboa  ;  but  in  1518,  the  con- 
quest of  it  was  undertaken  by  a  celebrated 
adventurer  named  Ferdinando  Cortes. 

The  Spaniards  had  no  sooner  gained 
a  competent  knowledge  of  the  nature  of 
the  extent  and  government  of  the  kingdom 
of  Mexico,  than  they  formed  the  resolu- 
tion of  conquering  it,  partly  by  force  of 
arms,  and  partly  by  stratagem.  They 
obtained  powerful  supplies  from  Spain, 
and  after  having  overcome  the  almost 
insurmountable  difficulties  attendant  on 
so  bold  an  undertaking,  they  finally  took 
possession  of  the  Mexican  empire  ;  but 
not  till  they  had  broken  down  the  ancient 
land  marks,  destroyed  the  cities,  and 
almost  exterminated  the  ancient  posses- 
sors of  the  soil.  From  that  period  up  to 
the  time  of  the  late  revolutionary  struggle, 
the  powerful  kingdom  of  the  Incas  re- 
mained in  the  hands  of  the  victorious 
Spaniards.  They  have,  however,  been 
compelled  to  render  up  their  ill-gotten 
territories,  and  are  now  expelled  from 
the  land  over  which  they  had  so  long 
ruled  with  an  iron  sway. 

But  few  of  the  aborigines  still  remain, 
as  the  natives  were  nearly  exterminated 
by  the  Spaniards.  The  gold  mines, 
which  had  first  tempted  the  cupidity  of 
their  invaders,  swallowed  up  nearly  all 
those  who  inhabited  the  metalliferous 
districts,  and  though  they  are  still  found 
in  the  neighborhood  of  large  cities,  they 
are  only  employed  in  the  humblest  me- 
nial capacity. 

Under  the  government  of  Spain,  Mex- 
ico was  one  of  the  four  great  vice-royal- 
ties of  Spanish  America.  The  viceroy 
was  endowed  with  all  the  prerogatives 
of  the  king.  The  only  checks  upon  him 
were  the  residencia,  or  investigation  into 
his  conduct  on  his  return  home,  and  the 
audiencia,  composed  of  Europeans,  and 
of  which  he  was  himself  president.  The 
recopilacion  de  las  leyes  de  las  Indias 
was  the  name  given  to  the  heterogeneous 
mass  of  decrees  by  which  the  colonies 
were  governed.  Special  fueros,  or  priv- 
ileges, were  conferred  on  different  pro- 
fessional and  corporate  bodies,  which 
rendered  the  confusion  complete.  All 
the  higher  officers,  in  church  and  state, 
were  Europeans.  A  system  of  dilapida- 
tion, beginning  with  the  chiefs,  extended 


482 


MEXICO. 


through  all  the  offices  of  government,  and  ' 
a  monstrous  corruption  perverted  the 
whole  administration.  The  colony  was 
not  allowed  to  manufacture  any  article 
which  could  be  supplied  by  the  mother 
country,  the  whole  trade  was  confined  to  ! 
a  single  port  in  Spain,  and  all  foreigners  | 
were  rigidly  excluded.  Books  were  pro- 1 
hibited,  schools'  discouraged  or  suppress- 1 
ed,  and  every  measure  taken  to  prevent 
information  from  being  spread  among  the 
inhabitants. 

When  the  events  of  1 808  in  the  Span- 
ish peninsula  led  to  a  change  in  the  state 
of  afl'airs,  the  Mexicans  were,  in  general, 
loyally  disposed  to  their  sovereign ;  but 
the  assumption  of  authority  by  a  new 
body,  the  Cortes,  and  their  unwise  and 
inconsistent  proceedings,  tended  to  alien- 
ate their  feelings  of  attachment.  Don 
Jose  Iturrigaray,  the  viceroy,  in  order  to 
conciliate  the  Americans,  proposed  to 
constitute  a  junta,  formed  of  representa- 
tives from  each  province,  and  composed 
equally  of  natives  and  Europeans,  which 
should  organize  a  provisional  government. 
The  latter,  however,  fearful  of  losing 
some  of  their  former  superiority,  arrested 
the  viceroy,  and  sent  him  out  of  the  coun- 
try. The  new  viceroy,  Venegas,  dis- 
played an  offensive  partiality  for  the 
Spaniards,  and  exasperated  the  Creoles 
by  the  severity  of  his  measures.  An  ex- 
tensive conspiracy  was  organized,  and 
the  insurrection  broke  out  in  September, 
1810.  A  priest,  Hidalgo,  a  man  of  strong 
inind  and  great  firmness,  put  himself  at 
the  head  of  the  insurgents ;  but,  after  some 
fighting,  and  the  commission  of  great 
atrocities  on  both  sides,  Hidalgo  was 
captured  and  put  to  death  in  1811.  Mo- 
relos,  a  priest  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
country,  who  had  been  named  captain- 
general  of  the  south-west  by  Hidalgo, 
liad  meanwhile  raised  a  considerable 
force,  and  meeting  with  a  series  of  suc- 
cesses, he  advanced  to  within  a  short 
distance  of  the  capital.  In  this  expedi- 
tion, Victoria  first  distinguished  himself. 
Morelos  was  obliged  to  retire,  but  cap- 
tured Oaxaca  and  Acapulco.  A  national 
congress  was  assembled  at  Chilpanzingo, 
in  1813,  which  declared  Mexico  inde- 
pendent. The  forces  of  the  insurgents 
were  afterwards  almost  entirely  annihi- 


lated by  Iturbide,  and  Morelos  was  him- 
self shot  in  1815.  Victoria  retired  to 
the  mountains,  where  he  remained  con- 
cealed eighteen  months.  Another  gene- 
ral named  Guerrero  alone  maintained  a 
small  force  in  the  south. 

In  1817,  general  Mina  landed  with  a 
small  body  of  foreigners,  and  gained 
some  temporary  success  ;  but  he  was 
made  prisoner  in  July  of  that  year,  and 
shot.  Thus,  in  1819,  all  the  insurgent 
chiefs  had  been  pardoned,  or  executed,  ex- 
cept Guerrero.  In  1 820,  the  Cortes  having 
ordered  the  sale  of  the  church  property, 
Apodaca,  the  viceroy,  refused  to  acknow- 
ledge the  Cortes  ;  he  employed  Iturbide 
to  reduce  Guerrero,  but  that  general  join- 
ed the  insurgent  chief,  proposed  the  con- 
stitution of  Iguala,  and  proclaimed  the 
independence  of  his  country.  This  oc- 
curred February  24,  1821. 

At  this  time,  the  constitutional  viceroy, 
O'Donoju,  arrived  in  the  country,  and 
concluded  with  Iturbide  the  peace  of 
Cordova,  by  which  it  was  stipulated  that 
the  Spanish  army  should  evacuate  Mexi- 
co. The  viceroy  and  Iturbide  were  as- 
sociated in  the  government,  and  the  ar- 
my was  called  the  army  of  the  three 
guarantees,  the  objects  to  be  maintained 
being  the  independence  of  Mexico  as  a 
separate  monarchy  under  a  Bourbon 
prince,  the  maintenance  of  the  Catholic 
religion,  and  the  union  of  all  classes.  A 
congress  was  soon  assembled  to  settle  the 
principles  of  the  constitution.  But  the 
Cortes  having  declared  the  past  proceed- 
ings null,  Iturbide  caused  himself  to  be 
proclaimed  emperor.  May  18, 1822,  under 
the  title  of  Augustin  I. 

A  powerful  party  opposed  the  new 
state  of  things.  After  a  bloody  struggle, 
the  emperor  oflfered  to  abdicate  in  1823, 
and  was  allowed  to  depart  for  Europe. 
A  new  form  of  government,  on  federal 
republican  principles,  was  now  establish- 
ed. Iturbide  returned  to  the  country  in 
1824,  but  was  immediately  arrested  and 
shot.  On  the  banishment  of  the  emperor, 
a  poder  cxecutivo,  or  executive,  was  form- 
ed, consisting  of  Vittoria,  Bravo,  and  Ne- 
grete,  and,  in  1824,  the  constitution  was 
adopted  and  proclaimed.  Vittoria  was 
chosen  president,  and  Bravo  vice-presi- 
dent of  the  new  republic. 


MEXICO, 


483 


The  first  constitutional  congress  was 
convened,  January  1,  1825,  and  held  an 
extraordinary  session  in  August  of  the 
same  year.  The  castle  of  Ulloa  was 
soon  surrendered  by  the  Spaniards,  and 
the  whole  Mexican  soil  was  now  deliv- 
ered from  European  hands.  The  pros- 
pect of  tranquillity  which  was  held  out  by 
the  complete  liberation  of  the  country  and 
organization  of  the  government  was  soon 
interrupted  by  the  violence  of  parties. 

The  animosity  of  the  Escoceses  and 
Yorkinos  ended  in  acts  of  outrage  and 
bloodshed,  and  the  land  was  again  dis- 
tracted with  civil  war.  The  Escoceses 
(Scotch)  was  a  masonic  society  of  Scotch 
origin,  composed  of  large  proprietors  and 
persons  of  distinction,  who  were  mostly 
men  of  moderate  principles,  but  decided- 
ly favorable  to  the  cause  of  independence. 
Many  of  them  had,  at  one  time,  been  in 
favor  of  a  Spanish  prince  as  constitutional 
king  of  Mexico,  and  they  were  therefore 
often  styled  Borbonistas  by  their  adver- 
saries. The  Yorkinos  constituted  a  ma- 
sonic society,  which  derived  its  origin 
from  a  masonic  lodge  in  New- York, 
through  the  agency  of  Mr.  Poinsett, 
American  minister  at  Mexico.  These 
two  political  parties  (for  such  they  had 
become)  were  arrayed  against  each  other 
on  occasion  of  the  choice  of  the  se- 
cond president  in  1828,  and  also  differed 
as  to  the  policy  to  be  pursued  in  the 
treatment  of  the  Spaniards  who  resided 
in  the  country,  the  Yorkinos  being  in  fa- 
vor of  their  entire  expulsion  from  the 
country.  The  result  of  the  election,  af- 
ter an  arduous  contest,  was  the  triumph 
of  the  Escoceses  party,  whose  candidate, 
general  Pedrazza,  was  chosen,  by  a  ma- 
jority of  two  votes,  over  general  Guerrero, 
the  Yorkino  candidate.  General  Santa 
Anna,  at  the  head  of  a  body  of  troops, 
declared  that  this  vote  was  not  an  expres- 
sion of  the  will  of  the  majority,  and  pro- 
claimed Guerrero  president.  This  move- 
ment was  unsuccessful,  but  another  was 
soon  organized,  and  an  armed  body  de- 


1  manded  the  expulsion  of  the  Spaniards. 
After  some  fighting,  the  government  was 
1  obliged  to  yield,  and  general  Pedrazza,  to 
'  avoid  bloodshed,  advised  his  friends  to 
[  submit,  and  expressed  his  determination 
to  leave  the  country.  Guerrero  was 
I  accordingly  inaugurated  president  in 
I  April,  1829,  and  a  law  was  passed  order- 
ing all  Spanish  residents  to  quit  the 
country. 

I  In  the  summer  of  1829,  an  expedition 
!  was  fitted  out  in  the  Havana,  under  the 
command  of  general  Barradas,  to  under- 
take the  conquest  of  the  Mexican  repub- 
lic. A  force  of  4,000  men  was  landed 
at  Tampico,  July  27,  but  on  the  10th  of 
September  surrendered  to  general  Santa 
Anna.  But  the  dangers  of  a  foreign  in- 
vasion were  no  sooner  past  than  domestic 
dissensions  were  again  renewed.  Guer- 
rero, who  had  been  invested  with  dicta- 
torial powers,  on  the  approach  of  the  in- 
vaders, was  unwilling  to  resign  them, 
and  this  was  made  a  pretext  for  the  oppo- 
sition of  the  discontented.  Bustamente, 
the  vice-president,  placed  himself  at  the 
head  of  a  body  of  troops  in  December, 
1829,  and  issued  a  proclamation  denounc- 
ing the  abuses  of  the  executive.  He  im- 
mediately advanced  upon  the  capital,  and 
was  joined  by  the  forces  there.  Guerrero, 
finding  himself  deserted,  abdicated  the 
presidency,  and  Bustamente  was  elected 
by  the  army  his  successor.  In  the  latter 
part  of  1830,  new  disturbances  com- 
menced, and  a  civil  war  ensued.  Guer- 
rero, who  was  made  prisoner  in  February, 
1831,  was  condemned  to  death  for  bear- 
ing arms  against  the  established  govern- 
ment, and  shot.  Since  this  period  gene- 
ral Santa  Anna  has  been  raised  to  the 
presidency  of  Mexico  ;  he  was,  however, 
defeated  and  taken  prisoner  in  an  attempt 
to  quell  an  insurrection  in  Texas,  a 
Mexican  province  bordering  on  the  Uni- 
ted States.  He  was  released,  and  is  at 
present  at  the  head  of  the  Mexican  army, 
opposing  the  invasion  of  the  French  who 
are  at  war  with  Mexico. 


484 


NETHERLANDS. 


NETHERLANDS. 


The  early  history  of  the  Netherlands 
has  nothing  in  it  very  interesting  or  pe- 
culiar. Like  that  of  most  European 
states,  it  commences  with  an  account  of 
their  subjugation.  The  Romans  had  pen- 
etrated into  those  countries,  and  conquer- 
ed them  all  before  the  beginning  of  the 
Christian  era.  The  people  had  not 
yielded  tamely.  The  Belgoe,  inhabiting 
the  left  bank  of  the  Rhine,  are  described 
by  Caesar  as  the  only  Gallic  tribe  brave 
enough  to  withstand  the  irruptions  of  the 
Teutones  and  Cimbri ;  the  Frisians,  oc- 
cupying the  right  bank  of  the  same  river, 
made  a  stubborn  opposition  in  the  middle 
of  their  swamps ;  and  the  Batavians,  who 
dwelt  upon  the  islands  of  Zealand,  were 
honored  as  the  boldest  of  all  the  neigh- 
boring clans.  Their  opposition  was  vain, 
however  ;  and  their  gallant  attempt  to 
cast  off  the  yoke  in  Vespasian's  time  was 
equally  vain.  They  submitted  to  the 
Romans,  and  participated  in  the  improve- 
ments which  that  people  usually  commu- 
nicated to  the  nations  it  conquered.  The 
canal  of  Drusus,  from  the  Rhine  to  the 
Flevo  or  Zuyder  Zee,  still  exists,  though 
its  character  is  altered  ;  and  the  first 
dykes,  which  protected  Holland  from  the 
ocean,  are  ascribed  to  the  enterprising 
industry  of  those  governors.  The  stout 
spirit  of  resistance  shown  by  the  Bata- 
vians had  procured  them  respect  in  the 
eyes  of  their  conquerors.  The  tribute  of 
the  province  was  paid  in  soldiers  :  Bata- 
vians formed  the  body-guard  of  the  em- 
peror, as  Swiss  have  done  in  later  times ; 
and  the  valor  which  had  been  displayed 
on  the  banks  of  the  Rhine,  was  equally 
conspicuous  in  other  quarters  of  the  em- 
pire. Agricola  was  accompanied  and 
powerfully  aided  by  them  in  his  progress 
through  Britain  ;  and  the  Dacian  hosts 
recoiled  when  Batavians,  in  full  armor, 
swam  across  the  Danube  to  attack  them. 

During  four  centuries  we  find  Bata- 
vians enumerated  among  the  Roman  ar- 
mies ;  but  after  the  time  of  Honorius, 
their  name  vanishes  from  history.  The 
irruption  of  the  northern  nations  swept 
Qver  their  country  in  its  course,  and  de- 


stroyed all  the  monuments  of  Roman  pow- 
er and  ingenuity.  The  monarchy  of  the 
Franks  which  arose  on  the  ruins  of  Gaul, 
had,  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  centuries, 
embraced  all  the  provinces  of  the  Neth- 
erlands, and  planted  the  Christian  faith 
in  them.  After  an  obstinate  struggle, 
Charles  Martel  overcame  Friesland  the 
last  of  all ;  and  Charlemagne  united  the 
whole  of  those  countries  with  the  wide 
empire,  which  he  had  formed  for  himself 
out  of  Germany,  France,  and  Lombardy. 
When  Charlemagne's  possessions  were 
again  divided  among  his  successors,  the 
Netherlands  became  at  one  time  provin- 
ces of  Germany,  at  another  of  France  ; 
and  we  find  them  at  last  designated  by  the 
names  of  Friesland  and  Lower  Lorraine. 
With  the  Franks  arrived  also  the  con- 
stitution of  the  north  ;  and  here,  as  else- 
where, it  gradually  degenerated.  The 
stronger  vassals  separated  in  process  of 
time  from  the  crown  ;  and  the  royal  offi- 
cers laid  hold  of  the  districts  over  which 
they  were  sent  to  preside,  and  rendered 
them  hereditary  in  their  families.  But 
those  revolted  vassals  could  not  hope  to 
resist  their  king,  except  by  the  help  of 
their  inferior  retainers  ;  and  the  support 
thus  required  was  repaid  by  fresh  infeu- 
dations.  The  priesthood,  in  the  mean 
time,  also,  growing  wealthy  and  power- 
ful, had  extorted  for  itself  an  independent 
existence  in  its  abbeys  and  episcopal 
sees.  And  thus,  in  the  tenth,  eleventh, 
twelfth,  and  thirteenth  centuries,  the 
Netherlands  were  split  down  into  a  num- 
ber of  petty  sovereignties,  the  heads  of 
which  held  partly  of  the  empire,  partly 
of  France.  By  purchase,  marriage,  in- 
heritance, or  conquest,  several  of  these 
lordships  were  frequently  united  under 
one  master ;  and  in  the  fifteenth  century 
we  find  the  house  of  Burgundy  in  pos- 
session of  almost  the  whole.  Philip  the 
Good,  by  prosecuting  various  claims,  just 
and  the  contrary,  had  at  last  succeeded  in 
uniting  eleven  of  the  provinces  imder  his 
authority ;  and  Charles  the  Bold,  his  son, 
increased  them  by  the  conquest  of  other 
two.     And  thus  a  new  state  had  silently 


NETHERLANDS. 


485 


arisen  in  Europe,  to  which  nothing  but 
the  name  was  wanting  to  make  it  the 
most  flourishing  kingdom  in  that  quarter 
of  the  world.  Such  extensive  posses- 
sions made  the  duke  of  Burgundy  a  sus- 
picious neighbor  to  the  king  of  France  ; 
and  inspired  the  restless  spirit  of  Charles 
the  Bold  with  the  plan  of  a  conquest, 
destined  to  include  the  whole  tract  of 
country  extending  between  Alsace  and 
the  mouths  of  the  Rhine.  The  duke's 
inexhaustible  resources  justified,  in  some 
measure,  this  proud  chimera  :  a  power- 
ful army  threatened  to  realize  it ;  and 
Switzerland  already  trembled  for  its  free- 
dom. But  fortune  forsook  Charles  at  the 
battles  of  Granson,  of  Morat,  of  Nancy: 
he  fell  by  an  unknown  hand  ;  and  his 
very  corpse  was  all  but  lost  among  the 
carnage  of  his  followers. 

The  future  husband  of  his  sole  daugh- 
ter and  heiress,  Maria,  would  now  be- 
come the  richest  prince  of  the  time. 
Maximilian,  duke,  afterwards  emperor 
of  Austria,  and  Louis  XI,  of  France,  were 
rivals  for  this  honor,  and  excluded  the 
claims  of  humbler  competitors.  The 
States  of  the  Netherlands  dreaded  the 
power  and  tyranny  of  Louis :  Maximilian 
was  weaker  and  more  distant  ;  they  de- 
cided for  him.  Their  political  foresight 
corresponded  ill  with  the  event.  Philip 
the  Fair,  Maximilian's  and  Maria's  son, 
acquired  with  his  Spanish  bride,  the  ex- 
tensive monarchy  which  Ferdinand  and 
Isabella  had  lately  founded;  Charles  V, 
the  next  heir,  augmented  this  inheritance 
by  his  grandfather's  imperial  crown ;  and 
the  Netherlands,  thus  become  the  pro- 
vince of  an  overwhelming  empire,  had 
soon  cause  to  experience  and  repent  the 
change  in  their  situation.  During  the 
succeeding  age,  this  connection  with 
Spain  gave  rise  to  the  most  terrible,  as 
well  as  the  most  glorious  event  of  their 
history. 

Prior  to  the  Burgundian  dynasty,  and 
under  it,  the  Netherlands,  profiting  by 
their  natural  advantages  for  commerce, 
had  acquired  considerable  wealth  ;  their 
wealth  secured  to  them  a  free  though 
complicated  constitution  ;  and  they  grad- 
ually rose  to  be  the  first  trading  nation 
in  the  world. 

The  new  light   of  the  Reformation, 


which  in  his  reign  was  dazzling  or  illu- 
minating every  corner  of  Europe,  had 
early  found  its  way  into  the  Netherlands, 
and  excited  instant  notice  there.  Foreign 
merchants,  assuming  the  liberty  of  speech 
and  action  natural  to  persons  in  their  sit- 
uation, had  already  professed  the  doc- 
trines of  Luther.  The  Swiss  and  Ger- 
man soldiers  of  Charles  were  often  Pro- 
testants :  the  nobles  of  the  country  were 
accustomed  to  study  in  the  academies  of 
Geneva:  refugees  from  France  and  Eng- 
land were  allured  by  the  freedom  of  the 
Low  Countries  to  escape  from  the  pres- 
sure of  domestic  persecution  ;  their  me- 
chanical skill  or  commercial  capital  was 
welcomed  as  a  benefit ;  and  their  opin- 
ions Avere  listened  to  with  toleration  or 
approval.  The  art  of  printing  circulated 
those  speculations  among  the  higher 
classes.  Bands  of  adventurers,  animated 
by  the  love  of  truth  or  the  love  of  change, 
moved  over  the  country  from  place  to 
place,  to  circulate  them  among  the  lower. 
To  the  serious,  those  speakers,  as  they 
were  named,  could  preach  with  all  the 
fervid  zeal  of  missionaries  and  apostates : 
for  the  careless  and  light  of  heart,  they 
had  songs,  and  farces,  and  buffooneries 
in  every  possible  style  of  contrivance. 
Such  multifarious  causes  did  not  work  in 
vain.  The  Romish  church  in  the  Neth- 
erlands, attacked  at  once  by  argument 
and  ridicule,  by  enthusiasm  and  self-in- 
terest, was  nodding  to  its  fall  before  the 
danger  had  been  met  or  even  noticed. 
Its  guardians  at  length  awoke,  and  the 
usual  expedients  were  put  in  motion. 
Charles  V  had  agreed  to  tolerate  the 
Evangelical  creed  in  Germany,  because 
its  professors  were  formidable  in  their 
united  strength  ;  but  he  seemed  anxious 
to  make  amends  for  this  compelled  for- 
bearance, by  a  double  severity  in  ti"eat- 
ing  the  heretics  of  the  Netherlands.  Fifty 
thousand  persons  perished  on  the  scaffold 
here,  "  suffering  for  conscience'  sake," 
during  his  reign.  No  privacy,  however 
sacred,  was  secure  ;  no  age,  or  sex,  or 
rank,  was  spared  ;  and  this  once  cheer- 
ful land  was  overshadowed  with  grief, 
and  terror,  and  silence. 

Charles,  however,  was  less  a  bigot 
than  a  despot :  he  relaxed  his  cruelties 
when  he  found  they  would  interfere  with 


486 


NETHERLANDS. 


the  prosperity  of  a  country  whose  reven- 
ues he  needed  so  much  ;  and  he  prefer- 
red allowing  the  contiiuiance  of  errone- 
ous doctrines  at  Antwerp,  to  the  hazard 
of  destroying  the  commerce  of  the  city 
in  extirpating  them  by  an  Inquisition 
similar  to  that  of  Spain.  The  people, 
too,  were  inclined  to  suffer  much  at  his 
hands.  He  was  their  countryman ;  spoke 
their  language,  adopted  their  manners, 
and  visited  them  often.  The  fame  of  his 
victories,  his  talents,  and  his  power,  laid 
hold  of  their  admiration ;  and  the  promo- 
tions which  he  lavished  on  their  chief 
men,  secured  him  a  permanent  interest 
among  the  inferior.  And  if  all  those  per- 
suasives could  not  lead  to  obedience,  the 
extent  of  his  other  dominions  was  suffi- 
cient io  force  it.  The  prompt  and  hard 
punishment  to  which  he  had  condemned 
the  mutinous  inhabitants  of  Ghent,  was 
a  lesson  of  humility  and  submission  to  all. 

But  in  the  case  of  Philip  II,  his  son, 
every  thing  was  different.  With  a  heart 
as  stony  as  his  father's,  Philip  united  an 
mtellect  vastly  inferior  by  nature ;  and 
the  gloomy  tutelage  of  monks  had  nar- 
rowed and  obscured  it  still  farther.  He 
was  born  in  Spain ;  and  the  harsh  sad- 
ness of  his  temper  was  best  fitted  to  rel- 
ish the  solemn  and  monotonous  style  of 
society  prevalent  there.  In  his  youth  he 
had  been  sent  to  visit  the  Netherlands, 
that  his  presence  might  conciliate  the 
affections  of  the  people  ;  but  his  haughty 
deportment,  his  unaccommodating  char- 
acter, produced  quite  an  opposite  effect. 
Philip  loved  not  the  Netherlands ;  and 
the  feeling  was  mutual.  At  the  abdica- 
tion of  his  father  ( 1 556,)  the  States  evinc- 
ed their  distrust  of  Philip's  intentions  by 
the  vain  attempt  which  they  made  to  guard 
against  them.  The  splendor  of  a  spec- 
tacle so  extraordinary  could  not  lull  their 
vigilance  ;  and  an  additional  oath  was 
imposed  on  Philip,  "forbidding  every 
shadow  of  innovation  in  the  established 
laws  of  the  country. 

The  suspicions  which  arose  so  early 
were  soon  abundantly  confirmed.  By 
the  treaty  of  Chateau-Cambresis,  Philip 
was  delivered  from  all  foreign  enemies  ; 
yet  he  obstinately  continued,  under  the 
shallowest  pretences,  to  retain  a  body  of 
Spanish  troops,  occupying  the  garrisons 


and  consuming  the  resources  of  the 
country.  The  edicts  of  his  father  were 
brought  forward  anew,  and  the  more 
strict  and  impressive  execution  of  them 
was  intrusted  to  Cardinal  Granvella,  a 
man  whose  inflexible  disposition  and 
consummate  political  skill  were  well  fitted 
for  the  purposes  of  Philip  ;  but  whose 
proud  contemptuous  behavior  disgusted 
the  nobles,  while  his  rigid  severity  exas- 
perated the  people.  The  nobles  partici- 
pating in  the  discontents  of  the  populace, 
to  which  peculiar  discontents  were  added 
to  their  own  case,  seconded,  though  they 
affected  not  to  countenance  the  popular 
proceedings  ;  and  formed  themselves 
into  a  combination,  which  has  become 
known  to  history  by  the  epithet  Gueux 
(beggars)  applied  to  the  members  of  it  in 
contempt,  by  a  minion  of  the  court,  when 
they  appeared  in  Brussels  to  lay  their 
petition  and  remonstrance  before  the  re- 
gent. The  name  Gueux  was  adopted 
with  an  indignant  smile,  by  the  confed- 
eracy itself ;  and  the  symbols  of  beggary, 
the  wallet  and  staff  in  miniature,  became 
the  rallying  emblems  of  the  dissatisfied, 
and  were  to  be  seen  on  the  persons  of 
men  and  women  over  all  the  country. 

Alarmed  by  these  unequivocal  symp- 
toms of  general  revolt,  Philip  despatched 
the  duke  of  Alva  from  Spain,  at  the  head 
of  10,000  men,  to  enforce  obedience,  and 
avenge  the  opposition  already  shown  to 
his  mandates.  The  duchess  of  Parma, 
the  regent  of  the  Netherlands,  was  glad 
to  retire  from  the  storm,  which,  in  con- 
trasting Alva's  character  with  the  circum- 
stances of  the  state,  she  saw  clearly  to 
be  approaching  ;  and  Alva  was  appointed 
governor  in  her  stead.  His  entrance 
upon  office  was  the  signal  for  universal 
despair.  Bigoted  in  his  creed,  immove- 
able in  his  determinations,  savage  in  his 
temper,  he  hated  the  Flemings  for  the 
favor  shown  them  in  the  former  reign  ; 
and  the  country  soon  groaned  under  the 
weight  of  his  resentment.  With  his 
council  of  twelve,  nominated  by  himself, 
and  entirely  at  his  discretion,  he  pro- 
ceeded strongly  in  the  work  of  destruc- 
tion ;  and  the  scaffolds  soon  reeked  with 
the  blood  of  thousands,  guilty  or  inno- 
cent, as  they  happened  to  incur  his  dis. 
pleasure.     The  people  were  driven  to 


NETHERLANDS. 


487 


madness  ;  they  wanted  but  a  leader  to 
rise  in  open  rebellion,  and  brave  the  very 
utmost  of  their  tyrant's  fury.  A  leader 
was  soon  presented  to  them ;  and  one 
fitted  for  the  crisis  beyond  any  other  per- 
son of  his  time. 

William,  prince  of  Orange,  was  the 
representative  of  the  noble  family  of  Nas- 
sau, which  had  once  given  an  emperor 
to  Germany,  and  for  many  ages  had  oc- 
cupied an  honorable  rank  among  the 
chiefs  of  that  country.  He  had  exten- 
sive possessions  in  the  Netherlands  ; 
and  had  been  employed  there  by  Charles 
in  various  important  duties,  in  the  dis- 
charge of  which,  his  talents,  his  integrity, 
his  manners,  had  procured  him  universal 
confidence  and  respect.  Disappointed 
in  his  expectation  of  the  regency  under 
Philip,  who  hated  and  feared  him,  he  had 
continued  to  act  with  the  same  calm  stead- 
fastness, equally  resisting  the  arbitrary 
measures  of  government,  and  repressing 
the  rash  attempts  of  the  harassed  people. 
On  Alva's  approach  he  retired  to  Germa- 
ny ;  and  the  fate  of  count  Egmont,  who 
shared  the  national  favor  with  him,  and 
had  perished  on  the  scaffold  at  Antwerp 
for  no  other  crime  but  sharing  it,  soon 
showed  how  prudent  this  step  had  been. 
The  tribunal  which  had  condemned  his 
friend,  now  summoned  William  to  appear 
likewise  ;  and  as  he  naturally  refused  to 
comply,  they  proceeded  to  confiscate  his 
property,  and  brand  him  as  a  traitor. 
William  was  not  of  a  humor  to  brook 
such  treatment  tamely ;  and  patriotism 
combined  with  ambition  to  strengthen 
his  purpose  of  finding  redress.  Having 
formed  an  alliance  with  several  princes 
of  Germany,  and  collected  a  body  of 
troops,  which  multitudes  of  Flemish  ex- 
iles were  rapidly  augmenting,  he  formal- 
ly renounced  his  allegiance  to  the  gov- 
ernor, and  entered  Friesland  at  the  head 
of  an  army  in  1569. 

His  beginning  was  unsuccessful.  Al- 
va hastened  to  meet  him  ;  the  raw  soldier 
could  not  stand  against  the  veteran  ;  Wil- 
liam retired  into  Germany  once  more  ; 
and  the  Spaniard  returned  in  triumph  to 
Brussels.  But  his  triumph  was  not  long  | 
undisturbed.  He  had  erected  a  statue  j 
of  himself  in  the  citadel  of  Antwerp  ;  I 
he  had  represented  it  as  treading  under 


foot  two  smaller  statues  emblematic  of 
the  States  of  the  Netherlands  ;  and  was 
proceeding  quickly  to  demonstrate  the 
correctness  of  this  allegorical  device,  by 
levying  the  most  oppressive  taxes,  of  his 
own  authority,  and  massacreing,  with 
every  circumstance  of  ignominy  and  sav- 
ageness,  all  such  as  refused  to  comply 
with  his  requisitions, — when  his  bloody 
career  was  interrupted  by  intelligence 
that  the  town  of  Brille  was  taken,  and 
the  whole  island  ready  to  revolt.  He 
hastened  thither  to  quell  the  tumult,  and 
crush  the  Gueux  patriots,  or  pirates  as 
he  called  them,  who  had  caused  it.  But 
the  infamy  of  his  conduct  preceded  him  ; 
William  of  Orange,  under  whose  instruc- 
tions the  conquerors  of  Brille  had  acted, 
was  advancing  from  the  east  with  a  fresh 
army  ;  and  the  entire  provinces  of  Zea- 
land and  Holland  simultaneously  threw 
off"  the  Spanish  yoke.  Alva  made  vast 
efforts  ;  but  they  were  fruitless.  He 
took  Naerden  and  Haarlem,  and  butch- 
ered their  inhabitants  ;  but  he  failed  be- 
fore Alcmaar ;  a  fleet  which  he  put  to 
sea  with  great  exertion,  was  defeated 
and  destroyed  by  the  Zealanders  ;  and 
on  Philip's  order  he  returned  to  Spain, 
to  boast  that  in  five  years  he  had  deliv- 
ered 18,000  heretics  into  the  hands  of 
the  executioner. 

Requesens  succeeded  Alva.  He  was 
a  milder  and  a  better  man  ;  but  the  time 
for  mildness  was  gone  by.  Some  years 
before,  a  governor  like  Requesens  might 
have  retained  the  Netherlands  under 
Philip  ;  but  the  horrors  of  Alva's  regen- 
cy, the  massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew  in 
France,  had  put  to  flight  "  respective 
lenity,"  and  "  fire-eyed  fury"  was  their 
conduct  now.  It  is  dangerous  to  drive 
even  the  feeblest  of  creatures  to  despair  ; 
and  Philip  found  he  had  calculated  too 
far  on  the  phlegmatic  patience  of  his 
northern  subjects.  The  dull  perseve- 
rance of  their  ordinary  character  was 
now  changed  into  a  grim  and  adaman- 
tine fixedness  of  purpose  to  suffer  all,  to 
dare  all,  but  never  to  submit.  "  Talk 
not  of  surrender,"  replied  they  to  Valdez, 
the  general  of  Requesens,  at  the  siege 
of  Leyden,  when  famine  was  already 
carrying  them  in  hundreds  to  the  grave  : 
"  Our  provisions  are  not  exhausted,  and 


488 


NETHERLANDS. 


if  they  were,  if  all  else  should  fail,  we 
would  eat  our  left  arms  and  fight  with 
our  right,  that  we  might  die  fighting 
against  our  tjTants."  Their  firmness, 
on  tliis  occasion  was  rewarded.  The 
sluices  were  opened,  the  country  was 
laid  under  water  ;  a  strong  south-west 
wind  rendered  fruitless  every  attempt  to 
drain  it ;  and  the  Spaniard  made  a  fright- 
ful retreat,  leaving  the  flower  of  his  army 
buried  in  the  marshes,  or  hewn  to  pieces 
by  the  Flushing  boatmen,  who  hung  upon 
his  skirts,  with  fury  and  revenge  in  their 
hearts — their  harsh  countenances  ren- 
dered harsher  by  scars  sustained  from 
the  same  enemy  in  former  broils,  and 
their  caps  surmounted  each  by  a  cres- 
cent, having  the  inscription,  Turks  he- 
fore  Papists. 

This  ineffectual  siege  of  Leyden  is 
the  most  remarkable  transaction  of  Re- 
quesens  in  the  Low  Countries.  It  was 
followed  in  1575,  by  some  abortive  at- 
tempts at  negotiation,  the  emperor  Ro- 
dolph,  and  queen  Elizabeth  of  England, 
acting  as  mediators.  Neither  party  was 
in  a  mood  for  negotiating  ;  and  Philip 
instructed  Requesens  to  prosecute  the 
war  with  fresh  vigor.  The  latter  en- 
deavored to  comply  ;  he  was  beaten  back 
at  Woerden  ;  but  he  reduced  Ziriozee, 
had  entered  Zealand,  and  was  meditating 
an  attack  on  Holland,  when  death  over- 
took him  suddenly,  and  the  Netherlands 
were  left  without  a  governor. 

To  obviate  the  evils  of  dissension, 
William  assembled  the  Northern  or  Pro- 
testant States,  among  whom  his  influence 
was  the  most  extensive,  and  who  hitherto 
had  stood  the  brunt  of  the  war  alone. — 
He  was  fortunate  enough  at  last,  to  com- 
bine them  into  a  permanent  whole.  On 
the  23rd  of  January,  1579,  was  signed 
the  famous  Union  of  Utrecht,  at  the 
city  whose  name  it  bears,  by  deputies 
from  the  provinces  of  Holland,  Zealand, 
Utrecht,  Friesland,Groningen,  Overyssel, 
and  Gelderland.  It  was  the  fundamental 
article  of  the  Dutch  Republic,  destined 
after  to  become  so  conspicuous  an  agent 
in  the  political  transactions  of  Europe. 
The  main  stipulations,  for  the  present, 
were,  that  the  seven  provinces  should 
join  themselves  in  interest  as  one,  each 
individual  still  retaining  its   own  private 


customs ;  that  in  disputes  between  two, 
the  rest  should  interfere  only  as  media- 
tors, and  that  all  should  assist  each  with 
life  and  fortune  against  every  foreign 
enemy.  Separately,  the  provinces  were 
weak ;  and  though  united  as  firmly  as 
the  bundle  of  arrows,  the  badge  and 
embliem  of  their  alliance,  it  might  still 
seem  doubtful  if  this  new  republic  would 
survive  its  infancy. 

It  was  indeed  a  perilous  enterprise  in 
which  they  were  engaged.  A  small 
community  of  fishers  and  herdsmen,  hith- 
erto unknown  among  nations,  had  come 
down  into  the  lists  against  a  monarch, 
before  whom  the  most  powerful  kingdoms 
of  the  world  had  lately  trembled  for  their 
liberties.  With  no  resources  but  their 
own  activity,  no  tactics  but  their  own 
despair,  the  Dutch  had  ventured  to  defy 
the  commander  of  the  veterans  of  Charles 
V,  and  the  possessor  of  the  American 
mines.  The  contest  at  first  view  might 
appear  hopeless,  and  preferable  to  sub- 
mission, only,  as  dying  nobly  on  the  field 
of  battle  is  preferable  to  dying  unjustly 
on  the  scaffold.  A  closer  inspection, 
however,  showed  the  prospect  in  less 
gloomy  colors.  The  Hollanders  were 
poor  ;  but  the  enemy's  wealth  lay  widely 
scattered,  and  bold  adventure  might 
snatch  a  part  of  it.  The  Flemish  exiles, 
driven  from  the  peaceful  occupations  of 
the  land,  had  betaken  themselves  in  great 
numbers  to  another  element ;  and  the 
rich  fleets  of  Spain  were  often  captured 
by  them.  By  degrees,  too,  the  trade 
which  was  thus  obstructed,  sought  out 
other  channels  ;  and  Holland,  the  asylum 
of  the  persecuted  from  every  nation,  (who 
were  naturally  the  most  inquisitive  and 
enterprising  of  each  nation,)  soon  abound- 
ed in  persons  fitted  for  all  kinds  of  com- 
merce, and  ready  to  grasp  at  every  branch 
of  it  within  their  reach.  As  their  mari- 
time speculations  prospered,  greater  num- 
bers, and  more  capital,  became  engaged 
in  them  ;  they  at  length  acquired  a  navy,  ^ 

which    could  venture  to  the  Indies,  and  ' 

strike  at   the  root   of  their   oppressor's' 
prosperity. 

With  William  of  Orange  at  its  head,  j 

therefore,  the  new  confederacy  did   not  ' 

despair.  Philip,  who  knew  the  Prince's 
importance,  attempted  to  detach  him  by 


NETHERLANDS. 


489 


promises  and  gifts  ;  when  this  was  found 
to  be  impossible,  he  set  a  price  upon  his 
head.  Superstitious  fervor,  so  justified 
and  rewarded,  was  likely  in  time  to  find 
some  wicked  maniac  whom  it  could  con- 
vert into  an  assassin.  A  first  attempt 
failed ;  a  second  was  successful.  Bal- 
thazar Gerard  murdered  the  Prince  of 
Orange  at  Delft,  (1584,)  being  impelled, 
as  he  stated  at  first,  by  the  Divinity ;  but 
allured  also,  as  he  afterwards  confessed, 
by  the  less  elevated  hope  of  Philip's 
earthly  recompence  to  do  the  deed. 

William's  death  was  a  heavy  stroke 
to  his  fellow-citizens  ;  but  in  proportion 
as  it  excited  grief  for  the  fate  and  for  the 
loss  of  their  leader,  it  rendered  more 
implacable  their  hatred  of  his  destroyer. 
Elizabeth  of  England,  though  she  reject- 
ed the  sovereignty  of  the  Netherlands 
repeatedly  offered  to  her,  had  been  indu- 
ced to  lend  them  secret  assistance  in 
troops  and  money  ;  and  she  now  openly 
espoused  their  quarrel.  As  security  for 
payment,  the  States  delivered  up  to  her 
the  towns  of  Bille  and  Flushing,  with  the 
castle  of  Rammekens  ;  and  she  sent  them 
an  army,  with  the  earl  of  Leicester  to  be 
their  governor.  Leicester  dissatisfied 
the  people,  and  was  recalled;  but  the 
soldiers  continued ;  and  being  joined 
under  Lord  Willoughby,  with  the  forces 
of  the  republic,  were  placed  at  the  dis- 
posal of  Maurice,  the  late  Prince's  son, 
a  young  man  whom  the  gratitude  of  his 
country  had  raised  to  the  station  of  gov- 
ernor, and  who  soon  showed  talents  that 
would  have  deserved  it  independently  of 
gratitude. 

His  talents,  however,  were  all  required 
in  this  emergency ;  and  but  for  other 
circumstances,  they  would  hardly  have 
sufficed  to  meet  it.  Parma  had  already 
secured  Ghent,  Bruges,  and  lastly  Ant- 
werp, the  hardest  of  his  conquests,  as 
well  as  the  most  serviceable.  In  the 
south,  every  thing  must  soon  have  been 
entirely  at  his  disposal ;  and  Holland 
might  then  have  justly  trembled  before 
his  accumulated  force.  But  Philip's 
wars  with  England,  his  Invincible  Arma- 
da, thinned  the  ranks  of  Parma,  and  dis- 
sipated the  treasures  which  should  have 
maintained  him. 

At  length,  in  1598,  Philip  closed  his 
62 


restless  reign.  The  burden  which  had 
galled  him  near  forty  years,  had  long  ago 
vanquished  even  his  obstinacy  ;  and  Al- 
bert of  Austria,  husband  of  the  Infanta 
Isabella,  had,  some  time  previously  been 
promised  the  sovereignty  of  the  Nether- 
lands, with  merely  a  reversion  in  favor 
of  Spain,  should  that  princess  die  child« 
less.  Philip  HI  punctually  obeyed  the 
intentions  of  his  father  ;  but  the  states  of 
Holland  listened  in  silence  to  Albert's 
claim.  At  the  head  of  a  great  army,  he 
prepared  to  enforce  it.  Prince  Maurice 
met  him  at  Nieuport  (1600 ;)  and,  with 
the  aid  of  sir  Francis  Vere,  and  the 
English  auxiUaries  led  by  him,  gained  a 
complete  and  splendid  victory.  Albert 
wasted  his  remaining  forces  in  the 
trenches  of  Ostend  ;  the  town  was  gal- 
lantly maintained  by  Vere  and  his  follow- 
ers ;  and  did  not  yield  even  to  the  talents 
of  Spinola,  till  after  it  had  stood  a  siege 
of  three  years, and  cost  him  above  70,000 
men.  Under  the  same  able  general, 
Spain,  to  whom  the  reversion  of  the 
Netherlands  was  now  become  secure, 
Isabella  having  no  children,  made  a  last 
eflx>rt  far  beyond  its  diminished  strength. 
But  new  efforts  yielded  no  adequate  re- 
sult ;  Philip  was  weary  of  the  contest ; 
and,  by  the  advice  of  Spinola,  he  agreed 
to  treat  of  peace.  After  innumerable 
obstructions  and  delays  on  the  part  of  the 
Dutch,  who  had  now  begun  to  reap  profit 
from  the  war,  and  principally  on  the  part 
of  Maurice's  faction,  who  hoped  to  make 
it  ser\^iceable  to  his  ambition,  a  truce  of 
twelve  years  was  at  last  concluded,  by 
the  mediation  of  France  and  England,  at 
the  Hague,  in  1609,  Spain  acknowledging 
the  United  Provinces  as  a  free  republic, 
and  granting  them  every  privilege  which 
a  free  country  has  a  right  to  demand. 
The  revolt  in  Bohemia,  which  was  al- 
ready breaking  out,  the  appearance  of 
Gustavus  Adolphus,  and  his  victorious 
progress  in  Germany,  soon  gave  full  em- 
ployment elsewhere  to  all  the  branches 
of  the  Hapsburg  family.  Combined  with 
the  vigorous  administration  of  Richelieu, 
those  events  extinguished  in  Spain  all 
desire  of  renewing  its  pretensions  to 
Holland  ;  no  farther  hostilities  occurred, 
1  and  a  definitive  treaty  was  signed  in 
i  1647,  and  ratified  at  the  great  peace    of 


490 


NETHERLANDS. 


Westphalia  next  year,  securing  the  rights 
of  the  United  Provinces  in  the  most  am- 
ple manner,  and  finally  stipulating  the 
continuance  of  peace  and  free  intercourse 
between  two  nations,  whose  strife  had 
been  so  lengthened,  so  obstinate,  and  so 
bloody. 

After  the  termination  of  this  contest, 
which  had  established  the  freedom  of 
seven  provinces,  and  riveted  the  chains 
of  ten,  the  history  of  the  Netherlands 
presents  nothing  equally  remarkable. — 
What  remains  of  it  may  be  despatched 
more  briefly.  Belgium  continued  quietly 
subject  to  Spain,  and  lost  all  its  com- 
merce and  enterprise  ;  Holland  went  on 
rapidly  increasing  in  both.  Cornelius 
Houtmann  had  led  the  way  to  India  in 
1599;  the  Portuguese  settlements,  then 
subject  to  Spain,  were  in  no  condition  to 
resist ;  and  the  Dutch  by  degrees  acquired 
almost  the  whole  of  that  lucrative  trade. 
They  planted  colonies  in  the  spice  islands 
of  the  East;  they  gained  settlements  in 
America ;  their  naval  power  continued  to 
augment  ;  they  gradually  became  the 
factors  and  carriers  of  Europe.  It  is 
true,  their  government,  at  peace  from 
without,  was  not  equally  at  peace  from 
within ;  theological  disputes  between 
Arminius  and  Gomar,  to  which  political 
feelings  soon  became  conjoined,  had  agi- 
tated the  people  violently  in  1619,  and 
tarnished  the  name  of  Prince  Maurice 
by  his  share  in  the  persecution  of  Gro- 
tius,  and  the  death  of  the  Pensionary 
Barnvelt.  A  more  strict  republican  party 
also  afterwards  arose  under  the  auspices 
of  the  De  Witts,  who  had  force  and  dex- 
terity enough  at  the  death  of  William  II, 
(1650,)  to  procure  the  abolition  of  the 
Stadtholdership.  But  those  political  fer- 
mentations slightly  aflected  the  industry 
and  success  of  the  great  body  of  the  na- 
tion. The  public  prosperity  was  stead- 
fastly advancing  ;  it  had  mounted  so  high 
in  1652,  that  the  States  did  not  hesitate 
to  throw  down  the  gauntlet  to  England, 
though  her  power  was  at  that  time 
wielded  by  the  firm  and  steady  hand  of 
Cromwell. 

Naval  superiority  was  the  subject  of 
this  contest;  commercial  and  political 
jealousy  embittered  it.  The  Dutch  had 
given  refuge   and  countenance  to  many 


of  the  exiled  royalists ;  their  admirals 
refused  to  pay  to  the  British  the  custom- 
ar)^  acknowledgment  of  superiority  ;  Van 
Tromp,  on  the  contrary,  placed  a  broom 
at  his  mast-head,  to  signify  that  he  would 
sweep  the  seas,  and  reign  triumphant  in 
them.  But  the  cannon  of  Blake  soon 
levelled  this  rude  emblem,  and  the  claim 
which  it  typified  ;  De  Ruyter  and  Van 
Tromp  were  beaten  by  him  off  Portland 
in  1653,  after  a  furious  contest  of  two 
days  ;  and  next  year.  Van  Tromp  was 
shot  through  the  body,  off  the  coast  of 
Holland,  while  gallantly  animating  his 
men  on  the  third  morning  of  a  battle, 
which  his  energy  alone  had  protracted 
so  long.  Monk  was  the  victor  on  this 
occasion.  The  Dutch  were  glad  to  make 
peace,  and  leave  the  dominion  of  the 
ocean  in  the  hands  where  it  was,  and 
has  ever  since  continued. 

A  severer  trial  awaited  the  Dutch 
republic  shortly  afterwards.  In  1668, 
Louis  XIV,  profiting  by  the  feebleness 
of  Spain,  had  entered  the  Low  Countries 
with  an  army,  which  bore  down  all  op- 
position. He  soon  conquered  Belgium  ; 
he  made  himself  master  of  Franche 
Compte,  and  was  fast  extending  his  do- 
minions on  every  side,  when  the  Triple 
Alliance,  concluded  at  the  Hague  in  1 669, 
arrested  his  ambitious  career.  Irritated 
by  the  share  which  Holland  had  taken 
in  this  transaction,  Louis  made  great 
preparations  for  revenge.  The  profligate 
ministry  of  Charles  II,  of  England,  was 
hired  to  support  his  views  ;  and  in  1672, 
he  crossed  the  Rhine  at  the  head  of  an 
immense  army.  Basely  deserted  by 
their  natural  ally,  agitated  by  internal 
factions,  the  Dutch  had  nothing  but  a 
few  undisciplined  troops,  and  a  general 
scarcely  arrived  at  manhood,  wherewith 
to  oppose  the  progress  of  130,000  vete- 
rans, led  on  by  Conde,  Turenne,  and 
Vauban.  The  issue  could  scarce  be 
doubtful.  Louis  overran  the  country  in 
a  few  weeks  ;  and  Amsterdam  was  soon 
the  last  asylum  of  Dutch  liberty.  The 
De  Witts  proposed  surrendering,  but  the 
States,  with  their  young  general,  William, 
Prince  of  Orange,  at  their  head,  deter- 
mined on  a  braver  expedient.  Preferring 
independence  to  every  other  advantage, 
they  opened   the  sluices  of  their    sea- 


NETHERLANDS. 


491 


dykes ;  and  Amsterdam  once  more  be- 
came an  island  of  the  ocean,  from  which 
it  had  been  gained.  The  king  returned 
into  France ;  his  generals  retired  out  of 
Holland  ;  and  before  the  triumphal  arch 
at  the  gate  of  St.  Dennis,  in  honor  of  his 
conquest,  was  completed,  Louis  possessed 
no  foot  of  ground  within  the  conquered 
territories.  Far  from  yielding,  the  Dutch 
in  their  turn  became  aggressors ;  and 
their  young  prince,  now  appointed  Stad- 
tholder,  ever  henceforth  continued  the 
unwearied  and  successful  adversary  of 
all  the  covetous  schemes  of  Louis.  By 
his  efforts  the  present  war  was  ended  in 
1 679  ;  and  when  he  mounted  the  throne 
of  England,  his  augmented  power  still 
thwarted  the  increasing  projects  of 
France.  In  1697,  the  treaty  of  Ryswick 
concluded  a  new  war  of  eight  years,  in 
the  conduct  of  which  he  had  been  inde- 
fatigable, in  the  result  of  which  he  was 
superior ;  and  before  his  death,  he  had 
prepared  the  materials  of  that  coalition 
which,  under  Marlborough  and  Prince 
Eugene,  brought  Louis  to  the  brink  of  ruin. 
The  peace  of  Utrecht  saved  Louis  from 
absolute  destruction,  and  consigned  Bel- 
gium to  the  throne  of  Austria,  that  of 
Spain  being  now  filled  by  a  Bourbon. 
The  Dutch  had  exerted  themselves  vig- 
orously in  all  those  quarrels  ;  but  from 
this  period  their  internal  prosperity  began 
to  langiush,  their  political  importance 
gradually  to  lessen.  The  English  had 
acquired  their  arts  and  manufactures,  and 
almost  entirely  supplanted  their  East  In- 
dia commerce.  The  American  colonies, 
added  to  this,  gave  the  English  navy  an 
irresistible  preponderance.  Holland  still 
continued  diligent  and  contented  ;  but 
the  rise  of  neighboring  nations  had  eclips- 
ed its  power.  About  the  middle  of  the 
last  century,  it  was  farther  threatened 
with  the  calamities  of  foreign  invasion. 
When  Maria  Theresa's  right  to  the  im- 
perial throne  was  disputed  in  1740,  the 
Dutch  had  taken  up  her  side  ;  the  French 
that  of  theElector  of  Bavaria.  During  the 
contest,  Louis  XV  had  penetrated  into 
the  Netherlands  ;  and  the  Mareschal  de 
Saxe  had  conquered  Belgium  for  him. 
In  1748,  the  same  general  made  an  at- 
tack on  Holland.  Bergen-op-Zoom  had 
fallen,  Maestricht  was  falling  ;  and  the 


Dutch  barrier  must  have  been  forced,  had 
not  the  treaty  of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  which 
restored  Belgium  to  Austria,  while  it  se- 
cured the  deliverance  of  Holland,  put  a 
stop  to  hostilities. 

The  Dutch  took  no  part  in  the  seven 
years'  war.  A  long  period  of  outward 
tranquillity  was  only  disturbed  by  contests 
between  the  people  and  the  Stadtholder, 
whose  office  had  been  declared  heredi- 
tary in  the  Orange  family  in  the  year 
1747.  The  French  Revolution,  and  the 
victories  of  Dumourier,  took  Belgium 
from  Austria  in  1792  ;  it  was  recovered 
next  summer,  but  the  recovery  was  only 
for  a  year,  and  confirmed  the  victors  in 
their  conquest.  Those  apostles  of  change 
were  eagerly  welcomed  by  the  Diitch 
people  soon  after.  But  the  latter  had 
quickly  reason  to  repent  of  this  predilec- 
tion. The  French  oppressed  Holland 
with  every  species  of  tyranny ;  even 
Louis  Bonaparte,  for  whom  it  had  been 
erected  into  a  kingdom,  gave  it  up  in  de- 
spair. Various  attempts  to  relieve  it 
failed,  till  at  last,  in  1814,  the  successes 
of  the  allied  sovereigns  put  the  Low 
Countries  into  their  hands.  The  British 
cabinet  accomplished  its  often  projected 
scheme  ;  Belgium  was  united  with  the 
seven  provinces  into  the  Kingdom  of  the 
Netherlands  ;  and  the  Prince  of  Or- 
ange, who  had  taken  refuge  in  England, 
now  ascended  the  throne.  On  the  18th 
of  June,  1815,  the  great  battle  of  Water- 
loo, which  decided  the  fate  of  the  em- 
peror Napoleon,  was  fought  near  Brus- 
sels. The  following  account  of  this 
memorable  action  is  from  Sir  Walter 
Scott's  Life  of  Napoleon. 

It  was  three  o'clock  on  the  afternoon 
of  the  1 7th,  when  the  British  came  on 
the  field,  and  took  up  their  bivouac  for 
the  night  in  the  order  of  battle  in  which 
they  were  to  fight  the  next  day.  It  was 
much  later  before  Napoleon  reached  the 
heights  of  Belle  Alliance  in  person,  and 
his  army  did  not  come  up  in  full  force 
till  the  morning  of  the  1 8th.  Great  part 
of  the  French  had  passed  the  night  in  the 
little  village  of  Genappe,  and  Napoleon's 
own  quarters  had  been  at  the  fai"m-house 
called  Caillou,  about  a  mile  in  the  rear 
of  La  Belle  Alliance. 

In  the  morning,  when  Napoleon  had 


492 


NETHERLANDS. 


formed  his  line  of  battle,  liis  brother  Je- 
rome, to  whom  he  ascribed  the  posses- 
sion of  very  considerable  military  talents, 
commanded  on  the  left — Counts  Reille 
and  D'Erlon  the  centre — and  Count  Lo- 
bau  on  the  right.  Marscchals  Soult  and 
Ney  acted  as  lieutenant-generals  to  the  em- 
peror. The  French  force  on  the  field 
consisted  probably  of  about  75,000  men. 
The  English  army  did  not  exceed  that 
number,  at  the  highest  computation. 
Each  army  was  commanded  by  the  Chief, 
under  whom  they  had  offered  to  defy  the 
world.  So  far  tlie  forces  were  equal.  But 
the  French  had  the  very  great  advantage 
of  being  trained  and  experienced  soldiers 
of  the  same  nation,  whereas  the  English, 
in  the  Duke  of  Wellington's  army,  did 
not  exceed  35,000 ;  and  although  the 
German  Legion  were  veteran  troops,  the 
other  soldiers  under  his  command  were 
those  of  the  German  contingents,  lately 
levied,  unaccustomed  to  act  together,  and 
in  some  instances -suspected  to  be  luke- 
warm to  the  cause  in  which  they  were 
engaged;  so  that  it  would  have  been  im- 
prudent to  trust  more  to  tlioir  assistance 
and  co-operation,  than  could  not  possibly 
be  avoided.  In  Bonaparte's  mode  of 
calculating,  allowing  one  Frenchman 
to  stand  as  equal  to  one  Englishman,  and 
one  Englishman  or  Frenchman  against 
two  of  any  other  nation,  the  inequality 
of  force  on  the  Duke  of  Wellington's  side 
was  very  considerable. 

The  British  army  thus  composed,  was 
divided  into  two  lines.  The  right  of  the 
first  line  consisted  of  the  second  and  fourth 
English  divisions,  the  third  and  sixth 
Hanoverians,  and  the  first  corps  of  Bel- 
gians, under  lord  Hill.  The  centre  was 
composed  of  the  corps  of  the  prince  of 
Orange,  withthe  Brunswickers  and  troops 
of  Nassau,  having  the  Guards,  under  gen- 
eral Cooke,  on  the  right,  and  the  division 
of  general  Alten  on  the  left.  The  left 
wing  consisted  of  the  divisions  of  Picton, 
Lambert,  and  Kempt.  The  second  line 
was,  in  most  instances,  formed  of  the 
troops  deemed  least  worthy  of  confidence, 
or  which  had  suffered  too  severely  in  the 
action  of  the  16th,  to  be  again  exposed 
until  extremity.  It  was  placed  behind 
the  declivity  of  the  heights  to  the  rear, 
in  order  to  be  sheltered  from  the  cannon- 


ade, but  sustained  much  loss  from  shells 
during  the  action.  The  cavalry  were 
stationed  in  the  rear,  distributed  all  along 
the  line,  but  chiefiy  posted  on  the  left  of 
the  centre,  to  the  east  of  the  Charleroi 
causeway.  The  farm-house  of  La  Haye 
Sainte,  in  the  front  of  the  centre,  was 
garrisoned,  but  there  was  not  time  to  pre- 
pare it  effectually  for  defence.  The  villa, 
gardens,  and  farm-yard  of  Hougomont, 
formed  a  strong  advanced  post  towards 
the  centre  of  the  right.  The  whole  Brit- 
ish position  formed  a  sort  of  curve,  the 
centre  of  which  was  nearest  to  the  ene- 
my, and  the  extremities,  particularly  on 
their  right,  drawn  considerably  back- 
ward. 

The  plans  of  these  two  great  generals 
were  extremely  simple.  The  object  of 
the  duke  of  VVellington  was  to  maintain 
his  line  of  defence,  imtil  the  Prussians 
coming  up,  should  give  him  a  decided 
superiority  of  force.  They  were  expect- 
ed about  eleven  or  twelve  o'clock ;  but 
the  extreme  badness  of  the  roads,  owing 
to  the  violence  of  the  storm,  detained 
them  several  hours  later. 

Napoleon's  scheme  was  equally  plain 
and  decided.  He  trusted,  by  his  usual 
rapidity  of  attack,  to  break  and  destroy 
the  British  army  before  the  Prussians 
should  arrive  on  the  field;  after  which, 
he  calculated  to  have  an  opportunity  of 
destroying  the  Prussians,  by  attacking 
them  on  their  march  through  the  broken 
ground  interposed  betwixt  them  and  the 
British.  In  these  expectations  he  was  the 
more  confident,  that  he  believed  Grouchy's 
force,  detached  on  the  17th  in  pursuit  of 
Blucher,  was  sufficient  to  retard,  if  not 
altogether  to  check,  the  march  of  the 
Prussians.  His  grounds  for  entertaining 
this  latter  opinion,  were,  as  we  shall  af- 
terwards show,  too  hastily  adopted. 

Commencing  the  action  according  to 
his  usual  system,  Napoleon  kept  his 
Guard  in  reserve,  in  order  to  take  oppor- 
tunity of  charging  with  them,  when  re- 
peated attacks  of  column  after  column, 
and  squadron  after  squadron,  should  in- 
duce his  wearied  enemy  to  show  some 
symptoms  of  irresolution.  But  Napoleon's 
movements  were  not  very  rapid.  His 
army  had  suffered  by  the  storm  even 
more  than  the  English,  who  were  in  bi- 


NETHERLANDS. 


493 


vouac  at  three  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
1 7th  June  ;  while  the  French  were  still 
under  march,  and  could  not  get  into  line 
on  the  heights  of  La  Belle  Alliance  until 
ten  or  eleven  o'clock  of  the  18th.  The 
English  army  had  thus  some  leisure  to 
take  food,  and  to  prepare  their  arms  be- 
fore the  action  ;  and  Napoleon  lost  sev- 
eral hours  ere  he  could  commence  the 
attack.  Time  was,  indeed,  inestimably 
precious  for  both  parties,  and  hours,  nay, 
minutes,  were  of  importance.  But  of  this 
Napoleon  was  less  aware  than  was  the 
duke  of  Wellington. 

The  tempest,  which  had  raged  with 
tropical  violence  all  night,  abated  in  the 
morning ;  but  the  weather  continued 
gusty  and  stormy  during  the  Avhole  day. 
Betwixt  eleven  and  twelve,  before  noon, 
on  the  memorable  18th  June,  this  dread- 
ful and  decisive  action  commenced,  with 
a  carmonade  on  the  part  of  the  French, 
instantly  followed  by  an  attack,  com- 
manded by  Jerome,  on  the  advanced  post 
of  Hougomont.  The  troops  of  Nassau, 
which  occupied  the  wood  around  the 
chateau,  were  driven  out  by  the  French, 
but  the  utmost  efforts  of  the  assailants 
were  unable  to  force  the  house,  garden, 
and  farm-offices,  which  a  party  of  the 
Guards  sustained  with  the  most  dauntless 
resolution.  The  French  redoubled  their 
efforts,  and  precipitated  themselves  in 
numbers  on  the  exterior  hedge,  which 
screens  the  garden  wall,  not  perhaps 
aware  of  the  internal  defence  afforded 
by  the  latter.  They  fell  in  great  num- 
bers on  this  point  by  the  fire  of  the  de- 
fenders, to  which  they  were  exposed  in 
every  direction.  The  number  of  their 
troops,  however,  enabled  them,  by  pos- 
session of  the  wood,  to  mask  Hougomont 
for  a  time,  and  to  push  on  with  their 
cavalry  and  artillery  against  the  British 
right,  which  formed  in  squares  to  receive 
them.  The  fire  was  incessant,  but  with- 
out apparent  advantage  on  either  side. 
The  attack  was  at  length  repelled  so  far, 
that  the  British  again  opened  their  com- 
munication with  Hougomont,  and  that 
important  garrison  was  re-enforced  by 
colonel  Hepburn  and  a  body  of  the 
Guards. 

Meantime,  the  fire  of  artillery  having 
become  general  along  the  line,  the  force 


of  the  French  attack  was  transferred  to 
the  British  centre.  It  was  made  with 
the  most  desperate  fury,  and  received 
with  the  most  stubborn  resolution.  The 
assault  was  here  made  upon  the  farm- 
house of  Saint  Jean  by  four  columns  of 
infantry,  and  a  large  mass  of  cuirassiers, 
who  took  the  advance.  The  cuirassiers 
came  with  the  utmost  intrepidity  along 
the  Genappe  causeway,  where  they  were 
encountered  and  charged  by  the  English 
heavy  cavalry  ;  and  a  combat  was  main- 
tained at  the  sword's  point,  till  the  French 
were  driven  back  on  their  own  position, 
where  they  were  protected  by  their  artil- 
lery. The  four  columns  of  French  in- 
fantry, engaged  in  the  same  attack,  forced 
their  way  foi'ward  beyond  the  fann  of 
La  Haye  Sainte,  and,  dispersing  a  Bel- 
gian regiment,  were  in  the  act  of  estab- 
lishing themselves  in  the  centre  of  the 
British  position,  when  they  were  attack- 
ed by  the  brigade  of  general  Pack, 
brought  up  from  the  second  line  by  gen- 
eral Picton,  while,  at  the  same  time,  a 
brigade  of  British  heavy  cavalry  wheeled 
round  their  own  infantry,  and  attacked 
the  French  charging  columns  in  flank,  at 
the  moment  when  they  were  checked  by 
the  fire  of  the  musketry.  The  results 
were  decisive.  The  French  columns 
were  broken  with  great  slaughter,  and 
two  eagles,  with  more  than  2,000  men, 
were  made  prisoners.  The  latter  were 
sent  instantly  off  for  Brussels. 

The  British  cavalry,  however,  follow- 
ed their  success  too  far.  They  got  in- 
volved amongst  the  French  infantry,  and 
some  hostile  cavalry  which  were  detach- 
ed to  support  them,  and  were  obliged  to 
retire  with  considerable  loss.  In  this 
part  of  the  action,  the  gallant  general 
Picton,  so  distinguished  for  enterprise 
and  bravery,  met  his  death,  as  did  gen- 
eral Ponsonby,  who  commanded  the  cav- 
alry. 

About  this  period  the  French  made 
themselves  masters  of  the  farm  of  La 
Haye  Sainte,  cutting  to  pieces  about  two 
hundred  Hanoverian  sharp-shooters,  by 
whom  it  was  most  gallantly  defended. 
The  French  retained  this  post  for  some 
time,  till  they  were  at  last  driven  out  of 
it  by  shells. 

Shortly  after  this  event,  the  scene  of 


494 


NETHERLANDS. 


conflict  again  shifted  to  the  right,  where 
a  general  attack  of  French  cavalry  was 
made  on  the  squares,  chiefly  towards  the 
centre  of  the  British  right,  or  between 
that  and  the  causeway.  They  came  up 
with  the  most  dauntless  resolution,  in 
despite  of  the  continued  fire  of  thirty 
pieces  of  artiller\',  placed  in  front  of  the 
line,  and  compelled  the  artillerymen,  by 
whom  they  were  served,  to  retreat  within 
the  squares.  The  enemy  had  no  means, 
however,  to  secure  the  gims,  or  even  to 
spike  them,  and  at  every  favorable  mo- 
ment the  British  artillerymen  sallied  from 
their  place  of  refuge,  again  manned  their 
pieces,  and  fired  on  the  assailants, — a 
manosuvre  which  seems  peculiar  to  the 
British  service.  The  cuirassiers,  how- 
ever, continued  their  dreadful  onset,  and 
rode  up  to  the  squares  in  the  full  confi- 
dence, apparently,  of  sweeping  them  be- 
fore the  impetuosity  of  their  charge. 
Their  onset  and  reception  was  like  a  fu- 
rious ocean  pouring  itself  against  a  chain 
of  insulated  rocks.  The  British  squares 
stood  unmoved,  and  never  gave  fire  until 
the  cavalry  were  within  ten  yards,  when 
men  rolled  one  way,  horses  galloped 
another,  and  the  cuirassiers  were  in 
every  instance  driven  back. 

The  French  authors  have  pretended, 
that  squares  were  broken,  and  colors 
taken  ;  but  this  assertion,  upon  the  united 
testimony  of  every  British  officer  present, 
is  a  positive  untruth.  This  was  not, 
however,  the  fault  of  the  cuirassiers,  who 
displayed  an  almost  frantic  valor.  They 
rallied  again  and  again,  and  returned  to 
the  onset,  till  the  British  could  recog- 
nize even  the  faces  of  individuals  among 
their  enemies.  Some  rode  close  up  to 
the  bayonets,  fired  their  pistols,  and  cut 
with  their  swords  with  reckless  and  use- 
less valor.  Some  stood  at  gaze,  and 
were  destroyed  by  the  musketry  and  ar- 
tillery. Some  squadrons,  passing  through 
the  intervals  of  the  first  line,  charged  the 
squares  of  Belgians  posted  there,  with  as 
little  success.  At  length  the  cuirassiers 
suffered  so  severely  on  every  hand,  that 
they  were  compelled  to  abandon  the  at- 
tempt, which  they  had  made  with  such 
intrepid  and  desperate  courage.  In  this 
unheard-of  struggle,  the  greater  part  of 
the  French  heavy  cavalry  were  absolute- 


ly destroyed.  Bonaparte  hints  at  it  in 
his  bulletin  as  an  attempt  made  without 
orders,  and  continued  only  by  the  desper- 
ate courage  of  the  soldiers  and  their  offi- 
cers. It  is  certain,  that  in  the  destruc- 
tion of  this  noble  body  of  cuirassiers,  he 
lost  the  corps  which  might  have  been 
most  effectual  in  covering  his  retreat. 
After  the  broken  remains  of  this  fine  cav- 
alry were  drawn  oflf,  the  French  confined 
themselves  for  a  time  to  a  heavy  cannon- 
ade, from  which  the  British  sheltered 
themselves  in  part  by  lying  down  on  the 
ground,  while  the  enemy  prepared  for  an 
attack  on  another  quarter,  and  to  be  con- 
ducted in  a  different  manner. 

It  was  now  about  six  o'clock,  and  dur- 
ing this  long  succession  of  the  most  fu- 
rious attacks,  the  French  had  gained  no 
success,  save  occupying  for  a  time  the 
wood  around  Hougomont,  from  which 
they  had  been  expelled,  and  the  farm- 
house of  La  Haye  Sainte,  which  had 
been  also  recovered.  The  British,  on 
the  other  hand,  had  suffered  very  severe- 
ly, but  had  not  lost  one  inch  of  ground, 
save  the  two  posts  now  regained.  Ten 
thousand  men  were,  however,  killed  and 
wounded ;  some  of  the  foreign  regiments 
had  given  way,  though  others  had  shown 
the  most  desperate  valor.  And  the  ranks 
were  thinned,  both  by  the  actual  fugitives, 
and  by  the  absence  of  individuals,  who 
left  the  bloody  field  for  the  purpose  of 
carrying  oflT  the  wounded,  and  some  of 
whom  might  naturally  be  in  no  hurry  to 
return  to  so  fatal  a  scene. 

But  the  French,  besides  losing  about 
15,000  men,  together  with  a  column  of 
prisoners  more  than  2,000  in  number, 
began  now  to  be  disturbed  by  the  opera- 
tions of  the  Prussians  on  their  right  flank ; 
and  the  secret  of  the  duke  of  Wellington 
was  disclosing  itself  by  its  consequences. 
Blucher,  faithfid  to  his  engagement,  had, 
early  in  the  morning,  put  in  motion  Bu- 
low'a  division,  which  had  not  been  en- 
gaged at  Ligny,  to  communicate  with  the 
English  army,  and  operate  a  diversion 
on  the  right  flank  and  rear  of  the  French. 
But  although  there  were  only  about 
twelve  or  fourteen  miles  between  Wavre 
and  the  field  of  Waterloo,  yet  the  march 
was,  by  unavoidable  circumstances,  much 
delayed.     The  rugged  face  of  the  coun- 


NETHERLANDS. 


495 


try,  together  with  the  state  of  the  roads, 
so  often  referred  to,  offered  the  most  se- 
rious obstacles  to  the  progress  of  the 
Prussians,  especially  as  they  moved  with 
an  unusually  large  train  of  artillery.  A 
fire,  also,  which  broke  out  in  Wavre  on 
the  morning  of  the  ]  8th,  prevented  Bu- 
low's  corps  from  marching  through  that 
town,  and  obliged  them  to  pursue  a  cir- 
cuitous and  inconvenient  route.  After 
traversing,  with  great  difficulty,  the  cross- 
roads by  Chapelle  Lambert,  Bulow.with 
the  4th  Prussian  corps,  who  had  been 
expected  by  the  duke  of  Wellington 
about  eleven  o'clock,  announced  his  arri- 
val by  a  distant  fire,  about  half-past  four. 
The  first  Prussian  corps,  following  the 
same  route  with  Bulow,  was  yet  later  in 
coming  up.  The  second  division  made 
a  lateral  movement  in  the  same  direction 
as  the  fourth  and  first,  but  by  the  hamlet 
of  Ohain,  nearer  to  the  English  flank. 
The  emperor  instantly  opposed  to  Bulow, 
who  appeared  long  before  the  others,  the 
sixth  French  corps,  which  he  had  kept  in 
reserve  for  that  service  ;  and  as  only  the 
advanced  guard  was  come  up,  they  suc- 
ceeded in  keeping  the  Prussians  in  check 
for  the  moment.  The  first  and  second 
Prussian  corps  appeared  on  the  field  still 
later  than  the  fourth.  The  third  corps 
had  put  themselves  in  motion  to  follow 
in  the  same  direction,  when  they  Avere 
furiously  attacked  by  the  French  under 
mareschal  Grouchy,  Avho,  as  already 
stated,  was  detatched  to  engage  the  at- 
tention of  Bulcher,  whose  whole  force 
he  believed  he  had  before  him. 

Instead  of  being  surprised,  as  an  ordi- 
nary general  might  have  been,  with  this 
attack  upon  his  rear,  Blucher  contented 
himself  with  sending  back  orders  to 
Thielman  who  commanded  the  third 
corps,  to  defend  himself  as  well  as  he 
could  upon  the  line  of  the  Dyle.  In  the 
meantime,  without  weakening  the  army 
under  his  own  command,  by  detaching 
any  part  of  it  to  support  Thielman,  the 
veteran  rather  hastened  than  suspended 
his  march  towards  the  field  of  battle, 
where  he  was  aware  that  the  war  was 
likely  to  be  decided  in  a  manner  so  com- 
plete, as  would  leave  victory  or  defeat 
on  every  other  point,  a  matter  of  subordi- 
nate consideration. 


At  half-past  six,  or  thereabouts,  the 
second  grand  division  of  the  Prussian 
army  began  to  enter  into  communication 
with  the  British  left,  by  the  village  of 
Ohain,  while  Bulow  pressed  forward 
from  Chapelle  Lambert  on  the  French 
right  and  rear,  by  a  hollow  or  valley 
called  Frischemont.  It  became  now 
evident  that  the  Prussians  were  to  enter 
seriously  into  the  battle,  and  with  great 
force.  Napoleon  had  still  the  means  of 
opposing  them,  and  of  achieving  a  re- 
treat, at  the  certainty,  however,  of  being 
attacked  upon  the  ensuing  day  by  the 
combined  armies  of  Britain  and  Prussia. 
His  celebrated  Guard  had  not  yet  taken 
any  part  in  the  conflict,  and  would  now 
have  been  capable  of  affording  him  pro- 
tection after  a  battle,  which  hitherto  he 
had  fought  at  disadvantage,  but  without 
being  defeated.  But  the  circumstances 
by  which  he  was  surrounded  must  have 
pressed  on  his  mind  at  once.  He  had 
no  succors  to  look  for ;  a  re-union  with 
Grouchy  was  the  only  resource  which 
could  strengthen  his  forces ;  the  Rus- 
sians were  advancing  upon  the  Rhine 
with  forced  marches ;  the  republicans  at 
Paris  were  agitating  schemes  against  his 
authority.  It  seemed  as  if  all  must  be 
decided  on  that  day,  and  on  that  field. 
Surrounded  by  these  ill-omened  circum- 
stances, a  desperate  effort  for  victory, 
ere  the  Prussians  could  act  effectually, 
might  perhaps  yet  drive  the  English  from 
their  position  ;  and  he  determined  to  ven- 
ture on  this  daring  experiment. 

About  seven  o'clock.  Napoleon's  Guard 
were  fonned  in  two  columns,  under  his 
own  eye,  near  the  bottom  of  the  declivity 
of  La  Belle  Alliance.  They  were  put 
under  command  of  the  daimtless  Ney. 
Bonaparte  told  the  soldiers,  and  indeed 
imposed  the  same  fiction  on  their  com- 
mander, that  the  Prussians  whom  they 
saw  on  the  right  were  retreating  before 
Grouchy.  Perhaps  he  might  himself  be- 
lieve that  this  was  ti-ue.  The  Guard 
answered  for  the  last  time,  with  shouts 
of  Vive  PEmpereur,  and  moved  resolutely 
forward,  having  for  their  support  four  bat- 
talions of  the  Old  Guard  in  reserve,  who 
stood  prepared  to  protect  the  advance  of 
their  comrades.  A  gradual  change  had 
taken  place  in  the  English  line  of  battle, 


496 


NETHERLANDS. 


^ifMk-^y 

..^.J 

)^..^v^^ ^rw^/:--  . ''c^,^  -'^^^^t^^^W^^^^^^^^f^ ^-l^^^S^ 

BaUle  of  Waterloo. 


in  consequence  of  the  repe.ated  repulse 
of  the  French.  Advancing  by  slow  de- 
grees, the  right,  which,  at  the  beginning 
of  the  conflict,  presented  a  segment  of  a 
convex  circle,  now  resembled  one  that 
was  concave,  the  extreme  right,  which 
had  been  thrown  back,  being  now  rather 
brought  forward,  so  that  their  fire,  both 
of  artillery  and  infantry,  fell  upon  the 
flank  of  the  French,  who  had  also  to  sus- 
tain that  which  was  poured  on  their  front 
from  the  heights.  The  British  were  ar- 
ranged in  a  line  of  four  men  deep,  to  meet 
the  advancing  columns  of  the  French 
Guard,  and  poured  upon  them  a  storm  of 
musketry  which  never  ceased  an  instant. 
The  soldiers  fired  independently,  as  it  is 
called  ;  each  man  loading  and  discharg- 
ing his  piece  as  fast  as  he  could.  At 
length  the  British  moved  forward,  as  if 
to  close  rovmd  the  heads  of  the  columns, 
and  at  the  same  time  continued  to  pour 
their  shot  upon  the  enemy's  flanks.  The 
French  gallantly  attempted  to  deploy,  for 
the  purpose  nf  returning  the  discharge. 
But  in  tlioir  eflbrt  to  do  so,  under  so  dread- 
ful a  fire,  they  stopt,  staggered,  became 
disordered,  were  blended  into  one  mass, 
and  at  length  gave  way,  retiring,  or  rather 


flying,  in  the  utmost  confusion.  This 
was  the  last  effort  of  the  enemy,  and  Na- 
poleon gave  orders  for  the  retreat ;  to 
protect  which,  he  had  now  no  troops  left, 
save  the  last  four  battalions  of  the  Old 
Guard,  which  had  been  stationed  in  the 
rear  of  the  attacking  columns.  These 
threw  themselves  into  squares,  and  stood 
firm.  But  at  this  moment  the  duke  of 
Wellington  commanded  the  Avhole  Brit- 
ish line  to  advance,  so  that  whatever 
the  bravery  and  skill  of  these  gallant  vet- 
erans, they  also  were  thrown  into  disor- 
der, and  swept  away  in  the  general  rout, 
in  spite  of  the  efforts  of  Ney,  who,  hav- 
ing had  his  horse  killed,  fought  sword  in 
hand,  and  on  foot,  in  the  front  of  the  bat- 
tle, till  the  veiy  last.  That  mareschal, 
whose  military  virtues  at  least  cannot  be 
challenged,  bore  personal  evidence  against 
two  circumstances,  industriously  circu- 
lated by  the  friends  of  Napoleon.  One 
of  these  fictions  occurs  in  his  own  bul- 
letin, which  charges  the  loss  of  the  battle 
to  a  panic  fear,  brought  about  by  the 
treachery  of  some  unknown  persons,  who 
raised  the  cry  of,  "  Sauve  qui  pent." 
Another  figment,  greedily  credited  at 
Paris,  bore,  that  the  four  battalions  of 


NETHERLANDS. 


497 


Old  Guard,  the  last  who  maintained  the 
semblance  of  order,  answered  a  summons 
to  surrender,  by  the  magnanimous  reply, 
"  The  Guard  can  die,  but  cannot  yield." 
And  one  edition  of  the  story  adds,  that 
thereupon  the  battalions  made  a  half  wheel 
inwards,  and  discharged  their  muskets 
into  each  other's  bosoms,  to  save  them- 
selves from  dying  by  the  hands  of  the 
English.  Neither  the  original  reply,  nor 
the  pretended  self-sacrifice  of  the  Guard, 
have  the  slightest  foundation.  Cambrone, 
in  whose  mouth  the  speech  was  placed, 
gave  up  his  own  sword,  and  remained 
prisoner  ;  and  the  military  conduct  of  the 
French  Guard  is  better  eulogized  by  the 
undisputed  truth,  that  they  fought  to  ex- 
tremity, with  the  most  unyieldnig  con- 
stancy, than  by  imputing  to  them  an  act 
of  regimental  suicide  upon  the  lost  field 
of  battle.  Every  attribute  of  brave  men 
they  have  a  just  right  to  claim.  It  is  no 
compliment  to  ascribe  to  them  that  of 
madmen.  Whether  the  words  were  used 
by  Cambrone  or  no,  the  Guard  well  de- 
served to  have  them  inscribed  on  their 
monument. 

Whilst  this  decisive  movement  took 
place,  Bulow,  who  had  concentrated  his 
troops,  and  was  at  length  qualified  to  act 
in  force,  carried  the  village  of  Planche- 
noit  in  the  French  rear,  and  was  now 
firing  so  close  on  their  right  wing,  that 
the  cannonade  annoyed  the  British  who 
were  in  pursuit,  and  was  suspended  in 
consequence.  Moving  in  oblique  lines, 
the  British  and  Prussian  armies  came 
into  contact  with  each  other  on  the  heights 
so  lately  occupied  by  the  French,  and 
celebrated  the  victory  with  loud  shouts 
of  mutual  congratulation. 

The  French  army  was  now  in  total 
and  inextricable  confusion  and  rout ;  and 
when  the  victorious  generals  met  at  the 
farm-house  of  La  Belle  Alliance,  it  was 
agreed  that  the  Prussians,  who  were  fresh 
in  comparison,  should  follow  up  the  chase, 
a  duty  for  which  the  British,  exhausted 
by  the  fatigues  of  a  battle  of  eight  hours, 
were  totally  inadequate. 

During  the  whole  action.  Napoleon 
maintained  the  utmost  serenity.  He  re- 
mained on  the  heights  of  La  Belle  Alli- 
ance, keeping  pretty  near  the  centre, 
from  which  he  had  a  full  view  of  the  field, 
63 


which  does  not  exceed  a  mile  and  a  half 
in  length.  He  expressed  no  solicitude 
on  the  fate  of  the  battle  for  a  long  time, 
noticed  the  behavior  of  particular  regi- 
ments, and  praised  the  English  several 
times,  always,  however,  talking  of  them 
as  an  assured  prey.  When  forming  his 
Guard  for  the  last  fatal  effort,  he  descend- 
ed near  them,  half  down  the  causeway 
from  La  Belle  Alliance,  to  bestow  upon 
them  what  proved  his  parting  exhortation. 
He  watched  intently  their  progress  with  a 
spyglass,  and  refused  to  listen  to  one  or 
two  aides-de-camp,  who  at  that  moment 
came  from  the  right  to  inform  him  of  the 
appearance  of  the  Prussians.  At  length, 
on  seeing  the  attacking  columns  stagger 
and  become  confused,  his  countenance, 
said  our  informer,  became  pale  as  that  of  a 
corpse,  and  muttering  to  himself,  "  They 
are  mingled  together,"  he  said  to  his  at- 
tendants, "  All  is  lost  for  the  present," 
and  rode  off  the  field  ;  not  stopping  or 
taking  refreshment  till  he  reached  Char- 
leroi,  where  he  paused  for  a  moment  in 
a  meadow,  and  occupied  a  tent  which 
had  been  pitched  for  his  accommoda- 
tion. 

Meantime  the  pursuit  of  his  discomfit- 
ed army  was  followed  up  by  Blucher, 
with  the  most  determined  perseverance. 
He  accelerated  the  march  of  the  Prus- 
sian advanced  guard,  and  despatched 
every  man  and  horse  of  his  cavalry  upon 
the  pursuit  of  the  fugitive  French.  At 
Genappe  they  attempted  something  like 
defence,  by  barricading  the  bridge  and 
streets  ;  but  the  Prussians  forced  them 
in  a  moment,  and  although  the  French 
were  sufficiently  numerous  for  resistance, 
their  disorder  was  so  irremediable,  and 
their  moral  courage  was  so  absolutely 
quelled  for  the  m'oment,  that  in  many 
cases  they  were  slaughtered  like  sheep. 
They  were  driven  frombivouac  to  bivouac, 
without  exhibiting  even  the  shadow  of 
their  usual  courage.  One  hundred  and 
fifty  guns  were  left  in  the  hands  of  the 
English,  and  a  like  number  taken  by  the 
Prussians  in  course  of  the  pursuit.  The 
latter  obtained  possession  also  of  all  Na- 
poleon's baggage,  and  of  his  carriage, 
where,  amongst  many  articles  of  curiosi- 
ty, was  found  a  proclamation  intended  to 
be  made  pubhc  at  Brussels  the  next  day. 


498 


PERSIA, 


The  loss  on  the  British  side  during 
this  dreadful  battle  was,  as  the  duke  of 
Wellington,  no  user  of  exaggerated  ex- 
pressions, truly  termed  it,  immense.  One 
hundred  officers  slain,  five  hundred 
wounded,  many  of  them  to  death,  fifteen 
thousand  men  killed  and  wounded,  (in- 
dependent of  the  Prussian  loss  at  Wavre,) 
threw  half  Britain  into  mourning.  Many 
officers  of  distinction  fell.  It  required 
all  the  glory,  and  all  the  solid  advantages, 
of  this  iuimortal  day,  to  reconcile  the 
mind  to  the  high  price  at  which  it  was 
purchased.  The  commander-in-chief, 
compelled  to  be  on  every  point  of  danger, 
Avas  repeatedly  in  the  greatest  jeopardy. 
Only  the  duke  himself,  and  one  gentle- 
man of  his  numerous  staff,  escaped  un- 
wounded  in  horse  and  person. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  form  a  guess  at 
the  extent  of  the  French  loss.  Besides 
those  who  fell  in  the  battle  and  flight, 
great  numbers  deserted.  We  do  not  be- 
lieve, that  of  75,000  men,  the  half  were 
ever  again  collected  under  arms. 

The  revolution  in  July,  1830,  was  soon 
followed  by  one  in  Belgium.  It  may  be 
said  to  date  its  commencement  from  a 
meeting,  principally  composed  of  citizens, 
which  was  called  at  Brussels,  August  24, 
1830.  It  appears  that  the  people  of  the 
Belgian  provinces  were  never  cordially 
united  with  Holland  and  the  other  Dutch 
provinces.  ^  King  William  (the  prince  of 
Orange)    attempted,    but   without   much 


success,  to  unite  two  millions  of  Dutch 
Calvinists,  engaged  principally  in  com- 
merce, with  four  millions  of  Belgian 
Catholics,  employed  in  agriculture  and 
manufactures,  whose  interests,  language 
and  manners  were  widely  opposed  to  the 
Dutch.  They  also  had  some  just  cause 
of  complaint  against  some  arbitrary  mea- 
sures of  William's  government.  The 
Belgians,  therefore,  rose  and  followed  the 
example  of  the  French  by  throwing  off 
a  government  forced  upon  them  against 
their  wishes.  They  made  a  formal  decla- 
ration of  independence,  October  4,1830. 
After  a  short  struggle  with  the  Dutch 
troops,  France  lent  her  aid  in  the  con- 
test ;  and  the  European  powers  having 
become  mediators  for  the  express  pur- 
pose of  dismembering  the  countries,  it 
was  finally  settled  that  Leopold  of  Saxe 
Coburg  should  become  head  of  the  fu- 
ture kingdom.  Leopold  made  his  public 
entry  into  Brussels,  July  21,  1831,  and 
took  the  oath  to  observe  the  constitution 
and  maintain  the  national  independence. 
Since  this  period  but  little  has  occurred 
to  disturb  the  tranquillity  of  the  two  coun- 
tries, with  the  exception  of  the  attack  on 
the  fortress  at  Antwerp,  which  the  Dutch 
were  very  unwilling  to  give  up.  It  was 
attacked  by  the  French  troops,  and  bravely 
defended  by  general  Chasse.  The  French 
by  using  artillery  of  a  most  formidable 
character,  forced  the  garrison  to  capitu- 
late, December  23,  1832. 


PERSIA. 


Sir  William  Jones  divides  the  ancient 
history  of  the  Persians  into  three  dis- 
tinct periods  :  The  "  dark  and  fabulous," 
comprehending  the  ages  preceding  the 
Kaianian  dynasty  ;  the  "  heroic  and  poet- 
ical," commencing  with  the  Kaianian 
dynasty  and  terminating  with  the  acces- 
sion of  Ardisheer  Babigan ;  and  the  "  his- 
torical," which  includes  the  reigns  of  the 
Sassanian  Kings. 

The  Persians  rose  into  notice  and 
power  by  the  conquest  of  Cyrus,  who  is 
celebrated  both  in  profane  and  sacred  his- 


tory. Cyrus  was  the  son  of  a  Persian 
nobleman,  and  married  the  daughter  of 
the  king  of  the  Medes,  and  by  this  means 
Persia  and  Media  became  one  kingdom. 
He  conquered  the  Lydians,  made  himself 
master  of  Sardis,  their  capital,  and  took 
prisoner  the  king  Crcesus,  so  celebrated 
for  his  vast  riches.  He  conquered  Baby- 
lon and  subjected  the  greater  part  of 
Asia  Minor,  and  made  himself  master  of 
Syria  and  Arabia.  The  religion  of  the 
ancient  Persians  was  of  great  antiquity. 
Zoroaster  was  the  founder  of  the  sect  of 


PERSIA. 


499 


Magi,  in  the  eastern  world,  and  particu- 
larly in  Persia.  This  sect  adored  the 
sun,  and  paid  great  veneration  to  fire — 
hence  they  were  called  fire-worshippers. 
The  conquest  of  the  Grecian  states 
seems  to  have  been  a  favorite  object  with 
the  Persians  from  the  time  of  Cyrus. 
They  entered  Greece  under  Xerxes  and 
others,  but  the  Grecian  states  by  uniting 
drove  the  invaders  from  their  country. 
Alexander  the  Great,  on  his  return  from 
Egypt,  went  into  Assyria,  where  he  was 
met  at  Arbcla  by  Darius  the  Persian  king 
at  the  head  of  700,000  men.  A  battle  took 
place,  in  which  the  Persians  were  defeat- 
ed with  the  loss  of  300,000  men.  Darius 
escaped,  and  fled  from  province  to  prov- 
ince, until  he  was  at  last  murdered  by  one 
of  his  own  officers.  This  ended  the  Per- 
sian Empire,  which  submitted  to  the  con- 
queror 330  years  before  the  christian  era. 
The  Persian  historians  before  the  time 
of  Cyrus  and  Alexander  the  Great,  and 
even  for  a  period  afterwards,  are  so  in- 
termixed with  fabulous  accounts,  that  it 
is  difficult  to  ascertain  the  truth  from  their 
records.  We  learn,  however,  from  the 
more  authentic  records  of  the  Greeks, 
that  Persia  on  the  death  of  Alexander 
fell  to  Seleucus,  who  reigned  also  over 
Syria,  and  whose  descendants  kept  pos- 
session of  it  for  sixty-two  years,  when 
one  of  the  tributary  chiefs,  named  Ar- 
saces,  revolted,  and  having  slain  Aga- 
thocles,  the  viceroy  of  Antiochus  Theos, 
rescued  Persia  from  the  dominion  of  the 
Seleucides,  and  established  what  is  termed 
the  Parthian  dynasty  of  the  Arsacides. 
Of  this  dynasty  there  were  two  branches  ; 
the  first  comprehending  twenty  kings, 
who  ruled  over  Persia  for  270  years  ; 
and  the  reigns  of  the  eleven  monarchs  of 
the  second  branch  included  a  space  of 
221  years.  This  brings  us  down  to  the 
foundation  of  the  Sassanian  dynasty,  at 
which  commences  "  the  historical  pe- 
riod;" and  here  we  may  observe,  that, 
though  the  Persian  accounts  are  embel- 
lished with  hyperbolical  descriptions, 
and  blended  with  some  fables,  they  are 
more  correct  in  the  general  narrative 
than  western  writers,  who  confine  their 
history  chiefly  to  those  transactions  in 
which  they  themselves  were  more  imme- 
diately concerned. 


Arduan,  the  last  of  the  Parthian  mon- 
archs, at  this  time  ruled  over  Persia, 
when  Ardisheer  Babigan,  the  son  of  an 
inferior  officer  in  the  public  service,  and 
a  descendant  of  Sassan,  the  grandson 
of  the  celebrated  Isfundear,  had  so  dis- 
tinguished himself  by  his  courage  and 
his  genius,  that  he  was  appointed  gov- 
ernor of  Darabjird.  This  rapid  rise  in 
his  fortunes  filled  his  mind  with  more 
ambitious  views,  and  soon  led  him  to 
grasp  at  the  Persian  sceptre.  Having 
represented  to  the  Persian  nobility  the 
disgrace  of  submitting  to  a  foreign  yoke, 
and  the  honor  and  advantage  to  be  gained 
by  a  revolution,  he  brought  many  of 
them  over  to  his  interest,  and  he  and  his 
adherents  got  possession  of  Fars,  Ker- 
man,  and  Irak,  before  the  king  had  taken 
any  steps  to  oppose  his  progress.  Ardu- 
an was  now  compelled  to  take  the  field, 
and,  having  collected  a  numerous  army, 
resolved  to  stake  his  crown  on  a  single 
action.  The  hostile  armies  engaged  on  the 
plain  of  Hoormuz,  where  Arduan  lost  both 
his  crown  and  his  life.  This  battle  raised 
Ardisheer  to  the  sovreignty  of  Persia. 
The  other  provinces  soon  submitted  to  his 
sway  ;  and  he  assumed  the  proud  title  of 
Shahan  Shah,  or  "  king  of  kings."  In 
extending  his  empire  towards  the  west, 
he  had  to  contend  with  the  Roman  ar- 
mies ;  and  though  the  accounts  given  of 
this  war  by  western  and  eastern  authors 
are  somewhat  opposite,  yet,  upon  the 
whole,  it  would  seem  that  the  result  was 
favorable  to  the  Persian  arms.  Having 
established  by  wise  regulations  the  tran- 
quillity of  his  dominions,  he  restored  to 
its  ancient  purity  the  religion  of  Zoroas^ 
ter,  which  had  fallen  into  neglect  and 
corruption  during  the  Parthian  rule.  He 
is  said  to  have  rebuilt  the  city  of  Madain 
on  the  banks  of  the  Tigris,  and  made  it 
the  capital  of  the  empire.  After  a  most 
prosperous  reign  of  fourteen  years,  he 
resigned  his  sceptre  to  his  son  Shahpoor, 

Ardisheer  is  represented  as  a  prince 
of  extraordinary  wisdom  and  valor. — 
Though  born  in  a  low  station,  he,  by  his 
talents  and  intrepidity,  delivered  his  coun- 
try from  thraldom,  and  restored  the  glory 
of  the  Persian  name.  While  he  was  al- 
most adored  by  his  subjects,  his  friend- 
ship was  courted  by  the  greatest  mon- 


500 


PERSIA. 


archs  of  the  age  ;  and  his  character  was 
held  up  as  a  model  to  his  successors. 

Shahpoor  was  a  prince  of  considera- 
ble reputation,  but  is  chiefly  distinguished 
by  his  wars  with  the  Romans.  His  first 
achievement  was  the  recovery  of  Juzcer- 
ah,  or  the  countries  between  the  Tigris 
and  the  Euphrates,  and  the  capture  of 
the  famous  fort  of  Nisibis,  which  had 
long  resisted  all  his  efforts  to  subdue  it. 
He  then  carried  his  arms  into  the  Roman 
territories  ;  he  took  the  emperor  Valerian 
prisoner,  and  compelled  his  captive  army 
to  receive  an  emperor  of  his  own  ap> 
pointment.  His  success,  however,  was 
not  of  long  duration.  He  was  defeated 
by  Odenatus,  prince  of  Palmyrene,  and 
driven  with  immense  loss  within  his  own 
boundaries.  The  latter  years  of  the  reign 
of  this  monarch  were  employed  in  de- 
corating his  dominions  with  many  cities 
and  public  buildings.  He  built  the  city 
of  Shuster,  and  erected  an  immense 
dyke,  over  which  he  brought  the  river 
Karoon,  in  order  to  supply  the  adjacent 
country  with  water.  Nishapore  in  Kho- 
rassan,  and  Shahpoor  in  Fars,  owe  their 
existence  to  him ;  and  the  sculptured 
rocks,  near  the  latter  place,  commemo- 
rate his  capture  of  a  Roman  emperor. 

It  was  during  the  reign  of  Sliahpoor, 
that  Mani,  the  founder  of  the  sect  of  the 
Manichaeans,  first  began  to  propagate  his 
opinions.  He  attempted  to  reconcile  the 
doctrines  of  the  Metempsychosis,  as 
taught  by  the  Hindoos,  and  the  two  prin- 
ciples of  good  and  evil  of  Zoroaster, 
with  the  tenets  of  the  christian  religion ; 
but  he  and  almost  all  his  disciples  were 
afterwards  put  to  death  by  order  of  king 
Baharam,  and  the  skin  of  the  impostor 
was  stripped  off,  and  hung  up  at  the  gate 
of  the  city  of  Shahpoor. 

A  remarkable  circumstance  is  recorded 
of  Hoormuz,  the  successor  of  Shahpoor, 
before  he  ascended  the  throne.  He  was  the 
governor  of  Khorassan,and  had  been  most 
successful  in  establishing  the  tranquil- 
lity of  that  imsettled  province.  But  some 
of  his  enemies  had  excited  suspicions  of 
his  fidelity  in  the  breast  of  Shahpoor  ; 
of  which  Hoormuz  was  no  sooner  made 
acquainted  than  he  made  one  of  his  hands 
to  be  cut  off,  and  sent  it  to  his  father  as 
a  mark  of  his  devoted  allegiance.    Shah- 


!  poor  was  so  struck  with  horror  at  the 
deed,  which  his  rash  suspicions  had 
caused,  that  he  immediately  sent  for  him 
to  court,  and  treated  him  with  the  most 
unbounded  affection  and  confidence.  This 
good  prince  founded  the  city  of  Ram- 
Hoormuz,  and  reigned  only  one  year. 

In  the  reigns  of  the  three  Baharams, 
nothing  remarkable  occurred  worth  not- 
ing. Their  successor  Narsi  was  a  prince 
of  a  mild  disposition  ;  but  he  had  the 
misfortune  to  engage  in  war  with  the 
Romans,  who  at  that  time  had  many  great 
generals.  His  arms  were  at  first  suc- 
cessful. He  defeated  the  emperor  Gale- 
rius,  and  subdued  almost  all  Armenia ; 
but  his  subsequent  discomfitures  forced 
him  to  conclude  an  ignominious  peace, 
by  which  he  ceded  the  province  of  Ju- 
zeerah,  and  five  districts  east  of  the 
Tigris 

We  pass  over  the  reign  of  Hoormuz 
II,  as  affording  no  event  of  importance, 
to  record  the  achievements  of  Shahpoor 
II.  On  the  demise  of  Hoormuz,  Persia 
was  about  to  become  a  prey  to  all  the 
troubles  which  accompany  a  disputed 
succession,  when  a  lady  of  the  harem 
declared  she  was  pregnant.  The  nobles 
of  the  kingdom,  in  order  to  preserve  their 
country  from  the  horrors  of  a  civil  war, 
resolved  to  swear  allegiance  to  the  unborn 
child  of  Hoormuz.  This  child  proved  to 
be  a  male,  and  the  unanimous  voice  of 
the  nobles  bestowed  upon  him  the  name  of 
Shahpoor.  His  education  was  conduct- 
ed with  the  most  affectionate  solicitude  ; 
and  every  care  was  taken  that  he  should 
imbibe  those  principles  and  views  which 
became  his  high  destiny.  During  his 
minority  the  kingdom  was  exposed  to  the 
insults  and  ravages  of  the  neighboring 
tribes,  particularly  the  Arabs,  who  car- 
ried desolation  into  the  fertile  valleys  of 
Persia.  But  the  young  monarch  took 
signal  vengeance  upon  these  marauders  ; 
and  their  chastisement  is  perpetuated  in 
his  title  of  Zoolaktaf,  or  "  Lord  of  the 
shoulders."  He  overran  Yemen,  put 
many  of  the  inhabitants  to  the  sword, 
and  dislocated  the  shoulders  of  all  his 
prisoners  who  were  able  to  bear  arms. 
He  made  no  great  attempt  to  extend  his 
dominions  on  the  west  during  the  life 
of  Constantine  the  Great.     An  improba- 


PERSIA. 


501 


ble  story  is  recorded  of  his  having  gone 
to  Constantinople  in  the  disguise  of  an 
ambassador  from  his  own  court,  in  order 
to  acquire  an  acquaintance  with  the  Ro- 
man empire,  but  being  discovered,  he 
was  imprisoned  and  treated  with  great 
indignity. 

The  disorders  which  followed  the  death 
of  Constantine  aflbrded  Shahpoor  an  op- 
portunity of  recovering  from  the  Romans 
those  provinces  which  they  had  wrested 
from  his  grandfather.  He  therefore  took 
the  field  ;  but  though  successful  in  many 
engagements,  the  fort  of  Nisibis  defied 
all  his  efforts  ;  and  in  the  battle  of  Sin- 
gara  he  was  severely  repulsed,  and  was 
forced  to  retire  with  the  loss  of  his  son. 
Leaving  the  defence  of  the  frontiers  to 
some  of  his  generals,  he  turned  his  arms 
against  the  Tartar  tribes,  many  of  whom 
he  subdued  by  force,  while  others  yield- 
ed without  resistance  to  his  authority. 
The  emperor  Constans  now  made  over- 
tures for  peace  ;  but  Shahpoor  claiming 
Armenia  and  Juzeerah  as  belonging  to 
the  Persian  empire,  the  treaty  was  brok- 
en oft',  and  preparations  made  for  renew- 
ing the  war.  Nothing  decisive,  however, 
happened  during  the  life  of  Constans. 
But  when  Julian  had  assumed  the  pur- 
ple, he  resolved  to  break  the  Persian 
power  so  eflectually,  as  to  prevent  them 
for  ever  from  again  disturbing  the  fron- 
tier provinces  of  the  Roman  empire. 
He  therefore  took  the  field  with  an  im- 
mense army ;  but  the  Persian  monarch, 
aware  of  his  inferiority  were  he  to  risk 
a  pitched  battle,  retired  into  the  interior 
of  his  kingdom,  and  left  his  capital  to  be 
pillaged  by  the  Romans.  Julian  follow- 
ed, and  penetrated  into  the  heart  of  Per- 
sia, and,  after  a  harassing  march,  and 
much  suffering  from  the  intense  heat  of 
the  climate  and  the  scarcity  of  provi- 
sions, was  surprised  by  Shahpoor,  who 
had  collected  all  his  forces  ;  and  in  a  des- 
perate engagement  which  ensued,  the 
Romans  were  completely  routed,  with 
the  loss  of  their  emperor,  who  was  so 
badly  wounded  that  he  died  the  succeed- 
ing night.  The  consequence  of  this  vic- 
tory was,  an  advantageous  peace,  by 
which  Persia  recovered  the  five  provin- 
ces yielded  by  Narsi,  and  the  strong  fort 
of  Nisibis,  which  had  for  a  long  time 


been  the  bulwark  of  the  Roman  power 
in  the  east. 

Shahpoor  afterwards  reduced  Armenia 
into  a  province  of  the  empire,  and  hav- 
ing raised  his  country  to  a  state  of  the 
greatest  prosperity,  he  died  at  the  age  of 
seventy-one.  This  prince,  renowned  for 
wisdom  and  valor,  was  alike  remarkable 
for  his  knowledge  of  the  human  mind. 
He  used  to  say,  "  that  words  may  prove 
more  vivifying  than  the  showers  of  spring, 
and  sharper  than  the  sword  of  destruc- 
tion. The  point  of  a  lance  may  be  with- 
drawn from  the  body,  but  a  cruel  expres- 
sion can  never  be  extracted  from  the 
heart  that  it  has  once  wounded." 

The  names  of  Ardisheer  H,  Shahpoor 
HI,  Baharam  IV,  and  Yezdijird  Ulathin, 
are  all  that  is  worth  recording.  Upon 
the  death  of  Yezdijird,  the  succession  of 
his  son  Baharam  V,  was  opposed  by  the 
luxurious  nobles  at  the  court  of  Madain. 
This  prince,  while  yet  a  child,  had  been 
entrusted  by  his  father  to  the  care  of 
Noman,  prince  of  Hirah,  to  be  educated 
after  the  manner  of  the  Arabs  ;  and  they 
could  not  submit  to  be  ruled  by  a  mon- 
arch whose  manners  and  habits  of  life 
were  so  different  from  their  own.  They, 
therefore,  raised  to  the  throne  another 
prince  of  the  royal  family  ;  but  Baharam, 
having  collected  an  army  of  Arabs,  ob- 
tained his  right  almost  without  a  strug- 
gle. The  first  acts  of  his  reign  were, 
to  reward  Noman,  who  had  educated  and 
assisted  him  in  regaining  his  crown,  and 
to  pardon  those  who  had  endeavored  to  de- 
prive him  of  it.  These  acts,  and  his  gen- 
eral munificence  and  generosity,  spread 
joy  over  Persia,  and  gained  him  the  af- 
fections and  esteem  of  his  subjects.  It 
was  during  his  reign  that  musicians  and 
minstrels  were  first  introduced  from  In- 
dia ;  and  Baharam,  who  rejoiced  in  the 
happiness  of  his  people,  gave  them  such 
encouragement,  that  1 2,000  were  induced 
to  settle  in  his  dominions.  This  joyous 
disposition  of  the  monarch  impressed  his 
neighbors  with  the  belief  that  the  mar- 
tial spirit  of  the  Persians  had  yielded  to 
the  love  of  merriment  and  ease.  Acting 
upon  this  impression,  the  Khan  of  the 
Hiatilla,  or  White  Huns,  a  tribe  of  Tar- 
tars who  had  taken  possession  of  the 
country  beyond  the  Oxus,  suddenly  cross- 


502 


PERSIA. 


ed  that  river  with  a  mighty  army,  and 
destruction  and  desolation  marked  his  pro- 
gress. Baharam  saw  the  torrent  rolling 
towards  his  capital,  without  possessing 
any  means  to  repel  it.  He  therefore 
seemed  to  yield  to  its  force  ;  and  left  his 
kingdom  a  prey  to  the  conqueror.  Re- 
tiring with  a  chosen  body  of  Persian 
warriors,  he  passed  the  straits  of  Der- 
bent,  and,  coasting  the  Caspian,  came 
into  Tartary.  Here  he  refreshed  his 
troops  ;  and  while  the  Tartars  were  feast- 
ing in  supposed  security,  believing  that 
he  had  taken  refuge  in  the  Roman  em- 
pire, he  silently  entered  Persia,  surpris- 
ed their  camp,  and  having  slain  their 
chief  with  his  own  hand,  drove  them 
with  terrible  slaughter  across  the  Oxus. 
This  victory  struck  awe  into  the  Tartar 
tribes,  and  secured  their  forbearance 
during  the  life  of  the  conqueror. 

The  Christians,  who,  in  the  former 
reign, had  been  encouraged  and  protected, 
at  this  time  suffered  much  from  the  per- 
secutions of  the  Magi.  These  persecu- 
tions, however,  were  chiefly  owing  to 
the  imprudence  of  the  Persian  Prelate, 
who  in  a  lit  of  zeal  burnt  to  the  ground 
one  of  the  Magian  temples,  which  so 
roused  the  indignation  of  the  priests,  that 
they  demolished  all  the  Christian  church- 
es, and  put  the  Christian  bishop  to  death. 
A  war  with  the  emperor  Theodosius  im- 
mediately followed,  which  was  attended 
with  various  success  ;  but  it  was  immor- 
talized by  the  conduct  of  a  Christian 
bishop,which  did  more  to  secure  the  good- 
will of  Baharam  to  the  Christians,  than 
all  the  threatenings  of  Theodosius.  In 
the  beginning  of  the  war,  7,000  Persian 
prisoners,  who  had  been  brought  to  the 
city  of  Amida,  had  fallen  into  extreme 
distress.  Acacius,  bishop  of  that  place, 
having  assembled  his  clergy,  observed 
that  the  Almighty  preferred  mercy  to  sa- 
crifice, and  proposed  that  the  plate  of 
their  church  should  be  sold  for  the  relief 
of  these  captives.  The  proposal  was 
highly  applauded.  The  Persians  were 
liberally  and  aflectionately  treated  during 
the  war,  and  at  last  dismissed  with  pre- 
sents to  their  native  country. 

Baharam  received  the  surname  of  Gour, 
from  his  being  enthusiastically  devoted 
to  the  chase,  particularly  of  the  gour,  or 


"  wild  ass,"  a  diversion  which  he  had 
learned  among  the  Arabs.  It  was  while 
pursuing  this  favorite  amusement  that  he 
lost  his  life,  by  his  horse  coming  sudden~ 
ly  upon  a  deep  spring,  and  plunging  into 
it  with  his  royal  master,  when  both  dis- 
appeared. The  body  of  the  king  was 
never  found,  though  every  search  was 
made  for  it  by  his  inconsolable  mother. 

Baharam  Gour  reigned  eighteen  years, 
and  was  one  of  the  best  monarchs,  and 
most  beloved  by  his  subjects,  that  ever 
ruled  in  Persia.  His  successor  Yezdi- 
jird  II,  was  a  prince  of  great  knowledge 
and  experience,  and  received  the  title  of 
Sipahdost,  or  "  The  soldiers'  friend," 
from  his  great  attention  to  their  wants 
and  comforts.  In  the  only  expedition 
which  he  undertook  against  the  emperor 
of  Constantinople,  who  had  refused  to 
pay  the  usual  tribute,  he  not  only  brought 
that  prince  to  compliance,  but  secured 
the  good  opinion  of  the  provinces  through 
which  he  passed.  He  compelled  his 
troops  to  pay  for  every  thing  they  had, 
to  treat  the  iidiabitants  with  the  greatest 
civility,  and  to  conduct  themselves  rather 
like  strangers  who  came  to  see  the  coim- 
try,  than  like  enemies  disposed  to  de- 
stroy it. 

Yezdijird,  before  his  death,  had  soli- 
cited the  nobles  to  support  his  favorite 
son,  Hoormuz  III,  on  the  throne,  in  op- 
position to  his  elder  brother  Firoze,  who, 
in  order  to  facilitate  that  measure,  had 
been  appointed  to  the  command  of  a  re- 
mote province.  Firoze,  as  soon  as  he 
heard  of  the  accession  of  his  brother, 
took  refuge  with  Khoosh-Nuaz,  or  "  the 
bountiful  monarch,"  one  of  the  kings  of 
the  Hiatilla.  This  prince  welcomed  him 
to  his  court,  loaded  him  with  kindness, 
and  supplied  him  with  an  army  to  recov- 
er his  birth-right.  Hoormuz  was  dethron- 
ed and  put  to  death.  A  seven  years' 
drought  immediately  followed  the  eleva- 
tion of  Firoze,  which  was  regarded  as  a 
punishment  from  heaven  for  their  crimes  ; 
but  no  sooner  was  his  country  relieved 
from  this  calamity,  than  the  ungrateful 
prince  employed  all  the  resources  of  the 
empire  to  destroy  the  generous  benefactor 
who  had  placed  him  on  the  throne.  He 
crossed  the  Oxus  with  his  troops  ;  and 
Koosh-Nuaz,  unable  to  oppose  him,  re- 


PERSIA. 


503 


tired  at  bis  approach.  But  the  king  of 
the  Huns  was  saved  by  the  patriotic  de- 
votion of  one  of  his  chief  officers.  This 
person,  after  communicating  his  plan  to 
his  sovereign,  caused  his  body  to  be 
mangled,  with  the  loss  of  some  of  his 
limbs,  and  to  be  laid  on  the  road  where 
the  Persian  army  should  pass.  Being 
conveyed  to  Firoze,  that  prince  demand- 
ed the  cause  of  such  cruel  treatment. 
The  artful  Hun  answered,  that  it  was  the 
tyrant  Koosh-Nuaz,  who  had  punished 
him  for  the  advice  which  he  had  given, 
as  a  faithful  servant,  to  submit  to  any 
conditions  rather  than  engage  in  war  with 
the  hero  Firoze.  "  But  I  will  be  re- 
venged," he  added,  "  I  will  lead  you  by 
a  short  route,  where  you  shall,  in  a  few 
days,  intercept  the  tyrant,  and  rid  the 
world  of  a  monster."  The  situation  and 
words  of  the  wounded  chief  established 
the  belief  of  his  sincerity  in  the  mind 
of  the  Persian  king;  and  he  suffered 
his  army  to  be  led  by  the  direction  of 
the  Tartar,  till  thinned  with  hunger  and 
fatigue,  they  were  compelled  to  submit 
to  the  mercy  of  the  enemy.  The  gener- 
ous Koosh-Nuaz,  instead  of  punishing 
the  ungrateful  Firoze,  offered  to  conduct 
him  and  the  remains  of  his  army  safely 
back  to  Persia,  provided  he  took  an  oath 
that  he  would  not  again  invade  his  do- 
minions. With  this  Firoze  was  obliged 
to  comply.  But  his  soul  could  not  brook 
the  recollection  of  his  degradation;  and 
his  first  determination,  on  his  return,  was 
to  wipe  away  his  disgrace  by  the  ruin  of 
his  benefactor.  Having  appointed  a  no- 
bleman, named  Sukhvar,  regent  in  his 
absence,  he,  in  breach  of  his  solemn 
oath,  and  in  defiance  of  the  advice  of 
his  sagest  counsellors,  led  his  army  once 
more  against  the  bestower  of  his  crown, 
and  now  the  preserver  of  his  life.  On  the 
approach  of  the  two  armies,  the  Tartar 
prince  presented,  on  the  point  of  his  lance, 
the  treaty  to  which  Firoze  had  sworn  ; 
and  besought  him  to  desist,  before  he  had 
destroyed  his  fame  for  ever.  But  Firoze 
nished  to  the  attack.  The  Huns  gave 
way,  and  the  Persians  were  received  into 
deep  pits,  which  had  been  dug  for  the 
purpose,  and  covered  over  with  brush- 
wood and  earth  ;  when  the  incorrigible 
injrratitude  of  the  Persian  monarch  was 


punished  with  the  loss  of  his  army  and 
his  life. 

Pallas,  the  son  of  Firoze,  ascended 
the  throne,  but  his  reign  was  of  short 
duration  ;  and  the  long  reign  of  his  suc- 
cessor Kobad  is  remarkable,  chiefly  for 
the  encouragement  which  he  gave  to  an 
impostor  of  the  name  of  Mazdak,  who 
propagated  the  popular  doctrine  of  a  com- 
munity of  females  and  of  property.  The 
progress  of  this  doctrine  spread  anarchy, 
rapine,  and  lust,  throughout  the  kingdom. 
But  the  nobles,  who  cherished  different 
sentiments  from  their  monarch,  combined 
for  their  own  preservation,  and  having 
confined  Kobad,  they  placed  his  brother 
Jamasp  upon  the  throne.  They  would 
also  have  imprisoned  Mazdak,  but  his 
followers  were  numerous,  and  he  contriv- 
ed to  elude  all  their  efforts.  Kobad  hav- 
ing escaped  from  prison  by  the  dexterity 
and  address  of  his  sister,  who,  it  is  said, 
was  connected  with  him  by  other  ties  than 
those  of  kindred,  and  is  in  fact  called, 
by  western  writers,  his  queen,  fled  to  the 
Tartar  court,  and  by  the  assistance  of 
its  monarch  soon  regained  his  throne. 
On  his  return,  he  greatly  reformed  his 
conduct,  and  though  still  secretly  inclined 
to  the  sect  of  Mazdak,  he  durst  never 
carry  his  notions  into  practice.  This 
prince  carried  on  a  long  and  successful 
war  with  the  Romans  ;  and  not  only  ex- 
tended his  empire  by  his  arms,  but  im- 
proved it  by  the  encouragement  which  he 
gave  to  the  arts,  and  died  respected 
abroad  and  beloved  at  home. 

By  the  will  of  Kobad,  the  crown  was 
bequeathed  to  Chosroes,  his  favorite  son, 
who  was  surnamed  Nousheerwan,  or 
"  The  Magnanimous."  This  prince  was 
distinguished  by  great  abilities  and  mild- 
ness of  disposition,  and  is  considered  by 
oriental  historians  as  the  most  glorious 
monarch  that  ever  ruled  in  Persia.  His 
first  efforts  were  directed  to  the  proscrip- 
tion of  the  pestilential  and  abominable 
tenets  of  Mazdak,  whom  he  ordered  to 
be  executed,  with  many  of  his  followers. 
He  then  set  himself  to  reform  many 
great  abuses  which  had  crept  into  the 
government.  He  fixed  the  revenue  and 
taxes ;  and  the  system  which  was  then 
established,  continued  to  be  followed  for 
many  centuries.     For  the  better  adrainis- 


504 


PERSIA. 


tration  of  justice,  and  the  more  easy 
management  of  public  affairs,  he  divided 
the  kingdom  into  four  governments. — 
Over  each  of  these  he  appointed  a  gov- 
ernor of  the  blood  royal,  and  established 
such  regulations  as  seemed  best  adapted 
to  prevent  the  abuse  of  power  in  these 
officers.  He  was  indefatigable  in  his 
endeavors  to  promote  the  prosperity  of 
his  kingdom.  He  founded  schools  and 
colleges,  and  gave  great  encouragement 
to  learned  men  of  every  country,  who 
resorted  to  his  court.  The  famous  fa- 
bles of  Pilpay  were  introduced  by  him 
from  India,  and  translated  into  Persian  ; 
and  he  also  caused  to  be  published,  a 
multitude  of  copies  of  a  work  entitled 
"  Ardisheer's  Instructions  for  all  Degrees 
of  Men,"  and  obliged  every  family  to  re- 
ceive one.  In  all  these  measures  he  was 
assisted  by  the  extraordinary  wisdom  and 
virtues  of  his  favorite  vizier  Abouzurg- 
a-Mihir,  who  had  been  raised  by  the  dis- 
cernment of  his  master  from  the  lowest 
station  to  the  first  rank  in  the  kingdom. 
Nousheerwan  very  early  entered  into  a 
Avar  with  the  Romans,  during  which  An- 
tioch  was  taken,  and  its  inhabitants  trans- 
planted to  the  banks  of  the  Tigris.  We 
cannot  enter,  however,  into  the  long  wars 
which  he  waged  with  Justinian,  and  his 
two  successors,  Justin  and  Tiberius  ; 
but  the  capture  of  Antioch,  with  the  re- 
duction of  Syria,  the  conquest  of  Iberia 
and  Colchos,  and  his  unopposed  progress 
to  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean,  tes- 
tify the  ability  and  success  with  which 
they  were  prosecuted.  He  was  equally 
successful  in  other  quarters.  He  checked 
the  encroachments  of  the  Huns,  who  had 
seized  a  large  territory  south  of  the  Ox- 
us.  He  drove  them  beyond  that  river, 
and  extended  his  dominions  as  far  as 
Ferghana.  The  countries  to  the  east 
reaching  to  the  Indus,  some  provinces 
of  India,  and  the  finest  districts  of  Ara- 
bia, also  acknowledged  his  sway. 

Having  settled  the  boundaries  of  his 
vast  dominions,  Nousheerwan  returned 
to  his  capital,  Madain,  which  he  adorned 
with  many  beautiful  buildings,  among 
which  was  the  palace,  denominated  "  the 
dome  of  Chosroes,"  which  was  consider- 
ed one  of  the  wonders  of  the  East ;  and 
his  court  was  crowded  with  ambassadors 


from  the  greatest  potentates  of  the  world, 
who  came,  loaded  with  the  richest  pre- 
sents, to  compliment  him  on  his  victo- 
ries, and  to  court  his  friendship.  But 
the  prosperous  reign  of  this  monarch  was 
clouded  by  the  rebellion  of  his  son  Nous- 
chizad.  This  prince  had  been  educated 
in  the  christian  faith  by  his  mother,  who 
was  a  christian  captive  of  great  beauty, 
and  of  whom  the  king  was  passionately 
fond,  and  was  so  impressed  with  the 
truth  of  its  doctrines,  that  he  could  not 
be  moved,  either  by  the  threats  of  the 
Magi  or  the  entreaties  of  his  father. 
Nousheerwan,  who  was  a  strict  observer 
of  the  worship  of  fire,  dreading  the  evil 
consequences  of  religious  disputes  among 
his  subjects,  and  fearing  that  many  might 
be  induced  to  embrace  the  religion  of  the 
heir-apparent  to  the  throne,  placed  his 
son  in  a  kind  of  confinement.  During 
the  absence  of  the  king  in  Syria,  a  re- 
port of  his  death  had  reached  Persia, 
upon  which  Nouschizad,  having  effected 
his  escape,  drew  together  a  considerable 
force,  of  which  many  were  christians  ; 
and  continued  to  increase  his  army,  even 
after  he  had  been  informed  that  his  father 
was  alive  and  well.  As  soon  as  Nous- 
heerwan heard  of  this  revolt,  he  despatch- 
ed one  of  his  generals  against  his  rebel- 
Uous  son ;  and  the  insurrection  was 
quelled  by  the  death  of  the  prince,  who 
fell  in  the  first  encounter. 

Perhaps  no  monarch  was  ever  more 
zealous  in  promoting  the  general  hap- 
piness of  his  people  than  Nousheerwan. 
His  impartial  administration  of  justice, 
and  his  vigilance  in  detecting  and  pun- 
ishing every  act  of  oppression  in  his  in- 
ferior officers,  gave  confidence  and  secu- 
rity to  all.  Many  anecdotes  are  record- 
ed of  his  strict  adherence  to  justice, 
which  seems  to  have  been  a  principal 
feature  in  his  character.  He  was  sur- 
named  by  the  Arabians,  Al-Malek,  or, 
"  The  Just ;"  and  Mahomed  used  to  boast 
of  his  good  fortune  in  being  born  under 
the  reign  of  so  just  a  king.  A  Roman 
ambassador,  one  day,  admiring  the  noble 
prospect  from  the  windows  of  the  impe- 
rial palace,  remarked  an  uneven  piece  of 
ground,  and  inquired  the  reason  why  it 
was  not  made  uniform.  A  Persian  noble 
replied,  "  It   is  the  property  of  an  old 


PERSIA. 


505 


woman,  who  has  objections  to  sell  it, ! 
though  often  requested  to  do  so  by  our 
king ;  and  he  is  more  willing  to  have  his 
prospect  spoiled,  than  to  commit  vio- 
lence." "  That  irregular  spot,"  said  the 
Roman,  "  consecrated  as  it  is  by  justice, 
appears  more  beautiful  than  all  the  sur- 
rounding scene."  "  This  prince,"  says 
Khondemir,  "  possessed  in  a  sovereign 
degree,  as  well  the  good  qualities  which 
render  amiable  a  private  man,  as  the  ex- 
alted virtues  which  add  lustre  to  a  dia- 
dem." He  resisted  the  influence  of  that 
luxury  by  which  he  was  courted,  neither 
giving  himself  up  to  indulgence,  nor  per- 
mitting it  in  others  ;  and  he  remained,  to 
the  last  hour  of  a  life  protracted  to  more 
than  eighty  years,  unconquered  by  pros- 
perity. 

With  Nousheerwan  expired  the  glory 
of  Persia.  His  son,  Hoormuz  HI,  who 
had  been  entrusted  to  the  care  of  Abou- 
zurg-a-Mihir,  soon  forgot  the  example  of 
his  father,  and  the  instructions  of  his  vir- 
tuous minister  ,  and  plunging  into  every 
excess  of  indulgence  and  cruelty,  ren- 
dered himself  hateful  to  his  subjects,  and 
contemptible  to  his  enemies.  The  prov- 
inces of  India  and  Arabia,  which  ac- 
knowledged the  power  of  Nousheerwan, 
disdained  to  yield  obedience  to  his  un- 
worthy successor  ;  and  the  Khan  of  Tar- 
tary  crossed  the  Oxus,  and  demanded  a 
free  passage  through  Persia,  under  the 
pretence  of  invading  the  Roman  empire. 
This  chief,  however,  was  opposed  by 
Baharam,  the  Persian  general,  with  on- 
ly 12,000  chosen  troops,  and  slain  in 
the  first  engagement.  In  a  subsequent 
battle,  the  son  of  the  Khan  was  taken 
prisoner,  and  sent  to  Madain  with  250 
camels  loaded  with  treasure.  Hoormuz 
was  at  first  delighted  with  his  general's 
success  ;  but  a  worthless  favorite  mali- 
ciously insinuated,  that  Baharam  had  re- 
served the  best  of  the  spoil  for  his  own 
use,  or,  according  to  the  Persian  expres- 
sion, "  he  had  only  sent  the  ear  of  the 
cow."  The  suspicious  temper  of  the 
king  immediately  took  the  alarm,  and, 
instead  of  a  habit  of  honor,  the  usual 
present  of  Persian  kings,  he  sent  to  Ba- 
haram as  a  mark  of  disgrace,  the  apparel 
of  a  woman,  a  distaft'  and  spindle.  The 
hardy  warrior,  arrayed  in  his  new  apparel, 
64 


presented  himself  to  his  army.  "  Behold," 
said  he,  "the  reward  of  all  my  services." 
The  soldiers  were  filled  with  indignation, 
and  immediately  hailed  Baharam  as  their 
king.  The  deposition  and  murder  of 
Hoormuz  soon  followed  ;  and  his  son 
Khoosroo  Purveez,  who  had  collected  a 
considerable  army  to  support  his  father's 
throne,  was  completely  defeated  in  the 
battle  of  Nahrwan,  and  fled  for  refuge 
to  the  emperor  Maurice,  where  he  met 
with  a  most  hospitable  and  friendly  re- 
ception. 

Baharam  assumed  the  reins  of  govern- 
ment ;  but  his  rule  was  short.  Within 
eight  months  of  his  elevation,  he  was  de- 
feated by  Khoosroo,  supported  l)y  an  ar- 
my of  Romans,  and,  flying  into  Tartary, 
was  welcomed  and  protected  by  a  people 
whose  armies  he  had  often  vanquished. 
He  was  soon  afterwards  cut  oflf  by  poi- 
son, at  the  instance,  it  is  alleged,  of  the 
Persian  king. 

Khoosroo,  during  the  life-time  of  the 
emperor  Maurice,  maintained  inviolable 
his  friendship  with  the  Romans,  many 
of  whom  he  treated  with  great  favor  and 
distinction  ;  but  upon  the  murder  of  that 
prince  by  the  centurion  Phocas,  he  des- 
patched an  immense  army  into  the  Ro- 
man territories,  under  the  pretence  of 
avenging  the  death  of  his  benefactor. 
His  generals  overran  and  pillaged  Syria 
and  Palestine  ;  sacked  the  city  of  Jeru- 
salem ;  and  the  true  cross,  attended  by 
a  crowd  of  captive  priests  and  bishops, 
was  borne  in  triumph  to  Madain.  But 
while  his  arms  were  every  where  victo- 
rious, this  monarch,  who  had  given  him- 
I  self  up  to  every  species  of  luxury  and 
self-indulgence,  seemed  to  value  his  con- 
quests only  as  they  added  to  his  pleas- 
ures. The  vast  territories  which  his  gen- 
erals had  subdued  were  exhausted,  to  add 
to  the  magnificence  of  his  palaces,  and 
swell  the  gorgeous  pomp  of  his  royal 
person.  He  built  a  noble  palace  for  every 
season  ;  and  his  principal  throne,  called 
Takh-dis,  was  supported  with  40,000  sil- 
ver columns,  and  in  the  concave  over 
them,  which  was  formed  to  represent  the 
twelve  signs  of  the  Zodiac,  and  adorned 
with  a  thousand  globes  of  gold,  were 
seen  all  the  planets  and  great  constella- 
tions performing  their  natural  revolutions. 


506 


PERSIA. 


Twelve  thousand  females,  the  most  beau- 
tiful in  Persia,  tilled  his  harem,  6,000 
horses  stood  in  the  royal  stables,  12,000 
elephants  followed  his  armies,  and  his 
treasures  were  deposited  in  100  vaults. 
No  monarch  ever  surpassed  him  in  royal 
luxury  and  splendor,  and  for  thirty  years 
his  arms  were  marked  with  complete 
success.  His  victorious  troops  carried 
the  Persian  banners  to  the  frontiers  of 
Ethiopia,  and  added  Arabia,  Egypt,  and 
Colchos,  to  his  dominions. 

Put  Khoosroo  was  aroused  from  his 
dream  of  happiness  and  of  conquest,  by 
the  victories  of  the  Emperor  Heraclius. 
This  prince,  who  was  as  remarkable  for 
his  weakness  and  indecision  in  the  cab- 
inet, as  for  his  extraordinary  valor  and 
skill  in  the  field,  had  long  endeavored  by 
negotiation,  to  avert  the  total  overthrow 
of  the  Roman  name,  and  had  even  sent 
deputies  to  express  his  desire  to  pur- 
chase peace  upon  any  terms.  He  was, 
however,  awakened  from  his  lethargy  by 
the  insulting  answer  of  the  Persian  king. 
"  I  will  hearken  to  no  terms,  till  your  mas- 
ter shall  renounce  his  crucified  God,  and 
adore  the  God  of  the  Persians."  Herac- 
lius, upon  this,  took  the  field  in  person, 
and  in  six  glorious  campaigns,  stript 
Khoosroo  of  all  his  conquests,  overran 
the  finest  provinces  of  his  empire,  des- 
troyed his  magnificent  palaces,  plundered 
his  hoarded  treasures,  and  dispersed,  in 
every  direction,  the  countless  slaves  of 
his  pleasures.  The  troops  of  Persia 
were  overthrown  in  every  encounter ; 
and  Khoosroo  was  at  last  deposed  by  his 
own  subjects,  and  murdered  by  the  com- 
mand of  his  own  son.  Schirouch  enjoy- 
ed the  reward  of  his  parricide  only  eight 
months  ;  and,  during  the  four  succeeding 
years,  the  kingdom  was  so  distracted  by 
intestine  divisions,  that  seven  sovereigns, 
two  of  whom  were  daughters  of  Khoosroo 
Purveez,  were  raised  to  the  throne  by  the 
ambitious  nobles,  and  successively  mur- 
dered. Yezdijird  III,  the  grandson  of 
Khoosroo,  was  next  called  to  wield  the 
sceptre  of  Persia  ;  and  he  has  obtained 
celebrity  only  as  being  the  last  sovereign 
of  the  house  of  Sassan  ;  and  in  whose 
reign  the  Arabs  accomplished  the  subver- 
sion of  the  Persian  empire. 

The  first  attempt  of  Mahomed  to  ex- 


tend his  religion  over  Persia  was  in  the 
reign  of  Khoosroo  Purveez,  who  was  so 
enraged  at  being  called  upon  by  an  ob- 
scure Arabian  to  renounce  the  religion 
of  his  fathers,  that  he  tore  to  pieces  the 
letter  of  the  prophet ;  and  to  that  sacrile- 
gious act,  Mahomedan  historians  impute 
all  that  prince's  subsequent  misfortunes. 
The  next  attempt  was  made  by  the  Ca- 
liph Omar,  who  commanded  a  body  of 
Arabs  to  pass  the  Euphrates.  They 
were  at  first  severely  repulsed  in  several 
engagements  ;  but  by  their  valor  and  per- 
severance they  at  last  obtained  an  impor- 
tant victory,  which  laid  the  foundation  of 
the  Mahomedan  power  in  that  country. 

The  armies  of  the  faithful  soon  ex- 
tended the  authority  of  their  master  from 
the  Euphrates  to  the  Oxus,  destroying 
with  savage  fury  every  vistage  of  idol- 
atry, and  the  inhabitants  were  every 
where  compelled  to  submit  to  the  reli- 
gion of  the  conquerors,  or  seek  an  asy- 
lum in  other  lands.  Lieutenants  were 
then  appointed  to  the  different  districts  of 
the  country,  and  Persia,  for  more  than  two 
centuries,  was  held  as  a  province  under 
the  Arabian  Caliphs.  In  process  of  time, 
however,  the  fever  of  religious  frenzy 
abated,  and  the  power  of  the  caliphs  de- 
clined. The  discontented  and  mutinous 
armies  of  the  impotent  successors  of 
Omar  and  Aly  were  scarcely  able  to  pro- 
tect the  capital,  much  less  hold  in  sub- 
jection the  distant  provinces  of  the  em- 
pire, whose  governors  exercised  almost 
regal  power,  carried  on  war  Avith  each 
other,  and  gave  no  mark  of  allegiance  to 
the  vicegerent  of  the  prophet,  except  the 
merely  using  his  name  in  the  public 
prayers. 

While  the  kingdom  was  thus  divided 
and  distracted  by  the  contentions  of  its 
petty  rulers,  the  sceptre  of  Persia  was 
won  by  the  wisdom  and  valor  of  Yacoob- 
ben-Leis,  the  son  of  a  pewterer  and  a 
robber.  This  daring  chief  was  an  inhab- 
itant of  Seistan,  and  was  characterized 
by  great  simplicity  of  manners.  He  pos- 
sessed the  devoted  attachment  of  his  fol- 
lowers, and  in  no  instance  did  he  abuse 
his  success,  by  any  wanton  act  of  cru- 
elty or  oppression.  Having  first  estab- 
lished his  authority  in  his  native  prov- 
ince, he,  from  thence,  carried  his  arms 


PERSIA. 


507 


over  the  finest  districts  of  Persia,  and  his 
ambition  even  led  him  to  threaten  des- 
truction to  the  power  and  the  government 
of  the  caliphs.  He  was,  however,  de- 
feated in  the  vicinity  of  Bagdad  ;  but, 
undismayed  by  his  reverse,  he  recruited 
his  army,  and  returned  again  to  the  at- 
tack of  the  capital.  The  caliph  dreaded 
the  result,  and  despatched  a  messenger 
to  the  camp  of  Yacoob.  This  leader, 
though  lying  dangerously  ill,  having 
commanded  that  his  sword,  some  coarse 
bread,  and  dried  onions  should  be  laid  be- 
fore him,  desired  the  envoy  to  be  introdu- 
ced. "  Tell  your  master,"  said  he,  "  that, 
if  I  live,  that  sword  shall  decide  betwixt 
us  :  if  I  conquer,  I  will  do  as  I  please  ; 
if  he  is  victorious,  that  bread  and  those 
onions,  which  thou  seest,  is  my  fare  ; 
and  neither  he  nor  fortune  can  triumph 
over  a  man  accustomed  to  such  diet." 
But  the  resolute  chief  survived  only  a 
few  days,  and  almost  the  whole  of  Per- 
sia fell  by  succession  to  his  brother  Amer. 

Mahmood,  the  next  monarch  of  note, 
was  renowned,  not  only  for  his  victories, 
but  he  was  a  mimificent  patron  of  genius  ; 
and  it  is  to  his  love  of  literature,  and  the 
encouragement  which  he  gave  to  learned 
men,  that  we  owe  the  noble  work  of 
Ferdosi,  the  Shah  Namah,  or  "  Book  of 
Kings,"  which  contains  almost  all  that 
remains  of  the  ancient  history  of  his  coun- 
try. A  splendid  reward  had  been  prom- 
ised to  the  poet,  upon  the  completion  of 
his  task,  but  Mahmood  had  been  persua- 
ded by  envious  rivals  to  lessen  the 
amount.  Ferdosi  spurned  the  diminished 
present,  and  after  adding  to  his  poem  a 
severe  satire  upon  the  king's  want  of 
generosity,  left  the  court,  and  retired  to 
his  native  city  of  Toos  in  Khorassan. 
Sometime  afterward  the  monarch  saw  his 
error,  but  it  was  too  late.  The  rich 
present  destined  for  the  poet,  entered  the 
gates  of  Toos,  as  the  body  of  Ferdosi 
was  carrying  to  its  sepulchre  ;  and  we  | 
are  told  that  his  virtuous  daughter  rejected  I 
the  wealth  which  had  been  denied  to  the  ' 
unrivalled  merit  of  her  father.  I 

The  conquests  of  Mahmood  in  the  \ 
east,  were  uniformly  marked  by  religious  j 
persecution,  and  his  bigot  zeal  led  him  : 
not  only  to  destroy  the  idols,  and  pillage  j 
the  temples  of  the  Hindoo  idolaters,  but  j 


also  to  cover  their  cities  with  desolation. 
In  a  popular  eastern  tale,  the  vizier  of 
this  prince  is  represented  as  pretending 
to  be  acquainted  with  the  language  of 
birds,  and  as  explaining  the  liberality  of 
an  old  owl,  who,  after  wishing  "  Mah- 
mood a  long  life,"  offered  a  hundred  ru- 
ined villages  as  a  dowry  to  her  daughter. 
But  while  he  was  carrying  the  horrors  of 
war  and  of  persecution  into  every  country 
which  he  visited,  his  own  dominions  en- 
joyed perfect  tranquillity,  which  was 
greatly  owing  to  his  severe,  but  equitable 
rule.  The  following  instance  of  his  de- 
termined justice  is  recorded  by  all  his 
historians.  "  A  poor  man  had  com- 
plained that  a  young  noble  of  the  court 
came  constantly  to  his  house  at  night, 
turned  him  out  of  doors,  and  slept  with 
his  wife.  The  monarch  bade  him  give 
notice  the  next  time  this  occurred.  He 
did  as  he  was  directed,  and  Mahmood 
went  with  him  to  his  house.  When  he 
reached  it,  he  put  out  a  lamp  that  was 
burning,  and  having  found  the  paramour, 
struck  off  his  head  with  one  blow  of  his 
cimiter.  He  then  called  for  a  light,  and, 
after  viewing  the  corpse,  fell  upon  his 
knees,  and  returned  thanks  to  heaven, 
after  which  he  bade  the  astonished  hus- 
band bring  him  water,  of  which  he  drank 
an  immoderate  quantity.  '  You  are  sur- 
prised at  my  actions,'  said  Mahmood, 
"  but  know,  that  since  you  informed  me 
of  the  outrage  you  suffered,  I  have  nei- 
ther slept,  eat,  nor  drank.  1  conceived 
that  no  person,  except  one  of  my  sons, 
would  dare  openly  to  commit  so  great  a 
crime ;  resolved  to  do  justice,  I  extin- 
guished the  light,  that  my  feelings  as  a 
father  might  not  prevent  nie  from  doing 
my  duty  as  a  sovereign  ;  my  prayers  were 
a  thanksgiving  to  the  Almighty,  when  I 
saw  that  I  had  not  been  compelled  to  slay 
one  of  my  own  offspring,  and  I  drank,  as 
you  observed,  like  a  man  that  was  ex- 
piring from  thirst.' " 

The  successors  of  Mahmood  were  un- 
able to  maintain  the  glory  which  he  had 
acquired,  and  were  soon  swept  from  the 
list  of  monarchs  by  the  leader  of  a  Tar- 
tar tribe,  who  at  first  had  been  permitted 
to  lead  their  flocks  over  the  rich  pastures 
of  Khorassan,  but  who  soon  became  mas- 
ters  of  that  province,  and   at  last  drove 


508 


PERSIA. 


the  monarchs  of  Ghizni  beyond  the  lim- 
its of  Persia.  The  territory  of  this  Tar- 
tar tribe  of  Seljookee  stretched  from  the 
Oxus  to  the  laxartes.  But  as  soon  as 
their  chief,  Toghrul  Beg,  had  got  posses- 
sion of  Khorassan,  he  assumed  the  title 
and  state  of  a  sovereign,  and  extending 
his  conquests  to  the  west,  overran  Irak, 
and,  by  the  reduction  of  Bagdad,  became 
master  of  the  person  of  the  caliph  Ul- 
Kaim.  Having  completely  subdued  the 
whole  of  Persia,  he  sought  to  strengthen 
his  authority  by  a  close  alliance  with  the 
family  of  the  successors  of  the  prophet. 
Ul-Kaim  had  married  his  sister,  and  he 
himself  demanded  the  daughter  of  the 
commander  of  the  faithful.  The  depend- 
ent condition  of  the  Caliph  forbade  him  to 
refuse  compliance,  but  the  aged  bride- 
groom enjoyed  his  union  only  for  a  few 
months. 

His  nephew  Alp-Arselan  ascended  the 
throne,  and  upheld  by  his  valor  and  gen- 
erosity the  glory  of  the  empire  which  his 
imcle  had  founded.  His  first  enterprise 
was  directed  against  the  tottering  power 
of  Constantinople.  He  invaded  Geor- 
gia, and  advanced  into  the  province  of 
Phrygia  ;  but  he  found  an  enemy  worthy 
of  the  name,  in  the  emperor  Romanus. 
The  Persian  armies  were  forced  to  fall 
back  upon  their  frontiers.  A  general  en- 
gagement followed,  where  the  troops  of 
Romanus  were  at  first  successful ;  but 
the  treachery  and  cowardice  of  one  of 
his  principal  ofiicers,  who  withdrew  with 
a  large  division  of  his  forces,  gave  the 
victory  to  the  Persians.  The  courage 
of  Romanus,  strengthened  by  despair, 
was  unable  to  retrieve  his  fortunes  ;  and 
being  at  last  wounded  and  overwhelmed 
by  numbers,  he  was  taken  prisoner,  and 
carried  into  the  presence  of  his  con- 
queror. "  What  would  you  have  done,  had 
fortune  reversed  our  lot  ?"  demanded  the 
Persian.  "  I  would  have  given  you  many 
a  stripe,"  was  the  reply.  Alp-Arselan 
smiled  at  his  inoffensive  rage  ;  and  asked 
what  treatment  he  now  expected  from 
him.  "  If  thou  art  cruel,"  said  Romanus, 
"put  me  to  death.  If  vain-glorious,  load 
me  with  chains,  and  drag  me  in  triumph 
to  thy  capital.  If  generous,  grant  me 
my  liberty."  Alp-Arselan  was  generous. 
He  nobly  released  the  emperor  and  all 


his  officers,  and  treated  them  with  every 
mark  of  friendship  and  regard. 

*The  Persian  king  now  led  his  armies 
to  the  conquest  of  the  country  of  his 
fathers.  He  crossed  the  Oxus  without 
opposition  by  a  bridge,  which  he  had 
commanded  to  be  thrown  over  that  river ; 
but  here  his  career  of  conquest  was  clos- 
ed. The  protracted  resistance  of  a  small 
fortress  had  retarded  the  progress  of  the 
Persian  army,  which  so  irritated  the 
monarch,  that  he  commanded  its  gallant 
commander  into  his  presence  ;  and,  after 
loading  him  with  reproaches,  ordered 
him  for  execution.  The  brave  soldier 
drew  his  dagger  and  rushed  towards  the 
sultan.  The  guards  interposed  ;  but  Alp- 
Arselan,  who  considered  himself  une- 
qualled as  an  archer,  seized  his  bow,  and 
ordered  them  to  stand  back.  He,  how- 
ever, missed  his  aim,  and  before  he  could 
draw  another  arrow,  he  fell  under  the 
dagger  of  his  prisoner. 

After  a  series  of  intestine  wars,  the 
reigning  princes  were  all  swept  away 
by  the  inundation  of  the  Tartars  under 
Genghis  Khan.  This  destroyer  of  the 
human  race  divided  his  immense  con- 
quests among  his  four  sons,  when  Persia, 
Khorassan,  and  Cabul,  were  assigned  to 
Tuli  Khan,  who  survived  his  father  but  a 
few  years,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son, 
the  celebrated  Hulakoo  Khan. 

This  monarch  having  captured  Bagdad, 
and  extirpated  the  race  of  the  caliphs, 
fixed  his  residence  at  Maragha.  In  this 
delightful  spot  he  spent  the  remainder  of 
his  life,  enjoying  the  society  of  learned 
men,  and  promoting  every  work  of  sci- 
ence to  the  utmost  of  his  power.  Phi- 
losophers and  astronomers  were  assem- 
bled from  every  part  of  his  dominions, 
who,  under  the  direction  of  his  favorite 
and  learned  minister  Nasser-u-deen, 
formed  those  astronomical  tables,  known 
under  the  name  of  the  tables  of  Eel- 
Khannee.  The  remains  of  a  building 
situated  on  the  summit  of  a  low  mountain 
near  Maragha  still  marks  the  spot  sacred 
to  science,  where  these  learned  men 
carried  on  their  observations.  Hulakoo 
died  before  his  observatory  was  comple- 
ted, and  bequeathed  his  sceptre  to  his 
son  Abaka,  a  prince  equally  renowned 
for  courage  and  wisdom  and  moderation. 


PERSIA. 


509 


The  reigns  of  this  prince  and  of  his 
successors,  Ahmed;  Arghoun,  and  Key 
Khatou,  are  marked  by  no  events  of  im- 
portance, except  the  attempt  of  the  latter 
to  introduce  a  paper  currency  throughout 
his  dominions,  which  however  cost  him 
both  his  crown  and  his  Hfe.  This  weak 
prince  having  exhausted  his  treasury  by 
his  unexampled  prodigality,  listened  to 
the  schemes  of  one  of  the  officers  of  the 
revenue,  who  proposed  to  substitute  a 
paper  exchange  in  lieu  of  specie  in  all 
commercial  transactions ;  and  by  this 
means  it  was  expected  that  all  the  gold 
and  silver  in  the  country  would  flow  into 
the  royal  coffers,  and  give  life  and  vigor 
to  the  government.  For  this  purpose 
banking  houses  were  erected  in  every 
city  and  town  in  Persia,  where  notes  of 
various  value  were  regularly  issued  ;  and 
each  note  contained  a  positive  mandate 
for  all  his  majesty's  subjects  to  receive 
them,  on  pain  of  punishment.  This 
measure,  however,  was  so  unpopular, 
that  it  lasted  but  a  few  days,  when  it  was 
repealed ;  but  it  lost  the  monarch  the 
confidence  of  all  ranks  ;  and  he  was  soon 
after  deposed  and  slain  by  a  confederacy 
of  his  disaffected  nobles,  at  the  head  of 
which  was  Baidu  Khan,  the  grandson  of 
Hulakoo.  Baidu,  however,  enjoyed  the 
crown  but  a  few  months,  when  he  fell  by 
the  hand  of  his  nephew  Ghazan  Khan. 

This  prince,  however,  refused  to  as- 
cend the  throne  till  he  was  regidarly 
elected,  like  his  Mogul  ancestors,  by  the 
assembled  chiefs  or  ameers  of  the  empire. 
He  then  set  himself  to  reform  the  many 
abuses  which  had  crept  into  the  govern- 
ment during  a  succession  of  weak  princes. 

After  his  death  the  kingdom  was  torn 
by  intestine  divisions,  and  could  offer  but 
a  feeble  resistance  to  the  victorious 
Tamerlane.  This  insatiable  conqueror 
marked  his  progress  by  desolation  and 
ruin.  Many  provinces  were  turned  into 
deserts  by  the  destructive  ravages  of  his 
countless  hordes ;  and  even  submission 
did  not  exempt  their  unfortunate  inhabi- 
tants from  pillage  and  massacre.  Ispahan 
opened  its  gates  on  his  approach,  but  a 
heavy  contribution  was  levied  on  its  citi- 
zens. An  imfortunate  occurrence,  how- 
ever, involved  this  city  in  ruin.  The 
inhabitants  were  one  night  roused  by  the 


sound  of  a  drum,  which  a  young  black- 
smith had  been  beating  for  his  amuse- 
ment. They  rushed  together  to  ascertain 
the  cause  of  their  alarm,  and,  becoming 
irritated  by  the  expressions  of  misery 
and  distress  which  burst  from  all  ranks, 
they  vented  their  rage  by  the  massacre 
of  nearly  three  thousand  Tartar  soldiers 
who  had  been  quartered  in  the  city.  On 
the  morning  the  gates  were  shut,  and  the 
citizens  called  to  arms  ;  but  the  resis- 
tance of  despair  could  not  save  them 
from  the  fury  of  Tamerlane,  who  doomed 
Ispahan,  as  an  example  to  the  other  cities 
of  the  earth.  He  would  listen  to  no 
terms.  The  Avails  were  carried  by 
storm ;  and,  besides  giving  up  the  city 
to  pillage,  he  commanded  that  every 
soldier  should  bring  him  a  certain  number 
of  heads.  In  this  horrid  massacre  seventy 
thousand  heads  were  raised  in  pyramids 
as  monuments  of  savage  revenge. 

Persia  now  became  a  province  of  the 
empire  of  Tartary,  and  continued  to  be 
ruled  by  the  descendants  of  Tamerlane, 
till  the  invasion  of  a  tribe  of  Turkomans 
under  Uzun  Hussun,  who  became  sole 
master  of  the  empire  in  1468. 

Shah  Ismail,  the  next  monarch  of  note, 
was  descended  from  a  race  of  holy  men, 
who  were  Sheahs,  or  adherents  of  the 
family  of  Aly,  and  who  had  long  been 
settled  at  Ardebil,  where  they  lived  as 
retired  devotees.  Their  reputed  sanctity 
had  attracted  many  disciples,  and  had 
acquired  them  the  reverence  and  respect 
of  the  temporal  rulers   of  their  country. 

Though  Sultan  Khodah-bundah,  about 
two  centuries  before,  had  embraced  the 
faith  of  the  sect  of  Aly,  yet  it  was  to  Is- 
mail that  it  owed  its  establishment  as  the 
religion  of  the  empire  ;  and  it  was  prin- 
cipally to  the  nature  of  its  tenets,  that  he 
was  indebted  for  the  rise  of  his  fortunes. 
From  the  sanctity  of  his  own  character, 
and  also  of  that  of  his  ancestors,  he  was 
regarded  by  his  followers  as  one  raised 
up  and  favored  by  heaven  for  the  propa- 
gation of  the  new  faith.  They  gloried  in 
the  name  of  Sheah,  or  "  sectary,"  and 
vowed  eternal  hostility  against  all  Son- 
nites.  So  enthusiastic  were  they  in  this 
feeling,  that  many  of  his  soldiers  dis- 
dained to  wear  armor  when  fighting  under 
Ismail,  but  bared  their  breasts,  and  court- 


510 


PERSIA. 


ed  death  in  the  midst  of  their  enemies,  ex- 
claiming, "  Sheah  !  Sheah!"  to  mark  the 
holy  cause  for  which  they  fought.  The 
memory  of  Ismail  is  still  cherished  with 
affection  in  Persia ;  and  the  dynasty,  of 
which  he  was  the  founder,  ruled  over 
this  country  for  more  than  two  centuries. 

His  son  Tamasp  was  only  ten  years 
of  age  when  he  ascended  the  throne. 
Though  not  distinguished  by  great  abili- 
ties, this  prince  possessed  a  kind  and  gen- 
erous disposition,  was  not  wanting  either 
in  spirit  or  in  prudence.  During  a  long 
reign  of  fifty-three  years,  which  was  al- 
most periodically  disturbed  by  the  inva- 
sion of  the  Turks,  on  the  one  hand,  and  by 
the  inroads  of  the  Usbegs  on  the  other, 
he  maintained  the  integrity  of  the  empire, 
and  added  Georgia  to  the  conquests  of 
his  father.  His  generous  reception  of 
the  emperor  Hoomayoon,  when  driven 
from  the  throne  of  India,  is  remembered  by 
his  countrymen  with  national  pride  ;  and 
the  munificent  and  royal  hospitality  which 
that  prince  experienced,  and  the  effectual 
assistance  which  he  received  to  replace 
him  on  his  throne,  called  forth  the  praise 
even  of  distant  nations.  It  was  during 
the  reign  of  this  prince,  that  Queen  Eliza- 
beth accredited  an  English  merchant, 
named  Jenkinson,  to  visit  the  court  of 
Persia,  for  the  purpose  of  extending  the 
commerce  of  her  kingdom  ;  but  Tamasp, 
who  was  most  bigoted  in  his  religious 
sentiments,  told  him  that  he  had  no  need 
of  the  aid  of  infidels,  and  bade  him  depart. 

For  nearly  ten  years,  subsequent  to 
the  death  of  Shah  Tamasp,  the  empire 
was  torn  by  the  contentions  of  his  chil- 
dren, when  his  grandson  Abbas  was  raised 
to  the  throne  by  the  chiefs  of  Khorassan. 

Having  restored  tranquillity  throughout 
the  empire.  Shah  Abbas  set  himself  to 
promote  its  general  welfare  and  improve- 
ment. He  fixed  his  residence  at  Ispa- 
han, which  he  made  the  capital  of  his 
dominions,  and  greatly  beautified ;  and 
its  population  was  more  than  doubled  du- 
ring his  reign. 

There  have  been  few  sovereigns  more 
deserving  of  the  title  of  Great  than  Shah 
Abbas,  if  we  consider  the  substantial 
benefits  which  he  rendered  to  his  country. 
Though  distinguished  as  a  military  lead- 
er, and  possessed  of  great   means,   he 


deemed  the  improvement  of  his  dominions 
a  nobler  object  than  the  pursuit  of  con- 
quest. He  attended  to  the  cultivation 
and  commerce  of  Persia  beyond  all  for- 
mer monarchs,  and  his  liberal  policy  at- 
tracted to  his  dominions  Europeans  from 
almost  every  country  in  Christendom, 
who  enjoyed  during  his  reign  the  most 
abundant  toleration.  The  impression 
which  his  noble  munificence  in  the  erec- 
tion of  so  many  useful  public  buildings 
made  upon  the  minds  of  his  subjects,  has 
descended  to  their  children ;  and  the 
ready  answer,  which  is  received  to  every 
inquiry  respecting  the  founder  of  any  an- 
cient building  in  this  country,  is,  "  Shah 
Abbas  the  Great,"  which  is  given  not 
from  their  knowledge  of  the  fact,  but 
from  the  habit  of  considering  him  as  the 
author  of  all  improvements. 

During  the  greater  part  of  his  reign, 
Persia  enjoyed  an  internal  tranquillity 
which  had  been  unknown  for  centuries  ; 
and  the  impartial  Chardiii  has  summed 
up  his  character  in  this  respect  in  few 
words.  "  When  this  great  prince  ceased 
to  live,  Persia  ceased  to  prosper."  But 
notwithstanding  this  high  eulogy,  we 
cannot  forget  the  many  cruelties  of  which 
he  was  guilty,  particularly  towards  the 
members  of  his  own  family,  which  nei- 
ther the  stern  dictates  of  policy  nor  the 
jealousy  of  power  can  ever  justify.  This 
monarch  died  at  the  age  of  seventy,  and 
bequeathed  the  sceptre  of  Persia  to  his 
grandson  Sam  Meerza,  the  son  of  Suffee 
Meerza. 

Previous  to  the  time  of  Abbas  the 
Great,  the  Persian  princes  had  been 
brought  up  as  soldiers,  and  had  often  the 
command  of  the  armies  ;  but  the  jealousy 
of  that  sovereign,  led  him  to  change  en- 
tirely this  system  of  education  ;  and  sub- 
sequent to  the  death  of  his  sons,  the 
princes  of  the  Suffavean  dynasty  were 
from  their  infancy  immured  in  the  harem, 
and  associated  only  with  women  and 
eunuchs.  His  successors  consequently 
bore  indelible  marks  of  this  pernicious 
system.  Their  characters  were  formed 
by  their  condition.  Inexperienced  and 
effeminate,  they  trusted  the  direction  of 
public  affairs  to  their  ministers,  and  revel- 
ed in  every  sensual  gratification.  Ef- 
feminacy begat  cowardice,  and  cowardice 


PERSIA. 


511 


cruelty ;  and  all  who  were  at  any  time 
denounced  as  dangerous  to  their  power, 
were  immediately  destroyed. 

Sam  Meerza  was  seventeen  years  of 
age  when  he  was  taken  from  the  harem 
and  set  upon  the  throne  of  the  Great 
Abbas.  He  was  a  tyrant  without  one 
redeeming  quality.  Every  male  of  the 
blood-royal,  however  distantly  related, 
and  every  officer  of  rank  or  reputation, 
were  either  put  to  death  or  deprived  of 
sight ;  and  the  list  of  his  victims  was 
swelled  by  a  great  number  of  females  of 
the  highest  rank,  among  whom  were  his 
aunt,  his  mother,  and  his  queen.  He  died 
at  Kashan,  after  a  reign  of  fourteen  years, 
every  one  of  which  presented  the  same 
horrid  and  disgusting  scene  of  barbarous 
cruelty. 

Abbas  II  was  not  ten  years  old  at  the 
death  of  his  father,  and  fell  of  course  into 
the  hands  of  his  ministers,  who  happened 
to  be  men  of  devout  and  austere  habits. 
But  the  restraint  in  which  he  was  kept 
only  led  him  to  indulge  the  more  when 
he  escaped  from  their  authority ;  and 
though  naturally  humane  and  generous, 
yet  in  his  drunken  frolics  he  committed 
the  most  wanton  cruelties.  His  excesses, 
however,  were  in  a  great  degree  confined 
to  the  circle  of  his  court.  His  subjects 
at  large  knew  him  only  as  one  of  the  most 
generous  and  just  monarchs  that  ever 
ruled  in  Persia.  During  his  reign  the 
country  enjoyed  complete  tranquillity ; 
embassies  from  almost  every  nation  in 
Europe,  as  well  as  from  India  and  Tar- 
tary,  visited  his  court,  and  experienced 
his  kindness.  Commerce  flourished ;  and 
his  hospitality  and  attention  to  strangers, 
attracted  vast  numbers  to  his  dominions. 
His  excessive  indulgence  brought  on  an 
inflammation  in  the  throat,  of  which  he 
died  in  the  thirty-fourth  year  of  his  age. 

The  reign  of  Hussein,  one  of  his  suc- 
cessors, is  memorable  chiefly  for  the  in- 
vasion and  subjugation  of  the  empire  by 
the  Afl*ghans  in  1722.  This  race  had 
long  inhabited  the  mountainous  region 
between  Persia  and  India.  Divided  into 
tribes,  where  the  chief  and  his  followers 
enjoyed  the  same  savage  freedom,  they 
opposed  every  attempt  to  reduce  them  to 
one  society,  whose  common  danger  and 
wants  would  have  cemented  their  union, 


and  rendered  them  formidable  to  their 
neighbors.  In  consequence  of  this  dis- 
union, they  were  never  able  to  resist  any 
serious  attack,  and  their  country  was  long 
divided  between  the  monarchs  of  Persia 
and  India.  They  were,  in  general,  how- 
ever, able  to  maintain  a  considerable  de- 
gree of  independence  by  balancing  be- 
tween these  two  powerful  states. 

Mahmood,  one  of  the  AfTghan  princes, 
being  proclaimed  sovereign  of  Candahar, 
contemplated  with  high  hopes  the  subju- 
gation of  Persia.  This  unfortunate  coun- 
try was  at  this  period  depressed  by  the 
vacillating  measures  of  its  pusillanimous 
ruler.  The  energies  of  the  empire  were 
extinguished  by  effeminacy  and  palsied 
by  superstition.  An  unusual  denseness 
in  the  atmosphere,  accompanied  with  an 
extraordinary  redness  in  the  appearance 
of  the  sun  on  the  horizon,  which  contin- 
ued for  nearly  two  months,  was  converted 
into  a  symbol  of  divine  wrath,  and  prince 
and  people  anticipated  the  destruction  of 
the  capital.  Every  measure  which  fanati- 
cism could  suggest  was  adopted  to  avert 
the  threatenings  of  heaven  ;  but  their 
fears  were  confirmed  by  the  intelligence 
that  the  army  of  the  Affghan  prince  was 
within  a  few  days  march  of  Ispahan. 
This  army,  it  is  said,  did  not  exceed 
twenty  thousand  warriors,  while  the  Per- 
sian forces  within  the  walls  of  the  city 
were  more  than  double  its  numbers.  But 
treachery  and  cowardice  laid  Persia  at 
the  feet  of  Mahmood,  and  after  a  long 
siege,  imexampled   in  horrors,*  Ispahan 


*  The  dreadful  extremities  to  which  the  inhab- 
itants of  Ispahan  were  reduced,  during  this  siege, 
are  described  by  several  eye-witnesses.  "  The 
flesh  of  horses,  camels,  and  mules,  were  so  dear, 
that  none  but  the  king,  some  of  the  nobles,  and 
the  wealthiest  citizens,  could  afford  to  purchase 
it.  Though  the  Persians  abhor  dogs  as  unclean, 
they  ate  greedily  of  them,  as  well  as  that  of  other 
forbidden  animals,  as  long  as  they  were  to  be  ob- 
tained. After  these  supplies  were  gone,  they  fed 
upon  the  leaves  and  bark  of  trees,  and  on  leather, 
which  they  softened  by  boiling,  and  when  this  sad 
resource  was  exhausted,  they  began  to  devour 
human  flesh.  Men  with  their  eyes  sunk,  their 
countenances  livid,  and  their  bodies  feeble  and 
emaciated  with  hunger,  were  seen  in  crowds  en- 
deavoring to  protract  a  wretched  existence,  by 
cutting  pieces  from  the  bodies  of  those  who  had 
just  expired.  In  many  instances,  the  citizens 
lew  each  other,  and  parents  murdered  their  chil- 
dren to  furnish  the  horrid  meal.    Some  more  virtu- 


512 


PERSIA. 


opened  her  gates,  and  Hussein  resigned 
his  crown  to  the  Aff'ghan  conqueror. 

The  measures  which  Mahmood  adopt- 
ed at  the  commencement  of  his  reign, 
were  such  as  to  conciUate  the  good  opin- 
ion of  his  new  subjects,  and  to  promise 
prosperity  to  Persia.  His  first  care  was 
to  reheve  the  inhabitants  from  famine. 
He  received  into  favor  all  those  nobles 
who  had  maintained  their  fidelity  to  Shah 
Hussein,  while  he  banished  or  put  to 
death  those  who  had  proved  false  to  their 
duty.  European  factories  were  encour- 
aged and  confirmed  in  all  their  privileges, 
and  Christians  of  all  nations  were  allowed 
the  public  performance  of  their  religious 
duties.  But  all  this  was  but  as  a  gleam  of 
sunshine  before  a  tempest.  It  was  an 
eflbrt  of  virtue,  which  his  cruel  and  ca- 
pricious nature  was  unable  to  support. 
He  stood  amidst  the  wreck  of  a  mighty 
empire,  and  he  became  alarmed  at  the 
magnitude  of  the  ruins  with  which  he 
was  surrounded.  His  army  had  been 
greatly  reduced,  and  he  dreaded  an  in- 
surrection in  the  capital.  In  order  to 
relieve  his  fears,  he  had  recourse  to 
measures  the  most  cowardly  and  savage 
recorded  in  history.  The  miseries  of 
the  siege  were  but  as  a  prelude  to  the 
bloody  tragedy  which  was  to  follow ;  the 
different  acts  of  which  were,  the  murder 
of  three  hundred  nobles  with  all  their 
male  children  ;  the  destruction  of  three 
thousand  guards  whom  he  had  taken  into 
pay  ;  the  massacre  of  every  Persian  who 
had  ever  been  in  the  service  of  the  former 
government ;  the  plunder  of  European 
and  other  foreigners ;  and  the  murder  of 
thirty-nine  princes  of  the  blood.  Such 
horrible  cruelties  could  only  have  pro- 
ceeded from  a  mind,  overwhelmed  by  the 
most  servile  fears,  or  under  the  influence 
of  insanity  ;  and  we  find  that  this  prince 
soon  after  was  seized  with  madness  in  its 
most  dreadful  form,  and  in  the  paroxysms 
of  which,  according  to  some  accounts,  he 
not  only  tore  ofl'his  own  flesh,  but  ate  it. 
He  died   under   the    most    excruciatins 


ous,  poisoned  themselves  and  families,  that  they 
might  escape  the  guilt  of  preserving  life  by  such 
means.  These  evils  were  increased  by  the  cruelty 
of  the  Affghans,  who  put  to  death,  without  dis- 
tmclion  of  age  or  sex,  all  who  tried  to  escape  from 
this  scene  of  calamity." 


tortures  of  mind  and  body,  in  the  prime 
of  life,  and  after  having  sat  upon  the 
throne  of  Persia  only  three  years. 

The  son  of  Hussein  who  had  escaped 
from  Ispahan  at  the  time  of  the  siege, 
was,  by  the  assistance  of  Nadir  Kooli,  a 
warlike  chieftain,  enabled  to  defeat  Ash- 
raff",  the  successor  of  Mahmood.  He 
entered  Ispahan  amidst  the  acclamations 
of  his  people  ;  but  he  is  said  to  have 
burst  into  tears  when  he  beheld  the  de- 
faced and  solitary  halls  of  his  glorious 
ancestors.  Ashraff*  had  led  off  his  forces 
towards  Shiraz,  carrying  with  him  the 
old  men,  women,  and  children  of  his 
tribe,  upon  mules  and  camels,  and  all  the 
spoil  that  he  could  collect.  Accounts, 
however,  daily  arrived  of  the  dreadful 
excesses  which  they  committed  on  their 
march,  and  Nadir  Kooli  was  urged  by 
his  sovereign  to  pursue  the  fugitives. 
But  this  chief  had  other  views  than  re- 
storing a  weak  prince  to  the  throne  of 
his  fathers.  He  saw  the  sceptre  within 
his  own  grasp,  and  lost  no  opportunity 
of  securing  his  future  elevation.  He 
therefore  required  the  power  of  levying 
money,  as  essential  to  enable  him  to 
extirpate  the  Aflghans.  This  demand 
opened  the  eyes  of  Tamasp  to,  his  own 
critical  situation  ;  but  the  soldiers  would 
march  under  no  other  leader,  and  he  was 
obliged  to  comply.  Though  it  was  the 
depth  of  winter,  Nadir  led  his  forces 
towards  Shiraz  ;  and  in  a  few  months 
Persia  was  relieved  from  her  barbarous 
oppressors.  Few  of  the  Affghans  esca- 
ped death,  and  hardly  any  returned  to 
their  native  country.  They  either  per- 
ished from  want  and  fatigue  in  the  desert, 
or  were  taken  and  sold  for  slaves.  Such 
was  the  termination  of  this  extraordinary 
usurpation,  in  which  a  small  band  of 
foreigners,  seldom  exceeding  thirty  thou- 
sand, held  in  subjection  the  mass  of  a 
great  nation  ;  and  during  the  seven  years 
in  which  they  exercised  dominion  in 
Persia,  "  nearly  a  million  of  her  inhabi- 
tants had  perished,  her  finest  provinces 
had  been  rendered  desert,  and  her  proud- 
est edifices  levelled  with  the  dust." 

On  his  return.  Nadir  Kooli  was  hailed 
as  the  deliverer  of  his  country ;  and,  as 
a  reward  for  his  great  services,  received 
the    grant   of   Khorassan,    Mazenderan, 


PERSIA. 


513 


Seistan,  and  Kerraan,  with  the  power  of 
exercising  the  privileges  of  an  indepen- 
dent sovereign.  The  pageantry  of  Ta- 
masp  was  now  drawing  to  a  close.  Un- 
der the  pretence  of  his  having  concluded 
an  ignominious  peace  with  the  Turks, 
while  Nadir  was  quelling  a  rebellion  of 
the  Aflghans  in  Khorassan,  he  vi^as  de- 
throned by  his  victorious  general,  who 
raised  the  infant  son  of  Tamasp  to  the 
throne,  and  accepted  the  office  of  regent 
of  the  empire.  Nadir  now  entered  into 
a  war  with  the  Ottoman  Porte,  which, 
after  a  long  and  doubtful  struggle,  ter- 
minated with  the  recovery  of  all  the 
posessions  which  the  Turks  had  seized 
during  the  AfTghan  invasion.  The  suc- 
cessful issue  of  this  war  stimulated  the 
ambition  of  the  regent;  and  the  opportune 
death  of  the  infant  king  presented  to  him 
a  vacant  throne. 

On  the  plains  of  Chowal  Mogan,  and 
at  the  great  festival  of  the  Nouroze,  Nadir 
had  assembled  the  nobles  and  chiefs  of 
the  empire  ;  and  from  them,  after  much 
affected  humility,  he  condescended  to 
accept  the  crown,  upon  the  condition 
that  the  nation  should  abandon  the  doc- 
trines of  the  Sheahs,  and  embrace  the 
Sonnee  faith.  This  desire  of  Nadir  to 
change  the  religion  of  his  country  was 
evidently  prompted  by  the  hope  that  it 
would  destroy  that  veneration  and  attach- 
ment which  the  Persians  cherished  for 
the  Suffavean  dynasty,  by  Avhose  founder 
the  Sheah  faith  was  first  established. 
The  nation  at  large,  however,  continued 
attached  to  their  favorite  tenets,  which 
they  openly  embraced  at  the  death  of 
Nadir  Shah. 

The  accession  of  Nadir  Shah  was 
immediately  followed  by  the  reduction  of 
the  province  of  Candahar,  which  was 
possessed  by  the  Affghans ;  and  the  rapid 
conquest  of  Hindostan,  from  whence  he 
returned  laden  with  the  richest  treasure, 
calculated  to  amount  to  nearly  seventy 
millions  sterling.  His  subjects  began 
now  to  feel  the  benefit  of  their  sovereign's 
triumphs.  Taxes  were  remitted  for  three 
years  ;  and  Nadir  was  regarded  as  the 
destined  restorer  of  Persia  to  its  former 
glory.  Within  five  years, this  indefatiga- 
ble conqueror  had  not  only  expelled  the 
Affghans,  but  had  also  subdued  the  mon- 
65 


archs  of  Candahar,  India,  Bokharah,  and 
Khaurizm,  and  had  extended  the  limits 
of  the  empire  to  the  Oxus  on  the  north, 
and  the  Indus  on  the  east. 

Hitherto  Nadir  had  exercised  his  pow- 
er with  comparative  moderation  ;  but  a 
circumstance  occurred  at  this  time,whicli 
seemed  to  produce  a  dreadful  change  in 
his  disposition  and  character.  While 
marching  through  one  of  the  forests  of 
Daghestan,  in  an  expedition  against  the 
Lesghees,  a  ball  from  a  concealed  assas- 
sin wounded  him  in  the  hand  and  killed 
his  horse.  His  suspicions  fell  upon  his 
oldest  son  Reza  Kooli,  a  prince  of  great 
valor  and  acquirements,  and  who  was 
much  beloved  by  his  countrymen;  and 
his  suspicions  were  so  heightened  by 
the  gross  misrepresentations  of  infamous 
courtiers,  that  in  a  moment  of  rage,  he 
ordered  the  prince  to  be  deprived  of  sight. 
"  Your  crimes,"  said  Nadir,  "have  forced 
me  to  this  dreadful  measure."  "It  is  not 
my  eyes  you  have  put  out,"  replied  Reza 
Kooli,  "  but  those  of  Persia."  No  sooner 
was  the  punishment  inflicted  than  the 
tyrant  was  penetrated  with  remorse,  and 
vented  his  fury  upon  all  around  him.  Fifty 
noblemen,  who  were  present,  were  put 
to  death,  on  the  pretext  that  they  should 
have  offered  their  lives  to  save  the  eyes 
of  a  prince  who  was  the  glory  of  their 
country.  From  this  time  Nadir  became 
gloomy  and  irritable;  and  his  conduct 
during  the  last  five  years  of  his  life, 
exceeded  in  cruelty  the  deeds  of  the 
most  bloody  tyrants.  His  murders  were 
not  confined  to  individuals  ;  the  inhabi- 
tants of  whole  cities  were  massacred; 
and,  according  to  his  partial  historian, 
"  men  left  their  abodes,  and  took  up  their 
habitations  in  caverns  and  deserts,  in  the 
hope  of  escaping  his  savage  ferocity." 
The  only  troops  that  enjoyed  his  favor, 
and  upon  vvliom  he  placed  any  reliance, 
were  the  Affghans  and  Tartars,  who  were 
of  the  Sonnee  persuasion  ;  and  so  suspi- 
cious was  he  of  the  fidelity  of  his  coun- 
trymen, who,  in  general,  adhered  to  the 
Sheah  tenets,  that  in  a  state  of  frenzy 
he  proposed  to  put  to  death  every  Persian 
in  his  army  ;  bxit  the  bloody  purpose  was 
prevented  by  his  death ;  and  he  was 
assassinated  by  some  of  his  chief  officers, 
who  had  been  marked  as  his  next  victims. 


514 


PERSIA. 


The  next  ruler  of  Persia  was  Kurreem 
Khan,  who  is  celebrated  for  his  virtues  ; 
his  descendants  forfeited  by  their  crimes 
that  power  which  he  had  attained,  and 
were  supplanted  by  Aga  Mahomed  Khan 
Kujur.  His  principal  opponent  was 
Looft  Aly  Khan,  who  long  stniggled 
against  the  most  fearful  odds  in  support 
of  his  birth-right. 

Hajee  Ibrahim,  the  prime  minister, 
and  governor  of  Shiraz,  a  nobleman  of 
the  highest  talents  and  acquirements,  and 
who  had  been  the  means  of  placing 
Looft  Aly  Khan  upon  the  throne,  had 
become  alarmed  for  his  own  safety  from 
the  irrascible  disposition  of  his  master  ; 
and,  as  a  measure  of  self-preservation, 
seized  upon  Shiraz,  and  invited  Aga  Ma- 
homed to  take  possession  of  it.  A  strong 
detachment  was  immediately  despatched 
to  the  support  of  Hajee  Ibrahim,  but  it 
was  attacked  and  defeated  by  the  Per-  j 
sian  prince.  Another  army,  of  superior  | 
force,  and  out-numbering  the  troops  of 
Looft  Aly  more  than  ten  to  one,  met  with 
the  same  fate  ;  when  Aga  Mahomed  was 
under  the  necessity  of  advancing  in  per- 
son with  an  overwhelming  force,  which 
he  conceived  Avould  at  once  terminate 
the  war.  But  the  brave  Looft  Aly  was 
still  undismayed,  and,  animated  by  the 
most  heroic  courage,  he  determined  upon 
one  great  effort  for  his  crown.  He  sur- 
prised the  advanced  guard  of  the  enemy, 
which  he  defeated,  and  pursuing  the  fugi- 
tives to  their  camp,  attacked,  with  a 
band  of  a  few  hundred  men,  an  army  of 
more  than  thirty  thotisand.  Favored  by 
the  darkness  of  the  night,  and  the  terror 
which  his  name  inspired,  he  had  dispers- 
ed almost  the  whole  of  the  enemy,  and 
was  about  to  enter  the  tent  of  the  Kujur 
chief,  when  he  was  stopped  by  the  assur- 
ance of  one  of  his  followers  that  Aga 
Mahomed  was  among  the  fugitives.  De- 
ceived by  this  report,  he  dispersed  his 
troops  to  plunder  in  other  directions,  re- 
serving for  himself  the  jewels  and  trea- 
sures of  the  royal  pavilion.  But  when 
the  morning  dawned,  he  was  astonished 
to  hear  the  public  crier  calling  to  prayers, 
which  announced  to  all  that  Aga  Ma- 
homed Khan  was  still  at  his  post.  Looft 
Aly,  awakened  from  his  dream  of  vic- 
tory, found  himself  in  the  midst  of  his 


enemies,  and  fled  with  precipitation,  to 
avoid  being  made  prisoner.  Aga  Ma- 
homed marched  his  army  to  Shiraz ;  and 
from  this  time  he  may  be  considered  the 
actual  sovereign  of  Persia. 

The  mind  of  Looft  Aly  Khan  was  still 
unsubdued.  Though  struggling  against 
the  most  adverse  circumstances,  he  still 
cherished  the  hope  of  better  fortunes. 
He  had  still  a  few  faithful  followers,  who 
had  never  forsaken  him  ;  and  with  these 
this  most  undaunted  of  warriors  deter- 
mined again  to  take  the  field.  After  a 
variety  of  fortune,  he  took  the  city  of 
Kerman  by  assault,  and  once  more  as- 
sumed the  style  of  a  sovereign  ;  but  this 
was  the  last  of  his  glorious  achievements. 
Aga  Mahomed  hastened,  with  all  the 
forces  he  could  collect,  to  crush  a  foe 
who  seemed  to  rise  with  rencAved  energy 
from  every  fall.  He  invested  the  city 
with  an  immense  army  ;  and  posted  a 
strong  body  of  men  opposite  every  gate- 
way, to  prevent  the  escape  of  his  rival. 
The  defence  was  maintained  with  the 
most  heroic  ardor  for  four  months ;  but 
treachery  effected  what  superiority  of 
numbers  coxdd  not  accomplish.  The 
citadel  was  given  up  to  the  Persian 
troops  ;  and  Looft  Aly  and  his  brave  fol- 
lowers, after  a  severe  contest  of  three 
hours,  were  overpowered  by  numbers, 
and  obliged  to  retire.  At  night  the 
young  prince  crossed  the  ditch  by  a 
bridge  of  planks,  and,  accompanied  by 
three  attendants,  threw  himself  upon  the 
enemy's  lines  with  a  courage  strength- 
ened by  despair,  and  effected  his  escape. 
When  Aga  Mahomed  found  in  the  morn- 
ing that  Looft  Aly  was  beyond  his  reach, 
he  gave  vent  to  the  cruel  passions  of  his 
nature,  and  wreaked  his  vengeance  upon 
the  innocent  inhabitants  of  Kerman.  All 
the  males  of  mature  age  were  command- 
ed to  be  put  to  death,  or  deprived  of 
sight;  and  twenty  thousand  women  and 
children  were  granted  as  slaves  to  his 
soldiers. 

Looft  Aly  Khan  was  soon  afterwards 
betrayed  into  the  hands  of  his  merciless 
enemy,  who,  after  treating  him  with  the 
most  brutal  indignity,  tore  out  his  eyes, 
and  sent  him  prisoner  to  Teheran.  But 
this  gallant  prince,  even  in  the  wretched 
state  to  which  he  was  reduced,  was  still 


PERSIA. 


515 


an  object  of  dread  ;  and  the  fears  of  the 
tyrant  could  only  be  allayed  by  his  death. 
Such  was  the  fate  of  the  last  prince  of 
the  Zund  dynasty,  which  had  held  the 
government  of  Persia  for  nearly  half  a 
century.  But  their  implacable  enemy 
was  determined  upon  their  extirpation  ; 
and  every  one,  who,  from  his  birth,  could 
have  formed  the  most  remote  pretensions 
to  the  throne,  was  either  put  to  death  or 
deprived  of  sight ;  and  not  only  the  mem- 
bers of  this  tribe,  but  all  who  had  been 
the  active  supporters  of  the  family  of 
Kurreem  Khan,  were  removed  to  the 
most  distant  quarters  of  the  kingdom. 

Aga  Mahomed,  having  now  relieved 
himself  from  all  internal  foes,  resolved 
upon  the  conquest  of  Georgia.  During 
the  troubles  which  succeeded  the  death 
of  Kurreem  Khan,  Heraclius,  the  prince 
of  that  province,  had  preserved  it  in  a 
state  of  tranquillity,  and  had  transferred 
his  allegiance  from  the  sovereigns  of 
Persia  to  those  of  Russia.  His  motive 
for  this  measure  was  declared  to  be  a 
desire  to  release  his  Christian  subjects 
from  the  violence  and  oppression  of  Ma- 
homedan  superiors,  and  to  place  them 
under  the  protection  of  a  great  nation  of 
their  own  religion.  But  it  was  not  to  be 
expected  that  any  monarch  of  Persia 
would  tamely  suffer  the  alienation  of  one 
of  the  finest  provinces  of  the  empire. 
Aga  Mahomed,  therefore,  was  determined 
to  insure  success  by  the  magnitude  of 
his  force.  Sixty  thousand  men  assembled 
at  Teheran,  and  proceeded  without  resis- 
tance till  within  about  fifteen  miles  of 
Teflis,  the  capital  of  the  province,  where 
they  were  met  by  the  forces  of  Herac- 
lius, amounting  to  one-fourth  of  their 
number.  The  battle  which  ensued  was 
bravely  contested ;  but  the  Georgians, 
overpowered  by  numbers,  were  compel- 
led to  fly.  Teflis  submitted  to  the  con- 
querors, and  was  given  up  to  massacre 
and  to  pillage.  In  describing  the  scene 
of  carnage  which  followed,  a  Mahomedan 
historian  observes,  "That  on  this  glori- 
ous occasion,  the  valiant  warriors  of  Per- 
sia gave  to  the  unbelievers  of  Georgia  a 
specimen  of  what  they  Avere  to  expect  at 
the  day  of  judgment."  Youth  and  beauty 
alone  were  spared,  and  fifteen  thousand 
of  these  were  led  into  bondage. 


The  subjection  of  Georgia  was  follow- 
ed by  that  of  Khorassan  ;  and  Aga  Ma- 
homed was  contemplating  the  conquest 
of  Bokharah,  when  he  was  recalled  by 
the  intelligence  that  the  Russians  had 
recovered  Georgia,  and  were  threatening 
Aderbijan.  He  hastened  to  Teheran ; 
j  but,  as  the  season  was  too  far  advanced 
to  commence  operations  that  year,  he 
summoned  the  chiefs  of  the  kingdom  to 
meet  him  in  the  spring  with  all  their  ad- 
herents, for  the  purpose,  as  he  said,  "of 
punishing  the  insolent  unbelievers  of  Eu- 
rope, who  had  dared  to  invade  the  terri- 
tories of  the  faithful."  Persia,  however, 
was  relieved  from  the  impending  invasion 
by  the  death  of  the  Empress  Catharine, 
when  the  Russian  army  was  recalled  by 
her  successor.  But,  notwithstanding  the 
retreat  of  the  Rnssians,  Aga  Mahomed 
determined  to  overrun  Georgia,  and  had 
advanced  as  far  as  Sheshah,  when  he 
was  arrested  by  the  hand  of  an  assassin. 
Being  one  day  disturbed  by  a  dispute 
between  two  of  his  servants,  he  was  so 
enraged  at  the  noise  which  they  made, 
that  he  commanded  them  both  to  be  in- 
stantly put  to  death.  Saaduck  Khan 
Shekakee,  a  nobleman  of  high  rank, 
having  interceded  for  their  pardon,  was 
refused  ;  but  as  it  was  the  night  of  Fri- 
day, and  sacred  to  prayer,  their  execution 
was  delayed  till  next  morning.  These 
men  knew  that  their  sentence  was  irre- 
vocable, and,  as  they  were  still  permitted 
by  their  infatuated  master  to  perform 
their  usual  avocations  about  his  person, 
they,  as  a  measure  of  self-preservation, 
I  took  advantage  of  their  situation,  and  de- 
riving courage  from  despair,  poniarded 
the  monarch  as  he  laid  asleep  in  his 
tent.  Thus  perished  one  of  the  most 
cruel,  but  at  the  same  time  one  of  the 
ablest  monarchs  that  ever  ruled  in  Persia. 
The  character  of  this  extraordinary 
man,  however,  must  be  viewed  in  refer- 
ence to  the  distracted  state  in  which  he 
found  his  country,  and  his  desire  to  se- 
cure its  future  tranquillity.  The  great 
object  of  his  life  was,  to  acquire  power, 
1  and  to  render  it  permanent  in  his  own 
I  family  ;  and  he  scrupled  at  no  measures 
j  for  the  accomplishment  of  his  purpose. 
j  In  his  early  life  he  had  become  a  pro- 
1  found  adept  in  the  art  of  dissimulation. 


516 


PERSIA. 


While  his  success  was  still  uncertain, 
he  controlled  every  passion  that  could 
obstruct  his  rise  ;  but,  when  the  mask 
was  no  longer  necessary,  he  gave  full 
scope  to  the  feelings  of  his  savage  spirit. 
Every  chief  whom  he  deemed  in  any 
way  likely  to  aspire  to  the  throne,  or 
disturb  the  peace  of  the  kingdom,  was 
either  put  to  death  or  deprived  of  sight ; 
and,  among  his  victims  were  two  of  his 
own  brothers.  To  such  a  height  did  he 
carry  his  barbarous  revenge,  that  he  or- 
dered the  bones  of  the  virtuous  Kurreem 
Khan  and  of  Nadir  Shah  to  be  dug  up 
and  removed  to  Teheran,  where  they 
were  deposited  at  the  entrance  of  the 
palace,  that  he  might  enjoy  the  unmanly 
and  disgusting  gratification  of  trampling 
upon  the  graves  of  two  of  the  principal 
foes  of  his  family.  This  monarch  at- 
tempted to  justify  his  barbarous  proceed- 
ings by  the  plea  of  necessity  ;  and,  when 
speaking  of  his  successor,  the  present 
king  of  Persia,  he  used  often  to  exclaim, 
"  I  have  shed  all  this  blood,  that  the  boy, 
Baba  Khan,*  may  reign  in  peace."  The 
passion  of  avarice  in  this  monarch  was 
almost  as  strong  as  his  love  of  power ; 
and  he  had  recourse  to  the  most  unjusti- 
fiable means  in  the  gratification  of  it. 
When  he  wished  to  plunder  any  of  his 
nobles,  or  principal  officers,  he  was  in 
the  habit  of  selling  them  for  a  stipulated 
smn,  and  the  purchaser,  in  order  to  ena- 
ble him  to  raise  the  money,  was  vested 
with  power  over  every  thing  belonging 
to  the  person  bought,  except  his  life. 
He  is  even  said  to  have  at  one  time  com- 
bined with  a  religious  mendicant  to  obtain 
money  from  his  courtiers.  He  ordered 
a  considerable  sum  to  be  given  him  in 
the  presence  of  his  principal  officers, 
with  the  secret  understanding  that  it  was 
to  be  returned  with  the  half  of  what  he 
received  from  the  others  ;  but  the  wilj^ 
beggar  found  means  to  escape  with  all 
his  gains,  and  the  courtiers  inwardly  re- 

♦  Baba  signifies  "  child,"  and  was  the  name 
by  which  the  present  king  of  Persia  was  familiarly- 
known  till  the  death  of  his  uncle.  His  proper 
name  was  Futteh  Aly. 


joiced  in  the  disappointment  of  their 
monarch's  cupidity.  His  conduct,  how- 
ever, to  the  aged  Shah  Rokh,  the  grand- 
son of  Nadir  Shah,  could  only  proceed 
from  a  heart  where  the  love  of  wealth 
had  eradicated  every  feeling  of  humanity. 
This  weak  prince  was  supposed  to  have 
concealed  many  precious  stones  of  great 
value,  particularly  a  ruby  of  extraordinary 
size  and  lustre,  which  had  once  decora- 
ted the  crown  of  Aurengzebe  ;  but  as  he 
solemnly  denied  the  possession  of  them, 
Aga  Mahomed  hiad  recourse  to  torture. 
After  a  variety  of  pains,  a  circle  of  paste 
was  put  upon  the  head  of  his  victim,  and 
boiling  lead  poured  into  it.  The  ruby 
was  discovered,  which  filled  the  tyrant 
with  joy,  but  Shah  Rokh  survived  only  a 
few  days.  The  person  of  this  monarch 
was  extremely  slender,  and,  unless  upon 
occasions  of  ceremory,  always  dressed 
in  the  plainest  manner.  His  beardless 
and  shrivelled  face  resembled  that  of  an 
aged  and  wrinkled  woman,  and  the  ex- 
pression of  his  countenance,  at  no  time 
pleasant,  was  horrible  when  clouded,  as  it 
very  often  was,  with  indignation.  With 
the  meanest  vices,  Aga  Mahomed  pos- 
sessed the  most  splendid  talents.  During 
his  reign,  agriculture  revived,  and  com- 
merce flourished  under  his  protection. 
He  restored  complete  tranquillity  to  a 
distracted  kingdom,  and  fixed  his  family 
upon  a  splendid  throne. 

Futteh  Aly  Shah,  the  nephew  and  ap- 
pointed successor  of  Aga  Mahomed,  after 
a  short  struggle,  was  proclaimed  king, 
and  has  hitherto  been  enabled  to  main- 
tain the  internal  peace  of  his  dominions. 
With  respect  to  his  frontier  provinces, 
however,  he  has  not  been  so  successful. 
Georgia  has  become  a  province  of  Rus- 
sia, and  many  of  the  chiefs  of  Khorassan 
yield  him  only  a  nomhial  obedience. 
Owing  to  the  comparative  mildness  and 
justice  of  his  rule,  the  inhabitants  of  Per- 
sia have  enjoyed  a  state  of  happiness 
and  prosperity  to  which  they  had  long 
been  strangers  ;  and  he  may  be  regarded 
as  holding  a  high  rank  among  the  sover- 
eigns of  his  country. 


POLAND. 


517 


POLAND. 


Poland  formed  a  district  of  ancient 
Sarmatia  ;  and  was  successively  ravaged 
by  those  various  hordes  of  barbarians 
who  plundered  the  south  of  Europe,  and 
overturned  the  Roman  empire.  Its  early 
history,  like  that  of  most  other  nations, 
is  involved  in  obscurity  and  fable.  That 
it  originally  consisted  of  several  indepen- 
dent prhicipalities  is  sufficiently  evident; 
but  the  period  when  it  became  incorpo- 
rated under  one  sovereign  is  not  clearly 
ascertained.  It  was,  for  many  ages, 
according  to  the  opinion  of  the  best 
writers,  governed  by  an  elective  chief, 
bearing  the  title  of  duke,  or  general ;  but 
no  regular  dynasty  was  established  until 
the  accession  of  Piaste  in  840.  Of  this 
election,  which,  however,  did  not  take 
place  till  the  state  was  on  the  very  verge 
of  ruin,  in  consequence  of  the  hostility 
and  obstinacy  of  two  rival  factions,  the 
Polish  nation  had  much  reason  to  be 
proud.  The  wise  administration  of  this 
prince  restored  peace  and  tranquillity 
among  all  orders  of  the  state  ;  and,  after 
a  reign  of  twenty  years,  spent  in  advan- 
cing the  true  interests  of  his  subjects,  he 
died  in  860,  at  a  very  venerable  old 
age.  So  dear  was  his  memory  to  the 
Poles,  that,  until  last  century,  they  gave 
his  name  to  his  successors  in  the 
throne  (Piastes)  who  were  natives  of 
the  kingdom. 

The  family  of  Piaste  filled  the  throne 
of  Poland  for  upwards  of  five  hundred 
years.  The  most  illustrious  princes  of 
this  house  were  Miecislaus,  who,  towards 
the  end  of  the  10th  century,  introduced 
Christianity  into  his  dominions ;  Boles- 
laus,  his  son,  a  warlike  and  intrepid  prince, 
who  was  the  first  that  obtained  the  title 
of  king,  an  honor  conferred  on  him  by 
the  Pope  ;  Casimir  I,  a  virtuous  and  pa- 
cific sovereign,  who  was  called  to  the 
throne*  after  he  had  assumed  the  monastic 
habit  in  the  abbey  of  Cluny  ;  Casimir  II, 
surnamed  the  Great,  who  was  a  liberal 
patron  of  letters,  and  founded  the  academy 
at  Cracow, — who  encouraged  industry, 
commerce,  and  the  arts,  and  furnished 
the  nation  with  a  code  of  written  laws. 


He  died  in  1370,  and  was  doomed  to  be 
the  last  of  his  illustrious  i'amily. 

He  was  succeeded  by  his  nephew 
Louis,  king  of  Hungary,  at  whose  death 
the  Poles  elected  his  youngest  daughter, 
Hedwigua,  in  his  room.  To  obtain  the 
hand  of  this  princess,  Jagellon,  grand 
duke  of  Lithuania,  embraced  the  Chris- 
tian faith,  and  was  baptized  by  the  name 
of  Uladislaus.  With  Jagellon  commenced 
a  new  line  of  princes,  who  swayed  the 
sceptre  of  Poland  for  two  hundred  years. 
He  united  his  hereditary  dominions  to 
those  of  Poland,  conquered  Samogitia, 
and  defeated  the  knights  of  the  Teutonic 
Order  in  the  great  battle  of  Tannenberg, 
in  1410.  Casimir  took  Western  Prussia 
under  his  protection,  and  forced  the  Teu- 
tonic knights  to  pay  him  homage  for  the 
remainder.  Under  Sigismond  1,  Prussia 
was  changed  into  a  secular  dukedom. 
Sigismond  Augustus  effected  the  same 
thing  in  regard  to  Courland  :  the  empire 
of  the  Teutonic  order  was  at  the  same 
time  placed  under  the  government  of  a 
duke,  and  made  entirely  dependent  on 
the  crown  of  Poland.  In  the  reign  of 
this  monarch,  Poland  had  reached  its 
highest  pitch  of  dominion  and  gloiy. 
He  saw  Lithuania,  Livonia,  Volhynia, 
Podolia,  and  Kiow,  submit  to  his  sover- 
eignty. But  with  him  terminated,  in 
1572,  the  male  line  of  the  house  of  Ja- 
gellon,— "  a  family,"  says  alearned  writer, 
"  as  wise  and  virtuous  as  celebrated  and 
brave, — a  family  under  whom  Poland 
saw  herself  enjoy  internal  tranquillity 
and  the  respect  of  neighboring  nations ; 
under  whom  she  was  ruled  by  wise,  es- 
tablished laws,  and  was  rendered  emi- 
nent by  the  multitude  of  her  scholars  in 
every  department  of  human  knowledge." 

After  an  interregnum  of  about  a  year, 
two  powerful  candidates  appeared  for 
the  throne,  Henry  de  Valois,  brother  to 
Charles  IX,  king  of  France,  and  Maxi- 
milian of  Austria,  of  whom  the  former 
being  elected,  he  soon,  by  his  youth  and 
accomplishments,  gained  the  aflections 
of  his  people.  But  he  had  not  enjoyed 
the  sceptre  of  the  Jagellons   above  four 


518 


POLAND, 


months,  till  he  inherited,  in  consequence 
of  the  death  of  his  brother,  that  of  Valois; 
and  he  abandoned  the  cheering  hopes 
which  the  esteem  and  confidence  of  his 
adopted  subjects  held  out  to  him,  for  the 
troubles  with  which  his  natural  subjects 
were  convulsed,  an(Jk,of  which  he  soon 
became  the  victim. 

On  the  abdication  of  Henry,  the  con- 
tentions of  rival  factions  again  revived  ; 
and  it  was  not  without  considerable  diffi- 
culty that  Stephen  Batthori,  prince  of 
Transylvania,  was  elected  his  successor; 
an  honor  which  he  gained,  not  more  on 
account  of  his  own  many  qualifications, 
than  of  his  having  married  Anne,  daugh- 
ter of  king  Sigismond  Augustus.  Bat- 
thori, a  prince  equally  eminent  for  bravery 
and  virtue,  restored  peace  to  Dantzick, 
the  inhabitants  of  which  had  rebelled 
against  him  ;  retook  Livonia  ;  chastised 
the  Czar  of  Russia  for  having  invaded 
his  dominions,  carrying  cruelty  and  de- 
vastation along  with  him ;  and  raised  a 
new  militia,  composed  of  Cossacks,  a 
tribe  brave  and  barbarous,  whom  he  uni- 
ted to  his  kingdom  by  granting  them  a 
territory  on  the  Dneiper,  and  by  confer- 
ring on  them  several  important  privileges ; 
favors  which  they  abundantly  repaid  by 
defending  Poland  from  the  incursions  of 
the  Tartars,  and  by  making  the  Turks 
and  Russians  respect  her.  He  died  in 
1586,  leaving  behind  him  a  character  for 
wisdom,  intrepidity,  and  patriotism,  which 
(ew  Polish  sovereigns  have  been  enabled 
to  outshine. 

The  death  of  Batthori  was  a  signal  for 
the  renewal  of  civil  commotions.  Four 
candidates  appeared  for  the  crown,  each 
supported  by  a  separate  party,  brave  and 
resolute  ;  and  much  blood  was  spilt  ere 
the  successful  candidate,  Sigismond  of 
Sweden,  nephew  to  the  widow  of  Bat- 
thori, could  be  put  in  possession  of  the 
throne.  Having  soon  afterwards  obtained 
the  crown  of  his  native  dominions,  Sigis- 
mond neglected  not  to  avail  himself  of 
the  assistance  of  Poland  against  the 
Swedes,  with  whom  he  was  extremely 
unpopular,  and  who  were  endeavoring  to 
throw  off  his  yoke.  But  the  Poles,  jealous 
of  their  liberty,  were  not  much  devoted 
to  the  cause,  and  felt  no  great  disappoint- 
ment in  their  king's  being  deprived  of  his 


hereditary  states.  This  loss,  however, 
which  the  subsequent  monarchs  of  Poland 
wished  to  repair,  gave  birth  to  almost 
continual  wars  with  Sweden,  equally 
fatal  to  both  nations  ;  for  though,  on  the 
one  hand,  they  brought  Poland  to  the 
very  verge  of  submission  to  the  Swedish 
yoke,  they  conducted,  on  the  other,  the 
Swedes  to  Pultowa,  that  tomb  of  their 
glory  and  their  power. 

Sigismond,  having  lost  the  throne  of 
Sweden,  aspired  to  that  of  Russia,  but 
without  success.  But  he  was  more  un- 
fortunate still  in  a  war  in  which  he  was 
engaged  with  the  great  Gustavus  Adol- 
phus,  king  of  Sweden  ;  for  he  was  com- 
pelled to  forfeit  to  that  monarch  Livonia, 
and  the  towns  of  Elbing,  Memel,  Braun- 
berg,  and  Pillau.  He  died  in  1629,  worn 
down  with  cares  and  misfortunes,  and 
was  succeeded  by  his  son  Uladislaus, 
who  established  public  tranquillity,  and 
reigned  not  without  glory ;  but  the  inter- 
regnum that  followed  his  death  was  char- 
acterized by  a  disastrous  and  bloody  war 
with  the  Cossacks,  occasioned  by  several 
perfidious  attempts  on  the  part  of  the 
Polish  nobles  to  make  encroachments 
on  their  privileges  and  independence. 
That  barbarous  people,  who  felt  that  their 
very  existence  as  a  separate  tribe  was 
endangered,  becoming  desperate,  van- 
quished their  enemies  in  two  great  bat- 
tles ;  and  John  Casimir,  successor  of 
Uladislaus,  Avas  obliged  to  conclude  with 
them  a  dishonorable  peace.  Poland  was 
again  ravaged  by  the  Swedish  army,  and 
Charles  Gustavus  would  undoubtedly 
have  made  the  conquest  of  it,  had  not 
the  bad  policy  of  Denmark  drawn  into 
that  country,  almost  to  the  total  ruin  of 
it,  the  whole  military  force  of  the  com- 
mon enemy.  Nor  did  this  circumstance, 
favorable  as  it  unquestionably  was,  prove 
the  entire  safety  of  Poland.  By  the  treaty 
of  Oliva,  (1660,)  Casimir  was  forced  to 
cede  Livonia  to  Sweden,  Smolensko  and 
Kiow  to  Russia,  and  to  Brandenburgh 
the  sovereignty  of  Prussia.  With  this 
diminution  of  her  territory,  Poland  ex- 
perienced a  diminution  also  of  her  power ; 
and  from  this  period  she  ceased  to  be 
regarded  as  one  of  the  first  nations  of 
Europe.  Casimir  indeed  gained  several 
decisive  victories  in  a  war  with  the  Rus- 


POLAND. 


519 


sians  ;  but  these  came  too  late,  either  to 
gratify  the  king,or  to  prove  advantageous 
to  his  people.  He  had  already  verged 
into  a  state  of  melancholy  and  despair, 
and  Poland  was  delivered  over  to  all  the 
horrors  of  a  civil  war. 

In  such  circumstances,  Casimir,  who, 
at  every  period  of  life,  had  shown  a  deep- 
rooted  attachment  to  the  exercises  of  de- 
votion, and  the  pursuits  of  literature,  re- 
solved to  renounce  his  crown,  and  to 
spend  the  remainder  of  his  days  in  soli- 
tude and  peace.  Though  undaunted  in 
opposing  the  public  enemies  of  his  coun- 
try, he  shuddered  to  encounter  the  agita- 
tions and  enormities  of  internal  rebellion. 
His  abdication  took  place  in  1668,  and 
the  Diet  absolved  him  from  all  the  en- 
gagements he  had  made  to  his  people, 
and  particularly  from  the  oath  of  the 
pacta  conventa ;  obligations  entered  into 
by  every  sovereign  at  his  election.  Casi- 
mir survived  this  event  four  years,  when 
he  died  in  the  abbey  of  St.  Germains  in 
P'rance,  whence  his  body  was  removed 
to  be  interred  at  Cracow. 

After  an  interregnum  of  a  year,  Casi- 
mir was  succeeded  by  Michel  Coributh, 
duke  of  Wisniowiecki.  Though  the 
reign  of  this  prince  was  short,  he  aliena- 
ted the  minds  of  the  nation  and  the  army 
on  account  of  his  lethargy  in  defending 
the  republic  against  the  invasion  of  the 
Turks,  and  of  the  shameful  treaties  which 
he  ratified  with  them.  The  glory  of  the 
Polish  arms,  however,  was  well  main- 
tained by  John  Sobieski,  a  warrior  of 
extraordinary  merit,  and  than  whose  there 
occurs  not  a  more  illustrious  name  in  the 
annals  of  his  country. 

Sobieski,  raised  to  the  sovereign  au- 
thority on  the  death  of  Wisniowiecki,  did 
not  long  want  an  opportunity  of  increas- 
ing his  own  glory,  as  well  as  that  of  his 
nation.  The  Turks  had,  at  this  time,  car- 
ried their  conquering  arms  into  Austria, 
and  were  laying  siege  to  Vienna.  The 
fate  of  Christendom  was  thought  to  be 
involved  in  that  of  the  Austrian  capital ; 
and  had  not  the  exorbitant  power  of  that 
empire  been  a  source  of  uneasiness  and 
fear  to  the  neighboring  states,  almost  all 
the  nations  of  Europe  would  have  been 
in  arms  to  cliastise  these  infidels.  So- 
bieski, however,  either  did  not  experience 


these  feelings,  or  was  enabled  to  over- 
come them.  He  levied  40,000  men  for 
the  assistance  of  the  emperor  ;  put  him- 
self at  their  head  ;  and  his  valor  and 
genius  decided  the  terrible  battle  (1683,) 
which  forced  Soliman  to  raise  the  siege 
of  Vienna,  and  eventually,  with  the  loss 
of  almost  his  whole  army,  to  withdraw 
into  his  own  territories. 

The  inhabitants  of  Vienna  received 
their  deliverer  with  the  most  lively  de- 
monstrations of  gratitude  ;  and  exclama- 
tions of  joy  accompanied  him  to  the  very 
threshold  of  the  chapel,  whither  he  went 
to  return  thanks  to  the  God  of  battles  for 
the  success  of  his  arms.  When  Te 
Deum  was  chanted,  he  himself  joined 
very  cordially  in  the  service.  A  sermon 
was  delivered  on  the  occasion  from  a 
text,  which  the  clergyman,  in  extremely 
bad  taste,  seems  to  have  selected  as  pe- 
culiarly appropriate  :  "  There  was  a  man 
sent  frotn  God,   whose   name  was  John." 

But  the  joy  which  Sobieski  must  have 
felt  in  having  performed  so  important  a 
service  to  the  Austrians,  and  in  receiving 
their  congratulations,  was  moderated  by 
his  unpopularity  with  his  own  subjects. 
In  this  foreign  expedition  the  Poles 
found  that  their  treasury  had  been  drain- 
ed, and  that  many  of  their  countrymen 
had  perished  ;  while  as  a  compensation 
for  these  evils,  no  substantial  advantage 
to  the  republic  had  resulted,  or  could  be 
expected  to  result  from  it.  His  wish  to 
make  the  crown  hereditary  in  his  own 
family,  exasperated  and  disaffected  the 
nobles  ;  and  the  consequence  was,  that, 
after  his  death,  which  took  place  in  1696, 
after  a  reign  of  twenty-three  years,  his 
children  were  ungratefully  excluded  from 
the  throne.  Another  great  cause  of  his 
unpopularity,  was  the  cession  of  certain 
lands  to  Russia  ;  for  which,  however,  in 
return,  he  was  promised  assistance  in 
the  meditated  conquest  of  Moldavia  and 
Wallachia, — schemes  which  a  new  as- 
pect of  affairs  made  it  not  necessary  to 
prosecute. 

Whatever  suspicions  the  Poles  may 
have  attached  to  his  memory,  Sobieski 
was  undoubtedly  a  great  man.  Endowed 
with  strength  of  body,  and  vigor  of  mind ; 
skilled  in  the  laws,  the  constitution,  and 
political  relations  of  his  country  ;  as  elo- 


520 


POLAND. 


quent  and  wise  in  council,  as  enterprising  ' 
and  enthusiastic  in  the  field,  he  possessed 
all  the  virtues  and  qualities  necessary  for  I 
a  great  warrior  or  an  accomplished  mon- 
arch. The  nobleness  and  elevation  of  , 
his  mind  were  clearly  shadowed  forth  in  j 
the  lineaments  of  his  countenance,  and  j 
the  dignity  of  his  personal  appearance. 
He  possessed  a  peculiar  art  of  profiting  ! 
by  the  least  advantage,  and  was  charac- ' 
terized  by  a  sure  and  quick  sagacity  of  fore- 1 
seeing  and  preventing  danger.  Reading 
and  study  formed  the  amusements  of  his 
private  hours  ;  he  was  master  of  several 
languages,  and  he  delighted  in  conversing 
with  men  of  letters.  His  court  was  bril- 
liant, and  filled  with  strangers  of  rank 
and  distinction.  All  the  powers  of  Eu- 
rope sent  ambassadors  to  him ;  he  re- 
ceived an  ambassador  even  from  the  king 
of  Persia,  to  congratulate  him  on  his  vic- 
tories, and  to  ask  his  friendship  and 
alliance. 

Enthusiasm,  which  was  a  predominant 
feature  in  his  character,  imparted  an 
oracular  tone  of  authority  and  majesty  to 
all  his  words  and  expressions,  which,  on 
this  account,  are  still  commemorated  and 
applauded.  When  taking  his  departure 
from  Warsaw  in  his  campaign  against  the 
Turks,  he  said  emphatically  to  the  am- 
bassadors at  his  court,  "  Tell  your  mas- 
ter that  you  have  seen  me  mount  ray 
horse,  and  that  Vienna  is  safe  !"  In  this 
expedition,  though  the  greater  part  of  his 
army  were  well  mounted,  one  battalion 
was  so  extremely  ill  clothed,  that  prince 
Lumboriski  advised  him  for  the  honor  of 
Poland,  not  to  exhibit  it  before  the  allies. 
Disregarding  this  suggestion,  he  exclaim- 
ed, when  the  battalion  was  passing  be- 
fore the  allied  troops,  "  Examine  these 
men  attentively  ;  they  are  invincible  ;  and 
have  sworn,  that  in  time  of  war  they  will 
wear  no  other  dress  but  that  of  the  ene- 
my ;  in  the  last  war  they  were  clothed 
after  the  Turkish  fashion."  After  the 
defeat  at  Vienna,  a  gilt  stirrup  which  had 
belonged  to  Mustapha  having  been  found, 
"  Take  that  stirrup  to  the  queen,"  cried 
he,  "  and  tell  her,  that  he,  to  whom  it 
belonged,  is  conquered."  And  at  the 
same  time  he  wrote  to  the  queen,  "  that 
the  grand  vizier  had  made  him  his  heir, 
and  that  he   had   found   in  his  tent  the 


value  of  several  millions  of  ducats.  So," 
added  he,  "  say  not  of  us  what  the  Tar- 
tar women  say  when  they  see  their  hus- 
bands return  empty-handed,  You  are  not 
men,  since  you  come  home  without  booty  .'" 
Such  was  John  Sobieski,  the  last  il- 
lustrious monarch  that  filled  the  throne 
of  Poland.  His  character,  with  all  its 
defects,  we  delight  to  contemplate,  as  it 
aflbrds  us  a  bright  spot  on  which  to  pause 
amid  the  general  gloom.  "  The  spirit  of 
discord  and  anarchy,"  says  Mr.  Coxe, 
"  was  laid  for  a  time  by  his  transcendent 
genius.  Under  his  auspices  Poland  seem- 
ed to  revive  from  the  calamities  which 
had  long  oppressed  her,  and  again  to  re- 
cover her  ancient  splendor ;  such  is  the 
powerful  ascendancy  of  a  great  and  su- 
perior mind."  The  contentions  which 
followed  his  death  we  have  no  time  at 
present  to  describe.  It  maybe  sufficient 
to  remark  that,  though  the  prince  of  Conti 
had  been  elected  by  a  majority  of  votes, 
Augustus,  elector  of  Saxony,  backed  by 
a  powerful  army,  was  ultimately  declared 
successor  to  Sobieski.  Augustus  began 
his  reign  auspiciously  by  concluding  a 
peace  with  the  Turks,  by  which  Kami- 
nieck  and  Podolia  were  added  to  his  do- 
minions. But  this  was  the  only  favora- 
ble transaction  in  which,  during  a  long 
reign,  he  was  engaged.  Charles  XII, 
the  celebrated  king  of  Sweden,  having 
invaded  his  territories,  compelled  him  to 
surrender  the  crown  to  Stanislaus  Lec- 
zinski,  a  Pole  of  noble  rank,  whose  ele- 
vation, however,  was  of  but  short  contin- 
uance. The  battle  of  Pultowa  dissipated 
the  Swedish  power,  and  Augustus  was 
restored  through  the  friendship  of  Rus- 
sia, thoiigh  not  without  making  the  most 
inglorious  concessions  to  that  nation. 
Surrounded  by  Russian  and  Saxon  troops, 
bound  to  obey  every  order  he  received  from 
the  court  of  Petersburg,  his  reign  was 
without  authority  and  without  honor.  He 
was  succeeded,  at  his  death,  in  1733,  by 
his  son  of  the  same  name,  though  not 
without  the  most  formidable  opposition 
on  the  part  of  the  French  king,  who  es- 
poused the  cause  of  Stanislaus,  whose 
daughter  he  had  married.  Augustus  II 
had  even  less  merit  than  his  father.  His 
reign  was  an  unvaried  scene  of  anarchy 
and  rebellion.     So  extremely  unpopular 


POLAND. 


521 


was  he,  and  so  completely  divested  of 
any  thing  like  power,  that,  when  driven 
from  Saxony,  his  patrimonial  dominions, 
the  Poles  would  scarcely  afford  him  an 
asylum  among  them.  And  after  an  in- 
efficient and  unhappy  reign,  he  died  at 
Dresden  in  1764,  and  was,  not  unfortu- 
nately, doomed  to  be  the  last  of  his  fami- 
ly who  attempted  to  wield  the  sceptre  of 
Poland.  This  ill-fated  country  had  been 
for  some  time  regarded  by  Russia,  and 
not  without  reason,  as  a  tributary  prov- 
ince ;  and  accordingly  Catharine  II, 
when  the  throne  became  vacant,  com- 
pelled the  diet  to  elect  for  king  Stanis- 
laus Poniatowski,  under  the  name  of 
Stanislaus  Augustus, — a  Pole  of  noble 
rank,  who,  having  resided  in  Petersburg, 
had  by  his  address  and  abilities  rendered 
himself  agreeable  to  the  empress.  He 
was  an  amiable  and  patriotic,  though  not 
a  very  energetic  character.  Whatever 
had  been  his  talents,  however,  Poland 
before  his  time  was  rapidly  hastening  to 
decay ;  and  during  his  reign  he  saw  it  com- 
pletely erased  from  the  chart  of  the  world. 
This  plan,  for  the  dismemberment  of 
Poland,  it  is  thought,  was  at  first  contem- 
plated by  Prussia ;  but  Russia  and  Aus- 
tria readily  enough  embraced  it,  though 
all  these  kingdoms  at  different  periods 
owed  much  of  their  glorj',  and  even  their 
very  existence,  to  the  country  which  they 
thus  resolved  to  destroy.  A  great  pro- 
portion of  Poland  was  thus  seized  upon 
by  these  kingdoms,  and  a  treaty  to  this 
effect  was  signed  by  their  plenipoten- 
tiaries at  Petersburg,  in  Febnaary,  1772. 
The  partitioning  powers  having  forced 
the  Poles  to  call  a  meeting  of  the  diet, 
threatened,  if  the  treaty  of  dismember- 
ment was  not  unanimously  sanctioned, 
that  the  whole  kingdom  should  imme- 
diately be  laid  under  military  execution, 
and  be  treated  as  a  conquered  state.  The 
glory  of  Poland  was  past ;  and  though 
some  of  the  nobles,  rather  than  be  the 
instruments  of  bringing  their  country  to 
ruin,  chose  to  spend  their  days  in  ex 
ile  and  poverty,  the  measure  was  at 
length  agreed  to  ;  and  .Stanislaus  him- 
self, threatened  with  deposition  and  im- 
prisonment, was  prevailed  upon  to  sanc- 
tion it.  Europe,  though  astonished  at 
what  was  taking  place  in  Poland,  re- 
66 


mained  inactive.  The  courts  of  London, 
Paris,  Stockholm,  and  Copenhagen,  in- 
deed, sent  remonstrances  against  this 
usurpation  ;  but  remonstrances  without  a 
military  force  will,  as  in  the  case  before 
us,  be  always  unavailing. 

"  Oh  bloodiest  picture  in  the  book  of  time, 
Sarmatia  fell,  unwept,  without  a  crime  !" 

A  large  portion  of  the  eastern  provin- 
ces were  seized  by  Russia  ;  Austria  ap- 
propriated a  fertile  tract  on  the  south- 
west ;  while  Prussia  acquired  a  commer- 
cial district  in  the  north-west,  including 
the  lower  part  of  the  "Vistula.  Poland 
was  thus  robbed  of  70,000  square  miles, 
or  about  a  fourth  of  her  whole  territory. 

Stanislaus,  thus  deprived  of  a  great 
part  of  his  dominions,  did  not,  however, 
give  way  to  unavailing  sorrow  and  de- 
spondency; he  exerted  himself  strenu- 
ously to  promote  the  happiness  and  pros- 
perity of  that  portion  wliich  was  left  him. 

Poland  had  been  too  long  the  scene 
of  anarchy  and  opposition,  to  be  so  easily 
reconciled  to  obedience  and  tranquillity. 
A  few  of  the  nobles,  irritated  at  the  sacri- 
fice of  some  of  their  privileges,  repaired 
to  the  court  of  Petersburg ;  and  their 
representations  corresponding  with  the 
ambitious  views  of  the  empress,  she  im- 
mediately despatched  an  army  into  Po- 
land under  the  pretext  of  guaranteeing 
the  constitution  as  established  in  1772. 
The  Poles  were  not  backward  in  making 
preparations  to  oppose  her.  All  animosi- 
ties were  forgotten  in  the  desperate  strug- 
gle ;  the  nobles  hesitated  not  to  surren- 
der their  plate  and  valuable  jewels  to 
enrich  the  treasury' ;  every  rank  and 
class  of  men  in  the'  state  were  resolved 
to  conquer  or  die  in  the  defence  of  their 
liberties  and  independence.  In  vain, 
however,  prince  Poniatowsky,  general  of 
the  army,  (nephew  of  the  king,)  support- 
ed, by  the  intrepid  Kosciusko,  performed 
prodigies  of  valor.  Catharine  was  almost 
every  where  triumphant.  And  a  letter 
written  by  her  to  Stanislaus,  threatening 
to  double  or  triple  her  forces  unless  he 
yielded,  induced  that  benignant  monarch, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  farther  effusion 
of  human  blood,  to  surrender  at  discre- 
tion. He  was  removed  to  Grodno,  to 
await  the  determination  of  the  empress. 
Nor  did  she  allow  her  intention  to  re- 


522 


POLAND. 


main  long  concealed.  In  the  beginning 
of  1793,  a  manifesto  was  published  by 
the  courts  of  Russia  and  Prussia,  declar- 
ing that,  to  remove  from  their  respective 
frontiers  the  dangerous  influence  of  the 
anarchical  principles  recently  proclaimed 
in  Poland,  they  had  resolved  to  unite  to 
their  dominions  several  of  the  provinces 
of  that  kingdom. 

The  constitution  of  1791  was  ordered 
to  be  annulled,  and  every  paper  relative  to 
it  to  be  delivered  up.  'I'hese  orders  the 
council  hesitated  to  obey ;  and  Iglestrom, 
the  Russian  ambassador,  to  deprive  them 
of  all  power  of  resistance,  immediately  is- 
sued a  mandate  to  reduce  their  military 
force  to  16,000  men.  The  army  was  as 
indexible  and  patriotic  as  the  council  ; 
the  gallant  Madalinsky  put  himself  at 
the  head  of  the  troops,  who  refused  to 
lay  down  their  arms.  The  spirit  of  re- 
sistance was  inveterate,  and  was  widely 
diffused  ;  and  the  Russians,  to  see  their 
orders  put  into  execution,  marched  into 
Poland  with  a  numerous  army.  The 
ruthless  conduct  of  these  invaders  drove 
the  Poles  to  desperation  :  the  peasantry 
were  compelled  to  lodge,  to  feed,  to  trans- 
port their  enemies  from  place  to  place 
without  remuneration.  Such  degrada- 
tion roused  the  spirit  of  the  nation  ;  and 
the  brave  Kosciusko,  Avhose  name  will 
ever  adorn  the  history  of  his  unfortunate 
country,  suddenly  appeared,  (1794,)  sur- 
rounded by  a  very  considerable  number 
of  the  armed  peasantry,  and  by  his  skill 
and  intrepidity  supported,  for  a  while,  the 
falling  honor  of  his  country.  This  great 
man  having  driven  the  Russians  out  of 
Cracow,  this  city  became  the  centre  of 
the  patriotic  army;  and  having  issued  a 
proclamation,  expressed  in  the  most  en- 
ergetic terms,  calling  on  every  rank  and 
class  of  men  to  shake  off  their  disgrace- 
ful fetters,  and  to  conquer  or  perish  in 
defence  of  their  country,  the  appeal  was 
not  made  in  vain :  he  was  immediately 
elected  generalissimo  of  the  national 
troops,  and  received  the  support  of  the 
nobility,  who,  having  proclaimed  the  con- 
stitution of  1791,  departed  for  their  re- 
spective estates  to  arm  and  assemble 
their  vassals.  And  the  success  of  Kos- 
ciusko corresponded  for  a  while  with  the 
justness  of  his  cause,  and  the  bravery 


with  which  he  supported  it.  A  body  of 
troops  amounting  to  six  thousand  men, 
having  marched  towards  Cracow  to  give 
him  battle,  was  completely  defeated ; 
they  lost  one  thousand  men,  with  eleven 
cannon,  and  their  general  Wononzow 
was  taken  prisoner.  This  was  the  sig- 
nal for  general  hostility.  The  Russians, 
who  had  seized  upon  Warsaw,  and  were 
attempting  to  become  masters  of  the 
arsenal,  were  resolutely  attacked  by  the 
inhabitants,  and,  after  three  days  of  the 
most  bloody  engagements,  were  driven 
from  the  city.  Similar  achievements 
were  performed  in  other  towns.  Poland 
was  all  in  arms  ;  and  her  troops  amount- 
ed to  60,000  men,  exclusive  of  the  peas- 
antry, who  were  armed  with  pikes.  Rus- 
sia and  Prussia  in  the  mean  time  marched 
110,000  troops  against  Poland  ;  and  Ko- 
sciusko made  a  skilful  retreat  upon  War- 
saw, which  he  defended  for  ten  weeks 
against  the  Prussians,  who,  after  losing 
20,000  men  in  an  inglorious  and  unavail- 
ing siege,  found  it  prudent  to  withdraw 
into  their  own  territories. 

Kosciusko,  thus  freed  of  the  Prussians, 
marched  to  oppose  the  new  Russian 
troops,  who,  during  the  siege  of  Warsaw, 
had  conquered  Lithuania  and  Volhynia. 
The  eyes  of  all  Europe  were  placed  upon 
him,  but  fortune  had  declared  against 
him  ;  and  though  he  and  his  brave  com- 
panions in  arms  performed  feats  of  valor, 
the  Russians  (19th  October)  gained  a 
signal  victory,  Kosciusko  himself  being 
dreadfully  wounded,  and  taken  prisoner.* 


*  The  subsequent  fate  of  this  brave  man  it  may 
not  be  improper  to  state.  Having  recovered  a 
little  from  his  wound,  he  was  advancing  forward 
a  few  steps,  when  a  Cossack  aimed  at  him  a 
dreadful  blow,  which  would  inevitably  have  proved 
mortal,  had  not  a  Russian  general  (to  whose  wife 
Kosciusko,  when  she  was  his  prisoner,  had  shown 
the  most  disinterested  generosity)  stopped  his 
arm  ;  and  when  the  officer  was  requested,  (if  he 
really  wished  to  render  him  a  service,)  to  allow 
the  soldier  to  put  an  end  to  his  existence,  he 
spared  his  life,  but  made  him  a  prisoner.  Kosci- 
usko having  been  removed  to  Petersburg,  was  con- 
fined in  the  fortress  there,  till,  on  the  accession  of 
Paul,  the  late  emperor,  (1796,)  who  showed  great 
liberality  to  the  persecuted  Poles,  he  was  set  at 
liberty,  and  permitted  to  remam  either  in  the 
Russian  dominions,  or  to  emigrate  to  America. 
He  preferred  the  latter.  He  afterwards  returned 
to  France.  When  the  allies  entered  Paris,  in 
1815,  he  was  then  residing  in  that  capital :  and 


POLAND. 


523 


The  fate  of  Poland  was  now  irrevocably 
sealed,  the  whole  kingdom  being  in  the 
power  of  the  Russians,  with  the  single 
exception  of  Warsaw,  whither  they  im- 
mediately marched  their  victorious  army. 
The  Polish  troops  in  that  city,  "few  but 
undismayed,"  resolved  to  make  a  desper- 
ate resistance;  but  how  could  10,000 
men  withstand  the  impetuosity  of  five 
times  that  number  ?  The  suburb  Praga 
was  taken  by  assault,  and,  after  eight 
hours  of  the  most  obstinate  defence,War- 
saw  was  obliged  to  surrender  at  discre- 
tion. But  the  implacable  Russians,  com- 
manded by  the  infamous  Suwarrow,  were 
not  yet  satisfied.  About  ten  hours  after 
the  battle  was  finished,  they  set  fire  to 
the  city,  and  plundered  and  massacred 
the  inhabitants  in  the  most  brutal  man- 
ner ;  no  age  or  sex  escaped  their  vio- 
lence ;  they  perpetrated  deeds  at  the 
bare  idea  of  which  humanity  shudders, 
and  of  which  even  the  history  of  Poland 
affords  few  examples. 

Poland  being  thus  overthrown,  the  two 
usurping  powers  were  about  to  form  a 
partition  of  it  betwixt  them,  when  Austria 
unexpectedly  stept  forward,  and  declared 
that  she  could  not  permit  the  entire  de- 
struction of  Poland,  unless  she  were  al- 
lowed to  share  in  the  division.  The 
consequences  of  a  refusal  they  were  not 
willing  to  encounter  ;  and  Austria  had 
thus  her  ambitious  views  realized,  with- 
out having  incurred  the  smallest  danger 
or  expense.  Stanislaus,  who  had  all  this 
while  remained  in  his  capital,  was  at 
length  removed  to  Grodno  a  second  time, 
where  he  was  compelled  to  resign  his 


some  Polish  soldiers  having  recognised  him,  could 
not  sufficiently  express  their  gratitude  and  vene- 
ration for  a  man,  who,  then  weighed  down  with 
years  and  misfortunes,  had  done  and  suffered  so 
much  to  redeem  the  fading  glory  of  their  country. 
He  died  in  France;  but  through  the  intervention 
of  the  emperor  Alexander,  king  of  Poland,  his 
remains  were  restored  from  a  foreign  grave,  and 
reposited  at  Cracow  in  a  vault,  which  formed  the 
cemetery  of  the  kings  of  Poland,  and  which  con- 
tains the  ashes  of  the  illustrious  Sobieski.  On  the 
summit  of  Mount  St.  Bronislawa,  near  Cracow,  a 
tumulus  of  the  Carpathian  marble  has  lately  been 
raised  to  the  memory  of  Kosciusko.  The  emperor 
Alexander,  who  seems  to  wish  to  make  amends 
to  Poland  for  the  barbarous  rapacity  of  his  prede- 
cessors, has  also  removed  to  the  same  cemetery 
the  dust  of  Stanislaus  Poniatowsky. 


crown,  and  M^as  thence  carried  to  Peters- 
burg, where  he  resided  as  a  state  pris- 
oner in  solitude  and  exile  till  his  death, 
which  took  place  in  February,  1798. 

The  Polish  nobles  who  escaped  the 
dungeons  of  the  partitioning  powers, 
hastened  either  to  Venice  or  Paris.  At 
this  latter  place  a  confederacy  was  form- 
ed, which  maintained  a  correspondence 
with  a  similar  society  at  Vienna.  These 
societies  sent  their  emissaries  to  the 
friendly  courts  of  Europe  for  the  purpose 
of  entering  into  negotiations  in  favor  of  the 
Poles.  But  the  death  of  Catharine,  the 
empress  of  Russia,  put  an  end  to  the 
plans  of  the  confederates.  Her  succes- 
sor, the  emperor  Paul,  treated  the  Poles 
with  so  much  clemency  that  they  became 
somewhat  reconciled  to  his  government. 
He  set  at  liberty  the  gallant  Kosciusko, 
and  offered  him  a  high  military  post  in 
his  service.  He  liberated  twelve  thou- 
sand Poles  who  had  been  sent  into  exile  in 
Siberia  by  Catharine.  During  the  French 
revolution  a  great  number  of  the  Poles 
entered  into  the  service  of  the  French. 
They  expected  much  from  Napoleon, 
who,  by  his  promises  to  restore  their 
country  to  its  freedom,  induced  many  of 
them  to  shed  their  blood  in  his  service. 
The  Poles,  however,  deceived  by  his 
promises,  did  not  despair.  The  modera- 
tion of  Alexander  made  their  servitude 
more  endurable  ;  but  no  sooner  had 
Nicholas  ascended  the  throne  of  Russia, 
and  sanctioned  the  barbarities  of  his  bru- 
tal brother  Constantine,  than  the  old 
spirit  revived.  The  successful  example 
of  France,  followed  by  Belgium,  roused 
them  to  action  and  inspired  them  with 
the  liveliest  hopes.  The  following  ac- 
count of  the  last  revolution  is  from  a  re- 
cent work  entitled  "  History  of  the  Revo- 
lutions in  Europe." 

It  was  on  the  29th  of  November,  1830, 
that  the  insurrection  at  Warsaw  burst 
forth.  Secret  societies  had  existed  in 
that  city  since  1818,  for  the  express  pur- 
pose of  securing  the  liberty  and  nation- 
ality of  Poland. 

"  As  early  as  1821,  Russia  had  com- 
menced a  system  of  proscription  against 
these  secret  societies  ;  and  in  1825,  a 
conspiracy  was  kindled  into  flame  at  Pe- 
tersburg, which  it  was  thought  could  be 


524 


POLAND. 


traced  to  Warsaw.  The  societies  had 
members  throughout  Poland  and  Lithu- 
ania, Podolia  and  Volhynia,  and  even  the 
old  provinces  of  the  Ukraine,  which  it 
might  be  supposed  had  long  since  lost 
all  recollections  of  Polish  glory.  These 
associations  were  formed  during  the  reign 
of  the  emperor  Alexander,  to  whom  some 
of  the  patriots  had  vainly  looked  for  a  bet- 
ter state  of  things.  After  the  death  of 
Alexander,  his  successor,  Nicholas,  was 
crowned  king  of  Poland  at  Warsaw,  May, 
1829. 

"The  diet  assembled  in  1830,  and  in 
spite  of  all  the  endeaA-^ors  of  the  emperor, 
many  patriots  were  elected.  Nicholas 
opened  this  assembly  in  person,  but  failed 
to  overawe  the  liberals  from  impeaching 
ministers  for  violating  the  charter.  This 
liberal  diet  was  closed  June  28th.  *  Such 
freedom  of  discussion  could  not  be  en- 
dured by  a  despotic  monarch,  whose  un- 
varying aim  has  been  to  tread  out  every 
spark  of  liberty  in  the  northern  parts  of 
Europe.  The  archduke  Constantine  was 
made  viceroy  of  Poland,  and  by  his  mon- 
strous atrocities  became  universally  de- 
tested by  the  Poles. 

"  The  ardent  hopes  and  wishes  of  the 
Polish  patriots  at  length  burst  forth  into 
flame.  At  7  in  the  evening,  the  hour 
agreed  upon,  fifteen  intrepid  youths  sal- 
lied forth  determined  to  seize  on  Con- 
stantine, whose  residence  was  about  two 
miles  from  Warsaw.  They  rushed  into 
the  palace  of  the  Belvider,  where  the 
usual  guard  consists  of  sixty  men,  first 
wounding  the  director  of  police,  who  fled. 
They  next  killed  general  Gendre,  a  Rus- 
sian infamous  for  his  crimes.  The  strug- 
gle alarmed  Constantine,  who  instantly 
rose  from  his  bed  and  escaped  undressed 
by  a  secret  door,  that  was  closed  after 
him  by  his  valet  just  as  they  were  on 
the  point  of  reaching  him,  and  had  sup- 
posed themselves  secure  of  their  victim. 
Constantine  instantly  fled  to  his  guards. 
Thus  disappointed,  this  band  retired  to 


*  The  constitution  of  Poland,  issued  by  Alex- 
ander, emperor  of  Russia,  in  1815,  contained 
many  important  provisions.  The  diet,  composed 
of  two  houses,  was  to  be  assembled  once  every 
two  years ;  yet  in  violation  of  this  provision,  none 
was  convoked  from  1820  to  1825,  and  only  one 
under  the  emperor  Nicholas. 


their  companions  in  arms,  who  awaited, 
at  the  bridge  of  Sobieski,  the  result  of 
this  movement.  In  returning  to  the  city 
they  had  to  pass  the  barracks  where  the 
guards,  though  already  mounted,  were 
unable  to  attack  them  on  account  of  a 
precautionary  measure  of  Constantine  in 
surrounding  the  barracks  with  a  deep  and 
wide  ditch,  passed  onlyby  narrow  bridges. 
The  guards  fired  upon  the  insurgents  ; 
but  the  latter  were  so  advantageously  sit- 
uated, and  returned  the  fire  so  well  that 
they  killed  three  hundred  of  the  guards, 
and  retreated  with  the  loss  of  only  one 
of  their  number. 

"  By  this  time  the  streets  of  Warsaw 
were  filled,  some  houses  had  been  set  on 
fire,  and  the  cry  resounded  "  To  arms,  to 
arms,  Poland  is  up,  God  for  our  country  !" 
The  inhabitants  rushed  to  arms.  The 
state  prisoners  were  liberated ;  the  stu- 
dents of  the  university  and  the  school  of 
engineers  joined  the  insurrection  ;  the  ar- 
senal was  forced,  and  in  an  hour  and  a 
half  from  the  first  cry  of  hberty,  40,000 
men  were  in  arms.  Soon  the  fourth  Po- 
lish regiment  joined  the  populace,  and 
presently  the  rest  of  the  Polish  soldiers. 
When  Constantine  heard  of  this,  he  fell 
back  with  two  Polish  regiments  of  guards, 
and  was  permitted  to  retire  by  the  mag- 
nanimous Poles  unmolested  to  the  fron- 
tier. Chlopicki  was  appointed  general-in- 
chief,  and  four  days  afterwards  declared 
dictator  by  the  provisional  government. 
Although  a  soldier  of  undisputed  bravery, 
he  has  been  blamed  for  suffering  the 
grand  duke  to  escape  when  he  might 
have  captured  him,  and  for  losing  time  in 
trying  to  negotiate  with  the  emperor  Ni- 
cholas. 

"  The  diet  that  assembled  in  twenty- 
days  after  the  breaking  out  of  the  revolt, 
confirmed  Chlopicki  dictator  ;  but  on  his 
refusing  assent  to  the  manifesto  of  Janu- 
ary 9th,  1831,  in  which  the  wrongs  of 
Poland  were  so  feelingly  portrayed,  he 
was  deposed.  Instantly  a  supreme  na- 
tional council  was  formed,  and  prince 
Adam  Czartoryski  appointed  president, 
when  a  spirited  proclamation  was  issued, 
informing  the  polish  soldiers  that  Chlo- 
picki had  resigned  the  glorious  task  of 
i  conducting  them  to  combat. 
I      "  Russia  had  now  brought  into  the  field 


POLAND. 


525 


against  Poland  200,000  men,  while  Po- 
land had  about  50,000  equipped  for  the 
fioht — a  fearful  disparity  in  numbers. 
Through  the  influence  of  the  aristocracy, 
the  command  of  the  army  was  given  to 
prince  Radzvil. 

"  The  Russian  invading  army  rendez- 
voused, on  the  20th  of  January,  at  various 
points  of  the  western  frontier  of  the  em- 
pire. It  was  composed,  according  to 
the  report  of  field-marshal  Diebitsch,  of 
105  battalions  of  infantry,  135  squadrons 
of  cavalry,  with  396  pieces  of  artillery, 
and  1 1  regiments  of  Cossacks.  The 
army  crossed  the  Polish  frontiers  on 
the  5th  of  February.  The  advance  of 
the  Polish  army  was  at  Biala,  the  right 
near  the  high  road  to  Warsaw,  the  left 
at  Lomeza  on  the  Narew.  On  the  ad- 
vance of  the  Russians,  the  Polish  corps 
fell  back,  the  right  on  Warsaw,  and  the 
left  on  Modlin  and  Pultusk.  On  the  1 8th 
of  February,  the  Russian  head-quarters 
were  established  at  Minsk,  ten  miles 
from  Warsaw,  and  their  advance  pushed 
to  Melisna,  within  five  miles  of  that  city. 
The  Russian  left  rested  on  the  Vistula 
above  Warsaw,  and  tlie  right  on  the  Bug 
near  its  junction  with  the  Narew,  its 
centre  protected  with  woods  and  artillery. 

"On  the  18th,  the  Polish  army  of 
50,000  men  had  its  right  on  Grokow, 
with  Praga  in  the  rear,  and  the  left 
thrown  back  opposite  the  right  wing  of 
the  enemy. 

"  The  reconnoissances  of  the  19th  and 
20th,  were  resisted  by  the  Poles  and  led 
to  a  severe  battle.  According  to  the  Rus- 
sian account,  the  heat  of  the  battle  was 
during  the  early  part  of  the  day  confined 
to  the  left,  count  Pahlen's  advanced  guard, 
which  was  attacked  as  soon  as  it  had 
cleared  the  defile  near  Grokow,  and  com- 
pelled to  retreat  two  miles.  The  advanced 
guard,  under  general  Rosen,  was  attack- 
ed at  the  same  time,  advancing  from  Ok- 
anief.  On  the  arrival  of  Diebitsch,  he 
sent  a  re-enforcement  under  general  Toll, 
with  several  battalions  and  20  cannon,  to 
the  relief  of  count  Pahlen.  A  furious 
charge  was  now  made  by  the  Russians, 
with  Diebitsch  in  person,  which  changed 
the  fortune  of  the  day,  and  at  4  o'clock, 
the  Russian  wings  united,  when  the 
Poles  were  driven  from  the  field  of  bat- 


tle. For  three  days  after  this  action  the 
Russians  made  no  onward  movement,  but 
asked  an  armistice  for  the  burial  of  the 
dead,  which  was  granted. 

"  Early  on  the  25th,  the  Russians  hav- 
ing received"  a  re-enforcement  of  25,000 
men,  felt  prepared  for  action.  They 
drew  forth  their  whole  army  in  front  of 
the  forest,  and  commenced  an  attack  on 
the  Polish  left  wing,  near  Jublonna.  Gen- 
eral Uminski  received  this  attack  with 
great  bravery  and  repulsed  the  enemy, 
taking  six  cannon,  which  he  spiked,  and 
drove  the  Russians  to  the  forest.  He 
then  attacked  the  Russian  centre  with 
dreadful  slaughter,  and  drove  them  from 
their  position.  Diebitsch  had  calculated, 
with  the  great  strength  of  his  left  wing, 
to  crush  the  Polish  right,  situated  near 
Grokow,  under  the  command  of  Chlopic- 
ki  and  Skrzynecki.  The  Russians  made 
six  tremendous  charges,  and  were  as  of- 
ten repidsed  with  great  loss  ;  a  seventh 
charge  made  against  a  new  regiment,  put 
it  in  disorder,  and  caused  it  partially  to 
retreat.  Two  regiments  of  cuirassiers 
were  then  sent  against  the  faltering  regi- 
ments ;  the  latter  being  aided  with  the 
Polish  lancers,  rallied,  rushed  on  the  re- 
giments of  cuirassiers,  and  cut  them  to 
pieces,  of  which  only  forty  escaped,  twen- 
ty prisoners  only  being  taken,  mostly 
officers,  and  among  them  the  commander 
of  one  of  these  regiments.  This  affair 
decided  the  day,  when  the  Russians  were 
obliged  to  withdraw  from  the  field  of  bat- 
tle into  their  strong-holds  in  the  forest  of 
Milosna.  This  battle  was  fought  with 
great  fury.  General  Chlopicki,  who  was 
in  the  centre,  had  two  horses  killed  un- 
der him,  and  was  wounded.  Forty  thou- 
sand Poles  here  withstood  the  shock  of 
one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  of  their 
enemy ;  and  at  the  close  of  the  battle, 
nearly  15,000  Russians  lay  weltering  ou 
the  plain,  and  several  thousand  prisoners 
were  taken. 

"  After  the  battle,  prince  Radzvil  gave 
up  the  command  of  the  army ;  when 
Skrzynecki,  who  had  displayed  extraor- 
dinary bravery  and  skill,  was  chosen 
commander-in-chief.  But  this  step  led 
to  the  rankling  enmity  of  Krukowiecki, 
the  second  in  command  to  Chlopicki, 
who   thenceforward  meditated  revenge, 


526 


POLAND. 


plotted,  and  afterwards  proved  a  traitor 
to  his  country. 

"  The  first  step  of  Skrzynecki  was  to 
attempt  to  negotiate  with  Diebitsch. 
When  he  found  his  advances  repelled,  he 
prepared  for  the  unequal  struggle. 

"  The  ice  in  the  Vistula  had  now  bro- 
ken up,  and  the  swamps  were  filled  from 
the  melting  snow,  and  the  roads  were  al- 
most impassable  for  artillery  and  cavalry. 
Skrzynecki  now  determined  to  act  on  the 
offensive.  On  learning  that  Diebitsch 
had  divided  his  forces,  he  led  the  Polish 
army  of  25,000  men  to  Praga,  and  on  the 
31st,  favored  by  the  darkness  of  the 
night,  approached  the  Russian  camp,  and 
fell  upon  the  advanced  guard  of  general 
Geismar,  at  Wawar,  consisting  of  8,000 
men,  intrenched  in  a  very  strong  position, 
which  force  he  nearly  destroyed,  captu- 
ring 4,000  prisoners,  and  taking  a  num- 
ber of  cannon.  General  Uminski  had 
previously  been  despatched  towards  Os- 
trolenka,  to  keep  in  check  the  corps  of 
general  Sacken  and  the  guards  who  were 
advancing  there.  While  the  Polish  ad- 
vanced guard  were  engaged  in  combat  at 
Wawar,  general  Rybinski,  with  his  di- 
vision, attacked  the  enemy's  right,  and 
carried  it  by  the  point  of  the  bayonet ; 
destroyed  one  entire  regiment,  and  forced 
another  to  lay  down  their  arms.  The 
combat  lasted  two  hours.  Colonel  Ro- 
marino's  brigade  here  also  distinguished 
itself.  Skrzynecki  next  fell  upon  the 
corps  of  general  Rosen,  posted  at  Dembe 
W^ielski  with  20,000  men,  who  were  un- 
able to  withstand  the  impetuous  attack  of 
the  Poles.  The  Russians  fled  by  way  of 
Minsk,  and  made  several  efforts  to  sus- 
tain their  positions  as  they  received  re- 
enforcemenls,  but  were  unable  to  sustain 
them.  It  was  at  5  o'clock,  P.  M.  when 
they  arrived  at  Dembe  Wielski,  a  posi- 
tion strongly  fortified,  and  the  resistance 
was  obstinate.  But  the  force  of  the  ar- 
tillery from  the  centre,  and  the  vigor  of 
the  assault,  completely  routed  the  Rus- 
sians, who  fled  with  precipitation. 

"  By  this  masterly  movement  of  the 
Polish  commander-in-chief,  20,000  Rus- 
sians were  thrown  hors-de-combat,  and 
many  superior  officers  were  captured  du- 
ring this  day,  so  glorious  to  the  Polish 
arms,  besides  taking  two  standards,  fif- 


teen wagons  filled  with  ammunition,  some 
thousand  muskets,  and  fifteen  pieces  of 
cannon.  This  victory  occasioned  but 
small  loss  to  the  Poles,  owing  to  the  ra- 
pidity and  surprise  with  which  their 
movements  were  executed.  The  regi- 
ment of  scythemen  (leucheurs)  having 
demanded  arms,  the  muskets  left  on  the 
field  of  battle  were  assigned  them.  The 
combat  lasted  till  10  at  night.  The  ar- 
my had  then  been  actively  engaged,  fight- 
ing and  marching,  twenty  hours. 

"  On  the  9lh,  the  Polish  army  gained  a 
considerable  victory,  taking  several  can- 
non, and  from  3,000  to  4,000  prisoners  ; 
among  them  were  300  officers  of  differ- 
ent ranks.  The  head-quarters  on  the 
10th  were  at  Seidlec  ;  and  on  the  same 
day,  at  that  place,  marshal  Diebitsch  suc- 
ceeded in  uniting  all  his  forces.  From 
this  time  the  Polish  cause  appears  to 
have  declined. 

"  General  Dwernecki  with  a  valiant 
corps  entered  Volhynia,  surrounded  by 
Russian  corps  under  generals  De  Witt, 
Keuts,  and  Rudiger.  Dwernecki  passed 
the  Bug  on  the  1 0th,  and  on  the  1 1  th 
routed  some  Russian  forces,  took  a  num- 
ber of  prisoners,  some  transports,  and 
baggage.  The  left  wing  of  the  Russian 
army,  stationed  at  Kock,  upon  Veprez 
and  Rudje-w,  fell  back,  and  marshal  Die- 
bitsch, baffled  in  his  attempts,  retired 
with  the  army  across  the  river  Bug, 
alarmed  for  his  safety.  Insurrections 
spread  in  his  rear,  in  the  provinces  of 
Lithuania  and  Volhynia.  A  violent  in- 
surrection broke  out  at  Wilna  on  the  28lh 
of  March. 

"  General  Chrzanovvski,  with  8,000 
men,  cut  his  way  through  the  Russians, 
and  penetrated  as  far  as  the  fortress  of 
Zamosc.  The  greatest  enthusiasm  now 
spread  through  the  Polish  province  of 
Samogitia.  This  expedition  of  Chrzan- 
owski,  by  forcing  his  way  through  the 
enemy's  detachments,  was  one  of  great 
daring.  In  three  days  he  defeated  the 
Russians  three  times,  and  took  800  pris- 
oners. These  movements  in  Volhynia 
occasioned  great  uneasiness  to  the  Rus- 
sians, and  obliged  them  to  change  their 
plan — that  of  attempting  Warsaw  in  front 
by  Praga.  On  the  last  days  of  April, 
Diebitsch  retired  with  the  Russian  army 


POLAND. 


527 


beyond  the  river  Bug.  The  barbarities 
of  the  Russians  during  this  warfare 
against  the  patriots  in  Lithuania,  were  of 
the  most  revoking  kind. 

"  April  26th,  general  Dwernecki  sur- 
rendered his  force,  consisting  of  4,000 
men  and  17  pieces  of  cannon,  to  the  Aus- 
trians.  He  had  been  pursued  by  a  su- 
perior force,  and  was  under  the  necessity 
of  passing  into  the  Austrian  dominions. 
Diebitsch,  with  the  principal  Russian 
army,  retreated  in  the  direction  of  the 
Bug  and  Narew,  to  gain  the  Prussian 
frontier,  to  relieve  the  suffering  state  of 
the  army.  At  Thorn  there  was  a  great 
supply  of  provisions,  ammunition,  &c, 
waiting  his  approach. 

"  The  Polish  government  issued  a 
manifesto  against  Prussia  for  her  shame- 
ful violation  of  the  principle  of  non-inter- 
ference. This  conduct  of  Prussia  des- 
troyed all  the  advantages  gained  by  Po- 
lish valor.  The  Prussians  furnished 
supplies  of  every  kind,  and  constructed 
bridges  over  the  Vistula  for  the  passage 
of  the  Russian  army.  In  many  instances 
when  the  Russian  troops  were  forced  by 
the  Polish  soldiers  into  the  Prussian  do- 
minions, they  were  suffered  to  return 
with  their  arms,  while  the  Poles  in  all 
similar  cases  were  retained  prisoners. 

"  The  conduct  too  of  Austria  was  most 
outrageous.  While  the  brave  Dwernecki, 
the  '  cannon  provider,'  was  withstanding 
a  greatly  superior  force  on  the  Austrian 
frontier,  the  Russians  passed  over  neu- 
tral ground  to  outflank  him.  He  was 
followed  in  his  retreat  by  the  Russians 
who  were  allowed  to  retire,  while  the 
brave,  patriotic,  and  devoted  champions 
of  Poland  were  obliged  to  surrender 
themselves  prisoners  of  war  to  the  Aus- 
trian forces  stationed  on  the  frontier. 

"  While  a  Polish  corps  was  at  Minsk, 
Skryznecki  united  all  his  corps  on  the 
left,  crossed  the  Bug,  and  forced  his  way 
to  Ostrolenka,  a  flank  movement  of  80 
miles,  and  defeated  the  Russian  guards 
at  Tychosin.  He  then  sent  forward  300 
Polish  officers  to  Lithuania,  there  to  or- 
ganize the  patriot  forces. 

"  The  sanguinary  battle  of  Ostrolenka 
was  fought  on  the  26th  of  May,  in  which 
20,000  Poles  were  opposed  to  60,000 
Russians.     This  battle  was  fought  with 


an  inveteracy  unexampled — quarter  was 
out  of  the  question.  The  Poles  having 
succeeded  in  passing  to  the  right  bank 
of  the  Narew,  they  attempted  to  destroy 
the  bridge.  This  they  were  unable  to 
efl'ect,  as  the  Russians  were  protected 
by  a  numerous  artillery  placed  on  the  op- 
posite bank.  Several  regiments  of  Poles, 
under  a  most  galling  fire,  attempted  to  ar- 
rest the  progress  of  the  Russians.  The 
combat  was  for  a  long  time  one  of  slaugh- 
ter ;  they  fought  man  to  man,  and  thou- 
sands were  killed  by  being  thrown  into 
the  dyke  which  passes  along  the  marshy 
shore  of  the  Narew.  The  battle  did  not 
end  till  12  o'clock  at  night,  when  the  ex- 
hausted Russians  retrograded  as  far  as 
the  bridge,  and  the  Polish  army  com- 
menced a  retrograde  movement  unmoles- 
ted, and  fell  back  on  Praga.  The  loss 
of  the  Poles  in  this  battle  has  been  stated 
at  4,000  men.  The  Russians  suffered 
very  severely  and  had  three  generals 
killed.  The  Russian  guards  are  said 
to  have  displayed  great  bravery  in  the 
action.  It  was  the  object  of  Diebitsch 
to  cut  off  the  retreat  of  the  Poles.  The 
second  Polish  corps  under  General  Lu- 
bienski  displayed  great  gallantry  on  the 
25th  :  it  forced  its  way,  at  the  point  of 
the  bayonet,  in  a  retreat  from  Chirch- 
nowiec,  through  40,000  Russians. 

"  It  was  subsequently  ascertained  that 
a  correspondence  had  been  kept  up  by  trai- 
tors and  Russian  agents  in  Warsaw,  by 
whose  means  Diebitsch  was  informed 
of  the  plans  of  the  Polish  commander-in- 
chief,  and  led  to  the  disastrous  battle  of 
Ostrolenka.  On  the  same  day  that  the 
battle  of  Ostrolenka  was  fought,  General 
Chlapowski  gained  a  victory  over  the 
Russians  at  Mariampol,  commanded  by 
General  Sacken. 

"  The  Russian  commander-in-chief, 
Diebitsch,  died  suddenly  at  Klechewo, 
June  19th,  at  that  time  the  head-quarters 
of  the  Russian  army.  He  had  been  su- 
perseded a  short  time  previous  to  his 
death  by  Paskewitch,  who  had  greatly 
distinguished  himself  in  the  war  against 
the  Persians.  Shortly  afterwards,  the  Arch 
Duke  Constantine  died  very  suddenly. 

"  June  29th,  a  conspiracy  was  this  day 
timely  discovered  in  Warsaw,  which  was 
to   set   the    Russian   prisoners,  thirteen 


528 


POLAND. 


thousand  in  number,  at  liberty.  Several 
disaffected  officers  attempted  to  bring 
about  a  counter-revolution  to  favor  the 
Russians.  It  was  to  be  accompUshed 
as  follows  :  the  prisoners  having  been 
allowed  to  go  at  large,  they  were  to  be 
supplied  with  arms  ;  and  on  a  signal  be- 
ing given  the  powder  mill  was  to  be  blown 
up,  when  a  general  attack  was  to  be 
made  on  the  citizens  and  national  guard. 
General  Janowski,  one  of  the  traitors,  to 
save  himself,  made  the  discovery  of  this 
horrid  conspiracy  just  in  time  to  save 
Warsaw. 

"  On  the  1 4th  of  July,  General  Chrzan- 
ski  was  attacked  by  General  Rudiger's 
corps,  on  this  side  of  Minsk,  five  miles 
from  Warsaw  ;  when  the  Russians  were 
defeated  and  forced  to  retreat,  having 
3,000  men  killed,  900  prisoners  taken, 
and  1,000  muskets.  On  the  12th,  the 
main  army  of  Paskewitch  was  encamped 
between  Sisno  and  Kikal,  and  on  the 
same  day  a  great  part  of  it  passed  the 
Vistula  between  Warsaw  and  the  Prus- 
sian frontier,  having  received  from  Thorn 
a  great  number  of  barges  and  materials 
for  bridges.  The  Prussians,  to  facilitate 
the  passing  of  the  Russians,  had  con- 
structed a  bridge  over  the  Vistula  at 
Drewenca. 

"On  the  13th  of  Aug.  General  Skryz- 
necki  resigned  the  command  of  the  army 
to  General  Dembinski,  compelled,  by  the 
force  of  circumstances,  to  do  so,  in  order 
that  faction  might  have  no  further  pre- 
text to  injure  his  country.  His  letter  of 
resignation  on  this  occasion,  is  full  of 
generous  devotion  to  the  cause  of  his 
country.  The  patriotic  club,  irritated 
with  the  measures  of  government  and 
dissatisfied  at  not  seeing  General  Jan- 
owski condemned,  determined  to  take 
violent  measures.  To  these  acts  they 
were  instigated  by  the  base  Krukowiecki. 
On  the  15th  of  August,  at  8  A.  M.  the 
club  formally  demanded  that  Skryznecki 
should  be  ordered  to  Warsaw.  They 
then  proceeded  to  the  castle,  that  was 
protected  by  200  of  the  national  guard, 
who  made  scarcely  any  resistance.  On 
the  same  day,  the  patriotic  club  demand- 
ed the  death  of  Janowski  ;  and  on  the 
16th,  the  state  prisoners  concerned  in 
the  conspiracy  for  a  counter-revolution, 


were  murdered  in  their  rooms  by  the 
clubists.  Thirty-five  persons  were  thus 
put  to  death  without  ceremony  ;  among 
them  were  Generals  Janowski,  Bulkow- 
ski,  Hurtig,  Salacki,  and  Benlhouski,  the 
Russian  chamberlain,  Fustiane,  &c. 

"  During  the  night.  General  Krukowi- 
ecki was  appointed  governor  of  the  city. 
He  sent  for  a  re-enforcement,  and  his  first 
measures  were  to  put  a  stop  to  these 
horrors.  August  17th,  the  government 
was  dissolved,  and  Krukowiecki  was 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  new  govern- 
ment, with  very  extended  powers.  He 
caused  the  arrest  of  the  president  and 
ten  of  the  club,  and  appointed  General 
Prondzynski  to  the  chief  command  in 
the  army. 

"  From  the  time  that  Krukowiecki  came 
into  power,  he  took  measures  to  deliver 
Warsaw  to  the  Russians,  and  made  every 
attempt  to  induce  the  diet  to  demand  an 
amnesty,  and  sent  the  main  part  of  the 
Polish  army  to  the  right  side  of  the  Vis- 
tula, when  the  thunder  of  the  Russian 
artillery  was  breaking  over  the  devoted 
city.  The  proposals  of  Krukowiecki 
were  repelled  by  the  diet  with  indigna- 
tion, who  declared  to  the  suspicious  de- 
puties, '  rather  will  we  die  here  in  our 
places  than  stain  the  honor  of  our  coun- 
try.' The  traitor  was  deposed  at  mid- 
night and  a  new  governor  of  the  city 
named,  which  gave  new  vigor  to  the 
fainting  defenders  of  Warsaw. 

"  On  the  6th  of  September,  at  daybreak, 
the  Russian  army  of  100,000  men  and 
300  pieces  of  cannon,  advanced  to  storm 
Warsaw,  which  was  defended  with  great 
heroism.  On  the  8th,  after  two  days 
hard  fighting,  it  surrendered  to  Field 
Marshal  Paskewitch.  The  Russians 
had  20,000  slain  in  storming  Warsaw. 
The  Poles  lost  about  half  that  number  in 
its  defence. 

"  The  government  and  the  most  distin- 
guished citizens  retired  with  the  main 
body  of  the  army,  under  the  new  com- 
mander-in-chief, Rybinski,  upon  Modlin 
and  Plozk.  The  army,  however,  kept 
in  three  divisions  instead  of  unhing, 
which  could  thus  offer  but  a  feeble  resis- 
tance to  the  Russian  forces.  As  a  last 
resource,  the  Poles  crossed  the  frontiers 
into  the  Austrian  and  Prussian  dominions. 


PORTUGAL. 


529 


Upwards  of  1 ,500  of  the  most  distinguish- 
ed leaders  of  the  Polish  revolution  were 
arrested  and  imprisoned  at  Warsaw  ;  and 
to  complete  the  measures  of  oppression 
and  vengeance,  the  Russian  troops  fired 
upon  the  prisoners  confined  in  one  of  the 
wings  of  the  prison,  under  the  pretence 
of  a  revolt  among  the  prisoners,  though 
it  was  known  that  three-fourths  of  these 
were  imprisoned  for  political  offences. 

"  Of  twenty-two  Polish  generals  that 
became,  in  a  mannei",  prisoners  under 
the  amnesty,  the  greater  part  were  sent 
to  distant  parts  of  the  Russian  empire, 
and  but  four  returned  to  Poland.  The 
soldiers  were  marched  by  thousands  to 


Siberian  exile,  linked  together  by  the 
wrists  to  bars  of  iron.  The  nobles  were 
treated  in  the  same  ignominious  manner, 
with  their  heads  shaved,  and  consigned 
to  the  dungeons  and  mines  of  Siberia  ; 
and  the  children  were  torn  from  their 
mothers,  and  carried  off  to  glut  the  ven- 
geance of  the  Autocrat  of  all  the  Rus- 
sia's. 

"  Numbers  of  the  patriots  that  escaped 
after  the  fall  of  Warsaw,  when  the  army 
passed  the  frontiers,  have  gone  into  vol- 
untary exile,  and  are  now  mourning  over 
the  calamities  of  their  country,  the  loss 
of  their  homes,  their  wives,  and  their 
children." 


PORTUGAL 


The  early  history  of  Portugal,  like 
that  of  most  other  states,  is  involved  in 
obscurity  and  fable  ;  and  though  the  Por- 
tuguese writers  lay  claim  to  a  regular  de- 
scent from  Tubal,  and  to  other  honors 
which  existed  only  in  their  own  imagi- 
nations, yet  it  is  allowed  by  all  impartial 
inquirers,  that  we  have  no  authentic  me- 
morials of  that  kingdom,  prior  to  the  time 
of  Hamilcar,  the  famous  Carthaginian 
general.  Nor  even  from  this  period, 
which  is  comparatively  recent,  have  we 
any  regular  accounts  of  its  history. 
All  indeed  we  know  with  certainty  is, 
that  it  was  conquered  by  Hamilcar  ;  that 
it  was  the  scene  of  various  military  op- 
erations between  the  Romans  and  Car- 
thaginians, for  the  two  subsequent  centu- 
ries ;  and  that  in  the  time  of  Augustus  it 
was  finally  conquered  by  the  Romans, 
and  constituted  a  Roman  province.  It 
remained  in  this  state  during  the  first 
four  centuries  of  the  Christian  era  ;  but 
in  the  sixth,  on  the  downfall  of  the  Ro- 
man power,  it  fell  into  the  hands  of  the 
barbarians,  who  overran  the  south  of  Eu- 
rope, particularly  the  Goths  and  Vandals. 
The  Moors  from  the  North  of  Africa, 
early  in  the  eighth  century,  having  landed 
in  Spain,  extended  their  conquests  to 
Portugal,  which  continued  in  their  pos- 
session till  the  eleventh  century.  The 
67 


Spaniards,  having  long  struggled  to  ex- 
pel these  infidels  from  their  territories, 
and  having  succeeded  in  driving  them 
from  the  greater  part  of  the  country,  and 
in  establishing  the  kingdom  of  Castile 
and  Leon,  penetrated  into  Portugal,  and 
conquered  a  part  of  it  from  its  barbarous 
invaders  in  the  reign  of  Alphonso  VI,  of 
Castile.  This  monarch  having  acquired 
great  glory  by  his  expulsion  of  the 
Moors,  Henry,  grandson  of  the  first  duke 
of  Normandy,  anxious  to  share  in  this 
glory,  passed  over  into  Spain,  and  en- 
tered the  service  of  the  Castilian  mon- 
arch. After  signalizing  his  valor  in  va- 
rious engagements  the  king  raised  him 
to  the  highest  military  honors,  and  the 
better  to  attach  so  brave  an  officer  to  his 
service,  bestowed  on  him  his  natural 
daughter  Theresa  in  marriage,  and,  as 
her  portion,  such  portions  of  Portugal  as 
were  not  in  the  hands  of  the  Moors. 
This  he  governed  under  the  title  of  Earl 
or  Count,  till  his  death,  which  happened 
in  1112,  in  the  seventy-seventh  year  of 
his  age.  The  name  of  Count  Henry 
forms  the  first  great  authentic  era  in  the 
annals  of  Portugal.  And  he  seems  to 
have  been  worthy  of  the  success  and 
honors  he  experienced.  On  his  death- 
bed, he  is  said,  to  have  recommended  to 
his  son  and  successor  to  protect  and  prop- 


>30 


PORTUGAL, 


agate  the  Christian  faith ;  to  treat  his 
subjects  as  his  children  ;  to  grant  them 
equitable  laws,  and  to  cause  them  to  be 
impartially  administered. 

Alphonso,  who  succeeded  him,  being  un- 
der age,  the  kingdom  during  his  minority 
was  governed  by  the  queen-mother,  assist- 
ed by  two  able  ministers.  During  this  mi- 
nority, those  jealousies  and  hostile  opera- 
tions which  have  ever  since  obtained  be- 
tween the  Spanish  and  Portuguese  monar- 
chies first  appeared.  Alphonso,  however, 
■when  he  came  of  age,  made  peace  with  the 
king  of  Castile  and  Leon  ;  and  although 
the  latter  afterwards  entered  the  Portu- 
guese territories,  and  was  preparing  to 
commit  great  devastations,  a  reconcilia- 
tion was  again  effected  on  the  interces- 
sion of  the  pope's  legate,  all  places  and 
prisoners  on  either  side  having  been 
delivered  up.  The  queen-mother,  how- 
ever, was  of  a  disposition  incapable  of 
remaining  long  in  peace.  After  she  had 
made  a  treaty  with  her  foreign  enemies, 
a  quarrel  took  place  between  her  and 
her  own  son,  which  having  terminated  in 
a  civil  war,  not  only  were  her  troops 
completely  defeated,  but  herself  was 
made  prisoner ;  in  which  situation  she 
continued  duringthe  remainder  of  her  life. 

Alphonso  had  not  long  gained  uncon- 
trolled possession  of  his  dominions,  when 
they  were  attempted  to  be  overrun  by 
the  Moors.  He  was  not,  however,  slow 
in  opposing  them.  And  a  general  en- 
gagement, 1139,  having  taken  place  on 
the  plains  of  Ourique,  on  the  banks  of  the 
Tagus,  the  infidel  army  was  overthrown 
with  tremendous  slaughter :  an  event 
which  not  only  redounded  to  the  honor 
of  Alphonso,  l)ut  which  laid  the  founda- 
tion of  the  Portuguese  monarchy.  Al- 
phonso was  proclaimed  king  by  his  sol- 
diers on  the  field  of  battle ;  a  title  which 
he  enjoyed  till  his  death,  and  which  was 
for  generations  retained  by  his  descen- 
dants. At  a  subsequent  period  he  caused 
himself,  with  great  ceremony,  to  be  se- 
lected and  crowned  king  before  an  as- 
sembly of  the  states,  on  which  occasion 
he  solemnly  renounced  all  dependence 
on  the  crown  of  Spain,  declaring,  that  if 
any  of  his  successors  should  consent  to 
do  homage  or  pay  tribute  to  that  power, 
he  was  unworthy  of  possessing  the  king- 


I  dom  of  Portugal.  But  though  Alphonso 
had  attained  to  this  dignity,  he  did  not 
allow  himself  to  enjoy  it  in  inglorious 
tranquillity.  While  he  made  several  un- 
successful irruptions  into  the  territories 
of  the  king  of  Castile,  who  had  now  as- 
sumed the  title  of  emperor  of  Spain,  he 
at  the  same  time  contimied  with  unabated 
ardor  to  extirpate  the  Moors,  who  were 
i  still  in  possession  of  a  great  portion  of 
his  dominions.  Lisbon  being  in  their 
hands,  he  reduced  it  by  means  of  a  fleet 
of  French,  English  and  Flemish  adven- 
turers, who,  in  their  way  to  the  Holy 
Land,  anchored  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ta- 
gus, whose  assistance  he  requested  and 
obtained  in  a  cause  not  entirely  foreign 
to  that  in  which  they  were  embarked. 
He  made  many  successful  expeditions 
against  the  Moors,  and  became  master  of 
four  of  the  six  provinces  of  which  Portu- 
gal now  consists.  He  died  in  11 85,  ce- 
lebrated for  courage,  patriotism,  and  for 
his  love  and  patronage  of  learned  men. 

His  son  Sancho,  who  succeeded  him, 
was  worthy  of  his  distinguished  prede- 
cessor. Though,  before  his  accession, 
he  had  been  remarkable  for  a  restless 
and  warlike  disposition,  he  had  no  sooner 
obtained  possession  of  the  throne  than 
he  became  a  lover  of  peace,  and  began, 
with  great  assiduity,  to  repair  or  rebuild 
the  cities  that  had  suffered  by  the  late 
wars,  and  to  make  what  compensation 
he  could  for  the  injuries  and  losses  his 
subjects  had  sustained.  Although  thus 
pacifically  inclined,  the  state  of  the  na- 
tion did  not  permit  him  to  remain  long 
in  peace.  The  Moors  still  infested  the 
southern  parts  of  his  dominions,  over 
whom  he  obtained  several  signal  victo- 
ries, and  added  considerably  to  the  ex- 
tent of  his  territories.  He  died  at  an 
advanced  age  with  the  reputation  of  the 
best  sovereign  that  had  ever  filled  the 
throne  of  Portugal. 

For  some  time  after  his  death, no  event 
of  importance  occurs  in  the  Portuguese 
annals.  In  the  thirteenth  century,  the 
Moors  were  expelled  by  Alphonso  HI, 
from  Algarve  and  the  south  of  the  king- 
dom ;  and,  in  the  subsequent  century,  the 
Portuguese  made  occasional  descents  on 
the  coast  of  Africa  with  various  success. 
But   the   wars   asainst  the  Moors  were 


PORTUGAL 


531 


unhappily  succeeded  by  hostilities  with 
the  kings  of  Castile,  which  have  engen- 
dered such  implacable  hatred  between 
the  two  nations.  The  reign  of  Deniz, 
{an  enlightened  and  patriotic  prince,  who 
is  justly  denominated  the  father  of  his 
country,)  notwithstanding  some  occa- 
sional treaties  of  peace,  may  be  regarded 
as  almost  one  continued  series  of  warfare 
with  the  Castilians.  But  at  length,  in 
the  reign  of  John  I,  hostilities  between 
these  two  nations  were  carried  on,  if 
possible,  with  greater  vigor  and  animos- 
ity. The  king  of  Castile,  having  laid 
pretensions  to  the  crown  of  Portugal,  in- 
vaded that  kingdom  at  the  head  of  the 
whole  forces  of  his  dominions.  Having 
entered  the  province  of  Alentejo,  and 
besieged  the  town  of  Elvas  without  effect, 
he  found  it  necessary  to  retire  into  his 
own  territories,  determined,  however,  to 
invade  Portugal  a  second  time,  and  lay 
waste  the  whole  country.  But  the  second 
expedition  was  not  more  successful  than 
the  first.  He  was  completely  defeated  ; 
and  John  was  firmly  established  on  the 
throne  of  Portugal.  The  Castilians  con- 
sented to  a  truce  of  three  years,  which  was 
afterwards  improved  into  a  lasting  peace. 
But  the  fame  of  John  is  not  confined 
to  his  victories  over  the  Castilians,  or  to 
successful  expeditions  made  by  himself 
in  person  into  the  Moorish  territories. 
These,  though  they  show  him  to  have 
been  a  man  of  talents  and  courage,  are 
not  the  events  by  which  he  is  best  known 
to  posterity.  With  his  name  the  history 
of  navigation  and  the  progress  of  discov- 
ery are  inseparably  connected:  a  depart- 
ment of  enterprise  and  skill  in  which 
Portugal  has  gained  almost  unrivalled 
distinction.  At  the  period  at  which  we 
are  arrived,  the  art  of  navigation  was  still 
very  imperfect.  "Though  Africa,"  says 
Dr.  Robertson,  "  lay  so  near  to  Portugal, 
and  the  fertility  of  the  countries  already 
known  on  that  continent  invited  men  to 
explore  it  more  fully,  the  Portuguese  had 
not  ventured  to  sail  beyond  Cape  Non. 
That  promontory,  as  its  name  imports, 
was  hitherto  considered  as  a  boundary 
which  could  not  be  passed.  But  the 
nations  of  Europe  had  now  acquired  as 
much  knowledge  as  emboldened  them  to 
disregard  the  prejudices  and   to  correct 


the  errors  of  their  ancestors.  The  long 
reign  of  ignorance,  the  constant  enemy 
of  every  curious  inquiry,  and  of  every 
new  undertaking,  Avas  approaching  to  its 
period.  The  light  of  science  began  to 
dawn.  The  works  of  the  ancient  Greeks 
and  Romans  began  to  be  read  with  ad- 
miration and  profit.  The  sciences  culti- 
vated by  the  Arabians  were  introduced 
into  Europe  by  the  Moors  settled  in  Spain 
and  Portugal,  and  by  the  Jews,  who  were 
very  numerous  in  both  these  kingdoms. 
Geometry,  astronomy,  and  geography, 
the  sciences  on  which  the  art  of  naviga- 
tion is  founded,  became  objects  of  studious 
attention.  The  memory  of  the  discoveries 
made  by  the  ancients  was  revived,  and 
the  progress  of  their  navigation  and  com- 
merce began  to  be  traced.  Some  of  the 
causes  (particularly  the  inquisition)  which 
have  obstructed  the  cultivation  of  science 
in  Portugal  during  this  century  and  the 
last,  did  not  exist,  or  did  not  operate  in 
the  same  manner  in  the  fifteenth  century  ; 
and  the  Portuguese,  at  that  period,  seem 
to  have  kept  pace  with  the  nations  on  this 
side  the  Alps  in  literary  pursuits."  Such 
were  the  circumstances  of  the  age  when 
king  John,  urged  partly  by  ambitious 
motives,  and  partly  instigated  to  the 
measure  in  order  to  find  employment  for 
the  restless  spirit  of  his  subjects,  fitted 
out  two  armaments,  the  one  destined  to 
attack  the  Moors  settled  on  the  coast  of 
Africa,  the  other,  consisting  only  of  a 
few  vessels,  appointed  to  sail  along  the 
western  shore  of  Africa  bounded  by  the 
Atlantic  ocean,  and  to  discover  the  un- 
known countries  situated  there.  The 
expedition  against  the  Moors  ended  suc- 
cessfully ;  while,  what  was  still  more 
important,  the  vessels  sent  on  the  discov- 
ery doubled  that  formidable  cape  which 
had  terminated  the  progress  of  former 
navigators,  and  proceeded  160  miles  be- 
yond it,  to  Cape  Bojador.  "  As  its  rocky 
"clifl^s,"  says  the  historian  just  quoted, 
"  which  stretched  a  considerable  way 
into  the  Atlantic,  appeared  more  dreadful 
than  the  promontory  they  had  passed, 
the  Portuguese  commanders  durst  not 
attempt  to  sail  round  it,  but  returned  to 
Lisbon,  more  satisfied  with  having  ad- 
vanced so  far,  than  ashamed  of  having 
ventured  no  farther." 


532 


PORTUGAL, 


Inconsiderable  as  this  voyage  was,  it 
increased  the  passion  for  discovery  which 
began  to  arise.  Nor  was  Portugal  de- 
ficient in  men  of  talents  and  enterprise, 
capable  of  giving  it  a  proper  impulse  and 
direction.  Not  only  was  John  himself 
anxious  to  patronise  and  forward  any 
plan  which  had  for  its  object  the  progress 
of  discovery,  but  prince  Henry,  his  fourth 
son,  was,  from  his  great  talents  and  ardent 
enthusiasm,  peculiarly  formed  for  espous- 
ing a  cause  which  might  prove  not  only 
beneficial,  but  splendid  and  honorable. 
He  had  cultivated,  according  to  Dr.  Rob- 
ertson, the  arts  and  sciences,  which  were 
then  unknown  and  despised  by  persons 
of  his  rank.  He  had  applied,  with  pecu- 
liar fondness,  to  the  study  of  geography, 
and  had  acquired  such  knowledge  of  the 
habitable  globe,  as  discovered  the  great 
probability  of  finding  new  and  opulent 
countries  by  sailing  along  the  coast  of 
Africa.  Under  such  distinguished  pa- 
tronage, an  impulse  was  given  to  the 
spirit  of  discovery  unknown  before,  and 
which  was  attended  with  the  most  brilliant 
results.  Not  only  were  the  islands  Porto 
Sancto,  Madeira,  Cape  de  Verd  and  the 
Azores,  discovered  and  taken  possession 
of,  but,  ere  long,  the  western  coast  of 
Africa  was  traced,  and  Bartholomew  Diaz 
had  descried  that  lofty  promontory  which 
bounds  this  great  continent  on  the  south  ; 
which  the  discoverer  himself  denomina- 
ted the  Stormy  Cape,  but  to  which  the 
king,  his  master,  as  he  now  entertained 
no  doubts  of  having  found  the  long  desir- 
ed route  to  India,  gave  a  name  more  in- 
viting, and  of  better  omen,  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope.  These  great  events  had 
taken  place  during  the  successive  reigns 
of  John,  Edward,  Alphonso  V,  and  John 
II  ;  and,  in  the  reign  of  Emanuel,  the 
next  monarch,  Vasco  de  Gama,  a  man  of 
noble  birth,  possessed  of  virtue,  prudence, 
and  courage,  was  despatched  by  his 
sovereign,  with  three  vessels,  to  follow 
the  route  which  Diaz  had  pursued,  and, 
if  possible,  to  double  that  promontory, 
which  was  justly  regarded  as  opening  a 
way  to  the  East.  After  struggling  for  ' 
four  months  with  contrary  winds,  Gama,  \ 
during  an  interval  of  calm  weather,  ac- 
complished the  object  for  which  he  had 
set  out.     After  doubling  that  formidable  [ 


cape,  he  directed  his  course  towards  the 
north-east,  along  the  African  continent. 
He  landed  at  Melinda,  on  the  Zanquebar 
coast,  and  afterwards  crossed  the  Indian 
ocean,  he  arrived  at  Calecut,  on  the  coast 
of  Malabar.  And  having  obtained  not 
oidy  some  commodities  peculiar  to  that 
place,  but  many  rich  productions  of  the 
eastern  parts  of  India,  he  returned  to 
Portugal  by  the  same  route,  and  landed 
at  Lisbon  in  September,  1499,  two  years, 
two  months,  and  five  days,  from  the  time 
he  had  left  that  port,  and  after  having 
performed  a  voyage,  the  longest  as  well 
as  the  most  difficult  that  had  yet  been 
accomplished.  In  about  a  year  after 
this  date,  Cabral  discovered  that  exten- 
sive country  in  South  America,  now 
known  by  the  name  of  Brazil,  and  which 
till  lately  formed  so  important  a  portion 
of  the  territories  of  the  kings  of  Portugal. 
This  great  progress  in  navigation,  and  in 
the  discovery  of  unknown  regions,  of 
which  we  have  given  but  a  brief  sketch, 
was  accomplished  ere  the  termination 
of  the  fifteenth  century  ;  and  the  two  last 
important  voyages,  those  of  De  Gama 
and  Cabral,  were  performed  five  and 
seven  years  respectively  from  the  time 
when  the  New  World  was  discovered 
by  the  illustrious  Columbus.  In  the 
history  of  navigation  Portugal  holds  an 
eminent  place,  both  from  the  number,  the 
early  date,  and  the  magnificence  of  her 
discoveries ;  and,  as  previously  mention- 
ed, the  only  circumstance  which  pre- 
vents her  being  entirely  unrivalled  in  this 
great  department,  is  her  refusing,  though 
urgently  solicited,  to  patronise  and  pro- 
mote that  bold  voyage  of  discovery  me- 
ditated by  Columbus,  which  was,  at  a 
subsequent  period,  undertaken  under  the 
auspices  of  Spain,  and  which,  contrary 
to  the  expectation  of  the  Portuguese, 
forms  the  greatest  achievement  in  the 
history  of  the  art  to  which  it  belongs. 
Nor  was  Columbus  the  only  distinguished 
person  in  this  department  that  Portugal 
overlooked.  Magellan,  a  Portuguese, 
and  the  first  that  circumnavigated  the 
globe,  was  also  denied  patronage  and 
encouragement  in  his  native  country ; 
and  having  in  consequence  applied  to 
Charles  V,  of  Spain,  that  monarch  did 
himself  honor   by  taking  him  under  his 


PORTUGAL. 


533 


protection,  and  assisting  in  promoting  his 
bold  and  interesting  design. 

The  successful  voyages  of  the  Portu- 
guese were  soon  celebrated  throughout 
Europe,  and  excited  the  deepest  interest. 
With  some,  they  roused  a  spirit  of  emu- 
lation ;  but  the  Venetians,  with  the  quick- 
sighted  descernment  of  merchants,  early 
foresaw,  and  feared  that  it  would  prove 
the  ruin  of  that  lucrative  branch  of  com- 
merce with  the  East,  which  had  contri- 
buted so  largely  to  enrich  and  aggrandize 
them.  Nor  were  their  fears  ill  founded. 
The  Portuguese  did  not  fail  immediately 
to  avail  themselves  of  the  route  they  had 
discovered  to  India.  The  wisdom  and 
prudence  of  king  Emanuel  were  not  more 
conspicuous  in  the  vigorous  and  judicious 
measures  adopted  at  home  for  monopoli- 
zing the  commerce  of  that  opulent  region, 
than  in  his  nomination  of  officers  to  take 
the  supreme  command  in  Asia;  men 
who,  for  military  and  political  sagacity, 
for  integrity  and  love  of  country,  have 
certainly  not  been  surpassed  by  persons 
in  similar  situations.  And  their  measures 
were  not  only  planned  in  wisdom,  but 
"carried  into  effect  with  the  greatest  activ- 
ity. In  twenty-four  years  after  the  voyage 
of  Gama,  the  Portuguese  had  rendered 
themselves  masters  of  Malacca,  which 
was  the  centre  of  the  trade  of  the  East. 
They  had  also  formed  settlements  at  Goa 
and  Diu,  by  which  they  engrossed  the 
trade  of  the  Malabar  coast.  In  every 
part  of  India  they  were  received  with 
respect ;  in  some  they  had  absolute  com- 
mand; and  they  thus  rapidly  diverted 
from  its  ancient  channels  the  commerce 
of  India,  and  were  also  enabled  to  import 
into  Europe  the  various  productions  pe- 
culiar to  that  country  in  greater  abun- 
dance than  had  hitherto  been  effected. 
The  Venetians  now  felt  that  decrease  of 
their  Indian  trade  which  they  had  dread- 
ed. This  state  of  things  they  were  re- 
solved to  counteract.  And,  sensible  that 
their  own  naval  force  was  inadequate  to 
the  task,  they  incited  the  Sultan  of  the 
Mamelukes  to  fit  out  a  fleet  to  attack 
those  unexpected  invaders  of  a  monopoly 
of  which  he  and  they  had  long  enjoyed 
imdisturbed  possession.  But  the  Portu- 
guese were  not  unprepared  to  defend 
themselves.     The   formidable   squadron 


seut  out  agninst  them  they  encountered 
with  matchless  courage,  entirely  defeated 
it,  and  became  more  thoroughly  masters 
of  the  Indian  Ocean  than  before.  Year 
after  year,  they  extended  their  connection 
with  the  East,  till  they  established  there 
a  commercial  empire  of  great  opulence 
and  extent.  And  Emanuel,  who  laid  the 
foimdation  of  it,  had  the  satisfaction  of 
living-  to  see  it  almost  completed.  Every 
part  of  Europe  was  supplied  by  the  Por- 
tuguese with  the  productions  of  the  East; 
and  this  quarter  of  the  globe  had  now 
little  or  no  intercourse  with  India,  except 
by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Emanuel,  who  died  in  1522,  crowned 
with  years  and  glory,  was  succeeded  by 
his  son  John  III,  a  prince  who  extended 
his  acquisitions  in  India,  colonized  the 
Brazils,  and  effected  some  salutary  im- 
provements at  home.  But  the  praise,  to 
which,  in  other  respects,  he  is  entitled, 
is  much  qualified,  if  not  entirely  armuUed, 
by  his  introduction  of  the  inquisition  :  an 
event  to  which,  in  no  mean  degree,  the 
rapid  subsequent  decline  of  the  Portu- 
guese monarchy  is  to  be  attributed. 
From  this  date,  the  Portuguese  annals 
are  distingiiished  by  nothing  that  is  great 
or  splendid.  Sebastian,  who  succeeded 
John  (1557)  was,  partly  from  natural  dis- 
positions, and  in  part  from  a  defect  in  his 
education,  remarkable  for  rashness,  ob- 
stinacy, and  want  of  discrimination. 
Wishing  to  distingTiish  himself  in  a  war 
against  the  infidels,  he  undertook  two 
crusades  into  Barbary.  For  this  pur- 
pose, he  levied  large  armies,  he  induced 
the  principal  nobility  to  rally  round  his 
standard,  neglected  all  domestic  and  in- 
ternal improvements,  and  thus  sacrificed 
the  true  interests  and  hopes  of  his  king- 
dom to  personal  vanity,  and  the  meanest 
ambition.  And  continuing  inflexible  in 
his  purpose,  in  opposition  to  the  impor- 
tunities of  his  allies  and  more  judicious 
subjects,  he  left  Lisbon  (1578)  with  a 
formidable  fleet,  and  having  landed  in 
Barbary,  was  met  by  Muley  Moloch,  the 
Moorish  king,  and  defeated  with  incred- 
ible slaughter,  himself  slain,  and  his  army 
either  cut  oft"  or  taken  prisoners.  By  this 
signal  defeat,  the  kingdom  was  at  once 
exhausted  of  men,  money,  and  reputa- 
tion, and  placed  in  circumstances  to  be- 


534 


PORTUGAL. 


come  an  easy  prey  to  the  ambition  or 
rapacity  of  any  state  that  might  wish  to 
make  the  attempt.  Cardinal  Henry,  who 
succeeded  Sebastian,  only  reigned  two 
years  ;  and  the  male  line  of  the  royal 
family  having  become  extinct,  and  the 
kingdom  being  completely  devoid  of  re- 
sources for  self-defence,  Philip  II,  the 
celebrated  king  of  Spain,  soon  succeeded 
in  adding  it  to  his  paternal  dominions, 
though  various  attempts  were  made  by 
the  people  to  retain  their  independence, 
and  though  Elizabeth,  queen  of  England, 
fitted  out  a  fleet  to  drive  Philip  from  the 
territories  he  had  so  unjustly  seized. 
The  Spanish  monarch,  however,  having, 
in  opposition  to  every  obstacle,  firmly 
seated  himself  on  the  throne  of  Portugal, 
the  Portuguese,  roused  at  length  by 
many  injuries,  and  a  native  love  of  lib- 
erty, made  a  successful  insurrection  in 
1640,  expelled  the  Spaniards  from  their 
territories,  and  conferred  the  crown  on 
the  duke  of  Braganza,  a  descendant,  by 
the  female  line,  of  the  royal  family.  This 
revolution,  which  forms  so  important  an 
era  in  Portuguese  history,  being  the  al- 
most unanimous  voice  of  the  nation,  was 
attended  with  little  or  no  efl^usion  of 
blood.  Nor  were  all  the  attempts  of  the 
king  of  Spain  able  to  regain  possession. 
A  fierce  war  between  the  tvi^o  kingdoms 
raged  for  many  years.  Portugal  gained 
several  distinguished  victories ;  and  at 
length,  in  1668,  hostilities  were  termi- 
nated in  favor  of  Portuguese  indepen- 
dence, through  the  interposition  of  Charles 
II,  king  of  England,  who  had  married  a 
princess  of  Portugal. 

Alphonso  was  successor  to  the  duke 
of  Braganza,  who  reigned  under  the  title 
of  John  IV.  Alphonso  being  of  a  weak 
constitution,  of  great  imbecility  of  mind, 
ill-educated,  and  addicted  to  mean  com- 
pany and  low  pleasures,  his  mother  en- 
deavored, by  every  artifice  and  intrigue, 
to  get  liim  deprived  of  the  crown,  which 
she  meant  to  place  on  the  head  of  his 
younger  brother  Don  Peter.  This  she 
was  unable  to  accomplish  ;  but  after  her 
death,  Alphonso,  from  various  circum- 
stances, was  compelled  to  sign  a  resig- 
nation of  the  kingdom,  and  his  brother 
Avas  declared  regent,  and  invested  Avith 
all  the  powers  of  royalty.     Alphonso's 


wife  having  transferred  her  affections  to 
Don  Peter,  a  circumstance  which  had 
led  her  to  induce  her  husband  to  submit 
to  the  resignation — their  marriage  hav- 
ing been  declared  null  by  the  chapter  of 
Lisbon,  and  the  regent  having  gained  a 
papal  dispensation,  and  the  consent  of 
the  states,  married  the  lady  who  had 
been  his  brother's  wife.  On  the  death 
of  Alphonso,  the  regent  succeeded  by  the 
title  of  Peter  II.  Peter,  having  died  in 
1706,  was  succeeded  by  his  son  John  V. 
In  1750,  on  the  death  of  John,  Don  Jo- 
seph ascended  the  throne,  a  prince  whose 
reign,  though  not  distinguished  for  any 
thing  enterprising  or  heroic,  is  probably 
one  of  the  most  memorable,  but  most  re- 
volting periods  in  Portuguese  history.  It 
is  deeply  stained  with  domestic  blood, 
and  rendered  odious  by  the  most  shock- 
ing cruelty.  In  1758,  the  king  was  at- 
tacked by  assassins,  and  narrowly  escaped 
with  his  life.  The  families  of  Aveira 
and  Tavora,  in  consequence  of  an  accu- 
sation, afterwards  proved  to  be  unfounded, 
exhibited  against  them,  of  having  con- 
spired against  his  majesty's  life,  were 
cruelly  destroyed  by  torture.  On  various 
pretences  execution  succeeded  execution, 
with  awful  rapidity.  An  earthquake 
overwhelmed  the  city  of  Lisbon,  and 
shook  the  whole  kingdom  to  its  centre. 
A  famine  threatened  to  accomplish  what 
this  visitation  had  left  undone.  And  in 
addition  to  these  and  similar  calamities, 
the  Portuguese  dominions  were  invaded 
by  Spain  with  a  powerful  army  ;  their 
capital  threatened  ;  their  prince  almost 
determined  to  save  himself  by  flight; 
evils  from  which  they  could  not  have 
been  saved,  had  not  England  interposed 
to  bring  about  a  peace,  Avhich  was  con- 
cluded in  1763.  During  this  reign  the 
management  of  public  affairs  was  in  the 
hands  of  the  celebrated  marquis  de  Pom- 
bal,  a  minister  of  unbounded  authority, 
which  he  not  unfrequently  directed  to 
the  most  cruel  and  arbitrary  proceedings, 
and  whose  removal  from  office,  in  the 
subsequent  reign,  excited  joy  throughout 
all  ranks  of  the  community. 

Joseph,  who  died  in  1777,  having  left 
no  sons,  was  succeeded  by  his  daughter 
Mary,  whom  he  had  married,  by  dispen- 
sation from  the  pope,  to  Don  Peter,  her 


PORTUGAL. 


535 


uncle,  with  a  view  of  preventing  the 
crown  from  falling  into  a  foreign  family. 
The  queen  having  fallen  into  a  state  of 
religious  melancholy,  the  prince  of  Brazil 
published  an  edict  (1792)  declaring  that 
as  his  mother,  from  her  unhappy  situa- 
tion, was  incapable  of  managing  the  af- 
fairs of  government,  he  would  place  his 
signature  to  public  papers,  till  the  return 
of  her  health,  but  that  no  other  change 
should  take  place  in  consequence  of  her 
indisposition.  From  this  unhappy  state 
she  was  doomed  never  to  recover.  She 
attained,  however,  to  very  advanced 
years,  and  at  her  death  was  succeeded 
by  her  son.  In  the  beginning  of  the  war 
with  France,  Portugal  took  a  feeble  part 
conjunctly  with  England  and  Spain  ;  but 
after  Spain  had  made  peace  with  France, 
a  war  took  place  between  the  former 
country  and  Portugal,  which,  however, 
was  productive  of  no  very  important 
events,  and  which  was  terminated  by 
treaty  in  1801.  On  the  rupture  of  the 
peace  of  Amiens,  and  the  renewal  of  the 
French  war,  Portugal  remained  for  some 
rime  neutral ;  but  having,  at  length,  de- 
termined in  favor  of  France,  she  advanc- 
ed, from  time  to  time,  large  sums  of 
money  to  that  power,  and  at  last  went  so 
far  as  to  order  her  ports  to  be  shut  against 
the  ships  of  war  and  merchant  vessels 
of  England.  She  now  found  herself 
placed  in  peculiar  and  extremely  danger- 
ous circumstances — virtually  at  war  with 
Great  Britain,  a  power  Avith  which  she 
had  for  centuries  been  intimately  con- 
nected, whose  friendship  had  often  avert- 
ed from  her  impending  ruin,  and  from 
whose  hostility  she  had  every  thing  to 
dread — and  leagued  with  France,  her 
ancient  enemy,  in  whom  she  could  place 
no  confidence,  and  whose  armies,  having 
invaded  Spain,  were  rapidly  advancing 
to  Lisbon,  to  possess  or  to  destroy  it.  In 
such  circumstances  the  government  hesi- 
tated long  what  steps  to  adopt.  Distrust- 
ful of  Bonaparte,  expecting  no  assistance 
from  any  foreign  power,  and  aware  that 
the  internal  resources  of  the  nation  were 
inadequate  to  its  defence,  the  royal  fam- 
ily of  Braganza  abandoned  a  kingdom 
which  they  could  not  defend,  and  emi- 
grated to  Brazil.  In  November,  1807, 
they  sailed  from  the  Tagus,  in  a  fleet  of 


eight  sail  of  the  line,  carrying  with  them 
about  18,000  Portuguese  subjects,  in- 
cluding many  persons  of  distinction.  And 
from  this  period,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  the  cap- 
ital of  Brazil,  may  be  regarded  as  the 
seat  of  the  Portuguese  government.  On 
the  removal  of  the  royal  family  the  coun- 
cils of  state  attended  them ;  and  the  king 
was  represented  in  Lisbon  by  a  regency, 
and  the  councils  by  committees  ;  and  no 
other  important  alteration  took  place  in 
consequence  of  the  departure  of  the  court 
to  the  Brazilian  colony. 

Nor  were  the  views  of  the  king  of 
Portugal,  in  regard  to  the  views  of  Bona- 
parte, unfounded.  The  French  imme- 
diately took  possession  of  Lisbon,  and 
the  administration  of  the  new  government 
was  conferred  on  Jmiot,  now  dignified 
with  the  title  of  duke  of  Abrantes.  They 
were  not,  however,  allowed  long  to  retain 
possession  of  the  Portuguese  territories. 
England,  having  resolved  to  assist  Spain 
and  Portugal  in  their  resistance  to  French 
usurpation,  despatched  an  army  to  the 
latter  country,  and  having  defeated  the 
enemy  at  Vimeira,  compelled  them  to 
evacuate  Portugal,  by  the  convention  of 
Cintra.  Portugal,  however,  was  not  yet 
freed  from  foreign  aggression.  The  in- 
vading armies  of  France  having  met  with 
considerable  success  in  Spain,  having 
taken  Madrid,  and  forced  Sir  John  Moore 
to  make  a  precipitate  retreat  from  the 
peninsula,  Portugal  was  again  attempted 
to  be  overrun  and  subdued.  Three 
armies  were  collected  on  its  frontiers, 
one  under  marshal  Soult,  in  Gallicia, 
another  under  general  Lapisse,  at  Sala- 
manca, and  a  third  on  the  banks  of  the 
Tagus,  under  marshal  Victor.  Had  these 
armies  been  concentrated,  and  placed 
under  the  management  of  one  command- 
er, the  object  the  French  had  in  view, 
notwithstanding  the  bravery  of  the  Portu- 
guese and  the  English  forces,  must  soon 
have  been  realized,  and  Portugal  have 
fallen  a  prey  to  her  ambitious  and  un- 
principled invaders.  These  armies, how- 
ever, being  thus  disunited, — fearing  to 
be  severally  committed,  and  not  knowing 
the  views  and  operations  of  each  other,— 
lost  the  precious  moment  for  action,  in 
suspense,  inactivity,  or  petty  movements. 
Souh,  indeed,  having   entered  Portugal 


536 


PORTUGAL. 


on  the  north,  took  Chaves  and  Oporto, 
with  great  slaughter,  and  gained  several 
important  advantages.  Victor  and  La- 
pisse,  having,  at  length,  united  their 
forces,  had  forced  the  passage  of  the 
Tagus,  and  were  making  rapid  advances 
towards  Lisbon.  But  this  success  was 
but  of  short  duration.  Chaves  and  Oporto 
were  soon  recaptured.  A  decisive  vic- 
tory was  gained  over  Soult  on  the  banks 
of  the  Douro,  attended  with  the  loss  of 
the  greater  part  of  his  army :  and  aban- 
doning all  his  artillery  and  wheel-car- 
riages, he  was  himself  obliged  to  flee  be- 
yond the  frontiers  of  the  kingdom,whither 
he  was  soon  followed  by  Victor  and  La- 
pisse,  without  having  accomplished  any 
thing,  either  to  undermine  in  any  degree 
the  resources  of  Portugal,  or  afford  them 
the  hope  of  greater  success  by  a  subse- 
quent invasion. 

Another  attempt,  however,  the  French 
yet  resolved  to  make.  Massena  entered 
(1810)  Portugal,  with  an  army  of  72,000 
men,  which  could  be  opposed  only  by 
about  50,000,  one  half  of  Avhich  number 
was  composed  of  young  Portuguese  levies, 
devoid  of  skill  or  experience.  Almeida 
was  besieged  and  taken ;  Coimbra  fell 
Avithout  opposition  ;  and  the  enemy  was 
thus  advancing,  with  great  rapidity,  to 
the  capital.  But  the  British  and  Portu- 
guese armies  were  not  in  the  mean  time 
inactive.  The  route  by  which  Massena 
meant  to  force  his  way  to  the  capital, 
having  become  apparent,  the  rival  com- 
mander placed  his  forces  in  such  posi- 
tions as  were  most  likely  to  frustrate  his 
intentions  ;  all  roads  that  might  favor  his 
progress  were  destroyed ;  cannon  were 
planted  on  the  most  inaccessible  parts,  to 
harass  his  march  ;  and  the  inhabitants 
of  a  district  of  nearly  2,000  square  miles, 
on  the  banks  of  the  Tagus,  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Lisbon,  where  this  defensive 
position  was  taken  up,  were  directed  to 
retire,  with  what  of  their  substance  they 
could  convey,  and  to  destroy  what  could 
not  be  removed,  so  that  no  support  might 
be  afforded  the  army  of  the  enemy.  And 
these  precautionary  steps  were  attended 
with  complete  success.  So  soon  as  the 
French  general  came  within  sight  of  the 
formidable  works  by  which  he  was  to  be 
opposed,  he  made  an  instant  halt,  struck 


with  dismay  and  astonislunent ;  and  hav- 
ing remained  without  any  movement  foi 
a  month,  (during  which  time  he  was 
much  harassed  by  the  irregidar  Portu- 
guese troops,)  he  retrograded  towards 
Santarem.  He  was  followed  by  the 
British  to  Cartaxo,  where  the  two  armies 
remained  in  sight  of  each  other,  for  nearly 
five  months,  without  coming  to  any  de- 
cisive engagement.  The  English,  in 
the  mean  time,  received  abundant  sup- 
plies of  provisions  from  Lisbon ;  while 
the  French,  after  having  exhausted  the 
country  in  their  rear,  were  experiencing 
scarcity  and  famine  to  such  a  degree, 
that  their  ranks  were  rapidly  thinning 
with  hunger.  From  this  circumstance, 
and  with  a  loss  of  30,000  men,  they  were 
obliged  to  retreat  ingloriously  to  Spain, 
in  a  state  of  the  most  squalid  and  ghastly 
wretchedness.  Nor  was  the  condition 
of  those  Portuguese  less  miserable,  who, 
driven  from  their  homes,  had  retired  into 
the  woods  or  mountains,  where  they  were 
doomed  to  spend  the  winter  months,  with- 
out shelter,  in  the  open  air,  subsisting 
merely  on  roots  and  herbs.  Many  of 
them  died  in  consequence  of  their  suffer- 
ings ;  while  those  who  survived  returned 
to  their  desolate  homes,  with  bodies 
emaciated  from  hunger,  and  with  intel- 
lects impaired  by  the  fears  and  miseries 
of  their  unhappy  and  perilous  situation. 
The  French,  having  received  some  re-en- 
forcements at  Salamanca,  returned  again 
to  Portugal,  to  prevent  Almeida  from  fall- 
ing into  the  hands  of  the  British  ;  but 
having  completely  failed  in  the  attempt, 
they  found  it  necessary  soon  to  retreat — 
and  with  this  expedition  the  scene  of  war 
closed  in  Portugal ;  for  though  some  por- 
tions of  the  frontier  districts  were  after- 
wards included  in  the  theatre  of  hostili- 
ties, yet  the  subsequent  events  belong 
rather  to  the  history  of  Spain  than  of 
Portugal. 

Though  Portugal,  after  the  battle  of 
Waterloo,  and  the  dissolution  of  the  gov- 
ernment of  Bonaparte,  enjoyed  external 
peace,  the  state  of  the  country  was  by  no 
means  tranquil.  Symptoms  of  dissatis- 
faction, indeed,  soon  became  manifest. 
The  absence  of  the  court,  the  little  influ- 
ence enjoyed  by  the  regency,  the  urgent 
calls  for  money  from  the  provinces,  a 


PORTUGAL. 


537 


large  standing  army,  and  its  command, 
in  a  great  degree,  continued  in  foreign 
hands,  formed  the  most  powerful  circum- 
stances that  led  to  the  convulsions  that 
were  soon  to  ensue.  Portugal  felt  that 
the  order  of  nature  was  inverted,  and  that 
the  parent  state  had  become  a  dependant 
on  her  own  colony.  Conspiracy  was  first 
manifested  in  the  army.  Ten  thousand 
men,  having  been  ordered  to  embark  for 
Brazil,  revolted,  and  showed  so  much 
determination,  that  the  regency  was  com- 
pelled to  yield  to  their  wishes.  This 
was  the  first  step  in  a  revolution,  which, 
in  1820,  gave  to  Portugal  a  new  aspect, 
and  whi<;h,  much  to  the  honor  of  the 
inhabitants,  was  efiected  without  blood- 
shed. 

The  Assembly  of  the  Cortes  com- 
menced framing  a  constitution,  and  a 
code  of  laws ;  and  while  they  thus 
were  employed  in  promoting  the  best 
interests  of  the  nation,  they  seemed  to 
enjoy  the  afiections  and  confidence  of 
the  people.  This,  however,  was  not 
the  case ;  for,  when  they  had  almost 
succeeded  in  establishing  the  consti- 
tution and  administration  of  the  king- 
dom on  the  most  liberal  and  enlighten- 
ed principles,  all  their  operations  were 
superseded,  and  their  authority  destroyed 
by  a  counter  revolution.  The  revolution 
of  1820,  indeed,  was  too  fundamental, 
too  far  removed  from  the  previous  order 
of  things,  to  be  permanent.  A  very  lib- 
eral system  of  government  cannot  be  ex- 
pected to  exist  in  a  country  where  the 
priesthood  enjoy  such  overwhelming  rev- 
enues and  power  as  in  Portugal,  and 
Avhere  this  order,  the  military,  and  the 
officers  of  state,  comprise  a  fifth  of  the 
male  population.  The  counter  revolu- 
tion, therefore,  which  took  place  in  1823, 
and  which,  like  that  of  1 820,  was  achiev- 
ed by  the  n)ilitary,  was  effected  with  a 
facility  which  evinces  that  the  liberal 
institutions,  which  the  Cortes  had  estab- 
lished, had  little  or  no  hold  on  the  affec- 
tions of  the  great  mass  of  the  people. 
This  change,  howeA^er,  was  owing,  not 
more  to  the  prejudices  and  sympathies 
of  the  nation  reverting  to  the  dynasty 
imder  which  they  had  been  educated, 
than  to  the  personal  character  of  the 
monarch,  a  moderate  and  humane  prince, 


who  had  returned  from  Brazil  in  1820, 
to  endeavor,  by  his  presence,  to  coun- 
teract the  innovations  which  were  then 
introduced.  The  revolution  of  1 823  was 
also  accomplished  without  bloodshed ; 
in  every  part  of  the  kingdom,  it  was 
brought  about  by  the  intervention  of  the 
military,  but  without  the  least  appearance 
of  violence  or  hesitation ;  and  yet  so 
rapidly  was  the  measure  efiected,  that, 
though  the  first  steps  in  it  were  taken  on 
the  29th  of  May,  John  made  his  public 
entry  into  Lisbon  on  the  5th  of  June,  as 
the  absolute  and  uncontrollable  head  of 
the  new  constitution. 

King  John  died  at  Lisbon  in  1826,  and 
Pedro  his  son,  the  emperor  of  Brazil, 
was  the  successor  to  the  throne  of  Por- 
tugal. As  soon  as  Pedro  heard  of  his 
father's  death,  he  declared  his  determin- 
ation to  remain  in  Brazil,  and  to  abdicate 
the  throne  of  Portugal  in  favor  of  his 
daughter.  Donna  Maria  de  Gloria,  (who 
was  born  in  1819,)  on  condition  that  his 
brother  Don  Miguel,  the  king's  youngest 
son,  should  marry  her,  and  that  a  free 
constitution  should  be  adopted  as  con- 
tained in  a  charter  which  he  sent  over 
from  Brazil.  The  legal  part  of  the  mar- 
riage ceremony  was  actually  performed 
at  Vienna,  and  to  Don  Miguel  wore  com- 
mitted full  powers  to  act  as  regent  of 
Portugal  on  behalf  of  his  niece  and  bride. 
Miguel  who  resided  at  Vienna,  returned 
to  Lisbon  in  the  spring  of  1828,  having 
first  visited  Paris  and  London,  at  both 
which  places  he  professed  his  determina- 
tion to  adhere  to  the  constitution.  His 
professions,  however,  were  insincere  ; 
for  in  a  short  time  he  altered  his  title  of 
regent  to  that  of  king.  Pedro,  exasper- 
ated at  the  perfidy  of  his  brother,  abdi- 
cated the  throne  of  Brazil  in  favor  of  his 
son  Don  Pedro  d' Alcantara,  then  eight 
years  old,  and  embarked  on  board  of  an 
English  frigate.  The  affairs  of  his  daugh- 
ter were  at  this  time  in  a  desperate  state ; 
the  aboi-tive  attempts  of  the  patriots  of 
Oporto  had  altogether  failed,  and  the 
reign  of  Don  Miguel  was  established 
with  the  apparent  consent  of  the  people 
so  firmly,  that  little  hope  remained  of 
shaking  it.  A  gleam  had  appeared  in 
the  unexpected  capture  of  the  island  of 
Terceira,  which  proved  the  harbinger  of 


538 


ROME. 


success.  An  expedition  from  thence 
landed  at  Oporto,  where  the  arrival  of 
Don  Pedro,  at  this  critical  time,  infused 
fresh  liopes.  The  contest  at  that  town 
and  its  vicinity  was  tedious ;  hut  at  length, 
after  considerahle  perseverence  and  en- 
ergy, Pedro  succeeded  in  reaching  Lis- 
bon on  the  28th  of  July,  1833,  establish- 


ed himself  there  as  regent  to  his  daughter, 
and  on  the  2'2nd  of  September  she  also 
arrived,  and  was  formally  acknowledged 
as  constitutional  queen  of  Portugal.  Pe- 
dro having  established  his  daughter's 
throne,  died  suddenly  at  Lisbon  in  Sep- 
tember 1834,  in  the  thirty-sixth  year 
of  his  ase. 


ROME 


Although  we  cannot  conjecture  with 
certainty  as  to  the  era  when  Italy  was 
first  peopled,  we  have  every  reason  to 
believe  that  it  was  inhabited  by  a  refined 
and  cultivated  nation  many  ages  before 
the  Roman  name  was  known.  These 
were  the  Etruscans,  of  whom  there  exist  at 
this  day  monuments  in  the  fine  arts,  which 
prove  them  to  have  been  a  splendid,  lux- 
urious, and  highly  polished  people.  Their 
alphabet  resembling  the  Phoenician,  dis- 
poses us  to  believe  them  of  eastern  ori- 
gin. The  Roman  historians  mention 
them  as  a  powerful  and  opulent  nation 
long  before  the  origin  of  Rome. 

The  rest  of  Italy  was  divided  among 
a  number  of  independent  tribes  or  na- 
tions, comparatively  in  a  rude  and  uncul- 
tivated state ;  Umbriams,  Ligurians,  Sa- 
bines,  Veientes,  Latins,  ^Equi,  Volsci,  &c . 
Ijatium,  a  territory  of  fifty  miles  in  length 
and  sixteen  in  breadth,  contained  forty- 
seven  independent  cities  or  states. 

The  origin  of  the  city  and  state  of  Rome 
is  involved  in  great  uncertainty.  Diony- 
sius  supposes  two  cities  of  that  name  to 
have  existed,  and  to  have  perished  before 
the  foundation  of  the  city  built  by  Romu- 
lus. The  vulgar  account  of  the  latter  is, 
that  it  was  founded  752  B.  C.  by  a  troop 
of  shepherds  or  banditti,  who  peopled  their 
new  city  by  carrying  off  the  wives  and 
daughters  of  their  neighbors  the  Sabines. 

The  great  outlines  of  tlie  first  consti- 
tution of  the  Roman  government,  though 
generally  attributed  to  the  political  abili- 
ties of  Romulus,  seem  to  have  a  natural 
foundation  in  the  usages  of  barbarous  na- 
tions. Other  institutions  bear  the  traces 
of  political  skill  and  positive  enactment. 


Romulus  is  said  to  have  divided  his 
people  into  three  tribes,  and  each  tribe 
into  ten  curiee.  The  lands  he  distributed 
into  three  portions  ;  one  for  the  support 
of  the  government,  another  for  the  main- 
tenance of  religion,  and  the  third  he  di- 
vided into  equal  portions  of  two  acres 
to  each  Roman  citizen.  He  instituted  a 
senate  of  100  members,  (afterwards  in- 
creased to  200,)  who  deliberated  on  and 
prepared  all  public  measures  for  the  as- 
sembly of  the  people,  in  whom  was  vest- 
ed the  right  of  determination.  The  Pa- 
trician families  were  the  descendants  of 
those  centum  patres. 

The  king  had  the  nomination  of  the 
senators,  the  privilege  of  assembling  the 
people,  and  a  right  of  appeal  in  all  ques- 
tions of  importance.     He  had  the  com- 
1  mand  of  the  army,  and  the  office  of  Pon- 
I  tifex  Maximus.     He    had,    as    a    guard, 
twelve  lictors,  and  a  troop  of  horsemen 
I  named    Celeres    or    Equit.es,    afterwards 
!  the  distinct  order  of  the  Roman  knights. 
I  These  regulations  are  of  positive  institu- 
:  tion ;  others  arose  naturally  from  the  state 
I  of  society. 

I  The  patri  potestas  is  of  the  latter  na- 
',  ture,  being  common  to  all  barbarous 
I  tribes.  The  limitation  of  all  arts  to  the 
I  slaves  arose  from  the  constant  employ- 
j  ment  of  the  citizens  in  warfare  or  in 
agriculture. 

The  connection  of  patron  and  client 
was  an  admirable  institution,  which  at 
once  united  the  citizens,  and  maintained 
a  useful  subordination. 

The  Sabines  were  the  most  formidable 
enemy  of  the  early  Romans  ;  and  a  wise 
policy  united  for  a  whiiC  the  two  nations 


ROME. 


539 


into  one  state.  After  the  death  of  Romu- 
lus, who  reigned  thirty-seven  years,  Nu- 
ma,  a  Sabine,  was  elected  king.  His 
disposition  was  pious  and  pacific,  and  he 
endeavored  to  give  his  people  the  same 
character.  He  pretended  to  divine  in- 
spiration, in  order  to  give  the  greater  au- 
thority to  his  laws,  which  in  themselves 
were  excellent.  He  multiplied  the  na- 
tional gods,  built  temples,  and  instituted 
different  classes  of  priests,  Flamines, 
Salii,  Sic,  and  a  variety  of  religious  cere- 
monies. The  Flamines  officiated  each 
in  the  service  of  a  peculiar  deity ;  the 
Salii  guarded  the  sacred  bucklers  ;  the 
Vestals  cherished  the  sacred  fire  ;  the 
Augurs  and  Aruspices  divined  future 
events  from  the  flight  of  birds,  and  the 
entrails  of  victims.  The  temple  of  Ja- 
nus was  open  in  war,  and  shut  during  | 
peace.  Numa  reformed  the  calendar, ' 
regulating  the  year  at  twelve  lunar 
months,  and  distinguished  the  days  for  j 
civil  occupation  from  those  dedicated  to  ' 
religious  rest.  Agriculture  was  lawful 
on  the  latter,  as  a  duty  of  religion.  Nu- : 
ma  reigned  forty-three  years.  j 

TuUus  Hostilius,  the  third  king  of 
Rome,  of  warlike  disposition,  subdued 
the  Albans,  Fidenates,  and  other  neigh- 
boring states.  The  Sabines,  now  dis- ; 
united  from  the  Romans,  were  among  the 
most  powerful  of  their  enemies.  TuUus 
reigned  thirty-three  years.  ; 

Ancus  Martins,  the  grandson  of  Numa, 
was  elected  king  on  the  death  of  Tullus. 
He  inherited  the  piety  and  virtues  of  his 
grandfather,  and  joined  to  these  the  ta- 
lents of  a  warrior.  He  increased  the 
population  of  Rome,  by  naturalizing  some 
of  the  conquered  states  ;  enlarged  and 
fortified  the  city,  and  built  the  port  of 
Ostia,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tiber.  He 
reigned  gloriously  twenty-four  years.        ' 

Tarquinius  Priscus,  a  cuizen  of  Corinth, 
popular  from  his  wealth  and  liberality, 
was  elected  to  the  vacant  throne.  He 
enlarged  the  senate  by  100  new  members 
from  the  Plebeian  families.  This  body 
consisted  now  of  300,  at  which  number 
it  remained  for  some  centuries.  Tarquin 
was  victorious  in  his  wars,  and  he  adorn- 
ed and  improved  the  city  with  works  of 
utility  and  magnificence.  Such  were 
the  Circus  or  Hippodrome  ;  the  walls  of  , 


hewn  stone  ;  the  Capitol ;  the  Cloacae, 
those  immense  common  sewers,  which 
lead  to  the  belief  that  the  new  Rome  had 
been  buih  on  the  ruins  of  an  ancient  city 
of  greater  magnitude.  Tarquinius  was 
,  assassinated  in  the  tliirty-eighth  year  of 
his  reign. 

Servius  Tullius,  who  had  married  the 
daughter  of  Tarquinius,  secured  by  his 
own  address,  and  the  intrigues  of  his 
mother-in-law,  his  election  to  the  vacant 
throne.  He  courted  popularity  by  acts 
of  munificence  ;  discharging  the  debts 
of  the  poor,  dividing  among  the  citizens 
his  patrimonial  lands,  improving  the  city 
with  useftd  edifices,  and  extending  its 
boundaries.  The  new  arrangement  which 
he  introduced  in  the  division  of  the  Ro- 
man citizens,  is  a  proof  of  much  politi- 
cal ability,  and  merits  attention,  as  on  it 
depended  many  of  the  revolutions  of  the 
Republic. 

From  the  time  that  the  Romans  had 
admitted  the  Albans  and  Sabines  to  the 
rights  of  citizens,  the  Urban  and  Rustic 
tribes  were  composed  of  those  three  na- 
tions. Each  tribe  being  divided  into  ten 
curicB,  and  every  curia  having  an  equal 
vote  in  the  Comitia,  as  each  individual 
had  in  his  tribe,  all  questions  were  deci- 
ded by  the  majority  of  suffrages.  There 
was  no  pre-eminence  between  the  curuB, 
and  the  order  in  which  they  gave  their 
votes,  was  determined  by  lot.  This  was 
a  reasonable  constitution,  so  long  as  the 
fortunes  of  the  citizens  were  nearly  on  a 
par;  but,  when  riches  came  to  be  unequal- 
ly divided,  it  was  obvious  that  much  in- 
convenience must  have  arisen  from  this 
equal  partition  of  power,  as  the  rich 
could  easily,  by  bribery,  command  the 
suffrages  of  the  poor.  Besides,  all  the 
taxes  had  hitherto  been  levied  by  the 
head,  without  any  regard  to  the  inequali- 
ty of  fortunes.  These  obvious  defects 
furnished  to  Servius  a  just  pretext  for  an 
entire  change  of  system.  His  plan  was, 
to  remove  the  poorer  citizens  from  all 
share  of  the  government  ;  while  the 
burden  attending  its  support  should  fall 
solely  on  the  rich. 

All  the  citizens  were  required,  under 
a  heavy  penalty,  to  declare  upon  oath 
their  names,  dwellings,  number  of  their 
children,   and   amount  of  their  fortune. 


540 


ROME. 


After  this  numeration  or  census,  Servius 
divided  the  whole  citizens,  without  dis- 
tinction, into  four  tribes,  named,  from  the 
quarters  where  they  dwelt,  the  Palatine, 
Suburran,  Collatine,  and  Esquiline.  Be- 
sides this  local  division,  Servius  distribu- 
ted the  whole  people  into  six  classes, 
and  each  class  into  several  centuries  or 
portions  of  citizens,  so  called,  not  as  ac- 
tually consisting  of  a  hundred,  but  as  be- 
ing obliged  to  furnish  and  maintain  100 
men  in  time  of  war  In  the  first  class, 
which  consisted  of  the  richest  citizens,  or 
those  who  were  worth  at  least  100  mino',* 
there  were  no  less  than  ninety-eight  cen- 
turies. In  the  second  class,  (those  worth 
75  minoi,)  there  were  twenty-two  centu- 
ries. In  the  third,  (those  worth  50  mi- 
n<B,)  were  twenty  centuries.  In  the  fourth, 
(those  worth  25  min<s,)  twenty-two  centu- 
ries. In  the  fifth,  (those  worth  \2minm,) 
thirty  centuries.  The  sixth,  the  most 
numerous  of  the  whole,  comprehending 
all  the  poorer  citizens,  furnished  only 
one  century.  Thus  the  whole  Roman 
people  were  divided  into  193  centuries, 
or  portions  of  citizens,  so  called,  as  fur- 
rushing  each  a  hundred  soldiers.  The 
sixth  class  was  declared  exempt  from  all 
taxes.  The  other  classes,  according  to 
the  number  of  centuries  of  which  they 
consisted,  were  rated  for  the  public  bur- 
dens at  so  much  for  each  century. 

The  poor  had  no  reason  to  complain 
of  this  arrangement ;  but  something  was 
wanting  to  compensate  the  rich  for  the 
burdens  to  which  they  were  subjected. 
For  this  purpose  Servius  enacted,  that 
henceforth  the  Comitia  should  give  their 
votes  by  centuries  ;  the  first  class,  con- 
sisting of  ninety-eight  centuries,  always 
voting  first.  Thus,  although  the  whole 
people  were  called  to  the  Comitia,  and 
all  seemed  to  have  an  equal  suffrage, 
yet,  in  reality,  the  richer  classes  deter- 
mined every  question,  the  sufl^rage  of  the 
poor  being  merely  nominal  ;  for  as  the 
whole  people  formed  193  centuries,  and 
the  first  and  second  classes  contained 
120  of  these,  if  they  were  unanimous, 
which  generally  happened  in  questions 
of  importance,  a  majority  was  secured. 
Thus,  in  the  Comita  Centuriata,  in  which 

♦  About  £300  «terling. 


the  chief  magistrates  were  elected,  peace 
and  war  decreed,  and  all  other  important 
business  discussed,  the  richer  classes 
of  the  citizens  had  the  sole  authority, 
the  votes  of  the  poor  being  of  no  avail. 
And  such  was  the  ingenuity  of  this  poli- 
cy, that  all  were  pleased  with  it:  the  rich 
paid  their  taxes  with  cheerfulness,  as 
the  price  of  their  power  ;  and  the  poor 
;  gladly  exchanged  authority  for  immuni- 
ties. The  census,  performed  every  five 
i  j^ears,  was  closed  by  a  lustrum,  or  expi- 
atory sacrifice  ;  and  hence  that  period  of 
lime  was  called  a  lustrum. 

Servius  was  assassinated  after  a  reign 
of  forty-four  years,  by  his  infamous 
daughter  TuUia,  married  to  Tarquinius, 
the  grandson  of  Priscus,  who  thus  paved 
the  way  for  his  own  elevation  to  the 
throne.  The  government  of  Tarquin, 
surnamed  the  proud,  was  systematically 
tyrannical.  He  ingratiated  himself  with 
the  lower  orders,  to  abase  by  their  means 
the  power  of  the  higher  ;  but  insolent, 
rapacious,  and  cruel,  he  finally  disgusted 
all  ranks  of  his  subjects.  A  rape  com- 
mitted by  his  son  Sextus,  on  Lucretia, 
the  wife  of  Collatinus,  who,  unable  to 
survive  her  dishonor,  stabbed  herself  in 
presence  of  her  husband  and  kindred, 
roused  their  vengeance,  and  procured,  by 
their  influence  with  their  countrymen, 
the  expulsion  of  the  tyrant,  and  the  utter 
abolition  of  the  regal  dignity  at  Rome, 
509  B.  C. 

The  whole  structure  of  the  constitu- 
tion of  the  Romans  under  the  monarchy  . 
has  been  by  most  authors  erroneously  at- 
tributed exclusively  to  the  abilities  of 
Romulus,  a  youth  of  eighteen,  the  leader 
of  a  troop  of  shepherds  or  banditti. 
This  chimerical  idea  we  owe  to  Diony- 
sius  of  Halicarnassus.  The  truth  is, 
the  Roman  government,  like  almost  eve- 
ry other,  was  the  gradual  result  of  cir- 
cumstances ;  the  fruit  of  time,  and  of 
political  emergency. 

The  constitution  of  the  Roman  senate 
has  occasioned  considerable  research, 
and  is  not  free  from  obscurity.  It  is  pro- 
bable that  the  kings  had  the  sole  right 
of  naming  the  senators,  that  the  consuls 
succeeded  them  in  this  right,  and  after- 
wards, when  these  magistrates  found  too 
much  occupation  from  the  frequent  wars 


ROME, 


541 


in  which  the  state  was  engaged,  that 
privilege  devolved  on  the  censors.  The 
senators  were  at  first  always  chosen  from 
the  body  of  the  Patricians,  but  afterwards 
the  Plebeians  acquired  an  equal  title  to 
that  dignity.  In  the  early  periods  of  the 
republic,  the  people  could  not  be  as- 
sembled but  by  the  senate's  authority ; 
nor  were  the  plebiscita  of  any  weight  till 
confirmed  by  their  decree.  Hence  the 
early  constitution  of  the  republic  was  ra- 
ther aristocratical  than  democratical. — 
From  this  extensive  power  of  the  senate, 
the  firs!  diminution  was  made,  by  the  cre- 
ation of  the  Tribunes  of  the  people  ; 
and  other  retrenchments  successively 
took  place,  till  the  people  acquired  at 
length  the  predominant  power  in  the 
state.  Yet  the  senate,  even  after  every 
usurpation  on  their  authority,  continued 
to  have,  in  many  points,  a  supremacy. 
They  regulated  all  matters  regarding  reli- 
gion ;  they  had  the  custody  of  all  the  pub- 
lic treasure  ;  they  superintended  the  con- 
duct of  all  magistrates  ;  they  gave  au- 
dience to  ambassadors,  decided  on  the 
fate  of  vanquished  nations,  disposed  of 
the  governments  of  the  provinces,  and 
took  cognizance,  by  appeal,  in  all  crimes 
against  the  state.  In  great  emergencies 
they  appointed  a  Dictator,  with  absolute 
authority. 

At  the  period  of  the  abolition  of  the 
regal  government,  the  territory  of  the 
Romans  was  extremely  limited.  The 
only  use  they  made  of  their  victories  was 
to  naturalize  the  inhabitants  of  some  of 
the  conquered  states,  and  so  increase 
their  population.  Thus  their  strength 
being  always  superior  to  their  enterpri- 
ses, they  laid  a  solid  foundation  for  the 
future  extension  of  their  empire. 

In  the  accounts  given  by  historians  of 
the  strength  of  the  armies,  both  of  the 
Romans  in  those  early  times,  and  of  the 
neighboring  states  their  enemies,  we 
have  every  reason  to  believe  there  is 
much  exaggeration.  The  territories  from 
which  those  armies  were  furnished,  were 
incapable  of  supplying  them. 

In  the  continual  wars  in  which  the 
republic  was  engaged,  the  Romans  were 
most  commonly  the  aggressors.  The 
causes  of  this  seem  to  have  been  the 
ambition  of  the  consxils  to  distinguish 


their  short  administration  by  some  splen- 
did enterprise,  and  the  wish  of  the  sen- 
ate to  give  the  people  occupation,  to 
prevent  intestine  disquiets. 

The  regal  government  subsisted  244 
years,  and  in  that  lime  only  seven  kings 
reigned,  several  of  Avhom  died  a  violent 
death.  These  circumstances  throw  doubt 
on  the  authenticity  of  this  period  of  the 
Roman  history.  It  is  allowed  that,  for 
the  five  first  centuries  after  the  building 
of  Rome  there  were  no  historians.  The 
first  is  Fabius  Pictor,  who  lived  during 
the  second  Punic  war.  Livy  says  that  al- 
most all  the  ancient  records  were  destroy- 
ed when  Rome  was  taken  by  the  Gauls. 

Rome  under  the  consuls. — There- 
gal  government  being  abolished,  it  was 
agreed  to  commit  the  supreme  authority 
to  two  magistrates,  who  should  be  annu- 
ally elected  by  the  people  from  the  Patri- 
cian order.  To  these  they  gave  the  name 
of  Consules ;  "  a  modest  title,  (says  Ver- 
tot,)  which  gave  to  understand  that  they 
were  rather  the  coimsellors  of  the  repub- 
lic than  its  sovereigns ;  and  that  the  only 
point  they  ought  to  have  in  view  was  its 
preservation  and  glory."  But,  in  fact,  their 
authority  differed  in  scarcely  any  thing 
from  that  of  the  kings.  They  had  the  su- 
preme administration  of  justice,  the  dis- 
posal of  the  public  money,  the  power  of 
convoking  the  senate,  and  assembling  the 
people,  raising  armies,  naming  all  the 
officers,  and  the  right  of  making  peace 
and  war.  The  only  difference  was,  that 
their  authority  was  limited  to  a  year. 

The  first  consuls  were  Brutus  and 
Collatinus,  the  husband  of  Lucretia. 
Tarquin  was  at  this  time  in  Etruria,  where 
he  got  two  of  the  most  powerful  cities, 
Veii  and  Tarquinii,  to  espouse  his  cause. 
He  had  likewise  his  partisans  at  Rome  ; 
and  a  plot  was  formed  to  open  the  gates 
to  receive  him.  It  was  detected  ;  and 
Brutus  had  the  mortification  to  find  his 
two  sons  in  the  number  of  the  conspi- 
rators. He  condemned  them  to  be  be- 
headed in  his  presence. 

The  consul  Valerius,  successful  in  an 
engagement  with  the  exiled  Tarquin,  was 
the  first  Roman  who  enjoyed  the  splen- 
did reward  of  a  triumph.  Arrogant  from 
his  recent  honors,  his  popularity  began  to 
decline  ;  and  in  the  view  of  recovering 


542 


ROME. 


it,  he  proposed  the  law,  termed  from  him 
the  Valerian,  which  "permitted  any  cit- 
izen who  had  been  condemned  to  death 
by  a  magistrate,  or  even  to  banishment 
or  scourging,  to  appeal  to  the  people,  and 
required  their  consent  previously  to  the 
execution  of  the  sentence."  This  law 
gave  the  first  blow  to  the  aristocracy,  in 
the  constitution  of  the  Roman  republic. 

For  thirteen  years  after  the  expulsion 
of  Tarquin,  the  Romans  were  involved 
in  contmual  wars  on  his  account.  Of 
these  the  most  remarkable  was  that  with 
the  Etrurians  under  Porsenna ;  a  war 
fertile  in  exploits  of  romantic  heroism. 

Soon  after  this  period  began  those  do- 
mestic disorders,  which  continued  long 
to  embroil  the  republic.  Great  com- 
plaints had  arisen  among  the  poorer 
classes  of  the  citizens,  both  on  account 
of  the  inequality  of  property  from  the 
partial  distribution  of  the  conquered  lands, 
which  the  higher  ranks  generally  contri- 
ved to  engross  to  themselves,  and  from 
the  harsh  policy  by  which  it  was  in  the 
power  of  creditors  to  reduce  to  a  state  of 
slavery  their  insolvent  debtors.  As  there 
was  no  legal  restraint  on  usury,  the  poor, 
when  once  reduced  to  the  necessity  of 
contracting  debts,  were  left  entirely  at 
the  mercy  of  their  creditors.  These 
grievances,  felt  in  common  by  a  large 
proportion  of  the  citizens,  excited  much 
discontent,  which,  from  complaints  long 
disregarded,  grew  at  length  into  a  spirit 
of  determined  resistance.  The  wars  re- 
quired new  levies;  and  the  plebeians  po- 
sitively refused  to  enrol  their  names,  un- 
less the  senate  should  put  an  end  to  their 
oppression,  by  decreeing  at  once  an  abo- 
lition of  all  the  debts  due  by  the  poor  to 
the  rich.  The  emergency  was  critical, 
as  the  enemy  was  at  the  gates  of  Rome. 
The  consuls  found  their  authority  of  no 
avail ;  for  the  Valerian  law  had  given 
any  citizen  condemned  by  them  a  right  of 
appeal  to  the  people.  An  extraordinary 
measure  was  necessary,  and  a  dictator 
was  created  for  the  first  time  ;  a  magis- 
trate who,  for  the  period  of  six  months, 
was  invested  with  absolute  and  unlimited 
authority.  Lartius,  nominated  to  this 
high  office,  armed  the  twenty-four  lictors 
with  axes,  summoned  the  whole  people 
to  the    Comitia,   and   calling   over   the 


names,  under  the  penalty  of  death  to  any 
citizen  who  should  dare  to  murmur,  en- 
rolled all  such  as  he  judged  most  fit  for 
the  service  of  their  country.  This  ex- 
pedient became  henceforward  a  frequent 
and  certain  resource  in  all  seasons  of 
public  danger. 

The  death  of  Tarquin  removed  one 
check  against  the  tyranny  of  the  higher 
over  the  lower  orders  ;  for  the  latter  had 
hitherto  kept  alive  a  salutary  apprehen- 
sion, that,  in  case  of  extreme  oppression, 
they  would  be  under  the  necessity  of 
calling  back  their  king.  When  this  fear 
was  at  an  end,  the  domineering  spirit  of 
the  Patricians,  exceeding  every  bound 
both  of  good  policy  and  humanity,  drove 
the  people  at  length  to  deeds  of  mutiny 
and  rebellion.  An  alarm  from  the  enemy 
gave  full  weighttotheir  power,  and  made 
the  chief  magistrates  of  the  state  solemn- 
ly engage  their  honor  to  procure  a  redress 
of  their  grievances,  as  soon  as  the  public 
danger  was  at  an  end.  The  promise,  ei- 
ther from  a  failure  of  will  or  of  power, 
was  not  fulfilled,  and  this  violation  of 
faith  drove  the  people  at  length  to  ex- 
tremities. Bound  by  their  military  oath 
not  to  desert  their  standards,  they  carried 
them  along  with  them ;  and  the  whole 
army  in  military  array,  withdrew  from 
Rome,  and  deliberately  encamped  on  the 
Mons  Sacer,  at  three  miles  distance  from 
the  city  ;  and  here  they  were  soon  joined 
by  the  greatest  part  of  the  people.  This 
resolute  procedure  had  its  desired  effect. 
The  senate  deputed  ten  persons,  the  most 
respectable  of  their  order,  with  plenary 
powers  ;  and  these,  seeing  no  medium  of 
compromise,  granted  to  the  people  all 
their  demands.  The  debts  were  solemnly 
abolished  ;  and  for  the  security  of  their 
privileges  in  future,  they  were  allowed 
the  right  of  choosing  magistrates  of  their 
own  order,  who  should  have  the  power  of 
opposing  with  effect  every  measure 
which  they  should  judge  prejudicial  to 
their  interests.  These  were  the  Tribunes 
of  the  people,  chosen  annually  ;  at  first 
five  in  number,  and  afterwards  increased 
to  ten.  Without  guards  or  tribunal,  and 
having  no  seat  in  the  senate  house,  they 
had  yet  the  power,  by  a  single  veto,  to 
suspend  or  annul  the  decrees  of  the  sen- 
ate  and   the  sentences  of  the  consuls 


ROME. 


543 


Their  persons  were  declared  sacred,  but 
iheir  authority  was  confined  to  the  limits 
of  a  mile  from  the  city.  The  tribunes  de- 
manded and  obtained  two  magistrates  to 
assist  them,  who  were  termed  iEdiles, 
from  the  charge  committed  to  them  of 
the  buildings  of  the  city. 

From  this  era,  (260  years  from  the 
foundation  of  Rome,)  we  date  the  com- 
mencement of  the  popular  constitution 
of  the  Roman  republic  ;  a  change  oper- 
ated by  the  unwise  policy  of  the  patri- 
cians themselves,  who,  by  yielding  to 
just  complaints,  and  humanely  redressing 
flagrant  abuses,  might  have  easily  antici- 
pated every  ground  of  dissatisfaction. 
The  first  wish  of  the  people  Avas  not 
power,  but  relief  from  tyranny  and  op- 
pression ;  and  had  this  been  readily 
granted  them,  if  not  by  abolishing  the 
debt,  at  least  by  repressing  enormous 
usury,  and  putting  an  end  to  the  inhuman 
right  of  corporal  punishment  and  the  bon- 
dage of  debtors,  the  people  would  have 
cheerfully  returned  to  order  and  submis- 
sion, and  the  Roman  constitution  have 
long  remained  what  we  have  seen  it 
was  at  the  commencement  of  the  con- 
sular government,  aristocratical.  But  the 
plebeians  now  obtaining  magistrates  of 
their  own  order  with  those  high  pow- 
ers, we  shall  see  it  become  the  object 
of  these  magistrates  to  increase  their 
authority  by  continual  demands  and  en- 
croachments. 

The  disorders  of  the  commonwealth, 
appeased  by  the  creation  of  the  tribunes, 
were  but  for  a  time  suspended.  It  was 
necessary  that  the  popular  magistrates 
should  make  an  experiment  of  their 
powers.  In  an  assembly  of  the  people, 
one  of  the  consuls,  interrupted  by  a  tri- 
bune, rashly  said  that  had  the  tribunes 
called  that  assembly,  he  would  not  have 
internipted  them.  This  was  a  conces- 
sion on  the  part  of  the  consuls,  that  the 
tribunes  had  the  power  of  assembling 
the  Comitia,  which  from  that  moment 
they  assumed  as  their  acknowledged 
right.  It  was  a  consequence  of  this 
right,  that  the  affairs  of  the  common- 
wealth should  be  agitated  in  those  meet- 
ings, equally  as  in  the  assemblies  held 
in  virtue  of  a  consular  summons,  or  sen- 
atorial decree,  and  thus  there  were,  in  a 


manner,  two  distinct  legislative  powers 
established  in  the  republic. 

The  trial  of  Coriolanus  for  inconsid- 
erately proposing  the  abolition  of  the  Tri- 
bunate, an  offence  interpreted  to  be  trea- 
son against  the  state,  threw  an  additional 
weight  into  the  scale  of  the  people.  The 
proposal  of  an  Agrarian  law,  for  the  di- 
vision of  the  lands  acquired  by  recent 
conquests,  resumed  at  intervals,  though 
never  carried  into  execution,  inflamed 
the  passions  of  the  rival  orders. 

Publius  Volero,  formerly  a  centurion, 
and  a  man  distinguished  for  his  military 
services,  had,  in  the  new  levies,  been 
ranked  as  a  common  soldier.  Complain- 
ing of  this  unmerited  degradation,  he  re- 
fused his  services  in  that  capacity  :  and 
the  consuls  having  condemned  him  to 
corporal  punishment,  he  appealed  from 
their  sentence  to  the  people.  The  con- 
test lasted  till  the  annual  term  of  the  elec- 
tions, when  Volero  himself  was  chosen 
a  tribune  of  the  people.  He  had  an  am- 
ple revenge,  by  procuring  the  enactment 
of  a  most  important  law.  The  Comitia, 
by  centuries  and  by  curiae,  could  not  be 
called  but  in  virtue  of  a  decree  of  the 
senate,  after  consulting  the  auspices ; 
and  in  those  comitia  the  tribunes  had 
hitherto  been  elected,  and  the  most  im- 
portant public  affairs  discussed.  It  was 
decreed  by  the  law  of  Volero,  that  the 
election  of  the  tribunes  should  be  made, 
and  the  chief  public  business  hencefor- 
ward discussed,  in  the  comitia  held  by 
tribes,  which  were  unfettered  by  any  of 
those  restraints.  From  this  period,  th.e 
supreme  authority  in  the  Roman  republic 
may  be  considered  as  having  passed  com- 
pletely from  the  higher  order  into  the 
hands  of  the  people.  The  Roman  con- 
stitution was  now  plainly  a  democracy, 
471  B.  C. 

The  Decemvirate. — The  Romans 
had,  till  thi.s  period,  no  body  of  civil 
laws.  Under  the  regal  government  the 
kings  alone  administered  justice ;  the 
consuls  succeeded  them  in  this  high  pre- 
rogative ;  and  thus  possessed  without 
control  the  absolute  command  of  the  for- 
tunes and  civil  rights  of  all  the  citizens. 
To  remedy  this  great  defect,  Tercntillus, 
a  tribune,  proposed  the  nomination  of  ten 
commissioners,  to   frame   and   digest  a 


544 


ROME. 


code  of  laws  for  the  explanation  and  se- 
curity of  the  rights  of  all  orders  of  the 
state.  A  measure  so  equitable  ought  to 
have  met  with  no  opposition.  It  was, 
however,  strenuously  though  ineffectual- 
ly opposed  by  the  patricians,  who,  by  a 
fruitless  contest,  only  exposed  their  own 
weakness.  The  decemviri  were  chosen  ; 
but  the  election  being  made  in  the  Comi- 
tia  by  centuries,  the  consul  Appius  Clau- 
dius, with  his  colleague,  were  at  the  head 
of  this  important  commission.  The  laws 
were  framed,  those  celebrated  statutes 
known  by  the  name  of  the  Twelve  Tables, 
which  are  the  basis  of  the  great  structure 
of  the  Roman  jurisprudence,  451  B.  C. 

The  decemvirs  were  invested  with  all 
the  powers  of  government,  for  the  con- 
sulate had  ceased  on  their  creation. 
Each  decemvir  by  turn  presided  for  a 
day,  and  had  the  sovereign  authority,  with 
its  insignia,  the  fasces.  The  nine  others 
officiated  solely  as  judges  in  the  deter- 
mination of  law-suits,  and  the  correction 
of  abuses.  An  abuse,  however,  of  the  most 
flagrant  nature,  committed  by  the  chief  of 
their  own  number,  was  destined  speedily 
to  bring  their  office  to  its  termination. 

Appius  Claudius,  inflamed  by  lawless 
passion  for  the  young  Virginia,  the  be- 
trothed spouse  of  Icilius,  formerly  a  tri- 
bune of  the  people,  employed  a  profli- 
gate dependent  to  claim  the  maiden  as 
his  own  property,  on  the  false  pretence 
of  her  being  the  daughter  of  one  of  his 
female  slaves.  The  claim  was  made  to 
the  decemvir  himself  in  judgment,  who 
pronounced  an  infamous  decree,  which 
tore  from  her  family  this  helpless  victim, 
and  put  her  into  the  hands  of  his  own 
minion.  Her  father,  to  save  the  honor 
of  his  child,  plunged  a  dagger  into  her 
breast ;  and  the  people,  witnesses  of  this 
shocking  scene,  would  have  massacred 
Appius  on  the  spot,  had  he  not  found ! 
means  to  escape  amidst  the  tumult. — 
Their  vengeance,  however,  was  satiated 
by  the  instant  abolition  of  this  hated  ma- 
gistracy, and  by  the  death  of  Appius,  I 
who  chose  by  his  own  hand  to  prevent  I 
the  stroke  of  the  executioner.  The  de- 
cemvirate  had  subsisted  for  three  years. ! 
The  consuls  were  now  restored,  together  [ 
with  the  tribunes  of  the  people,  449  B.  C. 
The   scale   of  the  people   was   daily  I 


I  acquiring  weight,  at  the  expense  of  that 
'  of  the  highest  order.  Two  barriers, 
j  however,  still  separated  the  patricians 
and  plebeians  ;  the  one,  a  law  which  pre- 
vented their  intermarriage,  and  the  other, 
the  constitutional  limitation  of  all  the 
higher  ofiices  to  the  order  of  the  patri- 
cians. It  was  now  only  necessary  to 
remove  these  restraints,  and  the  patri- 
cians and  plebeians  were  on  a  footing  of 
perfect  equality.  The  first,  after  a  long 
but  fruitless  contest,  was  at  length  agreed 
to  by  the  senate  ;  and  this  concession 
had  its  usual  effect  of  stimulating  the 
people  to  inflexible  perseverance  in  their 
struggle  for  the  latter.  On  an  emergence 
of  war,  the  customary  device  was  prac- 
tised, of  refusing  to  enter  the  rolls,  un- 
less upon  the  immediate  enactment  of  a 
law,  which  should  admit  their  capacity 
of  holding  all  the  offices  of  the  republic. 
The  senate  sought  a  palliative,  by  the 
creation  of  six  military  tribunes  in  lieu 
of  the  consuls,  three  of  whom  should  be 
patricians,  and  three  plebeians.  This 
measure  satisfied  the  people  for  a  time  ; 
the  consuls,  however,  were  soon  restored. 

The  disorders  of  ■  the  republic,  and 
frequent  wars,  had  interrupted  the  regu- 
lar survey  of  the  citizens.  This  was 
remedied  by  the  creation  of  a  new  ma- 
gistracy. Two  officers,  under  the  title 
of  Censors  were  appointed  (437  B.  C.) 
Avhose  duty  was  not  only  to  make  the 
census  every  five  years,  but  to  inspect 
the  morals  and  regulate  the  duties  of  all 
the  chizens  ;  an  office  of  dignity  equal 
to  its  importance,  exercised  in  the  latter 
times  of  the  republic,  only  by  consular 
persoi)s,  and  afterwards  annexed  to  the 
supreme  function  of  the  emperors. 

The  dissensions  between  the  orders 
continued  with  little  variation  either  in 
their  causes  or  effects.  The  people  gen- 
erally, as  the  last  resource,  refused  to 
enrol  themselves,  till  overawed  by  the 
supreme  authority  of  a  dictator.  To  ob- 
viate the  frequent  necessity  of  this  mea- 
sure, which  enforced  at  best  an  unwilling 
and  compelled  obedience,  the  senate  had 
recourse  to  a  wise  expedient  ;  this  was, 
to  give  a  regular  pay  to  the  troops.  To 
defray  this  expense,  a  moderate  tax  was 
imposed  in  proportion  to  the  fortunes  of 
the  citizens.     From  this  period  the  Ro- 


ROME. 


545 


man  system  of  war  assumed  a  new  as- 
pect. The  senate  always  found  soldiers 
at  command  ;  the  army  was  under  its 
control ;  the  enterprises  of  the  republic 
were  more  extensive,  and  its  successes 
more  signal  and  important.  Veii,  the 
proud  rival  of  Rome,  and  its  equal  in  ex- 
tent and  population,  was  taken  by  Camil- 
lus,  after  a  siege  of  ten  years.  The  art 
of  war  was  improved,  as  it  now  became 
a  profession,  instead  of  an  occasional  oc- 
cupation. The  Romans  were  from  this 
circumstance  an  over-match  for  all  their 
neighbors.  Their  dominion,  hitherto  con- 
fined to  the  territory  of  a  few  miles,  was 
now  rapidly  extended.  It  was  impossi- 
ble but  the  detached  states  of  Italy  must 
have  given  way  before  a  people  always 
in  arms,  and  who  by  a  perseverance 
alike  resolute  and  judicious,  were  equal 
to  every  attempt  in  which  they  engaged. 

The  taking  of  Veii  was  succeeded  by 
a  war  with  the  Gauls.  This  people,  a 
branch  of  the  great  nation  of  the  Celta;, 
had  opened  themselves  a  passage  through 
the  Alps  at  four  different  periods,  and 
were  at  this  time  established  in  the  coun- 
try between  those  mountains  and  the  Ap- 
penines.  Under  the  command  of  Bren- 
nus,  they  laid  siege  to  the  Etruscan  Clu- 
sium ;  and  this  people,  of  no  warlike 
turn  themselves,  solicited  the  aid  of  the 
Romans.  The  circumstances  recorded 
of  this  war  with  the  Gauls  throw  over  it 
a  cloud  of  fable  and  romance.  The  for- 
midable power  of  Rome  is  said  to  have 
been  in  a  single  campaign  so  utterly  ex- 
hausted, that  the  Gauls  entered  the  city 
without  resistance,  and  burnt  it  to  the 
ground,  385  B.  C.  Though  thus  over- 
powered, the  Romans,  in  a  single  en- 
gagement, retrieve  all  their  losses,  and 
in  one  day's  time  there  is  not  a  Gaul  left 
remaining  within  the  Roman  territory. 

To  the  burning  of  the  city  by  the 
Gauls,  the  Roman  writers  attribute  the 
loss  of  all  the  records  and  monuments 
of  their  early  history. 

It  is  singular,  that  most  of  the  Roman 
revolutions  should  have  owed  their  origin 
to  women.  From  this  cause  we  have 
seen  spring  the  abolition  of  the  regal 
office  and  the  decemvirate.  From  this 
cause  arose  the  chaiige  of  the  constitu- 
tion, by  which  the  plebeians  became  ca- 
69 


pable  of  holding  the  highest  offices  of 
the  commonwealth.  The  younger  daugh- 
ter of  Fabius  Ambustus,  married  to  a 
plebeian,  envious  of  the  honors  of  her 
elder  sister,  the  wife  of  a  patrician,  stim- 
ulated her  father  to  rouse  the  lower  order 
to  a  resolute  purpose  of  asserting  their 
equal  right  with  the  patricians  to  all  the 
offices  and  dignities  of  the  state.  After 
much  turbulence  and  contest,  the  final 
issue  was  the  admission  of  the  plebeians, 
first  to  the  consulate,  and  afterwards  to 
the  censorship,  the  praetor  ship,  and 
priesthood,  (B.  C.  300 ;)  a  change  bene- 
ficial in  the  main,  as  consolidating  the 
strength  of  the  republic,  and  cutting  off 
the  principal  source  of  intestine  disorder. 
The  factions  of  the  state  had  hitherto 
confined  the  growth  of  its  power,  its 
splendor,  and  prosperity ;  for  no  state 
can  at  once  be  prosperous  and  anarchi- 
cal. We  shall  now  mark  the  rapid  ele- 
vation of  the  Roman  name  and  empire. 

The  war  with  the  Samnites  now  began, 
and  was  of  long  continuance ;  but  its 
successful  termination  was  speedily  fol- 
lowed by  the  reduction  of  all  the  states 
of  Italy.  In  the  course  of  this  important 
war,  the  Tarentines,  the  allies  of  the 
Samnites,  sought  the  aid  of  Pyrrhus, 
king  of  Epirus,  one  of  the  greatest  gen- 
erals of  his  age.  Pyrrhus  landed  in  Italy 
with  30,000  men,  and  a  train  of  elephants, 
280  B.  C.  He  was  at  first  successful, 
but  no  longer  so  than  till  a  short  expe- 
rience reconciled  the  Romans  to  a  new 
mode  of  war.  Sensible  at  length  of  the 
difficulties  of  his  enterprise,  and  dreading 
a  fatal  issue,  he  embraced  an  invitation 
from  the  Sicilians  to  aid  them  in  a  war 
with  Carthage.  On  this  pretext,  which 
at  least  was  not  dishonorable,  Pyrrhus 
withdrew  his  troops  from  Italy.  In  this 
interval  the  Romans  reduced  the  Sam- 
nites, the  Tarentines,  and  the  other  allied 
states,  to  extremity.  Pyrrhus  returned, 
and  made  a  last  eflbrt  near  Beneventum. 
He  was  totally  defeated,  lost  26,000  men, 
and,  abandoning  at  once  all  farther  views 
on  Italy,  returned  with  precipitation  to 
his  own  dominions,  274  B.  C.  The  hos- 
tile states  submitted  to  the  victorious 
power,  and  Rome,  480  years  from  the 
foundation  of  the  city,  was  now  mistress 
of  all  Italy. 


546 


ROME. 


The  policy  observed  by  the  Romans, 
with  respect  to  the  conquered  nations, 
was  wise  and  judicious.  They  removed 
to  Rome  all  the  leading  men  of  the  prin- 
cipal conquered  cities,  admitting  these 
into  the  ancient  urban  and  rustic  tribes, 
and  thus  soothing  the  pride  of  the  van- 
quished, by  giving  them  an  apparent 
share  in  their  own  domestic  government; 
"while,  in  arranging  the  constitution  of  the 
cities,  they  lilled  their  magistracies  with 
illustrious  Romans,  whose  abilities  and 
influence  were  fitted  to  maintain  those 
new  provinces  in  allegiance  to  the  Roman 
government. 

Sicily  had  long  been  considered  as  the 
granary  of  Italy.  The  Carthaginians  at 
this  time  possessed  very  considerable 
settlements  in  the  island,  and  were  am- 
bitious of  acquiring  its  entire  dominion. 
An  obvious  policy  led  the  Romans  to 
dispute  with  them  this  important  acqui- 
sition, and  gave  rise  to  the  Punic  wars. 

The  Punic  WARS. — The  triumph  which 
the  Romans  had  obtained  over  Pyrrhus 
seemed  to  give  assurance  of  success  in  any 
enterprise  in  which  they  should  engage. 
The  Mamertines,  a  people  of  Campania, 
obtained  aid  from  the  Romans  in  an  unjus- 1 
tillable  attempt  which  they  made  to  seize  I 
Messina,  a  Sicilian  town  allied  to  Syra- : 
cuse.  The  Syracusans,  at  first  assisted  ] 
by  the  Carthaginians,  opposed  this  inva- 
sion ;  but  the  former,  more  alarmed  by 
the  ambitious  encroachments  of  the  Car- 
thaginians on  Sicily,  soon  repented  of 
this  rash  alliance,  and  joined  the  Romans 
in  the  purpose  of  expelling  the  Cartha- 
ginians entirely  from  the  island.  In  fact, 
the  Sicilians  seem  to  have  had  only  the 
desperate  choice  of  final  submission  either 
to  Rome  or  Carthage.  They  chose  the 
former,  as  the  alternative  least  dishonor- 
able ;  the  Romans  had  ever  been  their 
friends,  the  Carthaginians  their  enemies. 

Agrigentum,  possessed  by  the  Cartha- 
ginians, was  taken,  after  a  long  siege,  by 
the  joint  forces  of  Rome  and  Syracuse, ! 
and  a  Roman  fleet,  the  first  they  ever  I 
had,  and  equipped  in  a  few  weeks,  gained  : 
a  complete  victory  over  that  of  Carthage,  | 
at  this  time  the  greatest  maritime  power  j 
in  the  world,  2G0  B.  C.  These  successes 
were  followed  by  the  reduction  of  Corsica 
and  Sardinia.     In  the  second  naval  en- 


I  gagement,  the  "Romans  took  from  the 
!  Carthaginians  sixty  of  their  ships  of  war, 
I  and  now  resolutely  prepared  for  the  in- 
I  vasion  of  Africa.  The  consul  Regulus 
commanded  the  expedition.  He  ad- 
!  vanced  to  the  gates  of  Carthage  ;  and 
i  such  was  the  general  consternation,  that 
the  enemy  proposed  a  capitulation.  In- 
spirited, however,  by  a  timely  aid  of 
Greek  troops  under  Xantippus,  the  Car- 
thaginians made  a  desperate  eftbrt,  and, 
defeating  the  Roman  army,  made  Regu- 
lus their  prisoner.  But,  repeatedly  de- 
feated in  Sicily,  they  were  at  length 
seriously  desirous  of  a  peace  ;  and  the 
Roman  general  was  sent  with  their  am- 
bassadors to  Rome  to  aid  the  negotiation 
under  a  solemn  oath  to  return  to  Carthage 
as  a  prisoner,  should  the  treaty  fail.  It 
was  rejected  at  the  urgent  desire  of  Re- 
gulus himself,  who  thus  sacrificed  his 
life  to  what  he  judged  the  interest  of  his 
country. 

Lilybaeum,  the  strongest  of  the  Sicilian 
towns  belonging  to  Carthage,  was  taken 
after  a  siege  of  nine  years.  After  some 
alternate  successes,  two  naval  battles 
won  by  the  Romans  terminated  the  war  ; 
and  Carthage  at  last  obtained  a  peace,  on 
the  humiliating  terms  of  abandoning  to 
the  Romans  all  her  possessions  in  Sicily, 
the  payment  of  3,200  talents  of  silver, 
the  restitution  of  all  prisoners  without 
ransom,  and  a  solemn  engagement  never 
to  make  war  against  Syracuse  or  her 
allies.  The  island  of  Sicily  was  now 
declared  a  Roman  province,  though 
Syracuse  maintained  her  independent 
government. 

The  peace  between  Rome  and  Car- 
thage was  of  twenty-three  years  duration. 
The  latter  power  was  recruiting  her 
strength,  and  meditating  to  revenge  her 
losses  and  disgrace.  The  second  Punic 
war  began  on  the  part  of  the  Carthagin- 
ians, who  besieged  Saguntum,  a  city  of 
Spain  in  alliance  with  the  Romans.  The 
young  Hannibal  took  Saguntum,  after  a 
siege  of  seven  months ;  the  desperate 
inhabitants  setting  fire  to  the  town,  and 
perishing  amidst  the  flames.  Hannibal 
now  formed  the  bold  design  of  carrying 
the  war  into  Italy.  He  provided  against 
every  difficulty,  gained  to  his  interest  a 
part   of  the   Gallic    tribes,   passed   the 


ROME. 


547 


Pyrenees,  and  finally  the  Alps,  in  a  toil- 
some march  of  five  months  and  a  hall 
from  his  leaving  Carthagena  ;  and  arrived 
in  Italy  with  20,000  foot  and  6,000  horse. 

In  the  first  engagement  the  Romans 
were  defeated,  and  they  lost  two  other 
important  battles  at  Trebia  and  the  lake 
Thrasymenus.  In  the  latter  of  these  the 
consul  Flaminius  was  killed,  and  his  army 
cut  to  pieces.  Hannibal  advanced  to 
Cann?e  in  Apulia;  and  the  Romans  there 
opposing  him  with  their  whole  force,  a 
memorable  defeat  ensued,  in  which 
40,000  were  left  dead  upon  the  field,  and 
amongst  these  the  consul  iEmihus,  and 
almost  the  whole  body  of  the  Roman 
knights.  Had  Hannibal  taken  advantage 
of  this  great  victory,  by  instantly  attacking 
Rome,  the  fate  of  the  republic  was  inevi- 
table ;  but  he  deliberated,  and  the  occa- 
sion was  lost.  The  Romans  concentra- 
ted all  their  strength  ;  even  the  slaves 
armed  in  the  common  cause,  and  victory 
once  more  attended  the  standards  of  the 
republic.  Philip,  king  of  Macedon,  joined 
his  forces  to  the  Carthaginians,  but,  de- 
feated by  Levinus,  speedily  withdrew  his 
assistance.  Hannibal  retreated  before 
the  brave  Marcellus.  Syracuse  had  now 
taken  part  with  Carthage,  and  thus  paved 
the  way  for  the  loss  of  her  own  hberty. 
Marcellus  besieged  the  city  which  was 
long  defended  by  the  inventive  genius  of 
Archimedes,  but  taken  in  the  third  year 
by  escalade  in  the  night.  This  event  put 
an  end  to  the  kingdom  of  Syracuse,  which 
novir  became  a  part  of  the  Roman  province 
of  Sicily,  B.  C.  212. 

While  the  war  in  Italy  was  prosper- 
ously conducted  by  the  great  Fabius, 
who,  by  constantly  avoiding  a  general 
engagement,  found  the  true  method  of 
weakening  his  enemy,  the  younger  Scipio 
accomplished  the  entire  reduction  of 
Spain.  Asdrubal  was  sent  into  Italy  to 
the  aid  of  his  brother  Hannibal,  but  was 
defeated  by  the  consul  Claudius,  and  slain 
in  battle.  Scipio,  triumphant  in  Spain, 
passed  over  into  Africa,  and  carried  havoc 
and  devastation  to  the  gates  of  Carthage. 
Alarmed  for  the  fate  of  their  empire,  the 
Carthaginians  hastily  recalled  Hannibal 
from  Italy.  The  battle  of  Zama  decided 
the  fate  of  the  war,  by  the  utter  defeat  of 
the    Carthaginians.     They    entreated   a 


'  peace  which  the  Romans  gave  on  these 
conditions :  that  the  Carthaginians  shoidd 
abandon  Spain,  Sicily, and  all  the  islands; 
surrender  all  their  prisoners,  give  up  the 
whole  of  their  fleet  except  ten  gallies, 
pay  10,000  talents,  and,  in  future,  under- 
take no  war  without  the  consent  of  the 
Romans,  B.  C.  202. 

Every  thing  now  concm-red  to  swell 
the  pride  of  the  conquerors,  and  to  extend 
their  dominion.  A  war  with  Philip  of 
Macedon  was  terminated  by  his  defeat ; 
and  his  son  Demetrius  was  sent  to  Rome 
as  a  hostage  for  the  payment  of  a  heavy 
tribute  imposed  on  the  vanquished.  A 
war  with  Antiochus,  king  of  Syria,  ended 
in  his  ceding  to  the  Romans  the  whole 
of  the  Lesser  Asia.  But  these  splendid 
conquests,  while  they  enlarged  the  em- 
pire, were  fatal  to  its  virtues,  and  subver- 
sive of  the  pure  and  venerable  simplicity 
of  ancient  times. 

The  third  Punic  war  began  B.  C. 
149,  and  ended  in  the  ruin  of  Carthage. 
An  unsuccessful  war  with  the  Numidians 
had  reduced  the  Carthaginians  to  great 
weakness,  and  the  Romans  meanly  laid 
hold  of  that  opportunity  to  invade  Africa. 
Conscious  of  their  utter  inability  to  resist 
this  formidable  power,  the  Carthaginians 
offered  every  submission,  and  consented 
even  to  acknowledge  themselves  the  sub- 
jects of  Rome.  The  Romans  demanded 
300  hostages,  for  the  strict  performance 
of  every  condition  that  should  be  enjoin- 
ed by  the  senate.  The  hostages  were 
given  ;  and  the  condition  required  was, 
that  Carthage  itself  should  be  razed  to  its 
foundation.  Despair  gave  courage  to  this 
miserable  people,  and  they  determined  to 
■  die  in  defence  of  their  native  city.  But 
1  the  noble  eflbrt  was  in  vain.  Carthage 
was  taken  by  storm,  its  inhabitants  mas- 
sacred, and  the  city  burnt  to  the  ground, 
B.  C.  146. 

The  same  year  was  signalized  by  the 
'  entire  reduction  of  Greece  under  the  do- 
minion of  the  Romans.  This  was  the 
era  of  the  dawn  of  luxury  and  taste  at 
•■  Rome,  the  natural  fruit  of  foreign  wealth, 
and  an  acquaintance  with  foreign  man- 
i  ners.  In  the  unequal  distribution  of  this 
1  imported  wealth,  the  vices  to  which  it 
I  gave  rise,  the  corruption  and  venality  of 
which  it  became  the 'instrument,  we  see 


548 


ROME. 


the  remoter  causes  of  those  fatal  disorders 
to  which  the  republic  owed  its  dissolu- 
tion. 

The  Gracchi  and  the  corruption 
OF  THE  COMMONWEALTH. — At  this  period 
arose  Tiberius  and  Caius  Gracchus,  two 
noble  yoiiths,  whose  zeal  to  reform  the 
growing  corruptions  of  the  state  precipi- 
tated them  at  length  into  measures  de- 
structive of  all  government  and  social  or- 
der. Tiberius,  the  elder  of  the  brothers, 
urged  the  people  to  assert  by  force  the 
revival  of  an  ancient  law,  for  limiting 
property  in  land,  and  thus  abridging  the 
overgrown  estates  of  the  patricians.  A 
tumult  was  the  consequence,  in  which 
Tiberius,  with  300  of  his  friends  were 
killed  in  the  forum.  This  fatal  example 
did  not  deter  his  brother  Caius  Gracchus, 
from  pursuing  a  similar  career  of  zeal  or 
of  ambition.  After  some  successful  ex- 
periments of  his  power,  while  in  the  office 
of  tribune,  he  directed  his  scrutiny  into 
the  corruptions  of  the  senate,  and  prevail- 
ed in  depriving  that  body  of  its  con- 
stitutional control  over  all  the  inferior 
magistrates  of  the  state.  Employing,  like 
his  brother,  the  dangerous  engine  of  tu- 
multuary force,  he  fell  a  victim  to  it  him- 
self, with  3,000  of  his  partisans,  who 
were  slaughtered  in  the  streets  of  Rome. 
The  tumults  attending  the  sedition  of  the 
Gracchi  were  the  prelude  to  those  civil 
disorders  which  now  followed  in  quick 
succession  to  the  end  of  the  common- 
wealth. 

The  circumstances  attending  the  war 
with  Jugurtha  gave  decisive  proof  of  the 
corruption  of  the  Roman  manners.  Ju- 
gurtha, grandson  of  Masinissa,  sought  to 
usurp  the  crown  of  Numidia  by  destroy- 
ing his  cousins,  Hicmpsal  and  Adherbal. 
the  sons  of  the  last  king.  He  murdered 
the  elder  of  the  brothers ;  and  the  younger 
applying  for  aid  to  Rome,  Jugurtha  bribed 
the  senate,  who  declared  him  innocent 
of  all  culpable  act  or  design,  and  decreed 
to  him  the  sovereignty  of  half  the  king- 
dom. This  operated  only  as  an  incen- 
tive to  his  criminal  ambition.  He  de- 
clared open  war  against  his  cousin,  be- 
sieged hum  in  his  capital  of  Cirta,  and 
finally  put  him  to  death.  To  avert  a 
threatened  war,  Jugurtha  went  in  person 
to  Rome  pleaded  his  own  cause  in  the 


senate,  and  once  more  by  bribery  secured 
his  acquittal  from  all  charge  of  criminal- 
ity. A  perseverance,  however,  in  a  simi- 
lar train  of  conduct,  finally  drew  on  him 
the  vengeance  of  the  Romans ;  and  be- 
ing betrayed  into  their  hands  by  his  own 
father-in-law,  he  was  brought  in  chains 
to  Rome,  to  grace  the  triumph  of  the 
consul  Marius,  confined  to  a  dungeon, 
and  starved  to  death,  B.  C.  103. 

The  ambition  of  the  allied  states  of 
Italy  to  attain  the  rights  of  citizenship 
produced  the  Social  war,  which  ended  in 
a  concession  of  those  rights  to  such  of 
the  confederates  as  should  return  peacea- 
bly to  their  allegiance.  This  war  with 
the  allies  was  a  prelude  to  that  which 
followed  between  Rome  and  her  own 
citizens.  Sylla  and  Marius,  rivals,  and 
thence  enemies,  were  at  this  time  the 
leaders  of  the  republic.  Sylla,  command- 
ing in  a  war  against  Mithridates,  was 
superseded,  and  recalled  from  Asia.  He 
refused  to  obey  the  mandate  ;  and  found 
his  army  well  disposed  to  support  him. 
"  Let  us  march  to  Rome,"  said  they,  with 
one  voice ;  "  lead  us  on  to  avenge  the 
cause  of  oppressed  liberty."  Sylla  ac- 
cordingly led  them  on,  and  they  entered 
Rome  sword  in  hand ;  Marius  and  his 
partisans  fled  with  precipitation  from  the 
city,  and  Sylla  ruled  for  a  while  trium- 
phant. But  the  faction  of  his  rival  soon 
recovered  strength.  Marius  returning  to 
Italy,  and  joining  his  forces  to  those  of 
Cinna,  his  zealous  partisan,  laid  siege  to 
Rome  ;  and,  while  Sylla  was  engaged  in 
the  Mithridatic  war,  compelled  the  city 
to  absolute  submission.  After  a  horrible 
massacre  of  all  whom  they  esteemed 
their  enemies,  Marius  and  Cinna  pro- 
claimed themselves  consuls  without  the 
formality  of  an  election  ;  but  Marius  died 
a  few  days  after  in  a  fit  of  debauch. 

After  a  victorious  campaign  in  Asia, 
Sylla  returned  to  Italy,  and  joined  by 
Cethegus,  Verres,  and  the  young  Pom- 
pey,  gave  battle  to  the  party  of  his  ene- 
mies, and  entirely  defeated  them.  His 
entry  into  Rome  was  signalized  by  a 
dreadful  massacre,  and  a  proscription, 
which  had  for  its  object  the  extermina- 
tion of  every  enemy  whom  he  had  in  Ita- 
ly. Elected  dictator  for  an  unlimited  pe- 
riod, he  was  now  without  a  rival  in  au- 


ROME. 


549 


thority,  and  absolute  master  of  the  gov- 
ernment, which,  of  course,  was  substan- 
tially no  longer  a  repubUc.  In  the  exer- 
cise of  his  dominion,  he  deserved  more 
praise  than  in  the  means  of  acquiring  it. 
He  restored  the  senate  to  its  judicial  au- 
thority, regulated  the  election  to  all  the 
important  offices  of  state,  and  enacted 
many  excellent  laws  against  oppression, 
and  the  abuse  of  povver.  Finally,  he 
gave  demonstration,  if  not  of  a  pure  con- 
science, at  least  of  a  magnanimous  in- 
trepidity of  character,  by  voluntarily  re- 
signing all  command,  retiring  to  the  con- 
dition of  a  private  citizen,  and  offering 
publicly  to  give  an  account  of  his  con- 
duct. He  died  within  a  short  time  after 
his  resignation ; — a  man  certainly  of 
great  strength  of  mind,  and  who  had 
some  of  the  qualities  of  an  heroic  charac- 
ter ;  but  he  lived  in  evil  times,  when  it 
was  impossible  at  once  to  be  great  and  to 
be  virtuous. 

The  death  of  Sylla  renewed  the  civil 
war.  Ijepidus,  a  man  of  mean  abilities, 
aspired  to  succeed  him  in  power;  and 
Pompey^  with  superior  talents,  cherished 
the  same  ambition.  While  the  latter  was 
employed  in  the  reduction  of  the  revolted 
provinces  of  Asia,  the  conspiracy  of  Cat- 
aline  threatened  the  entire  destruction  of 
Rome.  It  was  extinguished  by  the  pro- 
vident zeal  and  active  patriotism  of  the 
consul  Cicero ;  and  Catahne  himself, 
with  his  chief  accomplices,  were  attack- 
ed in  the  field,  and  defeated  by  Antonius. 
The  traitor  made  a  desperate  defence, 
and  died  a  better  death  than  his  crimes 
had  merited. 

Julius  Caesar  now  rose  into  public  no- 
tice. Sylla  dreaded  his  abilities  and 
ambition,  and  had  numbered  him  among 
the  proscribed.  "  There  is  many  a  Ma- 
rius,"  said  he,  "  in  the  person  of  that 
5roung  man."  He  had  learned  prudence 
from  the  danger  of  his  situation,  and  ta- 
citly courted  popularity,  without  that 
show  of  enterprise  which  gives  alarm  to 
a  rival.  While  Pompey  and  Crassus 
contended  for  the  command  of  the  Re- 
public, Caesar,  who  knew,  that  by  attach- 
ing himself  to  either  rival,  he  infallibly 
made  the  other  his  enemy,  showed  the 
reach  of  his  talents  by  reconciling  them, 
and  thus  acquiring  the  friendship  of  both. 


From  favor  to  their  mutual  friend,  they 
agreed  to  a  partition  of  povver  ;  and  thus 
was  formed  the  first  Triumvirate.  Caesar 
was  elected  consul.  He  increased  his 
popularity  by  a  division  of  lands  among 
the  poorer  citizens,  and  strengthened  his 
interest  with  Pompey,  by  giving  him  his 
daughter  in  marriage.  He  had  the  com- 
mand of  four  legions,  and  the  government 
of  Transalpine  Gaul  and  lUyria. 

The  military  glory  of  the  republic,  and 
the  reputation  of  Caesar,  were  nobly  sus- 
tained in  Gaul.  In  the  first  year  of  his 
government  he  subdued  the  Helvetii, 
who  leaving  their  own  country,  had  at- 
tempted to  settle  themselves  in  the  better 
regions  of  the  Roman  province.  He  to- 
tally defeated  the  Germans  under  Ariovis- 
tus,  who  had  attempted  a  similar  inva- 
sion. The  Belgae,  the  Nervii,  the  Celtic 
Gauls,  the  Suevi,  Menapii,  and  other 
warlike  nations,  were  all  successively 
brought  under  subjection.  In  the  fourth 
year  of  his  government,  he  transported 
his  army  into  Britain.  Landing  at  Deal, 
he  was  opposed  by  the  natives  with  equal 
courage  and  military  skill.  He  gained, 
however,  several  advantages,  and  binding 
the  Britons  to  submission,  withdrew,  on 
the  approach  of  winter  into  Gaul.  He 
returned  in  the  following  summer  with  a 
greater  force,  and  prosecuting  his  victo- 
ries, reduced  a  considerable  portion  of 
the  island  under  the  Roman  dominion, 
B.  C.  54.  But  the  pressure  of  affairs  in 
Italy  suspended  for  a  time  the  progress 
of  the  Roman  arms  in  Britain. 

Caesar  dreaded  the  abilities  of  Cicero, 
who  had  opposed  him  in  his  views  of 
ambition.  By  the  machinations  of  his 
partisans,  while  himself  absent  in  Gaul, 
he  procured  the  banishment  of  Cicero, 
and  the  confiscation  his  estates,  on  the 
pretence  of  illegal  measures  pursued  in 
the  suppression  of  the  conspiracy  of  Cat- 
aline.  During  an  exile  of  sixteen  months 
in  Greece,  Cicero  gave  way  to  a  des- 
pondency of  mind  utterly  unworthy  of  the 
philosopher.  Pompey  had  abandoned 
him,  and  this  ungrateful  desertion  bore 
most  heavily  upon  his  mind  ;  but  Pompey 
himself  in  the  wane  of  his  reputation, 
soon  became  desirous  to  prop  his  own 
sinking  fortunes  by  the  abilities  of  Cicero, 
and  eagerly  promoted  his  recal  from  ex- 


550 


ROME. 


ile.  The  death  of  Crassus,  in  an  expe- 
dition against  the  Parthians,  now  dissolv- 
ed the  Triumvirate ;  and  Cnesar  and 
Pompey,  whose  union  had  no  other  bond 
than  interest,  began  each  to  conceive  sep- 
arately the  view  of  undivided  dominion. 
Progress   of  thk   civii,  vi'ars — sk- 

COXD    TRIUMVIRATE AND    FALL    OF   THE 

REPUBLIC. — -The  ambition  of  Cresar  and 
of  Pompey  had  now  evidently  the  same 
object  ;  and  it  seemed  to  be  the  only 
question  in  those  degenerate  times,  to 
which  of  these  aspiring  leaders  the  re- 
public should  surrender  its  liberties.  The 
term  of  Caesar's  government  Avas  near 
expiring  ;  but  to  secure  himself  against 
a  deprivation  of  power,  he  procured  a 
proposal  to  be  made  in  the  senate  by  one 
of  his  partisans,  which  wore  the  appear- 
ance of  great  moderation,  namely,  that 
Ciesar  and  Pompey  should  either  both 
continue  in  their  governments,  or  both  be 
deprived  of  them,  as  they  were  equally 
capable  of  endangering  the  public  hberty 
by  an  abuse  of  power.  The  motion 
passed,  and  Ctcsar  immediately  offered 
to  resign,  on  condition  that  his  rival 
should  do  so  ;  but  Pompey  rejected  the 
accommodation  ;  the  term  of  his  govern- 
ment had  yet  several  years'  duration,  and 
he  suspected  the  proposal  to  be  a  snare 
laid  for  him  by  Ca;sar.  He  resolved  to 
maintain  his  right  by  force  of  arms,  and 
a  civil  war  was  the  necessary  conse- 
quence. The  consuls  and  a  great  part  of 
the  senate  were  the  friends  of  Pompey. 
Cresar  had  on  his  side  a  victorious  army, 
consisting  of  ten  legions,  and  the  body 
of  the  Roman  citizens,  whom  he  had 
won  by  his  liberality.  Mark  Antony  and 
Cassius,  at  that  time  tribunes  of  the 
people,  left  Rome  and  repaired  to  Caesar's 
camp. 

The  senate  apprehensive  of  his  designs, 
pronounced  a  decree,  branding  with  the 
crime  of  parricide  any  commander  who 
shovdd  dare  to  pass  the  Rubicon  (the 
boundary  between  Italy  and  the  Gauls) 
with  a  single  cohort,  without  their  per- 
mission. Cffisar  infringed  the  prohibi- 
tion, and  marched  straight  to  Rome. — 
Pompey,  to  whom  the  senate  committed 
the  defence  of  the  state  had  no  army. 
He  quitted  Rome,  followed  by  the  con- 
suls and  a  part  of  the  senate,  and  en- 


'  deavored  hastily  to  levy  troops  over  all 
Italy  and  Greece  ;  while  Csesar  triumph- 
antly entered  the  city  amidst  the  accla- 
mations of  the  people,  seized  the  public 
treasury,  and  possessed  himself  of  the 
i  supreme  authority  without  opposition. 
Having  secured  the  capital  of  the  empire, 
he  set  out  to  take  the  held  against  his  en- 
emies. The  lieutenants  of  Pompey  had 
possession  of  Spain.  Csesar  marched 
thither,  and  subdued  the  whole  country 
in  the  space  of  forty  days.  He  returned 
I  victorious  to  Rome,  where,  in  his  ab- 
I  sence,  he  had  been  nominated  dictator, 
i  In  the  succeeding  election  of  magistrates 
j  he  was  chosen  consul,  and  thus  invested 
by  a  double  title,  with  the  right  of  acting 
in  the  name  of  the  republic.  Pompey 
i  had  by  this  time  raised  a  numerous  ar- 
j  my,  and  Ceesar  was  anxious  to  bringhim 
:  to  a  decisive  engagement.  He  joined 
j  him  in  Illyria,  and  the  first  conflict  was 
of  doubtful  issue  ;  but  leading  on  his  ar- 
my to  Macedonia,  where  they  found  a 
large  re-enforcement,  he  gave  battle  to 
Pompey  in  the  field  of  Pharsalia,  and  en- 
tirely defeated  him.  Fifteen  thousand 
were  slain,  and  24,000  surrendered  them- 
selves prisoners  to  the  victor,  B.  C.  49. 

The  fate  of  Pompey  was  miserable  in 
the  extreme.  With  his  wife  Cornelia, 
i  the  companion  of  his  misfortunes,  he  fled 
i  to  Egypt  in  a  single  ship,  trusting  to  the 
I  protection  of  Ptolemy,  whose  father  had 
owed  to  him  his  settlement  on  the  throne. 
j  But  the  ministers  of  this  young  prince, 
I  dreading  the  power  of  Cfesar,  basely 
'  courted  his  favor  by  the  murder  of  his  ri- 
val. Brought  ashore  in  a  small  boat  by 
the  guards  of  the  king,  a  Roman  centuri- 
on, who  had  fought  under  his  own  ban- 
ners, stabbed  him,  even  in  the  sight  of 
j  Cornelia,  and  cutting  off  his  head,  threw 
'  the  body  naked  on  the  sands.  Caesar 
pursued  Pompey  to  Alexandria,  where 
'  the  head  of  that  unhappy  man,  presented 
[  as  a  grateful  offering,  gave  him  the  first 
intelligence  of  his  fate.  He  wept,  and 
turned  with  horror  from  the  sight.  He 
caused  every  honor  to  be  paid  to  his  mem- 
ory, and  from  that  time  showed  the  ut- 
most beneficence  to  the  partisans  of  his 
j  unfortunate  rival. 

I      The  sovereignty  of  Egypt  was  in  dis- 
'pute   between    Ptolemy   and  his   sister 


ROME. 


551 


1 

n 

r 1 

^^^^^H 

^^0 

ill 

jSl 

1 

^^^^^fe# 

H 

|r|^ 

1 

^^^^^^^^ 

HI 

^^te 

m 

^^K 

1 

^^fes^ai^jIBjfm 

^^^M^: 

^Kp- 

^felP  .^j(S™ffflui 

1 

i^e^ 

^m 

^fi 

,i>* 

^ 

--WsHilHI 

■i 

Assassination  of  Julius  Cmsar. 


Cleopatra.  The  latter,  though  married  ' 
to  her  brother,  and  joint  heir  by  their ! 
father's  will,  was  ambitious  of  undivided 
authority  ;  and  Csesar,  captivated  by  her  ! 
charms,  decided  the  contest  in  favor  of 
the  beauteous  queen.  A  war  ensued,  in 
which  Ptolemy  was  killed,  and  Egypt 
subdued  by  the  Roman  arms.  In  this 
war  the  famous  library  of  Alexandria  was 
burnt  to  ashes,  B.  C.  48.  A  revolt  of  the 
Asiatic  provinces,  under  Pharnaces  the 
son  of  Mithridates,  was  signally  chas- 
tised, and  the  report  conveyed  by  Csesar 
to  the  Roman  senate  in  three  words,  Veni, 
vidi,  vici*  The  conqueror  returned  to 
Rome,  which  needed  his  presence  ;  for 
Italy  was  di^dded,  and  the  partisans  of  j 
Pompey  were  yet  extremely  formidable. 
His  two  sons,  with  Cato  and  Scipio, 
were  in  arms  in  Africa.  Caesar  pursued 
them  thither,  and,  proceeding  with  cau- 
tion till  secure  of  bis  advantage,  defeated 
them  in  a  decisive  engagement  at  Thap- 
sus.  Scipio  perished  in  his  passage  to 
Spain.  Cato,  shutting  himself  up  in 
Utica,  meditated  a  brave  resistance  ;  but 
finally,  seeing  no  hope  of  success,  he 
determined  not  to  survive  the  liberties  of 

*  I  came,  I  saw,  I  conquered. 


his  country,  and  fell  deliberately  by  his 
own  hand.  Mauritania  was  now  added 
to  the  number  of  the  Roman  provinces, 
and  Caesar  returned  to  Rome  absolute  mas- 
ter of  the  empire. 

From  that  moment  his  attention  was 
directed  solely  to  the  prosperity  and  hap- 
piness of  the  Roman  people.  He  re- 
membered no  longer  that  there  had  been 
opposite  parties  ;  beneficent  alike  to  the 
friends  of  Pompey  as  to  his  own.  He 
labored  to  reform  every  species  of  abuse 
or  grievance.  He  introduced  order  into 
every  department  of  the  state,  defining 
the  separate  rights  of  all  its  magistrates, 
and  extending  his  care  to  the  regulation 
of  its  most  distant  provinces.  The  re- 
formation of  the  calendar,  the  draining 
the  marshes  of  Italy,  the  navigation  of 
the  Tiber,  the  embellishment  of  Rome, 
the  complete  survey  and  delineation  of 
the  empire,  alternately  employed  his  lib- 
eral and  capacious  mind.  Returning 
from  the  final  overthrow  of  Pompey's 
parly  in  Spain,  he  was  hailed  the  father 
of  his  country,  was  created  consul  for 
ten  years,  and  perpetual  dictator.  His 
person  was  declared  sacred,  his  title 
henceforth  Imperator,  B.  C.  45. 

The  Roman  republic  had  thus  finally. 


552 


ROME. 


by  its  own  acts,  resigned  its  liberties. 
They  were  not  extinguished,  as  Montes- 
quieu has  well  remarked,  by  the  ambition 
of  a  Pompey  or  of  a  Caesar.  If  the 
sentiments  of  Caesar  and  Pompey  had 
been  the  same  with  those  of  Cato,  oth- 
ers would  have  had  the  same  ambitious 
thoughts ;  and  since  the  commonwealth 
was  fated  to  fall,  there  never  would  have 
been  wanting  a  hand  to  drag  it  to  des- 
truction. Yet  Cassar  had  by  force  sub- 
dued his  country  ;  he  therefore  was  an 
usurper  ;  and  had  it  been  possible  to  re- 
store the  liberties  of  the  republic,  and 
with  these  its  happiness,  by  the  suppres- 
sion of  that  usurpation,  the  attempt  had 
merited  the  praise  at  least  of  good  de- 
sign. Perhaps  so  thought  his  murderers  ; 
and  thus,  however  weak  their  policy, 
however  base  and  treacherous  their  act, 
with  many  they  will  ever  find  apologists. 
They  madly  dreamed  an  impossible  issue, 
as  the  event  demonstrated. 

A  conspiracy  was  formed  by  sixty  of 
the  senators,  at  the  head  of  whom  were 
Brutus  and  Cassius  ;  the  former  a  man 
beloved  of  Caesar,  who  had  saved  his 
life,  and  heaped  upon  him  numberless 
benefits.  It  was  rumored  that  the  dicta- 
tor wished  to  add  to  his  numerous  titles 
that  of  king,  and  that  the  Ides  of  March 
was  fixed  on  for  investing  him  with  the 
diadem.  On  that  day,  when  taking  his 
seat  in  the  senate-house,  he  was  suddenly 
assailed  by  the  conspirators  ;  he  defend- 
ed himself  for  sometime  against  their 
daggers,  till,  seeing  Brutus  amongst  the 
number,  he  faintly  exclaimed,  "  And  you, 
too,  my  son  !"  and,  covering  his  face  with 
his  robe,  resigned  himself  to  his  fate. 
He  fell,  pierced  by  twenty-three  wounds, 
B.  C.  43. 

The  Roman  people  were  struck  with 
horror  at  the  deed  :  they  loved  Caesar, 
master  as  he  was  of  their  lives  and  lib- 
erties. Mark  Antony  and  Lepidus,  am- 
bitious of  succeeding  to  the  power  of  the 
dictator,  resolved  to  pave  the  way  by 
avenging  his  death.  The  people  to 
whom  Caesar,  by  his  testament,  had  be- 
queathed a  great  part  of  his  fortune,  were 
penetrated  with  gratitude  to  his  memory. 


against  his  murderers,  who  must  have 
met  with  instant  destruction,  had  they 
not  escaped  with  precipitation  from  the 
city.  Antony  profited  by  these  disposi- 
tions ;  and  the  avenger  of  C«sar,  of 
course  the  favorite  of  the  people,  was  in 
the  immediate  prospect  of  attaining  a 
similar  height  of  dominion.  In  this, 
however,  he  found  a  formidable  compet- 
itor in  Octavius,  the  grand-nephew  and 
the  adopted  heir  of  Caesar,  who  at  this 
critical  moment,  arrived  in  Rome.  Avail- 
ing himself  of  these  titles,  Octavius 
gained  the  senate  to  his  interest,  and  di- 
vided with  Antony  the  favor  of  the  peo- 
ple. The  rivals  soon  perceived  that  it 
was  their  wisest  plan  to  unite  their  inter- 
ests; and  they  admitted  Lepidus  into 
their  association,  whose  power,  as  gov- 
ernor of  Gaul,  and  immense  riches,  gave 
him  a  title  to  a  share  of  authority.  Thus 
was  formed  the  second  Triumvirate,  the 
effects  of  whose  union  were  beyond 
measure  dreadful  to  the  republic.  The 
Triumviri  divided  among  themselves  the 
provinces,  and  cemented  their  imion  by 
a  deliberate  sacrifice  made  by  each  of 
his  best  friends  to  the  vengeance  of  his 
associates.  Antony  consigned  to  death 
his  uncle  Lucius,  Lepidus  his  brother 
Paulus,  and  Octavius  his  guardian  Tora- 
nius,  and  his  friend  Cicero.  In  this  hor- 
rible proscription,  300  senators  and  3000 
knights  were  put  to  death. 

Octavius  and  Antony  now  marched 
against  the  conspirators,  who  had  a  for- 
midable army  in  the  field  in  Thrace, 
commanded  by  Brutus  and  Cassius.  An 
engagement  ensued  at  Philippi,  which 
decided  the  fate  of  the  empire.  Antony- 
was  victorious,  for  Octavius  had  no  mili- 
tary talents  ;  he  was  destitute  even  of 
personal  bravery  ;  and  his  conduct  after 
the  victory  was  stained  with  that  cruelty 
which  is  ever  the  attendant  of  coward- 
ice. Brutus  and  Cassius  escaped  the 
vengeance  of  their  enemies  by  a  volun- 
tary death.  Antony  now  sought  a  re- 
compense for  his  troops  by  the  plunder  of 
the  east.  While  in  Cilicia,  he  summon- 
ed Cleopatra  to  answer  for  her  conduct 
in  dethroning  an  infant  brother,  and  in 


A  public  harangue  from  Antony  over  the  i  openly  favoring  the  party  of  Brutus  and 
bleeding  body,  exposed  in  the  forum,  in- 1  Cassius.  The  queen  came  to  Tarsus, 
flamed  them  with  the  utmost  indignation  [  and  made  a  complete  conquest  of   the 


ROME. 


553 


Triumvir.  Immersed  in  luxury,  and  in- 
toxicated with  love,  he  forgot  glory,  am- 
bition, fame,  and  every  thing  for  Cleopa- 
tra ;  and  Octavius  saw  this  phrenzy  with 
delight,  as  the  preparative  of  his  rival's 
ruin.  He  had  nothing  to  dread  from 
Lepidus,  whose  insignificant  character 
first  drew  on  him  the  contempt  of  his 
partisans  ;  and  whose  folly,  in  attempt- 
ing an  invasion  of  the  province  of  his 
colleague,  was  punished  by  his  deposition 
and  banishment. 

Antony  had  in  his  madness  lavished 
the  provinces  of  the  empire  in  gifts  to  his 
paramour  and  her  children.  The  Roman 
people  were  justly  indignant  at  these 
enormities  ;  and  the  divorce  of  his  wife 
Octavia,  the  sister  of  his  colleague,  was 
at  length  the  signal  of  declared  hostility 
between  them.  An  immense  armament, 
chiefly  naval,  came  to  a  decisive  conflict 
near  Actium,  on  the  coast  of  Epirus. 
Cleopatra,  who  attended  her  lover,  de- 
serted him  with  her  galleys  in  the  heat 
of  the  engagement ;  and  such  was  the 
infatuation  of  Antony,  that  he  abandoned 
his  fleet  and  followed  her.  After  a 
contest  of  some  hours,  they  yielded 
to  the  squadron  of  Octavius,  B.  C. 
31.  The  victor  pursued  the  fugitives  to 
Egypt ;  and  the  base  Cleopatra  proffered 
terms  to  Octavius,  including  the  surren- 
der of  her  kingdom,  and  the  abandonment 
of  Antony.  After  an  unsuccessful  at- 
tempt at  resistance,  he  anticipated  his 
fate  by  falling  on  his  sword.  And  Cleo- 
patra soon  after,  either  from  remorse,  or 
more  probably  from  mortified  ambition, 
as  she  found  it  was  Octavius'  design  to 
load  her  in  chains  to  Rome  to  grace  his 
triumph,  had  courage  to  follow  the  ex- 
ample of  her  lover,  and  put  herself  to 
death  by  the  poison  of  an  asp.  Octavius 
returned  to  Rome,  sole  master  of  the 
Roman  empire,  B.  C.  27. 

Rome  under  the  emperors. — The 
battle  of  Actium  decided  the  fate  of  the 
commonwealth,  and  Octavius,  now  named 
Augustus,  was  master  of  the  Roman  em- 
pire. He  possessed  completely  the  sa- 
gacity of  descerning  what  character  was 
best  fitted  for  gaining  the  affections  of 
the  people  he  governed,  and  the  versatility 
of  temper  and  genius  to  assume  it.  His 
virtues,  though  the  result  of  policy,  not  ] 
70 


of  nature,  were  certainly  favorable  to  the 
happiness,  and  even  to  the  liberties  of 
his  subjects.  The  fate  of  Cssar  warned 
him  of  the  insecurity  of  an  usurped  do- 
minion, and  therefore,  while  he  studiously 
imitated  the  engaging  manners  and  clem- 
ency of  his  great  predecessor,  he  affected 
a  much  higher  degree  of  moderation  and 
respect  for  the  rights  of  the  people. 

The  temple  of  Janus  was  shut,  which 
had  been  open  for  188  years,  since  the 
beginning  of  the  second  Punic  war ;  an 
event  productive  of  universal  joy.  "  The 
Romans  (says  Condillac)  now  believed 
themselves  a  free  people,  since  they  had 
no  longer  to  fight  for  their  liberty."  The 
sovereign  kept  up  this  delusion,  by  main- 
taining the  ancient  forms  of  the  republi- 
can constitution,  in  the  election  of  magis- 
trates, &c.,  though  they  were  nothing 
more  than  forms.  He  even  pretended  to 
consider  his  own  function  as  merely  a 
temporary  administration  for  the  public 
benefit.  Invested  with  the  consulate 
and  censorship,  he  went  through  the  reg- 
ular forms  of  periodical  election  to  those 
offices ;  and  at  the  end  of  the  seventh 
year  of  his  government  actually  announ- 
ced to  the  senate  his  resignation  of  all 
authority.  The  consequence  was  a  gene- 
ral supplication  of  the  senate  and  people, 
that  he  would  not  abandon  the  republic, 
which  he  had  saved  from  destruction. 
"  Since  it  must  be  so,"  said  he,  "  I  accept 
the  empire  for  ten  years, unless  the  public 
tranquillity  should  before  that  time  permit 
me  to  enjoy  that  retirement  I  passionately 
long  for."  He  repeated  the  same  mockery 
five  times  in  the  course  of  his  govern- 
ment, accepting  the  administration  some- 
times for  ten,  and  sometimes  only  for 
five  years. 

It  was  much  to  the  credit  of  Augustus, 
that  in  the  government  of  the  empire  he 
reposed  unlimited  confidence  in  Maecenas, 
a  most  able  minister,  who  had  sincerely 
at  heart  the  interest  and  happiness  of  the 
people.  It  was  by  his  excellent  counsels 
that  all  public  affairs  were  conducted, 
and  the  most  salutary  laws  enacted  for 
the  remedy  of  public  grievances,  and 
even  the  correction  of  the  morals  of  the 
people.  It  was  to  his  patronage  that 
literature  and  the  arts  owed  their  en- 
couragement and  advancement.     It  was 


554 


ROME. 


by  his  influence  and  wise  instructions 
that  Augustus  assumed  those  virtues  to 
which  his  heart  was  a  stranger,  and 
which,  in  their  tendency  to  the  happiness 
of  his  subjects,  were  equally  effectual  as 
if  the  genuine  fruits  of  his  nature. 

On  the  death  of  MarccUus,  the  nephew 
and  son-in-law  of  Augustus,  (23  B.  C.)  a 
prince  of  great  hopes,  the  emperor  be- 
stowed his  chief  favor  on  Marcus  Agrippa, 
giving  him  his  daughter  Julia,  the  widow 
of  Marcellus,  in  marriage.  Agrippa  had 
considerable  military  talents,  and  was 
successful  in  accomplishing  the  reduction 
of  Spain,  and  subduing  the  revolted  pro- 
vinces of  Asia.  Augustus  associated 
him  with  himself  in  the  office  of  censor, 
and  would  probably  have  given  him  a 
share  of  the  empire ;  but  the  death  of 
Agrippa  occasioned  a  new  arrangement. 
The  daughter  of  Augustus  now  took  for 
her  third  husband  Tiberius,  who  became 
the  son-in-law  of  the  emperor  by  a  double 
tie,  for  Augustus  had  previously  married 
his  mother  Livia.  This  artful  woman, 
removing  all  of  the  imperial  family  who 
stood  betwixt  her  and  the  object  of  am- 
bition, thus  made  room  for  the  succession 
of  her  son  Tiberius,  who  on  his  part,  bent 
all  his  attention  to  gain  the  favor  and 
confidence  of  Augustus.  On  the  return 
of  Tiberius  from  a  successful  campaign 
against  the  Germans,  the  people  were 
made  to  solicit  the  emperor  to  confer  on 
him  the  government  of  the  provinces  and 
the  command  of  the  armies.  Augustus 
now  gradually  withdrew  himself  from  the 
cares  of  the  empire.  He  died  soon  after 
at  Nola  in  Campania,  in  the  76th  year  of 
his  age,  and  44th  of  his  imperial  reign, 
and  A.  D.  14. 

A  considerable  part  of  the  lustre  thrown 
on  the  reign  of  Augustus  is  owing  to  the 
splendid  coloring  bestowed  on  his  char- 
acter by  the  poets  and  other  authors  who 
adorned  his  court,  and  repaid  his  favors 
by  their  adulation. 

One  great  event  distinguished  the 
reign  of  Augustus,  the  birth  of  our  Lord 
and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  which,  accord- 
ing to  the  best  authorities,  happened  in 
the  754th  year  A.  U.  C.  and  four  years 
before  the  vulgar  date  of  the  Christian 
era. 

Augustu!^  had  named  Tiberius  his  heir, 


together  with  his  mother  Livia,  and  sub- 
stituted to  them  Drusus,  the  son  of  Tibe- 
rius, and  Germanicus.  Tiberius  was 
vicious,  debauched,  and  cruel ;  yet  the 
very  dread  of  his  character  operated  in 
securing  an  easy  succession  to  the  em- 
pire. An  embassy  from  the  senate  en- 
treated him  to  accept  the  government, 
which  he  modestly  affected  to  decline,  but 
suffered  himself  to  be  won  by  their  sup- 
plications. Notwithstanding  this  symp- 
tom of  moderation,  it  soon  appeared  that 
the  power  enjoyed  by  his  predecessor 
was  too  limited  for  the  ambition  of  Tibe- 
rius. It  was  not  enough  that  the  sub- 
stance of  the  republic  was  gone,  the  very 
appearance  of  it  was  now  to  be  demolish- 
ed. The  people  were  no  longer  assem- 
bled, and  the  magistrates  of  the  state 
were  supplied  by  the  imperial  will. 

Germanicus,  the  nephew  of  Tiberius, 
became  the  object  of  his  jealousy,  from 
the  glory  he  had  acquired  by  his  military 
exploits  in  Germany,  and  the  high  favor 
in  which  he  stood  with  the  Roman  peo- 
ple. He  was  recalled  in  the  midst  of  his 
successes,  and  despatched  to  the  oriental 
provinces,  M-^here  he  soon  after  died,  as 
was  generally  believed,  of  poison  admin- 
istered by  the  Emperor's  command. 

iElius  Sejanus,  prosfect  of  the  praeto- 
rian guards,  the  favorite  counsellor  of 
Tiberius,  and  the  obsequious  minister  of 
his  tyranny  and  crimes,  conceived  the 
daring  project  of  a  revolution,  which 
should  place  himself  on  the  throne,  by 
the  extermination  of  the  whole  imperial 
family.  Drusus,  the  son  of  the  emperor, 
was  cut  off  by  poison.  Agrippina  the 
widow  of  Germanicus,  with  the  elder  of 
her  sons,  was  banished,  and  the  younger 
confined  to  prison.  Tiberius  himself 
was  persuaded  by  Sejanus,  under  the 
pretence  of  the  discovery  of  plots  for  his 
assassination,  to  retire  from  Rome  to  the 
Isle  of  Caprese,  and  devolve  the  govern- 
ment upon  his  faithful  minister.  But 
while  Sejanus,  thus  far  successful,  medi- 
tated the  last  step  to  the  accomplishment 
of  his  wishes,  by  the  murder  of  his  sov- 
ereign, his  treason  was  detected ;  and 
the  emperor  despatched  his  mandate  to 
the  senate,  which  was  followed  by  his 
immediate  sentence  and  execution.  The 
public  indignation  was  not  satisfied  with 


ROME. 


555 


his  death  ;  the  populace  tore  his  body  to 
pieces,  and  flung  it  into  the  Tiber. 

Tiberius  now  became  utterly  negligent 
of  the  cares  of  government,  and  the  im- 
perial power  was  displayed  only  in  pub- 
lic executions,  confiscations,  and  scenes 
of  cruelty  and  rapine.  At  length  the  ty- 
rant falling  sick,  was  strangled  in  his  bed 
by  Macro,  the  prajfect  of  the  praetorian 
guards,  in  the  78th  year  of  his  age,  and 
23d  of  his  reign. 

pin  the  18th  year  of  Tiberius,  our  Lord 
and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  the  Divine 
Author  of  our  religion,  suff'ered  death 
upon  the  cross,  a  sacrifice  and  propitia- 
tion for  the  sins  of  mankind,  A.  D.  33 

Tiberius  had  nominated  for  his  heir 
Caligula,  the  son  of  Germanicus,  his 
grandson  by  adoption,  and  joined  with 
him  Tiberius,  the  son  of  Drusus,  his 
grandson  by  blood.  The  former  enjoyed, 
on  his  father's  account,  the  favor  of  the 
people  ;  and  the  senate,  to  gratify  them, 
set  aside  the  right  of  his  colleague,  and 
conferred  on  him  the  empire  undivided. 
The  commencement  of  his  reign  was 
signalized  by  a  few  acts  of  clemency  and 
even  good  policy.  He  restored  the  priv- 
ileges of  the  comitia,  and  abolished  ar- 
bitrary prosecutions  for  crimes  of  state. 
But,  tyrannical  and  cruel  by  nature,  he 
substituted  military  execution  for  legal 
punishment.  The  provinces  were  loaded 
with  the  most  oppressive  taxes,  and  daily 
confiscations  filled  the  imperial  coflers. 
The  follies  and  absurdities  of  Caligula 
were  equal  to  his  vices,  and  it  is  hard  to 
say  whether  he  was  most  the  object  of 
hatred  or  of  contempt  to  his  subjects.  He 
perished  by  assassination  in  the  4th  year 
of  his  reign,  and  29th  of  his  age,  A.  D.  42. 

Claudius,  the  uncle  of  Caligula,  was 
saluted  emperor  by  the  praetorian  guards, 
who  had  been  the  murderers  of  his  ne- 
phew. He  was  the  son  of  Octavia,  the 
sister  of  Augustus ;  a  man  of  weak  in- 
tellects, and  of  no  education ;  yet  his 
short  reign  was  marked  by  an  enterprise 
of  importance.  He  undertook  the  re- 
duction of  Britain  ;  and  after  visting  the 
island  in  person,  left  his  generals  Plau- 
tius  and  Vespasian,  to  prosecute  a  war 
which  was  carried  on  for  several  years 
with  various  success.  The  Silures,  or 
inhabitants  of  South  Wales,  under  their 


king  Caractacus,(Caradoc,)  made  a  brave 
resistance,  but  were  finally  defeated,  and 
Caractacus  led  captive  to  Rome,  where 
the  magnanimity  of  his  demeanor  pro- 
cured him  respect  and  admiration. 

The  civil  administration  of  Claudius 
was  weak  and  contemptible.  He  was 
the  slave  even  of  his  domestics,  and  the 
dupe  of  his  infamous  wives,  Messalina 
and  Agrippina.  The  former  abandoned 
to  the  most  shameful  profligacy,  was  at 
length  put  to  death,  on  suspicion  of  trea- 
sonable designs.  The  latter,  who  was 
the  daughter  of  Germanicus,  bent  her 
.utmost  endeavors  to  secure  the  succes- 
j  'si  on  to  the  empire  to  her  son  Domitius 
iEnobardus,  and  employed  every  engine 
of  vice  and  inhumanity  to  remove  the 
obstacles  to  the  accomplishment  of  her 
wishes.  Having  at  length  prevailed  on 
Claudius  to  adopt  her  son,  and  confer  on 
him  the  title  of  Caesar,  to  the  exclusion 
of  his  own  son  Britannicus,  she  now 
made  room  for  the  immediate  ^elevation 
of  Domitius,  by  poisoning  her  husband. 
Claudius  was  put  to  death  in  the  15th 
year  of  his  reign,  and  63d  of  his  age. 

The  son  of  iVgrippina  assumed  tho 
name  of  Nero  Claudius.  He  had  enjoyed 
the  benefit  of  a  good  education  under  the 
philosopher  Seneca,  but  reaped  from  his 
instructions  no  other  fruit  than  a  pedan- 
tic aflectation  of  taste  and  learning,  with 
no  real  pretension  to  either.  While  con- 
trolled by  his  tutor  Seneca,  and  by  Bur- 
rhus,  captain  of  the  praetorian  guards,  a 
man  of  worth  and  ability,  Nero  maintained 
for  a  short  time  a  deceney  of  public  con- 
duct ;  but  the  restraint  was  intolerable, 
and  nature  soon  broke  out.  His  real 
character  was  a  compound  of  every  thing 
that  is  base  and  inhuman.  In  the  mur- 
der of  his  mother  Agrippina,  he  revenged 
the  crime  she  had  committed  in  raising 
him  to  the  throne  ;  he  rewarded  the  fidel- 
ity of  Burrhus  by  poisoning  him ;  and 
as  a  last  kindness  to  his  tutor  Seneca,  he 
allowed  him  to  choose  the  mode  of  his 
death.  It  was  his  darling  amusement  to 
exhibit  on  the  stage  and  amphitheatre  as 
an  actor,  musician,  or  gladiator.  At 
length,  become  the  object  of  universal 
hatred  and  contempt,  a  rebellion  of  his 
subjects,  headed  by  Vindex,  an  illustrious 
Gaul,  hurled  this  monster  from  the  throne. 


556 


ROME, 


He  had  not  courage  to  attempt  resistance ; 
and  a  slave,  at  his  own  request,  despatch- 
ed him  with  a  dagger.  Nero  perished  in 
the  30th  year  of  his  age,  after  a  reign 
of  fourteen  years,  A.  D.  69. 

Galba,  the  successor  of  Nero,  was  of 
an  ancient  and  iihistrious  family.  He 
was  in  the  73d  year  of  his  age  when  the 
senate,  ratifying  the  choice  of  the  prae- 
torian bands,  proclaimed  him  emperor. 
But  an  impolitic  rigor  of  discipline  soon 
disgusted  the  army ;  the  avarice  of  his 
disposition,  grudging  the  populace  their 
favorite  games  and  spectacles,  deprived 
him  of  their  aflections  ;  and  some  iniqui- 
tous prosecutions  and  confiscations  exci-^ 
ted  general  discontent  and  mutiny.  Gal- 
ba adopted  and  designed  for  his  succes- 
sor the  able  and  virtuous  Piso  ;  a  mea- 
sure which  excited  the  jealousy  of  Otho, 
his  former  faA^orite,  and  led  him  to  form 
the  daring  plan  of  raising  himself  to  the 
throne  by  the  destruction  of  both.  He 
found  the  praetorians  apt  to  his  purpose  ; 
they  proclaimed  him  Emperor,  and  pre- 
sented him,  as  a  grateful  oiiering,  the 
heads  of  Galba  and  Piso,  who  were 
slain  in  quelling  the  insurrection.  Galba 
had  reigned  seven  months. 

Otho  had  a  formidable  rival  in  Vitel- 
lius,  who  had  been  proclaimed  emperor 
by  his  army  in  Germany.  It  is  hard  to 
say  which  of  the  competitors  was,  in 
point  of  abilities,  the  more  despicable, 
or  in  character  the  more  infamous.  A 
decisive  battle  was  fought  at  Bedriacum, 
near  Mantua,  where  the  army  of  Otho  was 
defeated,  and  their  commander  in  a  fit  of 
despair,  ended  his  life  by  his  own  hand, 
after  a  reign  of  three  months,  A.  D.  70. 

The  reign  of  Vitellius  was  of  eight 
months  duration.  He  is  said  to  have 
proposed  Nero  for  his  model,  and  it  was 
just  that  he  should  resemble  him  in  his 
fate.  Vespasian,  who  had  obtained  from 
Nero  the  charge  of  the  war  against  the 
Jews,  which  he  had  conducted  with  abil- 
ity and  success,  was  proclaimed  emperor 
by  his  troops  in  the  East ;  and  a  great 
part  of  Italy  submitting  to  his  generals, 
Vitellius  meanly  capitulated  to  save  his 
life,  by  a  resignation  of  the  empire. 
The  people,  indignant  at  his  dastardly 
spirit,  compelled  him  to  an  effort  of  resis- 
tance, but  the  attempt  was  fruitless. — 


Prisons,  one  of  the  generals  of  Vespa- 
sian, took  possession  of  Rome,  and  Vi- 
tellius was  massacred,  and  his  body  flung 
into  the  Tiber. 

Vespasian,  though  of  mean  descent, 
was  worthy  of  the  empire,  and  reigned 
with  high  popularity  for  ten  years.  He 
possessed  great  clemency  of  disposition; 
his  manners  were  affable  and  engaging, 
and  his  mode  of  life  was  characterized 
by  simplicity  and  frugality.  He  respect- 
ed the  ancient  forms  of  the  constituti^, 
restored  the  senate  to  its  deliberative 
rights,  and  acted  by  its  authority  in  the 
administration  of  all  public  affairs.  The 
only  blemish  in  his  character  was  a  tinc- 
ture of  avarice,  and  even  that  is  gi-eatly 
extenuated  by  the  laudable  and  patriotic 
use  which  he  made  of  his  revenues. — 
Under  his  reign,  and  by  the  arms  of  his 
son  Titus,  was  terminated  the  war  against 
the  Jews.  They  had  been  brought  un- 
der the  yoke  of  Rome  by  Pompey,  who 
took  Jerusalem.  Under  Augustus  they 
were  governed  for  some  time  by  HeroJ 
as  viceroy ;  but  the  tyranny  of  his  son 
Archelaus  was  the  cause  of  his  banish- 
ment, and  the  reduction  of  Judaea  into 
the  ordinary  condition  of  a  Roman  pro- 
vince. Rebelling  on  every  slight  occa- 
sion, Nero  had  sent  Vespasian  to  re- 
duce them  to  order,  and  he  had  just  pre- 
pared for  the  siege  of  Jerusalem,  when 
he  was  called  to  Rome  to  assume  the 
government  of  the  empire.  Titus  wished 
to  spare  the  city,  and  tried  every  means 
to  prevail  on  the  Jews  to  surreiuler  :  but 
in  vain  ;  their  ruin  was  decreed  by  Hea- 
ven. After  an  obstinate  blockade  of  six 
months,  Jerusalem  was  taken  by  storm, 
the  temple  burnt  to  ashes,  and  the  city 
buried  in  ruins.  The  Roman  empire 
was  now  in  profound  peace.  Vespasian 
associated  Titus  in  the  imperial  dignity, 
and  soon  after  died,  universally  lamented, 
at  the  age  of  69,  A.  D.  79. 

The  character  of  Titus  was  humane, 
munificent,  dignified,  and  splendid.  His 
short  reign  was  a  period  of  great  happi- 
ness and  prosperity  to  the  empire,  and 
his  government  a  constant  example  of 
virtue,  justice,  and  beneficence.  In  his 
time  happened  thai  dreadful  eruption  of 
Vesuvius  which  overwhelmed  the  cities 
of  Herculaneum  and  Pompeii ;  and  the 


ROME. 


557 


piiWic  losses  from  these  calamities  he  re- 
paired by  the  sacrifice  of  his  fortune  and 
revenues.  He  died  in  the  third  year  of 
his  reign,  and  fortieth  of  his  age. 

Doniitian,  the  brother  of  Titus,  and 
suspected  of  murdering  him  by  poison, 
succeeded  to  the  empire,  A.  D.  81.  He 
was  a  vicious  and  inhuman  tyrant.  A 
rebellion  in  Germany  gave  him  occasion 
to  signalize  the  barbarity  of  his  disposi- 
tion ;  and  its  consequences  were  long 
fell  in  the  sanguinary  punishments  in- 
flicted under  the  pretence  of  justice.  The 
prodigal  and  voluptuous  spirit  of  this  reign 
was  a  singadar  contrast  to  its  tyranny 
and  inhumanity.  The  people  were  load- 
ed with  insupportable  taxes  to  furnish 
spectacles  and  games  for  their  amuse- 
ment. The  successes  of  Agricola  in 
Britain  threw  a  lustre  on  the  Roman  arms, 
no  part  of  which  reflected  on  the  Empe- 
ror, for  he  used  this  eminent  commander 
with  the  basest  ingratitude.  After  fifteen 
tedious  years,  this  monster  fell  at  last  a 
victim  of  assassination,  the  empress  her- 
self conducting  the  plot  for  his  murder, 
A.  D.96. 

Cocceius  Nerva,  a  Cretan  by  birth, 
was  chosen  emperor  by  the  senate,  from 
respect  to  the  virtues  of  his  character ; 
but  too  old  for  the  burden  of  government, 
and  of  a  temper  too  placid  for  the  re- 
straint of  rooted  corruptions  and  enormi- 
ties, his  reign  was  weak,  ineflicient,  and 
contemptible.  His  only  act  of  real  merit 
as  a  sovereign,  was  the  adoption  of  the  vir- 
tuous Trajan  as  his  successor.  Nerva  died 
after  a  reign  of  sixteen  months,  A.  D.  98. 

Ulpius  Trajanus  possessed  every  talent 
and  every  virtue  that  can  adorn  a  sove- 
reign. Of  great  military  abilities,  and  an 
indefatigable  spirit  of  enterprise,  he  rais- 
ed the  Roman  arms  to  their  ancient  splen- 
dor, and  greatly  enlarged  the  boundaries 
of  the  empire.  He  subdued  the  Dacians, 
conquered  the  Parthians,  and  brought 
under  subjection  Assyria,  Mesopotamia, 
and  Arabia  Felix.  Nor  was  he  less  emi- 
nent in  promoting  the  happiness  of  his 
subjects,  and  the  internal  prosperity  of  the 
empire.  His  largesses  were  humane  and 
munificent.  He  was  the  friend  and  sup- 
port of  the  virtuous  indigent,  and  the  lib- 
eral patron  of  every  useful  art  and  talent. 
His  bounties  were  supplied  by  a  well 


judged  economy  in  his  private  fortune, 
and  a  wise  administration  of  the  public 
finances.  In  his  own  life  he  was  a  man 
of  simple  manners,  modest,  afiable,  fond 
of  the  familiar  intercourse  of  his  friends, 
and  sensible  to  all  the  social  and  benev- 
olent afliections.  He  died  at  the  age  of 
sixty-three,  after  a  glorious  reign  of  nine- 
teen years,  A.  D.  118. 

^Elius  Adrianus,  nephew  of  Trajan, 
and  Avorthy  to  fill  his  place,  was  chosen 
emperor  by  the  army  in  the  east,  and 
his  title  was  acknowledged  by  all  orders 
of  the  state.  He  adopted  a  policy  differ- 
ent from  that  of  his  predecessor ;  and, 
judging  the  limits  of  the  empire  too  exten- 
sive, abandoned  all  the  conquests  of  Trajan, 
bounding  the  eastern  provinces  by  the  Eu- 
phrates. He  visited  in  person  the  whole 
provinces  of  the  empire,  reforming,  in  his 
progress,  all  abuses,  relieving  his  subjects 
of  every  oppressive  burden,  rebuilding  the 
ruined  cities,  and  establishing  everywhere 
a  regular  and  mild  administration  under 
magistrates  of  approved  probity  and  hu- 
manity. He  gave  a  discharge  to  the  in- 
digent debtors  of  the  state,  and  appointed 
liberal  institutions  for  the  education  of  the 
children  of  the  poor.  To  the  talents  of 
an  able  politician  he  joined  an  excellent 
taste  in  the  liberal  arts ;  and  his  reign, 
which  was  of  twenty-two  years  duration, 
was  an  era  both  of  public  happiness  and 
splendor.  In  the  last  year  of  his  life,  he 
bequeathed  to  the  empire  a  double  legacy, 
in  adopting  and  declaring  for  his  immedi- 
ate successor  Titus  Aurelius  Antoninus, 
and  substituting  Annius  Verus  to  succeed 
upon  his  death.  These  were  the  Anto- 
nines,  who,  for  forty  years  ruled  the  Ro- 
man empire  with  consummate  wisdom, 
ability  and  virtue.  Adrian  died,  A.  D. 
138,  at  the  age  of  sixty-two. 

The  happiest  reigns  furnish  the  fewest 
events  for  the  pen  of  history.  Antoninus 
was  the  father  of  his  people.  He  pre- 
ferred peace  to  the  ambition  of  conquest ; 
yet,  in  every  necessary  war  the  Roman 
arms  had  their  wonted  renown.  The 
British  province  was  enlarged  by  the 
conquests  of  Urbicus,  and  some  formida- 
ble rebellions  were  subdued  in  Germany, 
Dacia,  and  the  East.  The  domestic  ad- 
ministration of  the  sovereign  was  digni- 
fied, splendid,  and  humane.     With  all 


558 


ROME. 


the  virtues  of  Numa,  his  love  of  religion, 
peace,  and  justice,  he  had  the  superior 
advantage  of  diffusing  these  blessings 
over  a  great  portion  of  the  world.  He 
died  at  the  age  of  seventy-four,  after  a 
reign  of  twenty -two  years,  A.  D.  161. 

Annius  Verus  assumed,  at  his  acces- 
sion, the  name  of  Marcus  Aurelius  Anto- 
ninus, and  he  bestowed  on  his  brother 
Lucius  Verus,  a  joint  administration  of 
the  empire.  The  former  was  as  eminent 
for  the  worth  and  virtues  of  his  character, 
as  the  latter  was  remarkable  for  profliga- 
cy, meanness,  and  vice.  Marcus  Aure- 
lius was  attached  both  by  nature  and  ed- 
ucation to  the  Stoical  philosophy,  which 
he  has  admirably  taught  and  illustrated 
in  his  Meditations  ;  and  his  own  life  was 
the  best  commentary  on  his  precepts. 
The  Parthians  were  repulsed  in  an  at- 
tack upon  the  empire,  and  a  rebellion  of 
the  Germans  was  subdued.  In  these 
wars  the  mean  and  worthless  Verus 
brought  disgrace  upon  the  Roman  name 
in  every  region  where  he  commanded  ; 
but  fortunately  relieved  the  empire  of  its 
fears  by  an  early  death.  The  residue  of 
the  reign  of  Marcus  Aurelius  was  a  con- 
tinued blessing  to  his  subjects.  He  re- 
formed the  internal  policy  of  the  state, 
regulated  the  government  of  the  provinces, 
and  visited  himself,  for  the  purposes  of 
beneficence,  the  most  distant  quarters  of 
his  dominions.  "  He  appeared,"  says  an 
ancient  author,  "  like  some  benevolent 
deity,  diffusing  around  him  universal  peace 
and  happiness."  He  died  in  Pannonia 
in  the  59th  year  of  his  age,  and  19th  of 
his  reign,  A.  D.  180. 

Commodus,  his  most  unworthy  son, 
succeeded  to  the  empire  on  his  death. 
He  resembled  in  character  his  mother 
Faustina,  a  woman  infamous  for  all  man- 
ner of  vice,  but  who  yet  had  passed  with 
her  husband  Marcus  for  a  paragon  of  vir- 
tue. Commodus  had  an  aversion  to  eve- 
ry rational  and  liberal  pursuit,  and  a  fond 
attachment  to  the  sports  of  the  circus 
and  amphitheatre,  the  hunting  of  wild 
beasts,  and  the  combats  of  boxers  and 
gladiators.  The  measures  of  this  reign 
were  as  unimportant,  as  the  character  of 
the  sovereign  was  contemptible.  His 
concubine  and  some  of  his  chief  officers 
prevented  their  own  destruction  by  assas- 


sinating the  tyrant,  in  the  32nd  year  of 
his  age,  and  13th  of  his  reign,  A.  D.  193. 

The  praetorian  guards  gave  the  empire 
to  Publius  Helvius  Pertinax,  a  man  of 
mean  birth,  but  who  had  risen  to  esteem 
by  his  virtues  and  military  talents.  He 
applied  himself  with  zeal  to  the  correc- 
tion of  abuses  ;  but  the  austerity  of  his 
government  deprived  him  of  the  affections 
of  a  corrupted  people.  He  had  disappoint- 
ed the  army  of  a  promised  reward  ;  and, 
after  a  reign  of  eighty-six  days,  was 
murdered  in  the  imperial  palace  by  the 
same  hands  wliich  had  placed  him  on  the 
throne. 

The  empire  was  now  put  up  to  auction 
by  the  praetorians  and  was  purchased  by 
Didius  Juliamis ;  while  Pescenius  Niger 
in  Asia,  Clodius  Albinus  in  Britain,  and 
Septimius  Severus  in  Illyria,  were  each 
chosen  emperor  by  the  troops  they  com- 
manded. Severus  marched  to  Rome  ; 
and  the  praetorians,  on  his  approach, 
abandoned  Didius,  who  had  failed  to  pay 
the  stipulated  price  for  his  elevation,  and 
the  senate  formally  deposed  and  put  him 
to  death.  Severus,  master  of  Rome,  pre- 
pared to  reduce  the  provinces  which  had 
acknowledged  the  sovereignty  of  Niger 
and  Albinus  ;  and  these  tAvo  rivals  being 
successively  subdued,  the  one  lost  his 
life  in  battle,  and  the  other  fell  by  his 
own  hands.  The  administration  of  Sev- 
erus was  wise  and  equitable,  but  tinc- 
tured with  despotic  rigor.  It  was  his 
purpose  to  erect  the  fabric  of  absolute 
monarchy,  and  all  his  institutions  opera- 
ted with  able  policy  to  that  end.  He  pos- 
sessed eminent  military  talents  ;  and  it 
was  a  glorious  boast  of  his,  that  having 
received  the  empire  oppressed  with  for- 
eign and  domestic  wars,  he  left  it  in  pro- 
found, universal,  and  honorable  peace. 
He  carried  with  him  into  Britain  his  two 
sons,  Caracalla  and  Geta,  Avhose  un- 
promising dispositions  clouded  his  latter 
days.  In  this  war  the  Caledonians  vm- 
der  Fingal  are  said  to  have  defeated,  on 
the  banks  of  the  Carron,  Caracul,  the 
son  of  the  king  of  the  world.  Severus 
died  at  York,  in  the  66th  year  of  his  age, 
after  a  reign  of  eighteen  years,  A.  D.  211. 

The  mutual  hatred  of  Caracalla  and 
Geta  was  increased  by  their  association 
in  the  empire  ;  and  the  former,  with  bru- 


ROME. 


559 


tal  inhumanity,  caused  his  brother  to  be 
openly  murdered  in  the  arms  of  his 
mother.  His  reign,  which  was  of  six 
years  duration,  and  one  continued  series 
of  atrocities,  Avas  at  length  terminated  by 
assassination,  A.  D.  217. 

Those  disorders  in  the  empire  which 
began  with  Commodus  continued  for 
about  a  century,  till  the  accession  of 
Diocletian.  That  interval  was  filled  by 
the  reigns  of  Heliogabalus,  Alexander 
Severus,  Maximian,  Gordian,  Decius, 
Gallus,  Valerianus,  Gallienus,  Claudius, 
Aurelianus,  Tacitus,  Probus,  and  Carus; 
a  period  of  which  the  annals  furnish 
neither  amusement  nor  useful  informa- 
tion. The  single  exception  is  the  reign 
of  Alexander  Severus,  a  mild,  beneficent 
and  enlightened  prince,  whose  character 
shines  the  more  from  the  contrast  of 
those  who  preceded  and  followed  him. 

Diocletian  began  his  reign  A.  D.  284, 
and  introduced  a  new  system  of  adminis- 
tration, dividing  the  empire  into  four  gov- 
ernments, under  as  many  princes.  Max- 
imian shared  with  him  the  title  of  Augus- 
tus, and  Galerius  and  Constantius  were 
declared  Caesars.  Each  had  his  separate 
department  or  province,  all  nominally 
supreme,  but  in  reality  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  superior  talents  and  authority 
of  Diocletian  ;  an  unwise  policy,  which 
depended  for  its  efficacy  on  individual 
ability  alone.  Diocletian  and  Maximian, 
trusting  to  the  continuance  of  that  order 
in  the  empire  which  their  vigor  had 
established,  retired  from  sovereignty,  and 
left  the  government  in  the  hands  of  the 
Caesars  ;  but  Constantius  died  soon  after 
in  Britain,  and  his  son  Constantino  was 
proclaimed  emperor  at  York,  though  Gal- 
erius did  not  acknowledge  his  title.  Max- 
imian, however,  having  once  more  re- 
sumed the  purple,  bestowed  on  Constan- 
tino his  daughter  in  marriage,  and  thus 
invested  him  with  a  double  title  to  the 
empire.  On  the  death  of  Maximian  and 
Galerius,  Constantine  had  no  other  com- 
petitor than  Maxentius  the  son  of  the 
former,  and  the  contest  between  them 
was  decided  by  the  sword.  Maxentius 
fell  in  battle,  and  Constantine  remained 
sole  master  of  the  empire. 

The  administration  of  Constantine  was, 
in  the  beginning  of  liis  reign,  mild,  equi- 


table, and  politic.  Though  zealously  at- 
tached to  the  Christian  faith,  he  made 
no  violent  innovations  on  the  religion  of 
the  state.  He  introduced  order  and 
economy  into  the  civil  government,  and 
repressed  every  species  of  oppression  and 
corruption.  But  his  natural  temper  was 
severe  and  cruel,  and  the  latter  part  of 
his  reign  was  as  much  deformed  by  in- 
tolerant zeal  and  sanguinary  rigor,  as  the 
former  had  been  remarkable  for  equity 
and  benignity.  From  this  unfavorable 
change  of  character,  he  lost  the  affections 
of  his  subjects  ;  and,  from  a  feeling  pro- 
bably of  reciprocal  disgust,  he  removed 
the  seat  of  the  Roman  empire  to  Byzan- 
tium, now  termed  Constantinople.  The 
court  followed  the  sovereign  ;  the  opu- 
lent proprietors  were  attended  by  their 
slaves  and  retainers ;  Rome  was  in  a 
kw  years  greatly  depopulated,  and  the 
new  capital  swelled  at  once  to  enormous 
magnitude.  It  was  characterized  by 
eastern  splendor,  luxury,  and  voluptuous- 
ness ;  and  the  cities  of  Greece  were  de- 
spoiled for  its  embellishment.  In  an 
expedition  against  the  Persians,  Constan- 
tine died  at  Nicomedia,  in  the  thirtieth 
year  of  his  reign,  and  sixty-third  of  his 
age,  A.  D.  337.  In  the  time  of  Constan- 
tine the  Goths  had  made  several  irrup- 
tions on  the  empire,  and,  though  repulsed 
and  beaten,  began  gradually  to  encroach 
on  the  provinces. 

Constantine,  with  a  destructive  policy, 
had  divided  the  empire  among  five  princes, 
three  of  them  his  sons,  and  two  nephews ; 
but  Constantius,  the  youngest  of  the  sons, 
finally  got  rid  of  all  his  competitors,  and 
ruled  the  empire  alone  with  a  weak  and 
impotent  sceptre.  A  variety  of  domestic 
broils,  and  mutinies  of  the  troops  against 
their  generals,  had  left  the  western  fron- 
tier to  the  mercy  of  the  barbarian  nations. 
The  Franks,  Saxons,  Alemanni,  and  Sar- 
matians,  laid  waste  all  the  fine  countries 
watered  by  the  Rhine,  and  the  Persians 
made  dreadful  incursions  on  the  provinces 
of  the  east.  Constantius  indolently  wasted 
his  time  in  theological  controversies,  but 
was  prevailed  on  to  adopt  one  prudent 
measure,  the  appointment  of  his  cousin 
Julian  to  the  dignity  of  Cajsar. 

Julian  possessed  many  heroic  quali- 
ties, and  his  mind  was  formed  by  nature 


560 


ROME. 


for  tlie  sovereignty  of  a  great  people ;  but 
educated  at  Athens,  in  the  schools  of  the 
Platonic  philosophy,  he  had  unfortunately 
conceived  a  rooted  antipathy  to  the  doc- 
trines of  Christianity.  With  every  talent 
of  ageneral,  and  possessingthe  confidence 
and  affection  of  his  troops,  he  once  more 
restored  the  glory  of  the  Roman  arms, 
and  successfully  repressed  the  invasions 
of  the  barbarians.  His  victories  excited 
the  jealousy  of  Constantius,  vv^ho  meanly 
resolved  to  remove  from  his  command 
the  better  part  of  his  troops.  The  con- 
sequence was  a  declaration  of  the  army, 
that  it  was  their  choice  that  Julian  should 
be  their  emperor.  Constantius  escaped 
the  ignominy  that  awaited  him  by  dying 
at  this  critical  juncture,  and  Julian  was 
immediately  acknowledged  sovereign  of 
the  Roman  empire. 

The  reformation  of  civil  abuses  formed 
the  first  object  of  his  attention ;  which 
he  next  turned  to  the  reformation,  as  he 
thought,  of  religion,  by  the  suppression 
of  Christianity.  He  began  by  reforming 
the  Pagan  theology,  and  sought  to  raise 
the  character  of  its  priests,  by  incidcat- 
ing  purity  of  life  and  sanctity  of  morals ; 
thus  bearing  involuntary  testimony  to  the 
superior  excellence,  in  those  respects,  of 
that  religion  Avliich  he  labored  to  abolish. 
Without  persecuting,  he  attacked  the 
Christians  by  the  more  dangerous  policy 
of  treating  them  with  contempt,  and  re- 
moving them,  as  visionaries,  from  all  em- 
ployments of  public  trust.  He  refused 
them  the  benefit  of  the  laws  to  decide 
their  differences,  because  their  religion 
forbade  all  dissensions ;  and  they  were 
debarred  the  studies  of  literature  and  phi- 
losophy, which  they  could  not  learn  but 
from  Pagan  authors.  He  was  himself 
as  a  Pagan,  the  slave  of  the  most  bigoted 
superstition,  believing  in  omens  and  au- 
guries, and  fancying  himself  favored  with 
an  actual  intercourse  with  the  gods  and 
goddesses.  To  avenge  the  injuries  which 
the  empire  had  sustained  from  the  Per- 
sians, Julian  marched  into  the  heart  of 
Asia,  and  was  for  some  time  in  the  train 
of  conquest,  when,  in  a  fatal  engagement, 
though  crowned  with  victory,  he  was 
slain,  at  the  age  of  thirty-one,  after  a 
reign  of  three  years,  A.  D.  363. 

The  Roman  army  was  dispirited  by  the 


death  of  its  commander.  They  diosd 
for  their  emperor  Jovian,  a  captain  of  the 
domestic  guards,  and  purchased  a  free 
retreat  from  the  dominions  of  Persia  by 
the  ignominious  surrender  of  five  pro- 
vinces, which  had  been  ceded  by  a  for- 
mer sovereign  to  Galerius.  The  short 
reign  of  Jovian,  a  period  of  seven  months, 
was  mild  and  equitable.  He  favored 
Christianity,  and  restored  its  votaries  to 
all  their  privileges  as  subjects.  He  died 
suddenly  at  the  age  of  thirty-three. 

Valentinian  was  chosen  emperor  by 
the  army  on  the  death  of  Jovian ;  a  man 
of  obscure  birth,  and  severe  manners,  but 
of  considerable  military  talents.  He  as- 
sociated with  himself  in  the  empire  his 
brother  Valens,  to  whom  he  gave  the  do- 
minion of  the  eastern  provinces,  reserv- 
ing to  hhnself  the  western.  The  Per- 
sians, under  Sapor,  were  making  inroads 
on  the  former,  and  the  latter  was  subject 
to  continual  invasion  from  the  northern 
barbarians.  They  were  successfully  re- 
pelled by  Valentinian  in  many  battles ; 
and  his  domestic  administration  was  wise, 
equitable,  and  politic.  The  Christian  reli- 
gion was  favored  by  the  emperor,  though 
not  promoted  by  the  persecution  of  its  ad- 
versaries ;  a  contrast  to  the  conduct  of  his 
brother  Valens,  who,  intemperately  sup- 
porting the  Arian  heresy,  set  the  whole 
provinces  in  a  flame,  and  drew  a  swarm 
of  invaders  upon  the  empire  in  the  guise 
of  friends  and  allies,  who  in  the  end  en- 
tirely subverted  it.  These  were  the 
Goths,  who,  migrating  from  Scandinavia, 
had,  in  the  second  century,  settled  on  the 
banks  of  the  Palus  Mcsotis,  and  thence 
gradually  extended  their  territory.  In 
the  reign  of  Valens  they  took  possession 
of  Dacia,  and  were  known  by  the  dis- 
tinct appellation  of  Ostrogoths  and  Visi- 
goths, or  eastern  and  western  Goths ;  a 
remarkable  people,  and  whose  manners, 
customs,  government,  and  laws,  are  after- 
wards to  be  particularly  noted. 

Valentinian  died  on  an  expedition 
against  the  Alemanni,  and  was  succeed- 
ed in  the  empire  of  the  west  by  Gratian, 
his  eldest  son,  a  boy  of  sixteen  years  of 
age,  A.  D.  367.  Valens,  in  the  east,  was 
the  scourge  of  his  people.  The  Huns,  a 
new  race  of  barbarians,  of  Tartar  or  Si- 
berian origin,  now  poured  down  on  the 


ROME. 


561 


provinces  both  of  the  west  and  east.  The 
Goths,  comparatively  a  civilized  people, 
fled  before  them.  The  Visigoths,  who 
were  first  attacked,  requested  protection 
from  the  empire,  and  Valens  imprudently 
gave  them  a  settlement  in  Thrace.  The 
Ostrogoths  made  the  same  request,  and, 
on  refusal,  forced  their  way  into  the  same 
province.  Valens  gave  them  battle  at 
Adrianople  ;  his  army  was  defeated,  and 
he  himself  slain  in  the  engagement.  The 
Goths,  unresisted,  ravaged  Achaia  and 
Pannonia. 

Gratian,  a  prince  of  good  dispositions, 
but  of  little  energy  of  character,  assumed 
Theodosius  as  his  colleague,  Avho,  on  the 
early  death  of  Gratian,  and  minority  of 
his  son  Valentinian  II,  governed  with 
great  ability,  both  the  eastern  and  western 
empire.  The  character  of  Theodosius, 
deservedly  surnamed  the  Great,  was  wor- 
thy of  the  best  ages  of  the  Roman  state. 
He  successfully  repelled  the  encroach- 
ments of  the  barbarians,  and  secured,  by 
wholesome  laws,  the  prosperity  of  his 
people.  He  died,  after  a  reign  of  eigh- 
teen years,  assigning  to  his  sons,  Arca- 
dius  and  Honorius,  the  separate  sove- 
reignties of  east  and  west,  A.  D.  395. 

The  reign  of  Theodosius  was  signal- 
ized by  the  downfall  of  the  Pagan  super- 
stition, and  the  full  establishment  of  the 
Christian  religion  in  the  Roman  empire. 
This  great  revolution  of  opinions  is  highly 
worthy  of  attention,  and  naturally  induces 
a  retrospect  to  the  condition  of  the  Christ- 
ian church  from  its  institution  down  to 
this  period. 

It  has  been  frequently  remarked,  be- 
cause it  is  an  obvious  truth,  that  the  con- 
currence of  circumstances  at  the  time  of 
our  Saviour's  birth  was  such  as,  while  a 
divine  revelation  seemed  to  be  then  more 
peculiarly  needed,  the  state  of  the  world 
was  remarkably  favorable  for  the  exten- 
sive dissemination  of  the  doctrines  it 
conveyed.  The  union  of  so  many  nations 
under  one  power,  and  the  extension  of 
civilization,  were  favorable  to  the  pro- 
gress of  a  religion  which  prescribed  uni- 
versal charity  and  benevolence.  The 
gross  superstitions  of  paganism,  and  its 
tendency  to  corrupt  instead  of  purifying 
the  morals,  contributed  to  explode  its  in- 
fluence with  every  thinking  mind.  Even 
72 


the  prevalent  philosophy  of  the  times, 
Epicurism,  more  easily  understood  than 
the  refinements  of  the  Platonists,  and 
more  grateful  than  the  severities  of  the 
Stoics,  tended  to  degrade  human  nature 
to  the  level  of  the  brute  creation.  The 
Christian  religion,  thus  necessary  for  the 
reformation  of  the  world,  found  its  chief 
partisans  in  those  who  were  the  friends 
of  virtue,  and  its  enemies  among  the  vo- 
taries of  vice. 

The  persecution  which  the  Christians 
underwent  from  the  Romans  has  been 
deemed  an  exception  to  that  spirit  of  tol- 
eration they  showed  to  the  religions  of 
other  nations  ;  but  they  Avere  tolerating 
only  to  those  whose  theologies  were  not 
hostile  to  their  own.  The  religion  of  the 
Romans  was  interwoven  with  their  politi- 
cal constitution.  The  zeal  of  the  Chris- 
tians, aiming  at  the  suppression  of  all 
idolatry,  was  not  unnaturally  regarded  as 
dangerous  to  the  state  ;  and  hence  they 
were  the  object  of  hatred  and  persecu- 
tion. In  the  first  century,  the  Christian 
church  suffered  deeply  under  Nero  and 
Domitian  ;  yet  those  persecutions  had  no 
tendency  to  check  the  progress  of  its 
doctrines.  During  a  space  of  two  cen- 
turies, in  ten  successive  instances,  under 
the  Roman  emperors,  the  Christians  were 
cruelly  persecuted ;  and  the  suffering 
and  loss  of  life  exceed  calcvdation.  Some 
authors  say  that  in  Egypt  alone,  144,000 
Christians  died  by  the  violence  of  their 
persecutors,  besides  700,000  who  died 
through  the  fatigues  of  banishment,  or 
the  public  works  to  which  they  were 
condemned. 

f  It  is  a  matter  of  question  what  was  the 
form  of  the  primitive  church,  and  the 
nature  of  its  government ;  and  on  this 
head  much  diflference  of  opinion  obtains, 
not  only  between  the  Catholics  and  Pro- 
testants, but  between  the  difl^erent  classes 
of  the  latter,  as  the  Lutherans  and  Cal- 
vinists.  It  is  moreover  an  opinion,  that 
our  Saviour  and  his  apostles,  confining 
their  precepts  to  the  pure  doctrines  of 
religion,  have  left  all  Christian  societies 
to  regulate  their  frame  and  government 
in  the  manner  best  suited  to  the  civil 
constitutions  of  the  countries  in  which 
they  are  established.M 

In  the  second  cefltury,  the  books  of 


662 


ROME. 


Cruelties  practised  on  the  primittve  Christians. 


the  New  Testament  were  collected  into 
a  volume  by  the  elder  fathers  of  the 
church,  and  received  as  a  canon  of  faith, 
'i'he  Old  Testament  had  been  translated 
from  the  Hebrew  into  Greek,  by  order 
of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  284  years  be- 
fore Christ.  The  early  church  sufl'ered 
much  from  an  absurd  endeavor  of  the 
more  learned  of  its  votaries,  to  reconcile 
its  doctrines  to  the  tenets  of  the  Pagan 
philosophers ;  hence  the  sects  of  the 
Gnostics  and  Ammonians,  and  the  Pla- 
tonising  Christians.  The  Greek  churches 
began  in  the  second  century  to  form  pro- 
vincial associations,  and  establish  general 
rules  of  government  and  discipline.  As- 
semblies were  held,  termed  Synodoi  and 
Concilia,  over  which  a  metropolitan  pre- 
sided. A  short  time  after  arose  the  su- 
perior order  of  Patriarch,  presiding  over 
a  large  district  of  the  Christian  world  ; 
and  a  subordination  taking  place  even 
among  these,  the  bishop  of  Rome  was 
acknowledged  the  chief  of  the  Patriarchs. 
Persecution  still  attended  the  early  church, 
even  under  those  excellent  princes,  Tra- 
jan, Adrian,  and  the  Antonines ;  and,  in 
the  reign  of  Severiis,  the  whole  provinces 
of  the  empire  wer^tained  with  the  blood 
of  the  martyrs. 


The  third  century  was  more  favorable 
to  the  progress  of  Christianity  and  the 
tranquillity  of  its  disciples.  In  those 
times  it  suffered  less  from  the  civil  arm 
than  from  the  pens  of  the  Pagan  philoso- 
phers, Porphyry,  Philostratus,  &c;  but 
these  attacks  called  forth  the  zeal  and 
talents  of  many  able  defenders,  as  Origen, 
Dionysius,  and  Cyprian.  A  part  of  the 
Gauls,  Germany,  and  Britain,  received 
in  this  century  the  light  of  the  gospel. 

In  the  fourth  century  the  Christian 
church  was  alternately  persecuted  and 
cherished  by  the  Roman  emperors. 
Among  its  oppressors  we  rank  Diocle- 
tian, Galerius,  and  Julian.  Among  its 
favorers,  Constantine  and  his  sons,  Va- 
lentian,  Valens,  Gratian,  and  the  excel- 
lent Theodosius,  in  whose  reign  the  Pa- 
gan superstition  came  to  its  final  period. 

From  the  age  of  Numa  to  the  reign  of 
Gratian,  the  Romans  preserved  the  regu- 
lar succession  of  the  several  sacerdotal 
colleges,  the  Pontiffs,  Augurs,  Vestals, 
Flamines,  Salii,  &c,  whose  authority, 
though  weakened  in  the  latter  ages,  was 
still  protected  by  the  laws.  Even  the 
Christian  emperors  held,  like  their  Pagan 
predecessors,  the  office  of  Pontifcx  Max- 
imus.     Gratian  was  the  first  who  refused 


ROME. 


563 


that  ancient  dignity  as  a  profanation.  In 
the  time  of  I'heodosius,  the  cause  of 
Christianity  and  of  Paganism  was  solemn- 
ly debated  in  the  Roman  senate  between 
Ambrose,  archbishop  of  Milan,  the  cham- 
pion of  the  former,  and  Symmachus,  the 
defender  of  the  latter.  The  cause  of 
Christianity  was  triumphant ;  and  the 
senate  issued  its  decree  for  the  abolition 
of  Paganism,  whose  downfall  in  the  cap- 
ital was  soon  followed  by  its  extinction 
in  the  provinces.  Theodosius,  with  able 
policy,  permitted  no  persecution  of  the 
,  ancient  religion,  which  perished  with  the 

*  more  rapidity  that  its  fall  was  gentle  and 

unresisted. 

But  the  Christian  church  exhibited  a 
superstition  in  some  respects  little  less 
irrational  than  Polytheism,  in  the  wor- 
ship of  saints  and  relics ;  and  many  novel 
tenets,  unfounded  in  the  precepts  of  our 
Saviour  and  his  apostles,  were  manifestly 
borrowed  from  the  Pagan  schools.  The 
doctrines  of  the  Platonic  philosophy  seem 
to  have  led  to  the  notions  of  an  interme- 
diate state  of  purification,  celibacy  of  the 
priests,  ascetic  niortiiications,  penances, 
and  monastic  seclusion. 

In  the  reigns  of  Arcadius  and  Hono- 
rius,  the  sons  and  successors  of  Theodo- 
sius, the  barbarian  nations  established 
themselves  in  the  frontier  provinces  both 
of  the  east  and  west.  Theodosius  had 
committed  the  government  to  Rufinus 
and  Stilicho  during  the  nonage  of  his 
sons  ;  and  their  fatal  dissensions  gave 
every  advantage  to  the  enemies  of  the 
empire.  The  Huns,  actually  invited  by 
Rufinus,  overspread  Armenia,  Cappado- 
cia,  and  Syi-ia.  The  Goths,  under  Alaric, 
ravaged  to  the  borders  of  Italy,  and  laid 
waste  Achaia  to  the  Peloponnesus.  Stili- 
cho, an  able  general,  made  a  noble  stand 
against  these  invaders ;  but  his  plans 
were  frustrated  by  the  machinations  of 
his  rivals,  and  the  weakness  of  Arcadius, 
who  purchased  an  ignominious  peace,  by 
ceding  to  Alaric  the  whole  of  Greece. 

Alaric,  now  styled  king  of  the  Visi- 
goths, prepared  to  add  Italy  to  his  new 
dominions.  He  passed  the  Alps,  and  was 
carrying  all  before  him,  when,  amused 
by  the  politic  Stilicho  with  the  prospect 
of  a  new  cession  of  territory,  he  was  taken 
at  unawares,  and  defeated  by  that  gene- 


ral, then  commanding  the  armies  of  Ho- 
norius.  The  emperor  triumphantly  cele- 
brated, on  that  occasion,  the  eternal  de- 
feat of  the  Gothic  nation  ;  an  eternity 
bounded  by  the  lapse  of  a  few  months. 
In  this  interval,  a  torrent  of  the  Goths 
breaking  down  upon  Germany,  forced 
the  nations  whom  they  dispossessed,  the 
Suevi,  Alani,  and  Vandals,  to  precipitate 
themselves  upon  Italy.  They  joined 
their  arms  to  those  of  Alaric,  who,  thus 
re-enforced,  determined  to  overwhelm 
Rome.  The  policy  of  Stilicho  made  him 
change  his  purpose,  on  the  promise  of 
4,000  pounds  weight  of  gold  ;  a  promise 
repeatedly  broken  by  Honorius,  and  its 
violation  finally  revenged  by  Alaric,  by 
the  sack  andplunderof  thecity,  A.  D.410. 
With  generous  magnanimity,  he  was 
sparing  of  the  lives  of  the  vanquished, 
and,  with  singular  liberality  of  spirit, 
anxious  to  preserve  every  ancient  edifice 
from  destruction. 

Alaric,  preparing  now  for  the  conquest 
of  Sicily  and  Africa,  died  at  this  era  of  his 
highest  glory ;  and  Honorius,  instead  of 
profiting  I)y  this  event  to  recover  his  lost 
provinces,  made  a  treaty  Avith  his  suc- 
cessor Ataulfus,  gave  him  in  marriage 
his  sister  Placida,  and  secured  his  friend- 
ship by  ceding  to  him  a  portion  of  Spain, 
while  a  great  part  of  what  remained  had 
before  been  occupied  by  the  Vandals. 
He  allowed  soon  after  to  the  Burgundians 
a  just  title  to  their  conquests  in  Gaul. 
Thus  the  western  empire  was  by  degrees 
mouldering  from  under  the  dominion  of 
its  ancient  masters. 

In  the  east,  the  mean  and  dissolute 
Arcadius  died  in  the  year  408,  leaving 
that  empire  to  his  infant  son  Theodosius 
II,  whose  sister  Pulcheria  swayed  the 
sceptre  with  much  prudence  and  ability, 
and  the  weakness  of  her  brother  allowed 
her  government  to  be  of  forty  years  con- 
tinuance. Honorius  died  in  the  year 
423.  The  laws  of  Arcadius  and  Hono- 
rius are,  with  a  few  exceptions,  remark- 
able for  their  wisdom  and  equity ;  a 
singular  phenomenon,  considering  the 
personal  character  of  those  princes,  and 
evincing  at  least  that  they  employed  some 
able  ministers. 

The  Vandals,  under  Genseric,  subdued 
the  Roman  province  in  Africa.  The  Huns 


564 


RUSSIA. 


in  the  east,  extended  their  conquests 
from  the  borders  of  China  to  the  Bakic 
sea.  Under  Attila  they  laid  waste  Moe- 
sia  and  Thrace  ;  and  Theodosius  II,  after 
a  mean  attempt  to  murder  the  Barbarian 
general,  ingloriously  submitted  to  pay 
him  an  annual  tribute.  It  was  in  this 
crisis  of  universal  decay,  that  the  Britons 
implored  the  Romans  to  defend  them 
against  the  Picts  and  Scots,  but  received 
for  answer,  that  they  had  nothing  to  be- 
stow on  them  but  compassion. 

Attila,  with  an  army  oi"  500,000  men, 
threatened  the  total  destruction  of  the 
empire.  He  was  ably  opposed  by  iEti- 
tius,  general  of  Valentinian  III,  now  em- 
peror of  the  west,  who  was  himself  shut 
up  in  Rome  by  the  arms  of  the  Barba- 


rian, and  at  length  compelled  to  purchase 
a  peace.  On  the  death  of  Attila,  his 
dominions  were  dismembered  by  his  sons, 
whose  dissensions  gave  temporary  relief 
to  the  falling  empire. 

After  Valentinian  III,  we  have  in  the 
west  a  succession  of  princes,  or  rather 
names ;  for  the  events  of  their  reigns 
merit  no  detail.  In  the  reign  of  Romu- 
lus, surnamed  Augustulus,  the  son  of 
Orestes,  the  empire  of  the  west  came  to 
a  final  period.  Odoacer,  prince  of  the 
Heruli,  subdued  Italy,  and  spared  the  life 
of  Augustulus,  on  the  condition  of  his  re- 
signing the  throne,  A.  D.  476.  From  the 
building  of  Rome  to  this  era,  the  extinc- 
tion of  the  Western  Empire,  is  a  period 
of  1224  years. 


RUSSIA. 


The  origin  of  the  Russian  empire  is 
involved  in  great  obscurity.  A  herd  of 
the  Slavi,  Slavonians,  or  as  they  are  of- 
tener  called,  Sclavonians,  who  had  ad- 
vanced from  the  banks  of  the  Danube, 
and  Avere  wandering  upon  those  of  the 
Dneper,  are  supposed  to  have  fixed  them- 
selves about  the  5th  century,  in  the  re- 
gion now  occupied  by  the  government 
of  Kief,  and  to  have  built  their  capital, 
which  is  still  known  by  the  same  name. 
It  is  also  conjectured  that  another  tribe 
of  the  Slavi  fixed  themselves  on  the  Vol- 
chof,  and  founded  the  well-known  city  of 
Novgorod.  Of  neither  tribe  do  we  pos- 
sess any  regular  accounts  till  about  the 
middle  of  the  9th  century.  According 
to  the  Russian  historians  the  Slavi  were 
completely  subjected  about  the  year  860, 
by  the  Varages,  or  Varagians,  a  piratical 
nation  who  dwelt  upon  tlie  coasts  of  the 
Baltic,  under  their  leader,  Rurik,  who  es- 
tablished the  seat  of  his  government, 
near  the  Volchof,  at  a  place  called  Old 
Ladoga,  and  who,  with  two  other  chiefs, 
governed  the  conquered  provinces.  From 
this  period  may  be  dated  the  commence- 
ment of  the  Russian  monarchy. 

Nothing  of  much  interest  occurs  in 
Russian  history  till  the  time  when  Vla- 


dimir, prince  of  northern  Russia,  acquir- 
ed the  undivided  possession  of  all  his 
father's  territories,  which  he  widely  ex- 
tended, and  became  one  of  the  most  dis- 
tinguished monarchs  of  the  age.  He 
carried  on  a  successful  war  with  Poland. 
By  his  victories,  he  extended  and  enrich- 
ed his  empire,  and  established  the  Chris- 
tian religion,  which  had  hitherto  made 
little  progress  in  his  dominions.  He 
himself  was  baptized  by  the  name  of 
Basilius,  and  was  married  to  the  sister 
(or  the  niece)  of  the  Grecian  emperors 
Basilius  and  Constantine.  If  we  can 
credit  history,  after  his  conversion  he 
became  quite  another  man,  and  led  an 
exemplary  life  of  virtue  and  religion. 
The  establishment  of  Christianity,  and 
with  it  of  arts  and  sciences,  commerce, 
and  schools,  forms  the  most  memorable 
event  in  the  life  of  Vladimir,  (and  one  of 
the  most  important  in  the  history  of  Rus- 
sia,) who,  considering  the  time  in  which 
he  lived,  has  with  some  justice  been 
called  Vladimir  the  Great.  In  his  old 
age,  he  marched  against  a  rebellious  son, 
on  whom  he  had  bestowed  the  government 
of  Novgorod  ;  but  he  died  of  grief  upon 
the  road,  after  a  long  and  glorious  reign 
of  thirty -five  years. 


RUSSIA. 


565 


Before  his  death,  Vladimir  had  divided 
his  extensive  dominions  among  his  twelve 
sons,  whom  he  had  had  by  four  wives, 
reserving  to  himself  and  his  immediate 
heir  the  grand  principality  of  Kief.  The 
consequences  of  this  ill-judged  distribu- 
tion were  dreadful.  Disunion,  conten- 
tion, and  almost  perpetual  warfare  exist- 
ed among  his  descendants. 

The  Poles  and  the  Hungarians  took 
advantage  of  the  intestine  broils  that 
attended  the  dismemberment  of  the  Rus- 
sian monarchy,  and  made  several  suc- 
cessful inroads.  The  Tartars  likewise 
made  different  irruptions  into  Russia,  and 
at  length,  under  the  Khan  Batii  com- 
pletely overran  it,  and  made  themselves 
masters  of  Kief  and  Novgorod.  Although 
the  khan  did  not  himself  assume  the 
nominal  dignity,  he  may  be  said  to  have 
been  sovereign,  as  he  placed  on  the 
throne  any  of  the  native  princes  whom 
he  pleased.  Among  a  succession  of 
these,  Alexander  Yaroslavitch,  prince  of 
Novgorod,  was  by  far  the  most  distin- 
guished. He  was  installed  Great  Duke 
of  Russia  by  the  Tartar  khan  in  1252, 
and  continued  to  reign  till  1264.  A  vic- 
tory which  he  had  gained  over  the  Livon- 
ians  and  the  Swedes  in  1240,  on  the 
banks  of  the  river  Neva,  procured  him 
the  honorable  surname  of  Nevskii.  He 
is  one  of  the  tutelary  saints  of  the  Rus- 
so-Greek  church,  and  his  memory  is  held 
at  this  day  in  the  greatest  veneration. 
After  him  followed  a  number  of  other 
princes,  as  Yaroslaf  III,  Vassilii  I, 
Dmitrii  H,  Andrei  III,  Daniel,  Georgii, 
Dmitrii,  Alexander  II,  &c,  &;c,  whose 
times,  like  the  past,  had  been  disturbed 
by  internal  commotions,  and  trifling  war- 
fares. 

In  1328,  Ivan  Danilovitch,  surnamed 
Kalita,  received  the  principalities  of 
Vladimir  and  Moscow  from  the  Tartar 
khan,  and  Moscow  was  then  declared  to 
be  the  capital  of  all  Russia.  This  city 
had  been  founded  in  1147,  but  was 
greatly  improved,  especially  the  Kremle 
by  Ivan,  who  also  established  the  dignity 
of  metropolitan,  and  founded  the  cathe- 
drals of  the  Assumption,  of  St.  Michael, 
and  of  the  Transfiguration  in  this  city. 
He  was  succeeded  in  1353  by  Ivan  II, 
whose  reign,  which  had  been  tranquil, 


tenninated  with  his  death,  by  the  plague, 
in  1358.  An  intrigue  of  ten  years  fol- 
lowed, and  was  accompanied  with  its 
common  evils.  About  the  year  1362, 
Dmitrii  obtained  the  great  principality 
from  Hildir,  khan  of  the  Tartars.  After 
a  reign  of  about  two  years  he  was  depo- 
sed, and  it  was  given  to  the  true  heir 
Dmitrii  Donskoi. 

Dmitrii  Donskoi  was  the  son  of  Ivan 
II.  His  reign  lasted  twenty-six  years, 
with  fame  and  glory.  He  is  not  reckon- 
ed to  have  had  great  talents,  but  many 
virtues,  and  to  have  been  beloved  of  his 
subjects.  He  became  so  powerful  as  to 
have  received  the  homage  of  almost  all 
the  Russian  princes.  Proud  of  the  in- 
crease of  his  own  power,  and  despising 
the  weakness  of  his  rivals,  he  refused  to 
pay  tribute  to  the  Tartars.  War  was  the 
consequence  between  him  and  Mamai, 
the  khan.  A  dreadful  battle  was  fought 
on  the  Don,  in  which  Dmitrii,  after  va- 
rious success,  was  ultimately  successful, 
and  hence  received  the  surname  Donskoi. 
He  had  the  misfortune,  however,  to  see 
Moscow  taken  and  burned  by  the  Tar- 
tars under  Tachtamish,  in  the  year  1382, 
when  most  of  the  inhabitants  perished  by 
fire,  water,  or  the  sword,  and  the  rest 
were  made  prisoners.  He  died  in  1389, 
and  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Vassilii 
(II.)  During  his  reign,  the  Tartars  made 
another  incursion  into  Russia,  under  the 
famous  Timur,  or  Tamerlane,  who,  after 
having  subdued  all  the  neighboring  Tar- 
tar hordes,  extended  his  conquests  to  the 
Russian  territories,  took  Moscow  by  as- 
sault, and  carried  off  immense  plunder. 
During  this  sovereign's  reign  Russia  three 
times  experienced  the  horrors  of  the 
plague,  and  oftener  than  once  was  exposed 
to  famine.  Vassilii  died  in  1 425,  and  was 
succeeded  by  his  son  Vassilii  HI,  sur- 
named the  Blind,  who  twice  lost  his 
throne,  was  re-established  upon  it,  and 
died  after  a  reign  of  thirty-seven  years. 

The  latter  end  of  the  fifteenth  century 
forms  a  splendid  epoch  in  the  history  of 
Russia.  From  1462  to  1505  reigned  the 
famous  prince  Ivan  Vassilievitch,  who,  in 
a  second  marriage,  espoused  Sophia, 
daughter  of  Thomas  Paleologus.  At  her 
instigation  he  shook  off  the  Tartar  yoke, 
attacked  their  territories,  and  made  himself 


566 


RUSSIA 


master  of  KazCin,  where  he  was  solemnly 
crowned.  This  last  event  took  place 
about  the  year  1470,  andled  to  a  complete 
emancipation  from  the  dominions  of  the 
Tartars.  He  extended  his  territories 
immensely,  and  subjected  Novgorod 
after  a  seven  years,  siege,  and  there  ob- 
tained immense  treasures.  In  his  reign, 
the  knowledge  of  gun-powder,  and  the  art 
of  casting  cannon  were  introduced  into 
Russia  by  Aristotle  of  Bologna,  who, 
along  with  other  foreigners,  was  employ- 
ed to  recoin  the  Russian  money.  Aris- 
totle, Solarius,  and  others,  at  a  vast  ex- 
pense, enclosed  the  Kremles  of  Moscow 
and  Novgorod  with  thick  walls,  for  the 
sake  of  greater  security.  After  a  reign 
of  forty-three-years,  Ivdn  was  murdered 
or  died,  in  the  60th  year  of  his  age. 

In  the  year  1505,  his  son  Vassilii  IV, 
surnamed  the  Courageous,  ascended  his 
father's  throne.  The  Tartars  not  only 
revolted,  but  with  a  mighty  force  entered 
Russia,  and  carried  their  arms  even  to 
the  gates  of  Moscow,  and  forced  the 
sovereign  to  make  presents  and  give  a 
promise  of  renewed  allegiance.  Soon 
afterwards,  however,  VassiUi  recovered 
Kazdn,  as  well  as  Pskof,  a  town  which 
possessed  considerable  commerce  and 
wealth.  Under  his  reign  all  the  princi- 
palities of  Russia  were  united,  and  they 
have  ever  since  remained  under  the  do- 
minion of  one  sovereign.  After  a  reign  of 
twenty-eight  years  Vassilii  died,  and  was 
succeeded  by  his  son  Iv^n  (IV.)  Vassilie- 
vitch,  who  was  afterwards  surnamed  the 
Terrible,  and  by  foreigners  the  Tyrant. 
As  he  was  only  three  years  old,  the 
queen-mother  was  appointed  regent  during 
his  minority,  an  office  for  which  she  did 
not  possess  the  requisite  talents.  She 
died  in  1538,  and  afterwards  when  Ivan 
had  attained  his  seventeenth  year,  he  as- 
sumed the  reins  of  government,  secured 
the  domestic  tranquillity  of  his  dominions, 
made  himself  master  of  the  kingdoms  of 
Kaz^n  and  Astrach^n,  and  liberated  for 
ever  his  country  from  the  thraldom  of  the 
Tartars.  In  the  year  1750,  the  inhabitants 
of  Novgorod  were  suspected  of  having 
formed  a  conspiracy  for  surrendering  the 
city  and  the  surrounding  territory  into  the 
hands  of  the  king  of  Poland,  and  they 
dearly  feh  the  eflects  of  Ivdn's  vengeance  ; 


25,000  of  those  who  were  implicated  in 
the  plot,  having  suffered  by  the  hands  of 
the  executioner.  With  justice,  there- 
fore, this  monarch  was  named  the  Terri- 
ble or  the  Tyrant.  He  was  at  great 
pains,  however,  to  adopt  measures  for  the 
improvement  and  civilization  of  his  peo- 
ple, and  his  new  code  of  laws  called  the 
Soodebnik,  is  well  known  even  at  this 
day.  He  sent  an  embassy  to  the  empe- 
ror of  Germany,  on  purpose  to  request 
him  to  permit  a  number  of  German  ar- 
tists, mechanics,  and  literary  characters 
to  establish  themselves  in  Russia  ;  but  in 
consequence  of  measures  taken  by  the 
jealous  inhabitants  of  Lubeck,  few  of 
them  reached  Moscow.  Ivan  engaged 
in  a  war  with  Sweden,  for  the  posses- 
sion of  Finland,  in  which  he  reaped  lit- 
tle advantage.  He  invited  some  English- 
men to  Moscow,  who,  when  on  a  voy- 
age of  discovery,  had  landed  on  the 
shores  of  the  White  Sea,  near  the  situa- 
tion of  Archangel,  and  treated  them  in 
the  kindest  manner.  In  consequence  of 
this,  and  of  his  great  esteem  for  the  Eng- 
lish, a  new  commerce  was  established 
between  Russia  and  England.  In  the 
reign  of  Ivdn,  Siberia  was  also  conquer- 
ed by  the  brave  Yermak  with  his  band  of 
plunderers,  and  afterwards  presented  to 
the  Tsar,  a  title  which,  according  to  some 
accounts,  he  was  the  first  to  assume.  But 
he  also  endured  reverses.  In  his  time, 
Russia  was  invaded  by  the  Tartars,  and 
even  Moscow  was  plundered,  and  com- 
pletely burned,  and  above  120,000  citi- 
zens, besides  women  and  children  and 
foreigners,  were  also  burned  or  buried  in 
the  ruins.  The  Livonians,  Poles,  and 
Swedes,  having  united  in  a  league  against 
the  Russians,  gained  great  advantages 
over  them  ;  but  peace  afterwards  ensued. 
Soon  after  these  events  the  tsar  was  de- 
feated in  an  engagement  with  the  Tar- 
tars, and  died  in  the  year  1584,  when  his 
eldest  son  Pheodor,  a  weak  prince,  be- 
came possessor  of  the  throne.  He  had 
married  the  sister  of  Boris  Godunof,  a 
man  of  great  ambition,  immense  riches, 
and  considerable  talents,  and  who  aimed 
at  the  imperial  dignity,  which  he  ulti- 
mately attained.  The  young  prince  Drai- 
trii,  only  brother  of  Pheodor,  suddenly 
disappeared,  and  it  is  generally  supposed 


RUSSIA. 


567 


that  he  was  assassinated  by  order  of  Bo- 
ris. Pheodor  soon  afterwards  died,  in 
1598 ;  and  it  was  strongly  suspected 
that  he  had  been  poisoned  by  his  brother- 
in-law.  With  him  ended  the  family  of 
Rurik,  a  dynasty  which  had  possessed 
the  sovereign  power  in  Russia  ever  since 
the  establishment  of  the  principality  by 
that  Varagian  chief.  As  there  was  now 
no  hereditary  successor  to  the  vacant 
throne,  by  the  artifice  and  intrigues  of  his 
partisans,  Boris  Godunof,  succeeded  in 
his  place  of  being  elected  tsar  ;  an  hon- 
or of  which  he  proved  himself  not  un- 
worthy, if  we  could  overlook  the  means 
by  which  he  ascended  the  throne.  In 
every  way  he  endeavored  to  advance 
the  interests  of  his  nation,  and  to  improve 
the  state  of  his  people,  as  by  the  extension 
of  commerce,  and  the  encouragement  of 
arts  and  sciences  and  manufactures.  He 
made  himself  respected  abroad,  and  re- 
ceived ambassadors  from  almost  all  the 
powers  of  Europe,  and  concluded  an  ad- 
vantageous alliance  with  Sweden.  His 
reign,  however,  was  rendered  unhappy 
by  one  of  the  most  dreadful  famines  on 
record,  and  by  the  successful  operations 
of  Otrepief,  a  monk,  who  represented 
himself  as  the  murdered  Dmitrii,  the  son 
of  the  late  tsar,  and  the  heir  of  the  crown. 
Boris,  unable  to  resist  the  torrent  of 
public  opinion  in  favor  of  his  rival,  is 
said  to  have  taken  poison,  which  caused 
his  death  in  the  year  1605.  Though  his 
son  Pheodor  was  placed  upon  the  throne 
by  the  principal  nobility,  yet  the  party 
of  the  false  Dmitrii,  as  he  is  generally 
called,  was  so  strong  that  the  new  tsar  was 
dethroned,  within  six  weeks  after  his  ac- 
cession, and  with  his  mother  and  sister 
was  sent  to  prison. 

Otrepief  had  now  attained  the  summit 
of  his  ambitious  hopes,  and  made  his  en- 
try into  Moscow  with  the  utmost  magni- 
ficence, attended  by  his  Russian  adhe- 
rents and  his  Polish  friends.  He  is  said 
to  have  caused  the  death  of  the  dethron- 
ed Pheodor,  as  well  as  that  of  his  sister 
by  strangulation.  The  new  tsar,  though 
he  possessed  abilities,  lost  the  hearts  of 
the  Russians  by  his  extreme  imprudence, 
and  at  length  turned  them  against  him. 
The  populace,  incensed  by  the  clergy, 
declaimed  against  Dmitrii  as  a  heretic, 


and  Shuiskii,  a  nobleman,  who  had  been 
condemned  to  death  by  the  tsar,  but  had 
afterwards  been  pardoned,  put  himself  at 
the  head  of  the  enraged  mob,  and  attack- 
ed the  tsar's  palace.  Dmitrii,  as  well 
as  his  closest  adherents,  were  killed.  By 
interest,  cunning,  and  intrigue,  Vassilii 
Shuiskii  secured  his  election,  as  the  Rus- 
sian historians  afl'ect  to  call  it,  to  the 
vacant  throne.  His  reign  was  short, 
uninteresting,  and  greatly  disturbed  by 
factions,  and  by  the  pretensions  of  other 
two  factitious  Dmitriis,  who  successively 
declared  themselves  to  be  either  the  late 
tsar,  or  the  prince  whom  he  had  caused 
to  be  assassinated.  While  the  country  was 
in  confusion,  and  quite  distracted,  Russia 
was  invaded  by  the  Poles,  who  deposed 
Shuiskii,  made  him  prisoner,  and  sent 
him  to  Poland,  where  he  died  in  the  year 
1612.  His  fate  excited  little  regret,  be- 
cause of  the  false  part  he  had  acted  to- 
wards Otrepief,  who  had  saved  his  life, 
although  himself  an  usurper. 

The  state  of  Russia  at  the  beginning  of 
the  seventeenth  century,  Avas  at  first  most 
melancholy,  but  afterwards  most  glorious. 
One  usurper  followed  another.  Shuiskii 
was  deposed  and  a  prisoner ;  Moscow 
without  a  sovereign,  was  pillaged,  and 
occupied  by  the  Poles  ;  the  great  Nov- 
gorod was  seized  by  the  Swedes  ;  and 
the  whole  kingdom  was  in  a  state  of  an- 
archy and  confusion.  Notliing  seemed 
to  be  anticipated  but  the  final  partition,  or 
the  entire  annihilation  of  the  empire, 
when  suddenly  and  unexpectedly  her 
liberators  appeared.  Kosma  Minin,  a 
butcher  of  Nijnii  Novgorod,  roused  by 
the  highest  patriotism,  resolved  to  deliver 
his  country  from  her  enemies,  or  to  sacri- 
fice his  all  in  the  attempt.  He  inspired 
his  countrymen  with  the  same  sentiments, 
who  immediately  contributed  their  prop- 
erty to  bear  the  general  charge,  or  act  for 
the  general  good.  The  old  gave  their 
benediction  to  the  young  ;  wives  received 
the  oaths  of  their  husbands  and  children 
to  conquer  or  die  for  their  coimtry ;  fe- 
males, old  and  young,  divested  themselves 
of  their  ornaments,  their  pearls,  and  pre- 
cious stones ;  and  the  citizens  transported 
their  most  valuable  effects  to  a  general 
depot.  Prince  Pojarskii,  who  had  dis- 
tinguished  himself  during  the  reign  of 


568 


RUSSIA. 


the  Tsar  Shuiskii,  was  chosen  as  com- 
mander of  numerous  troops,  which  were 
rapidly  assembled.  He  conducted  them 
to  Moscow,  vanquished  the  Poles  in  va- 
rious engagements,  and  liberated  Russia 
from  the  thraldom  of  her  enemies. 

Though  there  had  been  divisions  among 
the  nobles  as  to  the  choice  of  a  sovereign, 
especially  whether  they  should  have  a 
Polish  or  a  Swedish  prince,  the  most 
powerful  party  were  desirous  of  elevating 
to  the  throne  a  native  Russian,  a  distant 
relation  of  the  ancient  family  of  the 
Tsars,  whose  father  Philaretes,  was  me- 
tropolitan of  Rostof.  This  young  noble 
at  first  declined  the  high  destiny,  but  at 
length  ascended  the  throne,  with  almost 
general  consent,  and  was  the  first  of  the 
present  family  and  dynasty,  Romanof, 
whose  descendants  have  raised  the  em- 
pire to  a  state  of  grandeur  and  importance 
unequalled  in  any  former  period. 

Assisted  by  the  sage  councils  of  his 
venerable  father,  Michail  Phoedorovitch, 
he  avoided  those  disasters  which  had 
overwhelmed  his  immediate  predecessors, 
and  acquired  the  affection  and  love  of 
his  subjects.  He  formed  useful  treaties 
of  alliance  with  the  principal  commercial 
states  of  Europe.  His  reign  of  thirty- 
two  years  was  prosperous  for  his  country 
and  glorious  to  himself.  Under  his  sway 
Russia  acquired  a  hitherto  unknown  im- 
portance in  the  scale  of  nations.  At  his 
death  in  1645  or  1646,he  was  succeeded 
by  one  of  the  most  distinguished  princes 
of  the  present  dynasty,  the  Tsar,  Alexei 
Michailovitch,  who  was  only  fifteen  years 
of  age.  Morosof,  a  nobleman  of  conse- 
quence, had  been  appointed  his  governor 
and  regent  of  the  empire ;  but  by  neglect- 
ing his  duties,  he  became  very  unpopular, 
and,  but  for  the  special  entreaty  of  the 
Tsar,  he  would  have  fallen  a  sacrifice  to 
the  rage  of  the  multitude.  Alexei  in- 
creased and  strengthened  the  empire,  by 
introducing  a  more  regular  discipline  into 
the  army,  and  by  revising,  amending,  and 
new-modelling  the  code  of  laws,  the 
Soodehnik,  compiled  by  Ivdn  Vassilievitch 
IV,  which  was  now  known  under  the 
name  of  Ullojenive  (or  code  of  laws.) 
He  invited  foreign  officers  into  his  ser- 
vice, and  procured  ship-builders  from 
Amsterdam,  who  were  employed  in  con- 


structing vessels  for  the  Caspian  sea, 
and  greatly  encouraged  commerce.  He 
waged  war  with  the  Poles,  and  with  the 
Swedes,  which  terminated  in  peace.  He 
also  led  his  army  against  the  Turks,  and 
left  the  prosecution  of  the  war  to  his 
successor.  His  merits  have  been  much 
overlooked,  and  especially  by  the  adula- 
tors of  Peter  the  Great ;  for  it  cannot  be 
doubted,  by  the  impartial  records  of  Rus- 
sian history,  that  some  of  the  improve- 
ments, attributed  to  Peter,  originated  with 
his  grandfather,  Alexei.  When  he  was 
removed  by  death  from  the  throne,  he  left 
behind  him  three  sons  and  six  daughters. 
Two  of  the  sons,  Pheodor  and  Ivan,  were 
by  a  first  marriage  ;  the  third,  Peter,  was 
by  a  second. 

About  the  middle  of  the  year  1689, 
Peter,  who  had  now  attained  his  17th 
year,  succeeded  in  securing  to  himself 
the  undivided  sovereignty.  His  brother 
Iv^n,  though  still  nominally  Tsar,  had 
voluntarily  resigned  all  participation  in 
the  administration  of  affairs,  and  with- 
drawn to  a  life  of  obscurity.  The  first 
objects  to  which  Peter  directed  his  atten- 
tion, were  the  establishment  of  a  regular 
and  well-disciplined  army,  and  the  con- 
struction of  a  navy.  Lefort,  a  Genevese, 
and  Gordon,  a  Scotchman,  were  of  emi- 
nent service  to  him  for  the  organization 
of  the  army ;  and  he  spared  neither  trouble 
nor  expense  so  as  to  acquire  a  navy.  As 
has  been  related  in  his  life,  he  travelled 
into  foreign  countries,  and  worked  like  a 
common  carpenter  in  the  dock-yards,  that 
he  might  become  master  of  ship-building. 
He  prosecuted  the  war  against  the  Turks 
with  vigor  and  success,  and  made  him- 
self master  of  Azof.  He  formed  a  plan, 
with  Augiistus  king  of  Poland,  and  Fred- 
erick king  of  Denmark,  to  deprive  the 
young  and  inexperienced  Charles  XII, 
of  his  dominions,  in  which  they  entirely 
failed.  Indeed,  at  Narva,  with  a  very 
small  body  of  troops,  Charles  obtained  a 
most  signal  victory  over  an  immense 
Russian  army.  After  this  Peter  evacua-  I 
ted  all  the  provinces  that  he  had  invaded.  ^ 

Instructed,  however,  by  disasters  and 
skirmishes,  in  which  he  was  at  times 
victorious,  Peter's  troops  at  length  de- 
feated the  Swedes,  which  animated  them 
with  new  courage.   Notwithstanding  this, 


RUSSIA 


569 


they  siijffered  a  disgraceful  defeat  near 
the  Dneper,  when  the  northern  Tsar  was 
glad  to  make  overtures  for  an  accommo- 
dation. The  advance  of  Charles  XII, 
to  within  a  hundred  leagues  of  Moscow, 
— his  deception  by  the  traitor,  Mazeppa, 
ataman  of  the  Koz^ks,  who  promised 
more  assistance  than  he  could  give — the 
difficulties  and  hardships  his  army  en- 
countered near  the  river  Disne,  in  a  forest 
above  forty  leagues  in  extent,  and  filled 
with  rocks,  mountains,  and  marshes — 
and  his  signal  deleat,  after  gaining  differ- 
ent victories  at  the  battle  of  Poltava,  are 
well-known  events.  Charles  escaped 
with  great  difficulty,  and  at  length  reached 
Otchakof,  on  the  frontiers  of  Turkey. 
While  Peter  was  reaping  the  advantages 
of  his  victory,  Charles  found  an  invalu- 
able friend  in  Achmet  II,  who  then  filled 
the  throne  of  the  east.  In  1711,  this 
sovereign  assembled  an  immense  army, 
and  made  preparations  to  invade  Russia. 
The  Tsar  having  had  intimation  of  his 
desigii,  and  expecting  to  receive  great 
assistance  from  Kantemir,  hospodar  of 
Moldavia,  and  a  vassal  of  the  Porte,  re- 
solved to  anticipate  the  Turks,  and  by 
rapid  marches  advanced  as  far  as  Yassy, 
the  capital  of  that  province,  situated  on 
the  Preuth.  Here  he  was  surrounded, 
and  but  for  the  prudent  and  sage  counsels 
of  his  consort  Catharine  I,  he  would  most 
probably  have  been  taken  prisoner,  or 
reduced  to  the  most  humiliating  terms. 
But  by  the  treaty  which  was  concluded, 
Peter  was  extricated  from  a  dangerous 
enemy,  and  returned  to  his  capital.  Three 
years  after  the  death  of  Charles,  in  1718, 
a  peace  was  concluded  between  Russia 
and  Sweden.  The  Swedes  ceded  to 
Russia,  Livonia,  Esthonia,  and  Ingria,  or 
part  of  Karelia,  the  territory  of  Wiburgh, 
the  isle  of  Oesel,  and  all  the  other  islands 
in  the  Baltic,  from  Courland  to  Wiburgh. 
For  these  concessions  they  received  back 
Finland,  which  had  been  conquered  by 
Peter,  together  with  2,000,000  dollars, 
and  obtained  some  privileges. 

After  leading  one  of  the  most  active, 
extraordinary,  and  useful  lives  as  a  sover- 
eign, and  repeatedly  having  known  the 
extremes  of  good  and  bad  fortune,  Peter 
died  in  the  year  1725.  He  well  merited 
the  cognomen,  the  Great,  as  well  as  the 
73 


title  of  emperor,  which  he^rst  assumed, 
and  which  has  been  ever  since  continued 
to  his  successors.  In  his  public  charac- 
ter, Peter  must  be  allowed  to  have  been 
a  great  politician,  statesman,  and  general, 
although  he  made  some  important  blun- 
ders in  all  these  capacities.  He  did  not 
civilize  his  people,  as  is  generally  stated  ; 
but  he  laid,  or  extended  widely,  the  basis 
of  their  civilization.  Upon  this  basis  a 
structure  has  been  gradually  rearing, 
which,  it  is  to  be  hoped,  will  continue  to 
prosper  through  a  succession  of  reigns, 
until  the  demi-civilized  inhabitants  of  the 
north  shall  be  entitled  to  rank  with  the 
other  states  of  Europe.  He  formed  a 
navy  in  his  empire ;  re-organised  an  ar- 
my ;  promulgated  useful  laws  ;  protected, 
and,  to  a  certain  extent,  purified  the  re- 
ligion of  his  country ;  introduced  and 
fostered  arts  and  sciences,  and  literature ; 
and  he  ardently  and  successfully  promo- 
ted the  general  improvement  of  Russia. 
He  founded  Petersburgh,  and  made  it  his 
residence,  and  the  capital.  He  extended 
the  commerce  of  his  empire,  and  gave 
every  encouragement  to  trade  and  manu- 
factures. He  made  canals,  repaired 
roads,  instituted  regular  posts,  and  gave 
regulations  for  a  uniformity  of  weights 
and  measures. 

Peter  was  succeeded  by  his  consort 
Catharine  I,  who  had  previously  shown 
herself  worthy  of  the  imperial  throne. 
During  the  reign  of  her  spouse,  she  was 
distingaiished  as  a  woman  of  a  dignified 
and  noble  character.  After  she  ascended 
the  throne,  she  prosecuted,  with  vigor 
and  prudence,  the  plans  commenced  by 
Peter  the  Great.  Her  short  reign  of  two 
years  was  characterized  by  forbearance 
and  mercy.  Peter  the  Great's  grandson, 
Peter  II,  when  only  twelve  years  of  age, 
succeeded  Catharine.  His  reign  of  three 
years'  duration  was  more  distinguished 
by  court  intrigue  than  interesting  events. 
He  died  of  the  small-pox,  when  on  the 
eve  of  his  marriage  in  1730.  During  the 
latter  part  of  his  reign  he  held  his  court 
at  Moscow,  a  measure  which  gave  great 
satisfaction  to  the  nobles. 

The  male  issue  of  Peter  being  now 
extinct,  the  duke  of  Holstein,  son  to  Pe- 
ter's oldest  daughter,  by  the  declaration 
of  the  late  empress,  was  entitled  to  tho 


570 


RUSSIA. 


crown ;  but.  *Jie  Russians,  for  political 
reasons,  filled  the  throne  with  Ann, 
duchess  of  Courland,  second  daughter  to 
Ivan,  Peter's  eldest  brother.  Her  reign 
was  extremely  prosperous,  and  though 
she  accepted  the  crown  under  limitations 
that  were  thought  derogatory  to  her  dig- 
nity, yet  she  broke  through  them  all,  and 
asserted  the  prerogatives  of  her  ances- 
tors. She  was  governed  by  her  favorite 
Biron,  whom  she  raised  to  the  duchy  of 
Courland.  She  had  considerable  influ- 
ence in  the  affairs  of  Poland  ;  she  nar- 
rowly escaped  a  war  with  France  ;  she 
ceded  the  territories  on  the  shores  of  the 
Caspian,  which  had  been  seized  by  Pe- 
ter the  Great,  in  consideration  of  some 
privileges  granted  to  the  Russian  mer- 
chants ;  she  maintained  a  war  against  the 
Turks,  and,  after  one  army  had  been  se- 
verely beat  in  the  Krimea,  she  sent  new 
forces,  who  overcame  the  Tartars,  and 
desolated  that  peninsula  ;  she  took  Otch- 
akof,  and  subdued  Moldavia ;  and  after 
the  loss  of  above  100,000  men,  and  vast 
sums  of  money,  she  concluded  a  treaty 
with  the  Porte,  by  virtue  of  which  Mol- 
davia and  Otchakof  were  given  back,  and 
Russia  gained  nothing,  except  permission 
to  build  a  fortress  upon  the  Don. 

At  the  death  of  Ann  in  the  year  1740, 
Ivan  Antonovitch,  the  son  of  her  niece, 
the  princess  Mecklenburgh,  by  her  will, 
succeeded  to  the  throne.  Biron,  duke 
of  Courland,  was  at  first  regent ;  but  he 
being  unpopular,  it  was  no  difficult  mat- 
ter for  that  princess,  assisted  by  her  hus- 
band, to  accomplish  his  banishment  to 
Siberia,  and  for  herself  to  assume  the 
administratorship. 

But  Elizabeth,  daughter  of  Peter  the 
Great  by  Catharine,  had  a  powerful  par- 
ty, by  whose  assistance  she  assumed  the 
throne,  while  the  prince  and  princess  of 
Mecklenburgh  were  sent  into  banishment. 
The  young  prince  Ivan  was  kept  in  con- 
finement, and  afterwards  murdered  in  the 
castle  of  Schusselberg.  Soon  after  her 
accession,  Elizabeth  nominated  as  her 
successor  to  the  throne,  Charles  Peter 
Ulric,  son  of  the  duke  of  Holstein  Got- 
torp,  by  Anne,  daughter  of  Peter  the 
Great.  This  prince  was  accordingly  in- 
vited into  Russia,  became  a  member  of 
the  Greek  church    was  baptized  by  the 


name  of  Peter  Pheodorovitch,  and  pro- 
claimed grand  duke  of  Russia,  and  heir 
of  the  empire,  in  the  fortieth  year  of  his 
age.  Soon  afterwards  he  was  married 
to  Sophia  Augusta  Frederica,  daughter 
of  Cliristian  Augustus,  prince  of  Anhalt- 
Zerbst-Donburg,  who  became  the  famous 
princess  Catharine  II.  By  the  death  of 
Charles  XII,  emperor  of  Germany,  Ma- 
ria Theresa,  queen  of  Hungary,  was  left 
at  the  mercy  of  the  enterprising  king  of 
Prussia,  but  was  assisted  by  Elizabeth, 
who  entered  into  a  confederacy,  and  sent 
a  body  of  troops  into  Germany. 

Elizabeth  died  on  the  5th  of  January, 
1762,  the  victim  of  disease,  brought  on 
by  intemperance.  The  empress  Ann 
had  given  an  unworthy  example  of  keep- 
ing favorites,  which  has  been  followed  by 
all  the  subsequent  princesses  who  have 
swayed  the  sceptre  of  Russia,  and  in  a 
more  open  manner  than  is  sanctioned  by 
the  custom  of  civilized  nations.  Eliza- 
beth had  her  portion  of  them,  and  her 
conduct  deserves  reprobation.  She  is 
said  to  have  possessed  an  extraordinary 
share  of  humanity  ;  and  during  her  reign, 
punishment  by  death  was  unknown,  in 
consequence  of  a  vow  she  had  made, 
and  wliich  led  to  numerous  abuses  and 
enormities  in  the  civil,  military,  and  naval 
departments.  Though  she  was  a  woman 
of  no  talents,  her  reign  was  prosperous  ; 
and  the  same  means,  as  in  the  time  of 
her  immediate  predecessors,  were  con- 
tinued with  the  view  of  improving  and 
civilizing  her  people.  In  the  year  1758, 
the  Academy  of  Arts,  now  one  of  the 
most  magnificent  establishments  in  the 
universe,  was  founded  at  Petersburgh. 
Fond  of  music,  she  encouraged  its  culti- 
vation, and  she  laid  the  foundation  of  a 
Russian  theatre.  She  was  also  a  great 
patroness  of  architecture.  She  followed 
the  same  policy  as  her  predecessors,  in 
encouraging  foreigners  to  come  and  set- 
tle in  her  empire.  But  the  army  was 
much  neglected ;  and  a  kind  of  inquisi- 
tion, under  the  specious  name  of  a  secret 
state  chancery,  was  instituted,  which  led 
to  the  most  flagrant  abuses. 

The  grand  duke  Peter  III  ascended 
the  throne  of  Russia  on  the  demise  of 
Elizabeth  in  1762.  His  whole  life  shows 
that  he  was  a  feeble  prince.    He  attempt- 


f 


RUSSIA. 


571 


ed  many  premature  and  foolish  innova- 
tions, and  by  that  means  disgusted  his 
people.  By  his  inconstancy  he  lost  the 
affections  of  his  wife,  a  lovely  and  accom- 
plished princess  in  the  prime  of  life. 
Assisted  by  the  wily  princess  Dashkof, 
and  by  some  officers,  especially  the  Or- 
lofs,  she  formed  a  party,  and,  to  avoid 
imptisonment  and  perhaps  death,  she 
succeeded  in  the  dethronement  of  her 
husband.  On  this  occasion,  but  for  the 
greatest  pusillanimity,  Peter  would  have 
regained  his  crown,  and  escaped  a  cruel 
and  barbarous  death  by  poison  adminis- 
tered to  him  while  a  prisoner  at  Ropsha, 
not  far  from  St.  Petersburgh.  He  only  en- 
joyed the  imperial  dignity  three  months, 
and  thus  ingioriously  fell  in  the  34th  year 
of  his  age. 

After  Catharine  had  ascended  the  throne, 
her  conduct  was  cautious  and  judicious, 
gentle  and  magnanimous,  even  to  her  de- 
clared enemies.  From  motives  of  policy 
she  maintained  the  treaty  of  peace  with 
Frederic,  which  had  been  concluded  with 
Elizabeth.  She  appears  to  have  had 
considerable  uneasiness  at  the  chance  of 
Ivan's  being  set  at  liberty.  Greater  vigi- 
lance was  employed  in  gTiarding  him  in 
the  castle  of  Schusselberg  ;  and  he  was 
afterwards  assassinated,  in  consequence 
of  the  failure  of  badly  concerted  mea- 
sures for  his  deliverance.  Whether  his 
death  is  to  be  imputed  to  the  empress  and 
her  counsellors  is  still  matter  of  dispute. 

When  firmly  seated  upon  the  throne, 
Catharine  proved  herself  worthy  of  the 
high  destination,  and  her  reign  was  one 
of  the  most  brilliant  in  the  annals  of  time. 
Her  private  character  seems  to  have  been 
excellent,  except  the  outrage  she  did  to 
her  sex  and  to  morality  by  openly  adopt- 
ing in  succession,  a  number  of  declared 
favorites. 

Among  the  most  memorable  events  of 
Catharine's  reign  are  to  be  enumerated, 
the  establishment  of  a  new  code  of  laws 
for  her  dominions,  however  badly  they 
were  administered  ;  the  maintenance  of  i 
a  seven  years'  war  with  the  Turks  ;  the  [ 
unexpected  and  extraordinary  destruction 
of  the  Turkish  fleet  at  Tchesme,  by  the 
Russian  fleet  under  the  command  of  count  j 
Alexei  Orlof,  but  chiefly  directed  by  the 
counsels  of  the  British  admiral   Greig ; 


the  division  of  the  empire  into  vice-roy- 
alities  ;  the  visit  of  the  emperor  Joseph 
to  Russia ;  the  establishment  of  public 
schools  throughout  her  realms  ;  the  erec- 
tion of  the  justly  celebrated  monument  of 
Peter  the  Great ;  the  capture  of  the  Kri- 
mea  ;  the  receiving  under  her  protection 
the  dominions  of  Heraclius  H,  tsar  of 
Kartalinia  and  Kachetia  ;  the  institution 
of  the  imperial  Russian  academy  ;  the 
repair  of  roads  throughout  the  empire ; 
the  establishment  of  a  loan  bank  for 
the  accommodation  of  the  nobles  and 
the  burghers  ;  her  visit  to  the  south  of 
Russia  and  to  the  Krimea  ;  the  capture 
of  part  of  the  Kubdn,  and  of  all  the  ter- 
ritory between  the  Boog,  the  Dnester, 
and  the  Black  Sea,  from  the  Turks  and 
their  adherents,  after  a  series  of  victo- 
ries ;  the  obtaining  of  various  advantages 
over  the  Swedes,  both  by  sea  and  land, 
and  then  the  conclusion  of  a  peace  ;  her 
participation  in  the  dismemberment  of 
Poland  after  a  successful  but  cruel  war  ; 
the  conclusion  of  a  treaty  of  defensive  al- 
liance between  Russia  and  Great  Britain 
in  1795;  the  successful  invasion  of  the 
Persian  territories  and  her  subsequent 
defeat ;  and,  finally,  her  sudden  disease, 
which  was  followed  by  death. 

Catharine  II  died  on  the  9th  of  Nov. 
1796,  and  the  grand  duke  Paul,  or  rath- 
er Pavel  Petrovitch,  was  seated  on  the 
throne  in  the  fortieth  year  of  his  age,  to- 
tally ignorant  of  the  duties  he  had  to  per- 
form, in  consequence  of  having  been 
obliged  by  his  mother's  will,  to  pass  much 
time  in  obscurity  and  retirement.  His 
politics  and  general  conduct  were  very 
blameable.  In  consequence  of  his  ex- 
traordinary actions,  by  many  he  was 
reckoned  a  fool  and  a  madman,  while 
others  have  spoken  of  him  as  a  misgui- 
ded man  of  uncommon  penetration,  ge- 
nius, and  rectitude,  whose  grand  plans 
were  not  allowed  to  develope  themselves ; 
and  which  were  calculated  to  have  ren- 
dered him  one  of  the  brightest  orna- 
ments of  his  country.  The  chief  politi- 
cal events  of  his  life  were  his  diifering 
with  England  in  1797;  his  contrivance 
to  become  grand  master  of  the  order  of 
St.  John  of  Jerusalem,  in  1798;  the 
sending  of  a  Russian  army  under  field- 
marshal  Suvdrof  to  join  the  Austrian  ar- 


572 


RUSSIA. 


my  in  Italy  ;  and  his  declaration  of  war 
against  England. 

Panl's  conduct  became  daily  more  and 
more  singular  and  tyrannical.  The  demi- 
barbarous  but  brave  Suvdrof  is  supposed 
to  have  fallen  a  victim  to  his  caprice,  and 
the  atamfin  of  the  Kozaks,  the  celebrated 
Platoff,  had  nearly  shared  a  similar  fate. 
Others  in  power  and  favor  had  sufTered 
sndden  and  great  reverses,  and  no  indi- 
vidual could  lie  down  to  quiet  rest,  as  he 
knew  not  what  might  be  his  fate  before 
the  dawn  of  day.  The  regulations  of 
the  emperor  with  respect  to  dress  and 
salutations,  and  the  exercise  of  his  po- 
lice in  seeing  his  errors  executed,  would 
fill  volumes  with  ridiculous  anecdotes, 
and  have  been  a  great  source  of  amuse- 
ment for  travellers.  Dr.  Clarke's  works 
are  peculiarly  rich  on  these  subjects, 
which  are  highly  absurd  and  amusing. 

Some  of  the  nobles  who  had  suffered 
private  injuries,  and  who  persuaded  them- 
selves that  they  would  render  a  most  im- 
portant service  to  their  country,  conspired 
and  effected  Paul's  death  in  the  most  de- 
termined and  barbarous  manner,  while  in 
his  new  palace  of  St.  Michael,  and  on 
the  11th  March,  O.  S.  1801. 

Early  on  the  following  morning,  Alex- 
ander was  proclaimed  emperor  of  all  the 
Russias,  and  ascended  the  throne  in  his 
24th  year,  beloved  by  all  classes  of  his 
siTbjecls.  Mildness  and  forbearance  were 
the  characteristic  of  the  first  acts  of  his 
government.  He  arrested  the  power  of 
the  senate,  and  recalled  those  who  were 
innocent  from  banishment.  He  cultiva- 
ted the  friendship  and  entered  into  ami- 
cable arrangements  with  the  states  of 
Europe,  and  he  adopted  every  measure  j 
which  might  pi'ocure  advantages  to  his  i 
empire.  vSome  of  the  most  remarkable  j 
deeds  of  his  commencing  reign,  were 
his  taking  oft'  the  embargo  which  had  j 
been  laid  by  Paul  on  British  vessels  ; 
his  entering  into  a  treaty  of  commerce 
with  Sweden  ;  his  guaranteeing  the  sov- 
ereignity of  Malta  to  the  knights  of  St. 
John  of  Jerusalem  ;  his  ])roclamation  of 
the  union  of  Georgia  to  the  empire  ;  his 
sending  two  vessels  round  the  world  on 
a  voyage  of  discovery  under  the  com- 
mand of  captain  Krusenstern ;  and  the 
emancipation  of  the  Jews  from  the  shack- 


les under  which  they  had  long  groaned, 
and  allowing  them  various  privileges. 

After  some  disputes  with  France,  war 
was  declared,  and  an  alliance  formed  be- 
tween Russia  and  Austria,  as  also  between 
Russia  and  Great  Britain.  The  king  of 
Prussia  and  the  king  of  Sweden  soon 
afterwards  entered  into  an  alliance  with 
Alexander.  It  was  expected  that  by  the 
united  forces  of  these  sovereigns.  Napo- 
leon would  have  been  hurled  from  his 
throne  or  compelled  to  listen  to  equitable 
terms  of  pacification.  The  allied  forces 
were,  however,  defeated,  and  a  treaty  of 
peace  between  Russia  and  France  was 
concluded  at  Tilsit  in  1807,  where  Na- 
poleon and  Alexander  had  a  meeting. 
After  this  a  rupture  between  Great  Bri- 
tain and  Russia  took  place.  An  embargo 
was,  in  consequence,  laid  upon  all  Brit- 
ish vessels.  Sweden  having  refused  to 
comply  with  the  requests  of  France  and 
Russia,  to  abandon  her  alliance  with 
Great  Britain,  Russia  marched  an  army 
into  Sweden,  which,  though  checked  in 
its  progress  of  hostility,  proved  but  too 
successful.  In  1808  the  two  emperors 
Napoleon  and  Alexander,  held  a  second 
meeting  near  Erfurt.  In  1 809  the  junc- 
ture between  Russia  and  Austria  was 
broken,  because  this  power  had  carried 
on  war  against  France.  Peace  was  con- 
cluded whh  Sweden,  by  which  Russia 
acquired  Finland  as  far  as  the  river  Tor- 
neo  with  the  Aland  islands.  In  1810,  a 
new  form  was  given  to  the  imperial  coun- 
cil, and  by  a  manifesto,  a  part  of  Gallacia 
was  taken  under  protection.  In  1811 
considerable  changes  took  place  with 
the  ministers  and  the  colleges,  and  the 
beautiful  cathedral  of  the  mother  of  God 
of  Kazan,  which  was  founded  by  Paul, 
and  built  after  the  plan  of  a  Russian 
bondsman,  was  consecrated.  The  army 
of  the  grand  vizier,  consisting  of  35,000 
men,  became  prisoners  to  the  Russians, 
who  were  protecting  Imeritia  and  Bes- 
sarabia, and  peace  was  concluded  in  1812. 
Shortly  afterwards  peace  was  likewise 
concludedbetween  Britain  and  Russia,  and 
then  commenced  the  preparations  for  the 
grand  struggle  of  the  European  powers. 

With  an  army  of  nearly  half  a  million 
of  men,  collected  from  almost  every  na- 
tion in  Europe,  Napoleon  advanced  to  the 


RUSSIA. 


573 


conquest  of  Russia.  The  first  action  of 
importance  was  at  Smolensk,  which  the 
Russians  themselves  set  on  fire,  as  they 
were  forced  to  abandon  it.  The  bloody- 
battle  of  Borodino  was  next  fought,  {see 
France,)  which  compelled  the  Russians 
to  abandon  Moscow. 

On  the  14th  of  September,  1812,  while 
the  rear-guard  of  the  Russians  were  in 
the  act  of  evacuating  Moscow,  Napoleon 
reached  the  hill  called  the  Mount  of  Sal- 
vation, because  it  is  there  where  the  na- 
tives kneel  and  cross  themselves  at  first 
sight  of  the  Holy  City. 

Moscow  seemed  lordly  and  striking  as 
ever,  with  the  steeples  of  its  thirty  church- 
es, and  its  copper  domes  glittering  in  the 
sun  ;  its  palaces  of  Eastern  architecture, 
mingled  with  trees,  and  surrounded  with 
gardens ;  and  its  Kremlin,  a  huge  trian- 
gular mass  of  towers,  something  between 
a  palace  and  a  castle,  which  rose  like  a 
citadel  out  of  the  general  mass  of  groves 
and  buildings.  But  not  a  chimney  sent 
up  smoke,  not  a  man  appeared  on  the 
battlements,  or  at  the  gates.  Napoleon 
gazed  every  moment,  expecting  to  see  a 
train  of  bearded  boyards  arriving  to  fling 
themselves  at  his  feet,  and  place  their 
wealth  at  his  disposal.  His  first  excla- 
mation was,  "  Behold  at  last  that  cele- 
brated city  !" — His  next,  "  It  was  full 
time."  His  army,  less  regardful  of  the 
past  or  the  future,  fixed  their  eyes  on  the 
goal  of  their  wishes,  and  a  shout  of"  Mos- 
cow !  Moscow !"  passed  from  rank  to  rank. 

Meantime  no  one  interrupted  his  medi- 
tations, until  a  message  came  from  Mu- 
rat.  He  had  pushed  in  among  the  Cos- 
sacks, who  covered  the  rear  of  the  Rus- 
sians, ar.d  readily  admitted  to  a  parley 
the  chivalrous  champion,  whom  they  at 
once  recognized,  havhig  so  often  seen 
him  blazing  in  the  van  of  the  French  cav- 
airy.  The  message  which  he  sent  to  Bo- 
naparte intimated,  that  Miloradovitch 
threatened  to  burn  the  town,  if  his  rear  was 
not  allowed  time  to  march  through  it. 
This  was  a  tone  of  defiance.  Napoleon, 
however,  granted  the  armistice,  for  which 
no  inhabitants  were  left  to  be  grateful. 

After  waiting  two  hours,  he  received 
from  some  French  inhabitants,  who  had 
hidden  themselves  during  the  evacuation, 
the  strange  intelligence  that  Moscow  was 


deserted  by  its  population.  The  tidings 
that  a  population  of  two  hundred  and  fifty 
thousand  persons  had  left  their  native 
city  was  incredible,  and  Napoleon  still 
commanded  the  boyards,  the  public  func- 
tionaries, to  be  brought  before  him  ;  nor 
could  he  be  convinced  of  what  had  actu- 
ally happened,  till  they  led  to  his  pres- 
ence some  of  that  refuse  of  humanity,  the 
only  live  creatures  they  could  find  in  the 
city,  but  they  were  wretches  of  the  low- 
est rank.  When  he  was  at  last  convinced 
that  the  desertion  of  the  capital  was  uni- 
versal, he  smiled  bitterly,  and  said,  "  The 
Russians  will  soon  learn  better  the  value 
of  their  capital." 

The  signal  was  now  given  for  the 
troops  to  advance  ;  and  the  columns,  still 
in  a  state  of  wonder  at  the  solitude  and 
silence  which  received  them  every  where, 
penetrated  through  that  assemblage  of 
huts,  mingled  with  palaces,  where  it 
seemed  that  Penury,  which  had  scarce 
means  to  obtain  the  ordinary  necessaries 
of  life,  had  for  her  next  door  neighbor  all 
the  wealth  and  profuse  expenditure  of 
the  East.  At  once  the  silence  was  bro- 
ken by  a  volley  of  musketry,  which  some 
miserable  fanatics  poured  from  the  bat- 
tlements of  the  Kremlin  on  the  first 
French  troops  that  approached  the  pal- 
ace of  the  Czars.  These  wretches  were 
most  of  them  intoxicated  ',  j'^et  the  deter- 
mined obstinacy  with  which  they  threw 
away  their  lives,  was  another  feature  of 
that  rugged  patriotism  of  which  the  French 
had  seen,  and  were  yet  to  see,  so  many 
instances. 

When  he  entered  the  gates  of  Moscow, 
Bonaparte,  as  if  unwilling  to  encounter 
the  sight  of  the  empty  streets,  stopt  im- 
mediately on  entering  the  first  suburb. 
His  troops  were  quartered  in  the  deso- 
late city.  During  the  first  few  hours  after 
their  arrival,  an  obscure  rumor,  which 
could  not  be  traced,  but  one  of  those 
which  are  sometimes  found  to  get  abroad 
before  the  approach  of  some  awful  cer- 
tainty, announced  that  the  city  would  be 
endangered  by  fire  in  the  course  of  the 
night.  The  report  seemed  to  arise  from 
those  evident  circumstances  which  ren- 
dered the  event  probable,  but  no  one  took 
any  notice  of  it,  until  at  midnight,  when 
the  soldiers  were  startled  fiom  their  quar- 


574 


RUSSIA. 


Napoleon  mewing  the  conflagration  of  Moscow. 


ters  by  the  report  that  the  town  was  in 
flames.  The  memorable  conflagration 
began  amongst  the  coachmakers'  ware- 
houses and  workshops  in  the  Bazaar,  or 
general  market,  which  was  the  richest 
district  of  the  city.  It  was  imputed  to 
accident,  and  the  progress  of  the  flames 
was  subdued  by  the  exertions  of  the 
French  soldiers.  Napoleon,  who  had 
been  roused  by  the  tumult,  hurried  to  the 
spot,  and  when  the  alarm  seemed  at  an 
end,  he  retired,  not  to  his  former  quar- 
ters in  the  suburbs,  but  to  the  Kremlin, 
the  hereditary  palace  of  the  only  sove- 
reign whom  he  had  ever  treated  as  an 
equal,  and  over  whom  his  successful 
arms  had  now  attained  such  an  apparent- 
ly immense  superiority.  Yet  he  did  not 
suffer  himself  to  be  dazzled  by  the  ad- 
vantage he  had  obtained,  but  availed 
himself  of  the  light  of  the  blazing  Ba- 
zaar, to  write  to  the  emperor  proposals 
of  peace  with  his  own  hand.  They  were 
despatched  by  a  Russian  officer  of  rank, 
who  had  been  disabled  by  indisposition 
from  following  the  army.  But  no  an- 
swer was  ever  returned. 

Next  day  the  flames  had  disappeared, 
and  the  French  officers  luxuriously  em- 
ployed themselves   in   selecting   out  of 


the  deserted  palaces  of  Moscow,  that 
which  best  pleased  the  fancy  of  each  for 
his  residence.  At  night  the  flames  again 
arose  in  the  north  and  west  quarters  of 
the  city.  As  far  the  greater  part  of  the 
houses  were  built  of  wood,  the  conflagra- 
tion spread  with  the  most  dreadful  ra- 
pidity. This  was  at  first  imputed  to  the 
blazing  brands  and  sparkles  which  were 
carried  by  the  wind  ;  but  at  length  it  was 
observed,  that,  as  often  as  the  wind 
changed,  and  it  changed  three  times  in 
that  terrible  night,  new  flames  broke  al- 
ways forth  in  that  direction,  where  the 
existing  gale  was  calculated  to  direct 
them  on  the  Kremlin.  These  horrors 
were  increased  by  the  chance  of  explo- 
sion. There  was,  though  as  yet  unknown 
to  the  French,  a  magazine  of  powder  in 
the  Kremlin  ;  besides  that  a  park  of  ar- 
tillery, with  its  ammunition,  was  drawn 
up  under  the  emperor's  window.  Morn- 
ing came,  and  with  it  a  dreadful  scene. 
During  the  whole  night,  the  metropolis 
had  glared  with  an  untimely  and  unnatu- 
ral light.  It  was  now  covered  with  a 
thick  and  suffocating  atmosphere,  of  al- 
most palpable  smoke.  The  flames  de- 
fied the  efforts  of  the  French  soldiery, 
and  it  is  said  that  the   fountains  of  the 


RUSSIA. 


575 


city  had  been  rendered  inaccessible,  the 
water-pipes  cut,  and  the  fire-engines  de- 
stroyed or  carried  off. 

Then  came  the  reports  of  fire-balls 
having  been  found  burning  in  deserted 
houses ;  of  men  and  women,  that,  like 
demons,  had  been  seen  openly  spreading 
the  flames,  and  who  were  said  to  be  fur- 
nished with  combustibles  for  rendering 
their  dreadful  work  more  secure.  Seve- 
ral wretches  against  whom  such  acts  had 
been  charged,  were  seized  upon,  and 
probably,  without  much  inquiry,  were 
shot  on  the  spot.  While  it  was  almost 
impossible  to  keep  the  roof  of  the  Krem- 
lin clear  of  the  burning  brands  which 
showered  down  the  wind,  Napoleon 
watched  from  the  windows  the  course 
of  the  fire  which  devoured  his  fair  con- 
quest, and  the  exclamation  burst  from  him, 
"  These  are  indeed  Scythians  !" 

The  equinoctial  gales  rose  higher  and 
higher  upon  the  third  night,  and  extended 
the  flames,  with  which  there  was  no 
longer  any  human  power  of  contending. 
At  the  dead  hour  of  midnight,  the  Krem- 
lin itself  was  found  to  be  on  fire.  A  sol- 
dier of  the  Russian  police,  charged  with 
being  the  incendiary,  was  turned  over  to 
the  summary  vengeance  of  the  Imperial 
Guard.  Bonaparte  was  then,  at  length, 
persuaded,  by  the  entreaties  of  all  around 
him,  to  relinquish  his  quarters  in  the 
Kremlin,  to  which,  as  the  visible  mark  of 
his  conquest,  he  had  seemed  to  cling  with 
the  tenacity  of  a  lion  holding  a  fragment 
of  his  prey.  He  encountered  both  difli- 
culty  and  danger  in  retiring  from  the  pal- 
ace, and  before  he  could  gain  the  city- 
gate,  he  had  to  traverse  with  his  suite 
streets  arched  with  fire,  and  in  which  the 
very  air  they  breathed  was  suffocating. 
At  length,  he  gained  the  open  country, 
and  took  up  his  abode  in  a  palace  of  the 
Czar's  called  Petrowsky,  about  a  French 
league  from  the  city.  As  he  looked  back 
on  the  fire,  which,  under  the  influence  of 
the  autumnal  wind,  swelled  and  surged 
around  the  Kj-emlin,like  an  infernal  ocean 
around  a  sable  Pandemonium,  he  could 
not  suppress  the  ominous  expression, 
"  This  bodes  us  great  misfortune." 

The  fire  continued  to  triumph  unop- 
posed, and  consumed  in  a  few  days  what 
it  had  cost  centuries  to  raise.     "  Palaces 


and  temples,"  says  a  Russian  author, 
"monuments  of  art,  and  miracles  of  lux- 
ury, the  remains  of  ages  which  had  pass- 
ed away,  and  those  which  had  been  the 
creation  of  yesterday  ;  the  tombs  of  an- 
cestors, and  the  nursery-cradles  of  the 
present  generation,  were  indiscriminate- 
ly destroyed.  Nothing  was  left  of  Mos- 
cow save  the  remembrance  of  the  city, 
and  the  deep  resolution  to  avenge  its 
fall.* 

The  fire  raged  till  the  1 9th  with  una- 
bated violence,  and  then  began  to  slacken 
for  want  of  fuel.  It  is  said,  four-fifths  of 
this  great  city  were  laid  in  ruins. 

This  unexpected  sacrifice  on  the  part 
of  the  Russians,  caused  the  ruin  of  Napo- 
leon. Being  without  quarters,  and  short 
of  provisions,  he  off'ered  terms  of  peace. 
The  Russians  replied,  that  they  could 
listen  to  no  terms,  while  an  enemy  re- 
mained in  their  country.  No  alternative 
was  now  left  but  to  retreat  towards  the 
frontiers.  One  of  the  most  distressing 
scenes  on  human  record,  now  followed. 
A  Russian  winter,  unusually  severe,  now 
set  in  with  all  its  horrors.  The  wretch- 
ed soldiers  pursued  by  the  Russians, 
overcome  by  hunger,  cold,  and  fatigue, 
sunk  down  by  thousands,  and  were  left 
by  their  companions  to  perish  amid  the 
Russian  snows.  About  30,000  horses 
perished  in  one  day  by  the  severity  of  the 
weather.  The  passage  of  the  river  Be- 
resina,  in  the  Russian  province  of  Minok, 
by  the  French,  presented  one  of  the  most 
horrible  in  modern  warfare. 

On  the  heights  of  Studzianka,  Victor, 
who  commanded  the  French  rear-guard, 
amounting  perhaps  to  8,000  or  10,000 
men,  was  prepared  to  cover  the  retreat 
over  the  bridges.  The  right  of  this  corps 
d'armee  rested  on  the  river  ;  a  ravine  full 
of  bushes  covered  their  front,  but  the  left 
wing  had  no  point  of  support.  It  re- 
mained, according  to  the  military  phrase, 
in  the  air,  and  was  covered  by  two  regi- 
ments of  cavalry.  Behind  this  defensive 
line  were  many  thousands  of  stragglers, 
mingled  with  the  usual  followers  of  a 
camp,  and  with  all  those  individuals  who, 
accompanying,  for  various  reasons,  the 


*  Karamzin,  a  Russian  historian  of  eminence, 
whose  works  were  e.x-pressly  excepted  from  the 
censorship,  by  the  late  emperor  Alexander. 


576 


RUSSIA 


French  from  Moscow,  had  survived  the 
horrors  of  the  march.  Women,  children, 
domestics,  the  aged  and  the  infants,  were 
seen  among  the  wretched  mass,  and  wan- 
dered by  the  side  of  this  fatal  river,  like 
the  fabled  spectres  which  throng  the  banks 
of  the  infernal  Styx,  and  seek  in  vain  for 
passage.  The  want  of  order,  which  it 
was  impossible  to  preserve,  the  breaking 
of  the  bridges,  and  the  time  spent  in  the 
repair — the  fears  of  the  unhappy  wretch- 
es to  trust  themselves  to  the  dangerous 
and  crowded  passages,  had  all  operated 
to  detain  them  on  the  right  bank.  The 
baggage,  which,  in  spite  of  the  quantity 
already  lost,  of  the  difficulty  of  transpor- 
tation, and  of  Napoleon's  precise  orders, 
amounted  still  to  a  very  great  number  of 
carts,  wains,  and  the  like,  and  which  was 
now  augmented  by  all  that  belonged  to 
the  troops  of  Oudinot  and  Victor,  was 
seen,  some  filing  towards  the  bridges, 
and  the  greatar  part  standing  in  confusion 
upon  the  shore.  The  artillery  itself,  such 
as  remained,  was  in  no  better  state. 

Such  was  the  condition  of  matters  at 
the  bridge,  when  Wittgenstein,  after  his 
victory  over  Partouneaux,  marching  up  the 
right  bank  of  the  Beresina,  engaged  in 
a  fierce  combat  with  the  rear-guard  under 
Victor ;  and  the  balls  of  the  Russians 
began  to  fall  among  the  mingled  and  dis- 
ordered mass  which  we  have  endeavored 
to  describe.  It  was  then  that  the  whole 
body  of  stragglers  and  fugitives  rushed 
like  distracted  beings  towards  the  bridges, 
every  feeling  of  prudence  or  humanity 
swallowed  up  by  the  animal  instinct  of 
self-preservation.  The  horrible  scene 
of  disorder  was  augmented  by  the  despe- 
rate violence  of  those,  who,  determined 
to  make  their  own  way  at  all  risks,  threw 
down  and  trampled  upon  whatever  came 
in  their  road.  The  weak  and  helpless 
either  shrunk  back  from  the  fray,  and  sat 
down  to  wait  their  fate  at  a  distance,  or 
mixing  in  it,  were  thrust  over  the  bridges, 
crushed  under  carriages,  cut  down  per- 
haps with  sabres,  or  trampled  to  death 
under  the  feet  of  their  countrymen.  All 
this  while  the  action  continued  with  fury, 
and,  as  if  the  Heavens  meant  to  match 
their  wrath  with  that  of  man,  a  hurricane 
arose,  and  added  terrors  to  a  scene  which 
was  already  of  a  character  so  dreadful. 


About  mid-day  the  French,  still  brave- 
ly resisting,  began  to  lose  ground.  The 
Russians,  coming  gradually  up  in  strength, 
succeeded  in  forcing  the  ravine,  and  com- 
pelling them  to  assume^a.  position  nearer 
the  bridges.  About  the  same  time,  the 
larger  bridge,  that  constructed  for  artille- 
ry and  heavy  carriages,  broke  down,  and 
multitudes  were  forced  into  the  water. 
The  scream  of  mortal  agony,  which  arose 
from  the  despairing  multitude,  became  at 
this  crisis  for  a  moment  so  universal, 
that  it  rose  shrilly  audible  over  the  noise 
of  the  elements  and  the  thunders  of  war, 
above  the  wild  whistling  of  the  tempest, 
and  the  sustained  and  redoubled  hurras 
of  the  Cossacks.  The  witness  from 
whom  we  have  this  information,  declares 
that  the  sound  was  in  his  ears  for  many 
weeks.  This  dreadful  scene  continued 
till  dark,  many  being  forced  into  the  icy 
river,  some  throwing  themselves  in,  be- 
twixt absolute  despair,  and  the  faint  hope 
of  gaining  the  opposite  bank  by  swimming, 
some  getting  across  only  to  die  of  cold 
and  exhaustion.  As  the  obscurity  came 
on,  Victor,  with  the  remainder  of  his 
troops,  which  was  much  reduced,  quitted 
the  station  he  had  defended  so  bravely, 
and  led  them  in  their  turn  across.  All 
night,  the  miscellaneous  multitude  con- 
tinued to  throng  across  the  bridge,  under 
the  fire  of  the  Russian  artillery,  to  whom 
even  in  the  darkness,  the  noise  which 
accompanied  their  march  made  them  a 
distinct  mark.  At  day-break,  the  French 
engineer.  General  Eble,  finally  set  fire  to 
the  bridge.  All  that  remained  on  the 
other  side,  including  many  prisoners, 
and  a  great  quantity  of  guns  and  baggage, 
became  the  prisoners  and  the  prey  of  the 
Russians.  The  amount  of  the  French 
loss  was  never  exactly  known ;  but  the 
Russian  report,  concerning  the  bodies  of 
the  invaders  which  were  collected  and 
burnt  as  soon  as  the  thaw  permitted, 
states  that  upwards  of  36,000  were  found 
in  the  Beresina. 

Napoleon  after  the  passage  of  the  Be- 
resina, left  the  army  and-  travelled  in  dis- 
guise to  Paris. 

The  soldiers  of  the  Imperial  Guard, 
who  had  hitherto  made  it  their  pride  to 
preserve  some  degree  of  discipline, 
would,  after  the  departure  of  Napoleon, 


RUSSIA. 


577 


give  obedience  to  no  one  else.  Murat,  to 
whom  the  chief  command  had  been  dele- 
gated, seemed  scarcely  to  use  it,  nor 
when  he  did  was  he  obeyed.  If  Ney, 
and  some  of  the  Mareschals,  still  retained 
authority,  they  were  only  attended  to  from 
habit,  or  because  the  instinct  of  disci- 
pline revived  when  the  actual  battle  drew 
near.  They  could  not,  howcA^er,  have 
offered  any  effectual  defence,  nor  could 
they  have  escaped  actual  slaughter  and 
dispersion,  had  it  not  been  for  Loison's 
troops,  who  coutinued  to  form  the  rear- 
guard, and  who,  never  having  been  on 
the  eastern  side  of  the  fatal  Beresina, 
had,  amid  great  suffering,  still  preserved 
sufficient  discipline  to  keep  their  ranks, 
behave  like  soldiers,  and  make  them- 
selves be  respected,  not  only  by  the  Cos- 
sacks, but  by  Tchaplitz,  Wittgenstein, 
and  the  Russians  detached  from  the  main 
army,  who  followed  them  close,  and  an- 
noyed them  constantly.  The  division  of 
Loison  remained  like  a  shield,  to  pro- 
tect the  disorderly  retreat  of  the  main 
body. 

Still,  some  degree  of  order  is  so  es- 
sential to  human  society,  that,  even  in 
that  disorganized  mass,  the  stragglers, 
which  now  comprehended  almost  the 
whole  army,  divided  into  little  bands, 
who  assisted  each  other,  and  had  some- 
times the  aid  of  a  miserable  horse,  which 
when  it  fell  down  under  the  burden  of 
what  they  had  piled  on  it,  was  torn  to 
pieces  and  eaten,  while  lile  was  yet  pal- 
pitating in  its  veins.  These  bands  had 
chiefs  selected  from  among  themselves. 
But  this  species  of  union,  though  advan- 
tageous on  the  whole,  led  to  particular 
evils.  Those  associated  into  such  a  fra- 
ternity, would  communicate  to  none  save 
those  of  their  own  party,  a  mouthful  of 
rye-dough,  which,  seasoned  with  gun- 
powder for  want  of  salt,  and  eaten  with  | 
a  bouille  of  horse-flesh,  formed  the  best 
part  of  their  food.  Neither  would  they  | 
permit  a  stranger  to  warm  himself  at 
their  fires,  and  when  spoil  was  found, 
two  of  these  companies  often,  especially 
if  of  different  countries,  fought  for  the  j 
possession  of  it ;  and  a  handful  of  meal 
was  a  sufficient  temptation  for  putting  to 
death  the  wretch  who  could  not  defend 
his  booty.  The  prisoners,  it  is  said, 
73 


(and  we  heartily  wish  the  fact  could  be 
refuted,)  were  parked  every  night,  with- 
out receiving  any  victuals  whatsoever, 
and  perished,  like  impounded  cattle,  from 
want  of  food,  cold,  and  the  delirious  fu- 
ry which  such  treatment  inspired.  Among 
these  unfortunates  some  became  canni- 
bals, and  the  same  horrible  reproach  has 
been  cast  on  the  French  themselves. 

To  enhance  misfortunes  so  dreadful, 
the  cold,  which  had  been  for  some  time 
endurable,  increased  on  the  6th  of  De- 
cember, to  the  most  bitter  degree  of  frost, 
being  twenty-seven  or  twenty-eight  de- 
grees below  zero.  Many  dropped  down 
and  expired  in  silence,  the  blood  of  others 
was  determined  to  the  head  by  the  want  of 
circulation  ;  it  gushed  at  length  from 
eyes  and  mouth,  and  the  wretches  sunk 
down  on  the  gory  snoAv,  and  were  reliev- 
ed by  death.  At  the  night  bivouacs,  the 
soldiers  approached  their  frozen  limbs  to 
the  fire  so  closely,  that,  falling  asleep 
in  that  postvire,  their  feet  were  scorched 
to  the  bone,  while  their  hair  was  frozen 
to  the  ground.  In  this  condition  they 
were  often  found  by  the  Cossacks,  and 
happy  were  those  upon  whom  the  pursu- 
ers bestowed  a  thrust  with  the  lance  to 
finish  their  misery.  Other  horrors  there 
were,  which  are  better  left  in  silence. 
Enough  has  been  said  to  show,  that  such 
a  calamity,  in  such  an  extent,  never  be- 
fore darkened  the  pages  of  history.  In 
this  horrible  retreat,  twenty  thousand  re- 
cruits had  joined  the  army  since  cross- 
ing the  Beresina,  where,  including  the 
corps  of  Oudinot  and  Victor,  they  amount- 
ed to  80,000  men.  But  of  this  sum  of 
80,000  men,  one  half  perished  betwixt 
the  Beresina  and  the  walls  of  Wilna. 

For  an  account  of  the  subsequent  events 
respecting  the  overthrow  and  banishment 
of  Napoleon,  see  France.  A  congress 
of  allied  sovereigns  was  held  at  Vienna  in 
Oct.  1814,  the  professed  object  of  which 
was  to  take  measures  to  secure  the  re- 
pose of  Europe,  and  settle  the  bounda- 
ries of  the  different  kingdoms,  &c.  In 
consequence  of  this  congress,  that  part  of 
Gallacia  acquired  by  Russia  from  Austria 
in  1 809,  was  returned  to  that  power,  and 
the  greatest  part  of  the  principality  of 
Warsaw  was  then  ceded  to  Russia.  Po- 
land,  or  that  part  of  it  over  which  the 


578 


SCOTLAND. 


emperor  of  Russia  extends  his  sway,  has 
since  been  called  the  Kingdom  of  Po- 
land. 

At  Paris  a  general  treaty  of  peace  was 
concluded  by  the  associated  sovereigns, 
between  Russia,  Austria,  England,  and 
Prussia,  on  the  one  side,  and  France  on 
the  other  ;  in  virtue  of  which  the  ancient 
boundaries  of  France,  as  in  1790,  were 
again  adopted,  and  150,000  of  the  troops 
of  the  allies  were  left  in  that  kingdom  for 
five  years  in  possession  of  seventeen  for- 
tresses, until  the  return  of  order  and  tran- 
quillity. In  1815,  the  Holy  Alliance,  as  it 
is  called,  was  formed  between  the  empe- 
rors of  Russia,  Austria,  and  the  king  of 
Prussia,  and  some  other  powers  after- 
wards joined  it.  On  the  return  of  Alexander 
to  his  capital,  the  new  exchange,  a  large 
and  handsome  edifice,  was  opened  at  Pe- 
tersburgh  with  great  ceremony,  by  his 
majesty.     In  1816,  the  emperor  visited 


part  of  his  dominions  and  issued  an 
ukase,  henceforth  forbidding  punishment 
by  tearing  out  the  nostrils.  In  the  winter 
1817-18,  the  imperial  court  was  held  at 
Moscow,  and  ever  since,  as  before,  at  Pe- 
tersburgh. 

The  emperor  Alexander  died  Decem- 
ber 1st,  1825,  and  was  succeeded  by  Ni- 
cholas I.  In  1828  the  Russians  declared 
war  against  the  Turks.  The  Russian  com- 
mander, Diebitsch,  gained  a  number  of  vic- 
tories over  the  Turks,  particularly  one 
near  Shumla,  in  which  4,000  Turks  were 
killed.  Diebitsch  leaving  Shumla,  passed 
the  Balkan  mountains,  and  took  posses- 
sion of  Adrianople.  Constantinople  now 
lying  open  to  the  Russians,  the  Turkish 
sultan  Mahmoud  II,  was  obliged  to  make 
peace  with  the  Russians  on  humiliating 
terms.  Since  this  period,  they  have  been 
engaged  in  warfare  with  the  Poles  and 
Persians. 


SCOTLAND, 


There  is  reason  to  believe  that  the 
first  inhabitants  of  Scotland  were  of 
Celtic  origin.  About  the  first  or  second 
century  before  Christ,  a  Gothic  race, 
known  by  the  name  of  Picts,  settled  in 
Scotland,  and  probably  established  them- 
selves by  the  conquest  of  the  original 
Celts,  as  the  Danes  and  Ostmen  in 
general  did,  in  after  times,  in  Britain 
and  Ireland.  Hence,  the  low  country  of 
Scotland  derives  its  Saxon,  or  rather  Da- 
nish language,  the  very  language  which 
it  possesses  to  this  day.  These  were 
the  Caledonians,  who  so  long  and  suc- 
cessfully resisted  the  invasions  of  the 
Romans. 

The  history  of  Scotland,  before  the 
reign  of  Malcolm  Ill.surnamed  Canmore, 
is  obscure,  from  the  deficiency  of  histori- 
cal records.  This  prince,  by  the  defeat 
of  Macbeth,  the  murderer  of  his  father 
Duncan,  succeeded  to  the  throne  in  1057 ; 
and  espousing  the  cause  of  Edgar  Athe- 
ling,  heir  of  the  Saxon  kings  of  England, 
whose  sister  he  married,  he  thus  pro- 
voked a  war  with  William  the  Conqueror, 


which  was  equally  prejudicial  to  both 
kingdoms.  In  an  expedition  of  Malcolm 
into  England,  it  is  alleged  that,  after  con- 
cluding a  truce,  he  was  compelled  by 
William  to  do  homage  for  his  kingdom. 
The  truth  is,  that  this  homage  was  done 
for  the  territories  in  Cumberland  and 
Northumberland  won  by  the  Scots,  and 
held  in  vassalage  of  the  English  crown, 
though  this  homage  was  afterwards  ab- 
surdly made  the  pretext  of  a  claim  of 
feudal  sovereignty  over  all  Scotland.  In 
a  reign  of  twenty-seven  years,  Malcolm 
supported  a  spirited  contest  with  England, 
both  under  William  I,  and  his  son  Rufus ; 
and  to  the  virtues  of  his  queen  Margaret, 
his  kingdom,  in  its  domestic  policy,  owed 
a  degree  of  civilization  remarkable  in 
those  ages  of  barbarism. 

Alexander  I,  his  son  and  successor, 
defended,  with  equal  spirit  and  good  poli- 
cy, the  independence  of  his  kingdom ; 
and  his  son  David  I,  celebrated  even  by 
the  democratic  Buchanan,  as  an  honor 
to  his  country  and  to  monarchy,  won  from 
Stephen,  and  annexed  to  his  crown,  the 


SCOTLAND. 


579 


whole  earldom  of  Northumberland.  In 
those  reigns  we  hear  of  no  claim  of  the 
feudal  subjection  of  Scotland  to  the  crown 
of  England;  though  the  accidental  for- 
tune of  war  afterwards  furnished  a  ground 
for  it.  William  I,  (the  Lyon,)  taken  pri- 
soner at  Alnwick  by  Henry  II,  was  com- 
pelled, as  the  price  of  his  release,  to  do 
homage  for  his  whole  kingdom  ;  an  obli- 
gation which  his  successor  Richard  vol- 
untarily discharged,  as  deeming  it  to  have 
been  unjustly  extorted.  ^ 

On  the  death  of  Alexander  III,  without 
male  issue,  in  1285,  Bruce  and  Baliol, 
descendants  of  David  I,  by  the  female 
line,  were  competitors  for  the  crown,  and 
the  pretensions  of  each  were  supported 
by  a  formidable  party  in  the  kingdom. 
Edward  I,  of  England,  chosen  umpire  of 
the  contest,  arrogated  to  himself,  in  that 
character,  the  feudal  sovereignty  of  the 
kingdom,  compelling  all  the  barons  to 
swear  allegiance  to  him,  and  taking  actual 
possession  of  the  country  by  his  troops. 
He  then  adjudged  the  crown  to  Baliol, 
on  the  express  condition  of  his  swearing 
fealty  to  him  as  lord  paramount.  Baliol, 
however,  soon  after  renouncing  his  alle- 
giance, the  indignant  Edward  invaded 
Scotland  with  an  immense  force,  and 
compelled  the  weak  prince  to  abdicate 
the  throne,  and  resign  the  kingdom  into 
his  hands. 

William  Wallace,  one  of  the  greatest 
heroes  whom  history  records,  restored 
the  fallen  honors  of  his  country.  Joined 
by  a  few  patriots,  his  first  successes  in 
attacking  the  English  garrisons  brought 
numbers  to  his  patriotic  standard.  Their 
successes  were  signal  and  conspicuous  ; 
victory  followed  upon  victory  ;  and  while 
Edward  was  engaged  on  the  continent, 
his  troops  were  utterly  defeated  in  a  des- 
perate engagement  at  Stirling,  and  forced 
to  evacute  the  kingdom.  Wallace,  the 
deliverer  of  his  country,  now  assumed 
the  title  of  Governor  of  Scotland  under 
Baliol,  who  was  Edward's  prisoner  ;  a 
distinction  which  was  followed  by  the 
envy  and  disaffection  of  many  of  the  no- 
bles, and  the  consequent  diminution  of 
his  army.  The  Scots  were  defeated  at 
Falkirk,  in  1298. 

The  English  archers,  who  began  about 
this  time  to  surpass  those  of  other  nations, 


first  chased  the  Scottish  bowmen  off  the 
field,  afterwards  threw  the  pikemen  into 
disorder,  and  thus  rendered  the  assault 
of  the  English  lancers  and  cavalry  more 
easy  and  successful.  The  whole  Scot- 
tish army  was  broken,  and  driven  off  the 
field  with  prodigious  slaughter.  In  this 
general  rout  Wallace  kept  his  troops  en- 
tire; and  retiring  behind  the  Carron,  he 
marched  leisurely  along  the  banks  of  that 
river.  Young  Robert  Bruce,  the  grandson 
and  heir  of  him  who  had  been  competitor 
for  the  throne,  who,  in  the  service  of 
England,  had  already  given  many  proofs 
of  his  aspiring  genius,  appeared  on  the 
opposite  banks;  and  distinguishing  the 
Scottish  chief,  he  called  to  him,  and  de- 
sired a  short  conference.  He  represented 
to  Wallace  the  fruitless  and  ruinous  en- 
terprise in  which  he  was  engaged,  and 
the  unequal  contest  between  a  weak  state, 
deprived  of  its  head  and  agitated  by  in- 
testine discord,  and  a  mighty  nation  con- 
ducted by  the  ablest  and  most  martial 
monarch  of  the  age.  If  the  love  of  his 
country  was  his  motive  for  perseverance, 
his  obstinacy  tended  only  to  prolong  her 
misery  ;  if  he  carried  his  views  to  private 
grandeur  and  ambition,  he  ought  to  reflect, 
that  so  many  haughty  nobles,  proud  of 
the  pre-eminence  of  their  families,  would 
never  submit  to  personal  merit.  To  these 
exhortations  Wallace  replied,  that,  if  he 
had  hitherto  acted  alone  as  the  champion 
of  his  country,  it  was  because  no  leader 
had  yet  appeared  to  place  himself  in  that 
honorable  station ;  that  the  blame  lay 
entirely  with  the  nobility,  and  chiefly  with 
Bruce  himself,  who,  uniting  personal 
merit  with  dignity  of  family,  had  deserted 
the  post  which  both  nature  and  fortune 
invited  him  to  assume ;  that  the  Scots, 
possessed  of  such  a  leader,  might  hope 
successfully  to  oppose  all  the  powers  and 
abilities  of  Edward;  and  that  as  for  him- 
self, he  was  desirous  that  his  own  Ufe,  as 
well  as  the  existence  of  the  nation,  might 
terminate  when  they  could  not  otherwise 
be  preserved,  than  by  receiving  the  chains 
of  a  haughty  victor.  The  gallantry  of 
these  sentiments  was  felt  by  the  generous 
mind  of  Bruce;  and  he  secretly  deter- 
mined to  seize  the  first  opportunity  of 
embracing  the  cause  of  his  oppressed 
country. 


580 


SCOTLAND. 


Interview  between  Wallace  and  Bruce. 


The  battle  of  Falkirk  had  not  complet- 
ed the  subjection  of  the  Scots.  They 
chose  for  their  regent  John  Cummin,  who 
surprised  the  English  army,  and  routed 
them  after  an  obstinate  conflict,  in  1299; 
and  it  became  necessary  for  Edward  to 
begin  anew  the  conquest  of  the  kingdom. 

The  king  prepared  himself  for  the  en- 
terprise with  his  usual  vigor  and  abilities. 
He  marched  victorious  from  one  extremity 
of  Scotland  to  the  other,  and  compelled 
even  Cummin  himself  to  submit  to  his 
authority.  •  To  render  his  acquisition 
durable,  he  abrogated  all  the  laws  and 
customs  of  Scotland,  endeavored  to  sub- 
stitute those  of  England  in  their  places, 
entirely  rased  or  destroyed  all  the  monu- 
ments of  antiquity,  and  hastened  wholly 
to  abolish  the  Scottish  name. 

Wallace  himself  was  at  length  betTay- 
ed  into  Edward's  hands,  in  1305,  by  his 
friend  Sir  John  Monteith  ;  and  the  king, 
whose  natural  bravery  and  magnanimity 
should  have  induced  him  to  respect 
similar  qualities  in  an  enemy,  resolved  to 
overawe  the  Scots  by  an  example  of  se- 
verity. He  ordered  the  hero  to  be  car- 
ried in  chains  to  London  ;  to  be  tried  as 
a  rebel  and  a  traitor,  though  he  had  never 
sworn  fealty  to  England  ;  and  to  be  exe- 


cuted on  Tower-hill.  Such  was  the  un- 
worthy fate  of  Wallace,  who,  through  the 
course  of  several  years,  with  signal 
conduct,  intrepidity,  and  perseverance, 
defended,  against  a  public  and  oppres- 
sive enemy,  the  liberties  of  his  native 
country. 

The  barbarous  policy  of  Edward  failed 
of  the  object  to  which  it  was  directed. 
The  Scots  were  enraged  at  the  injustice 
and  cruelty  exercised  on  their  gallant 
chief ;  and  it  was  not  long  ere  a  more 
fortunate  leader  presented  himself  to  con- 
duct them  to  victory  and  to  vengeance. 
Robert  Bruce,  whose  conference  with 
Wallace  on  the  banks  of  the  Carron  has 
been  already  noticed,  determined  to  i"e- 
vive  the  pretensions  of  his  family,  and  to 
aspire  to  the  vacant  throne.  Edward, 
being  apprised  of  his  intentions,  ordered 
all  his  motions  to  be  strictly  watched. 
An  intimate  friend  of  Bruce,  not  daring, 
amidst  so  many  jealous  eyes,  to  hold  any 
com'ersalion  with  him,  sent  him  by  his 
servant  a  pair  of  gilt  spurs  and  a  purse 
of  gold,  which  he  pretended  to  have  bor- 
rowed from  him;  and  left  it  to  his  sa- 
gacity to  discover  the  meaning.  Bruce 
immediately  contrived  to  escape,  and  in 
a  few  days  arrived  at  Dumfries,  the  chief 


SCOTLAND. 


581 


seat  of  his  family  interest,  where  he 
found  a  great  number  of  the  Scottish  no- 
bility assembled,  and  among  the  rest  John 
Cummin,  with  whom  he  had  formerly 
lived  in  strict  intimacy. 

The  noblemen  were  astonished  at  the 
appearance  of  Bruce  among  them  ;  and 
still  more  when  he  told  them  that  he  was 
come  to  live  or  die  with  them  in  defence 
of  the  liberties  of  his  country.  These 
generous  sentiments,  assisted  by  the 
graces  of  his  youth  and  manly  deport- 
ment, impressed  the  minds  of  his  audi- 
ence ;  and  they  resolved  to  use  their  ut- 
most efforts  in  delivering  their  country 
from  bondage.  Cummin  alone,  who  had 
secretly  taken  his  measures  with  the  king, 
opposed  this  general  determination ;  and 
Bruce,  already  apprised  of  his  treachery, 
followed  Cummin  on  the  dissolution  of 
the  assembly,  and  attacking  him  in  the 
cloisters  of  the  Grey  Friars,  ran  him 
through  the  body. 

The  murder  of  Cummin  sealed  the 
conspiracy  of  the  Scottish  nobles.  The 
genius  of  the  nation  roused  itself;  and 
Bruce  was  solemnly  crowned  at  Scone 
by  the  bishop  of  St.  Andrews.  The 
English  were  again  expelled  the  king- 
dom ;  and  Edward  found,  that  the  Scots, 
twice  conqiiered  in  his  reign,  must  yet 
be  afresh  subdued.  To  effect  this,  he 
assembled  a  great  army,  and  was  prepar- 
ing to  enter  the  frontiers,  when  he  unex- 
pectedly sickened  and  died  near  Carlisle, 
in  1307,  in  the  sixty -ninth  year  of  his 
age  and  the  thirty-fifth  of  his  reign. 
With  his  last  breath  he  enjoined  his  son 
and  successor  to  prosecute  the  enterprise, 
and  never  to  desist  till  he  had  finally  sub- 
dued the  kingdom  of  Scotland. 

Edward  11  was  in  the  twenty-third 
year  of  his  age  when  he  ascended  the 
throne.  He  was  of  an  agreeable  figure, 
and  of  a  mild  and  gentle  disposition  ;  but 
the  first  act  of  his  reign  blasted  the  hopes 
which  the  English  had  entertained  of 
him.  Equally  incapable  of,  and  averse 
to  business,  he  entered  Scotland  only  to 
retreat :  he  disbanded  his  army,  without 
attacking  Bruce. 

Immediately  after  Edward's  retreat 
from  Scotland,  Robert  Bruce  left  his  fast- 
nesses ;  and,  in  a  short  time,  nearly  the 
whole   kingdom  acknowledged  his   au- 


thority. The  castle  of  Stirling,  the  only 
fortress  in  Scotland  which  remained  in 
the  hands  of  the  English,  was  closely 
pressed  ;  and  to  relieve  this  place,  Ed- 
Avard  summoned  his  forces  from  all  quar- 
ters, and  marched  with  an  army  of  an 
hundred  thousand  men.  At  Bannock- 
burn,  about  two  miles  from  Stirling,  Bruce 
with  thirty  thousand  hardy  warriors,  in- 
xu-ed  to  all  the  varieties  of  fortune,  and 
inflamed  with  the  love  of  independence, 
awaited  the  charge  of  the  enemy.  A 
hill  covered  his  right  flank,  and  a  morass 
his  left ;  and  along  the  banks  of  a  rivulet 
in  his  front  he  dug  deep  pits  ;  planted 
them  with  stakes,  and  covered  the  whole 
with  turf.  The  English,  confident  in 
their  superior  numbers,  rushed  to  the  at- 
tack without  precaution.  Their  cavalry, 
entangled  in  the  pits,  were  thrown  into 
disorder;  and  the  Scottish  horse,  allow- 
ing them  no  time  to  rally,  attacked  them, 
and  drove  them  off  the  field  with  con- 
siderable loss.  While  the  English  forces 
were  alarmed  at  this  unfortunate  event, 
an  army  appeared  on  the  heights  towards 
the  left,  marching  to  surround  them. 
This  was  composed  of  wagoners  and 
sumpter-boys,  whom  Robert  had  supplied 
with  military  standards.  The  stratagem 
took  effect;  a  panic  seized. the  English, 
who  threw  down  their  arms,  and  fled, 
and  were  pursued  to  the  gates  of  Ber- 
wick. Besides  considerable  booty,  the 
Scots  took  many  persons  of  quality  pris- 
oners, and  above  four  hundred  gentlemen, 
whose  ransom  was  a  new  accession  of 
strength  to  the  victors.  This  great  and 
decisive  battle  which  took  place  in  1314, 
secured  the  independence  of  Scotland, 
and  fixed  the  throne  of  Bruce. 

In  no  country  of  Europe  had  the  feu- 
dal aristocracy  attained  to  a  greater  height 
than  in  Scotland.  The  power  of  the 
greater  barons,  while  it  rendered  them 
independent,  and  often  the  rivals  of  their 
sovereign,  was  a  perpetual  source  of  tur- 
bulence and  disorder  in  the  kingdom.  It 
was,  therefore,  a  constant  policy  of  the 
Scottish  kings  to  humble  the  nobles,  and 
break  their  factious  combinations.  Rob- 
ert I,  attempted  to  retrench  the  vast  ter- 
ritorial possessions  of  his  barons,  by  re- 
quiring every  landholder  to  produce  the 
titles  of  his  estate  ;  but  was  resolutely 


582 


SCOTLAND. 


answered  that  the  sword  was  their  char- 
ter of  possession. 

On  the  death  of  Robert,  in  1329,  and 
during  the  minority  of  his  son  David, 
Edward  Baliol,  the  son  of  John,  formerly 
king  of  Scotland,  with  the  aid  of  Edward 
III,  of  England,  and  supported  by  many 
of  the  factious  barons,  invaded  the  king- 
dom, and  was  crowned  at  Scone,  while 
the  young  David  was  conveyed  for  secu- 
rity to  France.  The  mean  dependence 
of  Baliol  on  the  English  monarch  de- 
prived him  of  the  affections  of  the  peo- 
ple. Robert  the  Steward  of  Scotland, 
Randolph  and  Douglas,  supported  the 
Brucian  interest,  and  assisted  by  the 
French,  restored  David  to  his  throne  ;  a 
prince  destined  to  sustain  many  reverses 
of  fortune  ;  for  in  a  subsequent  invasion 
of  the  English  territory  by  the  Scots, 
David  was  taken  prisoner  in  the  battle  of 
Durham,  and  conveyed  to  London.  He 
remained  for  eleven  years  in  captivity, 
and  witnessed  the  similar  fate  of  a  broth- 
er monarch,  John,  King  of  France,  taken 
prisoner  by  the  Black  Prince  in  the  battle 
of  Poictiers.  David  was  ransomed  by 
his  subjects,  and  restored  to  his  kingdom 
in  1357  ;  and  he  ended  a  turbulent  reign 
in  1370-1.  The  crown  passed  at  his  de- 
mise to  his  nephew  Robert,  the  High 
Steward  of  Scotland,  in  virtue  of  a  des- 
tination made  by  Robert  I,  with  consent 
of  the  States. 

The  reign  of  Robert  II,  which  was  of 
twenty  years  duration,  was  spent  in  a 
series  of  hostilities  between  the  Scots 
and  English,  productive  of  no  material 
consequence  to  either  kingdom.  The 
weak  and  indolent  disposition  of  his  suc- 
cessor, Robert  III,  who  found  himself 
unequal  to  the  contest  with  his  factious 
nobles,  prompted  him  to  resign  the  gov- 
ernment to  his  brother  the  Duke  of  Al- 
bany. This  ambitious  man  formed  the 
design  of  usurping  the  throne  by  the 
murder  of  his  nephews,  the  sons  of  Robert. 
The  elder  Rothsay,  a  prince  of  high  spirit, 
was  imprisoned,  on  pretence  of  treasona- 
ble designs,  and  starved  to  death.  The 
younger  James  escaped  a  similar  fate 
which  was  intended  for  him ;  but  on  his 
passage  to  France,  whither  he  was  sent 
for  safety  by  his  father,  he  was  taken  by 
an  English  ship  of  war  and  brought  pris- 


j  oner  to  London.  The  weak  Robert  sunk 
imder  these  misfortunes,  and  died  1405, 
after  a  reign  of  fifteen  years. 
I  James  I,  a  prince  of  great  natural  en- 
!  dowments,  profited  by  a  captivity  of  eigh- 
{  teen  years  at  the  court  of  England,  in 
I  adorning  his  mind  with  every  accomplish- 
ment. At  his  return  to  his  kingdom, 
which  in  his  absence  had  been  weakly 
governed  by  the  Regent  Albany,  and  suf- 
fered under  all  the  disorders  of  anarchy, 
he  bent  his  whole  attention  to  the  im- 
provement and  civilization  of  his  people, 
by  the  enactment  of  many  excellent  laws, 
enforced  with  a  resolute  authority.  The 
factions  of  the  nobles,  their  dangerous 
combinations,  and  their  domineering  ty- 
ranny over  their  dependents,  the  great 
sources  of  the  people's  miseries,  were 
firmly  restrained,  and  most  severely  pun- 
ished. But  these  wholesome  innova- 
tions, while  they  procured  to  James  the 
affections  of  the  nation  at  large,  excited 
the  odium  of  the  nobility,  and  gave  birth 
to  a  conspiracy,  headed  by  the  Earl  of 
Athole,  the  King's  uncle,  which  termina- 
ted in  the  murder  of  this  excellent  prince, 
in  the  44th  year  of  his  age,  A.  D.  1437. 
His  son  James  II,  inherited  a  consid- 
erable portion  of  the  talents  of  his  fath- 
er ;  and  in  the  like  purpose  of  restraining 
the  inordinate  power  of  his  nobles,  pur- 
sued the  same  maxims  of  government, 
which  an  impetuous  temper  prompted 
him,  in  some  instances,  to  carry  to  the 
most  blameable  excess.  The  earl  of 
Douglas,  trusting  to  a  powerful  vassal- 
age, had  assumed  an  authority  above  the 
laws,  and  a  state  and  splendor  rival  to 
those  of  his  sovereign.  He  was  seized, 
and,  without  accusation  or  trial,  behead- 
ed. His  successor  imprudently  running 
the  same  career,  and  boldly  justifying  in 
a  conference,  his  rebellious  practices, 
was  put  to  death  by  the  king's  own  hand. 
Thus  were  the  factions  of  the  nobles 
quelled  by  a  barbarous  rigor  of  authority. 
To  his  people  James  was  beneficent  and 
humane,  and  his  laws  contributed  mate- 
rially to  their  civilization  and  prosperity. 
He  was  killed  in  the  30th  year  of  his 
age,  by  the  bursting  of  a  cannon,  in  be- 
sieging the  castle  of  Roxburg,  A.  D.  1460. 
His  son  James  HI,  without  the  talents 
of  his  predecessors,  affected  to  tread  in 


SCOTLAND. 


583 


the  same  steps.  To  humble  his  nobles, 
he  bestowed  his  confidence  on  mean  fa- 
vorites ;  an  insult  which  the  former  aven- 
ged by  rebellion.  His  brothers  Albany 
and  Mar,  aided  by  Edward  IV,  of  Eng- 
land, attempted  a  revolution  in  the  king- 
dom, which  was  frustrated  only  by  the 
death  of  Edward.  In  a  second  rebellion, 
the  confederate  nobles  forced  the  prince 
of  Rothsay,  eldest  son  of  James,  to  ap- 
pear in  arms  against  his  father.  In  an 
engagement  near  Bannockburn  the  re- 
bels were  successful,  and  the  king  was 
slain,  in  the  35th  year  of  his  age,   1488. 

James  IV,  a  great  a;nd  most  accom- 
plished prince,  whose  talents  were  equal- 
led by  his  virtues,  while  his  measures  of 
government  were  dictated  by  a  true  spi- 
rit of  patriotism,  won  by  a  well  placed 
confidence  the  affections  of  his  nobil- 
ity. In  his  marriage  with  Margaret,  the 
daughter  of  Henry  VII  of  England,  both 
sovereigns  wisely  sought  a  bond  of  amity 
between  the  kingdoms  ;  but  this  purpose 
was  frustrated  in  the  succeeding  reign  of 
Henry  VIII.  The  high  spirit  of  the  ri- 
val monarchs  was  easily  inflamed  by 
trifling  causes  of  offence  ;  and  France, 
then  at  war  with  England,  courted  the 
aid  of  her  ancient  ally.  James  invaded 
England  with  a  powerful  army,  which  he 
wished  to  lead  to  immediate  action  ;  but 
the  prudent  delays  of  Surrey,  the  Eng- 
lish general,  wasted  and  weakened  his 
force  ;  and  in  the  fatal  battle  of  Flodden, 
the  Scots  were  defeated  with  prodigious 
slaughter.  The  gallant  James  perished 
in  the  fight,  and  with  him  almost  the 
whole  of  the  Scottish  nobles,  A.  D.  1513. 

Under  the  long  minority  of  his  son 
James  V,  an  infant  at  the  time  of  his 
father's  death,  the  kingdom  was  feebly 
ruled  by  his  uncle  Albany.  The  aris- 
tocracy began  to  resume  its  ancient  spi- 
rit of  independence,  which  was  ill  brook- 
ed by  a  prince  of  a  proud  and  uncontrol- 
lable mind,  who  felt  the  keenest  jealousy 
of  a  high  prerogative.  With  a  systema- 
tic policy,  he  employed  the  church  to 
abase  the  nobility,  conferring  all  the  offi- 
ces of  state  on  able  ecclesiastics.  The 
cardinal  Beaton  co-operated  with  great 
zeal  in  the  designs  of  his  master,  and 
under  him  ruled  the  kingdom. 

Henry  VIII,  embroiled  with  the  papa- 


cy, sought  an  alliance  with  the  king  of 
Scots,  but  the  ecclesiastical  counsellors 
of  the  latter  defeated  this  beneficial  pur- 
pose. A  war  was  thus  provoked,  and 
James  was  reluctantly  compelled  to  court 
those  nobles  whom  it  had  hitherto  been 
his  darling  object  to  humiliate.  They 
now  determined  on  a  disgraceful  revenge. 
In  an  attack  on  the  Scottish  border  the 
English  were  repelled,  and  an  opportuni- 
ty offered  to  the  Scots  of  cutting  oflf  their 
retreat.  The  king  gave  his  orders  to 
that  end,  but  his  barons  obstinately  re- 
fused to  advance  beyond  the  frontier. 
One  measure  more  was  wanting  to  drive 
their  sovereign  to  despair.  In  a  subse- 
quent engagement  with  the  English, 
10,000  of  the  Scots  deliberately  surren- 
dered themselves  prisoners  to  500  of  the 
enemy.  The  high  spirit  of  James  sunk 
under  his  contending  passions ;  and  he 
died  of  a  broken  heart,  in  the  33d  year 
of  his  age,  a  few  days  after  the  birth  of 
a  daughter,  yet  more  unfortunate  than  her 
father,  Mary  Queen  of  Scots,  A.  D.  1 542. 
{See  England.) 

The  seeds  of  the  Reformation  were 
sown  in  Scotland  by  several  noblemen 
who  had  resided  on  the  continent  during 
the  religious  disputes  of  the  German  em- 
pire. A  spirit  of  general  inquiry  and  in- 
dependence was  awakened,  which  ren- 
dered men  attentive  to  their  privileges  as 
subjects,  and  jealous  of  the  encroach- 
ments of  their  rulers. 

Patrick  Hamilton  was  the  first  who 
avowed  the  reformed  doctrines,  but  he 
was  accused  of  heresy  and  thrown  into 
prison.  He  was  soon  after  brought  to 
trial,  condemned  to  the  flames,  and  led  to 
the  stake  on  the  same  day  on  which  he 
had  been  condemned.  From  1530  to 
]  540,  ten  persons  suffered  death  for  con- 
fessing Hamilton's  sentiments ;  and  num- 
bers fled  to  England  and  the  continent. 
During  the  same  period,  the  earls  of 
Glencairn  and  Errol,  the  lords  Ruthven 
and  Kilmaurs,  Sir  David  Lindsay,  Sir 
James  Sandilands,  and  a  multitude  of  oth- 
er persons  of  respectability, made  open  pro- 
fession of  the  Reformed  faith.  They  nar- 
rowly escaped  persecution  and  death ;  but 
James  was  averse  to  a  persecuting  spirit. 

The  nobility  soon  began  to  cast  a 
wistful  eye  on  the  church  revenues  and 


584 


SCOTLAND. 


possessions ;  and  hoped  to  enrich  them- 
selves by  the  plunder  of  the  ecclesias- 
tics. And  as  the  reformers  inculcated 
subordination  to  the  civil  power,  and  de- 
claimed against  the  ambhious  prelates, 
they  were  further  inclined  to  the  new 
opinions  from  political  considerations. 
Lord  Maxwell  proposed  in  parliament, 
that  the  people  should  be  permitted  to 
read  the  Scriptures  in  the  vulgar  tongue. 
The  archbishop  of  Glasgow,  in  name  of 
the  clergy,  was  the  only  opposer  of 
this  measure ;  but  the  bill  received  the 
approbation  of  parliament ;  and  the  regent 
made  it  generally  known  by  proclamation. 
From  that  time,  copies  of  the  Bible  were 
imported  from  England  in  great  numbers  ; 
and  books  were  multiplied  in  every  quar- 
ter, which  displayed  the  pride,  the  tyran- 
ny, and  the  superstition  of  the  Romish 
clergy. 

In  John  Knox,  the  reformers  acquired 
an  active  and  powerful  auxiliary  ;  and  of 
his  followers,  the  most  eminent  was 
George  Wishart,  who  had  formerly  been 
driven  into  exile  by  Beaton  for  teaching 
the  New  Testament  at  Montrose.  The 
revolution  in  England  which  followed  the 
death  of  Henry  the  Eighth,  contributed 
to  demolish  the  popish  church  of  Scot- 
land ;  and  the  effects  of  religious  liberty 
in  one  country  inspired  the  inhabitants 
of  the  other  with  an  equal  desire  of  re- 
covering it.  The  ambition  of  the  house 
of  Guise,  and  the  bigotry  of  Mary,  hasten- 
ed the  subversion  of  the  papal  power  in 
Scotland.  Many  of  the  persecuted  prot- 
estants  fled  to  Scotland,  where  they  found 
a  milder  government ;  and  they  filled  the 
whole  kingdom  with  just  horror  against 
the  cruelties  of  the  catholics. 

Other  circumstances  which  contributed 
to  overturn  the  catholic  church,  were  the 
writings  of  the  poets  and  satirists  of  the 
age.  In  these,  the  ignorance,  the  negli- 
gence, and  the  immorality  of  the  clergy, 
were  stigmatized  ;  and  they  were  read 
with  avidity,  notwithstanding  prohibitory 
statutes  and  prosecutions.  The  catholics 
lulled  to  sleep  by  indolence  and  security, 
were  awakened  only  by  the  crash  of 
their  decayed  and  falling  system.  In  a 
convention  held  at  Edinburgh,  an  ineffec- 
tual motion  was  made  for  correcting  the 
abuses  of  the  church;  and  four  years  after, 


fifty-seven  canons  were  enacted  for  re- 
forming the  corruption  of  the  clergy,  and 
for  introducing  learning  into  the  ecclesi- 
astical estate. 

The  last  provincial  council  was  held  at 
Edinburgh  in  1558,  and  continued  a  year. 
To  this  assembly  were  presented  by  the 
chiefs  of  the  congregation,  the  prelimin- 
ary articles  of  Reformation ;  and  the 
council  separated  to  meet  no  more. 

Mary  being  instigated  by  the  princes 
of  Lorrain,  her  relatives,  took  measures 
for  suppressing  the  protestant  opinions  in 
Scotland.  The  reformation  was  rapidly 
advancing  in  that  kingdom,  and  the  queen 
regent  connived  at  doctrines  which  she 
had  not  the  power  to  suppress.  Argyll, 
Morton,  Glencairn,  Lord  Lome,  Erskine 
of  Dun,  with  other  protestant  gentlemen, 
subscribed  a  bond  for  their  mutual  pro- 
tection, and  called  themselves  the  Con- 
gregation of  the  Lord. 

Before  the  league  was  known,  the 
clergy  attempted  to  recover  their  lost  au- 
thority, the  primate  seized  Walter  Mills, 
and  having  tried  him  at  St.  Andrews, 
condemned  him  to  the  flames.  This  was 
the  last  act  of  barbarity  that  the  catholics 
had  the  power  of  executing  under  the 
sanction  of  the  laws. 

The  congregation  now  openly  solicited 
subscriptions  to  the  league,  presented  a 
petition  to  the  regent,  craving  a  reforma- 
tion of  the  church,  and  to  the  convocation 
then  sitting,  a  petition,  which  they  called 
the  preliminary  articles  of  the  reforma- 
tion, desiring  "  that  public  prayers  be 
conceived,  and  the  sacrament  adminis- 
tered in  the  vulgar  tongue ;  that  bishops 
be  admitted  with  the  assent  of  the  barons 
of  the  diocese,  and  parish  priests  with 
the  assent  of  the  parishioners ;  that  they 
who  are  unfit  for  the  pastoral  charge,  be 
removed  from  their  benefices,  and  such 
others  placed  in  their  room  as  are  able 
and  willing  to  instruct  the  people  by  con- 
stant preaching  ;  that  in  future,  immoral 
and  ignorant  persons  be  excluded  from 
the  administration  of  the  sacraments,  and 
the  other  ecclesiastical  functions." 

The  convocation  evaded  or  rejected 
their  demands,  and  the  queen  regent 
publicly  expressed  her  approbation  of  the 
decrees  by  which  their  principles  were 
condemned,  and   summoned    the    most 


SCOTLAND. 


585 


eminent  protestant  preachers  to  appear 
before  her  council  at  Stirling. 

The  members  of  the  congregation  as- 
sembled in  great  numbers  to  attend  their 
pastors  to  the  place  of  trial.  Dreading  so 
formidable  a  party,  the  regent  deputed 
Erskine  to  assure  them  that  she  would 
put  a  stop  to  the  present  proceedings,  if 
they  would  advance  no  further.  But  she 
forfeited  her  word,  and  sentence  of  out- 
lawry was  passed  against  them  for  not 
appearing.  At  that  crisis  John  Knox 
arrived,  and  lost  no  time  in  confirming 
the  resolution  of  the  wavering,  and  stim- 
ulating their  indignation  against  popery. 
He  declaimed  with  great  vehemence 
against  the  idolatry  of  the  mass  and  im- 
age worship.  The  congregation  then 
quietly  dismissed  ;  but  a  petty  affray  hav- 
ing occurred,  in  the  course  of  a  few  min- 
utes, the  images,  the  altar,  and  the  orna- 
ments of  the  church,  were  demolished, 
and  trampled  under  foot.  The  assailants 
then  proceeded  to  the  monasteries  of  the 
Grey  and  the  Black  Friars,  which  they 
pillaged  and  laid  in  ruins.*  With  that, 
the  queen  regent  assembled  an  army,  and 
advanced  towards  Perth  to  chastise  the 
insurgents.  The  latter  prepared  to  de- 
fend themselves,  being  joined  by  the  earl 
of  Glencairn  ;  and  a  treaty  was  conclud- 
ed, in  which  it  was  stipulated  that  an 
indemnity  should  be  granted,  and  that 
the  parliament  should  be  convoked  to 
compose  religious  differences.  These 
stipulations  were  violated  by  the  regent, 
and  she  left  a  garrison  order  to  allow  the 
exercise  of  any  religion  except  the  Ro- 
man catholic. 

The  reformers  now  renewed  the 
league,  and  collected  their  followers  for 
defensive  operations.  The  queen  took 
shelter  in  Dunbar,  which  she  fortified, 
and  the  dispute  between  the  regent  and 
the  congregation  now  assumed  a  more 
complex  character.  Being  joined  by 
Argyll  and  the  prior  of  St.  Andrews,  the 
reformers  aimed  at  the  redress  of  civil  as 
well  as  religious  grievances  ;  and  requir- 
ed as  a  preliminary  towards  settling  the 


*  It  is  said  John  Knox  himself  justified  this 
unlimited  destruction  by  the  noted  saying,  "Pull 
down  the  nests  and  the  rooks  will  fly  off !"  an  ex- 
pression, the  politic  meaning  of  which  could  only 
apply  to  the  cloisters  of  the  monks  and  friars. 
74 


peace  of  the  kingdom,  the  immediate 
dismissal  of  the  French  forces  from 
Scotland.  The  queen  amused  them  with 
promises,  which  were  finally  terminated 
by  the  arrival  of  1,000  men  from  France, 
and  she  immediately  broke  off  all  nego- 
tiations with  her  opponents.  On  this  the 
associated  lords  assembled  all  the  peers, 
barons,  and  representatives  of  barons  that 
adhered  to  them,  and  imanimously  gave 
their  suffrages  for  deprivingMaryof  Guise 
of  the  office  and  authority  of  regent. 

The  queen  had  retired  into  Leith, 
which  was  immediately  invested  by  the 
forces  of  the  congregation,  but  the  French 
refused  to  surrender,  and  their  besiegers 
were  not  possessed  of  the  artillery  and 
magazines  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  a 
siege.  Accustomed  also  to  decide  every 
quarrel  by  immediate  action,  the  assail- 
ants became  impatient  of  severe  and  con- 
stant duty.  The  garrison,  apprised  of 
their  discontent,  made  a  sally,  which  so 
dispirited  the  remainder,  that  they  aban- 
doned the  siege,  and  retreated  to  Stirling. 

Having  received  from  France  a  re-en- 
forcement, the  queen  regent  detached  a 
party  to  lay  waste  the  adjacent  country. 
In  this  pressing  extremity,  the  lords  of 
the  congregation  turned  their  eyes  to- 
wards JEngland,  and  Maitland  and  Mel- 
ville were  despatched  to  solicit  succors 
from  the  queen  of  England.  Elizabeth's 
ministers  did  not  hesitate  to  grant  a  re- 
quest so  consonant  to  the  wishes  and 
interests  of  their  mistress,  and  they  in- 
stantly despatched  a  squadron  to  cruise 
in  the  Frith  of  Forth.  After  the  flight 
of  the  congregation  to  Stirling,  the  queen 
dowager  took  possession  of  Edinburgh  ; 
but  her  scheme  was  rendered  abortive  by 
the  alUance  of  her  enemies  with  the 
English  queen.  Early  in  the  spring, 
Elizabeth  sent  6,000  foot  and  2,000 
horse  into  Scotland,  under  Lord  Grey  of 
Wilton.  To  meet  their  allies,  the  forces 
of  the  reformers  assembled  from  all  parts 
of  the  kingdom,  and  the  combined  army, 
amounting  to  13,000  men, besieged  Leith. 
The  French  garrison  was  speedily  redu- 
ced to  great  difficulties,  and  the  queen 
dowager  retired  to  the  castle  of  Edin- 
burgh, where  she  died  soon  after. 

The  French  court  now  abandoned  their 
schemes  of  distant  conquest.     It  became 


586 


SCOTLAND. 


necessaiy  to  withdraw  the  few  veteran 
troops  in  Scotland,  instead  of  sending 
new  re-enforcements  to  that  country.  A 
negotiation  was  therefore  opened,  through 
the  mediation  of  Ehzabeth.  Two  sepa- 
rate treaties  were  concluded  at  Edin- 
burgh, and  it  was  stipulated  that  the 
French  troops  should  immediately  evac- 
uate Scotland ;  that  Francis  and  Mary 
should  thenceforth  abstain  from  bearing 
the  arms  of  England  ;  that  an  amnesty 
should  be  published  for  all  past  offences ; 
that  none  but  native  Scotsmen  should  be 
eligible  to  fill  any  office  of  state,  or  hold 
either  civil  or  military  authority ;  that  the 
parliament  should  nominate  twenty-four 
persons,  of  whom  the  queen  might  select 
seven,  and  the  estates  five,  for  conducting 
the  government  during  their  sovereign's 
absence ;  and  that  Mary  should  make 
neither  peace  nor  war  without  the  con- 
sent of  parliament. 

Being  masters  of  the  kingdom,  the 
leaders  of  the  congregation  speedily 
completed  the  work  of  reformation.  A 
parliament  was  convened,  to  settle  the 
internal  tranquillity  of  the  country,  and 
the  protestant  members  greatly  outnum- 
bered their  adversaries.  After  ratifying 
the  late  treaties,  the  parliament  approved 
of  a  confession  of  faith  which  ha.d  been 
composed  by  John  Knox  and  other  pro- 
testant leaders.  Several  acts  were  passed 
against  the  catholics ;  and  the  presbyte- 
rian  form  of  church  government  was  es- 
tablished nearly  as  it  exists  at  present. 
After  the  death  of  queen  Elizabeth  of 
England,  in  1 603,  king  James  VI  of  Scot- 
land, succeeded  by  hereditary  right  to  the 
throne  of  England,  thus  uniting  the  two 
crowns.  He  died  in  1625,  and  was 
succeeded  by  Charles  I. 

In  1 633,  this  monarch  visited  his  Scot- 
tish dominions  where  his  reception  was 
affectionate  and  joyful,  but  by  an  unfortu- 
nate attempt  to  force  a  liturgy  into  their 
national  church,  he  called  their  secret 
discontents  into  open  action.  The  litur- 
gy destined  for  Scotland  was  a  little  dif- 
ferent from  the  English,  but  in  receding 
from  that  service,  it  approached  more  to 
the  forms  of  popery, — a  religion  which 
was  never  named  in  Scotland  without 
horror.  During  the  whole  week  before 
the  new  service  was  to  be  performed  in 


the  churches  of  Edinburgh,  the  people 
were  agitated  by  discourses  and  pamph- 
lets. On  Sunday  the  23d  of  July,  the 
dean  of  Edinburgh  prepared  to  officiate  in 
St  Giles's,  and  the  bishop  of  Argj'le  in 
the  Grey  Friars' church;  and  to  increase 
the  solemnity,  each  was  attended  by  the 
judges,  prelates,  and  a  part  of  the  council 
The  congregation  in  St  Giles's  continued 
quiet  till  the  service  began,  when  an  old 
woman,  impelled  by  sudden  indignation, 
started  up,  and  exclaiming  aloud  against 
the  supposed  mass,  threw  the  stool  on 
which  she  had  been  sitting  at  the  dean's 
head.  The  service  Avas  interrupted  by  a 
wild  uproar,  and  but  for  the  interposition 
of  the  magistrates,  the  bishop  might  have 
been  sacrificed  at  his  own  alts,r.  When 
most  of  the  people  had  retired,  and  the 
turbulent  had  been  excluded,  the  doors 
were  locked,  and  the  service  was  re- 
sumed ;  but  was  soon  overpowered  by 
the  people  from  without,  who  burst  open 
the  doors,  broke  the  windows,  and  rent  the 
air  with  exclamations  of,  "A  Pope,  an 
Antichrist,  stone  him,  stone  hira  !"  With 
a  few  exceptions,  the  prelates  were  equal- 
ly unsuccessful  throughout  all  Scotland 
in  imposing  the  liturgy. 

The  Scottish  privy  council  plainly 
perceiving  the  resolution  of  the  whole 
nation,  represented  to  Charles  the  diffi- 
culty of  enforcing  the  new  rites.  Their 
remonstrance  had  no  effect,  but  to  pro- 
duce a  threat  from  the  sovereign  of  re- 
moving the  seat  of  government  from  Ed- 
inburgh. In  the  mean  time,  a  conflux 
of  supplicants  against  the  liturgy,  from 
all  Scotland,  arrived  at  Edinburgh ;  and 
an  accusation  against  the  prelates  was 
subscribed  by  all  ranks,  from  the  peer  to 
the  peasant.  The  citizens  of  Edinburgh, 
exasperated  at  the  threat  of  the  seat  of 
government  being  removed,  surrounded 
the  town  council  house,  and  demanded 
the  replacing  the  ministers  who  had  been 
ejected  for  refusing  the  liturgy.  In  this 
tumult,  the  principal  citizens,  and  even 
the  wives  and  sisters  of  the  magistrates, 
took  a  share. 

The  council,  uninstructed  by  Charles, 
conceded  a  most  important  point  to  the 
supplicants,  in  permitting  the  celebrated 
Tables,  a  representative  body  of  nobles, 
gentry,  clergy,  and  burgesses,  to  sit  per- 


SCOTLAND, 


587 


manently  in  Edinburgh,  while  the  multi- 
tude dispersed  to  their  homes.  An  eva- 
sive answer  from  court  was  insufficient  to 
satisfy  the  public  mind.  A  formal  revo- 
cation of  the  liturgy  was  required,  and 
the  accusation  of  the  prelates  proceeded 
to  be  urged  by  the  Tables.  A  royal 
proclamation  was  issued,  denouncing  the 
supplicants  as  traitors  ;  but  the  effect  was 
only  to  summon  once  more  the  whole 
body  of  those  men  around  their  chiefs, 
and  the  proclamation  was  every  where 
met  by  a  protest,  held  equally  legal  and 
sufficient  to  counteract  its  effects. 

But  the  great  era  in  this  religious  union 
of  the  Scotch,  was  the  renewal  of  the 
national  covenant,  first  framed  at  the  Re- 
formation, when  the  lords  of  the  congre- 
gation, by  their  bond,  or  covenant,  under- 
took the  protection  of  the  infant  church. 
This  renewed  a  memorable  bond,  by 
which  the  subscribers  solemnly  renounc- 
ed Episcopacy  as  well  as  Popery,  and 
engaged  to  defend  each  other,  and  to  sup- 
port the  sovereig-n  in  the  preservation  of 
religious  liberty  ;  and  was  prepared  by 
Alexander  Henderson,  the  leader  of  the 
clergy,  and  Archibald  Johnston,  after- 
wards of  Warriston,  an  advocate.  It 
was  revived  by  the  lords  Balmerino,  Lon- 
don, and  Rothes.  It  was  sworn  to  by 
nobles,  gentry,  clergy,  and  burgesses, 
and  by  thousands  of  all  denominations, 
after  solemn  exhortation  and  prayer  in 
the  Grey  Friars'  church  of  Edinburgh. 
Throughout  Scotland,  it  roused  and 
agitated  the  people  by  a  zeal  unfelt  since 
the  Reformation. 

The  king  began  to  think  of  temporiz- 
ing with  the  Scotch  when  it  was  too  late. 
He  sent  the  marquis  of  Hamilton  with 
authority  to  treat  with  the  Covenanters. 
He  required  the  covenant  to  be  renounced 
and  recalled.  The  Covenanters  answer- 
ed, that  they  would  sooner  renounce  their 
baptism.  Hamilton  returned  to  London  ; 
made  another  fruitless  journey  with  new 
proposals,  and  was  again  sent  back  by 
the  Covenanters.  After  some  negotiation, 
Charles  made  concessions,  which,  at  an 
earlier  period,  might  have  proved  satis- 
factory. He  recalled  the  canon's  liturgy 
and  the  high  commission,  suspended  the 
articles  of  Perth,  and  seemed  only  anx- 
ious on  any  terms  to  continue  the  bishops. 


But  the  Scotch  could  not  now  think 
themselves  secure,  without  the  absolute 
abolition  of  Episcopacy.  A  weak  at- 
tempt was  made  amidst  these  disputes  to 
substitute  a  counter-covenant,  in  which 
the  renunciation  of  Popery,  and  submis- 
sion to  the  royal  authority,  were  combin- 
ed ;  but  the  new  bond  was  signed  by  few, 
and  with  little  zeal.  An  assembly,  which 
Charles  had  agreed  to  grant  to  the  Scot- 
tish religionists,  was  held  at  Glasgow ; 
an  assembly,  which,  from  a  large  acces- 
sion of  the  nobility  and  gentry,  far  ex- 
ceeded in  influence  what  the  ecclesiastics 
alone  could  have  possessed.  As  a  pre- 
parative to  the  abolition  of  Episcopacy, 
there  had  been  laid  before  the  presbytery 
of  Edinburgh,  and  solemnly  read  in  all 
the  churches  of  the  kingdom,  an  accusa- 
tion against  the  bishops,  of  heresy,  simo- 
ny, bribery,  perjury,  cheating,  and  numer- 
ous other  crimes,  to  the  suspicion  of 
which  the  lax  lives  of  the  episcopal  cler- 
gy had  but  too  much  exposed  them.  The 
bishops  sent  a  protest,  declining  the  au- 
thority of  the  assembly.  The  commis- 
sioners, too,  protested  against  the  court 
as  illegally  constituted,  and  in  his  majes- 
ty's name  dissolved  it.  But  this  measure 
was  foreseen,  and  little  regarded.  The 
court  still  continued  to  sit.  All  the  acts 
of  assembly  since  the  accession  of  James 
were,  on  strong  grounds  of  reason,  de- 
clared null  and  void  ;  and  with  these  the 
acts  of  parliament  regarding  ecclesias- 
tical affairs.  Thus  Episcopacy,  the  high 
commission,  the  articles  of  Perth,  the 
canons,  and  the  liturgy,  were  abolished, 
and  declared  unlawful ;  and  the  whole 
fabric  which  James  and  Charles  had 
been  rearing  with  so  much  industry,  fell 
to  the  ground.  Of  14  bishops  whom  the 
assembly  degraded,  eight  were  excom- 
municated, four  were  deposed,  and  two 
were  merely  suspended  from  ecclesias- 
tical functions.  These  were  bold  pro- 
ceedings. Yet  it  may  still  be  doubted, 
if,  with  so  much  justice  on  their  side, 
they  entitled  the  sovereign  to  think  of 
coming  to  the  last  extremities.  But 
Charles'  preparations  for  war  were  by 
this  time  far  advanced  ;  it  appears  indeed 
that  he  anxiously  solicited  the  rupture 
with  the  assembly,  to  justify  having  re- 
course  to   arms.     By  economy  he   had 


588 


SCOTLAND. 


amassed  about  200, OOOZ.,  loans  were  pro- 
cured from  the  nobility  ;  his  queen  in- 
cited the  Papists,  and  Laud  instigated  the 
clergy,  to  contribute  to  this  Episcopal 
war.  The  nobility  ware  summoned  to 
attend  their  sovereigiv  at  York.  The 
Scotch  had  not  been  idle  in  meeting  the 
hour  of  danger.  The  covenant  had  been 
received  by  Scotchmen  abroad  as  well 
as  at  home.  Lesly,  a  commander  dis- 
tinguished in  the  Swedish  service,  was 
recalled,  to  lead  the  Covenanters  at  home, 
and  he  -was  followed  by  many  experienc- 
ed ofRcers,  who  had  served  Gustavus. 
Arms,  ammunition,  and  artillery  were 
provided,  and  the  people  were  trained  to 
the  use  of  them.  After  France  and  Hol- 
land had  entered  into  a  league  against 
Spain  for  the  partition  of  the  Netherlands, 
England  had  been  invited  to  a  neutrality. 
But  Charles,  in  replying  to  the  French 
ambassador,  threatened  to  send  15,000 
troops  to  oppose  the  parthion  ;  an  im- 
politic threat,  in  return  for  which  Riche- 
lieu now  secretly  supplied  the  Cove- 
nanters with  money. 

When  the  king's  forces  had  assembled 
at  York,  when  Himtly  began  to  arm  for 
his  cause  in  the  north,  and  the  marquis 
of  Douglas  in  the  south,  the  Covenan- 
ters seized,  by  surprise,  some  of  the 
most  important  fortified  places.  Edin- 
burgh, Dumbarton,  and  Dalkeith,  fell  at 
once  into  their  hands.  The  marquis  of 
Hamilton  arrived  with  the  king's  fleet 
from  England;  but  he  found  Leith,  which 
had  been  fortified  by  volunteers  of  all 
ranks,  secure  from  assault,  and  could  only 
land  his  few  regiments  on  the  uninhabit- 
ed islands  of  the  Forth.  The  king  ad- 
vanced from  York  to  Berwick  with 
23,000  horse  and  foot, and  the  Scotch,  to 
the  number  of  24,000,  encamped  in  sight 
of  his  army  on  Dunse  Law.  The  latter 
had  hitherto,  though  with  swords  in  their 
hands,  constantly  addressed  Charles  as 
their  sovereign,  petitioning  redress  of 
grievances  from  him,  and  never  desisting 
from  pacific  overtures.  Formidable  as 
they  seemed  from  their  numbers,  zeal, 
national  spirit,  and  the  excellence  of  their 
officers,  the  king  listened  to  their  propo- 
sals. His  own  army  had  few  officers  of 
experience,  and  the  men  were  inspired  by 
no  such  zeal  as  that  which  animated  the 


Scotch.  In  the  pacification  of  Berwick, 
it  was  agreed,  that  the  armies  on  both 
sides  should  be  disbanded,  and  that  eccle- 
siastical matters  should  be  referred  to  the 
decision  of  another  assembly,  and  civil 
affairs  to  another  parliament  soon  to  be 
summoned.  The  fortifications  of  Leith 
were  surrendered,  and  30  castles  were 
restored  to  the  king's  government. 

The  assembly  of  the  Scottish  church 
accordingly  met,  and  again  abolished 
Episcopacy,  stigmatizing  the  liturgy, 
canons,  and  high  commissioners,  as  be- 
fore. The  Scottish  parliament  also  as- 
sembled, a  truly  patriotic  parliament,  who 
proposed  to  re-establish  all  their  legisla- 
tive rights  which  had  been  usurped  since 
the  accession  of  James,  and  to  rectify 
many  public  abuses.  Charles,  who  had 
never  been  sincere  in  his  treaty  with  the 
Scotch,  made  these  proposals  a  pretext 
for  suddenly  ordering  the  earl  of  Tra- 
quaire  to  prorogue  their  parliament, 
and  both  sides  again  prepared  for  hostil- 
ities. The  bigotry  of  Laud,  and  the 
violence  of  Wentworth,  overpowered  in 
the  English  council  the  moderation  of 
Hamilton  and  Morton  ;  for  to  those  four, 
under  the  name  of  the  junto,  the  Scottish 
affairs  had  been  long  entrusted.  A  letter, 
which  had  been  signed  by  seven  of  the 
Scottish  nobility  before  the  pacification 
of  Berwick,  and  addressed  to  the  French 
king,  (but  from  proper  motives  never  sent,) 
to  solicit  assistance,  was  thought  a  suffi- 
cient justification  of  war  on  the  royal 
side  ;  and  Loudon,  the  Scottish  commis- 
sioner from  the  Covenanters,  was  ordered 
for  execution,  (though  the  order  was  re- 
voked,) for  being  the  author  of  the  letter. 

After  eleven  years  intermission,  it  was 
necessary  to  convoke  another  parliament 
in  England.  By  the  mouth  of  the  lord 
keeper  Finch,  the  king  discovered  his 
wants,  and  representing  his  debts,  for 
which  he  had  given  security  on  his 
crown  lands,  amounting  to  300,000/., 
pleaded  for  immediate  supplies  to  support 
his  armaments,  and  promised,  though 
indefinitely,  to  promote  the  best  wishes 
and  interests  of  his  English  subjects. 
The  house  of  commons,  instead  of  listen- 
ing to  his  wants,  began  with  arranging 
the  grievances  of  the  public,  under  three 
different  heads :  those  of  the  broken  privi- 


SCOTLAND. 


589 


Scotch  Covenanters  defeating  the  English 


leges  of  parliament,  of  illegal  taxes,  and 
of  violence  done  to  the  cause  of  religion. 
After  an  intercession  on  the  part  of  the 
peers  in  the  king's  behalf,  which,  so  far 
from  obtaining  the  supplies,  was  declar- 
ed by  the  commons  to  be  an  illegal  inter- 
position, Charles  dissolved  the  parlia- 
ment ;  and  to  make  this  procedure  still 
more  dangerous  and  unpopular,  imprison- 
ed Bellasis  and  sir  John  Holham,  for  the 
share  they  had  taken  in  the  debates. 

Though  the  parliament  was  dissolved, 
the  convocation  of  the  clergy  was  still 
allowed,  which,  besides  granting  to  the 
king  a  supply  from  the  spirituality,  im- 
posed an  oath  on  the  clergy  and  the  gra- 
duates of  the  University,  to  support  the 
established  government  of  the  church,  by 
archbishops,  bishops,  deans,  chapters,  &c. 
The  public  notions  of  liberty  were  too 
far  matured  not  to  perceive,  that  such  an 
assembly  as  the  convocation,  without  con- 
sent of  parliament,  was  unconstitutional ; 
and  an  oath,  which  contained  an  &c, 
was  justly  exposed  to  ridicule.  In  the 
mean  time,  subscriptions  were  raised  at 
court,  or  extorted  from  merchants  ;  nor 
were  former  illegal  exactions,  however 
productive  of  discontent,  omitted.  In- 
stead of  Arundel,  Essex,  and  Holland, 


whose  capacity,  or  whose  zeal,  in  the 
last  expedition  was  suspected,  the  earl 
of  Northumberland  was  appointed  gener- 
al, the  earl  of  Strafford  lieutenant-general, 
and  lord  Conway  general  of  the  horse. 
The  army  which  was  now  raised,  consist- 
ed of  1 9,000  foot  and  2,000  horse. 

The  Scottish  covenanters  and  parlia- 
ment were  much  more  successfully  ac- 
tive. The  parliament  having  secured 
their  own  constitution,  by  the  creation  of 
a  third  estate  ;  having  passed  a  statute 
for  trennial  renovations  ;  and  having 
guarded  the  legislative  power  against  the 
encroachments  of  royalty  by  other  wise 
regulations,  appointed  a  committee  of 
estates  to  superintend  at  the  camp  and 
in  the  capital,  the  operations  of  the  war. 
Conscious  of  the  good  wishes  of  the  pop- 
ular party  in  England,  and  we  may  well 
suppose  in  correspondence  with  the  Eng- 
lish parliamentary  leaders,  they  crossed 
the  Tweed  with  23,000  foot,  3,000  horse, 
and  a  train  of  artillery.  Maintaining  as 
before  the  most  submissive  language, 
they  entered  England,  they  said,  with  no 
hostile  intentions,  but  to  obtain  access  to 
the  king's  person,  and  lay  their  petition  at 
his  feet.  At  Newburn  upon  Tyne  they 
were  opposed  by  general  Conway,  with 


590 


SPAIN. 


batteries  erected  on  the  opposite  bank, 
and  6,000  horse  and  foot.  Lesly,  their 
general,  first  requested  permission  to 
pass  ;  then  on  a  shot  being  fired  by  an 
Enghsh  sentinel,  they  opened  their  ar- 
tillery, and  charging  their  opponents,  put 
them  to  flight.  Their  army  thus  ob- 
tained immediate  possession  of  Newcas- 
tle, Tynemouth,  Shields,  and  Durham. 
Charles  retired  with  a  mutinous  and  pa- 
nic-struck army  from  Northallerton  to 
York,  where  an  address  reached  him 
from  the  city  of  London,  petitioning  for 
a  parliament.  He  contented  himself, 
however,  for  the  present,  with  summon- 
ing a  great  council  of  the  peers  at  York. 
A  treaty  was  suggested,  as  the  only 
means  to  prevent  the  advance  of  the 
Scotch. 

The  subsequent  events  in  the  history 
of  Scotland  are  intimately  blended  with 
the  history  of  Great  Britain.  The  union 
of  the  two  kingdoms,  in  1706,  relieving 


Scotland  from  the  burden  of  a  separate 
government,  procuring  for  them  a  suitable 
representation  in  the  united  parliament, 
and  a  gradual  uniformity  of  municipal 
laws,  has  been  highly  advantageous  to 
the  kingdom.  From  that  event,  the  agri- 
cidture,  manufactures,  and  commerce  of 
the  country  have  been  constantly  increas- 
ing. The  inhabitants  who  are  consider- 
ed the  most  moral  people  in  Europe,  are 
inclined  to  the  habits  of  domestic  life, 
steady  and  industrious,  well  calculated 
for  manufacturers,  and  have  greatly  ex- 
celled in  their  respective  arts.  Scotland 
has  produced  many  learned  men  of  the 
first  eminence  in  the  various  departments 
of  science.  Her  universities  have  long 
been  eminently  distinguished.  Her  il- 
lustrious historians,  Robertson  and  Hume, 
may  be  justly  ranked  among  the  first  of 
modern  times.  In  the  British  armies, 
the  soldiers  of  Scotland,  have  ever  been 
distinguished  for  their  valor. 


SPAIN. 


In  ancient  history  the  first  inhabitants 
of  Spain  were  generally  known  by  the 
name  of  Iberians  ;  and  it  is  also  known 
that  the  Celts  or  Gauls  formed  numerous 
settlements  west  of  the  Ebro,  and  became 
so  blended  by  intermarriages  with  the 
inhabitants,  that  they  obtained  the  desig- 
nation Celtiherians.  The  Greeks  and 
Phoenicians  also  planted  colonies  along 
the  maritime  districts.  The  Phoenicians 
having  built  the  city  of  Gades,  now  Cadiz, 
attempted  to  extend  their  authority  over 
the  neighboring  territory.  The  Span- 
iards, alarmed  at  the  growing  prosperity 
of  the  new  city,  collected  their  forces, 
and  would  soon  have  driven  out  the  in- 
truders, had  not  the  Phosnicians  invited 
the  Carthaginians  to  their  assistance, 
who,  furnishing  them  with  powerful  suc- 
cors, not  only  repulsed  the  Spaniards, 
but  obtained  the  greater  part  of  the  pro- 
vince. 

This  expedition  formed  the  commence- 
ment of  the  Carthaginian  power  in  Spain. 
Elated  with  their  success,  and  delighted 


with  the  richness  of  the  country,  and  the 
valuable  mines  of  gold  and  silver  which 
it  contained,  they  contemplated  the  con- 
quest of  the  whole  peninsula.  For  a 
time,  however,  their  arms  made  very  little 
progress  against  its  warlike  inhabitants, 
who  defended  themselves  with  great  bra- 
very and  resolution,  till  the  whole  power 
of  Carthage  was  directed  to  their  subju- 
gation. During  nine  years  of  incessant 
hostility,  the  Carthaginians  penetrated 
into  the  very  heart  of  the  country,  when 
their  general,  Hamilcar,  was  killed  in  a 
general  engagement  with  the  Vettones. 
His  successor,  Asdrubal,  carried  his  vic- 
torious arms  as  far  as  the  Ebro ;  and,  in 
order  to  secure  his  conquests,  built  the 
city  of  New  Carthage,  which  afterwards 
became  one  of  the  most  considerable 
cities  in  the  world. 

These  successes  excited  the  jealousy 
of  the  Romans,  who  could  not  behold 
without  alarm  the  rapid  advance  of  their 
rivals  to  the  entire  dominion  of  such  a 
country  as  Spain.    They,  therefore,  will- 


SPAIN. 


591 


ingly  listened  to  the  request  of  the  Sa- 
guntines,  who  had  implored  their  protec- 
tion, and  interposing  in  their  behalf,  pre- 
vailed upon  the  Carthaginian  general  to 
enter  into  a  treaty,  in  which  it  was  stip- 
ulated that  the  Carthaginians  should  not 
pass  the  Ebro,  and  that  the  Saguntines 
and  other  Grecian  colonies  should  enjoy 
their  ancient  rights  and  privileges.  No 
violation  of  this  treaty  occurred  during 
the  life  of  Asdrubal ;  but  extending  his 
conquests  in  other  directions,  he,  either 
by  force  or  persuasion,  established  the 
dominion  of  Carthage  over  the  finest  pro- 
vinces of  Spain.  A  few  years  after,  how- 
ever, he  fell  by  the  hands  of  an  assassin : 
and  no  sooner  had  Hannibal  succeeded 
to  the  command  of  the  Carthaginian 
army,  than  he  made  preparations  for  the 
siege  of  Sagimtum.  Though  this  city 
was  situated  within  the  Carthaginian  ter- 
ritory, it  was  expressly  excepted  by 
treaty  from  all  hostilities  ;  but  Hannibal 
promised  himself  many  advantages  from 
its  reduction.  It  was  a  key  by  which 
the  Roman  army  could  easily  enter  into 
Spain  ;  and  its  possession  would  serve 
as  a  barrier  against  their  future  encroach- 
ments. This  colony  also  was  immense- 
ly rich,  and  he  expected  to  find  in  it 
treasure  sufficient  to  defray  the  expenses 
of  a  premeditated  war  against  that  rival 
power.  The  Sagiantines,  however,  brave- 
ly defended  themselves  for  eight  months ; 
and  every  inch  of  ground  was  disputed 
with  undaunted  resolution.  Being  at  last 
reduced  to  great  extremity  by  the  scar- 
city of  provisions,  and  having  no  prospect 
of  assistance  from  the  Romans,  the  prin- 
cipal senators  collected  in  the  market 
place  their  richest  effects,  and  the  con- 
tents of  the  public  treasury,  and  having 
set  fire  to  the  pile,  threw  themselves  into 
the  midst  of  it,  and  perished  in  the  flames. 
Many  of  the  inhabitants  soon  after  fol- 
lowed their  example ;  and  the  rest,  mak- 
ing a  sally  on  the  besiegers,  were  all  put 
to  the  sword. 

This  siege,  one  of  the  most  memorable 
in  ancient  history,  produced  a  lengthened 
and  bloody  war  betwixt  the  Romans  and 
Carthaginians,  of  which  Spain,  for  several 
years,  continued  to  be  the  theatre.  The 
Romans,  taking  advantage  of  Hannibal's 
absence  in  Italy,  sent  an  army  into  that 


country.  After  a  long  contest  between 
these  rival  nations,  and  attended  with 
various  success,  the  Carthaginians  were 
driven  out  of  Spain,  and  the  Roman 
standard  planted  on  the  walls  of  Cadiz, 
which,  as  it  was  the  first,  was  also  the 
last  strong-hold  which  the  Carthaginians 
held  in  that  country.  But  though  the 
Roman  power  was  thus  in  a  manner  ex- 
tended over  Spain,  they  found  it  no  easy 
matter  to  maintain  their  authority. 

Numantia  had  maintained  its  independ- 
ence during  the  struggle  between  Rome 
and  Carthage  ;  and  its  inhabitants  had 
resisted  every  attempt  at  its  subjugation 
with  such  daring  courage,  that  the  bra- 
vest troops  of  Rome  trembled  at  the  very 
idea  of  a  Numantine  war.  The  first 
army  that  sat  down  before  its  walls  was 
completely  routed  and  dispersed.  In  the 
following  campaign  4,000  Numantines 
pursued  an  army  of  30,000  Romans, 
seized  and  plundered  the  camp  which 
they  had  abandoned,  killed  20,000  in  the 
pursuit,  and  shut  up  the  remainder  in  a 
rough  and  mountainous  country.  In  this 
situation  the  Roman  commander,  seeing 
no  way  of  escape,  was  compelled  to  sue 
for  peace.  This  was  generously  granted 
by  the  Numantines,  who,  for  the  lives  of 
10,000  Romans,  merely  stipulated  that 
they  should  be  allowed  to  maintain  their 
independence,  and  be  reckoned  among 
the  friends  of  the  Roman  people.  But, 
in  return  for  this  noble  and  disinterested 
conduct,  the  senate  of  Rome  refused  to 
ratify  the  treaty ;  and,  lost  to  all  sense 
of  honor  and  of  justice,  they  basely  re- 
solved, in  opposition  to  the  remonstrances 
of  all  the  officers  who  had  served  in 
Spain,  to  extirpate  that  brave  and  gener- 
ous people.  Scipio,  one  of  their  most 
experienced  generals,  and  the  conqueror 
of  Carthage,  was  chosen  for  this  danger- 
ous expedition.  Unwilling  to  expose  his 
men,  by  hazarding  an  engagement  with 
the  Numantines,  he  enclosed  the  city 
with  60,000  troops,  who  were  protected 
by  a  wall  and  ditch,  being  resolved  to 
reduce  the  inhabitants  not  by  force,  but 
by  famine.  The  besieged,  after  several 
brave  attempts  to  break  through  the  ene- 
my's lines  and  obtain  succors,  seeing 
their  ruin  inevitable,  entreated  the  Roman 
commander  that  he  would  either  allow 


592 


SPAIN. 


them  to  die  like  brave  men  in  a  general  I 
action,  or  preserve  their  liberty  by  an  \ 
honorable  capitulation.  Scipio,  how- 
ever, vk'ould  listen  to  no  proposals,  and 
insisted  upon  an  unconditional  surrender. 
This  drove  the  Numantines  to  despair, 
who  were  now  reduced  to  such  straits 
that  they  were  destroying  and  devouring 
each  other  ;  but,  preferring  death  to  sla- 
very, they  set  fire  to  their  city,  and  either 
killed  one  another,  or  perished  in  the 
flames.  The  Ml  of  this  city  was  con- 
sidered of  such  consequence  that  Scipio 
was  honored  with  a  triumph,  and  had 
the  surname  of  Numantinus  added  to  that 
of  Africanus.  It  consummated  the  sub- 
jection of  Spain  ;  for  though  that  noble 
love  of  liberty,  for  which  this  nation  was 
so  justly  famed,  frequently  led  them  to 
attempt  their  emancipation,  yet  they  were 
never  afterwards  able  to  make  any  head 
against  the  Romans  ;  but  were  at  last 
compelled  to  receive  the  religion,  the 
laws,  and  the  customs  of  their  conquer- 
ors. The  last  who  submitted  were  the 
Cantabrians,  who  were  almost  extermi- 
nated by  Agrippa ;  and  from  that  time 
Spain  continued  incorporated  with  the 
Roman  empire  until  the  irruption  of  the 
northern  nations. 

The  Suevi,  Alani,  and  Vandals,  in 
their  progress  southward,  broke  into 
Spain  about  the  begiiming  of  the  fifth 
century,  and  in  a  few  years  had  reduced 
and  partitioned  among  them  that  beautiful 
country.  The  native  militia,  for  a  time, 
successfully  repelled  the  inroads  of  bar- 
barians ;  but  when  these  were  supplanted 
by  the  mercenary  guards,  the  gates  of 
the  PjTenees  were  betrayed  to  the  ene- 
my, whose  progress  was  marked  by 
rapine  and  carnage.  They  exercised 
their  cruelty  indiscriminately  upon  the 
Romans  and  Spaniards,  and  ravaged  with 
equal  fury  the  cities  and  the  open 
country.  Famine,  and  its  inseparable 
attendant,  pestilence,  swept  away  a  large 
proportion  of  the  inhabitants ;  and  the 
barbarians  were  not  satiated  till  they  be- 
gan to  feel  the  destructive  effects  of 
those  calamities  which  they  themselves 
had  occasioned.  The  majority  of  the 
nation  submitted  to  the  yoke  of  their 
conquerors,  while  a  few  maintained  their 
independence  in  the  mountains  of  Gali- 


cia.  These  barbarians,  however,  were 
not  allowed  long  to  enjoy  their  conquests. 
The  Goths  had  become  the  allies  of 
Rome  by  the  marriage  of  their  king  with 
the  daughter  of  the  Emperor  Theodosius, 
and  were  induced  to  draw  their  swords 
for  the  recovery  of  Spain.  During  three 
years  the  contest  was  obstinately  sup- 
ported with  desperate  valor  and  various 
success,  when  the  superior  achievements 
of  the  Gothic  king  at  length  prevailed, 
and  Spain  was  once  more  restored  to 
the  authority  of  the  empire. 

The  history  of  the  Gothic  dominion  in 
this  country,  from  the  accession  of  Euric 
to  that  of  Roderic,  afibrds  few  materials 
of  any  interest.  Their  princes  were 
frequently  engaged  in  civil  or  religious 
wars,  and  long  adhered  to  the  wandering 
and  warlike  manners  of  their  fathers. 

The  followers  of  Mahomet  had  overrun 
the  whole  of  Mauritania,  and  reduced  it 
to  the  obedience  of  their  master,  except 
the  castle  of  Ceuta,  which  resisted  for  a 
time  all  their  eftbrts.  This  fort,  with  a 
small  district  around  it,  was  the  only  ter- 
ritory south  of  the  straits  belonging  to 
Spain,  and  was  intrusted  to  Count  Julian, 
who  defended  it  with  such  skill  and  in- 
trepidity, that  Musa,  the  Moslem  com- 
mander, was  compelled  to  retire  with 
disgrace  from  before  its  w^alls.  This 
nobleman,  it  is  supposed,  was  married  to 
a  sister  of  King  Witiza,  and,  being  con- 
sequently involved  in  the  downfall  of  the 
deposed  family,  his  resentment  was  ex- 
cited against  the  usurper  of  their  rights. 
Besides  his  command  in  Africa,  he  pos- 
sessed extensive  estates  and  numerous 
followers  in  Andalusia,  and  thus  held  in 
his  hands  the  keys  of  the  Spanish  mon- 
archy. These,  in  an  evil  hour,  he  be- 
trayed to  the  enemy  ;  and  this  Christian 
commander,  who  had  so  nobly  repulsed 
that  very  enemy  from  the  gates  of  Ceuta, 
forgetting  the  highest  claims  of  religion 
and  of  country,  sacrificed  all  in  revenge 
of  a  private  wrong.  When  the  first  inti- 
mation of  his  purpose  was  conveyed  to 
Musa,  the  wily  Moslem  hesitated  to  trust 
an  army  of  the  faithful  to  the  traitors  of  a 
foreign  land  ;  but,  having  ascertained 
what  might  be  expected  from  the  in- 
trigues and  influence  of  the  count,  and 
having  been  well  informed  of  the  dissen- 


SPAIN. 


693 


sions  among  the  Spaniards,  he  despatched 
an  army  under  Tarik  to  the  easy  conquest 
of  a  populous  and  wealthy  kingdom.  On 
the  descent  of  the  Saracens,  Roderic 
hastily  collected  a  small  army  to  oppose 
their  progress,  and  to  check  the  devasta- 
tions which  they  committed  upon  the 
unarmed  inhabitants.  He,  at  the  same 
time,  endeavored  to  heal  the  divisions 
which  were  so  fatal  to  his  country,  and 
was  so  far  successful  that  the  sons  of 
Witiza,  with  a  seeming  devotion  to  the 
common  cause,  joined  his  standard  with 
their  dependants.  The  bishops  also,  and 
the  flower  of  the  nobility,  assembled  with 
their  followers  at  the  royal  summons ; 
and  his  army  amounted  to  nearly  one 
hundred  thousand  men ;  but  they  were 
without  discipline,  and  their  fidelity  was 
suspected.  The  troops  of  Tarik  were 
composed  of  twelve  thousand  veteran 
Saracens,  and  a  crowd  of  Moors  who 
were  eager  to  share  in  the  expected 
plunder.  The  two  armies  met  on  the 
plain  of  Xeres,  and  after  three  days  of 
hard  skirmishing,  they  joined  in  a  gene- 
ral engagement.  The  issue  was  long 
doubtful.  Sixteen  thousand  Moslems  had 
fallen  under  the  swords  of  the  Goths ; 
and  they  would  soon  have  been  over- 
whelmed by  the  numbers  of  the  Chris- 
tians, had  they  not  been  saved  by  the 
defection  of  the  sons  and  brother  of  Wi- 
tiza, who  held  the  most  important  post 
in  the  army  of  Roderic.  The  ranks  of 
the  Christians,  being  thus  broken  and 
thrown  into  disorder,  opened  a  way  for 
the  action  of  the  Moorish  cavalry,  which 
made  prodigious  havoc  ;  and  during  the 
three  succeeding  days  of  flight  and  pur- 
suit, the  remains  of  the  Gothic  army 
were  scattered  or  destroyed.  This  deci- 
sive and  fatal  battle  sealed  the  ruin  of 
the  Gothic  monarchy  in  Spain ;  and  in 
the  course  of  a  few  years  the  Adctorious 
Moslems  had  subjected  the  finest  prov- 
inces of  the  peninsula  to  the  obedience 
of  the  calif.  The  vanquished  were  al- 
lowed to  retain  their  laws,  religion,  and 
language,  upon  the  payment  of  an  annual 
tribute  ;  but  many,  who  preferred  a  life 
of  poverty,  with  the  unrestrained  exercise 
of  their  religion,  to  the  precarious  pos- 
session of  their  properties,  retired  under 
Pelagius,  a  prince  of  the  blood,  into  the  j 
75 


mountains  of  Asturias,  where,  forgetting 
every  other  care,  they  sought  only  to 
provide  for  their  safety  and  freedom. 
Here  the  vital  spark  of  national  inde- 
pendence was  cherished  and  kept  alive  ; 
and  it  was  thence  that  the  successors  of 
these  warriors  emerged  in  after  times, 
and  by  degrees  recovered  their  country 
from  the  Moorish  yoke. 

The  first  Moorish  invaders  under  Tarik, 
consisting  of  various  tribes,  asserted,  by 
assuming  the  name  of  Spaniards,  their 
original  claim  of  conquest ;  and  though 
they  were  afterwards  joined  by  numer- 
ous bands  of  Arabs  of  difl'erent  countries, 
who  were  allowed  to  share  in  the  fruits 
of  this  important  enterprise,  they  appro- 
priated  to   themselves  the    most  fertile 
districts  of  the  country.     "  The  royal  le- 
gion of  Damascus  was  planted  at  Cor- 
dova ;   that  of  Emesa  at  Seville ;  that  of 
Kinnisrin  or  Calchis   at  Jaen  ;  and   that 
of    Palestine   at    Algezire  and    Medina 
Sidonia.     The    natives   of    Yemen   and 
Persia   were    scattered    around    Toledo 
and  the  inland  country ;  those  of  Egypt 
were  established  at  Murcia  and  Lisbon  ; 
and  the  fertile  seats  of  Granada  were  be- 
stowed on  the  ten  thousand  horsemen  of 
Syria  and  Irak,  the  children  of  the  pur- 
est and  most  noble  of  the  Arabian  tribes." 
A  spirit  of  emulation  and  jealousy  existed 
among  these  different  tribes,  which  gave 
rise  to  frequent  disputes,  and  which   be- 
ing nourished  by  a   factious  and  heredi- 
tary pride,  scattered  those  seeds  of  divis- 
ion, which  afterwards  ripened  into  a  full 
harvest  of  intestine  broils,  and  which  led 
to  their  final  expulsion  from  the  peninsula. 
The  Moorish  conquests  in  Spain  con- 
tinued to  be  governed  by  a  lieutenant  of 
the  Calif  of  Damascus,  until  the  depo- 
sition and  destruction  of  the  Ommiades 
in    Arabia,  when  Abdalrahman,  a  royal 
youth,  who  alone  had  escaped  the  mas- 
sacre of  his  house,  fled  into  Spain,  where 
he  was  hailed  with  joy  by  the  party  at- 
tached to  his  family.     After  a  short  and 
successful  struggle    with  the  lieutenant 
and  forces  of  the  rival  family  of  the  Ab- 
bassides,  he    established  the    throne  of 
Cordova,  and  became  the  first  Calif  of 
the  west.     The  dynasty  of  the  Ommia- 
des continued  to   reign  in  this  country 
with  great  splendor  for  nearly  two  cen- 


594 


SPAIN. 


turies  and  a  half,  when  the  Spanish  Ca- 
lifate  expired.  Their  dominions  were 
split  into  several  petty  states  by  the  re- 
bellion of  the  Moorish  governors,  who 
usurped  the  sovereignty  of  the  provinces 
over  which  they  presided,  and  assumed 
the  royal  style  in  Cordova,  Seville,  Va- 
lentia,  and  Granada.  This  dismember- 
ment occasioned  constant  wars,  which 
were  sometimes  prosecuted  with  all  the 
rancor  of  hereditary  feuds  ;  and  during 
which  the  monarchs,  as  well  as"  the 
boundaries  of  the  different  kingdoms, 
were  continually  changing.  Their  lim- 
its were  also  greatly  circumscribed  by 
the  conquests  of  the  Christians,  who 
were  gradually  extending  their  territories, 
and  threatened  the  complete  recovery  of 
their  native  possessions. 

The  Goths,  who  had  retired  with  Pe- 
lagius  to  the  mountains  of  Asturias,  had 
chosen  that  prince  as  their  monarch  ;  and 
his  territories  were  at  first  confined  to 
the  small  province  of  Liebana,  with  the 
hamlet  of  Cangas  for  its  capital.  This 
district  was  so  fortified  by  nature,  that, 
with  a  few  defenders,  it  was  capable  of 
resisting  almost  any  number  of  invaders. 
Here  Pelagius  laid  the  foundation  of  the 
kingdom  of  Leon,  and  of  the  Spanish 
monarchy ;  and  defied  the  whole  power 
of  the  Moors,  who  twice  attempted  with 
numerous  armies  to  dislodge  his  little 
band  of  patriots,  but  were  as  often  over- 
thrown with  dreadful  slaughter.  By 
these  victories  he  became  master  of  all 
the  Asturias,  and  soon  after  extended  his 
dominion  over  the  best  part  of  Biscay. 
His  little  territory  afforded  an  asylum  to 
the  oppressed  Christians,  who,  retiring 
privately  from  the  Moorish  provinces, 
repaired  in  great  numbers  to  his  stand- 
ard, and,  by  thus  recruiting  his  forces, 
enabled  him  and  his  immediate  succes- 
sors to  descend  with  more  confidence 
into  the  lower  and  more  fertile  parts  of 
the  country,  and  to  push  their  conquests, 
on  the  one  hand,  as  far  as  Castile,  and, 
on  the  other,  to  the  confines  of  Portugal. 
The  kingdom  of  Leon  increased  rapidly 
in  extent  and  resources  during  the  reig-ns 
of  Alphonso  III,  who  subdued  Galicia, 
and  spread  his  dominion  as  far  as  Coim- 
bra,  and  of  Ramirus  II,  who  penetrated 
to  Madrid,  which  he  took  by  storm,  and 


even  threatened  Toledo,  at  that  time  one 
of  the  strongest  cities  in  the  hands  of 
the  Moors.  Encouraged  by  the  successes 
of  the  Christians  in  Leon,  other  provinces 
began  to  establish  themselves  as  inde- 
pendent states,  and  by  similar  means 
rose  to  power  and  distinction.  The  in- 
dependence of  Navarre  commenced  about 
the  middle  of  the  ninth  century,  that  of 
Castile  thirty  years  later  ;  and  Aragon 
was  erected  into  a  kingdom  in  the  be- 
ginning of  the  eleventh  century.  The 
wars  and  events  which  led  to  the  forma- 
tion of  these  kingdoms  were  signalized 
by  many  heroic  achievements ;  and  no 
history  records  a  succession  of  kings  so 
remarkable  as  those  who  shone  in  those 
different  states.  Several  of  the  name  of 
Alphonso  were  distinguished  and  able 
princes,  one  of  whom  invented  the  Al- 
phonsine  tables,  and  superintended  the 
digesting  of  a  code  of  laws,  which  like- 
wise bears  his  name.  By  the  establish- 
ment of  these  states  the  Moors  were 
driven  from  the  finest  provinces  of  the 
Peninsula,  and  confined  within  the  king- 
dom of  Granada.  In  a  series  of  years, 
however,  by  the  usual  events  of  inter- 
marriages, or  succession,  or  conquest,  all 
these  were  united  under  Ferdinand  and 
Isabella,  the  former  the  hereditary  mon- 
arch of  Aragon,  and  the  latter  the  heiress 
of  Castile  and  Leon. 

The  first  care  of  Ferdinand  and  Isa- 
bella, after  having  wisely  settled  the  in- 
terior affairs  of  their  dominions,  was  the 
recovery  of  Granada.  An  opportunity 
was  soon  found  for  breaking  the  peace 
with  the  Moors  ;  and  after  a  protracted 
and  bloody  war,  this  wealthy  kingdom, 
which  had  occupied  a  large  proportion 
of  the  south  of  the  Peninsula,  having 
under  its  jurisdiction  thirty-two  cities, 
and  ninety-seven  walled  towns,  was  re- 
duced withm  the  small  compass  of  the 
city  of  Granada.  Being  now  invested 
by  the  Spaniards,  and  all  communication 
with  the  surrounding  country  cut  ofi,  the 
inhabitants  were  reduced  to  the  utmost 
extremity.  The  Moors,  however,  made 
a  gallant  defence  ;  and  received  an  hon- 
orable capitulation,  in  which  it  was  stip- 
ulated that  the  inhabitants  should  retain 
the  undisturbed  possession  of  their  prop- 
erty, the  use  of  their  laws,  and  the  free 


SPAIN. 


595 


exercise  of  their  religion.  Thus  the 
last  strong-hold  of  the  Arabs  in  Spain 
submitted  to  the  christian  arms,  after  an 
almost  uninterrupted  war  of  eight  centu- 
ries, and  during  which,  according  to  the 
Spanish  historians,  three  thousand  seven 
hundred  battles  were  fought.  Shortly 
after  the  battle  of  Xeres  in  712,  the 
Moors  had  overrun  the  whole  peninsula, 
except  a  small  district  in  the  mountains 
of  the  Asturias  ;  but  the  tide  of  victory 
was  not  long  in  setting  in  from  an  oppo- 
site direction ;  and  they  were  gradually 
driven  by  the  arms  of  the  christians  from 
all  their  possessions  in  Spain  :  from  the 
Asturais  in  716  ;  from  Salvarba  in  750  ; 
from  Catalonia  in  820 ;  from  Leon  in 
923  ;  from  Castile  in  1073  ;  from  Aragon 
1118;  from  Cordova  and  Jaen  in  1236  ; 
from  Seville  in  1248  ;  from  Valentia  in 
1264  ;  from  Murcia  in  1265 ;  and  from 
Granada  in  1492. 

That  part  of  Spain  which  was  sub- 
ject to  the  Moors,  enjoyed  a  degree  of 
prosperity  and  civilization,  unexampled 
during  any  other  period  of  its  history. 
This  people  were  particularly  skilled  in 
agriculture,  and  carried  every  branch  of 
public  and  private  economy  to  a  high  de- 
gree of  perfection.  They  paid  the  most 
minute  attention  to  the  analysis,  classifi- 
cation, and  manure  of  the  different  soils, 
to  rustic  buildings,  plantations,  and  agri- 
cultural implements,  and  to  the  care  of 
animals.  They  divided  their  lands  into 
small  fields,  which  were  kept  constantly 
under  tillage,  and  by  their  reservoirs  and 
canals,  they  conveyed  water  to  the  highest 
and  driest  spots.  They  were  the  first  who 
introduced  into  this  country  the  cultiva- 
tion of  rice,  sugar,  cotton,  and  silk ;  and 
the  general  appearance  of  their  estates 
formed  a  striking  contrast  to  the  domains 
of  the  crown,  and  the  immense  wastes 
of  the  Gothic  lords.  They  were  also 
expert  in  all  the  mechanical  arts  ;  and  in 
almost  every  city  were  established  looms, 
forges,  mills,  glass-houses,  &c.  The 
invention  of  paper  is  due  to  this  people  ; 
and  many  kinds  of  manufactures,  particu- 
larly silk  and  cotton  stuffs,  morocco  leath- 
er, &c,  were  brought  by  them  to  so  great 
perfection,  that,  in  the  twelfth  century, 
the  tissues  of  Granada  and  Andalusia 
were  highly  prized  at  Constantinople  and 


throughout  the  eastern  empire.  Their 
skill  in  architecture  was  equally  conspic- 
uous ;  and  the  Alhambra  of  Granada, 
still  in  existence,  is  an  evidence  of  the 
fine  taste,  studied  elegance,  and  ability 
of  their  artists.  To  this  improved  state 
of  industry  the  Moors  added  the  love  of 
science  and  learning.  These  they  intro- 
duced into  Europe  at  a  time  when  it  was 
immersed  in  darkness  ;  and  they  possess- 
ed many  luxuries  unknown  to  the  neigh- 
boring nations.  "  The  successors  of  Ab- 
dalrahman  had  formed  a  library  of  600,000 
volumes,  44  of  which  were  employed  in 
the  mere  catalogue.  Their  capital  of 
Cordova,  with  the  adjacent  towns  of  Ma- 
laga, Almeria,  and  Murcia,  had  given 
birth  to  more  than  300  writers  ;  and 
above  70  public  libraries  were  opened  in 
the  cities  of  the  Andalusian  kingdom." 
The  Arab  historians  describe  the  reign 
of  the  Ommiades  as  the  most  splendid 
and  prosperous  era  of  Moorish  Spain. 
"  The  third  of  the  Abdalrahmans  derived 
from  this  kingdom  the  annual  tribute  of 
12,045,000  dinars  or  piece  of  gold,  about 
6,000,000  sterling.  His  royal  seat  at  Cor- 
dova contained  640  mosques,  900  baths, 
200,000  houses  ;  he  gave  laws  to  80  ci- 
ties of  the  first,  to  300  of  the  second  and 
third  order  ;  and  the  fertile  banks  of  the 
Guadalquivir  were  adorned  with  12,000 
villages  and  hamlets.  The  inmates  of 
his  seraglio,  comprehending  his  wives, 
concubines,  and  black  eunuchs,  amounted 
to  6,300  persons ;  and  he  was  attended 
to  the  field  by  a  guard  of  12,000  horse, 
whose  belts  and  cimeters  were  studded 
with  gold."  To  this  extraordinary  con- 
currence of  industry,  wealth,  talents,  and 
learning,  this  people  united  that  roman- 
tic gallantry  which  so  eminently  pre- 
vailed in  the  ages  of  chivalry  ;  and  their 
noble  conduct  in  many  instances,  inspired 
with  confidence  in  their  honor,  even  the 
enemies  of  their  kingdom  and  of  their  faith. 
The  important  conquest  of  Granada 
was,  in  the  same  year,  followed  by  the 
more  important  discovery  of  America  by 
Columbus.  After  the  death  of  Ferdinand 
and  Isabella,  Cardinal  Ximenes  was  ap- 
pointed regent  of  Castile  during  the  mi- 
nority of  Don  Carlos,  the  son  of  Philip, 
king  of  the  Netherlands,  and  grandson 
of  Isabella. 


596 


SPAIN. 


Francis  visited  by  the  Emperor  Charles  in  the  Castle  of  Madrid. 


The  affairs  of  Spain,  until  the  arrival 
of  Charles,  were  conducted  by  the  aged 
cardinal  with  such  wisdom,  integrity,  and 
firmness,  that  the  kingdom  felt  not  the 
loss  of  the  powerful  mind  (yf  Ferdinand. 
Many  of  the  nobles  who,  supposing  that 
the  reins  of  government  would  be  relax- 
ed under  the  delegated  power  of  a  re- 
gent, had  taken  up  arms  to  prosecute 
their  private  quarrels  and  pretensions, 
were  compelled  to  repress  their  hostili- 
ties, and  to  submit  to  the  terms  of  the 
cardinal.  The  decision  and  vigor  of  his 
administration,  and  the  high  authority 
which  he  assumed,  excited  the  fears  of 
the  nobility  for  the  safety  of  their  peculiar 
privileges  ;  and  when  they  sent  a  deputa- 
tion to  question  his  power,  and  demand 
by  what  right  he  held  the  regency  of  the 
kingdom,  he  showed  them  the  will  of  P'er- 
dinand,  ratified  by  Charles.  This,  how- 
ever, not  seeming  to  produce  the  acquies- 
cence which  he  wished,  he  led  them  to 
a  balcony,  and  pointing  to  a  body  of 
troops  and  a  train  of  artillery  stationed 
before  the  palace,  said,  "  These  are  the 
powers  by  which  I  mean  to  govern  Spain 
until  the  arrival  of  his  majesty."  The 
exertions  of  this  able  minister,  dur- 
*ing  his  short  regency,  did  much  for  the 


security  of  the  kingdom,  and  the  exten- 
sion of  the  royal  prerogative. 

After  the  death  of  Ximenes,  Charles 
found  great  difficulty  in  establishing  his 
authority  in  Spain.  His  Flemish  favor- 
ites, by  their  exactions  and  avarice,  had 
become  odious  throughout  the  kingdom  ; 
and  several  cities  of  the  first  rank  in 
Castile  entered  into  a  confederacy  for 
the  maintenance  of  their  rights  and  priv- 
ileges. This  confederacy  assumed  the 
name  of  the  Holy  Junta,  and  bound 
themselves  by  a  solemn  oath  to  live  and 
die  in  the  service  of  the  king,  and  in 
defence  of  the  privileges  of  their  order. 

After  a  furious  contest  of  nearly  eight 
months,  the  army  of  the  Junta  was  com- 
pletely routed,  and  three  of  their  chiefs 
were  taken  prisoners  and  executed. — 
Francis  I,  of  France,  disatisfied  that 
Charles,  his  rival,  should  obtain  the  im- 
perial crown,  sought  revenge  in  a  war 
which  commenced  in  1521.  It  was  con- 
tinued till  1525,  when  Francis  w^as  ut- 
terly defeated  before  Pavia  in  Italy,  and 
taken  prisoner  and  conducted  to  Madrid. 
For  many  weeks  Charles  did  not  deign 
to  visit  his  captive.  Such  neglect  stung 
Francis  to  the  soul,  and  threw  him  into 
a  fever  which  threatened  his  life,  Charles 


SPAIN. 


597 


fearful  of  losing  the  advantage  of  having 
the  person  of  the  captive  monarch  in  his 
possession,  visited  him,  and  was  profuse 
of  the  kindest  promises.  Upon  his  re- 
covery, however,  he  would  not  grant  him 
his  liberty,  until  he  had  signed  his  re- 
nunciation to  Naples,  Milan,  Flanders, 
Artois,  and  leave  his  two  sons  as  hostages. 
After  this  period,  Charles  turned  his  arms 
against  the  piratical  states  of  Barbary. 
After  his  return  he  found  himself  em- 
broiled in  new  wars,  and  the  remainder 
of  his  reign  was  spent  in  his  contest  with 
France  and  the  protestants  of  Germany 
Worn  out  at  length  by  his  arduous  du- 
ties and  the  ravages  of  the  gout,  and 
conscious  of  his  inability  much  longer  to 
direct  with  vigor  the  multiplicity  of  af- 
fairs which  called  for  his  attention 
throughout  his  extensive  dominions,  he 
resolved  to  resign  his  hereditary  states 
to  his  son  Philip,  who  had  now  attained 
his  28th  year,  and  having  been  early  ac- 
customed to  business,  had  discovered 
both  inclination  and  capacity  sufficient  to 
sustain  the  weighty  burden  which  was 
about  to  devolve  upon  him.  For  this 
purpose  he  recalled  Philip  from  England, 
and  having  assembled  the  states  of  the 
low  countries  and  of  Brussels,  Charles 
seated  on  a  chair  of  state,  and  surround- 
ed by  a  splendid  retinue  of  the  princes 
of  the  empire  and  grandees  of  Spain, 
with  great  solemnity  surrendered  to  his 
son  all  his  territories,  jurisdiction,  and 
authority  in  the  low  countries.  A  few 
weeks  afterwards,  he  resigned  with  great 
solemnity,  and  in  an  assembly  no  less 
splendid,  the  crown  of  Spain,  "reserving, , 
of  all  his  vast  possessions,  nothing  for 
himself  but  an  annual  pension  of  one 
hundred  thousand  crowns  to  defray  the 
charges  of  his  family,  and  to  afford  him 
a  small  sum  for  acts  of  beneficence  and 
charity."  In  the  following  year  he  re- 
turned to  Spain,  and  retired  to  the  mon- 
astery of  St.  Justus,  near  Placentia. — 
Here  in  a  mean  retreat,  he  forgot  the 
ambitious  thoughts  and  projects  which 
had  so  long  engrossed  his  mind,  and  which 
for  half  a  century,  had  filled  with  terror 
all  the  kingdoms  of  Europe,  and  devoting 
the  evening  of  life  to  innocent  amuse- 
ments and  religious  exercises,  died  on 
the  21st  of  September,  1558, 


Philip  II,  though  his  father,  with  all 
his  power  and  influence,  was  unable  to 
obtain  for  him  the  imperial  crown,  suc- 
ceeded to  a  sceptre  more  powerful  per- 
haps than  that  of  any  monarch  of  the 
age.  Besides  his  dominions  in  Europe, 
including  Spain,  Naples,  the  duchy  of 
Milan,  and  the  Netherlands,  he  possessed 
in  the  new  world  territories  of  such  vast 
extent,  abounding  in  inexhaustible  veins 
of  wealth,  and  opening  such  boimdless 
prospects  of  every  kind,  as  must  have 
roused  into  action  a  mind  much  less  am- 
bitious and  enterprising  than  that  of 
Philip.  He  inherited  with  his  crown  a 
war  with  France  and  the  pope,  but  this 
was  but  of  short  duration  ;  and  the  trea-' 
ty  of  Chateau  Cambresis  left  him  with- 
out an  enemy.  In  memory  of  the  battle 
of  St.  Quintin,  fought  in  this  war,  "on 
the  day  consecrated  to  St.  Laurence,  he 
built  the  splendid  and  magnificent  palace 
of  the  Escurial,  in  honor  of  that  saint 
and  martyr,  and  so  formed  the  plan  of  the 
work  as  to  resemble  a  gridiron,  which, 
according  to  the  legendary  tale,  had  been 
the  instrument  of  St.  Laurence's  martyr- 
dom." This  prince,  however,  was  not 
of  a  disposition  to  remain  long  inactive  ; 
and  though  he  was  not  desirous  of  mili- 
tary glory,  yet  in  other  respects,  he  was 
not  inferior  to  his  father  either  in  ambition 
or  abilities  ;  and  during  a  long  reign,  he 
gave  more  disturbance  to  his  enemies  by 
his  political  intrigues,  than  the  emperor 
had  ever  done  by  his  arms. 

The  severity  of  Charles'  government 
in  the  Netherlands,  with  respect  to  re- 
ligious matters,  had  estranged  from  him 
the  aflections  of  his  subjects  in  that 
country;  and  the  violent  and  bigoted 
principles  of  Philip's  administration,  un- 
der the  Duke  of  Alva,  exasperated  them 
into  open  rebellion.  This  afforded  em- 
ployment to  the  arms  of  Spain  for  near- 
ly half  a  century,  and  at  last  lost  to  that 
crown  one  half  of  its  most  valuable  pos- 
sessions in  the  lower  countries.  (See 
Netherlands.) 

The  same  spirit  of  intolerance  which 
raised  such  a  flame  in  the  Netherlands, 
stirred  up  the  Moors  in  Spain  to  a  similar 
resistance.  This  industrious  people, 
since  their  subjection,  had  lived  as  quiet 
subjects.     But  it  had  been  insinuated  to 


598 


SPAIN. 


the  court  of  Rome,  that  though  nominally 
Christians,  they  still  adhered  to  the  Ma- 
hometan faith,  which  induced  the  pope  to 
press  upon  Philip  the  necessity  of  bring- 
ing them  by  force  within  the  pale  of  the 
Catholic  church.  The  king  ever  ready 
to  listen  to  the  instigations  of  monkish 
zeal,  sent  express  orders  into  the  king- 
dom of  Granada,  to  oblige  the  Moors  to 
change  at  once  their  habits,  manners, 
and  language  ;  and  the  clergy  were  en- 
joined to  require  the  registration  of  all 
Moorish  children  between  five  and  fifteen 
years  of  age,  that  they  might  be  taught 
the  Castilian  tongue,  and  be  instructed  in 
the  Catholic  faith.  Notwithstanding  the 
humble  representations  of  loyalty  and  at- 
tachment from  this  unfortunate  race,  and 
the  louder  remonstrances  of  the  govenor 
and  principal  officers  of  the  province, 
against  so  impolitic  and  impracticable  a 
measure,  Philip  remained  inflexible. 
The  Moors  were  driven  to  despair,  and 
having  taken  up  arms,  renounced  their 
allegiance  to  the  king  of  Spain,  and  pro- 
claimed one  of  their  chiefs  king  of  Gran- 
ada and  Cordova.  The  struggle  was 
prosecuted  on  the  part  of  the  Moors  with 
all  the  fury  of  religious  frenzy,  commit- 
ting every  where  the  most  outrageous  ex- 
cesses, and  inflicting  inexcusable  cruel- 
ties upon  the  innocent  inhabitants,  par- 
ticularly ecclesiastics ;  while  the  Span- 
ish commanders  acted  with  great  mode- 
ration, treating  their  prisoners  with  lenity, 
and  receiving  many  to  mercy.  This  war 
lasted  between  tvi'o  and  three  years,  cost 
the  lives  of  20,000  Castilian  soldiers,  of 
about  100,000  Moors,  and  depopulated 
and  destroyed  some  of  the  finest  countries 
in  Spain. 

With  a  weak  and  despicable  policy, 
PhiUp  III,  expelled  from  his  kingdom  all 
the  Moors,  who  were  the  most  industri- 
ous of  its  inhabitants,  in  1 6 1 0 ;  and  this  de- 
population joined  to  that  already  produced 
by  her  American  colonies,  rendered  Spain 
a  lifeless  and  enervated  mass.  The  na- 
tional weakness  and  its  disorders  in- 
creased under  Philip  IV  and  Charles  II. 
The  succession  to  the  kingdom  on  the 
death  of  this  latter  monarch,  was  the  ob- 
ject of  much  political  intrigue.  Philip, 
grandson  of  the  king  of  France,  and 
Charles,  brother  of  the  emperor  of  Ger- 


many, were  competitors.  France  and 
Spain  supported  the  claims  of  Philip,  and 
Germany,  England,  and  Holland,  those 
of  Charles  ;  Philip  V,  however,  obtained 
possession  of  the  throne.  The  most  re- 
markable event  during  his  struggle  for 
the  supremacy,  was  the  siege  of  Barcelo- 
na in  Catalonia. 

Ardently  attached  to  their  native  cus- 
toms and  laws,  and  holding  in  detesta- 
tion those  of  Castile,  the  inhabitants  of 
Barcelona  resisted  every  offer  of  accom- 
modation, short  of  the  actual  acknow- 
ledgement of  their  ancient  privileges. 
Though  abandoned  by  all,  they  prepared 
for  a  vigorous  defence,  determined  to  re- 
linquish their  liberty  only  with  their  lives. 
Villaroel,  who  had  received  the  rank  of 
general  in  the  Austrian  service,  was  en- 
trusted with  the  military  command.  He 
had  only  16,000  troops  besides  armed 
citizens,  to  oppose  the  whole  army  of 
Philip,  supported  by  20,000  French, 
under  the  renowned  duke  of  Berwick. 
But  every  expedient  that  skill  or  valor 
could  suggest,  was  employed  to  ensure 
success  in  the  approaching  conflict.  All 
who  were  imfit  for  service,  the  timid,  the 
sickly,  and  the  aged,  were  removed  to 
the  island  of  Majorca,  which  also  held 
out  against  the  authority  of  Philip,  the 
fortifications  were  repaired  and  strength- 
ened, the  streets  barricaded,  and  every 
house  converted  into  a  citadel,  by  pierc- 
ing the  walls  for  the  use  of  musketry ;  and, 
in  order  to  excite  the  popular  enthusiasm, 
and  to  strengthen  their  patriotism  with 
the  sanctions  of  religion,  they  deposited 
on  the  high  altar  of  the  cathedral  the 
written  promise  of  the  queen  of  England 
to  maintain  their  constitution,  making  a 
solemn  appeal  to  heaven  against  the  de- 
sertion of  those,  of  whose  selfish  ambi- 
tion and  crooked  policy  they  were  aboui 
to  become  the  victims. 

The  Spanish  trenches  were  opened  on 
the  12th  of  July ;  on  the  30th  a  lodgment 
was  made  in  the  covert  way  ;  and  by 
the  12th  of  August,  breaches  were  effect- 
ed in  two  of  the  bastions.  After  a 
struggle  of  three  days,  the  assailants  ob- 
tained a  footing  upon  the  rampart ;  and, 
while  arrangements  were  making  for  a 
general  assault,  the  duke  of  Berwick, 
anxious  to  prevent  a  farther  effusion  of 


SPAIN. 


599 


blood  in  this  unnatural  contest,  and  to 
save  the  city  from  the  horrors  of  a  storm, 
repeated  the  offers  of  a  general  amnesty. 
His  compassionate  efforts  were  treated 
with  contumely,  and  served  only  to  add 
fuel  to  their  enthusiasm.  The  signal  for 
the  assault  was  given  on  the  morning  of 
the  11th  of  September,  "  Fifty  battalions 
of  grenadiers,"  says  Coxa,  "commenced 
the  dreadful  work,  and  were  supported 
by  forty  others.  The  French  attacked 
the  eastern  bastion,  the  Spaniards  that  of 
St.  Clara  and  the  new  gate.  The  resis- 
tance was  obstinate  even  to  ferocity. 
Cannon  loaded  with  grape  made  the  most 
dreadful  carnage  in  the  breaches.  With- 
out being  able  to  advance  a  single  step, 
the  assailants  perished  by  hundreds. 
Fresh  troops  incessantly  arriving,  at 
length  overpowered  the  weaker  number 
of  the  besieged.  The  French  and  Span- 
ish columns  mounted  the  breaches  at  the 
same  instant,  and  the  French  pushed  for- 
ward into  the  town.  But  here  the  con- 
flict really  commenced.  Every  street 
was  intersected  with  barricades  ;  every 
inch  of  ground  viras  purchased  with  the 
sacrifice  of  lives.  Unprovided  with  means 
to  force  the  barricades,  or  fill  up  the 
ditches,  the  assailants  were  swept  away 
by  an  incessant  fire  from  every  house. 
At  length  all  obstructions  were  overcome 
by  torrents  of  blood.  In  the  heat  of  the 
combat,  the  victors  spared  not ;  the  Cat- 
alans, lavish  of  life,  demanded  no  quarter. 
When  they  were  driven  into  the  great 
square,  the  assailants  deemed  the  conflict 
at  an  end,  and  dispersed  for  pillage.  But 
the  insurgents,  profiting  by  the  moment, 
returned  to  the  charge ;  the  assailants 
were  driven  back  to  the  breach,  and 
would  have  been  again  precipitated  into 
the  ditch,  had  they  not  been  rallied  by 
the  bravery  and  exertions  of  their  officers. 
Again  the  combat  raged  with  aggravated 
fury,  for  the  Spanish  column,  which  had 
penetrated  by  the  other  breach,  was  driven 
back  as  the. French  retreated.  Numbers 
and  bravery  at  length  vanquished  all  re- 
sistance. The  Spaniards  turned  their 
own  cannon  against  them,  and  additional 
artillery  was  brought  up  to  the  breach. 
Yet,  though  thrown  into  disorder,  they 
did  not  cease  to  combat.  The  assailants, 
galled  with  a  continual  and  terrible  fire, 


by  a  desperate  efTort  forced  the  bastion  of 
St.  Peter,  where  the  besieged  made  their 
principal  stand,  and  turned  its  artillery 
against  them.  In  this  crisis,  the  chiefs 
led  them  to  a  new  charge,  but  were  re- 
pulsed, and  Villaroel  desperately  wound- 
ed. Though  discouraged  by  the  misfor- 
tune of  the  commander,  the  besieged  still 
maintained  the  struggle  for  twelve  hours, 
in  every  quarter  of  the  town  ;  and  there 
was  scarcely  an  inhabitant  of  any  age, 
sex,  or  condition,  who  did  not  share  in 
the  defence.  The  history  of  this  century 
does  not  furnish  an  example  of  a  siege 
so  long  and  bloody.  The  women  at 
length  retired  into  the  convents  ;  the  pop- 
ulace, vanquished  and  straitened  on  every 
side,  and  unable  to  defend  themselves, 
did  not  demand  quarter  ;  and  the  French 
massacred  all  without  distinction.  At 
this  moment,  some  individuals  raised  a 
white  standard  ;  and  Berwick  seized  the 
opportunity  to  suspend  the  carnage,  or- 
dering his  troops  to  maintain  their  posts, 
till  he  had  heard  the  proposals  of  surren- 
der. But  a  sudden  cry  of  "  kill  and  burn," 
bursting  from  the  ranks,  revived  the  fury 
of  the  troops  ;  the  streets  were  again  del- 
uged with  blood,  and  the  authority  of 
Berwick  himself  scarcely  sufficed  to  ar- 
rest the  disorder.  Night  arrived,  and 
with  it  new  horrors  ;  for  in  the  short  in- 
terval of  suspense,  the  inhabitants  re- 
sumed their  arms,  and  again  poured  a 
destructive  fire  from  the  houses.  Depu- 
ties at  length  advanced  to  the  breach  to 
parley  with  marshal  Berwick,  but  re- 
quired a  general  pardon,  and  the  restora- 
tion of  their  privileges.  The  marshal 
contemptuously  rejected  the  demand,  and 
threatened  to  give  no  quarter,  if  they  did 
not  surrender  before  morning.  His  an- 
swer inflamed  the  spirit  of  the  insurgents ; 
and  the  combat  raged  with  redoubled  fury, 
a  storm  of  fire  pouring  upon  the  assailants 
from  the  houses,  which,  by  order  of  the 
marshal,  had  been  respited  from  destruc- 
tion. This  night  was  one  of  the  most 
horrible  that  imagination  can  form.  The 
marshal  ordered  the  dead  and  wounded 
to  be  removed,  kept  the  troops  under 
arms,  and  prepared  to  reduce  the  town  to 
ashes.  Day  broke,  and  notwithstanding 
the  obstinacy  of  the  insurgents,  he  grant- 
ed a  delay  of  six  hours.  This  concession 


600 


SPAIN. 


producing  no  effect,  the  houses  were  set 
on  fire.  Apprised  of  their  danger  by  the 
burst  of  the  flames,  the  insurgents  once 
more  hoisted  a  flag  of  truce.  The  fire 
was  extinguished,  the  deputies  of  the 
magistracy  yielded  the  town  without  con- 
dition, and  the  offers  of  Berwick  pro- 
cured the  immediate  surrender  of  Mont- 
juich  and  Cardona. 

The  lives  and  property  of  the  inhabi- 
tants were  spared ;  but  twenty  of  the 
chiefs,  among  whom  were  Villaroel,  Ar- 
mengol,  the  marquis  of  Peral,  and  Nebot, 
were  consigned  to  perpetual  imprison- 
ment in  the  castle  of  Alicante  ;  and  the 
bishop  of  Albaracin,  with  two  hundred 
ecclesiastics,  banished  to  Italy.  Of  the 
rest,  the  inferior  officers  were  dismissed 
on  taking  the  oath  of  allegiance.  The 
standards  of  the  town  were  publicly 
burnt,  the  privileges  of  the  province  an- 
nulled, and  a  new  government  establish- 
ed, according  to  the  constitution  of  Cas- 
tile. 

Thus  ended  a  conflict  which  recalls  to 
the  recollection  the  fate  of  the  ancient 
Numantia  and  Saguntum,  and  in  recent 
times  finds  a  parallel  in  the  immortal  de- 
fence of  Saragossa.  The  royalists  pur- 
chased their  victory  with  the  loss  of  no 
less  than  6,000  men  in  the  siege,  and 
4,000  in  the  assault ;  and  the  besieged 
were  equally  sufferers. 

At  the  accession  of  Philip  V,  of  the 
house  of  Bourbon,  to  the  throne,  Spain 
had  become  much  reduced  in  its  wealth 
and  population,  and  still  more  in  the 
genius  and  activity  of  the  people.  The 
reign  of  Philip  was  long,  but  the  despo- 
tism of  his  government  with  the  super- 
stition and  oppression  of  the  Catholic 
church  at  that  period,  no  other  being 
tolerated,  joined  to  natural  indolence, 
gradually  destroyed  the  strength  and 
reputation  of  the  people.  Philip  died 
in  1746,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son 
Ferdinand  VI,  who  would  gladly  have 
restored  the  privileges  and  prosperity  of 
people  ;  but  the  general  corruption  of  the 
court,  the  clergy,  and  the  nobility,  formed 
an  obstacle  to  reformation,  that  no  ordi- 
nary abilities  in  a  sovereign  could  ex- 
pect to  surmount. 

Ferdinand  dying  without  issue,  was 
succeeded  by  his  brother  Charles   III, 


then  king  of  Naples,  in  1759.  Possess- 
ing the  natural  sloth  of  his  countrymen, 
with  the  effeminacy  of  an  Italian,  his 
motherbeing  a  princess  of  Parma,  he  was 
wholly  under  the  influence  of  favorites. 
During  his  reign  in  1762,  the  strong  for- 
tress of  Havanna  was  taken  by  the  Brit- 
ish forces,  who  were  assisted  by  a  body 
of  New  England  troops.  The  most  re- 
markable warlike  event  in  his  reign  was 
the  celebrated  siege  of  Gibraltar.  Tliis 
celebrated  fortress  had  been  in  possession 
of  Great  Britain  since  the  year  1704, 
and  its  possession  by  that  power,  was 
ever  a  mortifying  circumstance  to  the 
Spanish  nation. 

In  the  war  which  broke  out  between 
England  and  Spain,  in  1779,  the  last  at- 
tempt was  made  for  the  recovery  of  Gib- 
raltar. The  Spanish  ambassador  having 
announced  the  intention  of  his  court,  in 
London,  on  the  16th  of  June,  1779,  on 
the  21st  of  the  same  month  all  commu- 
nication between  Gibraltar  and  the  sur- 
roimding  country  was  closed,  by  the  com- 
mand of  the  government  at  Madrid.  It 
was  the  middle  of  the  following  month, 
however,  before  the  Spaniards  began  to 
blockade  the  fort.  Fortunately,  in  the 
early  part  of  this  year.  General  Elliot, 
who  had  been  recently  appointed  gover- 
nor, had  arrived  in  the  fort,  and  brought 
to  the  crisis  that  was  approaching  the  aid 
of  his  great  military  science  and  talents. 
Another  fortunate  circumstance  was,  that 
a  supply  of  provisions  had  arrived  in  the 
preceding  April.  Had  it  not  been  for 
this,  the  garrison  might  have  suffered 
from  the  sudden  stoppage  of  their  accus- 
tomed intercourse  both  with  Spain  and 
with  Africa.  The  first  firing  which  took 
place  was  on  the  12th  of  September, 
when  a  cannonade  was  opened  from  the 
fort  which  destroyed  the  works  that  the 
besiegers  had  spent  many  of  the  preced- 
ing weeks  in  erecting.  The  blockade, 
notwithstanding,  became  every  day  closer, 
and  the  occasional  boats,  which  had,  for 
some  time,  stolen  in  from  the  African 
coast  and  other  places,  at  length  found  it 
impossible  to  continue  their  attempts.  By 
the  end  of  October  provisions  had  be- 
come extremely  dear  ;  about  the  same 
time,  too,  the  small-pox  broke  out  among 
the  Jewish  inhabitants  of  the  town,  and 


SPAIN. 


601 


every  precaution  was  used  to  prevent  the 
spread  of  the  disease.  In  November, 
the  governor,  in  order  to  try  on  hovi^  little 
food  life  and  strength  could  be  sustained, 
restricted  himself  for  eight  days  to  four 
ounces  of  rice  per  diem.  Thistles,  dan- 
delions, wild  leeks,  &c,  began  to  be  eaten 
by  the  people  of  the  town,  and  meat  sold 
from  half-a-crown  to  four  shillings  the 
pound. 

The  first  firing  from  the  besiegers  took 
place  on  ihe  12th  of  January,  1780.  By 
the  end  of  March  the  first  supply  of  pro- 
visions arrived,  brought  in  by  the  gallant 
Admiral  Rodney,  who  had  not  only  cut 
his  way  to  the  assistance  of  his  distressed 
countrymen,  through  all  the  opposition 
of  the  enemy,  but  had  captured  six  of 
their  men-of-war,  including  a  sixty-four 
gun  ship,  with  the  admiral  on  board,  to- 
gether with  seventeen  merchantmen. 
His  late  Majesty,  then  known  as  Prince 
William-Henry,  Avas  serving  on  board 
one  of  Sir  George  Rodney's  ships  as  a 
midshipman,  and  often  visited  the  garri- 
son while  the  fleet  remained  in  the  bay. 
Captain  Drinkwater  relates  that,  on  see- 
ing a  prince  of  the  blood  thus  serving  as 
a  warrant-officer,  the  captive  Spanish 
admiral  exclaimed,  that  Great  Britain 
well  deserved  the  empire  of  the  seas, 
when  even  her  king's  sons  were  found 
thus  holding  the  humblest  situations  on 
board  her  ships. 

For  many  months  after  this,  things  con- 
tinued nearly  in  the  same  state.  The 
garrison  and  towns  people  were  again 
and  again  reduced  to  the  greatest  priva- 
tions by  scarcity  of  provisions,  before 
supplies  arrived.  In  the  spring  of  1781, 
the  besiegers  at  last  opened  the  batteries, 
and  continued  firing  upon  the  town  till 
they  had  completely  destroyed  it.  On 
the  27th  of  April,  however,  a  most  gal- 
lant exploit  was  performed  by  a  party 
from  the  garrison,  who,  making  a  sortie 
from  their  fortifications,  succeeded  in 
setting  fire  to,  and  reducing  to  ashes,  all 
the  erections  of  the  enemy,  although  dis- 
tant not  less  than  three-quarters  of  a  mile. 
This,  however,  brought  only  a  temporary 
relief.  The  firing  soon  after  recom- 
menced, and,  for  more  than  a  year,  con- 
tinued incessantly.  In  the  course  of  the 
year  1782,  it  was,  on  the  suggestion  of 
76 


general  Boyd,  returned  from  the  rock 
with  red-hot  balls,  a  device  which  was 
found  to  produce  the  most  powerful  effect. 
The  enemy,  however,  now  prepared  for 
a  grand  effort.  On  the  12th  of  Septem- 
ber the  combined  fleets  of  France  and 
Spain  arrived  in  the  bay  ;  next  morning 
they  were  drawn  up  around  the  south 
and  west  sides  of  the  promontory,  a  most 
formidable  armament,  consisting  of  forty- 
seven  sail  of  the  line,  seven  of  which 
were  three-deckers,  together  with  ten 
battering-ships,  the  strongest  that  had 
ever  been  built,  and  many  frigates  and 
smaller  vessels.  On  land  there  lay  an 
army  of  40,000,  with  batteries  on  which 
were  mounted  200  pieces  of  heavy  ord- 
nance. On  the  other  side,  the  garrison 
now  consisted  of  about  7,000  eflfective 
men.  The  ships  were  permitted  to  take 
their  stations  without  molestation  ;  but, 
about  a  quarter  before  ten  o'clock,  as  soon 
as  the  first  of  them  dropped  anchor,  the 
citadel  began  to  pour  upon  them  its  hith- 
erto reserved  artillery.  Now  commenced 
a  scene  of  terrible  sublimity.  Four  hun- 
dred pieces  of  the  heaviest  ordnance 
thundered  without  intermission,  and  filled 
the  air  with  smoke  and  flame.  For  sev- 
eral hours  the  attack  and  defence  were 
so  well  supported  as  scarcely  to  admit 
any  appearance  of  superiority  in  the  can- 
nonade on  either  side.  The  wonderful 
construction  of  the  ships  seemed  to  bid 
defiance  to  the  powers  of  the  heaviest 
ordnance.  In  the  afternoon,  however, 
the  face  of  things  began  to  change  con- 
siderably. The  smoke,  which  had  been 
observed  to  issue  from  the  upper  part  of 
the  flag  ship,  appeared  to  prevail,  not- 
withstanding the  constant  application  of 
water ;  and  the  admiral's  second  was 
perceived  to  be  in  the  same  condition. 
Confusion  was  now  apparent  on  board 
several  of  the  vessels ;  and,  by  the  even- 
ing, their  cannonade  was  considerably 
abated.  About  seven  or  eight  o'clock  it 
almost  entirely  ceased,  excepting  from 
one  or  two  ships  to  the  northward,  which, 
from  their  distance,  had  suff'ered  very 
little  mjury. 

In  the  end,  the  attack  concluded  in  the 
complete  annihilation  of  the  assailing 
squadron.  All  the  larger  ships  were 
beaten  to  pieces  or  burnt.     As  night  ap- 


602 


SPAIN, 


Defeat  of  the  Spaniards  before  Gibraltar. 


preached  groans  and  signals  of  distress 
from  those  on  board  the  shattered  navy 
supplied  the  place  of  the  now  slackened 
fire.  Many  of  the  wretched  men  were 
struggling  for  life  in  the  waters  ;  and  the 
victors  themselves  at  last  put  out  to  their 
assistance,  and  picked  numbers  of  them 
up.  The  loss  of  the  enemy  was  supposed 
to  amount  to  about  2,000,  including  pris- 
oners. Of  the  English  there  were  only 
16  killed,  and  68  wounded.  The  rock 
was  a  much  better  defence  than  even 
those  strong-built  men-of-war.  The  as- 
sailants had  had  three  hundred  pieces  of 
ordnance  in  play  ;  the  garrison  only  em- 
ployed eighty  cannon,  seven  mortars,  and 
nine  howitzers.  Captain  Drinkwater 
states  that  upwards  of  8,300  rounds,  more 
than  half  of  which  were  hot  shot,  and 
716  barrels  of  powder,  were  expended 
by  the  English  artillery. 

Even  this  complete  discomfiture,  how- 
ever, did  not  subdue  the  obstinacy  of  the 
besiegers.  They  continued  to  encom- 
pass the  place,  and  even  to  keep  up  a 
feeble  fire  upon  it  some  months  longer. 
At  length  the  long  blockade  was  termi- 
nated by  the  announcement  of  the  sign- 
ing of  the  preliminaries  of  a  general 
peace  on  the  2d  of  February,  1783. 


Charles  III,  upon  his  death-bed,  charg- 
ed his  successor  to  retain  Florida  Blanc  a 
in  his  service,  as  an  upright  and  faithful 
counsellor,  to  whose  able  and  unv^earied 
exertions  the  kingdom  was  indebted  for 
many  valuable  improvements.  Charles 
IV,  however,  held  only  the  nominal 
sovereignty  of  Spain,  the  whole  power 
and  influence  of  the  government  resided 
virtually  in  the  queen.  This  princess 
was  a  daughter  of  the  duke  of  Parma, 
and  soon  after  her  marriage  with  the 
prince  of  Asturias,  discovered  a  strong 
propensity  to  gallantry,  which  the  severe 
and  jealous  temper  of  her  father-in-law 
was  scarcely  able  to  check.  But  the 
death  of  the  old  king  left  her  without  an 
obstacle  in  the  pursuit  of  her  licentious 
pleasures,  as  her  weak  and  good-natured 
husband  seemed  neither  to  feel  nor  to 
see  her  disgraceful  conduct.  Her  favor- 
ite at  this  time  was  Don  Manuel  Godoy, 
a  young  ofiicer  in  the  horse-guards,  and 
descended  of  an  ancient  but  decayed 
family  in  Estremadura.  This  person 
{  had  obtained  his  present  elevation  by 
supplanting  his  brother  in  the  afi'ections 
of  the  queen  ;  and  he  continued,  in  spite 
of  his  own  imprudence  and  infidelities, 
which  were  well  known  to  his  royal  mis- 


SPAIN. 


603 


tress,  to  maintain  his  ascendency  over 
her  to  the  last.  He  had  also  ingratiated 
himself  into  the  confidence  of  the  mon- 
arch, and  was  rapidly  advanced  to  the 
first  ranks  of  the  army,  and  the  highest 
honors  of  the  state.  Having  been  raised 
to  a  grandeeship  of  the  first  class,  he  re- 
ceived a  princely  estate  belonging  to  the 
crown,  with  the  title  of  Duke  de  la  Al- 
cudia,  and  the  faithful  Florida  Blanca 
■was  removed  to  make  way  for  his  ap- 
pointment to  the  head  of  the  government. 

At  this  period  the  revolution  in  France 
had  involved  Spain  also  within  the  vor- 
tex of  its  influence  ;  but  her  ill-conducted 
and  disastrous  efforts  were  of  little  avail 
to  the  general  confederacy.  The  revo- 
lutionary forces  overran  the  greater  part 
of  Navarre,  and  would  soon  have  dicta- 
ted their  own  terms  at  Madrid,  had  not 
the  favorite  minister  concluded  and  rati- 
fied the  peace  of  Basle,  by  which  the 
French  conquests  were  restored  in  ex- 
change for  the  Spanish  part  of  St.  Do- 
mingo. The  nation  had  been  so  alarmed 
at  the  successes  of  the  republican  army, 
that  this  peace  was  hailed  with  universal 
joy,  and  no  reward  was  considered  too 
extravagant  for  the  person  by  whose 
management  it  had  been  accomplished. 
A  new  dignity  was  created  for  him  alone, 
under  the  title  of  "  Prince  of  the  Peace," 
which  placed  him  next  in  rank  to  the 
princes  of  the  blood  royal  ;  and  this  was 
soon  after  followed  by  his  marriage  into 
the  royal  family,  by  receiving  the  hand 
of  the  eldest  daughter  of  the  king's  late 
brother  Don  Louis. 

The  open  and  unguarded  gallantries 
of  the  favorite,  however,  excited  the 
jealousy  of  his  royal  mistress,  and  she 
frequently  formed  the  desigTi  of  accom- 
plishing his  disgrace,  and  driving  him 
from  the  court ;  but  her  unextinguished, 
and  ever  reviving  passion,  yielded  to  the 
first  offers  of  reconciliation  ;  and  all  her 
attempts  at  revenge  ended  only  in  the 
ruin  of  those  who  were  employed  as  the 
instruments  of  it.  It  was  this  which  de- 
prived Spain  of  the  talents  of  the  accom- 
plished and  patriotic  Jovellanos,  and 
consigned  him  to  the  fortress  of  Bellver 
in  Majorca.  The  return  of  confidence 
was  always  followed  by  an  accession  of 
honor   and  influence.      The   antiquated 


dignity  of  high  admiral,  accompanied 
with  great  emoluments,  and  the  title  of 
highness,  was  revived  and  conferred 
upon  Godoy,  and  a  brigade  of  cavalry, 
composed  of  picked  men  from  the  whole 
army,  was  given  him  for  a  body  guard. 
His  power  at  length  became  so  unlimited, 
that  every  department  of  the  government 
was  filled  by  his  dependents  ;  and  it  is 
said,  that  "  the  queen  finding  it  impracti- 
cable to  check  his  gallantries,  had  so 
perfectly  conquered  her  jealousy  as  not 
only  to  live  with  him  on  the  most  amica- 
ble terms,  but  to  emulate  his  love  of 
variety  in  the  most  open  and  impudent 
manner." 

It  could  not  be  expected  that  a  country 
under  such  control  could  long  maintain 
its  respectability  and  independence.  The 
incessant  demands  of  the  queen  for  the 
support  of  her  pleasures,  formed  the  most 
pressing  and  considerable  item  in  the 
Spanish  budget ;  and  it  is  asserted  that 
"  Caballero,  the  minister  for  the  home 
department,  fearing  the  progress  of  all 
learning,  which  might  disturb  the  peace 
of  the  court,  sent  a  circular  order  to  the 
universities,  forbidding  the  study  of  moral 
philosophy.  '  His  majesty,'  it  was  said 
in  the  order,  '  was  not  ii'  want  of  philo- 
sophers, but  of  good  and  obedient  sub- 
jects.' "  Spain  consequently  became  the 
humble  tool,  first  of  the  republic  and  then 
of  the  emperor  of  France.  Soon  after 
the  peace  of  Basle,  she  entered  into  an 
alliance  with  the  republic,  to  which  she 
furnished  a  fleet  and  large  contributions 
in  money ;  but  in  her  contest  with  Bri- 
tain, her  fleet  of  twenty-seven  sail  of  the 
line  was  defeated  off"  Cape  St.  Vincent 
by  a  very  inferior  force,  under  Sir  John 
Jarvis,  when  four  line  of  battle  ships  re- 
mained with  the  victors. 

Upon  the  renewal  of  hostilities  after 
the  peace  of  Amiens,  Spain,  as  a  vassal 
state,  again  attached  herself  to  the  for- 
tunes of  her  more  formidable  neighbor, — 
but  the  battle  of  Trafalgar  stripped  her 
of  her  marine,  and  she  continued  to  be 
the  passive  instrument  of  Bonaparte,  till 
her  population  were  roused  to  resistance 
by  a  system  of  perfidy  and  aggression, 
on  the  part  of  the  French  ruler,  unexam- 
pled in  the  history  of  the  world. 

Not  satisfied  with  having  at  his  dispo- 


604 


SPAIN 


sal  the  resources  of  the  Spanish  monar- 
chy, Bonaparte  meditated  the  total  sub- 
jugation of  the  kingdom,  and  the  confer- 
ring of  its  sovereignty  as  a  conquered 
province  upon  one  of  his  own  family. 
Having  gained  over  Godoy  to  his  inter- 
ests, and  sown  dissensions  among  the 
royal  family,  he  decoyed  them,  imder  the 
mask  of  friendship,  to  Bayonne,  and  there 
by  threats  compelled  them  to  sign  a  re- 
nunciation of  their  rights  to  the  crown  of 
Spain  and  the  Indies,  and  placed  his 
brother  Joseph  upon  the  throne  of  that 
kingdom. 

This  barefaced  perfidy  and  outrage, 
awakened  the  long  latent  energies  of  the 
Spanish  people,  they  rose  in  arms  against 
their  oppressors,  and  made  a  noble  strug- 
gle in  resisting  the  progress  of  the  French 
armies.  One  of  the  most  memorable 
achievements  in  this  conflict,  or  any 
other  in  modern  times  was  the  defence 
of  Saragossa,  or  Zaragossa,  the  capital 
of  Arragon.  This  ancient  city  Avas  but 
slightly  defended  by  an  ancient  wall  about 
ten  feet  high.  Its  garrison  consisted 
chiefly  of  the  citizens  of  the  place  ;  the 
governor  was  a  young  nobleman,  called 
Don  Joseph  Palafox.  The  French,  under 
General  Lefebvre  Desnouettes,  endeav- 
oured to  carry  the  place  by  a  coup-de- 
main,  in  which  they  failed  with  great 
loss.  As  they  began  to  invest  the  place 
more  closely,  all  the  Zaragozans  rushed 
to  man  their  defences — condition,  age, 
even  sex,  made  no  diflercnce  ;  monks 
fought  abreast  Avith  the  laity,  and  several 
women  showed  more  than  masculine 
courage.  After  a  horrid  contest  for 
several  weeks,  the  French  were  obliged 
to  retreat. 

On  the  30th  of  December,  1808,  the 
French  under  Marshal  Moncey  again  be- 
sieged Zaragossa.  The  marshal  ad- 
dressed a  letter  to  Palafox,  and  summoned 
him  to  surrender  the  city  and  spare  the 
efliision  of  blood ;  he  likewise  informed 
him,  that  Madrid  had  fallen,  and  that 
Napoleon  at  the  head  of  a  great  army, 
was  then  in  the  act  of  chasing  the  English 
to  their  ships.  Palafox  replied,  that  the 
garrison  would  rather  be  buried  in  the 
ruins  of  their  city  than  surrender.  The 
aid  of  superstition  was  not  wanting  to 
strengthen  the  confidence  of  the  Zara- 


gozans. They  relied  on  the  miraculous 
protection  of  our  Lady  of  the  Pillar,  who 
had  made  their  favored  city  the  seat  of 
her  peculiar  woiship.  The  successful 
termination  of  the  former  siege  had  given 
strength  to  their  belief  in  the  beneficent 
regards  of  the  patron  saint.  Approaching 
victory,  in  their  belief,  had  been  pre- 
figured by  unwonted  conformations  in 
the  clouds ;  and  celestial  voices  were 
heard  in  the  elements  off"ering  divine 
protection,  &c.  On  the  2d  of  Jan.  1809, 
Moncey  was  superseded  by  Marshal  Ju- 
not  in  the  command  of  the  beseiging 
army.  Napoleon  dissatisfied  Avith  the 
slow  progress  of  the  siege,  afterwards 
sent  Marshal  Lannes  to  assume  the  com- 
mand, who  pushed  the  siege  with  vigor, 
and  having  forced  the  outwork,  gained  a 
footing  in  the  city  at  various  points. 

The  misfortunes  of  the  Zaragozans 
were  hourly  accumulating.  The  Fever 
demon  stalked  through  the  city  like  a  de- 
stroying angel,  conquering  and  to  con- 
quer. The  number  of  dead  per  day 
amounted  ^o  three  hundred  and  fifty, 
without  including  those  who  fell  the  more 
immediate  victims  of  war.  The  hospi- 
tals were  too  small  to  contain  the  host 
of  patients,  and  the  necessary  medicines 
were  exhausted.  The  burying  grounds 
were  choked  with  corpses  ;  and  large 
pits  were  dug  in  the  streets,  into  which 
the  dead  were  tossed  indiscriminately. 
Heaps  of  bloated  and  putrescent  bodies 
were  piled  before  the  churches,  which 
were  often  struck  by  the  shells  ;  and  the 
maimed  and  ghastly  carcasses  lay  dis- 
persed along  the  streets,  a  frightful  spec- 
tacle of  horror.  Even  under  such  evils 
the  courage  of  the  Zaragozans  did  not 
quail. 

The  city  was  now  open  to  the  inva- 
ders, and  the  war  as  formerly  was  carried 
on  in  the  streets  and  houses.  Not  one 
inch  of  ground  was  yielded  by  the  be- 
sieged Avithout  a  struggle ;  and  when 
finally  driven  from  a  building,  they  fre- 
quently, by  a  desperate  offensive  effort, 
recovered  it ;  and  an  equal  resistance 
had  again  to  be  encountered  by  the  as- 
sailants. Traverses  were  cut  around  the 
portions  of  the  city  occupied  by  the 
enemy ;  and  at  the  sound  of  the  tocsin, 
the  garrison  Avere  always  ready  to  rush 


SPAIN. 


605 


to  any  quarter  where  hostilities  had  com- 
menced. 

Notwithstanding  the  utmost  efforts  of 
the  garrison,  the  French  gained  ground. 
The  first  of  February  was  marked  by  the 
capture  of  the  Convents  of  St.  Augustin 
and  St.  Monica.  Having  been  repelled 
in  assaulting  the  breaches,  the  assailants 
sprung  a  mine,  and  by  that  means  effect- 
ed an  entrance,  and  took  in  reverse  the 
works  erected  for  their  defence.  A 
deadly  struggle  took  place  in  the  church. 
Every  chapel,  every  column,  every  altar, 
became  a  point  of  defence, — the  pave- 
ment was  strewed  with  blood,  and  the 
aisles  and  nave  of  the  church  were  cov- 
ered with  the  dead.  During  this  terrific 
conflict,  the  roof,  shattered  by  bombs,  fell 
in.  Those  who  escaped,  renewed  the 
contest  on  the  bodies  of  the  dead  and 
dying.  The  French  were  at  length  suc- 
cessful, and  advancing  on  the  Rua  Que- 
mada,  gained  possession  of  several 
houses.  From  these,  however,  they 
were  eventually  compelled  to  retreat. 

At  the  same  time,  an  attack  was  made 
on  the  houses  near  Sta.  Engracia.  Two 
mines,  one  on  the  left,  the  other  on  the 
right,  of  the  Convent,  were  sprung  by 
the  besiegers  ;  after  which,  two  columns 
of  Polish  infantry  succeeded  in  gaining 
possession  of  the  ruins  caused  by  the 
explosion.  The  loss  of  the  besiegers 
was  very  considerable,  and  General  La- 
coste,  commandant  of  engineers,  was 
killed.  He  was  an  officer  of  great  pro- 
fessional eminence,  and  untarnished 
character. 

During  four  days  the  besiegers  were 
employed  in  constructing  three  galleries 
to  cross  the  Rua  Quemada.  Two  of 
these  failed.  By  means  of  the  third 
they  succeeded  in  establishing  them- 
selves in  the  ruins  of  a  house  which 
formed  an  angle  of  the  Cozo,  and  of  the 
Rua  del  Medio.  A  building,  called  the 
Escuelas  Pias,  commanded  several  trav- 
erses, made  for  the  defence  of  the  Cozo. 
Aware  of  the  importance  of  this  post,  the 
assailants  made  several  unsuccessful 
efforts  to  gain  possession  of  it.  They 
then  attempted  the  adjoining  houses ;  but 
in  this  also  they  failed.  The  system  of 
blowing  up  the  houses  now  adopted,  was 
favorable  to  the  besieged ;  for  the  enemy 


who  established  themselves  on  the  ruins, 
were  thus  exposed  to  the  fire  of  the  sur- 
rounding buildings.  In  the  meanwhile, 
the  continual  succession  of  formidable 
and  unforeseen  obstacles,  which  present- 
ed themselves  to  the  French  soldiers, 
had  considerably  damped  their  ardor ; 
while  the  spirits  of  the  besieged,  who 
had  to  contend  against  famine,  fever,  and 
the  French  army,  were  yet  unbroken. 

On  the  seventh  of  February,  the  Con- 
vent of  Jesus,  on  the  left  of  the  road  to 
Lerida,  was  attacked.  Trenches  were 
opened  against  it ;  and  twenty  battering 
pieces  having  effected  a  breach,  it  was 
carried  with  little  loss,  the  building  not 
being  considered  by  the  besieged  as  of 
meterial  importance.  The  enemy  then 
succeeded  in  establishing  a  lodgment  to 
the  right  and  left. 

The  loss  of  the  suburb  which  was 
carried  by  assault  on  the  18th,  laid  open 
to  the  enemy  the  only  part  of  the  town 
which  had  hitherto  been  exempted  from 
direct  attack.  The  besiegers,  imagining 
that  the  courage  of  the  garrison  had  been 
abated  by  this  irreparable  misfortune, 
continued  their  operations  with  vigor. 
By  means  of  mining,  two  enormous 
breaches  were  made  in  the  University — 
both  of  which  were  attacked  and  carried  ; 
and  the  traverses  of  the  Cozo  were  at 
length  abandoned  by  the  Spaniards.  In 
the  meantime,  Palafox  had  been  smitten 
with  the  dreadful  disease,  whose  raA^ages 
had  been  more  widely  spread  than  even 
those  of  famine  and  the  sword.  This 
admirable  and  heroic  leader,  who,  for 
above  a  month,  had  been  unable  to  quit 
the  vault  where  he  lay  stretched  on  a 
bed  of  suffering,  at  length  saw  the  ne- 
cessity of  resigning  the  command. 

On  the  nineteenth,  he  transferred  his 
authority  to  a  Junta,  of  which  Don  Pedro 
Ric  was  appointed  president.  A  council 
was  immediately  assembled  to  deliberate 
on  the  condition  of  the  city,  and  the 
measures  most  proper  to  be  adopted.  At 
this  meeting  it  was  stated,  by  the  Gen- 
eral of  cavalry,  that  only  sixty-two  horses 
remained,  the  rest  having  died  of  hunger. 
Of  the  infantry  it  appeared  there  were 
little  more  than  two  thousand  eight  hun- 
dred men  fit  for  service.  Ammunition 
was   nearly   exhausted ;    and   should   a 


606 


SPAIN. 


shell  penetrate  the  Inquisition,  their  only 
manufactory  of  powder  would  be  destroy- 
ed. The  fortifications  were  stated,  by 
the  chief  engineer,  to  have  been  almost 
utterly  demolished.  There  were  neither 
men  nor  materials  necessary  for  repair- 
ing them  ;  and  bags  of  earth  coidd  no 
longer  be  formed  from  want  of  cloth. 

With  regard  to  the  measures  to  be 
adopted,  the  Junta  were  divided  in  opin- 
ion. Twenty-six  voted  for  capitulation  ; 
eight  against  it.  The  latter  were  averse 
to  surrender,  while  even  a  possibility  of 
succor  remained.  With  proud  gallantry 
of  spirit  the  opinion  of  the  minority  was 
adopted  by  the  Junta.  A  flag  of  truce 
was  sent  to  the  enemy,  proposing  a  sus- 
pension of  hostilities,  with  the  view  of 
ascertaining  the  situation  of  the  Spanish 
armies  ;  it  being  understood  that  should 
no  immediate  succor  be  at  hand,  the 
Junta  would  then  treat  for  a  surrender. 
This  proposal  was  peremptorily  declined 
by  Marshal  Lannes  ;  and  the  bombard- 
ment recommenced. 

On  the  twentieth  the  garrison  made  a 
last  and  unsuccessful  effort  to  recover 
two  guns  which  the  enemy  had  captured 
on  the  preceding  day.  Affairs  were 
now  desperate.  The  fifty  guns  which 
had  been  employed  in  the  attack  of  the 
suburb,  now  opened  fire  on  the  city  ;  and 
the  streets  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
quay  were  laid  in  ruins. 

Thus  situated,  the  Junta  ordered  mea- 
sures to  be  taken  to  ascertain  the  senti- 
ments of  the  people  with  regard  to  the 
situation  of  their  city.  Two-thirds  of  it 
were  in  ruins.  Fire,  famine,  and  slaugh- 
ter had  done  their  work  ;  and  from  three 
to  four  hundred  persons  were  daily  dying 
of  the  pestilence.  Under  such  circum- 
stances the  Junta  declared  they  had  ful- 
filled their  oath  of  fidelity, — and  that 
Zaragoza  was  destroyed.  A  flag  of  truce 
was  despatched  to  the  French  head- 
quarters, followed  by  a  deputation  of  the 
Junta,  to  arrange  the  terms  of  capitula- 
tion. Marshal  Lannes  was  at  first  dis- 
posed to  insist  on  unconditional  surren- 
der. The  proposal  was  indignantly  re- 
jected by  the  deputies ;  and  Ric  declared, 
that  rather  than  submit  to  it  the  Zarago- 
zans  would  die  beneath  the  ruins  of  their 
city.      "I,   and  my  companions,"   said 


this  noble  patriot,  "  will  return  there,  and 
defend  what  remains  to  us  as  best  we 
may.  We  have  yet  arms  and  ammuni- 
tion, and  if  these  fail,  we  have  daggers. 
War  is  never  without  its  chances  ;  and 
should  the  Zaragozans  be  driven  to  des- 
pair, it  yet  remains  to  be  proved  who 
are  to  be  victorious." 

In  this  temper  of  the  garrison,  Lannes 
did  not  think  it  prudent  to  refuse  grant- 
ing terms.  It  was  accordingly  conceded 
that  the  troops  should  march  out  with 
the  honors  of  war,  that  the  heroic  Pala- 
fox  should  be  suffered  to  retire  to  any 
place  where  he  might  think  proper  to  fix 
his  residence,  and  that  all  persons,  not 
included  in  the  garrison,  should  be  suf- 
fered to  quit  the  city,  in  order  to  avoid 
the  contagion. 

On  the  twenty-first,  the  posts  of  the 
city  were  delivered  up  to  the  French, 
and  thus  terminated  one  of  the  most 
strenuous  and  extraordinary  struggles  of 
which  history  bears  record.  The  resis- 
tance continued  for  fifty-two  days  with 
open  trenches ;  twenty-nine  of  these 
were  consumed  by  the  enemy  in  effect- 
ing an  entrance, — twenty-three  in  the 
war  subsequently  carried  on  in  the 
streets  and  houses.  By  their  own  ac- 
count the  French  threw  above  seventeen 
thousand  bombs  into  the  city,  and  expend- 
ed above  one  hundred  and  sixty  thousand 
pounds  weight  of  powder.  More  than 
thirty  thousand  men  and  five  hundred 
ofiicers  perished  in  the  defence,  exclu- 
sive of  a  vast  number  of  women  and 
children,  who  sank  the  mute  and  suffer- 
ing victims  of  fire,  famine,  pestilence, 
and  slaughter.  The  amount  of  loss  sus- 
tained by  the  besieged  was  studiously 
concealed, — that  it  was  very  great,  can- 
not be  doubted ;  and  the  contemplated 
operations  on  Lerida  and  Valencia,  for 
which  the  army  was  destined,  were  in 
consequence  given  up. 

When  the  garrison  quitted  the  city, 
only  two  thousand  four  hundred  men 
were  capable  of  bearing  arms  ;  the  rest 
were  in  the  hospitals.  On  the  march  to 
France,  two  hundred  and  seventy  of 
these  men,  weakened  by  famine  and  dis- 
ease, were  found  incapable  of  proceed- 
ing with  the  rapidity  which  their  inhuman 
conductors  considered  necessary ;  they 


SPAIN. 


607 


were  butchered  and  left  on  the  road,  to 
serve  as  a  spectacle  and  a  warning  to  the 
succeeding  divisions. 

Among  the  prisoners,  was  Augustina 
Zaragoza,  who  had  distinguished  herself 
in  the  former  siege.  At  the  commence- 
ment, she  had  resumed  her  station  by  the 
Portillo  gate.  When  Palafox  visited  the 
battery,  she  pointed  to  the  gim  she  had 
formerly  served  with  so  much  effect,  and 
exclaimed,  "  See,  General,  I  am  again 
with  my  old  friend."  Once,  when  her 
wounded  husband  lay  bleeding  at  her 
feet,  she  discharged  the  cannon  at  the 
enemy,  in  order  to  avenge  his  fall.  She 
frequently  led  the  assaulting  parties,  and 
with  sword  in  hand,  and  her  cloak  wrap- 
ped around  her,  mingled  in  the  daily  con- 
flicts which  took  place  in  the  streets. 
Though  exposed,  during  the  whole  siege, 
to  the  most  imminent  danger,  Augustina 
escaped  without  a  wound. 

The  record  of  female  heroism  must 
be  yet  further  extended.  During  the 
struggle,  the  women  of  Zaragoza  shrank 
from  no  ordeal,  however  terrible.  In  the 
combat,  where  the  fight  was  the  thickest, 
— on  the  ramparts,  where  the  fire  was 
most  deadly, — in  the  hospitals, — in  the 
dark  and  airless  dens  of  pestilence, 
breathing  a  tainted  and  noisome  atmos- 
phere,— there  were  they  found,  these 
"meek-eyed  women,  without  fear,"  sooth- 
ing the  dying,  ministering  to  the  suffer- 
ing, and  exhibiting  a  proud  and  memo- 
rable spectacle  of  fortitude  and  virtue. 

The  terms  of  the  capitulation  were 
shamefully  violated  by  Marshal  Lannes. 
Palafox  was  sent  a  prisoner  into  France ; 
and  the  city  became  the  scene  of  pillage 
and  atrocity.  The  province,  on  the  fall 
of  Zaragoza,  became  comparatively  tran- 
quil. Fourteen  thousand  men,  under 
Suchet,  were  left  to  maintain  tranquillity; 
and  the  remainder  of  the  besieging  army, 
under  Mortier,  moved  into  Castile. 

In  the  meanwhile,  Europe  rang  with 
admiration  of  the  noble  defence  of  Zara- 
goza. Every  where  the  pulses  of  the 
slave  beat  quicker  and  more  strongly ; 
and  the  heart  of  the  freeman  bounded 
proudly  in  his  bosom.  Poets  and  histo- 
rians consecrated,  in  undying  records, 
the  virtue  of  her  citizens  ;  and  Zaragoza, 
like   Thermopylae,   will   remain    linked 


with  associations  of  the  purest  patriotism 
and  devotion. 

All  opposition  to  the  overwhelming 
power  of  France  must  soon  have  been 
crushed,  had  not  the  Spanish  people  re- 
ceived efficient  aid  from  Great  Britain. 
The  French  were  driven  from  Spain 
early  in  1814,  by  the  British  forces  under 
Lord  Welhngton,  {see  Great  Britain,)  and 
Ferdinand  VII,  was  seated  on  the  throne. 

A  constitution  framed  by  the  Cortes 
was  promulgated  in  1812,  but  owing  to 
its  democratical  principles,  was  violently 
opposed  in  many  parts  of  the  kingdom. 
The  unhappy  division  of  the  nation  into 
constitutionalists  and  royalists,  or,  as  they 
were  afterwards  called,  liberals  and 
serviles,  was  the  source  of  much  conten- 
tion and  trouble.  The  affairs  of  Spain 
were  discussed  at  the  congress  of  Verona ; 
and  the  powers  there  assembled,  with 
the  exception  of  Great  Britain,  assumed 
the  authority  of  interfering  with  the  in- 
ternal arrangements  of  an  independent 
kingdom.  They  demanded  a  change  in 
the  institutions  formed  by  the  Cortes,  and 
a  subjection  to  the  arbitary  power  of 
Ferdinand.  A  French  army  under  the 
duke  d'Angouleme  entered  Spain,  and 
after  a  slight  resistance  entered  Madrid 
on  the  21st  of  May,  1823.  The  duke 
having  installed  a  regency,  advanced  up- 
on Cadiz,  whither  the  Cortes  had  retired, 
carrying  with  them  Ferdinand  as  a  kind 
of  prisoner.  Cadiz  being  besieged  by  a 
force  of  30,000  French  troops,  with  a 
formidable  train  of  artillery,  was  forced 
to  surrender.  This  event  was  soon  fol- 
lowed by  the  surrender  of  all  the  impor- 
tant fortresses  in  the  kingdom.  The 
most  effectual  resistance  against  the 
French  power,  was  made  by  the  gallant 
Mina,  who  maintained  a  desultory  and 
protracted  war  against  a  very  superior 
force  in  the  mountains  of  Catalonia.  By 
the  aid  of  the  presence  of  a  French  army, 
Ferdinand  became  the  absolute  master 
of  Spain.  The  members  of  the  Cortes, 
and  the  principal  chiefs  ofthe  former  gov- 
ernment fled  from  their  oppressed  country. 
The  gallant  but  unfortunate  Riego,  how- 
ever, was  taken,  and  after  a  mock  trial 
was  executed.  Since  the  death  of  Fer- 
dinand, the  affairs  of  Spain  have  con- 
tinued in  a  very  unsettled  state. 


608 


SWEDEN. 


SWEDEN 


The  ancient  history  of  Sweden  is 
closely  connected  with  that  of  Denmark, 
{see  Denmark.)  The  original  inliabitants 
were  a  colony  of  Finns  from  the  banks 
of  the  Volga,  and  the  vicinity  of  Mount 
Caucasus.  And  about  three  hundred 
years  before  the  Christian  era,  they  were 
driven  from  their  northern  settlements  by 
the  Teutones,  a  people  who  came  thither 
from  Germany,  and  who  either  expelled 
the  original  inhabitants,  or  became  incor- 
porated with  them.  Except  in  the  north- 
ern extremity  of  Lapland,  however,  every 
trace  of  the  Finns  has  long  been  oblite- 
rated. The  present  Swedes,  therefore, 
as  well  as  the  Danes  and  Norwegians, 
are  of  Teutonic  or  Gothic  origin ;  and  the 
term  Scandinavia,  or  Land  of  Caves,  was 
conferred  on  the  extensive  regions  which 
now  form  these  three  nations,  from  the 
practice  of  the  inhabitants  dwelling  in 
rocky  caverns. 

This  country  was  not  converted  to 
Christianity  till  the  end  of  the  eleventh 
century,  when  this  happy  event  took 
place  by  means  of  missionaries  from 
England.  It  renounced  the  errors  of 
popery,  and  adopted  the  reformed  doc- 
trines, five  centuries  afterwards.  Swe- 
den, though  meanwhile  it  had  various 
forms  of  government  at  different  periods, 
remained  free  till  the  year  1392,  when 
Margaret,  queen  of  Denmark,  styled  the 
Semiramis  of  the  north,  conquered  it  by 
policy  and  by  force  of  arms,  and  made 
one  Idngdom  of  these  three  vast  states. 
This  conquest  was  not  destined  to  be 
permanent.  Sweden  was  the  victim  of 
wars  and  insurrections  ;  and  was  alter- 
nately free  and  enslaved  for  upwards  of 
a  century ;  at  the  end  of  which  time 
appeared  Gustavus  Vasa,  a  young  man, 
descended  from  the  ancient  kings  of  the 
country  ;  and,  abandoning  the  forests  of 
Delecarlia,  where  he  had  concealed  him- 
self, he  aspired  to  become  the  deliverer 
of  Sweden.  His  attempt  was  successful ; 
the  Danes  were  expelled,  and  Gustavus 
was  himself  elected  king  of  the  country 
of  which  he  had  been  the  liberator.  He 
introduced  the  reformation  into  Sweden ; 


and  was  in  many  respects  a  man  superior 
to  his  age.  He  had  the  influence  to  get 
the  crown  declared  hereditary  in  his 
family,  who,  with  various  degrees  of 
eminence  and  merit,  have  continued  till 
within  these  few  years  to  enjoy  it.  He 
died  in  1560,  after  a  glorious  reign  of 
thirty-seven  years.  Anxious  to  strength- 
en the  throne  by  an  alliance  with  the 
family  of  some  of  the  neighboring  pow- 
ers, he  endeavored  to  accomplish  that 
object  by  the  marriage  of  his  son  Eric, 
who  succeeded  him,  to  Elizabeth  queen 
of  England.  The  offer,  as  is  well  known, 
was  rejected. 

The  successors  of  this  enlightened 
restorer  of  Swedish  liberty  were,  with 
few  exceptions,  not  worthy  of  him.  They 
were  all  indeed  endued  with  a  chivalry 
and  heroism  not  common  even  in  ages 
when  such  attributes  were  regarded  as 
the  perfection  of  character ;  but  they 
were  devoid  of  sober  judgment,  of  nice 
discrimination,  and  of  sound  policy. 
Their  romantic  spirit  and  enterprises,  as 
in  the  case  of  Charles  XII,  not  unfre- 
quently  approached  to  the  verge  of  in- 
fatuation or  insanity  ;  and  tended  directly 
to  retard  the  progress  of  knowledge  and 
civilization  in  the  territories  over  .which 
they  ruled. 

Of  the  descendants  of  Vasa,  Gustavus 
Adolphus,  on  whom  has  been  confer- 
red the  title  of  Great,  was  the  most 
distinguished,  and  was  the  bulwark  of 
the  Protestant  faith.  He  defended  the 
Lutherans  against  the  Emperor  with 
equal  bravery  and  good  fortune.  He 
made  war,  with  success  and  with  con- 
summate skill,  against  Russia,  Denmark, 
Poland,  and  Germany,  and  these  great 
achievements  he  performed  before  he 
had  completed  his  thirty-seventh  year; 
at  which  age  he  fell  in  the  arms  of  vic- 
tory at  Lutzen  ;  carrying  "  to  the  tomb," 
says  Voltaire,  "  the  name  of  Great,  the 
regrets  of  the  north,  and  the  esteem  of 
his  enemies." 

With  the  great  Gustavus  and  his  gen- 
erals, the  fame  and  prosperity  of  Sweden 
seemed  to  expire.     Christiana,  in  1654, 


SWEDEN 


609 


six  years  after  the  peace  of  Westphalia, 
resigned  her  crown  to  her  cousin  Charles 
Gustaviis.  The  life  and  adventures  of 
this  celebrated  princess,  exhibit  the  most 
surprising  extremes  of  magnanimity  and 
weakness — of  elevation  of  mind,  and  per- 
version of  taste.  The  adventures,  through 
which  she  passed,  would  furnish  ample 
materials  for  the  writer  of  romance. 

Charles  Gustavus,  who  was  the  tenth 
of  that  name,  was  a  prince  of  considera- 
ble abilities,  and  gained  some  advantages 
in  a  war  with  Poland  ;  but  his  reign  last- 
ed only  six  years.  He  died  in  1660,  and 
was  succeeded  in  his  government  by  his 
son  Charles  XI,  who  was  an  odious  and 
impolitic  tyrant.  So  far  from  imitating 
the  example  of  several  of  his  illustrious 
predecessors,  he  used  his  utmost  power 
to  oppress  and  enslave  his  people.  Dur- 
ing his  long  reign,  though  apparently  suc- 
cessful in  several  wars,  his  kingdom  and 
the  Swedish  name  were  falling  from  that 
important  and  splendid  rank,  they  once 
held  in  Europe. 

In  1697,  by  the  death  of  Charles  XI, 
the  throne  of  Sweden  was  left  vacant  to 
the  famous  Charles  XII,  his  son  and  suc- 
cessor, than  whom,  probably,  no  mortal 
man  ever  breathed  more  constantly  the 
spirit  of  war.  But,  instead  of  possess- 
ing the  great  qualities  of  Vasa  and  Adol- 
phus,  he  seemed  capable  of  nothing  but 
war  and  conquest.  Headlong  as  a  tiger, 
he  rushed  forward,  as  if  only  solicitous 
to  fight,  with  very  little  regard  to  pros- 
pects of  advantage,  or  the  favorable  mo- 
ment. 

While  such  a  tiger,  however,  was  about 
to  be  let  loose  in  the  North  of  Europe,  a 
lion,  if  we  may  keep  up  the  metaphor, 
was  prepared  still  further  north,  to  keep 
him  at  bay,  and  set  bounds  to  his  lawless 
rage.  Peter,  justly  styled  the  Great,  had 
just  returned  to  his  own  dominions,  en- 
riched with  discoveries  and  improve- 
ments, calculated  to  aid  him  in  the  grand 
scheme  of  civilizing  the  North  of  Europe 
and  Asia,  when  Charles  XII,  though  but 
eighteen  years  of  age,  ascended  the 
throne  of  Sweden.  The  views  of  Charles 
relative  to  the  conquest  of  Russia,  may 
well  be  compared  with  those  of  Alexan- 
der in  relation  to  the  Persian  empire. 
But  had  Charles  acted  with  that  prudent 
77 


caution,  which  governed  Alexander's 
counsels  and  movements  he  might  have 
avoided  those  disasters,  which  ruined 
himself  and  his  kingdom,  even  though  he 
had  failed  in  the  main  object  of  his 
ambition. 

The  wars  of  Charles,  however,  were 
tremendous  ;  and  his  name  soon  became 
terrible  through  the  world.  But  he  was 
too  rash  and  impetuous  to  execute  his 
plans  by  means,  which  were  necessary 
to  give  permanence  to  his  success.  He 
fought  in  all  directions,  and  was  general- 
ly victorious.  He  humbled  all  his  adver- 
saries except  one,  and  struck  terror  into 
all  his  neighbors.  He  dethroned  Augus- 
tus, king  of  Poland,  new  modelled  the 
government  of  that  kingdom,  and  caused 
Stanislaus,  a  creature  of  his  own,  to  be 
invested  with  that  sovereignty.  But  his 
whole  plan  of  operations  may  be  clearly 
traced  to  his  great  design  of  subduing 
Russia,  which  issued  in  the  battle  of  Pul- 
towa,  fought  on  the  11th  July,  1709. 

While  Charles,  mad  with  his  design 
of  becoming  a  second  Alexander  and  con- 
quering all  mankind,  was  with  the  utmost 
diligence  preparing  the  way  for  his  oper- 
ations against  Peter,  the  latter  by  a  stretch 
of  masterly  policy,  unequalled  in  its  kind, 
was  widening  his  resources,  fortifying 
his  power,  improving  his  immense  em- 
pire, and  strengthening  the  basis  of  his 
throne.  The  victorious  standard  of 
Charles,  in  1707,  which  had  been  dis- 
played in  Saxony,  to  the  terror  of  all 
Germany,  was  removed,  and  again  seen 
in  Poland.  Thither,  at  the  head  of  43,000 
men,  Charles  now  proceeded  to  oppose 
the  Russian  arms,  which  during  his  ab- 
sence had  been  employed  in  favor  of 
Augustus,  the  dethroned  monarch.  From 
Lithuania,  where  he  had  for  some  time 
been,  Peter  directed  his  march  toward 
the  river  Boristhenes,  avoiding  for  the 
present  a  general  battle  with  the  Swe- 
dish hero.  So  near  were  the  two  ar- 
mies, that  Charles  arrived  in  the  city  of 
Grodno,  on  the  same  day  that  Peter  left 
it.     But  the  pursuit  was  in  vain. 

The  sovereign  of  Russia,  on  this  oc- 
casion, displayed  that  wisdom  and  pru- 
dence, which  seemed  the  prelude  to  his 
future  triumph.  Finding  himself  in  his 
own   dominions,  and  justly  fearmg  the 


610 


SWEDEN. 


consequences  of  so  terrible  a  conflict,  as 
seemed  approaching,  he  sent  an  embassy 
to  the  king  of  Sweden,  with  proposals 
of  peace.  Charles  returned  for  answer, 
that  he  would  treat  with  him  at  Moscow. 
The  czar's  remark,  when  this  haughty 
answer  was  brought  him,  gives  us  a  trait 
of  the  character  of  the  two  rivals.  "  My 
brother  Charles,"  said  he,  "always  af- 
fects to  play  the  Alexander ;  but  I  hope 
he  will  not  find  me  a  Darius."  The  ce- 
lerity of  his  retreat  defeated  all  hopes  of 
overtaking  him  ;  and  the  Swedish  mon- 
arch consoled  himself  by  pursuing  his 
march  toward  Moscow.  But  in  this,  he 
found  no  small  difficulty.  His  army  suf- 
fered incredible  hardships,  in  pursuing 
the  course  of  the  czar,  who,  aware  of 
his  approach,  had  destroyed  all  means 
of  subsistence,  and  indeed  almost  every 
vestige  of  human  habitation.  Vast  for- 
ests, morasses  and  extensive  solitudes 
presented  before  them,  scenes  of  desola- 
tion, and  the  alarming  prospect  of  de- 
struction. Through  these  dreary  wastes 
the  Russians  moved  with  safety,  being 
in  their  own  country,  and  led  by  a  gTeat 
commander,  who  knew  well  how  to  avail 
himself  of  his  own  resources,  and  to 
leave  behind  him,  nothing  to  facilitate 
the  progress  of  his  pursuer. 

Charles,  though  now  determined  to 
march  to  Moscow,  was  compelled  to  al- 
ter his  line  of  march,  and  by  a  more  cir- 
cuitous course,  to  pass  through  places, 
whence  some  supplies  might  be  derived 
for  his  army,  now  nearly  perishing  with 
fatigue  and  want.  The  north  of  Europe 
abounds  with  vast  forests  and  trackless 
wilds,  almost  impassable  even  in  the 
summer  season,  and  now  clothed  with 
double  horrors  by  the  approach  of  win- 
ter. The  ablest  officers  of  his  army,  re- 
monstrated against  penetrating  those  in- 
hospitable climes,  in  the  winter  season. 
Count  Piper,  on  whom  he  had  ever  placed 
much  dependence,  earnestly  recommend- 
ed to  him  to  remain  in  the  Ukraine,  a 
province  lying  along  the  river  Boris- 
thenes,  till  the  winter,  which  at  that  time 
was  intensely  severe,  was  past.  He, 
however,  crossed  that  river,  and  advan- 
ced to  the  banks  of  the  Disna,  beyond 
which,  he  perceived  a  Russian  army 
posted  to  resist  his  passage. 


He  crossed,  however,  and  continued 
his  march,  making  a  slow  progress  into 
the  Russian  territories.  Hovering  par- 
ties of  the  enemy  added  continual  sur- 
prise to  his  painful  and  perilous  march  ; 
and  numbers  of  his  men  daily  perished 
through  the  inclemency  of  the  season. 
Wearing  away  the  winter  in  those  frosty 
regions,  he  at  length  arrived,  on  the  10th 
of  May,  at  the  town  of  Pultowa,  where 
was  an  important  magazine  of  stores  and 
necessaries,  of  which  the  Swedish  army 
was  in  great  want.  But  Pultowa  was 
defended  by  a  garrison  of  9,000  Rus- 
sians ;  and  the  czar  himself  lay  not  very 
far  distant,  with  an  army  of  70,000  men. 

The  attack  of  Charles  upon  this  place, 
which  was  strongly  fortified,  was  one  of 
the  most  daring  enterprises  ever  attempt- 
ed by  any  commander.  For  that  reason, 
he  could  not  be  dissuaded  from  so  rash  a 
measure.  In  spite  of  every  effort  of  the 
Swedes,  the  town  could  not  be  reduced 
before  the  arrival  of  the  czar  with  his 
main  army  ;  and  Charles,  although  wound- 
ed in  his  heel  by  a  musket  ball,  deter- 
mined to  give  him  battle.  He  ordered 
his  army  to  advance  and  attack  the  Rus- 
sian camp.  The  Swedes,  long  inured  to 
victory,  made  a  formidable  onset,  and  not 
without  impression.  The  Russian  caval- 
ry was  broken,  but  soon  rallied  behind 
the  infantry.  The  king  of  Sweden, 
borne  in  a  litter,  animated  his  troops,  and 
displayed  all  the  talents  of  the  soldier 
and  hero.  But  he  contended  against  su- 
perior fortune.  On  the  side  of  Peter, 
there  were  equal  skill  and  bravery  with 
greater  numbers.  The  Swedes  fought 
with  astonishing  fury,  for  two  hours ;  but 
were  exposed  in  the  face  of  a  tremen- 
dous train  of  artillery,  which  the  czar, 
whose  arrangements  for  the  battle  were 
masterly,  had  opened  upon  them.  Their 
charge  upon  the  Russian  line,  proved  in- 
effectual ;  and  their  defeat,  which  was 
inevitable,  was  only  announced  by  their 
destruction.  9,000  Swedes  fell  on  the 
field  of  battle  ;  and  the  army  of  Charles 
was  utterly  ruined.  Charles  himself, 
with  a  small  party  of  horse,  escaped 
with  difficulty,  and  hastily  crossing  the 
Boristhcnes,  fled  with  a  few  attendants 
to  Bender,  a  town  in  Moldavia,  in  the 
Turkish  domimons. 


SWEDEN, 


611 


Death  of  Charles 

While  in  Turkey  his  conduct  resem- 
bled that  of  a  maniac,  more  than  that  of 
a  man  in  his  senses.  He  still  hoped  to 
dethrone  the  czar  by  engaging  the  Turk- 
ish power  against  him.  After  many  ef- 
forts the  sultan  was  induced  to  send 
200,000  soldiers  against  the  Russians. 
But  upon  the  capitulation  of  Peter's  ar- 
my, peace  having  been  made,  Charles 
was  much  disappointed,  and  vented  his 
rage  against  the  Turk.  He  had  been 
hospitably  entertained  more  than  three 
years,  but  his  arrogance  becoming  insuf- 
ferable, he  was  ordered  to  quit  the  Turk- 
ish dominions.  This  order  he  refused  to 
obey,  and  undertook  to  fortify  his  camp. 
With  only  three  hundred  men,  he  defend- 
ed himself  for  a  time  against  an  army  of 
twenty  thousand  Turks,  and  yielded  only 
when  he  was  taken  by  the  legs  and  arms, 
and  dragged  to   the   tent  of  the  bashaw. 

While  Charles  remained  in  Turkey, 
the  czar  and  the  king  of  Denmark  rav- 
aged Sweden  on  every  side.  This  state 
of  affairs  made  him  desirous  of  returning 
to  his  own  country,  especially  as  he  des- 
paired of  inducing  the  sultan  to  engage 
in  war  with  Russia.  He  returned  in 
disguise,  and  wishing  to  wrest  Norway 
from  the  Danes,  made  an  attack  on  that 


XII,  of  Sweden. 

country.  While  visiting  the  works  at 
the  siege  of  Frederickshall,  Dec.  1718, 
he  was  killed  by  a  cannon  shot,  while 
exposing  himself  to  unnecessary  danger. 
Though  he  expired  without  a  groan,  he 
instinctively  grasped  the  handle  of  his 
sword,  and  was  found  in  that  position,  so 
characteristic  of  his  temper.  After  the 
death  of  Charles,  Sweden  exhausted  and 
impoverished,  demanded  repose. 

The  extensive  conquests  which  Swe- 
den had  made  beyond  the  Baltic  were 
gradually  taken  from  her  during  the 
course  of  the  last  century.  The  late 
Gustavus  IV,  on  the  French  revolution, 
entered  into  an  alliance  with  Great  Bri- 
tain against  France;  and  when,  in  1808, 
Russia  joined  her  forces  to  those  of  the 
latter  kingdom,  he  broke  off  an  alliance 
with  that  power ;  and  on  the  invasion  of 
his  territories  by  the  Russians,  lost  Fin- 
land, which  has  since  (1809,)  continued 
dissevered  from  Sweden.  The  result  of 
this  war  was  not  merely  this  loss,  but 
the  dislike  of  his  people,  and  resentment 
of  the  nobles.  The  duke  of  Sundermania, 
who  was  at  the  head  of  the  discontented 
party,  conceived  and  executed  the  plan 
of  dethroning  Gustavus,  and  of  investing 
himself  with  his  honors.  This  was  easily 


612 


SWITZERLAND. 


effected  ;  not  the  least  disturbance  took 
place  on  account  of  it ;  and  the  duke 
assumed  the  crown  under  the  title  of 
Charles  XIII. 

Charles  changed  the  government  from 
a  despotic  to  a  limited  monarchy.  He 
made  peace  with  Russia.  He  joined 
himself  to  the  allies  against  France.  By 
a  treaty  made  in  1814,  and  confirmed  in 
the  subsequent  year  at  the  congress  of 
Vienna,  Norway  was  added  to  his  do- 
minions, on  condition  of  his  ceding  to 
Prussia  Pomerania  and  the  island  of  Ru- 
gen  ;  Finland  was  finally  guaranteed  to 
Russia;  and  Sweden  was  confined  within 
the  bounds  which  we  have  already  de- 
scribed. It  may  here  be  mentioned,  that 
when  Norway  was  united  to  the  country 
which  we  are  describing,  her  indepen- 
dence, as  to  government,  laws,  and  in- 
stitutions, was  solemnly  stipulated. — 
Meanwhile,  in  1810,  general  Bernadotte, 
a  Frenchman,  had  the  influence  to  get 
himself  declared  crown-prince  of  Swe- 
den ;  a  choice  which,  though  at  first  it 
excited  general  surprise,  has  proved  very 


judicious,  from  the  prudent  and  liberal 
character  of  that  celebrated  person.  In 
1818  Charles  XIII  died,  and  Bernadotte 
quietly  ascended  the  throne,  under  the 
title  of  Charles  XIV.  This  monarch 
has  indeed  shown  himself  worthy  of  the 
dignity  conferred  on  him.  He  has  pa- 
tronised and  promoted  every  species  of 
internal  improvement.  He  has  construct- 
ed canals,  erected  schools,  and  done  all 
in  his  power  to  promote  the  cause  of  ed- 
ucation. A  new  civil  and  penal  code  is 
in  progress.  The  public  hospitals  have 
not  been  overlooked ;  six  useless  ones 
have  been  suppressed ;  every  modern 
improvement  or  discovery  is  immediately 
introduced.  And,  under  his  enlightened 
sway,  Sweden,  though,  from  inherent 
physical  causes,  she  can  never  rise  high- 
er than  a  power  of  the  second  order,  is 
rapidly  advancing  in  real  prosperity  and 
influence,  and  is  affording  an  example  of 
improvement  and  of  enlightened  policy, 
which  many  nations  more  highly  favored 
in  point  of  climate  and  physical  advanta- 
ges, would  do  well  to  imitate. 


SWITZERLAND. 


The  history  of  Switzerland,  previously 
to  the  time  of  Caesar,  may  be  regarded 
as  unknown  or  uncertain.  It  may,  as  has 
been  believed  by  one  class  of  writers, 
have  been  visited  and  colonized  by  the 
Greeks,  who  founded  Marseilles  several 
centuries  before  the  time  to  which  we 
refer.  This  opinion  has  been  supposed 
to  gain  countenance  from  statements 
made  by  Herodotus  and  Appolonius 
Rhodius. 

At  the  dawn  of  authentic  history,  we 
find  the  country  inhabited  by  the  Helve- 
tii  and  the  Rhaetii ;  the  latter  inhabiting, 
in  addition  to  Swabia  and  the  Tyrol, 
what  afterwards  formed  the  Swiss  can- 
tons of  Appenzell,  Claris,  Uri,  and  the 
Orisons  ;  the  Helvetii  occupying  the  re- 
maining cantons.  These  people  were  of 
Celtic  origin ;  and  remains  of  the  Celtic 
language,  which  was  long  their  native 
speech,  still  exist.     Their  defeat  by  Cae- 


sar is  well  known.  They  were  after- 
wards ranked  among  the  people  subject 
to  Rome,  and  were  exposed  to  all  the 
hardships  which  such  a  connection  always 
imposed  on  conquered  nations. 

On  the  downfall  of  the  Roman  power, 
the  Helvetians,  like  the  other  people  of 
Europe,  were  overrun  by  hordes  of  bar- 
barians ;  they  were  successively  con- 
quered, and  nearly  extirpated  by  various 
tribes,  the  Alemanni,  the  Franks,  the 
Huns,  the  Burgundians.  From  the  be- 
ginning of  the  eleventh  century,  the  pro- 
vinces which  now  constitute  Switzerland, 
began  to  be  regarded  as  an  appendage 
of  Germany  ;  and  are  mentioned  in  his- 
tory as  receiving  at  different  times  certain 
privileges  and  immunities  from  the  head 
of  that  empire.  These,  however,  did  not 
proceed  from  the  spontaneous  policy  of 
the  emperors ;  they  were  wrested  from 
them  in  consequence  of  the  repeated  ap- 


SWITZERLAND. 


613 


William  Tell  the  Swiss  patriot. 


plications  and  urgent  remonstrances  of 
the  Swiss  themselves,  who  seem  from 
the  earliest  periods  to  have  abhorred  de- 
pendence, and  to  have  been  animated 
with  principles  of  liberty.  In  truth,  the 
inhabitants  of  Uri,  Schweitz,  and  Under- 
walden,  (three  territories  known  by  the 
name  of  the  Waldstetten.)  possessed  from 
time  immemorial  the  right  of  being  gov- 
erned by  their  own  magistrates,  and  of 
enacting  their  own  laws ;  they  had  al- 
ways declared  themselves  averse  to  the 
authority  of  the  emperor's  representative 
among  them  ;  and  when,  like  the  rest  of 
the  country,  they  did  consent  to  acknow- 
ledge this  officer,  it  was  on  the  condition 
that  he  would  govern  according  to  law, 
and  make  no  encroachments  on  their  rights 
and  privileges.  Usurpation,  however, 
followed  after  usurpation,  till  at  length 
the  whole  country  was  reduced  under  the 
power  of  the  house  of  Austria.  Tyranny 
in  truth  was  carried  to  the  utmost  extent, 
and  freedom  seemed  to  be  for  ever  extin- 
guished in  Helvetia.  But  it  was  check- 
ed not  destroyed ;  its  spirit  still  continued 
to  linger  among  them  ;  and  at  length  it 
burst  forth  with  a  greater  energy  than 
ever.  A  confederacy  to  shake  off  the 
yoke  of  their  oppressors,  and  to  achieve 


the  independence  of  their  country,  was 
formed  in  1307,  by  three  individuals,  na- 
tives respectively  of  the  three  cantons 
that  composed  the  "Waldstetten.  The 
conspiracy  Avas  embraced  with  delight  by 
all  to  whom  it  was  communicated ;  the 
names  of  the  heroes  who  organized  it 
have  ever  since  been  revered  throughout 
Switzerland  ;  and  the  spot  where  it  was 
first  formed  is  regarded  as  sacred.  The 
revolution  which  was  contemplated,  was 
accelerated,  or  rather  secured,  by  the  in- 
sults shown  on  the  part  of  Gesler,  the 
representative  of  the  emperor. 

Gesler  who  was  governor  of  Uri,  had 
ordered  his  hat  to  be  fixed  upon  a  pole  in 
the  market-place  of  Altorf,  and  command- 
ed every  passenger  on  pain  of  death  to 
pay  the  same  obeisance  to  it  as  to  him- 
self. William  Tell,  of  Burglen  in  the 
valley  of  Uri,  son-in-law  to  Walter  Furst, 
indignant  at  this  insulting  mark  of  wan- 
ton tyranny,  disdained  to  pay  an  homage 
so  absurd  and  so  humiliating.  This 
manly  resolution  was  punished  by  the 
tyrant  with  the  sentence  of  death.  Tell 
was  condemned  to  be  hanged,  unless  he 
should  be  able  to  strike  with  his  arrow  an 
apple  placed  upon  the  head  of  his  son  ; 
being  an  excellent  marksman,  Tell  ac- 


614 


SWITZERLAND. 


cepted  the  alternative,  and  fortunately- 
cleft  the  apple  without  injuring  the  child. 
The  tyrant  Gesler,  perceiving  another 
arrow  in  his  belt,  asked  him  for  what  pur- 
pose that  was  intended ;  when  Tell  re- 
plied, "  It  was  designed  for  thee,  if  I  had 
killed  my  son."  For  this  heroic  answer 
he  was  condemned  to  perpetual  imprison- 
ment in  a  dungeon  at  Kuffnacht,  the  re- 
sidence of  Gesler  ;  he  was  accordingly 
bound,  and  placed  in  a  boat,  that  Gesler 
himself  might  convey  him  across  the 
lake  of  Altorf  to  his  castle. 

Scarcely,  however,  had  the  boat  per- 
formed half  the  passage,  when  a  furious 
squall  covered  the  surface  of  the  lake 
with  threatening  waves.  Gesler,  as 
humble  in  the  hour  of  danger  as  he  had 
been  arrogant  when  fear  was  at  a  dis- 
tance, entreated  Tell,  who  was  account- 
ed the  most  skilful  boatman  in  the  can- 
ton, to  save  him  ;  and  unbound  his  pris- 
oner with  his  own  hands.  Tell  seated 
himself  at  the  helm,  steered  the  boat  to- 
wards a  rock,  leaped  upon  it ;  and  then 
in  an  instant  with  the  same  manly  strength 
pushed  back  the  boat  into  the  lake,  es- 
caped, and  concealed  himself  At  length 
the  storm  abated,  and  Gesler  gained  the 
shore.  As  he  was  about  to  enter  his 
fortress,  Tell,  who  had  by  a  circuitous 
route  reached  the  spot  before  him,  dis- 
charged an  arrow  at  the  tyrant,  which 
pierced  his  heart ;  and  thus  paved  the 
way  for  that  conspiracy  which  laid  the 
foundation  of  his  country's  liberty. 

After  many  remonstrances  against  the 
tyranny  of  these  governors,  which  served 
only  to  increase  the  cruelties  of  the  ty- 
rants, three  patriots,  Werner  de  Staflach 
of  Schweitz,  Walter  Furst  of  Uri,  and 
Arnold  de  Melchthal  of  Underwalden,  at 
length  resolved  to  put  in  execution  those 
measures  which  they  had  concerted  for 
delivering  themselves  and  their  country 
from  the  yoke  of  Austria.  Bold  and  en- 
terprising, and  united  by  friendship,  these 
men  had  frequently  met  in  private  to  de- 
liberate upon  the  important  subject ;  each 
associated  three  others  in  their  cause  ; 
and  these  twelve  men  accomplished  their 
important  enterprise  without  the  loss  of  a 
snigle  life.  Having  prepared  the  inhabi- 
tants of  their  several  cantons  for  a  revolt, 
in  the  dead  of  night  on  the  first  of  January, 


1308,  they  surprised  the  Austrian  gover- 
nors, and  conducted  them  to  the  fron- 
tiers, obliged  them  to  swear  that  they 
would  never  more  serve  against  the  Hel- 
vetian nation  ;  and  then  suffered  them  to 
depart  Avithout  any  injury.  The  other 
cantons  soon  engaged  in  the  confederacy, 
and  thus  gave  birth  to  the  republic  of 
Switzerland.  Albert  prepared  to  attack 
the  new-born  liberty  of  Helvetia ;  and 
was  ready  to  hazard  his  forces  against 
the  enthusiasm  inspired  by  freedom,  when 
he  himself  fell  a  sacrifice  to  his  rapacity 
and  injustice  ;  being  assassinated  in  pre- 
sence of  his  court  and  army  on  the  banks 
of  the  river  PrUs,  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Switzerland.  The  widow  of  Albert,  oc- 
cupied in  revenging  the  death  of  her  hus- 
band, left  the  cantons  to  the  undisturbed 
enjoyment  of  their  liberties,  and  to  the 
provision  of  the  means  of  strengthening 
themselves  against  future  attacks.  Un- 
der these  favorable  circumstances,  the 
cantons  of  Uri,  Underwalden,  and 
Schweitz,  boldly  displayed  the  standard 
of  liberty  in  1308. 

Until  the  year  1315,  the  confederated 
cantons  were  unmolested  by  their  former 
sovereigns.  At  that  period  the  emperor 
Frederic  sent  against  them  a  considera- 
ble body  of  troops  under  the  command  of 
his  brother  Leopold,  whom  he  directed 
to  ravage  the  country  with  fire  and  sword. 
The  invaders  could  only  enter  it  by  en- 
deavoring to  force  a  passage  into  Schweitz 
at  a  defile  called  the  straits  of  Morgarten, 
which  1,300  Switzers  undertook  to  de- 
fend against  the  numerous  army  of  Leo- 
pold. These  patriots  posted  themselves 
on  the  impending  mountains,  whence  they 
rolled  down  huge  fragments  of  rock, 
which  crushed  the  hostile  cavalry ;  and 
impetuously  descending  upon  the  infan- 
try, they  discomfited  and  dispersed  them. 
Leopold  was  panic-struck,  and  seeking 
safety  in  flight  he  made  his  escape,  leav- 
ing multitudes  of  his  soldiers  dead  upon 
the  spot.  On  this  memorable  occasion 
the  cantons  lost  only  fourteen  men  ;  and 
from  the  circumstance  of  the  engage- 
ment having  taken  place  in  the  canton  of 
Schweitz,  the  confederation  which  was 
the  result  of  it,  took  the  name  of  Swiss. 

Nothing  could  be  more  simple  than  the 
condition  which  formed  the  basis  of  the 


SWITZERLAND. 


615 


association  of  the.  first  three  cantons. 
"  They  were  to  afford  each  other  aid  in 
case  of  attack  ;  to  acknowledge  no  other 
authority,  protection,  or  supremacy,  than 
that  of  the  empire ;  to  contract  no  alliance 
without  each  other's  consent.  The  three 
states  were  to  admit  no  judge,  who  is  not 
their  fellow-citizen.  If  any  contest  should 
arise  between  the  cantons,  it  was  to  be 
decided  by  arbitration  ;  and  if  one  can- 
ton refused  to  submit  to  the  award,  it  was 
to  be  compelled  by  the  two  others.  Final- 
ly, malefactors,  incendiaries,  robbers,  and 
other  criminals,  tried  and  condemned  in 
one  canton,  were  to  be  considered  as 
tried  and  condemned  in  the  others,  and  it 
was  forbidden  to  afford  them  an  asylum." 
Such  was  the  treaty  of  alliance  between 
Uri,  Schweitz,  and  Underwalden,  called 
the  league  of  the  three  Waldstaetter  or 
Forest-cantons,  which  laid  the  founda- 
tion of  one  of  the  wisest  and  happiest  re- 
publics that  ever  existed. 

After  these  cantons  had  established 
their  liberty  and  independence,  the  neigh- 
boring state  of  Lucerne,  then  subject  to 
Austria,  was  continually  harassed  by 
their  depredations.  Under  these  circum- 
stances the  emperor  imprudently  loaded 
the  citizens  of  this  canton  with  taxes  as 
exorbitant  as  they  were  unjust.  To  evade 
both  evils.  Lucerne  made  peace  with  the 
confederacy;  and  having  expelled  the 
Austrian  party  in  the  year  1332,  entered 
into  a  perpetual  alliance  with  them,  and 
became  a  member  of  the  union.  The 
addition  of  Lucerne  to  the  league  enabled 
the  four  cantons  to  resist  all  the  hostile 
efforts  of  Austria. 

In  the  year  1 336,  Leopold,  the  grandson 
of  that  prince  who  was  defeated  at  the 
pass  of  Morgarten,  eager  to  regain  the 
territory  he  had  lost,  invaded  the  canton 
of  Lucerne  at  the  head  of  a  numerous 
army,  and  attended  by  the  first  nobility 
of  the  empire.  The  troops  of  the  four 
cantons,  greatly  inferior  in  number,  met 
their  enemies  at  the  lake  of  Sempach, 
near  the  town  of  Surzee.  The  Austrians 
were  drawn  up  in  firm  battalions,  accou- 
tered  in  heavy  armor,  and  furnished  with 
long  pikes.  The  Swiss  advanced  in  the 
form  of  a  wedge,  in  order  to  open  their 
■way  into  the  ranks  of  the  enemy,  and  to 
break  the  solidity  of  the  battalion  ;  but 


their  endeavors  proved  fruitless,  and  the 
fate  of  war  hung  doubtful ;  when  Arnold 
de  Wilkenreid,  devoting  himself  to  cer- 
tain death,  rushed  upon  the  enemy,  and 
seizing  as  many  lances  as  he  could 
grasp,  endeavored  to  penetrate  their 
ranks,  and  was  killed  in  the  attempt.  His 
valor,  however,  opened  the  way  to  victo- 
ry ;  it  inflamed  his  countrymen  with  new 
courage,  and  taught  them  the  best  method 
of  breaking  the  battalion.  The  Austrians 
yielded  to  the  impetuous  torrent,  fled,  and 
left  Leopold  with  the  flower  of  his  army 
dead  on  the  field.  On  the  spot  where 
this  memorable  victory  was  gained,  a 
chapel  stands,  which  was  built  in  com- 
memoration of  the  event ;  and  in  the  ar- 
senal of  Lucerne,  the  armor  of  the  va- 
liant Leopold  is  still  preserved,  together 
with  a  large  quantity  of  cords,  with  which 
it  is  said  he  intended  to  have  bound  the 
citizens. 

In  the  year  1351,  the  confederacy  of 
the  four  Waldsteetters  formed  an  alliance 
with  the  canton  of  Zurich.  The  town 
of  Zurich  as  an  imperial  city  had  enjoy- 
ed many  privileges  obtained  from  Fred- 
eric II,  till  a  civil  war  between  the  peo- 
ple and  their  magistrates  nearly  reduced 
it  to  ruins.  After  a  struggle  of  two  years 
the  magistrates  were  banished,  and  a  new 
form  of  government  was  established  un- 
der the  sanction  of  the  emperor  Lewis  of 
Bavaria,  in  1337.  After  several  attempts, 
however,  the  exiled  magistrates  were 
permitted  to  return ;  but  being  afterwards 
proved  guilty  of  a  conspiracy  against  the 
state,  they  fell  a  sacrifice  to  their  treason- 
able designs.  This  transaction  brought 
upon  the  people  the  resentment  of  the 
neighboring  nobles ;  and  the  emperor 
Charles  IV  refusing  to  aid  them,  the  can- 
ton of  Zurich  formed  an  alliance  with, 
and  became  not  only  a  member  of  the 
confederacy,  but  obtained  a  pre-eminence 
in  rank  above  the  other  four  ;  and  has 
retained  that  distinction  to  the  present 
time.  Notwithstanding  the  advantages 
which  the  Zurichers  derived  from  this 
alliance,  their  experience  of  the  evils 
and  miseries  of  a  ruinous  war  induced 
them  to  submit  to  an  arbitration  of  their 
disputes  with  the  house  of  Austria.  The 
arbitrators  included  in  their  award  a  point 
which  had  not  been  submitted  to  their 


616 


SWITZERLAND. 


judgment ;  they  decided  that  thencefor- 
ward none  of  the  nations  of  upper  Ger- 
many should  be  at  liberty  to  league  them- 
selves with  the  Waldsteetters.  This  de- 
cision was  equivalent  to  a  declaration 
that  the  confederated  cantons  should  not 
increase  their  power  by  the  accession  of 
other  states.  The  confederacy,  however, 
not  only  despised  this  prohibition,  but 
acted  in  direct  opposition  to  it. 

During  a  war  which  ensued  between 
the  emperor  and  these  states  in  the  year 
]  350,  the  troops  of  Schweitz,  assisted  by 
Zurich,  Lucerne,  Uri,  and  Underwalden, 
entered  the  canton  of  Claris,  and  having 
expelled  the  Austrians,  received  it  into 
the  union  ;  imposing  however,  some  re- 
strictions upon  the  inhabitants,  which 
were  not  abolished  till  1450. 

In  1351  the  six  allied  cantons  laid 
siege  to  Zug,  an  imperial  city,  which, 
lying  between  Zurich  and  Schweitz,  af- 
forded the  Austrians  many  opportunities 
of  harassing  the  Swiss.  It  was  reso- 
lutely defended  by  the  citizens  who  ex- 
pected succor  from  Albert  duke  of  Aus- 
tria ;  but  this  prince  not  being  in  a  con- 
dition to  assist  them,  the  town  at  length 
capitulated  upon  the  most  honorable 
terms.  The  generosity  of  the  conquer- 
ors was  equal  to  the  courage  displayed 
by  the  vanquished ;  and  Zug  accordingly 
was  admitted  into  the  confederacy  as  a 
free  and  independent  city  upon  equal 
terms.  During  these  events  the  canton 
of  Berne  was  perpetually  engaged  in 
wars  with  the  house  of  Austria,  or  with 
its  neighbors.  The  state  of  Berne  had, 
in  that  part  of  the  Alps  which  they  occu- 
pied, formed  themselves  into  a  republic, 
that  singly  was  more  powerful  than  one- 
half  of  the  seven  united  cantons.  As 
early  as  the  year  1323,  a  defensive  alli- 
ance took  place  between  the  Bernese 
and  the  Waldstaitters,  to  whose  aid  they 
were  chilly  indebted  for  the  victory  which 
they  obtained  over  the  troops  of  Austria 
in  1339.  In  consequence  of  this  success, 
Berne  gained  new  tei'ritories,  which 
placed  themselves  under  its  protection. 
These  territories  adjoined  others  which 
were  protected  by  the  Helvetic  confede- 
racy. Between  the  inhabitants  of  both, 
certain  disputes  arose  which  involved 
the  two  republics  in  their  quarrels  ;  and 


the  misunderstanding  was  on  the  point 
of  breaking  out  into  open  hostilities. 
They  had,  however,  the  moderation  to 
perceive,  that  it  was  by  no  means  the 
interest  of  either  state  that  they  should 
become  enemies  ;  but  that  on  the  other 
hand,  a  union  of  their  interests  would  bo 
the  certain  means  of  obtaining  speedy 
and  permanent  peace  for  territories 
which,  being  thus  left  without  any  sup- 
port in  their  petty  dessensions,  would 
naturally  find  their  best  policy  in  amica- 
ble agreement.  These  considerations 
impelled  the  Bernese  to  wish  for  admis- 
sion into  the  Helvetic  league,  and  indu- 
ced the  latter  to  admit  them.  The  ac- 
cession of  so  considerable  a  canton  as 
Berne  to  the  other  seven  considerably 
increased  the  power  of  the  confederacy. 

These  eight  allied  states  are  to  the 
present  distinguished  by  the  appellation 
of  the  eight  "  ancient  cantons."  Although 
Berne  was  the  last  of  these  that  acceded 
to  the  union,  yet  six  of  them  yielded  to 
it  the  precedency,  in  consequence  of 
which  they  now  rank  in  the  following  or- 
der :  Zurich,  Berne,  Lucerne,  Schweitz, 
Uri,  Underwalden,  Zug,  and  Claris. 

From  a  review  of  the  several  treaties 
which  formed  the  constitution  of  this 
union,  it  appears  that  we  ought  not  to 
consider  the  confederated  states  at  this 
epoch  as  one  body,  or  one  commonwealth. 
The  principal  intention  of  the  league  was 
to  preserve  the  public  liberties  and  private 
rights  of  the  citizens  and  subjects  of  the 
union  against  any  attacks  that  might  be 
made  upon  them ;  without  embracing 
any  hostile  views  against  such  rights  as 
belonged  to  the  house  of  Austria  or  its 
nobles. 

The  origin  of  the  Helvetic  diets  may 
be  traced  in  the  public  meetings  that 
were  appointed  upon  the  frontiers  of  the 
respective  cantons.  The  different  trea- 
ties occasioned  many  distinct  meetings 
to  be  held  by  deputies  between  the 
cantons.  These  meetings  were  attend- 
ed with  innumerable  advantages  ;  they 
maintained  a  cordiality,  and  connected 
j  more  strongly  the  bond  of  union  between 
the  cantons ;  and  prepared  the  way  for 
a  closer  and  more  intimate  alliance.  As 
the  first  members  of  the  Helvetic  union 
had  formed  no  intention  of  erecting  them- 


SWITZERLAND. 


617 


selves  into  one  separate  and  independent 
state,  it  is  natural  to  suppose  that  they 
were  actuated  by  the  desire  of  extending 
and  ago^randizing  their  respective  territo- 
ries. There  were  besides  two  circum- 
stances which  strongly  operated  in  draw- 
ing them  from  the  strict  rules  of  a  defen- 
sive alliance,  and  were  at  the  same  time 
the  means  of  procuring  them  additional 
allies ;  namely,  the  insatiable  ambition 
and  avarice  of  the  nobles,  which  contin- 
ually occasioned  dissension  and  rebellion 
in  the  neighboring  states  ;  and  the  in- 
trigues and  artifices  of  the  emperors,  who, 
being  jealous  of  the  increasing  power  of 
the  dukes  of  Austria,  often  encouraged 
the  inhabitants  to  break  the  fetters  of 
their  allegiance.  Helvetia  was  thus  di- 
vided into  powerful  factions,  who  were 
perpetually  at  variance  with  each  other  ; 
the  one  composed  of  the  nobles,  with  the 
dukes  of  Austria  at  their  head  ;  the  other 
of  the  free  cities  and  districts  under  the 
protection  of  the  allied  cantons. 

Thus  half  a  century  was  spent  in  wars 
and  truces  with  the  house  of  Austria, 
who  seems  to  have  disdained  to  honor 
the  Helvetic  league  with  either  constant 
peace  or  regidarly  supported  war.  The 
year  1370  is  remarkable  for  the  first 
struggle  of  the  Switzers  against  the 
French.  It  arose  from  the  pretensions 
of  Enquernand  de  Couci,  who,  inheriting 
the  rights  of  his  mother,  the  grand-daugh- 
ter of  the  emperor  Albert,  claiming  cer- 
tain lands,  which  he  asserted  to  have 
been  usurped  from  his  grand-father  by 
the  Switzers.  They  successfully  de- 
fended their  possessions,  and,  after  a 
bloody  battle,  drove  De  Couci's  auxilia- 
ries from  their  territory. 

From  this  unsettled  state  of  peace  and 
war,  the  Swiss  derived  the  advantage  of 
being  trained  to  the  use  of  arms,  and 
were  consequently  always  on  their  guard. 
In  the  year  1393  they  subjected  them- 
selves to  a  system  of  military  discipline 
worthy  of  the  ancient  Spartans.  They 
entered  into  an  ordinance,  which  forbade 
them,  under  pain  of  death,  in  whatever 
circumstances  they  might  be  placed  in 
war,  to  violate  the  sanctity  of  churches 
or  the  honor  of  women.  It  enjoined 
them  to  defend  and  succor  each  other  as 
brethren,  notwithstanding  any  contests 
78 


which  might  have  previously  existed  be 
tween  them,  and  in  spite  of  all  danger 
to  which  that  mutual  assistance  might 
expose  them.  They  were  not  to  quit 
their  ranks  in  battle,  even  though  they 
should  feel  themselves  mortally  wounded. 
No  Swiss  was  ever  to  pillage  for  his  own 
private  emolument ;  but  was  to  carry  all 
the  fruits  of  victory  to  the  common  stock. 
Finally,  the  cantons  engaged  not  to  un- 
dertake any  war  that  had  not  been  pre- 
viously proposed  and  determined  upon 
by  unanimous  consent  in  a  general  diet. 
The  intervals  of  peace  or  suspension 
from  hostilities  with  the  house  of  Austria, 
afforded  also  to  the  cantons  an  opportu- 
nity of  strengthening  themselves,  not  by 
the  accession  of  new  states  to  their  con- 
federacy, but  by  the  protection  which 
they  granted  to  some  neighboring  states, 
on  which  they  conferred  the  right  of 
comburghership.  That  privilege  attached 
the  latter  to  the  Helvetic  league,  which 
protected  them  without  any  dependence 
on  the  part  of  the  protected,  except  re- 
spect and  deference,  and  without  any  of 
the  degrading  circumstances  of  subjec- 
tion. Such,  for  instance,  were  the  in- 
j  habitants  of  the  valleys  of  Appenzel,  the 
i  oppressed  vassals  of  Saint-Gall. 

In  the  year  1400,  these  people,  loaded 
I  by  the  abbot  of  St.  Gall  with  intolerable 
taxes,  joined  the  citizens  of  the  town  of 
]  St.  Gall,  who  rebelled  against  the  Austri- 
'  ans.     They  applied  to  the  Helvetic  con- 
i  federacy   for  assistance ;  but  these  can- 
tons having  concluded  a  treaty  of  peace 
with  the  emperor,  refused  their  alliance  ; 
which  obliged  Appenzel  to  remain  a  se- 
parate and  distinct  state  for  several  years. 
The  treaty  which  the  canton  of  Zurich 
formed  with  the  house  of  Austria  in  1442, 
merits  particular  notice,  as  its  consequen- 
ces were  the  occasion  of  very  important 
regulations  in  the  constitution  of  the  Hel- 
vetic confederacy. 

Frederic  III,  the  last  count  of  Tog- 
genburg,  had  contrived  by  different  arti- 
'  fices  to  occasion  a  jealousy  between  the 
i  canton  of  Zurich  and  those  of  Glaris 
I  and  Schweitz  ;  which  would  have  ended 
I  in  a  civil  war  had  not  the  confederacy 
interfered,  and  compelled  them  to  observe 
'.  the  articles  of  their  treaty.  Fresh  dis- 
I  putes,  however,  arose  after  the  death  of 


618 


SWITZERLAND, 


Frederic ;  and  the  citizens  of  Zurich, 
■with  the  intention  of  compelUng  Claris 
and  Schweitz  to  submission,  cut  off  all 
communication  with  their  inhabitants ; 
by  which  means  these  mountaineers  were 
deprived  of  their  supply  of  corn  which 
they  usually  received  from  Zurich,  and 
which  constituted  the  main  article  of  their 
food.  The  other  cantons,  however,  es- 
poused their  cause,  and  compelled  the 
Zurichers  to  refer  the  dispute  to  them 
according  to  the  terms  of  their  engage- 
ment. The  residt  of  the  arbitration  was, 
that  Zurich  should  relinquish  her  different 
claims,  and  provide  Claris  and  Schweitz 
with  the  necessary  quantity  of  grain.  The 
citizens  of  Zurich,  however,  regarded  this 
award  as  partial,  and  therefore  concluded 
an  alliance  with  the  emperor  Frederic 
III,  and  the  other  branches  of  the  house 
of  Austria;  which  engagement  the  con- 
federacy considered  as  an  infringement 
of  the  articles  of  the  union.  The  con- 
federacy, in  spite  of  the  palliative  clauses 
introduced  by  Zurich  into  the  treaty, 
persisted  in  opposing  it,  and  threatened 
to  use  coercive  measures  to  compel  that 
canton  to  withdraw  from  her  alliance 
with  Austria.  In  this  crisis  the  Zurich- 
ers applied  to  the  emperor  for  relief,  and 
received  into  their  town  a  garrison  of 
Austrian  soldiers.  Hostilities  ensued  ; 
and  in  the  first  action  they  were  defeated, 
and  the  Burgher-master  of  Zurich  was 
among  the  slain.  Besieged  within  their 
walls,  they  beheld  during  two  fatal  years 
their  fields  and  villages  laid  waste  and 
plundered. 

During  this  period  the  free  cities  of 
Basil  and  Soleure,  who  were  indifferent 
spectators  of  the  contest  between  Zurich 
and  the  cantons,  embraced  tlie  opportunity 
of  invading  the  Austrian  territories.  The 
latter  applied  for  aid  to  Charles  VII, 
king  of  France,  who,  as  well  with  a  view 
of  desolving  the  council  of  Basil  as  of 
assisting  the  Austrians,  ordered  a  large 
army  to  march  against  the  confederacy, 
imder  the  command  of  his  son  Louis. 
The  Dauphin  entered  Alsace,  and  after 
laying  waste  and  harassing  the  adjoining 
provinces,  appeared  before  the  gates  of 
Basil.  The  confederates  had  previously 
thrown  into  the  town,  which  was  but 
thinly  garrisoned,  a  detachment  of  fifteen 


I  hundred  men  from  their  army  then  em- 
I  ployed  in  besieging  Famsburg.  This 
body  of  Swiss  advanced  with  determined 
valor  to  the  plain  of  Bratteline ;  where 
they  charged  with  such  fury  eight  thou- 
sand of  the  enemy's  cavalry,  that  the  lat- 
ter were  driven  back  as  far  as  the  village 
of  Muttenz.  Here  the  repulsed  were 
joined  by  another  corps  ;  but  notwith- 
standing this  re-enforcement,  the  Swiss 
renewed  the  assault  with  fresh  intrepid- 
ity, and  obliged  them  to  repass  the  river 
Birs,  where  the  main  body  of  their  army 
was  chiefly  drawn  up.  Encouraged  by 
their  wonderful  success,  exasperated 
with  the  most  spirited  indignation  against 
the  invaders  of  their  country,  and  disre- 
garding the  remonstances  of  their  officers, 
they  rashly  attempted  to  force  their  pas- 
sage, which  was  guarded  by  a  strong 
party  of  the  enemy.  Their  effort  proving 
ineffectual,  these  gallant  men  threw  them- 
selves into  the  river,  and  gained  the  op- 
posite shore  in  the  face  of  a  battery  of 
cannon,  that  was  playing  upon  them. 
The  French  army,  consisting  of  thirty 
thousand  men,  were  advantageously  post- 
ed in  an  open  plain ;  the  Swiss  had  no 
alternative  than  that  of  throwing  down 
their  arms,  or  gloriously  expiring  with 
them  in  their  hands.  They  bravely  pre- 
ferred the  latter ;  accordingly  five  hun- 
dred of  them  took  possession  of  a  small 
island  near  the  bridge  ;  and  after  reso- 
lutely defending  themselves  to  the  last, 
were  cut  to  pieces.  The  same  number 
of  soldiers  forced  their  way  through  the 
ranks  of  the  enemy,  and  were  making 
towards  Basil,  when  they  were  opposed 
by  a  large  body  of  horse,  posted  there  to 
prevent  any  succors  which  the  town 
might  send  to  the  relief  of  their  country- 
men. Being  thus  surrounded  on  all  sides, 
they  threw  themselves  into  the  hospital 
of  St.  James,  and  there  resisted  for  a 
considerable  time  the  assault  of  the  whole 
French  army.  The  building  was  at  length 
set  on  fire ;  the  cannon  battered  down  the 
walls  ;  and  still  they  fought,  resolved  to 
sell  their  lives  at  the  dearest  rate,  and  to 
defend  themselves  to  the  last  extremity. 
Of  the  five  hundred  only  sixteen  esca- 
ped ;  and  they  were  branded  with  infamy 
for  not  having  sacrificed  their  lives  in  de- 
fence of  their  country.     Such  w^as  the 


SWITZERLAND. 


619 


effect  of  the  battle  upon  the  mind  of  the 
dauphin  Louis,  that  he  declared  he  had 
derived  no  other  advantage  from  the  vic- 
tory than  a  knowledge  of  the  valor  of  the 
Svi^iss.  He  accordingly  gave  up  his  de- 
signs of  conquest ;  and  after  remaining 
three  days  employed  in  burying  the  dead 
upon  the  field  of  battle,  he  retired  with 
his  shattered  army  into  Alsace.  The 
remembrance  of  this  action  is  still  cher- 
ished with  the  warmest  enthusiasm  by 
the  Swiss.  The  inhabitants  of  Basil  form 
parties  every  year  to  an  inn  situated  near 
the  hospital  and  burying-ground,  w^here 
they  commemorate  in  red  wine  produced 
from  vineyards  near  the  field  of  battle, 
the  heroic  deeds  of  their  countrymen, 
who  sacrificed  their  lives  on  this  occa- 
sion. This  wine  is  called  the  blood  of 
the  Swiss. 

The  event  of  these  battles  lessened 
the  resentment  of  the  confederate  cantons 
against  Zurich  ;  and  the  latter,  wearied 
with  the  calamities  of  a  civil  war,  re- 
nounced its  connections  with  the  house 
of  Austria,  and  was  again  solemnly  con- 
firmed the  first  canton  in  rank  of  the 
Helvetic  confederacy.  Upon  this  occa- 
sion two  articles  of  great  importance  in 
the  constitution  of  Switzerland  were 
finally  settled :  first,  That  all  disputes 
between  any  particular  cantons  should 
be  decided  by  the  mediation  of  tlie  neu- 
tral cantons;  and  if  either  of  the  two 
contending  parties  should  refuse  to  abide 
by  their  judgment,  they  were  to  be  com- 
pelled by  force  of  arms.  Secondly,  not- 
withstanding the  reserved  right  of  any 
canton  to  contract  alliances  with  foreign 
powers,  yet  the  confederates  were  to 
judge  how  far  such  alliances  were  con- 
tradictory or  incompatible  with  the  arti- 
cles of  the  general  union  ;  and  if  proved 
to  be  so,  they  were  empowered  to  annul 
them. 

As  early  as  the  eighth  century  Chris- 
tianity was  introduced  into  Switzerland 
by  two  Scotsmen,  educated  at  the  famous 
monastery  of  lona,  founded  by  St.  Co- 
lumbus. The  reformed  doctrines  were 
also  early  introduced;  and  the  name  of 
Switzerland  is  intimately  connected  with 
the  history  of  the  reformation. 

From  a  detestation  of  the  traffic  of  in- 
dulgences, Zuinglius,  a  priest  of  Zurich, 


and  others  with  him,  proceeded  to  a  per- 
suasion that  the  dogma  which  inculcated 
a  confidence  in  these  indulgences  must 
be  erroneous.  This  doubt  naturally  gave 
rise  to  others  respecting  the  power  of  the 
popes  who  promulgated  them  ;  to  these 
again  succeeded  discussions  on  all  the 
points  of  religious  discipline,  and  princi- 
pally on  the  nature  and  obhgation  of  vows. 
The  first  and  most  zealous  proselytes 
gained  by  Zuinglius  were  the  nuns  of  a 
convent  at  Zurich.  As  a  proof  of  their 
faith  in  the  doctrines  of  their  new  preach- 
er, they  quitted  their  nunnery,  and  the 
younger  part  of  their  number  entered 
into  the  matrimonial  state.  Zuinglius 
himself,  though  a  priest,  and  advanced 
in  years,  married  also.  These  innova- 
tions attracted  the  attention  of  the  magis- 
trates. Those  of  Zurich  approved  of  the 
conduct  of  their  priest  and  his  disciples. 
Not  only  were  they  pleased  to  see  his 
opinions  disseminated  through  the  coun- 
try under  their  own  jurisdiction,  but  they 
viewed  with  an  evil  eye  those  of  the 
other  cantons,  who,  by  prohibitory  laws, 
retarded  the  progress  of  what  was  em- 
phatically called  "  The  Reformation." 
They  assumed  the  title  of  Evangelic,  and 
declared  the  reformed  doctrine  to  be  the 
onl)^  true  Gospel. 

In  1523  the  Zurichers  had  gained  over 
the  Orisons  to  the  reformation.  At  this 
time  the  Roman  catholic  cantons,  into 
which  the  reformation  had  not  yet  pene- 
trated, thought  it  their  duty  to  adopt 
vigorous  measures  of  precaution  against 
what  they  considered  as  dangerous  inno- 
vations. As  the  Roman  catholic  cantons 
formed  a  majority,  they  pronounced  sen- 
tence of  exclusion  from  the  Helvetic 
confederacy  against  those  which  profess- 
ed, or  should  profess,  the  new  religion. 
Their  anathema  accordingly  fell  on  Zu- 
rich, Berne,  Schafi'hausen,  and  Appenzel, 
which  already  contained  numerous  advo- 
cates and  proselytes  of  reformation,  who 
were  denominated  non-conformists. 

But  it  was  not  only  against  the  Roman 
church  that  Zuinglius  and  his  adherents 
had  to  contend.  The  far  more  arduous 
controversy  was  with  one  who  was 
cherished  as  a  brother,  and  even  revered 
as  one  of  the  first  champions  of  true  re- 
ligion.    The  article  of  faith  in   which 


620 


SWITZERLAND. 


Zuinglius  materially  diflered  from  Martin 
Luther,  was  the  true  meaning  of  the 
words  used  in  the  institution  of  the 
Lord's  Supper  ;  the  latter  adopting  them 
in  a  strict  literal  sense,  while  Zuinglius 
considered  them  as  merely  symbolical. 

At  the  desire  of  Philip,  landgrave  of 
Hesse,  they,  in  the  month  of  September, 
1630,  held  a  conference  at  Marburg,  in 
the  presence  of  the  most  eminent  di- 
vines who  had  separated  from  the  church 
of  Rome  ;  where  though  each  persisted 
in  his  opinion,  they  yet  parted  with  cor- 
dial assurances  of  mutual  regard  and 
friendship.  In  consequence  of  these  un- 
happy differences  on  religious  subjects 
arose  the  civil  wars  of  Switzerland. 

Three  memorable  battles  were  fought 
with  the  intrepidity  and  fury  of  religious 
zeal.  On  the  9th  of  June,  1530,  the 
army  of  Zurich  took  post  near  the  con- 
vent of  Cappel.  Zuinglius,  who  was  no 
stranger  to  battles,  having  been  present 
at  those  of  Novano  and  Marignan  in  the 
capacity  of  chaplain,  desired  to  attend 
this  expedition.  Regardless  of  the  re- 
monstrances of  the  senate,  who  opposed 
his  wishes  on  account  of  the  value  of  his 
life,  he  mounted  his  steed,  grasped  a 
spear,  and  followed  the  camp.  An  eye- 
witness wrote  thus  from  the  camp  : — "  It 
is  admirable  to  behold  what  order  and 
subordination  prevails  among  the  multi- 
tude ;  the  word  of  God  is  preached  daily 
by  Ulrich  Zuinglius,  the  abbot  of  Cappel, 
the  priest  of  Kussnacht,  and  many  other 
learned  divines.  Not  an  oath  is  pro- 
nounced, not  a  quarrel  is  heard  of :  we 
pray  before  and  after  each  meal ;  no 
cards  or  dice  are  ever  seen  ;  not  a  pros- 
titute is  tolerated.  We  sing,  dance,  and 
practise  manly  sports ;  and  are  eager  to 
encounter  the  pensioners ."  By  the  me- 
diation of  the  neutral  cantons  and  the  ci- 
ties of  Constance  and  Strasburg,  hostili- 
ties were  suspended  for  a  time. 

The  tranqidllity  thus  procured  was, 
however,  of  short  duration.  The  five 
cantons  learned  with  the  utmost  indigna- 
tion, that  at  a  diet  held  at  Zurich,  on  the 
22d  day  of  May,  1531,  the  reformed  ci- 
ties had,  against  the  declared  opinion  of 
Zuinglius,  who  never  ceased  to  preach 
and  recommend  forbearance,  resolved  to 
break  off  all  communication  with  them, 


and  even  to  deprive  them  of  the  neces- 
saries of  life  which  they  derived  from 
those  cities.  After  several  fruitless  at- 
tempts towards  an  accommodation,  these 
cantons  published  an  hostile  declaration 
against  Zurich.  They  formed  a  camp  at 
Zug,  and  sent  detachments  to  ravage  the 
free  bailliages.  Zurich  was  dilatory  and 
undecided  in  its  preparations.  Zuinglius, 
who  now  saw  the  urgency  of  the  case, 
found  great  difficulty  in  persuading  the 
senate  and  Rudolph  Lavater,  the  milita- 
ry commander,  to  call  together  the  forces 
of  the  canton.  A  small  party  was  sent 
out  to  meet  the  enemy,  whose  numbers 
by  this  time  had  increased  to  upwards  of 
eight  thousand  ;  but  this  party  was  or- 
dered not  to  hazard  an  engagement.  On 
the  10th  of  October  the  senate  at  length 
ordered  the  great  banner  to  be  brought 
forth  ;  but  instead  of  four  thousand  men, 
who  heretofore  had  accompanied  it,  only 
seven  hundred  joined  the  standard.  Zu- 
inglius attended  them  as  chaplain.  This 
detachment  hastened  with  all  possible 
speed  across  Mount  Albis.  Some,  either 
from  cowardice  or  disaffection,  exclaimed, 
that  they  could  not  possibly  arrive  in 
time,  and  resolved  not  to  proceed.  "  As 
to  me,"  said  Zuinglius,  "  I  will,  in  the 
name  of  God,  advance  and  join  our  brave 
countrymen.  I  will  either  assist  in  res- 
cuing them,  or  perish  with  them."  At 
three  in  the  afternoon  the  banner  ar- 
rived at  Cappel  and  joined  the  forces  that 
had  preceded,  their  whole  strength  now 
amounting  to  about  two  thousand  men. 
Early  on  the  next  morning  the  catholic 
army  drew  out  in  complete  armor,  and 
close  array.  The  leaders  of  Zurich, 
deliberated  in  council  whether  they 
should  abide  their  approach  or  withdraw. 
Rudolph  Gallman,  of  the  free  bailliagers, 
stepped  forth,  and  stamping  his  foot  on 
the  ground — "This,"  cried  he,  "  shall  be 
my  grave.  God  forbid  that  I  should 
ever  yield  one  single  step  to  an  enemy  !" 
The  cannonading  began  at  noon  ;  the 
Zurichers  avoided  its  first  effects  by  fall- 
ing on  their  faces ;  they  then  rose  and 
maintained  an  obstinate  fight  for  more 
than  two  hours  ;  when  about  three  hun- 
dred of  the  most  intrepid  among  the  ene- 
my forced  themselves  into  the  centre  of 
them,  as  they  were  endeavoring  to  form 


SWITZERLAND. 


621 


into  two  columns  ;  some  fled  instantly  and 
threw  the  remainder  into  confusion.  A 
person  from  the  catholic  army  came  among 
them,  and,  personating  one  of  their  own 
number,  represented  to  them  the  impossi- 
bility of  making  an  effectual  stand,  and 
exhorted  them  to  retreat.  They  follow- 
ed his  advice,  and  were  pursued  till  night 
with  much  slaughter.  The  triumphant 
foe  then  returned  to  the  field  of  battle, 
fell  upon  their  knees,  and  returned  thanks 
to  the  holy  Virgin  and  all  the  saints  for 
their  victory  ;  they  then  sacked  the 
camp  of  the  Zurichers,  and  with  horrid 
imprecations  put  to  death  the  wounded, 
who  had  been  left  behind.  A  few,  less 
inhuman  than  the  rest,  took  some  of  them 
prisoners,  dressed  their  wounds,  and 
afforded  them  shelter  from  the  intense 
cold.  Zuinglius  was  among  the  wounded. 
He  had  been  stunned  and  thrown  down 
by  a  shower  of  stones,  and  trampled 
upon  by  the  fugitives  and  their  pursuers  ; 
he  recovered  several  times,  but  was  too 
much  exhausted  to  support  himself.  In 
his  last  efforts  he  raised  himself  upon  his 
knees,  and  exclaimed,  "  They  may  in- 
deed kill  the  body,  but  they  cannoi  des- 
troy the  soul  ;"  and  then  with  clasped 
hands  and  uplifted  eyes,  he  once  more 
fell  backward.  A  catholic  soldier,  ob- 
serving his  quivering  lips,  offered  to 
bring  him  a  confessor,  to  which  he  made 
signs  of  dissent.  A  captain  of  Under- 
walden,  who  came  by  at  the  moment, 
fired  with  holy  indignation  against  the 
obdurate  heretic,  pierced  him  through 
the  neck.  Thus  fell  Ulrich  Zuinglius  ; 
a  man  whom  all  parties  allow  to  have 
possessed  an  heroic  spirit,  a  greater  de- 
gree of  moderation  than  most  of  the 
other  reformers,  uncommon  sagacity,  com- 
bined with  profound  and  extensive  learn- 
ing and  refined  taste.  He  was  ever 
averse  to  compulsive  measures,  but  at  all 
times  willing  to  hazard  his  life  in  sup- 
port of  his  tenets.  His  manners  were 
affable  and  conciliatory  :  he  was  a  friend 
to  cheerfulness  and  innocent  mirth  :  and 
though  indulgent  to  others,  severely  rig- 
id towards  himself.  The  conquerors  ex- 
ulted in  his  fall :  they  caused  his  body 
to  be  cut  in  quarters  by  the  hangman  of 
Lucerne,  and  to  be  burnt  ;  and  lest  his 
ashes  should  become  an  object  of  ven- 


eration to  his  followers,  they  mixed  pieces 
of  hog's  flesh  with  his  mangled  limbs. 

With  Zuinglius  also  fell  fifteen  other 
learned  divines,  whom  a  sense  of  duty 
brought  into  the  field.  The  number  of 
those  slain  on  the  part  of  Zurich,  ac- 
cording to  BuUinger,  was  five  hundred 
and  twelve  ;  and  the  loss  of  the  catho- 
lics did  not  exceed,  according  to  the 
most  exaggerated  account  two  hundred. 
Zurich  sent  out  fresh  forces,  which 
were  joined  by  re-enforcements  from 
Berne,  Basil,  Schaffhausen,  and  other 
places.  These  troops,  however,  met 
with  new  disasters,  and  the  city  was  at 
length  obliged  to  sue  for  a  separate  peace. 
A  treaty  was  negotiated  and  signed  on 
the  sixteenth  of  November.  Each  par- 
ty was  by  this  treaty  confirmed  in  the 
free  exercise  of  its  religion.  Zurich 
agreed  not  to  afford  any  protection  to  the 
protestants  of  the  joint  bailliages,  and 
the  indemnification  which  the  five  can- 
tons -  claimed  for  the  expenses  of  the 
war  was  referred  to  the  general  pacifica- 
tion that  remained  to  be  concluded  with 
Berne.  It  was  further  stipulated,  that  in 
any  further  differences  arbitration  should 
be  resorted  to.  The  Bernese  lost  no 
time  in  following  the  example  of  the  Zu- 
richers in  accepting  terms  similar  to 
those  which  had  restored  peace  to 
Zurich,  with  the  additional  conditions 
that  they  should  pay  three  thousand 
crowns  to  the  five  cantons  for  damages 
occasioned  to  the  abbey  of  Muri  and 
other  religious  edifices  ;  that  they  should 
exempt  Underwalden  from  all  further 
claims ;  and  that  the  expenses  of  the 
war,  amounting  to  five  thousand  crowns, 
should  be  paid  jointly  by  Berne  and  Zu- 
rich. This  treaty  was  concluded  by  the 
mediation  of  the  king  of  France,  the 
duke  of  Savoy,  the  margrave  of  Baden, 
and  some  of  the  neutral  cantons  ;  and 
was  signed  on  the  twenty-second  of  No- 
vember. This  unfortunate  issue  of  the 
war  greatly  retarded  the  progress  of  the 
reformation  ;  which  is  the  more  to  be 
lamented,  as  it  is  now  generally  acknowl- 
edged that  had  the  protestant  cities  unani- 
mously persevered,  and  kept  the  field 
only  a  few  days  longer,  the  catholics 
would  have  been  compelled,  by  want  of 
provisions,  to  accept  any  terms   which 


622 


TARTARY. 


the  former  might  have  prescribed  to 
them. 

In  the  year  1798,  the  history  of  the 
Helvetic  confederacy  began  again  to  be 
connected  with  that  of  the  surroimding 
countries.  Contrary  to  the  express  treaty 
conchided  between  France  and  the  coun- 
try under  review,  in  1792,  the  French  di- 
rectory made  a  hostile  descent  on  the 
canton  of  Basil  in  the  year  1797.  The 
Directory,  without  any  other  motive  than 
the  hope  of  plunder,  excited,  says  M. 
Schoell,  a  revolution  in  Switzerland,  and 
under  pretence  of  being  invited  by  one 
of  the  parties,  they  sent  troops  into  the 
that  country ;  overturned  the  existing 
order  of  things  ;  and  under  the  title  of 
the  Helvetic  Republic,  established  a 
government  entirely  subject  to  their  au- 
thority. 

Such  was  the  downfall  of  the  ancient 
constitution.  The  Swiss,  enslaved  by 
the  Directory,  made  several  bold  efforts 
to  regain  their  former  independence,  but 
in  vain.  Nor  were  they  firmly  united, 
else  success  might  have  crowned  their 
exertions.  Two  parties  which  had  long 
existed,  though  they  had  not  openly 
avowed  themselves,  now  appeared,  and 
Switzerland  experienced  a  series  of  rev- 
olutions in  which  the  unionists,  or  aris- 
tocratical  party,  and  the  federalist  or  de- 
mocratic alternately  had  the  ascendency. 
A  civil  war  now  tore  this  country,  so 
long  peaceful  and  happy.  A  French  ar- 
my, under  the  command  of  Ney,  again 
entered  it,  and  established  (1803!,)  a  con- 
stitution not  of  a  kind  wished  for  by  the 
majority  of  the  people,  but  recommended 


by  Bonaparte,  now  consul  of  France. 
This  constitution  is  known  in  history  by 
the  name  of  the  act  of  Mediation ;  and 
Bonaparte  putting  himself  at  the  head  of 
it,  commanded  the  able  co-operation  of 
the  Swiss  in  his  future  wars.  Switzer- 
land, as  before  mentioned,  now  included 
nineteen  cantons  ;  the  constitution  of  each 
of  which  was  more  or  less  democratic  ; 
while  the  equality  of  the  citizens  formed 
the  basis  of  them  all.  Under  such  circum- 
stances, with  the  exception  of  some  partial 
commotions,  did  this  country  continue  till 
the  success  of  the  allied  forces  emanci- 
pated her  from  the  grasp  of  her  conquer- 
or. Immediately  on  this  event,  the  can- 
tons were  far  from  being  agreed  as  to  the 
future  constitution  of  the  country.  A 
civil  war,  indeed,  was  likely  to  be  the 
consequence.  But  the  Congress  of  Vi- 
enna, which  met  in  1815,  and  fixed  the 
boundaries  of  the  different  countries  of 
Europe  as  they  now  stand,  prevented  this 
calamity,  by  taking  the  case  of  Switzer- 
land into  their  consideration.  They  did 
for  her  more  than  her  best  friends  could 
have  expected.  They  restored  her  in- 
dependence. They  made,  as  stated  in 
the  beginning  of  this  article,  an  addition 
of  three  new  cantons  to  her  territory. 
They  granted  to  her  that  constitution  of 
which  we  have  already  given  an  account. 
Under  all  these  advantages,  however,  the 
Swiss  cantons  cannot  be  looked  upon  as 
greater  than  a  third  rate  power  ;  but  in 
other  respects,  particularly  with  regard 
to  literature,  education  and  civil  privi- 
leges, she  is  not  inferior  to  almost  any  of 
the  first  powers  in  Europe. 


TARTARY. 


"  The  boundaries  of  Tartary  have 
never  yet  been  ascertained.  The  cen- 
tral regions  of  Asia,  from  time  immemo- 
rial, have  been  inhabited  by  numerous 
tribes  of  roving  people.  They  have 
rarely  combined  under  one  head,  although 
that  event  is  supposed  to  have  taken  place 
in  the  thirteenth  century,  under  the  reign 
of  Jenghis,  or  Ghenghis  Khan,  and  again 


in  the  fifteenth  under  Timur,  or  Tamer- 
lane. These  people  were  anciently 
called  Scythians.  Their  character  has 
been  surprisingly  uniform  in  all  ages." 
From  this  country,  in  the  heart  of  Asia, 
mighty  empires  have  arisen,  and  from  it 
anciently  issued  forth  the  conquerors  of 
India,  and  the  present  possessors  of 
China.     In  this  country,  during  revolv- 


TARTARY. 


623 


ing  centuries,  bloody  wars  "w^ere  waged, 
and  battles  fought,  which  decided  the  fate 
of  empires.  There  the  treasures  of  south- 
ern Asia  have  been  frequently  collected 
and  as  often  dissipated.  In  these,  now 
almost  deserted  lands,  the  arts  and  scien- 
ces once  were  successfully  cultivated 
and  protected  ;  and  here  flourished  proud 
and  powerful  cities,  now  buried  in  ruins 
and  forgotten. 

The  ancient  religion  of  the  Tartars 
acknowledged  the  existence  of  one  God; 
they  are  now  divided  into  two  sects,  viz. 
the  Mahometans  and  the  worshippers  of 
the  Grand  Lama  who  resides  at  Thibet. 
The  empire  of  the  Tartars,  or  Moguls, 
(as  they  are  sometimes  called  from  a 
number  of  Tartar  tribes  of  that  name,)  is 
one  of  the  most  remarkable  which  has 
yet  appeared  in  the  world.  It  was  im- 
agined that  the  Arabs  had  carried  their 
victorioiis  arms  to  the  full  extent  even  of 
the  desires  of  ambition  itself ;  and  that 
no  human  power  could  ever  exceed  the 
efforts  of  that  people,  who,  in  the  com- 
pass of  seventy  years,  subdued  more 
countries  than  the  Romans  had  conquered 
in  five  hundred  ;  but  the  Moguls  have  far 
transcended  the  Arabs,  and  from  as  small 
a  beginning  acquired  a  much  larger  em- 
pire in  less  time.  Jenghis  Khan  extend- 
ed his  dominions  through  a  space  of  more 
than  eight  hundred  leagues  from  east  to 
west,  and  above  one  thousand  from  north 
to  south,  over  the  most  powerful  and 
wealthy  kingdoms  of  Asia  :  hence  he  is 
with  justice  acknowledged  as  the  great- 
est prince  who  ever  filled  the  eastern 
throne  ;  and  historians  have  bestowed 
upon  him  the  highest  titles  that  flattery 
and  servility  have  ever  contributed  to 
offer  to  the  possessor  of  sovereign  power. 

The  ancestors  of  this  great  conqueror 
were  renowned  for  their  valor,  by  which 
they  gradually  augmented  the  originally 
narrow  extent  of  their  dominion.  His 
father  Pisuka  first  brought  under  his  com- 
mand the  greater  part  of  the  chiefs  of  the 
Mogul  nations.  After  this,  having  re- 
ceived an  affront  from  the  tribe  of  Su- 
Moguls  or  Tartars,  he  entered  their  ter- 
ritory, which  he  pillaged  ;  and  being  op- 
posed by  Temujin  Khan,  with  several 
tribes,  who  came  to  drive  him  away,  he 
put  them  to  flight,  after  a  bloody  battle, 


and  returned  to  liis  own  country  covered 
with  honor.  To  commemorate  this  vic- 
tory, he  gave  the  name  of  the  vanquished 
khan  to  a  son,  of  which  his  wife  was 
shortly  after  delivered,  calling  him  Te- 
mujin. This  child  is  said  to  have  been 
born  with  congealed  blood  in  his  hands, 
from  which  the  astrologers  foretold  that 
he  would  overcome  all  his  enemies  in 
battle,  and  at  length  attain  to  the  dignity 
of  Grand  Khan  of  Tartary.  Pisuka  chose 
for  a  tutor  to  his  son,  a  man  of  exalted 
parts,  and  extensive  erudition ;  but  be- 
fore the  child  had  attained  his  ninth  year, 
he  showed  a  dislike  to  any  other  pursuit 
than  that  of  arms. 

Temujin,  at  forty  years  of  age,  seeing 
himself  master  of  very  extensive  domin- 
ions, he  adopted  the  resolution  to  legiti- 
mate his  power,  by  the  public  homage  of 
all  the  princes  within  his  dominions.  He 
convoked  them  at  Karakorom  his  capital, 
where  they  all  met  on  the  appointed  day 
clothed  in  white,  among  whom  were  the 
princes  of  the  blood  attired  like  the  rest. 
The  emperor,  with  a  diadem  encircling 
his  brow,  advanced  into  the  midst  of  this 
august  assembly,  seated  himself  on  the 
throne,  and  received  the  compliments  of 
the  khans  and  other  nobility,  who  offered 
up  prayers  for  his  health  and  prosperity. 
They  then  proceeded  to  confirm  to  him 
and  his  successors  the  sovereignty  of  the 
Mogail  empire.  After  some  subsequent 
victories,  he  renewed  a  similar  inaugura- 
tion at  the  head  of  his  army,  with  less 
pompous  ceremonial,  but  much  more  af- 
fecting simplicity.  He  took  his  place  on 
an  ornamented  seat,  on  an  eminence  of 
turf,  whence  he  harangued  the  assembly 
with  an  eloquence  that  was  natural  to 
him.  His  discourse  being  ended,  he  sat 
down  on  a  piece  of  black  felt  which  had 
been  spread  on  the  earth,  and  the  orator 
appointed  for  the  occasion  addressed  him 
in  the  following  terms :  "  However  great 
the  power  you  possess,  O  prince,  you 
hold  it  from  heaven  ;  God  will  prosper 
your  undertakings  if  you  govern  your 
subjects  with  justice.  If,  on  the  con- 
trary, you  abuse  the  authority  lodged  in 
your  hands,  you  will  become  black  as 
the  felt  on  which  you  sit ;  wretched  and 
an  outcast."  Seven  khans  then  respect- 
fully assisted  him  to  rise,  conducted  him 


624 


TARTARY. 


to  the  throne,  and  proclaimed  him  chief 
of  all  the  Mogul  empire.  Kokja,  one  of 
his  relatives,  was  present ;  a  man  who, 
by  strictly  practising  the  rigid  duties  of 
religion,  had  gained  the  reputation  of  be- 
ing inspired.  He  approached  the  prince, 
and  said,  "I  am  come,  by  the  command 
of  God,  to  inform  you,  that  it  is  his  plea- 
sure you  should  henceforth  take  the  name 
of  Jenghis  Khan  ;  and  you  must  publish 
it  to  your  subjects,  that  in  future  they 
may  give  you  that  appellation."  This 
title  signifies  the  greatest  Khan  of  Khans. 
The  inauguration  was  ratified  by  the  most 
extravagant  demonstrations  of  joy.  The 
Moguls,  persuaded  of  the  truth  of  the 
revelation,  considered  the  rest  of  the 
world  as  a  fit  subject  for  conquest,  which 
belonged  by  divine  right  to  their  Great 
Khan.  When  the  emperor  had  thanked 
the  people  for  the  marks  of  love  and  re- 
spect which  they  had  shown  him,  he  de- 
clared his  resolution  to  add  to  the  ancient 
laws  some  new  ordinances,  which  he 
said  were  necessary  for  their  welfare. 

From  this  time,  the  Moguls  thought 
only  of  war,  and  those  who  resisted  them 
appeared  in  their  ej'^es  to  be  committing 
a  crime  against  the  sovereignty  of  Hea- 
ven. There  was  no  enterprise,  however 
hazardous,  which  Jenghis  Khan  did  not 
think  himself  equal  to  accomplish.  His 
ambition,  however,  might  perhaps  have 
been  satisfied  with  Tartary  in  its  natural 
state,  without  walls  or  fortresses,  had  not 
the  sovereign  of  the  Kin,  or  northern  part 
of  China,  imprudently  demanded  of  him 
the  same  tribute  as  was  paid  him  by 
princes  whom  he  had  dethroned,  and 
whose  authority  he  had  usurped.  This 
claim  irritated  the  haughty  conqueror, 
who  said  in  a  sneering  tone,  "The  Chi- 
nese ought  to  have  the  Son  of  Heaven 
for  their  master,  but,  at  present,  they 
know  not  how  to  choose  a  man."  Neither 
the  great  wall  built  for  the  defence  of 
China  against  the  invasions  of  the  Tar- 
tars, nor  any  other  fortifications,  could 
arrest  the  victorious  progress  of  his 
troops.  They  poured  like  a  torrent  over 
China,  routed  its  armies,  desolated  the 
country,  and  amassed  immense  treasures. 
The  cities,  and  even  the  royal  residence, 
fell  into  the  hands  of  Jenghis  Khan,  by 
unforeseen  events,  which  he  had  neither 


a  right  to  expect  nor  hope  for.  In  the 
short  space  of  five  years,  the  Mogid  be- 
held himself  master  of  all  that  extensive 
territory.  He  appointed  Muhuli,  his  ex- 
perienced general,  governor  and  lieuten- 
ant, with  the  title  of  king,  which  was  to 
descend  to  his  posterity  ;  while  he  him- 
self determined  to  make  the  domains  of 
Mohammed,  sidtan  of  Karazm,  the  boun- 
dary of  his  empire. 

It  would  exceed  the  limits  of  this  work 
to  enter  into  the  particulars  of  all  the 
cities  taken  and  battles  fought  at  this 
period.  The  devastation  made  by  the 
Great  Khan  was  like  that  of  a  thunder- 
bolt bursting  over  several  countries  at 
once,  involving  them  in  flames  and  ruin. 
The  celerity  and  extent  of  the  military 
exploits  of  Jenghis  cannot  be  illustra- 
ted by  a  more  opposite  comparison. 
Never  were  those  of  any  conqueror  so 
destructive.  His  generals  rushed  on 
every  part  of  the  whole  empire  of  Ka- 
razm at  once,  and  enveloped  it  in  one 
conflagration.  The  most  beautiful  and 
flourishing  cities  were  reduced  to  heaps 
of  ashes.  Although  the  sultan  employed 
every  effort  to  succor  his  wretched  do- 
minions, his  armies  were  constantly  de- 
feated in  general  engagements  ;  and  the 
few  partial  advantages  which  they  ob- 
tained, served  only  to  retard,  for  a  short 
time,  the  ruin  of  some  particular  cities 
and  countries,  and  to  give  a  lustre  to  the 
names  of  some  of  his  captains. 

While  Jenghis  Khan,  on  one  side  of 
his  empire,  had  fixed  the  Indus  as  its  li- 
mit, his  lieutenants  on  the  other  subjuga- 
ted Persia,  inclosed  the  Caspian  sea  with- 
in his  dominion,  and  carried  their  victo- 
rious arms  as  far  as  Iconium.  As  soon 
as  the  princes  and  generals  had  returned 
from  their  several  expeditions,  he  assem- 
bled them  in  a  plain  of  twenty-one  miles 
in  extent ;  but  this  space  was  scarcely 
sufficient  for  the  tents  and  equipages  of 
all  those  who  were  convoked.  The 
khan's  quarters  alone  occupied  nearly  six 
miles  in  circumference.  Streets,  squares, 
and  markets,  were  appointed,  and  tents 
were  pitched  for  his  household.  The 
tent  destined  for  the  assembly  would 
contain  two  thousand  persons  ;  its  cover- 
ing was  white  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
rest.     A  magnificent  throne  was  erected 


TARTARY. 


625 


in  it,  and  the  black  felt  was  not  forgotten, 
on  which  the  monarch  sat  when  he  first 
took  his  assumed  name.  This  symbol 
of  the  original  poverty  of  the  Mogul's, 
long  continued  an  object  of  veneration 
among  them  ;  though  they  had  already 
estranged  themselves  from  their  original 
simplicity,  and  all  the  luxury  of  Asia 
glittered  in  their  attire,  horses,  harness, 
arms,  and  furniture. 

There  appeared  a  great  deal  of  mag- 
nificence in  their  equipages  ;  on  the  tops 
of  their  tents  were  placed  streamers  of 
the  richest  silks,  of  various  colors,  which 
alTorded  a  gay  and  grand  prospect.  Al- 
though the  affairs  of  so  vast  an  empire, 
were  very  numerous  and  complex,  yet, 
by  the  regularity  and  order  adopted  by 
the  keeper  of  Jenghis  Khan's  laws,  all 
public  business  was  transacted  without 
the  least  confusion.  The  khan,  who 
loved  to  harangue  in  public,  took  occa- 
sion to  make  a  speech  in  praise  of  those 
laws,  to  which  he  imputed  all  his  victo- 
ries and  conquests.  As  a  farther  proof 
of  his  greatness,  he  ordered  all  the  am- 
bassadors who  had  followed  the  court, 
as  well  as  the  envoys  and  deputies  from 
the  countries  he  had  subdued,  to  be  call- 
ed in,  and  gave  them  audience  at  the 
foot  of  the  throne  ;  when  his  children 
and  grand-children  were  also  introduced 
to  kiss  his  hand  with  tenderness.  He 
graciously  accepted  their  presents,  and 
in  return  distributed  among  them  magni- 
ficent donations.  The  ceremonial  ter- 
minated with  a  grand  festival  which  con- 
tinued many  days,  accompanied  with  ban- 
quets, abounding  with  whatever  was  most 
exquisite  in  liquors,  fruits,  and  game, 
throughout  his  immense  dominions. 

Soon  after  this  assembly  was  dissolved, 
Jenghis  Khan  departed  with  his  court, 
obliging  the  queen  Turkhan  Katun,  whom 
he  had  taken  prisoner,  to  follow  him  on 
a  chariot,  and  loaded  with  irons,  as  the 
proud  monument  of  his  victories  in  the 
west.  During  his  absence,  the  emperor 
left  the  government  of  his  dominions  to 
his  brother  Wache,  who  conducted  him- 
self in  his  charge  with  great  prudence. 

On  the  other  hand,  Muhuli,  his  lieu- 
tenant-general in  China,  acquired  much 
reputation  in  the  M'ar  which  he  maintain- 
ed against  the  emperor  of  the  Kin,  and 
79 


I  the  king  of  Hya.  Muhuli  was  consid- 
j  ered  by  all  the  Moguls  as  the  first  cap- 
tain of  the  empire,  and  Jenghis  placed 
entire  confidence  in  him.  The  dignity 
to  which  he  was  advanced  did  not  lessen 
his  military  ardor  ;  and  in  all  his  great 
enterprises  he  underwent  as  much  fa- 
tigue as  the  meanest  soldier.  The  khan, 
before  he  was  proclaimed  emperor,  re- 
treating to  his  camp  by  night,  after  a  se- 
vere defeat,  and  not  able  to  find  it  from 
the  snow  that  had  fallen,  lay  down  upon 
some  straw  to  sleep,  when  Porchi  and 
Muhuli  took  a  covering  and  held  it  over 
him  all  night  in  the  open  air,  which  ac- 
tion gained  them  considerable  reputation, 
and  rendered  their  families  highly  esteem- 
ed among  the  Mogid  princes. 

In  the  year  1225,  the  emperor  Jenghis 
Khan  arrived  at  the  river  Tula,  after  an 
absence  of  seven  years.  Among  those 
who  came  out  to  meet  him  was  Tyauli, 
queen  of  Lyau-tong,  with  the  princes  her 
nephews.  That  lady,  who  had  a  supe- 
rior and  well  cultivated  understanding, 
fell  on  her  knees  before  Jenghis,  and  paid 
him  high  compliments  on  his  numerous 
conquests,  and  besought  him  to  nominate 
Pitu  to  be  king  of  Lyau-tong,  in  the  room 
of  the  deceased  king  ;  with  this  he  com- 
plied, associating  with  him  in  the  gov- 
ernment Shenko,  the  eldest  son  of  the 
late  monarch. 

In  the  next  year  Jenghis  reduced  the 
kingdom  of  Hya,  after  it  had  continued 
two  hundred  years  under  its  own  princes. 
This  triumph  was  followed  by  others ; 
all  his  enterprises  were  crowned  with 
victory.  Prosperity,  indeed,  never  de- 
serted him,  even  to  his  death.  He  was 
desirous  of  completing  the  conquest  of 
the  Kin  empire  ;  but  he  fell  sick  before 
he  could  accomplish  this  purpose,  and 
died  at  the  age  of  seventy,  A.  D.  1227. 
He  left  his  throne  to  his  son  Otkay  ;  and 
commanded  Toley,  another  of  his  chil- 
dren, to  assume  the  regency  till  his  broth- 
er, who  was  then  absent,   should  return. 

The  death  of  the  emperor  threw  all 
the  court  into  extreme  sorrow.  His  body 
was  interred  with  gi-eat  magnificence,  in 
a  place  chosen  by  himself  for  that  pur- 
pose ;  it  was  under  a  beautiful  tree, 
where,  in  his  return  from  the  chase,  a 
few  days  before  he  fell  sick,  he  had  rest- 


626 


TARTARY. 


ed  himself  with  much  satisfaction,  A 
noble  monument  was  erected  over  his 
grave,  and  the  people  who  came  to  visit 
the  tomb  planted  trees  around  it,  in  such 
regular  order,  that  in  time  it  became  one 
of  the  finest  sepulchres  in  the  east. 

Jenghis  Khan  on  the  whole  merited 
respect  and  esteem,  by  his  extraordinary 
talents.  Besides  all  the  qualities  and 
virtues  requisite  in  a  great  conqueror,  he 
possessed  a  genius  capable  of  forming 
great  designs,  and  prudence  equal  to 
their  execution  ;  a  natural  and  persuasive 
eloquence  ;  a  degree  of  patience  enabling 
him  to  endure  and  overcome  fatigue  ;  an 
admirable  temperance  ;  a  superior  under- 
standing, and  a  penetrating  mind,  that 
instantly  conceived  the  measure  proper 
to  be  adopted  on  every  occasion.  His 
military  talents  are  conspicuous  in  his 
successfully  introducing  a  strict  disci- 
pline, and  severe  police  among  the  Tar- 
tars, who  were  till  then  unused  to  any  re- 
straint. Every  thing  was  done  accord- 
ing to  established  rules  ;  whether  ser- 
vice, recompense,  or  punishment.  In- 
toxication was  no  excuse  for  such  ac- 
tions as  required  one  ;  neither  were  birth 
or  power  admitted  as  a  palliation  for  error 
or  misconduct. 

His  religion  went  to  the  acknowledg- 
ment of  "  One  God,  the  creator  of  hea- 
ven and  earth,  who  alone  gives  life  and 
death,  riches  and  poverty,  who  grants 
and  denies  whatsoever  he  sees  proper ; 
and  has  over  all  things  an  absolute  and 
irresistible  power."  Such  was  the  creed 
of  the  Tartar  khan,  but  he  granted  most 
extensive  toleration  to  all  his  subjects. 
Some  even  of  his  own  children,  and 
princes  of  the  blood,  were  Christians ; 
some  Jews  and  Mohammedans,  without 
incurring  any  marks  of  his  disapproba- 
tion. 

His  laws  were  simple,  suitable  to  a 
newly  formed  people,  who  have  few  com- 
plex social  connections.  They  enjoin 
the  belief  of  one  God  ;  that  the  chief  of 
sects,  and  ministers  of  worship,  of  what- 
ever denomination,  shall  be  exempt  from 
taxes,  which  privilege  was  likewise  ex- 
tended to  physicians ;  that  no  person 
shall  assume  the  title  of  Great  Khan  un- 
less previously  elected  to  that  dignity  at 
a  general  diet ;  that  no  treaty  of  peace 


shall  be  entered  into,  with  any  king,  or 
nation,  till  they  are  first  subdued. 

To  banish  idleness  out  of  his  domin 
ions,  he  obliged  every  one  of  his  sub 
jects  to  serve  the  public  in  some  employ- 
ment. Adultery  was  punished  with  death 
Polygamy  was  permitted  in  the  greatest 
extent ;  and  in  order  to  multiply  alliances 
between  families,  marriages  were  allow- 
ed to  take  place  among  the  dead  ;  by  this 
law  the  nuptial  ceremony  might  be  per- 
formed between  a  deceased  man  and  wo- 
man, and  the  families  of  the  parties  be- 
came, in  consequence  of  it,  legally  uni- 
ted. This  custom  is  still  prevalent 
among  the  Tartars,  who  throw  the  con- 
tract of  marriage  into  the  fire,  and  ima- 
gine that  the  flames  will  waft  it  to  the 
parties,  who  will  be  espoused  in  the  other 
world. 

Spies,  false  witnesses,  and  sorcerers, 
were  by  these  laws  condemned  to  death. 
The  same  punishment  was  awarded 
against  those  who  attempted  to  plunder 
an  enemy  before  the  general's  leave  had 
been  obtained.  Unfortunately,  however, 
in  this  reign,  leave  was  never  refused. 
All  Jenghis  Khan's  generals  were  san- 
guinary and  inexorable.  According  to 
the  most  moderate  calculations,  not  fewer 
than  two  millions  of  men  fell  beneath  the 
murdering  sword,  without  reckoning  the 
number  that  affliction  and  the  horrors  of 
slavery  consigned  to  the  grave.  It  is 
said  that  during  his  reign  fifty  thousand 
cities  were  demolished,  some  of  them  en- 
tirely desolated,  the  very  vestiges  of 
which  scarcely  remain.  Such  are  the 
melancholy  fruits  of  victories,  such  are 
the  memorials  that  warriors  leave  behind 
them  ! 

After  the  death  of  Genghis  Khan,  the 
next  conqueror  who  makes  a  consider- 
able figure  in  the  history  of  Asia  was 
the  celebrated  Timur  Beck,  better  known 
by  the  name  of  Tamerlane,  who  was 
born  A.  D.  1335.  His  father  was  one 
of  those  chieftains  who  had  taken  pos- 
session of  a  part  of  Persia,  during  the 
troubles  which  desolated  that  country. 
Timur,  at  his  father's  death,  in  1359, 
was  ambitious  of  preserving  his  usurped 
power,  and  with  that  view  formed  an  al- 
liance with  the  neighboring  chiefs,  of 
whom  the  principal  was  the  emir  Hus- 


TARTARY. 


627 


sayn.  These  two  jointly  encountered 
the  greatest  dangers  in  the  wars  which 
they  were  compelled  to  wage.  After  an 
important  action  with  Tekil,  the  gover- 
nor of  Kivah,  the  two  princes  thought  it 
safest  to  separate ;  Timur  crossed  the 
desert  with  his  wife,  Hussayn's  sister, 
and  came  to  Jerfey,  where  he  was  sur- 
rounded by  the  Turkmans,  and  his  situa- 
tion might  have  proved  fatal  if  he  had 
not  been  known  by  one  of  them,  who 
protected  him,  and  provided  him  with  the 
means  of  joining  his  brother-in-law. 

Timur  valiantly  exposed  his  person  in 
every  formidable  engagement :  he  had  a 
genius  capable  of  great  actions,  and  was 
as  well  acquainted  with  the  art  of  com- 
manding as  with  that  of  fighting.  He 
experienced  the  greatest  vicissitudes  of 
fortune  ;  being  at  different  times  a  con- 
queror, defeated,  prisoner,  released, 
wounded,  fleeing  almost  alone  through 
deserts,  received  in  the  great  cities,  some- 
times on  terms  of  the  strictest  friendship 
with  Hussayn,  at  other  times  at  variance 
with  him  ;  but  in  the  end  he  became 
more  powerful  than  his  colleague,  whose 
ill  qualities  estranged  the  affection  of  his 
troops  and  generals,  while  the  excellent 
disposition  of  Timur  captivated  every 
heart.  At  a  great  entertainment  made 
by  the  latter,  A.  D.  1364,he  proposed  to 
deliver  out  of  prison  Hamid,  general  of 
the  Getes,  whose  father  had  been  his 
friend,  and  prince  Eskander  his  compan- 
ion. Hussayn  consented,  although  the 
latter  was  his  personal  enemy.  When 
those  who  assisted  at  the  consultation 
were  returned  home,  Timur  sent  two 
emirs  to  release  the  prisoners  ;  but  their 
keepers  seeing  them  at  a  distance,  and 
imagining  they  came  to  put  Hamid  to 
death,  knocked  him  down  and  cut  off 
his  head.  This  mistake  proved  fatal 
also  to  Eskander ;  for  emir  Hussayn  sent 
to  demand  that  prince,  and  on  getting 
him  into  his  power,  put  him  to  death. 

In  the  following  spring,  news  was 
brought  that  the  Getes  were  marching 
towards  Great  Bukharia.  The  two 
princes  went  out  to  meet  them  :  Hussayn 
commanded  the  right  wing,  and  Timur 
the  left.  In  consequence  of  a  violent 
storm  during  the  engagement,  the  Getes, 
who  were    well   sheltered,  obtained   a 


complete  victory.  In  a  second  attack 
they  were  also  successful,  when  Timur 
rallied  his  forces,  and  a  terrible  slaughter 
ensued.  Hussayn  might  still,  if  he  had 
been  attentive  to  Timur's  advice,  have 
rendered  the  victory  complete ;  but, 
whether  through  envy  or  presumption, 
he  twice  abused  the  messengers  sent  by 
Timur,  who  resolved  to  show  his  resent- 
ment at  seeing  the  opportunity  thus  lost ; 
and  when  Hussayn,  after  he  had  recov- 
ered from  his  ill-humor,  sent  several 
messengers  to  Timur,  requesting  to  see 
him  at  his  tent,  that  prince  refused  to  go 
to  him.  The  battle  was  renewed  the 
next  morning,  when  Timur's  forces  were 
defeated  with  great  slaughter.  Hussayn 
crossed  the  Jihun  ;  but  Timur  remained 
in  the  country,  with  the  resolution  of  op- 
posing the  Getes.  Finding  his  endeav- 
ors fruitless,  he  repaired  to  Balk,  where 
he  took  great  pains  to  increase  his  forces. 
The  Getes  laid  siege  to  Samarcand,  but 
were  obliged  to  abandon  the  enterprise. 
Timur  and  Hussayn  renewed  their 
friendship,  and  in  conjunction  extended 
the  limits  of  their  empire.  Although  the 
former  had  the  greater  share  in  the  war, 
he  took  but  a  secondary  interest  with  re- 
spect to  the  general  administration  of  the 
states  which  they  had  in  this  manner 
added  to  their  possessions.  But  Hussayn 
was  not  satisfied  with  the  authority  ceded 
to  him  by  Timur.  He  obliged  him,  by 
his  unjustifiable  conduct,  to  defend  him- 
self by  declaring  war  against  him.  All 
the  princes  ranged  themselves  on  the 
side  of  Timur.  He  besieged  his  rival 
in  the  city  of  Balk,  whither  he  had  re- 
tired, and  took  him  prisoner.  When  he 
was  brought  before  Timur,  the  recollec- 
tion of  their  ancient  friendship  drew 
tears  from  the  conqueror's  eyes;  who, 
when  it  came  to  his  duty  to  pronounce 
sentence  upon  the  captive,  only  said,  "  I 
renounce  the  right  of  taking  away  his 
life,  and  cancel  the  sentence  of  death 
awarded  against  him."  The  nobles, 
j  fearing  Hussayn's  resentment,  should  he 
be  suffered  to  escape,  determined  not  to 
consider  the  emperor's  renunciation  of 
his  power  as  a  pardon  to  the  captive 
'  prince  ;  and  when  he  withdrew,  followed 
I  him  and  killed  him.  Thus  was  Timur 
left  alone  at  the  head  of  a  vast  empire, 


TARTARY. 


which  he  afterwards  augmented  by  sub- 
sequent victories,  that  have  placed  him 
among  the  most  illustrious  conquerors, 
under  the  name  of  Tamerlane. 

After  the  reduction  of  Balk,  A.  D. 
1371,  he  was  elected  by  the  unanimous 
voice  of  all  the  emirs,  princes,  and  nobles, 
assembled  in  that  city,  to  fill  the  imperial 
seat  of  Jagatay.  At  the  ceremony  of 
the  coronation,  Timur  ascended  the 
throne,  placed  a  crown  of  gold  upon  his 
own  head,  and  girded  himself  with  the 
imperial  belt,  in  the  presence  of  the 
princes  of  the  blood  and  the  grandees  ; 
who,  kneeling  before  him  in  token  of 
homage,  wished  him  prosperity.  They 
also  made  him  sumptuous  presents, 
sprinkled  handfuls  of  gold  and  precious 
stones  upon  his  head,  and  gave  him  the 
title  of  Emperor  of  the  age,  and  Conquer- 
or of  the  world. 

The  emperor  treated  the  inhabitants 
of  Balk  with  great  rigor,  putting  some 
to  death,  imprisoning  others,  making 
their  wives  and  children  slaves,  burning 
their  houses,  and  ravaging  the  country 
around.  By  such  methods  he  extermi- 
nated the  rebels,  and  distributed  their 
property  among  his  own  adherents. 

From  Balk,  Timur  repaired  to  Samar- 
cand,  which  he  made  the  seat  of  empire. 
Here  he  ordered  a  diet  to  be  held,  at 
which  Zende  Hasham  refusing  to  attend, 
the  emperor  sent  him  a  threatening  sum- 
mons ;  but  this  yoimg  prince,  instead  of 
obeying,  imprisoned  the  officer  who  was 
the  bearer  of  it.  The  emperor,  incensed 
at  this  insult  to  his  authority,  marched 
against  him  at  the  head  of  an  army  ;  on 
the  appearance  of  which  Hasham's  cour- 
age failed,  and  he  sued  for  pardon,  which 
Timur  granted  him.  Hasham,  however, 
rebelled  a  second  time,  and  was  again 
forgiven,  and  admitted  to  the  court. 

This  is  not  the  only  instance  in  which 
Timur  extended  a  repetition  of  his  clem- 
ency to  princes  who  appeared  against 
him  in  the  field  of  battle  ;  by  which  he 
appeared  to  consider  them  in  the  light 
of  independent  sovereigns,  rather  than 
as  rebels.  For  towards  his  natural  sub- 
jects who  resisted  his  authority,  and  took 
up  arms  against  him,  he  behaved  with  a 
degree  of  rigor  approaching  to  savage 
barbarity. 


About,  A.  D.  1377,  Timur  seemed  to 
have  attained  to  the  summit  of  fehcity  ; 
many  of  his  officers  bearing  the  titles  of 
khan  and  sultan.  While  he  was  at  Otrar, 
Isuf  Soft  sent  an  army  to  Bokhara,  which 
ravaged  that  province.  Timur  complain- 
ed of  the  outrage,  but  without  obtaining 
any  sort  of  redress.  In  a  short  time  af- 
ter, Sofi,  shut  up  in  the  town  of  Skuz, 
sent  a  challenge  to  Timur,  who  accepted 
it,  and,  putting  on  his  armor,  contrary  to 
the  entreaties  of  his  commanders,  went 
to  the  edge  of  the  ditch,  and  called  on 
Isuf  to  come  forth  ;  but  the  challenger 
thought  it  safer  to  keep  within  the  walls. 
Notwithstanding  this,  Timur  having 
some  time  afterwards  received  a  present 
of  some  melons,  thought  it  would  be  un- 
civil if  he  did  not  send  some  of  them  to 
Isuf  who  was  so  near  :  a  part  of  the 
fruit  was  accordingly  sent  to  him  in  a 
gold  basin,  and  was  delivered  at  the 
wall ;  but  Isuf  ordered  the  melons  to  be 
thrown  into  the  ditch,  and  gave  the  basin 
to  the  town-porter.  After  this  the  be- 
sieged made  a  furious  sally,  but  were 
repulsed,  and  obliged  to  return  within 
their  city.  Timur  then  ordered  his 
generals  to  begin  the  siege  of  the  capital, 
which  continued  about  four  months,  till 
the  castle  was  ruined,  when  the  khan 
Isuf  died  of  grief,  and  the  town,  after  a 
brave  resistance,  was  taken,  many  of  the 
inhabitants  slain,  and  all  the  learned  men, 
as  well  as  tradesmen,  sent  to  Kash. 

This  place,  which  had  long  been  the 
seat  of  learning,  surnamed  on  that  ac- 
count. The  Dome  of  Science  and  Virtue, 
was,  from  the  verdure  of  its  gardens  and 
meadows,  called  also.  The  Green  City. 
The  emperor  made  it  his  ordinary  re- 
sidence in  summer,  and  the  second  city 
in  the  empire. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  year  1380, 
Timur  raised  a  great  army  of  Turks  and 
Tartars,  crossed  the  Jihun,  and  made  an 
expedition  into  the  country  of  Korassan. 
When  he  arrived  at  Andekud,  his  devo- 
tion prompted  him  to  visit  the  illustrious 
santon  Baba  Senku,  one  of  those  darwish 
who  make  a  profession  of  folly,  and  for 
whom  the  Mohammedans  have  an  extra- 
ordinary veneration,  from  the  idea  that 
God  loved  them  before  their  creation, 
and  on  that  account  did  not  render  them 


TARTARY. 


capable  of  offending.  The  idiot  flung  a 
breast  of  mutton  at  the  emperor's  head, 
who  took  this  reception  as  a  favorable 
augury,  saying,  "  I  am  persuaded  that 
God  will  grant  me  the  conquest  of  Koras- 
san,  because  it  has  been  always  called 
the  breast  or  middle  of  the  habitable 
world." 

The  people  of  this  country  being  pos- 
sessed of  a  high  degree  of  martial  spirit, 
were  not  an  easy  conquest.  The  forces 
of  Timur  were  several  times  repulsed  ; 
but  at  length  that  emperor  triumphed,  and 
his  glory  and  power  were  heightened  in 
proportion  to  the  difficulty  of  the  con- 
quest. His  court  became  that  of  the 
supreme  sovereign  of  nations.  He  was 
surrounded  with  emirs  and  sheiks  de- 
scended from  Mohammed ;  men  who 
were  held  in  a  high  degree  of  reverence, 
who  devoted  themselves  to  the  study  of 
the  sciences,  and  professed  the  strictest 
principles  of  religion. 

Though  Timur  had  fixed  his  residence 
at  Samarcand,  he  enlarged  and  embellish- 
ed the  city  of  Kash,  and  enriched  it  with 
the  ornaments  which  he  had  found  in 
the  capital  of  the  Getes.  Even  the  gates 
of  the  latter  place,  which  were  curiously 
wrought  and  covered  with  remarkable 
inscriptions,  he  removed  to  his  new-built 
town.  He  likewise  transported  thither 
the  treasures  of  the  kings  of  Guris,  con- 
sisting of  gold  and  silver  coin,  precious 
stones  of  all  kinds,  magnificent  thrones, 
golden  crowns,  costly  furniture,  and  a 
variety  of  other  valuable  effects,  the  ac- 
cumulated wealth  of  ages.  He  took 
there  two  thousand  prisoners  ;  who  by 
his  command,  were  piled  one  upon  an- 
other with  bricks  and  mortar  to  construct 
towers,  as  a  monument  to  deter  his  other 
subjects  from  rebellion.  This  was  a 
species  of  cruelty  not  unfrequently  prac- 
tised by  Timur,  and  reflects  eternal  dis- 
grace on  his  name. 

After  this  period,  victory  was  almost  al- 
ways withhim  the  consequence  of  warfare. 
Persia,  Armenia,  Georgia,  Turkestan,  Ka- 
razm,  the  territory  of  the  Kipjaks,  and  the 
Turkmans,  all  were  witnesses  to  the  valor 
of  his  arms  ;  and  most  of  them  were  in 
their  turns,equally  monuments  of  this  cru- 
elty, exhibiting  testimonies,  which  endur- 
ed for  ages,  of  the  ferocity  of  his  character. 


At  Ispahan  he  issued  an  order  for  the 
massacre  of  all  the  inhabitants,  except 
those  who  had  saved  some  of  his  soldiers 
from  death  ;  and  to  insure  the  prompt  ex- 
ecution of  his  mandates,  each  company 
were  bound,  under  pain  of  the  severest 
punishment,  to  furnish  a  stated  number  of 
heads,  which  the  merciless  conqueror 
employed  in  building  towers,  in  various 
parts  of  the  city. 

From  Ispahan,  Timur  carried  his  vic- 
torious arms  into  Russia,  crossed  the  ri- 
vers Wolga,  Yaik,  and  Oby,  penetrated 
into  the  northern  parts  of  Muscovy,  and 
conducted  his  troops  through  regions 
where,  for  several  months  together,  they 
beheld  not  the  traces  of  any  other  human 
beings.  Astracan,  Moscow,  Tobolsk,  and 
otherlarge  and  important  cities  fell  be- 
fore his  arms  ;  and,  what  must  ever  tar- 
nish his  glory,  the  more  valiantly  he  was 
opposed  by  those  whom  the  great  law 
of  self-defence  excited  to  withstand  his 
progress,  the  more  cruelly  did  he  treat 
them  when  the  fortune  of  war  threw  them 
into  his  power.  The  bloody  scenes  of 
Ispahan  were  repeated  again  and  again, 
in  cities  at  the  distance  of  many  hundred 
miles  from  the  capital  of  Persia.  While, 
however,  we  reprobate  and  detest  this 
part  of  his  conduct,  yet  the  modern  war- 
rior will  admire  his  skill ;  and  will  be 
obliged  to  admit,  that  the  laurels  which 
he  gathered  were  the  just  reward  of  his 
cares,  his  laborious  life,  and  his  courage. 
The  discipline  which  he  kept  up  was 
most  severe ;  as  a  chastisement  to  one 
of  his  captains  for  having  lost  an  incon- 
.siderable  post,  he  ordered  him  to  be 
shaved,  his  face  painted,  and  a  woman's 
cap  to  be  put  on  him ;  and  in  this  dis- 
guise he  was  compelled  to  walk  through 
the  town,  barefooted. 

A.  D.  1392,  Timur  advancing  to  Ku- 
laghi,  a  town  in  Kurdestan,  led  his  troops 
against  the  robber  Serek  Mehemud,  the 
Turkman,  who  had  fortified  himself  in 
the  mountains,  where  he  had  a  citadel. 
This  was  taken  and  great  numbers  of  the 
banditti  were  put  to  the  sword.  While 
the  court  resided  at  Ak  Bulak,  the  great 
mufti  came  as  ambassador  from  tlie  sultan 
Ahmed  Jalayr,  of  Bagdad,  with  offers  of 
submission  and  presents  ;  which  the  em- 
peror did  not  receive  with  his  usual  po- 


630 


TARTARY. 


liteness,  because  he  suspected  Ahmed's 
sincerity,  as  the  prayers  were  not  read, 
nor  money  coined  at  Bagdad  in  his 
name. 

Timur,  however,  paid  respect  to  the 
personal  character  of  the  mufti,  but  dis- 
missed him  without  any  positive  answer 
on  the  subject  of  his  mission,  and  resolv- 
ed to  lay  siege  to  Bagdad.  In  his  march 
to  that  city  he  travelled  day  and  night. 
When  he  had  arrived  at  Ibrahim  Lik,  a 
place  within  about  a  hundred  miles  of  it, 
he  inquired  of  the  inhabitants  whether 
they  had  sent  pigeons  to  give  notice  of 
the  approach  of  his  army  ?  On  being 
answeTed  in  the  affirmative,  he  made  them 
write  another  advice,  importing,  that  the 
dust  which  they  had  perceived  at  a  dis- 
tance, was  caused  by  the  Turkmans  who 
fled  to  avoid  Timur.  This  notice  was 
tied  under  the  wing  of  a  pigeon,  which 
was  immediately  despatched  to  Bagdad. 
This  fresh  intelligence  inspired  Ahmed 
with  courage,  though  he  was  somewhat 
mistrustful  of  it.  A  very  few  days  unde- 
ceived the  sultan,  when  Timur  with  his 
troops  arrived  at  Bagdad.  The  Tartar 
army  were  encamped  on  nearly  two 
leagues  of  ground,  but  such  was  their 
panic,  that  they  threw  themselves  into  the 
Tigris,  which  theypassed,  notwithstand- 
ing the  rapidity  of  the  stream.  Timur  pur- 
sued them  for  a  distance  of  ten  leagues, 
and  then  returned  to  Bagdad,  at  the  en- 
treaty of  his  emirs,  who  continued  on  their 
route. 

The  emperor  having  sent  ambassadors 
to  invite  the  sultan  of  Egypt  and  Syria  to 
conclude  a  treaty  of  amity,  advanced  to- 
wards Takrit,  a  fortress  on  the  Tigris, with 
an  intent  to  destroy  that  nest  of  robbers. 
The  town  was  built  on  a  high  rock  near 
the  river,  the  passes  were  closed  up  with 
stones  laid  in  mortar,  and  it  was  so  well 
fortified,  that  it  was  deemed  impregnable. 

The  emir  Hassan,  who  commanded  in  j 
the  place,  sent  several  times  to  offer  to 
capitulate.  In  the  mean  time  the  soldiers  j 
advanced  to  the  foot  of  the  wall,  which 
they  began  to  undermine  ;  the  whole  ar- 
my, consisting  of  72,000  men,  being  em- 
ployed in  the  work.  At  length  part  of  i 
the  wall  fell  down  ;  but  the  besieged  re- 
paired the  breach,  and  fought  desperate- 
ly.     Fire  being  afterwards   set  to  the 


wooden  props,  most  of  the  wall  fell  sud- 
denly, together  with  a  great  tower.  Still 
the  robbers,  armed  with  planks  and  great 
bu(;klers,  continued  to  defend  themselves 
against  the  assailants  ;  who  advanced  to 
the  very  middle  of  the  place,  where  a 
bloody  battle  ensued.  Timur  ordered  the 
rest  of  the  walls  to  be  undermined  ;  which 
operation  occasioning  the  fall  of  a  large 
bastion,  Hassan  was  so  terrified  that  he 
retired  to  the  edge  of  the  mountain. 
Some  of  the  besieged  came  out,  and  be- 
sought the  emirs  to  intercede  for  their 
lives ;  but  Timur  answered,  "  Let  him 
come  or  not,  no  quarter  shall  be  given." 
The  assailants  animated  by  these  words, 
gained  the  top  of  the  rock  ;  and  seizing 
Hassan  and  those  about  him,  brought 
them  bound  in  chains  to  Timur,  who  or- 
dered the  soldiers  to  be  separated  from 
the  inhabitants  and  put  to  death  ;  he  like- 
wise left  a  part  of  the  walls  standing,  as 
a  monument  to  posterity,  of  the  arduous- 
ness  of  his  exploit ;  and,  according  to  his 
usual  custom,  caused  towers  to  be  built 
with  the  heads  of  the  robbers,  as  a  terror 
to  others. 

Having  conceived  an  intention  of  car- 
rying his  arms  into  China,  in  order  to  ex- 
terminate the  infidels  of  that  country,  he 
determined  to  acquire  the  glory  attached 
to  the  leader  in  a  religious  war,  and  to 
march  into  India  in  person  ;  for  although 
j  the  religion  of  the  prophet  was  professed 
in  Delhi,  and  many  other  cities  of  that 
empire,  yet  the  greater  part  of  the  pro- 
vinces were  inhabited  by  idolaters.  With 
this  view,  therefore,  in  the  month  of 
March,  he  took  the  field  with  a  large  ar 
my,  composed  of  many  nations,  chiefly 
Tartars  ;  and  after  passing  the  Jihun,  en- 
camped at  Anderab,  A.  D.  1398. 

The  inhabitants  of  this  place  having 
complained  that  the  idolaters  of  mount 
Ketner,  and  the  Siapushes,  exacted  large 
sums  from  the  Mohammedans,  under  the 
denomination  of  tribute,  and  on  the  fail- 
ure of  payment,  slew  the  men,  and  made 
slaves  of  the  women  and  children,  the 
warlike  Timur  marched  against  these 
people.  His  emirs  began  to  ascend  the 
mountain  of  Ketner  with  great  fatigue  ; 
and  as  the  infidels  dwelt  in  narrow  pas- 
sages and  among  precipices,  and  the 
roads   were  covered  with  snow,   they 


TARTARY. 


631 


could  not  be  attacked  without  much  diffi- 
culty and  danger.  These  obstacles  how- 
ever, could  not  oppose  the  progress  of  the 
troops  of  Timur.  The  Siapushes,  a  sa- 
vage and  gigantic  race,  defended  them- 
selves with  great  obstinacy.  The  fight 
lasted  three  days  and  nights  without  in- 
terruption ;  but  at  length  the  infidels  beg- 
ged for  quarter.  It  was  granted  on  the  con- 
dition of  their  becoming  Mohammedans, 
to  which  they  readily  acceded  ;  but  these 
having  in  the  night  treacherously  put  to 
the  sword  an  entire  regiment  of  their 
conquerors,  the  army  of  Timur  ascended 
the  mountain,  and,  following  Mohammed's 
precept  to  spare  the  women,  cut  to  pieces 
all  the  men,  both  old  and  young ;  then 
raised  towers  of  their  heads,  and  left  a 
marble  monument  inscribed  with  the  his- 
tory of  this  action. 

In  September,  Timur  crossed  the  In- 
dus, and  in  his  march  made  a  great  num- 
ber of  captives.  When  he  arrived  with- 
in two  leagues  of  Delhi,  he  prepared  for 
a  pitched  battle,  and  harangued  his  troops 
upon  the  art  of  fighting,  breaking  the  en- 
emy's ranks,  and  rallying  after  a  defeat. 
Fearing  lest  the  prisoners  attached  to  his 
army  should  join  the  people  of  Delhi,  he 
ordered  that  every  one  of  his  soldiers 
that  had  any  Indian  slaves  should  instant- 
ly put  them  to  death.  This  ferocious 
mandate  was  immediately  carried  into 
execution;  and  in  one  hour  a  hundred 
thousand  human  beings  were  slaughtered, 
to  the  eternal  disgrace  equally  of  the  ty- 
rant who  could  command,  and  the  troops 
who  could  perpetrate  so  atrocious  a  mas- 
sacre. 

On  the  30th  of  December,  Timur  set 
out  for  Delhi.  When  the  astrologers 
were  consulting  about  the  aspect  of  the 
planets,  and  were  at  variance  as  to  the 
most  favorable  moment  to  begin  the  at- 
tack, some  of  them  earnestly  entreating 
him  to  delay  it,  he  thus  addressed  them  : 
"  Happiness  or  misery  does  not  depend 
on  the  influence  of  the  planets,  but  on  the 
will  of  the  Creator  of  the  universe.  For 
my  part,  when  once  I  have  arranged  my 
plan,  and  taken  every  necessary  precau- 
tion, I  would  not  defer  the  execution  of  it  a 
single  minute,  to  wait  for  a  fortunate  cri- 
sis" However,  either  to  satisfy  his  own 
devotion  or  to  animate  his  troops,  he  open- 


ed the  Koran,  and  fell  by  accident  or  de- 
sign on  a  verse  which,  according  to  his 
interpretation,  promised  complete  victory; 
he  announced  the  good  tidings  to  his  ar- 
my, and  pursued  his  design. 

The  Jagatays  were  not  alarmed  at  the 
Indian  army  ;  but  they  had  conceived 
strange  notions  respecting  the  elephants, 
having  never  before  seen  animals  of  this 
sort.  They  imagined  that  neither  the 
arrow  nor  the  sword  could  penetrate  their 
bodies  ;  that  they  were  so  strong  as  to 
overthrow  trees  by  only  shaking  the  earth 
as  they  passed  along ;  that  they  could 
push  down  the  firmest  buildings  ;  and 
that  in  battle  they  would  throw  man  and 
horse  to  a  vast  height  in  the  air.  This 
opinion  prevailing  in  the  camp,  dispirited 
the  troops,  as  well  as  all  the  rest  of  Timur's 
train.  The  emperor  always  showed  a 
certain  degree  of  respect  to  men  of  learn- 
ing, and  asked  those  who  were  near  his 
person,  what  posts  they  would  choose. 
Several  doctors,  terrified  at  what  they 
had  read  and  heard  of  the  elephants,  im- 
mediately answered,  "  If  it  please  your 
majesty,  we  will  be  near  the  ladies." 

Timur  took  means  to  dissipate  these 
fears  ;  when  the  battle  was  about  to  com- 
mence, he  ascended  an  eminence  to  ob- 
serve the  motions  of  the  hostile  armies, 
and  as  soon  as  the  engagement  began,  he 
fell  on  the  ground,  often  bowing  to  im- 
plore of  Heaven  victory. 

Such  an  engagement  had  never  been 
witnessed  before,  nor  so  dreadful  a  noise 
of  warlike  instruments  heard.  On  the 
4th  of  January,  Timur  erected  his  stand- 
ard on  the  walls  of  Delhi,  and  the  prin- 
cipal inhabitants  came  to  make  submis- 
sion and  sue  for  mercy.  Even  the  ele- 
phants and  rhinoceroses  are  said  to  have 
fallen  down  before  the  emperor  in  an 
humble  posture,  and  to  have  uttered  a 
great  cry,  as  if  they  demanded  quarter. 
On  the  1 3th,  the  army  of  Timur  entered 
this  great  and  magnificent  city  and  entire- 
ly destroyed  it.  Some  soldiers  carried 
out  one  hundred  and  fifty  slaves  each ; 
even  boys  possessed  themselves  of  seve- 
ral much  superior  to  themselves  in  age 
and  strength.  The  other  spoils,  in  pre- 
cious stones,  jewels,  plate,  and  manufac- 
tures, were  innumerable  ;  for  the  Indian 
women  and  girls  were  adorned  with  pre- 


632 


TARTARY. 


cioiis  stones,  and  had  bracelets  and  rings 
on  their  hands,  feet  and  toes ;  so  that  the 
soldiers  were  loaded  with  them.  On  the 
]5th  day  of  January,  the  Indian  troops  in 
Old  Delhi  retired  into  the  mosque  to  de- 
fend themselves  ;  but  the  emir  Shah  Ma- 
lek,  and  Ali  Sultan,  entering  it  with  five 
hundred  men,  slaughtered  them  all  with- 
out mercy,  as  an  acceptable  sacrifice  to 
God  and  the  prophet.  The  city  was 
plundered,  and  the  remaining  inhabitants 
were  made  slaves.  The  different  artifi- 
cers were  distributed  among  the  princes 
and  commanders  ;  but  the  masons  were 
all  reserved  for  the  emperor,  in  order  to 
build  him  a  spacious  mosque  at  Samar- 
cand,  which  at  the  close  of  the  expedi- 
tion he  effected,  making  it  large  enough  to 
serve  for  all  the  faithful  in  that  great  city. 

There  is  no  danger  of  exaggeration  in 
asserting  that  millions  perished  in  this 
horrible  war.  The  only  privilege  grant- 
ed to  the  survivors  was  that  of  being  re- 
duced to  slavery.  It  is  scarcely  possible 
to  conceive  the  prodigious  booty  that  the 
troops  of  Timur  acquired  in  this  expedi- 
tion, which  was  one  uninterrupted  scene 
of  plunder  and  devastation. 

Immediately  after  the  war  in  India, 
Timur  undertook  another  expedition  into 
Georgia.  His  troops  laid  waste  all  be- 
fore them,  and  the  terrified  inhabitants 
who  escaped  the  sword  fled  with  their 
effects  and  provisions  to  the  high  moun- 
tains, where  they  had  fortified  caverns 
and  houses  built  upon  craggy  rocks,  so 
that  no  power  had  ever  yet  been  able  to 
conquer  them  in  these  recesses. 

Timur's  soldiers,  however,  never  con- 
sidered danger  when  a  sense  of  duty 
and  honor  called  them  ;  they  ascended 
the  mountains,  and  were  let  down  in 
boxes  by  cords  to  the  caverns  of  the 
infidels,  which  they  entered,  making  a 
terrible  slaughter.  Some  of  these  craggy 
places  were  so  well  defended,  that  in 
order  to  disperse  the  enemy  and  bum 
their  houses  and  entrenchments,  the  army 
were  obliged  to  make  use  of  combustible 
matter.  In  this  expedition  they  took 
fifteen  strong  places,  giving  quarter  only 
to  such  as  embraced  the  religion  of  Mo- 
hammed. Timur  left  a  strong  garrison 
in  Teflis,  the  capital  of  Georgia;  and 
encamped  in  the  plain  of  Mohran.     The 


king  of  this  place  fled  into  the  deserts, 
but  the  greater  part  of  the  people  came 
to  the  camp  and  sued  for  pardon.  When 
the  country  was  reduced,  the  temples 
and  monasteries  were  razed  to  the  ground, 
and  chapels  and  mosques  erected  in  their 
room.  The  whole  territory  of  Georgia 
would  have  submitted  to  the  yoke  of  the 
conqueror,  had  not  a  quarrel  made  Timur 
turn  his  arms  against  Bajazet  emperor 
of  the  Turks. 

Bajazet  and  Timur  were  rivals  for 
glory,  and  burned  with  a  desire  of  trying 
their  strength  upon  each  other.  Both 
parties  prepared  for  battle,  in  which  for- 
tune once  more  favored  Timur.  Ba- 
jazet was  taken  prisoner,  but  the  emperor 
treated  him  in  this  situation  with  great 
respect.  In  the  course  of  their  route, 
Bajazet  was  seized  with  an  illness,  of 
which  he  died,  A.  D.  1402.  Timur  be- 
wailed his  death  with  many  tears,  hav- 
ing intended,  after  the  conquest  of  Ana- 
tolia, to  re-establish  him  on  the  throne. 

Timur  enriched  his  troops  with  the 
plunder  of  Anatolia,  and  then  menaced 
the  Egyptian  monarch,  who  despatched 
embassadors  with  terms  of  submission, 
which  having  accepted,  he  returned  to 
Georgia.  The  king,  whose  name  was 
Malek,  made  promises,  M'hich  after  the 
departure  of  Timur  he  neglected  to  per- 
form. At  length,  however,  learning  that 
the  Tartar  was  once  more  ravaging  his 
dominions  with  fire  and  sword,  Malek 
sent  to  entreat  him  to  suspend  hostilities, 
adding,  that  fear  alone  prevented  him 
from  appearing  personally  before  him, 
and  that  if  assured  he  could  do  so  with 
safety,  he  was  ready  to  throw  himself  at 
the  feet  of  the  emperor,  and  take  the  oath 
of  fidelity  and  obedience  to  him.  "  The 
case  of  your  master,"  replied  the  Tartar 
khan,  "  who  is  a  Christian,  has  no  simi- 
larity with  that  of  the  Mohammedans  ; 
because  their  religion  pleads  for  them. 
Tell  him,  if  he  wishes  to  preserve  his 
life,  he  must  repair  instantly  to  my  court. 
Should  God  refuse  him  the  grace  of  em- 
bracing the  faith  of  the  prophet,  I  will 
impose  a  tribute  upon  him,  and  leave  him 
the  government  of  his  territories,  and  will 
not  molest  the  inhabitants.  The  emperor 
of  Constantinople,  who  is  a  Christian,  is 
on  these  terms  with  me." 


TARTARY. 


633 


Bajazct  b) ought  htfoic  Timui ,  or  Tamcdanc. 


Malek  was  still  dilatory  in  complying 
with  these  hard  conditions,  and  Timur 
resumed  his  religious  warfare  with  his 
customary  barbarity.  The  king  then  sent 
to  offer  to  relinquish  all  his  treasures,  to 
pay  an  annual  subsidy,  and  to  furnish 
troops.  The  emirs  conjured  the  emperor 
on  their  knees  to  accept  these  submis- 
sions. He  consulted  the  doctors  of  the 
law,  who  declared,  that  since  the  Geor- 
gians consented  to  become  tributary,  and 
promised  never  to  injure  the  Mussulmen, 
the  law  required  that  quarter  should  be 
granted  them,  and  that  all  pillage  and 
massacre  should  cease.  On  hearing  this 
judgment,  Timur  made  a  favorable  mo- 
tion of  his  head,  and  the  peace  was  rati- 
fied. 

Notwithstanding  the  furious  zeal  with 
which  the  Tartar  emperor  prosecuted  his 
religious  wars,  he  appears  occasionally 
to  have  been  animated  with  heroic  prin- 
ciples, which,  if  they  had  been  properly 
directed,  would  have  excited  him  to  gen- 
erous actions.  These  laudable  senti- 
ments are  apparent  in  a  discourse  which 
he  addressed  to  his  council.  "  Until 
now,"  said  he,  "  my  ambition  has  been 
to  make  conquests,  and  to   extend  the 


limits  of  my  vast  empire  ;  henceforth  my 
nobler  ambition  shall  be  to  secure  the 
peace  and  prosperity  of  my  subjects,  and 
render  my  dominions  flourishing.  Let 
individuals  make  known  their  requests 
and  grievances  to  me  in  person  ;  let  them 
counsel  me  for  the  good  of  the  Mussul- 
men, the  glory  of  the  faith,  and  for  the 
extirpation  of  the  wicked  and  the  dis- 
turbers of  the  public  peace.  The  op- 
pressed shall  not,  at  the  day  of  judgment, 
demand  vengeance  against  me  ;  neither 
on  that  solemn  occasion  shall  my  brave 
soldiers  have  reason  to  complain  of  me 
or  of  fortmre.  Their  sorrows  aflfect  me 
even  more  than  themselves.  My  wishes 
and  intentions  are,  that  the  world  should, 
under  my  reign,  be  converted  into  a  para- 
dise ;  and  I  know,  that  when  a  monarch 
is  just  and  merciful,  his  kingdom  is 
crowned  with  blessings  and  glory.  In 
short,  I  am  determined  to  amass  a  trea- 
sure of  justice,  that  my  soul  may  be  en- 
titled to  happiness  after  death."  This 
was  surely  an  extraordinary  harangue 
from  the  mouth  of  one  who  had  spent  a 
long  life  in  usurping  dominions,  dethron- 
ing princes,  depopulating  countries,  ex- 
tending and  multiplying  scenes  of  misery 


634 


TARTARY. 


and  devastation,  and  destroying  the  hu- 
man race  with  the  most  savage  bar- 
barity. 

It  must  be  for  ever  regretted,  that  a 
man,  who  with  proper  ideas  of  justice 
and  religion  would  have  been  formed  to 
amend  the  faults  of  mankind,  should  have 
been  reduced  by  religious  fanaticism  into 
the  most  horrible  crimes.  It  was  cer- 
tainly under  the  impression  that  he  was 
performing  a  meritorious  act,  that  he  de- 
termined to  undertake  a  new  war  against 
China.  He  announced  his  intention  to 
his  council  in  the  following  terms:  "My 
dear  companions,  as  my  conquests  have 
not  been  effected  without  considerable 
violence,  which  has  unavoidably  occa- 
sioned the  destruction  of  numbers  of  the 
faithful,  I  am  resolved  to  expiate  my  past 
crimes  by  performing  some  good  action. 
I  will  therefore  declare  war  against  the 
infidels,  and  exterminate  the  idolaters  of 
China.  It  is  proper  that  the  same  troops 
who  have  assisted  me  in  committing  these 
faults,  should  become  the  instruments  of 
my  penitence.  Hence,  then,  let  them 
prepare  to  march  to  China,  that  they  may 
acquire  the  merit  of  this  holy  Avar,  by 
demolishing  the  temples  of  idols,  and 
erecting  mosques  in  their  places." 

Timur  now  prepared  to  lead  his  army, 
consisting  of  twelve  hundred  thousand 
men,  through  dreary  deserts,  or  already 
desolated  countries.  The  cold  was  so 
excessive  on  their  departure,  that  the 
troops  passed  the  largest  rivers  on  ice. 
They  could  not  procure  water  without 
digging  to  the  depth  of  several  feet. 
Multitudes  had  their  limbs  frozen ;  and 
numbers  both  of  men  and  horses  per- 
ished on  the  march ;  but  no  obstacle 
could  daunt  the  spirit  of  the  victorious 
Timur;  his  presence  animated  every 
heart. 

He  was  obliged,  however,  by  fatigue, 
to  stop  in  a  town  of  small  importance,  not 
far  distant  from  the  frontiers  of  China. 
In  this  place  he  was  seized  with  a  raging 
fever,  which  threatened  his  life.  He 
seemed  to  have  a  melancholy  presenti- 
ment of  a  speedily  approaching  dissolu- 
tion. He  thought  he  heard  a  voice  call- 
ing him  to  repent,  for  he  must  soon  ap- 
pear before  God.  Obedient  to  the  solemn 
admonition,  he  set  about  the  great  work 


of  repentance,  and  resolved  to  endea- 
vor to  make  satisfaction  for  his  faults, 
by  the  performance  of  good  actions. 
Although  his  sickness  daily  increased, 
he  was  not  unmindful  of  his  army, 
but  was  perpetually  inquiring  after  its 
condition.  At  last  he  perceived  that 
death  was  approaching  ;  and,  animated 
with  the  hopes  of  his  religion,  he  sum- 
moned his  family  and  his  nobles  aroimd 
his  bed.  He  saw  them  bathed  in  tears, 
and  addressed  them  in  a  low  but  firm 
tone  :  "  Do  not,"  said  he,  "  weep,  but 
pray  for  me.  I  hope  God  will  pardon 
my  sins,  though  they  are  very  numerous. 
I  have,  however,  the  consolation  of  re- 
flecting that  I,  at  all  times,  restrained  the 
powerful  from  oppressing  the  weak. 
Labor  all  of  you  for  the  happiness  of  the 
people  ;  for  at  the  day  of  judgment  a 
rigid  account  will  be  demanded  of  those 
who  have  enjoyed  authority."  He  then 
declared  his  grandson,  Pir  Mehemed  Je- 
han  Ghir,  his  sole  heir,  and  successor  in 
the  empire;  enjoining  the  persons  present 
to  obey  him,  and  if  necessary,  to  sacri- 
fice their  lives  to  maintain  his  authority. 
After  this  he  ordered  all  the  emirs,  and 
great  lords  of  his  court,  to  come  into  his 
presence,  and  made  them  swear  to  see 
his  will  executed. 

Having,  in  the  most  affectionate  man- 
net,  recommended  brotherly  love  and  con- 
cord to  the  princes  his  children,  he  order- 
ed one  of  the  doctors  to  read  the  Koran 
at  his  bed's-head,  and  often  to  repeat  the 
unity  of  God.  In  the  evening  he  made 
many  and  unequivocal  professions  of  his 
faith,  and  expired  while  he  was  emphat- 
ically repeating  a  favorite  article  of  his 
creed,  "  Verily,  there  is  no  other  god  than 
God."  He  was  seventy-one  years  of 
age,  of  which  he  had  reigned  thirty-six. 
A.  D.  1405. 

Timur  Bek  was  the  first  who  brought 
the  crown  into  his  family.  At  the  age 
of  twenty-five  he  had  astonished  every 
one  with  his  exploits,  his  valor,  and  am- 
bition. To  perfect  the  great  talents 
which  he  had  received  from  nature,  he 
spent  nine  years  in  travelling,  during 
which  his  great  understanding  and  ele- 
vated genius  appeared  in  councils  and 
assemblies,  while  his  intrepidity  and 
prowess,  whether  in  personal  combats  or 


TURKEY. 


635 


in  pitched  battles,  drew  upon  him  the  ad- 
miration of  all  mankind. 

He  made  himself  master  of  the  three 
empires  of  Jagatay  Khan,  Tushi  Khan, 
and  Hulaku  Khan  ;  so  that  his  power, 
wealth,  and  magnificence,  were  almost 
beyond  conception.  Nmnerous  monu- 
ments of  his  grandeur  are  still  remaining 
in  the  cities,  towns,  castles,  and  walls, 
which  he  built ;  in  the  rivers  and  canals 
which  he  dug ;  and  in  the  bridges,  gar- 
dens, palaces,  hospitals,  mosques,  and 
monasteries,  which  he  erected  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  Asia. 

In  his  person  Timur  was  corpulent 
and  tall.  He  had  a  broad  forehead,  an 
agreeable  countenance,  and  a  fair  com- 
plexion. He  wore  a  large  beard,  was 
very  strong,  and  of  robust  limbs  ;  he  had 
broad  shoulders,  his  fingers  were  thick, 
and  he  had  long  legs.  His  constitution 
was  amazingly  vigorous ;  but  he  was 
maimed  in  one  hand,  and  lame  of  the 
right  side.  His  eyes  appeared  full  of 
fire;  his  voice  was  loud  and  piercing; 
he  feared  nothing ;  and  at  his  death, 
though  upwards  of  seventy,  his  under- 
standing was  sound  and  perfect,  his  body 
vigorous  and  robust,  his  mind  constant, 
and  unshaken  as  a  rock. 

He  did  not  like  raillery,  and  could  not 


endure  a  lie.  There  was  no  joking  or 
trifling  before  him,  for  he  loved  the  naked 
truth,  even  although  it  was  to  his  own 
disadvantage.  He  neither  grieved  if  he 
miscarried  in  any  attempt,  nor  appeared 
overjoyed  on  any  great  success.  The 
device  which  he  had  chosen  for  his  seal 
was,  "  I  am  sincere  and  plain."  He  took 
great  delight  in  reading  history,  and  was 
exceedingly  well  versed  in  the  state  of 
different  countries,  provinces,  and  cities. 
He  was  penetrating,  subtle,  close  and 
dissembling;  just  from  inclination,  and 
liberal  from  habit  and  disposition ;  but 
on  the  other  hand,  ambition  had  in  a 
great  measure  extinguished  his  humanity ; 
war  had  familiarized  him  to  blood  ;  and 
his  religious  zeal  had  inspired  him  with 
a  cruel,  implacable,  and  pernicious  fanat- 
icism. 

Timur  left  behind  him  fifty-three  de- 
scendants, thirty-six  males,  and  seven- 
teen females.  The  Mogul  empire  be- 
came dismembered,  and  from  its  wreck 
arose  a  number  of  kingdoms  and  small 
principalities  governed  by  princes  de- 
scended from  this  conqueror,  reigning 
under  the  title  of  sultans,  khans,  emirs, 
and  shahs.  Samarcand  the  seat  of  the 
empire  of  Timur,  after  his  death,  relapsed 
into  its  former  barbarism. 


TURftEY. 


The  obscurity  in  which  the  Turkish 
annals  are  involved,  have  prevented  his- 
torians from  tracing,  with  any  degree  of 
accuracy,  the  origin  of  those  warlike 
tribes,  who,  under  the  name  of  Ottomans, 
have  subjected  to  their  dominion,  and 
covered  with  ignorance  and  despotism, 
some  of  the  fairest  and  most  fertile  por- 
tions of  Asia  and  Europe.  The  Turkish 
writers  claim  their  descent  from  Turc, 
the  eldest  of  the  eight  sons  of  Japhet, 
who  is  represented  as  the  great  progeni- 
tor of  the  Tartar  tribes,  or  Huns,  who 
dwelt  in  tents,  and  occupied,  with  their 
flocks  and  herds,  the  extensive  plains  on 
the  north  of  China,  India,  and  Persia, 
between  the  Caspian  and  the  sea  of  Ja- 


pan ;  and  parts  of  which  have  received 
the  name  of  Turkistan.  Little,  however, 
is  known  of  the  history  of  this  country 
until  the  middle  of  the  sixth  century, 
when  one  of  these  tribes,  denominated 
Turks,  who  inhabited  the  Altai  mountains, 
and  were  chiefly  engaged  in  the  manu- 
facture of  iron, renounced  their  allegiance 
to  the  Geougen  Tartars,  to  whom  they 
had  been  long  subject.  After  repeated 
victories,  under  Bertezena,  their  first 
leader,  the  name  and  dominion  of  the 
Geougen  were  extinguished;  and  the 
subject  tribes,  marching  under  the  stand- 
ard of  the  Turks,  were  led  to  distant  and 
important  conquests.  On  the  banks  of 
the  Til  they  overthrew  the  khan  of  the 


636 


TURKEY. 


Ogors  or  Varchonites,  with  300,000  of 
his  subjects.  They  subdued  the  Neph- 
thalites,  or  White  Huns,  a  polished  and 
warlike  people  who  then  inhabited  Great 
Bucharia,  and  in  the  invasion  of  China 
their  forbearance  was  purchased  with 
splendid  gifts.  In  the  course  of  fifty 
years  they  had  established  a  powerful 
empire,  extending  from  the  wall  of  China 
to  the  sea  of  Azoff,  and  were  connected 
in  peace  and  in  war  with  the  Chinese, 
Persians,  and  Romans.  They  contin- 
ued, like  their  fathers,  to  wander  from 
place  to  place  without  any  fixed  habita- 
tions ;  and  their  favorite  exercises  were 
hunting  and  war.  Attached  to  their  na- 
tive seats,  the  royal  encampment  was 
seldom  far  removed  from  mount  Altai; 
and  when  the  Roman  ambasssdors  were 
first  presented  to  Disabul,  their  khan, 
"  the  tent  of  the  monarch,"  according  to 
Mr.  Gibbon,  "  was  surrounded  with  silk 
hangings,  embroidered  in  various  figures, 
and  the  royal  seat,  the  cups,  and  the  va- 
ses, were  of  gold.  Another  pavilion  was 
supported  by  columns  of  gilt  wood,  a  bed 
of  pure  and  massy  gold  was  raised  on 
four  peacocks  of  the  same  metal,  and  be- 
fore the  entrance  of  the  tent,  dishes,  ba- 
sins, and  statues  of  solid  silver  and  ad- 
mirable art,  were  ostentatiously  piled  in 
wagons,  the  monuments  of  valor  rather 
than  of  industry." 

The  Romans  frequently  experienced 
the  benefit  of  the  Turkish  alliance,  by 
their  powerful  diversion,  on  the  side  of 
the  Oxus,  against  their  common  enemy 
the  Persians.  But  this  extensive  em- 
pire, after  a  duration  of  211  years,  fell 
by  its  own  weight.  The  princes  of  the 
blood,  who  were  appointed  to  the  govern- 
ment of  its  distant  provinces,  soon  forgot 
their  gratitude  and  their  allegiance,  and 
the  vanquished  tribes  were  encouraged 
and  supported  by  the  policy  of  China  in 
resuming  their  independence. 

After  the  dissolution  of  this  empire, 
many  of  the  Turkish  chiefs  obtained 
other  thrones,  and  more  wealthy  domin- 
ions. The  family  of  Samanee  usurped 
the  sovereign  authority  in  Persia,  which 
they  held  for  125  years,  and  were  suc- 
ceeded by  that  of  Ghizni,  where  Sultan 
Mahmoud  was  one  of  the  greatest  mon- 
archs  that  ever  sat  upon  the   throne  of 


Persia.  After  the  short  period  of  forty 
years,  they,  in  their  turn,  were  supplanted 
by  the  shepherd  kings  of  the  tribe  of  Sel- 
jookee,  who  extended  their  dominion  from 
China  over  Anatolia,  Syria,  and  Egypt. 
The  unity  of  this  mighty  empire  was 
dissolved  by  the  death  of  Malik  Shah, 
and  while  Persia  continued  subject  to  the 
elder  branch,  the  younger  dynasties  of 
the  house  of  Seljookee  established  the 
kingdoms  of  Kerman,  Syria,  and  Roum, 
or  Anatolia. 

The  kingdom  of  Roum,  in  which  the 
others  eventually  merged,  extended  from 
the  Euphrates  to  Constantinople,  and 
from  the  Black  Sea  to  the  confines  of  Sy- 
ria, with  Nice  for  its  capital ;  and  Soly- 
man,  its  first  sultan,  had  his  conquests 
confirmed  to  him  by  a  treaty  of  peace 
with  the  emperor  Alexius  Comnenus. 
But  his  successor  was  driven  from  his 
capital  by  the  arms  of  the  crusaders,  and 
the  battle  of  Dorylseum  stript  him  of  all 
his  territories  upon  the  sea-coast  from 
Trebisond  to  the  Syrian  gates.  After 
the  loss  of  Nice,  the  royal  residence  was 
removed  to  Iconium,  an  obscure  inland 
town,  above  three  hundred  miles  from 
Constantinople.  Here  the  successors  of 
Solyman  continued  to  reign  for  nearly  a 
century  and  a  half,  engaged  in  almost  in- 
cessant hostilities  with  the  Greek  empe- 
rors, until  Anatolia  was  overwhelmed  in 
the  general  wreck  by  the  ravages  of  Jen- 
ghis  Khan  and  his  successors.  The  sul- 
tan of  Iconium,  after  a  feeble  resistance," 
fled  for  refuge  to  his  former  enemies  the 
Greeks  of  Constantinople,  and  the  frag- 
ments of  the  Seljookian  monarchy  were 
seized  by  the  emirs  or  governors  of  the 
cities  and  provinces,  who  continued  to 
exercise  an  independent  dominion  until 
their  territories  became  gradually  and 
imperceptibly  incorporated  with  the  Ot- 
toman empire. 

One  of  these  emirs  was  Olhman,  from 
whom  the  Ottomans  derive  their  name. 
His  grandfather  Solyman,  who,  with  other 
Turkman  chiefs,  had  attached  himself  to 
the  fortunes  of  the  sultan  of  Carizm^, 
after  the  dispersion  of  the  Carizmean  army 
by  the  Moguls,  directed  his  course  to- 
wards the  west,  and  perished  while  at- 
tempting to  cross,  on  horseback,  the  wa- 
ters of  the  Euphrates.     Orthogrul,  the 


TURKEY. 


637 


eldest  of  his  sons,  led  his  forces  into 
Anatolia,  and  having  obtained  a  grant  of 
territory  from  Aladdin,  the  sultan  of  Ico- 
nium,  he  established  a  camp  of  400  tents 
at  Surgut,  on  the  banks  of  the  Sangar. 
Placed  on  the  verge  of  the  Byzantine 
empire,  he  made  constant  incursions  into 
its  territory  ;  and  being  appointed  gener- 
alissimo of  the  army  of  Iconium,  he  per- 
severed for  half  a  century  in  preserving 
and  extending  his  conquests  in  that 
quarter. 

Othman  fixed  the  seat  of  his  govern- 
ment at  Byrsa,  the  chief  town  in  Bythi- 
nia,  and  assumed  the  title  of  sultan. — 
From  this  time  the  Turks  were  known 
as  the  Ottoman  race  and  sovereignty. 
In  the  reign  of  Orchan,  1 334,  the  Turks 
crossed  the  Hellespont,  took  Gallipoli, 
and  laid  the  foundation  of  the  Turkish 
power  in  Europe.  The  order  of  Turkish 
soldiers,  called  Janizaries,  was  formed 
by  Orchan.  Bajazet  I,  a  successor  of 
Orchan,  purposed  to  besiege  Constan- 
tinople in  form,  but  was  suddenly  forced 
to  defend  himself  from  TLnur  or  Tamer- 
lane, who  had  now  become  a  great  con- 
queror in  the  east,  [see  Tartary.)  The 
battle  of  Angoria,  between  Timur  and 
Bajazet,  is  famous  in  history.  Nearly 
one  million  of  men  were  engaged  in  this 
battle,  and  300,000  slain.  Bajazet  was 
defeated  and  taken  prisoner,  and  accord- 
ing to  some  writers,  was  shut  up  in  an 
iron  cage,  in  which  he  destroyed  him- 
self. Under  Amurat  II,  the  Turks  re- 
sumed the  project  of  taking  Constantino- 
ple, but  did  not  suceeed. 

Mahomet  II,  his  successor,  commenced 
his  reign  with  the  murder  of  his  two  in- 
fant brothers  ;  and  the  first  object  of  his 
ambition  was  the  capture  of  Constantino- 
ple. That  city,  with  its  suburbs,  com- 
prised the  dominions  of  Constantine 
Paloeologus,  its  reigning  emperor.  Its 
inhabitants  were  distracted  by  religious 
divisions.  Some  were  anxious  for  their 
union  with  the  Romish  church,  while 
others  declared  that  they  would  rather 
see  the  turban  of  Mahomet  in  the  church 
of  St.  Sophia  than  the  pope's  cap ;  and 
when  Constantine  sent  ambassadors  to 
Rome  to  demand  succors,  and  complete 
the  union  of  the  two  churches,  the  pope, 
suspecting  his  sincerity,  refused  all  as- 


sistance. The  eastern  empire  was  thus 
abandoned  to  its  fate,  and  Christendom 
beheld  its  fall  with  indifference. 

The  site  of  the  city  of  Constantinople 
forms  an  equilateral  triangle,  having  on 
the  south  the  sea  of  Marmora,  and  on 
the  north-east  the  gulf  of  Keras,  which 
forms  the  port  or  harbor.  On  the  land 
side  it  was  defended  by  a  double  wall, 
and  a  ditch  100  feet  deep  and  200  wide  ; 
and  the  harbor  was  secured  by  a  strong 
chain  drawn  across  from  the  Fair-gate 
to  Galata,  and  protected  by  eight  large 
ships.  Had  this  city  been  garrisoned 
according  to  its  capability,  it  might  have 
defied  every  attempt  for  its  subjugation  ; 
but  out  of  100,000  inhabitants,  scarcely 
5,000  could  be  found  willing  to  man  the 
ramparts  in  defence  of  all  that  was  dear 
to  them.  These,  with  a  re-enforcement 
of  2,000  Latins,  under  John  Justinian,  a 
noble  Genoese  and  a  skilful  warrior, 
formed  its  sole  defence  against  250,000 
Moslems,  instigated  by  religious  fanati- 
cism and  the  hopes  of  plunder.  But  the 
heroic  valor  of  Constantine  was  worthy 
the  best  days  of  Rome,  and  although  al- 
most hopeless  of  success,  he  resolved  to 
die  in  the  cause  of  religion  and  honor. 
Anxious,  however,  to  save  the  lives  of 
his  people,  and  desirous  of  peace  upon 
any  conditions  short  of  the  surrender  of 
his  capital,  he  proposed  to  pay  whatever 
tribute  the  Moslem  might  impose.  But 
Mahomet  could  too  well  appreciate  the 
situation  of  Constantinople  as  the  centre 
of  a  mighty  empire,  and  his  ambition 
would  be  satisfied  with  nothing  less.  He 
offered  the  Morea  as  an  equivalent  to  the 
emperor,  and  to  the  people  a  free  tolera- 
tion or  a  safe  departure.  Constantine 
rejected  the  degrading  compromise,  and 
answered  with  firm  resignation  and  heroic 
resolution,  "  My  trust  is  in  God  alone  ; 
if  it  should  please  him  to  mollify  your 
heart,  I  shall  rejoice  in  the  happy  change ; 
if  he  delivers  the  city  into  your  hands, 
I  submit  without  a  murmur  to  his  holy 
will.  But  until  the  judge  of  the  earth 
shall  pronounce  between  us,  it  is  my  duty 
to  live  and  die  in  the  defence  of  my 
people." 

The  Turkish  army  extended  from  the 
Propontis  to  the  harbor,  and  all  the  ge- 
nius and  valor  of  Mahomet  were  employ- 


638 


TURKEY. 


Death  of  Constantine  at  Constantinople 


ed  in  the  attack ;  but  they  were  met  by 
the  little  garrison  with  equal  skill  and 
bravery,  and  who  made  such  an  obstinate 
resistance  that  all  his  efforts  on  the  land 
side  were  unavailing.  In  order,  there- 
fore, to  make  a  double  attack,  and  as  the 
barrier  to  the  harbor  was  impenetrable, 
he  formed  the  wonderful  project  of  trans- 
porting by  land  his  lighter  vessels  and 
military  stores  from  the  Bosphorus  to 
the  higher  part  of  the  harbor.  A  road 
was  opened  behind  Galata,  through  brush- 
wood and  over  hills  ;  and  seventy  gal- 
lies,  drawn  forward  by  the  power  of  men 
and  pullies,  were  launched  into  the  shal- 
low waters  of  the  harbor,  where  the  hea- 
vy vessels  of  the  Greeks  could  ofter  no 
molestation.  Being  thus  provided  with 
the  means  of  attack  against  a  more  vul- 
nerable part  of  the  city,  and  having  open- 
ed several  breaches  in  the  wall  by  his 
enormous  cannon,  Mahomet  prepared  his 
army  for  a  general  assault.  He  inspired 
his  troops  by  setting  before  them  the  joys 
of  paradise  if  they  fell,  and  the  certainty 
of  plunder  if  they  survived.  "  The  city 
and  its  buildings  I  claim  for  my  own ; 
but  I  resign  to  your  valor  the  captives 
and  the  spoil ;  and  the  intrepid  soldier 
who  first  ascends  the  wall,  will  I  reward 


with  the  govcTnment  of  the  fairest  and 
most  wealthy  province  of  my  empire." 
The  decisive  attack  commenced  at  day- 
break, on  the  29th  of  May,  1543.  Ma- 
homet, with  an  iron  mace  in  his  hand, 
encouraged  his  soldiers  to  enter  the 
breach,  which  was  bravely  defended 
against  fearful  odds  by  the  emperor  and 
.lustinian.  The  latter  being  wounded,  re- 
tired from  the  fight,  and  Constantine  fell 
in  the  breach,  covered  with  heaps  of 
slain.  His  death  spread  consternation 
among  the  Greeks,  who  fled  towards  the 
city,  pursued  by  the  victorious  Turks, 
and  Constantinople  was  irretrievably  lost 
to  the  Christians.  The  sultan,  attended 
by  his  pachas  and  guards,  passed  in  tri- 
umph through  the  gate  of  St.  Romanus. 
The  inhabitants  were  devoted  to  slavery 
or  ransom,  and  their  treasures  became 
the  lawful  spoil  of  the  conquerors.  All 
the  public  buildings  were  preserved,  and 
the  principal  churches  stripped  of  their 
images  and  ornaments,  were  transformed 
into  mosques  by  worship  and  purifica- 
tions. 

From  the  period  of  the  taking  of  Con- 
stantinople, in  the  middle  of  the  fifteenth 
century,  the  Turks  were  a  great  and  con- 
quering  people.     In  the  sixteenth  cen- 


TURKEY. 


639 


tury,  Selim  I,  after  subduing  Syria  and 
Mesopotamia,  undertook  the  conquest  of 
Epypt,  then  governed  by  the  Mamelukes, 
a  race  of  Circassians,  who  had  seized  the 
country  in  1250,  and  put  an  end  to  the 
government  of  the  Arabian  princes,  the 
posterity  of  Saladin.  The  conquest  of 
Egypt  by  SeUm  made  Uttle  change  in  the 
form  of  its  government.  It  professes  to  OM'n 
the  sovereignty  of  the  Turks,  biit  is  in  real- 
ity governed  still  by  the  Mameluke  Beys. 

Solyman  the  (Magnificent,)  son  of  Se- 
lim, was,  like  his  predecessors,  a  great 
conqueror.  The  island  of  Rhodes,  pos- 
sessed by  the  knights  of  St  John,  was  a 
darling  object  of  his  ambition.  These 
knights  had  expelled  the  Saracens  from 
the  island  in  1310.  Solyman  attacked 
Rhodes  with  140,000  men  and  400  ships. 
The  Rhodian  knights,  aided  by  the  Eng- 
lish, Italians,  and  Spaniards,  made  a  no- 
ble defence  ;  but,  after  a  siege  of  many 
months,  were  forced  to  capitulate,  and 
evacuate  the  island,  in  1522,  which  has 
been  the  property  of  the  Turks  ever  since. 
The  commercial  laws  of  the  ancient  Rho- 
dians  were  adopted  by  the  Romans,  and  are 
at  this  day  the  foundation  of  the  maritime 
jurisprudence  of  all  the  nations  of  Europe. 

Solyman  subdued  the  greatest  part  of 
Hungary,  Moldavia,  and  Wallachia,  and 
took  from  the  Persians,  Georgia  and  Bag- 
dad. His  son  Selim  II,  took  Cyprus 
from  the  Venetians  in  1571.  They  ap- 
plied to  the  pope  for  aid,  who,  together 
with  Philip  II  of  Spain,  entered  into  a 
triple  alliance  against  the  Ottoman  pow- 
er. An  armament  of  250  ships  of  war, 
commanded  by  Philip's  natural  brother, 
Don  John  of  Austria,  was  opposed  to 
250  Turkish  gallies  in  the  gulf  of  Lepan- 
to,  near  Corinth  ;  and  the  Turks  were 
defeated,  with  the  loss  of  150  ships,  and 
15,000  men,  1571.  This  great  victory 
was  soon  after  followed  by  the  taking  of 
Tunis  by  the  same  commander. 

But  these  successes  were  of  little  con- 
sequence. The  Ottoman  power  continu- 
ed extremely  formidable.  Under  Amu- 
ruth  II,  the  Turks  made  encroachments 
on  Hungary,  and  subdued  a  part  of  Per- 
sia. Mahomet  III,  though  a  barbarian 
in  his  private  character,  supported  the 
dignity  of  the  empire,  and  extended  its 
dominions.   The  Ottoman  power  declined 


from  his  time,  and  yielded  to  that  of  the 
Persians  under  Schah-Abbas  the  Great, 
who  wrested  from  the  Turks  a  large  part 
of  their  late  acquired  dominions. 

Under  Mustapha  III,  Russia  and  Tur- 
key engaged  in  a  furious  and  bloody  vvar, 
which  lasted  from  1769  to  1774.  By 
means  of  a  fleet  which  sailed  to  the  Ar- 
chipelago, the  Russians  seized  a  part  of 
the  Morea,  whose  inhabitants  soon  rose 
in  a  general  revolt,  and  declared  in  favor 
of  Russia.  The  Sultan,  however,  quelled 
the  insurrection,  8,nd  inflicted  cruel  pun- 
ishments on  many  of  the  Greeks.  This 
war  was  generally  disastrous  to  the  Turks. 
The  war  was  renewed  by  Achmet  IV,  in 
1787,  and  was  concluded  by  Selim  III, 
after  important  concessions  had  been 
made  to  Russia.  The  Russian  command- 
ers KoutousofF,  and  Suwarrow,  distin- 
guished themselves  in  this  war. 

It  was  during  the  reign  of  Selim  that 
Bonaparte  invaded  Egypt,  {see  Egypt,) 
and  afterwards  Syria.  He  was  signally 
defeated  at  St.  Jean  d'Acre,  in  1799,  after 
making  eleven  desperate  attempts  to  car- 
ry the  place  by  assault.  The  Turks  at  this 
fortress  under  the  command  of  Djezzar  Pa- 
cha were  assisted  by  a  British  force  under 
Sir  Sidney  Smith.  The  Turkish  soldiers 
contended  with  Sir  Sidney  for  the  honor  of 
defending  the  breach  in  the  walls  made 
by  the  artillery  of  the  French.  The  en- 
ergetic old  pacha  coming  behind  the 
British  officers  at  the  breach,  actually 
pulled  them  down,  observing,  that  if  any 
thing  should  happen  to  them  all  would 
be  lost.  At  the  last  desperate  attempt  of 
the  French,  the  plan  of  Djezzar  was  not 
to  defend  the  breach,  but  to  admit  a  cer- 
tain number  of  the  enemy,  and  then  close 
Avith  them  according  to  the  Turkish  mode 
of  warfare.  A  French  column,  therefore, 
mounted  the  breach  unmolested,  and  de- 
scended from  the  rampart  into  the  pacha's 
garden,  where,  in  a  few  minutes,  the 
bravest  and  most  advanced  of  them  lay 
headless  corpses  ;  the  sabre  in  one  hand 
and  a  dagger  in  the  other,  being  more 
than  a  match  for  the  French  bayonet,  the 
rest  precipitately  retreated.  The  French 
after  a  siege  of  about  two  months  made  a 
disastrous  retreat  into  Egypt,  having  lost 
about  4,300  men. 

During  the  period  of  the  Greek  revo- 


640 


TURKEY 


^^9 

^m 

^Sii^l 

^^m^^^^ii 

^^^m 

Sir  Sidney  Smith  at  the  siege  of  Acre- 


liition,  which  commenced  in  1821,  {see 
Greece,)  a  contest  of  a  most  sangui- 
nary nature  was  maintained  at  Con- 
stantinople, between  the  sultan  and  his 
rebellious  janissaries.  Halet  Efl'endi, 
an  enlightened  minister,  and  the  favorite 
of  the  sultan,  had  fallen  a  sacrifice  to  the 
jealous  interference  of  these  troops  ;  and 
the  frequent  murders  and  frightful  disor- 
ders which  they  committed  rendered 
them  so  dangerous  to  the  peace  and  hap- 
piness of  the  capital,  that  Mahmoud  threat- 
ened to  abandon  Constantinople  unless 
a  stop  was  put  to  such  atrocious  proceed- 
ings. This  threat  produced  a  temporary 
quiet ;  but  their  rebellious  movements 
were  again  renewed,  and  several  of  their 
officers,  suspected  of  plotting  against  the 
life  of  the  sultan,  were  arrested  and  put 
to  death.  Their  outrages  and  domina- 
tion, however,  became  at  last  so  intolera- 
ble, that  Mahmoud  prepared  to  reduce 
them  to  subordination  by  forcing  upon 
them  a  new  system  of  discipline  ;  and  al- 
though every  attempt  to  promote  this 
measure  had  hitherto  proved  abortive  and 
fatal  to  its  supporters,  yet  he  retained  so 
strong  an  impression  of  its  importance, 
that  he  resolved  upon  their  submission  or 


extirpation.  At  a  general  council  of  the 
principal  ministers  and  officers  of  the 
Porte,  it  was  determined  to  commence 
this  measure  by  a  draught  of  150  men 
from  each  orta  of  the  janissaries,  who 
were  to  be  drilled  by  Egyptian  officers, 
and  to  be  incorporated  with  the  new 
troops.  As  these  detachments  entered 
upon  the  new  evolutions,  under  an  im- 
pression that  they  were  merely  the  revi- 
val of  an  old  exercise  used  in  the  time  of 
Solyman,  no  dissatisfaction  was  evinced 
for  some  time,  and  preparations  were 
making  for  a  general  review,  when  a 
standard  bearer  happened  to  call  out, 
"  This  is  very  like  Russian  mancEuvring." 
The  effect  was  instantaneous.  These 
haughty  troops  no  sooner  perceived  that 
they  had  been  led  to  practice  the  hated 
exercise  of  the  Nizam  djedit,  than  their 
resentment  was  excited  to  the  utmost. 
They  immediately  marched  to  the  palace 
of  the  Porte,  which  having  pillaged,  they 
dispersed  themselves  throughout  the  city, 
and  committed  the  most  frightful  exces- 
ses. The  grand  vizier  and  Janissary 
Aga  escaped  their  fury  only  by  a  timely 
flight  to  the  country  palace  of  Bashiktash, 
where  the  sultan  was  then  residing. 


TURKEY. 


641 


Mahmoud  was  no  sooner  informed  of 
the  revolt,  than  he  hastened  to  the  se- 
raglio, and,  with  a  prompt  and  energetic 
decision,  took  immediate  steps  for  crush- 
ing with  a  strong  arm  those  dangerous  and 
turbulent  subjects.  At  a  meeting  of  the 
Divan  it  was  resolved  to  display  the 
Sandschak  Sherif;  and  orders  were  des- 
patched to  Hussein  Pacha  and  the  Top- 
gee  Bashi,  or  commander  of  artillery,  to 
advance  with  their  forces  to  the  capital. 
The  zealous  Ottomans  hastened  to  rally 
round  the  sacred  banner,  which  was 
borne  to  sultan  Achmet's  mosque  ;  and 
there,  surrounded  by  the  ulema  and  his 
court,  the  sultan  pronounced  an  anathema 
against  all  who  refused  to  acknowledge 
the  symbol  of  the  prophet.  The  janissa- 
ries, to  the  number  of  upwards  of  20,000, 
had,  as  usual  on  such  occasions,  assem- 
bled in  the  Atmeidan ;  and  the  offer  of 
pardon,  upon  condition  of  their  submis- 
sion, was  received  with  scorn,  and  an- 
swered with  the  murder  of  the  messen- 
gers, and  a  demand  of  the  heads  of  the 
grand  vizier  and  other  distinguished  offi- 
cers. The  mufti  having  declared  them 
beyond  the  pale  of  the  law,  and  issued 
\iisfetva  to  that  effect,  Hussein  Pacha 
was  ordered  immediately  to  advance  and 
extirpate  the  rebels.  Presuming  upon 
their  former  power  and  privileges,  and  on 
the  influence  which  they  had  hitherto  ex- 
ercised in  the  government,  the  janissa- 
ries awaited  with  confidence  a  compli- 
ance with  their  demands,  when  they  were 
awakened  to  the  dreadful  reality  of  their 
situation  by  a  discharge  of  grape-shot 
among  their  dense  and  crowded  masses. 
After  a  feeble  resistance,  they  retired  to 
their  barracks,  and  offered  submission  ; 
but  Mahmoud,  convinced  that  the  safety 
of  the  throne  and  empire  depended  upon 
their  utter  extinction,  was  inexorable. 
He  ordered  the  barracks  to  be  fired  and 
no  quarter  given.  The  buildings  were 
battered  to  pieces  by  cannon,  and  the 
wretched  inmates  who  attempted  to  es- 
cape were  thrown  back  hito  the  smoking 
ruins.  Above  4,000  miserable  victims 
perished  by  the  shot  or  in  the  flames.  Du- 
ring the  two  following  days  a  tribunal  sat 
in  the  Atmeidan  for  the  trial  of  the  insur- 


concerned  in  the  revolt,  was  strangled  on 
the  spot ;  and  others  less  culpable  were 
banished  to  Asia.  The  numbers  that  suf- 
fered on  this  occasion  could  never  be 
distinctly  ascertained,  but  20,000  at  least 
were  removed  by  death  or  exile. 

A  firman  of  the  Porte  abolished  for  ever 
the  name  and  institution  of  the  janissa- 
ries ;  and  thus  was  successfully  achieved 
this  great  military  revolution  ;  and  those 
turbulent  troops,  who,  for  upwards  of 
four  centuries,  had  exercised  a  control  in 
the  government  alike  incompatible  with 
the  dignity  of  the  sovereign  and  the  safe- 
ty of  the  state,  who  had  deposed  and  put 
to  death  so  many  sultans,  and  who  had 
so  often  filled  the  empire  with  troubles 
and  commotions,  were  swept  from  the 
capital,  and  crushed  under  the  vigorous 
hand  of  the  inexorable  Mahmoud. 

The  threatening  attitude  of  Russia, 
compelled  the  Porte  to  take  measures  to 
oppose  the  movements  of  that  power  to 
obtain  possession  of  his  territory.  Mah- 
moud seeing  that  a  rupture  could  not 
be  avoided  without  degrading  submissions, 
prepared  for  the  struggle.  With  his  best 
troops  occupied  in  Greece  and  Servia ; 
his  navy  destroyed,  and  the  janissaries 
annihilated,  his  principal  dependence 
rested  upon  the  raw  levies  of  Asia,  who 
could  not  be  expected  to  cope  with  reg- 
ular troops  of  Russia  in  the  field ;  he 
therefore  resolved  upon  strictly  defensive 
operations,  to  strengthen  his  fortresses 
on  the  Danube,  to  concentrate  his  army 
at  Shumla,  and  to  defend  the  barriers  of 
the  Balkan. 

The  Russian  armies  under  Count 
Wittgenstein  passed  the  Pruth,  in  May, 
1828,  and  occupied  the  principalities 
without  opposition.  The  Emperor  Nich- 
olas with  an  army  passed  the  Danube  on 
the  7th  of  June.  After  various  opera- 
tions during  the  summer,  the  severity  of 
the  weather  put  an  end  to  hostile  move- 
ments on  both  sides. 

Russia  had  little  to  boastofin  the  issue 
of  this  campaign.  After  all  her  mighty 
preparations,  her  troops  were  stopped  by 
the  Balkans,  the  first  spot  where  they 
met  with  a  Turkish  army.  Her  only 
conquests  of  importance,  where  any  resis- 


gents.     Every  janissary  taken  in  arms,   tance  to  her  arms  was  offered,  were  Brai- 
or  who  was  suspected  of  having  been '  low  and  Varna,  and  this  last  vi^as  obtain- 
81 


642 


TURKEY, 


ed  by  treachery;  and  she  acknowledged 
the  loss  of  20,000  men  slain,  or  so  badly 
■wounded,  as  to  be  incapable  of  again 
serving.  The  capture  of  Varna,  however, 
and  more  especially  the  destruction  of 
the  Turkish  fleet  at  Navarin,  which  the 
Russians  could  not  have  accomplished  in 
open  and  honorable  warfare,  gave  them 
a  decided  advantage  in  the  following 
campaign.  By  the  former  she  obtained 
a  point  of  advance,  which  gave  her  the 
command  of  the  road  into  the  plains  of 
Roumelia  ;  and  by  the  latter  she  obtained 
the  command  of  the  Black  sea,  which 
enabled  her  to  harass  the  Turkish  coasts, 
and  to  convey  re-enforcements  and  sup- 
plies to  her  invading  armies. 

General  Diebitsch  commenced  his 
operations  on  the  Danube,  by  the  invest- 
ment of  Silistria,  on  the  17th  of  May, 
1829,  after  defeating  a  corps  of  Turks 
and  taking  two  redoubts.  He  also  secur- 
ed his  communications  by  a  line  of  posts 
with  Bazardjik  and  Varna.  About  the 
same  time,  the  grand  vizier,  Redchid 
Pacha,  left  Schumla,  with  the  intention 
of  attacking  the  fortified  town  of  Pravadi. 
At  Eski  Arnaullar  he  fell  in  with  a  Rus- 
sian detachment  of  4,000  men,  who  de- 
fended themselves  bravely  for  Ave  hours 
against  four  times  their  number,  till  fresh 
troops  came  to  their  assistance,  when 
the  Turks  were  compelled  to  retire.  Be- 
ing joined  by  a  strong  re-enforcement, 
Redchid  returned  to  the  charge,  and  en- 
deavored to  turn  the  left  flank  of  the 
Russians.  Here  he  was  opposed  by 
general  Roth,  when  after  some  hard 
flghling,  he  abandoned  the  enterprise 
with  the  loss  of  2,000  men,  and  return- 
ed to  Schumla.  In  the  beginning  of  June, 
however,  the  grand  vizier  succeeded  in 
making  a  regular  investment  of  Pravadi 
with  40,000  troops.  General  Roth,  find- 
ing himself  unable  to  make  head  against 
such  a  force,  solicited  re. enforcements 
from  the  commander-in-chief.  Count 
Diebitsch,  who  was  then  prosecuting  the 
siege  of  Silistria,  left  that  operation  in 
charge  of  his  second  in  command,  and 
proceeded  in  person  at  the  head  of  the 
re-enforcements,  with  a  determination  to 
force  the  Turks  to  a  general  battle.  With 
this  view,  he  cut  off  their  communica- 
tion with  Schumla,  by  occupying  the  de- 


files and  passes  in  their  rear,  by  which 
they  drew  their  ammunition  and  supplies 
from  that  fortress  ;  and  the  grand  vizier 
was  not  aware  of  his  approach  till  he 
beheld  the  Russian  columns  advancing 
to  the  attack.  A  most  sanguinary  combat 
ensued,  Avhich  continued  for  four  hours, 
when  the  fire  from  the  exhausted  troops 
wholly  ceased  on  both  sides.  Redchid 
Pacha  then  prepared  to  fall  back  upon 
Marash  ;  but  Diebitsch  was  resolved  up- 
on his  complete  defeat ;  and  having 
made  some  new  arrangement  of  his  forces, 
returned  to  the  charge  before  the  Turks 
had  commenced  their  retreat.  The  ac- 
cidental blowing  up  of  their  amunition 
wagons  so  intimidated  the  Ottomans,  and 
disordered  their  ranks,  that,  after  dis- 
charging their  artillery,  they  gave  way 
on  all  sides,  abandoning  their  camp, 
with  40  pieces  of  cannon,  and  all  their 
ammunition  and  baggage.  Sixteen  more 
cannon  and  many  prisoners  were  taken 
in  the  pursuit,  and  so  thorough  was  the 
rout,  that,  with  the  exception  of  some 
cavalry  who  fell  back  upon  Aidos,  the 
Turkish  army  was  entirely  dispersed, 
and  the  grand  vizier  reached  Schumla 
by  a  circuitous  road,  attended  only  by  a 
small  escort  of  cavalry.  This  complete 
defeat,  which  decided  the  fate  of  the 
campaign,  must  be  attributed  entirely  to 
the  skilful  and  judicious  movements,  and 
the  admirable  plan  of  attack  of  count 
Diebitsch,  who,  by  surprising  the  grand 
vizier,  while  he  thought  himself  in  per- 
fect security,  and  by  cutting  ofl"  his  com- 
munication with  Schumla,  accomplished 
such  a  thorough  dispersion  of  the  Turk- 
ish forces,  as  prevented  them  ever  rally- 
ing again  for  the  purpose  of  opposing  his 
advance  ;  and  of  40,000  combatants  not 
above  one-third  reassembled  after  the  en- 
gagement. Count  Diebitsch,  immediately 
after  the  battle,  sent  a  pacific  communi- 
cation to  Schumla  by  M.  Fonton,  a  coun- 
sellor of  state,  who  returned  with  the 
answer,  that  the  grand  vizier  had  receiv- 
ed his  despatches  and  proposals,  and  had 
sent  them  to  Constantinople  for  the  de- 
cision of  the  sultan. 

While  count  Diebitsch  was  trium- 
phantly advancing  towards  the  Balkan, 
Silistria  capitulated  after  practicable 
breaches  were  made  in  the  ramparts,  and 


UNITED    STATES. 


643 


the  Russians  were  ready  to  storm.  Two 
pachas,  8,000  soldiers,  220  pieces  of 
cannon,  and  80  standards  fell  into  the 
hands  of  the  victors ;  and  the  besieging 
corps  hastened  to  join  the  army  under 
count  Diebitsch,  who  had  now  resolved 
to  cross  the  Balkan.  Leaving  a  sufficient 
force  for  the  observation  of  Schumla, 
he  proceeded  with  his  army  in  three 
divisions,  the  right  column  commanded  by 
general  Iludiger,  the  left  by  general 
Roth,  and  the  centre  by  count  Pahlen, 
with  whom  was  the  commander-in-chief. 
The  Turkish  forces,  which  they  encoun- 
tered on  their  route,  were  so  panic-struck 
at  the  appearance  of  the  Russians  sur- 
mounting those  heights  which  they  had 
always  considered  as  the  impregnable 
bulwarks  of  their  empire,  that  they  be- 
came irresolute,  and  gave  way  on  the 
first  fire,  their  officers  generally  setting 
them  the  example.  Except  some  smart 
skirmishes,  therefore,  at  Kamabat  and 
Selimno,  count  Diebitsch  continued  his 
uninterrupted  and  victorious  march  by 
Aidos,  Bourgas,  and  Kirk-Kilissa  to 
Adrianople.  This  city,  from  its  situation, 
its  fortifications,  and  its  numerous  garri- 
sons, might  have  maintained  a  protracted 
resistance  ;  but  the  Turks  were  prepared 
for  submission,  and  despatched  a  propo- 
sal to  the  Russian  commander  for  an  im- 
mediate capitulation.  The  arms  and  ar- 
tillery, with  the  magazines  of  provisions 
and  ammunition,  were  delivered  up  to 
the  enemy ;  and  the  Turkish  pachas, 
with  their  troops,  were  allowed  to  return 
to  their  homes,  provided  they  did  not 
take  the  road  to  Constantinople. 

Count  Diebitsch  entered  Adrianople 
on  the  20tli  of  August,  and  fixed  his 
head  quarters  in  the  palace  of  the  sultans. 


which  had  been  previously  prepared  for 
the  reception  of  Mahmoud  ;  and  the  con- 
quest of  this  city,  according  to  the  Rus- 
sian bulletin,  "  was  more  like  a  popular 
festival  than  the  occupation  of  a  capital 
city  by  an  armed  hostile  force.  The 
Turkish  as  well  as  christian  inhabitants 
continue  their  usual  occupations.  The 
shops  and  coftee-houses  are  open,  and  the 
local  authorities  and  tribunals  have  not 
been  interrupted  in  their  proceedings." 

The  intelligence  of  the  occupation  of 
Adrianople,  and  the  advance  of  the  Rus- 
sian army  on  the  road  to  the  capital,  pro- 
duced an  instantaneous  change  in  the 
councils  of  the  porte.  Mahmoud,  who 
probably  trusting  to  the  interference  of 
the  other  European  powers  in  his  behalf, 
had  hitherto  contemplated  the  progress 
of  the  enemy  with  a  firm  determination 
to  resist  to  the  last,  and  had  even  refused 
to  answer  the  propositions  of  count 
Diebitsch  after  the  battle  of  Pravadi, 
was  now  brought  to  the  alternative  of 
negotiation,  or  exposing  his  capital  to  be 
occupied  by  a  victorious  army.  The  reis 
effendi,  accordingly,  having  conferred 
with  the  British  and  French  ambassadors, 
and  the  Prussian  general  Muffling,  re- 
specting the  means  of  averting  this  latter 
c  alamity,  plenipotentiaries  were  despatch- 
ed to  the  Russian  head-quarters,  with  full 
powers  to  treat  respecting  the  indemni- 
ties to  be  awarded  to  Russia  for  the  ex- 
penses of  the  war.  When  count  Diebitsch 
!  inquired  what  propositions  the  plenipo- 
j  tentiaries  had  to  make,  they  answered 
that  the  sultan  left  it  entirely  to  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  emperor  of  Russia  to  make 
his  own  terms,  upon  which  the  count 
signed  the  armistice  on  the  27th  of  Au- 
gust, and  hostilities  ceased. 


UNITED    STATES 


[As  the  history  of  the  United  States  has  been 
published  in  quite  a  variety  of  forms,  easily  ac- 
cessible, it  was  thought  advisable  to  give  only  an 
outline  sketch,  in  order  to  make  room  for  the  his- 
tory of  other  countries.] 

After  the  first  daring  and  successful 
voyage  of  Columbus,  the  attention  of  the 
European  governments  was  directed  to- 


wards exploring  the  "  new  world."  In 
the  year  1497,  John  Cabot,  a  Venetian 
in  the  service  of  Henry  VII,  of  England, 
first  discovered  the  island  of  Newfound- 
land, and  from  thence  ranged  the  coast  of 
the  United  States  to  Florida.  The  coun 
try  was  peopled  by  uncivilized  nations, 


644 


UNITED  STATES. 


who  subsisted  chiefly  by  hunting  and 
fishing.  The  Europeans  who  first  visited 
our  shores,  treated  the  natives  as  wild 
beasts  of  the  forest,  which  have  no  prop- 
erty in  the  forests  through  which  they 
roam ;  and  therefore  planted  the  standard 
of  their  respective  masters  on  the  spot 
where  they  first  landed,  and  in  their 
names  took  possession  of  the  country, 
which  they  claimed  by  right  of  discovery. 
Previous  to  any  settlement  in  North 
America,  many  titles  of  this  kind  were 
acquired  by  the  English,  Dutch,  French 
and  Spanish  navigators.  Slight  as  these 
claims  were,  they  were  afterwards  the 
causes  of  much  dispute  and  contention 
between  the  European  governments 
These  contentions  arose  from  the  fact 
of  the  subjects  of  different  princes  laying 
claim  to  the  same  tract  of  country,  be- 
cause both  had  discovered  the  same  river 
or  promontory ;  or  because  the  extent  of 
the  claims  of  each  party  was  undefined. 

The  first  permanent  English  settle- 
ments in  the  United  States  were  at 
Jamestown,  in  Virginia,  in  1607,  and  at 
Plymouth,  in  Massachusetts,  in  1620. 
While  the  European  settlements  were 
few  and  scattered  in  this  vast  and  uncul- 
tivated country,  and  the  trade  of  it  con- 
fined to  the  bartering  of  a  few  trinkets, 
&c,  for  furs,  the  interfering  of  dilTerent 
claims  produced  no  important  controversy 
among  the  Europeans.  But  in  proportion 
as  the  settlements  were  extended,  and  in 
proportion  as  the  trade  with  the  natives 
became  valuable,  the  jealousies  of  the 
nations  who  had  made  discoveries  and 
settlements  on  the  coast  were  alarmed, 
and  each  power  took  measures  to  secure 
and  extend  its  possessions,  at  the  expense 
of  its  rivals. 

From  the  earliest  settlement  of  the 
colonies  to  the  treaty  of  Paris,  in  1763, 
they  were  often  harassed  by  frequent 
wars  with  the  Indians,  French,  Spaniards 
and  Dutch.  During  the  Indian  wars,  the 
savages  were  often  instigated  by  the 
French  and  Dutch  to  fall  on  the  EngUsh 
settlements,  in  order  to  exterminate  the 
colonists,  or  drive  them  from  the  country. 
These  wars  were  by  far  the  most  dis- 
tressing ;  the  first  settlers  lived  in  con- 
tinual fear  and  anxiety,  for  fear  their  In- 
dian foes  would  fall  upon  them  in  some 


unguarded  moment,  and  oftentimes  they 
had  to  struggle  to  prevent  their  entire 
extermination.  After  the  colonies  had 
subdued  the  Indians  in  their  immediate 
vicinity,  they  were  assailed  by  the  French 
and  Indians.  The  French  possessed 
Canada,  and  had  made  a  number  of  set- 
tlements in  Florida,  and  claimed  the 
country  on  both  sides  of  the  Mississippi. 
To  secure  and  extend  their  claims  they 
established  a  line  of  forts  back  to  the 
English  settlements,  from  Canada  to 
Florida.  They  used  much  art  and  per- 
suasion to  gain  over  the  Indians  to  their 
interest,  in  which  they  were  generally 
successful.  Encroachments  were  ac- 
cordingly made  on  the  English  posses- 
sions, and  mutual  injuries  succeeded, 
which  soon  broke  out  into  open  war. 

In  order  to  put  a  stop  to  the  depreda- 
tions of  the  French  and  Indians,  it  was 
contemplated  to  conquer  Canada.  In 
1690,  the  commissioners  of  the  colonies 
projected  an  expedition  against  Quebec. 
The  land  forces  ordered  for  this  invasion 
consisted  of  850  men,  raised  from  the 
colonies  of  New  England  and  New- York, 
and  commanded  by  General  Winthrop.  At 
the  same  time  a  fleet  of  armed  ships  and 
transports,  with  1,800  men,  under  sir 
William  Phipps,  was  ordered  to  sail  up 
the  St.  Lawrence,  and  co-operate  with 
the  land  forces  in  the  reduction  of  Que- 
bec. But  owing  to  the  delay  of  the  fleet, 
and  the  want  of  boats  and  provisions 
among  the  land  forces,  the  expedition 
was  unsuccessful.  The  next  expedition 
against  Canada  took  place  in  1709,  in 
queen  Anne's  reign.  The  colonies  of 
New  England  and  New-York,  raised 
about  2,500  men,  who  were  placed  under 
the  command  of  General  Nicholson,  who 
proceeded  to  Wood  creek,  south  of  lake 
George.  Here  they  waited  to  hear  of 
the  arrival  of  the  fleet  which  was  to  co- 
operate with  them.  The  fleet  did  not 
arrive,  and  the  army  at  Wood  creek  were 
attacked  with  a  malignant  disease,  which 
occasioned  a  great  mortality,  which  com- 
pelled them  to  withdraw,  and  the  expe- 
dition was  abandoned.  In  1711,  another 
attempt,  under  Gen.  Nicholson  with  the 
land  forces,  and  a  fleet  under  admiral 
Walker,  was  made  for  the  conquest  of 
Canada.     But  this  failed  by  the  loss  of 


UNITED    STATES. 


645 


eight  or  nine  transports,  with  about  1 ,000 
men,  by  shipwreck.  The  peace  of  Utrecht, 
signed  March  3d,  1713,  put  an  end  to 
hostiUties,  and  continued  till  1739. 

In  1744,  Great  Britain  declared  war 
against  France,  and  the  next  year  Louis- 
burg,  a  strong  fortress  on  cape  Breton, 
was  taken  from  the  French.  The  French 
government  soon  fitted  out  a  large  fleet, 
with  a  large  boby  of  land  forces,  for  the 
purpose  of  recovering  Louisburg,  and  at- 
tacking the  English  colonies.  But  this 
expedition,  by  means  of  storms,  sickness 
among  the  troops,  &c,  failed  of  accom- 
plishing any  thing,  and  the  colonies  were 
relieved  from  consternation  and  dismay. 
This  war  closed  by  a  treaty  of  peace, 
signed  at  Aix  la  Chapelle,  in  1748. 

In  1755,  hostilities  again  commenced 
between  Great  Britain  and  France,  and 
in  1756  four  expeditions  were  undertaken 
against  the  French.  One  was  conducted 
by  Col.  Monckton  and  Gen.  Winslow, 
against  Nova  Scotia.  This  expedition 
was  attended  with  success.  The  country 
was  subdued,  and  the  inhabitants,  about 
2,000  in  number,  were  transported  to 
New  England,  and  dispersed  and  incor- 
porated with  their  conquerors.  General 
Johnson  was  ordered  with  abody  of  troops 
to  take  possession  of  Crown  Point,  but 
he  did  not  succeed.  Gen.  Shirley  com- 
manded an  expedition  against  the  fort  at 
Niagara,  but  lost  the  season  by  delay. 
Gen.  Braddock  was  sent  against  Fort  du 
Quesne,  but  in  penetrating  through  the 
wilderness  fell  into  an  ambuscade  of 
French  and  Indians,  where  he  was  killed, 
and  his  troops  suffered  an  entire  defeat. 

In  1758,  great  efforts  were  made  to 
subdue  the  French  in  America.  Three 
armies  were  employed — one  commanded 
by  Gen.  Amherst,  to  take  possession  of 
cape  Breton — one  under  Gen.  Abercrom- 
bie,  destined  against  Crown  Point — and 
a  third  under  Gen.  Forbes,  to  drive  the 
French  from  the  Ohio.  Gen.  Amherst 
was  successful  in  taking  Louisburg,  after 
a  warm  siege.  The  inhabitants  of  cape 
Breton  were  sent  to  France,  and  the  for- 
tifications of  Louisburg  reduced  to  a  heap 
of  ruins. 

General  Abercrombie,  who  was  sent 
against  Crown  Point  and  Ticonderoga, 
attacked  the  French  at  the  latter  place, 


and  was  defeated  with  a  terrible  slaugh- 
ter of  his  troops.  Gen.  Forbes  was  suc- 
cessful in  taking  possession  of  Fort  du 
Quesne,  which  the  French  thought  proper 
to  abandon.  The  next  year  the  efforts 
of  the  British  and  Americans  to  reduce 
the  French  were  more  successful.  Gen. 
Prideaux  and  sir  William  Johnson  began 
the  operations  of  the  campaign,  by  taking 
possession  of  the  French  fort  near  Niag- 
ara. Gen.  Amherst  took  possession  of 
the  forts  at  Crown  Point  and  Ticondero- 
ga, which  the  French  had  abandoned. 

But  the  decisive  blow  which  proved 
the  destruction  of  the  French  power  in 
America,  was  the  taking  of  Quebec  by 
Gen.  Wolfe.  The  loss  of  Quebec  was 
soon  followed  by  the  capture  of  Montreal 
by  Gen.  Amherst,  and  Canada  became  a 
province  of  the  British  Empire.  "  Thus 
after  a  century  of  wars,  massacres,  and 
destruction,  committed  by  the  French 
and  savages,  the  colonies  were  secured 
from  ferocious  invaders,  and  Canada, 
with  a  valuable  trade  in  furs,  came  under 
the  British  dominion." 

The  conquest  of  Canada  and  the  ex- 
pulsion of  the  French  from  the  Ohio,  put 
an  end  to  all  important  military  operations 
in  the  American  colonies.  In  Europe, 
however,  the  war  continued  to  rage  ;  and 
in  the  West  Indies,  the  British,  aided  by 
the  Americans,  took  Havanna  from  the 
Spaniards.  But  in  1762,  "  a  definitive 
treaty  of  peace  was  signed  at  Paris,  by 
which  the  French  king  ceded  Nova  Sco- 
tia, Cape  Breton  and  Canada  to  the  Bri- 
tish king  ;  and  the  middle  of  the  Missis- 
sippi, from  its  source  to  the  river  Ibber- 
ville,  and  the  middle  of  that  river  to  the 
sea,  was  made  the  boundary  between  the 
British  and  French  dominions  in  Ameri- 
ca. Spain  ceded  to  Great  Britain,  Flo- 
rida, and  all  her  possessions  to  the  east 
of  the  Mississippi.  Such  was  the  state 
of  the  European  possessions  in  America, 
at  the  commencement  of  the  Revolution." 

Before  the  Revolution  there  were  three 
kinds  of  government  established  in  the 
British  American  colonies.  "The  first 
was  a  chartered  government,  by  which 
the  powers  of  legislation  were  vested  in 
a  governor,  council  and  assembly,  chosen 
by  the  people.  Of  this  kind  were  the 
governments  of  Connecticut  and  Rhode 


646 


UNITED   STATES. 


Island.  The  second  was  a  proprietary 
government,  in  which  the  proprietor  of 
the  province  was  governor ;  although  he 
generally  resided  abroad,  and  adminis- 
tered the  government  by  a  deputy  of  his 
own  appointment ;  the  assembly  only  be- 
ing chosen  by  the  people.  Such  were 
the  governments  of  Pennsylvania  and 
Maryland;  and  originally  of  New-Jersey 
and  Carolina.  The  third  kind  was  that 
of  royal  government,  where  the  governor 
and  council  were  appointed  by  the  crown, 
and  the  assembly  by  the  people.  Of 
this  kind  were  the  governments  of  New- 
Hampshire,  Massachusetts,  New-York, 
New- Jersey,  after  the  year  1702,Virginia, 
the  Carolinas,  after  the  resignation  of  the 
proprietors  in  1728,  and  Georgia.  This 
variety  of  governments  created  different 
degrees  of  dependence  on  the  crown. 
To  render  laws  valid,  it  was  constitution- 
ally required  that  they  should  be  ratified 
by  the  king  ;  but  this  formality  was  often 
dispensed  with,  especially  in  the  charter 
governments. 

"  At  the  beginning  of  the  last  war  with 
France,  commissioners  from  many  of  the 
colonies  had  assembled  at  Albany,  and 
proposed  that  a  great  council  should  be 
formed  b}^  deputies  from  the  several  colo- 
nies, which,  with  a  general  governor  to 
be  appointed  by  the  crown,  should  be 
empowered  to  take  measures  for  the 
common  safety,  and  to  raise  money  for 
the  execution  of  their  designs.  This 
proposal  was  not  relished  by  the  British 
ministry  ;  but  in  place  of  this  plan  it  was 
proposed,  that  the  governors  of  the  colo- 
nies with  the  assistance  of  one  or  two  of 
their  council,  should  assemble  and  con- 
cert measures  for  their  general  defence  ; 
erect  forts,  levy  troops,  and  draw  on  the 
treasury  of  England  for  monies  that  should 
be  wanted  ;  but  the  treasury  to  be  re-im- 
bursed  by  a  tax  on  the  colonies,  to  be  laid 
by  the  English  parliament.  To  this  plan 
which  would  imply  an  avowal  of  the 
right  of  parliament  to  tax  the  colonies,  the 
provincial  assemblies  objected  with  un- 
shaken firmness.  It  seems,  therefore, 
that  the  British  parliament,  before  the 
war,  had  it  in  contemplation  to  exercise 
the  right  they  claimed  of  taxing  the  colo- 
nies at  pleasure,  without  permitting  them 
to  be  represented.     Indeed,  it  is  obvious, 


that  they  laid  hold  of  the  alarming  situa- 
tionof  the  colonies,  about  1754,  and  1755, 
to  force  them  into  an  acknowledgment  of 
the  right,  or  to  the  adoption  of  measures 
that  might  afterwards  be  drawn  into  pre- 
cedent. The  colonies,  however,  with 
an  uncommon  foresight  and  firmness,  de- 
feated all  their  attempts.  The  war  was 
carried  on  by  requisitions  on  the  colonies 
for  supplies  of  men  and  money,  or  by 
voluntary  contributions. 

"  But  no  sooner  was  peace  concluded, 
than  the  English  parliament  resumed  the 
plan  of  taxing  the  colonies;  and  to  justify 
their  attempts,  said,  that  the  money  to  be 
raised  was  to  be  appropriated  to  defray 
the  expense  of  defending  them  in  the 
late  war." 

The  first  attempt  of  the  British  govern- 
ment to  raise  a  revenue  in  America,  ap- 
peared in  the  memorable  Stamp  Act ;  but 
such  was  the  opposition  of  the  colonies 
to  this  act,  that  it  was  shortly  after  re- 
pealed. The  parliament,  however,  per- 
sisted in  their  right  to  raise  a  revenue 
from  the  colonies,  and  accordingly  passed 
an  act,  laying  a  certain  duty  on  glass, 
tea,  paper,  and  painter's  colors  —  articles 
which  were  much  wanted,  and  not  man- 
ufactured in  America.  This  Act  was  so 
obnoxious  to  the  Americans,  that  the 
parliament  thought  proper  in  1770,  to  take 
off  these  duties,  except  three  pence  a 
pound  on  tea.  But  this  duty,  however 
trifling,  kept  alive  the  jealousies  of  the 
colonies,  and  their  opposition  continued 
and  increased.  It  was  not  the  incon- 
venience of  paying  the  duty  which  raised 
their  opposition,  but  it  was  the  pmiciple, 
which  once  admitted,  would  have  sub- 
jected the  colonies  to  unlimited  parlia- 
mentary taxation,  without  the  privilege 
of  being  represented. 

After  a  series  of  oppressive  acts 
on  the  part  of  the  British  government, 
and  of  opposition  on  the  part  of  the 
colonies.  Gen.  Gage  was  sent  over  with 
an  armed  force  to  Boston,  in  1774,  to 
overawe  and  reduce  the  rebellious  colo- 
nies to  submission.  But  these  measures 
did  not  intimidate  the  Americans.  The 
people  generally  concurred  in  a  proposi- 
tion for  holding  a  congress  by  deputation 
from  the  several  colonies,  in  order  to 
concert  measures  for  the  preservation  of 


tJNITED    STATES. 


647 


Death  of  General  Warren  at  Bunker  Hill. 


their  rights.  Deputies  were  accordingly 
appointed,  and  the  frst  Congress  met  at 
Philadelphia,  in  October,  1774.  The 
proceedings  of  the  American  Congress 
had  a  tendency  to  confirm  the  people  in 
a  spirited  and  unanimous  determination 
to  resist  the  oppressive  acts  of  the  moth- 
er country,  and  to  defend  their  just  and 
constitutional  rights.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  British  Parliament  declared  that  a 
rebellion  actually  existed,  and  besought 
his  Brittanic  Majesty  to  take  the  most 
effectual  measures  to  enforce  due  obedi- 
ence to  the  laws  and  authority  of  his 
government ;  and  assured  him  that  they 
were  determined  to  support  him  in  main- 
tainingthejustrightsof  the  crown.  "  From 
this  moment  an  appeal  to  arms  became 
unavoidable,  and  both  parties  prepared 
for  the  conflict." 

The  first  scene  of  this  sanguinary  con- 
test opened  at  Lexington,  on  the  morn- 
ing of  the  19th  of  April,  1775.  Here 
was  spilt  the  first  blood  in  a  war  of  seven 
years  duration,  a  war  which  severed 
these  United  States  from  the  British  Em- 
pire, and  ended  in  the  establishment  of 
the  independence  of  a  nation  of  freemen. 

1775.  The  first  year  of  the  Revolu- 
tion.   The  principal  operations  of  the  war 


during  this  year  took  place  in  the  nor- 
ihern  States.  As  the  province  of  Mas- 
sachusetts had  been  foremost  in  opposi- 
tion, the  British  government  sent  their 
forces  to  Boston,  the  capital,  and  held  it 
in  possession  during  the  year.  In  order 
to  annoy  the  British  forces,  the  Ameri- 
cans on  the  night  of  the  16th  of  June, 
threw  up  a  breast  work  on  Bunker's  Hill, 
an  elevation  in  Charlestown,  which  com- 
manded the  inner  harbor  of  Boston.  In 
order  to  drive  the  Americans  from  this 
position,  a  body  of  between  3  and  4,000 
British  troops  landed,  and  were  suffered 
to  advance  to  within  ten  or  twelve  rods 
of  the  American  works,  when  a  deadly 
fire  was  opened  upon  them  which  com- 
pelled them  to  retreat.  Advancing  the  sec- 
ond time  they  were  suffered  to  approach 
still  nearer,  when  another  discharge  strew- 
ed the  field  with  the  dead  and  wounded, 
and  the  remainder  fled  in  dismay  to  their 
boats.  At  this  moment  Gen.  Clinton, 
who  had  been  watching  the  progress  of 
the  battle  from  Boston,  crossed  over  with 
a  re-enforcement  of  1000  men,  and  with 
great  difficulty  led  up  the  troops  to  a  third 
charge,  with  fixed  bayonets.  The  Amer- 
icans having  no  bayonets,  and  their  pow- 
der being  exhausted,  were  forced  to  aban- 


648 


UNITED   STATES. 


don  their  works.  The  loss  of  the  Brit- 
ish was  nearly  1 ,500  in  killed  and  woun- 
ded ;  the  loss  of  the  Americans  was 
about  400,  but  among  the  number  was 
Gen.  Warren,  a  brave  soldier  and  firm 
patriot.  Soon  after  the  battle  of  Bunker 
-  Hill,  Gen.  Washington,  who  was  appoint- 

ed commander-in-chief  of  the  American 
forces,  arrived  at  Cambridge,  and  took 
the  command  of  the  army  in  July.  The 
army  investing  Boston  amounted  to  about 
15,000  men.  They  were  mostly  desti- 
tute of  good  arms,  ammunition,  clothing, 
and  experienced  officers.  Washington's 
first  and  most  difficult  task  was  to  organ- 
ize and  discipline  the  troops.  Owing  to 
his  uncommon  exertions  and  influence, 
he  succeeded  in  bringing  high-minded 
freemen  to  know  their  respective  places, 
and  to  have  the  mechanism  as  well  as 
the  movements  of  a  regular  army. 

In  the  autumn  of  this  year,  a  body  of 
troops  under  the  command  of  Gen.  Mont- 
gomery, besieged  and  took  the  garrison 
at  St.  John's,  which  commanded  the  en- 
trance into  Canada.  Gen.  Montgome- 
ry pursued  his  success, and  took  Mon- 
treal. At  Quebec  being  joined  by  Gen- 
eral Arnold,  who  had  marched  a  body  of 
men  through  the  wilderness  to  his 
sistance,  Montgomery  made  an  assault 
on  Quebec,  on  the  last  day  of  the  year. 
In  this  attack  he  was  killed,  his  troops 
defeated,  and  the  American  army  was 
finally  compelled  to  evacuate  Canada. 

During  this  year  nearly  all  the  old 
governments  of  the  colonies  were  dis- 
solved ;  and  the  royal  governors,  and  the 
crown  officers  adhering  to  British  meas- 
ures, were  obliged  to  leave  the  country, 
or  suspend  their  functions.  From  that 
time  temporary  conventions  were  held, 
for  the  purpose  of  administering  the 
laws,  and  making  regulations  to  meet 
the  public  exigencies.  In  some  of  the 
colonies,  however,  the  British  adherents 
(who  were  called  lories)  were  numerous 
and  powerful ;  which  weakened  the  op- 
position to  the  British  arms. 

1776.  This  year  was  opened  by  the 
burning  of  the  large  and  flourishing  town 
of  Norfolk  in  Virginia,  by  order  of  Lord 
Dunmore,  the  royal  governor  of  that 
province. 

The  British  King  entered  into  treaties 


with  some  of  the  German  States  for  about 
17,000  men  who  were  to  be  sent  to 
America  this  year,  to  assist  in  subduing 
the  colonies.  These  troops  were  gener- 
ally called  Hessians,  from  the  circum- 
stance of  many  of  them  being  raised  in 
Hesse  Cassel  in  Germany.  Gen.  Wash- 
ington who  still  continued  before  Boston, 
in  the  opening  of  the  spring  planted  his 
batteries  so  judiciously  before  that  town, 
that  the  British  General  Howe,  on  the 
17th  of  March  abandoned  the  place,  and 
Gen.  Washington  marched  into  the  place 
in  triumph. 

During  the  summer  a  squadron  of 
ships  commanded  by  Sir  Peter  Parker, 
and  a  body  of  troops  under  Generals 
Clinton  and  Cornwallis,  attempted  to 
take  Charleston  the  capital  of  South  Car- 
olina. The  fort  on  Sullivan's  Island 
near  Charleston  was  attacked  with  great 
fury  by  the  ships  of  the  squadron,  but  the 
British  were  repulsed  with  great  loss  and 
the  expedition  was  abandoned. 

On  the  4th  July,  Congress  published 
the  Declaration  of  Independence.  Soon 
after  the  declaration.  Gen.  Howe  with  a 
powerful  force  arrived  near  New- York  ; 
and  landed  the  troops  on  Staten  Island. 
General  Washington  at  this  time  was  in 
New-York  with  about  13,000  men  who 
were  encamped  either  in  the  city,  or  the 
neighboring  fortifications.  The  opera- 
tions of  the  British  began  by  attacking 
the  Americans  on  Long  Island.  The 
Americans  were  defeated  with  severe 
loss,  and  General  Washington  probably 
saved  the  remainder  of  his  troops  by  or- 
dering them  to  retreat  in  the  night  after 
the  battle. 

In  September,  New- York  was  aban- 
doned by  the  Americans,  and  taken  by 
the  British,  and  in  November,  fort  Wash- 
ington on  York  Island  was  taken,  and 
more  than  2,000  men  made  prisoners  ; 
about  the  same  time  Gen.  Clinton  took 
possession  of  Rhode  Island. 

The  American  army  being  greatly  di- 
minished by  the  loss  of  men  taken  pris- 
oners, and  the  departure  of  large  bodies 
of  others  whose  term  of  enlistment  had 
expired,  General  Washington  was  obli- 
ged with  the  remnant  of  his  army  which 
had  been  reduced  from  25,000,  to  scarcely 
3,000,  to  retreat  towards  Philadelphia, 


UNITED    STATES. 


649 


pursued  by  their  victorious  enemies. 
This  was  the  most  gloomy  period  of  the 
Revohition.  Washington  saw  the  ne- 
cessity of  striking  some  successful  blow, 
to  re-animate  the  expiring  hopes  of  his 
countrymen.  The  battles  of  Trentonand 
Princeton  revived  the  hopes  of  America, 
and  confounded  their  enemies.  Congress 
also  made  great  exertions  to  rouse  the  spir- 
its of  the  people,  and  sent  agents  to  solicit 
the  friendship  and  aid  of  foreign  powers. 

1777.  The  plan  of  the  British  Minis- 
try during  this  year  was  to  separate  the 
Northern  from  the  Southern  Slates,  by 
sending  an  army  under  Gen.  Burgoyne 
from  Canada,  to  penetrate  into  the  Nor- 
thern States  and  endeavor  to  effect  a 
communication  with  the  British  at  New- 
York.  If  this  plan  had  been  successful, 
it  would  probably  have  had  a  fatal  effect 
on  the  American  cause.  But  the  defeat 
of  Burgoyne  at  Bennington  and  Saratoga, 
and  the  surrender  of  his  army  at  the  lat- 
ter place,  produced  important  results  in 
favor  of  the  Americans.  At  the  South 
the  British  were  more  successful.  Gen. 
Howe  embarked  his  forces  at  New-York, 
sailed  up  the  Chesapeake,  landed  at  the 
head  of  Elk  river,  and  began  his  march 
to  Philadelphia.  Gen.  Washington  en- 
deavored to  stop  his  progress  and  a  battle 
was  fought  near  Brandywine  Creek,  but 
the  Americans  were  overpowered  by  su- 
perior numbers  and  discipline,  and  Gen. 
Howe  took  possession  of  Philadelphia. 
The  American  Congress  now  retired  to 
Yorktown  in  Virginia. 

1778.  The  beginning  of  this  year  was 
distinguished  by  a  Treaty  of  Alliance 
with  France,  whereby  the  Americans  ob- 
tained a  powerful  ally.  When  the  Brit- 
ish Ministry  were  informed  that  this  treaty 
was  in  agitation,  they  despatched  commis- 
sioners to  America  to  attempt  a  reconcilia- 
tion. But  the  Americans  had  now  gone 
too  far  to  accept  their  offers.  The  British 
evacuated  Phila.,  in  June,  and  marched 
for  New- York  ;  on  their  march  they  were 
annoyed  by  the  Americans,  and  at  Mon- 
mouth an  action  took  place,  in  which  had 
General  Lee  obeyed  his  orders,  a  signal 
victory  would  have  been  obtained. 

In  July,  Count  D'Estaing  arrived   at 
Newport,   R.  I.   with  a  French  fleet  for 
the  assistance   of   the  Americans.     In 
83 


August,  Gen.  Sullivan  with  a  large  body 
of  troops  attempted  to  take  possession  of 
Rhode  Island,  but  did  not  succeed.  In 
December,  Savannah,  the  then  capital  of 
Georgia,  was  taken  by  the  British  under 
the  command  of  Col.  Campbell.  About 
this  time  an  insurrection  of  the  Royalists 
in  North  Carolina,  was  crushed  by  the 
spirited  exertions  of  the  Militia.  Dur- 
ing this  year  a  more  regular  discipline 
was  introduced  into  the  American  army 
by  Baron  Steuben,  a  German  officer. 

1799.  The  campaign  of  1799  was  dis- 
tinguished for  nothing  decisive  on  the 
part  of  the  Americans  or  British.  "  The 
British  seemed  to  have  aimed  at  little 
more  than  to  distress,  plunder,  and  con- 
sume— it  having  been,  early  in  the  year, 
adopted  as  a  principle  upon  which  to  pro- 
ceed, to  render  the  colonies  of  as  little 
avail  as  possible  to  their  new  connec- 
tions." In  accordance  with  these  views, 
an  expedition  was  sent  from  New-York 
to  Virginia  for  the  purpose  of  distressing 
the  Americans.  They  landed  at  Ports- 
mouth, and  destroyed  the  shipping  and 
valuable  stores  in  that  vicinity.  After 
enriching  themselves  with  various  kinds 
of  booty  and  burning  several  places,  they 
returned  to  New- York.  Soon  after  this 
expedition,  a  similar  one,  under  the  com- 
mand of  governor  Tryon  was  sent  against 
Connecticut.  New-Haven  and  East-Ha- 
ven were  plundered  ;  Fairfield,  Norwalk, 
and  Green's  Farms  were  wantonly  burn- 
ed. About  this  time  Stoney  Point  was 
taken  by  General  Wayne.  In  October, 
General  Lincoln,  (who  commanded  the 
Southern  American  army,)  and  count 
d'Estaing  made  an  assault  on  Savannah, 
but  they  were  repulsed  with  considerable 
loss.  During  the  summer.  General  Sul- 
livan was  sent  against  the  Six  Nations, 
and  laid  waste  their  country ;  these  In- 
dians had  been  induced  by  the  British  to 
take  up  arms  against  the  Americans. — 
Forty  villages  were  consumed,  and 
100,000  bushels  of  corn  were  destroyed. 

1780.  On  the  opening  of  the  campaign 
of  this  year,  the  British  troops  left  Rhode- 
Island,  and  Sir  Henry  Clinton  finding  it 
more  easy  to  make  an  impression  on  the 
Southern  States,  which  were  less  popu- 
lous than  the  Northern,  determined  to 
make  them  the   seat  of  war.     Clinton 


650 


UNITED  STATES. 


with  lord  Cornwallis  undertook  an  expe- 
dition against  Charleston,  South  Caroli- 
na, where  General  Lincoln  commanded. 
This  pkce  after  a  close  siege  surrendered 
to  the  British  commander  ;  and  General 
Lincoln,  and  the  whole  garrison  were 
made  prisoners  on  the  12th  of  May. 

General  Gates  was  now  appointed  to 
the  command  of  the  Southern  American 
army.  In  August, lord  Cornwallis  (who  was 
left  in  the  command  of  the  British  forces 
at  the  South,)  attacked  General  Gates  and 
entirely  routed  his  army.  He  afterwards 
marched  through  the  Southern  States,  and 
supposed  them  entirely  subdued.  During 
the  summer,  the  British  troops  made  fre- 
quent incursions  into  New-Jersey,  ravag- 
ing and  plundering  the  country.  This 
year  was  also  disthigiiished  for  the  infa- 
mous treason  of  General  Arnold,  which 
stamped  his  name  with  lasting  infamy. 

1781.  The  beginning  of  this  year  was 
distinguished  by  a  mutiny  in  the  Ameri- 
can army  ;  this  was  occasioned  by  their 
severe  sufferings  and  privations,  and  the 
depreciation  of  the  Coiitinental  Money 
with  which  they  were  paid.  But  the 
punishment  of  the  ringleaders  and  the 
exhortation  of  the  officers,  prevailed  to 
bring  them  back  to  their  duty. 

After  the  defeat  of  General  Gates  in 
Carolina,  General  Greene  was  appointed 
to  the  command  of  the  American  troops 
in  that  quarter.  From  this  period  the 
aspect  of  the  war  was  more  favorable. 
On  the  17th  of  January,  at  the  Cowpens, 
General  Morgan  the  intrepid  commander 
of  riflemen,  signally  defeated  Colonel 
Tarleton,  the  active  commander  of  the 
British  legion.  After  a  variety  of  move- 
ments, the  main  armies  met  at  Guilford, 
in  Carolina,  on  the  15th  of  March. — 
General  Greene  and  lord  Cornwallis  ex- 
erted themselves  at  the  head  of  their  re- 
spective armies  ;  and  although  the  Amer- 
icans were  obliged  to  retire  from  the  field 
of  battle,  yet  the  British  army  suffered  a 
severe  loss,  and  could  not  pursue  the  vic- 
tory. After  the  battle  of  Guilford,  Gen- 
eral Greene  moved  towards  South  Caro- 
lina, to  drive  the  British  from  their  posts 
in  that  State,  and  by  a  brilliant  action  at 
Eutaw  Springs,  forced  lord  Cornwallis  to 
withdraw  his  forces  and  fortify  himself 
in  Yorktown  in  Virginia. 


In  the  spring  of  this  year,  Arnold  the 
traitor,  with  a  number  of  British  troops 
sailed  to  Virginia  and  plundered  the  coun- 
try, and  at  the  time  Cornwallis  was  at 
Yorktown,  made  an  incursion  into  Con- 
necticut, burnt  New-London,  took  fort 
Griswold  by  storm,  and  put  the  garrison 
to  the  sword. 

About  the  last  of  August,  count  de 
Grasse  with  a  large  French  fleet  arrived 
in  the  Chesapeake,  and  blocked  up  the 
British  troops  at  Yorktown.  General 
Washington,  previous  to  this,  had  moved 
the  main  body  of  his  army  to  the  south- 
ward, and  when  he  heard  of  the  arrival 
of  the  French  fleet,  made  rapid  marches 
to  the  head  of  Elk  river,  where  embark- 
ing, his  army  soon  arrived  at  Yorktown. 
A  vigorous  siege  now  commenced,  and 
was  carried  on  with  such  eflect  by  the 
combined  forces  of  America  and  France, 
that  Cornwallis  was  forced  to  surrender. 
This  important  event  took  place  on  the 
19th  of  October,  1781,  and  decided  the 
revolutionary  war. 

On  the  30th  of  November,  1782,  the 
provisional  articles  of  peace  were  signed 
at  Paris  ;  by  which  Great  Britain  ac- 
knowledged the  Independence  and  sov- 
ereignty of  the  United  States  of  Ameri- 
ca ;  and  these  articles  were  afterwards 
ratified  by  a  definitive  treaty. 

"  Thus  ended  a  long  and  arduous  con- 
flict, in  which  Great  Britain  expended 
near  a  hundred  millions  of  money,  with 
a  hundred  thousand  liv^es,  and  won  no- 
thing. America  endured  every  cruelty  and 
distrust ;  lost  many  lives  and  much  trea- 
sure ;  but  delivered  herself  from  a  foreign 
dominion,  and  gained  a  rank  among  the 
nations  of  the  earth." 

After  peace  was  restored  to  the  coun- 
try, the  next  and  most  difficult  object  was 
to  organize  and  establish  a  general  gov- 
ernment. Articles  of  confederation  and 
perpetual  union  had  been  framed  in  Con- 
gress, and  submitted  to  the  consideration 
of  the  States  in  1778,  and  in  1781  were 
agreed  to  by  all  the  State  legislatures. 

The  articles,  however,  were  framed 
during  the  rage  of  war,  when  principles 
of  common  safety  supplied  the  place  of 
a  coercive  power  in  the  government. — 
To  have  offered  to  the  people,  at  that 
time,  a  regular  system  of  government, 


UNITED    STATES, 


651 


armed  with  the  necessary  power  to  re- 
gulate the  conflicting  interests  of  thirteen 
States,  might  have  raised  a  jealousy  be- 
tween them  or  the  people  at  large,  that 
would  have  weakened  the  operations  of 
war,  and  perhaps  have  rendered  a  union 
impracticable.  Hence  the  numerous  de- 
fects of  the  confederation.  On  the  con- 
clusion of  peace  the  defects  began  to  be 
felt.  Each  State  assumed  the  right  of 
disputing  the  propriety  of  the  resolutions 
of  Congress,  and  the  interests  of  an  in- 
dividual State  were  often  placed  in  op- 
position to  the  common  interest  of  the 
union.  In  additon  to  this  a  jealousy  of 
the  powers  of  Congress  began  to  be  ex- 
cited in  the  minds  of  many  of  the  people. 

Without  a  union  that  was  able  to  form 
and  execute  a  general  system  of  com- 
mercial regulations,  some  of  the  States 
attempted  to  impose  restraints  upon  the 
foreign  trade  that  should  indemnify  them 
for  the  losses  they  had  sustained.  These 
measures,  however,  produced  nothing  but 
mischief.  The  States  did  not  act  in 
concert,  and  the  restraints  laid  on  the 
trade  of  one  state  operated  to  throw  the 
business  into  the  hands  of  its  neighbor. 
Thus  divided,  the  States  began  to  feel 
their  weakness.  Most  of  the  Legisla- 
tures had  neglected  to  comply  with  the 
requisitions  of  Congress  for  supplying 
the  Federal  Treasury  ;  the  resolves  of 
Congress  were  disregarded  ;  the  propo- 
sition for  a  general  impost  to  be  laid  and 
collected  by  Congress  was  negatived  by 
Rhode  Island  and  New-York. 

In  pursuance  of  the  request  of  Virgi- 
nia, most  of  the  States  appointed  dele- 
gates, who  assembled  at  Annapolis  in 
1786,  to  consult  what  measures  should 
be  taken  in  order  to  unite  the  States  in 
some  general  and  efficient  government. 
But  as  the  powers  of  these  delegates 
were  limited,  they  adjourned,  and  re- 
commended a  general  Convention  to 
meet  at  Philadelphia  the  next  year. 
Accordingly  in  May,  1787,  delegates 
from  all  the  States  except  Rhode-Island, 
assembled  at  Philadelphia  and  appointed 
Gen.  Washington  their  president.  "After 
four  months  deliberation,  in  which  the 
clashing  interests  of  the  several  States 
appeared  in  all  their  force,"  the  conven- 
tion agreed   to  a  frame  of  government 


which  was  finally  agreed  to  by  all  the 
States,  and  on  the  30th  of  April,  1789 
Gen.  Washington  was  inaugurated  the 
first  President  of  the  United  States.  From 
this  auspicious  moment  the  American 
Republic  has  steadily  advanced  in  a  tide 
of  prosperity  and  growing  power. 

Washington's  Adininistration. — This 
period  continued  for  eight  years.  Wash- 
ington, the  leader  of  the  armies  of  the 
United  States,  who  conducted  them 
through  the  perilous  and  successful  strug- 
gle for  independence,  now  received  the 
unanimous  suffrages  of  his  countrymen  to 
administer  their  national  government. 
"  His  administration,  partaking  of  his 
character,  was  mild  and  firm  at  home; 
noble  and  prudent  abroad."  The  princi- 
pal events  which  took  place  during  this 
period  were,  the  Indimi  ivar  on  our  west- 
ern frontiers — the  Whiskey  Insurrection, 
in  Pennsylvania — Jay's  treaty  with  Great 
Britain,  and  the  establishment  of  a  Na- 
tional Bank  and  Mint. 

"  During  this  period,  the  arts  and  man- 
ufactures attracted  the  attention  of  gov- 
ernment. Mr.  Hamilton,  Secretary  of 
the  Treasury,  made  a  report  to  Congress 
on  the  subject,  in  which  he  set  forth  their 
importance  to  the  country,  and  urged  the 
poUcy  of  aiding  them.  Since  that  time 
the  revenue  laws  have  been  framed,  with 
a  view  to  the  encouragement  of  manufac- 
tures, and  their  promotion  has  been  con- 
sidered as  a  part  of  the  policy  of  the 
United  States."  The  United  States  at 
the  close  of  this  period,  contained  about 
5,000,000  of  inhabhants. 

/.  Adams''  Administration. — In  1796, 
Mr.  Adams  was  elected  President,  and 
continued  in  the  office  four  years.  The 
principal  events  during  this  time,  were — 
the  difficulties  with  the  French  Govern- 
ment— the  death  of  Washington  and  the 
transfer  of  the  seat  of  the  national  gov- 
ernment to  Washington.  The  greater 
part  of  Mr.  Adam's  administration  was 
the  subject  of  much  popular  clamor,  ow- 
ing to  several  imprudent  laws  which  were 
passed  during  his  presidency.  Such  were 
the  "  Alien"  and  "  Sedition  Laws"  the 
act  for  raising  a  standing  army,  and  the 
act  for  imposing  a  direct  tax,  and  inter- 
nal duties.  These  causes  with  some 
others,  caused  so  much  opposition  to  Mr. 


652 


UNITED   STATES. 


Adams,  that  it  prevented  his  re-election 
to  the  presidency. 

Jefferson^  s  Administration. — Mr.  Jeffer- 
son's administration  commenced  in  1801, 
and  continued  for  eight  years.  The  most 
prominent  events  during  this  period  were 
the  purchase  of  Louisiana — the  War  with 
Tripoli — Burros  conspiracy,  the  outrage 
upon  the  Chesapeake,  and  the  laying  of  an 
Embargo. 

The  bitterness  of  party  spirit  during 
this  time  raged  with  some  violence,  and 
it  interrupted  in  some  degree  that  general 
harmony  which  it  is  always  important  to 
the  welfare  of  our  union  to  cultivate. 
Trade  and  commerce  progressed  with 
great  rapidity.  The  European  nations 
being  at  war  with  each  other,  and  the 
United  States  remaining  neutral,  our  ves- 
sels carried  to  Europe  the  produce  of  our 
own  country,  and  the  produce  of  other 
countries.  This  is  commonly  called  the 
carrying  trade,  and  was  very  profitable  to 
our  citizens.  After  the  year  1807,  the 
commercial  restraints  laid  by  France  by 
her  Berlin  and  Milan  decrees,  and  by 
Great  Britain  by  her  Orders  in  Council, 
began  to  curtail  our  trade,  and  the  Embar- 
go laid  by  our  Government  at  the  close  of 
the  year  interrupted  it  still  more.  The 
Arts  and  Manufactures  still  progressed, 
and  the  population  of  the  United  States 
at  the  close  of  Mr.  Jefferson's  adminis- 
tration amounted  to  about  7,000,000. 

Madison^s  Administration. — On  the  4th 
of  March,  1809,  Mr.  Madison  was  induc- 
ted into  the  office  of  President,  and  con- 
tinued in  office  eight  years.  This  period 
was  distinguished  for  the  Second  war  with 
Great  Britain.  When  Mr.  Madison  en- 
tered upon  his  office,  the  state  of  the 
country  was  in  some  respects  gloomy 
and  critical.  France  and  England  were 
at  war,  and  they  issued  against  each  other 
the  most  violent  commercial  edicts,  in  vio- 
lation of  the  laws  of  nations  and  injurious 
to  those  nations  who  wished  to  remain 
neutral.  After  a  series  of  injurious  and 
insulting  acts  on  the  part  of  the  govern- 
ment of  Great  Britain  and  its  Agents,  the 
government  of  the  United  States  declared 
war  against  that  power,  June  18th,  1812, 
which  continued  about  three  years. 

The  seat  of  war  on  the  land,  was  prin- 
cipally on  the  frontiers  of   Canada,  of 


which  province  it  was  the  object  of  the 
Americans  to  take  possession.  The  war 
at  that  point  continued  with  various  suc- 
ceas  on  the  part  of  the  Americans  and 
British.  The  Americans,  however,  were 
able  to  effect  but  little  towards  accom- 
plishing the  designs  of  their  government. 

The  situation  of  the  contending  par- 
ties at  the  close  of  the  war  was  nearly 
the  same  as  it  was  at  the  commencement ; 
on  the  ocean  however  it  was  different. 
The  splendid  success  of  the  American 
navy  in  various  engagements,  raised  it  to 
a  high  elevation,  and  taught  her  proud  ri- 
val a  lesson  which  will  not  be  forgotten. 
During  Mr.  Madison's  Presidency  in  1 8 1 6, 
a  National  Bank  was  established  with  a 
capital  of  35  millions  of  dollars. 

Monroe's  Administration. — Mr.  Monroe 
commenced  his  administration  in  1817, 
under  many  favorable  circumstances, — 
the  country  was  fast  recovering  from  the 
depression  of  commerce  and  a  three  years' 
war.  The  political  feuds  which  had 
since  the  revolution  occasioned  so  much 
animosity,  were  now  gradually  subsiding, 
and  there  appeared  in  the  administration 
a  disposition  to  remove  old  party  preju- 
dices, and  to  promote  union  among  the 
people.  A  spirit  of  improvement  was 
spreading  throughout  the  country  :  roads 
and  canals  were  constructed  in  various 
parts  of  the  union.  The  principal  events 
which  took  place  in  Mr.  Monroe's  ad- 
ministration, were — the  war  with  the 
Seminole  Indians — the  passage  of  an  act 
by  Congress  granting  a  pension  to  the  in- 
digent officers  and  soldiers  of  the  revolu- 
tion— the  cession  of  Florida  to  the  United 
States  by  the  Spanish  government,  and 
the  visit  of  General  Lafayette  to  the  Uni- 
ted States. 

J.    Q.  Adams'  Administration. Mr. 

Adams  was  elected  President  in  1825, 
and  continued  in  office  four  years.  The 
principal  events  during  this  period  were— 
the  Treaty  with  Colombia — the  Panama 
mission,  and  the  death  of  the  two  vener- 
ble  patriarchs  of  the  revolution,  John 
Adams  and  Thomas  Jefferson,  on  the  fif- 
tieth anniversary  of  Independence.  Du- 
ring this  period  the  people  of  the  United 
States  were  divided  into  two  parties  in  re- 
ference to  the  Presidential  election  ;  one 
party  desirous  of  retaining  Mr.  Adams 


VENICE. 


653 


during  another  term  of  office,  the  other 
upholding  Gen.  Andrew  Jackson  as  a 
suitable  candidate  for  the  office  of  Presi- 
dent. Party  spirit  now  raged  with  vio- 
lence, each  party  upholding  their  favorite 
candidate  and  traducing  the  other.  Upon 
counting  the  votes,  it  appeared  that  a 
large  majority  were  in  favor  of  Andrew 
Jackson ;  and  on  the  4th  of  March,  1829, 
he  was  inducted  into  the  office  of  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States,  according  to 
the  form  prescribed  by  the  Constitution. 
Jackson's  Administration. — The  ad- 
ministration of  Gen.  Jackson  commenced 
at  a  period  when  the  affairs  of  the  nation 
were  unusually  prosperous.  During  the 
session  of  1831-2  a  bill  for  the  recharter 
of  the  United  States  Bank,  was  brought 
forward,  which,  after  a  warm  and  protract- 
ed debate,  was  passed  by  a  small  majority. 
The  bill,  however,  was  vetoed  by  the 
President,  and  as  there  was  not  two 
thirds  of  Congress  in  favor  of  its  pas- 
sage   it  was   lost.     In   1832,  Congress 


passed  a  new  tariff  bill.  This  caused 
so  much  excitement  and  opposition  in 
South  Carolina,  that  an  ordinance  was 
published  by  a  convention,  nullifying,  or 
forbidding  the  operation  of  the  tariff  laws 
of  the  general  government  in  that  state. 
This  act  called  forth  a  proclamation  from 
the  President,  in  which  he  expressed  his 
determination  to  enforce  the  laws  of  Con- 
gress. The  tariff  laws  have  since  been 
modified.  In  1835,  some  apprehension 
was  felt  of  war  with  p'rance,  on  account 
of  certain  proposed  measures  to  be  used 
towards  that  power,  to  compel  the  pay- 
ment of  an  acknowledged  claim  of 
25,000,000  of  francs.  Fortunately,  all 
differences  were  settled,  and  arrange- 
ments made  for  payment.  During  the 
winter  of  1835,  a  war  was  commenced 
with  the  Seminole  Indians,  which  still 
(1839)  continues.  In  1832,  President 
Jackson  was  re-elected  to  the  presidency, 
and  was  succeeded  in  1837  by  Martin 
Van  Buren. 


VENICE. 


Venice  is  built  upon  a  number  of 
small  islands,  in  the  Adriatic  sea,  or  gulf 
of  Venice,  standing  in  forty-five  degrees 
forty  minutes  north  latitude.  Its  situa- 
tion is  strong,  beautiful,  and  romantic. 
Nothing  can  be  more  wonderful  than  to 
see  one  of  the  finest  cities  of  the  earth 
rising  out  of  the  ocean,  and  appearing  to 
float  on  the  waves.  Its  magnificent 
palaces  and  lofty  towers,  washed  by  the 
flood,  form  a  noble  and  delightful  spec- 
tacle. One  would  almost  think  them 
either  the  splendid  work  of  some  magi- 
cian's wand,  or  one  of  fancy's  light  aerial 
scenes.  Its  inhabitants  amount  to  two 
hundred  thousand,  and  its  territories  were 
of  considerable  extent.  The  history  of 
the  Venetians  is  one  of  interest,  exhibit- 
ing a  great  variety  of  changes  and  inci- 
dents during  the  many  wars  in  which 
they  were  engaged  with  the  neighboring 
powers.  A  part  only  of  the  incidents  in 
their  history  can  be  given. 

Relative  to  the  first  establishment  of 


Venetian  government,  A.  D.  421,  Cassi- 
odorus  relates,  that  one  would  have  taken 
this  multitude  of  people  for  a  numerous 
seminary  of  philosophers,  cultivating  the 
duties  of  religion  and  of  virtue,  and  en- 
joying a  perfect  tranquillity.  They  con- 
tended not  in  luxury,  ostentation,  and  ex- 
pense ;  but  in  moderation,  chastity,  and 
virtue.  Riches,  honors,  and  ambition, 
had  no  charms  for  the  Venetians  ;  rich 
and  poor  lived  upon  a  familiar  equality  ; 
Property  was  common  to  all,  and  entirely 
devoted  to  the  occasions  of  the  republic. 
Merit  was  the  only  distinction,  and  that 
alone  was  esteemed  true  nobility  which 
was  acquired  by  virtue.  Under  such 
happy  auspices  did  this  republic  receive 
her  first  laws,  ordinances,  and  regulations. 
At  this  period,  the  government  seems  to 
have  been  consular. 

It  was  afterwards  changed  to  the  tri- 
bunitian  form,  in  which  it  continued  for 
nearly  three  hundred  years.  Under  the 
tribunes,  Venice  first  made  war.     It  is 


654 


VENICE. 


related,  that,  during  this  period,  the  in- 
habitants of  Trieste,  landing  suddenly  at 
Venice,  carried  oft'  a  number  of  the  citi- 
zens. Pietro  Candiano  was  appointed 
to  revenge  this  unprovoked  aflront.  His 
diligence  was  so  great,  that  on  the  same 
day  two  ships  of  war  were  equipped,  and 
under  sail  to  seek  the  enemy,  with  whom 
he  came  up  in  the  evening.  He  gave 
-  immediate  orders  for  the  attack,  defeated 
the  enemy,  retook  his  countrymen,  and 
carried  the  Tergestines  prisoners  into 
Venice.  This  is  one  of  the  finest  in- 
stances we  have  of  the  spirit,  resolution, 
and  prowess  of  this  republic.  By  such 
exploits,  Venice  first  acquired  esteem 
and  consequence  among  the  neighboring 
states. 

Upon  the  abuse  of  power  by  the  tri- 
bunes, A.  D.  697,  the  ducal  government 
was  established.  Paulatio  was  the  first 
doge.  He  made  the  nation  happy,  pow- 
erful, and  wealthy.  As  he  was  the  first, 
so  he  was  one  of  the  best  princes  Venice 
ever  saw. 

During  the  dogeship  of  Mauritio,  Venice 
was  attacked  by  Pepin,  the  son  of  Charle- 
magne ;  but  his  success  was  not  great, 
and  the  impression  he  made  on  the  fron- 
tiers, which  the  duke  bravely  defended, 
was  inconsiderable.  The  Venetians  now 
declared  themselves  a  free  and  inde- 
pendent people,  acknowledging  neither 
the  eastern  nor  the  western  empire. 

During  the  government  of  Pietro  Tri- 
bune, the  seventeenth  doge,  the  Hunns, 
having  defeated  Berengarius,  entered 
Italy.  Induced  by  the  wealth  of  the 
Venetian  republic,  they  resolved  to  sack 
and  pillage  the  city,  in  903.  March- 
ing through  the  maritime  provinces,  they 
burned  Villa  Nuova,  Jesuola,  and  Chiog- 
gio,  and  prepared  to  attack  the  Rialto, 
which  they  imagined  must  yield  to  their 
prodigious  numbers.  Pietro  Tribuno 
omitted  nothing  which  became  a  gi-eat 
general ;  he  placed  strong  guards  round 
the  city,  fortified  the  places  most  expos- 
ed, equipped  a  fleet  with  incredible  de- 
spatch, and  harassed  the  enemy  by  per- 
petual sallies.  His  activity,  presence 
of  mind,  and  skill,  were  astonishing.  He 
animated  the  troops  by  his  example ;  was 
the  foremost  in  every  attack  ;  in  a  word, 
was  the  life  and  soul  of  the  state.     The 


Hunns,  preparing  to  make  a  general  as- 
sault, Pietro,  after  a  short  and  animating 
speech,  ordered  the  soldiers  to  be  em- 
barked, and  immediately  bore  down  upon 
the  enemy  near  Albiola.  The  battle  be- 
gan with  fury,  and  continued  with  obsti- 
nacy for  several  days  ;  the  fleets  sepa- 
rated at  night,  the  combatants  returning 
next  day  to  the  charge  with  fresh  vigor ; 
the  Venetians  every  where  opposed  cour- 
age to  numbers,  and  the  doge  performed 
prodigies  of  valor.  At  last,  Tribuno, 
fearing  that  the  spirit  of  his  men  might 
sink  under  the  multitude  of  the  enemy, 
collected  all  his  force,  resolving  to  die  or 
make  an  impression  upon  their  line.  He 
was  so  bravely  seconded  by  his  troops, 
that  the  barbarians  were  broken  and  de- 
feated, and  a  general  carnage  ensued. 
The  sea  was  covered  with  dead  bodies, 
and  the  Venetians  fought,  says  Blondus, 
upon  heaps  of  the  slain  barbarians,  as 
upon  dry  land  ;  the  siege  was  raised,  the 
Hunns  were  driven  from  Italy,  and  the 
reputation  of  Venice  for  arms  became 
famous  over  the  world. 

Ziani,  the  thirty-ninth  doge,  was  no 
sooner  elected,  than  the  republic  was 
involved  in  a  war  with  Frederic  Barba- 
rossa,  from  whose  persecution  the  pope 
Alexander  had  retired  to  Venice.  The 
Venetians  despatched  ambassadors  to  the 
emperor,  who  answered  them  in  a  rage, 
"  Go,  and  tell  your  prince  and  people, 
that  Frederic,  the  Roman  emperor,  de- 
mands his  enemy,  who  is  protected  by 
them.  If  they  send  him  not  instantly, 
bound  hand  and  foot,  he  will  overturn 
every  law,  human  and  divine,  to  accom- 
plish his  revenge  ;  he  will  bring  his 
army  before  their  city,  and  fix  his  victo- 
rious standards  in  their  market-place, 
which  shall  float  in  the  blood  of  its  citi- 
zens." The  ambassadors  returning  with 
this  terrible  menace,  it  was  agreed  to 
equip  a  fleet  with  all  expedition,  and  pre- 
pare for  repelling  the  emperor's  medita- 
ted vengeance.  While  the  Venetians 
were  thus  employed,  Otho,  the  emperor's 
son,  entered  the  gulf  with  a  strong 
squadron  of  seventy-five  gallies,  and  Avas 
making  sail  to  the  city.  The  doge  re- 
solved to  oppose  him  with  the  few  ships 
which  were  fit  to  put  to  sea;  in  1173 
the  fleets  met  off"  the  coast  of  Istria,  and 


VENICE. 


655 


a  dreadful  battle  ensued,  the  event  of 
which  was,  that  the  doge  took,  sunk,  and 
destroyed  forty-eight  of  the  enemy's 
ships,  and  returned  in  triumph  to  Venice. 
From  this  time  was  continued  the  cere- 
mony of  marrying  the  sea ;  the  pope 
going  out  to  meet  the  victorious  doge, 
presented  him  with  a  ring,  saying,  "  Take, 
Ziani,  this  ring,  and  give  it  to  the  sea,  as 
a  testimony  of  your  dominion.  Let  your 
successors  annually  perform  the  same 
ceremony,  that  posterity  may  know  your 
valor  has  purchased  their  prerogative, 
and  subjected  this  element  even  as  a 
husband  subjecteth  his  wife." 

After  Bartolomeo  Gradonico,  Andrea 
Dandolo  next  succeeded  to  the  ducal 
chair  ;  and  war  commenced  with  Genoa. 
The  command  of  the  Venetian  fleet  was 
given  to  Marco  Rusino,  who  joining  the 
Aragonian  fleet,  of  forty  sail,  went  in 
quest  of  the  Genoese  admiral,  Grimaldi. 
The  two  fleets  met  on  the  Sardinian 
coast.  Rusino  ordered  his  ships  to  grap- 
ple with  the  enemy,  and  then  chained 
them  to  each  other  in  such  a  manner,  that 
there  was  a  necessity  either  to  conquer 
or  die.  Thus  a  kind  of  land  battle  was 
fought  upon  the  sea,  in  which  there  was 
no  room  for  disputing  the  victory,  the 
whole  Genoese  fleet  having  been  either 
taken  or  destroyed,  Grimaldi's  ship  alone 
escaping.  When  the  news  of  this  defeat 
arrived  at  Genoa,  in  1347,  the  whole 
city  was  in  the  utmost  consternation.  In 
their  despair,  the  Genoese  sent  ambassa- 
dors to  the  duke  of  Milan,  requesting 
his  protection  and  acceptance  of  the 
sovereignty  of  their  dominions  ;  an  offer 
which  he  did  not  decline. 

Soon  after  the  promotion  of  Marino 
Faliero,  the  fifty-fifth  doge,  the  Venetians 
were  in  their  turn  defeated.  Their  com- 
mander, Pisani,  with  five  thousand  of  his 
men,  were  made  prisoners,  and  above 
twenty  of  their  gallies  were  sunk.  The 
republic  sustained  an  irreparable  loss, 
and  the  city  would  probably  have  been 
undone,  had  the  victorious  Doria  known 
as  well  how  to  pursue  as  to  gain  a  vic- 
tory. The  Venetians  were  equally  sur- 
prised and  overjoyed  when  the  news  ar- 
rived that  he  was  returned  to  Genoa,  at 
a  time  they  every  hour  expected  him  be- 
fore their  gates.      A  truce  was  imme- 


diately concluded;  m  1353  the  doge 
himself  conspired  against  her  freedom. 
Seized  with  a  violent  desire  of  absolute 
authority,  he  began  his  design  by  popu- 
lar acts,  and  gave  entertainments  to  the 
lower  orders  of  people.  When  he  per- 
ceived that  the  populace  listened  to  him 
with  attention,  he  began  to  drop  hints  of 
his  determination  to  deliver  them  from 
the  t5n:anny  of  the  senate,  and  for  that 
purpose,  to  assume  a  greater  latitude  of 
power,  after  which  it  should  be  left  to 
their  choice  to  continue  him  or  not,  as 
they  found  him  deserving.  His  proposal 
was  to  murder  the  chief  persons  of  the 
assembly,  senate,  and  seigniory,  who  had 
raised  him  to  the  dignity  he  possessed. 
The  first  of  April  was  appointed  for  the 
execution  of  this  infamous  plot ;  but,  on 
that  very  day,  Beltrand,  a  conspirator, 
went  to  the  house  of  Nicholas  Leon,  and 
made  an  ample  discovery.  Leon  was 
so  confounded  with  horror,  that,  for  some 
time,  he  Avas  unable  to  reply ;  at  last, 
ordering  Beltrand  to  be  confined,  he  de- 
spatched messengers  to  the  chief  sena- 
tors, the  seigniory,  and  oflficers  of  the 
city,  to  come  instantly  to  his  house. 
The  doge  and  the  conspirators  were 
quickly  seized  and  put  to  death,  and  a 
pension  settled  upon  the  discoverer. 

In  1477,  while  Giovanni  Moncenigo 
was  doge,  the  Turks  besieged  Croia. 
The  assault  was  furious,  and  the  defence 
valiant ;  Antonio  Legiero,  the  proveditor, 
who  commanded  in  chief,  omitted  nothing 
which  was  the  duty  of  an  experienced 
and  good  officer.  The  Turks  shot  such 
quantities  of  arrows  in  the  different  as- 
saults, that  the  garrison  for  months  used 
no  other  fuel.  The  moats  round  the  town 
were  filled  with  heaps  of  slain,  which 
produced  a  stench  intolerable  to  the  be- 
siegers, and  was  one  cause  of  Mahomet's 
relinquishing  the  enterprize,  after  several 
attempts  to  cleanse  it,  in  which  he  was 
boldly  attacked,  and  forced  to  retire. 
Meanwhile,  Mahomet  had  detached  thirty 
thousand  men  to  enter  Italy,  by  the  fords 
of  Livornia,  which  being  guarded,  they 
proposed  to  enter  Germany,  and  accord- 
ingly proceeded,  horse  and  foot,  over 
Alpine  mountains  almost  impracticable, 
drawing  up  or  letting  down  a  body  of 
twelve  thousand  horse,  over  the  rocks, 


656 


VENICE. 


by  means  of  engines.  Determined  to 
pursue  their  march,  though  opposed  by 
the  natives,  they  began  climbing  the  moun- 
tains, by  means  of  hooks  and  grapples, 
the  sight  of  which  so  terrified  the  natives, 
that  they  abandoned  their  posts,  and  fled. 
Peace  was  soon  after  concluded  u^ith  the 
Turks ;  and  war  denounced  against  the 
pope,  and  the  duke  of  Ferrara. 

During  this  war,  the  Venetian  admiral 
took  Gallipoli,  in  Avhich  enterprize  he 
lost  his  life  in  1484.  He  was  animating 
the  troops  in  the  scaladc,  praising  the 
valiant,  and  upbraiding  the  backward, 
when  ho  dropt ;  his  secretary  threw  a 
cloak  on  his  body,  and  gave  out  that 
Marcello  was  slightly  hurt,  and  gone  to 
be  dressed  ;  the  assault  was  persevered 
in,  and  the  town  was  in  consequence 
taken. 

About  1508,  war  was  declared  by 
France  against  the  Venetians ;  the  pro- 
gress of  the  confederates  was  rapid,  and 
the  republic  was  plunged  into  the  deepest 
distress.  At  this  period,  a  circumstance, 
attested  by  all  historians,  reflects  great 
honor  on  the  Venetians.  They  refused 
the  assistance  off'ered  them  by  the  grand 
seignior;  and,  though  reduced  to  the  ut- 
most extremity,  resolved  to  suff'er  every 
distress,  rather  than  give  their  ancient 
enemies,  the  infidels,  a  footing  in  Italy. 
Such  a  noble  spirit  was  alone  wanting ; 
the  siege  of  Padua  was  quickly  raised, 
and  the  Venetians  recotered  Vicenza. 
At  last,  however,  Padua,  distracted  by 
differences  among  the  leading  citizens, 
was  surrendered  to  the  emperor,  but, 
soon  after,  recovered.  The  Venetian 
general,  Gritti,  having  conveyed  some 
choice  troops  into  wagons  covered  with 
straw,  under  pretence  that  they  were  a 
convoy  of  provisions,  seized  upon  a  gate 
of  the  city,  and  pursuing  his  advantage, 
got  possession  of  Padua.  The  Imperi- 
alists made  a  vigorous  defence  ;  but 
Gritti,  joined  by  the  greater  part  of  the 
inhabitants,  totally  defeated  them,  making 
near  two  thousand  prisoners.  Thus  the 
republic  once  more  became  possessed  of 
the  most  valuable  city  she  had  upon  the 
continent.  A  treaty  was,  soon  after, 
entered  into  between  the  pope  and  the 
Venetians,  and  the  league  was  broken, 
in  J511. 


Soon  after  the  promotion,  of  Pietro 
Lando,the  seventy-eighth  doge,  the  Turks 
attacked  and  took  Castelnuovo,  and  peace 
was  concluded  with  Solyman,  in  1541. 
But  the  Venetians  were  involved  in  dis- 
putes with  Ferdinand  and  the  empire  ; 
the  seizure  of  Maran  maybe  deemed  the 
foundation  of  a  future  bloody  war.  Bar- 
barossa  was,  at  this  time,  ravaging  the 
coast  of  Italy  with  a  fleet  of  near  two 
hundred  sail.  He  took  Reggio,  but  gave 
liberty  to  the  prisoners,  at  the  instance 
of  Polin,  the  French  enA'oy,  who  accom- 
panied him.  The  terror  of  the  Turkish 
arms  had  spread  itself  all  over  Italy,  nor 
was  Rome  itself  free  from  apprehensions. 
But  Polin  sent  assurances,  and  dispersed 
proclamations  round  the  country,  that  his 
incursions  should  be  confined  wholly  to 
the  imperial  dominions. 

An  event  of  some  importance  fell  out 
towards  the  end  of  the  year  1 545  ;  name- 
ly, a  controversy  with  the  Porte,  con- 
cerning some  districts  in  Dalmatia,  which 
both  sides  claimed.  The  Sangiacs  of 
Bosnia  and  Clissa  insisted  that  a  part  of 
the  territory  of  Zary,  containing  forty- 
nine  villages,  was  really  a  dependency 
upon  the  fortresses  of  Nadin  and  Laurena, 
belonging  to  Solyman.  The  senate  had 
recourse  to  the  justice  of  Solyman  ;  nor 
had  they  reason  to  repent  of  this  mea- 
sure ;  with  a  moderation  and  integrity 
becoming  those  who  call  themselves 
Christian  princes,  this  great  man  ordered 
commissioners  on  both  sides  to  be  appoint- 
ed, insisting  upon  their  determining  the 
dispute  according  to  equity,  without  re- 
gard to  power.  The  commissioners  met, 
and  soon  adjudged  the  lands  in  dispute 
to  the  Venetians,  with  which  award 
Solyman  was  perfectly  well  satisfied. 

Under  the  government  of  Marco  Fos- 
carini,  the  dey  of  Algiers  made  some  ex- 
traordinary demands  upon  the  republic 
of  Venice  ;  among  the  rest,  besides  the 
payment  of  an  exorbitant  sum  of  money, 
he  insisted  that  his  corsairs  should  have 
free  liberty  to  cruise  in  the  gulf  of  Ven- 
ice, and  to  take  the  ships  of  any  nation 
with  whom  he  was  not  bound  by  treaty  ; 
with  this  extraordinary  condition  annex- 
ed, that  if  any  of  his  'cruisers  should 
happen  to  be  taken,  the  republic  should 
repair  the  loss  in  ready  money.     These 


VENICE. 


657 


dishonorable  proposals  were  refused, 
with  a  proper  disdain,  by  the  senate  ;  and 
as  the  dey  of  Algiers  had  broken  the 
peace,  they  equipped  a  squadron  of  men 
of  war,  which  they  despatched  to  Al- 
giers, in  1767,  under  the  command  of 
admiral  Emo,  to  bring  him  to  reason. 
The  dey  continued  obstinate ;  upon  which 
the  admiial,  according  to  his  orders,  im- 
mediately declared  war  against  him,  and 
sailed  out  of  the  harbor  to  fulfd  his  in- 
structions, which  were  to  block  up  the 
port,  and  destroy  all  the  Algerine  corsairs 
he  could  meet  with.  These  vigorous 
resolutions  soon  brought  the  dey  to  tem- 
per, and  indeed  to  a  submission  as  mean 
as  his  demands  had  been  insolent ;  he 
found  himself  under  a  necessity  of  having 
recourse  to  the  mediation  of  the  British 
consul,  to  obtain  a  renewal  of  the  peace 
upon  the  original  terms. 

In  the  year  1789,  Luigi  Manino,  the 
last  doge,  succeeded  Riniero  in  the  ducal 
chair.  During  his  government,  nothing 
important  occurred  till  the  invasion  of 
Italy  by  the  French.  At  that  time,  the 
Venetians,  in  order  to  check  the  progress 
of  the  republicans,  put  Peschiera  into 
the  hands  of  the  Imperialists  ;  but  Bona- 
part  quickly  becoming  master  of  all  Italy, 
they  trembled  at  the  progress  of  his  vic- 
torious arms. 

Like  the  other  natives  of  that  country, 
the  Venetians  harbored  a  dislike  to  the 
French,  induced  by  the  difference  of 
their  character  and  manners.  But  the 
political  antipathy  of  the  Venetians  was 
still  greater  than  their  national  dislike. 
The  conquest  of  the  French  had  render- 
ed them  the  arbiters  of  the  fate  of  all 
Italy.  The  former  importance  of  the 
sovereignty  of  the  states  of  that  country 
had  totally  disappeared,  and  they  alone 
gave  the  law.  This  was  peculiarly  mor- 
tifying to  a  state  that  stood  upon  a  foot- 
ing of  equality  with  any  other  in  Italy, 
and  of  superiority  to  most.  The  Vene- 
tians, therefore,  waited  with  anxiety  for 
a  change  of  fortune  in  favor  of  the  Aus- 
trians,  whose  neighborhood  they  had  long 
experienced  to  be  much  less  dangerous 
than  that  of  the  French.  In  the  mean 
time,  they  rendered  many  good  offices  to 
the  former,  and  clearly  manifested  a  par- 
tiality to  them,  which  did  not  escape  the 
83 


notice  of  Bonaparte,  who  gave  sufficient 
indications  that  he  would  remember  it  in 
due  time. 

At  last  the  Austrian  army  was  forced 
to  leave  the  territories  of  Venice,  and 
take  refuge  in  the  hereditary  states.  As 
soon  as  the  French  had  penetrated  into 
these,  the  Venetians  began  to  look  upon 
them  as  entangled  in  straits,  from  which 
they  could  not  easily  extricate  them- 
selves. A  report  was  also  universally 
circulated,  that  the  French  were  on  the 
point  of  laying  down  their  arms,  and  that 
nothing  was  wanting,  to  render  victory 
over  them  complete,  but  a  general  co-op- 
eration on  the  part  of  the  Venetian  gov- 
ernment. An  opportunity  now  offered  to 
intercept  the  communication  between 
Bonaparte  and  his  posts  in  Italy.  For 
this  purpose,  forty  thousand  of  the  Vene- 
tian peasantry  were  armed,  and  embodied 
with  ten  regiments  of  Sclavonians.  They 
were  posted  on  all  the  roads,  and  the  con- 
voys to  the  French  army  were  every 
where  stopped. 

In  the  mean  time,  the  hatred  of  the 
Venetians  burst  forth  in  the  most  out- 
rageous manner.  Those  pessons  who 
had  behaved  kindly  to  the  French,  were 
treated  as  enemies  of  the  state,  and  put 
under  arrest ;  and  none  but  their  declar- 
ed adversaries  entrusted  with  any  au- 
thority. In  all  places  of  public  resort, 
the  French  were  insulted  and  reviled  in 
the  grossest  terms.  They  were  expelled 
from  the  city  of  Venice,  and  at  Padua, 
Vicenza,and  Verona,  the  inhabitants  were 
ordered  to  take  up  arms  against  them. 

These  transactions  were  made  the 
subject  of  a  manifesto  issued  by  Bonaparte 
on  the  third  of  May,  in  which  he  direct- 
ed the  French  resident  at  Venice  to  quit 
that  city,  and  ordered  the  agents  of  the 
Venetian  republic  in  Lombardy,  and  in 
its  provinces  on  the  main  land,  to  leave 
them  in  twenty-four  hours.  He  com- 
manded his  officers  and  troops  to  treat 
those  of  Venice  as  enemies,  and  to  pull 
down,  in  every  town,  the  lion  of  St.  Mark, 
the  arms  of  the  Venetian  republic.  In 
consequence  of  this  manifesto,  the  French 
troops  overran  and  subjugated,  in  a  few 
days,  all  the  Venetian  dominions.  The 
Veronese,  whose  conduct  to  the  French 
had  been  remarkably  atrocious,  were  con 


658 


EMPIRE    OF   THE    ASSASSINS. 


demned  to  an  exemplary  punishment. 
Some  thousands  of  the  peasants,  who 
attempted  to  oppose  the  French,  were 
put  to  the  sword.  The  Sclavoriians,  who 
had  come  to  their  assistance,  were  rout- 
ed, and  fled  to  a  fort  filled  with  their 
powder  and  ammunition ;  but  it  was 
blown  up  by  the  cannon  of  the  French, 
and  they  were  all  destroyed.  Another 
engagement  took  place  before  the  walls 
of  Verona,  and  the  Venetians  fought 
with  great  fury  ;  but  they  were  defeated 
with  vast  slaughter,  and  the  place  com- 
pelled to  surrender. 

The  Venetian  senate,  despairing  of  be- 
ing able  to  make  any  effectual  resistance, 
formally  submitted  to  the  French  com- 
mander, and  consented  to  deliver  up 
those  persons  who  had  been  instrumen- 
tal in  the  atrocities  of  which  the  French 
complained.  On  the  16th  of  May,  in 
1797,  the  French  took  possession  of  the 
city  of  Venice,  where  a  provisional  gov- 
ernment was  established  on  the  republi- 
can plan.  The  press  was  declared  free, 
persons  and  property  secure,  and  religion 
left  on  its  former  footing.  The  only 
seizures,  made  in  the  name  of  the  French 


government,  were  of  tne  arsenal  and  its 
contents,  with  the  shipping  that  belonged 
to  the  state. 

Thus  fell,  after  a  splendid  existence 
of  fourteen  centuries,  the  celebrated  re- 
public of  Venice.  No  modern  state  had 
risen  from  such  small  beginnings  to  a 
situation  of  equal  prosperity.  It  was 
with  sincere  regret  that  every  nation  in 
Europe  beheld  its  fall.  The  celebrity 
it  had  long  enjoyed,  on  a  multiplicity  of 
accounts,  interested  every  one  in  its  pre- 
servation. Without  inquiring  how  far 
the  French  could  claim  a  right  to  doom 
it  so  immercifully  to  destruction,  they 
only  considered  that  it  had  subsisted 
with  honor  to  the  present  period,  and  had 
maintained  its  reputation  imimpaired 
amidst  a  variety  of  dangers  and  trials, 
that  had  sometimes,  reduced  it  to  the 
last  extremity.  The  political  world  saw 
with  concern  the  fatal  hour  arrive,  that 
was  to  deprive  it  of  the  place  it  had  so 
long  and  so  honorably  held  among  the 
nations  of  Europe.  By  the  treaty  of  Cam- 
po  Formio,  Venice,  with  most  of  its  de- 
pendencies, was  ceded  to  the  emperor 
of  Germany. 


EMPIRE    OF   THE    ASSASSINS 


It  was  thought  advisable  to  insert  the  following  articles,  not  exclusively  belonging  to  the  history 
of  any  country,  in  the  order  which  follows. 


This  singular  sect  (from  which  the  fa- 
miliar term  assassin  is  derived)  was  form- 
ed in  the  eleventh  century,  the  object  of 
which  was  to  expel  the  Mahometan  reli- 
gion and  government  by  establishing  an 
empire  of  their  own. 

The  founder  of  this  society,  that  for  more 
than  a  century  and  a  half  filled  Asia  with 
terror  and  dismay,  was  the  celebrated 
Hassan  Ben  Sahab,  who  was  one  of 
those  characters  that  appear  from  time 
to  time  in  the  world,  as  if  sent  to  oper- 
ate some  great  change  in  the  destinies  of 
mankind. 

Having  strengthened  himself  by  a 
large  number  of  followers,  Hassan  look- 
ed about  for  some  strong  position  as  a 
centre  from  which  he  might  gradually 


extend  his  possessions  ;  and  he  fixed  his 
eye  upon  the  hill-fort  of  Alamoot,  in 
Persia,  situated  in  the  district  of  Roodbar, 
to  the  north  of  Kasveen.  Alamoot  was 
gained  partly  by  force  and  partly  by 
stratagem  :  he  first  sent  thither  one  of 
his  most  trusty  missionaries,  who  con- 
verted a  great  number  of  the  inhabitants, 
and  with  their  aid  expelled  the  governor. 
In  possession  of  a  strong  fortress, 
Hassan  turned  his  mind  to  the  organiza- 
tion of  that  band  of  followers  whose 
daggers  were  to  spread  the  dread  and 
the  terror  of  his  power  throughout  Asia. 
Experience  and  reflection  had  shown 
him  that  the  many  could  never  be  gov- 
erned by  the  few  without  the  salutary 
curb  of  religion   and  morality;  that   a 


EMPIRE   OF    THE    ASSASSINS 


659 


system  of  impiety,  though  it  might  serve 
to  overturn,  was  not  calculated  to  main- 
tain and  support  a  throne  ;  and  his  ob- 
ject was  now  to  establish  a  fixed  and 
lasting  dominion.  Though  he  had  been 
long  satisfied  of  the  nothingness  of  reli- 
gion, he  determined  to  maintain  among 
his  followers  the  religion  of  Islam  in  all 
its  rigor.  The  most  exact  and  minute 
observances  of  even  its  most  trivial  or- 
dinances was  to  be  required  from  those 
who,  generally  unknown  to  themselves, 
were  banded  for  its  destruction  ;  and  the 
veil  of  mystery,  whhin  which  few  were 
permitted  to  enter,  shrouded  the  secret 
doctrine  from  the  eyes  of  the  major  part 
of  the  society.  The  claims  of  Ismail 
(a  Mahometan  devotee),  the  purity  of  re- 
ligion were  ostensibly  advanced  ;  but 
the  rise  of  Hassan  Sahab,  and  the  down- 
fall of  all  religion,  were  the  real  objects 
of  those  who  directed  the  machinery. 

The  Ismailite  doctrine  had  hitherto 
been  disseminated  by  missionaries  and 
companions  alone.  Heads  without  hands 
were  of  no  avail  in  the  eyes  of  Hassan  ; 
it  was  necessary  to  have  a  third  class, 
which,  ignorant  of  the  secret  doctrine, 
would  be  the  blind  and  willing  instru- 
ments of  the  designs  of  their  superiors. 
This  class  were  named  the  Fedavee  or 
Devoted,  were  clothed  in  white,  with 
red  bonnets  or  girdles,  and  armed  with 
daggers.  These  were  the  men  who, 
reckless  of  their  lives,  executed  the 
bloody  mandates  of  the  Sheikhel  Jebel, 
the  title  assumed  by  Hassan.  As  a 
proof  of  the  fanaticism  that  Hassan  con- 
trived to  instil  into  his  followers,  we  give 
the  following  instance. 

In  the  year  1126,  Kasim-ed-devlet 
Absoncor,  the  brave  prince  of  Mosul, 
was,  as  he  entered  the  mosque,  attacked 
by  eight  assassins  disguised  as  dervises  ; 
he  killed  three,  and  the  rest,  with  the 
exception  of  one  young  man,  were  mas- 
sacred by  the  people  ;  but  the  prince 
had  received  his  death  wound.  When 
the  news  spread  that  Kasim-ed-devlet 
had  fallen  by  the  hand  of  the  assassins, 
the  mother  of  the  young  man  who  had 
escaped  painted  and  adorned  herself,  re- 
joicing that  her  son  had  been  found  wor- 
thy to  offer  up  his  life  in  support  of  the 
good  cause  ;  but  when  he  came  back  the 


only  survivor,  she  cut  off  her  hair  and 
blackened  her  face,  through  grief  that 
he  had  not  shared  the  death  of  glory. 

A  display  of  the  means  by  which  the 
chief  of  the  assassins  succeeded  in  in- 
fusing this  spirit  of  strong  faith  and  de- 
votion into  his  followers,  forms  an  inter- 
esting chapter  in  the  history  of  man. 

Of  those  who  fell  in  executing  the  or- 
ders of  their  superiors,  it  was  said,  that 
the  gates  of  paradise  were  unfolded,  and 
that  they  entered  into  the  enjoyment  of 
the  ivory  palace,  the  silken  robe,  and  the 
black-eyed  houries  ;  and  to  increase  their 
longing  after  the  joys  of  paradise,  and  a 
disregard  of  earthly  existence,  Hassan 
made  use  of  the  following  means  : — 
There  was  at  Alamoot,  and  also  at  Ma- 
siat,  in  Syria,  a  delicious  garden,  encom- 
passed with  lofty  walls,  adorned  with 
trees  and  flowers  of  every  kind — with 
murmuring  brooks  and  translucent  lakes, 
with  bowers  of  roses  and  treUices  of 
vines — airy  halls  and  splendid  kiosks, 
furnished  with  the  carpets  of  Persia, 
and  the  silks  of  Byzantium.  Beautiful 
maidens  and  blooming  boys  were  the  in- 
habitants of  this  delicious  spot,  which 
ever  resounded  with  the  melody  of  birds, 
the  murmur  of  streams,  and  the  ravish- 
ing tones  of  voices  and  instruments  ;  all 
respired  contentment  and  pleasure. — 
When  the  chief  had  noticed  any  youth 
to  be  distinguished  for  strength  and  reso- 
lution, he  invited  him  to  a  banquet,  where 
he  placed  him  beside  himself,  conversed 
with  him  on  the  happiness  reserved  for 
the  faithful,  and  contrived  to  administer 
an  intoxicating  draught  prepared  from  the 
hyoscyamus.  While  insensible,  he  was 
conveyed  into  the  garden  of  delight,  and 
there  awakened  by  the  application  of 
vinegar.  On  opening  his  eyes,  all  par- 
adise met  his  view  ;  the  black-eyed  and 
green-robed  houries  surrounded  him,  obe- 
dient to  his  wishes  ;  sweet  music  filled 
his  ears  ;  the  richest  viands  were  served 
up  in  the  most  costly  vessels ;  and  the 
choicest  wines  sparkled  in  the  golden 
cups.  The  fortunate  youth  believed 
himself  really  in  the  paradise  of  the 
prophet,  and  the  language  of  his  attend- 
ants confirmed  the  delusion.  When  he 
I  had  his  fill  of  enjoyment,  and  nature  was 
[yielding  to  exhaustion,  the  opiate   was 


660 


BUCCANEERS. 


again  administered,  and  the  sleeper  trans- 
ported back  to  the  side  of  the  chief,  to 
whom  he  communicated  what  had  passed, 
■who  assured  him  of  the  truth  and  reaUty 
of  all  he  had  experienced,  telling  him 
such  was  the  bliss  reserved  for  the  obe- 
dient servants  of  the  Imaum,  and  enjoin- 
ing at  the  same  time  the  strictest  secrecy. 
Ever  after,  the  rapturous  vision  possessed 
the  imagination  of  the  deluded  enthusi- 
ast, and  he  panted  for  the  hour  when 
death,  received  in  obeying  the  commands 
of  his  superiors,  should  dismiss  him  to 
the  bowers  of  paradise. 

The  power  of  Hassan  soon  began  to 
display  itself.  By  force  or  by  treachery, 
the  castles  or  hill-forts  of  Persia  fell  one 
after  another  into  his  hands.  A  bloody 
period  ensued ;  the  doctors  of  the  Ma- 
hometan law  ex-communicated  the  adhe- 


rents of  Hassan,  and  the  sultan,  Meiek 
Shah,  directed  his  generals  to  reduce 
their  fortresses;  the  daggers  of  the  as- 
sassins were  displayed  against  the  swords 
of  the  orthodox  Mahometans,  and  the  first 
victim  to  Hassan's  revenge  was  the  great 
and  good  Nizara-ul-mulk,  who  fell  by  the 
dagger  of  a  Fedavee.  His  death  was  fol- 
lowed by  that  of  his  master,  not  without 
strong  suspicion  of  poison.  "The  gov- 
ernments were  arrayed  in  open  enmity 
against  the  order,  and  heads  fell  like  an 
abundant  harvest,  beneath  the  two-fold 
sickle  of  assassination  and  the  sword  of 
justice." 

After  a  reign  of  thirty-five  years,  Has- 
san Sahab  saw  his  power  extended  over 
a  great  portion  of  the  Mahometan  world, 
which  continued  under  his  successors  till 
they  were  overthrown  by  the  Tartars. 


BUCCANEERS, 


After  the  failure  of  the  mines  of  His- 
paniola,  which  were  never  rich,  and  the 
conquest  of  the  two  extensive  empires  of 
Mexico  and  Peru,  where  the  pi'ecious 
metals  were  found  in  the  greatest  profu- 
sion, that  valuable  island  was  neglected 
by  the  Spaniards.  The  greater  part  of 
its  once  flourishing  cities  were  deserted 
by  their  inhabitants,  and  the  few  planters 
that  remained  sunk  into  the  most  enerva- 
ting indolence.  The  necessaries,  how- 
ever, and  even  the  luxuries  of  life,  were 
there  found  in  abundance.  All  the  Euro- 
pean animals  had  multiplied  exceedingly, 
but  especially  the  horned  cattle,  which 
were  become  in  a  manner  wild,  and  wan- 
dered about  in  large  droves,  without  any 
regular  owner.  Allured  by  these  con- 
A'eniences,  certain  French  and  English 
adventurers,  since  known  by  the  name  of 
Buccaneers  or  Freebooters,  had  taken 
possession  of  the  small  island  of  Tortuga, 
as  early  as  the  year  1632,  and  found  little 
difficulty,  under  such  favorable  circum- 
stances, of  establishing  themselves  on 
the  northern  coast  of  Hispaniola.  They 
at  first  subsisted  chiefly  by  the  hunting  of 
wild  cattle.     Part   of  the  beef  they  aie 


fresh,  part  they  dried,  and  the  hides  they 
sold  to  the  masters  of  such  vessels  as 
came  upon  the  coast,  and  who  furnished 
them,  in  return,  with  clothes,  liquors, 
fire-arms,  powder,  and  shot.*  But  the 
wild  cattle  at  length  becoming  scarce, 
the  Buccaneers  were  under  the  necessity 
of  turning  their  industry  to  other  objects. 
The  sober-minded  men  applied  them- 
selves to  the  cultivation  of  the  ground, 
which  abundantly  requited  their  toil, 
while  those  of  a  bold  and  restless  dispo- 
sition associated  themselves  with  pirates 
and  outlaws  of  all  nations,  and  formed 
the  most  terrible  band  of  ravagers  that 
ever  infested  the  ocean.     To  these  rava- 


*  The  dress  of  the  Baccaneers  consisted  of  a 
shirt  dipped  in  the  blood  of  the  animals  they  had 
slain  ;  a  pair  of  trowsers,  dirtier  than  the  shirt ; 
a  leathern  girdle,  from  which  hung  a  short  sabre, 
and  some  Dutch  knives  ;  a  hat  without  any  rim, 
except  a  flap  before,  in  order  to  enable  them  to 
pull  it  off;  shoes  made  of  raw  hides,  but  no 
stockings.  {Hist.  Gen.  des  Voyages,  torn.  xv. 
liv.  vii.)  These  barbarous  men,  the  outcasts  of 
civil  society,  were  denominated  Buccaneers,  be- 
cause they  dried  with  smoke,  conformable  to  the 
custom  of  the  savages,  part  of  the  flesh  of  the 
cattle  they  had  killed,  in  places  denominated 
buccans  in  the  language  of  the  natives.    Id.  ibid. 


BUCCANEERS. 


661 


Attack  of  the  Buccaneers. 


gers,  however,  rendered  famous  by  their 
courage  and  their  crimes,  France  and 
England  are  indebted,  in  some  measure, 
for  the  prosperity  of  their  settlements  in 
the  West  Indies. 

Nothing  could  appear  less  formidable 
than  the  first  armaments  of  the  piratical 
Buccaneers,  who  took  the  name  of  Bro- 
thers of  the  Coast.  Having  formed  them- 
selves, like  the  hunters  of  wild  cattle, 
into  small  societies,  they  made  their  ex- 
cursions in  an  open  boat,  which  generally 
contained  between  twenty  and  thirty 
men,  exposed  to  all  the  intemperature  of 
the  climate  ;  to  the  burning  heat  of  the 
day,  and  the  chilling  damps  of  the  night. 
The  natural  inconveniencies,  connected 
with  this  mode  of  life,  were  augmented 
by  those  arising  from  their  licentious 
disposition. 

A  love  of  freedom,  which  duly  regu- 
lated, cannot  be  too  much  cherished,  ren- 
dered the  Buccaneers  averse  against  all 
those  restraints,  which  civilized  men 
usually  impose  on  each  other  for  their 
common  happiness  ;  and  as  the  authority 
which  they  had  conferred  on  their  cap- 
tain, was  chiefly  confined  to  giving  orders 
in  battle,  they  lived  in  the  greatest  disor- 
der.    Like   savages,  having   no   appre- 


hension of  want,  nor  taking  any  care  to 
guard  against  famine  by  prudent  econo- 
my, they  were  frequently  exposed  to  all 
the  extremities  of  hunger  and  thirst.  But 
deriving,  even  from  their  distresses,  a 
courage  superior  to  every  danger,  the 
sight  of  a  sail  transported  them  to  a  de- 
gree of  frenzy.  They  seldom  deliberated 
on  the  mode  of  attack,  but  their  custom 
was  to  board  the  ships  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble. The  smallness  of  their  own  vessels, 
and  their  dexterity  in  managing  them, 
preserved  them  from  the  fire  of  the  ene- 
my. They  presented  only  to  the  broad- 
side of  a  ship,  their  slender  prows,  filled 
with  expert  marksmen,  who  fired  at  the 
enemy's  port-holes  with  such  exactness, 
as  to  confound  the  most  experienced 
gunners.  And  when  they  could  fix  their 
grappling  tackle,  the  largest  trading  ves- 
sels were  generally  obliged  to  strike. 

Although  the  Buccaneers,  when  under 
the  pressure  of  necessity,  attacked  the 
ships  of  every  nation,  those  belonging  to 
the  subjects  of  Spain  were  more  espe- 
cially marked  out  as  the  objects  of  their 
piracy.  They  thought  that  the  cruelties, 
which  the  Spaniards  had  exercised  on 
the  natives  of  the  New  World,  were  a 
sufficient  apology  for  any  violence  that 


662 


BUCCANEERS, 


could  be  committed  against  them.  Ac- 
commodating their  conscience  to  this 
belief,  which,  perhaps,  unknown  to  them- 
selves, was  rather  dictated  by  the  rich- 
ness of  the  Spanish  vessels  than  by  any 
real  sense  of  religion  or  equity,  they  never 
embarked  in  an  expedition  without  pub- 
licly praying  to  heaven  for  its  success ; 
nor  did  they  ever  return  loaded  with  booty, 
without  solemnly  returning  thanks  to  God 
for  their  good  fortune. 

This  booty  was  originally  carried  to 
the  island  of  Tortuga,  the  common  ren- 
dezvous of  the  Buccaneers,  and  then 
their  only  place  of  safety.  But  afterward 
the  French  went  to  some  of  the  ports  of 
Hispaniola,  where  they  had  established 
themselves  in  defiance  of  the  Spaniards, 
and  the  English  to  those  of  Jamaica, 
where  they  could  dispose  of  their  prizes 
to  more  advantage,  and  lay  out  their  mon- 
ey more  agreeably,  either  in  business  or 
pleasure. 

Before  the  distribution  of  the  spoil, 
each  adventurer  held  up  his  hand,  and 
protested  he  had  secreted  nothing  of 
what  he  had  taken  ;  and  if  any  one  was 
convicted  of  perjury,  a  case  that  seldom 
occurred,  he  was  punished  in  a  manner 
truly  exemplary,  and  worthy  the  imitation 
of  better  men.  He  was  expelled  the 
community,  and  left,  as  soon  as  an  op- 
portunity ofljored,upon  some  desert  island, 
as  a  wretch  unworthy  to  live  in  society, 
even  with  the  destroyers  of  their  species  ! 

After  providing  for  the  sick,  the  wound- 
ed, the  maimed,  and  settling  their  several 
shares,  the  Buccaneers  indulged  them- 
selves in  all  kinds  of  licentiousness. 
Their  debauches,  which  they  carried  to 
the  greatest  excess,  were  limited  only  by 
the  want  that  such  prodigality  occasioned. 
If  they  were  asked,  what  satisfaction 
they  could  find  in  dissipating  so  rapidly, 
what  they  had  earned  with  so  much  jeop- 
ardy, they  made  this  very  ingenious  reply: 
"  Exposed  as  we  are  to  a  variety  of  per- 
ils, our  life  is  totally  different  from  that 
of  other  men.  Why  should  we,  who  are 
alive  to-day,  and  run  the  hazard  of  being 
dead  to-morrow,  think  of  hoarding  ?  stu- 
dious only  of  enjoying  the  present  hour, 
we  never  think  of  that  which  is  to  come." 
This  has  ever  been  the  language  of  men 
in  such  circumstances ;  the  desire  of  dis- 


sipating life,  not  solicitude  for  the  pre- 
servation of  existence,  seems  to  increase 
in  proportion  to  the  danger  of  losing  it. 

The  ships  that  sailed  from  Europe  to 
America  seldom  tempted  the  avidity  of 
the  first  Buccaneers,  as  the  merchandise 
they  carried  could  not  readily  have  been 
sold  in  the  West  Indies  in  those  early 
times.  But  they  eagerly  watched  the 
Spanish  vessels  on  their  return  to  Europe, 
when  certain  they  were  partly  laden  with 
treasure.  They  commonly  followed  the 
galleons  and  flota,  employed  in  transport- 
ing the  produce  of  the  mines  of  Mexico 
and  Peru,  as  far  as  the  channel  of  Baha- 
ma ;  and  if,  by  any  accident,  a  ship  was 
separated  from  the  fleet,  they  instantly 
beset  her,  and  she  seldom  escaped  them. 
They  even  ventured  to  attack  several 
ships  at  once;  and  the  Spaniards,  who 
considered  them  as  demons,  and  trembled 
at  their  approach,  commonly  surrendered, 
if  they  came  to  close  quarters. 

A  remarkable  instance  of  this  timidity 
on  the  one  side,  and  temerity  on  the  other, 
occurs  in  the  history  of  Peter  Legrand,  a 
native  of  Dieppe,  in  Normandy ;  who, 
with  a  small  vessel,  carrying  no  more 
than  twenty-eight  men,  and  four  guns, 
had  the  boldness  to  attack  the  vice-admi- 
ral of  the  galleons.  Resolved  to  conquer 
or  die,  and  having  exacted  an  oath  to  the 
same  purpose  from  his  crew,  he  ordered 
the  carpenter  to  bore  a  hole  in  the  side 
of  his  own  vessel,  that  all  hope  of  escape 
might  be  cut  ofi".  This  was  no  sooner 
done  than  he  boarded  the  Spanish  ship, 
with  a  sword  in  one  hand  and  a  pistol  in 
the  other ;  and  bearing  down  all  resis- 
tance, entered  the  great  cabin,  attended 
by  a  few  of  the  most  desperate  of  his  as- 
sociates. He  there  found  the  admiral 
surrounded  by  his  officers;  presented  a 
pistol  to  his  breast,  and  ordered  him  to 
surrender.  Meanwhile  the  rest  of  the 
Buccaneers  took  possession  of  the  gun- 
room, and  seized  the  arms.  Struck  with 
terror  and  amazement,  the  Spaniards  de- 
manded quarter.  Like  examples  are  nu- 
merous in  the  history  of  the  Buccaneers. 

The  Spaniards,  almost  reduced  to  de- 
spair by  finding  themselves  a  continual 
prey  to  those  ravagers,  diminished  the 
number  of  their  ships,  and  the  colonies 
gave  up  their  connexions  with  each  other 


BUCCANEERS. 


663 


These  humiliating  precautions,  however, 
served  but  to  increase  the  boldness  of 
the  Buccaneers.  They  had  hitherto  in- 
vaded the  Spanish  settlements  only  to 
procure  provisions ;  but  no  sooner  did 
they  find  their  captures  decrease,  than 
they  determined  to  procure  by  land,  that 
wealth  which  the  sea  denied  them.  They 
accordingly  formed  themselves  into  large 
bodies,  and  plundered  many  of  the  richest 
and  strongest  towns  in  the  New  World. 
Maracaybo,  Campeachy,  Vera  Cruz, 
Porto  Bello,  and  Carthagena,  on  this 
side  of  the  continent,  severely  felt  the 
effects  of  their  fury ;  and  Quayaquil, 
Panama,  and  many  other  places  on  the 
coasts  of  the  South  Sea,  were  not  more 
fortunate  in  their  resistance,  or  treated 
with  greater  lenity.  In  a  word,  the  Buc- 
caneers, the  most  extraordinary  set  of 
men  that  ever  appeared  upon  the  face  of 
the  globe,  but  whose  duration  was  tran- 
sitory, subjected  to  their  arms,  without  a 
regular  system  of  government,  without 
laws,  without  any  permanent  subordina- 
tion, and  even  without  revenue,  cities  and 
castles  which  have  baffled  the  utmost 
efforts  of  national  force  ;  and  if  conquest, 
not  plunder,  had  been  their  object,  they 
might  have  made  themselves  masters  of 
all  Spanish  America. 

Among  the  Buccaneers  who  first  ac- 
quired distinction  in  this  new  mode  of 
plundering,  was  Montbars,  a  gentleman 
of  Languedoc.  Having  by  chance,  in 
his  infancy,  met  with  a  circumstantial, 
and  perhaps  exaggerated  account  of  the 
cruelties  practised  by  the  Spaniards  in 
the  conquest  of  the  New  World,  he  con- 
ceived a  strong  antipathy  against  a  nation 
that  had  committed  so  many  enormities. 
His  heated  imagination,  which  he  loved 
to  indulge,  continually  represented  to  him 
innumerable  multitudes  of  innocent  peo- 
ple, murdered  by  a  brood  of  savage  mon- 
sters nursed  in  the  mountains  of  Castile. 
The  unhappy  victims,  whose  names  were 
ever  present  to  his  memory,  seemed  to 
call  upon  him  for  vengeance ;  he  longed 
to  imbrue  his  hands  in  Spanish  blood,  and 
to  retaliate  the  cruelties  of  the  Spaniards 
on  the  same  shores  where  they  had  been 
perpetrated.  He  accordingly  embarked 
on  board  a  French  ship  bound  to  the 
West  Indies,  about  the  middle   of   the 


'  last  century,  and  joined  the  Buccaneers, 
I  whose  natural  ferocity  he  inflamed. 
I  Humanity  in  him  became  the  source  of 
'  the  most  unfeeling  barbarity.  The  Span- 
iards suffered  so  much  from  his  fury,  that 
'  he  acquired  the  name  o{  the  Exterminator. 
Michael  de  Basco  and  Francis  Lolo- 
nois  were  also  greatly  renowned  for  their 
exploits,  both  by  sea  and  land.  Their 
most  important,  though  not  their  most 
fortunate  enterprise,  was  that  of  the  Gulf 
of  Venezuela,  with  eight  vessels,  and  six 
hundred  and  sixty  associates.  This  gulf 
runs  a  considerable  way  up  into  the  coun- 
try, and  communicates  with  the  lake  of 
Maracaybo,  by  a  narrow  strait.  That 
strait  is  defended  by  a  castle  called  la 
Barra,  which  the  Buccaneers  took,  and 
nailed  up  the  cannon,  in  1667.  They 
then  passed  the  bar,  and  advanced  to  the 
city  of  Maracaybo,  built  on  the  western 
coast  of  the  lake,  at  the  distance  of  about 
ten  leagues  from  its  mouth.  But,to  their 
inexpressible  disappointment,  they  found 
it  utterly  deserted  and  unfurnished ;  the 
inhabitants,  apprised  of  their  danger,  hav- 
ing removed  to  the  other  side  of  the  lake 
with  their  most  valuable  eflects. 

If  the  Buccaneers  had  not  spent  a 
fortnight  in  riot  and  debauchery,  they 
would  have  found  at  Gibraltar,  a  town 
near  the  extremity  of  the  lake,  every 
thing  which  the  people  of  Maracaybo  had 
carried  off,  in  order  to  elude  their  rapaci- 
ty. On  the  contrary,  by  their  imprudent 
delay,  they  met  with  fortifications  newly 
erected,  which  they  had  the  glory  of  re- 
ducing at  the  expense  of  much  blood,  and 
the  mortification  of  finding  another  empty 
town.  Exasperated  at  this  second  dis- 
appointment, the  Buccaneers  set  fire  to 
Gibraltar ;  and  Maracaybo  would  have 
shared  the  same  fate,  had  it  not  been 
ransomed.  Beside  the  bribe  they  re- 
ceived for  their  lenity,  they  took  with 
them  the  bells,  images,  and  all  ihe  orna- 
mental furniture  of  the  churches  ;  intend- 
ing, as  they  said,  to  build  a  chapel  in  the 
I  island  of  Torluga,  and  to  consecrate  that 
part  of  their  spoils  to  sacred  uses.  Like 
other  plunderers  of  more  exalted  charac- 
:  ter,  they  had  no  idea  of  the  absurdity  of 
:  offering  to  Heaven  the  fruits  of  robbery 
j  and  murder,  procured  in  direct  violation 
of  its  laws. 


664 


BUCCANEERS. 


But  of  all  the  Buccaneers,  French  or 
English,  none  was  so  uniformly  success- 
ful, or  executed  so  many  great  and  daring 
enterprises,  as  Henry  Morgan,  a  native 
of  the  principality  of  Wales.  While  de 
Basco,  Lolonois,  and  their  companions, 
were  squandering  at  Tortuga  the  spoils 
they  had  acquired  in  the  gulf  of  Vene- 
zuela, Morgan,  in  1668,  sailed  from  Ja- 
maica to  attack  Porto  Bello  ;  and  his 
measures  were  so  well  concerted,  that 
soon  after  his  landing,  he  surprised  the 
centinels,  and  made  himself  master  of  the 
town,  before  the  Spaniards  could  put 
themselves  in  a  posture  of  defence. 

In  hopes  of  reducing  with  the  same 
facility  the  citadel,  or  chief  castle,  into 
which  the  citizens  had  conveyed  their 
most  valuable  property,  and  all  the  plate 
belonging  to  the  churches,  Morgan  be- 
thought himself  of  an  expedient  that  dis- 
covers his  knowledge  of  national  charac- 
ters as  well  as  of  human  nature  in  gene- 
ral. He  compelled  the  priests,  nuns,  and 
other  women,  whom  he  had  made  prison- 
ers, to  plant  the  scaling  ladders  against 
the  walls  of  the  fortress,  from  a  persua- 
sion that  the  gallantry  and  superstition  of 
the  Spaniards  would  not  suffer  them  to 
fire  on  the  objects  of  their  love  and  vene- 
ration. But  he  found  himself  deceived 
in  this  flattering  conjecture.  The  Span- 
ish governor,  who  was  a  resolute  soldier, 
used  his  utmost  efforts  to  destroy  every 
one  that  approached  the  works.  Morgan 
and  his  English  associates,  however, 
carried  the  place  by  storm,  in  spite  of  all 
opposition;  and  found  in  it,  besides  a 
vast  quantity  of  rich  merchandise,  bullion 
and  specie  equivalent  to  one  hundred 
thousand  pounds  sterling. 

With  this  booty  Morgan  and  his  crew 
returned  to  Jamaica,  where  he  immedi- 
ately planned  a  new  enterprise.  Under- 
standing that  de  Basco  and  Lolonois  had 
been  disappointed  in  the  promised  plun- 
der of  Maracaybo,  by  their  imprudent 
delay,  he  resolved,  from  emulation  no 
less  than  avidity,  to  surprise  that  place. 
With  this  view,  he  collected  fifteen  A'es- 
sels,  carrying  nine  hundred  and  sixty 
men.  In  1669,  these  ravagers  entered 
the  gulf  of  Venezuela  unobserved,  silen- 
ced the  fort  that  defends  the  passage  to 
the   lake   of  Maracaybo,  and   found  the 


town,  as  formerly,  totally  deserted.  But 
they  were  so  fortunate  as  to  discover  the 
chief  citizens,  and  the  greater  part  of 
their  wealth,  in  the  neighboring  woods. 
Not  satisfied,  however,  with  this  booty, 
Morgan  proceeded  to  Gibraltar,  which 
he  found  in  the  same  desolate  condition  ; 
and  while  he  was  attempting,  by  the 
most  horrid  cruelties,  to  extort  from  such 
of  the  inhabitants  as  had  been  seized,  a 
discovery  of  their  hidden  treasures,  he 
was  informed  of  the  arrival  of  three  Span- 
ish men-of-war  at  the  entrance  of  the  lake. 

At  this  intelligence,  which  was  con- 
firmed by  a  boat  despatched  to  reconnoitre 
the  enemy,  the  heart  of  the  bravest  Buc- 
caneer sunk  within  him.  But  although 
Morgan  considered  his  condition  as  des- 
perate, his  presence  of  mind  did  not  for- 
sake him.  Concealing  his  apprehensions, 
he  sent  a  letter  to  Don  Alonzo  del  Cam- 
po,  the  Spanish  admiral,  boldly  demand- 
ing a  ransom  for  the  city  of  Maracaybo. 
The  admiral's  answer  was  resolute,  and 
excluded  all  hope  of  working  upon  his 
fears.  "I  am  come,"  said  he,  "to  dis- 
pute your  passage  out  of  the  lake  ;  and  I 
have  the  means  of  doing  it.  Neverthe- 
less, if  you  will  submit  to  surrender,  with 
humility,  all  the  booty  and  prisoners  you 
have  taken,  I  will  suffer  you  to  pass,  and 
permit  you  to  return  to  your  own  country, 
without  trouble  or  molestation.  But  if 
you  reject  this  offer,  or  hesitate  to  comply, 
I  will  order  boats  from  Caracas,  in  which 
I  will  embark  my  troops  ;  and,  sailing  to 
Maracaybo,  will  put  every  man  of  you  to 
the  sword.  This  is  my  final  determina- 
tion. Be  prudent  therefore,  and  do  not 
abuse  my  bounty  by  an  ungrateful  return. 
I  have  with  me,"  added  he,  "  very  good 
troops,  who  desire  nothing  more  ardently 
than  to  revenge  on  you  and  your  people, 
all  the  cruelties  and  depredations  which 
you  have  committed  upon  the  Spanish 
nation  in  America." 

The  moment  Morgan  received  this  let- 
ter, he  called  together  his  followers ;  and, 
after  acquainting  them  with  its  contents, 
desired  them  to  deliberate,  whether  they 
would  give  up  all  their  plunder  in  order 
to  secure  their  Hberty,  or  fight  for  it  ? — • 
They  unanimously  answered,  that  they 
would  rather  lose  the  last  drop  of  their 
blood,  than  resign  a   booty   which  had 


BUCCANEERS. 


665 


been  purchased  with  so  much  peril. 
Morgan,  however,  sensible  of  his  dan- 
gerous situation,  endeavored  to  compro- 
mise the  matter,  but  in  vain.  The  Span- 
ish admiral  continued  to  insist  on  his  first 
conditions.  When  Morgan  was  made 
acquainted  with  this  inflexibility,  he 
coolly  replied  :  "  If  Don  Alonzo  will  not 
allow  me  to  pass,  I  will  find  means  to 
pass  without  his  permission."  He  ac- 
cordingly made  a  division  of  the  spoil, 
that  each  man  might  have  his  own  pro- 
perly to  defend;  and  having  filled  a  ves- 
sel, which  he  had  taken  from  the  enemy, 
with  preparations  of  gunpowder  and  other 
combustible  materials,  he  gallantly  pro- 
ceeded to  the  mouth  of  the  lake  ;  burnt 
two  of  the  Spanish  ships,  took  one  ;  and 
by  making  a  feint  of  disembarking  men, 
in  order  to  attack  the  fort  by  land,  he 
diverted  the  attention  of  the  garrison  to 
that  side,  while  he  passed  the  bar  with 
his  whole  fleet,  on  the  other,  without  re- 
ceiving any  damage. 

The  success  of  Morgan,  like  that  of 
all  ambitious  leaders,  served  only  to  stim- 
ulate him  to  yet  greater  undertakings. 
In  1 670,  having  disposed  of  his  booty  at 
Port  Royal  in  Jamaica,  he  again  put  to  sea 
with  a  larger  fleet,  and  a  more  numerous 
body  of  adventurers  ;  and  after  reducing 
the  island  of  St.  Catharine,  where  he 
procured  a  supply  of  naval  and  military 
stores,  he  steered  for  the  river  Chagre, 
the  only  channel  that  could  conduct  him 
to  Panama,  the  grand  object  of  his  arma- 
ment. At  the  mouth  of  this  river,  stood 
a  strong  castle,  built  upon  a  rock,  and  de- 
fended by  a  good  garrison,  which  threat- 
ened to  baflle  all  the  eflTorts  of  the  Buc- 
caneers ;  when  an  arrow,  shot  from  the 
bow  of  an  Indian,  lodged  in  the  eye  of 
one  of  those  resolute  men.  "With  won- 
derful firmness  and  presence  of  mind,  he 
pulled  the  arrow  from  the  wound ;  and 
wrapping  one  of  its  ends  in  tow,  put  it 
into  his  musket,  which  was  already  load- 
ed, and  discharged  it  into  the  fort,  where 
the  roofs  of  the  houses  were  of  straw, 
and  the  sides  of  wood,  conformable  to  the 
custom  of  building  in  that  country.  The 
burning  arrow  fell  on  the  roof  of  one  of 
the  houses,  which  immediately  took  fire  ; 
a  circumstance  that  threw  the  Spanirads 
into  the  utmost  consternation,  as  they 
84 


were  afraid,  every  moment,  of  perishing 
by  the  rapid  approach  of  the  flames,  or 
the  blowing  up  of  the  powder-magazine. 
After  the  death  of  the  governor,  who 
bravely  perished  with  his  sword  in  his 
hand,  at  the  head  of  a  few  determined 
men,  the  place  surrendered  to  the  as- 
sailants. 

This  chief  obstacle  being  removed, 
Morgan  and  his  associates,  leaving  the 
larger  vessels  under  a  guard,  sailed  up 
the  Chagre  in  boats  to  Cruces,  and  thence 
proceeded  by  land  to  Panama.  On  the 
Savana,  a  spacious  plain  before  the  city, 
the  Spaniards  made  several  attemps  to 
repulse  the  ferocious  invaders,  but  with- 
out effect:  the  Buccaneers  gained  a  de- 
cided superiority  in  every  encounter. 
Foreseeing  the  overthrow  of  their  milita- 
ry protectors,  the  unarmed  inhabitants 
sought  refuge  in  the  woods ;  so  that 
Morgan  took  quiet  possession  of  Panama, 
and  deliberately  pillaged  it  for  some  days. 

But  Morgan  met  at  Panama  with  what 
he  valued  no  less  than  his  rich  booty.  A 
fair  captive  inflamed  his  savage  heart 
with  love ;  and,  finding  all  his  solicita- 
tions ineffectual,  as  neither  his  person 
nor  character  was  calculated  to  inspire 
the  object  of  his  passion  with  favorable 
sentiments  towards  him,  he  resolved  to 
second  his  assiduities  with  a  seasonable 
mixture  of  force.  "  Stop,  ruffian  !"  cried 
she,  as  she  wildly  sprung  from  his  arras  ; 
"stop!  thinkest  thou  that  thou  canst 
ravish  from  me  mine  honor,  as  thou  hast 
wrested  from  me  my  fortune  and  my 
liberty?  No!  be  assured,  that  my  soul 
shall  sooner  be  separated  from  this  body  :" 
and  she  drew  a  poniard  from  her  bosom, 
which  she  would  have  plunged  into  his 
heart,  if  he  had  not  avoided  the  blow.* 

Enraged  at  such  a  return  to  his  fond- 

*The  Spanish  ladies,  however,  as  we  learn 
from  the  freebooter  Raveneau  tie  Luffan,  were 
not  all  possessed  of  the  same  inflexible  virtue. 
The  Buccaneers  had  been  represented  to  them 
as  devils,  as  cannibals,  and  beings  who  were  des- 
titute even  of  the  human  form.  They  accord- 
ingly trembled  at  the  very  name  of  those  plun- 
derers. But,  on  a  nearer  approach,  they  found 
them  to  be  men,  and  some  of  them  handsome 
fellows.  And  in  this,  as  in  all  cases,  where  they 
have  been  abused  by  false  representations  of  our 
sex,  the  women  flew  into  the  opposite  extreme, 
as  soon  as  they  were  undeceived  ;  -and  clasped  in 
their  amorous  arms  the  murderers  of  their  hus- 


666 


CELTS. 


ness,  Morgan  threw  this  virtuous  beauty 
into  a  loathsome  dungeon,  and  endeavor- 
ed to  break  her  spirit  by  severities.  But 
his  followers  becoming  clamorous,  at 
being  kept  so  long  in  a  state  of  inactivity 
by  a  caprice  which  they  could  not  com- 
prehend, he  was  obliged  to  listen  to  their 
importunities,  and  give  up  his  amorous 
pursuit.  As  a  prelude  to  their  return, 
the  booty  was  divided ;  and  Morgan's 
own  share,  in  the  pillage  of  this  expedi- 
tion, is  said  to  have  amounted  to  one 
hundred  thousand  pounds  sterling.  He 
carried  all  his  vvealth  to  Jamaica,  and 
never  afterwards  engaged  in  any  pirati- 
cal enterprise. 

The  defection  of  Morgan,  and  several 
other  principal  leaders,  who  sought  and 
found  an  asylum  in  the  bosom  of  that 
civil  society,  whose   laws  they  had  so 


atrociously  violated,  together  with  the 
total  separation  of  the  English  and 
French  Buccaneers,  in  consequence  of 
the  war  between  the  two  nations,  which 
followed  the  Revolution  in  1 688,  broke  the 
force  of  those  powerful  plunderers.  In 
1690,  the  king  of  Spain  being  then  in  alli- 
ance with  England,  she  repressed  the  pira- 
cies of  her  subjects  in  the  West  Indies. 
The  French  Buccaneers  continued  their 
depredations,  and  with  no  small  success, 
till  the  peace  of  Ryswick  in  1697;  when 
all  differences  between  France  and  Spain 
having  been  adjusted,  a  stop  was  every 
where  put  to  hostilities,  and  not  only  the 
association,  but  the  very  name  of  this 
extraordinary  set  of  men  soon  became 
extinct.  They  were  insensibly  lost 
among  the  other  European  inhabitants  of 
the  West  Indies. 


CELTS. 


The  Celts  were  an  ancient  people  in- 
habiting, according  to  the  earliest  histori- 
cal notices,  the  western  parts  of  Europe. 

It  appears  now  to  be  generally  admitted, 
that  they  were  a  peculiar  people,  distin- 
guished by  many  remarkable  particulars 
from  the  Scythians  or  Goths,  with  whom 
they  have  been  often  confounded.  The 
distinction,  however,  between  the  nations 
alhided  to,  has  not  been  admitted  without 
a  full  and  elaborate  discussion  of  the  sub- 
ject. The  points  supposed  to  be  estab- 
lished by  Mr.  Pinkerton  and  other  learned 
critics,  are  the  following :  1 .  At  a  period, 
probably  as  early  as  the  year  1400  A.  C. 
the  Scythians  had  pushed  themselves 
from  the  vicinity  of  the  river  Araxis 
westwards  and  northwards,  over  a 
considerable  part  of  Europe.  2.  The 
Scythians  were  afterwards  mentioned 
in  history  under  the  names  of  Getae, 
Gothi,  and  Germini ;  but  whether  distin- 
guished by  these  names,  or  by  the  more 


bands  and  brothers.  Charmed  with  the  ardor 
of  a  band  of  adventurers,  whose  every  passion 
was  in  excess,  they  did  not  part,  without  tears 
of  agony,  from  the  warm  embrace  of  their  pirati- 
cal paramours,  to  return  into  the  cool  paths  of 
common  life.     Voy.  des  FliJMst.  chap,  iv,  v. 


comprehensive  appellation  of  Scythae,  the 
people  thus  distinguished  were  one  and 
the  same.  3.  With  regard  to  the  Celts, 
the  earliest  notices  would  lead  us  to  place 
them  abouttheyearSOOA.C.inthe  neigh- 
borhood of  the  Pyrenees,  whence  they 
were  driven  by  the  Germans  or  the  Goths 
on  the  east,  and  the  Aquitani,  probably  an 
Iberian  race,  on  the  south,  into  that  part 
of  Gaul  where  they  were  found  in  the  lime 
of  Ca;sar.  4.  That  the  inhabitants  of 
the  Highlands  of  Scotland,  and  the 
Welsh,  together  with  some  of  the  Irish 
tribes,  are  the  remains  now  existing  of 
the  ancient  Celts.  5.  That  when  the 
Greek  and  Roman  authors  used  the  words 
Celtae  and  Galli,  they  often  refer  exclu- 
sively to  the  Belgic  Gauls.  6.  That 
though  this  is  frequently  the  case,  the 
distinction  is  sometimes  accurately  made 
between  the  Belgic  Gauls  and  the  Celtic; 
as  in  the  introduction  to  the  first  book  of 
Caesar's  Commentaries,  where  the  Belgae 
are  represented  as  inhabiting  one  part  of 
Gaul,  the  Aquitani  another,  and  the 
Celtae  a  third. 

We  may  consider  the  distinction  be- 
tween the  Celts  and  the  Goths  as  estab 


CELTS. 


667 


lished,  1st,  By  the  difference  of  their 
person ;  2d,  By  the  difference  of  their 
religious  belief,  and  sacred  observances; 
3d,  By  the  difference  of  their  political 
institutions;  and,  lastly,  By  the  differ- 
ence of  their  language.  In  pointing  out 
these  differences,  almost  every  thing  in- 
teresting in  the  history  of  the  Celts  may 
be  conveniently  brought  into  view. 

The  Celts  were  distinguished  from  the 
Scythians,  Goths,  or  Germani,  by  their 
external  appearance.  They  had  not  the 
light  hair  and  blue  eyes,  which  were  re- 
garded in  ancient  times  as  an  indication 
of  a  German  origin  ;  nor  had  they  the 
lofty  stature  and  large  limbs,  which  are 
still  considered  as  characteristic  of  the 
German  tribes.  It  was  to  their  extraordi- 
nary appearance  and  ferocious  aspect,  as 
well  as  to  their  barbarous  valor,  that  the 
Gauls  (of  Scythian  or  Gothic  extraction) 
were  indebted  for  their  victories  over  the 
Romans ;  and,  before  the  strength  and 
discipline  of  Rome  could  match  the 
prowess  of  these  fierce  invaders,  it  was 
necessary  to  familiarize  the  legions  with 
the  tremendous  looks  and  savage  howl- 
ing of  the  Gaulish  warriors.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  Celts  were  a  people  of 
an  inferior  stature,  swarthy  in  their  com- 
plexion, with  dark  eyes,  and  hair  short, 
coarse  and  black.  In  their  external  ap- 
pearance they  seem  to  have  resembled 
the  Finns  and  Laplanders  of  modern 
times.  History  records  but  little  of  their 
victories  and  conquests  ;  and  Mr.  Pin- 
kerton,  in  frantic  declamation,  pronounces 
them  to  be  radical  savages,  incapable  of 
instruction  or  progress  in  society. 

But  if  the  Celts  were  distinguished 
from  the  Goths  by  their  external  appear- 
ance, they  were  distinguished  from  them 
in  a  still  greater  degree,  by  their  religious 
belief  and  their  sacred  observances. 
Among  the  Celts  there  existed  a  hierar- 
chy, regularly  constituted  and  estab- 
lished :  a  class  of  men  exercising  the 
functions  of  the  priesthood,  and  extend- 
ing their  authority  over  every  department 
of  civil  life ;  clearly  marked  out,  and 
separated  from  the  rest  of  the  community, 
and  enjoying  many  and  exclusive  privi- 
leges. Our  readers  will  perceive,  that 
we  allude  to  the  Druids.  It  is  univer- 
sally acknowledged,  that  Druidism  was 


peculiar  to  the  Celts,  and  that  nothing 
resembling  that  extraordinary  system  was 
to  be  found  among  the  Gothic  or  Teutonic 
tribes.  This  difference  is  striking  and 
fundamental.  And  the  fact,  that  the 
Germans  had  no  Druids,  is  mentioned  by 
Caesar  as  a  circumstance  completely  dis- 
criminative of  the  Celtic  and  Gothic 
nations.  It  has  been  affirmed,  that  the 
Druids  were  not  unacquainted  with  the 
great  and  primary  truth  of  the  unity  of 
the  divine  nature.  But  if  this  was  the 
case,  and  if  the  notion  alluded  to  formed 
a  part  of  their  secret  creed,  or  what 
the  Greeks  would  have  called  their 
isoteric  doctrine,  we  have  sufficient  au- 
thority for  maintaining,  that  they  counte- 
nanced, at  the  same  time,  the  belief  and 
the  worship  of  many  gods,  as  Jupiter, 
Mars,  Apollo,  Mercury,  and  Minerva,  or 
beings  of  heavenly  origin  and  power, 
whose  attributes  and  office  corresponded 
with  those  of  the  principal  divinities  of 
Rome.  They  held  likewise  the  doctrine 
of  Metempsychosis,  or  the  transmigra- 
tion of  souls.  Of  a  general  receptacle 
of  spirits,  enjoying  various  degrees  of 
happiness,  or  doomed  to  various  measures 
of  suffering,  they  appear  to  have  had  no 
idea.  Their  notion  seems  to  have  been, 
that  the  soul  of  man  is  destined  to  occupy 
various  bodies  in  succession ;  and  that 
the  alternate  transference  and  residence 
of  the  thinking  part  were  to  be  continued 
for  an  indefinite  length  of  time,  beyond 
which  the  inquiry  was  not  pushed.  In 
addition  to  all  this,  it  must  be  stated,  that 
the  Druids  were  philosophers.  They 
had  raised  their  understandings  above  the 
first  wants  and  enjoyments  of  our  species. 
They  had  attempted  to  pierce  into  the  re- 
cesses of  nature.  Their  investigations  re- 
lated to  the  constitution  of  the  physical 
world,  the  motion  of  the  heavenly  bodies, 
the  size  and  figure  of  the  earth,  and  the 
power  and  purposes  of  the  immortal 
gods.  Schools  of  philosophy  were  es- 
tablished among  them.  What  they  knew, 
they  taught  the  youth  committed  to  their 
care.  These  were  generally  the  sons  of 
nobles,  and  persons  of  distinction.  Some 
of  the  pupils  spent  no  fewer  than  twenty 
years  under  the  tuition  of  the  Druidical 
college.  It  was  a  principal  part  of  their 
education,  to  treasure  up  in  the  memory 


668 


CELTS. 


a  very  great  number  of  verses,  in  which 
the  mysteries  of  science  and  of  religion 
were  unfolded ;  for  these  ancient  mas- 
ters of  Celtic  wisdom,  though  acquainted 
with  alphabetical  characters,  made  no 
use  of  them  in  the  schools  over  which 
they  presided.  Into  the  schools  alluded 
to,  the  vulgar  were  not  permitted  to  enter. 
It  seems  to  be  an  acknowledged  princi- 
ple of  the  Druidical  system,  to  keep  the 
people  in  perpetual  ignorance ;  and  we 
shall  immediately  see,  that  it  was  a  part 
of  their  system,  to  keep  them  in  a  debasing 
and  pitiable  state  of  political  subjection. 

In  their  political  institutions  likewise, 
a  considerable  difference  appears  to  have 
existed  between  the  Gothic  and  Celtic 
tribes.  Among  these  tribes,  the  state  of 
the  people,  regarded  as  distinct  from  that 
of  the  privileged  orders,  seems  to  have 
varied  in  a  most  extraordinary  degree.  In 
the  one  great  class  of  human  beings,  the 
people  were  free,  and  valued  themselves 
upon  their  liberty ;  in  the  other,  they 
were  doomed  to  obey,  and  satisfied  with 
subjection.  Among  the  Goths  and  Ger- 
mans, every  man  was  a  soldier,  consult- 
ed on  occasions  of  the  highest  political 
importance,  and  listened  to  with  that  at- 
tention to  which  a  free  man  is  entitled. 
Among  the  Celts,  every  man  who  could 
not  establish  his  claim  to  be  ranked  with 
the  Druids  or  the  knights,  was  a  slave  ; 
his  comfort  or  misery,  his  life  or  his 
death,  depended  almost  exclusively  upon 
the  will  of  his  master. 

Among  the  Gothic  nations,  the  com- 
mencement of  what  has  been  called  the 
feudal  system,  may  easily  be  traced. 
The  chief  men  were  possessed  of  autho- 
rity and  influence  ;  but  their  authority  was 
exercised  within  considerable  limits,  and 
their  influence  subjected  to  considerable 
restraint.  In  matters  of  inferior  concern, 
the  decision  of  the  chief  was  final,  but 
all  affairs  of  high  interest  were  discussed 
and  determined  by  the  people  at  large. 
It  is  to  the  power  of  the  chiefs  thus  re- 
strained, and  to  the  mode  of  civil  govern- 
ment connected  with  it,  that  Mr.  Pinker- 
ton  has  given  the  name  of  the  feudal 
system  in  its  purity.  And  according  to 
the  opinion  of  that  learned  gentleman, 
this  feudal  system  in  its  purity  is  care- 
fully to  be  distinguiahed  from  the  latter 


feudal  system,  or  that  system  in  its  cor- 
rupted state.  Among  the  Celts,  on  the 
other  hand,  while  the  chiefs  commanded 
the  armies,  and  were  in  other  respects 
not  destitute  of  power,  the  supreme  judi- 
cial and  even  legislative  authority  ap- 
pears to  have  been  engrossed,  almost 
entirely  by  the  other  privileged  order,  that 
of  the  Druids.  The  Druids  judged  in  all 
controversies,  whether  public  or  private, 
whether  of  a  civil  or  of  a  religious  nature. 
They  ordained  and  inflicted  punishments. 
If  any  one  refused  to  abide  by  their  de- 
cision, he  was  instantly  excluded  from 
the  sacred  observances  ;  he  became  the 
subject  of  a  most  severe  excommunica- 
tion; he  was  held  as  accursed;  he  was 
avoided  as  a  person  on  whom  the  mark 
of  the  divine  displeasure  had  been  set ;  he 
lost  all  claim  to  justice,  and  all  title  to 
protection.  In  one  respect,  however, 
the  two  cases,  that  of  the  Goths  and  the 
Celts,  considered  in  a  political  point  of 
view,  may  justly  be  said  to  agree.  In 
both  the  power  of  the  chief  was  limited; 
but  among  the  Gothic  tribes,  the  check 
proceeded  from  the  people,  the  voice  of 
freemen  was  raised  aloud  against  oppres- 
sion ;  while  among  the  Celts  the  power 
of  the  chief  seems  to  have  been  nearly 
absorbed  in  that  of  the  Druids,  and  the 
voice  of  the  people,  if  heard  at  all,  was 
noticed,  only  as  a  symptom  of  rebellious 
insolence,  and  marked  only  to  be  punished. 
The  last  point  of  difference  between 
the  Celts  and  the  Goths,  is  their  language. 
It  is  not  to  be  denied,  however,  that  in 
ascertaining  this  point  of  difference,  con- 
siderable obstacles  present  themselves. 
It  is  not  easy  to  procure  correct  speci- 
mens of  any  ancient  language,  and  even 
when  correct  specimens  have  been  ob- 
tained, it  is  not  easy  to  determine 
whether  the  language  be  pure.  With 
the  exception  of  tribes  debarred  by  phy- 
sical circumstances,  there  is,  perhaps, 
no  instance  upon  record,  of  a  people 
living  for  a  very  great  length  of  time  in 
utter  seclusion  from  the  rest  of  the  world, 
retaining  their  original  language,  in  all 
its  purity,  and  their  manners  in  all  their 
characteristic  features.  Intercourse  must 
always  take  place,  in  a  greater  or  less 
degree,  among  contiguous  tribes.  Their 
very  hostilities  lead  to  intercourse  ;  and 


CRUSADES. 


669 


wherever  intercourse  is  supposed,  charac- 
teristic features,  either  of  language  or  of 
manners,  will  gradually  pass  away.  Be- 
sides, if  there  be  any  truth  in  the  opin- 
ion of  Sir  William  Jones,  that  the  Celts 
and  Goths,  though  differing  exceedingly 
from  one  another  at  the  periods  to  which 
the  Greek  and  Roman  historians  refer, 
were  nevertheless,  originally,  or  with  re- 
gard to  their  present  stock,  the  same 
people,  we  must  expect  to  find  the  same 
elementary  words  in  the  speech  of  both 


nations.  However  diversified  in  its  gen- 
eral appearance,  the  substratum  of  their 
language  will  be  the  same  ;  traces  of  the 
native  tongue  will  be  discoverable  in 
both  ;  just  as  in  the  various  languages  of 
Europe  which  have  been  derived  from 
the  Latin,  sufficient  indications  of  a  com- 
mon origin  may  still  be  perceived.  In 
their  state  of  comparative  advancement, 
however,  the  language  of  the  Celts  ap- 
pears to  differ  very  obviously  from  that 
of  the  Goths. 


CRUSADES 


■  Croisade,  or  Crusade,  may  be  applied 
to  any  war  undertaken  on  pretence  of  de- 
fending the  cause  of  religion,  but  has  been 
chiefly  used  for  the  expeditions  of  the 
Christians  against  the  infidels  for  the 
conquest  of  Palestine. | 

These  expeditions  lommenced  A.  D. 
1096.  The  foundation  of  them  was  a 
superstitious  veneration  for  those  places 
where  our  Saviour  performed  his  mira- 
cles, and  accomplished  the  work  of  man's 
redemption.  Jerusalem  had  been  taken 
and  Palestine  conquered  by  Omar.  This 
proved  a  considerable  interruption  to  the 
pilgrims,  who  flocked  from  all  quarters  to 
perform  their  devotions  at  the  holy  sepul- 
chre. They  had,  however,  still  been  al- 
lowed this  liberty,  on  paying  a  small  tri- 
bute to  the  Saracen  caliphs,  who  were 
not  much  inclined  to  molest  them.  But, 
in  1064,  this  city  changed  its  masters. 
The  Turks  took  it  from  the  Saracens  ; 
and  being  much  more  fierce  and  barba- 
rous, the  pilgrims  now  found  they  could 
no  longer  perform  their  devotions  with  the 
same  safety.  An  opinion  was  about  this 
time  also  prevalent  in  Europe,  which  made 
these  pilgrimages  much  more  frequent 
than  formerly :  it  was  imagined,  that  the 
1000  years  mentioned  in  Rev.  xx.  were 
fulfilled ;  that  Christ  was  soon  to  make 
his  appearance  in  Palestine  to  judge  the 
world  ;  and  consequently  that  journeys  to 
that  country  were  in  the  highest  degree 
meritorious,  and  even  absolutely  neces- 
sary.    The  multitudes  of  pilgrims  who 


now  flocked  to  Palestine  meeting  with  a 
very  rough  reception  from  the  Turks, 
filled  all  Europe  with  complaints  against 
those  infidels,  who  profaned  the  holy  city, 
and  derided  the  sacred  mysteries  of  Chris- 
tianity even  in  the  place  where  they  were 
fulfilled.  Pope  Gregory  VII  had  formed 
a  design  of  uniting  all  the  princes  of  Chris- 
tendom against  the  Mahometans  ;  but  his 
exorbitant  encroachments  upon  the  civil 
power  of  princes  had  created  him  so 
many  enemies,  and  rendered  his  schemes 
so  suspicious,  that  he  was  not  able  to 
make  great  progress  in  his  undertaking. 
The  work  was  reserved  for  a  meaner  in- 
strument. Peter,  commonly  called  the 
hermit,  a  native  of  Amiens  in  Picardy, 
had  made  the  pilgrimage  to  Jerusalem ; 
and  being  deeply  affected  with  the  dan- 
gers to  which  that  act  of  piety  now  exposed 
the  pilgrims,  as  well  as  with  the  oppres- 
sion under  which  the  eastern  Christians 
now  labored,  formed  the  bold,  and,  in  all 
appearance,  impracticable  design  of  lead- 
ing into  Asia,  from  the  farthest  extremi- 
ties of  the  West,  armies  sufficient  to  sub- 
due those  potent  and  warlike  nations  that 
now  held  the  holy  land  in  slavery.  He 
proposed  his  scheme  to  pope  Martin  II, 
who,  prudently  resolved  not  to  interpose 
his  authority  till  he  saw  a  probability  of 
success,  summoned  at  Placentia  a  coun- 
cil of  4,000  ecclesiastics  and  30,000  secu- 
lars. As  no  hall  could  be  found  large 
enough  to  contain  such  a  multitude,  the 
assembly  was  held  in  a  plain.    Here  the 


670 


CRUSADES. 


Peter  the  hermit  addressins;  the  Cnisaders. 


pope  himself  as  well  as  Peter,  harangued 
the  people,  representing  the  dismal  situa- 
tion of  their  brethren  in  the  East,  and  the 
indignity  offered  to  the  Christian  name  in 
allowing  the  holy  city  to  remain  in  the 
hands  of  the  infidels.  These  speeches 
were  so  agreeable  to  those  who  heard 
them,  that  the  whole  multitude  suddenly 
and  violently  declared  for  the  war,  and 
solemnly  devoted  themselves  to  perform 
this  service,  which  they  believed  to  be 
meritorious  in  the  sight  of  God.  But 
though  Italy  seemed  to  have  embraced 
the  design  with  ardor,  Martin  thought  it 
necessary,  in  order  to  obtain  perfect  suc- 
cess, to  engage  the  greater  and  more  war- 
like nations  in  the  same  enterprise.  Hav- 
ing, therefore,  exhorted  Peter  to  visit  the 
chief  cities  and  sovereigns  of  Christen- 
dom, he  summoned  another  council  at 
Clermont  in  Auvergne.  The  fame  of  this 
great  and  pious  design  being  now  uni- 
versally diffused,  procured  the  attendance 
of  the  greatest  prelates,  nobles,  and  prin- 
ces ;  and  when  the  pope  and  the  hermit 
renewed  their  pathetic  exhortations,  the 
whole  assembly,  as  if  impelled  by  imme- 
diate inspiration,  exclaimed  with  one 
voice,  "  It  is  the  will  of  God  !"  These 
words  were  deemed  so  much  the  effect 


of  a  divine  impulse,  that  they  were  em- 
ployed as  the  signal  of  rendezvous  and 
battle  in  all  future  exploits  of  these  ad- 
venturers. Men  of  all  ranks  now  flew  to 
arms  with  the  utmost  ardor,  and  a  cross 
was  affixed  to  their  right  shoulder  by  all 
who  enlisted  in  this  holy  enterprise.  At 
this  time  Europe  was  sunk  in  the  most 
profound  ignorance  and  superstition.  The 
ecclesiastics  had  gained  the  greatest  as- 
cendant over  the  human  mind ;  and  the 
people  who  committed  the  most  horrid 
crimes  and  disorders,  knew  of  no  other 
expiation  than  the  observances  imposed 
on  them  by  their  spiritual  pastors.  But 
amidst  the  abject  superstition  which  now 
prevailed,  the  military  spirit  had  also  uni 
versally  diffused  itself;  and,  though  not 
supported  by  art  or  discipline,  was  be- 
come the  general  passion  of  the  nations 
governed  by  the  feudal  law.  All  the 
great  lords  possessed  the  right  of  peace  and 
war.  They  were  engaged  in  continual 
hostilities  with  one  another :  the  open 
country  was  become  a  scene  of  outrage 
and  disorder  ;  the  chies,  still  mean  and 
poor,  were  neither  guarded  by  walls  nor 
protected  by  privileges.  Every  man  was 
obliged  to  depend  for  safety  on  his  own 
force,  or  his  private  alUances  ;  and  valor 


CRUSADES. 


671 


was  the  only  excellence  which  was  held 
in  esteem,  or  gave  one  man  the  pre-emi- 
nence above  another.  When  all  the  par- 
ticular superstitions,  therefore,  were  here 
united  in  one  great  object,  the  ardor  for 
private  hostilities  took  the  same  direction  ; 
"  and  all  Europe,"  as  the  princess  Anne 
Comnena  expresses  it,  "  torn  from  its 
foundations,  seemed  ready  to  precipitate 
itself  in  one  united  body  upon  Asia." 

All  ranks  of  men  now  deeming  the 
crusades  the  only  road  to  heaven,  were 
impatient  to  open  the  way  with  their 
swords  to  the  holy  city.  Nobles,  arti- 
sans, peasants,  even  priests,  enrolled 
their  names  ;  and  to  decline  this  service 
was  branded  with  the  reproach  of  impie- 
ty or  cowardice.  The  nobles  were  moved 
by  the  romantic  spirit  of  the  age,  to  hope 
for  opulent  establishments  in  the  East, 
the  chief  seat  of  arts  and  commerce  at 
that  time.  In  pursuit  of  these  chimerical 
projects,  they  sold  at  low  prices  their  an- 
cient castles  and  inheritances,  which  had 
now  lost  all  value  in  their  eyes.  The 
infirm  and  aged  contributed  to  the  expe- 
dition by  presents  and  money,  and  many 
of  them  attended  it  in  person  ;  being  de- 
termined, if  possible,  to  breathe  their  last 
in  sight  of  that  city  where  their  Saviour 
died  for  them.  Even  women,  concealing 
their  sex  under  the  disguise  of  armor,  at- 
tended the  camp  ;  and  often  forgot  their 
duty  still  more,  by  prostituting  themselves 
to  the  army.  The  greatest  criminals  were 
forward  in  a  service  which  they  consid- 
ered as  an  expiation  for  all  crimes  ;  and 
the  most  enormous  disorders  were  during 
the  course  of  these  expeditions  commit- 
ted by  men  inured  to  wickedness,  en- 
couraged by  example,  and  impelled  by 
necessity.  The  adventurers  were  at  last 
so  numerous,  that  their  sagacious  leaders 
became  apprehensive  lest  the  greatness 
of  the  armament  would  be  the  cause  of 
its  own  disappointment.  For  this  reason 
they  permitted  an  undisciplined  multi- 
tude, computed  at  300,000  men,  to  go  be- 
fore them  under  the  command  of  Peter 
the  hermit,  and  Gautier  or  Walter,  sur- 
named  the  moneyless,  from  his  being  a 
soldier  of  fortune.  These  took  the  road 
towards  Constantinople  through  Hungary 
and  Bulgaria  ;  and  trusting  that  heaven, 
by  supejuatural  assistance  would  supply 


all  their  necessities,  they  made  no  provi- 
sion for  subsistence  in  their  march.  They 
soon  found  themselves  obliged  to  obtain 
byplunder  what  they  vainly  expected  from 
miracles  ;  and  the  enraged  inhabitants  of 
the  countries  through  which  they  passed 
attacked  the  disorderly  multitude,  and 
slaughtered  them  without  resistance. 
The  more  disciplined  armies  followed 
after  ;  and,  passing  the  straits  of  Constan- 
tinople, were  mustered  in  the  plains  of 
Asia,  and  amounted  in  the  whole  to 
700,000  men.  The  princes  engaged  in 
this  first  crusade  were,  Hugo,  count  of 
Vermandois,  brother  to  Philip  I,  king  of 
France ;  Robert,  duke  of  Normandy  ;  Ro- 
bert, earl  of  Flanders  ;  Raimond,  earl  of 
Toulouse  and  St.  Giles  ;  the  celebrated 
Godfrey  of  Bouillon,  duke  of  Lorrain, 
with  his  brothers  Baldwin  and  Eustace  ; 
Stephen,  earl  of  Chartres  and  Blois  ;  Hu- 
go, count  of  St.  Paul ;  with  many  other 
lords.  The  general  rendezvous  was  at 
Constantinople.  In  this  expedition,  God- 
frey besieged  and  took  the  city  of  Nice. 
Jerusalem  was  taken  by  the  confederated 
army,  and  Godfrey  chosen  king.  The 
Christians  gained  the  famous  battle  of 
Ascalon  against  the  Sultan  of  Egypt, 
which  put  an  end  to  the  first  crusade,  but 
not  to  the  spirit  of  crusading.  The  rage 
continued  for  near  two  centuries.  The 
second  crusade,  in  1144,  was  headed  by 
the  emperor  Conrad  III,  and  Lewis  VII, 
king  of  France.  The  emperor's  army 
was  either  destroyed  by  the  enemy,  or 
perished  through  the  treachery  of  Manu- 
el, the  Greek  emperor ;  and  the  second 
army,  through  the  unfaithfulness  of  the 
Christians  of  Syria,  was  forced  to  break 
up  the  siege  of  Damascus.  The  third 
ciusade,  in  1188,  immediately  followed 
the  taking  of  Jerusalem  by  Saladin,  the 
Sultan  of  Egypt.  The  princes  engaged 
in  this  expedition  were,  the  emperor 
Frederic  Barbarossa  ;  Frederic,  duke  of 
Suabia,  his  second  son ;  Leopold  duke  of 
Austria ;  Berthold,  duke  of  Moravia ; 
Herman,  marquis  of  Baden ;  the  counts 
of  Nassau,  Thuringia,  Missen,  and  Hol- 
land ;  and  above  sixty  other  princes  of 
the  empire  ;  with  the  bishops  of  Besan- 
con,  Cambray,  Munster,  Osnaburgh,  Mis- 
sen,  Passau,  Visburgh,  and  several  others. 
In  this  expedition  the  emperor  Frederic 


672 


CRUSADES, 


defeated  the  Sultan  of  Iconium  :  his  son 
Frederic,  joined  by  Guy  Lusignon,  king 
of  Jerusalem,  in  vain  endeavored  to  take 
Acre  Ptolemais.  During  these  transac- 
tions, Philip  Augustus,  king  of  France, 
and  Richard  I,  king  of  England,  joined 
the  crusade  :  by  which  means  the  Chris- 
tian army  consisted  of  300,000  fighting 
men  ;  but  great  disputes  happening  be- 
tween the  kings  of  France  and  England, 
the  former  quitted  the  holy  land,  and  Ri- 
chard concluded  a  peace  with  Saladin. 
The  fourth  crusade  was  undertaken  in 
1195,  by  the  emperor  Henry  VI,  after 
Saladin's  death.  In  this  expedition  the 
Christians  gained  several  battles  against 
the  infidels,  took  a  great  many  towns,  and 
were  in  the  way  of -success,  when  the 
death  of  the  emperor  obliged  them  to 
quit  the  holy  land,  and  return  into  Ger- 
many. The  fifth  crusade  was  publish- 
ed by  Pope  Innocent  III,  in  1198.  Those 
engaged  in  it  made  fruitless  efforts  for 
the  recovery  of  the  holy  land  :  for  though 
John  de  Neule,  who  commanded  the  fleet 
equipped  in  Flanders,  arrived  at  Ptole- 
mais a  little  after  Simon  of  Montfort,  Re- 
nard  of  Dampierre,  and  others,  yet  the 
plague  destroying  many  of  them,  and  the 
rest  either  returning,  or  engaging  in  the 
petty  quarrels  of  the  Christian  princes, 
there  was  nothing  done  ;  so  that  the  Sul- 
tan of  Aleppo  easily  defeated  their  troops 
in  1204.  The  sixth  crusade  began  in 
1228 ;  in  which  the  Christians  took  the 
town  of  Damietta,  but  were  forced  to  sur- 
render it  again.  In  1229,  the  emperor 
Frederic  made  peace  with  the  Sultan  for 
ten  years.  About  1240,  Richard,  earl  of 
Cornwall,  brother  to  Henry  III,  Idng  of 
England,  arrived  at  Palestine,  at  the 
head  of  the  English  crusade  ;  but  finding 
it  most  advantageous  to  conclude  a  peace, 
he  re-embarked,  and  steered  towards 
Italy.  In  1244,  the  Karasmians  being 
driven  out  of  Turkey  by  the  Tartars, 
broke  into  Palestine,  and  gave  the  Chris- 
tians a  general  defeat  near  Gaza.  The 
seventh  crusade  was  headed,  in  1249, 
by  St.  Lewis,  who  took  the  town  of 
Damietta;  but  a  sickness  happening  in 
the  Christian  army,  the  king  endeavored 
a  retreat ;  in  which  being  pursued  by  the 
infidels,  most  of  his  army  were  miserably 
butchered,  and  himself  and  the  nobility 


taken  prisoners.  A  truce  was  agreed 
upon  for  ten  years,  and  the  king  and  lords 
set  at  liberty.  The  eighth  crusade,  in 
1279,  was  headed  by  the  same  prince, 
who  made  himself  master  of  the  port  and 
castle  of  Carthage  in  Africa ;  but  dying 
a  short  time  after,  he  left  his  army  in  a 
very  ill  condition.  Soon  after,  the  king 
of  Sicily  coming  up  with  a  good  fleet, 
and  joining  Philip  the  bold,  son  and  suc- 
cessor of  Lewis,  the  king  of  Tunis,  after 
several  engagements  with  the  Christians 
in  which  he  was  always  worsted,  desired 
peace,  which  was  granted  upon  condi- 
tions advantageous  to  the  Christians  ;  af- 
ter which  both  princes  embarked  to  their 
own  kingdoms.  Prince  Edward, of  Eng- 
land, who  arrived  at  Tunis  at  the  time 
of  this  treaty,  sailed  towards  Ptolemais, 
where  he  landed  a  small  body  of  300 
English  and  French,  and  hindered  Ben- 
docher  from  laying  siege  to  Ptolemais  ; 
but  being  obliged  to  return  to  take  pos- 
session of  the  crown  of  England,  this 
crusade  ended  without  contributing  any 
thing  to  the  recovery  of  the  holy  land. 
In  1291,  the  town  of  Acre  or  Ptolemais 
was  taken  and  plundered  by  the  Sultan  of 
Egypt,  and  the  Christians  quite  driven 
out  of  Syria.  There  has  been  no  cru- 
sade since  that  period,  though  several 
popes  have  attempted  to  stir  up  the  Chris- 
tians to  such  an  undertaking  ;  particular- 
ly Nicholas  IV,  in  1292,  and  Clement  V, 
in  1311. 

Though  these  crusades  were  effects 
of  the  most  absurd  superstition,  they 
tended  greatly  to  promote  the  good  of 
Europe.  Multitudes,  indeed,  were  de- 
stroyed. M.  Voltaire  computes  the  peo- 
ple who  perished  in  the  difl^erent  expe- 
ditions at  upwards  of  two  millions.  Many 
there  were,  however,  who  returned  ;  and 
these  having  conversed  so  long  with  peo- 
ple who  lived  in  a  much  more  magnifi- 
cent way  than  themselves,  began  to  en- 
tertain some  taste  for  a  refined  and  pol- 
ished way  of  life.  Thus  the  barbarism 
in  which  Europe  had  been  so  long  im- 
mersed began  to  wear  off"  soon  after.  The 
princes  also  who  remained  at  home, 
found  means  to  avail  themselves  of  the 
frenzy  of  the  people.  By  the  absence  of 
such  numbers  of  restless  and  martial  ad- 
venturers, peace  was  established  in  their 


FRANKS. 


673 


dominions.  They  also  took  the  opportu- 
nity of  annexing  to  their  crowns  many 
considerable  fiefs,  either  by  purchase,  or 
the  extinction  of  the  heirs  ;  and  thus  the 
mischiefs  which  must  always  attend  feu- 
dal governments  were  considerably  les- 
sened. With  regard  to  the  bad  success 
of  the  crusaders,  it  was  scarcely  possi- 
ble that  any  other  thing  could  happen  to 
them.  The  emperors  of  Constantinople, 
instead  of  assisting,  did  all  in  their  power 
to  disconcert  their  schemes  :  they  were 
jealous,  and  not  without  reason,  of  such 
an  inundation  of  barbarians.  Yet,  had 
they  considered  their  true  interest,  they 
would  rather  have  assisted  them,  or  at 
least  stood  neuter,  than  enter  into  alli- 
ances with  the  Turks.  They  followed 
the  latter  method,  however,  and  were  of- 
ten of  very  great  disservice  to  the  west- 
ern adventurers,  which  at  last  occasioned 
the  loss  of  their  city.  But  the  worst  ene- 
mies the  crusaders  had  were  their  own 
internal  feuds  and  dissensions.  They 
neither  could  agree  while  marching  to- 
gether in  armies  with  a  view  to  conquest, 
nor  could  they  unite  their  conquests  under 
one  government  after  they  had  made 
them.  They  set  up  three  small  states, 
one  at  Jerusalem,  another  at  Antioch,  and 
another  at  Edessa.  These  states,  instead 
of  assisting,  made  war  upon  each  other, 
and  on  the  Greek  emperors ;  and  thus 
became  an  easy  prey  to  the  common  ene- 
my. The  horrid  cruelties  they  committed, 
too,  must  have  inspired  the  Turks  with 
the  most  invincible  hatred  against  them, 
and  made  them  resist  with  the  greatest 
obstinacy.  They  were  such  as  could  have 
been  committed  only  by  barbarians  in- 


flamed with  the  most  bigoted  enthusiasm. 
When  Jerusalem  was  taken,  not  only  the 
nimierous  garrisons  were  put  to  the  sword, 
but  the  inhabitants  were  massacred  with- 
out mercy  and  without  distinction.  No 
age  nor  sex  was  spared,  not  even  suck- 
ing children.  According  to  Voltaire, 
some  Christians,  who  had  been  suffered 
by  the  Turks  to  live  in  that  city,  led  the 
conquerors  into  the  most  private  caves, 
where  women  had  concealed  themselves 
with  their  children,  and  not  one  of  them 
was  suffered  to  escape.  What  eminently 
shows  the  enthusiasm,  by  which  these 
conquerors  were  animated,  is,  their  beha- 
vior after  this  terrible  slaughter.  They 
marched  over  heaps  of  dead  bodies  to- 
wards the  holy  sepulchre ;  and  while  their 
hands  were  polluted  with  the  blood  of  so 
many  innocent  persons,  sung  anthems  to 
the  common  Saviour  of  Mankind !  Nay,  so 
far  did  their  pious  enthusiasm  overcome 
their  fury,  that  these  ferocious  conquerors 
now  burst  into  tears.  If  the  absurdity  and 
wickedness  of  their  conduct  can  be  ex- 
ceeded by  any  thing,  it  must  be  by  what 
follows;  In  1204,  the  frenzy  of  crusa- 
ding seized  the  children,  who  are  ever 
ready  to  imitate  what  they  see  their  pa- 
rents engaged  in.  Their  childish  folly 
was  encouraged  by  the  monks  and- 
schoolmasters  ;  and  thousands  of  those 
innocents  were  conducted  from  the  houses 
of  their  parents  on  the  superstitious  inter 
pretation  of  these  words :  "  Out  of  the 
mouths  of  babes  and  sucklings  hast  thou 
perfected  praise."  Their  base  conduc- 
tors sold  a  part  ol  them  to  the  Turks, 
and  the  rest  perished  miserably. — Bucks' 
Theol.  Dictionary. 


FRANKS 


Various  opinions  have  been  entertain- 
ed by  historians  concerning  this  people  ; 
but,  as  a  repetition  of  these  would  be 
equally  unimportant  to  our  work,  and  un- 
interesting to  the  reader,  we  shall  only 
observe  that  Bucherius,  whose  conjec- 
tures seem  the  most  probable,  describes 
them  as  a  motley  multitude  of  several 
ancient  nations,  dwelling  beyond  the 
85 


Rhine,  who,  having  entered  into  a  con- 
federacy against  the  Romans,  for  th-e 
common  safety,  assumed  the  name 
of  Franks  ;  which  signified,  in  their 
language,  as  it  still  does  in  ours,/ri?g.  It 
is  also  certain,  that  many  ancient  nations 
are  comprised,  in  ancient  history,  under 
this  general  denomination. 

Considered  in  this  point  of  view,  the 


674 


FRANKS. 


Franks  inhabited,  at  a  very  early  period, 
a  tract  of  country  which  comprehends 
the  present  provinces  of  Westphalia, 
Hesse,  and  some  adjacent  states;  and, 
in  process  of  time,  they  extended  them- 
selves along  the  Rhine  as  far  as  the  efflux 
of  that  river  and  the  ocean. 

With  regard  to  their  manners  and 
character,  Vopiscus  has  described  them 
as  a  people  addicted  to  treachery,  and 
unmindful  of  the  most  solemn  engage- 
ments ;  and  Salvianus,  blending  their 
virtues  and  vices,  observes  that  they 
were  extremely  hospitable  to  strangers, 
but  much  addicted  to  lying.  They  seem 
to  have  been  always  troublesome  neigh- 
bors ;  for  it  was  a  common  observation 
of  Egonhardus,  chancellor  to  Charles 
the  Great,  that  he  would  choose  a  Frank 
for  a  friend,  but  not  for  a  neighbor. 

The  first  transaction  of  this  people 
noticed  in  history  is  their  irruption  into 
Gaul,  in  the  time  of  Aurelian,  who  killed 
seven  hundred  of  their  troops,  sold  three 
hundred,  whom  he  had  taken  captives, 
into  slavery,  and  compelled  the  rest  to 
retire,  with  the  loss  of  all  their  booty. 

In  the  fourth  year  of  Valerian's  reign 
they  received  another  signal  defeat  from 
Gallienus,  but  soon  after  returned  with 
such  a  powerful  body  of  auxiliaries,  that 
the  Romans  deemed  it  expedient  to  lay 
aside  hostilities,  and  court  their  alliance. 
Accordingly,  a  body  of  Franks  were  per- 
suaded to  serve,  in  the  Roman  army, 
against  the  Goths ;  and  one  of  their 
chieftains  was  entrusted  with  the  defence 
of  the  frontier  of  the  empire. 

About  eight  years  after  this  event,  the 
Franks  committed  many  depredations  in 
Gaul,  and  even  penetrated  into  Spain, 
which  they  held  in  subjection  for  the 
space  of  twelve  years.  Some  of  them 
are  said  to  have  crossed  over  into  Africa, 
with  a  design  to  enrich  themselves  with 
the  spoils  of  that  wealthy  country ;  but 
the  issue  of  that  undertaking  is  passed 
over  in  silence. 

On  the  demise  of  the  emperor  Aure- 
lian, the  Franks,  in  conjunction  with  the 
Vandals  and  Burgundians,  broke  into 
Gaul,  and,  having  reduced  seventy  of  the 
principal  cities  in  the  space  of  two  years, 
congratulated  themselves  on  their  im- 
portant acquisition  ;  but,  on  the  approach 


of  Probus,  they  were  compelled  to  with- 
draw all  their  forces,  and  were  soon  after 
reduced  to  the  necessity  of  suing  for 
peace  on  disadvantageous  terms. 

Notwithstanding  this  repulse,  the 
Franks  renewed  their  predatory  incur- 
sions into  various  parts  of  the  Roman 
territories,  and  committed  such  daring 
outrages,  that  Dioclesian  was  compelled 
to  send  a  powerful  armament  against 
them  ;  and  Maximian  deemed  it  advisa- 
ble to  chastise  their  insolence  by  carry- 
ing the  war  into  their  own  country. 
This  expedient  was  crowned  with  suc- 
cess ;  for  the  Franks  were  so  violently 
alarmed  at  this  unexpected  invasion,  that 
the  greatest  part  of  them  threw  down 
their  arms,  and  two  of  their  princes,  Atec 
and  Genobald,  submissively  entreated  the 
emperor  to  confirm  them  in  their  respec- 
tive kingdoms.  A  few  years  after  this 
transaction  the  Franks  made  an  irruption 
into  Batavia,  and  that  part  of  Flanders 
which  is  watered  by  the  river  Escaut ; 
but,  Constantius  Chlorus,  having  led  a 
numerous  army  to  the  relief  of  those 
countries,  they  were  obliged  to  surrender 
at  discretion,  and  many  of  their  families 
were  transplanted  into  Gaul,  where  they 
were  compelled  to  till  the  lands  which 
they  themselves  had  wasted ;  to  serve, 
when  required,  under  the  Roman  ban- 
ners ;  and  to  pay  the  customary  tributes, 
as  subjects  of  the  empire. 

During  the  reign  of  Constantino,  the 
Franks  made  several  incursions  into 
Gaul ;  but  all  their  exertions  were  ren- 
dered abortive  by  the  vigilance  of  the 
emperor,  and  many  of  their  chieftains 
were  punished  with  exemplary  rigor. 

About  the  year  355,  the  Franks,  hav- 
ing formed  an  .alliance  with  the  Saxons 
and  Alemans,  pillaged  upwards  of  forty 
cities  on  the  banks  of  ihe  Rhine  ;  deso- 
lated the  adjacent  provinces ;  and  carried 
off  an  incredible  number  of  captives  : 
but,  on  the  approach  of  Julian,  who  had 
been  recently  invested  with  the  govern- 
ment of  Gaul,  they  were  overthrown 
with  great  slaughter. 

The  next  considerable  irruption  of  this 
warlike  race  occurred  about  three  years 
after  the  death  of  Gratian,  when  they 
are  said  to  have  overrun  all  Belgic  Gaul, 
pillaged  the  inhabitants  without  mercy, 


GAULS. 


675 


and  burnt  a  great  number  of  villages. 
Hereupon  Quintinus  attacked  their  troops 
with  extraordinary  fury,  and  compelled 
them  to  retire  with  the  utmost  precipita- 
tion ;  but  having  imprudently  followed 
them  into  the  interior  of  their  own  coun- 
try, his  troops  were  exposed  to  inexpres- 
sible hardships,  and  most  of  them  cut  to 
pieces. 

Pharasmond,  the  son  of  Marcomir,  is 
supposed  to  have  reigned  over  the  Franks 
from  the  year  417  to  428.  He  appears 
to  have  been  one  of  the  most  powerful 
princes  among  them  ;  but  we  are  not  ex- 
pressly told  whether  he  had  any  author- 
ity over  the  rest.  The  same  year  in 
which  he  died,  Aetius  is  said  to  have 
defeated  the  Franks  in  Gaul  with  great 
slaughter,  and  to  have  chased  them  entire- 
ly out  of  that  province. 

Clodio,  the  son  and  successor  of  Pha- 
rasmond, has  been  characterized  by 
Gregory  of  Tours  as  an  illustrious  and 
patriotic  prince.  However,  ancient  his- 
torians have  recorded  but  little  respect- 
ing his  reign,  except  that  he  extended 
his  conquests  as  far  as  the  Somme  ;  de- 
stroyed the  city  of  Treves  ;  and  made 
himself  master  of  Cologne,  while  the 
principal  inhabitants  were  feasting  and 
revelling  without  the  least  apprehension 
of  danger. 

Upon  the  death  of  Clodio,  which 
happened  in  the  twentieth  year  of  his 


reign,  Merovaeus  assumed  the  sovereignty, 
and  made  some  successful  incursions  into 
the  present  provinces  of  Mentz  and 
Rheims.  This  prince  is  said,  by  Rorico, 
to  have  been  regarded  by  his  subjects 
with  a  truly  fdial  affection  ;  and,  in  a 
genealogical  table  of  French  kings  pre- 
fixed to  a  manuscript  life  of  Charles  the 
Great,  in  the  library  at  Brussels,  he  is 
represented  as  the  head  of  the  first  race. 
Merovaeus  was  succeeded  by  his  son 
Childeric,  who,  in  the  very  commence- 
ment of  his  reign,  abandoned  himself  to 
all  manner  of  licentiousness,  and  loaded 
his  subjects  with  such  exorbitant  taxes, 
that  they  soon  drove  him  from  the  throne, 
but  afterwards  recalled  him.  It  appears, 
however,  that  he  inherited  the  martial 
disposition  of  his  ancestors,  and  was  ex- 
tremely desirous  of  aggrandizing  his 
country ;  for  he  extended  his  conquests 
as  far  as  the  Loire  ;  reduced  the  cities 
of  Paris  and  Angers,  and  made  himself 
master  of  Orleans,  after  having  defeated 
Odoacer,  who  came  with  a  body  of  Sax- 
ons to  its  relief.  He  died  at  Tornacum, 
now  Tournay,  where  his  remains  were 
discovered,  in  1653,  with  many  gold 
coins  of  the  Roman  emperors,  the  royal 
signet,  and  several  other  curious  articles. 
Childeric  was  succeeded  by  his  son 
Clovis,  or  Clodovseus,  about  the  year 
482.  For  the  particulars  of  his  reign, 
{see  France.) 


GAULS 


The  Gauls,  according  to  ancient  his- 
torians, appear  to  have  been  either  the 
immediate  descendants  of  the  Celtes,  or 
the  same  people  under  a  more  modern 
name,  which  was  probably  given  them 
by  their  neighbors ;  whilst  they  retained 
the  original  one  of  Gomerai,  or  descend- 
ants of  Gomer.  The  name,  therefore, 
of  Gaul  or  Gallia  is  not  only  foreign,  but 
of  a  more  recent  date,  as  are  likewise 
the  other  appellatives  by  which  the  Ro- 
man authors  distinguish  one  part  of  their 
country  from  another ;  as  Cisalpina  or 
Citerior,  Transalpina  or  Ulterior,  and 
Subalpina :  for  the  inhabitants  were  for- 


merly better  known  by  the  name  of  Cel- 
tes, and  the  country,  upon  the  whole,  by 
that  of  Celto-Gallia.  Julius  Caesar,  after- 
wards, distinguished  the  whole  country 
under  the  names  of  Belgia,  Aquitania, 
and  Gallia  Propria  ;  and  this  last  was 
subdivided  into  Comata,  Brachata,  and 
Togata. 

The  religion  of  the  Gauls  strictly  re- 
sembled that  of  the  ancient  Celtes  (which 
has  been  already  described)  till  the  time 
of  their  subjugation  to  the  Romans  :  but 
in  the  time  of  Augustus  a  considerable 
change  took  place  ;  and,  after  a  few  sub- 
sequent reigns,  they  became   so   enam- 


676 


GAULS. 


cured  with  the  pageantry  of  polytheism, 
that  they  erected  a  prodigious  number  of 
statues,  altars  and  temples ;  and  even  paid 
divine  honors  to  lakes,  rivers,  marshes, 
and  fountains. 

The  Gauls,  although  bearing  the  same 
name,  and  using  the  same  language  and 
customs,  appear  to  have  been  subject  to 
diflerent  governments  ;  some  of  which 
were  monarchical,  others  aristocratical, 
and  others  partaking  partly  of  aristocracy 
and  partly  of  democracy. 

Their  language  is  universally  allovi^ed 
to  have  been  the  old  Celtic  or  Gomeri- 
an,  which  is  still  preserved,  at  least  in 
a  great  measure,  in  many  parts  of  Europe, 
particularly  in  Biscay,  Brittany,  Cornwall, 
Ireland,  the  Hebrides,  Highlands  of  Scot- 
land, and  North  Wales.  They  do  not 
appear  to  have  had,  originally,  any  cha- 
racters of  their  own,  but,  in  process  of 
time,  adopted  the  Greek  letters,  for  the 
purpose  of  facilitating  their  commerce, 
which  seems  to  have  been  very  consi- 
derable, both  from  the  veneration  which 
they  expressed  toward  Mercury,  as  the 
god  of  traffic,  and  from  a  great  number 
of  ancient  inscriptions  dedicated,  by  the 
Gaulish  merchants,  to  their  deities 

With  respect  to  their  arts,  next  to  the 
military,  which,  though  their  especial  fa- 
vorite, was  but  indifferently  cultivated, 
eloquence  was  that  wherein  they  prided 
themselves  most,  and  which  seemed 
most  natural  to  them.  Their  youth  were 
commonly  instructed  out  of  those  poems 
which  were  composed  by  the  bards  and 
druids ;  heroic  verses  were  either  sung 
or  recited  on  all  public  occasions ;  and 
they  represented  Mercury,  the  god  of 
eloquence,  with  the  symbols  of  Her- 
cules, to  show  what  power  that  art  had 
over  them  above  all  others. 

Their  military  dicipline  cannot  now 
be  accurately  described ;  but,  from  the 
circumstances  of  their  falling  in  such 
vast  multitudes  upon  the  enemy,  without 
either  taking  the  advantage  of  ground, 
or  dividing  their  armies  as  occasion  re- 
quired, it  appears  to  have  been  very  imper- 
fect. Their  chief  talent  consisted  in  pour- 
ing in  their  troops  with  incredible  speed 
and  fury ;  in  surmounting  all  obstacles 
that  fell  in  their  way ;  and  in  maintain- 
ing the  combat  with  an  intrepidity  almost 


peculiar  to  themselves :  but  when  all 
these  eftbrts  failed,  they  either  despatch- 
ed themselves,  or  else  prevailed  upon 
their  friends  to  kill  them.  Their  only 
weapons  were  bows  and  arrows,  or 
swords  and  lances,  with  which  they  per- 
formed such  astonishing  feats  as  ren- 
dered them,  for  a  considerable  time,  the 
objects  of  terror  to  all  their  enemies. 
They  were  utter  strangers  to  the  war- 
like machines  used  by  other  nations  in 
sieges  ;  and  held  the  cuirass,  helmet,  and 
other  defensive  armor,  in  the  utmost 
contempt.  However,  much  of  their  suc- 
cess has  been  justly  attributed  to  their 
surprising  dexterity  in  the  management 
of  their  cavalry  and  armed  chariots. 

The  Gauls,  like  all  other  northern  na- 
tions, were  nmch  addicted  to  the  plea- 
sures of  the  chase  ;  and  a  solemn  feast 
was  annually  celebrated  by  their  profess- 
ed huntsmen,  in  honor  of  the  goddess 
Diana,  to  whom  they  presented,  among 
other  offerings,  a  purse  containing  a  cer- 
tain sum  for  every  animal  they  had  taken 
in  the  course  of  the  year.  They  were 
also  celebrated  for  their  expertness  in 
swimming  and  fowling  ;  and  horse  and 
chariot  races,  tilts  and  tournaments,  con- 
stituted their  other  favorite  amusements. 

Their  customary  dress  consisted  of  a 
light  vest  and  breeches  ;  they  wore  their 
hair  long,  had  collars  about  their  necks, 
and  bracelets  on  their  arms.  The  Druids 
were  always  clothed  in  white  when  they 
officiated  in  their  religious  capacity,  and 
the  freemen  appeared,  on  all  public  oc- 
casions, with  their  arms. 

Of  their  marriages  nothing  satisfactory 
has  been  recorded.  It  appears,  however, 
that  polygamy  was  unlawful,  and  that  the 
men  possessed  the  power  of  life  and 
death  over  their  wives.  The  women 
were  equally  conspicuous  with  the  war- 
riors themselves,  on  account  of  their 
contempt  of  danger  and  death  ;  and  al- 
ways exerted  themselves  in  a  most  extra- 
ordinary manner  to  prevent  their  men 
from  giving  ground  to  the  enemy. 

The  vices  that  have  been  generally 
attributed  to  the  Gauls  are  those  of  ebri- 
ety,  indolence,  and  ferocity ;  each  of 
which  they  certainly  inherited  from  their 
predecessors :  but  their  social  virtues 
were,  by  the  confession  of  their  enemies, 


GAULS. 


677 


more  remarkable  ;  among  which  we  must 
particularize  their  justice,  fidelity,  and 
hospitable  behavior  to  strangers. 

The  earliest  and  most  considerable 
irruption  recorded  of  this  people  is  that 
which  they  made  into  Italy,  622  B.  C, 
under  their  celebrated  general,  Bello- 
vesus,  who,  crossing  the  Rhone  and  the 
Alps,  defeated  the  Hetrurians  in  the  vi- 
cinage of  the  Tasino,  and  took  possession 
of  that  part  of  the  country  since  distin- 
guished by  the  names  of  Piedmont  and 
Lombardy. 

The  Ccenomani,  who  dwelt  between 
the  rivers  Seine  and  Loire,  made  the 
second  grand  expedition  under  their  lead- 
er, Elitonis,  and  formed  new  settlements 
among  the  Brescians,  Cremonese,  Man- 
tuans,  Venetians,  and  Carniola. 

The  third  was  undertaken  by  the  Ana- 
nes  and  Laeves  ;  the  former  of  whom  set- 
tled in  Piacentia,  on  one  side  of  the  Po ; 
and  the  latter  in  Novara,  on  the  opposite 
bank. 

In  a  fourth,  the  Boii  and  Lingones, 
having  crossed  the  Pennine  Alps,  took 
up  their  residence  on  the  south  side  of  the 
Po,  between  Bologna  and  Ravenna. 

The  fifth  was  made,  about  two  hundred 
years  after  that  of  Bellovesus,  by  the 
Senones,  who  were  invited  into  Italy  by 
an  Hetrurian  noble,  and  fixed  themselves 
in  Umbria.  The  incursion  of  this  people, 
under  Brennus,  into  Italy,  has  been  noted 
in  its  place. 

The  next  expedition  proved  peculiarly 
unfortunate  ;  for  the  Gauls  who  had  pre- 
viously settled  in  Italy  invited  their  coun- 
trymen to  assist  them  against  the  Ro- 
mans ;  but  these  arrived  in  such  prodi- 
gious numbers,  that  they  became  more 
dreadful  than  the  Romans  ;  so  that  they 
made  no  scruple  to  turn  their  arms  against 
them,  and  put  their  whole  army  to  flight. 
The  Romans  were  greatly  alarmed  at  the 
news  of  these  proceedings,  and,  to  frus- 
trate the  success  of  so  numerous  an 
enemy,  they  perpetrated  the  horrid  super- 
stition of  burying  a  Greek  and  a  Gaulish 
man  and  woman  alive,  in  the  ox-market : 
but  they  did  not  rely  so  implicitly  on  this 
barbarous  sacrifice  as  to  neglect  their  war- 
like preparations,  when  they  received  in- 
telligence that  the  Gesata;,  another  brave 
Gaulish  nation,  were  invited  to  the  as- 


sistance of  their  Italian  countrymen.  The 
approach  of  this  fierce  and  warlike  peo- 
ple spread  the  utmost  terror  and  con- 
fusion through  the  Roman  territories. 
However,  a  formidable  army  was  raised 
for  the  defence  of  the  country,  and  the 
ferocious  invaders  were  overthrown  with 
a  prodigious  loss  ;  forty-thousand  being 
killed  on  the  field  of  battle,  and  ten 
thousand  taken  prisoners. 

About  the  year  of  the  world  3725,  the 
Gauls,  finding  themselves  overstocked 
at  home,  sent  out  three  large  colonies  to 
seek  new  habitations.  Brennus,  the  chief 
adviser  of  this  expedition,  headed  one 
of  the  Gaulish  armies ;  Cerethrius  march- 
ed with  the  second  into  Thrace  ;  and 
Belgius  led  the  third  into  lUyricum  and 
Macedonia.  Brennus  made  an  incursion 
into  Pannonia,  or  Hungary ;  but  finding 
the  country  inferior  to  his  expectations, 
and  hearing  that  Belgius,  after  acquiring 
an  immense  plunder,  was  utterly  defeated, 
he  hastened  to  Illyricum,  under  pretence 
of  revenging  his  colleague.  The  army 
with  which  he  entered  that  province  con- 
sisted of  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand 
foot,  and  fifteen  thousand  horse  ;  but,  in 
consequence  of  a  revolt  among  some  of 
the  officers,  twenty  thousand  men  march- 
ed into  Thrace,  and,  with  the  assist- 
ance of  Cerethrius,  seized  on  Byzantium 
and  the  western  coasts  of  Propontis. 

In  consequence  of  this  defection,  Bren- 
nus sent  for  fresh  supplies  from  Gaul, 
and  enlisted  some  Illyrians,  with  whom 
he  marched  toward  Delphi,  designing  to 
plunder  that  opulent  city  and  temple  ; 
but  he  suffered  a  dreadful  repulse  from 
a  thunder  storm  and  an  earthquake,  which 
destroyed  a  considerable  number  of  his 
men  ;  and  the  Greek  forces,  pouring  in 
from  all  parts,  completed  his  overthrow. 
In  this  exigency  Brennus  assembled  his 
chiefs,  and,  after  advising  them  to  slay 
all  their  wounded  comrades,  and  to  make 
as  good  a  retreat  as  they  could,  he  put 
an  end  to  his  own  existence.  Such  of 
the  soldiers  as  had  escaped  the  enemy 
endeavored  to  retire,  pursuant  to  their 
leader's  direction  ;  but  none  of  them  ever 
returned  to  their  own  country. 

Meanwhile  the  colonies  under  Leo- 
norius  marched  to  the  Hellespont,  and 
made  themselves  masters  of  Lysimachia 


678 


GAULS. 


and  the  Thracian  Chersonesus,  whence 
they  crossed  over  into  Asia,  and  establish- 
ed Nicomedes  in  his  paternal  kingdom. 
For  this  important  service  Nicomedes 
assigned  them  that  part  of  Lesser  Asia, 
■which  was  afterward  called  Gallo-Graecia 
and  Galatia.  In  process  of  time,  these 
settlers,  being  confined  in  their  territories, 
sent  several  colonies  and  auxiliary  armies 
abroad,  which  greatly  annoyed  all  their 
neighbors  ;  but  they  were  at  length  sup- 
pressed by  the  pro-consul  of  Asia,  and 
compelled  to  live  peacebly  within  their 
own  boundaries. 

The  Romans  were  so  seriously  alarm- 
ed at  the  strength  and  number  of  the 
Gaulish  nation,  that  they  deemed  it  in- 
dispensably requisite  to  humble  their 
pride,  by  leading  armies  into  their  coun- 
try. After  several  trifling  attempts,  Q. 
Marcius,  to  whose  lot  this  province  had 
fallen  by  the  death  of  his  colleague  in 
Numidia,  opened  a  passage  between  the 
Alps  and  the  Pyrenees  ;  planted  a  co- 
lony in  the  country  of  the  Volcae  Tecto- 
sagi ;  and  founded  the  city  of  Narbo 
Marcius,  which  soon  became  the  capital 
of  the  province.  For  these  important 
services  he  was  honored  with  a  triumph 
at  Rome.  His  successor,  Scaurus,  sub- 
dued the  Garni  and  Gentisci,  two  Gaulish 
nations  of  extraordinary  bravery,  and 
made  some  excellent  roads  to  facilitate 
the  progress  of  his  Italian  troops,  for 
which  he  also  was  remunerated  with 
triumphal  honors. 

The  Cimbri  and  Teutones,  alarmed  at 
these  repeated  incursions,  took  up  arms 
against  the  Romans,  and  gave  them  se- 
veral overthrows,  in  one  of  which  the 
general,  Popilius,  was  compelled  to  sub- 
mit to  the  ignominious  ceremony  of  pass- 
ing under  the  yoke.  The  Cimbri,  in 
particular,  had  retaken  some  parts  of 
Gaul,  and  especially  the  famous  city  of 
Thoulouse,  where  they  consecrated  an 
immense  treasure  to  the  amount  of  one 
hundred  thousand  pounds  weight  of  gold, 
and  the  same  of  silver.  Hereupon,  Cse- 
pio  marched  his  army  to  retake  it,  and 
the  inhabitants  threw  open  their  gates  ; 
nevertheless,  he  gave  the  city  up  to  be 
plundered,  and  carried  off  all  the  sacred 
treasures.  However,  the  Gauls  were  so 
exasperated  at   this   outrage,  that  they 


attacked  the  invaders  with  irresistible 
fury,  slaughtered  near  a  hundred  and  forty 
thousand  men,  and  pursued  the  remainder 
so  closely,  that  only  ten  of  the  whole 
army  escaped  with  their  two  Generals. 
The  triumphant  barbarians,  having  thrown 
all  the  silver  and  gold  into  the  Rhine, 
drowned  all  the  horses,  and  murdered  all 
the  prisoners  which  they  had  taken  ;  held 
a  general  council  whether  to  march  im- 
mediately into  Italy,  or  to  reduce  those 
provinces  which  the  Romans  still  pos- 
sessed in  Gaul  ;  they  agreed,  however, 
to  consult  Emilius  Scaurus,  whom  they 
had  taken  captive  in  a  former  engage- 
ment, and  who  strove  to  deter  them  from 
entering  the  territories  of  his  republic  ; 
but  his  bold  speech  was  rewarded  with 
death  by  Boiorix,  king  of  the  Cimbri. 

The  Roman  senate,  dreading  a  fresh 
irruption  of  these  warlike  barbarians,  re- 
called Marius  from  Numidia  ;  and,  hav- 
ing remunerated  his  late  services  with  a 
triumph,  appointed  him  General  against 
the  enemy,  and  Sylla  to  serve  under  him. 
They  accordingly  departed,  and  gained 
such  important  advantages,  that  the  Gauls 
became  dispirited,  and  remained  with- 
in their  own  borders,  till  Orgetorix  per- 
suaded his  coimtrymen,  the  Helvetii,  to 
burn  their  villages,  and  to  go  in  quest  of 
new  conquests. 

At  this  juncture  the  whole  country  of 
Gaul  fell  to  the  lot  of  Julius  Caesar,  and 
that  illustrious  Roman  exerted  himself 
in  so  extraordinary  a  manner,  that  the 
Helvetii  were  defeated  with  dreadful 
slaughter ;  the  Belgae,  the  Nervii,  and 
the  Veneti,  who  had  taken  up  arms  for 
their  common  preservation,  were  suc- 
cessively overthrown  ;  the  valiant  Ver- 
cingetorix  was  compelled  to  surrender 
at  discretion  ;  and  the  reduction  of  Uxel- 
lodunum  completed  the  conquest  of  Gaul, 
from  the  Alps  and  Pyrenean  mountains 
to  the  Rhine  :  all  which  extensive  tract 
was  now  provinciated  and  governed  by  a 
praetor  sent  thither  from  Rome. 

Shortly  after  this  period  Gaul  was  di- 
vided into  sixteen  provinces  ;  each  of 
which  groaned,  more  or  less,  under  the 
Roman  tyranny,  according  to  the  disposi- 
tion of  the  emperors  or  praters  who  ruled 
over  them.  However,  we  do  not  read 
of  any  revolt  among  the  inhabitants  till 


GOTHS. 


679 


the  reign  of  Nero,  when  the  brave  Julius 
Vindex,  then  Governor  of  CeUic  Gaul, 
resolved  to  deliver  his  country  from  sla- 
very, and  the  empire  from  so  sanguinary 
a  tyrant.  This  design  was  no  sooner 
made  public,  than  the  discontented  Gauls 
flocked  to  him  from  all  quarters,  and 
quickly  formed  an  army  of  a  hundred 
thousand  men ;  but  they  were  totally 
defeated  by  Rufus  Virginius,  and  their 
unfortunate  leader  terminated  his  exist- 
ence by  an  act  of  suicide.  In  the  reign 
of  Galba  they  were  heavily  oppressed 
and  loaded  with  taxes,  but  durst  not  make 
any  resistance.  Adrian  visited  their  coun- 
try in  his  progress  through  the  empire  ; 
built  several  magnificent  edifices  ;  and 
left,  wherever  he  passed,  some  tokens 
of  his   munificence.     Gaul   was   again 


made  the  theatre  of  war  in .  the  remark- 
able conflict  between  Posthumius  and 
Gallienus,  the  former  of  whom  had  been 
acknowledged  Emperor,  for  some  im- 
portant services  which  he  had  rendered 
to  the  natives  ;  but  was  afterwards  mur- 
dered by  his  own  soldiers.  Shortly  after 
this  occurrence,  Aurelian  marched  against 
the  rebellious  Gauls,  (who  had  invested 
Tetricus  with  the  imperial  dignity)  and 
reduced  them  to  obedience.  Under  Con- 
stantine  their  country  was  divided  into 
seventeen  provinces,  six  of  which  were 
styled  consular,  and  the  rest  under  certain 
presidents  who  resided  in  their  respect- 
ive capitals.  Such  was  the  state  and  go- 
vernment of  Gaul  previous  to  the  incur- 
sions of  the  Goths,  the  Franks,  the  Bur- 
gundians,  and  some  other  nations. 


GOTHS. 


These  warlike  people  are  said  to  have 
come,  originally,  from  Scandinavia  ;  but 
the  time  when  they  first  settled  in  that 
district  is  very  uncertain.  The  Danes, 
however,  readily  acknowledged  that  their 
country  was  first  peopled  by  the  Goths 
of  Scandinavia ;  that  to  them  they  owe 
their  origin  ;  and  that  Dan,  king  of  the 
Goths,  was  the  founder  of  their  kingdom. 
And  the  peopling  of  the  Chersonesus, 
of  the  islands  in  the  Baltic  sea,  and  the 
adjacent  places  on  the  continent,  are 
called,  by  northern  writers,  the  first  mi- 
gration of  the  Goths  or  Getes. 

Their  second  migration  happened  sev- 
eral ages  after,  under  the  conduct  of  Be- 
rig,  who  seized  on  the  country  of  the 
Ulmerugians,  now  Pomerania,  and  even 
compelled  the  neighboring  Vandals  to 
share  their  possessions  with  his  follow- 
ers. From  Pomerania  a  numerous  col- 
ony was  sent  into  Scythia  ;  and  in  pro- 
cess of  time,  they  returned  into  Germa- 
ny, under  the  command  of  Woden,  a  he- 
ro of  great  celebrity.' 

With  respect  to  the  customs,  manners, 
and  character  of  the  Goths,  they  appear 
to  have  been  famed,  even  in  the  earliest 
ages,  for  their  hospitality  and  kindness  to 


strangers.  They  encouraged  the  study 
of  philosophy  above  all  other  barbarous 
nations  :  and  Horace  has  bestowed  some 
warm  encomiums  on  the  virtue  of  their 
women.  Polygamy,  however,  was  uni- 
versally countenanced  among  them  ;  and 
their  martial  disposition  induced  them  to 
commit  many  unwarrantable  depreda- 
tions on  the  territories  of  their  neighbors. 
Apollinaris  Sidonius  has  described  them 
as  wearing  high  shoes,  made  of  untanned 
hides,  green  cassocks,  with  red  border, 
and  garments  of  various  colors,  scarcely 
reaching  to  the  knees  ;  their  principal 
weapons  consisted  of  bearded  lances, 
and  missile  hatchets.  Their  govern- 
ment was  monarchical  ;  and  their  reli- 
gion similar  to  that  of  the  other  northern 
nations  whose  histories  have  been  already 
related. 

The  Romans  appear  to  have  dreaded 
the  power  of  this  nation  at  a  very  early 
period  ;  for,  even  in  the  reign  of  Alex- 
ander, which  began  in  222,  considerable 
sums  were  annually  paid  out  of  the  treas- 
ury to  prevent  them  from  making  irrup- 
tions into  the  empire.  And,  on  the  de- 
mise of  Maximin,  they  broke  into  the 
province  of  Mcesia  ;  destroyed  the  city 


680 


GOTHS. 


of  Istria  on  the  southern  mouth  of  the 
Danube ;  and  retired,  unmolested,  to  their 
own  couniry. 

About  the  year  of  the  Christian  era 
245,  Ostrogotha  led  a  numerous  body  of 
forces  into  Moisia,  and  compelled  the  in- 
habitants to  compound  with  him,  in  or- 
der to  avoid  the  calamities  that  were  usu- 
ally attendant  on  his  progress.  And 
Cnvia,  the  successor  of  Ostrogotha,  hav- 
ing made  himself  master  of  Philippolis  on 
the  Hebrus,  ravaged  the  greatest  part  of 
Thrace  and  Macedon ;  defeated  the  Ro- 
mans in  a  pitched  battle  ;  slew  the  em- 
peror Decius  and  his  son  ;  and  obtained 
the  promise  of  an  annual  pension,  on 
condition  of  remaining,  for  the  future, 
within  his  own  boundaries. 

Seventeen  years  after  this  event  the 
Goths  made  an  unexpected  irruption  into 
Thrace  ;  reduced  the  province  of  Mace- 
don ;  and  attempted  to  penetrate  into 
Achaia  ;  but  Marcianus,  having  attacked 
them  by  surprise,  gave  them  a  signal 
overthrow  ;  and  compelled  them  to  elude 
a  general  slaughter  by  flight.  About 
the  same  time  another  tribe  of  this  na- 
tion crossed  the  Hellespont  ;  plundered 
the  temple  of  Diana  at  Ephesus ;  burnt 
the  poor  remains  of  ancient  Troy  ;  and 
returned  home  loaded  with  plunder. 

On  the  accession  of  the  emperor  Clau- 
dius, the  Goths,  with  several  other  bar- 
barous nations,  resolved  to  invade  the 
empire  both  by  sea  and  land.  Accord- 
ingly they  embarked  with  a  numerous 
body  of  forces  in  two  thousand  vessels, 
and,  landing  in  the  Lesser  Scythia,  laid 
siege,  at  the  same  time,  to  the  city  of 
Tomi  in  that  province,  and  to  Marciano- 
polis  in  Moesia  ;  but,  finding  a  vigorous 
resistance  at  both  places,  they  re-em- 
barked on  the  Euxine  sea,  and  sailed  to 
the  straits  of  the  Bosphorus,  where  their 
fleet  suffered  materially  from  the  rapidity 
of  the  current  and  stress  of  weather ; 
and  their  tropps  were  bravely  repulsed  by 
the  inhabitants  of  Byzantium.  Hereupon 
they  entered  the  ^gean  sea,  in  order  to 
refit  their  vessels  near  Mount  Athos,  in 
Macedon ;  and  afterwards  laid  siege  to 
the  cities  of  Cassandria  and  Thessalon- 
ica.  But,  whilst  they  were  busied  in 
ravaging  the  country,  and  forming  new 
schemes  for  the  aggrandizement  of  their 


own  military  fame,  a  pestilential  distem- 
per swept  off"  a  prodigious  nnmber  of 
their  mariners,  and  most  of  their  land 
forces  were  overthrown  by  the  emperor 
Claudius,  who,  on  this  occasion,  assumed 
the  surname  of  Gothicus. 

Notwithstanding  these  disasters,  the 
Goths  made  an  irruption  into  Pannonia, 
about  the  year  270,  and  committed  many 
alarming  outrages  ;  but  Aurelian,  who 
had  just  assumed  the  purple,  marched 
against  them  at  the  head  of  a  powerful 
army  ;  and,  by  that  measure,  induced 
them  to  sue  for  peace.  However,  they 
soon  renewed  their  incursions,  and  exas- 
perated Aurelian  so  highly,  that  he  not 
only  drove  them  beyond  the  boundaries 
of  Thrace,  but  even  passed  the  Danube, 
and  defeated  Cannaband,  a  Gothic  prince, 
with  dreadful  slaughter. 

The  Goths  appear  to  have  made  a 
settlement,  about  the  year  274,  in  Dacia 
and  the  Danube  ;  and  to  have  afterwards 
invaded  the  provinces  of  Pontus,  Cappa- 
docia,  Galatia,  and  Bithynia  ;  but  Taci- 
tus prevailed  on  many  of  them,  by  a  pe- 
cuniary compliment,  to  abandon  these 
territories  ;  and  the  rest  were  driven  en- 
tirely out  of  the  empire.  In  278,  the 
Goths  concluded  a  treaty  of  peace  with 
the  emperor  Probus ;  and  in  289,  they 
suff'ered  so  complete  an  overthrow  by 
Dioclesian,  that  one  of  their  tribes  was 
entirely  cut  off",  and  the  province  of  Da- 
cia beyond  the  Danube  re-annexed  to 
the  Roman  empire.  For  this  victory 
Dioclesian  assumed  the  name  of  Sarma- 
ticus,  as  appears  from  the  inscriptions  on 
several  antique  coins. 

In  the  fifteenth  year  of  Constantino's 
reign,  the  Goths,  who  had  for  some  time, 
been  engaged  in  a  sanguinary  war  with 
the  Vandals  and  Burgundians,  made  a 
fresh  irruption  into  the  Roman  territories  : 
but  Constantino,  having  marched  against 
them  with  all  possible  expedition,  defeat- 
ed them  in  several  engagements  ;  took 
an  incredible  number  of  captives,  and 
reduced  them  to  such  extremities,  that 
they  not  only  sued  for  a  cessation  of  hos- 
tilities, but  also  consented  to  assist  the 
victor,  with  a  numerous  body  of  troops, 
against  Licinius. 

Upon  the  accession  of  Valens  to  the 
imperial  dignity,  this  turbulent  race  broke 


GOTHS. 


681 


into  the  boundaries  of  Thrace,  and  com- 
mitted their  usual  depredations  ;  but,  on 
the  receipt  of  a  handsome  gratification 
from  the  emperor,  they  returned  peacea- 
bly to  their  own  country.  However, 
they  soon  repeated  their  outrages  ;  and 
by  espousing  the  cause  of  the  usurper 
Procopius,  involved  themselves  in  a 
dangerous  war  with  Valens,  who  having 
passed  the  Danube  with  a  select  body  of 
forces,  ravaged  the  greatest  part  of  their 
country  with  fire  and  sword  ;  cut  off  a 
prodigious  number  of  their  men  in  differ- 
ent encounters  ;  and,  at  length,  defeated 
their  king,  Athanaric,  at  the  head  of  his 
army.  Hereupon  the  barbarians  sued 
for  peace  :  and  Valens  returned  with  his 
victorious  troops  to  Constantinople. 

Shortly  after  this  event  the  Goths, 
being  driven  from  their  ancient  territories 
by  the  more  savage  Hunns,  fled  in  such 
prodigious  numbers,  to  take  shelter  among 
the  Romans,  that  Valens  admitted  two 
hundred  thousand  of  them  into  Thrace, 
upon  their  promising  to  live  peaceably 
in  that  province,  and  to  serve,  when  re- 
quired, in  the  Roman  army  ;  but  the  offi- 
cers who  were  appointed  to  supply  them 
with  provisions  exercised  so  unjust  a 
severity,  that  the  barbarians  immediately 
rose  in  arms,  and  commenced  a  sangui- 
nary war  with  their  oppressors,  which 
continued  with  various  success  till  The- 
odosius  I,  granted  them  certain  lands  in 
Thrace  and  Moesia  ;  indulged  them  with 
an  exemption  from  all  taxes  ;  and  kindly 
undertook  to  redress  all  their  grievances. 
During  this  reign  the  unfortunate  Athan- 
aric took  refuge  in  the  imperial  palace 
at  Constantinople,  and  was  treated  with 
unparalleled  generosity  by  the  emperor  ; 
but  he  was  so  violently  afflicted  with  the 
loss  of  his  dominions,  that  he  died  about 
a  fortnight  after  his  arrival. 

About  the  year  395,  a  numerous  army 
of  Goths,  being  stirred  up  by  Rufinus, 
penetrated  into  the  provinces  of  Panno- 
nia,  Macedon,  and  Thessaly,  and  com- 
mitted the  most  cruel  depredations  upon 
the  inhabitants.  They  afterwards  passed 
the  straits  of  Thermopylae  without  oppo- 
sition, and  proceeded  under  the  conduct 
of  their  celebrated  chief  Alaric,  to  the 
very  gates  of  Constantinople.  Upon  the 
first  report  of  these  daring  outrages, 
86 


Stilicho  hastened  from  Gaul  to  repel  the 
Barbarians  ;  but  his  intentions  were  all 
frustrated  ;  for  Arcadius  having  conclu- 
ded a  peace  with  the  enemy,  appointed 
Alaric  to  the  command  of  the  troops  in 
East  Illyricum ;  and  Stilicho,  by  the 
malice  and  cupidity  of  his  treacherous 
accusers,  was  stripped  of  all  his  honors, 
declared  a  pubhc  enemy  and  reduced 
to  poverty. 

The  Goths  remained  tolerably  peace- 
able for  about  three  years  ;  but  at  the  ex- 
piration of  that  time  they  resolved  to  en- 
rich themselves  with  the  spoils  of  the 
empire,  and  accordingly  conferred  the 
regal  title  on  Alaric,  who,  notwithstand- 
ing his  employment  under  Arcadius, 
readily  took  the  field  against  the  Romans, 
and,  after  ravaging  the  fairest  parts  of 
Italy,  made  himself  master  even  of 
Rome  itself,  which  he  abandoned  to  the 
plunder  of  his  rapacious  followers.  From 
Rome  the  victorious  Barbarian  passed 
through  the  provinces  of  Campania,  Lu- 
cania,  Samnium,  and  Apulia,  with  a  de- 
sign to  pass  over  to  Sicily,  and  thence  into 
Africa,  but  on  his  arrival  at  Rhegium  he 
was  seized  with  a  fit  of  illness,  which 
terminated  both  his  conquests  and  life  in 
the  space  of  a  few  days. 

Ataulphus,  the  successor  of  Alaric, 
invaded  Gaul  in  the  commencement  of 
his  reign,  and  afterwards  married  Placi- 
dia,  the  sister  of  Honorius,  who  had 
been  taken  captive  in  the  late  expedition 
against  Rome.  After  the  solemnization 
of  his  nuptials  with  this  princess,  Ataul- 
phus seemed  extremely  desirous  of  con- 
cluding a  peace  with  Honorius,  and  of 
turning  his  arms  against  the  Vandals, 
Franks,  and  other  barbarous  nations,  who 
had  broken  into  Gaul ;  but  these  designs 
were  frustrated  by  the  intrigues  of  Con- 
stantius  ;  and  the  king  of  the  Goths,  be- 
ing compelled  to  retire  into  Spain,  was 
soon  afterwards  taken  off  by  assassina- 
tion. His  successor,  Sigeric,  shared  a 
similar  fate  about  six  days  after  his  elec- 
tion to  the  sovereignty. 

Vallia,  the  next  king  of  the  Goths, 
having  concluded  a  treaty  of  peace  with 
the  Romans,  waged  war  with  the  Alans 
and  Silingians  in  Spain,  and,  after  de- 
feating them  in  several  battles,  obliged 
them  to  flee  for  protection  into  Galicia 


682 


GOTHS. 


For  this  important  service,  Vallia  was  al- 
lowed to  form  a  settlement  in  Aquitania, 
where  he  died  after  a  reign  of  three  years. 

Theodoric  had  no  sooner  obtained  the 
sovereignty  than  he  broke  the  alliance 
which  his  predecessor  had  made  with  the 
Romans,  and  made  himself  master  of 
some  important  places  in  Gaul ;  but  at 
the  approach  of  ^tius  he  abandoned  the 
enterprise,  and  was,  soon  after,  obliged 
to  sue  for  a  renewal  of  the  peace  which 
he  himself  had  so  lately  violated.  How- 
ever, about  ten  years  after  this  transac- 
tion, Theodoric  broke  again  with  the 
Romans,  and,  having  reduced  several 
towns,  at  length  laid  siege  to  Narbonne  ; 
but  his  designs  were  all  frustrated  by  the 
vigilance  of  the  enemy,  and,  after  some 
time,  the  warlike  Goth  renewed  his  alli- 
ance with  the  Romans,  in  whose  defence 
he  afterwards  fought  with  extraordinary 
bravery  against  the  Hunns,  and  lost  his 
life  at  the  famous  battle  of  Chalons. 

Thorismond,  the  successor  of  Theodo- 
ric, evinced  the  utmost  impatience  to 
revenge  his  father's  death,  and  according- 
ly, having  engaged  Attila,  king  of  the 
Hunns,  with  a  formidable  army,  drove 
that  invader  from  Gaul  with  equal  loss 
and  ignominy.  However,  the  conduct 
of  Thorismond  gave  such  umbrage  to 
his  subjects  that  he  was  soon  taken  off 
by  assassination. 

Theodoric  II,  has  been  described,  by 
Sidonius,  as  a  prince  of  superior  abilities 
and  great  accomplishments,  but  a  mere 
hypocrite  with  respect  to  religion.  In 
the  commencement  of  his  reign  he  form- 
ed an  alliance  with  the  Romans,  and  as- 
sisted them,  with  a  chosen  body  of  troops, 
against  the  Bagaudae.  He,  afterwards, 
caused  Avitus  to  be  proclaimed  emperor 
at  Thoulouse  ;  recovered  several  provin- 
ces from  the  turbulent  Suevians  ;  and 
reduced  several  important  places  in  Lusi- 
tania.  Emboldened  by  these  successes, 
he  renounced  the  emperor's  friendship, 
and  soon  made  himself  master  of  the 
greatest  part  of  Spain,  together  with 
some  places  in  Gaul,  which  had  hitherto 
belonged  to  the  Romans  ;  but  his  ambi- 
tious projects  were  at  length  terminated 
by  his  brother  Euric,  who  caused  him  to 


be  murdered  in  the  thirteenth  y^ar  of  his 
reign. 

Euric  having,  by  this  nefarious  action, 
established  himself  in  the  sovereignty, 
resolved  to  carry  on  the  war  with  vigor. 
Accordingly  he  committed  great  depreda- 
tions in  Lusitania  ;  made  himself  master 
of  Pampelona,  Saragossa,  Coimbra,  and 
Tarraco  ;  and  eventually  chased  the  Ro- 
mans from  Spain,  after  they  had  held 
that  country  in  subjection  for  the  space 
of  seven  hundred  years.  He  afterwards 
led  his  victorious  forces  into  Gaul,  and 
compelled  the  Romans  to  purchase  a 
shameful  peace  by  delivering  up  the  pro- 
vince of  Auvergne.  The  other  places  in 
Gaul  which  had  submitted  to  Odoacer 
were  afterwards  yielded  to  Euric,  whose 
dominions,  by  this  addition,  extended 
from  the  Loire  to  the  Alps  ;  but  whilst 
this  ambitious  prince  was  projecting  new 
conquests,  his  career  was  suddenly  stop- 
ped by  death,  in  the  nineteenth  year  of 
his  reign.  He  had  ascended  the  throne 
by  an  act  of  fratricide,  and  governed  his 
subjects  with  unrelenting  severity.  War 
and  bloodshed  were  his  chief  objects  of 
delight ;  and  the  success  which  usually 
attended  his  campaigns  rendered  him  ex- 
tremely formidable  to  all  the  neighboring 
nations.-  He  was,  however,  a  man  of 
uncommon  penetration,  and  is  said  to 
have  been  the  first  who  gave  the  Goths  a 
code  of  written  laws. 

He  left  one  son,  named  Alaric,  who 
succeeded  him,  and  a  daughter,  who  was 
married  to  a  barbarian  prince  named 
Sigismer.  From  the  description  which 
Sidonius  has  given  of  that  prince,  Vale- 
sius  supposed  him  to  have  been  a  Frank 
by  birth,  and  that  Euric  gave  him  his 
daughter  in  marriage  with  a  view  of  con- 
ciliating the  friendship  of  the  Franks, 
who  began,  about  this  period,  to  be  very 
powerful  in  Gaul ;  but,  if  this  were  the 
case,  Eurics'  hopes  were  extremely  ill 
grounded,  for  the  Franks  unanimously 
rose  in  arms  against  his  descendants,  and 
put  a  final  period  to  their  dominion  in 
Gaul. 

Upon  this  overthrow  the  Goths  retired 
into  Spain,  and  fixed  their  royal  seat  at 
Toledo,  {see  Spain.) 


HUNNS. 


683 


HUNNS, 


The  posterity  of  the  Albanians,  hav- 
ing migrated  from  their  native  country, 
estabhshed  themselves  in  that  part  of 
Asiatic  Sarmatia  which  bordered  on  the 
Palus  Maeotis  and  the  Tanais,  the  ancient 
boundary  between  Europe  and  Asia. 
They  appear  to  have  been  divided  into 
several  tribes,  but  were  all  comprised 
under  the  general  name  of  Ugri,*  which 
was  afterward  changed  into  that  of 
Hunni. 

The  Sarmatian  or  Scythian  Hunns 
are  described,  by  the  best  historians,  as 
a  hardy,  warlike,  and  ferocious  people, 
who  subsisted  entirely  on  roots  or  raw 
meat ;  lived,  constantly  exposed  to  the 
air,  in  the  woods,  or  among  the  excava- 
tions of  the  mountains  ;  were  accustomed 
even  to  eat  and  sleep  on  horseback ;  and 
professed  the  utmost  contempt  for  rai- 
ment, houses,  and  other  conveniences  of 
life.  They  were  equally  destitute  of  re- 
ligious and  civil  institutions,  and  aban- 
doned themselves  without  restraint  to  the 
gratification  of  their  unruly  passions. 
Hence  we  find  them  making  frequent  in- 
cursions into  the  Roman  empire  in  defi- 
ance of  the  most  solemn  oaths,  and  even 
occasionally  turning  their  arms  against 
their  own  countrymen  for  a  pecuniary 
reward.  They  are  said  to  have  mangled 
the  cheeks  of  their  male  infants,  in  order 
to  strike  terror  into  the  enemy  by  their 
distorted  countenances  ;  and  in  war  they 
usually  rushed  towards  the  foe  with 
hideous  shouts  ;  but,  if  their  first  attack 
were  vigorously  resisted,  their  fury  soon 
abated,  and  they  fled  in  the  utmost  con- 
fusion. 

Their  first  excursion  in  quest  of  new 
settlements  appears  to  have  been  made 
about  the  year  of  the  Christian  era  376, 
when  they  passed  the  Palus  Mseotis  ; 
made  a  dreadful  slaughter  among  the 
Alans,  Ostrogoths,  and  Visigoths  ;  and 
took  possession  of  that  vast  tract  of  coun- 


*  The  word  Ugre,  whence  Ugri  is  derived, 
signifies,  in  the  Sclavonic  language,  aquatic,  or 
living  in  the  water — a  name  well  adapted  to  a 
nation  residing  in  the  marshy  places  which  bor- 
dered on  the  Palus  Maeotis  and  the  Tanais. 


try  which  extends  from  the  Tanais  to  the 
Danube. 

About  the  year  383  the  Nephthalite  or 
White  Hunns,  broke  into  the  Roman  ter- 
ritories ;  overran  Mesopotamia ;  and  even 
laid  siege  to  the  city  of  Edessa  ;  but  they 
were  bravely  repulsed  by  the  garrison, 
and  compelled,  after  some  time,  to  aban- 
don their  daring  enterprize. 

This  tribe  inhabited  a  rich  tract  of 
country,  at  a  considerable  distance  from 
the  Sarmatian  Hunns,  with  whom  they 
had  no  affinity  nor  intercourse.  They 
lived  according  to  their  own  laws  ;  dealt 
equitably  with  each  other ;  and  seldom 
made  inroads,  unless  provoked,  into  the 
territories  of  their  neighbors. 

The  Sarmatian  Hunns,  emboldened  by 
their  success  against  the  Alans,  Goths, 
and  other  barbarous  nations,  crossed  the 
Danube  in  391,  and  committed  the  most 
dreadful  outrages  in  Thrace  and  Maesia ; 
Stilicho  overthrew  them  in  a  pitched 
battle,  and  surrounded  them  so  complete- 
ly in  a  narrow  valley,  that  they  must 
either  have  surrendered  at  discretion  or 
perished  with  himger,  had  not  Claudian 
generously  offered  to  conclude  a  treaty 
of  peace. 

Four  years  after  this  event,  the  Hunns 
made  an  unexpected  irruption  into  the 
eastern  provinces,  and  penetrated  even 
to  the  walls  of  Antioch  ;  marking  their 
progress  with  such  enormous  cruelties 
and  depredations,  that  St.  Jerome  says, 
"  All  the  East  trembled  at  the  approach 
of  an  enemy,  who,  equally  destitute  of 
religion  and  hum'nity,  roved  without  con- 
trol wherever  they  pleased,  massacreing 
those  who  had  scarce  begun  to  live,  and 
who  smiled,  unconscious  of  danger,  at  the 
very  weapons  that  were  lifted  to  destroy 
them."  Indeed  the  barbarians  appear  to 
have  spared  neither  age,  sex,  nor  con- 
dition, in  this  expedition ;  but  to  have 
filled  all  places  with  slaughter  and  deso- 
lation. 

From  this  period  they  seem  to  have 
remained  quiet  till  the  year  404,  when 
crossing  the  Danube  in  prodigious  multi- 
tudes,  they   ravaged    the    province   of 


684 


HUNNS. 


Thrace,  penetrated  into  East  lUyricum, 
and  returned  home  loaded  with  phmder. 
During  the  minority  of  Theodosius  II, 
llldin.  King  of  the  Hunns,  entered  Thrace, 
at  the  head  of  a  formidable  army ;  but 
the  gallant  resistance  of  the  Romans,  and 
the  defection  of  his  own  officers,  com- 
pelled him  to  repass  the  Danube  with 
the  utmost  precipitation.  On  this  occa- 
sion the  Scyri,  a  northern  nation  in  alli- 
ance with  Uldin,  received  an  overthrow, 
by  which  they  were  almost  utterly  extir- 
pated. 

On  the  demise  of  Honorius,  in  423, 
sixty  thousand  Hunns  were  led  by  ^tius 
to  the  assistance  of  John,  who  had  as- 
sumed the  imperial  purple  ;  and  an  obsti- 
nate battle  was  fought  with  the  troops  of 
Assar  ;  but  ^tius,  being  informed  of  the 
usurper's  death,  thought  proper  to  submit 
to  Theodosius,  and  accordingly  persuad- 
ed the  barbarians  to  return  home.  To- 
ward the  close  of  the  same  year  Thrace 
was  overrun  and  pillaged  by  one  of  the 
northern  tribes  under  the  command  of 
Rougas  ;  but  this  marauder  being  killed 
by  lightning,  and  many  of  his  men  swept 
off  by  a  pestilence,  the  survivors  retreated 
with  precipitation  to  their  own  country. 

In  the  year  435  a  numerous  body  of 
Hunns  joined  iEtius  against  the  Burgun- 
dians,  of  whom  they  slaughtered  twenty 
thousand.  However,  they  soon  expe- 
rienced a  reverse  of  fortune  in  this  ex- 
pedition ;  for  the  Burgundians,  having 
watched  a  favorable  opportunity,  fell  upon 
them  with  resistless  fury,  cut  ten  thou- 
sand of  their  men  to  pieces,  and  obliged 
the  rest  to  save  themselves  by  flight. 

Attila,  king  of  the  Hunns,  having,  with 
the  assistance  of  his  brother  Bleda,  sub- 
jugated most  of  the  norlliern  nations,  con- 
ceived the  daring  design  of  seizing  the 
Roman  empire.  Accordingly,  having 
passed  the  Danube  at  the  head  of  a  pow- 
erful army,  he  made  himself  master  of 
several  cities  and  fortresses ;  ravaged 
the  country,  wherever  he  passed,  with 
fire  and  sword  ;  and  overwhelmed  the 
Romans  with  such  consternation,  that 
Theodosius  was  reduced  to  the  neces- 
sity of  concluding  a  peace  upon  very  dis- 
advantageous terms. 

About  the  year  451  Attila  entered  Gaul 
at  the  head  of  a  numerous  army,  declar' 


ing  that  he  had  no  design  inimical  to  the 
welfare  of  the  Romans,  but  that  he  only 
wished  to  traverse  Gaul,  and  pass  the 
Loire  at  Orleans,  in  order  to  fall  upon 
the  Visigoths  in  Guienne  and  Languedoc. 
Hereupon  the  credulous  Romans  laid 
aside  their  apprehensions,  and  several 
cities  opened  their  gates ;  but  the  artful 
invader  had  no  sooner  penetrated  into 
the  country  than  he  threw  off  the  mask, 
and  committed  the  most  horrid  depreda- 
tions. At  Mentz,  in  particular,  he  per- 
mitted the  most  infamous  cruelties  to  be 
exercised  on  the  inhabitants  ;  massacred 
the  priests  even  before  their  altars  ;  and 
reduced  the  greatest  part  of  the  city  to 
ashes.  He  next  took  possession  of  Or- 
leans ;  but  was  driven  thence  with  great 
slaughter,  and,  after  a  bloody  engage- 
ment in  the  plains  of  Chalons,  he  retired 
to  the  banks  of  the  Rhine.  As  the  other 
principal  exploits  of  this  warlike  barba- 
rian have  been  already  noticed  in  the 
history  of  Rome,  it  is  only  requisite  to 
add,  that  his  reign  was  at  length  termi- 
nated by  the  breaking  of  a  blood  vessel, 
and  his  funeral  obsequies  were  perform- 
ed with  great  solemnity. 

Ellac,  the  son  and  successor  of  Attila, 
is  described  as  a  person  of  great  bravery 
and  resolution,  well  versed  in  the  arts  of 
war,  and,  consequently,  capable  of  re- 
taining his  father's  numerous  conquests  ; 
but,  whilst  his  brothers  were  clamoring 
for  a  division  of  the  sovereignty,  the 
Gepidae  broke  out  into  an  open  revolt, 
and  marched  a  body  of  forces  to  the 
banks  of  the  Netad,  in  Pannonia,  where 
upwards  of  thirty  thousand  Hunns  were 
put  to  the  sword,  and  Ellac  himself  was 
cut  off  in  the  very  commencement  of  his 
reign. 

The  surviving  Hunns  were  so  disheart- 
ened by  this  defeat,  and  the  subsequent 
revolt  of  several  other  nations,  that  they 
immediately  retired  toward  the  Euxine 
sea  and  the  mouths  of  the  Danube,  leav- 
ing the  Gepidae  in  possession  of  all  an- 
cient Dacia.  About  eight  years  after 
this  occurrence,  Dinzio,  one  of  Attila's 
sons,  made  an  irruption  into  the  territo- 
ries of  the  Goths,  and  invested  the  city 
of  Basiana,  which  was  situated  between 
the  Save  and  the  Draw ;  but  his  de- 
sign was  soon  frustrated,  and   himself 


HUNNS. 


685 


compelled  to  retreat  with  considerable 
loss. 

In  the  year  of  the  Christian  era  466, 
a  numerous  army  of  Hunns  passed  the 
Danube,  in  the  depth  of  winter,  and  com- 
mitted some  dreadful  ravages  in  the  pro- 
vince of  Dacia  ;  but  Anthemius,  march- 
ing against  them  with  a  select  body  of 
troops,  they  were  defeated  in  a  pitched 
battle,  and  compelled  to  abandon  their 
enterprize.  Dengizic,  one  of  Atilla's 
sons,  attempted  to  retrieve  this  misfortune 
by  assembling  a  greater  body  of  forces  ; 
but  his  designs  were  rendered  abortive 
by  the  vigilance  of  Arnagastus,  who 
guarded  the  banks  of  the  Danube,  and  his 
head  was  sent  by  the  victor  to  Constan- 
tinople, where  it  was  carried  through  the 
streets  on  the  point  of  a  spear. 

Overwhelmed  with  confusion  by  these 
repeated  overthrows,  and  dispirited  by 
the  loss  of  their  most  valiant  chiefs,  the 
Hunns  continued  quiet  for  the  space  of 
sixty  years  ;  but,  on  the  accession  of 
Justinian,  two  of  their  kings,  Styrax  and 
Clones,  penetrated  the  Roman  territories, 
at  the  head  of  two  formidable  armies. 
At  this  juncture,  however,  Boarox,  queen 
of  the  Sabirite  Hunns,  led  an  army  of 
one  hundred  thousand  men  to  the  assis- 
tance of  the  emperor  ;  gave  the  invaders 
a  signal  overthrow ;  and  sent  Styrax 
himself  in  chains  to  Constantinople. 

In  the  thirteenth  year  of  Justinian's 
reign,  the  Cuturgurian  Hunns,  crossing 
the  Danube  in  prodigious  multitudes, 
ravaged  the  greatest  part  of  Thrace, 
Greece,  lUyricum,  and  all  the  provinces 
from  the  Ionian  sea  to  the  very  suburbs 
of  Constantinople  ;  and,  having  passed 
the  Hellespont,  committed  many  enor- 
mous acts  of  cruelty  in  Asia,  and  return- 
ed home  with  an  immense  booty,  and  one 
hundred  and  twenty  thousand  captives. 
To  prevent  a  repetition  of  these  expedi- 
tions, Justinian  allowed  the  Cuturgurians 
some  lands  in  the  province  of  Thrace, 
and  agreed  to  pay  them  an  annual  pen- 


sion, upon  condition  that  they  should 
serve,  when  required,  under  the  Roman 
banners ;  but  as  this  scheme  proved  in- 
adequate to  the  preservation  of  the  em- 
pire, a  quarrel  was  artfully  fomented  be- 
tween the  Cuturgurian  and  Uturgurian 
Hunns,  which  divided  the  attention  of 
the  former,  and  finally  terminated  in  the 
destruction  of  both. 

Venantius  Fortunatus  asserts,  that, 
about  the  year  560,  a  numerous  body  of 
Hunns  took  their  route  through  Germany, 
with  a  design  to  cross  the  Rhine,  and 
form  a  settlement  in  Gaul  ;  but  Sigebert, 
king  of  the  Franks,  arrested  their  pro- 
gress on  the  baaks  of  the  Elbe,  and 
gained  a  complete  victory,  many  thou- 
sands of  the  barbarians  being  killed,  and 
the  residue  compelled  to  retire  into  Pan- 
nonia. 

From  this  period  no  farther  notice  is 
taken  of  the  Hunns  till  the  reign  of  Charles 
the  Great,  when  they  were  possessed  of 
Dacia  Mcesia,  and  both  the  Pannonias. 
Two  of  their  princes,  Caganus  and  Ju- 
gimus,  formed  an  amicable  alliance  with 
Charles  in  the  year  776.  But  their  sub- 
sequent treachery,  in  sending  succors  to 
Tassilo,  duke  of  Bavaria,  and  a  dispute 
which  arose  respecting  their  boundaries, 
gave  such  umbrage  to  their  illustrious 
ally,  that  he  not  only  renounced  their 
friendship,  but  ravaged  their  country  with 
fire  and  sword,  for  the  space  of  eight 
years,  till  he  had  almost  extirpated  their 
name  and  nation.  Some  authors,  indeed, 
are  of  opinion  that  the  whole  race  was 
entirely  destroyed ;  and  that  the  country 
was  afterwards  peopled  by  the  surround- 
ing nations,  to  whom  the  present  Hunga- 
rians owe  their  origin.  However,  it  is 
certain  that  the  Hunns  were  finally  sub- 
dued, by  Charles  the  Great,  about  the 
year  794,  and  that  Henry,  duke  of  Friuli, 
took  their  royal  palace,  and  stripped  it 
of  immense  treasures — a  considerable 
part  of  which  was  sent,  by  the  emperor's 
order,  to  Rome. 


686 


JEWS. 


JEWS. 


Jews,  a  name  derived  from  the  patri- 
arch Judah,  and  given  to  the  descendants 
of  Abraham  by  his  eldest  son  Isaac.  We 
shall  here  present  the  reader  with  as 
comprehensive  a  view  of  this  singular 
people  as  we  can. 

1.  Jews^  history  of  the. — The  Al- 
mighty promised  Abraham  that  he  would 
render  his  seed  extremely  numerous : 
this  promise  began  to  be  fulfilled  in  Ja- 
cob's twelve  sons.  In  about  two  hundred 
and  fifteen  years  they  increased  in 
Egypt  from  seventeen  to  between  two 
and  three  millions,  men,  women,  and 
children.  While  Joseph  lived,  they  were 
kindly  used  by  the  Egyptian  monarchs  ; 
but  soon  after,  from  a  suspicion  that  they 
would  become  too  strong  for  the  natives, 
they  were  condemned  to  slavery  ;  but 
the  more  they  were  oppressed,  the  more 
they  grew.  The  midwifes,  and  others, 
were  therefore  ordered  to  murder  every 
male  infant  at  the  time  of  its  birth ;  but 
they,  shifting  the  horrible  task,  every 
body  was  then  ordered  to  destroy  the 
male  children  wherever  they  found  them. 
After  they  had  been  thus  oppressed  for 
about  one  hundred  years,  and  on  the  very 
day  that  finished  the  four  hundred  and 
thirtieth  year  from  God's  first  promise  of 
a  seed  to  Abraham,  and  about  four  hun- 
dred years  after  the  birth  of  Isaac,  God, 
by  terrible  plagues  on  the  Egyptians, 
obliged  them  to  liberate  the  Hebrews  un- 
der the  direction  of  Moses  and  Aaron. 
Pharoah  pursued  them  with  a  mighty 
army ;  but  the  Lord  opened  a  passage 
for  them  through  the  Red  Sea  ;  and  the 
Egyptians  in  attempting  to  follow  them, 
were  drowned.  After  this,  we  find  them 
in  a  dry  and  barren  desert,  without  any 
provision  for  their  journey  ;  but  God  sup- 
plied them  with  water  from  a  rock,  and 
inanna  and  quails  from  heaven.  A  little 
after,  they  routed  the  Amalekites,  who 
fell  on  their  rear.  In  the  wilderness, 
God  delivered  them  the  law,  and  con- 
firmed the  authority  of  Moses.  Three 
thousand  of  them  were  cut  off  for  wor- 
shipping the  golden  calf;  and  for  loath- 
ing the  manna,  they  were  punished  with 


a  month's  eating  of  flesh,  till  a  plague 
brake  out  among  them  ;  and  for  their  rash 
belief  of  the  ten  wicked  spies,  and  their 
contempt  of  the  prromised  land,  God  had 
entirely  destroyed  them,  had  not  Moses's 
prayers  prevented.  They  were  condemn- 
ed, however,  to  wander  in  the  desert  till 
the  end  of  forty  years,  till  that  whole 
generation,  except  Caleb  and  Joshua, 
should  be  cut  off  by  death.  Here  they 
were  often  punished  for  their  rebellion, 
idolatry,  whoredom,  &c.  God's  marvel- 
lous favors,  however,  were  still  continu- 
ed in  conducting  and  supplying  them 
with  meat ;  and  the  streams  issuing  from 
the  rock  Meribah,  followed  their  camp 
about  thirty-nine  years,  and  their  clothes 
never  waxed  old.  On  their  entrance  into 
Canaan,  God  ordered  them  to  cut  off  eve- 
ry idolatrous  Canaanite  ;  but  they  spared 
vast  numbers  of  them,  who  enticed  them 
to  wickedness,  and  were  sometimes 
God's  rod  to  punish  them.  For  many 
ages  they  had  enjoyed  little  prosperity, 
and  often  relapsed  into  awful  idolatry, 
worshipping  Baalim,  Ashtaroth,  Micah 
and  the  Danites  introduced  it  not  long  af- 
ter Joshua's  death.  About  this  time  the 
lewdness  of  the  men  of  Gibeah  occasion- 
ed a  war  of  the  eleven  tribes  against  their 
brethren  of  Benjamin  ;  they  were  twice 
routed  by  the  Benjamites,  and  forty  thou- 
sand of  them  were  slain.  In  the  third, 
however,  all  the  Benjamites  were  slain, 
except  six  hundred.  Vexed  for  the  loss 
of  a  tribe,  the  other  Hebrews  provided 
wives  for  these  six  hundred,  at  the  ex- 
pense of  slaying  most  of  the  inhabitants 
of  Jabesh  Gilead.  Their  relapses  into 
idolatry  also  brought  on  them  repeated 
turns  of  slavery  from  the  heathen  among 
or  around  them.  See  books  of  Judges 
and  Samuel.  Having  been  governed  by 
judges  for  about  three  hundred  and  forty 
years,  after  the  death  of  Joshua  they  took 
a  fancy  to  have  a  king.  Saul  was  their 
first  sovereign,  under  whose  reign  they 
had  perpetual  struggles  with  the  Ammon- 
ites, Moabites,  and  Philistines.  After 
about  seven  years'  struggling  between 
the  eleven  tribes  that  clave  to  Ishbosheth, 


JEWS. 


687 


the  son  of  Saul,  and  the  tribe  of  Judah, 
which  erected  themselves  into  a  kingdom 
under  David,  David  became  sole  mon- 
arch. Under  him  they  subdued  their 
neighbors,  the  Philistines,  Edomites,  and 
others  ;  and  took  pessession  of  the  whole 
dominion  which  had  been  promised  them, 
from  the  border  of  Egypt  to  the  banks 
of  the  Euphrates.  Under  Solomon  they 
had  little  war  :  when  he  died,  ten  of  the 
Hebrew  tribes  formed  a  kingdom  of  Isra- 
el, or  Ephraim,  for  themselves,  under 
Jeroboam,  the  Son  of  Nebat,  in  opposi- 
tion to  the  kingdom  of  Judah  and  Benja- 
min, ruled  by  the  family  of  David.  The 
kingdom  of  Israel,  Ephraim,  or  the  ten 
tribes,  had  never  so  much  as  one  pious 
king :  idolatry  was  always  their  estab- 
lished religion.  The  kingdom  of  Judah 
had  pious  and  wicked  sovereigns  by 
turns,  though  they  often  relapsed  into 
idolatry,  which  brought  great  distress 
upon  them.  See  books  of  Samuel,  Kings, 
and  Chronicles.  Not  only  the  kingdom 
of  Israel,  but  that  of  Judah,  was  brought 
to  the  very  brink  of  ruin  after  the  death 
of  Jehoshaphat.  After  various  changes, 
sometimes  for  the  better,  and  sometimes 
for  the  worse,  the  kingdom  of  Israel  was 
rumed,  two  hundred  and  fifty-four  years 
after  its  erection,  by  So,  king  of  Egypt, 
and  Halmanaster,  king  of  Assyria,  who 
invaded  it,  and  destroyed  most  of  the 
people.  Judah  was  invaded  by  Senna- 
cherib; butHezekiah's  piety,  and  Isaiah's 
prayer,  were  the  means  of  their  preserva- 
tion ;  but  under  Manasseh,  the  Jews 
abandoned  themselves  to  horrid  impiety  ; 
for  which  they  were  punished  by  Esar- 
haddon,  king  of  Assyria,  who  invaded 
and  reduced  the  kingdom,  and  carried 
Manasseh  prisoner  to  Babylon.  Manas- 
seh repented,  and  the  Lord  brought  him 
back  to  his  kingdom,  where  he  promoted 
the  reformation ;  but  his  son  Amon  de- 
faced all.  Josiah,  however,  again  promoted 
it,  and  carried  it  to  a  higher  pitch  than  in 
the  reigns  of  David  and  Solomon.  After 
Josiah  was  slain  by  Pharaoh  Necho,  king 
of  Egypt,  the  people  returned  to  idolatry, 
and  God  gave  them  up  to  servitude  to  the 
Egyptians  and  the  Chaldeans.  The  fate 
of  their  kings  Jehoahaz,  Jehoiakim,  Je- 
hoiachin,  and  Zedekiah,  was  unhappy. 
Provoked  by  Zedekiah's  treachery,  Ne- 1 


buchadnezzar  invaded  the  kingdom,  mur 
dered  vast  numbers,  and  reduced  them  to 
captivity.  Thus  the  kingdom  of  Judah 
was  ruined,  A.  M.  3416,  about  three  hun- 
dred and  eighty-eight  years  after  its  divi- 
sion from  that  of  the  ten  tribes.  In  the 
seventieth  year  from  the  begun  captivity, 
the  Jews,  according  to  the  edict  of  Cy- 
rus, king  of  Persia,  who  had  overturned 
the  empire  of  Chaldea,  returned  to  their 
own  country.  See  Nehemiah,  Ezra. 
Vast  numbers  of  them,  who  had  agreea- 
ble settlements,  remained  in  Babylon. 
After  their  return  they  rebuilt  the  temple 
and  city  of  Jerusalem,  put  away  their 
strange  wives,  aud  renewed  their  cove- 
nants with  God. 

About  3490,  or  3546,  they  escaped  the 
ruin  designed  them  by  Haman.  About 
3653,  Darius  Ochus,  king  of  Persia,  ra- 
vaged part  of  Judea,  and  carried  off  a 
great  many  prisoners.  When  Alexan- 
der was  in  Canaan,  about  3670,  he  con- 
firmed to  them  all  their  privileges  ;  and, 
having  built  Alexandria,  he  settled  vast 
numbers  of  them  there.  About  fourteen 
years  after,  Ptolemy  Lagus,  the  Greek 
king  of  Egypt,  ravaged  Judea,  and  car- 
ried one  hundred  thousand  prisoners  to 
Egypt,  but  used  them  kindly,  and  assign- 
ed them  many  places  of  trust.  About 
eight  years  after,  he  transported  another 
multitude  of  Jews  to  Egypt  and  gave  them 
considerable  privileges.  About  the  same 
time,  Seleucus  Nicanor,  having  built 
about  thirty  new  cities  in  Asia,  settled  in 
them  as  many  Jews  as  he  could;  and 
Ptolemy  Philadelphus  of  Egypt,  about 
3720,  bought  the  freedom  of  all  the  Jew 
slaves  in  Egypt.  Antiochus  Epiphanes, 
sbout  3834,  enraged  with  them  for  re- 
joicing at  the  report  of  his  death,  and  for 
the  peculiar  form  of  their  worship,  in  his 
return  from  Egypt,  forced  his  way  into 
Jerusalem,  and  murdered  forty  thousand 
of  them ;  and  about  two  years  after  he 
ordered  his  troops  to  pillage  the  cities  of 
Judea,  and  murder  the  men,  and  sell  the 
women  and  children  for  slaves.  Multi- 
tudes were  killed,  and  ten  thousand 
prisoners  carried  off;  the  temple  was 
dedicated  to  Olympius,  an  idol  of  Greece, 
and  the  Jews  exposed  to  the  basest  treat- 
ment. Mattathias,  the  priest,  with  his 
sons,  chiefly  Judas,  Jonathan,  and  Simon, 


688 


JEWS. 


who  were  called  Maccabees,  bravely- 
fought  for  their  religion  and  liberties. 
Judas,  who  succeeded  his  father  about 
3840,  gave  Nicanor  and  the  king's  troops 
a  terrible  defeat,  regained  the  temple,  and 
dedicated  it  anew,  restored  the  daily  wor- 
ship, and  repaired  Jerusalem,  which  was 
almost  in  a  ruinous  heap.  After  his  death, 
Jonathan  and  Simon,  his  brethren,  suc- 
cessively succeeded  him  ;  and  both  wise- 
ly and  bravely  promoted  the  welfare  of 
the  church  and  state.  Simon  was  suc- 
ceeded by  his  son  Hircanus,  who  sub- 
dued Idumea,  and  reduced  the  Samari- 
tans. In  3899  he  was  succeeded  by  his 
son  Janneus,  who  reduced  the  Philis- 
tines, the  country  of  Moab,  Ammon,  Gi- 
lead,  and  part  of  Arabia.  Under  these 
three  reigns  alone  the  Jewish  nation  was 
independent  after  the  captivity.  After 
the  death  of  the  widow  of  Janneus,  who 
governed  nine  years,  the  nation  was  al- 
most ruined  with  civil  broils.  In  3939, 
Aristobulus  invited  the  Romans  to  assist 
him  against  Hircanus,  his  elder  brother. 
The  country  was  quickly  reduced,  and 
Jerusalem  took  by  force  ;  and  Pompey, 
and  a  number  of  his  officers,  pushed  their 
way  into  the  sanctuary,  if  not  into  the 
Holy  of  Holies,  to  view  the  furniture 
thereof.  Nine  years  after,  Crassus  the 
Roman  general,  pillaged  the  temple  of  its 
valuables.  After  Judea  had  for  more 
than  thirty  years  been  a  scene  of  ravage 
and  blood,  and  twenty-four  of  which  had 
been  oppressed  by  Herod  the  Great,  He- 
rod got  himself  installed  in  the  kingdom. 
About  twenty  years  before  our  Saviour's 
birth,  he,  with  the  Jews'  consent,  began 
to  build  the  temple.  About  this  time  the 
Jews  had  hopes  of  the  Messiah;  and 
about  A.  M.  4000,  Christ  actually  came, 
whom  Herod  (instigated  by  the  fear  of 
losing  his  throne)  sought  to  murder.  The 
Jews,  however,  a  few  excepted,  rejected 
the  Messiah,  and  put  him  to  death.  The 
sceptre  was  now  wholly  departed  from 
Judah ;  and  Judea,  about  twenty-seven 
years  before,  reduced  to  a  province.  The 
Jews  since  that  time, have  been  scattered, 
contemned,  persecuted,  and  enslaved 
among  all  nations,  not  mixed  with  any  in 
the  common  manner,  but  have  remained 
as  a  body  distinct  by  themselves. 

2.  Jews,  sentimeiits  of.  The  Jews  com- 


monly reckon  but  thirteen  articles  of 
their  faith.  Maimonides,  a  famous  Jew- 
ish rabbi,  reduced  them  to  this  number 
when  he  drew  up  their  confession  about 
the  end  of  the  eleventh  century,  and  it 
was  generally  received.  All  the  Jews 
are  obliged  to  live  and  die  in  the  profes- 
sion of  these  thirteen  articles,  which  are 
as  follows  : — 1.  That  God  is  the  creator 
of  all  things ;  that  he  guides  and  supports 
all  creatures  ;  that  he  has  done  every 
thing  ;  and  that  he  still  acts,  and  shall 
act  during  the  whole  eternity.  2.  That 
God  is  one  ;  there  is  no  unity  like  his. 
He  alone  hath  been,  is,  and  shall  be 
eternally  our  God.  3.  That  God  is  in- 
corporeal, and  cannot  have  any  material 
properties  ;  and  no  corporeal  essence 
can  be  compared  with  him.  4.  That 
God  is  the  beginning  and  end  of  all  things, 
and  shall  eternally  subsist.  5.  That  God 
alone  ought  to  be  worshipped,  and  none 
beside  him  is  to  be  adored.  6.  That 
whatever  has  been  taught  by  the  prophets 
is  true.  7.  That  Moses  is  the  head  and 
father  of  all  contemporary  doctors,  of 
those  who  lived  before  or  shall  live  after 
him.  8.  That  the  law  was  given  by 
Moses.  9.  That  the  law  shall  never  be 
altered,  and  that  God  will  give  no  other. 
10.  That  God  knows  all  the  thoughts  and 
actions  of  men.  1 1 .  That  God  will  re- 
gard the  works  of  all  those  who  have 
performed  what  he  commands,  and  pun- 
ish those  who  have  transgressed  his 
laws.  12.  That  the  Messiah  is  to  come, 
though  he  tarry  a  long  time.  13.  That 
there  shall  be  a  resurrection  of  the  dead 
when  God  shall  think  fit. 

The  modern  Jews  adhere  still  as  close- 
ly to  the  Mosaic  dispensation,  as  their 
dispersed  and  despised  condition  will  per- 
mit them.  Their  service  consists  chiefly 
in  reading  the  law  in  their  synagogues, 
together  with  a  variety  of  prayers.  They 
use  no  sacrifices  since  the  destruction  of 
the  temple.  They  repeat  blessings  and 
particular  praises  to  God,  not  only  in 
their  prayers,  but  on  all  accidental  occa- 
sions, and  in  almost  all  their  actions. 
They  go  to  prayers  three  times  a  day  in 
their  synagogues.  Their  sermons  are  not 
made  in  Hebrew,  which  few  of  them  now 
perfectly  understand,  but  in  the  language 
of  the  country  where  they  reside.   They 


JEWS. 


are  forbidden  all  vain  swearing,  and  pro- 
nouncing any  of  the  names  of  God  with- 
out necessity.  They  abstain  from  meats 
prohibited  by  the  Levitical  law ;  for  which 
reason,  whatever  they  eat  must  be  dress- 
ed by  Jews,  and  after  a  manner  peculiar 
to  themselves.  As  soon  as  a  child  can 
speak,  they  teach  him  to  read  and  trans- 
late the  Bible  into  the  language  of  the 
country  where  they  live.  In  general  they 
observe  the  same  ceremonies  which  were 
practised  by  their  ancestors  in  the  cele- 
bration of  the  passover.  They  acknow- 
ledge a  two-fold  law  of  God,  a  written 
and  an  unwritten  one ;  the  former  is  con- 
tained in  the  Pentateuch,  or  five  books  of 
Moses  ;  the  latter,  they  pretend,  was  de- 
livered by  God  to  Moses,  and  handed 
down  from  him  by  oral  tradition,  and  now 
to  be  received  as  of  equal  authority  with 
the  former.  They  assert  the  perpetuity 
of  their  law,  together  with  its  perfection. 
They  deny  the  accomplishment  of  the 
prophecies  in  the  person  of  Christ ;  al- 
leging that  the  Messiah  is  not  yet  come, 
and  that  he  will  make  his  appearance 
with  the  greatest  worldly  pomp  and  gran- 
deur, subduing  all  nations  before  him,  and 
subjecting  them  to  the  house  of  Judah. 
Since  the  prophets  have  predicted  his 
mean  condition  and  sufferings,  they  con- 
fidently talk  of  two  Messiahs  ;  one  Ben- 
Ephraim,  whom  they  grant  to  be  a  per- 
son of  mean  and  afflicted  condition  in 
this  world ;  and  the  other  Ben-David, 
who  shall  be  a  victorious  and  powerful 
prince. 

iThe  Jews  pray  for  the  souls  of  the 
dlad,  because  they  suppose  there  is  a 
paradise  for  the  souls  of  good  men  where 
they  enjoy  glory  in  the  presence  of  God. 
They  believe  that  the  souls  of  the  wick- 
ed are  tormented  in  hell  with  fire  and 
other  punishments  ;'that  some  are  con- 
demned to  be  punished  in  this  manner 
for  ever,  while  others  continue  only  for 
a  limited  time,  and  this  they  call  purgato- 
ry, which  is  not   different  from  hell  in 


respect  of  the  place,  but  of  the  duration,  f  humanity  to  read  the  account  without  be 


sees,  and  are  as  much  attached  to  tradi- 
tion as  their  ancestors  were  ;  and  assert 
that  whoever  rejects  the  oral  law  de- 
serves death.  Hence  they  entertain  an 
implacable  hatred  to  the  Caraites,  who 
adhere  to  the  text  of  Moses,  rejecting  the 
rabbinistical  interpretation.-.See  Caraites. 
There  are  still  some  of  the  Sadducees  in 
Africa,  and  in  several  other  places  ;  but 
they  are  few  in  number ;  at  least  there 
are  but  very  few  who  declare  openly  for 
these  opinions. 

There  are  to  this  day  some  remains  of 
the  ancient  sect  of  the  Samaritans,  who 
are  zealous  for  the  law  of  Moses,  but  are 
despised  by  the  Jews,  because  they  re- 
ceive only  the  Pentateuch,  and  observe 
different  ceremonies  from  theirs.  They 
declare  they  are  no  Sadducees,  but  ac- 
knowledge the  spirituality  and  immortali- 
ty of  the  soul.  There  are  numbers  of 
this  sect  at  Gaza,  Damascus,  Grand  Cai- 
ro, and  in  some  other  places  of  the  east ; 
but  especially  at  Sichem,  now  called  Na- 
plouse,  which  is  risen  out  of  the  ruins  of 
the  ancient  Samaria,  where  they  sacri- 
ficed not  many  years  ago,  having  a  place 
for  this  purpose  on  Mount  Genzim. 

David  Levi,  a  learned  Jew,  who  in 
1796,  published  "  Dissertations  on  the 
Prophecies  of  the  Old  Testament,"  ob- 
serves in  that  work,  that  deism  and  infi- 
delity have  made  such  large  strides  in  the 
world,  that  they  have  at  length  reached 
even  to  the  Jewish  nation ;  many  of 
whom  are  at  this  time  so  greatly  infected 
with  scepticism,  by  reading  Bolingbroke, 
Hume,  Voltaire,  &c,  that  they  scarcely 
believe  in  a  revelation  ;  much  less  have 
they  hope  in  their  future  restoration. 

3.  Jews,  calamities  of. — All  history 
cannot  furnish  us  with  a  parallel  to  the 
calamities  and  miseries  of  the  Jews  ;  ra- 
pine and  murder,  famine  and  pestilence 
within  ;  fire  and  sword,  and  all  the  ter- 
rors of  war  without.  Our  Saviour  wept 
at  the  foresight  of  these  calamities  ;  and 
it  almost  impossible  for  persons  of  any 


They  suppose  no  Jew,  unless  guilty  of 
heresy,  or  certain  crimes  specified  by 
the  rabbins,  shall  continue  in  purgatory 
above  a  twelvemonth  ,  and  that  there  are 
but  few  who  suffer  eternal  punishment. 
Almost  all  the  modern  Jews  are  Phari- 
87 


ing  affected.  The  predictions  concern- 
ing them  were  remarkable,  and  the  ca- 
lamities that  came  upon  them  were  the 
greatest  the  world  ever  saw.  Deut.  xxviii, 
xxix.  Matt.  xxiv.  Now,  what  heinous 
sin  was  it  that  could  be  the  cause  of  such 


690 


JEWS. 


heavy  judgments  ?  Can  any  other  be  as- 1  Soon  after  the  forts  of  Herodian  and 
signed  than  what  the  Scripture  assigns  ?  -  -  •• 
1  Thess.  ii.  15,  16.  "  They  both  killed 
the  Lord  Jesus  and  their  own  prophets, 
and  persecuted  the  apostles  :  and  so  fdl- 
ed  up  their  sins,  and  wrath  came  upon 
them  to  the  uttermost."  It  is  hardly  pos- 
sible to  consider  the  nature  and  extent 
of  their  sufferings,  and  not  conclude  the 
Jews'  own  imprecation  to  be  singularly 
fulfilled  upon  them,  Matt,  xxvii.  25.  "  His 
blood  be  on  us  and  our  children."  At 
Cesarea  20,000  of  the  Jews  were  killed 
by  the  Syrians  in  their  mutual  broils. 
At  Damascus  10,000  unarmed  Jews  were 
killed  :  and  at  Bethshan  the  Heathen  in- 
habitants caused  their  Jewish  neighbors 
to  assist  them  against  their  brethren,  and 
then  murdered  13,000  of  these  inhabit- 
ants. At  Alexandria  the  Jews  murdered 
multitudes  of  the  Heathens,  and  were 
murdered  in  their  turn  to  about  50,000. 

The  Romans  under  Vespasian  invaded 
the  country,  and  took  the  cities  of  Gali- 
lee, Chorazen,  Bethsaida,  Capernaum, 
&c,  where  Christ  had  been  especially 
rejected,  and  murdored  numbers  of  the 
inhabitants.  At  Jerusalem  the  scene 
was  most  wretched  of  all.  At  the  pass- 
over,  when  there  might  be  two  or  three 
millions  of  people  in  the  city,  the  Romans 
surrounded  it  v/ith  troops,  trenches,  and 
walls,  that  none  might  escape.  The 
three  different  factions  witliin  murdered 
one  another.  Titus,  one  of  the  most  mer- 
ciful generals  that  ever  breathed,  did  all 
in  his  power  to  persuade  them  to  an  ad- 
vantageous surrender,  but  they  scorned 
every  proposal.  The  multitudes  of  un- 
buried  carcasses  corrupted  the  air,  and 
produced  a  pestilence.  The  people  fed 
on  one  another ;  and  even  ladies,  it  is 
said,  broiled  their  sucking  infants,  and 
ate  them.  After  a  siege  of  six  months, 
the  city  was  taken.  They  murdered  al- 
most every  Jew  they  met  with.  Titus 
was  bent  to  save  the  temple,  but  could 
not :  there  were  six  thousand  Jews  who 
had  taken  shelter  in  it,  all  burnt  or  mur-i 
dered  !  The  outcries  of  the  Jews,  when 
they  saw  it,  were  most  dreadful ;  the 
whole  city,  except  three  towers  and  a 
small  part  of  the  wall,  was  raised  to  the 
ground,  and  the  foundations  of  the  tem- 
ple and  other  places  were  ploughed  up. 


Macheron  were  taken,  the  garrison  of 
Massada  murdered  themselves  rather 
than  surrender.  At  Jerusalem  alone,  it 
is  said,  one  million  one  hundred  thousand 
perished  by  sword,  famine,  and  pestilence. 
In  other  places  we  hear  of  two  hundred 
and  fifty  thousand  that  were  cut  off,  be- 
sides vast  numbers  sent  into  Egypt  to 
labor  as  slaves.  About  fifty  years  after, 
the  Jews  murdered  about  five  hundred 
thousand  of  the  Roman  subjects,  for  which 
they  were  severely  punished  by  Trajan. 
About  130,  one  Barocaba  pretended  that 
he  was  the  Messiah,  and  raised  a  Jewish 
army  of  two  hundred  thousand,  who  mur- 
dered all  the  Heathens  and  Christians 
who  came  in  their  way  ;  but  he  was  de- 
feated by  Adrian's  forces.  In  this  war, 
it  is  said,  about  sixty  thousand  Jews  were 
slain,  and  perished.  Adrian  built  a  city 
on  Mount  Calvary,  and  erected  a  marble 
statue  of  swine  over  the  gate  that  led  to 
Bethlehem.  No  Jew  was  allowed  to 
enter  the  city,  or  to  look  to  it  at  a  dis- 
tance, under  pain  of  death. 

In  360  they  began  to  rebuild  their  city 
and  temple ;  but  a  terrible  earthquake 
and  flames  of  fire  issuing  from  the  earth, 
killed  the  workmen,  and  scattered  their 
materials.  Not  till  the  seventh  century 
durst  they  so  much  as  creep  over  the 
rubbish  to  bewail  it,  without  bribing  the 
guards.  In  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth 
centuries,  there  were  many  of  them  fu- 
riously harassed  and  murdered.  In  the 
sixth  century  twenty  thousand  of  them 
were  slain,  and  as  many  taken  and  sold 
for  slaves.  In  602  they  were  severely 
punished  for  their  horrible  massacre  of 
the  Christians  at  Antioch.  In  Spain,  in 
700,  they  were  ordered  to  be  enslaved. 
In  the  eighth  and  ninth  centuries  they 
were  greatly  derided  and  abused ;  in  some 
places  they  Avere  made  to  wear  leathern 
girdles,  and  ride  without  stirrups  on  asses 
and  mules.  In  France  and  Spain  they 
were  much  insulted.  In  the  tenth,  elev- 
enth, and  twelfth  centuries,  their  miseries 
increased  ;  they  were  greatly  persecuted 
in  Egypt.  Besides  what  they  suffered 
in  the  East  by  the  Turkish  and  sacred 
war,  it  is  shocking  to  think  what  multi- 
tudes of  them  the  eight  crusades  mur- 
dered  in    Germany,    Hungary,   Lesser 


JEWS. 


691 


Asia,  and  elsewhere.  In  France  multi- 
tudes were  burnt.  In  England,  in  1020, 
they  were  banished,  and  at  the  corona- 
tion of  Richard  I,  the  mob  fell  upon  them, 
and  murdered  a  great  many  of  them. 
About  one  thousand  five  hundred  of  them 
were  burnt  in  the  palace  in  the  city  of 
York,  which  they  set  fire  to  themselves, 
after  killing  their  wives  and  children. 
In  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  centu- 
ries their  condition  was  no  better.  In 
Egypt,  Canaan,  and  Syria,  the  crusaders 
still  harassed  them.  Provoked  with 
their  mad  running  after  pretended  Mes- 
siahs, Calif  Nasser  scarce  left  any  of 
them  alive  in  his  dominions  of  Mesopo- 
tamia. In  Persia,  the  Tartars  murdered 
them  in  multitudes.  In  Spain,  Ferdinand 
persecuted  them  furiously.  About  ]  349, 
the  terrible  massacre  of  them  at  Toledo 
forced  many  of  them  to  murder  them- 
selves, or  change  their  religion.  About 
1253,  many  were  murdered,  and  others 
banished  from  France,  but  in  1275  re- 
called. In  1320  and  1330,  the  crusades 
of  the  fanatic  shepherds,  vvho  wasted  the 
south  of  France,  massacred  them ;  be- 
sides fifteen  hundred  that  were  murdered 
on  another  occasion.  In  1358  they  were 
totally  banished  from  France,  since  which 
few  of  them  have  entered  that  country. 
In  ]  291  king  Edward  expelled  them  from 
England,  to  the  number  of  one  hundred 
and  sixty  thousand.  In  the  fifteenth, 
sixteenth,  and  seventeenth  centuries,  their 
misery  continued.  In  Persia  they  have 
been  terribly  used  ;  from  1663  to  1666, 
the  murder  of  them  was  so  universal  that 
but  a  i'ew  escaped  to  Turkey.  In  Por- 
tugal and  Spain  they  have  been  misera- 
bly handled.  About  1392,  six  or  eight 
hundred  thousand  were  banished  from 
Spain.  Some  were  drowned  in  their 
passage  to  Africa ;  some  died  by  hard 
usage  ;  and  many  of  their  carcasses  lay 
in  the  fields  till  the  wild  beasts  devoured 
them.  In  Germany  they  have  endured 
many  hardships.  They  have  been  ban- 
ished from  Bohemia,  Bavaria,  Cologne, 
Nuremberg,  Augsburg,  and  Vienna ;  they 
have  been  terribly  massacred  in  Moravia, 
and  plundered  in  Boun  and  Bamberg. 
Except  in  Portugal  and  Spain,  their  pre- 
sent condition  is  generally  tolerable.  In 
Holland,  Poland,  and  at  Frankfort  and 


Hamburgh  they  have  their  liberty.  They 
have  repeatedly,  but  in  vain,  attempted  to 
obtain  a  naturalization  in  England  and 
other  nations  among  whom  they  are 
scattered. 

4.  Jews,  preservation  of. — "  The  pre- 
servation of  the  Jews,"  says  Basnage, 
"  in  the  midst  of  the  miseries  which 
they  have  undergone  during  1700  years, 
is  the  greatest  prodigy  that  can  be  ima- 
gined. Religions  depend  on  temporal 
prosperity  ;  they  triumph  under  the  pro- 
tection of  a  conqueror ;  they  languish  and 
sink  with  sinking  monarchies.  Pagan- 
ism, which  once  covered  the  earth,  is 
extinct.  The  Christian  church,  glorious 
in  its  martyrs,  yet  was  considerably  di- 
minished by  the  persecutions  to  which 
it  was  exposed  ;  nor  was  it  easy  to  repair 
the  breaches  in  it  made  by  those  acts  of 
violence.  But  here  we  behold  a  church 
hated  and  persecuted  for  1700  years,  and 
yet  sustaining  itself,  and  widely  extended. 
Kings  have  often  employed  the  severity 
of  edicts  and  the  hand  of  executioners 
to  ruin  it.  The  seditious  multitudes,  by 
murders  and  massacres,  have  commit- 
ted outrages  against  it  still  more  violent 
and  tragical.  Princes  and  people.  Pa- 
gans, Mahometans,  Christians,  disagree- 
ing, in  so  many  things,  have  united  in 
the  design  of  exterminating  it,  and  have 
not  been  able  to  succeed.  The  bush  of 
Moses,  surrounded  with  flames,  ever 
burns,  and  is  never  consumed.  The 
Jews  have  been  expelled,  in  diff'erent 
times,  from  every  part  of  the  world, 
which  hath  only  served  to  spread  them 
in  all  regions.  From  age  to  age  they 
have  been  exposed  to  misery  and  perse- 
cution ;  yet  still  they  subsist,  in  spite  of 
the  ignominy  and  the  hatred  which  hath 
pursued  them  in  all  places,  whilst  the 
greatest  monarchies  are  fallen,  and  noth- 
ing remains  of  them  besides  the  name. 

"  The  judgments  which  God  has  ex- 
ercised upon  this  people  are  terrible ;  ex- 
tending to  the  men,  the  religion,  and  the 
very  land  in  which  they  dwelt.  The 
ceremonies  essential  to  their  religion  can 
no  more  be  observed  :  the  ritual  law, 
which  cast  a  splendor  on  the  national 
worship,  and  struck  the  Pagans  so  much 
that  they  sent  their  presents  and  their 
victims  to  Jerusalem,  is  absolutely  fallen, 


692 


LOMBARDS 


for  they  have  no  temple,  no  altar,  no  sa- 
crifices. Their  land  itself  seems  to  lie 
under  a  never-ceasing  curse.  Pagans, 
Christians,  Mohammedans,  in  a  vpord, 
almost  all  nations  have  by  turns  seized 
and  held  Jerusalem.  To  the  Jew  only 
hath  God  refused  the  possession  of  this 
small  tract  of  ground,  so  supremely  ne- 
cessary for  him,  since  he  ought  to  wor- 
ship on  this  mountain.  A  Jewish  writer 
hath  affirmed,  that  it  is  long  since  any 
Jew  has  been  settled  near  Jerusalem  : 
scarcely  can  they  purchase  there  six  feet 
of  land  for  a  burying-place. 

"  In  all  this  there  is  no  exaggeration  : 
I  am  only  pointing  out  known  facts  :  and 
far  from  having  the  least  design  to  raise 
an  odium  against  the  nation  from  its 
miseries,  I  conclude  that  it  ought  to  be 
looked  upon  as  one  of  those  prodigies 
which  we  admire  without  comprehend- 
ing :  since,  in  spite  of  evils  so  durable, 
and  a  patience  so  long  exercised,  it  is 
preserved  by  a  particular  providence. 
The  Jew  ought  to  be  weary  of  expecting 
a  Messiah,  who  so  unkindly  disappoints 
his  vain  hopes  ;  and  the  Christian  ought 
to  have  his  attention  and  his  regard  ex- 
cited towards  men  whom  God  preserves, 
for  so  great  a  length  of  time,  under  ca- 
lamities which  would  have  been  the  total 
ruin  of  any  other  people." 

5.  Jews,  number  and  dispersion  of.-^ 
They  are  looked  upon  to  be  as  numerous 
at  present  as  they  were  formerly  in  the 
land  of  Canaan.  Some  have  rated  them 
at  three  millions,  and  others  more  than 
double  that  number.  Their  dispersion  is 
a  remarkable  particular  in  this  people. 


They  swarm  all  over  the  east,  and  are 
settled,  it  is  said,  in  the  remotest  parts  of 
China.  The  Turkish  empire  abounds 
with  them.  There  are  more  of  them  at 
Constantinople  and  Salonichi  than  in  any 
other  place :  they  are  spread  through 
most  of  the  nations  of  Europe  and  Africa, 
and  many  families  of  them  are  establish- 
ed in  the  West  Indies  ;  not  to  mention 
whole  nations  bordering  on  Prester  John's 
country,  and  some  discovered  in  the  in- 
ner parts  of  America,  if  we  may  give  any 
credit  to  their  own  writers.  Their  being 
always  in  rebellions  (as  Addison  observes) 
while  they  had  the  Holy  Temple  in  view, 
has  excited  most  nations  to  banish  them. 
Besides,  the  whole  people  are  now  a 
race  of  such  merchants  as  are  wanderers 
by  profession  ;  and  at  the  same  time  are 
in  most,  if  not  in  all  places,  incapable  of 
either  lands  or  offices,  that  might  engage 
them  to  make  any  part  of  the  world  their 
home.  In  addition  to  this,  we  may  con- 
sider what  providential  reasons  may  be 
assigned  for  their  numbers  and  disper- 
sion. Their  firm  adherence  to  their  re- 
ligion, and  being  dispersed  all  over  the 
earth,  has  furnished  every  age  and  every 
nation  with  the  strongest  arguments  for 
the  Christian  faith ;  not  only  as  these 
very  particulars  are  foretold  of  them,  but 
as  they  themselves  are  the  depositories 
of  these  and  all  other  prophecies  which 
tend  to  their  own  confusion  and  the 
establishment  of  Christianity.  Their  num- 
ber furnishes  us  with  a  sufficient  cloud 
of  witnesses  that  attest  the  truth  of  the 
Bible,  and  their  dispersion  spreads  these 
witnesses  through  all  parts  of  the  world. 


LOMBARDS. 


The  first  credible  account  of  this  na- 
tion was  given  in  379,  by  Prosper  Aqui- 
tanus,  bishop  of  Rhegium.  That  pre- 
late, in  a  chronicle  of  his  own  composi- 
tion, asserts  that  the  Lombards,  leaving 
their  original  country,  Scandinavia,  in 
quest  of  new  settlements,  attacked  and 
vanquished  the  Vandals  in  Scoringa. 
They  afterward  migrated  into  Mauringa, 
and  thence  into  Gothland,  where  they 


first  elected  a  king,  and  conferred  a  regal 
title  on  Agilmund,  the  son  of  their  de- 
ceased chieftain  Aion. 

Lamissio,  the  successor  of  Agilmund, 
is  said  to  have  gained  a  signal  victory 
over  the  Amazons  and  Bulgarians.  Of 
his  successors,  Leta  and  Ildehoc,  noth- 
ing satisfactory  has  been  recorded,  ex- 
cept that  in  the  reign  of  the  latter  the 
Lombards  took  possession  of  Rugiland, 


LOMBARDS. 


693 


which  had  been  recently  depopulated  by 
the  sword  of  Odoacer. 

During-  the  reign  of  Adoinus,  a  war 
was  kindled  between  the  Lombards  and 
Gepidse,  and  a  general  engagement  took 
place,  in  which  the  latter  were  defeated 
with  great  slaughter.  As  the  victory 
gained  on  this  occasion  was  chiefly  ow- 
ing to  Alboinus,  the  king's  son,  the  prin- 
cipal men  among  the  Lombards  earnestly 
requested  that  he  might  be  indulged,  as 
a  reward  of  his  extraordinary  gallantry, 
in  dining  at  the  royal  table.  Adoinus 
replied,  he  would  readily  grant  this  re- 
quest, but  that  the  ancient  laws  of  his 
nation  forbade  even  the  princes  of  the 
blood  to  receive  such  a  mark  of  dis- 
tinction, till  they  had  publicly  appeared 
in  the  armor  of  some  foreign  prince 
whom  they  had  overthrown  in  battle. 
Hereupon  the  warlike  prince,  attended 
only  by  forty  resolute  men,  repaired  to 
the  court  of  Turistind,  king  of  the  Gepi- 
dae,  to  demand  the  armor  of  his  son,  who 
had  been  killed  by  Alboinus  in  the  above- 
mentioned  battle.  Turisund,  instead  of 
off'ering  any  violence  to  the  intrepid 
claimant,  entertained  him  with  the  utmost 
hospitality,  and  granted  his  request,  with 
which  he  returned  in  triumph,  and  was 
permitted  to  sit  at  table  with  his  royal 
parent.  The  Lombards  under  this  reign 
were  masters  of  the  champaign  country 
bordering  on  the  Danube,  and  many  of 
them,  by  permission  of  Justinian,  fixed 
their  abode  in  Pannonia. 

On  the  demise  of  Adoinus,  the  valiant 
Alboinus  succeeded  to  the  sovereignty, 
and  gained  some  important  advantages 
over  the  Gepidae,  whose  king  he  slew 
with  his  own  hand,  and,  according  to  the 
custom  of  savage  warriors,  caused  his 
skull  to  be  converted  into  a  drinking  cup. 
By  this  victory  Alboinus  gained  such 
reputation,  that  his  subjects  were  perfect- 
ly enraptured  with  his  martial  disposition  ; 
his  valor  and  prowess  became  the  favorite 
theme  of  Gothic  bards  ;  and  even  Nar- 
ses  solicited  his  assistance  against  the 
Ostrogoths  in  Italy.  For  their  services 
on  that  occasion  the  Lombards  received 
d  profusion  of  rich  presents  ;  and  con- 
tinued faithful  allies  to  the  Romans  so 
long  as  they  remained  in  Pannonia. 

About  the  year  568  the  Lombards,  with 


a  numerous  army  of  auxiliaries,  took  their 
route  towards  Italy,  which  they  entered 
without  opposition,  and  made  themselves 
masters  of  several  important  cities  ;  the 
inhabitants  having  retired  precipitately 
to  the  neighboring  islands  in  the  Adriatic. 
Alboinus  having  cantoned  his  troops  in 
the  adjacent  villages,  took  up  his  winter 
quarters  in  Friuli,  and  erected  that  city 
and  its  territory  into  a  duchy,  conferring^the 
titleof  dukeon  hisownnephew  Gisulphus. 

Early  in  the  ensuing  spring  Alboinus 
took  the  field  ;  and  successively  reduced 
the  cities  of  Monte  Selce,  Vicenza,  Ve- 
rona, and  Trent,  in  each  of  which  he 
placed  a  strong  garrison,  under  the  com- 
mand of  an  officer  whom  he  honored 
with  the  ducal  title  ;  but  these  dukes 
were  only  governors  of  their  respective 
cities,  and  bore  that  appellation  no  longer 
than  the  king  thought  proper  to  continue 
them  in  their  command. 

In  their  third  campaign  the  Lombards 
became  masters  of  Bresica,  Bergamo, 
Lodi,  Como,  and  the  other  towns  of  Li- 
guria,  quite  to  the  Alps  ;  the  inhabitants 
either  fleeing  at  their  approach  or  sur- 
rendering without  resistance.  The  citi- 
zens of  Milan,  indeed,  made  some  efl^orts 
for  the  preservation  of  their  liberty,  but, 
after  a  short  struggle,  they  submitted  :  and 
Alboinus  was  proclaimed  king  of  Italy 
amidst  the  acclamations  of  his  followers 

From  Milan  the  conqueror  marched  to 
Paira,  which,  being  well  garrisoned,  and 
furnished  with  an  abundance  of  provis- 
ions, sustained  a  siege  for  upwards  of 
three  years  ;  but  at  the  expiration  of 
that  time  it  surrendered  upon  honor- 
able conditions,  and  was,  shortly  after, 
chosen  by  Alboinus  for  the  metropolis  of 
his  new  kingdom. 

Alboinus  being  now  master  of  all  that 
part  of  Italy  which  comprehended  Vene- 
tia,  Liguria,  Umbria,  iEmilia,  and  Etru- 
ria,  resolved  to  establish  the  government 
and  security  of  these  provinces  before 
he  attempted  to  extend  his  conquests  ; 
but  whilst  he  was  making  the  necessary 
arrangements  for  this  purpose,  he  was 
assassinated  by  command  of  his  queen 
Rosamund,*    whom    he    had    incensed 

*  This  princess  was  the  daughter  of  Cuni- 
mund,  king  of  the  Gepidse,  whom  Alboinus  had 
killed  with  his  own  hand  in  battle. 


694 


LOMBARDS 


beyond  forgiveness  by  commanding  her 
to  drink  out  of  her  father's  skull,  Avhich 
was  used  as  a  drinking  cup  in  a  royal 
banquet  at  Verona. 

To  reward  the  execution  of  her  re- 
venge, Rosamund  bestowed  her  hand  on 
the  assassin  Helmichild  ;  and  promised 
to  invest  him  with  the  sovereignty  ;  but 
the  Lombards  were  so  violently  exasper- 
ated at  the  loss  of  their  beloved  prince, 
that  both  herself  and  her  new  consort 
were  compelled  to  flee  to  Ravenna,  where 
they  implored  the  protection  of  the  ex- 
arch Longinus.  Here  Rosamund  formed 
the  design  of  attaching  Longinns  to  her 
interest  by  the  same  means  which  had 
formerly  prevailed  with  Helmichild,  and 
accordingly  presented  the  latter  with  a 
deleterious  potion  as  he  returned  from 
bathing ;  but  Helmichild,  experiencing 
an  extraordinary  sensation  on  taking  the 
first  draught,  compelled  the  treacherous 
queen  to  swallow  the  remainder,  by  which 
means  she  participated  in  his  untimely 
fate. 

Meanwhile  the  Lombards,  having  per- 
formed the  funeral  obsequies  of  their  de- 
ceased sovereign,  proceeded  to  the  elec- 
tion of  a  new  king,  and,  after  some  con- 
sultation, fixed  their  choice  on  Clephis, 
a  man  of  known  valor  and  abilities. 
This  prince  undertook  the  re-building  of 
Imola,  which  had  been  destroyed  byNar- 
ses  ;  reduced  Rimini ;  and  extended  his 
conquests  to  the  very  gates  of  Rome  ; 
but  the  cruelty  of  his  disposition  tarnish- 
ed the  lustre  of  all  his  military  achiev- 
ments,  and  eventually  induced  his  own 
subjects  to  take  him  off  by  assassination. 

Upon  the  demise  of  Clephis,  the  Lom- 
bards resolved  to  abolish  the  monarchi- 
cal form  of  government,  and  accordingly 
lived  under  their  dukes  or  commanders 
of  cities  for  the  space  of  ten  years,  dur- 
ing which  time  they  committed  many 
depredations  in  Gaul,  and  reduced  sev- 
eral cities  of  importance  in  Italy.  But 
the  powerful  confederacy  which  was 
formed  against  them  in  the  time  of  the 
emperor  Mauritius,  induced  them  to  re- 
store the  ancient  regimen,  and  to  unite 
their  forces  under  the  authority  of  an  in- 
dividual who  might  undertake  the  man- 
agement of  so  dangerous  a  war. 

Pursuant  to  this  resolution  a  general 


assembly  was  called  in  585,  and  the  re- 
gal title  conferred  on  Autharis,  the  son 
of  Clephis.  This  prince  had  no  sooner 
ascended  the  throne  than  he  assumed  the 
name  of  Flavius,  and  ordered  it  to  be 
used,  in  imitation  of  the  Roman  empe- 
rors, by  all  his  successors.  He  then 
obliged  the  dukes,  who  for  ten  years,  had 
ruled  with  absolute  authority  over  their 
respective  territories,  to  contribute  a 
moiety  of  their  revenues  towards  the 
maintenance  of  his  royal  dignity  ;  and 
enacted  various  salutary  laws  against 
murder,  adultery,  theft,  and  other  crimes, 
which,  at  that  time,  were  frequently  com- 
mitted by  his  subjects. 

Nor  was  Autharis  only  attentive  to  the 
government  and  welfare  of  his  people ; 
but,  on  the  first  intimation  that  Childeric, 
king  of  the  Franks,  was  marching  into 
his  dominions,  in  violation  of  a  recent 
treaty,  he  assembled  his  troops  with  in- 
credible despatch,  and  animated  them  so 
effectually  by  his  exhortations  and  exam- 
ple, that  the  invaders  were  utterly  over- 
thrown, and  pursued  to  the  mountains 
with  incredible  slaughter.  A  second  ex- 
pedition was  undertaken  by  the  Franks 
to  retrieve  this  signal  loss,  but  victory 
again  declared  for  Autharis,  and  their  at- 
tempts were  only  productive  of  confu- 
sion and  shame.  Some  time  after  the 
retreat  of  this  enemy,  Autharis  reduced 
the  province  of  Samnium  and  the  city  of 
Benevento.  He  is  also  said  to  have 
projected  the  reduction  of  Rome,  and  the 
exarchate  of  Ravenna  ;  but  previously  to 
the  accomplishment  of  this  design,  he 
was  taken  off  by  poison,  after  having 
worn  the  crown  about  six  years.  Au- 
tharis was  the  first  Lombard  king  who 
embraced  the  Christian  religion,  and  his 
example  was  followed  by  most  of  his 
subjects  ;  but,  as  they  were  unfortunately 
instructed  by  Arian  bishops,  they  contin- 
ued long  infested  with  that  heresy,  which 
occasioned  many  warm  disputations  be- 
tween them  and  the  orthodox  bishops  of 
the  cities  subject  to  their  dominion. 

Agilulf,  duke  of  Turin,  a  person  of  ex- 
traordinary merit,  was  next  elevated  to 
the  regal  dignity,  in  590.  At  the  request 
of  his  queen  Theudelinda,  he  embraced 
the  Catholic  faith,  and  induced  many  of 
his  subjects  to  abjure  their  former  errors. 


LOMBARDS. 


695 


However,  the  commencement  of  his 
reign  was  disturbed  by  rebellion  ;  and 
he  found  himself  obliged  to  take  up 
arms  against  his  own  countrymen  ;  for 
the  dukes  of  Bergamo,  and  the  island  of 
St.  Julian,  revolted  from  their  allegiance, 
and  claimed  an  absolute  authority  in 
their  respective  districts  ;  but  these  dis- 
turbances were  at  length  quelled  without 
much  bloodshed ;  and  a  peace  was  con- 
cluded with  the  exarch  of  Ravenna,  who 
had  vainly  attempted  to  recover  Italy 
during  the  intestine  commotions. 

Notwithstanding  the  conclusion  of  this 
treaty,  Callincius,  the  treacherous  exarch, 
taking  advantage  of  some  fresh  disturb- 
ances that  were  raised  by  the  dukes  of  Ve- 
rona and  Bergamo,  fell  unexpectedly  upon 
the  city  of  Parma,  in  which  he  found  a 
considerable  treasure,  and  took  the  king's 
daughter  and  her  husband  prisoners. — 
Hereupon  Agilulf  resolved  to  pursue  the 
war  against  the  Romans  with  unremitting 
vigor,  and  engaged  Chagan,  king  of  the 
Avares,  to  make  a  powerful  diversion  in 
Thrace,  while  he  carried  on  his  military 
preparations  in  Italy.  This  design  was  im- 
mediately followed  by  the  reduction  of 
many  Roman  cities,  and  a  vast  effusion  of 
blood  both  in  Thrace  and  Italy  ;  but 
Chagan  was  at  length  compelled  to  re- 
tire by  a  pestilence  which  raged  in  the 
army ;  and  Agilulf  hearing  that  the  em- 
peror had  issued  out  orders  for  the  resto- 
ration of  his  daughter,  son-in-law,  and 
treasures  that  had  been  taken  at  Pavia, 
agreed  to  grant  the  Romans  a  truce  for 
six  months,  which  was  afterward  pro- 
longed to  three  years. 

The  swords  of  the  Lombards  had  no 
sooner  returned  to  their  scabbards,  and  the 
inhabitants  of  Italy  congratulated  them- 
selves on  the  return  of  peace,  than  Cacan- 
us,  king  of  the  Hunns,  made  a  sudden  ir- 
ruption into  the  dukedom  of  Friuli ;  made 
himself  master  of  Forum  Julii,  the  me- 
tropolis ;  ravaged  the  country  with  fire 
and  sword ;  and  carried  all  the  inhabit- 
ants, who  escaped  death,  into  captivity. 
About  the  same  time  Joannes  Lemigius, 
exarch  of  Ravenna,  was  murdered  by 
the  populace  of  that  city  on  account  of 
his  tyrannical  conduct  ;  and  Joannes 
Composinus,  duke  of  Naples,  resolved 
to  shake  off  his  allegiance  to  the  empe- 


ror ;  but,  on  the  arrival  of  Eleutherius 
from  Constantinople,  these  disturbances 
were  effectually  quelled. 

On  the  demise  of  Agilulf,  which  hap- 
pened in  615,  the  Lombards  bestowed 
the  regal  title  on  Adaluald ;  but,  as  that 
prince  was  a  minor,  he  suffered  the  state 
to  be  governed  by  his  mother  Theude- 
linda,  under  whom  the  church  began  to 
flourish,  and  the  Lombards  to  taste  the 
sweets  of  uninterrupted  peace.  In  the 
eighth  year  of  his  reign,  however,  Euse- 
bius,  who  was  sent  from  Constantinople 
to  conclude  a  permanent  peace  with  the 
Lombards,  gained  the  confidence  of  the 
young  king,  and  wrought  so  artfully  upon 
his  passions,  by  pretending  to  unravel  a 
secret  conspiracy,  that  twelve  of  the 
Lombard  nobles  were  put  to  death  by  the 
royal  command  ;  an  outrage  which  occa- 
sioned the  immediate  deposition  of  Ada- 
luald and  Theudelinda,  the  former  of 
whom  is  supposed  to  have  been  taken  off 
by  poison,  and  the  latter  soon  fell  a  victim 
to  unconquerable  grief. 

Ariovald,  duke  of  Turin,  who  had  es- 
poused the  daughter  of  the  deposed  king, 
was  next  placed  on  the  throne  ;  and,  ex- 
clusive of  some  disturbances  which  hap- 
pened previously  to  the  death  of  Adaluald, 
his  reign  was  marked  by  public  tranquil- 
lity both  at  home  and  abroad.  He  is  said 
to  have  confined  his  queen  to  the  castle 
of  Amellum  on  the  false  accusation  of 
one  of  his  nobles,  who  had  vainly  endea- 
vored to  obtain  the  gratification  of  an  un- 
lawful passion  ;  but,  after  some  time,  the 
cause  being  tried  by  single  combat,  ac- 
cording to  the  custom  of  the  northern  na- 
tions, the  accuser  was  convicted  of  false- 
hood, and  the  virtuous  princess  was  re- 
stored to  her  former  dignity. 

Shortly  after  this  incident,  Ariovald 
died ;  and,  as  he  left  no  successor,  Ro- 
tharis,  duke  of  Brescia,  was  elected  to 
the  sovereignty  in  636.  This  person, 
exclusive  of  his  theological  tenets,  was, 
in  every  respect,  worthy  of  that  dignity, 
and  has  been  equally  commended,  by  the 
writers  of  his  own  age,  for  his  valor,  equi- 
ty, and  moderation.  He  undertook,  in 
imitation  of  the  Romans,  the  promulgation 
of  written  laws ;  augmented  his  domin- 
ions by  the  reduction  of  all  the  cities  in 
Venetia,  which   had   been  hitherto  held 


696 


LOMBARDS. 


by  the  Romans ;  and,  after  a  glorious 
reign  of  sixteen  years,  sunk  to  the  tomb 
in  full  possession  of  his  people's  love. 

Rodoald,  the  son  and  successor  of  Ro- 
tharis,  appears  to  have  been  a  prince  of 
a  pacifie  disposition,  for  none  of  his  trans- 
actions have  been  recorded  in  history. 
He  is  said  to  have  been  infected  with  the 
heresy  of  Arius,  and  to  have  indulged 
himself  in  illicit  amours,  for  one  of  which 
he  was  assassinated. 

Aripert  was  next  proclaimed  king  of 
the  Lombards  in  a  general  assembly  ;  but 
none  of  his  actions  have  been  transmitted 
to  posterity,  except  his  rebuilding  the 
oratory  of  St.  Saviour  in  Pavia.  He  is 
said  to  have  reigned  nine  years,  and  to 
have  divided  the  kingdom  between  his 
two  sons,  Partharit  and  Gundebert. 

This  division  of  the  regal  authority 
soon  produced  the  most  fatal  consequen- 
ces; for  Partharit,  having  roused  his 
brother's  indignation  respecting  the  seat 
of  royal  residence,  Gundebert  resolved 
to  seize  on  the  whole  kingdom,  and  ac- 
cordingly sent  Garibald,  duke  of  Turin, 
as  his  ambassador  to  Grimoald,  duke  of 
Benevento,  inviting  him  to  his  assistance, 
and  promising  to  give  him  his  sister  in 
marriage  if  he  succeeded  in  the  undertak- 
ing ;  but  Garibald,  instead  of  executing 
his  commission  with  fidelity,  exhorted 
the  duke  of  Benevento  to  expel  both  the 
brothers,  and  seize  on  the  kingdom  for 
himself.  Hereupon  Grimoald  assembled 
a  numerous  army,  and  marched  towards 
Pavia,  where  he  was  persuaded,  by  the 
treacherous  Garibald,  to  murder  Gunde- 
bert in  his  own  palace;  to  seize  on  the 
royal  treasures  ;  and  to  cause  himself  to 
be  proclaimed  king  of  the  Lombards. 

Upon  the  first  intelligence  of  this  dis- 
aster, Partharit  abandoned  his  capital, 
and  fled  to  the  court  of  Chagan,  king  of 
the  Avares,  while  his  queen  Rodolind, 
and  his  infant  son  Cunipert,  were  left  at 
the  mercy  of  Grimoald,  by  whom  they 
were  sent  prisoners  to  the  city  of  Bene- 
vento, about  662. 

Notwithstanding  the  readiness  with 
Avhich  the  LoRibards  submitted  to  their 
invaders,  Grimoald  could  not  suppose 
himself  secure,  while  his  competitor  re- 
sided at  the  court  of  Chagan.  He,  there- 
fore,  sent   an  embassy  to   that  prince, 


complaining  of  the  protection  he  had  af- 
forded Partharit,  and  threatening  imme- 
diate war  unless  the  cause  of  discontent 
was  immediately  removed.  The  king 
of  the  Avares  was  extremely  reluctant  to 
abandon  his  unhappy  guest  to  the  malice 
of  an  enemy  ;  but,  after  some  considera- 
tion, motives  of  policy  triumphed  over 
humanity,  and  an  order  was  issued  out 
for  Partharit  to  retire  to  some  other  coun- 
try. In  this  distressing  exigence,  the 
royal  exile  resolved  to  throw  himself  up- 
on the  generosity  of  his  rival,  and  accor- 
dingly despatched  one  of  Ids  trusty  friends 
to  obtain  leave  for  him  to  reside,  as  a  pri- 
vate citizen,  at  Pavia.  Grimoald  readily 
acceded  to  this  proposal,  and  ordered  a 
residence  to  be  prepared  altogether  suit- 
able for  the  quality  of  his  petitioner ;  but 
the  demonstrations  of  joy  which  marked 
Partharit's  entry,  and  the  avidity  with 
which  the  nobles  flocked  to  visit  him,  soon 
rekindled  the  flame  of  jealousy  in  Gri- 
moald's  bosom,  and  finally  compelled  him 
to  issue  out  private  orders  for  the  unfor- 
tunate prince's  assassination.  This  act 
of  barbarity,  however,  was  prevented  by 
the  vigilance  of  one  of  the  Lombards,  and 
Partharit  was  enabled  to  escape,  first  to 
Hasta,  and  aftervvards  into  Gaul. 

Clotair  ni,kingof  the  Franks, listened 
with  compassion  to  the  sorrowful  tale  of 
Partharit,  and  readily  undertook  to  re- 
place him  on  the  throne  ;  but,  though  this 
project  was  immediately  put  in  execution, 
the  expedition  was  rendered  abortive, 
and  Grimoald  still  triumphed  in  his  new 
possessions.  Some  time  after  the  defeat 
of  the  Franks,  a  more  redoubtable  enemy 
appeared  in  the  person  of  Constans,  who, 
at  the  head  of  a  formidable  army,  landed 
at  Tarentum,  and  thence  proceeded  to 
Benevento,  marking  his  progress  with 
slaughter  and  desolation ;  however,  after 
some  obstinate  conflicts,  Constans  was 
obliged  to  retire  with  considerable  loss ; 
and  the  Lombards  improved  their  recent 
victory  by  the  reduction  of  several  places 
of  importance.  Grimoald,  after  these 
successes,  devoted  his  time  chiefly  to  the 
emendation  of  the  laws  ;  the  regulations 
of  government ;  and  the  fulfilment  of 
other  royal  duties ;  but  his  reign  was  at 
length  suddenly  terminated,  after  he  had 
governed  the  Lombards  for  the  space  of 


LOMBARDS. 


697 


nine  years.*  He  appears  to  have  been 
a  prince  of  extraordinary  parts,  and  the 
general  equity  of  his  conduct  endeared 
his  administration  to  the  subjects  of  his 
conquest.  He  had  been  educated  in  the 
principles  of  Arius,  but  he  renounced  the 
doctrines  of  that  heresiarch,  after  his  ele- 
vation to  the  throne  of  the  Lombards ; 
and  his  example  operated  so  pow^erfuUy, 
that  Arianism  was  gradually  abjured  by 
the  generality  of  the  nation. 

Garibald,  thou2:h  considerably  younger 
than  his  brother  Romuald,  w^as  appointed 
by  the  late  prince  to  succeed  to  the  crown ; 
but  his  dig-nity  was  of  short  duration  ;  for 
Partharit  was,  almost  immediately,  re- 
called and  reinstated  in  his  lawful  pos- 
sessions ;  while  Garibald  retired  to  his 
brother  in  Benevento.  Partharit,  having 
governed  in  perfect  tranquillity  for  eight 
years,  took  his  son,  Cunipert,  for  his  col- 
league in  the  kingdom,  and  reigned  with 
him  ten  years  more ;  at  the  expiration 
of  which  time  he  died,  universally  la- 
mented by  his  faithful  Lombards. 

Upon  the  demise  of  this  prince,  Ala- 
chis,  duke  of  Trent,  threw  off  his  alle- 
giance, and  chased  Cunipert,  the  son  of 
Partharit,  from  the  throne  ;  however,  he 
did  not  long  enjoy  the  fruits  of  his  treach- 
ery, for  the  principal  men  among  the  Lom- 
bards undertook  to  recall  their  lawful 
sovereign,  and  an  engagement  ensued, 
which,  after  an  obstinate  resistance,  ter- 
minated in  the  death  of  Alachis,  and  the 
total  defeat  of  his  partisans.  After  this 
victory,  Cunipert  built  a  magnificent  mon- 
astery in  honor  of  St.  George,  and  sway- 
ed the  sceptre  in  undisturbed  tranquillity 
till  the  year  703,  when  his  death  occa- 
sioned an  universal  lamentation  among  a 
nation  who  had  ever  admired  his  quahfi- 
cations,  and  reverenced  his  extraordinary 
piety. 

The  government  next  devolved  upon 
Luitbert,  son  of  the  deceased  monarch, 
A.  D.  703  ;  but, as  he  was  a  minor  under 
the  tutelage  of  Asprand,  a  person  of  great 
distinction,  Ragumbert,  duke  of  Turin, 
resolved  to  embrace  so  favorable  an  op- 
portunity of  gratifying  his  ambition  ;  and 


*  He  had  been  let  blood  in  one  of  his  arms  ; 
and  as  he  was,  nine  days  after,  bending  a  bow, 
the  vein  burst,  and  all  means  for  closing  it  prov- 
ing ineffectual,  he  bled  to  death. 


accordingly  caused  himself  to  be  pro- 
claimed king  of  the  Lombards,  after  hav- 
ing defeated  Asprand  in  a  pitched  battle ; 
however,  his  career  was  soon  terminated 
by  death,  and  the  crown  descended  to 
his  son  Aripert,  who  caused  the  lawful 
heir  to  be  stifled  in  a  bath,  and  exercised 
the  most  shocking  cruelties  on  the  family 
of  Asprand,  who  had  himself  escaped 
destruction  by  a  precipitate  flight.  At 
the  expiration  of  nine  years,  however, 
Asprand  returned  into  Italy,  and  a  bloody 
engagement  en.sued,  which  terminated 
in  the  usurper's  destruction  ;  for,  his  for- 
ces being  totally  routed,  he  abandoned 
Pavia  in  the  utmost  confusion,  and  was 
drowned  in  attempting  to  ford  the  river 
Tesino.  The  conqueror  was  then  placed 
on  the  throne  by  the  unanimous  consent 
of  the  people,  but  he  died  about  three 
months  after  his  accession. 

Luitprand,  the  son  and  successor  of 
Asprand,  had  scarcely  assumed  the  in- 
signia of  royalty,  A.  D.  711,  before  two 
conspiracies  were  formed  against  his  life ; 
but  these  were  rendered  abortive  by  the 
courage  and  foresight  of  the  king,  and 
the  very  men  who  had  engaged  to  im- 
brue their  hands  in  his  blood  were  after- 
wards converted  into  sincere  friends  and 
faithful  servants.  Having  taken  suitable 
precautions  for  his  own  safety,  Luitprand 
strengthened  his  interest  by  marrying  the 
daughter  of  the  duke  of  Boioarii,  and  ap- 
plied himself  so  zealously  to  the  promul- 
gation of  a  new  code  of  laws,  that  he  has 
been  accounted  the  chief  legislator  of  the 
Lombards,  next  to  Rotharis.  However, 
ambition  appears  to  have  been  his  darling 
passion ;  for,  while  the  tranquillity  of  Italy 
was  disturbed  by  an  edict  of  liCO  Isauri- 
cus,  relative  to  the  destruction  of  images 
in  the  church,  Luitprand  suddenly  led 
his  forces  against  Ravenna  ;  and,  having 
carried  it  by  storm,  gave  it  up  to  be  plun- 
dered by  his  soldiers.  The  reduction  of 
this  important  place,  together  with  the 
surrender  of  several  other  cities  in  the 
exarchate,  greatly  alarmed  Gregory  11, 
bishop  of  Rome,  who  immediately  wrote 
to  Ursus,  duke  of  Venice,  and  used  such 
pressing  arguments  on  behalf  of  the  dis- 
tressed exarch,  that  the  Venetians  readily 
consented  to  oppose  the  Lombards  with 
all  the  forces  of  their  repubhc  ;  and  Ra- 


698 


LOMBARDS, 


venna  was  soon  after  recovered,  while 
Luitprand  was  triumphing  in  the  success 
of  his  projects  at  Pavia. 

Gregory,  having  contributed  so  essen- 
tially toward  the  recovery  of  Ravenna, 
persuaded  himself  that  the  emperor  would 
now,  from  motives  of  gratitude,  attend  to 
his  remonstrances,  and  consent  to  revoke 
the  unpopular  edict  against  the  worship 
of  images ;  but  Leo,  knowing  that  the 
pope  had  been  rather  influenced  by  mo- 
tives of  interest,  than  any  regard  for  the 
empire,  expressed  the  utmost  resentment 
at  the  delay  of  his  commands,  and,  after 
some  time,  commanded  the  exarch  to 
seize  on  the  pontiff,  and  send  him  in 
chains  to  Constantinople  ;  but  this  design 
was  frustrated  by  the  interposition  of 
Luitprand,  who  justly  supposed  that,  by 
assisting  sometimes  one  and  sometimes 
the  other,  he  might  effectually  weaken 
both  parties.  Leo,  however,  still  persist- 
ed in  his  resolution,  and  gave  the  exarch 
such  instructions  for  putting  his  edict  in 
execution,  that  all  Italy  was  convulsed 
by  feuds  and  rebellions  ;  the  populace  of 
Ravenna  committed  the  most  daring  out- 
rages ;  and  the  exarch  himself  was  event- 
\ially  murdered ;  while  all  the  cities  of 
Pentapolis  and  of  Romagna  rcA^olted  from 
the  imperial  authority,  and  tendered  their 
allegiance  to  the  king  of  the  Lombards, 
who  took  especial  care  to  improve  the 
discontent  of  the  people  to  his  own  ad- 
A'antage. 

Eutychius,  the  new  exarch,  knowing 
it  would  be  impossible  to  reduce  the  re- 
bellious Romans,  while  they  were  sup- 
ported by  the  king  of  the  Lombards,  em- 
ployed all  his  arts  to  bring  over  that  prince 
to  the  imperial  party ;  and,  at  length,  per- 
suaded him  to  attempt,  in  concert  with 
Leo's  forces,  the  reduction  of  Rome. 
However,  Gregory  found  means  to  soften 
the  royal  Lombard  so  effectually,  that  he 
publicly  implored  pardon  for  entering  into 
an  alliance  against  him;  divested  himself 
of  his  girdle,  mantle,  gauntlet,  sword,  and 
crown,  in  the  church  of  St.  Peter,  to  ex- 
press his  humiliation ;  and,  finally,  effect- 
ed a  reconciliation  between  the  pontiff 
and  the  exarch. 

On  the  demise  of  Leo,  his  son,  Con- 
stantino Copronymus,  renewed  the  edict 
against  images,  and  even  forbade  the  in- 


vocation of  saints  ;  by  which  means  Italy 
was  again  involved  in  confusion,  and  the 
Romans  were  confirmed  in  their  resolu- 
tion of  separating  entirely  from  the  empire. 

Zachary,  who  had  now  succeeded  to 
the  papal  chair,  despatched  a  solemn  em- 
bassy to  Luitprand,  entreating  him  to  re- 
store some  cities  which  Gregory  had  sur- 
rendered upon  his  raising  the  siege  of 
Rome.  This  request  was  readily  granted, 
and  Luitprand,  on  a  future  occasion,  gave 
a  more  convincing  proof  of  his  respect  to 
the  pontiff,  by  abandoning  a  project  which 
he  had  formed  for  the  augmentation  of  his 
dominions.  Shortly  after  these  transac- 
tions, Luitprand  died,  in  the  thirty-second 
year  of  his  reign,  leaving  behind  him 
the  character  of  an  equitable  and  nmnifi- 
cent  prince,  who  always  treated  his  sub- 
jects as  his  own  children,  and  whose  only 
faults  resulted  from  an  insatiate  desire  of 
conquest. 

Luitprand  was  succeeded  by  his  grand- 
son Hildebrand,  in  743  ;  but  the  Lombards, 
finding  his  abilities  inadequate  to  the  cares 
of  government,  deposed  him,  after  an  in- 
glorious reign  of  seven  months,  and  be- 
stowed the  sovereignty  on  Rachis,  duke 
of  Friuli,  who  was  universally  esteemed 
for  the  suavity  of  his  disposition  and  the 
sanctity  of  his  manners.  This  prince 
commenced  his  reign  with  confirming 
the  treaty  that  had  been  recently  conclu- 
ded with  the  Romans,  and  publishing  a 
new  code  of  laws.  After  some  time,  he 
began  to  thirst  after  an  aggrandizement 
of  power,  and  accordingly  led  a  numerous 
army  against  the  Roman  dukedom  ;  but, 
Mdiile  he  was  employed  in  forming  the 
siege  of  Perugia,  Zachary  paid  him  a  visit, 
and  wrought  so  effectually  upon  his  pas- 
sions, that  he  not  only  abandoned  all  his 
warlike  projects,  but,  in  the  course  of  the 
next  year,  renounced  his  kingdom,  and, 
assuming  the  habit  of  St.  Benedict,  retired 
to  the  monastery  of  Monte  Cassino,  where 
he  ended  his  days,  and  where,  after  his 
decease,  he  was  canonized  as  a  saint. 

Upon  the  resignation  of  Rachis,  A.  D. 
751,  the  Lombards  assembled,  and  be- 
stowed the  crown  on  his  brother,  Astul- 
phus,aman  equally  admired  for  his  cour- 
age in  action  and  his  prudence  in  council. 
He  concluded  a  peace  with  Stephen  II, 
bishop  of  Rome,  in  order  to  divert  that 


LOMBARDS. 


699 


pontifl'  from  opposing  the  design  lie  had 
upon  the  exarchate,  which  he  reduced, 
after  an  obstinate  resistance,  and  event- 
ually changed  into  a  dukedom.  He  then 
required  the  Romans  to  acknowledge  him 
for  their  sovereign,  alleging,  in  justifica- 
tion of  his  demand,  that  the  exarchate, 
which  he  held  by  right  of  conquest,  gave 
him  the  same  power  which  the  emperor 
had  formerly  possessed  over  that  part  of 
Italy  and  the  Roman  dukedom.  At  the 
same  time  he  advanced,  with  his  victo- 
rious troops,  to  the  vicinage  of  Rome, 
and  proclaimed  his  intention  of  plundering 
that  august  city,  unless  the  inhabitants 
consented  to  acknowledge  him,  by  pay- 
ing an  annual  tribute. 

The  Pope,  alarmed  at  these  proceed- 
ings, endeavored  to  divert  the  enemy  from 
his  purpose  by  arguments,  entreaties,  and 
sumptuous  presents ;  but  these  were  all 
rejected  with  contempt,  and  an  applica- 
tion to  the  emperor  proved  equally  un- 
successful. At  length,  however,  Stephen 
repaired  in  person  to  the  court  of  France, 
and  prevailed  on  Pepin  to  espouse  his 
cause  by  making  war  upon  the  Lombards. 
Hereupon  Pepin  entered  Italy  at  the  head 
of  a  numerous  army,  and  invested  it  so 
closely  on  every  side,  that  Astulphus  was 
overwhelmed  with  consternation,  and  will- 
ingly consented  to  restore  the  exarcharte, 
together  with  Pentapolis,  and  all  the 
places  he  had  seized  in  the  Roman  duke- 
dom, to  the  Pope ;  and  delivered  forty 
hostages  to  Pepin  for  the  performance  of 
these  articles.  But  an  immediate  viola- 
tion of  this  treaty  roused  the  resentment 
of  Stephen,  and  induced  him  once  more 
to  recur  to  his  powerful  protector,  who 
immediately  re-crossed  the  Alps,  and  be- 
sieged Astulphus  so  closely  in  his  metro- 
polis, that  he  was  compelled  to  surrender 
the  exarcharte  and  the  other  countries, 
according  to  his  former  promise,  in  order 
to  obtain  a  cessation  of  hostilities.  His 
warlike  disposition,  however,  prompted 
him  to  make  some  further  efforts  for  the 
reduction  of  Ravenna  ;  but  his  ambitious 
projects  were  suddenly  terminated  by  ac- 
cidental death. 

Upon  the  demise  of  this  prince,  Desi- 
derius,  duke  of  Tuscany,  assumed  the 
regal  title,  in  756,  and  contrived  to  fix 
the  Pope  in  his  interest.     He  also  en- 


deavored to  strengthen  himself  by  marry- 
ing his  two  daughters  to  Charles  and 
Carloman,  who  had  succeeded  Pepin  on. 
the  throne  of  France ;  but  this  alliance 
proved  of  short  continuance ;  and  a  dis- 
pute with  Adrian,  who  had  now  succeed- 
ed to  the  pontificate,  involved  the  king  in 
a  serious  embarrassment ;  for,  whilst  his 
troops  were  busied  in  ravaging  Pentapo- 
lis, and  Rome  itself  was  threatened  with 
destruction,  Charlemagne  crossed  over 
into  Italy,  and  attacked  the  Lombards  with 
such  irresistible  fury,  that  they  fled  be- 
fore him  in  the  utmost  consternation,  and 
Desiderus  himself  thought  proper  to  take 
refuge  in  Pavia. 

Charlemagne,  hearing  that  the  king 
had  retired  to  his  metropolis,  ordered  his 
uncle,  Bernard,  to  besiege  that  city  with 
the  utmost  vigor,  whilst  himself,  with  a 
select  body  of  troops,  should  invest  Ve- 
rona, and  pay  a  visit  to  Rome,  in  order  to 
celebrate  the  feast  of  Easter.  Verona 
was  reduced,  after  an  obstinate  resis- 
tance, and  the  conqueror  was  received  at 
Rome  with  every  demonstration  of  honor, 
gratitude,  and  esteem.  A  procession  of 
judges  and  magistrates  met  him  at  a  con- 
siderable distance  from  their  city;  a 
choir  of  beautiful  children ,  bearing  branch- 
es of  palm  and  olive  in  their  hands, 
chaunted  his  great  achievements ;  the 
Pope  received  him  with  a  paternal  em- 
brace, and  the  air  re-echoed  with  shouts 
of  "  Blessed  is  he  that  cometh  in  the 
name  of  the  Lord." 

In  774,  after  a  residence  of  eight  days 
in  Rome,  during  which  time  he  had  gra- 
tified his  own  curiosity,  and  confirmed 
an  ancient  donation  to  the  Pope,  Charle- 
magne returned  to  the  camp  before  Pavia, 
and  finding  it  impossible  to  effect  his  de- 
j  sign  by  force,  turned  the  siege  into  a 
!  blockade.  This  measure  was  crowned 
with  success  ;  for,  a  dreadful  pestilence 
!  beginning  to  rage  within  the  walls,  and 
the  inhabitants  being  reduced  to  the  most 
I  pitiable  extremities,  Desiderus  was  com- 
pelled after  a  long  and  intrepid  resistance, 
to  surrender  the  city  to  the  royal  be- 
j  sieger,  who  sent  him  and  his  unfortunate 
;  family,  prisoners  to  France,  and  abolish- 
I  ed  the  kingdom  of  the  Lombards  in  Italy, 
j  after  they  had  possessed  that  country  for 
I  the  space  of  two  hundred  and  six  years. 


700 


MAURITANIANS, 


MAURITANIANS. 


Mauritania,  so  called  from  the  Mauri, 
an  ancient  people  frequently  mentioned 
by  the  old  historians  and  geographers, 
was  bounded  by  the  Mediterranean  on 
the  north  ;  by  the  Molucha  on  the  east ; 
by  Gaetula  on  the  south ;  and  by  the  At- 
lantic Ocean  on  the  west.  It  contained 
several  cities  of  note  ;  and  was  famed  for 
a  luxuriant  produce  of  grapes,  apples, 
and  other  hortulan  productions.  The 
islands  on  the  Mauritanian  coast  were 
also  so  highly  esteemed,  on  account  of 
their  happy  climate,  fertile  soil,  and  sa- 
lubrious air,  that  the  ancients  honored 
them  with  the  appellation  of  "  Fortune," 
and  here  fixed  their  Elysian  fields. 

With  respect  to  the  origin  of  the  Mau- 
ritanians,  it  appears  that  they  were  de- 
scended from  Phut,  the  son  of  Ham. 
The  Phcenicians,  however,  planted  colo- 
nies among  them  in  very  early  ages  ;  and 
it  may  be  inferred,  from  the  testimony 
of  several  respectable  writers,  that  the 
Arabs  had  a  place  among  the  most  an- 
cient inhabitants  of  their  country. 

Their  government  seems  to  have  been 
monarchical  from  the  earliest  ages ;  for 
Justin  says,  that  Hanno,  a  Carthaginian 
nobleman,  in  order  to  accomplish  some 
ambitious  design,  had  recourse  to  the 
king  of  the  Mauri ;  and  the  great  figure 
which  the  Mauri  made  in  Africa,  before 
the  Romans  became  formidable  in  that 
country,  serves  to  indicate  that  most  of 
them  were  united  under  one  sovereign ; 
though  mention  is  occasionally  made  of 
several  reguli,  or  heads  of  the  Kabyles, 
who  were  engaged  in  sanguinary  wars 
with  each  other. 

Their  religion  cannot  now  be  satisfac- 
torily described,  its  peculiarities  having 
been,  for  many  ages,  buried  in  oblivion. 
It  appears,  however,  that  Neptune  was 
one  of  their  principal  objects  of  adora- 
tion; that  the  sun  and  moon  were  worship- 
ped after  the  manner  of  the  other  Libyan 
nations  ;  and  that  human  victims  were 
occasionally  sacrificed  to  their  gods. 

Their  characters  appear  to  have  been 
the  same  with  the  Numidian,  and  their 
language  seems   to   have  differed  from 


that  of  Numidia  in  the  same  manner  only 
as  a  dialect  of  one  tongue  does  from  an- 
other. 

Of  their  arts  and  sciences,  historians 
have  said  but  little.  It  is  evident,  how- 
ever, that  they  had  some  knowledge  of 
nautical  affairs,  not  only  from  their  inter- 
course with  the  Phoenicians  and  Cartha- 
ginians, but  also  from  the  testimony  of 
Onomacritus,  who  affirms,  that  they  form- 
ed a  settlement  near  Colchis,  whither 
they  came  by  sea.  They  applied  them- 
selves, in  the  earliest  ages,  to  the  study 
of  magic,  sorcery,  and  divination  ;  and  Ci- 
cero informs  us,  that  Atlas  first  introduc- 
ed astrology  and  the  doctrine  ofthesphere 
into  Mauritania — a  circumstance  which 
probably  gave  rise  to  the  fable  of  Atlas 
bearing  the  heavens  upon  his  shoulders. 
Neptune,  who  reigned  in  this  country,  is 
also  said  to  have  first  fitted  out  a  fleet, 
and  invented  tall  ships  with  sails  ;  so  that 
the  Mauritanians  must  have  possessed 
some  ideas  of  astronomy,  astrology,  geo- 
graphy, and  navigation,  at  a  very  early 
period. 

All  persons  of  distinction  in  Mauri- 
tania were  richly  apparelled  ;  and  took 
great  pains  in  cleansing  their  teeth, 
combing  their  beards,  and  curling  their 
hair.  The  poor  class,  however,  usually 
wore  a  thick  garment,  and  a  coarse  rough 
tunic,  which  resembled  that  of  their 
neighbors  the  Numidians.  They  were 
strangers  to  the  art  of  husbandry,  and 
roved  about  the  country  like  the  ancient 
Scythians  or  Arabes  Scenitae.  Their 
tents  or  mapalia  were  so  extremely  small, 
that  they  could  scarcely  breathe  in  them ; 
and  their  principal  food  consisted  of 
corn  and  herbage,  which  they  ate  green, 
without  any  preparation.  They  are  said 
to  have  possessed  considerable  skill  in 
the  preparation  of  poison ;  and  perpetual 
exercise  rendered  them  very  skilful  in 
hurling  the  dart.  Their  soldiers  bore  a 
remarkable  savage  appearance,  being 
clad  in  the  skins  of  lions,  bears,  or  leo- 
pards, and  carrying  targets  or  bucklers 
made  of  elephants'  hides.  Their  horses 
wore  small  but  exceedingly  swift,  and  so 


MAURITANIANS. 


701 


perfectly  under  command,  that  they  would 
follow  their  riders  like  dogs. 

The  two  first  princes  of  Mauritania, 
except  Neptune,  mentioned  by  historians, 
were  Atlas  and  Antseus.  Several  corro- 
borative testimonies,  however,  seem  to 
justify  the  opinion  that  these  were  but 
different  names  of  the  same  person  ;  for 
they  were  both  the  sons  of  Neptune,  who 
reigned  over  Mauritania,  Numidia,  and  a 
considerable  part  of  Libya;  they  both 
ruled  with  despotic  authority  over  a  great 
part  of  Africa  ;  both  are  said  to  have 
been  overcome  by  Hercules;  and  both 
are  celebrated  for  their  superior  know- 
ledge in  the  celestial  sciences. 

Antseus  is  said  to  have  evinced  the 
most  undaunted  bravery  and  resolution 
in  his  war  with  Hercules,  and  to  have 
achieved  some  important  advantages  ;  but 
that  famous  warrior,  having  intercepted 
a  numerous  body  of  Libyan  forces,  de- 
feated him  with  great  slaughter  ;  and 
thus  made  himself  master  of  the  king- 
dom and  royal  treasures  ;  hence  arose 
the  fable  that  Hercules  took  Atlas'  globe 
upon  his  shoulders,  vanquished  the 
dragon  that  guarded  the  orchards  of  the 
Hesperides,  and  took  possession  of  all 
the  golden  fruit. 

Nothing  worthy  of  notice  is  related 
of  the  Mauritanians  from  the  defeat  of 
Antasus  till  the  time  of  Bogud,  who,  in 
conjunction  with  Publius  Sittius,  con- 
tributed very  considerably  to  Caesar's 
success  in  Africa,  and  rendered  him  some 
important  services,  when  the  memorable 
victory  of  Munda  annihilated  the  Roman 
republic.  After  the  death  of  that  illus- 
trious general,  he  joined  Marc  Antony 
against  Octavius,  and  endeavored  to  make 
a  diversion  in  favor  of  the  former  in 
Spain :  but,  whilst  he  was  engaged  in 
this  expedition,  the  Tingitanians  revolted 
from  their  allegiance,  and  bestowed  the 
sovereignty  upon  Bocchus,  who  was  con- 
firmed in  his  new  dignity  by  the  emperor. 
After  making  some  unsuccessful  efforts 
for  the  recovery  of  this  part  of  his  do- 
minions, Bogud  was  slain  by  Agrippa,  at 


Methona;  and  Tingitania  was  soon  af- 
terwards, provinciated. 

The  younger  Juba  received  the  two 
Mauritanias  from  the  munificence  of  Au- 
gustus, who  also  gave  him  the  princess 
Cleopatra  (daughter  of  Antony  and  the 
famous  queen  of  Egypt)  in  marriage. 
This  prince,  having  received  a  liberal 
education  at  Rome,  imbibed  such  a  vari- 
ety of  knowledge,  as  afterwards  enabled 
him  to  vie  with  the  most  learned  natives 
of  Greece.  He  was  remarkably  well 
acquainted  with  the  Assyrian,  Arabic, 
Greek,  Punic,  African,  and  Latin  histo- 
ries; and  wrote  some  excellent  treatises 
on  grammar,  painting,  natural  history, 
&c. ;  a  few  fragments  of  which  are  still 
extant.  His  mild  and  equitable  conduct 
in  the  government  of  Maurtania  is  honora- 
bly mentioned  by  ancient  writers,  and  con- 
ciliated the  esteem  of  his  subjects  so  ef- 
fectually, that  they  ever  retained  a  grate- 
ful recollection  of  his  administration, 
and  erected  a  statue  to  his  memory. 

He  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Ptolemy, 
in  whose  reign  Tacfarinas,  a  native  of 
Numidia,  who  had  served  among  the 
Roman  auxiliaries  just  before  the  third 
consulate  of  Tiberius,  assembled  an  army 
of  barbarians,  and  committed  many  de- 
predations in  Africa :  but,  after  some 
time,  he  was  defeated  by  Dolabella,  and 
most  of  his  followers  put  to  the  sword. 
Ptolemy  was,  soon  afterwards,  cut  off 
by  Caius,  either  from  a  principle  of  ava- 
rice or  jealousy,  as  appears  from  the 
united  testimonies  of  Dio  and  Suetonius 

To  revenge  the  death  of  his  beloved 
master,  ^demon  assembled  a  body  of 
his  countrymen,  and  took  up  arms ;  but, 
a  Roman  army  being  sent  against  them 
by  the  emperor  Claudius,  they  were  com- 
pelled to  desist  from  their  daring  enter- 
prise ;  and,  the  following  year,  a  treaty  was 
concluded  between  the  adverse  generals, 
by  which  Mauritania  seems  to  have  been 
delivered  up  to  the  Romans  ;  for  it  was, 
soon  afterwards,  divided  into  two  provin- 
ces, the  one  called  Mauritania  Tangitana, 
and  the  other  Mauritania  Caesariensis. 


702 


OSTROGOTHS. 


OSTROGOTHS. 


As  the  origin,  customs,  and  manners 
of  the  Goths,  from  whom  this  people  dif- 
fered only  iu  their  *  name  and  situation, 
have  been  already  noticed,  we  shall,  in 
order  to  avoid  repetition,  commence  their 
history  with  the  reign  of  their  famous 
king  Hermanaric,  and  relate  the  most 
interesting  concerns  of  their  nation,  from 
that  period  till  their  iinal  expulsion  from 
Italy. 

Hermanaric,  king  of  the  Ostrogoths, 
was  descended  from  the  illustrious  family 
of  Amali,  and  signalized  himself  in  so 
many  engagements,  that  he  has  been 
compared,  by  the  ancients,  to  Alexander 
the  Great.  The  Heruli,  the  Venedi,  the 
iEstii,  and  many  other  nations,  were  suc- 
cessively reduced  by  his  extraordinary 
valor ;  and  Ablavius  has  asserted,  that  he 
was  obeyed  by  most  of  the  tribes  in  Scy- 
thia  and  Germany.  This  account,  how- 
ever, is  probably  exaggerated,  as  Her- 
manaric was  so  well  apprised  of  his  ina- 
bility to  withstand  the  Hunns,  who  inva- 
ded his  country  in  376,  that  he  chose 
rather  to  kill  himself  than  to  behold  the 
calamities  that  threatened  his  subjects. 

Upon  the  demise  of  this  prince,  his 
son  Vithimer  assumed  the  regal  title ; 
and  boldly  led  his  troops  against  the  ene- 
my ;  but  he  was  soon  defeated  and  slain. 
His  son  Vitheric  retired,  with  many  of 
his  countrymen,  into  the  present  Podolia, 
but  nothing  farther  is  recorded  of  his 
transactions. 

About  the  year  453  the  Ostrogoths  ob- 
tained permission  to  settle  in  Pannonia, 
and  received  an  annual  pension,  on  con- 
dition of  their  guarding  the  imperial  fron- 
tiers, and  serving,  when  required,  in  the 
Roman  armies.  They  were  scarcely 
established  in  their  new  territory  before 
the  Hunns  fell  upon  them  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Sirmium ;  but  Valemir,  prince 
of  the  Ostrogoths,  defeated  the  invaders 

*  The  Goths,  previously  to  their  leaving  Scan- 
dinavia, were  called  Visigoths  and  Ostrogoths,  or 
Western  and  Eastern  Goths,  from  their  situation 
to  the  west  and  east ;  the  former  inhabiting  that 
part  of  Scandinavia  which  borders  on  Denmark,  and 
the  latter  the  more  eastern  parts  near  the  Baltic. 


with  great  slaughter,  and  compelled  them 
to  take  refuge  in  that  part  of  Scythia 
which  bordered  on  the  Danube. 

In  the  year  455  the  Ostrogoths,  being 
provoked  by  Leo,  made  an  irruption  into 
lUyricum,  and  committed  many  depreda- 
tions ;  but  they  were  repulsed  with  con- 
siderable loss,  and  a  peace  was  soon  after 
concluded  between  the  nations. 

During  the  short  reign  of  Glycerius, 
the  Ostrogoths  resolved  to  make  war  on 
the  empire,  and  accordingly  divided  their 
forces  into  two  bodies,  one  of  which  was 
to  invade  Italy  under  the  commaed  of 
Videmir,  while  the  other  marched  under 
Theodomir  against  the  emperor  of  the 
East.  This  plan  was  reduced  to  execu- 
tion ;  but  Videmir  died  shortly  after  his 
arrival  in  Italy,  and  Theodomir  was  pre- 
vailed on,  by  a  profusion  of  rich  presents, 
to  abandon  his  daring  enterprise. 

Theodoric,  the  son  and  successor  of 
Theodomir,  appears  to  have  espoused  the 
cause  of  Zeno  against  Basiliscus  with 
extraordinary  zeal ;  but  the  ungrateful 
behavior  of  that  emperor  soon  obliged 
him  to  renounce  his  alliance,  and  to  take 
up  arms  in  his  own  defence.  However, 
on  Zeno's  yielding  him  part  of  Moesia 
and  Dacia,  giving  him  the  command  of 
the  troops  of  the  household,  and  naming 
him  consul  for  the  ensuing  year,  Theo- 
doric put  a  stop  to  the  depredations  of 
his  soldiers,  and  performed  some  prodi- 
gies of  valor  against  the  usurper  Leontius, 
who  was  eventually  defeated,  and  driven 
to  the  fortress  of  Papyra,  in  Cilicia.  A 
second  disagreement  with  the  emperor 
induced  Theodoric  to  retire  from  Con- 
stantinople, to  renew  his  ravages  in 
Thrace,  and  even  to  form  the  design  of 
besieging  Constantinople  ;  but  whilst  the 
inhabitants  of  that  city  were  overwhelmed 
with  consternation  at  his  approach,  he 
marched  back  to  Moesia,  and,  at  the  em- 
peror's request,  consented  to  turn  his 
arms  against  Odoacer,  who,  having  put 
Orestes  to  death,  and  deprived  Augustu- 
lus  of  the  imperial  ensigns,  had  assumed 
I  the  title  of  king  of  Italy. 
[      Next  year  Theodoric,  having   assem- 


OSTROGOTHS. 


703 


bled  a  numerous  army,  and  received  some 
auxiliaries  from  Constantinople,  began 
his  march  towards  Italy;  and,  after  de- 
feating some  troops  of  Gepidse  and  Sar- 
matians  who  opposed  his  passage'  came 
to  an  engagement  with  Odoacer,  who 
was  soon  overpowered,  and  obliged  to 
shut  himself  up  in  Ravenna.  Theodoric, 
having  now  no  enemy  to  oppose  his  pro- 
gress, made  himself  master  of  Milan,  Pa- 
via,  and  some  other  places  of  importance ; 
but  Odoacer,  having  ventured  from  his 
retreat  with  a  select  body  of  forces,  soon 
changed  the  aspect  of  aflairs,  and  redu- 
ced the  Ostrogoth  to  shut  himself  up,  with 
all  his  followers,  in  the  city  of  Pasia. 
However,  Theodoric  was  relieved  by  a 
re-enforcement  from  the  Visigoths ;  Italy 
was  gradually  subjugated  ;  and  Odoacer 
was  driven  to  such  extremities,  that,  after 
a  long  siege  in  Ravenna,  he  submitted  to 
the  victor,  who,  notwithstanding  a  solemn 
promise  to  the  contrary,  caused  him  to 
be  put  to  death. 

Theodoric,  having  thus  delivered  Italy 
from  the  insupportable  yoke  of  the  bar- 
barians, assumed  the  diadem,  amidst  the 
acclamations  of  the  people ;  while  the 
emperor  of  the  East  congratulated  him 
on  his  brilliant  success,  and  cheerfully 
acknowledged  his  sovereignty. 

To  the  toils  of  war  succeeded  the  cares 
of  domestic  government,  in  which  the 
conqueror  acquitted  himself  with  such 
equity  and  moderation,  that  the  generality 
of  the  Italians  were  equally  fascinated 
with  his  character  and  government.  The 
same  laws,  magistrates,  and  policy,  were 
prudently  retained.  Such  of  the  natives 
as  had  been  most  zealous  in  defence  of 
Odoacer  were  generously  pardoned  ;  the 
Ligurians,  who  had  long  groaned  beneath 
the  oppressive  yoke  of  the  Burgundians, 
were  ransomed ;  liberty  of  conscience 
was  allowed  in  all  matters  of  religion ; 
and  the  sweets  of  peace  were  happily 
mingled  with  those  of  security. 

Theodoric,  having  visited  Rome,  and 
contributed  largely  towards  the  repairs  of 
that  august  city,  resolved  to  chase  the 
Burgundians  and  Franks  out  of  Gaul,  and 
re-unite  that  country  to  Italy ;  but,  as  the 
Burgundians  were  then  a  very  powerful 
nation,  and  masters  of  all  the  passes  in 
the  Alps,  he  deemed  it  expedient  to  con- 


ceal part  of  his  intention.  Accordingly, 
he  formed  an  alliance  with  Clovis  king 
of  the  Franks,  and  prevailed  on  him  to 
invade  the  Burgundians  on  one  side, 
while  himself  should  attack  them  on  the 
other — a  project  which  soon  put  him  in 
possession  of  Marseilles,  with  all  the 
countries  lying  between  the  Alps,  the 
Durance,  the  Lower  Rhone,  and  the 
Mediterranean.  Some  years  after  this 
event,  Clovis  having  killed  Alaric  in  bat- 
tle, and  defeated  his  army,  the  king  of 
the  Ostrogoths  resolved  to  check  his 
progress ;  and  accordingly  compelled 
him  to  raise  the  siege  of  Carcassone, 
which  he  had  recently  invested.  Next 
year  the  Franks  attempted  the  reduction 
of  Aries,  then  inhabited  by  the  Visigoths ; 
but  Theodoric  sent  such  powerful  suc- 
cors to  his  countrymen,  that  this  project, 
like  the  preceding  one,  was  rendered 
abortive. 

Some  time  after  these  transactions 
Theodoric  turned  his  arms  against  the 
Alemans  ;  but  nothing  satisfactory  has 
been  recorded  of  this  war,  except  that 
he  obliged  them  to  pay  an  annual  tribute  ; 
and  subdued  the  inhabitants  of  Suevia. 

Hitherto  Theodoric  had  swayed  the 
sceptre  in  Italy  with  such  prudence, 
justice,  and  moderation,  that  (independent 
of  his  religious  principles,  which  were 
strongly  tinctured  with  the  vile  heresy 
of  Arius)  he  deserved  to  be  proposed  as 
an  example  to  all  crowned  heads ;  but 
the  lustre  of  all  his  virtues  suffered  a 
sensible  diminution,  about  this  time,  by 
an  act  of  tyrannic  and  unwarrantable  cru- 
elty. Boetius,  a  man  of  extraordinary 
learning  and  abilities,  who  had  been  twice 
honored  with  the  consulate,  and  was  de- 
scended from  one  of  the  most  illustrious 
families  in  Rome ;  who  had  devoted 
near  eighteen  years  to  the  study  of  phi- 
losophy at  Athens  ;  who  had  translated 
the  works  of  Aristotle,  Pythagoras,  Nico- 
machus,  Euclid,  Archimedes,  and  Plato, 
into  the  Latin  language,  for  the  service 
of  his  countrymen  ;  and  who  was  equal- 
ly venerated  by  every  good  man  on  ac- 
count of  his  erudition  and  morality.  This 
man,  being  accused  of  treasonable  prac- 
tices, was  unjustly  banished  to  Pavia, 
together  with  his  father-in-law  Symma- 
chus,  who,  like  himself,  was  universally 


704 


OSTROGOTHS. 


famed  for  his  extraordinary  abilities  and 
unblemished  character.  The  illustrious 
exiles  submitted  with  resignation  to  their 
hard  fate,  and  Bcetius  calmly  undertook 
the  excellent  composition  which  he  enti- 
tled De  Consolatione.  But  whilst  he  was 
employed  in  benefiting  mankind  by  his 
labors,  fresh  accusations  were  laid  against 
him  at  Ravenna,  and  the  emperor,  to  the 
utter  astonishment  of  all  Italy,  was  per- 
suaded to  pass  sentence  of  death  both 
upon  him  and  Symmachus.  The  exe- 
cutioner, however,  had  scarcely  perform- 
ed his  bloody  task  before  Theodoric  was 
convinced  of  his  own  injustice,  and 
abandoned  himself  to  such  inordinate 
grief  as  soon  occasioned  his  death,  in 
the  seventy-second  year  of  his  age,  and 
the  thirty-fourth  of  his  reign. 

Theodoric  had,  at  the  time  of  his 
death,  two  grandsons,  Amalaric,  king  of 
the  Visigoths,  and  Athalaric,  son  of 
Amalasuntha.  To  the  former  he  deliv- 
ered up  all  the  countries  in  Gaul  and 
Spain  belonging  to  the  Visigoths  ;  and 
declared  the  latter  his  successor  in  Italy, 
and  in  all  his  other  dominions. 

As  Athalaric  was,  at  that  time,  too  young 
to  assume  the  government,  his  mother, 
Amalasuntha,  took  charge  of  the  public 
aftairs,  and  acted  with  such  prudence 
and  equity,  both  towards  the  inhabitants 
of  Italy  and  their  allies,  that  Theodo- 
ric was  scarcely  missed  by  the  public. 
Some  of  the  Gothic  lords,  however,  were 
highly  incensed  at  her  mode  of  educa- 
ting the  young  prince  ;  and  insisted  so 
warmly  on  the  dismissal  of  his  Italian 
tutors,  that  she  was  obliged  to  submit  to 
their  desires  ;  and  Athalaric,  being  now 
freed  from  restraint,  abandoned  himself 
to  such  debaucheries  as  put  a  period  to 
his  life  in  the  eighth  year  of  his  reign. 

Amalasuntha  had  suffered  so  severely, 
even  during  her  son's  life  time,  from  the 
factions  and  discontent  of  the  Ostrogoths, 
that  she  now  deemed  it  indispensably 
necessary  to  take  a  colleague  in  the  go- 
vernment, and  accordingly  made  choice 
of  her  cousin  Theodotus,  a  man  of  great 
erudition,  and  descended  from  the  illus- 
trious house  of  Amali.  In  this  choice, 
however,  the  queen  was  peculiarly  un- 
fortunate ;  for  Theodotus,  notwithstand- 
ing his  birth  and  accomplishments,  was, 


in  realitj^  destitute  of  gratitude,  honor,  or 
probity,  and  scrupled  not  to  commit  the 
vilest  actions  when  stimulated  by  his  own 
unbridled  passions.  On  his  first  acces- 
sion to  the  throne  he  solemnly  engaged, 
upon  oath,  that  his  cousin  should  exer- 
cise her  former  authority  without  con- 
trol, and,  in  his  letter  to  the  Roman 
senate,  acknowledged  himself  entirely 
indebted  to  the  queen  for  his  new  dig- 
nity. But  the  mask  of  dissimulation 
was  soon  laid  aside,  and  the  ill  fated 
Amalasuntha  was  banished  to  a  solitary 
island  in  the  lake  Bolsena,  and  there 
cruelly  put  to  death. 

To  revenge  the  death  of  this  princess, 
who  had  on  every  occasion  testified  her 
friendship  to  ihe  Constantinopolitan  go- 
vernment, Justinian  resolved  to  make 
war  upon  the  Ostrogoths;  and  according- 
ly ordered  Mundas,  one  of  his  principal 
officers,  to  march  into  Dalmatia,  and  at- 
tempt the  reduction  of  Salonaj,  in  order 
to  open  a  passage  into  Italy,  while  Beli 
sarins,  who  was  invested  with  the  su- 
preme command,  should  make  a  descent 
upon  Sicily,  with  four  thousand  legion- 
aries, and  eight  thousand  auxiliaries. 

In  535,  the  emperor's  orders  were  im- 
mediately executed,  and  crowned  with 
great  success  ;  for  Mundus,  after  a  faint 
resistance,  made  himself  master  of  Sa- 
lonse  ;  and  Belisarius  effected  the  reduc- 
tion of  Sicily  with  more  expedition  than 
he  could  possibly  have  expected.  At 
Palermo,  indeed,  he  was  engaged  with 
extraordinary  fury  by  the  Gothic  garri- 
son ;  but,  after  some  time,  he  compelled 
them  to  surrender,  and,  by  that  exploit, 
struck  such  terror  into  the  neighboring 
provinces,  that  Abrutium,  Lucania,  Pug- 
lia,  Samnium,  and  Calabria,  made  volun- 
tary submissions ;  and  the  city  of  Naples, 
though  obstinately  defended,  was  soon 
given  up  to  the  plunder  of  the  victorious 
Romans. 

Theodotus,  alarmed  at  this  formidable 
invasion,  which  he  had  neither  courage 
nor  inclination  to  repress,  entered  into  a 
private  conference  with  the  Constantino- 
politan ambassador,  and  shamefully  con- 
sented to  resignthe  kingdom  to  Justinian, 
on  condition  of  receiving  an  annual  pen- 
sion suitable  to  his  dignity.  The  empe- 
ror readily  embraced  this  proposal ;  lands 


OSTROGOTHS. 


705 


were  assigned  to  Theodotus  out  of  the 
imperial  domain  ;  and  Belisarius  was  or- 
dered to  take  possession  of  Italy. 

This  agi'eement,  however,  was  soon 
violated;  for  Theodotus,  hearing  that  the 
Roman  army  in  Dalmatia  had  been  sud- 
denly attacked  and  defeated,  refused  with 
great  haughtiness,  to  fulfil  the  articles  of 
the  treaty,  and  even  threatened  Justinian's 
ambassador  with  death  for  presuming  to 
expostulate  on  the  impropriety  of  his 
conduct. 

Exasperated  at  this  behavior,  Justin- 
ian despatched  Constantianus  to  levy  new 
forces  in  lUyricum,  and  ordered  Belisa- 
rius to  pursue  the  war  with  vigor,  and 
use  his  utmost  efforts  for  re-annexing 
Italy  to  the  empire.  Hereupon  Constan- 
tianus entered  Dalmatia  at  the  head  of  a 
formidable  army,  and  defeated  the  Ostro- 
goths with  great  slaughter ;  while  Beli- 
sarius, having  vanquished  all  the  pro- 
vinces which  compose  the  present  king- 
dom of  Naples,  maixhed  his  victorious 
troops  to  the  neighborhood  of  Rome. 

In  this  situation  of  aflliirs,  the  Ostro- 
goths, having  vainly  attempted  to  con- 
clude a  peace  with  Belisarius,  deposed 
their  cowardly  king  Theodotus  ;  and  in- 
vested with  the  regal  title  one  Vitiges, 
who,  though  of  mean  extraction,  had  ac- 
quired a  considerable  degree  of  celebri- 
ty by  his  prudence  and  valor  in  some  pre- 
ceding wars.  Theodotus,  overwhelmed 
with  consternation  at  this  occurrence, 
quitted  Rome  with  the  utmost  precipita- 
tion, and  retired  to  Ravenna,  but  he  was 
soon  overtaken  and  put  to  death,  after  an 
inglorious  reign   of   about   three   years. 

Theudegisclus  shared  the  fate  of  his 
pusillanimous  father,  so  that  the  new 
king  was  now  firmly  established  on  the 
throne  without  any  competitor. 

Vitiges,  after  exhorting  his  countrymen, 
by  a  circular  letter,  to  exert  their  ancient 
valor  in  defence  of  a  kingdom  which  be- 
longed to  them  by  right  of  conquest ; 
and  obliging  the  principal  inhabitants  of 
Rome  to  take  an  oath  of  fidelity,  remov- 
ed to  Revenna,  where  he  assembled  the 
Ostrogoths  from  all  quarters,  and  formed 
an  encampment  under  the  city  walls. 

Meanwhile  Belisarius,  having  taken 
suitable  precautions  for  the  defence  of 
his  new  conouests  in  Campania,  ap- 
89 


proached  the  city  of  Rome,  which  he 
entered  without  resistance,  and  reunited 
to  the  empire  sixty  years  after  it  had  been 
reduced  by  Odoacer,  and  thirty-four  after 
it  had  submitted  to  Theodoric.  The 
walls  and  other  fortifications  of  this  au- 
gust city  were  now  carefully  repaired ; 
the  granaries  filled  with  corn  ;  and  every 
precaution  taken  against  a  siege  which 
Vitiges,  in  the  urgency  of  his  affairs, 
might  probably  resolve  to  form. 

Whilst  Belisarius  was  thus  employed 
at  Rome,  and  the  greatest  part  of  Sam- 
nium,  with  many  cities  of  Tuscany,  vol- 
untarily received  Roman  garrisons,  Viti- 
ges formed  a  confederacy  with  the  Franks, 
and  marched,  at  the  head  of  a  hundred 
and  fifty  thousand  men,  to  the  vicinage 
of  Rome,  where  a  bloody  conflict  ensued 
between  him  and  Belisarius :  but  the 
latter  eventually  chased  the  Ostrogoths 
to  their  camp,  and  entered  the  city  amidst 
univei'sal  acclamations. 

Vitiges,  being  now  resolved  to  invest 
the  city  without  delay,  used  every  effort 
to  distress  the  garrison  and  inhabitants 
for  want  of  water,  and  showed  himself 
an  able  commander  both  in  contriving  his 
military  engines  and  disposing  the  at- 
tacks. But  his  adversary  made  so  vigo- 
rous a  defence,  and  was  attended  with 
such  brilliant  success  in  his  occasional 
sallies,  that,  in  the  space  of  seven  months, 
the  besiegers  lost  above  forty  thousand 
men. 

The  Romans  who  had  long  murmured 
against  Belisarius  for  involving  them  in 
the  calamities  of  a  siege,  were  so  elated 
with  the  success  that  attended  an  exer- 
tion of  some  auxiliaries  from  Constanti- 
nople, that  they  insisted  on  putting  the 
whole  to  the  issue  of  a  general  engage- 
ment— in  consequence  of  which  their 
forces  were  defeated  with  great  loss,  and 
narrowly  escaped  utter  destruction.  At 
length,  however,  while  the  citizens  trem- 
bled with  apprehension  at  each  attack  of 
the  enemy,  and  their  numbers  were  sadly 
reduced  by  the  united  scourges  of  pesti- 
lence and  famine,  a  body  of  auxiliaries, 
consisting  of  three  thousand  Isaurians, 
eight  hundred  Thracians,  and  thirteen 
hundred  horse  of  other  nations,  arrived 
at  Ostia,  and  entered  Rome,  by  the  Osti- 
an  gate,  while  the  forces  of  Vitiges  were 


706 


OSTROGOTHS. 


fully  employed  against  Belisarius  in  an- 
other quarter. 

The  Ostrogoths  were  no  sooner  in- 
formed of  the  arrival  of  these  troops 
than  they  began  to  despair  of  effecting 
their  purpose,  and,  after  a  truce  of  three 
months,  which  was  granted  by  Belisarius, 
they  broke  up  the  siege  and  marched  to 
Rimini,  which  had  been  taken  by  the 
Romans. 

Whilst  Vitiges  was  employed  before 
this  city,  and  Uraia,  his  sister's  son,  was 
despatched  to  recover  Milan,  Narses  ar- 
rived in  Picenum  with  five  thousand  Ro- 
mans and  two  thousand  Heruli;  and, 
Belisarius  having  advanced  to  meet  him, 
the  two  armies  joined  at  Firmum,  now 
Fermo,  where  a  council  of  war  was  held 
to  consider  whether  it  would  be  most  ex- 
pedient to  relieve  Rimini  or  to  besiege 
Auximum,  a  strong  town  then  in  posses- 
sion of  the  enemy.  Belisarius,  was  ap- 
prehensive that  if  they  marched  to  Ri- 
mini, the  Ostrogoths  would  sally  out  of 
Auximum,  and  harass  the  neighboring 
country,  which  had  recently  submitted 
to  the  Romans  ;  but  a  pathetic  letter  from 
Rimini  overbalanced  this  consideration, 
and  induced  the  brave  general  to  succor 
his  countrymen.  Accordingly,  having 
left  a  sufficient  number  of  troops  to  over- 
awe the  garrison  of  Auximum,  he  divided 
his  army  into  three  bodies,  one  of  which 
embarked  in  a  great  number  of  vessels, 
another  marched  along  the  coast,  under 
the  conduct  of  Martinus  ;  and  the  third 
followed  Narses  and  Belisarius  across  the 
mountains.  This  prudent  division  of  the 
forces  was  crowned  with  complete  suc- 
cess ;  for  Vitiges,  alarmed  at  the  appear- 
ance of  a  fleet,  and  the  approach  of  two  dis- 
tinct armies,  raised  the  siege,  and  retreat- 
ed with  such  precipitation,  that  the  great' 
est  part  of  his  baggage  was  left  behind. 

At  this  important  juncture  an  unfortu- 
nate misunderstanding  arose  between  the 
Roman  generals,  and  their  jealousies 
were  carried  to  such  a  height,  that 
Narses  actually  refused  to  serve  under 
Belisarius,  and  a  division  of  the  forces 
ensued,  which  consequently  retarded  the 
reduction  of  the  country,  and  gave  the 
enemy  leisure  to  provide  for  their  defence. 
The  cities  of  Urbinum,  Imola,  and  Urbi- 
ventum  wexe  indeed  taken  by  the  im- 


perial troops  ;  but  Vitiges,  in  the  mean 
time,  made  himself  master  of  Milan, 
massacred  the  inhabitants,  and  ravaged 
the  whole  province  of  Liguria. 

Narses  being  now  recalled  to  Constan- 
tinople, and  Vitiges  employed  in  negoti- 
ation with  Chosroes,  it  was  deemed  ad- 
visable to  pursue  the  war  with  all  possi- 
ble vigor.  Accordingly  Belisarius  march- 
ed with  eleven  thousand  men  to  Auxi- 
mum, and  at  the  same  time  sent  a  strong 
detachment,  under  one  of  his  lieutenants, 
to  attempt  the  reduction  of  Feesulse. 

Meanwhile  the  Franks,  supposing 
that  both  nations  were  materially  weak- 
ened by  hostilities,  resolved  to  attack 
them  without  delay,  and  seize  on  the 
country,  for  which  so  many  struggles  had 
been  made.  Accordingly  Theodebert, 
regardless  of  the  solemn  oaths  he  had 
taken  both  to  the  Romans  and  Ostrogoths, 
passed  the  Alps,  at  the  head  of  a  hun- 
dred and  fifty  thousand  men,  and  pene- 
trated into  Liguria.  As  they  had  care- 
fully abstained  from  pillaging  the  country 
on  their  march,  the  Ostrogoths  were  elated 
at  their  arrival,  and  suffered  them  to  en- 
ter their  camp,  near  the  Po,  without  op- 
position ;  but  they  were  soon  undeceived, 
for  the  treacherous  invaders,  falling  upon 
them  by  surprise,  chased  them  into  the 
open  country  with  great  slaughter,  and 
seized  on  all  their  baggage.  A  body  of 
Romans,  who  lay  at  a  small  distance, 
perceiving  the  sudden  flight  of  the  Ostro- 
goths, concluded  that  they  had  been  de- 
feated by  Belisarius,  and,  in  that  opinion, 
hastened  to  the  assistance  of  the  victor  ; 
but  the  Franks  turning  suddenly  upon 
them,  they  were  utterly  overthrown,  and 
compelled  to  retreat  into  Tuscany, whence 
they  sent  an  account  of  their  disaster  to 
Belisarius. 

The  Franks,  being  now  in  possession 
of  both  camps,  found  a  considerable 
quantity  of  provisions  ;  but  these  being 
soon  consumed  by  their  numerous  army, 
and  the  circumjacent  country  entirely 
exhausted,  they  were  compelled  to  resign 
all  thoughts  of  advancing  farther  in  quest 
of  new  conquests  ;  and,  an  expostulatory 
letter  from  Belisarius  having  demonstra- 
ted the  absurdity  of  the  enterprise,  Theo- 
debert gave  orders  to  march,  and  return- 
ed home  with  an  immense  booty. 


OSTROGOTHS. 


707 


Some  time  after  the  retreat  of  this  re- 
doubtable enemy  the  garrison  in  Faesulae 
surrendered  to  Cyprian  ;  and  the  citizens 
of  Auximum,  after  performing  the  most 
astonishing  prodigies  of  valor,  followed 
their  example. 

Belisarius,  after  remunerating  the  toils 
and  suffering  of  his  army  with  half  the 
spoils  of  Auximum,  marched  thence  to 
Ravenna,  which  he  invested  both  by  sea 
and  land,  in  order  to  prevent  the  impor- 
tation of  provisions.  The  place  was 
well  fortified,  and  defended  by  a  very  nu- 
merous garrison,  who  fought  immediately 
under  the  eye  of  their  sovereign  ;  but 
Belisarius  commenced  the  attack,  and 
carried  on  his  military  operations  with 
such  vigor  and  success,  that  the  inhabi- 
tants were  overwhelmed  with  consterna- 
tion, and  Vitiges  despatched  ambassadors 
to  conclude  a  peace  with  the  emperor 
upon  the  best  terms  they  could  obtain. 
Justinian  readily  consented  to  withdraw 
his  troops  upon  condition  that  the  whole 
of  Italy,  except  that  beyond  the  Po, 
should  be  re-annexed  to  the  empire,  and 
that  the  royal  treasures  of  the  Ostrogoths 
should  be  equally  divided  between  him 
and  themselves.  These  conditions  were 
accepted  with  every  demonstration  of  joy 
by  Vitiges  and  his  nobles,  who  were  now 
reduced  to  a  most  pitiable  condition ;  but 
Belisarius,  provoked  that  he  should  be 
thus  deprived  of  the  glory  of  terminating 
the  war,  and  leading  Vitiges,  as  a  cap- 
tive, to  Constantinople,  positively  refused 
to  sign  the  treaty,  and  renewed  the  siege 
with  unabated  vigor  and  intrepidity. 

The  leading  men  among  the  Ostro- 
goths concluding,  from  his  behavior, 
that  Belisarius  intended  to  revolt  from 
the  emperor,  and  being  equally  weary  of 
Vitiges  and  fearful  of  Justinian,  agreed 
privately  to  declare  the  Roman  general 
emperor  of  the  west,  and  accordingly  des- 
patched a  messenger  to  tender  their  alle- 
giance. Belisarius  abhorred  the  very 
name  of  a  traitor ;  but  in  order  to  facili- 
tate the  grand  object  of  his  wishes,  he 
pretended  to  accept  of  this  offer,  and, 
after  acquainting  his  chief  officers  with 
all  that  had  passed,  he  was  admitted  into 
the  city  as  king  of  Italy.  He  behaved 
with  great  moderation  toward  the  inhabi- 
tants, not  permitting  his  troops  to  offer 


them  the  least  violence ;  but  he  seized  on 
the  royal  treasures,  and  secured  the  per- 
son of  Vitiges,  according  to  his  first  re- 
solution. It  is  proper  to  remark,  that  the 
Roman  army  appeared  so  inconsiderable 
upon  this  occasion,  that  the  Gothic  women 
could  not  forbear  spitting  in  their  hus- 
band's faces,  and  branding  them  with  the 
disgraceful  epithet  of  cowards. 

Upon  the  departure  of  Belisarius,*  who 
was  recalled  by  Justinian  to  assume  the 
management  of  the  war  against  Chosroes, 
the  Ostrogoths  who  resided  beyond  the 
Po,  resolved,  in  a  great  assembly,  to  in- 
vest one  of  their  own  nation  with  the 
regal  title.  They  accordingly  chose 
Ildebald,  at  that  time  governor  of  Verona, 
a  man  of  great  experience  in  military  af- 
fairs, and  nephew  to  Theudis,  king  of  the 
Visigoths.  This  prince  immediately  un- 
dertook the  re-establishment  of  the  Goth- 
ic affairs  in  Italy,  and  acted  with  such  ex- 
traordinary prudence,  that  his  army  was 
soon  augmented,  and  he  was  enabled  to 
take  the  field  against  Vitalis,  governor  of 
Venetia,  whom  he  defeated  with  great 
slaughter.  After  this  battle,  Ildebald 
subdued  the  whole  province  of  Venetia ; 
but,  on  his  causing  Uraia  (to  whom  he 
was  beholden  for  his  crown)  to  be  put  to 
death,  he  incurred  the  hatred  of  all  his 
subjects,  and  was  soon  taken  off  by  as- 
sassination. 

Eraric,  a  Rugian,  was  next  elevated  to 
the  throne ;  but  the  Ostrogoths  were  so 
universally  dissatisfied  with  his  govern- 
ment, that  he  was  soon  deposed  and 
murdered ;  and  Totila,  nephew  to  Ilde- 
bald, was  chosen  in  his  room. 

Upon  the  accession  of  this  prince,  the 
Roman  officers  who  commanded  in  Italy, 
resolved  to  make  an  attempt  upon  Verona, 
the  chief  city  of  the  Ostrogoths,  and, 
upon  the  reduction  of  that  place,  march 
with  their  whole  army  against  Totila, 
who  was  at  the  head  of  a  small  body  in 
Picenum.     This    design,  however,  was 


*  On  Belisarius'  return  to  Constantinople,  with 
the  king  and  royal  treasures  of  the  Ostrogoths, 
Justinia^n  treated  him  with  great  respect,  and  con- 
ferred on  him  the  dignity  of  patrician ;  but,  as 
he  neither  granted  him  a  triumph,  nor  suffered 
the  treasures  he  had  taken  to  be  exposed  to  pub- 
lic view,  it  seems  highly  probable  that  the  empe- 
ror had  entertained  some  jealousy  respecting  the 
late  transactions  in  Italy. 


708 


OSTROGOTHS. 


totally  frustrated ;  for  the  Romans,  after 
being  gallantly  repulsed  at  Verona,  Avere 
defeated  both  by  sea  and  land  ;  several 
important  fortresses  in  Tuscany  and  the 
adjacent  provinces  were  successively  re- 
duced ;  even  the  city  of  Naples  vi^as 
taken  and  dismantled  ;  and  the  victorious 
Ostrogoths  advanced,  by  rapid  marches, 
to  the  neighborhood  of  Rome  itself,  which 
was  now  cut  off  from  any  communica- 
tion with  the  neighboring  country. 

The  emperor,  alarmed  at  the  news  of 
these  proceedings,  recalled  Belisarius 
from  Persia,  and  commanded  him  to 
march  without  delay  to  the  assistance  of 
the  army  in  Italy.  Belisarius  according- 
ly departed  for  the  west,  and,  having 
raised  above  four  thousand  men  at  his 
own  expense,  hastened  to  Ravenna, 
whence  he  sent  several  detachments 
against  the  cities  of  Emilia.  This  at- 
tempt proving  unsuccessful,  the  Romans 
threw  themselves  into  Auximum,  then 
besieged  by  the  Goths  ;  but,  finding  the 
provisisons  inadequate  to  the  support  of 
so  numerous  a  garrison,  they  marched  to 
Pisaurus,  now  Pesaro,  which  stood  at  a 
small  distance,  and  was  still  possessed 
by  their  countrymen. 

Belisarius,  being  chiefly  concerned 
for  the  safety  of  Rome,  entrusted  the 
government  of  the  city  to  Bessas,  and 
appointed  Barbation  and  Artasiris,  per- 
sons of  approved  valor  and  experience, 
to  command  under  him,  strictly  enjoining 
them  to  hazard  no  sallies  in  case  the 
town  should  be  besieged.  He  then 
wrote  to  Constantinople,  representing  his 
inability  either  to  check  the  progress  of 
the  Ostrogoths  or  to  relieve  the  besieged 
cities  ;  and  earnestly  pressing  for  a  re-en- 
forcement. 

Meanwhile  Totila,  having  reduced  the 
cities  of  Firmum,  Asculum,  Auximum, 
and  Spoletum,  marched  his  victorious 
troops  to  Rome,  which  he  invested  on  all 
sides,  after  defeating  a  body  of  Romans 
whom  Barbation  and  Artasiris  had  im- 
prudently persuaded  to  make  a  sally. 
The  Ostrogoths  had  not  long  carried  on 
their  operations  when  a  re-enforcement 
arrived  from  Constantinople,  and  Belisa- 
rius hastened  to  the  relief  of  Rome  ;  but, 
he  being  disappointed  of  a  farther  supply, 
and  the  besieged  having  struggled  for  a 


long  time  with  every  calamity  attendant 
upon  famine,  Totila  was  privately  admit- 
ted into  the  city  by  some  mutinous  Isau- 
rians.  Upon  the  first  alarm,  Bessas  and 
most  of  the  other  commanders  took  to 
flight,  and  those  who  remained,  took 
sanctuary  in  the  churches.  The  Gothic 
soldiers  were  then  permitted  to  remune- 
rate themselves  with  plunder,  but  the  citi- 
zens, excepting  sixty  who  were  killed 
at  the  entrance  of  Totila,  were  all  spared. 
The  Ostrogoths  were  extremely  desirous 
of  putting  Rusticiana,  the  widow  of  Boe- 
tius,  to  death,  because  she  had  excited 
the  Romans  to  throw  down  the  statues  of 
Theodoric,  but  Totila  generously  took 
both  her  and  all  the  Roman  matrons  un- 
der his  own  protection,  thereby  to  secure 
them  from  the  insolence  of  the  soldiery. 

Totila,  having  thus  recovered  the  cap- 
ital of  Italy,  in  the  year  of  the  Christian 
era  547,  sent  an  embassy  to  Justinian, 
offering  to  respect  him  as  a  father,  and 
to  assist  him  upon  any  future  occasion 
provided  he  chose  to  accept  of  his  alli- 
ance ;  but  threatening,  at  the  same  time, 
to  revenge  the  rejection  of  this  proposal, 
with  all  imaginable  severity  on  the  city 
and  senate  of  Rome.  Justinian  replied, 
that  Belisarius  was  fully  empowered  to 
manage  all  affairs  of  that  nature  at  dis- 
cretion— an  answer  which  incensed  To- 
tila so  highly,  that  he  determined  to  put 
his  threats  in  execution,  and  actually  be- 
gan to  demolish  the  walls  of  Rome,  but 
on  the  receipt  of  an  expostulatory  letter 
from  Belisarius  he  laid  aside  his  designs, 
and  marched  his  army  into  Lucania, 
whither  he  sent  the  Roman  senate,  and 
all  the  other  inhabitants,  under  a  strong 
guard,  not  leaving  an  individual  in  the 
city,  which  he  had  spared  on  account  of 
its  magnificence  and  antiquity. 

Totila  had  no  sooner  marched  towards 
Ravenna  than  the  Roman  troops  made 
themselves  masters  of  Tarentum  and 
Spoletum  ;  and  Belisarius,  having  under- 
taken to  repair  the  fortifications  of  Rome, 
enjoyed  the  exquisite  pleasure  of  rein- 
stating the  ancient  inhabitants,  who  had 
been  dispersed  in  various  parts  of  Italy, 
in  their  houses  and  possessions. 

Upon  the  first  intelligence  of  this  pro- 
ceeding Totila  returned  to  Rome,  sup- 
posing that  Belisarius  would  immediately 


OSTROGOTHS. 


709 


retire  to  a  place  of  superior  strength  ;  but 
finding  himself  deceived  in  this  expecta- 
tion, he  formed  an  encampment  at  a  small 
distance,  and  commenced  an  attack  with 
incredible  fury.  However,  after  suffering 
three  successive  defeats  from  the  resist- 
less bravery  of  Belisarius  and  his  troops, 
he  abandoned  the  enterprise,  and  retired 
to  the  city  of  Tibur,  whence  he  led  his 
army  to  form  the  siege  of  Perugia. 

Upon  his  departure  from  Tibur,  John, 
who  had  hitherto  kept  possession  of 
Otranto,  marched  into  Campania,  and,  af- 
ter defeating  a  numerous  body  of  Ostro- 
goths, set  at  liberty  the  Roman  senators 
and  their  families.  To  revenge  this  ac- 
tion, Totila  quitted  Perugia,  and  marched  ! 
by  a  bye-road  into  Apulia,  where  John ! 
then  was;  but,  falling  upon  him  unadvi-  I 
sedly  in  the  night,  the  Romans  escaped  i 
with  the  loss  of  no  more  than  one  hundred 
men,  and  retreated  safely  to  Taretito. 

About  this  time  Antonia,  the  wife  of 
Belisarius,  prevailed  on  the  emperor  to 
recall  her  husband  and  employ  him  once 
more  against  the  Persians,  who  had  now 
gained  some  important  advantages  in  the 
East.  Belisarius,  accordingly,  quitted 
Italy  with  much  less  reputation  than  he 
had  gained  in  his  former  expedition. 
And  Totila,  having  made  himself  master 
of  Rusciana,  returned  before  Perugia, 
which,  after  an  obstinate  struggle,  was 
added  to  his  other  conquests.  Meanwhile 
the  Franks,  notwithstanding  their  solemn 
promise  to  remain  neuter,  and  the  many 
favors  they  had  occasionally  received 
both  from  the  Ostrogoths  and  Romans, 
made  an  irruption  into  ihe  province  of 
Venetia,  and  seized  it  for  themselves. 

Totila,  having  received  a  powerful  re- 
enforcement  from  the  Lombards,  deter- 
mined to  march  to  Rome,  and  attempt 
once  more  the  reduction  of  that  famous 
city.  Accordingly  he  invested  it  on  all 
sides,  and  by  reducing  Pontus,  cut  off  all 
communication  both  by  sea  and  land;  but 
Diogenes,  an  officer  of  great  bravery  and 
experience,  who  had  been  entrusted  with 
the  command  of  the  garrison,  prudently 
provided  against  this  evil,  by  ordering 
corn  to  be  sown  within  the  walls ;  so 
that  he  might,  in  all  probability,  have 
held  out  till  the  arrival  of  succors  from 
Constantinople,  had  not  the  place  been, 


I  a  second  time,  betrayed  by  the  Isaurians. 
j  A  body  of  that  nation,  who  had  long  been 
discontented  on  account  of  some  arrears, 
entered  into  a  private  conference  with 
the  beseigers,  and  at  a  certain  hour  open- 
ed  one  of  the  gates,  while  the  garrison, 
j  on  a  false  alarm,  hastened  to  the  defence 
of  another. 

When  the  inhabitants  perceived  that 
the  enemy  was  within  their  walls,  they 
issued,  with  the  utmost  precipitation, 
out  of  the  opposite  gate  towards  Cen- 
tumcellae,  the  only  strong  place  held  by 
the  Romans  in  that  neighborhood ;  but 
great  numbers  of  them,  and  of  the  sol- 
diers who  took  the  same  route,  were  cut 
off  in  their  retreat  by  an  ambuscade  of 
the  enemy.  Diogenes,  escaped  with  a 
slight  wound  ;  but  Paul,  a  Cilician,  whom 
Belisarius  had  nominated  to  command 
under  him,  retreated,  with  a  body  of  ca- 
valry, to  Adrian's  tomb,  and  possessed 
himself  of  the  bridge  leading  to  St. 
Peter's  church.  Here  they  defended  them- 
selves with  incredible  bravery  against 
the  enemy's  whole  army,  till  all  their 
provisions  were  exhausted  ;  and  then  re- 
solved either  to  cut  their  way  through  the 
Ostrogoths  or  perish  in  the  attempt.  But, 
on  Totila's  generously  offering  them  per- 
mission either  to  serve  in  his  army  or  to 
return  to  Constantinople,  they  threw  down 
their  arms,  and  voluntarily  enlisted  be- 
neath the  banners  of  the  conqueror. 

Totila,  having  restored  the  senate  to 
their  rank  and  estates,  repaired  and  em- 
bellished the  city,  and  amused  the  public 
mind  by  an  exhibition  of  Circensian 
games,  despatched  ambassadors  to  Con- 
stantinople with  proposals  for  peace  ;  of- 
fering, upon  the  emperor's  acknowledg- 
ing him  sovereign  of  Italy,  to  assist  him 
as  a  faithful  ally  against  any  other  nation. 
Justinian,  however,  refused  to  grant  the 
envoys  an  audience ;  and  Totila  was, 
consequently,  obliged  to  pursue  the  war 
with  redoubled  vigor. 

Whilst  the  warlike  Ostrogoth  was  ex- 
tending his  conquests  with  surprising  ra- 
pidity, and  those  who  presumed  to  op- 
pose his  progress  were  punished  in  the 
most  exemplary  manner,  Justinian  ap- 
pointed his  nephew,  Germanus,  general , 
over  the  army  in  Italy,  and  raised  a  nu- 
merous body  of  troops  for  the  express 


710 


OSTROGOTHS, 


purpose  of  effecting  the  expulsion  of 
Totila ;  but  the  progress  of  Germanus 
was  suddently  arrested  by  death ;  and 
the  advanced  state  of  the  season  retard- 
ed the  operations  of  his  successors. 

Early  in  the  ensuing  spring,  John  and 
Justin,  who  were  now  entrusted  with  the 
command  of  the  Roman  troops,  set  out 
on  their  march  to  Ravenna ;  but  the 
Sclavi,  having  made  an  irruption  into  the 
Roman  provinces,  obliged  them  to  weaken 
their  army  by  sending  out  several  de- 
tachments. However,  they  were  soon 
informed  that  Narses  would  march  with 
all  possible  expedition  to  their  assistance 
at  the  head  of  a  numerous  body  of  forces. 

While  John  and  Justin  were  waiting 
the  arrival  of  Narses  in  Dalmatia,  Totila 
blocked  up  the  city  of  Ancona  by  sea  and 
land,  and  soon  reduced  it  to  extremity  ; 
but  John,  having  put  the  flower  of  his 
army  on  board  forty  vessels,  and  being 
joined  by  Valerian,  with  a  squadron  of 
twelve  ships,  hastened  to  the  relief  of 
the  place,  and  defeated  the  besiegers 
with  great  slaughter.  At  the  same  time 
Artabanes  landed  in  Sicily,  and  recover- 
ed all  the  fortresses  which  had  been  re- 
cently garrisoned  by  the  Ostrogoths  in 
that  island. 

Discouraged  by  these  losses,  Totila 
again  applied  to  the  emperor,  offering  to 
renounce  his  pretensions  to  Sicily  and 
Dalmatia,  to  pay  an  annual  tribute  for 
Italy,  and  to  assist  the  Romans  upon 
every  emergency.  But  Justinian  remain- 
ed inflexible,  and  Totila  renewed  his 
warlike  preparations  with  greater  ardor 
than  ever.  The  islands  of  Corsica  and 
Sardinia  were  soon  reduced,  and  the 
neighboring  cities  began  to  dread  a  simi- 
lar fate ;  but  the  approach  of  Narses,  with 
absolute  authority,  and  a  formidable  army, 
soon  altered  the  aspect  of  aflfairs,  and 
revived  the  drooping  courage  of  the  Ro- 
mans. 

Narses  having  devoted  nine  days  to 
repose  and  refreshment  in  the  city  of  Ra- 
venna, marched  toward  Rome,  and  on  his 
arrival  at  the  village  of  Tagiria,  despatch- 
ed a  messenger  to  Totila,  desiring  him 
either  to  relinquish  his  pretensions  to  Ita- 
ly, or  to  appoint  a  day  for  a  general  en- 
gagement. Totila  replied,  without  hesi- 
tation, that  his  nretensions  must  be  de- 


cided by  the  sword,  and  that,  eight  days 
after,  he  would  engage  the  Roman  forces. 
Narses  suspecting  that  some  secret  design 
was  to  be  executed  within  that  space  of 
time,  made  the  necessary  preparations 
for  an  immediate  battle,  and  by  that 
means  eluded  an  overthrow,  for  Totila 
advanced  the  very  next  day  in  battle  ar- 
ray against  him.  Both  armies  fought 
for  some  time  with  incredible  fury  and 
resolution  ;  but  the  Gothic  cavalry  being 
after  an  obstinate  resistance,  thrown  into 
confusion,  and  recoiling  upon  the  foot, 
the  enemy  was  put  to  flight  with  the  loss 
of  6,000  men.  Totila,  perceiving  it  im- 
possible to  retrieve  this  misfortune,  re- 
treated precipitately  with  a  few  horse- 
men ;  but  he  was  overtaken  and  slain  by 
a  commander  of  the  Gepidae  named  As- 
bades.  This  prince  has  been  highly  com- 
mended, by  all  the  writers  of  his  age,  for 
his  valor,  temperance,  and  equity  ;  and 
even  his  enemies  have  been  compelled 
to  speak  with  veneration  of  his  humane 
behavior  to  the  vanquished.  Whenever 
he  reduced  a  city,  he  took  especial  care 
that  no  insult  should  be  offered  to  the 
softer  sex,  and  is  said  to  have  punished 
one  of  his  most  valiant  soldiers  with 
death  for  abusing  the  daughter  of  a  Ro- 
man in  Calabria. 

Such  of  the  Ostrogoths  as  escaped  the 
avenging  sword  of  Narses  crossed  the 
Po,  and,  assembling  at  Ticinum,  now 
Pavia,  conferred  the  regal  title  on  Teia, 
a  man  of  approved  prudence  and  bravery. 
This  prince  immediately  exerted  himself 
to  recall  his  dismayed  countrymen,  who 
had  taken  refuge  in  the  several  forts  be- 
yond the  Po ;  and  to  secure  the  royal 
treasures  which  his  predecessor  had  left 
in  Pavia.  He  also  attempted  to  draw 
over  the  Franks  to  his  assistance  by 
some  liberal  promises  ;  but  this  design 
was  rendered  abortive,  and  he  had  the 
mortification  to  hear  of  the  reduction  of 
Narnia,  Spoletum,  Perugia,  and  even 
Rome  itself,  by  the  Romans. 

Incensed  at  the  enemy,  and  despairing 
of  maintaining  their  own  footing  in  Italy, 
the  Ostrogoths  now  resolved  to  take  ven- 
geance on  the  Romans  wherever  they 
could  find  them.  Accordingly,  the  sena- 
tors who  had  been  confined  by  Totila,  to 
Campania  were  all  inhumanly  murdered ; 


VANDALS. 


711 


and  three  hundred  children  of  the  Ro- 
man citizens,  who  had  been  sent  as 
hostages  beyond  the  Po,  were  also 
doomed  to  death  ;  and  fifty  Roman  sol- 
diers were  literally  cut  to  pieces  in  Cala- 
bria. 

These  barbarities  did  not,  however, 
go  unpunished  ;  for,  after  some  time  had 
been  spent  in  marches  and  military  evo- 
lutions, the  hostile  armies  came  to  a  gen- 
eral engagement,  which,  after  a  most  in- 
trepid resistance,  terminated  in  the  death 
of  Tela,  and  the  defeat  of  his  troops,  who 
consented  to  lay  down  their  arms  on  con- 
dition of  being  permitted  either  to  retire 
peaceably  with  all  their  eft'ects,  or  to  re- 


tain their  Italian  possessions  as  subjects 
of  the  empire. 

Thus  ended  the  dominion  of  the  Os- 
trogoths in  Italy,  in  the  twenty-sixth 
year  of  Justinian's  reign,  and  of  the 
Chiistian  era,  553,  after  they  had  reign- 
ed sixty-four  years  in  that  country,  from 
Theodoric  to  Teia. 

It  is  proper  to  remark  that  some  com- 
motions were  afterward  raised  in  Italy  by 
the  Ostrogoths,  and  the  Franks,  who  un- 
der pretence  of  assisting  their  neighbors, 
designed  to  seize  on  the  country  for 
themselves  ;  but  these  were  speedily 
crushed  by  the  valor  of  Narses,  and  Italy 
was  again  re-united  to  the  eastern  empire. 


VANDALS. 


The  Vandals,  according  to  the  most 
credible  historians,  were  originally  a 
Gothic  nation,  who  came  out  of  Scandi- 
navia, with  the  other  Goths,  under  the 
command  of  king  Eric,  and  settled  in 
the  countries  now  distinguished  by  the 
names  of  Mecklenburg,  and  Branden- 
burg. Several  ages  after  this  migration 
another  colony  settled  in  Pomerania,  un- 
der the  conduct  of  a  chieftain  called 
Berig  ;  and,  in  process  of  time,  they  ex- 
tended themselves  into  Dalmatia,  Illyri- 
cum,  and  Dacia. 

The  government  of  the  Vandals  was, 
in  all  probability,  monarchical,  long  be- 
fore their  nation  was  known  to  the  Ro- 
mans ;  but  Godegesilus,  who  led  them 
into  Gaul,  about  the  year  406,  is  the  first 
of  their  kings  noticed  in  ancient  history. 
This  prince,  having  sustained  a  bloody 
conflict  with  the  Franks,  and  marched  at 
the  head  of  a  numerous  army  into  Gaul, 
committed  many  depredations  on  that 
country  ;  and,  with  the  assistance  of 
some  other  barbarous  nations,  overran 
all  the  neighboring  provinces.  However, 
his  progress  was  suddenly  arrested  by 
the  emperor  Constantine,  Avho  defeated 
him  in  several  pitched  battles,  and  com- 
pelled him  to  sue  for  peace. 

To  remunerate  themselves  for  the 
losses  they  had  sustained  in  the  Gaulish 
expedition,  the  Vandals  crossed  the  Py- 


renese,  and  entered  Spain,  where  they 
soon  reduced  several  important  cities  and 
fortresses ;  defeated  the  Roman  troops 
who  had  been  sent  to  quell  the  rebellion 
of  Geronicus ;  and  eventually  divided 
all  the  Spanish  provinces  between  them- 
selves and  their  auxiliaries. 

About  the  year  422,  Honorius  resolved 
to  attempt  the  recovery  of  Spain  from 
these  Barbarians,  Avho  had  recently  sus- 
tained some  lieaA'y  losses  from  Vallia, 
king  of  the  Goths ;  but,  Castinus  having 
imprudently  risked  a  general  engagement, 
twenty  thousand  of  the  Roman  troops 
were  cut  to  pieces,  and  the  survivors 
compelled  to  take  refuge  in  the  city  of 
Tarraco.  The  Vandals  having  by  this 
victory  firmly  established  themselves  in 
Andalusia,  committed  many  depredations 
in  the  adjacent  provinces,  extended  their 
conquests  even  to  the  Balearic  islands, 
and  returned  into  Spain  with  an  immense 
booty,  and  an  incredible  number  of  cap- 
tives. 

Shortly  after  this  expedition  the  Sue- 
vians  and  Vandals  quarrelling,  Gonderic, 
king  of  the  Vandals,  gained  some  signal 
advantages  over  the  king  of  the  Suevi- 
ans,  Avhom  he  compelled  to  retire  to  the 
mountains  of  Biscay,  and  there  blocked 
him  up,  together  with  all  his  forces  ;  but 
Gonderic,  being  suddenly  attacked  by 
Asterius    and    Mourocelus,     was    soon 


712 


VANDALS. 


obliged  to  return  to  Andalusia,  where  he 
sickened  and  died. 

Genseric,  brother  of  the  deceased 
prince,  renounced  the  Catholic  faith 
shortly  after  his  accession,  and  embraced 
the  heretical  tenets  of  Arius.  He  was 
however,  remarkably  courageous,  and 
well  skilled  in  the  art  of  war.  He  gain- 
ed some  signal  victories  over  the  Suevi- 
ans  and  Romans,  and  struck  such  terror 
into  the  latter  by  the  reduction  of  Car- 
thage and  a  considerable  part  of  Sicily, 
that  Valentinian  was  obliged  to  conclude 
a  peace  on  the  dishonorable  condition  of 
surrendering  all  the  countries  which  the 
Barbarians  had  seized  in  Africa. 

Some  years  after  this  event,  Endoxia, 
the  relict  of  Valentinian  HI,  despatched 
a  messenger  to  Genseric,  entreating  him 
to  revenge  the  death  of  his  late  ally,  and 
rescue  her  from  a  tyrant  who  had  forced 
her  to  his  detested  couch,  after  imbruing 
his  hands  in  the  blood  of  her  husband. 
Genseric  readily  embraced  the  opportu- 
nity of  invading  so  wealthy  a  country  as 
Italy,  and  accordingly  steered  his  course 
immediately  to  Rome,  which  he  took,  and 
plundered. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  reign  of  Ma- 
jorianus,  the  Vandals  made  a  descent  on 
the  coast  of  Campania;  but  the  Romans 
attacked  them  with  such  extraordinary 
fury,  while  they  were  ravaging  the  coun- 
try, that  great  numbers  of  them  were  cut 
to  pieces,  and  the  rest  compelled  to  take 
refuge  on  board  their  fleet.  Majorianus, 
anxious  to  improve  this  advantage,  imme- 
diately assembled  a  fleet  of  three  hun- 
dred vessels  ;  engaged  a  great  number  of 
barbarians  to  serve  in  his  army,  and  flat- 
tered himself  with  driving  the  Vandals 
entirely  out  of  Africa ;  but,  after  four 
years  had  been  spent  in  preparations,  and 
a  prodigious  sum  lavished  on  this  expe- 
dition, a  squadron  of  Genseric's  best 
ships  surprised  the  Roman  vessels  as  they 
lay  at  anchor  in  the  bay  of  Alicant,  and 
made  such  havoc  among  them,  that  all  the 
emperor's  measures -were  disconcerted, 
and  Genseric  obtained  an  honorable 
peace. 

On  the  demise  of  Majorianus,  the 
Vandals  renewed  their  depredations  on 
the  coasts  of  Italy  and  Sicily,  and  ex- 
tended their  ravages   to   Peloponnesus 


and  the  Greek  islands.  Hereupon  Leo, 
emperor  of  the  East,  made  such  great 
preparations  for  chastising  the  invaders, 
by  carrying  the  war  into  Africa,  that  Con- 
stantine  Manasses  observes,  "  nothing 
seemed  capable  of  resisting  so  powerful 
an  armament ;  and  Genseric  himself  is 
said  to  have  entertained  some  thoughts 
of  eluding  the  impending  danger  by  evac- 
uating Africa ;  but  Basiliscus,  who  had 
been  entrusted  with  the  command  of  all 
the  Roman  troops,  imprudently  consented 
to  a  truce  at  the  very  moment  in  which 
he  might  have  made  himself  master  of 
Carthage,  and  effected  the  entire  subju- 
gation of  the  country.  Hereupon  the 
Vandals  treacherously  set  fire  to  some 
empty  vessels,  which  being  driven  for- 
ward, threw  the  enemy's  fleet  into  the 
utmost  confusion,  and  enabled  Genseric 
to  obtain  a  decisive  victory.  Basiliscus 
returned,  with  the  few  ships  that  escaped 
first  to  Sicily,  and  afterwards  to  Constan- 
tinople, where  he  took  refuge  in  the 
church  of  St.  Sophia ;  but,  though  his 
ill  success  was  universally  attributed  to 
treachery,  his  life  was  spared,  and  he 
was  permitted  to  retire  to  Heraclea,  in 
Thrace.  Such  was  the  unhappy  issue 
of  an  expedition  which  drained  both  the 
eastern  and  western  empires  of  their 
wealth,  and  was  attended  with  the  loss 
of  fifty  thousand  valiant  men. 

Elated  by  his  recent  success,  and 
thirsting  after  fresh  acquisitions,  Genseric 
put  to  sea,  without  loss  of  time,  and  re- 
duced Sardinia,  Sicily,  and  all  the  islands 
between  Italy  and  Africa,  while  the  Ro- 
mans gazed  in  silent  agony  on  his  pro- 
ceedings, and  actually  trembled  at  his 
name.  However,  in  the  year  of  the 
Christian  era,  475,  Genseric  concluded 
a  peace  with  the  emperor  Zeno,  on  con- 
dition of  his  renouncing  all  claim  to  the 
provinces  of  Africa.  Next  year  the 
royal  Vandal  ceded  the  island  of  Sicily 
to  Odoacer,  and  died  shortly  after  the 
conclusion  of  peace  with  that  barbarian. 

Nothing  farther  occurs  in  history  con- 
cerning this  nation  till  the  time  of  Justi- 
nian ;  who,  espousing  the  cause  of  Hil- 
deric  against  the  usurper  Gilimer,  gained 
a  complete  victory  over  the  Vandals,  and 
re-united  the  provinces  of  Africa  to  the 
empire. 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


4004  The  Creation  of  the  World,  according  to 

the  Hebrew  text  of  the  Scriptures 
According  to  the  version  of  the  Septuagint, 

5872 
According  to  the  Samaritan  version,  4700 
2348  The  universal  Deluge 
2247  The  building  of  Babel. -The  dispersion  of 

mankind,  and  the  confusion  of  languages 
2227  Ninus  king  of  Assyria  began  to  reign 
2217  Nimrod  supposed  to  have  built  Babylon 
2188  Menes  (in  Scripture  Misraim)  founds  the 

monarchy  of  Egypt 
2084  The  shepherd  kings  conquer  Egypt 
2075  Semiramis  queen  of  Assyria 
1996  The  birth  of  Abram 
1897  Sodom  and  Gomorrah  destroyed 
1895  Isaac  born 
1836  Jacob  and  Esau  born 
1825  The  shepherd  kings  abandon  Egypt 
1823  Death  of  Abraham 
1796  The  deluge  of  Oxyges  in  Attica 
1722  Sesostris  or  Rameses  king  of  Egypt 
1635  Joseph  dies  in  Egypt 
1582  The  chronology  of  the  Arundelian  Marbles 

begins  with  this  year 
1571  Moses  born  in  Egypt 
1556  Cecrops  founds  the  kingdom  of  Athens 
1546  Scamander  founds  the  kingdom  of  Troy 
1520  Corinth  built 

1519  Cadmus  builds  Thebes,  and  introduces  let- 
ters into  Greece 
1513  The  supposed  era  of  the  history  of  Job 
1491   Moses  brings  the  Israelites  out  of  Egypt 
1453  The  first  Olympic    Games   celebrated  in 

Greece 
1452  The  Pentateuch,  or  five  books  of  Moses, 

written 
1451  The  Israelites  led  into  the  land  of  Canaan 

by  Joshua 
1415  The  book  of  Joshua  supposed  to  be  written 

by  Phinehas  the  high  priest 
1406  Minos  reigns  in  Crete 
1263  The  Argonautic  Expedition.— (According 

to  the  Newtonian  chronology  937.) 
1257  Theseus  unites  the  cities  of  Attica 
1255  The  Israelites  delivered   by  Deborah  and 

Barak 
1252  Tyre,  the  capital  of  Phoenicia,  built  by  the 

Sidonians 
1239  Latinus  begins  to  reign  in  Italy 
1207  Gideon  Judge  of  Israel  for  forty  years 
1193  The  Trojan  war  begins 
90 


1184  Troy  taken  and  burnt  by  the  Greeks.— 
(According   to  the   Arundelian   Marbles 
1209.) 
1182  ^neas  lands  in  Italy 
1155  Samson  born 
1099  Samuel  delivers  Israel 
1079  Saul  king  of  Israel 
1070  Medon  first  Archon  of  Athens 
1069  Codrus  king  of  Athens  devotes  himself  for 

his  country 
1055  David  king  of  Israel 
1004  Dedication  of  Solomon's  Temple 
980  Rehoboam  king  of  Israel 
971   Sesac  or  Sesostris  king  of  Egypt 
923  Ahab  and  Jezebel  reign  over  Israel 
886  Homer's   poems  brought  from  Asia  into 

Greece 
884  Lycurgus  reforms  the  republic  of  Lacedae- 

mon 
869  The  city  of  Carthage  built  by  Dido 
825  Jeroboam  restores  the  glory  of  Israel  in  a 

reign  of  forty-one  years 
820  Nineveh    taken  by  Arbaces    and   Belesis, 

which  finishes  that  kingdom 
806  Jonah  preaches  repentance  to  Nineveh 
776  The  First  Olympiad  begins  in  this  year 
769  Syracuse  built  by  Archius  of  Corinth 
767  Sardanapalus  king  of  Assyria 
752  The  foundation  of  Rome  by  Romulus 
748  Rape  of  the  Sabines 
747  Xth  Olympiad 
724  Hezekiah  tenth  king  of  Judah 
721   Salmanazar  takes  Samaria,  and  carries  the 
ten  tribes   into  captivity,  which  puts  an 
end  to  the  Israelitish  kingdom 
715  Numa  Pompilius,  second  king  of  Rome 
711  Sennacherib,  king  of  Assyria,  invades  Ju- 

dea 
708  Habakkuk  prophesied 
700  XXth  Olympiad 
696  Manasseh  sixteenth  king  of  Judah 
688  Judith  kills  Holofernes  the  Assyrian  gene- 
ral 
684  Annual  Archons  elected  at  Athens 
681  Esarhaddon  unites  the  kingdoms  of  Baby- 
lon and  Assyria 
667  The  combat  between  the  Horatii  and  Cu- 

ratii 
660  XXXth  Olympiad 
658  Byzantium  founded 
627  The  forty  years  of  Ezekiel  began 
624  Draco,  Archon  and  Legislator  of  Athens 


714 


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


620  XLth  Olympiad 

606  Nebuchadnezzar  takes  Jerusalem 

601   Battle   between   the   Medes  and  Lydians, 

who  are  separated  by  a  great  eclipse  of 

the  sun,  predicted  by  Thales.     (Newton 

Chron.  585.) 
End   of  the  Assyrian   empire.      Nineveh 

taken  by  Nebuchadnezzar 
600  Jeremiah  prophesied 
599  Birth  of  Cyrus  the  Great 
694  Solon,  Archon  and  Legislator  of  Atnens 
580  Lth  Olympiad 
572  Nebuchadnezzar  subdues  Egypt 
562  Comedies   first    exhibited    at    Athens   by 

Thespis 
Croesus  reigns  in  Lydia 
551   Confucius,  the  Chinese  philosopher,  born 
548  The  ancient  temple  of  Delphos  burnt 
540  LXth  Olympiad 
538  Babylon    taken    by   Cyrus.      End    of  the 

Babylonian  empire. 
536  Cyrus  ascends  the  throne  of  Persia.   He  puts 

an  end  to  the  Jewish  captivity,  which  had 

lasted  seventy  years 
Daniel  prophesied 
529  Death  of  Cyrus  the  Great.     Cambysses 

king  of  Persia 
522  Darius,  son  of  Hystaspes,  king  of  Persia 
520  The  Jews  begin  to  build  the  second  temple, 

which  is  finished  in  four  years 
510  Democracy  restored  in  Athens 
509  The  Tarquins  expelled  from  Rome,  and  the 

regal  government  abolished 
508  The  first  alliance  between  the  Romans  and 

Carthaginians 
500  LXXth  Olympiad 
498  The  first  Dictator  created  at  Rome,  (Lar- 

tius,) 
490  The  battle  of  Marathon 

The  first  tribunes  of  the  people  created  at 

Rome 
486  Miltiades  dies  in  prison 

Xerxes  succeeds  his  father  Darius  in  the 

kingdom  of  Persia 
485  Coriolanus  banished  from  Rome 
483  Quffistors  instituted  at  Rome 

Aristides  banished  from  Athens 
480  The    Spartans,    under    Leonidas,    cut   to 

pieces  at  Thermopylae 
Xerxes  leaves  Greece 
476  Themistocles  rebuilds  Athens 

The  Roman  citizens  numbered  at  103,000 
A  great  eruption  oi  JEtna, 
Hiero  king  of  Syracuse 
471  Volero,  the  Roman  tribune,  obtains  a  law 

for  the  election  of  Magistrates  in  the  co- 

mitia  held  by  tribes 
470  Cimon,  son  of  Miltiades,  defeats  the  Persians 
464  Artaxerxes  (Longimanus)  king  of  Persia 
463  Egypt  revolts  from  the  Persians 
460  LXXXth  Olympiad 
456  Cincinnatus  Dictator  at  Rome 
455  Commencement  of  the  seventy  prophetical 

weeks  of  Daniel 
433  The  number  of  the  tribunes  of  the  people 

at  Rome  increased  from  five  to  ten 


452  The  two  books  of  Chronicles  supposed  to 

have  been  written  at  this  time  by  Ezra 
451  Creation  of  the  Decemviri  at  Rome,  and 

compilation  of  the  laws   of  the  Twelve 

Tables 
449  Peace  between  the  Greeks  and  Persians 

concluded  by  Cimon 
445  The  law  of  Canulcius  for  the  intermarriage 

of  the  patricians  and  plebians  at  Rome. 
Military  tribunes  created 
437  The  censorship  first  instituted  at  Rome 
436  Pericles  in  high  power  at  Athens 
431  The  Peloponnesian  war  begins,  which  last- 
ed twenty-seven  years 
430  The  history  of  the  Old  Testament  ends 

about  this  time 
Great  plague  at  Athens  eloquently  described 

by  Thucydides 
Malachi  the  last  of  the  prophets 
428  Death  of  Pericles 
420  XCth  Olympiad 

414  The  Athenians  defeated  before  Syracuse 
413  Alcibiades,  accused  at  Athens,  flies  to  the 

Lacedajmonians 
412  A  council  of  400  governs  Athens 
405  Lysander  defeats  the  Athenians  at  ^gos 

Potamos 
404  End  of  the  Peloponnesian  war 
403  Lysander  takes  Athens.     Government  of 

the  thirty  tyrants 
401   Retreat  of  the  ten  thousand  Greeks 
Persecution  and  death  of  Socrates 
Thrasybulus  drives  out  the  thirty  tyrants, 

and  delivers  Athens 
396  Syracuse   unsuccessfully  besieged  by  the 

Carthaginians 
385  Rome  taken  by  the  Gauls  under  Brennus 
380  Pelopidas  and  Epaminondas  deliver  Thebes 

from  the  Lacedaemonians 
Cth  Olympiad 
371  Battle    of  Leuctra,    the    Lacedaemonians 

defeated 
363  Battle  of  Mantinea,  Epaminondas  is  killed 
362  Curtius  leaps  into  a  gulf  in  the  forum  at 

Rome 
358  War  of  the  allies  against  Athens 

Philip  of  Macedon  takes  Amphipolis,  Pyd- 

na,  and  Potidea 
356  Alexander  the  Great  born  at  Pella  in  Ma- 
cedonia 
The  temple  of  Diana  at  Ephesus  burnt  by 

Eurostratus 
The    Phocian   or   Sacred  War  begins  in 

Greece 
Philip  conquers  the  Thracians,  Paeonians, 

and  Illyrians 
348  Plato  died 

End  of  the  Sacred  War 
347  Dionysius  restored  at  Syracuse,  after  an 

exile  of  ten  years 
343  Syracuse  taken  by  Timoleon 

The  war  between  the  Romans  and  Sam- 

nites,  which  led  to  the  conquest  of  all 

Italy 
340  CXth  Olympiad 

P.  Decius  devotes  himself  to  his  country 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


715 


338  Battle  of  Cheronaea  gained  by  Philip  over 

the  Athenians  and  Thebans 
337  Philip  chosen  generalissimo  of  the  Greeks 
336  Philip  murdered  by  Pausanias 

Alexander  the  Great  king  of  Macedon 

Alexander  the  Great  destroys  Thebes 

335  Alexander   chosen    generalissimo   by   the 

states  of  Greece 
334  Alexander  defeats  the  Persians  on  the  banks 

of  the  Granicus 
333  The   Persians   defeated  by  Alexander  at 

Issus 
332  Alexander  conquers  Egypt  and  takes  Tyre 
331   Darius  defeated  by  Alexander  at  Arbela 
330  Darius    Codomanus   killed.      End   of  the 

Persian  empire 
Alexander  takes  possession  of  Susa,  and 

sets  fire  to  the  palace  of  Persepolis 
328  Alexander  passes  into  India,  defeats  Porus, 

founds  several  cities,  penetrates  to  the 

Ganges 
324  Alexander  the  Great  dies  at  Babylon, 
321  The  Samnites  make  the  Roman  army  pass 

under  the  yoke  at  Caudium 
320  Ptolemy  carries  100,000  Jews  captives  into 

Egypt 
303  Demetrius  restores  the  Greek  cities  to  then: 

liberty 
300  Seleucus  founds  Antioch,  Edessa,  and  Lao- 

dicea 
CXXth  Olympiad 
286  Law  of  Horlensius,  by  which  the  decrees 

of  the  people  were  allowed  the  same  force 

as  those  of  the  senate 
285  The  astronomical  era  of  Dionysius  of  Alex- 
andria 
284  Ptolemy  Philadelphus  king  of  Egypt 
283  The  library  of  Alexandria  founded 
281  Commencement  of  the  Achean  league 
280  Pyrrhus  invades  Italy 
277  The   translation  of  the   Septuagint  made 

by   the   order  of  Ptolemy   Philadelphus. 

(Playfair,  285.) 
274  Pyrrhus  totally  defeated  by  the  Romans 
272  The  Samnites  finally  subdued  by  the  Ro- 
mans 
266  Silver  money  is  coined  at  Rome  for  the 

first  time 
265  The  citizens  of  Rome  numbered  at  292,224 
264  The  first  Punic  war  begins.     The  chronicle 

of  Paros  composed 
260  Provincial  Quaestors  instituted  at  Rome 
CXXXth  Olympiad 
First  naval  victory  obtained  by  the  Romans 

under  the  Consul  Duilius 
255  Regulus  defeated  and  taken  prisoner  by 

the  Carthaginians 
253  Manasseh  chosen  high  priest  of  the  Jews 
241  End  of  the  first  Punic  war 
240  Comedies  are  first  acted  at  Rome 
235  The  temple  of  Janus  shut  for  the  first  time 

since  the  reign  of  Numa 
228  Hamilcar  killed  in  Spain 
225  Great  victory  of  the  Romans  over  the  Gauls 
220  CXLth  Olympiad 
219  Hannibal  takes  Saguntum 


B.  C. 

218  The  second  Punic  war  begins 

216  Battle  of  Canaj,  in  which  the  Romans  are 

totally  defeated  by  Hannibal 
212  Philip  II.  of  Macedon  defeats  the  .^Etolians 
Marcellus  takes  Syracuse,  after  a  siege  of 
two  years 
211  Antiochus  the  Great  conquers  Judaea 
210  Asdrubal    vanquished    in    Spain    by  the 
Scipios 
Publius  Scipio  sent  into  Spain,  takes  New 
Carthage 
203  The  Carthaginians  recall  Hannibal  to  Africa 
201  Syphax   led  in   triumph  to   Rome  by  P. 

Scipio 
196  The  battle  of  Zama,  and  end  of  the  second 

Punic  war 
190  The  Romans  enter  Asia,  and  defeat  Anti- 

gonus  at  Magnesia 
183  The  elder  Cato  Censor  at  Rome 
180  CLth  Olympiad 
173  War  between  the  Romans  and  Perseus 

king  of  Macedon 
170  Antiochus  Epiphanes  takes  and  plunders 

Jerusalem 
169  Terence's  comedies  performed  at  Rome 
167  Perseus  defeated  by  Paulus  ^milius,  and 
brought  prisoner  to   Rome.     End  of  the 
kingdom  of  Macedon 
166  Judas  Maccabeus  drives  the  Syrians  out  of 

Judea 
164  The  Roman  citizens  numbered  at  327,032 
149  The  third  Punic  war  begins 
146  Corinth  taken  by  the  Consul  Mummius 
Carthage  taken  and  destroyed  by  the  Ro- 
mans 
140  CLXth  Olympiad 
137  The  Romans  shamefully  defeated  by  the 

Numantines 
135  The  history  of  the  Apocrypha  ends 

Antiochus  besieges  Jerusalem 
113  Carbo  the  Consul  drives  the  Cimbri  and 

Teutones  out  of  Italy 
111  The  Jugurthine  war  begins 
108  Marius  defeats  Jugurtha 
103  Jugurtha  starved  to  death  at  Rome 
100  CLXXth  Olympiad 
9 1  The  war  of  the  allies  against  the  Romans 
90  Sylla   defeats   the    Marsi,    Peligni,    Sam- 
nites, &c. 
89  The  Mithridatic  war  begins 
88  Civil   war   between   Marius    and    Sylla— 

Sylla  takes  possession  of  Rome 
86  Mithridates    king  of   Pontus  defeated   by 

Sylla 
83  Sylla  defeats  Norbanus.  The  capitol  burned 
82  Sylla  perpetual  Dictator.    His  horrible  pro- 
scription 
80  Julius  Caesar  makes  his  first  campaign 
72  Lucullus    repeatedly  defeats   Mithridates, 
and  reduces  Pontus  to  a  Roman  province 
70  Crassus  and  Pompey  chosen   Consuls  at 

Rome 
63  Victories  of  Pompey -he  takes  Jerusalem 
62  Cataline's  conspiracy  quelled  at  Rome  by 

Cicero 
61  Pompey  enters  Rome  in  trmmph 


716 


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


eo"  CLXXXth  Olympiad 

59  The    first  triumvirate  — Pompey,  Crassus, 

and  Caesar 
55  Caesar  lands  in  Britain  for  a  short  campaign 
54  Cajsar  invades  Britain  a  second  time,  and 

conquers  a  part  of  the  country 

49  Caesar  passes  the  Rubicon,  and  marches  to 

Rome 
48  Battle  of  Pharsalia  in  which  Pompey  is  de- 
feated 

The  Alexandrian  library,  of  400,000  vols, 
burnt 
46  Cato,  besieged  in  Utica,  kills  himself 
45  The  Kalendar  reformed  by  Julius  Caesar, 
by  introducing  the   Solar  year  instead  of 
the  Lunar.     The  first  Julian  Year  began 
1st  January  45  A.  C. 
44  Julius  Cassar  killed  in  the  senate-house 
43  Second  Triumvirate  — Octavius,  Mark  An- 
tony, and  Lepidus 

42  Battle  of  Philippi,  in  which  Brutus  and 

Cassius  are  defeated 

40  Herod  marries  Mariamne,  daughter  of  Hyr- 

canus,  and  obtains  from  the  Romans  the 

government  of  Judea 
33  Mauritania  reduced  into  a  Roman  province 
31  Battle  of  Actium,  and  end  of  the  Roman 

Commonwealth 
Oclavius  emperor  of  Rome 
30  Death  of  Mark  Antony  and  Cleopatra 
27  Octavius  receives  the  title  of  Augustus 
20  CXCth  Olympiad 
17  Augustus  revives  the  secular  games 
10  The  temple  of  Janus  shut  by  Augustus  for 

a  short  time 
5  Augustus  ordains  a  census  of  all  the  people 

in  the  Roman  empire 

4  JESUS  CHRIST  is  born  four  years  before 
the  commencement  of  the  vulgar  era 

A.  D. 
14  Tiberius  emperor  of  Rome 

25  Here  the  Olympiads  end 
Strabo,  the  geographer,  died 

26  John  the  Baptist  preaches  in  Judea 

27  Pilate  made  governor  of  Judea 
29  JESUS  CHRIST  is  crucified 
35  The  conversion  of  St.  Paul 
37  Caligula  emperor  of  Rome 

39  St.  Matthew  writes  his  gospel 

41  Herod  persecutes  the  Christians 

43  Expedition  of  Claudius  into  Britain 

44  St.  Mark  writes  his  gospel 

50  St.    Paul  preaches  in    the  Areopagus   at 

Athens 

51  Caractacus,  the    British   king,    is   carried 

prisoner  to  Rome 
54  Nero  emperor  of  Rome 

64  The    first   persecution    of  the    Christians 

raised  by  Nero 

65  Seneca,  a  celebrated  philosopher,  put  to 

death  by  Nero 
67  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul  put  to  death 

Joscphus,  the  Jewish  historian,  governor  of 
Galilee 


A.  D. 
70  Vespasian,  emperor  of  Rome 

Jerusalem  taken  and  destroyed  by  Titus, 
son  of  Vespasian 
78  A  great  pestilence  at  Rome,  10,000  dying 
in  one  day 
Herculaneum  and  Pompeii  destroyed  by  an 
eruption  of  Vesuvius 

80  Conquests  of  Agricola  in  Britain 

81  Domitian  emperor  of  Rome 

95  Dreadful  persecutions  of  the  Christians 
St.  John  writes  his  Apocalypse  and  Gospel 

99  St.  John  died  at  Ephesus 

Cornelius  Tacitus,  the  historian,  died 
103  Trajan  subdued  the  Dacians, 
Pliny  the  Younger  flourishes 

118  Adrian  emperor  of  Rome,  who  renewed, 

but  afterwards  suspended,  the  persecution 
of  the  Christians 

119  Plutarch,  the  historian,  died 

120  Adrian's  wall  built  in  Britain 

138  Antoninus  Pius,  emperor  of  Rome 

140  Ptolemy,  a  great  geographer,  mathematician, 

and  astronomer  flourished 
Justin  Martyr  publishes  an  apology  for  the 

Christians 
161  Marcus   Aurelius   Antonius,    emperor    of 

Rome 
167  Polycarp  suflfers  martyrdom 

Galen,    the    Greek    physician,    flourished 

about  this  time 
189  Saracens  defeat  the  Romans ;  this  people 

for  the  first  time  mentioned  in  history 
195  Byzantium  besieged,  surrenders  to  Severus, 

emperor  of  Rome. 
203  General  persecution  of  the  Christians 
The  Scots  converted  to  Christianity 

211  Caracalla  and  Geta,  emperors  of  Rome 

212  Caracalla  murders  Geta 

222  Alexander  Severus  emperor  of  Rome 

Romans  pay  tribute  to  the  Goths 
226  Persians  totally  defeated  by  Severus 

236  The  sixth  persecution  of  the  Christians 

237  Maximinus  defeats  the  Dacians  and  Sar- 

matians 

238  Gordian  emperor  of  Rome 

248  The  secular  games  celebrated  at  Rome 
St.  Cyprian  elected  bishop  of  Carthage 

249  Decius  emperor  of  Rome 

250  The  seventh  persecution  of  the  Christians, 

under    Decius,   during  whose    reign    the 
foundation  of  monkery  was  laid  in  Egypt 

251  Gallus  emperor  of  Rome 

Great  pestilence  in  Africa,  which  nearly 
depopulated  whole  towns 
254  Origen,  an  illustrious  father  of  the  Chris- 
tian church,  died 
257  The  eighth  persecution  of  the  Christians 
260  Temple  of  Diana  of  Ephesus  burnt 

268  Claudius  2d.  emperor  of  Rome 

269  Claudius  slays,  in  several  battles,  300,000 

Scythians,  Goths,  &c. 

272  Ninth  persecution  of  the  Christians 

284  Diocletian  emperor  of  Rome 

292  Partition  of  the  empire  between  two  em- 
perors, and  two  Ca;sars 

302  The  tenth  persecution  of  the  Christians 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


717 


806  Constantine  the  Great,  emperor  of  Rome 

312  Constantine  converted  to  Christianity 

Ossian,  the  poet,  died 

313  Arius,  founder  of  the  Arian  sect,  flourished 
325  Constantine    assembles    the    first   general 

council  at  Nice 
329  Constantine  enlarges  Byzantium,  names  it 
Constantinople,  and  makes  it  the  seat  of 
the  eastern  empire 

337  Constantine  died 

338  Eusebius,  bishop  of  Caesarea,  died 

361  Julian,  emperor  of  Rome,  abjures  Chris- 
tianity. 
375  Valens  emperor  of  Rome 
379  Theodosius  the  Great,  emperor  of  the  east 
383  The  Huns  defeated  by  the  Goths 
397  St.  Chiysostom  chosen  patriarch  of  Con- 
stantinople 

400  Alaric,  the  Goth,  ravages  Italy 

401  Bells  invented 

405  The  Vandals,  Alans,  &c.,  invade  France 

and  Spain 
408  Theodosius  2d,  emperor  of  the  east 

410  Rome  sacked  and  burned  by  Alaric 

411  The  Vandals  settled  in  Spain 

416  The  secular  games  celebrated  at  Rome 

421   Republic  of  Venice  founded 

426  The  Romans  withdraw  from  Britain 

432  Christian  religion  introduced  into  Ireland 

by  St.  Patrick 
439  Genseric,  the  Vandal,  invades  Italy 

Carthage  taken  by  the  Vandals 
445  The  Britons  in  vain  solicit  the  Romans  to 

assist  them  against  the  Picts  and  Scots 
448  The  Romans  engage  to  pay  a  tribute  of 

gold  to  Attila  the  Hun 

450  Attila  ravages  Germany  and  France 

451  The  Saxojis  arrive  in  Britain 

452  Foundation  of  the  city  of  Venice 
460  Rome  taken  by  Genseric 

468  Romans  driven  out  of  Spain  by  Euric,king 
of  the  Visigoths 

476  Rome  taken  by  Odoacer 

Extinction  of  the  western  empire  of  the 
Romans,  507  years  from  the  battle  of  Ac- 
tium,  and  1224  from  the  building  of  Rome 

488  Theodric,  the  Ostrogoth,  defeats  Odoacer 

493  Odoacer  put  to  death  by  Theodric 

497  Clovis,  king  of  France,  baptized 

499  Alliance  between  Clovis  and  Theodric 

507  Clovis  defeats  Alaric 

510  Clovis  makes  Paris  the  capital  of  the  king- 
dom of  the  Franks 

516   Computation  of  time,  by  the  Christian  era, 
introduced  by  Dionysius  the  monk 

525  The  Arian  bishops  deposed  by  Justin,  em- 
peror of  the  east, 

529  Belisarius,  general  of  Justinian,  defeats  the 
Persians 
The  books  of  the  civil  law  published  by 
Justinian 

534  Belisarius  defeats  the  Vandals  in  Africa 

537  Justinian  builds  the  church  of  St.  Sophia, 
at  Constantinople 
Belisarius  subdues  the  Ostrogoths,  in  Italy, 

543  Totila,  the  Goth,  recovers  Italy 


A.  D. 
547  Totila  plunders  Rome 

549  Rome  retaken  by  Belisarius. 

550  Commencement  of  the  kingdom  of  Poland 
Rome  recovered  by  Totila 

551  Manufacture  of  silk  introduced  into  Europe 
557  Plague  all  over  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa ; 

continues  fifty  years 
565  The  Picts  converted  to  Christianity 

568  Italy  conquered  by  the  Lombards 

569  Birth  of  Mahomet 

580   The  Latin  tongue  ceases  to  he  spoken  in 

Italy 
596  Augustine  comes  into  England  and  con- 
verts the  Saxons  to  Christianity 
606  Title  of  Universal  Bishop  conferred  on  Pope 
Boniface  III. 

611  Westminster  Abbey  founded 

612  Mahomet  begins  to  publish  the  Koran 
616  Jerusalem  taken  by  the  Persians 

622  Mahomet  flies  from  Mecca  to  Medina,  in 

Arabia.       His    followers    compute    their 

time  from  this  era,  called  Hegira,  i.  e., 

the  flight 

636  Jerusalem  taken  by  the  Saracens,  who  keep 

possession  of  it  463  years 
640  Library  of  Alexandria  burned 
664  Glass  invented  in  England    by  Benalt 
669  Sicily  ravaged  by  the  Saracens 
672  The  Saracens  besiege  Constantinople 
685  The  Britons  subdued  by  the  Saxons 
690  Pepin  acquires  the  chief  power  in  France 
Willibrod,  an  English  Monk,  preaches  the 
gospel  in  the  Netherlands 
707  Justinian  2d,  defeated  by  the  Bulgarians 
713  Spain  conquered  by  the  Saracens 
732  Charles  Martel,  king  of  France,  defeats 
the  Saracens 

743  Constantine  emperor  of  the  east ;  enemy 

to  images  and  saint  worship 

744  The  Huns  seize  Transylvania 

745  Constantine  destroys  the  Saracen  fleet 
751   Pepin  king  of  France 

754  Pope  Stephen  requests  Pepin's  assistance 
against  the  Lombards 
General  council   at  Constantinople ;  wor- 
ship of  images  forbidden 

756  Abdalrhaman   1st,   founds  the  dominion  of 
the  Moors,  in  Spain 

762  Almanzor  builds  Bagdad 

770  Constantine  dissolves  the  monasteries 

772   Charlemagne,  king  of  France,  makes  war 
against  the  Saxons 

774  He  puts  an  end  to  the  kingdom  of  the  Lom- 
bards, which  had  subsisted  206  years 

781  Irene,  empress  of  the  east,  re-establishes 
image  worship 

785  Charlemagne  subdues  the  Saxons 

787  Council  of  Nice    restores  image  worship 
and  condemns  the  council  of  Constanti- 
nople 
The  Danes  land  in  England 

794  Charlemagne  extirpates  the  Huns 

797  Saracens     ravage     Cappadocia,     Cyprus, 
Rhodes,  &c. 

800  New  empire   of  the   west;    Charlemagne 
crowned  emperor  at  Rome 


718 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


A.  D 

813  Almamon,  caliph  of  the  Saracens,  great 

encourager  of  learning 
816  The  eastern  empire  ravaged  by  earthquakes, 

famine,  conflagrations,  &c. 
827  Egbert  unites  the   Saxon  heptarchy ;  be- 
ginning of  the  kingdom  of  England 
829  Missionaries  sent  to  Sweden 
843  Kennith  M'Alpin,  king  of  Scots,  subdues 

the  Picts 
845  The  Normans  penetrate  into  Germany 
848  The  Venetian  fleet  destroyed  by  the  Sara- 
cens 
'67  The  Danes  ravage  England 

Photius,  patriarch  of  Constantinople,  ex- 
communicates Pope  Adrian 
875  Harold  unites  the  provinces  of  Norway 
880  Ravages  of  the  Normans  in  France 
886  Leo  the  philosopher,  emperor  of  the  east 
890  Alfred  the  Great,  king  of  England 
896  Alfred  founds  the  University  of  Oxford 
912  The  Normans  established  in  Normandy 
915  The  university  of  Cambridge  founded 
931  City  of  Geneva  overrun  by  the  Saracens 

940  Howel  Dha,  king  of  Wales,  an  eminent 

lawgiver 

941  Christianity  established  in  Denmark 

963  Pope  John  deposed  by  a  council  of  bishops 

964  Otho,  the  Great,  conquers  Italy 

965  The  Poles  are  converted  to  Christianity 

967  Antioch  recovered  from  the  Saracens 

968  Controversies  between  the  Greek  and  Latin 

churches 
975  Pope  Boniface  VIL  deposed  and  banished 
986  Hugh  Capet,  king  of  France,  and  founder 

of  the  third  race  of  French  Kings 
991  The  figures  in  Arithmetic  brought  into  Eu- 
rope, by  the  Saracens,  from  Arabia 
1002  Massacre  of  the  Danes  by  the  English 
1005  Churches  first  built  in  Gothic  style 
1013  The  Danes  get  possession  of  England 

Children  forbidden,  by  law,  to  be  sold  by 
their  parents,  in  England 
1025  Musical  characters  invented 

1039  Macbeth  usurps  the  throne  of  Scotland 
Edward  HI,  (the  Confessor,)  king  of  Eng- 
land, restores  the  Saxon  line 

1040  The  Danes  driven  from  Scotland 
1043  The  Turks  subdue  Persia 

1049  Pope   Leo  9th,  the  first  pope  that  main- 
tained a  regular  army 

1054  Leo  9th  taken  prisoner  by  the  Normans 

1055  The  Turks  take  Bagdad 

1058  The  Saracens  driven  out  of  Sicily 

1059  Council  at  Rome 

1061  Rise  of  the  Guelphs  and  Ghibellines 

1065  Jerusalem  taken  from  the  Saracens,  by  the 

Turks 

1066  Harold  2d,  king  of  England 

The  battle    of  Hastings   fought    between 
Harold  and  William  duke  of  Normandy, 
in  Prance ;  Harold  slain,  William  becomes 
king  of  England 
1070  Feudal  law  introduced  into  England 
1074  Council  at  Rome  forbade  marriage 
1076  Justices  of  peace  first  appointed  in  England 
1080  Doomsday  book  began 


A.  D. 

1080  Tower  of  London  built 

Henry  4th  besieges  Rome 
1086  Kingdom  of  Bohemia  began 
1095  lilcie  first  crxisade  to  the  Holy  Land 

1098  The  crusaders  take  Antioch 

1099  Jerusalem  taken  by  Godfrey 
Knights  of  St.  John  instituted 

1104  Baldwin,  king  of  Jerusalem,  takes  Ptole- 

mais 
1110  The  order  of  Knight  Templars  instituted 

1138  The  Scots,  under  David  1st,  defeated  by 

the  English 

1139  Alphonso  1st,  king  of  Portugal,  rescues  that 

kingdom  from  the  Saracens 
1150  The  study  of  the  civil  law  revived  at  Bo- 
logna 
1154  The  parties  of  the  Guelphs  and  Ghibellines 

disturb  Italy 
1157  Bank  of  Venice  instituted 
1 164  Institution  of  the  order  of  Teutonic  knights, 
1171  Becket  murdered  at  Canterbury 
1 180  Glass  windows  began  to  be  used  in  private 
houses,  in  England 

1186  The  great  conjunction  of  the  sun  and  moon, 

and  all  the  planets  in  Libra,  happened  in 
September 

1187  Jerusalem  taken  by  Saladin 

1189  Third  crusade  under  Richard  1st,  (Coeur 
de  Lion,)  king  of  England,  and  Philip  Au- 
gustus, king  of  France 

1192  Richard  1st,  defeats  Saladin,  in  the  battle 
of  Ascalon,  in  Judea 

1200  Surnames  now  began  to  be  used  ;  first 
among  the  nobility 

1202  Crusade  sets  out  from  Venice 

1204  The  Inquisition  established  by  Innocent  III. 

1208  London  incorporated,  obtains  a  charter  for 
electing  its  mayor  and  magistrates 

1210  Crusade  against  the  Albigenses 

1215  General  Lateran  Council 

Magna   Ckarta,   the  foundation  and  bul- 
wark of  English  liberty,  signed 

1227  Gengiskan  and  the  Tartars  overrun  the 
Saracen  empire 

1233  The  houses  of  London  thatched  with  straw 
Expulsion  of  the  Jews  from  Spain 

1237  Russia  brought  under  subjection  bv  the 
Tartars 

1258  Bagdad  taken  by  the  Tartars 
End  of  the  Saracen  empire 

1261  The  Greek  emperors  recover  Constantinople 
from  the  French 

1263  Norwegians  invade  Scotland 

1264  The  deputies  of   boroughs  are  first  sum- 

moned to  parliament  in  England 
1282  The  Sicilian  Vespers,  when  eight  thousand 
French  were  massacred  in  one  night 
Llewellyn,  Prince  of  Wales,  defeated  and 
killed   by   Edward    I.,    who   unites   that 
principality  to  England 

1291  Ptolemais  taken  by  the  Turks 

End  of  the  crusades 

1292  John  Baliol,  king  of  Scotland 

1293  Jubilee  first  celebrated  at  Rome 

1296  Interregnum  in  Scotland  for  eight  years 

Wm.  Wallace  defeats  the  English  at  Sterling 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


719 


A.  D. 

1298  Wallace  chosen  Regent  of  Scotland;  de- 

feated at  Falkirk 

1299  Ottoman,  Sultan  and  founder  of  the  Turk- 

ish empire 
1302  Mariner^s  compass  said  to  be  discovered  at 

Naples 
1304  Wallace  betrayed  and  put  to  death 

1307  Establishment  of  the  Swiss  republics 

1308  The  seat  of  the  popes  transferred  to  Avig- 

non, for  70  years 

1312  Knights  Templars  suppressed 

1314  The  Scots  defeat  the  English  at  Bannock- 
burn 

1320  Gold  first  coined  in  Christendom 

1331  Teutonic  Knights  settle  in  Prussia 

1332  Edward  Baliol  is  crowned  king  of  Scots 

1333  The  Scots  defeated  at  Halidoun  Hill 
1340  Gunpowder  invented  by  Swartz,  a  monk 

of  Cologne 
Oil  painting  said  to  be  invented 
1346  Battle  of  Cressy,  won  over  the  French,  by 

Edward  «f  England,  who,  at  this  battle, 

had  four  pieces  of  cannon 
1344  Gold  first  coined  in  England 
1350  Order  of  the  Garter  instituted 
1352   The  Turks  first  enter  Europe 

1356  The  battle  of  Poictiers 

1357  Coals  first  brought  to  London 

1362  The    law  pleadings  in   England  changed 

from  French  to  English 
1377  The  pope's  return  from  Avignon  to  Rome 
John    Wickliffc   was    brought   before    the 
bishop  in  St.  Paul's,  and  opposes  the  pope 

1380  Tamerlane  subdues  Chorassan 

1381  Wat  Tyler's  and  Jack  Straw's  insurrection 

in  England 
Bills  of  exchange  first  used  in  England 
1386  Tamerlane  subdues  Georgia 
Cards  invented  in  France 

1399  Westminster  Abbey  and  Hall,  rebuilt 
Order  of  the  Bath  instituted 

1400  Geoff.  Chaucer,  poet,  died 

1402  Bajazct,   emperor    of    the    Turks,    taken 

prisoner  by  Tamerlane 
141 1  University  of  St.  Andrews,  Scotland, founded 
1415  Henry  V.  defeats  the  French  at  Agincourt 

John  Huss  and  Jerome,  of  Prague,  burnt 
1417  Paper  first  made  from  linen  rags 
1422  Amurath  besieges  Constantinople 
1428  Joan  of  Arc,  the  maid  of  Orleans,  defeats 

the  English 
1430  The  art  of  printing  invented  about  this  time 
1446  The  Vatican  Library  founded  at  Rome 

The  sea  breaks  in  at  Dort,  in  Holland,  and 

drowns  100,000  people 

1453  Constantinople  taken  by  the  Turks 
Extinction  of  the  eastern  Roman  empire 
End  of  the  English  government  in  France 

1454  University  in  Glasgow,  Scotland,  founded 
1460  Engraving  in  copper  invented 

1474  The  Cape  de  Verde  islands  discovered  by 

the  Portuguese 
1477  University  of  Aberdeen  founded 
1483  Richard  HI,  king  of  England,  killed  at  the 
battle  of  Bosworth.     End  of  the  civil  wars 
between  the  houses  of  York  and  Lancaster 


A.  D. 

1491  End  of  the  kingdom  of  the  Moors  in  Spain 

1492  America  discovered  by  Christopher  Colum- 

bus 
1494  Algebra  first  known  in  Europe 
1497  The  Portuguese  first  sail  to  the  East  Indies 

by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 

1499  Sebastian  Cabot  lands  in  North  America 
S.  America  discovered  by  Americus  Ves- 

pucius 

1500  Brazil  discovered  by  the  Portuguese 
1517  Martin  Luther  begins  the  Reformation 
1511   Cuba  conquered  by  the  Spaniards 
1513  Battle  of  Flodden  fatal  to  the  Scots 
1516  Barbarossa  seizes  Algiers 

1519  Charles  5th,  emperor  of  Germany         ' 

1521  Cortez  completes  the  conquest  of  Mexico 
Gustavus  Vasa,.king  of  Denmark 

1522  First  voyage  round  the  world,  performed 

by  a  ship  of  Magellan's  squadron 
1524  Sweden  and  Denmark  embrace  the  Pro- 
testant faith 
1527  Pizarro  and  Almagro  invade  Peru 

1534  The  Reformation  takes  place  in  England 

1535  Society  of  Jesuits  instituted 
1539  Cannon  began  to  be  used  in  ships 

1545  Council  of  Trent  begins,  which  continued 

eighteen  years 
1553  Lady  Jane  Grey  beheaded 
1555  Many  bishops  burnt  in  England  by  Queen 

Mary 
1558  Calais  taken  by  the  French 
1560  The  Reformation  completed  in  Scotland, 

by  John  Kno.^ 
1564  John  Calvin  and  Michael  Angelo  died 
1572  Massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew,  August  24 
1574  Socinius  propagates  his  opinions 

1579  Commencement  of  the  republic  of  Holland 

English  East  India  Company  incorporated 

1580  The  world  circumnavigated  by  Sir  Francis 

Drake 
1582  The   new  style   introduced  into  Italy,  by 

Pope  Gregory  13th,  the  5th  of  October 

being  counted  the  15th 
1585  First  attempt  to  settle  Virginia 

1587  Mary,  Queen  of  Scots,  beheaded 

1588  Destruction  of  the  Spanish  Armada 
1591   The  university  of  Dublin  created 
1594  The  Bank  of  England  incorporated 

1598  Edict  of  Nantes,  tolerating  the  Protestants 

in  France 
1603  Queen  Elizabeth  dies 

Union  of  England  and  Scotland 
1605  Gunpowder-plot  discovered 
1607  Virginia  settled 

Canada  settled 
1614  New- York  settled 

1619  Circulation  of  the  blood  discovered  by  Dr. 

Harvey 

1620  African  slaves  first  brought  to  Virginia 
Plymouth  settled 

1625  Barbadoes  planted  by  the  English 
1636  Rhode  Island  settled 

1638  Harvard  College  founded 

1639  First  printing  in  North  America 

1641  Massacre  in  Ireland  of  40,000  protestants 

1642  Beginning  of  the  civil  war  in  England 


720 


CHRONOLOGICAL    TABLE. 


1643  Archbishop  Laud  tried  and  beheaded 
1645  Charles  I.  defeated  at  Naseby 
1649  Charles  L  beheaded 

The  Commonwealth  of  England  begins 

1652  Tea  first  brought  into  Europe 

1653  Dutch  fleet  defeated,  Van  Tromp  killed 

1654  End  of  the  Commonwealth  of  England 
Oliver  Cromwell  Lord  Protector 

1660  Restoration  of  monarchy  in  Great  Britain 

1665  Plague  in  London,  carries  off  68,000  persons 

1666  Fire  in  London,  destroyed  13,000  houses 
1668  Peace  of  Aix  la  Chapelle 

1675  King  Philip's  Indian  war  in  New  England 
1678  Habeas  Corpus  act  passed  in  England 

1682  Settlement  of  Pennsylvania  by  Wm.  Penn 

1683  Lord  Russel  and  Algernon  Sydney  executed 

1685  Revocation  of  the  edict  of  Nantes 

1686  Newtonian  philosophy  first  published 
1688  Revolution  in  Great  Britain  ;  King  James 

abdicates  the  throne,  Dec.  23d 
1690  Battle  of  the  Boyne 
1697  Peter  the  Great  defeats  the  Turks 
1700  Yale  College  at  New  Haven  founded 
1704  Peter  the  Great  founds  St.  Petersburgh 
First    newspaper    published   in   America, 
Boston  News  Letter,  April  24 
1717  Great  snow  in  New  England,  Feb.  20 
1721  First  inoculation  for  the  small  pox  in  Ame- 
rica performed,  in  Boston  with  success 
1725  Death  of  Peter  the  Great 
1741   Carthagena  taken  by  Admiral  Vernon 
1746  Dreadful  earthquake  at  Lima 
1752  Lightning  rods  invented  by  Dr.  Franklin 
New    Style    introduced    in    Britain     and 
America,  Sept.  2d  reckoned  14th 
1755  Braddock  defeated  near  Fort  Du  Quesne 
Lisbon  destroyed  by  an  earthquake 

1758  The  British  troops  take  Louisburgh 

1759  Jesuits  expelled  from  Portugal 

1760  Canada  taken  by  the  British 
1762  Havanna  taken  by  the  English 
1765  Stamp  Act  of  Great  Britain 

1769  Cook's  first  discoveries  in  the  South  Seas 

1772  Poland  dismembered 

1773  Society  of  the  Jesuits  suppressed 
Tea  destroyed  in  Boston  harbour 

1774  First  American  Congress  at  Philadelphia 

1775  Battle  of  Lexington,  April  19 
Battle  of  Bunker  Hill 

1776  The  Americans  declare  their  Independence 

1777  Philadelphia  taken  by  the  British,  Oct.  3d 
Surrender  of  Gen.  Burgoyne,  Oct.  17 

1778  Treaty    of   alliance    between   the    United 

States  and  France 

1779  Siege  of  Gibraltar  by  the  Spaniards 
Capt.  Cook  killed  at  Owyhee 

1781  Surrender  of  the   British  troops,    to   the 

Americans  and  French  at  Yorktown,  Oct. 

1782  First  English  Bible  printed  in  America 

1783  Peace  between  England,  France,  and  Spain 
1787  Constitution  of  the  United  States  formed 
1789  First  Congress  under  the  federal  constitu- 
tion met  at  New- York 

Gen.  Washington  inaugurated  president 
1793  Louis  VL  beheaded 
1795  Cape  of  Good  Hope  taken  by  the  British 


1799  Bonaparte  First  Consul  of  France 

Kine  pock  inoculation  discovered  by  Dr 

Jenner 
Washington  died  December  14,  aged  68 

1801  Battle   of  Copenhagen ;   Danish  fleet  de- 

stroyed by  Lord  Nelson 

1802  Bonaparte  declared  Chief  Consul 

1803  War  between  United  States  and  Tripoli 

1804  Bonaparte  crowned  Emperor  of  France  by 

the  pope 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  formed 

1805  Battle  of  Austerlitz 

Battle  of  Trafalgar  ;  Nelson  killed 

1806  Death  of  William  Pitt 

The  slave  trade  abolished  by  parliament 
Bonaparte  defeats  the  Prussians  at  Jena 

1807  Copenhagen  bombarded  ;  the  Danish  fleet 

surrendered  to  the  British 
Embargo  laid  on  all  shipping  in  the  United 

States 
First  steam  boat  put  in  successful  operation 

by  Robert  Fulton 

1808  Joseph  Bonaparte  proclaimed  king  of  Spain 
1810  Bonaparte  divorces  Josephine 

J  8 12  Destructive  earthquake  at  Caraccas 

War  declared  against  Great  Britain  by  the 

United  States,  June  18 
The  French  enter  Moscow 
Bonaparte  retreats  from  Russia ;  arrives  at 

Paris,  Dec.  18 
Battle  of  Lutzen 

1813  British  squadron  on  Lake  Erie  captured  by 

Commodore  Perry 

1814  Bonaparte  abdicates  the  throne  of  France 

and  Italy,  April  5 
The  pope  restores  the  order  of  Jesuits 
Washington  city  taken  by  the  British 

1815  British  defeated  at  New  Orleans  by  Gen. 

Jackson,  Jan.  8 
News  of  peace  between  Great  Britain  and 

U.  States  arrived  at  New- York,  Feb.  11 
Bonaparte   sailed   from   Elba;    arrived  at 

Paris  March  21 
Memorable  battle  of  Waterloo,  June  17,  18 
Louis  XVIII.  entered  Paris  July  8 
Bonaparte  arrived  at  St.  Helena,  Oct.  13 
1817  The  Indian  or  spasmodic  cholera  appeared 

at  Jessore,  in  India 
1819  The  Erie  canal  opened,  Oct.  22 
1821  Bonaparte  died  at  St.  Helena 

Beginning  of  the  Greek  revolution 
1824  Lafayette  arrived  at  New- York,  Aug.  16 

1826  Jefferson    and  Adams,  two  ex-presidents, 

died,  July  4 

1827  Battle  of  Navarino;  Turkish  fleet  destroyed 

1830  Algiers  taken  by  the  French,  July  5 
Revolution  in  Paris,  July  26  to  29.    Louis 

Philip  king  of  France 
Revolution  in  Belgium  in  September    in 
Poland,  Dec.  1. 

1831  Warsaw  taken  by  the  Russians 
Cholera  appeared  in  England  in  Oct. 

1832  Cholera  in  Quebec,  June  8  ;  in  New-York, 

June  28 
1836  Texans  declare  their  independence,  March  2 
1838  Victoria  crowned  Queen  of  Great  Britain 


\    "^y.   V^ 


-OO^ 


,^^  -%. 


/•'.^H-; 


/ 


^^^  v^ 


'■as,    '  •>- 


•^^      < 

^x^''"-^, 


cP\v 


i.'"^ 


■  /.      "^'r.  .-0'    .. 


^  Deacidified  using  the  Bookkeeper  proa 

^■^      Neutralizing  agent:  Magnesium  Oxide 
Treatment  Date:    APR  20U2 


Treatment  Date:    APR  20U2 

PreservatlonTechnologies 

A  WORLD  LEADER  IN  PAPER  PRESERVATION 

HI  Thomson  Park  Drive 


•    lOdtfl  WUIIUII  ICOIII  lUIULJI 
A  WORLD  LEADER  IN  PAPER  PRESERVA 

HI  Thomson  Park  Drive 
Cranberry  Township,  PA  16066 
(724)779-2111 


\..<^'' 


%^ 


s 


"  ^^ 


■^\0     x^- 


A*"  % 


d  ,  •""'■■        J  ^    ^.■--.,1  ■''    ' --;      <i  "^^,         .~"^  -     .  M   5fe     ^ 


'CO' 


v^-^    -^^^ 


W^C  ^^' 


.\.;?^!^/„      ,^      ^'  J 


>^r 


•r^'- 


■4.  "/TlT-  A" 


\"^'^s^,^> 


^z.    v^ 


v-./*""-.'':^^//^^' 


■^^  * 


-0^       s 


.0^, 


v*^  =%:^'''^ 


■:^^^'^. 


:  A^^'% 


."P^    '^,